Sanskrit-English Dictionary
Dictionary reference list used at http://bhagavata.org to the file that was
loaded from: sacred-texts.com and has been extended with definitions of the
Monier-Williams dictionary (indicated with an *=) and the ISKCON Vedabase (marked*V)
and (partly) adapted to the transliteration used at srimadbhagavatam.org (see
also http://www.uni-koeln.de/phil-fak/indologie/tamil/mwreport.html
mwreport.html or the html-version).
Transliteration functions:
n with ~= J or n'; n with an ´accent is a G; A = aa or â, I = ii or î, U= uu or
û, T= th, z=s' (alphabetically in this list positioned as sh), M=m/n (with dot),
H=h (ha), N= n, 4= stressed in pronunciation, S (s with lower dot)=sh, R= ri
(the original list this list began with sometimes spells the s' or z as sh, thus
creating confusion on the spelling of the s with a ´above; but this is not so
for words from the MW dictionary with a *= behind them). Apart from the
transcription of Devanâgarî letters care has to be taken of accents, Udâtta and
Svarita, both represented by the digit 4. Furthermore in MW entries the
indication of vowel sandhi ("blending of short and long vowels'') by circumflex
is represented here by the number 7 if placed above a single vowel and by 9 if
spanning two vowels. The (rare) combination of two separate vowels in MW is
represented by adding the number 0 to the second vowel.
See here for a list of the abreviations used.
Updated: see bottom of the page (check for regular updates)
A
AUM = Primordial Sound
OMkaara = the syllable om
a = not
aa *= from all sides, up to, even, until, up to the limit, not, all over,
aa+ghraa = to smell
aa+char.h = to practice
aa+yaa = to come
aa+ruh.h = to climb
aaudau = in the beginning
aauM-kaara = the sound AUM
aaH = to sit
aabda = year
aabdaphala = yearly prognostication, also varshhaphala
aabhaa* =1 P. {-bhAti} (Impv. 2. sg. {A4-bhAhi} RV.; pf. {-babhau}) to shine or
blaze towards RV. AV.; to irradiate, outshine, illumine RV. AV. TB. BhP.; to
appear, become visible or apparent BhP. MBh. Hariv. Râjat. &c.; to look like
Kathâs. MBh. &c.
aa-bhaa* =2 f. splendour, light; a flash; colour, appearance, beauty MBh. Mn.
Sus'r. Pañcat. &c.; a reflected image, outline; likeness, resemblance MBh. R.; (mfn.)
ifc. like, resembling, appearing R. Kâvya7d. S'is'. &c. (e.g. {hemA7bha},
shining like gold); [cf. Hib. {avibh}, `" likeness, similitude "'; {avibe}, `"
neatness, elegance "'; {avibhcal}, `" a spark of fire "' ?] [145,2]
aabhaasha * = m. speech, talking ; addressing R. ; a saying, proverb ;
introduction, preface L.
aabhaasa * = m. splendour, light R. Veda1ntas. 195 ; colour, appearance R.
Sus3r. Bhag. ; semblance, phantom, phantasm of the imagination ; mere appearance,
fallacious appearance Veda1ntas. S3a1n3khS3r. ; reflection ; intention, purpose
; (in log.) fallacy, semblance of a reason, sophism, an erroneous though
plausible argument (regarded by logicians as of various kind) ; ifc. looking
like, having the mere appearance of a thing Gaut. Sa1h. &c.
aabhri * = P. {-bha4rati} (pf. {A4-jabhAra} RV.; aor. P. sg. {A74bhArSam} RV.
&c.) to bring towards or near; to carry or fetch; to effect, produce RV. AV. VS.
S'Br. &c.; to fill up, fill, attract (one's attention) BhP
aabrahmabhuvanaat.h = up to the Brahmaloka planet
aabhaj * = P. (Impv. 2. sg. %{A4-bhaja}; pf. %{A4-babhAja}; aor. Subj. 2. sg.
%{A4-bhAg} RV. viii, 69, 8) A1. (Impv. 2. sg. %{A4-bhajasva}, &c.) to cause to
share or partake; to help any one to anything, let any one have anything RV. AV.
AitBr. S3Br. &c.; to revere, respect BhP.: Caus. (Impv. 2. sg. %{-bhAjayasva})
to cause to partake Comm. on Br2A1rUp. i, 3, 18.
aabhajanIya * = mfn. id. Sa1y. on RV.
aabharaNaM = ornaments
aabharaNam.h = (n) ornaments, jewellery
aabhaa = color
aabhaasaM = the original source * =
aabhaasa * = m. splendour, light R. Veda1ntas. 195; colour, appearance R. Sus3r.
Bhag.; semblance, phantom, phantasm of the imagination; mere appearance,
fallacious appearance Veda1ntas. S3a1n3khS3r.; reflection; intention, purpose;
(in log.) fallacy, semblance of a reason, sophism, an erroneous though plausible
argument (regarded by logicians as of various kind); ifc. looking like, having
the mere appearance of a thing Gaut. Sa1h. &c.
aabhaasha m. speech, talking ; addressing R. ; a saying, proverb ; introduction,
preface L.
aabhaashya * = 1 mfn. to be addressed, worthy of being spoken to or conversed
with MBh. Ragh. \\2 ind. p. having addressed, having spoken to.
aabhaasvara* = mfn. (Pân. 3-2, 175) shining, bright L.; m. N. of a class of
deities, sixtyfour in number; N. of a particular set of twelve subjects ({AtmA
jJAtA damo dAntaH zAntir jJAnaM zamas tapaH kAmaH krodho mado moho
dvAdazA7bhAsvarA ime} T.)
aabhaata* = mfn. shining, blazing; appearing, visible MBh. Mn. &c.
abhi* = ind. (a prefix to verbs and nouns, expressing) to, towards, into, over,
upon. (As a prefix to verbs of motion) it expresses the notion or going towards,
approaching, &c. (As a prefix to nouns not derived from verbs) it expresses
superiority, intensity, &c.; e.g. {abhi-tAmra}, {abhi-nava} q.v. (As a separate
adverb or preposition) it expresses (with acc.) to, towards, in the direction of,
against; into S'Br. and KâtyS'r.; for, for the sake of; on account of; on, upon,
with regard to, by, before, in front of; over. It may even express one after the
other, severally Pân. 1-4, 91 e.g. {vRkSaM vRkSam abhi}, tree after tree [cf. Gk.
$; Lat. {ob}; Zend &18820[61,1] {aibi}, {aiwi}; Goth. {bi}; Old High Germ.
{bî}].
abhii* = 1 mfn. fearless R. Ragh.\\* = 2 ( {i}), {abhy-e4ti} (Imper. 2. sg.
{abhI74hi}; impf. 3. pl. {-Ayan}, 3. sg. Â. {-Ayata}; ind. p. {abhI74tya}) to
come near, approach, go up to or towards (acc.) RV. &c.; (with {sakAzam} or {samIpam}
or {pArzve}) id. Pañcat.; to go along or after (acc.) RV. &c.; to enter, join,
go over to Mn. Bhathth.; (with a pr. p.) to begin to, (perf. 3. pl. {abhI7yu4H})
S'Br.; to reach, obtain RV. &c.; to get or fall into (acc.) MBh. &c.; to come to,
fall to one's share (with acc.) Bhathth.; (said of the sun) to rise (as if he
came nearer; also with {abhitarAm} [q. v.] instead of {abhi}) AitBr., (with {astam})
to set MBh. i, 1797 (cf. {abhy-aya}): Pass. {abhI7yate}, to be perceived, known
BhP.: Intens. (1. pl. {-Imahe}) to ask, request RV. i, 24, 3.
aabhiikshNa * = mfn. (fr. {abhIkSNa}), repeated, frequent L.; ({am}) n.
continued repetition.
aabhUka* = mfn. empty, having no contents; powerless.
aabhuuta* = mfn. produced, existing.
aachar.h = to behave, interact
aaca* = m. N. of a man Râjat.; see {Aca-parAca} and {Aco7paca} ss.vv.
aacaksh * = A1. %{-caSTe} (Pot. 2. sg. %{-cakSIthAs} ; perf. %{-cacakSe}) to
look at, inspect RV. vii, 34, 10 ; to tell, relate, make a communication about (acc.),
announce, declare, make known, confess TS. vii S3Br. &c. ; to acquaint,
introduce to (acc.) MBh. xiii, 1986 R. ; to address any one (acc.) Das3. ; to
call, name S3Br. A1s3vGr2. &c. ; to signify Pa1n2. Sch.
aacar* = {-carati}, to come near to (acc.), approach RV.; to lead hither (as a
path) TS. ii [131,3]; to address, apply to (acc.) Pañcat.; to proceed, manage,
behave one's self. RPrât. Mn. ii, 110, &c.; to use, apply Âp. RPrât.; to examine
(a witness) Mn. viii, 102, &c.; (with or without {saha}) to have intercourse
with ChUp. Mn. xi, 180; to act, undertake, do, exercise, practise, perform
MundUp. Mn. (v, 22 impf. {A7carat}, `" has done it "') MBh. &c.; to throw into
the fire KâtyS'r.
aacaara * = m. (ifc. f. {A} Yâjñ. i, 87, &c.) conduct, manner of action,
behaviour, good behaviour, good conduct Mn. MBh. &c.; custom, practice, usage,
traditional or immemorial usage (as the foundation of law) ib.; an established
rule of conduct, ordinance, institute, precept; a rule or line MBh. iii, 166; =
{AcArika} below Sus'r.; (with Buddhists) agreeing with what is taught by the
teacher Sarvad.; ({I}) f. the plant Hingtsha Repens L.
aacara* = see {dur-Aca4ra}.
aacaara* = &c. see {A-car}.
acarama * mfn. not last, not least; said of the Maruts RV. v, 58, 5.
aacaraNa * = n. approaching, arrival (as of the dawn) RV. i, 48, 3; undertaking,
practising, performing Kâd. Sâh.; conduct, behaviour Vedântas., (cf. {sv-Ac-});
a cart, carriage ChUp. (m. Comm.)
aacarataH = acting
aacarati = he does
aacaraan.h = performing
aacaaraH = behavior
aacaarya = a religious teacher
aacaarya(H) = (Masc.nom.S)teacher; preceptor
aacaaryaM = the teacher
aacaaryaaH = teachers
aacaaryaan.h = teachers
aacaaryopaasanaM = approaching a bona fide spiritual master
aacchaadakam.h = (n) covering sheet, chaddar
aacit* =1 (Impv. 2. sg. {-cikiddhi}; perf. 3. sg. {-ciketa}) to attend to, keep
in mind RV.; (Subj. 1. sg. {-ciketam}; perf. 3. sg. {-ciketa}, p. m. nom.
{-cikitvA4n}) to comprehend, understand, know RV. AV. v, 1, 2; to invent RV.
viii, 9, 7; (Subj. {-cetat} or {-ci4ketat}; perf. Â. 3. pl. {-cikitre} or {-cikitrire})
to appear, become visible, distinguish one's self RV.: Desid. (1. pl. {-cikitsAmas})
to wait for, watch clandestinely, lurk RV. viii, 91, 3. \\ =2 {t} f. attention
to (gen.) RV. vii, 65, 1
aada * = mfn. ifc. taking, receiving (cf. %{dAyA7da4}.)
aadadi * = mfn. procuring RV. viii, 46, 8, obtaining, recovering RV. i, 127, 6 ;
ii, 24, 13.
aadaana = taking
aadaara * =N. of a plant that can be substituted for the Soma.
aadaa * = 1. A1. %{-datte}, (Pa1n2. 1-3, 20), ep. also rarely P. (e.g. 1. sg. %{-dadmi},
or %{-dadAmi}), Ved. generally A1. [Pot. 1. pl. %{-dadImahi} [136,3] ; impf. 3.
sg. %{A7datta} ; perf. 1. and 3. sg. %{-dade} ; perf. p. %{-dadAna4} RV. iv, 19,
9, or %{-da4dAna} RV. x, 18, 9 AV.], but also P. (impf. sg. %{A7dam}, %{A7das},
%{A7dat}, and 1. pl. %{A7dAma} aor. 3. du. %{A7ttAm} VS. xxi, 43) `" to give to
one's self "', take, accept, receive from (loc. instr. or abl.) RV. &c. ; to
seize, take away, carry off, rob ib. ; to take back, reclaim Mn. viii, 222 seq.
; to take off or out from (abl.), separate from (abl.) RV. i, 139, 2, &c. ; to
take or carry away with one's self, KenaUp. (Pot. P. 1. sg. %{-dadIyam@}!) Mn.
ix, 92 MBh. ; to seize, grasp, take or catch hold of RV. &c. ; to put on (clothes)
RV. ix, 96, 1 S3vetUp. ; to take as food or drink (with gen.) RV. viii, 72, 17
and (perf. Pass. 3. sg. %{-dade}) 19, 31 ; (with acc.) Ragh. ii, 6 ; to
undertake, begin BhP. &c. ; to choose (a path) R. Ragh. iii, 46 ; (with %{vacanam}
&c.) to begin to speak MBh. &c. ; to begin to speak or to recite Ta1n2d2yaBr.
La1t2y. (cf. %{punar-AdAyam}) ; to offer (as oblations) Mun2d2Up. (irreg. pr. p.
%{-dadAyat}) ; to perceive, notice, feel MBh. 4. Ra1jat. ; to keep in mindN. ;
to accept, approve of MBh. v, 7324 R. Ma1lav.: Caus. (ind. p. %{-dApya}) to
cause one to take S3a1n3khS3r.: Desid. A1. (impf. 3. pl. %{A74ditsanta}) to be
on the point of taking or carrying away from (gen.) TS. i ; to be on the point
of taking (the hand of) Das3. ; to be about to take to one's self Hcar.\\ 4. P.
%{A4-dyati}, to bind on, fasten to AV.
aadadi * = mfn. procuring RV. viii, 46, 8, obtaining, recovering RV. i, 127, 6;
ii, 24, 13.
aadara * = respect, regard, notice; care, trouble Pañcat. Hit. Ragh. Kir. &c.; {AdaraM-}
1. {kR}, to exert or interest one's self for; {AdareNa} and {AdarAt} adv.
respectfully; carefully, zealously.
aadaraH = (m) respect *= m. respect , regard , notice ; care , trouble Pan5cat.
Hit. Ragh. Kir. &c. ; %{AdaraM-} 1. %{kR} , to exert or interest one's self for
; %{AdareNa} and %{AdarAt} adv. respectfully ; carefully , zealously.
aadarshaH = (m) ideal
aadatte = accepts
aadau = First (see aadi)
aadhara- * = of the lower position of something, of its foundation mfn. * = ifc.
supportable, tenable (cf. %{dur-}); see also adhara
aadhaara- m. support, prop, stay, substratum; the power of sustaining, or the
support given, aid, patronage AV. xii, 3, 48 MBh. Sus3r. Veda1ntas. &c.; that
which contains (a fluid &c.), a vessel, receptacle Ya1jn5. Sus3r. Pan5cat. &c.;
a dike, dam Ragh.; a basin round the foot of a tree L.; a reservoir, pond L.;
(in phil. and Gr.) comprehension, location, the sense of the locative case; ifc.
belonging or relating to; the subject in a sentence (of which qualities &c. are
affirmed); N. of a lake; of an author.
aaDhyaH = wealthy
aadhi * =1 m. (for 2. see p. 139, col. 2) a receptacle BhP. xi, 13, 33; place,
situation L.; foundation Nyâyam.; a pledge, deposit, pawn, mortgage RV. Mn. Yâjñ.
[138, 3]; hire, rent Âp.; an attribute, title, epithet (cf. {upA7dhi}) L.
aadhi * =2 m. thought, care, anxious reflection, mental agony, anxiety, pain TS.
MBh. Yâjñ. &c.; reflection on religion or duty L.; hope, expectation L.;
misfortune L.; a man solicitous for his family's livelihood L.
aadhii * =1 (cf. {A-dhyai}; according to Dhâtup. xxiv, 68 Pân. 6-1, 6, &c., {-dIdhI}),
P. (Subj. 3. pl. {A4-dIdhayan}) to mind, care for RV. vii, 7, 6: Â. (Subj. 2.
sg. {A4-dIdhIthAs}) to meditate on, think about, care for, wish for AV. viii, 1,
8, &c.; (p. aor. {-dhI4SamANa} mfn. RV. x, 26, 6) to wish for, long for.
aadhii * =2 f. (for 1. {A-dhI} see under {A-dhA}), eagerness, longing, care RV.
AV. &c.
aadhii4 *= 2 f. (for 1. {A-dhI} see under {A-dhA}), eagerness, longing, care RV.
AV. &c.
aaDi* = f. (= {Ati4} q.v.) N. of an aquatic bird MârkP.
aadi*= 1 m. beginning, commencement; a firstling, first-fruits; ifc. beginning
with, et caetera, and so on (e.g. %{indrA7dayaH@surAH}, the gods beginning with
Indra i.e. Indra &c.; %{gRhA7diyukta}, possessed of houses &c.; %{evamAdIni@vastUni},
such things and others of the same kind: %{zayyA@khaTvA7dih} [Comm. on Pa1n2.
3-3, 99], S3ayya1 means a bed &c.; often with %{-ka} at the end e.g.
%{dAnadharmA7dikam} [Hit.], liberality, justice, &c.); %{Adau} ind. in the
beginning, at first.\\= 2 mfn. beginning with %{A} Ra1matUp.
aadibhiH = by those
aadidevaM = the original Lord
aadidevaH = the original Supreme God
aadii*= 2. (3. sg. impf. %{A74dIdet} RV. i, 149, 3; 3. sg. aor. %{A4-dIdayat} RV.
ii, 4, 3) to shine upon, enlighten.
aadii* = 2. (3. sg. impf. {A74dIdet} RV. i, 149, 3; 3. sg. aor. {A4-dIdayat} RV.
ii, 4, 3) to shine upon, enlighten.
aadiM = the origin
aadiH = the origin
aadi-s'arIra * = n. the primitive body MBh.; (in phil. = {sUkSma-} L.)
aadi-s'aabdika * = [NBD.] m. an old grammarian.
aadI7s'vara * = m. N. of a prince.
aadiishvara = the primeval lord, a name of Shiva
aa-dis'ya * = ind. p. aiming at MBh.; announcing, teaching Ragh. xii, 68; having
said L.
aa-dis' * = 1 P. {-dide4STi} [Subj. 3. sg. {-didezati} AV. vi, 6, 2, &c.],
{-diza4ti} [3. pl. {-dizanti} Impv. 2. sg. {-diza} impf. 1. sg. {A7dizam}, &c.],
rarely {-dizate} [BhP. viii, 24, 51] inf. {-di4ze} [RV. ix, 21, 5] and {-deSTum}
(aor. 3. sg. {A7dikSat} [Bhathth. iii, 3 see Pân. 3-1, 45] fut. 1. pl. {-dekSyAmaH},
perf. {-dideza}) to aim at, have in view; to threaten RV. ix, 21, 5, &c. AV.
[137, 3]; to hit RV. ix, 56, 1; to assign RV. ii, 41, 17, &c. AV. BhP. R. Ragh.
&c.; to point out, indicate; to report, announce, teach ChUp. iii, 18, 1 BhP.
MBh. R. Ragh. &c.; to determine, specify, denominate S'Br. iii, 5, 8 S'ânkhS'r.
Lâthy. BhP. AitBr. &c.; to declare, foretell, Ratnâv. Mâlav. &c.; to order,
direct, command Gobh. Âs'vGri. Mn. MBh. BhP. Kathâs. &c.; to refer any one to
(loc.); to banish MBh. S'ak. Kathâs. &c.; to undertake, try MBh.; to profess as
one's aim or duty RV. Yâjñ.: Caus. {-dezayati}, to show, indicate, announce,
Ratnâv. MBh. S'ak. Mriicch.: Intens. (p. {-de4dizAna}) to have in view, aim at (acc.)
RV. ix, 70, 5.
aa-di4s'* = 2 {k} f. aiming at, design, intention RV. x, 61, 3, &c.; N. of a
particular direction or point of the compass (enumerated with {diz}, {pra-},
{vi-}, and {ud-}) VS. vi, 19 (cf. inf. {A-di4ze} = dat.)
aadikartre = to the supreme creator
aadikeshhu = etc etc
aadis'akti * = f. the primeval powerN. of Mâyâ L.
aadishhTa = ordered
aadishhTavaan.h = (he was)commanded
aaditya = a name of Sun, Vishnu is among twelve Aditya-s
aadityaH = the Adityas
aaditya* = (Pân. 4-1, 85) mfn. belonging to or coming from Aditi TS. ii, 2, 6, 1
S'Br. &c. [137,2]; m. `" son of Aditi "'; ({As}) m. plN. of seven deities of the
heavenly sphere RV. ix, 114, 3, &c. S'Br. iii, 1, 3, 3 (the chief is Varuna, to
whom the N. Âditya is especially applicable; the succeeding five are Mitra,
Aryaman, Bhaga, Daksha, Ans'a; that of the seventh is probably Sûrya or Savitrii;
as a class of deities they are distinct from the {vizve devAH} ChUp.; sometimes
their number is supposed to be eight TS. Sây.; and in the period of the
Brâhmanas twelve, as representing the sun in the twelve months of the year S'Br.
iv, 5, 7, 2, &c.); N. of a god in general, especially of Sûrya (the sun) RV. AV.
AitBr. S'Br. S'is'. &c.; N. of Vishnu in his Vâmana or dwarf {avatAra} (as son
of Kas'yapa and Aditi) ChUp.; the plant Calotropis Gigantea L.; ({au}) m. du.N.
of a constellation, the seventh lunar mansion L.; ({A}) f. (?) the sun VS. iv,
21; ({am}) n. = {au} (cf. {punar-vasu}); N. of a Sâman ChUp.
aadityagataM = in the sunshine
aadityavat.h = like the rising sun
aadityavarNaM = luminous like the sun
aadityaan.h = the twelve sons of Aditi
aadityaanaaM = of the Adityas
aado* = P. {-dA4ti}, {-dya4ti} (Subj. 1. pl. {A4-dyAmasi}, &c.) to reduce to
small pieces, to crush AV.
aadritaH = having begun
aadrita* = mf({A})n. attentive, careful, zealous, diligent R. Pañcat. BhP. Ragh.
&c.; respected, honoured, worshipped Mn. Kathâs. &c.
aadritya* =1 mf({A})n. venerable, respectable R. Bhathth. \\ =2 ind. p. having
respected, having honoured
aadhaaraH = support or base
adharaat.h = from below
aadhaaya = resigning
aadhatsva = fix
aadhipatyaM = (n) supremacy, ownership, overlordship
aadhipatya *= n. [Pa1n2. 5-1, 124] (fr. %{adhi-pati}), supremacy, sovereignty,
power RV. x, 124, 5 AV. xviii, 4, 54 VS. TS. AitBr. S3Br. Mn. Ya1jn5. Pan5cat.
&c.
aadhiiparNa *= mf(%{A})n. `" winged with longing "' AV. iii, 25, 2.
aadhunika = (adj) modern
aadhyaatmikaM = super-natural, spiritual
aadhrita *= mf(%{A})n. contained (with loc.)
aadrita *= mf(%{A})n. attentive, careful, zealous, diligent R. Pan5cat. BhP.
Ragh. &c. ; respected, honoured, worshipped Mn. Katha1s. &c.
aadya = earliest
aadyaM = original
aaGYaa = commandaagachchhet.h = one should come
aagaadha * = `" a little deep "'
aagama = arrival: * = mf({A})n. coming near, approaching AV. vi, 81, 2; xix, 35,
3; m. (ifc. f. {A}) arrival, coming, approach R. &c.; origin Mn. viii, 401 R.
&c.; appearance or reappearance MBh. ii, 547; course (of a fluid), issue (e.g.
of blood) Mn. viii, 252 Sus'r.; income, lawful acquisition (of property, {artha},
{dhana}, {vitta}, {draviNa}) Mn. MBh. &c.; reading, studying Pat.; acquisition
of knowledge, science MBh. Yâjñ. &c.; a traditional doctrine or precept,
collection of such doctrines, sacred work, Brâhmana Mn. xii, 105 MBh. &c.;
anything handed down and fixed by tradition (as the reading of a text or a
record, title-deed, &c.); addition Nir. i, 4; a grammatical augment, a
meaningless syllable or letter inserted in any part of the radical word Prât.
Pân. Comm.; N. of a rhetorical figure; ({am}) n. a Tantra or work inculcating
the mystical worship of S'iva and S'akti.
aagamana = coming
aagame = on the arrivalaajaanubaahuM = the one whose arms extend upto his knees
aagamya * = ind. p. having arrived or comeN.
aagata * = mfn. come, arrived RV. AV. &c.; come to or into (acc. [Mn. iii, 113,
&c.] or loc. [Pan5cat. Das3. &c.] or in comp. [Mn. vi, 7 Ragh. iii, 11, &c.]);
come from (in comp.) Ya1jn5. ii, 154; come into existence, born R. ii, 85, 19;
coming from (abl.) Pa1n2. 4-3, 74; returned S3Br.; (with %{punar}) Mn. xi, 195
and Hit.; meeting with an obstacle, pushed against (in comp.) Mn. viii, 291;
occurred, happened, risen Mn. ii, 152 MBh. &c.; entered (into any state or
condition of mind) MBh. R. Katha1s.; resulting (from calculation) Su1ryas.;
walked through (as a path) S3Br. vi; m. a new comer, guest S3Br. iii; (%{am}) n.
anything that has taken place or has fallen to one's share (opposed to %{AzA4},
`" anything still expected or hoped for "') S3Br. ii (cf. %{a4n-Agata} and
%{sv-Agata}.)
aagataH = having attained
aagataaH = attained
aagraha * = m. insisting on, strong or obstinate inclination for, obstinacy,
whim Kathâs. S'ârng.; (= {grahaNa}) seizing, taking L.; favour, affection L.,
({At}, {eNa}) abl. instr. ind. obstinately Kathâs.
aagrahAyaNaka* = mfn. to be paid (as a debt) on the day of full moon of the
month Agrahâyana Pân. 4-3, 50.
aagrahAyaNika* = mfn. id. Pân. 4-3, 50; containing a full moon of Agrahâyana (as
a month or half a month or a year) Pân. 4-2, 22.
aagrahArika* = mfn. one who appropriates to himself an Agra-hâra or an endowment
of lands or villages conferred upon Brâhmans L.
aagrahAyaNa* = {as}, m.= {agra-hAyaNa} (q.v.) Pân. 5-4, 36 Comm.; ({I}) f. (g.
{gaurA7di} q.v.; scil. {paurNamAsI}) the day of full moon in the month
Agrahâyana S'ânkhS'r. &c.; (ifc. ind. {-Ni} or {-Nam} Pân. 5-4, 110); a kind of
Pâka-yajña Gaut. BhavP. i, &c.; N. of the constellation Mriiga-s'iras L.
aagrahAyaNa* = &c. see above.
aaha = said
aaha* =1 ind. an interjection; a particle implying reproof; severity; command;
casting; sending L. * =2 perf. 3. sg. of the defect. 1. {ah} q.v.
aahaaramf(%{I})n. ifc. bringing near, procuring; being about to fetch, going to
fetch MBh.; (%{as}) m. taking [163,1]; fetching, bringing near Ka1tyS3r. R.;
employing, use Ka1tyS3r.; taking food; food [e.g. %{A-hAraM} 1. %{kR}, to take
food, eat MBh. &c.]; livelihood Hit. Pan5cat. R. Mn. Sus3r. &c.
aahaarasaMbhava* m. the juice produced by food, chyle, lymph, serum L
aahara *= 1 mfn. ifc. bringing, fetching Ragh.; m. taking, seizing;
accomplishing, offering (a sacrifice) MBh. Ka1d.; drawing in breath, inhaling;
inhaled air; breath inspired, inspiration L.//2 (2. sg. Impv. forming irregular
Tatpurusha compounds with the following words):
aahartri = (m adj.) a performer
aahati = striking, hitting; * mfn. struck, beaten, hit, hurt R. Ragh. Kum.
Kathâs. VarBri. &c.; fastened, fixed RV. AV.; beaten, caused to sound (as a drum
&c.) MBh. Hariv. Ragh. &c.; crushed, rubbed S'is'.; rendered null, destroyed,
frustrated BhP. VarBriS.; multiplied VarBriS. [162, 2]; hit, blunted (said of a
Visarga, when changed to {o}) Sâh.; uttered falsely L.; known, understood L.;
repeated, mentioned L.; m. a drum L.; ({am}) n. old cloth or raiment L.; new
cloth or clothes L.; assertion of an impossibility L.
aahave = in the fight
aaha4nana * = n. the act of striking at, beating KâtyS'r.; killing (an animal)
AV.; a stick for beating a drum AV. xx, 133, 1.
aaha4nana-prakAra * = mfn. fit for beating ÂpS'r.
aahananyA7 * = mfn. (fr. {A-hanana}), being in the act of beating (a drum &c.)
VS. xvi, 35.
aahana4s * = mfn. to be beaten or pressed out (as Soma); to be skimmed (as milk)
RV.; to be beaten (as an unchaste woman); unchaste, wanton; obscene, lascivious,
profligate RV. v, 42, 13; x, 10, 6. 8.
aahanasya * = n. unchasteness, lasciviousness AitBr.; lascivious words,
obscenity S'Br.; ({As}) f. pl. (scil. {Rcas}) verses of a lascivious character;
a chapter of the Kuntâpa hymns in the Atharva-veda AitBr. Âs'vS'r. &c.; (with
{an-} mfn. chaste, decent S'ânkhGri. HirGri.)
aahan * = P. {-hanti} (Impv. {A4-jahi} AV. &c.; pf. {A4-jaghAna} RV. &c.) Â.
{-hate} (only if no object follows Pân. 1-3, 28, or if the object is a part of
one's own body Kâty.; Pot. 1. sg. {-ghnIya} Pat. on Pân. 1-1, 62 Das'.) to
strike at, hit, beat; to attack, assault RV. TS. Âs'vGri. MBh. Kathâs. &c.: (Â.)
to strike one's self (or any part of one's body) BhP. Pân. and Comm. Bhathth.;
to make away with one's self Das'. 91, 15; to fasten AV. S'Br.; to beat or cause
to sound (a drum &c.) TS. S'Br. Kathâs. Bhathth. &c.: Intens. {A4-jaGghanti} RV.
vi, 75, 13, to strike at or beat violently.
aahara *= 1 mfn. ifc. bringing , fetching Ragh. ; m. taking , seizing ;
accomplishing , offering (a sacrifice) MBh. Ka1d. ; drawing in breath , inhaling
; inhaled air ; breath inspired , inspiration L. \\ 2 (2. sg. Impv. forming
irregular Tatpurusha compounds with the following words):
aahata *= mfn. struck, beaten, hit, hurt R. Ragh. Kum. Katha1s. VarBr2. &c. ;
fastened, fixed RV. AV. ; beaten, caused to sound (as a drum &c.) MBh. Hariv.
Ragh. &c. ; crushed, rubbed S3is3. ; rendered null, destroyed, frustrated BhP.
VarBr2S. ; multiplied VarBr2S. [162,2] ; hit, blunted (said of a Visarga, when
changed to %{o}) Sa1h. ; uttered falsely L. ; known, understood L. ; repeated,
mentioned L. ; m. a drum L. ; (%{am}) n. old cloth or raiment L. ; new cloth or
clothes L. ; assertion of an impossibility L.
aahna4 * = n. (fr. {ahan}), a series of days, many days S'Br. Pân.
aahaara = Diet
aahaaraH = eating
aahaaraaH = eating
aahita *= mfn. placed on, placed, deposited, put on Pa1n2. 8-4, 8 RV. AV. MBh.
&c. ; added (as fuel to the fire) ; one who has added ; deposited, pledged,
pawned Comm. on Ya1jn5. &c. ; given, delivered ; conceived ; performed, done,
effected MBh. ; entertained, felt L. ; comprising, containing.
aahrita * m= mfn. brought near, fetched, procured Mn. Ragh. Ya1jn5. Ma1rkP. &c.;
taken, seized, captivated Katha1s. Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; taken (as food), eaten R.
&c.; uttered, spoken R. BhP. &c.
aahuH = are said
ahu* = mfn. only in {paro4-'hu} q.v.
aahu* = P. Â. {-juhoti}, {-juhute} (p. {-ju4hvAna}) to sacrifice, offer an
oblation; to sprinkle (with butter) RV. AV. TS. Hariv.
aahuu* = &c. see {A-hve}.
aahuu4* = f. calling, invoking (BRD.) ib.
aahuta* = mfn. offered as an oblation, sacrificed RV. AV. S'ânkhS'r.; laid in
the fire (as a corpse) RV. x, 16, 5; offering made to men, hospitality (=
{manuSya-yajJa} q.v.) L.; nourishment of all created beings (considered as one
of the five principal sacrifices of the Hindûs; cf. {bhUta-yajJa}) L.
aahuuta* = mfn. called, summoned, invoked, invited.
aahri = to eat
aaho = or else
aaja* = mfn. (fr. 1. {aja4}), coming from or belonging to goats, produced by
goats Âs'vGri. R. Sus'r.; m. a vulture L.; a descendant of Aja; ({A4}) f. (only
used for the etym. of {ajA4}) = {ajA4}, a shegoat S'Br. iii; ({am}) n. the lunar
mansion PûrvaBhâdrapadâ (presided over by Aja Ekapâd) VarBriS.; clarified butter
L.
aajagara * = belonging to a python, a boa
aajaa4na* = n. birth, descent VS. S'Br. iii; birth-place Comm. on VS. xxxiii,
72; ({A}) f. place of conception (as a mother) AitÂr.
aajaa4na* = {AjA4ni} see {A-jan}.
aajyaM = melted butter
aajIvya * affording a livelihood Yâjñ. i, 320 MBh. xiv, 1330; ({am}) n. means of
living MBh. iii, 8452 BhP. (cf. {sv-Aj-}.)
aajñaa *= 1 %{-jAnAti} (Impv. 2. pl. %{-jAnIta} ; perf. %{-jajJau} ; p.
%{jAna4t}) to mind , perceive , notice , understand RV. i , 94 , 8 ; 156 , 3
S3Br. Ta1n2d2yaBr. ; (cf. %{a4n-AjAnat}): Caus. %{-jJApayati} , %{-te} (Inf.
%{-jJaptum} R. iv , 40 , 8) to order , command , direct MBh. &c. ; to assure R.
vi , 103 , 10. [133,2]\\ 2 f. order , command Mn. x , 56 MBh. &c. ; authority ,
unlimited power Ba1lar. ; N. of the tenth lunar mansion VarBr2. ; permission
(neg. %{anAjJayA} instr. ind. without permission of (gen.) Mn. ix , 199).
aakarNa = towards the ear
aakarNa\-dhanuraasana = the shooting bow posture
aakarshha = attracted
aakarshhaNa = attraction
aakaa.nkshaa = wish, ambition
aakaara = (masc) form, shape * = 1 m. (ifc. f. %{A} R. i, 28, 24 Ragh. xii, 41)
form, figure, shape, stature, appearance, external gesture or aspect of the
body, expression of the face (as furnishing a clue to the disposition of mind)
Mn. MBh. &c.
aakaarikaa = (f) doorbell
aakaarita * = mfn. ifc. having the shape of Vedântas.
aakaasha = ether
aakasha* = m. ( {kaS}, `" to rub "'), a touchstone L.; (v.l. for {AkarSa} Pân.
4-4, 9 Siddh. and v, 2, 64 Siddh.)
aakaas'a * = m. (Ved.) or (later) n. (ifc. f. {A}) a free or open space, vacuity
AitBr. S'Br. MBh. &c. [127,1]; the ether, sky or atmosphere Naigh. S'Br. Mn.
&c.; ({am}) n. (in philos.) the subtle and ethereal fluid (supposed to fill and
pervade the universe and to be the peculiar vehicle of life and of sound)
Vedântas. &c.; Brahma (as identical with ether) L.; = {AkAza-bhASita} below
Comm. on S'ak.; ({e}) loc. ind. in the air (a stage direction implying something
said by or to a person out of sight) Mriicch. S'ak. &c.
aakaashaM = the sky
aakaashavaaNii = (f) radio
aakaashasthitaH = situated in the sky
aakaashaat.h = (abl.S)from space or sky
aakara * = m. one who scatters i.e. distributes abundantly RV. iii, 51, 3; v,
34, 4; viii, 33, 5; accumulation, plenty, multitude R. Sus3r. &c.; (ifc. f. %{A}
MBh. iii, 1657, 16215) a mine Mn. Ya1jn5. &c.; a rich source of anything Sa1h.;
place of origin, origin; N. of a country (the modern Khandesh) VarBr2S.; N. of
wk. (quoted in Kamala1kara's S3u1dradharmatattva); (mfn.) best, excellent L.
aakhu = mouse
aakhyaa (f) name* = 1 P. (impf. {-akhyat}) to behold RV. iv, 2, 18; (fut. p.
{-khyAsya4t}; perf. 3. pl. {-cakhyuH}) to tell, communicate, inform, declare,
announce S'Br. xiii, xiv Mn. MBh. &c.; to call (with two acc.) Ragh. x, 22:
Pass. {-khyAyate}, to be named or enumerated S'Br.; to be called S'Br. x, xiv:
Caus. P. (2. sg. {-khyApayasi}) to make known, declare MBh. i, 7485: Â. (Pot.
{-khyApayeta}) to cause to tell AitBr. S'ânkhS'r. \\ 2 f. (ifc. f. {A} Kathâs.
Sânkhyak.) appellation, name Prât. Pân. Mn. vii, 157, &c.; (= {-saMkhyA}) total
amount Mn. ii, 134 MBh. iii, 12831 (cf. Hariv. 515) and xv, 671; appearance,
aspect R. vii, 60, 12 [129,2]; ({ayA}) instr. ind. `" with the name "', named
Kathâs.
aakhya = named
aakhyaataM = described
aakhyaahi = please explain
aakraanta mfn. approached, frequented, visited Mn. R.; on which anything lies
heavily, pressed by (instr. or in comp.) Mr2icch. Pan5cat. &c.; overcome,
overrun, attacked, in the possession of (instr. or in comp.) Pan5cat. Katha1s.
&c.; overcome or agitated (as by feelings or passions) R. Katha1s. &c.;
overspread with (instr.) Hit. &c. [128,2]
aakram.h = to attack
aakrama *= m. approaching, attaining, obtaining, overcoming VS. xv, 9 S3Br. xiv
(cf. %{dur-Akr-}.)
aakramaNa *= mfn. approaching, stepping upon VS. xxv, 3 and 6 ; (%{am}) n.
stepping upon, ascending, mounting AV. TS. &c. ; marching against, invading,
subduing Katha1s. Comm. on Mn. vii, 207 ; spreading or extending over (loc.,
%{dikSu}) Katha1s.
aakramaNam.h = (n) attack, invansion
aakritiini = forms
aakrita * = mfn. arranged, built (as a house) RV. viii, 10, 1; done (as evil or
good) to any one VarBriS.
aakrishhTa = (past part. of aa + kR\^ishh) attractedaaksha* = mfn. (fr. 1.
{a4kSa}) belonging or referring to terrestrial latitude Comm. on Sûryas.; ({am})
n. (fr. 2. {akSa4}) = {AkSakI} L.
aakShepaH = (m) objection
aakshi * = cl. 2. %{-kSeti} (3. pl. %{-kSiya4nti} and impf. %{A74kSiyan}; Pot.
1. pl. %{-kSiyema}) to abide, dwell in (acc.), inhabit RV. AV.; %{-kSeti}, to
possess, take possession of (acc.) RV.: cl. 6. %{-kSiya4ti}, to exist AV. x, 5,
45.
aakSipta* =mfn. cast, thrown down; thrown on the beach (by the sea) Pañcat.;
caught, seized, overcome (as the mind, {citta}, {cetas} or {-hridaya}) by
beauty, curiosity, &c., charmed, transported BhP. Kâd. Kathâs. &c.; hung out or
exposed to view (as flags &c.); put into (loc.) MBh. iii, 3094; pointed or
referred to, indicated Sâh. &c.; refused, left (as the right path) Kâm.;
insulted, reviled, abused, challenged, called to a dispute (dat.) Kathâs.;
caused, effected, produced Kathâs. Comm. on Bâd.; ({am}) n. `" absence of mind
"' see {sA7kSiptam}
aakula = full of
aakulitam.h = sad, worried
aakuuta * = intention, purpose, wish VS. S'Br. &c. (see {cittA7kUta4} and
{sA7kUta}); incitement to activity, Sânkhyak.
aakIrnam * = dense, filled with, covered, brimming, crowded
aakuuta * = n. intention, purpose, wish VS. S'Br. &c. (see {cittA7kUta4} and
{sA7kUta}); incitement to activity, Sânkhyak.
aakula =* confounded, confused, agitated, flurried MBh. &c.; confused (in
order), disordered ib.; filled, full, overburdened with (instr. or generally in
comp.), eagerly occupied ib.; ({am}) n. a place crowded with people R. iii, 43,
34; `" confusion
aalaapa * = m. speaking to, addressing; speech; conversation, communication
Pan5cat. Hit. Katha1s. S3ak. &c.; the singing or twittering of birds Katha1s.;
statement of the question in an arithmetical or algebraic sum; question; a
lesson Jain.; (%{A}) f. (in music) a particular Mu1rcchana1 or melody.
aalabdha A: embarrassed *= mfn. touched MBh.; killed, sacrificed; gained,
conciliated BhP.
aalamba = support
aalambate = to recline
aalaya = house* = see %{A-lI}.\\m. and n. a house, dwelling; a receptacle,
asylum R. Ya1jn5. Katha1s. &c.; (often ifc. e.g. %{himA7laya}, `" the abode of
snow. "')
aanuupa* = mfn. (fr. {anUpa} g. {kacchA7di} [Pân. 4-2, 133]), belonging to a
watery place; wet, watery, marshy Sus'r.; m. any animal frequenting watery or
marshy places, as fishes, buffaloes, &c. (cf. {anUpa}) ib.; a descendant of
Anûpa; ({am}) n. N. of a Sâman Lâthy. iv, 6, 1.
aalasya = idleness
aali = maid
aaliina* = mfn. having come close to Katha1s. Hariv. Ragh.; dwelling or abiding
in Katha1s.; crouched, stooped MBh. R.
aalingati = to embrace
aalIna * = having come close to Kathâs. Hariv. Ragh.; dwelling or abiding in
Kathâs.; crouched, stooped MBh. R.
aalochate = to think, to contemplate
aalochaya = (verbal stem) consider
aam= yes * =; ind. an interjection of assent or recollection Mriicch. S'ak.
Vikr. &c.; (a vocative following this particle is anudâtta Pân. 8-1, 55.)
aamarsha* = m. (for {a-marSa} q.v. T., with reference to Pân. 6-3, 137),
impatience, anger, wrath L.
aamars'a * = m see %{A-mRz}.\\ m. touching L.; contact; nearness, similarity
A1s3vS3r. ii, 2, 13, 32.
aamaatya * = m. (= {amAtya} q.v.), a minister, counsellor L.
aamanaska = the mind free from desire
aama *= 1 mf({A})n. raw, uncooked (opposed to {pakva} q.v.) RV. AV. Mn. Yâjñ.
&c.; N. of the cow (considered as the raw material which produces the prepared
milk). RV. iii, 30, 14, &c.; unbaked, unannealed AV. MBh. VarBriS. &c.;
undressed; unripe, immature Sus'r. &c.; undigested Sus'r.; fine, soft, tender
(as a skin) BhP. iii, 31, 27; m. N. of a son of Kriishna VP.; of a son of
Ghriita-priishthha BhP. v, 20, 21 [146, 2]; m. or ({am}) n. constipation,
passing hard and unhealthy excretions Sus'r.; ({am}) n. state or condition of
being raw Sus'r.; grain not yet freed from chaff; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {amârus};
Hib. {amh}, `" raw, unsodden, &45756[146, 2] crude, unripe "'; Old Germ.
{ampher}; Mod. Germ. ({Sauer-ampfer}.] \\*=2 m. (probably identical with 1.
{Ama}), sickness, disease L.
aamaa*= 2. P. (Pot. {-mimIyAt} Kâthh. xix, 13) to bleat at
aamaavaasya *= mfn. (fr. %{amA-vAsyA} g. %{saMdhivelA7di} Pa1n2. 4-3, 16),
belonging to the new moon or its festival S3Br. AitBr. ; born at the time of new
moon Pa1n2. 4-3, 30 ; (%{am}) n. the new moon oblation.
aamana * 1 n. sickness, disease; (for 2. {Amana} see {A-man}.
aamana * 2 n. friendly disposition, inclination, affection TS. ii, 3, 9, 1 and 2
MaitrS.; (for 1. {Amana} see under 2. {Ama}.)
aamarsha * = m. (for {a-marSa} q.v. T., with reference to Pân. 6-3, 137),
impatience, anger, wrath L.
aamaya = disease *= m. sickness, disease S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. Ya1jn5. R. &c.;
indigestion L.; (%{am}) n. the medicinal plant Costus Speciosus Bhpr.
aamii * = P. %{-minAti} (RV. vi, 30, 2, &c.) to destroy, neutralize, curtail
RV.; to put aside or away, cause to disappear or vanish, displace; to exchange
RV. i, 92, 10, &c.; to put or push out of place TBr.: A1. (impf. %{A74minanta})
to vanish, disappear RV. i, 79, 2: Intens. (p. %{-me4myAna}) to change, alter
RV. i, 96, 5.
aamisha * = food, meat, prey, an object of enjoyment, a pleasing or beautiful
object, coveting, longing for, lust, desire; a gift, boon
aamisham SB: meat-eating, meat, fish, eggs and so on
aamraphalam.h = (n) mango (the king of fruits)
aamla = souraanrta* = untruthful, lying, false.
aamnaa* = P. {-manati}, to utter, mention, allege; to cite, quote; to commit to
memory, hand down in sacred texts; to celebrate KâtyS'r. Lâthy. BhP. Mâlav. Kum.
&c.
aamnaaya* = m. sacred tradition, sacred texts handed down by repetition; that
which is to be remembered or studied or learnt by heart; a Veda or the Vedas in
the aggregate; received doctrine VPrât. Mn. MBh. &c.; traditional usage, family
or national customs; advice, instruction in past and present usage; a Tantra; a
family, series of families L.
aamush * = P. (impf. %{A74muSNAt} RV. x, 67, 6) to draw or pull towards one's
self; to take away RV.
aamushmika * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{amuSmin} loc. of %{adas}), of that state; being
there, belonging to the other world Sus3r. Sa1h. Das3. &c.
aamushmikatva * = n. the state of being there or belonging to the other world
Nya1yam.
aamushyakulikaa * = f. (fr. %{amuSya-kula}), the being of that family Pa1n2.
6-3, 21 Ka1s3.aamushyaputrikaa * = f. (fr. %{amuSya-putra}), the being the son
of that one ib.
aamushyaayaNa * = mf(%{I})n. (g. %{naDA7di} Pa1n2. 4-1, 99), a descendant of
such a one AV. S3Br. S3a1n3khGr2. &c.; m. a son or descendant of an illustrious
person L.
aana* = m. (fr. {an}), face [NBD.]; mouth; nose [Sây.] RV. i, 52, 15; exhaling
the breath through the nose T.; inhalation, breath inspired, breathing, blowing
L.
aanaksh * =to approach, obtain, reach, present L.
aanana = Face, mouth; the face; entrance, door
aananaM = face
aananda = happiness
aanandana = happiness
aanandamayaH = full of great happiness
aanata* = mfn. bending, stooping, bowed Ragh. Katha1s.; humbled, submissive,
obedient MBh. &c.; bent or curved inwards (as a bow) S3Br.; flat, sunk (not
elevated) MBh. R.; pacified, conciliated; saluted reverently. [140,2]
aanaya * = m. leading to T.; leading to a teacher = {upanayana} q.v.) L.
aanaaya * = {as}. m. a fishermañs net Pân.
aanati* = f. bending, bowing, stooping VS. Katha1s.; submission, obedience,
inferiority Comm. on Ka1tyS3r. &c.; contentedness T.; saluting L.
aangirasapavitra = n. N. of the verse RV. iv, 40, 5 Âp.
aangirasezvaratIrtha = n. N. of a Tirtha S'ivaP. Rev.
aangiraa4 = mf({I4})n. descended from or belonging or referring to the Angirases
or to Angiras AV. VS. &c.; ({a4s}) m. a descendant of Angiras (as Briihatsâman
[AV.], Cyavana [S'Br. iv], Ayâsya [S'Br. xiv], &c.) RV. AV. &c.; especially N.
of Briihaspati RV. AV. &c. [131,2]; the planet Briihaspati i.e. Jupiter; ({I})
f. a female descendant of Angiras MBh. i, 6908; iii, 14128.
aangIrasa4* = mf({I4})n. descended from the Angirases or from an Angiras TBr.
aangla = English
aanglabhaashhaa = English language
aaNiH = nail
aanila * = mf({I})n. (fr. {anila}), proceeding from or produced by wind, windy
L.; belonging to Vâyu or Anila T.; m. N. of Hanumat; of Bhîma L.; ({I}) f. and
({am}) n. N. of the constellation Svâti.
aaniila * = mf({A})n. darkish Ragh. Vikr.; slightly dark or blue; m. a black
horse L.; ({I}) f. a black mare T.; tin L.
aaninye *V= brought, cause to be brought
aañjasa *= mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{aJjasA} q.v.) , immediate , direct Comm. on Ba1d.
aanris'amsya *= mf(%{A})n. merciful , mild , kind MBh. ; (%{am}) n. absence of
cruelty or harm , kindness , mercy , compassion , benevolence MBh. Mn. A1p.
aanrita* = mf({I})n. (fr. {an-Rta} g. {chattrA7di} Pân. 4-4, 62), untruthful,
lying, false.
aantaradeshiiya = within the country mainly for transaction??
aanu 1 1. A1. (aor. 3. pl. %{A74nUSata} RV. i, 151, 6 and ix, 65, 14) to sound,
roar towards or near; (p. %{-nuvAna} Bhat2t2.) to cry; to twitter (as birds):
Intens. (%{A4-navinot} RV. vii, 87, 2) to roar towards.\\ 2 mfn. (fr. 2. %{an}),
living, human T.
aanumaanika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {anumAna}), relating to a conclusion, derived from
inference, subject to inference, inferable, inferred Âp. S'ânkhS'r.; making
conclusions BhP.
aanumata* = mf({I})n. belonging to the goddess Anu-mati (q.v.) TBr.
aanupuurva* = n. and {I} f. (fr. {anu-pUrva}), order, series, succession MBh. R.
&c.; (in law) direct order of the castes Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; (generally only instr.
{-eNa} and {-yA}, one after the other, in due order.)
aanupuurvya* = n. order, succession KâtyS'r. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; (generally abl.
{-At}, in due order.)
aanusUya * = mfn. given by Anu-sûyâ (Atri's wife) Ragh. xiv, 14.
aanuSUka4 * = mfn. (probably fr. {anu-SUka}, `" after-shoot of rice "'
[according to native interpretation from {anu-sU}]), `" in the manner of the
after-shoot of rice "' i.e. shot after TS. ii, 3, 4, 2.
aanusuka * = mfn. studying or knowing the work Anusû (q.v.) L.
aanusUka * = = {AnuSUka} (?) q.v.
aanvIkshikii *= f. (fr. %{anv-IkSA}), logic, logical philosophy, metaphysics
MBh. Mn. Gaut. &c.
aa pa* = 1 m. obtaining; (mfn.) ifc. to be obtained (cf. %{dur-}).
aa pa* = 2 m. N. of one of the eight demigods called Vasus VP. Hariv. MBh.;
(%{I}) f. N. of a constellation L.
aa pa* = 3 n. (fr. 2. %{ap} Pa1n2. 4-2, 37), a quantity of water, Mallina1tha on
S3is3. iii, 72.
aapaa* = 1. P. %{-pibati}, (Impv. 2. du. %{A4pibatam} RV. ii, 36, 6; pf.
%{-papau}: Pass. %{-pIyate}, &c.) to drink in, suck in or up; to sip RV. MBh.
Ragh.; to drink in with ears or eyes i.e. to hear or see with attention, hang on
BhP. Ragh.; to absorb, take away: Caus. %{-pAyayati}, to cause to drink or suck
in BhP.
aap.h = to obtain
aapad * = 1 A1. %{-padyate} (pf. %{-pede} aor. %{A7pAdi}, &c.) to come, walk
near, approach BhP. ; to enter, get in, arrive at, go into S3Br. La1t2y. R. &c.
; to fall in or into ; to be changed into, be reduced to any state ; to get into
trouble, fall into misfortune AV. viii, 8, 18 ; xi, 1, 30 S3Br. AitBr. MBh. Mn.
&c. ; to get, attain, take possession ; to happen, occur S3Br. Ma1lav. &c.:
Caus. %{-pAdayati} (aor. 1. pl. %{A74-pIpadAma} AV. x, 5, 42) to cause to enter,
bring on S3Br. ; to bring to any state Ragh. ; to bring into trouble or
misfortune R. &c. ; to bring near or towards, fetch, procure, produce, cause,
effect MBh. Sus3r. Ragh. &c. ; to procure for one's self, obtain, take
possession BhP. ; to change, transform.
aapaada* = 1 m. reward, remuneration ChUp.; arriving at L.; (for 2. {A-pAda} see
below.)
aapaada* = &c. see under 1. {A-pad}
aapadaa* = f. misfortune, calamity L.
aapaH = water
aapaNaH = (m) shop
aapana * = n. obtaining, reaching, coming to BhP.; pepper L.
aapaana * = 1 mfn. one who has reached; (for 2. see %{A-} 1. %{pA}.)
aapaNa * = m. a market, a shop MBh. R. Katha1s.; waves MBh.; commerce, trade L.
aapana * = &c. see under 1. %{Ap}.
aapaNikaH = (m) shop-keeper
aapad.h = calamity
aapadaaM = dangers
aapannaM = achieved
aapannaaH = gaining
aapah = water
aapanna * = mfn. entered, got in S'Br. KâtyS'r. &c.; afflicted, unfortunate
S'ak. Kathâs. &c.; gained, obtained, acquired; having gained or obtained or
acquired.
aapaaDa* = m. (ifc. mf({A})n. L.) compressing, squeezing Sus'r.; giving pain,
hurting L.; a chaplet tied on the crown of the head MBh. R. Ragh.; N. of a
metre.
aapi * = m. an ally, a friend, an acquaintance RV. VS. (according to Sa1y. on
RV. ii, 29, 4, from the Caus.) causing to obtain [wealth &c.] ; (mfn.) ifc.
reaching to, entering.
aapi * = &c. see under 1. %{Ap}.
aapI * = &c. see under %{A-pyai}.\\mfn. fat, enlarged, increased T.
aapta * = mfn. reached, overtaken, met S'Br.; received, got, gained, obtained
S'Br. Mn. Hit. Kathâs.; filled up, taken S'Br.; come to Naish.; reaching to,
extending; abundant, full, complete; apt, fit, true, exact, clever, trusted,
trustworthy, confidential Mn. R. Ragh. &c.; respected; intimate, related,
acquainted MBh. R. Ragh. &c.; appointed; divided Sûryas.; connected L.; accused,
prosecuted L.; m. a fit person, a credible or authoritative person, warranter,
guarantee; a friend; an Arhat Jain.; N. of a Nâga MBh.; ({A}) f. = {jaTA} q.v.
L.; ({am}) n. a quotient; equation of a degree L.
aapuurya = covering
aapuryamaaNaM = always being filled
aapuu *= A1. (Impv. %{A4-pavasva} RV. ix , 70 , 10 ; once P. %{A4-pava} RV. ix ,
49 , 3 ; p. %{-punAna}) to be pure ; to flow towards after purification ; to
carry towards in its course (as a stream) RV. VS.
aapUryamANa * = mfn. becoming full, increasing
aaprichchha = take leave of
aapoklima = The 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th Houses
ApratI * = (%{A-prati-i}) P. (Impv. 2. pl. %{-e4tana} RV. vi, 42, 2) to go
towards any one to meet him. iishaM = Lord S'iva
aaptuM = afflicts one with
aapnuyaaM = may have
aapnuvanti = attain
aapnoti = achieves
aaplutaa = immersed
aapsara: = mfn. (fr. {apsaras}), belonging to the Apsaras.
aapuuryamaaNa* = mfn. becoming full, increasing.
aapya* = 2 mfn. (fr. 2. {ap}), belonging or relating to water, watery, liquid
Sus'r.; consisting of water; living in water; m. N. of several asterisms
VarBri.; N. of a Vasu; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a class of deities BhP. Hariv.; ({am})
n. N. of a constellation; (for 1. {Apya} see under {Ap}.)
aapya* = 3 n. N. of a plant, a kind of Costus L. (cf. {vApya}.)
aa-pyaayana * =mfn. causing fulness or stoutness Sus'r.; increasing welfare,
gladdening L.; ({I}) f. an umbilical vein MârkP.; ({am}) n. the act of making
full or fat Sus'r.; satiating; satisfying, refreshing, pleasing Mn.; increasing,
causing to thrive MBh.; causing to swell (the Soma) S'Br. &c.; satiety,
satisfaction; advancing; anything which causes corpulency or good condition;
strengthening medicine Sus'r.; corpulency, growing or being fat or stout;
gladness L.
aaraadhita * =mfn. propitiated, pleased, solicited for a boon; worshipped,
honoured, revered; accomplished, effected.
aaraadhya = pleasable
aaraama = (m) garden *= m. delight, pleasure S3Br. TUp. Bhag. Bhartr2. ; place
of pleasure, a garden, grove Mn. Ya1jn5. MBh. R. Mr2icch. Katha1s. &c. ; N. of a
particular Dan2d2aka metre ; [cf. $ and $.]
aarath * P. (p. {-raTat}) to shriek, screech Kathâs. Bhathth.
aaraa4t * = ind. (abl. of an ideal base {Ara} fr. {A-R}; cf. {Are4}) from a
distant place; distant; to a distant place; far from (with abl.) RV. AV. Âp.
MBh. Kathâs.; near Gaut. Ragh.; directly, immediately Prab. Kathâs. S'ak. 131 a;
({t}) m. N. of a village L.
aarabdhat.h = started
aarabdha * = mfn. begun, commenced, undertaken AitBr. MBh. R. BhP. Katha1s. &c.;
one who has begun or commenced, beginning, commencing R. BhP.; m. N. of a king.
aarabdham.h = started
aarabhamaaNa* = mfn. beginning, commencing resolutely (with a determination to
finish).
aarabhaTa* = m. an enterprising man, courageous man L.; (%{I}) f. boldness,
confidence, heroism Ra1jat.; (in dram.) the representation of supernatural and
horrible events on the stage.
aarabhate = begins
aarabhatha * = m. an enterprising man, courageous man L.; (%{I}) f. boldness,
confidence, heroism Ra1jat.; (in dram.) the representation of supernatural and
horrible events on the stage.
aarabhyate = is begun
aarakta* = mfn. reddish Sus'r. Vikr.; ({am}) n. red sandal-wood L
aarambha = beginning *= m. undertaking, beginning Mn. Pan5cat. Megh. &c.; a
thing begun; beginning, origin, commencement S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. Megh. &c.; (in
dram.) the commencement of the action which awakens an interest in the progress
of the principal plot Sa1h. 324 and 325; haste, speed; effort, exertion; pride;
killing, slaughter (erroneous for %{Alambha} see Zachariae, Beitr„ge, p. 20, l.
9)
aarambhaH = endeavor
aarambhashuura = one who shows active participation in the beginning
aarambhikaaH = beginners
aaraNya*= mf({A})n. (fr. {araNya}), being in or relating to a forest,
forest-born, wild RV. AV. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; m. a wild animal ChUp.
aaraNyaka*= mfn. forest, wild, forest-born, produced in a forest, relating to a
forest or a forest animal, (the {AraNyakam parva} of the Mahâ-bhârata is either
the whole third book or only the first section of it); m. a forester, an
inhabitant of the woods MBh. Ragh. &c.; ({am}) n. N. of a class of religious and
philosophical writings closely connected with the Brâhmanas and called Âranyakas
because either composed in forests or studied there, (the Upanishads are
considered to be attached to them.)
aarakshakaH = (m) policeman
aarakshikaa = (f) policewoman
aaratii = crying out of desperation for help, ritual
aaraadhanaM = for the worship
aarda * = mf({I} [gana {gaurA7di} Pân. 4-1, 41])n. ({Rd}), pressing hard,
tormenting exceedingly T
aardha* = in comp. optionally for {ardha-} (q.v.) Pân. 7-3, 2
aardita = parched, dry
aardra = wet * mf({A})n. ({ard} Un. ii, 18) wet, moist, damp RV. TS. S'Br. MBh.
Mn. Sus'r. Megh. &c.; fresh, not dry, succulent, green (as a plant), living AV.
S'Br. R. Sus'r. MBh. &c.; fresh, new Kathâs.; soft, tender, full of feeling,
warm; loose, flaccid Kathâs. Megh. Pañcat. &c.; m. N. of a grandson of Priithu
Hariv. VP.; ({A}) f. the fourth or sixth Nakshatra or lunar mansion AV. MBh.
VarBriS.; ({am}) n. fresh ginger Vishnus.; dampness, moisture Hariv.
aardrachittaa = having emotional mind
aardraa = Sixth nakshatra
aarghya * = mfn. relating to or coming from the above bee Sus'r.; ({am}) n. its
honey L.
aarhaaH = deserving
aarii * = P. ({A4-riNanti} RV. ix, 71, 6) to pour, let drop: Â. {A4-rIyate}, to
trickle or flow upon; to flow over RV.
aarita * = mfn. praised RV. i, 101, 4, &
aarjavaM = simplicity
aarjava* = mfn. (fr. {Rju} g. {pRthvAdi} Pân. 5-1, 122), straight; honest,
sincere Kathâs.; m. N. of a teacher VP.; ({am}) n. straightness, straight
direction Sâh.; rectitude, propriety of act or observance; honesty, frankness,
sincerity ChUp. Âp. Gaut. MBh. R. Mn. &c.
arjavaka* = mfn. straight, direct; m. N. of the ninth Sarga or creation MBh.
xii, 11566.
aarjuna * = m. N. of Indra (= {arjuna} q.v.) Kâthh. 34, 3.
aarka * = mfn. (fr. {arka}), belonging or relating to the sun BhP.; coming from
the plant Calotropis Gigantea VarBriS.
aarogya = health
aaroha * = m. one who mounts or ascends, a rider (on a horse &c.), one who is
seated in a carriage R.; ascent, rising, creeping up, mounting S3ak. Katha1s.
R.; haughtiness, pride Katha1s.; elevation, elevated place, altitude R.; a heap,
mountain R.; increase Sa1h.; a woman's waist, the swell of the body R. BrahmaP.
S3is3.; length L.; a particular measure L.; descending (= %{ava-roha} ?) L.
aarohaNa = climbing
aarohati = to climb, to ascend
aaropayati = to plant
aaropita*= mfn. raised, elevated Kum.; fixed, placed Kâd.; made; charged with;
strung (as a bow); deposited, intrusted; interposed, supplied; accidental,
adventitious L.
aarpita* = mfn. fastened to, annexed; dependent on RV. AV.
aarta = intensely troubled \\ * = mfn. (optionally also written {Artta}, whence
erroneously derived fr. {Rt} or even regarded as irreg. formation fr. {ard}; see
also Weber in S'Br. p. 339, l. 20 ff.) fallen into (misfortune), struck by
calamity, afflicted, pained, disturbed; injured; oppressed, suffering, sick,
unhappy S'Br. TS. Mn. R. S'ak. Ragh. &c.
aartha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {artha}), relating to a thing or object; material,
significant (opposed to {zAbda} q.v.) Sâh.; resulting from or based on the
possession of a thing Pat.
aartaH = the distressed
aarthika = (adj) economic, fiscal
aarthikaniiti = (f) economic policy
aaru* = 1 1. P. {-rauti} or {-ravIti} (Impv. {A4-ruva} RV. i, 10, 4) to shout or
cry towards; to cry out VarBriS. R. Bhathth.; to praise L.: Intens. {-roravIti},
to roar towards or against RV. \\* = 2 m. a hog; a crab; the tree Lagerstroemia
Regina L.; ({us}) f. a pitcher L.
aaruDha = The sign which is as distant from the lord as the lord is from the
house concerned
aaruuDha * = mounted, ascended, bestridden (as a horse &c.) MBh. Hariv. BhP.;
risen; raised up, elevated on high VarBriS. Pañcat. Hit. Kathâs. &c.;
undertaken; reached, brought to (often used in compounds e.g. {indriyA7rUDha},
brought under the cognizance of the senses, perceived) BhP.; having reached or
attained, come into (a state) BhP. Prab. S'ak. Kathâs. &c.; ({am}) n. the
mounting, arising.
aarurukshoH = who has just begun yoga
aaruhya = having climbed
aaruu* = mfn. ({R} [Un. i, 87]), tawny; ({Us}) m. tawny (the colour) L
aaruuDhasya = of one who has attained
aaruuDhaani = being placed
aaruudha = house
aaruNi * = m. (fr. {aruNa})N. of Uddâlaka (a renowned Brâhmana teacher, son of
Aruna Aupaves'i and father of S'veta-ketu) S'Br. AitBr. MBh.; N. of Auddâlaki (=
S'veta-ketu) KathhUp.; N. of Suparneya, a son of Prajâpati TÂr.; of Vainateya
MBh.; of Tathâyu Bâlar.
aarya = wise man* = m. (fr. {arya4}, {R}), a respectable or honourable or
faithful man, an inhabitant of Âryâvarta; one who is faithful to the religion of
his country; N. of the race which immigrated from Central Asia into Âryâvarta
(opposed to {an-Arya}, {dasyu}, {dAsa}); in later times N. of the first three
castes (opposed to {zUdra}) RV. AV. VS. MBh. Yâjñ. Pañcat. &c.; a man highly
esteemed, a respectable, honourable man Pañcat. S'ak. &c.; a master, an owner
L.; a friend L.; a Vais'ya L.; Buddha; (with Buddhists [Pâli {ayyo}, or
{ariyo}]) a man who has thought on the four chief truths of Buddhism (see next
col.) and lives accordingly, a Buddhist priest; a son of Manu Sâvarna Hariv.;
(mf({A} and {A4rI})n.) Âryan, favourable to the Âryan people RV. &c.; behaving
like an Âryan, worthy of one, honourable, respectable, noble R. Mn. S'ak. &c.;
of a good family; excellent; wise; suitable; ({A}) f. a name of Pârvatî Hariv.;
a kind of metre of two lines (each line consisting of seven and a half feet;
each foot containing four instants, except the sixth of the second line, which
contains only one, and is therefore a single short syllable; hence there are
thirty instants in the first line and twenty-seven in the second); [cf. Old
Germ. {e7ra}; Mod. Germ. {Ehre}; Irish {Erin}.]
aarurukshu *= mfn. desirous to rise or ascend or advance MBh. Ragh. Bhag. Ka1d.
aaryasamaaja = Aryan group
aaryaa = (f) a respected woman
aasa*= seat, the lower part of the body behind, posteriors
aasaat * = ind. (fr. an ideal base {Asa}), from or in the proximity, near RV.
aa4sa*=ashes, dust, a bow
aasaJj *= P. %{-sajati}, to fasten on, attach, fix; to fasten on one's self, put
on (as dress, armour, &c.) RV. AV. Ka1tyS3r. R. Kum. &c.; to fix one's self to,
adhere to Kir. xiii, 44; to take up MBh. &c.; to take hold of, cling to AV. MBh.
S3Br. BhP. &c.: Caus. %{-saJjayati}, to cause to attach or put or fix on
S3a1n3khS3r. Ragh.; to employ MBh.: Pass. %{-sajyate}, to adhere, cohere, be
attached: Desid. %{-sisaGkSati}, to wish to attach S3Br. i, 6, 1, 12; 15.
aasan *= 1 n. (defective Pa1n2. 6-1 , 63) , mouth , jaws RV. AV. VS. S3Br. TBr.
\\2 P. (Impv. 2. sg. %{A4-sanuhi} AV. xiv , 2 , 70) to gain , obtain ; (for 1.
%{Asan} and %{Asanya} see under 3. %{A7s}.)
aasaM = exist
aasakta = attached\\* = mfn. fixed or fastened to; attached to, lying on or upon
S'Br. Kum. R. Kathâs. &c.; attached strongly to, intent on; zealously following
or pursuing MBh. VarBri. Kathâs. Pañcat. &c.; wound round, encircled;
accompanied or furnished with; following directly, immediately proceeding from
(acc.) MBh.
aasaktamanaaH = mind attached
aasana = seat
aasanaM = seat
aasanastham.h = (lotus like-)posture-stood
aasane = on the seat
aasaadaya = (causative of aa+sad) resort to
aasaadya = attaining
aasevita * = mfn. frequented; practised assiduously.
aasha.ns.h = to wish, to hope, to desire
aashaya = (masc) resting place
aas'aya * = m. resting-place, bed; seat, place; an asylum, abode or retreat
S'Br. MBh. Pañcat. Bhag. &c.; a receptacle; any recipient; any vessel of the
body (e.g. {raktA7zaya}, `" the receptacle of blood "' i.e. the heart;
{AmA7zaya}, the stomach &c.) Sus'r.; the stomach; the abdomen Sus'r.; the seat
of feelings and thoughts, the mind, heart, soul Yâjñ. R. Kathâs. &c.; thought,
meaning, intention Prab. Kathâs. Pañcat.; disposition of mind, mode of thinking;
(in Yoga phil.) `" stock "' or `" the balance of the fruits of previous works,
which lie stored up in the mind in the form of mental deposits of merit or
demerit, until they ripen in the individual soul's own experience into rank,
years, and enjoyment (Cowell's translation of Sarvad. 168, 16 ff.); the will;
pleasure; virtue; vice; fate; fortune; property; a miser, niggard L.; N. of the
plant Artocarpus Integrifolia L.
aashayasthitaaH = situated within the heart
aashaa = desire
aasha*= (1. {az}), reaching, obtaining (cf. {dur-} Aza m. food; eating S'Br.
KâtyS'r. &c. (cf. {prAtar-Aza}, {sAyam-Aza}, &c.; {hutA7za}, {AzrayA7za}, &c.)
aashaa4 *=, desire, hope, expectation, prospect AV. S'Br. ChUp. R. S'ak. Kathâs.
Pañcat. &c.; Hope personified as the wife of a Vasu Hariv.; as the
daughter-in-law of Manas Prab.; (for 2. {A4zA} see s.v.)
aa4shaa*. (1. {az}; for 1. {AzA4} see {A-zaMs}), space, region, quarter of the
heavens RV. AV. TS. R. MBh. Ragh. &c.
aas'aasana *= n. asking, praying or craving for Comm. on Nya1yam.
aas'aasanIya *= mfn. to be wished or craved for Comm. on Nya1yas.
aashaapaasha = entanglements in a network of hope
aashaapiNDaM = AshA+pindaM, desire+lump(piNDaM also means rice-ball given
aas'aya *= m. resting-place, bed; seat, place; an asylum, abode or retreat S3Br.
MBh. Pan5cat. Bhag. &c.; a receptacle; any recipient; any vessel of the body
(e.g. %{raktA7zaya}, `" the receptacle of blood "' i.e. the heart; %{AmA7zaya},
the stomach &c.) Sus3r.; the stomach; the abdomen Sus3r.; the seat of feelings
and thoughts, the mind, heart, soul Ya1jn5. R. Katha1s. &c.; thought, meaning,
intention Prab. Katha1s. Pan5cat.; disposition of mind, mode of thinking; (in
Yoga phil.) `" stock "' or `" the balance of the fruits of previous works, which
lie stored up in the mind in the form of mental deposits of merit or demerit,
until they ripen in the individual soul's own experience into rank, years, and
enjoyment (Cowell's translation of Sarvad. 168, 16 ff.); the will; pleasure;
virtue; vice; fate; fortune; property; a miser, niggard L.; N. of the plant
Artocarpus Integrifolia L.
aas'i * = 1 f. eating Kaus'.
aas'ii * =1 f. = 1. {Azi4s} L.; (for 2. {AzI} see 2. {Azis}.)
aa-s'i * =2 P. (Impv. {A4-zizIhi}) to sharpen [Sây.] i.e. to make zealous RV.
vii, 16, 6; viii, 21, 8 [to bestow, let partake BRD.]; (for 1. {Azi} see 2.
{Aza}.)
aas'ii * =2 f. = 2. {Azis} L.
aa-s'ii * =3 Â. (irr. {-za4ye} [3. sg.] RV. AV.: Impv. 3. sg. {A-zayAm} AV. v,
25, 9; 3. pl. {-zerate} Vikr.) to lie or rest on or round: P. (impf. 3. pl.
{A7zayan}) to wish BhP. ix, 1, 37 [perhaps this form is rather a Nom. from 1.
{AzA}?]: Caus. (impf. {A74zIzayat}) to lay or put upon R.
aas'is *= 1 %{Is} f. asking for , prayer , wish RV. AV. VS. TS. S3Br. &c. ;
blessing , benediction ; wishing for any other R. Ragh. Kum. S3ak. &c. ; a
particular medicament ; (for 2. %{Azis} see s.v.)
aashina = old (also heard as aashiina)
aashishhati = to give aashirvaad
aashu = fast
aashcharyaM = surprise
aashcharyamayaM = wonderful
aashcharyavat.h = with wonder, surprise
aashcharyaaNi = all the wonders
aashrama = a yoga centre or school
aashrayatva = dependence, leaning
aashrayaa = sheltor
aashrayet.h = must come upon
aashri = to take shelter
aas'rita * = mfn. attaching one's self to, joining ; having recourse to,
resorting to as a retreat or asylum, seeking refuge or shelter from ; subject
to, depending on MBh. Katha1s. Ra1jat. Kum. &c. ; relating or belonging to,
concerning R. Hariv. BhP. Ma1rkP. &c. ; inhabiting, dwelling in, resting on,
being anywhere, taking one's station at MBh. R. Ya1jn5. VarBr2S. &c. ;
following, practising, observing ; using, employing ; receiving anything as an
inherent or integral part Mn. MBh. BhP. Kum. Pan5cat. &c. ; regarding,
respecting Bhag. R. ; taken or sought as a refuge or shelter Katha1s. BhP.
Ra1jat. ; inhabited, occupied Katha1s. Pan5cat. Ragh. BhP. ; chosen, preferred,
taken as rule Katha1s. Ra1jat. ; m. a dependant, subject, servant, follower Kum.
Hit. Ya1jn5. &c. ; (%{am}) n. (with Buddhists) an object perceived by the senses
and %{manas} or mind.
aashritaM = assuming
aashritaH = taking refuge
aashritaaH = accepting
aashritya = taking shelter of
aashleshha = embrace
aashleshhaa = Ninth nakshatra
aashvaasayaamaasa = encouraged
aashvinii = First nakshatra
aas'u * = mfn. (1. {az} Un. i, 1), fast, quick, going quickly RV. AV. S'Br. &c.;
({us}) m. Ved. the quick one, a horse RV. AV.; ({us}, or {u}) m. n. rice
ripening quickly in the rainy season S'Br. KâtyS'r. L.; ({u}) n. N. of a Sâman;
({u}) ind. quickly, quick, immediately, directly Sus'r. Megh. Pañcat. &c. (cf.
Gk. $, $; Lat. {acu} in {acupedius}, &49452[157, 3] {o7cissimus}: of the same
origin may be the Lat. {aquila} and {accipiter}.)
aas'aya* = m. resting-place, bed; seat, place; an asylum, abode or retreat S'Br.
MBh. Pañcat. Bhag. &c.; a receptacle; any recipient; any vessel of the body
(e.g. {raktA7zaya}, `" the receptacle of blood "' i.e. the heart; {AmA7zaya},
the stomach &c.) Sus'r.; the stomach; the abdomen Sus'r.; the seat of feelings
and thoughts, the mind, heart, soul Yâjñ. R. Kathâs. &c.; thought, meaning,
intention Prab. Kathâs. Pañcat.; disposition of mind, mode of thinking; (in Yoga
phil.) `" stock "' or `" the balance of the fruits of previous works, which lie
stored up in the mind in the form of mental deposits of merit or demerit, until
they ripen in the individual soul's own experience into rank, years, and
enjoyment (Cowell's translation of Sarvad. 168, 16 ff.); the will; pleasure;
virtue; vice; fate; fortune; property; a miser, niggard L.; N. of the plant
Artocarpus Integrifolia L.
aas.h = to sit
aasi* = P. (pf. %{A4-siSAya} RV. x, 28, 10) to wrap or pack up.
aasita* = mfn. seated, being at rest; one who has sat down, one who is seated or
dwells Kathâs. R. &c.; ({am}) n. sitting, sitting down Sâh. MBh.; a seat; a
place where one has lived, an abode R.; way or manner of sitting (cf. {dur--});
N. of several Sâmans.
aasit.h = was/existed
aasina = by the weapon
aasinaM = situated
aasinaH = eaters
aas'is * = 1 %{Is} f. asking for, prayer, wish RV. AV. VS. TS. S3Br. &c. ;
blessing, benediction ; wishing for any other R. Ragh. Kum. S3ak. &c. ; a
particular medicament ; (for 2. %{Azis} see s.v.) 2 f. a serpent's fang ; (for
1. %{Azi4s} see %{A-zAs}.)
aasiit.h = was
aasiita = does remain still
aasiinaH = situated
aaspada* = n. (ifc. mf[{A}]n. fr. {pada} with {A} prefixed, {s} being inserted),
place, seat, abode S'ak. Kathâs. Mriicch. Bhartri. Das'. &c.; the tenth lunar
mansion VarBri.; business, affair; dignity, authority; power L.
aasphuT * = Caus. {-sphoTayati}, to split open, crush, grind Kathâs.; to move,
agitate quickly; to shake MBh. Mn. BhP. &c.
aas'raya* = m. that to which anything is annexed or with which anything is
closely connected or on which anything depends or rests Pân. R. Ragh. Sus'r.; a
recipient, the person or thing in which any quality or article is inherent or
retained or received; seat, resting-place R. Kathâs. Sus'r. &c.; dwelling,
asylum, place of refuge, shelter R. S'is'. &c.; depending on, having recourse
to; help, assistance, protection Pañcat. Ragh. &c.; authority, sanction,
warrant; a plea, excuse L.; the being inclined or addicted to, following,
practising; attaching to, choosing, taking; joining, union, attachment;
dependance, contiguity, vicinity RPrât. Yâjñ. Mn. &c.; relation; connection;
appropriate act or one consistent with the character of the agent; (in Gr.) the
subject, that to which the predicate is annexed; (with Buddhists) the five
organs of sense with {manas} or mind (the six together being the recipients of
the {Azrita} or objects which enter them by way of their {Alambana} or
qualities); source, origin; ifc. depending on, resting on, endowed or furnished
with (e.g. {aSTa-guNA7zraya} see under {aSTa}).
aasrij *V-S evolved. send forth *= = P. (Impv. 2. sg. {A4-sRja}) Â. (pf. 3. pl.
{A4-sasRjire}) to pour out upon, pour in RV.; to admit (a stallion to a mare)
RV. ix, 97, 18; to adorn, decorate RV. v, 52, 6; to carry near; to procure
KâtyS'r. aastikyaM = religiousness
aas'ru * = P. {-zRNoti} Â. {-zRNute}, to listen to; to hear; to perceive (with
the ear) RV. AV. TS. S'Br. BhP. &c.; to accept, promise Pân. 1-4, 40 R. Yâjñ.
L.: Caus. {-zrAvayati} [but {A4-zravayatam} RV. vii, 62, 5; aor. {-azuzravus}
RV. x, 94, 12], to cause to hear; to announce, make known, tell RV. Âs'vS'r.
MBh.; to address, speak to, call to (especially at particular rites) RV. AV. TS.
S'Br. ChUp. TUp. KâtyS'r. &c.: Desid. {-zuzrUSati} [only P. Pân. 1-3, 59], to
wish to hear; to listen.
aas'ruta * = mfn. listened to, heard; audible TS.; promised, agreed Ya1jn5.;
(%{am}) n. a calling (at rites see %{A-zrAvaNa}) Ka1tyS3r. TS.
aaste = remains
aasthaaya = following
aasteya* = mfn. (Pân. 4-3, 56) belonging to something existent.
aasthitaH = being situated
aasthitaaH = situated
aastikya* = n. (fr. {Astika}), belief in God, piety, faithfulness; a believing
nature or disposition MBh. Bhag. BhP.
aasu * = to press out (Soma juice); to distil
aa-su * = 3. P. {-suno4ti}, (Subj. 2. pl. {-suno4tA} AV. xx, 127, 7 and
{A4-sotA} RV. ix, 108, 7) to press out (Soma juice); to distil RV. AV. S'Br.
ChUp.
aa-suu * = P. {A4-suvati} 1. (p. {-suvAna4}) to excite towards [161, 1]; to
throw to, send off towards; to assign to, bring quickly, procure; to yield,
grant RV. AV. S'Br.
aasuraM = demonic *
aasura = 1 mf({I})n. (fr. {asura}), spiritual, divine RV. VS. AV.; belonging or
devoted to evil spirits; belonging or relating to the Asuras RV. AV. VS.
KâtyS'r. Prab. Das'. &c.; infernal, demoniacal; m. an Asura or demon AV. AitBr.
Pân.; a form of marriage (in which the bridegroom purchases the bride from her
father and paternal kinsmen) Âs'vGri. i, 6, 6 Mn. iii, 31 (cf. {vivAha}); ({As})
m. pl. the stars of the southern hemisphere Sûryas. &c.; a prince of the
warrior-tribe Asura Pân.; ({I}) f. a female demon; a division of medicine
(surgery, curing by cutting with instruments, applying the actual cautery); N.
of the plant Sinapis Ramosa L.; the urethra BhP.; ({am}) n. blood; black salt L.
aasuraH = demoniac
aasuranishchayaan.h = demons
aasurii = demoniac qualities
aasuriiM = atheistic
aasuriishhu = demoniac
aas'u* = mfn. (1. %{az} Un2. i, 1), fast, quick, going quickly RV. AV. S3Br.
&c.; (%{us}) m. Ved. the quick one, a horse RV. AV.; (%{us}, or %{u}) m. n. rice
ripening quickly in the rainy season S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. L.; (%{u}) n. N. of a
Sa1man; (%{u}) ind. quickly, quick, immediately, directly Sus3r. Megh. Pan5cat.
&c. (cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. {acu} in {acupedius}, &49452[157,3] {o7cissimus}: of the
same origin may be the Lat. {aquila} and {accipiter}.)
aas'vaasa * = m. breathing again or freely, taking breath; recovery Sus'r.;
cheering up, consolation; relying on Kathâs.; a chapter or section of a book
Sâh.
aas'vaasita * = mfn. encouraged, animated, comforted, consoled Das3. BhP.
Pan5cat. &c.\\mfn. reanimated, revived, refreshed &c. MBh. R.
aasvaada = tastingaatanka = horror, terror
aazvaasa * = m. breathing again or freely, taking breath; recovery Sus3r.;
cheering up, consolation; relying on Katha1s.; a chapter or section of a book
Sa1h.
aasya = (m) mouth
aasyaa * = f. sitting Sus'r.; abiding, abode; state of rest L.
aasya4 * = n. [ifc. mf({A})n.] mouth, jaws RV. AV. VS. MBh. &c.; face Yâjñ.;
(mfn.) belonging to the mouth or face, belonging to that part of the mouth or
face, belonging to that part of the mouth which is the organ of uttering sounds
or letters Pân. Siddh. Kâs'. &c. [160, 1]
aaT* = ind. a croak (imitation of the sound uttered by a frog) Ta1n2d2yaBr.
aat * = ind. (abl. of 4. %{a}) afterwards, then (often used in a concluding
paragraph antithetically to %{ya4d}, %{yadA}, %{ya4di}. and sometimes
strengthened by the particles %{a4ha}, %{i4d}, %{Im}, %{u}) RV. AV.; then,
further, also, and RV. AV. It is sometimes used after an interrogative pronoun
(like %{u}, %{nu4}, %{aGga4}) to give emphasis to the pronoun RV.
aata *=nmfn. (Pa1n2. 7-4, 47) taken, obtained ChUp. Katha1s.; taken away or off,
withdrawn from S3Br. AitBr. &c.; seized, grasped ChUp. La1t2y. &c.; perceived,
felt Ma1lav.; undertaken, begun MBh. xiii, 3567.
aatataayinaH = aggressors
aatapa = heat
aatapatraM = sunshade* = n. `" heatprotector "' (ifc. f. {A} Megh. Kathâs.), a
large umbrella (of silk or leaves) MBh. &c.; {AtapatrAyita} mfn. forming an
umbrella (as the branches of a tree) BhP.
aathavika *= m. a woodman, forester.
aathavika *= m. (fr. %{aTavI}), the inhabitant of a forest Mn. ix, 257 MBh. &c.;
a forester Sa1h.; (mfn.) consisting of inhabitants of the forest (as an army)
Ka1m.
aathavin *= %{I} m. N. of a teacher Va1yuP.
aatishhTha = be situated
aatura = anxious * = mf(%{A})n. suffering, sick (in body or mind) RV. viii AV.
xi, 101, 2, &c.; diseased or pained by (in comp.) MBh. R. &c.; desirous of
(Inf.) (cf. %{an-Atura4}.)
aatta = ready
aattha = have spoken
aatma = of the self * = (in comp. for {Atma4n}; also rarely ifc. e.g.
{adhy-Atma}, {adhy-Atma4m}).
aatmaa = soul- see aatman
aatmaanaM = the mind
aatmaani = in the pure state of the soul
aatmaasambhavitaaH = self-complacent
aatmaa.atattvamasi = Thou art That Not (self + Self are differnt:Duality)
aatmabhaava = within their hearts
aatmabhuutaatmaa = compassionate
aatma * = m. `" self-shower "', a mirror Ragh. vii, 65.
aatmadaa * = mfn. granting breath or life RV. x, 121, 2.
aatmadaana * = n. gift of self, self-sacrifice Kathâs.
aatmaghosha * = m. `" uttering one's own name "', a crow L.; a cock L.aatmasaat
* = ind. with 1. %{kR} (ind. p. %{-kRtvA}) to place upon one's self Ya1jn5. iii,
54; %{-karoti} (ind. p. %{-kRtvA} MBh. iii, 493 and 496; %{-kRtya} BhP.) to make
one's own, attract, turn to one's self, acquire or gain for one's self; to cause
to become one with the supreme spirit Nr2isUp.
aatmaiva = the very mind
aatmaja = son
aatmaja * = mfn. self-originated MBh. xii, 12449; m. (ifc. f. {A} R.) `" born
from or begotten by one's self "', a son Nir. Mn. &c.; N. of the fifth lunar
mansion VarYogay.; ({A}) f. a daughter MBh. R. &c.; `" originating from
intellect "', the reasoning faculty L.
aatmajaa = daughter
aatmajaH = son
aatmajña * = mfn. knowing one's self MBh. xii, 12440; knowing the supreme spirit
Vedântas.
aatmajñaana = (aatmaGYaana) = knowledge of self* = n. self-knowledge MBh. v, 990
and 1167; knowledge of the soul or supreme spirit Mn. xii, 85 and 92 MBh.
Vedântas.
aatmaka *= mf({ikA})n. belonging to or forming the nature of (gen.) MBh. xv,
926; having or consisting of the nature or character of (in comp.) ChUp. [cf.
{saMkalpA7tmaka}]; consisting or composed of Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {paJcA7tmaka}
&c.)
aatmaka * = mf(%{ikA})n. belonging to or forming the nature of (gen.) MBh. xv,
926 ; having or consisting of the nature or character of (in comp.) ChUp. [cf.
%{saMkalpA7tmaka}] ; consisting or composed of Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. %{paJcA7tmaka}
&c.)
aatmakaaraNaat.h = for sense enjoyment
aatmakaama * = (%{Atma4-}) mf(%{A})n. loving one's self, possessed of
self-conceit R. ii, 70, 10 ; loving the supreme spirit S3Br. xiv (Br2A1rUp.)
aatmakaH = possessing or controlling
aatmakaM = consisting of
aatma-krita * = ({Atma4-}) mfn. done or committed against one's self VS. viii,
13; done of one's self, self-executed R. ii, 46, 23.
aatmamaayayaa = by My internal energy
aatman * = {A} m. (variously derived fr. {an}, to breathe; {at}, to move; {vA},
to blow; cf. {tma4n}) the breath RV.; the soul, principle of life and sensation
RV. AV. &c.; the individual soul, self, abstract individual [e.g. {Atma4n}]
(Ved. loc.) {dhatte}, or {karoti}, `" he places in himself "', makes his own TS.
v S'Br.; {AtmanA akarot}, `" he did it himself "' Kâd.; {AtmanA vi-yuj}, `" to
lose one's life "' Mn. vii, 46; {Atman} in the sg. is used as reflexive pronoun
for all three persons and all three genders e.g. {AtmAnaM sA hanti}, `" she
strikes herself "'; {putram AtmanaH spRSTvA nipetatuH}, `" they two having
touched their son fell down "' R. ii, 64, 28; the prayers of transcendental
activity [with for each of the four a type of priest or below s.v. {AtmanA}];
essence, nature, character, peculiarity (often ifc. e.g. {karmA7tman}, &c.) RV.
x, 97, 11, &c.; the person or whole body considered as one and opposed to the
separate members of the body VS. S'Br.; the body Ragh. i, 14 RâmatUp.; (ifc.) `"
the understanding, intellect, mind "' see {naSTA7tman}, {mandA7-}; the highest
personal principle of life, Brahma (cf. {paramA7tman}) AV. x, 8, 44 VS. xxxii,
11 S'Br. xiv, &c.; effort L.; (= {dhRti}) firmness L.; the sun L.; fire L.; a
son L.; [Old Germ. {âtum}; Angl. Sax. {oedhm}; Mod. Germ. {Athem}, {Odem}; Gk.
$, $ (?).] &42279[135, 1]
aatmanaa* = instr. of {Atman}, in comp. [but not in a Bahuvrîhi] with ordinals
Pân. 6-3, 6 (cf. the Bahuvrîhi compounds {Atma-caturtha}, and {-paJcama}.)
aatmasad * = mfn. dwelling in (my-) self AV. v, 9, 8.
aatmasama * = m. equal to one's self; (%{Atmasama}) %{-tAMnI}, to render any one
(acc.) equal to one's self, Ratna1v.
aatma-tattva * = n. the true nature of the soul or of the supreme spirit
S'vetUp.; ({Atmatattva}) {-jJa} mfn. knowing or versed in the Vedânta doctrines
L.
aatmata * = f. essence, nature BhP.
aatmatva * = n. essence, nature Sâh.
aatmatriptaH = self-illuminated
aatman.h = Soul *= %{A} m. (variously derived fr. %{an}, to breathe ; %{at}, to
move ; %{vA}, to blow ; cf. %{tma4n}) the breath RV. ; the soul, principle of
life and sensation RV. AV. &c. ; the individual soul, self, abstract individual
[e.g. %{Atma4n}] (Ved. loc.) %{dhatte}, or %{karoti}, `" he places in himself
"', makes his own TS. v S3Br. ; %{AtmanA@akarot}, `" he did it himself "' Ka1d.
; %{AtmanA@vi-yuj}, `" to lose one's life "' Mn. vii, 46 ; %{Atman} in the sg.
is used as reflexive pronoun for all three persons and all three genders e.g.
%{AtmAnaM@sA@hanti}, `" she strikes herself "' ;
%{putram@AtmanaH@spRSTvA@nipetatuH}, `" they two having touched their son fell
down "' R. ii, 64, 28 ; [see also below s.v. %{AtmanA}] ; essence, nature,
character, peculiarity (often ifc. e.g. %{karmA7tman}, &c.) RV. x, 97, 11, &c. ;
the person or whole body considered as one and opposed to the separate members
of the body VS. S3Br. ; the body Ragh. i, 14 Ra1matUp. ; (ifc.) `" the
understanding, intellect, mind "' see %{naSTA7tman}, %{mandA7-} ; the highest
personal principle of life, Brahma (cf. %{paramA7tman}) AV. x, 8, 44 VS. xxxii,
11 S3Br. xiv, &c. ; effort L. ; (= %{dhRti}) firmness L. ; the sun L. ; fire L.
; a son L. ; [Old Germ. {a1tum} ; Angl. Sax. {oedhm} ; Mod. Germ. {Athem},
{Odem} ; Gk. $, $ (?).] &42279[135,1]
aatmana = (Masc.instr.sing.) thro' the self
aatmanaH = of the person
aatmanaa = by the purified mind * = instr. of {Atman}, in comp. [but not in a
Bahuvrîhi] with ordinals Pân. 6-3, 6 (cf. the Bahuvrîhi compounds
{Atma-caturtha}, and {-paJcama}.)
aatmani = in himself
aatmaratiH = taking pleasure in the self
aatmasa.nyama = of controlling the mind
aatmasa.nstutiH = and praise of himself
aatmasa.nsthaM = placed in transcendence
aatmasaat.h = to imbibe, to make one's own, to train oneself
aatmavantaM = situated in the self
aatmavashyaiH = under one's control
aatmavat *= mfn. having a soul Nr2isUp. ; self-possessed, composed, prudent Mn.
Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. ; ind. like one's self Hit. ; (%{Atmavat}) %{-tA} f.
self-possession, self-regard, prudence Mn. xi, 86 Ragh. viii, 83 ;
self-resemblance, proportion, analogy L.
aatmavaan.h = established in the self
aatmavinigrahaH = self-control
aatmavibhuutayaH = personal opulences
aatmavishvaasaH = (m) confidence
aatmayogaat.h = by My internal potency
aatmatattva * = n. the true nature of the soul or of the supreme spirit
S'vetUp.; ({Atmatattva}) {-jJa} mfn. knowing or versed in the Vedânta doctrines
L.
aatma-tantra * =n. the basis of self MBh. xiii, 4399; (mfn.) depending only on
one's self, independent BhP. (cf. {sva-tantra}.)
aatma-ta * = f. essence, nature BhP.
aatmavadha * = m. suicide MBh. i, 6228.
aatmavat *= mfn. having a soul Nr2isUp. ; self-possessed, composed, prudent Mn.
Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. ; ind. like one's self Hit. ; (%{Atmavat}) %{-tA} f.
self-possession, self-regard, prudence Mn. xi, 86 Ragh. viii, 83 ;
self-resemblance, proportion, analogy L.
aatmavas'a * = mfn. dependent on one's own will Mn. iv, 159 seq
aatmiyataa = the feeling of oneness
aathopa * = m. puffing, swelling MBh. iii, 11587 Pan5cat. &c.; a multitude,
redundancy BhP.; flatulence, borborygmi Sus3r.; pride, self-conceit Mr2icch. &c.
(cf. %{sA7topam}.)
aatura * = mf({A})n. suffering, sick (in body or mind) RV. viii AV. xi, 101, 2,
&c.; diseased or pained by (in comp.) MBh. R. &c.; desirous of (Inf.) (cf.
{an-Atura4}.)
aatyantikaM = supreme
aatyantika *= mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{aty-anta}), continual, uninterrupted, infinite,
endless Mn. ii, 242 seq. Bhag. &c.; entire, universal (as the world's
destruction &c.) BhP. Sarvad.
aavaapana * = n. a loom, an implement for weaving ; a reel or frame for winding
thread L.
aavaasaH = (m) residence, living quarters
aavaha * =mf({A})n. bringing, bringing to pass, producing; what bears or conveys
Mn. Bhag. R. Pañcat. &c.; m. N. of one of the seven winds or bands of air (that
which is usually assigned to the {bhuvar-loka} or atmospheric region between the
{bhUr-loka} and {svar-loka}) Hariv.; one of the seven tongues of fire. [155, 2]
aavaaha * = m. inviting, invitation MBh.; marrying L.; N. of a son of S'vaphalka
Hariv
aavali * = %{is} and %{I} f. (%{val} T.), a row, range; a continuous line; a
series; dynasty, lineage Vikr. BhP. Prab. Hit. &c.
aavaasya* = mfn. ifc. to be inhabited by, full of BhP. viii, 1, 10.
aavaraNa = a veil *= mfn. covering, hiding, concealing Ragh. ; (%{am}) n. the
act of covering, concealing, hiding Sus3r. Ragh. ; shutting, enclosing ; an
obstruction, interruption Mn. Sus3r. Ragh. ; a covering, garment, cloth MBh.
Kir. S3ak. Ragh. ; anything that protects, an outer bar or fence ; a wall ; a
shield ; a bolt, lock MBh. R. Ragh. &c. ; (in phil.) mental blindness Jain.
aavartaH = (m) whirlpool
aavartate = comes back
aavartinaH = returning
aavartita* = mfn. turned round, stirred round Hariv. BhP. &c.
aavasatha4 * = m. (Un. iii, 114) dwelling-place, abode, habitation, night's
lodging AV. ix, 6, 7 S'Br. ChUp. Mn. R. Hit. Ragh. &c.; a dwelling for pupils
and ascetics; a village; a particular religious observance L.; a treatise on
Âryâ metres T.
aavali = (f) line, row
aavapana * = n. the act of sowing, throwing, scattering, placing upon S3Br.
Ka1tyS3r. Gaut. ; instilling, inserting S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. ; capacity MBh. ; a
vessel, jar, ewer MaitrS. BhP. ; sowing seed, weaving L. ; a hempen cloth L. ;
(%{I}) f. a vessel, jar AV. xii, 1, 61.
aavarta *= m. turning, winding, turning round, revolving R. Sa1h. Sus3r. ;
whirl, gulf, whirlpool S3Br. Megh. MBh. Ragh. &c. ; deliberation, revolving (in
the mind) L. ; a lock of hair that curls backwards (especially on a horse
considered lucky), a curl R. S3is3. &c. [156,2] ; the two depressions of the
forehead above the eyebrows Sus3r. ; a crowded place where many men live close
together ; a kind of jewel L. ; N. of a form of cloud personified ; (%{A}) f. N.
of a river L. ; (%{am}) n. a mineral substance, pyrites, marcasite L.
aavasatha * = m. (Un2. iii, 114) dwelling-place, abode, habitation, night's
lodging AV. ix, 6, 7 S3Br. ChUp. Mn. R. Hit. Ragh. &c.; a dwelling for pupils
and ascetics; a village; a particular religious observance L.; a treatise on
A1rya1 metres T.
aavayoH = of ours
aaveza *= m. joining one's self Ka1tyS3r.; entering, entrance, taking possession
of MBh. S3ak. Prab. &c.; absorption of the faculties in one wish or idea,
intentness, devotedness to an object BhP.; demoniacal frenzy, possession, anger,
wrath Ba1lar. Ka1d.; pride, arrogance L.; indistinctness of idea, apoplectic or
epileptic giddiness L.
aavi* = {is} and {I4} f. (perhaps {vI}), pain, suffering Sus'r. TS.; ({yas}) f.
pl. pangs of childbirth Sus'r.
aavii* = P. {-ve4ti} (but also {-va4yati} Nigh. ii, 8; pf. {-vivAya}, &c.) to
undertake; to hasten near, approach RV.; to grasp, seize AitUp.; to drive on or
near RV.: Intens. (Pot. 3. pl. {A4-vavIran} TS. iii, 2, 9, 5) to tremble, be
agitated; (for the noun {AvI} see {Avi}, and for {AvI} f. see {Avya}.)
aavidhya *= ind. p. having pierced &c.
aavirbhuutaM = having taken a physical form or incarnation
aavishya = entering
aavis'* =* = P. Â. {-vizati}, {-te} (inf. {A-vi4zam} RV. ii, 24, 6) to go or
drive in or towards; to approach, enter; to take possession of RV. AV. VS. S'Br.
MBh. BhP. R. Mn. &c.; to sit down, settle MBh.; to get or fall into; to reach,
obtain; to become RV. MBh. R. BhP. &c.: Caus. {-vezayati}, to cause to enter or
approach; to cause to reach or obtain; to deliver, offer, present; to make known
RV. AV. AitBr. MBh. BhP. Ragh. Bhag. &c.
aavishh.h = to be possesed by
aavishhTaM = overwhelmed
aavishhTaH = overwhelmed
aavikshita = descendent of avikshit (i.e, marutta)
aavraj P. %{-vrajati}, to come near, proceed to S3Br. La1t2y. Mn. Ya1jn5. MBh.
&c.; to come back or home, return R. BhP. Sus3r. MBh. &c.aavriti * = f.
covering, closing, hiding.
aavrij * =Â. {-vRGkte} (Subj. {-va4rjate} RV. i, 33, 1; aor. {A74vRkta} RV.
viii, 90, 16; also P. aor. 1. sg. {A74vRkSam} RV. x, 159, 5) to turn or bring
into the possession of, procure for, bestow, give RV.; to turn or bring into
one's own possession; to appropriate RV. S'Br. BhP.; to be propitiated, favour
BhP.: Caus. P. {-varjayati}, to turn over, incline, bend Hariv. S'ak. Vikr.
Ragh. Megh. &c.; to pour out Ragh. Kum.; to deliver BhP. Ragh. &c.; to cause to
yield, overcome; to gain one's favour, propitiate, attract Kathâs. Das'. &c.
aavri * =1 1. P. {-vRNoti}, to cover, hide, conceal; to surround, enclose, shut,
comprehend, hem in; to keep off MBh. R. BhP. S'ak. Kathâs. &c.: Caus.
{-vArayati}, to cover, enclose; to ward off, keep off MBh. R. BhP. VarBriS.
aavritya * =1 ind. p. 3. having covered &c. S'ak. MBh. &c.
aavrita = encircled/avrithA * = ind. not in vain, profitably L.
aavritaM = is covered
aavritaH = is covered
aavritaa = covered
aavritaaH = covered
aavrittiM = return
aavritya = covering
aavrishhthi = (fem) rain
aaveshita = fixed
aaves'ika *= mfn. own, peculiar ; inherent ; m. a guest, a visitor ; (%{am}) n.
entering into ; hospitable reception, hospitality L.
aaveshya = establishing
aavriyate = is covered
aavhayati = to call
aavya * =mf({AvI})n. (fr. {avi}), belonging to sheep TS.; woollen Âs'vGri.
aayaama *: extending, restraining, restrained, stopping
aayaata * = mfn. come, arrived, attained MBh. S'ak. Kathâs. &c.; ({am}) n.
abundance, superabundance, Kirâ
aayaH = (m) income, earnings
aavyakta* = mfn. quite clear or intelligible R. vii, 88, 20.
aayaata *= mfn. come , arrived , attained MBh. S3ak. Katha1s. &c. ; (%{am}) n.
abundance , superabundance , Kira1t.
aayatana = place, position
aayatam.h = (n) rectangle
aayana *= 1 n. coming, approaching RV. AV. VS.; (for 2. {Ayana} see s.v
aayaana * =n. coming, arrival RV. viii, 22, 18 MBh. &c.; the natural temperament
or disposition L. (cf. {ayAna}.)
aayanaa.nsha = Precession of Equinoxes. Used to convert Tropical positions to
Sidereal
aayaataH = have come
aayaatana = abode, resting place
aayata * = mfn. stretched, lengthened, put on (as an arrow); stretching,
extending, extended, spread over; directed towards, aiming at; extended, long,
future MBh. R. Sus'r. Ragh. S'is'. Kir. &c.; m. an oblong figure (in geometry);
({A}) f. a particular interval (in music); ({am}), and ({ayA}) ind. without
delay, on the spot, quickly S'Br.
aayatana n. resting-place, support, seat, place, home, house, abode TS. S3Br.
ChUp. AitBr. Mn. Ya1jn5. Kum. &c.; the place of the sacred fire (=
%{agny-Ayatana}) Ka1tyS3r. A1s3vS3r. and Gr2.; an altar; a shed for sacrifices;
a sanctuary ChUp. R. Mn. Pan5cat. &c.; a plot of ground, the site of a house; a
barn Ya1jn5. ii, 154; the cause of a disease Sus3r.; (with Buddhists) the five
senses and Manas (considered as the inner seats or A1yatanas) and the qualities
perceived by the above (the outer A1yatanas).
aayu* = 1 2. A1. (%{A4-yuvate} RV. ix, 77, 2; pf. %{-yuyuve4} RV. i, 138, 1; p.
%{-yuva4mAna} RV. i, 582, and %{-yuvAna} S3Br. ix, 4, 1, 8) to draw or pull
towards one's self; to seize, take possession of RV. TBr. S3Br.; to procure,
provide, produce TS.; to stir up, agitate, mingle Ma1nS3r. and Gr2.: Intens. (p.
%{-yo4yuvAna} RV. iv, 1, 11) to meddle with.// 2 mfn. (fr. %{i} Un2. i, 2),
living, movable RV. VS.; (%{us}) m. a living being, man; living beings
collectively, mankind RV.; son, descendant, offspring; family, lineage RV.; a
divine personification presiding over life RV. x, 17, 4; N. of fire (as the son
of Puru1ravas and Urvas3i1) VS. MBh. Hariv. (cf. %{Ayus}); N. of a man
persecuted by Indra RV.; N. of several other men MBh. Hariv. &c.; N. of a king
of frogs MBh.; (%{u}) n. [and (%{us}) m. L.] life, duration of life RV. iii, 3,
7; ix, 100, 1.
aayuH = [long] life
aayus * = n. life, vital power, vigour, health, duration of life, long life RV.
AV. TS. S3Br. Mn. MBh. Pan5cat. &c.; active power, efficacy RV. VS.; the
totality of living beings [food Sa1y.] RV. ii, 38, 5 and vii, 90, 6; N. of a
particular ceremony (= %{AyuH-SToma} q.v.); N. of a Sa1man; of the eighth lunar
mansion; food L.; (%{us}) m. the son of Puru1ravas and Urvas3i1 (cf. %{Ayu})
MBh. Vikr. VP.; [cf. Dor. $; perhaps also $.]
aayudhaM = weapons
aayudhadharmiNI* = f. the plant Sesbania AEgyptiaca (commonly called Jayantî) L.
aayudhapAla* = m. the governor of an arsenal Hariv.
aayudhabhRt* = mfn. bearing arms; ({t}) m. a warrior VarBriS.
aayudhAgAra* = n. an armoury, arsenal Mn. MBh. Venis.; {-nara} m. governor of an
arsenal Hariv. {AyudhA7gArika} m. governor of an arsenal Hariv. [149, 2]
aayudha* = n. a weapon RV. AV. VS. R. Mn. MBh. Ragh. &c.; implement AV. x, 10,
18 AitBr. Kaus'.; gold used for ornaments L.; ({Ani}) n. pl. water L.
aayudhaanaaM = of all weapons
aayur* = (in comp. for {Ayus} below).
aayush* = (in comp. for {Ayus} below).
aayusha* = n. ifc. = {Ayus}, duration of life S'Br. Pañcat. &c.
aayus* = n. life, vital power, vigour, health, duration of life, long life RV.
AV. TS. S'Br. Mn. MBh. Pañcat. &c.; active power, efficacy RV. VS.; the totality
of living beings [food Sây.] RV. ii, 38, 5 and vii, 90, 6; N. of a particular
ceremony (= {AyuH-SToma} q.v.); N. of a Sâman; of the eighth lunar mansion; food
L.; ({us}) m. the son of Purûravas and Urvas'î (cf. {Ayu}) MBh. Vikr. VP.; [cf.
Dor. $; perhaps also $.]
aayushhkaaraka = Significator of Longevity which is Saturn
aayuta * = mfn. melted, mixed, mingled; ifc. combined with MBh. R. BhP.;
({A4-yutam}) n. halfmelted butter MaitrS. AitBr.
aayojakaH = (m) organiser, sponsoraasava
abandhu = one who does not have any brothers / kinmen
abala = helpless (woman)
abalaa = (helpless) Woman
abuddhayaH = less intelligent persons
abodha = Ignorance
abda = Season of plenty
abdhi = sea
abdhii = (m) ocean, sea
abhaavaH = changing quality
abhaavayataH = of one who is not fixed
abhaashhata = began to speak
abhadra * = mfn. inauspicious, mischievous; (%{am}) n. mischief.
abrahmaNya = Not kosher
abhajyamaana * = mfn. (Pass.) not being detached; not being vanquished, &c.
abhaashate - see aabhaasha
abhaktaaya = to one who is not a devotee
abhaankshu/abhaankta = have set apart *V = have given as share.
abhara: see abhr
abhavat.h = became
abraviit.h = spoke
abhavishhyat.h = will become
abhaya = freedom from fear *mf({A})n. unfearful, not dangerous, secure;
({a-bha4ya}) mfn. fearless, undaunted S'Br. xiv; m. N. of S'iva; of a natural
son of Bimbisâra; of a son of Idhmajihva BhP.; of a river in Krauñcadvîpa BhP.;
({A}) f. the plant Terminalia Chebula; ({a4-bhayam}) n. (ifc. f. {A}) absence or
removal of fear, peace, safety, security RV. &c. (cf. {a4bhaya-tama} below); `"
safety "', (applied as proper name to) a child of Dharma and his reign in
Plakshadvîpa BhP.; a kind of symbol procuring security Hcat.; a sacrificial hymn
recited to obtain personal security Kaus'.; the root of a fragrant grass,
Andropogon Muricatum.
abhayaM = fearlessness
abhaye = and fearlessness
abhi * = ind. (a prefix to verbs and nouns, expressing) to, towards, into, over,
upon. (As a prefix to verbs of motion) it expresses the notion or going towards,
approaching, &c. (As a prefix to nouns not derived from verbs) it expresses
superiority, intensity, &c.; e.g. %{abhi-tAmra}, %{abhi-nava} q.v. (As a
separate adverb or preposition) it expresses (with acc.) to, towards, in the
direction of, against; into S3Br. and Ka1tyS3r.; for, for the sake of; on
account of; on, upon, with regard to, by, before, in front of; over. It may even
express one after the other, severally Pa1n2. 1-4, 91 e.g.
%{vRkSaM@vRkSam@abhi}, tree after tree [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {ob}; Zend &18820[61,1]
{aibi}, {aiwi}; Goth. {bi}; Old High Germ. {bi1}].
abhibhavati = transforms
abhibhavaat.h = having become predominant
abhibhava * = mfn. overpowering, powerful AV. i, 29, 4 [67,1]; m. prevailing,
overpowering, predominance Bhag. &c.; defeat, subjugation under (instr. or abl.,
or in comp.); disregard, disrespect; humiliation, mortification.
abhibhuuya = surpassing
abhicara = m. a servant L.
abhichaara = black magic
abhicaara * = m. exorcising, incantation, employment of spells for a malevolent
purpose AV. &c.; magic (one of the Upapa1takas or minor crimes).\\ m.
exorcising, incantation A1p.\\ see %{abhi-car}.
abhidhaana* = n. telling, naming, speaking, speech, manifesting; a name, title,
appellation, expression, word; a vocabulary, dictionary, lexicon; putting
together, bringing in close connection VPrât.; (compar. {-tara}) KaushBr.; ({I})
f. see s.v.
abhidhaasyati = explains
abhidhiiyate = is called
abhidhitsA * = f. desire of expressing or naming Kpr.
abhidhi * = 3. (impf. 3. pl. {abhy-adhinvan}) to satisfy Kâthh. PBr.
abhidhii * = (perf. 1. sg. {-dIdhaya-}; p. Â. {-dI4dhyAna} RV. iv, 33, 9) to
reflect upon, consider RV. iii, 38, 1 and x, 32, 4.
abhigraha * = m. seizing taking hold of; attack, onset L.; defiance, challenge
L.; robbing, plundering L.; authority L.; a vow Jain
abhihitaa = described* = mfn. ( %{dhA}), harnessed or put to (as a horse) RV.
AV. S3Br.; named, called Mn. iii, 141, &c.; held forth, said, declared, spoken
MBh. Mn. &c.; spoken to Kum. &c.; m. N. of a chief L.; (%{am}) n. a name,
expression, word.
abhii * = 1 mfn. fearless R. Ragh.\\ 2 ( %{i}), %{abhy-e4ti} (Imper. 2. sg.
%{abhI74hi}; impf. 3. pl. %{-Ayan}, 3. sg. A1. %{-Ayata}; ind. p. %{abhI74tya})
to come near, approach, go up to or towards (acc.) RV. &c.; (with %{sakAzam} or
%{samIpam} or %{pArzve}) id. Pan5cat.; to go along or after (acc.) RV. &c.; to
enter, join, go over to Mn. Bhat2t2.; (with a pr. p.) to begin to, (perf. 3. pl.
%{abhI7yu4H}) S3Br.; to reach, obtain RV. &c.; to get or fall into (acc.) MBh.
&c.; to come to, fall to one's share (with acc.) Bhat2t2.; (said of the sun) to
rise (as if he came nearer; also with %{abhitarAm} [q. v.] instead of %{abhi})
AitBr., (with %{astam}) to set MBh. i, 1797 (cf. %{abhy-aya}): Pass.
%{abhI7yate}, to be perceived, known BhP.: Intens. (1. pl. %{-Imahe}) to ask,
request RV. i, 24, 3.
abhiijya* = mfn. id. L.; m. a god L
abhiiksh * = ( %{IkS}) A1. (impf. 3. du. %{-ai4kSetAm}) to look towards (acc.)
RV. x, 121, 6.
abhiikshNa *= mfn. (contr. of %{abhikSaNa} cf. Nir. ii, 25), constant, perpetual
L. ; in comp. for %{abhIkSNam} q.v. ; (%{am}) ind. repeatedly, again and again,
perpetually, constantly ; presently, at once ; very, exceedingly (in comp.
%{abhIkSNa-}) Ra1jat.
abhiishtha *= mfn. wished , desired , dear TS. &c. ; m. a lover Pan5cat. Sa1h.
(cf. %{-tama} below) ; (%{A}) f. a mistress ; betel L. ; (%{am}) n. wish.
abhijñaana* = n. remembrance, recollection; knowledge L.; ascertainment; a sign
or token of remembrance [62,3]; any sign or token serving as a proof for (loc.
or {prati}) R.; = {abhijJAna-zakuntala} q.v. Sâh.
abhiipsita = desired
abhijanavaan.h = surrounded by aristocratic relatives
abhijaataH = born of
abhicaksh * =%{-caSTe} (2. sg. %{-cakSase} RV. v, 3, 9; Ved. Inf. %{-cakSase}
RV.) to look at, view, perceive RV. BhP.; to cast a kind or gracious look upon
any one RV.; to address BhP.; to assail with harsh language RV. vii, 104, 8; to
call BhP.
abhicakshaNa* =n. conjuring, incantation AV. vi, 127, 2; (%{A}) f. (in augury or
astron.) observation (of the sky) AV. ix, 2, 21.
abhicakshya * =mfn. manifest RV. viii, 4, 7.
abhidaa * = 1. %{-dadAti}, to give, bestow (for a purpose) MBh. iii, 13309.
abhidadi * = m. an oblation of boiled rice (%{caru}) upon which ghee has been
sprinkled TS.
abhidah * = to singe, burn RV. ii, 4, 7 (aor.p. %{abhi-da4kSat} [Padap.
%{-da4kSat}]) S3Br. &c.
abhihita * = mfn. ( %{dhA}), harnessed or put to (as a horse) RV. AV. S3Br. ;
named, called Mn. iii, 141, &c. ; held forth, said, declared, spoken MBh. Mn.
&c. ; spoken to Kum. &c. ; m. N. of a chief L. ; (%{am}) n. a name, expression,
word.
abhijñaa* = %{-jAnAti}, %{-nIte}, to recognize, perceive, know, be or become
aware of; to acknowledge, agree to, own; to remember (either with the fut, p. or
with %{yad} and impf.) Pa1n2. 2-2, 112 seqq. Bhat2t2.
abhijña* = mf(%{A})n. knowing, skilful, clever; understanding, conversant with
(gen. or ifc.); (%{A}) f. remembrance, recollection Pa1n2. 3-2, 112;
supernatural science or faculty of a Buddha (of which five are enumerated, viz.
1. taking any form at will; 2. hearing to any distance; 3. seeing to any
distance; 4. penetrating men's thoughts; 5. knowing their state and
antecedents).
abhijaatasya = of one who is born of
abhijaananti = they know
abhijaanaati = does know
abhijaayate = becomes manifest
abhijita = A nakshatra between uttaraashhDhaa and shravaNa mainly centred on the
star Vega. For some reason it is not usually included in the 27 nakshatras
although it would make 28 if it was. adhipatii - Lord
abhijit * = mfn. victorious VS. xv, 7; born under the constellation Abhijit Pân.
4-3, 36, (cf. {Abhijita}); ({t}) m. N. of a Soma sacrifice (part of the great
sacrifice Gavâm-ayana) AV. S'Br. &c.; N. of a son [Hariv.] or of the father
[VP.] of Punarvasu; of Vishnu L.; N. of a star (a Lyrae) L.; of the 20th (or
22nd) Nakshatra AV. &c.; the eighth Muhûrta of the day (about midday) Kaus'. &c.
abhijin.hmuhuurta = the most auspicious moment
abhikshadaa * = [Padap. %{abhi-kSa-dA4}] mfn. giving without being asked RV. vi,
50, 1 ; [according to the Padap. (cf. %{abhi-kSattR4}) `" destroying, a
destroyer "' Sa1y.]
abhikrama = in endeavoring
abhimaana = self-importance * = m. intention to injure, insidiousness KâtyS'r.;
high opinion of one's self, self-conceit, pride, haughtiness; (in Sânkhya phil.)
= {abhi-mati}, above; conception (especially an erroneous one regarding one's
self) Sâh. &c.; affection, desire; N. of a Riishi in the sixth Manvantara VP. \\
see %{nir-abhImAna}.\\ see %{abhi-man}. \\ see %{nir-abhImAna}.
abhimaanatA * = f. pride, arrogance.
abhimaanavat * = mfn. conceiving or having ideas about self ; proud, arrogant.
abhimaanazAlin * = mfn. proud, arrogant Kir. ii, 48. [67,2]
abhimaanazUnya * = mfn. void of conceit, humble.
abhimaati * = mfn. insidious RV. v, 23, 4 and x, 18, 9 ; (%{is}) f. striving to
injure RV. ; an enemy, foe RV. AV. S3Br.
abhimanaH = conceit
abhimanas * = mfn. `" having the mind directed towards "', desirous of, longing
for (acc.) R. &c.
abhimanaaya * = Nom. A1. (Opt. %{-manAyeta}) to long for, desire Bhat2t2. (cf.
g. %{bhRzA7di}): Desid. %{-mimAnayiSate} Pat.
abhimata * mfn. longed for, wished, desired; loved, dear; allowed Âs'vGri.;
supposed, imagined; ({am}) n. desire, wish.
abhimata * = mfn. longed for, wished, desired ; loved, dear ; allowed A1s3vGr2.
; supposed, imagined ; (%{am}) n. desire, wish.
abhimatataa * = f. agreeableness, desirableness ; desire, love.
abhimati * = f. self reference, referring all objects to self (as the act of
Aham2ka1ra or personality) BhP.
abhimriSTa* = touched, struck
abhimukhaaH = towards
abhinanda * = m. the delight, pleasure (of sensuality) S3Br. xiv ChUp.; wish,
desire for (ifc.) Sus3r.; N. of the first month; N. of a commentator on the
Amara-kosha; N. of the author of the Yoga-va1sisht2hasa1ra; (%{A}) f. delight
L.; wish L.
abhinandya * = 1 mfn. = %{abhi-nandanIya} S3a1k. Ragh. v, 31.\\ 2 ind. p. having
rejoiced at; having gladdened.
abhinandatii = praises
abhinanda *= m. the delight, pleasure (of sensuality) S3Br. xiv ChUp.; wish,
desire for (ifc.) Sus3r.; N. of the first month; N. of a commentator on the
Amara-kosha; N. of the author of the Yoga-va1sisht2hasa1ra; (%{A}) f. delight
L.; wish L.
abhinandana *= n. delighting L.; praising, applauding L.; wish, desire L.;
(%{as}) m. N. of the fourth Jaina Arhat of the present Avasarpin2i1.
abhinaya = acting * = m. (indication of a passion or purpose by look, gesture,
&c.) acting, dramatic action (expressive of sentiment)
abhinivesha = possessiveness
abhipaata *= m. hastening near Ka1d.
abhipravrittaH = being fully engaged
abhipraayaH = (m) opinion
abhiprayaa *= (Imper. 2. pl. %{-yAtha4na}) to come towards, approach RV. viii,
27, 6 ; to set out, march off, go to battle MBh. &c.
abhipraaya *= m. aim Pa1n2. 1-3, 72 ; purpose, intention, wish R. &c. ; opinion
Mn. vii, 57, &c. ; meaning, sense (as of a word or of a passage).
abhipracakS * =(Ved. Inf. %{-ca4kSe}) to see RV. i, 113, 6.
abhiraama * = mf({A}) n. pleasing, delightful, agreeable, beautiful; m. N. of
Siva; 1. ({am}) ind. so as to be agreeable to (in comp.) S'âk.; (for 2.
{abhi-rAmam} see s.v. below.)
abhiraamastrilokaanaaM = the laudable rAma for all the three worlds
abhirataH = following
abhirakshantu = should give support
abhirakshitaM = perfectly protected
abhirakshitam.h = who has been well protected
abhirata * = mfn. reposing Ya1jn5. i, 251 ; pleased or contented with (loc.),
satisfied ; engaged in, attentive to (loc.), performing, practising.
abhirati * = f. pleasure, delighting in (loc. or in comp.) Ragh. ix, 7, &c. ; N.
of a world Buddh.
abhisamaagam *= to approach together Nir. ; to come to (acc.) MBh. xi , 445.
abhisaMhan * = (ind. p. %{-hatya}) to combine , confederate MBh.
abhisaMhata * = mfn. attacked , assailed BhP.
abhisaMhita * = see %{-saM-dhA}.
abhisaMhita * = mfn. aimed at ; agreed upon R. v , 82 , 5 ; acknowledged by (in
comp.) MBh. xii , 4793 ; overcome ; (ifc.) connected with , attached to MBh. &c.
abhisandhaaya = desiring
abhishhi.nchati = performs' puuja', by pouring water etc. on the idol
abhishhekaM = ablution
abhishthTava *= m. praise , eulogy BhP.
abhitaH = everywhere
abhitaD.h = to strike
abhivan *= (impf. 3. pl. %{-avanvan}) to long for , desire
abhivand * = Â. (rarely P.) to salute respectfully
abhivandaka* = mfn. having the intention to salute Jain.
abhi-vandana * n. saluting respectfully
abhivicaksh * =%{-caSTe}, to look towards RV. iii, 55, 9 AV. ii, 10, 4.
abhivikhyaa * = to look at, view VS. Gobh.
abhivikhyaata* = mfn. universally known, renowned, known as, called MBh. &c.
abhiviraaj * = (= %{vi-rAj}, `" to govern "') Nir. ; to shine, be radiant MBh.
&c.
abhiviraajita * = mfn. quite bright or brilliant MBh.abhikSsham * = (Opt.
%{-kSameta} ; Imper. 2. pl. %{-kSa4madhvam}) to be gracious, propitious to (dat.
or loc.) RV. ; to pardon (perf. Opt. 2. sg. %{-cakSamIthAH}) RV. ii, 33, 7.
abhimaana m. intention to injure, insidiousness Ka1tyS3r. ; high opinion of
one's self, self-conceit, pride, haughtiness ; (in Sa1n2khya phil.) =
%{abhi-mati}, above ; conception (especially an erroneous one regarding one's
self) Sa1h. &c. ; affection, desire ; N. of a R2ishi in the sixth Manvantara VP.
abhivyaJjana * = n. making manifest L.
abhiyaachanaa = (f) demand
abhiyuktaanaaM = fixed in devotion
abhivijvalanti = and are blazing
abhiyaata * = mfn. approached; attacked.
abhukta * = mfn. uneaten; unenjoyed, unused, unexpended; one who has not eaten,
enjoyed or expended.
abhuuta* = mfn. whatever has not been or happened.
abhyaacaksh * = (impf. %{-A7caSTa}) to look at (acc.) BhP.; to speak BhP.
abhyaakarsha 8 = m. ( {kRS}), a striking of the flat of the hand upon the breast
in defiance (a practice common to wrestlers and pugilists) MBh. i, 7109.
abhyaanana * = mfn. having the face turned towards BhP.
abhyaasa* = reaching to, pervading Yâjñ. iii, 114; (with {yad} and Pot.)
prospect, any expected result or consequence ChUp.; proximity (with gen. or
abl.) R. &c.; (mfn.) near Kum. vi, 2; ({am}) ind. near, at hand AitBr. PBr.;
({e}) loc. ind. near (with gen. or abl.) R. &c.; ({At}) abl. in comp. with (a
perf. Pass. p., as) {Agata}, &c., arrived from near at hand, &c. Pân. 2-1, 39
Sch. & vi, 3, 2 Sch.
abhyaasa* = 2 m. the act of adding anything, S'ulb.; (in Gr.) `" what is
prefixed "', the first syllable of a reduplicated radical Pân.; reduplication
Nir.; repetition Mn. xii, 74, &c.; (in poetry) repetition of the last verse of a
stanza [Nir.] or of the last word of a chapter [Comm. on AitBr.]; (in arithm.)
multiplication; repeated or permanent exercise, discipline, use, habit, custom
[77, 1]; repeated reading, study; military practice L.; (in later Vedânta phil.)
inculcation of a truth conveyed in sacred writings by means of repeating the
same word or the same passage; (in Yoga phil.) the effort of the mind to remain
in its unmodified condition of purity (sattva).
abhyaasha = outskirts
abhyaasa = study
abhyaasayoga = by practice
abhyaasayogena = by the practice of devotional service
abhyaasaat.h = than practice
abhyaase = in practice
abhyaasena = by practice
abhyaasa * = see ({abhy-} 1. {az} and) 2. {abhy-} 2. {as}.
abhyadhikaH = greater
abhyahanyanta = were simultaneously sounded
abhyam *= %{abhy-a4mIti} (VS. [quoted in Pa1n2. 7-2, 34 Sch. ; cf. also ib. 3,
95 Sch.] ; 2. sg. %{-a4mISi} ; 3. pl. Subj. %{-ama4nti} and impf. A1.
%{-a4manta}) to advance violently against, pain, hurt RV. i, 189, 3 ; vii, 25, 2
and x, 86, 8 VS.
abhyanunaadayan.h = resounding
abhyarchya = by worshiping
abhyard * = to oppress, afflict, pain R.: Caus. id. BhP.
abhyardha * = m. only (%{e4}) loc. ind. opposite to, in the face of (abl.) S3Br.
abhyardhas * = ind. apart, separate from (abl.) MaitrS. TS. [76,2]
abhyardhayajvan * = (6) mfn. (said of Pu1shan) receiving sacrifices apart or
separate ones RV. vi, 50, 5.
abhyardita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) distressed, oppressed MBh. i, 4116 Pa1n2. 7-2,
25 Sch.
abhyarhaNa * = n. reverencing, honouring BhP.
abhyasanaM = practice
abhyasuuyakaaH = envious
abhyasuuyati = is envious
abhyasuuyantaH = out of envy
abhyavarsha: A* heaped with, showerd by, covered with, poured over
abhyutthaanaM = predominance
abhyudaya = rise, prosperity * = m. sunrise or rise of luminaries (during or
with reference to some other occurrence) Ka1tyS3r. Jaim.; beginning, commencing
(as of darkness, &c.) R.; elevation, increase, prosperity, happiness, good
result Mn. iii, 254 R. &c.; a religious celebration, festival Mn. ix, 84.
abhyupAyana * = n. a complimentary gift, an inducement BhP.
abhyupeta* = mfn. approached, arrived at (acc.) MBh. i, 3592 Ragh. v, 14; (with
%{gRham}) staying in a house VarBr2S.; furnished with (in comp. [VarBr2S.] or
instr.); agreed upon, assented to Das3.; promised Megh.
abhraM = cloud
abhr * = cl. 1. P. {abhrati} (perf. {Anabhra}) to error wander about Bhathth.
acara* = or {a4-carat} [RV.] mfn. immovable.
acaraM = and not moving
acarasya = and nonmoving
acala = (adj) still, stationary
acalaM = unmoving
acalaH = immovable
acalapratishhThaM = steadily situated
acalaa = unflinching
acalena = without its being deviated
acakshus.h = one without an eye
acaapalaM = determination
acetana* = mfn. without consciousness, inanimate; unconscious, insensible,
senseless, fainting, &c.
acetAna* =mfn. thoughtless, infatuated RV. vii, 4, 7.
acetas* =mfn. imprudent RV.; unconscious, insensible.
acintya = inconceivable
acintyaM = beyond contemplation
acintyaH = inconceivable
aciraad.h = without delay/in no time
aciraadbhava = in no time from the cycle of birth\&death
acireNa = very soon
acetasaH = without KRishhNa consciousness
acchedyaH = unbreakable
achyuta = O infallible one
achyutam.h = the who does not slip
acit* = mfn. without understanding RV.; irreligious, bad RV.; (the NBD. suggests
to take {a-ci4t} as a f. `" not-knowledge "' Sây. sometimes explains by {ci}, `"
neglecting the Agnicayana, irreligious); {a-cit} f. not-spirit, matter Sarvad.
aH = (v) to be
aD * = 1 cl. 1. P. %{aDati}, to endeavour L.
ad * = 1 cl.2. P. %{a4tts}, %{Ada}, %{atsyati}, %{attum}, to eat, consume,
devour, Ved. Inf. %{a4ttave} RV.: Caus. %{Ada4yati} and %{-te} (once %{adayate}
[A1pS3r.]) to feed [cf. Lith. {edmi}; Slav. {jamj} for {jadmj}; Gk. $; Lat.
{edo}; Goth. root {AT} pres. {ita}; Germ. &5166[17,3] {essen}; Eng. {to} {eat},
Arm. {utem}].\\ad mfn. ifc. `" eating "', as %{matsyA7d}, eating fish.
addhA * = ind. (fr. %{ad}, or %{a}, this), Ved. in this way; manifestly;
certainly, truly.
ad.h = to eat
a-daara * = having no wife
adara * = not little, much.
adatta * = mfn. not given; given unjustly; not given in marriage; one who has
given nothing AV.; (%{A}) f. an unmarried girl; (%{am}) n. a donation which is
null and void Comm. on Ya1jn5.
acala * = mf(%{A})n. not moving, immovable; m. a mountain, rock; a bolt or pin;
the number seven; N. of S3iva and of the first of the nine deified persons,
called `" white Balas "' among the Jainas; of a Devarshi VP.; (%{A}) f. the
earth; one of the ten degrees which are to be ascended by a Bodhisattva before
becoming a Buddha.
acara * = or {a4-carat} [RV.] mfn. immovable.
acarama * = mfn. not last, not least ; said of the Maruts RV. v, 58, 5.
acikara* V: let made, let be done
adadat.h = gave
adambha* = mfn. free from deceit, straightforward m. N. of S'iva; absence of
deceit; straightforwardness.
aadaahyaH = unable to be burneddambhitvaM = pridelessness
adarshaH = mirror
adas * = nom. mf. %{asau4} (voc. %{a4sau} MaitrS.) n. %{ada4s}, (opposed to
%{ida4m} q.v.), that, a certain, (%{adas}) ind. thus, so, there.
adatta V* assume, * n= mfn. not given; given unjustly; not given in marriage;
one who has given nothing AV.; ({A}) f. an unmarried girl; ({am}) n. a donation
which is null and void Comm. on Yâjñ.
adakshiNaM = with no remunerations to the priests
adhika * = mfn. additional, subsequent, later; surpassing (in number or quantity
or quality), superior, more numerous; abundant; excellent; supernumerary,
redundant; secondary, inferior; intercalated; (%{am}) n. surplus, abundance,
redundancy, hyperbole ind. exceedingly, too much; more.
adbhuta = the sentiment of marvel* =mfn. extraordinary; see s.v. \\ [once
{adbhuta4} RV. i, 120, 4] mfn. (see 1. {at}), supernatural, wonderful,
marvellous m. the marvellous (in style), surprise; N. of the Indra of the ninth
Manvantara, ({am}) n. a marvel, a wonder, a prodigy.
adbhutaM = wonderful
adbhuutaM = wonderfull
addhaa V* = directly, *= ind. (fr. %{ad} , or %{a} , this) , Ved. in this way ;
manifestly ; certainly , truly
adesha = at an unpurified place
adhaH = (indeclinable) below
adhana = one without money
adhama = inferior* = mfn. (see {a4dhara}), lowest, vilest, worst, very low or
vile or bad (often ifc., as in {narA7dhama}, the vilest or worst of men); m. an
unblushing paramour, ({A}) f. a low or bad mistress [cf. Lat. {infimus}].
adhamaaM = condemned
adhamaadhama = the worst among the inferior
adhara = Lip
adharaM = lips
adharaH = (m) lips
adhara- * = o the lower position of something *= mfn. (connected with
%{adha4s}), lower, inferior, tending downwards; low, vile; worsted, silenced; m.
the lower lip, the lip, (%{A4t}) abl. ind. see s.v. below; (%{asmAt}) abl. ind.
below L.; (%{A}) f. the lower region, nadir; (%{am}) n. the lower part, a reply,
pudendum muliebre L. [Lat. {inferus}]
adharaya Nom. P. %{adharayati}, to make inferior, put under ; eclipse, excel.
adharma = breach of duty* m. unrighteousness, injustice, irreligion, wickedness;
demerit, guilt; N. of a Prajâpati (son of Brahmâ, husband of Hinsâ or Mriishâ);
N. of an attendant of the sun; ({A}) f. unrighteousness (personified and
represented as the bride of death).
adharmaM = irreligion
adharmaH = irreligion
adharmachaarii = adj. impious
adharmasya = of irreligion
adhas * = ind. (see %{a4dhara}), below, down ; in the lower region ; beneath,
under ; from under (with acc. gen., and abl.) ; also applied to the lower region
and to the pudendum muliebre [cf. Lat. {infra}].
adhastaat * = ind.= %{adha4s} q.v.
adhasgama * = m. or descent, downward movement, degradation.
adhasthita * = mfn. standing below ; situated below.
adhaupaasana* = n. sexual intercourse Comm. on BriÂrUp.
adhi * = 1 m. (better {Adhi} q.v.), anxiety, ({is}) f. a woman in her courses (=
{avi} q.v.) L.
a4dhi *=, as a prefix to verbs and nouns, expresses above, over and above,
besides. As a separable adverb or preposition; (with abl.) Ved. over; from
above, from; from the presence of; after AitUp.; for; instead of RV. i, 140, 11,
(with loc.) Ved. over; on; at; in comparision with; (with acc.) over, upon,
concerning.
adhii * =, or {a4dhy-eti} (exceptionally {adhI7yati} RV. x, 32, 3), to turn the
mind towards, observe, understand RV. and AV.; chiefly Ved. (with gen. [cf. Pân.
2-3, 72] or acc.) to mind, remember, care for, long for RV. &c.; to know, know
by heart TS. S'Br. Up. &c.; to go over, study MBh. iii, 13689; to learn from (a
teacher's mouth abl.) MBh. iii, 10713; to declare, teach S'Br. x Up.: Â.
{adhI7te4} or (more rarely) {adhI7yate} (Mn. iv, 125; Pot. 3. pl. {adhI7yIran}
Kaus'. Mn. x, 1) to study, learn by heart, read, recite: Caus. {adhy-Apayati}
(aor. {-Apipat} Pân. 2-4, 51) to cause to read or study, teach, instruct: Caus.
Desid. {adhy-Apipa-yiSati}, to be desirous of teaching Pân. 2-4, 51: Desid.
{adhI7SiSati}, to be desirous of studying Pân. 8-3, 61 Sch.
adhIra * = mfn. imprudent RV. i, 179, 4 AV.; not fixed, movable; confused;
deficient in calm self-command; excitable; capricious; querulous; weak-minded,
foolish; (%{A}) f. lightning; a capricious or bellicose mistress.
adhiraat V= acquired kingdom; {sastri} imperial
adhibhih *- etcetetera, and such, the combination or collection of things
adhibhuta = the principle of objective existence
adhibhuutaM = the material manifestation
adhidaiva = the principle of subjective existence
adhidaivaM = governing all the demigods
adhidaivataM = called adhidaiva
adhigaa * = 1. P. to obtain; P. (aor. Subj. 2. pl. %{-gAta}, or %{-gAtana}) to
remember, notice RV. and AV.; P. or generally A1. (%{-jage}, %{-agISTa},
%{-agISyata} Pa1n2.) to go over, learn, read, study; to attempt, resolve: Caus.
P. %{-gApayati}, to cause to go over or teach: Desid. Caus. %{-jigApayiSati}, to
be desirous of teaching Pa1n2. 2-4, 51.
adhigachchhati = attains
adhigaN* to enumerate, to value highly BhP.
adhigam* = to go up to, approach, overtake, to approach for sexual intercourse,
to fall in with, to meet, find, discover, obtain; to accomplish; to study, read:
Desid. P. {adhi-jigamiSati}, to seek; Â. {adhi-jigAMsate}, to be desirous of
studying or reading.
adhigamana * = n. acquisition; finding; acquirement, reading, study; marriage,
copulation.
adhigamanIya * = or mfn. attainable
adhigamya = having gone toadhigamanIyagamya * = mfn. attainable; practicable to
be learnt.
adhigantri* = {tA} m. one who attains or acquires. acquirement, mastery, study,
knowledge [21, 1]; mercantile return, profit, &c.
adhigartya* = (5) mfn. being on the driver's seat RV. v, 62, 7.
adhigata* = mfn. found, obtained, acquired; gone over, studied, learnt.
adhika *= mfn. additional , subsequent , later ; surpassing (in number or
quantity or quality) , superior , more numerous ; abundant ; excellent ;
supernumerary , redundant ; secondary , inferior ; intercalated ; (%{am}) n.
surplus , abundance , redundancy , hyperbole ind. exceedingly , too much ; more.
adhikaara * = m. authority; government, rule, administration, jurisdiction;
royalty, prerogative; title; rank; office; claim, right, especially to perform
sacrifices with benefit; privilege, ownership; property; reference, relation; a
topic, subject; a paragraph or minor section; (in Gr.) government, a
governing-rule (the influence of which over any number of succeeding rules is
called anu-vriitti q.v.)
adhiikaara* = (= {adhi-kAra}) m. superintendence over (loc.) Mn. xi, 63;
authorization, capability MBh.
adhika = additional* =mfn. additional, subsequent, later; surpassing (in number
or quantity or quality), superior, more numerous; abundant; excellent;
supernumerary, redundant; secondary, inferior; intercalated; ({am}) n. surplus,
abundance, redundancy, hyperbole ind. exceedingly, too much; more.
adhikaM = more
adhikaH = greater
adhikataraH = very much
adhikaaraH = right
adhikaariin.h = (m) officer
adhimaatra = superior
adhimaatraatama = the highest, the supreme one
adhipa = protector * m. a ruler, commander, regent, king.
adhipaa* = {As} m. Ved. a ruler, king, sovereign.
adhipati = lord
adhipa *= m. a ruler, commander, regent, king.
adhipA *= %{As} m. Ved. a ruler, king, sovereign.
adhipAMzula *= or %{-pAMsula} mfn. being dusty above ; dusty.
adhipatham *= ind. over or across a road S3Br.
adhipati *= m. = %{adhi-pa} ; (in med.) a particular part of the head (where a
wound proves instantly fatal).
adhipativatI *= (%{a4dhipati-}) f. containing the lord in herself MaitrUp.
adhipatnI *= f. a female sovereign or ruler.
adhishthhita* mfn. settled; inhabited; superintended; regulated; appointed;
superintending.
adhiyaGYa = the principle of sacrifice, incarnation
adhiyaGYaH = the Supersoul
adhivaasa = dwelling
adhiishtha* = mfn. (3. {iS}), solicited, asked for instruction (as a teacher)
Pân.; ({as}? or {am}) m. n. instruction given by a teacher solicited for it Pân.
Sch.
adhishhThaana = seat, abode
adhishhThaanaM = sitting place
adhishThaana * = n. standing by, being at hand, approach; standing or resting
upon; a basis, base; the standing-place of the warrior upon the car Sa1mavBr.; a
position, site, residence, abode, seat; a settlement, town, standing over;
government, authority, power; a precedent, rule; a benediction Buddh.
adhishhThaaya = being so situated
adhiis'vara * = m. a supreme lord or king, an emperor; an Arhat J
adhisari = competent candidate
adhishthhita* = mfn. settled; inhabited; superintended; regulated; appointed;
superintending.
adhiita = studied
adhiitaa = studied
adhiiyaanaH = studied
Adhokshaja * = m. N. of Vishn2u or Kr2ishn2a; the sign S3ravan2a1.
Adhokshajam * =[Ka1tyS3r.] or ind. under the axle.
adhoksheNa * = [As3vS3r.] ind. under the axle.
adhomukha = face downwards
adhomukhashvaanaasana = the dog stretch posture
adhRta*= mfn. not held, unrestrained, uncontrolled; unquiet, restless TS.; m. N.
of Vishn2u (see also aadhRta)
adhunaa = recently *= ind. at this time, now. [23,1]
adhruva * = mf({A}) n. not fixed, not permanent; uncertain, doubtful; separable.
adhvan * = %{A} m. a road, way, orbit; a journey, course; distance; time Buddh.
and Jain.; means, method, resource; the zodiac (?), sky, air L.; a place; a
recension of the Vedas and the school upholding it; assault (?); ifc. %{adhva},
%{as}. [24,1]
adhvara * = mfn. ( %{dhvR}), not injuring AV. TS.; (%{a4s}) m. a sacrifice
(especially the Soma sacrifice); N. of a Vasu; of the chief of a family; (%{am})
n. sky or air L.
adhyayana = study
adhyayanaiH = or Vedic study
adhyaksheNa = by superintendence
adhyaksha* = mf({A})n. perceptible to the senses, observable; exercising
supervision; m. an eye-witness; an inspector, superintendent; the plant Mimusops
Kauki ({kSIrikA}).
adhibhUta* = n. the spiritual or fine substratum of material or gross objects;
the all penetrating influence of the Supreme Spirit [21,3]; the Supreme Spirit
itself; nature; (a4m) ind. on material objects (treated of in the Upanishads)
S3Br. xiv TUp.
adhidaiva* = or %{-daivata} n. a presiding or tutelary deity, the supreme deity,
the divine agent operating in material objects; (%{am}) ind. on the subject of
the deity or the divine agent.
adhyaapayituM = to teach (infinitive of causative of adhi+i, to study)
adhyaapikaa = (f) lady teacher
adhyaasa = a case of mistaken identity * = m. (2. {as}), imposing (as of a foot)
Yâjñ.; (in phil.) = {adhy-Aropa}; an appendage RPrât
adhyaatma = the principle of self * = n. the Supreme Spirit; (mfn.), own,
belonging to self; ({a4m}) ind. concerning self or individual personali
adhyaatma* = n. the Supreme Spirit; (mfn.), own, belonging to self; (%{a4m})
ind. concerning self or individual personality.
adhyaatmaM = transcendental
adhyaatmavidyaa = spiritual knowledge
adhyaas * = to sit down or lie down upon , to settle upon ; to occupy as one's
seat or habitation ; to get into , enter upon ; to be directed to or upon ; to
affect , concern ; to preside over , influence , rule ; to cohabit with: Caus.
P. %{adhy-Asayati} , to cause to sit down Bhat2t2.: Desid. (p.
%{adhyAsisiSamANa}) to be about to rise up to (acc.) Bhat2t2.
adhyopatya = Lordshipadhyeshhyate = will study
adhyas *= 2. to throw or place over or upon ; (in phil.) to attribute or impute
wrongly.
adhruvaM = temporary
adhyuuh * = 1. to lay on, overlay ; to place upon, to raise above.
adhyuuDha * = mfn. ( %{vah}), raised, exalted ; affluent ; abundant ; m. the son
of a woman pregnant before marriage [cf. 1. %{saho7Dha}] ; S3iva ; (%{A}) f. a
wife whose husband has married an additional wife.
adhvan.h = road
adhvaan.h = (m) road, path, way
advayam * V: without a second
advitiiya * = mfn. without a second, sole, unique; matchless.
aditii = the mother of the gods
aditya = (m) sun
adrishhTa = Unseen, fortune, luck * = or mfn. unseen, unforeseen, invisible, not
experienced, unobserved, unknown, unsanctioned\\2[S3Br.] mfn. unseen,
unforeseen, invisible, not experienced, unobserved, unknown, unsanctioned; m. N.
of a particular venomous substance or of a species of vermin AV., (%{am}) n.
unforeseen danger or calamity, that which is beyond the reach of observation or
consciousness, (especially the merit or demerit attaching to a man's conduct in
one state of existence and the corresponding reward or punishment with which he
is visited in another); destiny, fate: luck, bad luck.
adrishhTapuurvaM = never seen before
adya = today
adri *= a stone, a rock, a mountain; a stone for pounding Soma with or grinding
it on
adrohaH = freedom from envy
advaasana = the prone posture
advitiiyaH = the inseparable or the non-dual
adveshhTaa = nonenvious
advaita = non-duality of the universal spirit
agaccha* = mfn. not going L.; m. a tree L.
agaadha *: not shallow, deep, unfathomable m. a hole, chasm L.; N. of one of the
five fires at the Svadhâkâra Hariv.
agata = not past
agatasuuMscha = agata + asuun.h + cha:undeparted life + and (living people)
agatvaa = without going (from gam.h)
agama = proof of the trustworthiness of a source of knowledge
agama * = not going, unable to go m. a mountain L.: a tree [ef. {a-ga}].
agamya * = mfn. unfit to be walked in, or to be approached ; not to be
approached (sexually) ; inaccessible ; unattainable [4,3] ; unintelligible ;
unsuitable.
agamyaa * = f. a woman with whom cohabitation is forbidden.
agastamaasa = month of August
agochara = (adj) unknown
agni = fire
agniH = fire
agniparvataH = (m) volcano, volcanic cone
agnipetikaa = (f) matchbox
agnishalaakaa = (f) matchstick
agnishhu = in the fires
agnitraya: n. or the three sacred fires, called respectively Gârhapatya,
Âhavanîya, and Dakshina
agnau = in the fire of consummation
agra = (neut in this sense) tip
agra* = mfn. (fr. {aGg} Un.), foremost, anterior, first, prominent, projecting,
chief, best L.; supernumerary L.; ({A}) f. [scil. {rekhA}] measure of amplitude
(i.e. the distance from the extremity of the gnomon-shadow to the line of the
equinoctial shadow) Sûryas.; ({am}) n. foremost point or part; tip; front;
uppermost part, top, summit, surface; point; and hence, figuratively, sharpness;
the nearest end, the beginning; the climax or best part; goal, aim; multitude
L.; a weight, equal to a pala L.; a measure of food given as alms L.; (in
astron.) the suñs amplitude; ({am}) ind. in front, before, ahead of; ({a4greNa})
ind. in front, before (without or with acc.) S'Br.; (a4gre) ind. in front, ahead
of, in the beginning, first; further on, subsequently, below (in a book); from -
up to ({A}) S'Br., before (in time) AitUp. &c. [cf. Gk. $].
agraahya* = mfn. not to be conceived or perceived or obtained or admitted or
trusted, to be rejected.
agrabIja* = mfn. (said of plants) propagated by cuttings m. a viviparous plant.
agrabhU* = mfn. being at the top, at the head of.
agraga* = m. a leader.
agrahasta* = m. = {-pANi}; the tip of an elephant's trunk Vikr.; finger R.
agrahAra* = m. royal donation of land to Brâhmans; land or village thus given
MBh.
agraha* = mfn. = {mukhya} (Comm.) MBh. iii, 14189 BR. propose to read {agra-ha},
destroying the best part m. non acceptance, a houseless man i.e. a Vânaprastha a
Brâhman of the third class L.
agrahAyaNa* = m. `" commencement of the year "'N. of a Hindû month
({mArgazIrSa}, beginning about the 12th of November). [6,3]
agrajAti* = m. a Brahman L.
agrajyA* = f. sine of the amplitude Sûryas.
agrakara* = m. the fore &1592[6, 2] part of the hand, finger; first ray S'is'.
agrapA* = mfn. drinking first MBh.
agrapeya* = n. precedence in drinking AitBr.
agraM = at the tip
agretvan* = mf({arI})n. going in front AV.
agraha* =mfn. = {mukhya} (Comm.) MBh. iii, 14189 BR. propose to read {agra-ha},
destroying the best part m. non acceptance, a houseless man i.e. a Vânaprastha a
Brâhman of the third class L.
agrii* m. a word invented for the explanation of {agni4}
agrajaH = elder
agrataH = (let the two go) before (me)
agre = in front of/ahead/beforehand
agrya * = mf({A}) n. foremost, topmost, principal, best; proficient, well versed
in (with loc.); intent closely attentive m. an elder or eldest brother L.; ({A})
f. = {tri-phalA} q.v.; ({am}) n. roof L.
agha * = mfn. bad, dangerous RV. ; sinful, impure BhP. m. N. of an Asura BhP. ;
(%{a4m}) n. evil, mishap RV. AV. ; sin, impurity Mn. &c. ; pain, suffering L. ;
(%{A4s}) f. pl. the constellation usually called Magha1 RV. x, 85, 13.
agha.MmanaH = (adj) evil-minded
agha.MmanaH = adj. evil-minded
aghaM = grievous sins
aghaayuH = whose life is full of sins
agrataHkR * = to place in front or at the head, to consider most important.
agrataHsara * = mf(%{I})n. going in front, taking the lead.
agratas * = ind. ; see col. 3.
agratas * = ind. in front, before ; in the beginning, first RV. x, 90, 7 VS. ;
(with gen.) before, in presence of
aGYa = the ignorant person
aGYaH = a fool who has no knowledge in standard scriptures
aGYataa = ignorance
aGYaana = ignorance
aGYaanaM = nescience
aGYaanajaM = due to ignorance
aGYaanasambhuutaM = born of ignorance
aGYaanaaM = of the foolish
aGYaanena = by ignorance
aha = said
aha* = 1 ind. (as a particle implying ascertainment, affirmation, certainty,
&c.) surely, certainly RV. AV. S'Br.; (as explaining, defining) namely S'Br.;
(as admitting, limiting, &c.) it is true, I grant, granted, indeed, at least
S'Br. [For the rules of accentuation necessitated in a phrase by the particle
{a4ha} cf. Pân. 8-1, 24 seqq.] \\ =2 n. (only Ved.; nom. pl. {a4hA} RV. AV.;
gen. pl. {a4hAnAm} RV. viii, 22, 13) = {a4Har} q.v., a day; often ifc. {aha4} m.
(e.g. {dvAdazA7ha4}, {try-aha4}, {SaD-aha4}, &c.) or n. (e.g. {puNyA7ha4},
{bhadrA7ha4}, and {sudinA7ha}); see also {ahna} s.v.
ahaM = (pron) I * = nom. sg., `" I "' RV. &c.; = {ahaMkaraNa} q.v., (hence
declinable gen. {ahamas}, &c.) BhP. [Zd. {azem}; Gk. $; Goth. {ik}; Mod. Germ.
{ich}; Lith. &38735[124,2] {asz}; Slav. {az}].
ahaH = of daytime
ahankara = tendency to identify oneself with external phenomena, 'the I-maker'
ahankaara = Egoism, selfishness, ignorance
ahankaaraM = false ego
ahankaaraH = false ego
ahankaaravimuuDha = bewildered by false ego
ahankaaraat.h = by false ego
ahankritaH = of false ego
ahanma = * selfhood, falsehood
aharsha = * mfn. unhappy, gloomy, sorrowful.
ahata * = mfn. unhurt, uninjured AV. xii, 1, 11 VS.; not beaten (as a drum)
AdbhBr.; unbeaten (as clothes in washing), unwashed, new S'Br. &c.; unblemished,
unsoiled BhP.; ({am}) n. unwashed or new clothes "'
ahatvaa = not killing
ahamahamikaa = (f) competition, debate
ahaMkaara = false ego, identification with the body * = m. conception of one's
individuality, self-consciousness ChUp. &c.; the making of self, thinking of
self, egotism MBh. &c.; pride, haughtiness R. &c.; (in Sânkhya phil.) the third
of the eight producers or sources of creation, viz. the conceit or conception of
individuality, individualization; ({ahaMkAra}) {-val} mfn. selfish, proud L.
aharaagame = at the beginning of the day
aharnishaM = ahaH and nishaa:day and night
Ahavaniya: the fire prepared for receiving oblations; especially the eastern of
the three fires burning at a sacrifice
ahi = on earth
ahimsaa = non-violence* = f. not injuring anything, harmlessness (one of the
cardinal virtues of most Hindû sects, but particularly of the Buddhists and
Jains; also personified as the wife of Dharma VâmP.) ChUp. Nir. Mn. &c.;
security, safeness S'Br. AitBr.
ah(a)na* = only (like {aha4}) ifc. for {a4han} (or {a4har}), q.v. e.g.
{aty-ahna}, {aparA7hNa4}, {pUrvA7hNa4} &c., qq. vv.; ({Aya}) dat. ind. formerly
Naigh.; instantly, speedily MBh. Kum. Ragh.
ahanti * = f. id. VS. xvi, 18 [vv.ll. {a4-hantva} mfn. `" indestructible "' TS.
iv, and {a4-hantva} mfn. id. MaitrS. Kâthh.]
ahanyamAna * = mfn. (Pass. p.) not being struck Âp. BhP.
ahanA4 * = instr. with an earlier form of accentuation for {a4hnA}. see before.
ahanyA7 * = (4) mfn. daily RV. i, 168, 5; 190, 3; v, 48, 3.
a4han * = the base of the weak and some other cases of {a4har}, q.v. e.g. instr.
{a4hnA} [once {ahanA4} RV. i, 123, 4]; dat. {a4hne}; loc. {a4han} (Ved.) or
{a4hani}, or {ahni}, &c.; nom. du. {a4hanI} (see also s.v. {a4har}) and pl.
{a4hAni}; only Ved. are the middle cases of the pl. {a4habhyas} [RV.],
{a4habhis} [RV., nine times], and {a4hasu} [RV. i, 124, 9], while the later
language forms them fr. the base {a4has} q.v.
ahita = sorrow (antonym of hita) *= mfn. unfit, improper RV. viii, 62, 3 ;
unadvantageous S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. Mn. iii, 20, &c. ; noxious, hostile Katha1s. ; m.
an enemy Bhag. ii, 36 Ragh. ; (%{am}) n. damage, disadvantage, evil A1p. R. &c.
; (%{A}) f. N. of a river MBh. vi, 328 ; N. of certain veins (cf. also %{hitA4})
Ya1jn5. iii, 108. (see also aahita)
ahitaaH = enemies
ahituNDikaH = (m) a snake charmer
ahaitukaM = without cause
aho = Oh !, V*: alas, how, ah, or else *= (instead of %{ahA} [= %{a4har}] in
comp. before the letter %{r}). \\ 2 ind. a particle (implying joyful or painful
surprise) Ah! (of enjoyment or satisfaction) Oh! (of fatigue, discontent,
compassion, sorrow, regret) Alas! Ah! (of praise cf. Pa1n2. 8-1, 40 seq.) Bravo!
(of reproach) Fie! (of calling Kum. iii, 20) Ho! Halo! (of contempt) Pshaw!
Often combined with other particles of similar signification, as %{aho@dhik} or
%{dhig@aho}, %{aho@bata}, &c.
ahoraatra = day and night
ahuta* = mfn. unoffered, not yet offered (as a sacrificial oblation) AV. xii, 4,
53 S'Br. Mn. xii, 68; one who has not received any sacrifice AV. vii, 97, 7;
(the fire) through or in which no sacrificial oblation has been offered Âp.; not
obtained by sacrifice AV. vi, 71, 2; m. religious meditation, prayer (considered
as one of the five great sacraments, otherwise called Brahma-yajña) Mn. iii, 73
seq.
ahRta * = mfn. not captivated or carried away by (instr.) Ragh. viii, 68.
ahUta* = mfn. uncalled, unsummoned RV. x, 107, 9.
aihika *= mfn. (fr. %{iha}), of this place, of this world, worldly, local,
temporal BhP. Veda1ntas. &c.
aikaantikasya = ultimate
aikya = unity
aila * =a descendant of IlâN. of Purûravas (cf. 1. {aiDa4}) Hariv. MBh.; N. of
the planet Mars T.; ({As}) m. pl. the descendants or family of Purûravas MBh.
xiii; ({A}) f. N. of a river (v.l. {elA}) Hariv.; ({am}) n. plenty or abundance
of food or refreshment; a particular number (Buddh.)
aichchhat.h = desired
airaavata* = m. (fr. {irA-vat}), a descendant of Irâ-vat; N. of a Nâga or
mythical serpent AV. viii, 10, 29 TândyaBr. MBh. Hariv. &c.; `" produced from
the ocean "'N. of Indra's elephant (considered as the prototype of the elephant
race and the supporter of the east quarter; cf. {nAga}, which means also
elephant and serpent) MBh. Ragh. Megh. &c. [234, 3]; a species of elephant R.
ii, 70, 23; the tree Artocarpus Lacucha; the orange tree L.; N. of a particular
portion of the mooñs path; of a form of the sun VP. MBh.; ({as}, {am}) m. n. a
kind of rainbow MBh. Ragh. &c.; ({I}) f. the female of Indra's elephant; N. of a
river MBh.; lightning L.; a species of fern Sus'r.; ({I}, {A}) f. a particular
portion of the mooñs path (including the lunar mansions Punarvasu, Pushya, and
Âs'lesha) VarBriS.; ({am}) n. the fruit of Artocarpus Lacucha Sus'r.; N. of a
Varsha MBh.
aishvaraM = divine
ais'varya = desire for power; opulence {Sad-ais'varya-puurnam. The Lord is full
in six opulences] * = n. the state of being a mighty lord, sovereignty,
supremacy, power, sway S'Br. xiii MBh. Mn. &c.; dominion Kathâs.; superhuman
power (either perpetual or transient, consisting, according to some, of the
following eight: {aNiman}, {laghiman}, {mahiman}, {prApti}, {prAkAmya},
{vazitva}, {Izitva}, and {kAmA7vasAyitva}, qq.v.; or, according to others, of
such powers as vision, audition, cogitation, discrimination, and omniscience;
and of active powers such as swiftness of thought, power of assuming forms at
will, and faculty of expatiation Sarvad. &c.)
aitihya* = n. (fr. {iti-ha}), traditional instruction, tradition TÂr. i, 2, 1
MBh. R
aj, Aj * to propel, drive forward
ajaa = (f) goat
ajaanaM = do not understand
ajaanat.h = knew
ajaanataa = without knowing
ajaanantaH = without knowing
aja = goat* = f. a she-goat
aja * = 1 m. a drove, troop (of Maruts) AV.; a driver, mover, instigator,
leader; N. of Indra, of Rudra, of one of the Maruts [{aja4 e4ka-pA4} RV., and
{aja4 e4ka-pAda} AV.], of Agni, of the sun, of Brahmâ, of Vishnu, of S'iva, of
Kâma (cf. 2. {a-ja}); the leader of a flock; a he-goat, ram [cf. Gk. &2547[9, 2]
$, $; Lith. $]; the sign Aries; the vehicle of Agni; beam of the sun (Pûshan);
N. of a descendant of Visvâmitra, and of Das'aratha's or Dîrghabâhu's father; N.
of a mineral substance; of a kind of rice; of the moon; ({A4s}) m. pl.N. of a
people RV. vii, 18, 19; of a class of Riishis MBh.; ({A}) f. N. of Prakriiti, of
Mâyâ or Illusion see {a-jA} (s.v. 2. {a-jA}); a she-goat; N. of a plant whose
bulbs resemble the udder of a goat Sus'r.
aja4 * = 2 mfn. not born, existing from all eternity; ({a4s}) m. N. of the,
first uncreated being RV. AV.; Brahmâ, Vishnu, S'iva, Kâma; ({A}) f. N. of
Prakriiti, Mâyâ or Illusion (see also 1. {aja4} and 1. {ajana}).
ajaM = unborn
ajaH = unborn
ajagaraH = (m) python
ajaagara * = not awake, not wakeful
ajana* =1 m. ( {aj}), `" the instigator "', Brahmâ; ({am}) n. act of instigating
or moving, [10,1]
a-jana4* =2 mfn. destitute of men; desert; m. an insignificant person.
ajapa* = 1 m. ( {jap}), one who does not repeat prayers; a reciter of heterodox
works L.; ({A}) f. the mantra or formula called hansa (which consists only of a
number of inhalations and exhalations).
ajapaa = involuntary repetition (as with a mantra)
ajasraM = the unborn one
ajaviithii * = f. `" goat's road "'N. of one of the three divisions of the
southern path, or one of the three paths in which the sun, moon, and planets
move, comprehending the asterisms %{mUla}, %{pUrvA7SADha}, and %{uttarA7SADha}.
ajaya * = m. non-victory, defeat; (mfn.), unconquered, unsurpassed, invincible;
m. N. of Vishnu; of a lexicographer; of a river; ({A}) f. hemp; N. of a friend
of Durgâ; Mâyâ or Illusion.
ajita * = mfn. not conquered, unsubdued, unsurpassed, invincible, irresistible;
m. a particular antidote; a kind of venomous rat; N. of Vishnu; S'iva; one of
the Saptarshis of the fourteenth Manvantara; Maitreya or a future Buddha; the
second of the Arhats or saints of the present (Jaina) Avasarpini, a descendant
of Ikshvâku; the attendant of Suvidhi (who is the ninth of those Arhats); ({As})
m. pl. a class of deified beings in the first Manvantara.
a4-jIta * = mfn. ( {jyA}, usually {jina}), not faded, not faint AV. TS., &c.
ajina* = n. (probably at first the skin of a goat, {aja}); the hairy skin of an
antelope, especially a black antelope (which serves the religious student for a
couch seat, covering &c.); the hairy skin of a tiger, &c. m. N. of a descendant
of Priithu VP.
ajman* = {a} n. career, passage, battle RV. AV. [Lat. {agmen}].
ajma* = m. ( {aj}), career, march RV. [cf. Gk. $]. &2960[10,3]
ajñaas * = mfn. having no kindred RV. x, 39, 6.
ajñaanin* = mfn. ignorant, unwise.
ajñaataka* = mfn. unknown, (g.
ajñaati* = m. not a kinsman, not related Mn.
ajñaanakRta* = mfn. done inadvertently.
ajñaanatA* = f. or ignorance.
aJNchalaH = (m) aanchal in Hindi
aJNjana = the name of the mother of Hanuman
aJNjaneyaasana = the splits
aJNjali = (m) folded hands, palms cupped in the form of a vessel
ajra = (m) field
akaanda * = without a trunk T.; causeless, unexpected; ({e}) ind. causelessly,
unexpectedly.
akalmasha *= mf(%{A})n. spotless.
akara * = mfn. handless, maimed; exempt from tax or duty, privileged; not
acting; (%{A}) f. Emblic Myrobalan, Phyllanthus Emblica. Bh Pur: accepted, has
performed, made, did exhibit, maintained, executed, created, carried out
akartaaraM = as the nondoer
akarma = inaction
akarman * = mfn. not working; not performing good works, wicked RV. x, 2 2, 8;
inefficient; (in Gr.) intransitive; ({a}) n. absence of work; observances;
improper work, crime.
akarmabhoga * = m. enjoyment of freedom from action.
akarmAnvita * = mfn. unoccupied; disqualified.
akarmaka * = mfn. (in Gr.) intransitive.
akarmaNya * = mfn. improper to be done; unfit for work; inefficient.
akarmakrit.h = without doing something
akarmaNaH = than no work
akarmaNi = in not doing prescribed duties
akalmashhaM = freed from all past sinful reactions
akasmaat.h = by chance
akaaraH = the first letter
aakaarita * = mfn. ifc. having the shape of Vedântas.
akaaro = the letter `a'
akaarya = and forbidden activities* = mfn. not to be done, improper; ({am}) n. a
criminal action
akaaryaM = what ought not to be done
akaarye = and what ought not to be done
akalpa *= mf(%{A})n. not subject to rules, uncontrolled ; not admitting (any
comparison %{pratimA4nam}) RV. i, 102, 6 ; unable to (loc. or Inf. or in comp.)
akhaNDa * = mfn. not fragmentary, entire, whole, (%{am}), n. time L.;
(%{a-khaNDA@dvA@dazI}), the twelfth day of the first half of the month
Ma1rgas3i1rsha. [4,2]
akhila = entire
akhilaM = whole
akhilaguru = preceptor for all, also all types of long syllable letters
akiñNchanaH = (m) a have-not
akiñcana *= mfn. without anything, utterly destitute ; disinterested ; (am) n.
that which is worth nothing.
akiñcanataa *= f. or voluntary poverty (as practised by Jaina ascetics).
akiñcanatva *= n. voluntary poverty (as practised by Jaina ascetics).
akiñcaniman *= %{A} m. utter destitution, (g. %{pRthu-Adi} q.v.)
akiñcana *= mfn. without anything, utterly destitute; disinterested; (am) n.
that which is worth nothing.
akiirti = infamy
akiirtiM = infamy
akiirtiH = ill fame
akka = mother
akrama * = mfn. not happening successively, happening at once Yogas.; m. want of
order, confusion.
akraanta * = mfn. unpassed, unsurpassed, unconquered, not doubled RV. Pra1t.;
(%{A}) f. the Egg plant. [3,1]
akriyaaH = without duty
akrodha = freedom from anger
akrodhaH = freedom from anger
akledyaH = insoluble
akrita * = mf({A}) n. undone, not committed; not made, uncreated; unprepared,
incomplete; one who has done no works, ({am}) n. an act never before committed
AitBr.; ({A}) f. a daughter who has not been made {putrikA}, or a sharer in the
privileges of a son Pân.
akritabuddhitvaat.h = due to unintelligence
akritaatmaanaH = those without self-realization
akritena = without discharge of duty
akritvaa = without doing (from kRi)
akritsnavidaaH = persons with a poor fund of knowledge
aksh* = (perhaps a kind of old Desid. of 1. {az}) cl. 1. 5. {akSati}, {akSNoti}
(Pân. 3-1, 75; fut. {akSiSyati} or {akSyati} L.; aor. {AkSIt}, 3. du. {AkSiSTAm}
or {ASTAm} L.; perf. {AnakSa} [Pân. 7-4, 60 Comm.], but Â. p. [with the Vedic
weak stem {AkS} cf. perf. {Az-uH} 3. pl. &c. fr. 1. {az}] {AkSANa4}),; to reach
RV. x, 22, 11; to pass through, penetrate, pervade, embrace L.; to accumulate
(to from the cube?) L.: Caus. {akSayati}, {AcikSat}, to cause to pervade L.:
Desid. {acikSi}, {Sati} or {acikSati} L.
aksha* = 1 m. an axle, axis (in this sense also n. L.); a wheel, car, cart; the
beam of a balance or string which holds the pivot of the beam; a snake L.;
terrestrial latitude (cf. {-karNa}, {-bhA}, {-bhAga}); the collar-bone S'Br.;
the temporal bone Yâjñ.; N. of a measure (= 104 angula); [cf. Lat. {axis}; Gk.
$; Old Germ. {ahsa}; &634[3, 1] Mod. Germ. {Achse}; Lith. {assis}.]
aksha* = 2 m. ( 1. {az} Un.) a die for gambling; a cube; a seed of which
rosaries are made (cf. {indrA7kSa}, {rudrA7kSa}); the Eleocarpus Ganitrus,
producing that seed; a weight called {karSa}, equal to 16 mâshas; Beleric
Myrobalan (Terminalia Belerica), the seed of which is used as a die; a N. of the
number 5; ({am}) n. sochal salt; blue vitriol (from its cube-like crystals) L.
aksha* = 3 n. an organ of sense; sensual perception L.; m. the soul L.;
knowledge, religious knowledge L.; a lawsuit L.; a person born blind L.; N. of
Garuda L.; of a son of Râvana; of a son of Nara, &c.
aksha* = 4 n. [only ifc. (f. {I}) for {akSi}], the eye.
akshaanti* = f. impatience, jealousy, intolerance.
akshama = (adj) incapable* = mf({A})n. unable to endure, impatient; incompetent
(with Loc., Inf. or ifc.), envious; ({A}) f. or {-tA} f. impatience, envy;
incompetence, inability (with Inf.)
akSauhiNI* = f. an army consisting of ten anikinis, or 21, 870 elephants, 21,
870 chariots, 65, 610 horse, and 109, 350 foot. (Since an anikini consists of 27
vâhinis, and 27 is the cube of 3, {akSauhiNI} may be a compound of 2. {akSa} and
{vAhini}; or it may possibly be connected with 1. {akSa}, axle, car.)
akshaara * = mfn. free from alkali or factitious salt.
akshara = Letter * = mfn. imperishable; unalterable; m. a sword L.; S3iva L.;
Vishn2u L.; (%{A}) f. see %{a4kSarA} below; (%{am}) n. a syllable; the syllable
%{om} Mn.; a letter [m. Ra1matUp.]; a vowel; a sound; a word; N. of Brahma;
final beatitude religious austerity, sacrifice L.; water RV. i, 34, 4 and i,
164, 42 [3,3]; Achyranthes Aspera.
aksharaa * = f. (cf. %{a-kSa4ra} n. above), word, speech RV.
aksharaaNaaM = of letters
aksharaat.h = beyond the infallible
aksharaM = indestructible
aksharaH = infallible
akshayaM = unlimited
akshayaH = eternal
akshepa * =m. drawing together, convulsion, palpitation Sus'r. Kum. vii, 95
Kâd.; applying, laying (as a colour) Kum. vii, 17; throwing away, giving up,
removing Kum. i, 14, &c.; `" shaking about the hands "' or `" turning the hand
"' (in pronouncing the Svarita) RPrât.; charming, transporting Kâd. &c.; (in
rhetoric) pointing to (in comp.), hinting Sâh. Das'ar. &c.; (see also
{AkSepo7pamA} below); reviling, abuse, harsh speech BhP. &c. (cf. {sA7kSepam});
objection (especially to rectify a statement of one's own) Sus'r. Kâvya7d. Sâh.
&c.; challenge Kathâs.; N. of a man VP
akshi = (n) eye * = n. (1. %{az} Un2.) [instr. %{akSNA} dat. %{akSNe}, &c., fr.
%{akSan}, substituted for %{akSi} in the weakest cases. Vedic forms are: abl.
gen. %{akSNa4s}; loc. %{akSa4n} (once %{akSiNi}!); du. nom acc. %{akSI4} RV.,
%{a4kSiNI}, %{a4kSyau}, and %{akSya4u} AV. S3Br. and AitBr.; instr.
%{akSI4bhyAm}; gen. %{akSyo4s} VS., %{akSyo4s} and %{akSo4s} (!) AV.; pl. nom.
acc. %{a4kSINi} AV., %{akSANi} RV.; ifc. %{akSa} is substituted see 4. %{ahSa}],
the eye; the number two; %{I4}) n. du. the sun and moon RV. i, 72, 10; [cf. Gk.
$, $; Lat. &842[3,3] {oculos}; A.S. {aegh}; Goth. {augo}; Germ. {Auge}; Russ.
{oko}; Lith. {aki-s}.]
akula * =not of good family, low
akuNTha * mfn. not blunted, not worn out; vigorous, fixed; ever fresh, eternal
akurvat.h = did
akurvata = did they do
akutas'cit *V= from nowhere
akuutha* = mf({A})n. having no prominence on the forehead TS.: not deceitful,
unerring (said of arms) Yâjñ.; not false (said of coins) Yâjñ. n.
akushalaM = inauspicious
akuupaara * = mfn. unbounded RV. v, 39, 2 and x. 109, 1; m. the sea VS. &c.;
tortoise BhP. &c. the mythical tortoise that upholds the world; N. of a man
PBr.; N. of an A1ditya L.; (%{A}) f. N. of an An3girasi1 PBr.
akuutha * = mf(%{A})n. having no prominence on the forehead TS.: not deceitful,
unerring (said of arms) Ya1jn5. ; not false (said of coins) Ya1jn5. (see also
aakuuta)
akupya * = n. not base metal, gold or silver Kir.; any base metal (= %{kupya}
see 3. %{a}).
akupyaka * = n. gold or silver L.
alam *= ind. (later form of %{a4ram} q.v.), enough, sufficient, adequate, equal
to, competent, able. (%{alam} may govern a dat. [%{jI4vitavai4} (Ved. Inf. dat.)
%{a4lam} AV. vi, 109, 1, or %{alaM@jIvanAya} Mn. xi, 76, &c., sufficient for
living] or Inf. [Pa1n2. 2-4, 66; %{alaM@vijJAtum} `" able to conceive "' Nir.
ii, 3] or instr. [Pa1n2. 2-3, 27 Siddh.; %{alaM@zaGkayA}, enough i.e. away with
fear!] or gen. [%{alaM@prajAyAH}, capable of obtaining progeny PBr.] or may be
used with the fut. [%{alaM@haniSyati}, he will be able to kill Pa1n2. 3-3, 154
Sch.] or with an ind. [Pa1n2. 3-4, 18; %{alaM@bhuktvA}, enough of eating i.e. do
not eat more, %{alaM@vlcArya}, enough of consideration].)
2 alaM (in comp. for %{a4lam}).
alaM = especially
ala.nkaaradiiptaM = shining with adornments, decorations
alankrita = decorated / ornamented
alabdhabhuumikatva = the feeling that it is impossible to see reality
alabdha * = mfn. unobtained.
alabhya = Difficult
alasaH = lazy
alasya = indolence
alaka *= %{as}, %{am} m. n. (ifc. f. %{A}) a curl, lock Ragh. &c.; (%{as}) m. (=
%{alarka} q.v.) a mad dog L.; (%{As}) m. pl.N. of a people VarBr2S.; of the
Inhabitants of Kubera's residence Alaka1 MBh. iii, 11813; (%{A}) f. (g.
%{kSipakA7di} q.v.) a girl from eight to ten years of age L.; N. of the capital
of Kubera (situated on a peak of the Hima1laya inhabited also by S3iva) Kum. vi,
37, &c.; N. of a town in Nishadha Katha1s.
alakshamaana = one who disregards
alakshmiH = poverty (alaxmiH is opp. of laxmiH)
alaya* = m. ( {lI}), non-dissolution, permanence R. iii, 71, 10 (v.l. {an-aya});
(mfn.) restless S'is'. iv, 57.
ali = a black bug
alika *= %{as} , m.= %{alIka} , the forehead Ba1lar. ; N. of a Pra1krit poet.
aliika = (adj) false, untrue *= mf(%{A} Naish.)n. unpleasing , disagreeable (as
a serpent) AV. v , 13 , 5 ; untrue , false , pretended MBh. &c. little L. ;
(%{am}) n. anything displeasing As3vS3r. R. ii , 52 , 25 ; falsehood , untruth
Mn. xi , 55 , &c. ; the forehead (cf. %{alika}) , heaven L.
aloluptvaM = freedom from greed
alpa = small, little2 *= mf(%{A})n. (m. pl. %{e} or %{As} Pa1n2. 1-1, 33) small,
minute, trifling, little AV. &c.; (%{am}) ind. (opposed to %{bahu}) little Mn.
ii, 149 and x, 60; (%{ena}) instr. ind. (with a perf. Pass. p. Pa1n2. 2-3, 33)
`" for little "', cheap Dal. [95,3]; easily R. iv, 32, 7; (%{At}) abl. ind.
(with a perf. Pass. p.) without much trouble, easily Pa1n2. 2-3, 33; (in comp.
with a past Pass. p.) ii, 1, 39 and vi, 3, 2.
alpaka * mf({ikA})n. small, minute, trifling Mn. &c.; ({a4m}) ind. little Naigh.
S'Br.; ({A4t}) abl. ind. shortly after S'Br.; m. the plants Hedysarum Alhagi and
Premna Herbacea L.
alpaM = a few, little, inadequate
alpabuddhayaH = the less intelligent
alpaka* = mf({ikA})n. small, minute, trifling Mn. &c.; ({a4m}) ind. little
Naigh. S'Br.; ({A4t}) abl. ind. shortly after S'Br.; m. the plants Hedysarum
Alhagi and Premna Herbacea L.
alpamedhasaaM = of those of small intelligence
alpavayaskaM = young (small) age
alpaayu = Short life between 8 and 32 years
alaukikatva * = n. rare occurrence (of a word) Sâh.
a-laukika * = mf({I})n. not current in the world, uncommon, unusual (especially
said of words); not relating to this world, supernatural.
alaukika * see {a-loka}
a-laukika antika :* = (with gen. or abl.) near, proximate L. (compar. {nedIyas},
superl. {nediSTha}); ({am}) n. vicinity, proximity, near e.g. {antikastha},
remaining near; ({a4m}) ind. (with gen. or ifc.) until, near to, into the
presence of; ({A4t}) ind. from the proximity; near, close by; within the
presence of; ({e4}) ind. (with gen. or ifc.) near, close by, in the proximity or
presence of; ({ena}) ind. (with gen.) near.
antika * = (fr. {anta}), only ifc. reaching to the end of, reaching to (e.g.
{nAsA7ntika}, reaching to the nose), lasting till, until.
anudhyaana* = n. meditation, religious contemplation, solicitude.
a(a)ntikA * = f. an elder sister
am* = 1 ind. quickly, a little, (g. {cA7di} q.v.) \\2 the termination {am} in
the comparative and other forms used as ind. e.g. {pratara4m}, &c., (g.
{svar-Adi} q.v.) \\3 {amati}, to go L.; to go to or towards L.; to serve or
honour L.; to sound L.; (Imper. Â. 2. sg. {amISva}; aor. {AmIt}; cf. {abhy-am})
to fix, render firm TS.; (perf. p. acc. sg. {emuSa4m} for {emivA4Msam}) to be
pernicious or dangerous RV. viii, 77, 10: Caus. {Ama4yati} (impf. {A4mayat};
aor. Subj. {Amamat}) to be afflicted or sick RV. AV. VS. (cf. {a4n-Amayat}).
am* = n. the root of a fragrant grass (used for tatties or screens, &c.,
commonly called Kaskas, Andropogon Muricatus).
ama*=1 m. impetuosity, violence, strength, power RV. VS. AV.; depriving of
sensation, fright, terror RV.; disease L.\\=2 mfn. (pron.; cf. {amu}) this AV.
xiv, 2, 71 (quoted in S'Br. xiv and Âs'vGri.) [The word is also explained by
{prA7Na}, `" soul "' cf. Comm. on ChUp. v, 2, 6.]
amaa*=1 ind. (Ved. instr. fr. 2. {a4ma} q.v.) (chiefly Ved.) at home, in the
house, in the house of (gen.), with RV. &c.; together Pân. 3-1, 122; ({A}) f. =
{amA-vAsyA4} q.v. Comm. on Ragh. xiv, 80 (in a verse quoted from Vyâsa) Comm. on
Sûryas; also {amA7nta} m. the end, of the {amA} ({-vAsyA4}) night ib.\\2 (3.
{mA}) f. (= {a-pramANa}) not an authority, not a standard of action Nyâyam.
amaanin* = mfn. ( {man}), not proud, modest MBh.
amaanitA* = f. or modesty, humility.
amaanitva* = [Bhag. &c.] n. modesty, humility.
a-maatA putra * = mfn. (g. {kASThA7di} q.v.) `" having neither mother nor son
"', only in comp. e.g. {amAtAputrA7dhyApaka} m. a teacher who cares for neither
mother nor son (on account of being entirely absorbed in his work) Pân. 8-1, 67,
Kâls'.
amaatya * = (4) m. (fr. 1. {amA4} cf. Pân. 4-2, 104 Sch.) inmate of the same
house, belonging to the same house or family RV. vii, 15, 3 VS. As'vGri.
KâtyS'r.; `" a companion (of a king) "', minister MBh. Mn. &c.
amaara *: non-destruction
amaanitvaM = humility
amaanana* = n. disrespect Hit.
amaanushha = (adj) inhuman, cruel
amaavaasya * = n. [NBD.] neighbourhood AV. iv, 36, 3 [perhaps for %{-vAztya}, `"
lowing (of cows) at home "', as the word is used together with %{A-gara4} and
%{prati-kroza}] ; mfn. born in an %{amA-vAsyA4} night Pa1n2. 4-3, 30 (cf.
%{AmAvAsya4}) ; N. of a Vedic teacher VBr. ; (%{-vAsyA4}) f. (scil. %{rAtri} ;
fr. 5. %{vas}, `" to dwell "', with %{amA4}, `" together "') the night of new
moon (when the sun and moon `" dwell together "'), the first day of the first
quarter on which the moon is invisible AV. S3Br. &c. ; a sacrifice offered at
that time ; N. of the Acchoda1river MatsyaP.
amaayaya* straight, straigh forward, unduplicious, well mannered sincere * =.
not cunning, not sagacious S'Br. AitBr.; free from deceit, guileless Bhathth.;
({A}) f. absence of delusion or deceit or guile, ({ayA}), instr. ind.
guilelessly, sincerely Mn. ii, 51 BhP. Hit.
amaaya mfn. not cunning, not sagacious S3Br. AitBr.; free from deceit, guileless
Bhat2t2.; (%{A}) f. absence of delusion or deceit or guile, (%{ayA}), instr.
ind. guilelessly, sincerely Mn. ii, 51 BhP. Hit.
amala = without rubbish * = mf({A})n. spotless, stainless, clean, pure, shining;
({as}) m. crystal (cf. {amara-ratna}) BhP.; N. of a poet; of Nârâyana L.; ({A})
f. N. of the goddess Lakshmî L.; ( {amarA} q.v.) the umbilical cord L.; the tree
Emblica Officinalis Gaertn. L.; the plant Saptalâ L.; ({am}) n. talc L.
amalaM = clean
amalaan.h = pure
aman'gala * = mfn. inauspicious, unlukey, evil Ragh. xii, 43, &c. ; m. the
castor oil tree, Ricinus Communis L. ; (%{am}) n. inauspiciousness, ill-luck
Kum. Ven2is.
aman'galya * = mfn. inauspicious, unlucky L. ; (%{am}) n. inauspiciousness,
ill-luck BhP.
amani* = f. road, way Un.
amanI* = (for {a-mana4s} in comp. with {bhU} and its derivatives).
amani see {am}.
amaNiva* = mfn. [NBD.] having no jewels SânkhS'r.
amaniibhAva* = m. the state of not having perception or intellect MaitrUp.
amanyata = believed
amara *: undying, immortal, imperishable
amaratva * = [MBh. &c.] n. the condition of the gods (i.e. immortality).
amarsha * = m. ( {mRS}), non-endurance Pân. 3-3, 145; impatience, indignation,
anger, passion MBh. R. &c.; m. N. of a prince VP.
amarshahaasa * = m. an angry laugh, a sarcastic sneer MBh.
amarshaja * = mfn. springing from impatience or indignation MB
amarshaNa * = mfn. = %{amarSa@vat} MBh. &c., impatient (cf. %{raNA7marSaNa}) ;
m. (= %{amarSa})N. of a prince BhP. ; (%{am}) n. impatience of (gen.) MBh. xiii,
2159.
amarshavat * = mfn. not bearing, intolerant passionate, wrathful, angry L.
amata * = 1 m. sickness, disease Un.; death L.; time L.; dust Comm. on Un.
a4-mata * = 2 mfn. ( {man}), not felt, not perceptible by the mind S'Br. xiv;
not approved of, unacceptable.
aama4-taa * = f. rawness; unpreparedness Sus'r.
ambaka * = n. S'iva's eye Bâlar. (cf. {try-ambaka}); an eye L.; copper L.
ambandha = relation / connection
ambara = aakaasha * = ambara n. circumference, compass, neighbourhood RV. viii,
8,14; (ifc. f. %{A}) clothes, apparel, garment MBh. &c.; cotton L.; sky,
atmosphere, ether Naigh. MBh. &c.; (hence) a cipher Su1ryas.; N. of the tenth
astrological mansion VarBr2.; the lip; saffron L.; a perfume (Ambra) L.; N. of a
country MatsyaP.; (a1s) m. pl.N. of a people VarBr2S.
ambaraM = sky, garment
ambaa = mother ambaa * f. (Ved. voc. {a4mbe} [VS.]or {amba} [RV.], in later
Sanskrit {amba} only, sometimes a mere interjection Âs'vS'r.), a mother, good
woman (as a title of respect); N. of a plant; N. of Durgâ (the wife of S'iva);
N. of an Apsaras L.; N. of a daughter of a king of Kâsi MBh.; N. of one of the
seven Krittikâs TS. Kâthh. TBr.; a term in astrol. (to denote the fourth
condition which results from the conjunction of planets?). In the South Indian
languages, {ambA} is corrupted into {ammA}, and is often affixed to the names of
goddesses, and females in general [Germ. {Amme}, a nurse; Old Germ. {amma},
Them. {ammo7n}, {ammU7n}
aMbaa = mother
ambu = water
ambudhi = sea
ambuvegaaH = waves of the waters
ambhas.h = (n) water
ambhasaa = by the water
ambhasi = on the water
ambhuruhaM = lotus
amedhyaM = untouchable *: mfn. not able or not allowed to sacrifice, not fit for
sacrifice, impure, unholy, nefarious, foul S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({am}), n. faeces,
excrement KâtyS'r. Mn. ix, 282 Yâjñ. &c.
aMhas* =n. anxiety, trouble RV. &c.; sin L.; [cf. %{agha4}, %{A4gas}; Gk. $, $,
$, $.]
aMhasaspati* =[VS.] m. lord of perplexity i.e. an intercalary month; cf.
%{AMhaspatya}.
aMhasaspatya* =n. power over calamity TS. A1pS3r.
AMhaspatya* =mfn. belonging to the dominion of An6haspati (as the intercalary
month) Gobh.
aMhati* = f. anxiety, distress, trouble RV.; illness L.; [cf. Lat. {ango}]; a
gift (also %{aMhatI} f.) L
amiishaam SB: of those; among those; of these,of them;
amita * = unmeasured, boundless, infinite RV. &c.; without a certain measure
S'Br. Sus'r. &c.; ({a4-mitam}) ind. immensely RV. iv, 16, 5.
amitavikramaH = and unlimited force
amla = (m) sour
amogha * = mf({A}) n. unerring, unfailing, not vain, efficacious, succeeding,
hitting the mark, productive, fruitful; ({a4-mogha}, ) {as} m. the not erring,
the not failing S'Br.; N. of S'iva; of Vishnu MBh. xiii; of Skanda MBh. iii,
14632; of a minister of an Asura king at war with Karttikeya SkandaP.; of a
river L.; ({A}) f. trumpet flower, Bignonia Suaveolens, Roxb.; a plant of which
the seed is used as a vermifuge, Erycibe Paniculata Roxb.; Terminalia Citrina
Roxb.; N. of a spear MBh. iii, 16990 and R. i, 29, 12; (with or without {rAtri})
`" the unfalling one "' a poetical N. of the night MBh.; a mystical N. of the
letter {kS} (being the last one of the alphabet); N. of Durgâ L.; of the wife of
Sântanu; of one of the mothers in Kanda's suite MBh. ix, 2639.
amrita = of ambrosia, potion to cause immortality *= (cf. Pa1n2. 6-2, 116) mfn.
not dead MBh. ; immortal RV. &c. ; imperishable RV. VS. ; beautiful, beloved L.
; m. an immortal, a god RV. &c. ; N. of S3iva ; of Vishn2u MBh. xiii ; of
Dhanvantari L. ; the plant Phaseolus Trilobus Ait. ; the root of a plant L. ;
(%{A}) f. a goddess RV. &c. ; spirituous liquor L. ; Emblica Officinalis,
Terminalia Citrina Roxb., Cocculus Cordifolius, Piper Longum, Ocymum Sanctum ;
N. of the mother of Parikshit MBh. i, 3794 ; of Da1ksha1yan2i1 MatsyaP. ; of a
sister of Amr2itodana Buddh. ; of a river Hcat. ; of the first %{kalA} of the
moon BrahmaP. ; (%{am}) n. collective body of immortals RV. ; world of
immortality, heaven, eternity RV. VS. AV. ; (also %{Ani} n. pl. RV. i, 72, 1 and
iii, 38, 4) ; immortality RV. ; final emancipation L. ; the nectar (conferring
immortality, produced at the churning of the ocean), ambrosia RV. (or the voice
compared to itN. Ragh.) ; nectar-like food ; antidote against poison Sus3r. ; N.
of a medicament S3is3. ix, 36, medicament in general Buddh. ; the residue of a
sacrifice (cf. %{amReta-bhuj}) ; unsolicited alms Mn. iv, 4 and 5, water Naigh.
; milk L. clarified butter L. (cf. %{paJA7mRta}), boiled rice L. ; anything
sweet, a sweetmeat R. vii, 7,3 ; a pear L. ; food L., property L. ; gold L. ;
quicksilver L. ; poison L. ; a particular poison L. ; a ray of light Ragh. x,
59N. of a metre RPra1t. ; of a sacred place (in the north) Hariv. 14095, of
various conjunctions of planets (supposed to confer long life) L. ; the number,
`" four "' L.
amritaM = veritable nectar
amritattvaaya = for liberation
amritabinduu = a drop of nectar
amritabhujaH = those who have tasted such nectar
amritasya = of the immortal
amritodbhavaM = produced from the churning of the ocean
amritopamaM = just like nectar\
a4Msa*= *V: expansion, part of, m. the shoulder, shoulder-blade; corner of a
quadrangle; N. of a king; ({au}) m. du. the two shoulders or angles of an altar;
a share (for {aMza}); [cf. Goth. {amsa}; Gk. $, $; Lat. {humerus}, &124[1, 2]
{ansa}.]
aMs'a *= m. (probably fr. 1. %{az}, perf. %{An-a4Mza}, and not from the above
%{aMz} fictitiously formed to serve as root), a share, portion, part, party ;
partition, inheritance ; a share of booty ; earnest money ; stake (in betting)
RV. v, 86, 5 Ta1n2d2yaBr. ; a lot (cf. 2. %{prA7s}) ; the denominator of a
fraction ; a degree of latitude or longitude ; a day L. ; N. of an A1ditya.
aMs'aka* = 1 mf({ikA})n. (ifc.) forming part. \\2 m. a share; degree of latitude
or longitude; a co-heir L.; ({am}) n. a day L.
amu * = a pronom. base, used in the declension of the pronom. %{ada4s}, that
(e.g. acc. %{amu4m}, %{amU4m}; instr. %{amunA}, %{amuyA}; dat. %{amu4Smai},
%{amuSyai}, &c.)
amushmin * = (loc. sg. of %{ada4s}) ind. in the other world L.; (forms the base
of %{AmuSmika} q.v.
amushya * = (gen.sg. of %{ada4c}), of such a one.amushyakula* = mfn. belonging
to the family of such a one, (ganas %{pratijanA7di} and %{manojJA7di} q.v.)
amushyaputra * = m. the son of such a one (i.e. of a good family, of known
origin), (g. %{manojJA7di} q.v.)
amutra = in the next life1 * = ind. there AV. S3Br. &c.; there above i.e. in the
other world, in the life to come VS. S3Br. &c.; there i.e. in what precedes or
has been said S3Br.; here Katha1s.
amuunii: *V = all those, all these, all such
amuurta * = mfn. formless, shapeless, unembodied S3Br. xiv Up. &c.; not forming
one body, consisting of different parts Su1ryas.; m. N. of Siva.
amuuDhaaH = unbewildered
aanga * = mfn. (in Gr.) relating to the base. ({aGga}) of a word Pân. 1-1, 63
Comm.; m. a prince of the country Anga, (g. {pailA7di} q.v.); ({I}) f. a
princess of that country MBh. i, 3772; ({am}) n. a soft delicate form or body L.
anana * =breathing, living
ananubhUta * = mfn. not perceived, not experienced unknown. (see also the
affirmative anubhUta)
antaraya* = 1 m. impediment, hindrance ÂpS'r. (cf. {a4n-antaraya}.) //2 Nom. P.
{-ayati} see {antar-i}.
antaraaya* = m. intervention, obstacle.
anubhUta * = mfn. perceived, understood, apprehended; resulted, followed as a
consequeuce; that has experienced, tasted, tried or enjoyed.
anuvritta * = mfn. following, obeying, complying; rounded off; (%{am}) n.
obedience, conformity, compliance.
anuvritti *= f. following , acting suitably to , having regard or respect to ,
complying with , the act of continuance ; (in Pa1n2ini's Gr.) continued course
or influence of a preceding rule on what follows ; reverting to ; imitating ,
doing or acting in like manner.
an.gamejayatva = unsteadiness of the body
ana* = m. breath, respiration S'Br. ChUp.
anaa* = ind. (fr. pronom. base {a}), hereby, thus, indeed RV.
anaadara = lack of respect
anaadi = without beginning
anaadiM = without beginning
anaaditva = non-beginning
anaaditvaat.h = due to eternity
anaakshArita * =mfn. unreproached.
anaakshit * =mfn. not residing or resting S'Br.
anaanasaphalam.h = (n) pineapple
anaanata* mfn. unbent, not humbled RV. m. N. of a Riishi of the SV.
anaamayaM = without miseries
anaapad* = {t} f. absence of misfortune or calamity Mn.
anaarambhaat.h = by nonperformance
anaarya = persons who do not know the value of life
anaatha * =having no master or protector; widowed; fatherless; helpless, poor;
({a4m}) n. want of a protector, helplessness RV. x, 10, 11.
anaatman * = not self, another; something different from spirit or soul;
({an-Atma4n}) mfn. not spiritual, corporeal, destitute of spirit or mind S'Br.
anaatmanaH = of one who has failed to control the mind
anaavrittiM = no return
anaashinaH = never to be destroyed
anaashritaH = without taking shelter
anaahata = unbeaten
anaahuta = (adj) un-invited
anaadritya * = ind. p. without respecting, regardless.
an-aadrita * = mfn. not respected, disrespected.
an-aadrita * = see {an-Adara}.
anaavrita* = mfn. uncovered S'Br. xiv, undressed; uninclosed, open.
anabhishvangaH = being without association
anabhiSaGga* = or %{an-abhiSvaGga} m. absence of connection or attachment
anabhisneha * = mfn. without affection, cold, unimpassioned
anabhisandhaaya = without desiring
anabhisnehaH = without affection
anadhishthhita * = mfn. not placed over, not appointed; not present.
anaha.nvaadi = without false ego
anahankaaraH = being without false egoism
anagha = O sinless one
anakshi * = n. a bad eye L. [24, 2]
anakshika * =mfn. eyeless TS.
anakshara * =mfn. unfit to be uttered; unable to articulate a syllable.
anakshasaGgam * =[MaitrS.] or {a4n-akSa-stambham} [S'Br.] ind. so as not to
interfere with the axle-tree.
anaksh* =(nom. {an-a4k}) mfn. blind RV. ii, 15, 7.
anAkula *= mf(%{A})n. not beset; not confused, unperplexed, calm, consistent,
regular.
anala = fire
analaH = fire
analena = by the fire
anamiiva * = mf({A4})n., Ved. free from disease, well, comfortable; salubrious,
salutary; ({a4m}) n. good health, happy stat
anañga * mf({A}) n. bodiless, incorporeal; m. N. of Kâma (god of love, so called
because he was made bodiless by a flash from the eye of S'iva, for having
attempted to disturb his life of austerity by filling him with love for
Pârvatî); ({am}) n. the ether, air, sky L.; the mind L.; that which is not the
anga.
ananta = infinite, a name of Vishnu* = mf({A})n. endless, boundless, eternal,
infinite; m. N. of Vishnu; of S'esha (the snake-god); of S'esha's brother
Vâsuki; of Kriishna; of his brother Baladeva; of S'iva; of Rudra; of one of the
Vis'va-devas; of the 14th Arhat, &c.; the plant Sinduvâra, Vitex Trifolia; Talc;
the 23rd lunar asterism, S'ravana; a silken cord (tied round the right arm at a
particular festival); the letter {A}; a periodic decimal fraction? ({A}) f. the
earth; the number one; N. of Pârvatî and of various females, the plant S'ârivâ;
Periploca Indica or Asclepias Pseudosarsa or Asthmatica (the root of which
supplies a valuable medicine); ({am}) n. the sky, atmosphere; Talc.
anantaM = unlimited
anantaH = Ananta
anantaraM = after
anantaruupa = O unlimited form
anantaruupaM = unlimited form
anantavijayaM = the conch named Ananta-vijaya
anantaviiryaa = unlimited potency
anantaaH = unlimited
anantaasana = Ananta's posture
ananya * = mf({A})n. no other, not another, not different, identical; self; not
having a second, unique; not more than one, sole; having no other (object),
undistracted; not attached or devoted to any one else
ananyachetaaH = without deviation of the mind
ananyabhaak.h = without deviation
ananyamanasaH = without deviation of the mind
ananyayaa = unalloyed, undeviating
ananyayogena = by unalloyed devotional service
ananyasvaamyam.h = (n) patent rights
ananyaaH = having no other object
ananyena = without division
anapades'a* = m. an invalid argument.
anapadhrishya* = ind, p. not having overpowered AitBr.
anaapad * = %{t} f. absence of misfortune or calamity Mn *VB when there is no
emergency;in the absence of danger;not in a calamit
anapaayin* = mfn. not going or passing away, constant in the same state;
invariable.
anapeksha * = mfn. regardless, careless; indifferent; impartial; irrespective
of; irrelevant; (%{A}) f. disregard, carelessness; (%{a4n-ape7kSam}) ind.
irrespectively, carelessly S3Br.
anapeksha H = neutral
anapekshya = without considering the consequences
anartha* = m. non-value, a worthless or useless object; disappointing
occurrence, reverse, evil; nonsense; (mfn.), worthless, useless, bad;
unfortunate; having no meaning; having not that (but another) meaning;
nonsensical.
anarthaM = purposeless/in vain/danger-productive
anas'nataH = abstaining from eating
anas'nan.h = without eating (having fasted)
anas'nat * = mfn. not eating RV. i, 164, 20, &c.
anas'nantsAGgamana* = m. the sacrificial fire in the Sabhâ (which is approached
before breakfast) S'Br.
anas'nAna * = mf({A})n. not eating.
anasuyave = to the nonenvious
anasuuyaH = not envious
anasuuya. * = not spiteful, not envious; ({A}) f. freedom from spite; absence of
ill-will or envy; N. of a daughter of Daksha; of one of S'akuntalâ's friends.
anasuuyantaH = without envy
anas'vara *= mfn. imperishable.
anata * = mfn. not bent, not bowed down; not changed into a lingual consonant
RPra1t.; erect; stiff; haughty.
anati *= not very -, not too -, not past -. (Words commencing with %{an-ati} are
so easily analysed by referring to %{ati}, &c., that few need be enumerated.)=
anatmasa* A= inessential
anavabudhyamAna * = mfn. deranged L.
anavadya* = mf({A4})n. irreproachable, faultless; unobjectionable; ({A}) f. N.
of an Apsaras.
anavalokayaan.h = not looking
anavaaptaM = wanted
a-naya * =1 m. bad management; bad conduct (gambling, &c.)
an-aya * = 2 m. evil course, ill luck; misfortune, adversity (cf. {ayA7naya}
s.v. {aya}.)
anayoH = of them
andha = blind
andhakaara = darkness
andhiikrita * = mfn. made blind.
andhiikritaatman * = mfn. blinded in mind.
aneka = Many
anekadhaa = into many
anekavachanaM = plural
anekadhaa *= ind. in various ways , often.
anekaani = many
anena = by thisa.ngaNa = field
anena* = V* by this, with Him by these; 1 mfn. without stags RV. vi, 66, 7 (cf.
{enI4})
angaM = body
a.ngasa.nginau = with
a.ngaiH = limbs, body parts
a.ngaistushhthuvaa.nsastanuubhiH = having satisfied with strong limbs?
anga = a limb, or body part
anga* = 1 ind. a particle implying attention, assent or desire, and sometimes
impatience, it may be rendered, by well; indeed, true, please, rather quick;
{kim aGga}, how much rather!
a4nga* = 2 n. ( {am} Un.), a limb of the body; a limb, member; the body; a
subordinate division or department, especially of a science, as the six
Vedângas; hence the number six; N. of the chief sacred texts of the Jainas; a
limb or subdivision of Mantra or counsel (said to be five, viz. 1. {karmaNAm
Arambho7pAyaH}, means of commencing operations; 2. {puruSa-dravya-sampad},
providing men and materials; 3. {deza-kAla-vibhAga}, distribution of place and
time; 4. {vipatti-pratIkAra}, counter-action of disaster; 5. {kArya-siddhi},
successful accomplishment; whence {mantra} is said to be {paJcA7Gga}); any
subdivision, a supplement; (in Gr.) the base of a word, but in the strong cases
only Pân. 1-4, 13 seqq.; anything inferior or secondary, anything immaterial or
unessential, see {aGga-tA}; (in rhetoric) an illustration; (in the drama) the
whole of the subordinate characters; an expedient; a mental organ, the mind L.;
m. sg. or ({As}) m. pl.N. of Bengal proper or its inhabitants; (sg.)N. of a king
of Anga; (mfn.), having members or divisions L.; contiguous L.
angaM = limb(s)
angaani = limbs
anghri (aGghri) * = m. a foot; foot of a seat; the root of a tree [cf.
%{aMhri}].
an'ghrinAmaka* =m. or a synonym of %{aGghri}, means always foot as well as root.
an'ghrinAman* =n. a synonym of %{aGghri}, means always foot as well as root.
an'ghripa* =m. (drinking with the foot or root), a tree.
an'ghripAna* =mfn. sucking the foot or toes (as an infant) L.
an'ghriparNI* =or f. the plant Hedysarum Lagopodioides.
an'ghriskandha* =m. the ancle.
an'ghrivalli* =or f. the plant Hedysarum Lagopodioides.
añghrivallikaa * =f. the plant Hedysarum Lagopodioides.
aniiha *= mfn. listless, indifferent ; m. N. of a king of Ayodhya1 ; (%{A}) f.
indifference, apathy, disinclination.
añjas * = %{as} n. ointment, a mixture RV. i, 132, 2 ; N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr. ;
(%{as}) ind. quickly, instantly RV. BhP. ; see %{a4JjasA}.
añjasa * = mfn. straight, straightforward, honest L. ; (%{I4}) f. N. of a
heavenly river RV. i, 104, 4.
añjasA * = ind. straight on, right, truly, justly ; quickly, soon, instantly.
amrishaa * = ind. not falsely, certainly, surely S3Br. xiv BhP.
anaatha * = mf(%{A})n. having no master or protector ; widowed ; fatherless ;
helpless, poor ; (%{a4m}) n. want of a protector, helplessness RV. x, 10, 11.
a4ngira* = m. = {a4Ggiras} RV. i, 83, 4 and iv, 51, 4 MBh. Yâjñ. (cf. Gk. $ and
$.) &2164[8,1] [8,2]
a4ngiras =, {As} m. N. of a Riishi, author of the hymns of RV. ix, of a code of
laws, and of a treatise on astronomy (he is said by some to have been born from
Brahmâ's mouth, and to have been the husband of Smriiti, of S'raddhâ, of two
daughters of Maitreya, of several daughters of Daksha, &c.; he is considered as
one of the seven Riishis of the first Manvantara, as a Prajâpati, as a teacher
of the Brahmavidyâ, which he had learnt from Satyavâha, a descendant of
Bharadvâja, &c. Among his sons, the chief is Agni, others are Sanvarta, Utathya,
and Briihaspati; among his daughters are mentioned Sinivâlî, Kuhû, Râkâ,
Anumati, and Akûpârâ; but the Riicas or Vedic hymns, the manes of Havishmat, and
mankind itself are styled his offspring. In astronomy he is the planet Jupiter,
and a star in Ursa Major); N. of Agni MBh.; ({asas}) m. pl. descendants of
Angiras or of Agni (mostly personifications of luminous objects); the hymns of
the Atharva-veda TS.; priests who by using the magical formulas of those hymns
protect the sacrifice against the effects of inauspicious accidents.
angirastama = ({a4Ggiras-}) mfn. having the luminous quality of the Angirasas in
the highest degree, said of Agni and of Ushas RV.
angirasvat = ind. like Angiras RV. VS.? ({a4Ggiras-vat}) mfn. connected with or
accompanied by the Angirasas RV. VS.
angirasAmayana = n. a Sattra sacrifice.
angirasa4 = m. an enemy of Vishnu in his incarnation of Paras'urâma.
angula = a finger
angushhTha = the big toe
angushhThaH = (m) thumb
aniccha *= or %{an-icchaka} or %{an-icchat} mfn. undesirous , averse , unwilling
; not intending.
anicchaa *= f. absence of wish or design , indifference.
anicchu *= mfn. = %{an-iccha} Vishn2us.
anidra *= mf(%{A})n. sleepless, awake ; (%{A}) f. sleeplessness.
anichchhan.h = without desiring
aniika *= %{as}, %{am}, m.n. ( %{an}), face ; appearance, splendour, edge, point
; front, row, array, march ; army, forces ; war, combat.
aniis'a *= mfn. one who has not a lord or superior, paramount; powerless,
unable; m. Vishn2u; (%{A}) f. powerlessness, helplessness Up.
aniishvaraM = with no controller
aniketaH = having no residenc* = or {a-niketana} mfn. houseless.
animisha * = mfn. not winking, looking steadily, vigilant RV. &c.; open (as eyes
or flowers); m. not winking, a god BhP.; a fish L., ({a4m}) ind. vigilantly RV.
i, 24, 6.
animishaaksha * =mf({I}) n. one whose eyes are fixed.
animishaacaarya * =m. N. of Briihaspati.
animishat * =n. not winking, vigil mfn. not winking, looking steadily, vigilant
RV. &c.; open (as eyes or flowers); m. not winking, a god BhP.; a fish L.,
({a4m}) ind. vigilantly RV. i, 24, 6.
animishaaksha * =mf({I}) n. one whose eyes are fixed.
animisha * = mfn. not winking, looking steadily, vigilant RV. &c.; open (as eyes
or flowers); m. not winking, a god BhP.; a fish L., ({a4m}) ind. vigilantly RV.
i, 24, 6.
animishat * =mfn. not winking, vigil
animiaacaarya * = m. N. of Br2ihaspati.
animishaaksha * = mf(%{I}) n. one whose eyes are fixed.
animishat * = mfn. not winking, vigilant RV.
animitta * = mf(%{A})n. having no adequate occasion, causeless, groundless ;
(%{am}) n. absence of an adequate cause or occasion, groundlessness.
animittaliGganAsa * = m. `" unaccountable loss of distinct vision "'N. of an
ophthalmic disease ending in total blindness (perhaps amaurosis).
animittanirAkRta * = mfn. groundlessly rejected S3a1k.
animittatas * = ind. groundlessly Mn. iv, 144.
anilaH = (m) wind or air
aniiha* = mfn. listless, indifferent; m. N. of a king of Ayodhyâ; ({A}) f.
indifference, apathy, disinclination.
anila* = m. ( {an} cf. Trish {anal}), air or wind; the god of wind; one of the
fortynine Anilas or winds; one of the eight demi-gods, called Vasus; wind as one
of the humors or {rasas} of the body; rheumatism, paralysis, or any affection
referred to disorder of the wind; N. of a Riishi and other persons; the letter
{y}; the number forty-nine.
aniiLa* = [RV. x, 55, 6] = {a4-nIDa} q.v.
anilachulli = (f) gas (LPG)
anirdes'ya* = mfn. undefinable, inexplicable, incomparable
anis'a *= mfn. `" nightless "', sleepless; uninterrupted, incessant (only in
comp.); (%{am}) ind. incessantly, continually.
anitya = uncertain/temporary/ephemeral/transient
anityaM = temporary
anityaH = nonpermanent
anirdeshyaM = indefinite
anirviNNachetasa = without deviation
aniruddha * = mfn. unobstructed, ungovernable, self-willed; m. a spy, a secret
emissary (?); the son of Pradyumna (a form of Kâma, and husband of Ushâ); S'iva;
N. of an Arhat (contemporary of S'âkyamuni); of a descendant of Vriishni; ({am})
n. the rope for fastening cattle L.
anis'a *= mfn. `" nightless "', sleepless ; uninterrupted, incessant (only in
comp.) ; (%{am}) ind. incessantly, continually.
aniis'a *= mfn. one who has not a lord or superior, paramount ; powerless,
unable ; m. Vishn2u ; (%{A}) f. powerlessness, helplessness Up.
anishchayat.h = due to non-determination (having not decided)
anishhTa = and undesirable
anishhTaM = leading to hell
anishiddha *= mfn. unprohibited, unforbidden.
anivrita * = mfn. (1. %{vR}), unchecked, not impeded RV. iii, 29, 6.
a.njana = anointment
añjali* = m. ( {aJj}), the open hands placed side by side and slightly hollowed
(as if by a beggar to receive food; hence when raised to the forehead, a mark of
supplication), reverence, salutation, benediction; a libation to the Manes (two
hands full of water, {udakA7Jjali}) VP. &c.; a measure of corn, sufficient to
fill both hands when placed side by side, equal to a kudava.
añjalika* = as, {am} m. n. N. of one of Arjuna's arrows MBh.; ({A}) f. a young
mouse L.
anjana* = ointment for the eyes
añjah *V easily, properly, as-it-is, directly
añjana * = m. a kind of domestic lizard L. ; N. of a fabulous, serpent ; of a
tree Pan5cat. ; of a mountain, of a king of Mithila1, of the elephant of the
west or south-west quarter ; (%{A}) f. N. of Hanumat's mother ; of Pravarasena's
mother ; (%{am}) n. act of applying an ointment or pigment, embellishing, &c.,
black pigment or collyrium applied to the eyelashes or the inner coat of the
eyelids ; a special kind of this pigment, as lamp-black, Antimony, extract of
Ammonium, Xanthorrhiza, &c. ; paint, especially as a cosmetic ; magic ointment ;
ink L. ; night L. ; fire L. (In rhetoric) making clear the meaning of an
equivocal expression, double entendre or pun, &c.
añjanavat* = ind. like collyrium.
añjanaka* = m. portion of a text containing the word {aJjana}, (g. {goSad-Adi}
q.v.); ({I}) f. N. of a medicinal plant.
añjanii* = f. a woman (fit for the application of ointments, pigments, sandal,
&c.) L.; N. of two medicinaI plants.
añjasa *= mfn. straight , straightforward , honest L. ; (%{I4}) f. N. of a
heavenly river RV. i , 104 , 4.
añjasaa *= ind. straight on , right , truly , justly ; quickly , soon ,
instantly.
añjasiina* = mfn. going straight on, straightforward RV. x, 32, 7.
añjaspA* = mfn. drinking instantly RV. x, 92, 2 and 94, 13.
añjasayana* = mf({I})n. having a straight course, going straight on TS. AitBr.
añjasIna* = mfn. going straight on, straightforward RV. x, 32, 7.
a.nkusha = a goad (metal stick used to control elephants)
a.nkushadhaariNam.h = bearing the weapon `ankusha' with which the elephant
a.nsha = part, angle
a.nsha-bhuutaM = has been a part of her
a.nshaH = fragmental particle
a.nshumaan.h = radiant
a.nshena = part
anrita = false
anrita*=not true, false; falsehood, lying, cheating; agriculture
anta = end *= m. end , limit , boundary , term ; end of a texture ; end ,
conclusion ; end of life , death , destruction (in these latter senses some
times neut.) ; a final syllable , termination ; last word of a compound ; pause
, settlement , definite ascertainment , certainty ; whole amount ; border ,
outskirt (e.g. %{grAmA7nte} , in the outskirts of the village) ; nearness ,
proximity , presence ; inner part , inside ; condition , nature ; (%{e}) loc. c.
in the end , at last ; in the inside ; (%{am}) ind. as far as (ifc. e.g.
%{udakA7ntam} , as far as the water) ; (mfn.) , near , handsome , agreeable L.
[cf. Goth. {andeis} , Theme {andja} ; Germ. {Ende} ; Eng. {end}: with %{anta}
are also compared the Gk. $ , $ ; Lat. {ante} ; the Goth. {anda} in &13046[42
,3] {anda-vaurd} , &c. ; and the Germ. {ent} e.g. in {entsagen}].
antaM = or end
antaH = (adv) inside
antaHkaraNa = Mind
antaHpeTikaa = (f) drawer
antaHsthaani = within
antaka* = 1 m. border, boundary S3Br.\\2 mfn. making an end, causing death; m.
death; Yama, king or lord of death AV. &c.; N. of a man favoured by the As3vins
RV. i, 112, 6N. of a king.
antakaale = at the end of life
antagataM = completely eradicated
antara = Sub-period in a Dasha
antara * = mf({A}) n. being in the interior, interior; near, proximate, related,
intimate; lying adjacent to; distant; different from; exterior; ({am}) n. the
interior; a hole, opening; the interior part of a thing, the contents; soul,
heart, supreme soul; interval, intermediate space or time; period; term;
opportunity, occasion; place; distance, absence; difference, remainder;
property, peculiarity; weakness, weak side; representation; surety, guaranty;
respect, regard; (ifc.), different, other, another e.g. {dezA7ntaram}, another
country; ({am}), or {-ta4s} ind. in the interior, within [cf. Goth. {anthar},
Theme {anthara}; Lith. {antra-s}, `" the second "'; Lat. {alter}].
antaraa * = ind. in the middle, inside, within, among, between ; on the way, by
the way ; near, nearly, almost ; in the meantime, now and then ; for some time ;
(with acc. and loc.) between, during, without.
antaraatmanaa = within himself
antaraatmaa = the inner self, residing in the heart
antaraaya = (m) obstacle* = m. intervention, obstacle.
antaraaraamaH = actively enjoying within
antaradeshiiya = among different countries mainly for transaction??
antaraM = between
antaranga = the practices of pranayama and
hara
antaraya * = 1 m. impediment, hindrance ÂpS'r. (cf. {a4n-antaraya}.)
antariksha = (n) space
antarikshaM = space, sky
antardhaa * = 1 A1. %{-dhatte}, to place within, deposit ; to receive within ;
to hide, conceal, obscure ; to hide one's self: Pass. %{-dhIyate} to be received
within, to be absorbed ; to be rendered invisible ; to disappear, vanish ; to
cease: Caus. %{-dhApayati} ; to render invisible, to cause to disappear.
antare = between
antareNa = without
antarjyotiH = aiming within
antaryutakam.h = (n) vest
antarsukhaH = happy from within
antavat.h = perishable
antavantaH = perishable
antike = near
ante = after
antevaasa *= m. a neighbour, companion AitBr.
antevasaayin *= m. a man living at the end of a town or village, a man belonging
to the lowest caste MBh. &c.
antyaja *= mfn. of the lowest caste ; m. a S3u1dra ; a man of one of seven
inferior tribes (a washerman, currier, mimic, Varud2a, fisherman, Meda or
attendant on women, and mountaineer or forester).
antyajagamana *= n. intercourse (between a woman of the higher caste) with a man
of the lowest caste.
antyajAgamana *= n. intercourse (between a man of the higher caste) with a woman
of the lowest caste.
antyajanman *= or mfn. of the lowest caste.
antyajaati *= or mfn. of the lowest caste.
antyajaatIya *= mfn. of the lowest caste.
annaM = (n) food
annaat.h = from grains
aniiha* = mfn. listless, indifferent; m. N. of a king of Ayodhyâ; ({A}) f.
indifference, apathy, disinclination.
aNiiyaa.nsaM = smaller
aNIyas = {an}, {as},, as (fr. {aNu} q.v.), or mfn. more minute than usual.
anaNIyas * = mfn. not at all minute; vast, mighty S3is3. iii, 4.
anirukta * = mfn. unuttered, not articulated ; not explained (because of being
clear by itself) [30,1] ; unspeakable TUp.
aniruktagAna * = n. indistinct singing ; humming (of hymns), a particular mode
of chanting the Sa1ma-veda.
aniyata * mfn. not regulated, uncontrolled, not fixed, uncertain, unrestricted,
irreguIar, casual; not unaccentuated RPra1t.
aNoH = than the atom
anutaapa *= m. repentance, heat.
anu = following
aNu * = mf(%{vI})n. fine, minute, atomic; (%{us}) m. an atom of matter; `" an
atom of time "', the 54, 675, 000th part of a muhu1rta (of 48 minutes); Panicum
Miliaceum VS. S3Br. xiv Mun2d2UP.; N. of Siva; (%{a4NvI}) f. `" the subtle one
"'N. of the fingers preparing the Soma juice RV.; (%{u}) n. (in prosody) the
fourth part of a ma1tra1; (%{aNu4}) ind. minutely S3Br.
2 aNU (with %{bhU}, &c.) see s.v.
3 aNU (for %{aNu} in comp. with %{bhU} and its derivatives).
4 anu 1 mfn. = %{aNu} q.v. L.
5 anu 2 m. a non-A1ryan man RV.; N. of a king (one of Yaya1ti's sons); of a
non-A1ryan tribe MBh. &c.
6 anu 3 ind. (as a prefix to verbs and nouns, expresses) after, along,
alongside, lengthwise, near to, under, subordinate to, with. (When prefixed to
nouns, especially in adverbial compounds), according to, severally, each by
each, orderly, methodically, one after another, repeatedly. (As a separable
preposition, with accusative) after, along, over, near to, through, to, towards,
at, according to, in order, agreeably to, in regard to, inferior to Pa1n2. 1-4,
86. As a separable adverb) after, afterwards, thereupon, again, further, then,
next.
anubandha = (m) result, effect * = m. binding, connection, attachment;
encumbrance; clog; uninterrupted succession; sequence, consequence, result;
intention, design; motive, cause; obstacle; inseparable adjunct or sign of
anything, secondary or symptomatic affection (supervening on the principal
disease); an indicatory letter or syllable attached to roots, &c. (marking some
peculiarity in their inflection; e.g. an {i} attached to roots, denotes the
insertion of a nasal before their final consonant); a child or pupil who
imitates an example set by a parent or preceptor; commencement, beginning;
anything small or little, a part, a small part; (in arithm.) the junction of
fractions; (in phil.) an indispensable element of the Vedânta; ({I}) f. hickup
L.; thirst L.
anubandhaM = of future bondage
anubandhiini = bound
anubandhe = at the end
anudars'ana * = n. consideration , regard.
anudars'in * = mfn. considering , foreseeing.
aNuubhâva * = m. the becoming an atom Nir.
anubhava* = m. perception, apprehension, fruition; understanding; impression on
the mind not derived from memory; experience, knowledge derived from personal
observation or experiment; result, consequence.
anubhaava * = m. sign or indication of a feeling ({bhAva}) by look or gesture
Kpr. &c.; dignity, authority, consequence; firm opinion, ascertainment, good
resolution, belief.
anubudh* = to awake; to recollect; to learn (by infurmation): Caus.
{-bodhayati}, to communicate, to remind, Sâk.
aNuubhuu * = to become minute or atomic.
anubhuu * = to enclose, embrace ChUp.; to be after, attain, equal RV. &c.; to be
useful, to help S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.; to turn or incline to RV. x, 147, 1 [36,3]; to
notice, perceive, understand; to experience, to attempt.
anubhuj * = to suffer the consequence of one's actions ; to enjoy successively
Kum. ; to enjoy, participate ; to pass (an asterism) BhP.
anubhuu * = mfn. perceiving, understanding (ifc.)
anubhuuta *= perceived, understood, apprehended; resulted, followed as a
consequeuce; that has experienced, tasted, tried or enjoyed
anubhUti *= f. perception; knowledge from any source but memory; (in phil.)
knowledge gained by means of the four Pramânas (perception by the senses,
inference, comparison, and verbal authority); dignity, consequence.
anubhUta* = mfn. perceived, understood, apprehended; resulted, followed as a
consequeuce; that has experienced, tasted, tried or enjoyed.
anubhUtiprakAza *= m. N. of a metrical paraphrase of the twelve principal
Upanishads by Vidyâranya-muni.
anubhUtisvarUpAcArya *= m. N. of the author of the grammar Sârasvatî-prakriyâ.
anubhUya *= ind. having experienced.
anucar *= to walk or move after or along ; to follow, pursue, seek after ; to
follow out, adhere to, attend ; to behave: Caus. %{-cArayati}, to let or cause
to traverse: Intens. p. %{-carcUrya4mANa}, continuing following RV. x, 124, 9.
anucara *= mf(%{I4})n. following, attending ; (%{a4s}) m. companion, follower,
servant ; (%{I4}, rarely %{A}) f. a female attendant.
anucaritam V*= character, life story, characteristics, activities, pastimes
anuchaaraya = (causative of anu+car) follow
anuchintayan.h = constantly thinking of
anudarshanaM = observing * = n. consideration, regard.
anudinaM = daily
anuddishya = having targetted or aimed at
anudvignamanaaH = without being agitated in mind
anudvegakaraM = not agitating
anuga *= mf(%{A4})n. going after, following, corresponding with, adapted to ; a
companion ; a follower, a servant ; (ifc.) followed by ; (%{A}) f. N. of an
Apsaras.
anugaa *= 1. to go after, follow ; to act in conformity to, or according to the
wishes of RV.
anugata * = mfn. followed by, having anything (as a skin) hanging behind;
following; a follower; acquired; extinguished; tallying with; (%{am}) n.
moderate time (in music).
anugiitaa* = f. `" an after-song "'N. of part of the fourteenth book of the
Mahâbhârata (chaps. 16-92).
anugraha * = m. favour, kindness, showing favour, conferring benefits, promoting
or furthering a good object; assistance; facilitating by incantations;
rear-guard; N. of the eighth or fifth creation VP.
anugrihiita * = mfn. favoured, obliged.
anuja * mfn. born after, later, younger; m. a younger brother, a cadet; the
plant Trâyamâna; ({am}) n. the plant Prapaundarika; ({A}) f. a younger sister
TS.
anujñaa* = 1 to permit, grant, allow, consent; to excuse, forgive; to authorize;
to allow one to depart, dismiss, bid farewell to; to entreat; to behave kindly:
Caus. %{-jJApayati}, to request, ask permission, ask for leave to depart, to
take leave: Desid. %{-jijJAsati} or %{-te}, to wish to allow or permit Pa1n2.
1-3, 58.//2 f. assent, assenting, permission; leave to depart; allowance made
for faults; an order or command.
anujan * = cl. 4. Â. {-jAyate}, to follow in being born or produced or arising;
to take after (one's parents) Ragh.
anu-janman * = {A} m. a younger brother, younger.
anu-janam * = ind. according to people, popularly.
anujiivin* = mfn. living by or upon; dependent; (%{I}) m. a dependent, follower;
N. of a crow Pan5cat.
anujiivisaatkrita * = mfn. made wholly subservient Kir.
anujñaa *= 1 to permit, grant, allow, consent ; to excuse, forgive ; to
authorize ; to allow one to depart, dismiss, bid farewell to ; to entreat ; to
behave kindly: Caus. %{-jJApayati}, to request, ask permission, ask for leave to
depart, to take leave: Desid. %{-jijJAsati} or %{-te}, to wish to allow or
permit Pa1n2. 1-3, 58. \\ 2 f. assent, assenting, permission ; leave to depart ;
allowance made for faults ; an order or command.
anukalpa * = m. permission to adopt an alternative or substitute (e.g. instead
of Kus3a grass you may use Du1rba1) Mn. &c.
anukamp * = to sympathize with, compassionate
anukampaka * = m. `" sympathizer "'N. of a king; (mfn.) ifc. sympathizing with,
compassionating.
anukampana * n. sympathy, compassion.
anu-kampanIya * = mfn. pitiable.
anukampita * mfn. compassionated
anukampin * = mfn. sympathizing with.
anukampya * = mfn. pitiable, worthy of sympathy m. an ascetic L., expeditious
(explained by {tarasvin}, perhaps for {tapasvin}) L.
anukampaarthaM = to show special mercy
anukaroti = (1 pp) to follow, to mimic, to ape, to emulate
anukaari = like
anukrama *= m. succession, arrangement, order, method ; an index showing the
successive contents of a book ; (%{am}) or (%{eNa}) or (%{At}) ind. in due
order.
anukramaNa *= n. proceeding methodically or in order ; following.
anukramaNI *= f. a table or chapter of contents, index to a collection of Vedic
hymns (giving the first word of each hymn, the number of verses, name and family
of poets, names of deities and metres).
anukramaNikA *= or f. a table or chapter of contents, index to a collection of
Vedic hymns (giving the first word of each hymn, the number of verses, name and
family of poets, names of deities and metres).
anukuula * = mf(%{A})n. following the bank (%{kUla}) or slope or declivity;
according to the current AV.; favourable, agreeable; conformable to; friendly,
kind, well-disposed; m. a faithful or kind and obliging husband; (%{A}) f.
Croton Polyandrum; N. of a metre; (%{am}) n. (in poetry) narrative of calamity
leading finally to happiness.
anulipta = smeared
anulepanaM = smeared with
anuloma = with the grain, naturally* = mf({A})n. `" with the hair or grain "'
(opposed to {prati-loma} q.v.), in a natural direction, in order, regular,
successive; conformable; ({A}) f. a woman of a lower caste than that of the mañs
with whom she is connected Yâjñ.; ({As}) m. `" descendants of an anulomâ "',
mixed castes, (g. {upakA7di} q.v.); ({a4m}) ind. in regular order S'Br. &c.
anumaana *= 1 m. permission, consent TBr. Ka1t2h. / 2 n. the act of inferring or
drawing a conclusion from given premises; inference, consideration, reflection;
guess,
anumaatuM = to guess
anumaanaat.h = (ablat.)from guessing or induction
anuman *= to approve, assent to, permit, grant: Caus. P. %{-mAnayati}, to ask
for permission or leave, ask for (acc.) Ya1jn5.; to honour. conjecture; one of
the means of obtaining true knowledge (see %{pramANa}).
anumantR *= mfn. consenting to, permitting TBr. &c.
anumantr *= to accompany with or consecrate by magic formulas; to dismiss with a
blessing.
anumantraNa *= n. consecration by hymns and prayers.
anumantraNamantra *= m. a hymn used in consecrating.
anumantrita *= mfn. so consecrated.
anumantaa = permitter
anumati = (f) permission * = f. assent, permission, approbation; personified as
a goddess RV. AV. &c.; the fifteenth day of the moon's age (on which it rises
one digit less than full, when the gods or manes receive oblations with favour);
also personified as a goddess VP., oblation made to this goddess.
anumata* = mfn. approved, assented to, permitted, allowed, agreeable, pleasant;
loved, beloved; concurred with, being of one opinion; ({am}) n. consent,
permission, approbation; ({e}) loc. ind. with consent of.
anumati* = f. assent, permission, approbation; personified as a goddess RV. AV.
&c.; the fifteenth day of the moon's age (on which it rises one digit less than
full, when the gods or manes receive oblations with favour); also personified as
a goddess VP., oblation made to this goddess. anumIyamAna* = mfn. Pass. p. being
inferred
anumeya mfn. to be measured AV. vi, 137, 2; inferable, to be inferred, proved or
conjectured.
anumita * = mfn. inferred, conjectured.
anumimaana * = mfn. p. A1. concluding, inferring.
anumoda * = m. a subsequent pleasure, the feeling of pleasure from sympathy.
anumodaka * = mf(%{ikA})n. assenting, showing sympathetic joy.
anumodana * = n. pleasing, causing pleasure, applauding ; assent, acceptance ;
sympathetic joy.
anumodita* = mfn. pleased, delighted, applauded; agreeable, acceptable.
anumR * to follow in death
anumRgyadAzu * = mfn. granting all that is sought.
anumRgya * mfn. ( {mRg}), to be sought after
anumRtA * f. the woman who burns with a part of her husband's dress.
anumRj * = to rub lengthways for polishing or cleaning AV. S'Br. &c. Intens.
part. {-ma4rmRjAna}, stretching (the arms) repeatedly towards RV. x, 142, 5.
anumRz * =to grasp, seize RV. &c.; to consider, think of, reflect: Caus.
{-marzayati}, to touch or take hold of for the sake of examining Kâthh.
anuniita * = mfn. disciplined, taught ; obtained ; respected ; pleased, pacified
; humbly entreated.
anuniniishu * = mfn. desirous of conciliating.
anupaa* = 1 1. to drink after or there upon, follow in drinking, drink at; Caus.
(Pot. {-pAya4yet}) to cause to drink afterwards S'Br. [35, 2] \\* = 2 2. Caus.
P. Â. {-pAlayati}, {-te}, to preserve, keep, cherish; to wait for, expect.
anuupa* = mfn. (fr. 2. {a4p} q.v., with {anu}), situated near the water, watery
L.; ({a4s}) m. a watery country Mn. &c.; pond RV.; bank of a river; a buffalo
(cf. {AnUpa}) L.; N. of a Riishi, teacher of the Sâma-veda.
anupakaariNe = irrespective of return
anupalabdha * = mfn. unobtained, unperceived, unascertained.
anupashyati = one tries to see through authority
anupashyanti = can see
anupas'aanta *= mfn. not calm ; m. N. of a Buddhist mendicant.
anupas'aya *= m. any aggravating circumstance (in a disease).
anupashyaami = do I foresee
anuprapannaaH = following
anuprikta: = mfn. mixed with MBh.
anupuurva* = mf({A})n. regular, orderly, in successive order from the preceding;
({a4m}) ind. in regular order, from the first RV. &c.; ({eNa}) ind. in regular
order or succession, from the first, from the beginning, from above downwards.
anupuurvya* = mfn. regular, orderly KâtyS'r.
anuraadhaa = Seventeenth nakshatra
anuraañ * = to be brilliant or shine in accordance with (said of corresponding
metres) RV.
anurajyate = is becoming attached
anurata * = a mfn. fond of, attached to.
anurakta * mfn. fond of, attached, pleased; beloved.
anurañj * = to become red in imitation of ; to be attached or devoted: Caus. P.
%{-raJjayati}, to win, conciliate, gratify.
anurañjaka * = mf(%{ikA})n. attaching, conciliating.
anurañjana * = n. the act of attaching or conciliating affection, love ;
pleasing.
anurodha * = m. obliging or fulfilling the wishes (of any one) ; obligingness,
compliance ; consideration, respect ; reference or bearing of a rule.
anuruupa * = mfn. following the form, conformable, corresponding, like, fit,
suitable; adapted to, according to; m. the Antistrophe which has the same metre
as the Stotriya or Strophe; the second of three verses recited together; (%{am})
n. conformity, suitability; (%{am}, %{eNa}) ind. ifc. conformably, according.
anus'aasana * = n. instruction, direction, command, precept RV. x, 32, 7, &c.
anushakta *= mfn. closely connected with , supplied from something preceding.
anus'am * = to become calm after or in consequence of BhP.
anus'aMs* = to recite or praise after another TS. &c.; (Ved. Inf. (dat.)
%{anu-za4se}) to join in praising RV. v, 50, 2.
anusavanam * = ind. at every sacrifice TBr. &c.; constantly BhP.
anuzaya * = m. close connection as with a consequence, close attachment to any
object; (in phil.) the consequence or result of an act (which clings to it and
causes the soul after enjoying the temporary freedom from transmigration to
enter other bodies); repentance, regret; hatred; ancient or intense enmity;
(%{I}) f. a4 disease of the feet, a boil or abscess on the upper part; a boil on
the head.
anusev * = to practise, observe.
anusevin* = mfn. practising, observing, habitually addicted to.
anushaasitaaraM = the controller
anus'ayin * = mfn. having the consequence of an act, connected as with a
consequence; devotedly attached to, faithful; repentant, penitent, regretful,
sorry for; hating deeply.
31 anus'aayin mfn. lying or extending along Nir.
anushushruma = I have heard by disciplic succession
anushochanti = lament
anushochituM = to lament
anushhajjate = one necessarily engages
anushhTup.h = the format's name
anushhThana = (n) performance, execution
anusantataani = extended
anusaraNa* = n. following, going after; tracking, conformity to, consequence of;
custom, habit, usage.
anusaara = following, customary(masc)
anus'aasana * = n. instruction, direction, command, precept
anus'aya m. close connection as with a consequence, close attachment to any
object; (in phil.) the consequence or result of an act (which clings to it and
causes the soul after enjoying the temporary freedom from transmigration to
enter other bodies); repentance, regret; hatred; ancient or intense enmity;
({I}) f. a4 disease of the feet, a boil or abscess on the upper part; a boil on
the head.
anusmara = go on remembering
anusmaran.h = remembering
anusmaret.h = always thinks of
anusuu * = {Us} m. N. of wk., Pân Comm.
anu-suucaka * = mf({ikA})n. ( {sUc}), indicative of, pointing out.
anu-suucana * = n. pointing out, indication.
anu-suupam * = ind. in every condiment.
anusvaaraH = the accompanying sound or letter ( the letter form `.n' `M'?)
anutishhThanti = regularly perform
anuttamaM = the finest
anuttamaaM = the highest
anusvaara* = m. ( {svR}), aftersound, the nasal sound which is marked by a dot
above the line, and which always belongs to a preceding vowel.
anuvarN* = to mention, describe, recount; to praise.
anuvaada* = m. saying after or again, repeating by way of explanation,
explanatory repetition or reiteration with corroboration or illustration,
explanatory reference to anything already said; translation; a passage of the
Brâhmanas which explains or illustrates a rule ({vidhi}) previously propounded
(such a passage is sometimes called {anuvAda-vacana}); confirmation Nir.;
slander, reviling L.
anuvaaram* = ind. time after time.
anuvartanIya* = mfn. to be followed; to be supplied from a previous rule.
anuvartin* = mfn. following, compliant, obedient, resembling.
anuvartitva* = n. the state of being so.
anuvartman* =mfn. following attending AV. &c.; ({a}) n. a path previously walked
by another BhP.
anuvartitR* = {tA} m. a wooer RV. x, 109, 2.
anuvartana* = &c. see {anu-vRt}.
anuvartana* = n. obliging, serving or gratifying another; compliance, obedience;
following, attending; concurring; consequence, result; continuance; supplying
from a previous rule.
anuvartate = follows in the footsteps
anuvartante = would follow
anuvartayati = adopt
anuvaadaM = translation
anuvaadya = having translated
anuvelam * = ind. now and then.
anuvidhiiyate = becomes constantly engaged
anuvrata *= mfn. devoted to , faithful to , ardently attached to (with gen. or
acc.)
anuvri * = to cover, KaushBr. &c.; to surround: Caus. Â. {-vArayate}, to hinder,
prevent.
anuvritta * = mfn. following, obeying, complying; rounded off; ({am}) n.
obedience, conformity, compliance.
anuvritti * = f. following, acting suitably to, having regard or respect to,
complying with, the act of continuance; (in Pânini's Gr.) continued course or
influence of a preceding rule on what follows; reverting to; imitating, doing or
acting in like manner.
anuvrit * = Â. to go after; to follow, pursue; to follow from a previous rule,
be supplied from a previous sentence; to attend; to obey, respect, imitate; to
resemble; to assent; to expect; Caus. P. {-vartayati}, to roll after or forward;
to follow up, carry out; to supply.
anuvrit * = mfn. walking after, following MaitrS. PBr.
anuyaayinaH = followers
anuyaajaanumantraNa *= reciting those formulas Ka1tyS3r.
anuuchaanaM = (teacher?)
aNva * = n. fine interstice or hole in the strainer used for the Soma juice RV
anvA * (for 2. {anu-vA} q.v.), blowing after TândyaBr. GopBr.
anaavrishthi* = f. want of rain, drought.
anvaham * = ind. day after day, every day.
anvashochaH = you are lamenting
anvaya = Family *= m. ( %{i} see %{anv-i}), following, succession [46,2] ;
connection, association, being linked to or concerned with ; the natural order
or connection of words in a sentence, syntax, construing ; logical connection of
words ; logical connection of cause and effect, or proposition and conclusion ;
drift, tenor, purport ; descendants, race, lineage, family.
anvayavat * mfn. having a connection (as a consequence), following, agreeing
with; belonging to race or family; ({vat}) ind. in connection with, in the sight
of Mn. viii, 332.
anvayavyatireka * n. agreement and contrariety; a positive and negative
proposition; species and difference; rule and exception; logical connection and
disconnection.
anvayavyaapti * = f. an affirmative argument.
anvayin * mfn. connected (as a consequence); belonging to the same family
anvayitva * = n. the state of being a necessary consequence.
anvetave * = &c. see %{anv-i}.
anvi * = to go after or alongside, to follow; to seek; to be guided by; to fall
to one's share RV. iv, 4, 11; Ved. Inf. %{a4nv-etave} to reach or join [BR.], to
imitate [Gmn.] RV. vii, 33, 8; %{a4nv-etavai4}, to go along (with acc.) RV. i,
24, 8; vii, 44, 5.
anvish* = 3. cl. 1. P. %{-icchati}, to desire, seek, seek after, search, aim, at
AV. &c.: cl. 4. P. %{-iSyati} id. R. &c., Caus. %{-eSayati} id. Mr2icch. &c.
anvishtha * = or mfn. sought, required.
anviiksh* = to follow with one's looks, to keep looking or gazing AV. &c.; to
keep in view S'Br.
anvichchha = try for
anvIkshaa* = f. examining, inquiry Comm. on Nyâyad. [47, 3]; meditation BhP.
anviikshaNa* = n. or exa mining, inquiry Comm. on Nyâyad. [47, 3]
anviikshaa* = f. exa mining, inquiry Comm. on Nyâyad. [47, 3]; meditation BhP.
anviikshitavya* = mfn. to be kept in view or in mind S'Br.
aanviikshikI* = f. (fr. {anv-IkSA}), logic, logical philosophy, metaphysics MBh.
Mn. Gaut. &c
anvita * = mfn. gone along with; joined, attended, accompanied by, connected
with, linked to; having as an essential or inherent part, endowed with,
possessed of, possessing; acquired; reached by the mind, understood; following;
connected as in grammar or construction.\\ %{anv-ita} q.v. Ba1lar. Kir.
anvitaaH = absorbed, * gone along with, joined, attended, accompanied
anveshhaNam.h = (n) search, exploration
anya = other person * = 1 (3) n. inexhaustibleness (as of the milk of cows) AV.
xii, 1, 4 (cf. %{a4nyA}.).// 2 %{as}, %{A}, %{at}, other, different; other than,
different from, opposed to (abl. or in comp.); another; another person; one of a
number; %{anya@anya} or %{eka@anya}, the one, the other; %{anyac@ca}, and
another, besides, moreover [cf. Zd. {anya}; Armen. {ail}; Lat. {alius}; Goth.
{aljis}, Theme {alja}; Gk. $ &13802[45,2] for $; cf. also $].
anyaM = other
anyaH = another
anyatama * = mfn. any one of many, either, any.
anyat.h = other
anyatra = somewhere else
anyathaa = other *= ind. otherwise, in a different manner (with %{atas},
%{itas}, or %{tatas} = in a manner different from this; %{anyathA@anyathA}, in
one way, in another way); inaccurately, untruly, falsely, erroneously; from
another motive; in the contrary case, otherwise [cf. Lat. {aliuta}].
anyayaa = by the other
anyaaM = another
anyaan.h = others
anyaani = different
anyaayena = illegally
anye = others
anyena = by another
anyebhyaH = from others
anyaiH = by others
anyonya = mutual
apa* = ind. (as a prefix to nouns and verbs, expresses) away, off, back (opposed
to %{u4pa}, %{a4nu}, %{sam}, %{pra}); down (opposed to %{ud}).
apaada* = mfn. not divided into Pâdas not metrical.
apaadaa* = 1. Â. to take off or away S'Br. Kaus'.
apaana = one of the vital airs, controls the elimination of bodily wastes* = m.
(opposed to %{prA7Na4}), that of the five vital airs which goes downwards and
out at the anus; the anus MBh. (in this sense also (%{am}) n. L.); N. of a
Sa1man PBr.; ventris crepitus L.
apaanaM = the air going downward
apaane = in the air which acts downward
apaapo = without sins
apaaraa = one who has no limits
apaara* = mfn. not having an opposite shore TS.; not having a shore, unbounded,
boundless (applied to the earth, or to heaven and earth, [{ro4dasI}], &c.) RV.
&c.; m. `" not the opposite bank "', the bank on this side (of a river) MBh.
viii, 2381; ({am}) n. (in Sânkhya phil.) `" a bad shore "', `" the reverse of
{pAra} "', a kind of mental indifference or acquiescence; the reverse of mental
acquiescence L.; the boundless sea.
apaatrebhyaH = to unworthy persons
apaartha* = mfn. without any object, useless; unmeaning BhP. &c.; ({am}) n.
incoherent argument
apaarthaka * =mfn. useless
apaavrita* = mfn. open, laid open RV. i, 57, 1, &c.; covered L.; unrestrained,
self willed
apaavritaM = wide open
apaaya* = see %{ape7}.
apaaya* = m. going away, departure; destruction, death, annihilation; injury,
loss; misfortune, evil, calamity.
apaayaya *V = to (breast)-feed
apaayinaH = disappearing
apachii = to decrease
apaciti 1 f. honouring, reverence S3is3.\\ 2 f. loss L.; expense L.; N. of a
daughter of Mari1ci VP.; (for 3. %{a4pa-citi} see below.) \\ 3 3 f. (= $, 3.
%{ci}), compensation, either recompense [TS. &c.] or retaliation, revenge,
punishing RV. iv, 28, 4, &c.
apada* = n. no place, no abode AV.; the wrong place or time Kathâs. &c.; (mfn.),
footless Pañcat.
apades'a *= m. assigning, pointing out Ka1tyS3r.; pretence, feint, pretext,
disguise, contrivance; the second step in a syllogism (i.e. statement of the
reason); a butt or mark L.; place, quarter L.
apahaa 1 2. A1. %{-jihIte} (aor. 3. pl. %{-ahAsata} Subj. 1. pl. %{-hAsmahi}),
to run away from (abl.) or off RV.\\ 2 3. A1. (aor. Subj. 2. sg. %{-hAsthAH}) to
remain behind, fall short, not reach the desired end AV. xviii, 3, 73: Pass.
%{-hIyate}, to grow less, decrease (in strength, %{balam}) Sus3r.
apaharaNa = stealing
apahartaaraM = the remover]destroyer
apahnava *= m. concealment , denial of or turning off of the truth ;
dissimulation , appeasing , satisfying S3Br. ; affection , love R. ; =
%{apa-hnuti} Sa1h.
apahrita = stolen
apahritachetasaaM = bewildered in mind
apaishunaM = aversion to fault-finding
apakaara * = m. wrong, offence, injury, hurt; despise, disdain.
apakarsha * = m. drawing or dragging off or down, detraction, diminution, decay;
lowering, depression; decline, inferiority, infamy; anticipation Nyâyam.; (in
poetry) anticipation of a word occurring later.
apa-karsha-sama * = {as}, {A} mf. a sophism in the Nyâya (e.g. `" sound has not
the quality of shape as a jar has, therefore sound and a jar have no qualities
in common "').
apa-karshaka * = mf({ikA})n. drawing down, detracting (with gen.) Sâh.
apakri = to harm
apalaayanaM = not fleeing
apamaa = comparison
apamaanayoH = and dishonor
apanaya* = m. leading away, taking away; bad policy, bad or wicked conduct.
apanayana* = n. taking away, withdrawing; destroying, healing; acquittance of a
debt.
apanudyaat.h = can drive away
apaNDita = someone who is not a scholar
apara = other* = 1 mfn. having nothing beyond or after, having no rival or
superior.* =2 mf({A})n. (fr. {a4pa}), posterior, later, latter (opposed to
{pU4rva}; often in comp.); following; western; inferior, lower (opposed to
{pa4ra}); other, another (opposed to {sva4}); different (with abl.); being in
the west of; distant, opposite. Sometimes {apara} is used as a conjunction to
connect words or sentences e.g. {aparaM-ca}, moreover; m. the hind foot of an
elephant S'is'.; ({A}) f. the west L.; the hind quarter of an elephant L.; the
womb L.; ({I4}) f. (used in the pl.) or ({a4m}) [RV. vi, 33, 5] n. the future
RV. S'Br.; ({a4param} [AV.] or {apara4m} [RV.]) ind. in future, for the future;
({aparam}) ind. again, moreover PârGri. Pañcat.; in the west of (abl.) KâtyS'r.;
({eNa}) ind. (with acc.) behind, west, to the west of KâtyS'r. [cf. Goth. and
Old Germ. {afar}, and the Mod. Germ. {aber}, in such words as {Aber-mal},
{Aber-witz}].
aparaM = junior
apararaatra = (m) dawn
aparaspara = without cause
aparaa = lower
aparaadha* = m. offence, transgression, fault; mistake; %{aparAdhaM} 1: %{kR},
to offend any one (gen.)
aparaardhya* = mfn. without a maximum, unlimited in number Âs'vS'r. [50,3]
aparaja* = mfn. born later VS.
aparajana* = sg. or pl. m. inhabitants of the west GopBr. KâtyS'r.
aparatra* = ind. in another place; ({eka-tra}, {aparatra}, in one place, in the
other place Pân. 6-1, 194 Sch.)
aparatva* = n. = {-tA} q.v.
aparasad* = mfn. being seated behind PBr. -2.
aparaajitaH = who had never been vanquished
aparaajiita = Unconquered
aparaajita:* = mf({A})n. unconquered, unsurpassed RV. &c.; m. a poisonous insect
Sus'r.; Vishnu; S'iva; one of the eleven Rudras Hariv.; a class of divinities
(constituting one portion of the so-called Anuttara divinities of the Jainas);
N. of a serpent-demon MBh.; of a son of Kriishna BhP.; of a mythical sword
Kathâs.; ({A}) f. (with {diz}) the northeast quarter AitBr. &c.; Durgâ; several
plants, Clitoria Ternatea, Marsilea Quadrifolia, Sesbania AEgyptiaca; a species
of the S'arkari metre (of four lines, each containing fourteen syllables).
aparaaNi = others
aparaan.h = others
apare = others
aparigraha = abstention from greed, non-possessiveness
aparigrahaH = free from the feeling of possessiveness
aparimeyaM = immeasurable
aparihaarye = of that which is unavoidable
aparyaaptaM = immeasurable
apasada * = m. the children of six degrading marriages (of a Brâhman with the
women of the three lower classes, of a Kshatriya with women of the two lower,
and of a Vais'ya with one of the S'ûdra Mn. x, 10 seqq., but cf. MBh. xiii, 2620
seqq. and {apadhvaMsa-ja}), an outcast (often ifc.; see {brAhmaNA7pasada}).
apashyat.h = he could see
apas'ya *= mfn. not seeing RV. i , 148 , 5.
apaazyaa *= f. no great number of nooses or fetters Pa1n2. 6-2 , 156 Sch.
apas'yanaa *= f. not seeing Buddh.
apas'yat *= mfn. id. RV. x , 135 , 3 ; (in astron.) not being in view of VarBr2.
; not noticing ; not considering , not caring for Ya1jn5. ii , 3.
apâs'raya * = 2 m. the upper portion of a bed or couch on which the head rests
Das3.; refuge, recourse, the person or thing to which recourse is had for
refuge; an awning spread over a court or yard R. v, 11, 19.
apatya = Progeny
apathham.h = read
apathu * = mfn. not clever, awkward, uncouth; ineloqueut; sick, diseased L.
a-pattra * = mfn. leafless; ({A}) f. N. of a plant.
a-patnika * = mfn. not having a wife AitBr. KâtyS'r.; where the wife is not
present KâtyS'r.
apa-trap * = to be ashamed or bashful, turn away the face.
apa-tras * = (impf. 3. pl. {-atrasan}) to flee from in terror RV. x, 95, 8 MBh.
apa-trasta * = mfn. (ifc. or with abl.) afraid of, fleeing or retiring from in
terror Pân. 2-1, 38.
a-pathin * = {-nthAs} m. absence of road Pân. 5-4, 72.
apaurusha* n. unmanliness; superhuman power; (mfn.), unmanly; superhuman. [57,
1]
apavarga = heaven, liberation: m. completion, end (e.g. {paJcA7pavarga}, coming
to an end in five days) KâtyS'r. &c.; the emancipation of the soul from bodily
existence, exemption from further transmigration; final beatitude BhP. &c.;
gift, donation Âs'vS'r.; restriction (of a rule) Sus'r. S'ulb.
apavaada = exceptional
apaviddha* = mfn. pierced; thrown away, rejected, dismissed, removed.
apavighnaH = without obstacles
apayaa* = to go away, depart, retire from (abl.).; to fall off: Caus.
%{-yApayati}, to carry away by violence BhP.
apeksh * = ( %{IkS}), to look away, to look round AV. S3Br. ; to have some
design ; to have regard to, to respect ; to look for, wait for ; to expect, hope
; to require, have an eye to Sa1h. ; with %{na}, not to like Katha1s.
apekshaa = (f) expectation, hope * = f. looking round or about, consideration
of, reference, regard to (in comp.; rarely loc.); dependence on, connection of
cause with effect or of individual with species; looking for, expectation, hope,
need, requirement; ({ayA}) ind. with regard to (in comp.)
apeta* = *V bereft of *= mfn. escaped, departed, gone, having retired from, free
from (abl. or in comp.)
aphala = one without fruit
aphalaprepsunaa = by one without desire for fruitive result
aphalaakaankshibhiH = by those devoid of desire for result
apavad* = P. to revile, abuse TBr. &c.; to distract, divert, console by tales
Pa1rGr2. Ya1jn5.; (in Gr.) to except RPra1t.; (A1. only) to disown, deny,
contradict Pa1n2. 1-3, 77 Sch.: Caus. %{-vAdayati}, to oppose as unadvisable; to
revile; (in Gr.) to except RPra1t.
apavAda* = m. evil speaking, reviling, blaming, speaking ill of (gen.); denial,
refutation, contradiction; a special rule setting aside a general one, exception
(opposed to %{utsarga} Pa1n2. 3-1, 94 Sch.) RPra1t. Pa1n2. Sch.; order, command
Kir.; a peculiar noise made by hunters to entice deer S3is3. vi, 9.
api = also, * = Meaning is often used to express emphasis, in the sense of even,
also, very; e.g. {anyad api}, also another, something more; {adyA7pi}, this very
day, even now; {tathA7pi}, even thus, notwithstanding; {yady api}, even if,
although; {yadyapi tathA7pi}, although, nevertheless; {na kadAcid api}, never at
any time: sometimes in the sense of but, only, at least e.g. {tam api}, only a
moment.\\* = Meaning may be affixed to an interrogative to make it indefinite,
e.g. {ko 'pi}, any one; {kutrA7pi}, anywhere.\\Meaning imparts to numerals the
notion of totality e.g. {caturNam api varNAnAm}, of all the four
castes.\\Meaning may be interrogative at the beginning of a sentence.\\Meaning
may strengthen the original force of the Potential, or may soften the
Imperative, like the English `" be pleased to "'; sometimes it is a mere
expletive.\\Meaning `" even then "', nevertheless, notwithstanding S'ak. (v.l.)
Bhartri. Prab. Sinha7s.
apihita * = mfn. put to, placed into RV. ; shut, covered, concealed RV. &c. (cf.
%{pi-hita})
a4pI * = Meaning 2 ( {i}), (Ved.) {a4py-eti}, to go in or near; to enter into or
upon; to come near, approach (also in copulation RV. ii, 43, 2 ind. p.
{apI74tyA}); to partake, have a share in; to join to pour out (as a river).
apiiDA* = f. id.; ({ayA}) ind. not unwillingly.
apohanaM = forgetfulness
apoha* = m. pushing away, removing; (in disputation) reasoning, arguing,
denying.
apo7hana* = f. id.; \\ apohanIya* = mfn. to be taken away, or removed, or
expiated.
apraaptat.h = uttained, obtained
apraapya = failing to attain
apraamaamaaNya = Unjustified
aprakaashaH = darkness
apramaaNa *= n. a rule which is no standard of action MBh. S3a1k. &c. ; (in
discussion) a statement of no importance or authority.
apramaaNavid *= mfn. incapable of weighing evidence BhP.
apramatta* = mfn. not careless, careful, attentive, vigilant S'Br. &c.
aprameya * = mfn. immeasurable, unlimited, unfathomable Mn. i, 3 and xii, 94,
&c.; not to be proved.
aprameyAnubhAva * = mfn. of unlimited might.
aprameyAtman* = m. `" of inscrutable spirit "'N. of S3iva.
apratigha * = mfn. ( %{han}), not to be kept off, not to be vanquished Mn. xii,
28, &c
apratimaprabhaava = O immeasurable power
apratishhThaM = without foundation
apratishhThaH = without any position
apratiikaaraM = without being resistant
apradaaya = without offering
aprakaas'a *= mf(%{A})n. not shining , dark ; not visible , hidden , secret Mn.
; not manifest or evident ; (%{am}) ind. in secret Mn. viii , 351 ; m.
indistinctness , darkness Ragh. i , 68.
apramaaNa * =n. a rule which is no standard of action MBh. S'âk. &c.; (in
discussion) a statement of no importance or authority.
apramatta* =m mfn. not careless, careful, attentive, vigilant S'Br. &c.
aprameya = the ununderstandable, inscrutable * =immeasurable, unlimited,
unfathomable Mn. i, 3 and xii, 94, &c.; not to be proved.
aprameyaM = immeasurable
aprameyasya = immeasurable
apraapya 1 mfn. unobtainable MBh. &c.; superl.// 2 ind. p. not having obtained;
not reaching.
apratarkya * = mfn. not to be discussed L.; incomprehensible by reason,
undefinable Mn. i, 5 & xii, 29 BhP. &c. [57,3]
aprati* = mfn. without opponents, irresistible RV. BhP.; (%{I}) n. irresistibly
RV. vii, 83, 4 and 99, 5 AV.; (%{A4}) ind. see s.v. above. -1.
apravrittiH = inactivity
aprasan'ga *= m. (in Nya1ya phil.) want of connection with ; non-applicability
Ka1tyS3r.
aprithivyoH = to the earth
apriyaM = the unpleasant
apriyaH = and the undesirable
apsaras* =m {As} [RV. AV.&c.], or {ap-sarA4} [AV. &c.], f. (fr. 2. {a4p} +
{sR}), `" going in the waters or between the waters of the clouds "', a class of
female divinities (sometimes called `" nymphs "'; they inhabit the sky, but
often visit the earth; they are the wives of the Gandharvas (q.v.) and have the
faculty of changing their shapes at will; they are fond of the water; one of
their number, Rambhâ, is said to have been produced at the churning of the
ocean).
apsu = in water
apuNya = vice
apunaraavrittiM = to liberation
apUryamANam* - mfn. not getting full Ka1tyS3r.
apushhpa = one without flowers
apya* = (2, 3) mf({a4pyA}; once {a4pI} RV. vi, 67, 9)n. being in water, coming
from water, connected with water RV. (cf. 3. {A4pya}).
apya* = 1 mfn. to be reached, obtainable S'Br.; ({am}) n. confederation,
alliance, relationship, friendship RV. ii, 29, 3, &c.; a friend RV. vii, 15, 1;
(for 2. {Apya} see p. 144, col. 1.)
apyaya* = m. joint, juncture Kaus3. S3ulb. ; pouring out (of a river) PBr.,
entering into, vanishing (the contrary of %{prabhava} or %{utpatti}) Up. &c.
(cf. %{svA7pyaya4}.) [56,1]
apyayau = disappearance
apyayana * = n. union, copulating L.
araNyam.h = (n) jungle, forest
araNya* = n. (fr. 1. {a4raNa}; fr. {R} Un.), a foreign or distant land RV. i,
163, 11 and vi, 24, 10; a wilderness, desert, forest AV. VS. &c.; m. the tree
also called Kathphala L.; N. of a son of the Manu Raivata Hariv. 434; of a
Sâdhya ib. 11536; of a teacher (disciple of Priithvidhara).
araNyaka*= n. a forest Yâjñ. iii, 192, the plant Melia Sempervirens L.
aratiH = being without attachment
araagadveshhataH = without love or hatred
arbha*: little, small, unimportant; child, boy // ruins, rubbish, often ifc. in
names of old villages half or entirely gone to ruin
arbhaka = small
arbuda *= m. Ved. a serpent-like demon (conquered by Indra, a descendant of
Kadru1 therefore called Ka1draveya S3Br. AitBr.; said to be the author of RV. x,
94 RAnukr.) RV. &c.; (%{a4s}) m.id. RV.i, 51, 6 and x, 67, 12; (%{am}) n. N. of
the above-named hymn RV. x, 94 A1s3vS3r.; (%{as}, %{am}) m. n. a long round mass
(said especially of the shape of the foetus in the second half of the first
month [Nir. xiv, 6] or in the second month [Ya1jn5. iii, 75 and 89]); a
swelling, tumour, polypus Sus3r. &c.; (%{a4rbuda}), ri. (also m. L.) ten
millions VS. xvii, 2, &c.; (%{as}),m.N. of a mountain in the west of India
(commonly called Abu1, a place of pilgrimage of the Jainas, and celebrated for
its Jaina temples); m. pl.N. of a people VarBr2S. BhP. &c.
arbudarogaH = (m) cancer
archati = (1 pp) to worship
archituM = to worship
arcita * = mfn. honoured, worshipped, respected, saluted MBh. Mn. &c.; offered
with reverence, Mn iv, 213 ({an-} neg.) & 235 Yâjñ. i, 167
ardana * = mfn. moving restlessly Nir. vi, 3; ifc. ({janA7rdana}) disturbing,
distressing, tormenting R. BhP. &c.; annihilating, destroying BhP. (cf.
{mahISA7rdana}); ({as}) m. a N. of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1147; ({A}) f. request L.;
({am}) n. pain, trouble, excitement Sus'r.
ardani * = m. sickness, disease L.; asking, request L.; fire L.
ardha = half* = 1 m. Ved. side, part; place, region, country (cf. {a4py-ardham},
{abhy-ardha4}, {parA7rdha4}); [Lat. {ordo}; Germ. {ort}.] \\2 mfn. (m. pl.
{ardhe} or {ardhas} Pân. 1-1, 33) half. halved, forming a half [cf. Osset.
{ardag}]; {ardha4}.. {ardha4} (or {ni4ma}.. {ardha4} RV. x, 27 "' 18), one part,
the other part; ({a4s}, {a4m}) m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) the half. RV. vi, 30, 1, &c.;
({a4m}) n. `" one part of two "', with 1. {kR}, to give or leave to anybody
(acc.) an equal share of (gen.) RV. ii, 30, 5 and vi, 44, 18; a part, party RV.
iv, 32, 1 and vii, 18, 16; ({e}) loc. ind. in the middle, Sâk. ({ardha}) in
comp. with a subst. means `" the half part of anything "' [cf. Pân. 2-2, 2],
with an adj. or past Pass. p. [cf. Pân. 5-4, 5] `" half "'; also with an adj.
indicating measure [cf. Pân. vii, 3, 26 and 27]; a peculiar kind of compound is
formed with ordinals [cf. Pân. 1-1, 23 Comm.] e.g. {ardha-tRtIya}, containing a
half for its third, i.e. two and a half; {ardha-caturtha}, having a half for its
fourth, three and a half.)
ardhachandraasana = the half-moon posture
ardhanavaasana = the half-boat posture
ardhanaariinatheshvara = S'iva and his S'akti united as one
ardhanaariishvara = S'iva and his S'akti united as one
ardhanicholaH = (m) frock
ardhapadmaasana = the half-lotus posture
ardhamatsyendraasana = the half spinal-twist posture
ardana *= mfn. moving restlessly Nir. vi, 3; ifc. (%{janA7rdana}) disturbing,
distressing, tormenting R. BhP. &c.; annihilating, destroying BhP. (cf.
%{mahISA7rdana}); (%{as}) m. a N. of S3iva MBh. xiii, 1147; (%{A}) f. request
L.; (%{am}) n. pain, trouble, excitement Sus3r.
ardhashirshhaasana = the half headstand posture
ardhasarvaangaasana = the half-shoulderstand posture
ardhasalabhaasana = the half-locust posture
ardhoruka = (n) half-pant
ardhorukam.h = (n) half-pant, shortsarjana = obtaining
ardita * = asked, requested, begged L.; injured, pained, afflicted, tormented,
wounded; killed, destroyed ib.; ({am}) n. N. of a disease
argasiM = (f) pleasure
argha = value
arghya * = mfn. `" valuable "' see {an-arghya}, (g. {daNDA7di} q.v., `"
{argham-arhati} "') deserving a respectful reception (as a guest) PârGri. Yâjñ.
&c.; belonging to or used at the respectful reception of a guest Gobh. Yâjñ.
&c.; ({am}) n. (Pân. 5-4, 25) water offered at the respectful reception of a
guest Âs'vGri. &c., (probably for {Arghya} q.v.) a kind of honey L.
arha = deserving * = mf(%{A})n. meriting, deserving (praise or blame cf.
%{pUjA7rha}, %{nindA7rha}), worthy of. having a claim or being entitled to (acc.
or Inf. or in comp.); being required, obliged, allowed (with Inf.); becoming,
proper, fit (with gen. or ifc.) Pan5cat.; worth (in money), costing R., (cf.
%{satA7rha}, %{sahasrA7rha}), m. a N. of Indra L., (%{a}) f. or (%{ANi}) n. pl.
worship ChUp..
arhati = (1 pp) to deserve
arhaNa* = mfn. having a claim to, being entitled to (in comp.) BhP.; ({am}) n.
deserving, meriting Pân. 3-3, 111, worship, honour, treating any one (gen.) with
respect Mn. iii, 54 BhP.; a present of honour MBh. i, 130 BhP.; ({A}) f.
worship, honourN. Ragh. &c., ({arha4Na}), Ved. instr. ind. according to what is
due RV. i, 127, 6, x, 63, 4 and 92, 7.
arhasi = deserve
ari = enemies * = m. v.l. for {arin} below.
ari * =1 mfn. ( {R}), attached to faithful RV.; ({is}) m. a faithful or devoted
or pious man RV.\\=2 mfn. ( {rA}; = 1. {ari4}, assiduous, &c., Gnm.), not
liberal, envious, hostile RV. ({i4s}) m. an enemy RV. MBh. &c.; ({a4ris}), m.id.
AV. vii, 88, 1 and xiii, 1, 29, (in astron.) a hostile planet VarBriS.; N. of
the sixth astrological mansion ib. (in arithm.)the number six (cf. {arAti}); a
species of Khadira or Mimosa L.
arikta *= mfn. not empty Ka1tyS3r. BhP. ; not with empty hands S3a1n3khGr2. ;
abundant BhP. iv , 22 , 11.
arin * = %{i} n. `" having spokes "' , a wheel , discus BhP. Ra1matUp.
arin * = %{i} n. see %{ara}.
arinandana * = mfn. gratifying or affording triumph to an eneny Hit.
arinipaata * = m. invasion or incursion of enemies Hit.
arinuta * = mfn. praised even by enemies Bhat2t2.
aritaa * = f. or enmity
ari-bhaava = the sixth house in a Rashi or bhaava chart
arishhu = on enemies
arishtha* = mf({A}) n. unhurt RV. &c.; proof against injury or damage RV.;
secure, safe RV.; boding misfortune (as birds of ill omen, &c.), Adbh Br.
Hariv.; fatal, disastrous (as a house) R. ii, 42, 22; m. a heron L.; a crow L.;
the soapberry tree, Sapindus Detergens Roxb. (the fruits of which are used in
washing Yâjñ. i 186); cf. {arI STaka}; Azadirachta Indica R. ii, 94, 9; garlic
L.; a distilled mixture, a kind of liquor Sus'r.; N. of an Asura (with the shape
of an ox, son of Bali, slain by Kriishna or Vishnu) Hariv. BhP.; of a son of
Manu Vaivasvata VP. (v.l. for {deSTa}); ill-luck, misfortune (see {ariSTa} n.)
MBh. xii, 6573, ({A}), f. a bandage Sus'r.; a medical plant L.; N. of Durgâ
SkandaP.; N. of a daughter of Daksha and one of the wives of Kas'yapa Hariv.;
({am}) n. bad or ill-luck. misfortune; a natural phenomenon boding approaching
death; good fortune, happiness MBh. iv, 2126, buttermilk L.; vinous spirit L.; a
womañs apartment, the lying-in chamber (cf. {ariSTagriha} and {-zayyA} below) L.
arishhthanemiH = the appelation to Garuda?
arisuudana = O killer of the enemies
arjanaM = the earning or acquiring or acqusition
arjuna * = mfn. (cf. {Rjra4} and {raj}) white, clear (the colour of the day RV.
vi, 9, 1; of the dawn RV. i, 49, 3; of the lightning; of the milk; of silver,
&c.); made of silver AV. iv, 37, 4; m. the white colour "' L.; a peacock L.;
cutaneous disease Sây. on RV. i, 122, 5; the tree Terminalia Arjuna W. and A.;
N. of a man RV. i, 122, 5; of Indra VS. S'Br., of the third of the Pindava
princes (who was a son of Kriitavîrya who was slain by Paras'urâma) ib.; of a
S'âskya (known as a mathematician); of different other persons; the only son of
his mother L.; ({I}) f. a cow MBh. xiii, 3596; a kind of serpent, (voc.
{a4ijuni}) "' AV. ii, 24, 7; a procuress, bawd L.; N. of Ushâ (wife of
Aniruddha) L.; of the river Bâhudâ or Karatoys L.; ({-nyau}, or {-nyas}) f. du.
or Pl.N. of the constellation Phalgunî RV. x, 85, 13 S'Br.; ({am}) n. silver AV.
v, 28, 5 and 9; gold L.; slight inflammation of the conjunctiva or white of the
eye Sus'r.; a particular grass (used as a substitute for the Soma plant) PBr.
&c.; (= {rUpa}) shape Naigh.; ({As}) m. pl. the descendants of Arjuna Pân. 2-4,
66 Sch.
arjuna-anujam A*: emblem [as in 10.77: 11]
arjuna = a disciple of Krishna, hero of the Mahabharata
arjunaM = unto Arjuna
arjunaH = Arjuna
arjunayoH = and Arjuna
arka = essence, a name of Sun * = m. ( {arc}), Ved. a ray, flash of lightning
RV. &c.; the sun RV. &c.; (hence) the number, twelve "' Sûryas.; Sunday; fire
RV. ix, 50, 4 S'Br. BriÂrUp.; crystal R. ii, 94, 6; membrum viriIe AV. vi, 72,
1; copper L.; the plant Calotropis Gigantea (the larger leaves are used for
sacrificial ceremonies; cf. {arka-kozI}, {-parNa4}, {palaza4}, &c. below) S'Br.
&c., a religious ceremony S'Br. BriÂrUp. (cf. {arkA7zvamedha} below); praise
hymn, song (also said of the roaring of the Maruts and of Indra's thunder) RV.
and AV.; one who praises, a singer RV.; N. of Indra L.; a learned man (cf. RV.
viii, 63, 6) L. [89, 2]; an elder brother L.; N. of a physician BrahmaP. (cf.
{arka-cikitsA} below); ({as}, {am}) m. n. (with {agneH}, {indrasya},
{gautamasaH}, &c.) N. of different Sâmans; food Naigh. and Nir. (cf. RV. vii, 9,
2).
arkadina *= n. a solar day.
arNava *= mfn. agitated, foaming, restless RV. VS. AV. ; (%{a4s}) m. a wave,
flood RV. ; the foaming sea RV. VS. ; the ocean of air (sometimes personified as
a demon with the epithet %{mahA4n} or %{ta@nayitnu4s}) RV. AV. ; (%{as}, rarely
%{am} [MBh. xiii, 7362]) m. n. the sea ; (hence) the number, `" four "' Su1ryas.
; N. of two metres (cf. %{a4rNa}, m.)N. of wk. on jurisprudence.
arogita = diseaselessness
arpaNa = Offer * = mf(%{I})n. procuring MBh. xiii, 1007 ; consigning, entrusting
; (%{a4rpaNa}) n. inserting, fixing R. ; piercing AV. xii, 3, 22 ; placing in or
upon Ragh. ii, 35 ; offering, delivering, consigning, entrusting of (gen. or in
comp.) ; giving back Hit.
arpaNaM = contribution
arpita = surrendering * = [eight times in RV.; cf. Pân. 6-1, 209 seq.] or\\* =
[RV. i, 164, 48, &c.] mfn. inserted, fixed RV. VS. &c.; fixed upon (as the eyes
or the mind); thrown, cast into (loc.; said of an arrow) Ragh. viii, 87; placed
in or upon Ragh. ix, 78, &c.; (said of a document or of a sketch) transferred to
(a plate or portrait i.e., `" engraved "' or, painted "') Ragh. xvii, 79 S'âk.
Kum. iii, 42; offered, delivered, entrusted Yâjñ. ii, 164, &c.; given back Ragh.
xix, 10, &c.
artha = money *= {as}, {am} m. n. [in RV. i-ix only n. [90, 3]; in RV. x six
times n. and thrice m.; in later Sanskriit only m.] aim, purpose (very often
{artham}, {arthena}, {arthAya}, and {arthe} ifc. or with gen., for the sake of.
on account of. in behalf of. for "'); cause, motive, reason Mn. ii, 213, &c.;
advantage, use, utility (generally named with kâma and dharma see {tri-varga};
used in wishing well to another dat. or gen. Pân. 2-3, 73); thing, object (said
of the membrum virile S'Br. xiv); object of the senses VarBriS.; (hence) the
number, five "', Seiryas.; substance, wealth, property, opulence, money; (hence
in astron.) N. of the second mansion, the mansion of wealth (cf, {dhana})
VarBriS.; personified as the son of Dharma arid Buddhi BhP.; affair, concern
(Ved. often acc. a4rtham with {i}, or gam, to go to one's business, take up
one's work RV. &c.); (in law) lawsuit, action; having to do with (instr.),
wanting, needing anything (instr.), SBr, &c.; {sense}, meaning, notion (cf.
{artha-zabdau} and {arthAt} s.v. below and {vedatattvA7rtha-vid}); manner, kind
L., prohibition, prevention L.; price (for {argha} q.v.) L.; ({At}) abl. ind.
see s.v. below; ({e}) loc. ind. with 1. {kR} (g. {sakSAd-Adi} q.v.) // n. m.
aim, purpose, meaning, sense, object, profit, advantage of (instr.), wealth,
property, money, thing, matter, business, cause, suit, action; o. --- adj.
having a thing for object, for the sake of, on account of, for; acc., instr.,
dat. & loc. the same adv.
arthaM = wealth
arthaH = is meant
arthakrit *= mfn. causing profit, useful.
arthakrita *= mfn. made for a special purpose Jaim. ; made only with regard to
utility, interested (as friendship) BhP. ; caused by the sense of a word
(opposed to %{zabda-k-} and %{desa-k}) Comm. on VPra1t.
arthakritya *= n. [R.] or [Megh.] settling a matter or affair.
arthakrityaa *= f. [Megh.] settling a matter or affair.
arthan.h = and economic development
arthanaipuNa = (n) efficient in polity
arthapraaptirbhavati = wealth-attainment becomes
arthayate = (10 pp) to request
arthavaan.h = one with money
arthasya = (masc.poss.sing.) wealth or meaning
arthaarthii = one who desires material gain
arthe = in meaning
arthin * = mfn. active, industrious RV.; (cf %{arthe74t} above); one who wants
or desires anything (instr. or in comp.; cf. %{putrA7rthin}, %{balA7rthin});
supplicating or entreating any one (gen.); longing for, libidinous R. i, 48, 18;
(%{I}) m. one who asks for a girl in marriage, a wooer Ya1jn5. i, 60 Katha1s.; a
beggar, petitioner, suitor Mn. xi, 1, &c.; one who supplicates with prayers
VarBr2S.; a plaintiff, prosecutor Mn. viii, 62 and 79 Ya1jn5. ii, 6; a servant
L.; a follower, companion L.
arthinah*A = person in need, person asking for something
arthiyaM = meant
arthopaarjanaaya = for earning maney
aruNi * = see also aarunîi; m. N. of a Muni BhP. (cf. {AruNi}).
aru* = m. the sun L.; the redblossomed Khadira tree L.; for {arus} n. only in
comp. with {-M-tuda} mf({A})n. (Pân. 3-2, 35 and vi, 3, 67) `" beating or
hurting a wound "', causing torments, painful Mn. ii, 161, &c.
aruupaka * = mfn. shapeless, immaterial MBh. iii, 12984; (in rhetoric) without
figure or metaphor, literal.
arvaaciina * = or mf(%{A4})n. turned towards, favouring RV. \\mf(%{A4})n. turned
towards, favouring RV. ; turned towards (in a hostile manner) RV., vi, 25, 3 ;
(with abl.) being on this side or below S3Br. ; belonging to a proximate time,
posterior, recent ; (for %{avAsIna}) reverse, contrary L. ; (%{ar@vA4cenam})
ind. (with abl.) `" on this side of "', thence forward, thence onward S3Br. ;
less than (abl.) ib.
arvaaktana * = mf(%{A}) n. being on this side of, not reaching up to BhP.
aryamaa = Aryama
arya* = 1 (2, once 3 RV. iv, 1, 7) mfn. ( %{R}) kind, favourable RV.; attached
to, true, devoted, dear RV.; excellent L.; (%{a4s}) m. a master, lord Naigh.
Pa1n2. 3-1, 103 (cf. 3. %{a4rya}.)\\mf(%{A})n. ( = 1. %{arya4}) kind, favourable
RV. i, 123, 1.\\ 3 m. (= 1. %{aiya4}) `" master, lord "', a Vais3ya VS. &c.
Pa1n2. 3-1, 103 (a1) f. a woman of the third caste, the wife of a Vais3ya VS.
&c. Pa1n2. 4-1, 49 Comm., (%{I}) f. the wife of any particular Vais3ya Pa1n2.
4-1, 49 Siddh. (cf. %{aryANI}.)
asaadhu * = mfn. (Pa1n2. 6-2, 160) not good, wicked, bad S3Br. MBh. &c.; wrong
Comm. on TPra1t.; (%{u4s}) m. not an honest man, a wicked man S3Br. Mn. &c.;
(%{u4}) n. anything bad, evil S3Br. (%{sAdhvasAdhu4nI}, `" good and evil "')
MBh. &c.; disfavour, disgrace, only %{-u4nA} instr. ind. disfavourably S3Br. ii
ChUp. (cf. 3. %{a-sAman}); (%{u}) ind. (used as an interjection of disapproval)
bad! shame! Ra1jat. &c.
asaaraM = worthless/without essence
asaavaadityaH = asau and AdityaH: this(person) and Sun
asa*= not he
asadrishhii = unfit
asahya* = mf({A})n. unbearable, insufferable, insuperable SV. MBh.;
impracticable, impossible MBh. iii, 12255 seq.; with {draSTum}, `" impossible to
be seen "' i.e. invisible Up.
asaadhu * = mfn. (Pân. 6-2, 160) not good, wicked, bad S'Br. MBh. &c.; wrong
Comm. on TPrât.; ({u4s}) m. not an honest man, a wicked man S'Br. Mn. &c.;
({u4}) n. anything bad, evil S'Br. ({sAdhvasAdhu4nI}, `" good and evil "') MBh.
&c.; disfavour, disgrace, only {-u4nA} instr. ind. disfavourably S'Br. ii ChUp.
(cf. 3. {a-sAman}); ({u}) ind. (used as an interjection of disapproval) bad!
shame! Râjat. &c.
asadbhAva * = m. non-existence, absence Veda1ntas. &c.; an evil temperament or
disposition L.
asakta = unattached\\* = mfn. not stopped or intercepted by os at (loc.; said of
arrows and of a sword) MBh. iii, 1602; xiv, 2189; (in the same sense {a-saGga}
Ragh. iii, 63); free from ties, independent, Sânkhyak.; detached from worldly
feelings or passions, unattached or indifferent to (loc.) Mn. ii, 13 Ragh. &c.;
({am}) ind. without obstacle or resistance Hariv. 9741 R. iii, 75, 6;
uninterruptedly Kir. iv, 31 Kâm.; immediately, at once Das'.
asaktaM = without attraction
asaktaH = without attachment
asaktabuddhiH = having unattached intelligence
asaktaatmaa = one who is not attached
asaktiH = being without attachment
asamarthaH = unable
asameta * = mfn. `" not arrived, absent "', missing Ragh. ix, 70.
asaMbhava * = m. `" non-existence "', destruction VS. xl, 10; non-happening,
cessation, interruption Mn. xi, 27; absence of. want Mn. MBh. &c.; impropriety,
inconsistence, impossibility KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; (mfn.) `" non-happening "',
inconsistent, impossible.
asampraGYaata = unconscious samadhi
asammuuDhaH = undeluded
asammuuDhaaH = unbewildered
asammohaH = freedom from doubt
asaMskRta* = mfn. not prepared S'ânkhGri.; not consecrated Mn. Yâjñ.; unadorned
Pañcat.; unpolished, rude (as speech).
asaMskRtAlakin* = mfn. having unadorned curls Kâd.
asa.nnyasta = without giving up
asa.nyataa = unbridled
asa.nshayaM = undoubtedly
asa.nshayaH = beyond a doubt
asankhyaH = (m) countless
asangashastreNa = by the weapon of detachment
asapatnaM = without rival
asat * = mf({a4-satI})n. [in RV. seven times {a4sat} and five times {A4sat} with
lengthening of the accentuated vowel] not being, not existing, unreal RV. vii,
134, 8 AV. Up. Kum. iv, 12; untrue, wrong RV.; bad S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({n}) m. Indra
L.; ({tI}) f. see s.v. below; ({t}) n. non-existence, nonentity RV. AV. &c.;
untruth, falsehood RV. vii, 104, 8; evil Ragh. i, 10; ({ntas}) m. pl. bad or
contemptible men MBh. &c.
asat.h = matter
asatkaara* = m. doing injury, offence MBh. i, 6355.
asatkaarya* = n. bad or illicit occupation Mn. xii, 32; ({asatkArya}) {-vAdin}
m. one who (like a Naiyâyika) holds that an effect is nonexistent in its cause
before production.
asatkrita* = mfn. badly treated MBh. iii, 2755 and 2918; ({am}) n. offence ib.
2981. - 1.
asatpatha* = m. a bad road L.; (mfn.) not being on the right path BhP.
asat* = mf({a4-satI})n. [in RV. seven times {a4sat} and five times {A4sat} with
lengthening of the accentuated vowel] not being, not existing, unreal RV. vii,
134, 8 AV. Up. Kum. iv, 12; untrue, wrong RV.; bad S'Br. Mn. &c.; ({n}) m. Indra
L.; ({tI}) f. see s.v. below; ({t}) n. non-existence, nonentity RV. AV. &c.;
untruth, falsehood RV. vii, 104, 8; evil Ragh. i, 10; ({ntas}) m. pl. bad or
contemptible men MBh. &c.
asatkritya* = ind. p. not taking notice of (acc.) MBh. xiii, 2766. - 2.
asatkritya* = mfn. one who does evil actions L.
asatyasannibha * = mfn. improbable, unlikely L.
asau = him (from adas.h)
asaumya = (adj) unpleasant
asataH = of the nonexistent
asatkrita* = mfn. badly treated MBh. iii, 2755 and 2918; ({am}) n. offence ib.
2981. - 1.
asattaa* = f. non-existence L. - 1.
asatii* = f. an unfaithful or unchaste wife MBh. R. &c.
asatya* = mfn. untrue, false, lying. RV. iv, 5, 5 MBh. &c.; ({am}) n. untruth,
falsehood Mn. &c.
asatkritaM = without respect
asatkritaH = dishonored
asattva * = n. id. NriisUp.; non-presence, absence Nyâyam \\2 mfn. strengthless,
without energy
asatyaM = unreal
asevita mfn. neglected, unattended to; abstained from.
as'esha* = mf(%{A})n. without remainder, entire, perfect, all; m. non-remainder
Ka1tyS3r.; (%{am}) ind. entirely, wholly Kum. v, 82; (%{eNa}) ind. id. MBh. &c.
ash.h = to obtain, accomplish
as'aaya: * to reach
ashaantasya = of the unpeaceful
ashaashvataM = temporary
ashaastra = not in the scriptures
ashishhya = unteachable (adj)
asha.nka = undaunted
ashakta = weak
ashaktaH = unable
ashanam.h = (n) food
ashamaH = uncontrollable
ashayaat.h = from their source
ashastraM = without being fully equipped
ashatara* n= mfn. (compar. fr., `" {aSa} "' fr. 1. {az}?) more acceptable RV. i,
173, 4.
as'ishya * = mfn. not to be taught (as a person), not deserving to, or not
capable of being instructed MBh. v, 1009 Pañcat.; (a thing) that need not be
taught or which it is unnecessary to teach Pân. 1-2, 53.
as'izu * = mf({a4-zizvi}, but according to Pân. 4-1, 62, also Ved. {a-zizu})n.
childless, without young ones RV. i, 120, 8 and iii, 55, 6.
as'ishthataa * = f. or rudeness
as'ishthatva * = n. rudeness
ashishhyaaya = non-disciple i.e.non-believer
as'eshha = total, mf({A})n. without remainder, entire, perfect, all; m.
non-remainder KâtyS'r.; ({am}) ind. entirely, wholly Kum. v, 82; ({eNa}) ind.
id. MBh. &c.
asheshhataH = completely
asheshhaaNi = all
asheshheNa = in detail
ashochyaan.h = not worthy of lamentation
ashoshhyaH = not able to be dried
as'ubha = and inauspicious * =azubha = mfn. not beautiful or agreeable,
disagreeable; inauspicious Vet.; bad, vicious (as thought or speech) MBh. i,
3077 seq. &c.; m. N. of a lexicographer; ({a4-zubha}) n. a shameful deed, sin
S'Br. ii Bhag. &c.; misfortune, harm, mischief. Sus'r. VarBriS. &c.
ashubhaat.h = from ill fortune
ashubhaan.h = inauspicious
ashuchi = to the unclean
ashuchiH = unclean
ashuchau = unclean
as'ubha = evil *= mfn. not beautiful or agreeable, disagreeable ; inauspicious
Vet. ; bad, vicious (as thought or speech) MBh. i, 3077 seq. &c. ; m. N. of a
lexicographer ; (%{a4-zubha}) n. a shameful deed, sin S3Br. ii Bhag. &c. ;
misfortune, harm, mischief. Sus3r. VarBr2S. &c.
ashushruushhave = to one who is not engaged in devotional service
ashaaDha * (or in RV. {a4-SAlha}) mfn. not to be overcome, invincible RV. VS.;
born under the Nakshatra Ashâdhâ Pân. 4-3, 34; m. the month (generally called)
Âshâdha L.; a staff made of Palâs'a wood (carried by the student during the
performance of certain vows) L.; N. of a teacher Kâthh. S'Br. i (cf. {ASADhi});
({A}) f. N. of a brick (used for the sacrificial altar) S'Br.; ({A4 or A4s}) f.
sg. or pl.N. of two lunar mansions (distinguished as {pinvA and uttara}, `" the
former "' and the latter "', and reckoned either as the eighteenth and
nineteenth [TBr.] or as the twentieth and twenty-first [VP.&c.]) AV. xix, 7, 4,
&c. [116, 2]
aashaaDha * m. (fr. {a-SADhA})N. of a month (corresponding to part of June and
July) in which the full moon is near the constellation Ashâdhâ Sus'r. VarBriS.
Megh. Kathâs. &c.; a staff of the wood of the Palâs'a (carried by an ascetic
during certain religious observances in the month Âshâdha) Pân. 5-1, 110 Kum.
&c.; N. of a prince MBh.; the Malaya mountain L.; a festival (of Indra) Âp. i,
11, 20; ({A}) f. (for {a-SADhA} q.v.) the twenty-first and twenty-second lunar
mansions (commonly compounded with {pUrva} and {uttara}) L.; ({I}) f. the day of
full moon in the month Âshâdha KâtyS'r. Vait.; (mfn.) belonging to the month
Âshâdha VarBriS.
as'maka *= m. (g. %{RzyA7di} q.v.) N. of a son of Vasisht2ha and Madayanti MBh.
VP. ; (%{As}) , m.pl.N. of a warrior tribe Pa1n2. 4-s , 173 R. &c. (cf.
%{avanty-azmakAs}) ; (%{I}) f. N. of several women Hariv. &c.
ashnataH = of one who eats
ashnan.h = eating
ashnanti = enjoy
ashnaami = accept
ashnaasi = you eat
ashnute = achieves
ashma = stone
ashman.h = (masc) stone
ashraddadhaanaH = without faith in revealed scriptures
ashraddadhaanaaH = those who are faithless
ashraddhayaa = without faith
ashraushhaM = have heard
ashruupuurNaakula = full of tears
as'ru * = n. ({us} m. only once S'Br. vi and once R.) a tear RV. x, 95, 12 and
13 AV. &c. with {muc}, or {kR} [MBh. xii, 12491] or {vRt}, Caus. [R.] to shed
tears [supposed to stand for {dazru} fr. {daMz}: cf. Gk. $; Lat. {lacryma} for
{dacryma}; &35742[114, 3] Goth. {tagrs}; Eng. {tear}; Mod. Germ. {Z„hre}].
as'ru = (n) tears
ashlaaghya = adj. virtueless
ashva = a horse
ashvatthaM = a banyan tree
ashvatthaH = the banyan tree
ashvatthaamaa = Asvatthama
ashvamedha = a form of sacrifice where a horse is sent around to estiblish
supremacy
ashvaanaaM = among horses
aas'vaasita * mfn. encouraged, animated, comforted, consoled Das'. BhP. Pañcat.
&c. //reanimated, revived, refreshed &c. MBh. R
aas'vaasa * m. breathing again or freely, taking breath; recovery Sus'r.;
cheering up, consolation; relying on Kathâs.; a chapter or section of a book
Sâh.
ashvini = a mudraa, contraction of the anal sphincter muscles
ashvinau = the two Asvinis
as'obhanam *V = lack of brilliance, against the etquette (see s'obha)
ashtha* = 1 mfn. ( {akS}; cf. {nir-akS}) `" marked, branded "', only in comp.
with 1.\\2 fr. 1. {az}. see {a4-samaSTa-k-}. \\=3 (in comp. for {aSTan}).\\^ (in
comp for {aSTan}) mfn.\\ =4 or with the final {A8} blended in comp.
ashthau = (adj) eight
ashthadalakamalabandha = eight-petalled lotus pattern, a form of bandha poetry
ashthadhaa = eightfold
ashthaadasha = eighteen
ashthaavakra = name of a deformed(at eight places) sage
ashthottarii-dashaa = A lunar based Dasha system uses 108 yr cycle and one
chooses it according to certain criteria
ashhtakavarga = A predictive method of Astrology that uses a system of points
based upon planetary positions
asi = you are * = m. (2. %{as}), a sword, scimitar, knife (used for killing
animals) RV. AV. &c.; (%{is}) f. N. of a river (near Benar2es) Va1mP. (cf.
%{asI}); [Lat. {ensi-s}.]
asii * = f. (= %{asi} f. q.v.) N. of a river (near Benares) MBh. vi, 338.
as'ubha* = mfn. not beautiful or agreeable, disagreeable; inauspicious Vet.;
bad, vicious (as thought or speech) MBh. i, 3077 seq. &c.; m. N. of a
lexicographer; ({a4-zubha}) n. a shameful deed, sin S'Br. ii Bhag. &c.;
misfortune, harm, mischief. Sus'r. VarBriS. &c.
as'itra *= {am}, u. food Kâthh. (cf. {prA7zitra4}.)
as'ika *=v.l. for {asika} q.v.
a-s'iras *=mfn. headless Mn. ix, 237.
a4-s'iva *=mf({A}) n. unkind, envious, pernicious, dangerous RV. AV. MBh. &c.;
m. N. of a demon causing disease Hariv. 9560; ({am}) n. ill-luck RV. i, 116, 24;
x, 23, 5 MBh. &c.
a4-s'is'u *=mf({a4-zizvi}, but according to Pân. 4-1, 62, also Ved. {a-zizu})n.
childless, without young ones RV. i, 120, 8 and iii, 55, 6.
a-s'iSya *=mfn. not to be taught (as a person), not deserving to, or not capable
of being instructed MBh. v, 1009 Pañcat.; (a thing) that need not be taught or
which it is unnecessary to teach Pân. 1-2, 53.
as'iiti *=f. eighty RV. ii, 18, 6 AV. &c.
a-s'iirNa *=mfn. unimpaired L.
as'masaara *= m. n. iron Sus3r. ; m. sapphire L. ; (%{azmasAra}) %{-maya} mfn.
made of iron MBh. ii , 1836 R. iv , 22 , 15.
as'sha V: desires, wishes, blessings, hopes, benedictions
asitaH = Asita
asita * = mfn. unbound TS. vii S'Br. xiv. \\ 2 mf({A}; Ved. {a4siknI})n.
({sita}, `" white "', appears to have been formed from this word, which is
probably original, and not a compound of {a} and {sita}; cf. {asura} and
{sura}), dark-coloured, black RV. &c.; m. the planet Saturn VarBriS.; a
poisonous animal (said to be a kind of mouse) L.; N. of the lord of darkness and
magic AV. S'Br. Âs'vS'r.; of a descendant of Kas'yapa (composer of RV. ix,
5-24), named also Devala [RAnukr.] or Asita Devala [MBh. Hariv.]; N. of a man
(with the patron. Vârshagana) S'Br. xiv; of a son of Bharata R.; of a Riishi
Buddh.; of a mountain MBh. iii, 8364 Kathâs.; ({a4s}) m. a black snake AV.; a
Mantra (saving from snakes) MBh. i, 2188; ({A}) f. a girl attending in the
womeñs apartments (whose hair is not whitened by age) L.; the indigo plant L.;
N. of an Apsaras MBh. i, 4819 Hariv. 12472; ({a4siknI}) f. `" the dark one "',
the night RV. iv, 17, 15; x, 3, 1; a girl attending in the womeñs apartments L.;
N. of a wife of Daksha Hariv.; N. of the river Akesines (afterwards called
Candra-bhâgâ) in the Pañjâb RV. viii, 20, 25 and ({asiknI4}) x, 75, 5.
asid.hdhyoH = and failure
asiddhau = failure
asma *= (fr. %{a-sma}), a pronom. base from which some forms (dat. %{a4smai}, or
%{asmai4} abl. %{asimA4t} loc. %{asmin}) of %{ida4m} (q.v.) are formed; also the
base of the first person pl. acc. %{asmA4n} [= $], instr. %{asmA4bhis} dat.
%{asma4bhyam} abl. %{asma4t}, in later, language also %{asmat-tas} [MBh. &c.]
gen. %{asmA4kam} [exceptionlly %{asmA4ka} RV. i, 173, 10 AV.] loc. %{asmA4su};
dat. loc. %{asme4} (only RV. AV. VS.)
asmad.h = I, me
asmadiiyaiH = our
asmaakaM = us
asmaat.h = these
asmaan.h = us
asmaabhiH = by us
asmi = (v) I am* = `" I am "', 1. {as} q.v.
asmitaa* = f. egoism Yogas. Comm. on S'is'. iv, 55, &c.
asmimaana* = m. self-conceit L.
asmitaa = egotism, self righteousness
asmin.h = in this
asmindvaye = in this pair
asparshana = not touching
asphutha * = mf({A})n. indistinct BhP. Kathâs. &c.; not quite correct,
approximate (as a number) Sûryas.; ({am}) n. (in rhetoric) indistinct speech.
a-sphutha-phala * = n. approximate result (as the gross area of a triangle &c.)
asphuthaa7laMkaara * = m. an indistinct embellishment of speech Sâh.
asrij = (neut) blood
asrij * = {k}, (once {d} TS. vii) n. (m. or f. only Hariv. 9296) blood RV. i,
164, 4 AV. &c. [for the weak cases see {asa4n}; besides, in later language,
forms like instr. {asRjA} (R. iii, 8, 4) and gen. {asRjas} (Sus'r.) are found];
saffron L.; ({k}) m. the planet Mars; a kind of religious abstraction L.
asrikkara* = m. `" forming blood "', lymph, chyle L.
asrishhTaannaM = without distribution of prasaadam
as'ruta * = mfn. unheard S3Br. xiv, &c.; not heard from the teacher, not taught
Jaim.; (hence) contrary to the Vedas L.; untaught, not learned MBh. v, 1000 and
1369; m. N. of a son of Kr2ishn2a, Kr2ishn2s Hariv. 6190; of a son of Dyutimat
VP.; (%{A}) f. N. of the wife of An3giras Katha1s.
asta = fall (set)1 mfn. (perf. Pass. p. 2. {as}), thrown, cast Ragh. xii, 91;
({a4n-} neg.) S'Br. iii; (only in comp.) thrown off, left off, set aside, given
up (as grief. anger, a vow, &c.) VP. Kathâs. &c.; ({A4}) f. a missile, an arrow
AV. \\ = 2 n. home RV. AV. S'Br.; m. setting (as of the sun or of luminaries)
VarBriS. Sûryas.; `" end, death "' see {asta-samaya} below; the western mountain
(behind which the sun is supposed to set) MBh. R. &c.; (in astron.) the seventh
lunar mansion VarBri.; ({a4stam}) ind. at home, home RV. &c., especially used
with verbs e.g. {a4stam-i} [{a4stam e4ti}; pr. p. {astaM-ya4t} AV. S'Br.; fut.
p. {astam-eSya4t} AV.; perf. p. {a4stamita} see below s.v.] or {a4staM-gam}
[{a4stam ga4cchati} AV. &c.; perf. p. {astaM-gata} MBh. &c., once in reversed
order {gata astaM} R. i, 33, 21] or {astaM-yA} [pr. p. {-yAt} Mn. iv, 37] to go
down, set RV. AV. &c.; {astam-i}, {astaM-gam} (also Caus. see {astaM-gamita}
below), or {prA7p} [Kathâs.], to go to one's eternal home, cease, vanish,
perish, die S'Br. xiv MBh. &c.; {astaM-nI} [{-nayati}], to lead to setting,
cause to set MBh. iii, i 7330; ({a4stA}) ind. v.l. for {a4stam} SV. [122, 2]
a4sta* =2 n. home RV. AV. S'Br.; m. setting (as of the sun or of luminaries)
VarBriS. Sûryas.; `" end, death "' see {asta-samaya} below; the western mountain
(behind which the sun is supposed to set) MBh. R. &c.; (in astron.) the seventh
lunar mansion VarBri.; ({a4stam}) ind. at home, home RV. &c., especially used
with verbs e.g. {a4stam-i} [{a4stam e4ti}; pr. p. {astaM-ya4t} AV. S'Br.; fut.
p. {astam-eSya4t} AV.; perf. p. {a4stamita} see below s.v.] or {a4staM-gam}
[{a4stam ga4cchati} AV. &c.; perf. p. {astaM-gata} MBh. &c., once in reversed
order {gata astaM} R. i, 33, 21] or {astaM-yA} [pr. p. {-yAt} Mn. iv, 37] to go
down, set RV. AV. &c.; {astam-i}, {astaM-gam} (also Caus. see {astaM-gamita}
below), or {prA7p} [Kathâs.], to go to one's eternal home, cease, vanish,
perish, die S'Br. xiv MBh. &c.; {astaM-nI} [{-nayati}], to lead to setting,
cause to set MBh. iii, i 7330; ({a4stA}) ind. v.l. for {a4stam} SV. [122, 2]
asthA* =with the final {A8} blended in comp.
astaM = destroyed, vanquished
astamavelaa = (fem) evening twilight
asti = (v) he is
astu = there should be* (3. sg. Imper.), let it be, be it so; there must be or
should be (implying an order)
asteya* = n. not stealing Mn. Yâjñ. &c.
astra = Weapon
asthi = Bone
asthipaJNjaram.h = (n) skeleton
asthiraM = unsteady
asvastha *= mf(%{A})n. not in good health , sick , feeling uneasy Mn. vii , 226
MBh. &c. ; not being firm in itself. MBh. xii , 276 (Hit.) ; (%{asvastha})%{-tA}
f. illness , Ratna1v. (Pra1kr2it {assatthadA}) ; %{-zarIra} mfn. ill Ka1d.
asvatantra * = not self-willed, dependant, subject Mn. ix, 2 Gaut. BhP.;
({asvatantra}) {-tA} f. the not being master of one's feelings or passions Kâd.
asya = of it
asyati = (4 pp) to throw
asyaaM = in this
asvargyaM = which does not lead to higher planets
assi = (v) you (sing) are
as'ubha* = mfn. not beautiful or agreeable, disagreeable; inauspicious Vet.;
bad, vicious (as thought or speech) MBh. i, 3077 seq. &c.; m. N. of a
lexicographer; ({a4-zubha}) n. a shameful deed, sin S'Br. ii Bhag. &c.;
misfortune, harm, mischief. Sus'r. VarBriS. &
asU * = not bringing forth, barren
asu * = m. (1. {as}), Ved. breath, life RV. AV. &c.; life of the spiritual world
or departed spirits RV. x, 15, 1; (in astron.) `" respiration "', = four seconds
of sidereal time or one minute of arc Sûryas.; = {prajJA} Naigh.; (in later
language only {a4savas}) m. pl. the vital breaths or airs of the body, animal
life AV. Mn. iii, 217, &c.; ({asu}) n. grief L.; (= {citta}) the spirit L.
a-suu4 * = mfn. (3. {sU}), not bringing forth, barren RV. and AV. (acc. f.
{a-sva4m}) VS. (acc. f. {asU4m}). [121, 3]
asu: * Ved. breath, life RV. AV. &c.; life of the spiritual world or departed
spirits RV. x, 15, 1; (in astron.) `" respiration "', = four seconds of sidereal
time or one minute of arc Sûryas.; = {prajJA} Naigh.; (in later language only
{a4savas}) m. pl. the vital breaths or airs of the body, animal life AV. Mn.
iii, 217, &c.; ({asu}) n. grief L.; (= {citta}) the spirit L.
asukhaM = full of miseries
asura = devil* =mfn. (2. {as} Un.), spiritual, incorporeal, divine RV. AV. VS.;
m. a spirit, good spirit, supreme spirit (said of Varuna) RV. VS.; the chief of
the evil spirits RV. ii, 30, 4 and vii, 99, 5; an evil spirit, demon, ghost,
opponent of the gods RV. viii, 96, 9; x AV. &c. [these Asuras are often regarded
as the children of Diti by Kas'yapa see {Daitya}; as such they are demons of the
first order in perpetual hostility with the gods, and must not be confounded
with the Râkshasas or imps who animate dead bodies and disturb sacrifices]; a N.
of Râhu VarBriS. &c.; the sun L.; a cloud Naigh. (cf. RV. v, 83, 6); ({As}) m.
pl.N. of a warrior-tribe, (g. {parzv-Adi}, q.v.); of a Vedic school; ({A}) f.
night L.; a zodiacal sign L.; ({I}) f. a female demon, the wife of an Asura,
KaushBr. (cf. {AsurI} and {mahA7surI}); the plant Sinapis Ramosa Roxb. L. [In
later Sanskriit {sura} has been formed from {asura}, as {sita} from {asita}
q.v.]
asUra * =`" absence of sunlight "', only ({e4}) loc. ind. in the night RV. viii,
10, 4.
asuraaNaaM = of demons
asuraan.h = demons
asuu = to hate, be jealous
asuun.h = life
asuuya = jelousy * 1 Nom. P. {-yati}, rarely Â. {-yate} (pr. p. {-ya4t} RV. x,
135, 2 S'Br.; aor. {AsUyIt} S'Br. iii; 3. pl. {asUyiSuH} Râjat.) to murmur at,
be displeased or discontented with (dat. [S'Br. Pân. 1-4, 37, &c.] or acc. [MBh.
R. &c.]): Caus. (ind. p. {asUyayitvA}) to cause to be displeased, irritate MBh.
iii, 2624 (N.)
asuuya * 2 grumbling at, displeased with (loc.) MBh. xiii, 513; ({A}) f.
displeasure, indignation (especially at the merits or the happiness of another),
envy, jealousy Nir. Âp. Mn. &c.
asuuyaka * = mfn. (Pân. 3-2, 146) discontented, displeased, envious, calumnious
Nir. Mn. &c.
asuuyitR * = mfn. displeased, envious MBh. ii, 2545; ({an-} neg.) i, 5611.
asuuyu * = mfn. id.; (see {an-asuyu}.)
asvapat * = m. sleeplessness S3Br. iii Shad2vBr. (%{am}, n.) VarBr2S. ;
(%{a-svapna4}) mfn. (= $) not sleeping, watchful AV. ; not dreaming Nr2isUp. ;
m. `" sleepless "', a god L.
asvasa= see aasvaasa
asvastha* = mf(%{A})n. not in good health, sick, feeling uneasy Mn. vii, 226
MBh. &c.; not being firm in itself. MBh. xii, 276 (Hit.); (%{asvastha})%{-tA} f.
illness, Ratna1v. (Pra1kr2it {assatthadA}); %{-zarIra} mfn. ill Ka1d.//see
%{a-sva}
asvaasthya * = indisposition, sickness, discomfort BhP. Kathâs.
ath (aT) cl. 1. P. A1. %{aTati}, %{-te}, %{ATa}, %{aTiSyati}, %{ATIt},
%{aTitum}, to roam, wander about (sometimes with acc.; frequently used of
religious mendicants): Intens. %{aTATyate}, to roam or wander about zealously or
habitually, especially as a religious mendicant: Desid. %{aTiTiSati}, to be
desirous of roaming.
at 1 ind. a prefix said to imply `" surprise "', probably a contraction of
%{ati}, meaning `" extraordinary "', (g. %{Ury-Adi}, q.v.)\\ 2 cl. 1. P. A1.
%{a4tati} (Naigh.; p. %{a4tat} or %{a4tamAna}), to go constantly, walk, run RV.;
to obtain L.
atad* = not that BhP. (cf. {a-sa}).
atandra *= mfn. free from lassitude , alert , unwearied RV. AV
athati = (1 pp) to roam
atat = see 'atad'
ataH = hence
ataHparam * = ind. henceforth, further on. [12,2]
atattvaarthavat.h = without knowledge of reality
atandritaH = with great care
atarka* = m. an illogical reasoner; bad logic.
atapaskaaya = to one who is not austere
athavi * = %{is}, or usually
athavii * = f. `" place to roam in "', a forest.
athavika * = better
atha = thereupon * =(or Ved. {a4thA}) ind. (probably fr. pronom. base {a}), an
auspicious and inceptive particle (not easily expressed in English), now; then;
moreover; rather; certainly; but; else; what? how else? &c. \\" but if. "' MBh.
v, 2775 Bhag. ii, 33; xviii, 58
atha-shabda = the word atha (prayers are started with words atha or AUM)
atha.rH = object, meaning
atharvan (Atharva-veda) *= %{A} m. (said to be fr. an obsolete word %{athar} ,
fire) , a priest who has to do with fire and Soma ; N. of the priest who is said
to have been the first to institute the worship of fire and offer Soma and
prayers (he is represented as a Praja1pati , as Brahma1's eldest son , as the
first learner and earliest teacher of the Brahma-vidya1 , as the author of the
Atharva-veda , as identical with An3giras , as the father of Agni , &c.) ; N. of
S3iva , Vasisht2ha [Kir. x , 10] , Soma , Pra1n2a ; (%{A} , %{a}) m. n. the
fourth or Atharva-veda (said to have been composed by Atharvan , and consisting
chiefly of formulas and spells intended to counteract diseases and calamities) ;
(%{a4tharvANas}). pl. m. descendants of Atharvan , often coupled with those of
An3giras and Bhr2igu ; the hymns of the Atharva-veda.
atharvaNvaakyaM = `atharvaNa" word-piece
atharvashiirshha = atharva(?)
atharvashiirshhaM = 'atharva' heading or head
athavaa = or
athaataH = atha and ataH: then and therefore
athau = or in other words
atho *= ind. ( = %{atha} above), now; likewise; next; therefore.
ati = extremely
aticara *= mfn. transient, changeable; (%{A}) f. the shrub Hibiscus Mutabilis.
aticaara *= m. passing by, overtaking, surpassing; accelerated motion,
especially of planets; transgression
ati-parichaya = excessive familiarity
ati-viiryaM = super power
atichaara = Accelerated planetary motion
atikram *= to step or go beyond or over or across, (Ved. Inf. %{ati-kra4me}, to
be walked on RV. i, 105, 16) ; to pass, cross ; to pass time ; to surpass,
excel, overcome ; to pass by, neglect ; to overstep, transgress, violate ; to
pass on or away ; to step out ; to part from, lose: Caus. %{-krAmayati}, or
%{-kramayati}, to allow to pass (as time) ; to leave unnoticed.
atikrama *= m. passing over, overstepping ; lapse (of time) ; overcoming,
surpassing, conquering ; excess, imposition, transgression, violation ; neglect
; determined onset.
atitaranti = transcend
atitaralaM = ati+tarala, very+unstable
atithi = (m) guest
atithiH = (masc.Nom.sing.)guest (literally undated)
atidaaruuNaman.h = adj. very dreadful
atidis' *= to make over, transfer, assign: Pass. %{-dizyate}, (in Gr.) to be
overruled or attracted or assimilated.
atidurvritta = of exceedingly bad conduct
atirichyate = becomes more
ativartate = transcends
atishaya = wonderful
atishayokti = exaggeration
atiitaH = surpassed
atiitya = transcending
atiindriyaM = transcendental
atiiva = very much * = ind. exceedingly, very; excessively, too; quite;
surpassing (with acc.): Compar. {atI7va-tarAm} ind. exceedingly, excessively
S'is'. iv. 25.
atikrama * = m. passing over, overstepping; lapse (of time); overcoming,
surpassing, conquering; excess, imposition, transgression, violation; neglect;
determined onset
atilaGgh* = Caus. %{-laGghayati}, to transgress Katha1s.
atilaGghana* = n. excessive fasting Sus3r.
ativaa * = 2. cl. 2. P. {-vAti}, to blow beyond AV.: cl. 4. P. {-vayati}, to
blow violently; ({ati-vAyati}), pr. p. loc. ind. the wind blowing strongly MBh.
ativartana* = n. a pardonable offence or misdemeanour.
ativartin* = mfn. passing beyond, crossing, passing by, surpassing; guilty of a
pardonable offence.
ativartula* = mfn. very round; m. a kind of grain or pot-herb.
atmaanaM = (masc.Acc.S) the self
attA *= f. (probably a colloquialism borrowed from the Deccan, said to occur
chiefly in dramas), a mother L.; mother's sister L.; elder L.; (in Pra1kr2it) a
mother-in-law L. see %{akkA}.
aththa *= ind. high, lofty L.; loud L.; m. a watch-tower; a market, a
market-place (corruption of %{haTTa}); N. of a Yaksha Ra1jat.; over-measure L.;
(%{a}). f. overbearing conduct(?) Pa1n2. 3-1, 17 Comm.; (%{am}) n. boiled rice,
food L.; (mfn.), dried, dry L.
atra * = 1 (or Ved. %{a4-trA}) ind. (fr. pronominal base %{a}; often used in
sense of loc. case %{asmin}), in this matter, in this respect; in this place,
here at this time, there, then.\\2 mfn. ( %{tras}), (only for the etym. of
%{kSattra}), `" not enjoying or affording protection "' Br2A1rUp.\\3 m. (for
%{at@tra}, fr. %{ad}), a devourer, demon RV. AV., a Ra1kshasa.\\ atra 4 n. (for
%{at-tra}), food RV. x, 79, 2.
atrasat: V* getting frightened A* unsettled, daunted, put off, intimidated,
shaken, overcome, dismayed.
atulaniiya = uncomparable.
atuulyaM = uncomparable.
atura * = mfn. not liberal, not rich AV.
atyaadri to take great care of, be anxious about.
atyajat.h = left, sacrifice
atyantaM = the highest
atyantika * = mfn. too close; (%{am}) n. too great nearness S3Br.
atyarthaM = highly
atyaaginaaM = for those who are not renounced
atyaani = surpassing
atyaya* = m. (fr. {i} with {ati} see {atI7}), passing, lapse, passage; passing
away, perishing, death; danger, risk, evil, suffering; transgression, guilt,
vice; getting at, attacking Yâjñ. ii, 1 2; overcoming, mastering (mentally); a
class ChUp.
atyaaya* = m. ( {i}), the act of going beyond, transgression, excess Pân. 3-1,
141, ({am}, 4) ind. going beyond RV. viii, 101, 14.
atyaayaa* = to pass by RV.
atyushhNa = very hot
atyeti = surpasses
atra = (m) eater
audara: *audara + mfn. (fr. {udara}), being in the stomach or belly Suparn.;
gastric (as a disease) Hcat.
aum (AUM *= ind. the sacred syllable of the S3u1dras (see 3. %{au}) (see also
under pranava, omkaara and om)
aupamAnika *= mfn. (fr. %{upamAna}), derived by analogy Comm. on Nya1yad.
aupamanyava *= m. a descendant of Upa-manyu S3Br. ChUp. Nir. ; (%{As}) m. pl.N.
of a school belonging to the Yajur-veda. [238,3]
aupamika *= mfn. (fr. 3. %{upa-mA}), serving for or forming a comparison Nir.
aupamya *= n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the state or condition of resemblance or equality,
similitude, comparison, analogy MBh. BhP. Bhag. &c. (cf. %{anaup-}, %{Atmau9p-},
&c.)
aupamyena = by comparison
aushadha = medicine
aushhadha = medicine
aushhadhaM = medicine
aushhadham.h = (n) medicine
aushhadhasuuchii = (f) syringe, injection
aushhadhivana = medicinal garden
aushhadhiiH = vegetables
aushaNa* = n. (fr. {uSaNa}), pungency L.
aushadha* = mf({I})n. (fr. {oSadhi}), consisting of herbs S'Br. vii; ({I}) f. N.
of Dâkshâyanî MatsyaP.; ({am}) n. herbs collectively, a herb S'Br. AitBr.
KâtyS'r. &c.; herbs used in medicine, simples, a medicament, drug, medicine in
general Mn. MBh. Ragh. &c.; a mineral W.; a vessel for herbs.
autpattika * = mf({I})n. (fr. {ut-patti}), relating to origin, inborn, original,
natural Lâthy. BhP. &c.; {a4 priori}; inherent, eternal Jaim. i, 1, 5.
autsukya* = n. (fr. {ut-suka}), anxiety, desire, longing for, regret MBh. R.
Ragh. &c.; eagerness, zeal, fervour, officiousness Pañcat. Kathâs.; impatience
Sâh. Pratâpar.
av* = cl. I.P. {a4vati} (Imper. 2. sg. {ava} sg. {tAt} RV. viii, 2, 3, p.
{a4vat} impf. a4vat, 2. sg. 1. {A4vaH} [for 2. {A4vaH} see {vR}]; perf. 3. sg.
{Ava}, 2. pl. {Ava4} RV. viii, 7, 18, 2.sg. {A4vitha}; aor. {a4vit}, 2. sg.
{AvIs}, {avIs} and {aviSas}, Imper. {aviSTu}, 2. sg. {aviDDhi4} [once RV. ii,
17, 8] or {aviDDh} [six times in RV.], 2. du. {aviSTam}, 3. du., 2. pl.
{aviSTa4nA} RV. vii, 18, 25 Prec. 3. sg. {avyAs}, Inf. {a4vitave} RV. vii, 33,
1; Ved. ind. p. {AvyA} RV. i, 166, 13) to drive, impel, animate (as a car or
horse) RV.; Ved.to promote, favour, (chiefly Ved.) to satisfy, refresh; to offer
(as a hymn to the gods) "' RV. iv, 44, 6; to lead or bring to (dat.: {Uta4ye},
{vA4ja-sAtaye}, {kSatrA4ya}, {svasta4ye}) RV.; (said of the gods) to be pleased
with, like, accept favourably (as sacrifices, prayers or hymns) RV., (chiefly
said of kings or princes) to guard, defend, protect, govern BhP. Ragh. ix, 1
VarBriS. &c.: Caus. (only impf. {avayat}, 2. sg. {Avayas}) to consume, devour
RV. AV. VS. S'Br. [cf. Gk. $ Lat. {aveo}?]. &29765[96,1]
ava = protect
avaachii = (f) south
avaachya = unkind
avaaptavyaM = to be gained
avaapta* = mfn. one who has attained or reached KathhUp.; obtained, got, ({am})
n. `" got by division, a quotient Comm. on VarBri.
avaaptavat* = mfn. reaching, obtaining; entertaining (as a belief) L.
avaaptavya* = mfn. to be obtained Bhag. Ragh.
avaapita* = mfn. ( {vap}), not sown (as grain, {dhAnya}) but planted L.
avaap* = ( {Ap}), {-Apnoti} (Imper. 2. sg. {Apnuhi}) to reach, attain, obtain,
gain, get Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; to get by division (as a quotient) Sûryas.; to
suffer (e.g. blame or unpleasantness or pain) Mn. Ragh. xviii, 34 Pañcat.: Caus.
to cause to obtain anything (acc.) Naish. viii, 89.
avaapa * = mfn. see %{dur-avA7pa}.
avaapti* = f. obtaining, getting R. Kum. v, 64, &c.; (in arithm.) a quotient.
avaaptuM = to achieve
avaapnoti = gets
avaapya = achieving
avaapyate = is achieved
avaapsyatha = you will achieve
avaapsyasi = will gain
avaarch *= ( %{Rch}), %{avA7rchati} (sic ; Pot. %{avA7rche4t}) to fall down,
become damaged TS. S3Br.
avaastu* = mfn. having no home AV. xii, 5, 45.
avabhaasa * = m. splendour, lustre, light; appearance (especially ifc. with
words expressing a colour) Jain. Sus'r.; (in Vedânta phil.) manifestation;
reach, compass, see, {zravaNA7vabh-}.
ava-bhaasa-kara * =m. N. of a Devaputra Lalit.
ava-bhaasa-prabha * ={As} m. pl.N. of a class of deities Buddh.
ava-bhaasa-prA7pta * =m. N. of a world Buddh.
ava-bhaasaka * =mfn. (in Vedânta phil.) illuminating, making manifest. [101, 3]
ava-bhaasana-zikhin * =m. N. of a Nâga demon Buddh. ava-bhASaNa * =n. speaking
against, speaking Sâh.
ava-bhaasana * =n. shining Bhpr.; becoming manifest Sâh.; (in Ved. phil.)
illuminating.
avabhritha* = (once %{-bhRtha} AV. ix, 6, 63) m. `" carrying off, removing "',
purification or ablution of the sacrificer and sacrificial vessels after a
sacrifice RV. viis, 73, 23, &c.; a supplementary sacrifice (see below) cf.
%{jIvitA7vabh-}.
avabodha * = m. waking, being awake Bhag. vi, 17 Kum. ii, 8; perception,
knowledge Ragh. vii, 38, &c., faculty of being resolute in judgment or action
[Comm.] BhP., teaching L.
(vedabase:) consciousness; avabodha-rasa — of Your internal potency, by the
mellow of knowledge; knowledge; total consciousness.
avachaya = (m) gathering, collection
avachinoti = to pluck
avachyaH = unblamable
avadaata * = mfn. ( %{das}), cleansed, clean, clear Pa1n2. Sch. Bhat2t2. ; pure,
blameless, excellent MBh. &c., of white splendour, dazzling white ib. ; clear,
intelligible Sa1h. ; %{as} m. white colour L.
avadhaana * = n. attention, attentiveness, intentness Kum.iv, 2 S3is3. ix, 11,
&c., (cf. %{sA7vadhana}.)
avadhiiraNaa = (f) a repulse, repulsion
avadhuuta* = mfn. shaken off (as evil spirits) VS. i, i4; removed, shaken away
BhP. &c.; discarded, expelled, excluded MBh. &c.; disregarded, neglected,
rejected Das'. &c.; touched R. vi, 82, 62; shaken, agitated (especially as
plants or the dust by the wind), fanned MBh. &c.; that upon which anything
unclean has been shaken out or off (cf. {avakSuta}) Mn. v, 125 MBh. xiii, 1577;
unclean BhP.; one who has shaken, off from himself worldly feeling and
obligation, a philosopher ({brahma-vid}) BhP. Râjat.; m. N. of a S'aiva
philosopher; ({am}) n. rejecting, repudiating MBh. iv, 352 (= Hariv. 4717).
avadhuutapraNipAta* = mf({A})n. rejecting an act of homage Vikr.
avadhuutavesha* = mfn. `" wearing unclean clothes "' or `" wearing the clothes
of one who is rejected "', or `" having discarded clothes "' BhP.
avadhyaH = cannot be killed
avadya * = mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 101) `" not to be praised "', blamable, low, inferior
RV. iv, 18, 5 and vi, 15, 12 BhP.; disagreeable L.; (a4m) n. anything blamable,
want, imperfection, vice RV. &c.; blame, censure ib.; shame, disgrace RV. AV.
ava-dhUta * = mfn. shaken off (as evil spirits) VS. i, i4; removed, shaken away
BhP. &c.; discarded, expelled, excluded MBh. &c.; disregarded, neglected,
rejected Das'. &c.; touched R. vi, 82, 62; shaken, agitated (especially as
plants or the dust by the wind), fanned MBh. &c.; that upon which anything
unclean has been shaken out or off (cf. {avakSuta}) Mn. v, 125 MBh. xiii, 1577;
unclean BhP.; one who has shaken, off from himself worldly feeling and
obligation, a philosopher ({brahma-vid}) BhP. Râjat.; m. N. of a S'aiva
philosopher; ({am}) n. rejecting, repudiating MBh. iv, 352 (= Hariv. 4717).
ava-dhUta-praNipAta* =mf({A})n. rejecting an act of homage Vikr.
ava-dhUta-veSa * =mfn. `" wearing unclean clothes "' or `" wearing the clothes
of one who is rejected "', or `" having discarded clothes "' BhP.
avadhuuta * = mfn. shaken off (as evil spirits) VS. i, i4; removed, shaken away
BhP. &c.; discarded, expelled, excluded MBh. &c.; disregarded, neglected,
rejected Das'. &c.; touched R. vi, 82, 62; shaken, agitated (especially as
plants or the dust by the wind), fanned MBh. &c.; that upon which anything
unclean has been shaken out or off (cf. {avakSuta}) Mn. v, 125 MBh. xiii, 1577;
unclean BhP.; one who has shaken, off from himself worldly feeling and
obligation, a philosopher ({brahma-vid}) BhP. Râjat.; m. N. of a S'aiva
philosopher; ({am}) n. rejecting, repudiating MBh. iv, 352 (= Hariv. 4717).
avaGYaa = contempt
avaGYaataM = without proper attention
avagachchha = must know
avagam.h = to comprehend, understand
avagamaM = understood
avagantavya * = mfn. to be known or understood, intended to be understood,
meant.
avagraha = (m) famine
avahaasaarthaM = for joking
avahaa* = 3 (aor.3. sg. %{ava4hAh} [for %{-hAs-t}] , perf. 3. sg. %{-jahA4} ind.
p. %{-hA4ya}) to leave , quit RV. i , 116 , 3 and viii , 45 , 37 TS. MBh. xiii ,
6208 Pass. %{hIyate} (fut. %{-hasyate} Ka1t2h.) to be left remaining , remain
behind MBh. iii , 11558 , `" to remain behind "' i.e. to be excelled R. v , 2 ,
11 , (1. sg. %{hIye}) to be abandoned RV. x , 34 , 5: Caus. (aor. Subj. 2. sg.
%{-jIhipas}) to cause to remain behind on or to deviate from (a path abl.) RV.
iii , 53 , 9.
avajaananti = deride
avajaya* = m. overcoming, winning by conquest Ragh. vi, 62, &c.
avajaghnat* = mfn. (irreg. p. in Pass. sense; {-hanyamAna} Comm.) being beaten
or struck by (instr.) MBh. i, 1424.
avajñaya *V= indifferent, neglectful, disrespecting, disregarding, disobeying
avajñaa *= 1 %{-jAnAti} (ind. p. %{-jJaya} ; perf. Pass. %{-jajJle} Bhat2t2.) to
disesteem, have a low opinion of, despise, treat with contempt MBh. &c. ; to
excel Ka1vya7d.\\ f. contempt, disesteem, disrespect (with loc. or gen.) ;
(%{ayA}) instr. ind. with disregard, indifferently Katha1s. (cf. %{sA7vAjJam}.)
avaji* = (impf. {avA7jayat}; ind. p. -jitya) to spoil (i.e. deprive of by
conquest), win MBh. Mn. xi 80 &c.; to ward off MBh. xiii, 124, to conquer MBh..:
Desid. (p. {-jigISat}) to wish to win or recover S'ânkhS'r.
avajita* = mfn. won by conquest R. iii, 54, 6, contemned L.
avajiti* = is f. conquest, victory Kir. vi, 43.
avajñaata* = mfn. despised, disrespected; given (as alms) with contempt. Bhag.
xvii, 22.
avajñaana* = n. (Pân. 3-3, 55) = 2. {ava-jJA} Ragh. i, 79 Hit.
avajyut* = Caus. {-jyotayati}, to light up or cause a light to shine upon,
illumine S'Br.
avajval* = Caus. {-jvalayati} [ÂS'V-S'r.] or {-jvAl}, [Kaus'.], to set on fire.
avaaj* = ({aj}) {a4vA7jati}, to drive down RV. i, 161, 10.
avajñA* =1 {-jAnAti} (ind. p. {-jJaya}; perf. Pass. {-jajJle} Bhathth.) to
disesteem, have a low opinion of, despise, treat with contempt MBh. &c.; to
excel Kâvya7d.
avajñA* =2 f. contempt, disesteem, disrespect (with loc. or gen.); ({ayA})
instr. ind. with disregard, indifferently Kathâs. (cf. {sA7vAjJam}.)
avakaranikara = dust, garbage
avakarikaa = (f) dustbin, garbage bin
avakalana = differentiation
avakalpate (avaklRp) *= %{-kalpate}, to correspond to, answer, be right TS. &c.
; to be fit for, serve to (dat.) BhP. Sarvad.: Caus., %{-kalpayati}, to put in
order, prepare "', make ready S3Br. &c. ; to employ becomingly S3Br. ; to
consider as possible Pa1n2. 3- "', 3, 147 Sch.: Desid. of Caus. (impf. 3. pl.
%{avA7cikalpayiSan}) to wish to prepare or to make ready AitBr.
avakiraNa * = n. sweepings Car.
avakirNa * = mfn. who has spilt his semen virile, i. e. violated his vow of
chastity TA1r., poured upon, covered with, filled MBh. i, 7840, &c., (cf.
%{sapta@dvArA7vakIrNa})
avakirNajaTAbhAra * = mfn. whose tresses of hair are scattered or have become
loose Das3.
avalepa * = m. glutinousness (as of the mouth) Sus'r. [103, 3]; ointment L.;
ornament L.; pride, haughtiness BhP. Ragh. &c. (cf. {an-} neg.)
avalehaH = (m) pickle
avalipta = proud, haughty
avalokita *= mfn. seen viewed, observed, viewed by, i. e. being in sight of a
planet VarBr2S. Ma1rkP. ; m. = %{avalokitezvara} below ; (%{A}) f. N. of a
woman, Ma1latim. ; (%{am}) n. looking at, beholding L.
avaman * = 1. (Pot. {-manyeta} aor. Subj. 2. sg. {maMsthAH}, 2.pl. {-madhvam}
Bhathth.; ep. also P. {-manyati} fut. {-maMsyati} MBh. iv, 444) to despise,
treat, contemptuously MBh. &c.; to repudiate refuse ib.: Pass. {-manyate} to be
treated contemptuously: Caus. (Pot. {-mAnayet}) to despise, treat contemptuous)
y Mn. ii, 50.
avamaana * m. (ifc. f. â Kathâs.) disrespect contempt Mn. ii, 162, &c.;
dishonour, ignominy MBh. iii, 226, &c.
avana = protection* = n. favour, preservation, protection Nir. BhP. &c. (cf.
{an.avana}); (= {tarpaNa}) satisfaction L.; joy, pleasure L.; (for the explan.
of 2. {e4va}) desire, wish Nir.; speed L.; 1. ({I}) f. the plant Ficus
Heterophylla L.; N. of a river Hariv.; (for 2. {avanI} see {ava4ni}.)
avamehana * = n. urining upon BhP.
avamehanIya * = mfn. to be urined upon , (%{an-} neg.) Gobh.
avani* = f. course, bed of a river RV.; stream, river RV., the earth Naigh. R.
Pañcat. &c.; the soil, ground Megh.; any place on the ground Sûryas.; ({ayas})
f. pl. the fingers Naigh.
avanii* = 1 f. the earth R. Pañcat.
avanii* = 2 (fut. 2. sg. {-neSyasi}) to lead or bring down into (water) S'Br.;
to put into (loc.) Gobh.; {-nayati}, Ved. to pour down or over AV. VS. &c.
avana* = n. favour, preservation, protection Nir. BhP. &c. (cf. {an.avana}); (=
{tarpaNa}) satisfaction L.; joy, pleasure L.; (for the explan. of 2. {e4va})
desire, wish Nir.; speed L.; 1. ({I}) f. the plant Ficus Heterophylla L.; N. of
a river Hariv.; (for 2. {avanI} see {ava4ni}.)
avanata *= mfn. bowed , bent down MBh. &c. ; bending , stooping , deepened , not
projecting R. vi , 23 , 12 , &c.
avanejana * = mf({I})n. washing, serving for washing (the feet) BhP.; ({am}) n.
ablution (of hands [SBr.] or feet [Mn. ii, 209 BhP.]); water for washing (hands
[AV. xi, 3, 13] or feet cf. {pAdA7van-}).
avaniM = earth
avanipaala = of warrior kings
avaniitanya = the daughter of the Earth (siita)
avapaata* = m. falling down Mriicch.; ({an-} neg.) AitBr. (cf. {zastrA7vap-});
descent, descending upon; flying down Hit.; a hole or pit for catching game in
Ragh. xvi, 78 [101,1]; ({am}) ind. with {ava-patya} (ind. p.), falling or flying
down like (in comp.)
avapad* = {-padyate} (Subj. P. {-padAti} RV. ix, 73, 9; Prec. Â. 3. sg.
{-padISTa} RV. vii, 104, 17; aor. Subj. Â. 3. sg. {-pAdi} RV. i, 105, 3; Ved.
Inf. (abl.) {-pa4das} RV. ii, 29, 6) Ved. to fall down, glide down into (acc.)
RV. &c.; (Imper. Â. 3. pl. {-padyantAm}; Subj. P. 2. sg. {-patsi}; Pot. P. 1.
sg. {-padyeyam}) to drop from (abl.), be deprived of (abl.) AV. AitBr. PBr.;
(Subj. Â. 1. sg. {-padyai}) to fall, meet with an accident AitBr.; (fut. 3. pl.
{-patsyanti}) to throw down Kâthh.: Caus. (Imper. 2. sg. {-pAdaya}; ind. p.
{-pAdya}) to cause to glide or go down AV. Sus'r.
avapas'* = P. {-pazyati} (2. pl. {-pazyata}; p. {-pa4zyat}) to look down upon
(acc.) RV. AV. xviii, 4, 37: Â. {-pazyate}, to look upon AV. ix 4,19.
avapaT* = (ind. p. {-pATya}) to split, tear into pieces Sus'r. Kâd. Pass.
{-pAtyate}, to crack, flaw, split Sus'r.
avapat* = (p. {-patat} RV. x, 97, 17 ind. p. {-patya} see {ava-pAta}; impf.
{avA7patat} MBh. &c.) to fly down, jump down, fall down: Caus. (p. {-pAtayat})
to throw down Kathâs.
avaraM = abominable
avarcas * = mfn. having no vigour or energy AV. iv, 22, 3 S3Br. v.
avardhata V*= immediately developed, increased, began to increase more and more
avardhamaana * = mfn. `" not growing "' , (g. %{cArv-Adi} q.v.)
avaruuNaddhi = to obstruct
avarohati = to descend
avaruddha * = hindered, checked, stopped, kept back S'ak. Sâh.; shut in,
enclosed Mn. viii, 236 &c.; imprisoned secluded (as in the inner apartments)
Yâjñ. ii, 290, &c.; expelled MBh. iv, 2011, &c.; wrapped up, covered VarBriS.;
disguised Das'.; Ved. obtained, gained S'Br. &c.
avarudh* = P. (aor. {-rudhat}) to obstruct, enclose, contain RV. x, 105, 1,
(Inf. {-roddhum}) to check, keep back, restrain R. iii, 1, 33, to expel Kaus'.
S'ânkhS'r. R. ii, 30, 9; {-ruNaddhi}, to seclude, put aside, remove S'Br.
KaushBr. ShadvBr.; to shut in, (aor. Â. {avA7ruddha} and Pass. {avA7rodh}) Pân.
3-1, 64 Sch.; to keep anything (acc., as one's grief) locked up (in one's bosom
acc.) Bhathth.; (ind. p. {-rudhya}) to keep one's self ({AtmAnam}) wrapped up in
one's self ({Atmani}) BhP.; (impf. {avA7ruNat}) to confine within, besiege
Das'.: Â. {-rundhe} (for {-nddhe} AV.; impf. {avA7rundha} TS.; ind. p.
{-ru4dhya} ib.; Ved. Inf. {-ru4dham} ib. and {-rudham} MaitrS.) chiefly Ved. to
reach, obtain, gain: P. (p.f. {-rundhatI}; cf. {anurudh}) to be attached to,
like BhP.: Desid.A. {-rurutsate}, Ved.to wish to obtain or gain TS. &c.:
Intens.P. (Subj. 2. sg. {-rorudhas}) to expel from "' (the domimon) R. si, 58,
20.
avaruuDha* = mfn. come near, approached AV. vi, 140, 1; descended, dismounted,
alighted.
avarudham * = Ved.Inf. see %{avarudh}.
avarudhyamaana * = mfn. being enclosed or surrounded BhP.
avasaadita * = mfn. made to sink, exhausted, dispirited ; frustrated R. v, 51,
2.
avashaH = helplessly
avas'a * = mf(%{A})n. unsubmissive to another's will , independent ,
unrestrained , free , Av. vi , 42 , 3 & 43 , 3 , &c. ; not having one's own free
will , doing something against one's desire or unwillingly Mn. v , 33 Bhag. &c.
avas'A* = f. not a cow , a bad cow AV. xii , 4 , 17 and 42. 17 and 42
avas'aga * = mfn. not being in any one's (gen.) power.
avas'aMgama * = n. `" not submissive to each other N. of a special Sandhi (in
which the two sounds meeting each other remain
unchanged) RPra1t.
avas'apta * = mfn. cursed MBh. xiii , 7221.
avas'arNa * = mfn. broken , shattered Kaus3. MBh. xiii , 1503.
avas'as * = (only instr. %{-za4sA}) f. ( %{zaMs}) , wrong desire AV. vi , 45 ,
2. [104,2]
avas'Atana * = n. ( %{zad} , Caus.) , withering , drying up Sus3r.
avas'esha * = n. leavings, remainder Mn. viii, 159, &c. ; often ifc. e.g.
%{ardhA7v-}, %{kathA7v-}, %{pitA7v-} q.v. ; (%{am}) ind. ifc. so as to leave as
a remnant Das3. (cf. %{nir-av}.)
avas'eshita* = mfn. left as a remnant, remaining MBh. i, 5129, &c. (cf.
%{kathA-mAtrA7v-} and %{nAmamAtrA7v-}.)
avas'i * = (Imper. 2. sg. %{-zizIhi}) to deliver from, remove RV. x, 105, 8.
avas'I * = A1. (3. pl. %{zIyante} ; Imper. %{-zIyatam}) to fall or drop off AV.
xviii, 3, 60 TS. Ka1t2h. S3Br. PBr.
avas'IbhUta * = mfn. unrestrained, independent L. ; uninfluenced by magic L.
avas'in * = mfn. not having one's own free will ; not exercising on's own will,
not independent A1p.
avas'ish * = Pass. %{-zi4Syate}, to be left as a remnant, remain TBr. S3Br. MBh.
&c.: Caus. (Pot. %{-zeSayet}) to leave as a remnant MBh. v, 2638 R. v, 26, 38.
avas'iSTa * = mfn. left, remaining.
avashishhyate = remains
avashhTabhya = entering into
avasaM = automatically
avasan.h = III pl. imperfect of vas, to live
avasannaaH = inadequate
avasaraH = (m) opportunity, chance
avasarpati = to slide (as from a waterslide)
avasaadayet.h = put into degradation
avasAdita * mfn. made to sink, exhausted, dispirited; frustrated
avasara *= m. `" descent (of water) "', rain L.; occasion, moment, favourable
opportunity S3ak. &c.; seasonableness, appropriate place for anything (gen.)
Katha1s.; any one's (gen.) turn Pan5cat.; leisure, advantageous situation L.; (=
%{mantra}) consultation in private(?) L.; a year L.; (%{e}) loc. ind. at the
right moment Katha1s.
avasatha * = m. (for {A-vasatha} q.v.) habitation Hcat.; a village L.; a
college, school L.; ({am}) n. a house, dwelling L.
avasthaa = a state of the mind* = P. {-tiSThati} (impf. {-atiSThat}; aor. Subj.
{-sthAt}; perf. Â. 3. sg. {-tasthe}; perf. p. P. {-tasthiva4s}) `" to go down
into (acc.), reach down to (acc.) RV. S'Br.; (aor. Subj. 2. pl. {-sthAta}), to
go away from (abl.) RV. v, 53, 8; (aor. Subj. 1. sg. {-stkam}) to be separated
from or deprived of (abl.) RV. ii, 27, 17: Â. (Pân. 1-3, 22; rarely P. e.g.
Bhag. xiv, 23 BhP. &c.) to take one's stand, remain standing Âs'vGri. &c.; to
stay, abide, stop at any place (loc.) MBh. &c.; to abide in a state or condition
(instr.) MBh. i, 5080 BhP. &c.; (with ind. p.) to remain or continue (doing
anything) MBh. i, 5770; iii, 187 (ed. Bomb.), &c.; to be found, exist, be
present MBh. Yâjñ. i, 272, &c.; (perf. 1 sg. {-tasthe}) to fall to, fall into
the possession of (dat.) RV. x, 48, 5; to enter, be absorbed in in (loc.) Mn.
vi, 81 [106,1]; to penetrate (as sound or as fame) MBh. xiii, 1 845: Pass.
{-sthIyate}, to be settled or fixed or chosen S'ak.: Caus. (generally ind. p.
{-sthApya}) to cause to stand or stop (as a carriage or an army &c.), let behind
MBh. &c.; to place upon (loc.), fix, set, array Âs'vGri. &c.; to cause to enter
or be absorbed in (loc.) MBh. iii, 12502; to render solid or firm R. v, 35, 36;
to establish (by arguments) Comm. on Nyâyad.: Pass. Caus. {-sthApyate}, to be
kept firm [`" to be separated "' BR.] BhP.
avasthaatuM = to stay
avasthaatrayaH = three states of bodily consciousness (awake, sleep, dream)
avasthitaM = situated
avasthitaH = situated
avasthitaaH = situated
avasthitaan.h = arrayed on the battlefield
avasthiti %{is} f. residence BhP. Katha1s. abiding, stability see %{an-av-};
following, practising L.
avastu*n = n. a worthless thing Kum. v, 66, insubstantiality, the unreality of
matter Kap. Vedântas.
avasyand* = Â. (p. {-syandamAna}) to flow or trickle down BhP.
avasyandita* = n. (in rhetoric) attributing to one's own words a sense not
originally meant Sâh. Das'ar. &c.
avasya* = Nom P. (p. dat. sg. m. {avasyate}) to seek favour or assistance RV. i,
116, 23.
av[at] * = cl. I .P. %{a4vati} (Imper. 2. sg. %{ava} sg. %{tAt} RV. viii, 2, 3,
p. %{a4vat} impf. a4vat, 2. sg. 1. %{A4vaH} [for 2. %{A4vaH} see %{vR}] ; perf.
3. sg. %{Ava}, 2. pl. %{Ava4} RV. viii, 7, 18, 2.sg. %{A4vitha} ; aor. %{a4vit},
2. sg. %{AvIs}, %{avIs} and %{aviSas}, Imper. %{aviSTu}, 2. sg. %{aviDDhi4}
[once RV. ii, 17, 8] or %{aviDDh} [six times in RV.], 2. du. %{aviSTam}, 3. du.,
2. pl. %{aviSTa4nA} RV. vii, 18, 25 Prec. 3. sg. %{avyAs}, Inf. %{a4vitave} RV.
vii, 33, 1 ; Ved. ind. p. %{AvyA} RV. i, 166, 13) to drive, impel, animate (as a
car or horse) RV. ; Ved.to promote, favour, (chiefly Ved.) to satisfy, refresh ;
to offer (as a hymn to the gods) "' RV. iv, 44, 6 ; to lead or bring to (dat.:
%{Uta4ye}, %{vA4ja-sAtaye}, %{kSatrA4ya}, %{svasta4ye}) RV. ; (said of the gods)
to be pleased with, like, accept favourably (as sacrifices, prayers or hymns)
RV., (chiefly said of kings or princes) to guard, defend, protect, govern BhP.
Ragh. ix, 1 VarBr2S. &c.: Caus. (only impf. %{avayat}, 2. sg. %{Avayas}) to
consume, devour RV. AV. VS. S3Br. [cf. Gk. $ Lat. {aveo}?]. &29765[96,1]
avatara * = m. descent, entrance S'is'. i, 43; opportunity Naish.
avataara = a divine incarnation particularly of Vishnu, e.g. Buddha* = m. (Pân.
3-3, 120) descent (especially of a deity from heaven), appearance of any deity
upon earth (but more particularly the incarnations of Vishnu in ten principal
forms, viz. the fish tortoise, boar, man lion, dwarf, the two Râmas, Kriishna,
Buddha, and Kalki MBh. xii, 12941 seqq.); any new and unexpected appearance
Ragh. iii, 36 & v, 24, &c., (any distinguished person in the language of respect
is called an Avatâra or incarnation of a deity); opportunity of catching any one
Buddh.; a Tirtha or sacred place L.; translation L.
avataritavya* = n. impers. to be alighted Mriicch.
avataarita* = mfn. caused to descend, fetched down from (abl.); taken down, laid
down or aside; removed; set a-going, rendered current, accomplished Râjat.
avataarin* = mfn. making one's appeance see {raGgA7vat-}; making a descent in
the incarnation of (in comp.) RâmatUp.; ifc. appearing Mâlatîm.
avataarayati = to keep down, to get down
avati = (1 pp) to protect
avatishhThati = remains
avatishhThate = becomes established
avatu = (may the lord) protect
avayavaH = A Limb (of the body), A part, a portion, a component, a constitunt,
an ingredient
avayava * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) a limb, member, part, portion Pân. &c.; a member or
component part of a logical argument or syllogism Nyâyid. &c.
aveda * = %{As} m. pl. not the Vedas S3Br. xiv.
avedavid * = mfn. not knowing the Vedas GopBr. Mn. iv, 192.
avedavidvas * = m(dat. %{-viduSe})fn. id. MBh. xii, 8967.
avedavihita * = mfn. not prescribed in the Vedas Mn. v, 43.
avedayAna * = mfn. (pr. p. A1.) not knowing, not ascertaining Mn. viii, 32.
aaves'a *= m. joining one's self Ka1tyS3r.; entering, entrance, taking
possession of MBh. S3ak. Prab. &c.; absorption of the faculties in one wish or
idea, intentness, devotedness to an object BhP.; demoniacal frenzy, possession,
anger, wrath Ba1lar. Ka1d.; pride, arrogance L.; indistinctness of idea,
apoplectic or epileptic giddiness L.
avekshaa * f. observation, care, attention to (loc.) Mn. vii, 101 R. BhP.
avekshya* = mfn. to be attended to
avekshitavya mfn. to be observed attentively Sus3r.
avi* = mfn. ( {av}), favourable, kindly disposed AV. v, 1, 9, ({is}) mf. a sheep
RV. (mentioned with reference to its wool being used for the Soma strainer) AV.
&c.; the woollen Soma strainer RV.; ({is}) m. a protector, lord L.; the sun L.;
air, wind L.; a mountain L.; a wall or enclosure L.; a cover made of the skin of
mice L., ({is}) f. an ewe AV. x, 8, 31, (= a-vî q.v.; cf. also {adhi}) a woman
in her courses L. [cf. Lith. {awi-s}; Slav. {ovjza}, Lat. {ovi-s}; Gk. $-s;
Goth. {avistr}].
avibhaktaM = without division
avichaarii = adj. thoughtless
avidaasin *= mfn. not drying up (as a pond) , perennial A1s3vGr2. Gobh. BhP.
avidita = without knowledge, unknowingly
avidushaH = of one who does not know
avidusa * = n. id. Pa1n2. 4-2 , 36 Comm.
avidushthara * = see %{a-vidya}.
avidya = lack of education, ignorance * = mfn. unlearned, unwise Mn. ix, 205,
&c.; ({avidyA}) f. ignorance, spiritual ignorance AV. xi, 8, 23 VS. xl, 12-14
S'Br.xiv; (in Vedânta phil.) illusion (personified as Mâyâ), ignorance together
with non-existence Buddh.
avidyAmaya* = mfn. consisting of ignorance.
avidyamAna* = mfn. (3. {vid}; pr. Pass. p.), not present or existent, absent
KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Mn. &c. {-ta} f. the not being present Comm. on Nyayad.
avidyamAnatva* = n. id. Comm. on BriÂrUp.
avidyamAnavat* = ind. as if not being present Pân. 3-1, 3 Comm.; viii, 1, 72.
avidyaa = metaphysical ignorance
avidyamaana* = mfn. (3. {vid}; pr. Pass. p.), not present or existent, absent
KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Mn. &c. {-ta} f. the not being present Comm. on Nyayad.
avidvaa.nsaH = the ignorant
avidhipuurvakaM = in a wrong way
aviGYeyaM = unknowable
avidusha *V =ignorant, being foolish, not learned
avidushthara *= see %{a-vidya}.
avi *= mfn. ( %{av}), favourable, kindly disposed AV. v, 1, 9, (%{is}) mf. a
sheep RV. (mentioned with reference to its wool being used for the Soma
strainer) AV. &c. ; the woollen Soma strainer RV. ; (%{is}) m. a protector, lord
L. ; the sun L. ; air, wind L. ; a mountain L. ; a wall or enclosure L. ; a
cover made of the skin of mice L., (%{is}) f. an ewe AV. x, 8, 31, (= a-vi1 q.v.
; cf. also %{adhi}) a woman in her courses L. [cf. Lith. {awi-s} ; Slav.
{ovjza}, Lat. {ovi-s} ; Gk. $-s ; Goth. {avistr}].
avihata *= mfn. not refused or sent away BhP. ; unobstructed , unimpeded BhP.
Megh.
avii * = {Is} f. ( {vI}), a woman in her courses L.
avikalpena = without division
avikaaryaH = unchangeable
avikaarin * = mfn. unchangeable, invariable (as truth) MBh. xii, 5979 & (superl.
%{-ri-tama}) 5986, &c.; unchangeable (in character), faithful Mn. vii, 190;
without change, without being changed Sus3r.; not exhibiting any alteration (in
one's features) Katha1s.
avilambita *= mfn. not delaying, expeditious Katha1s. ; not pronounced slowly
Ka1tySr. La1t2y. TPra1t. ; (%{am}) ind. without delay S3ak. Katha1s. [110,1]
avilupta*= mfn. undamaged unhurt BhP. Ra1jat. Katha1s
avinashyantaM = not destroyed
avinaasha = undestructible, name of Vishnu
avinaashi = imperishable
avinaashinaM = indestructible
avinda *= not finding, not getting, not gaining
avipakva* =mfn. undigested Bhpr.; immature.
avipashchitaH = men with a poor fund of knowledge
avirati = sensuality
avirodha = no opposition * = m. non-opposition to, living or being in agreement
with (in comp. or inst.) MBh. xiii, 1935 Hariv. 8752 R.; non-incompatibility,
consistency, harmony, Ya1n5. ii, 186, &c.
avishahya mfn. not bearable, not wearable MBh. BhP. ; intolerable, insupportable
BhP. R. Ragh. Kum. iv, 30 ; irresistible MBh. &c. ; unfeasible, impracticable
MBh. R. (ii, 20, 33, superl. %{-tama}) ; inaccessible (to the eyes, %{cakSuSAm})
MBh. xiv, 611 ; indeterminable (as a boundary) Mn. viii, 265.
avisha *= 1 mf(%{A})n. not poisonous RV. AV. VS. Sus3r. ; (%{A}) f. the plant
Curcuma Zedoaria.\\ 2 m. ( %{av}), the ocean Un2. (cf. %{taviSa}) ; (%{I}) f. a
river Un2. ; the earth L.
avis'aGka* = mfn. having no doubts, not hesitating MBh. iii, 2171 and xiii,
2747; ({A}) f. `" no hesitation "', ({ayA}) instr. ind. undoubtingly without
hesitation MBh. Hariv. &c.
avishaya m. anything out of reach, anything impossible or improper MBh. xiii,
2207 S3ak. Katha1s. ; not a proper object for (gen.). Ma1lati1m. Ven2is. ;
(mfn.) not having an object Nr2isUp.
avis'aGkita* = mfn. unapprehensive, not having doubts, not hesitating MBh. v,
490 BhP. &c.; ({am}) ind. without hesitation R. v, 90, 13 Sus'r.
avis'astR* = {tA4} m. an unskilful cutter up or killer (of animals) RV. i, 162,
20.
avis'esha* = m. non-distinction, non-difference, uniformity Kap.; (mfn.)without
difference, uniform BhP. Kap. &c.; ({ANi}) n. pl. (in Sinkhya phil.) N. of the
(five) elementary substances (cf. {tan-mAtra}); ({At}) ind. or in comp.
{avizSa-} [e.g. {avizeSa-zruteS}, {aviseSo7padezAt} KâtyS'r.] without a special
distinction or difference KâtyS'r.] Jaim. Gaut. S'ulb.; not differently, equally
Comm. on Nyâyad.; ({eNa}) ind. without a special distinction or difference Âp.
Comm. on Yâjñ. &c. =
avis'eshavat* = mfn. not making a difference between (loc.) Yâjñ. iii, 154.
avasita * = mfn. one who has put up at any place, who dwells, rests, resides RV.
i, 32, 15 and iv, 25, 8 S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.; brought to his abode (as Agni) TS.;
ended, terminated, finished, completed MBh. i, 4678, &c.; one who has given up
anything (abl. MBh. xii, 7888; or in comp. Ya1jn5. ii, 183); determined, fixed
BhP.; ascertained BhP.; known, understood; one who is determined to (loc.) BhP.;
being at end of the line of a verse (see %{ava-sA4na}) RPra1t. VPra1t.; stored
(as grain &c.) L.; gone L.; (%{am}) n. `" a dwelling-place "' see
%{navA7vasita4}.
avis'va* = n. not the universe BhP.
avis'vasat* = mfn. not confiding Râjat. Kathâs.
avis'vasta* = mfn. not trusted, suspected, doubted L.; = {a-vizvasa4t} R. iii,
1, 25, &c.
avisha * = 1 mf(%{A})n. not poisonous RV. AV. VS. Sus3r.; (%{A}) f. the plant
Curcuma Zedoaria \\ 2 m. ( %{av}), the ocean Un2. (cf. %{taviSa}); (%{I}) f. a
river Un2.; the earth L.
avita * = mfn. ( %{av}). protected L. (cf. %{a4droghA7vita}.)\\ aviita * =
mf(%{A})n. ( %{vI}), not enjoyed (as the sacrificial oblation) RV. iv, 48,
1\\aaviita * = and %{AvItin} see %{A-vye}. [156,1]\\ aaviita * = mfn. covered,
invested (especially with the sacred thread).
avekshe = let me see
avekshya = considering
avottaraattaat.h = protect me from the northern direction
avrithaa * = ind. not in vain, profitably L.
avyaakritaa = not expressed
avya * = mfn. (said of the woollen Soma strainer) coming from sheep ({a4vi}
q.v.) RV.; ({as}, {am}) m. n. the woollen Soma strainer RV.
avyaahataaGYaH = avyAhata+agyaH, not feeling the hit?
avyabhichaariNii = without any break
avyabhichaariNyaa = without any break
avyabhichaareNa = without fail
avyaakrita* = mfn. undeveloped, unexpounded S'Br. xiv BhP.; ({am}) n. elementary
substance from which all things were created, considered as one with the
substance of Brahma L.
avyakta = nonmanifested* = mfn. undeveloped, not manifest, unapparent,
indistinct, invisible, imperceptible Up. Pân. Mn. &c.; (in alg.) unknown as
quantity or number; speaking indistinctly; m. (= {paramA7tman}) the universal
Spirit Mn. ix, 50; N. of Vishnu L.; of S'iva L.; of Kâma L.; a fool L.; N. of an
Upanishad; ({am}) n. (in Sânkhya phil.) `" the unevolved (Evolver of all things)
"', the primary germ of nature, primordial element or productive principle
whence all the phenomena of the material world are developed, KathhaUp.
Sânkhyak. &c.; ({am}) ind. indistinctly.
avyaktaM = nonmanifested
avyaktaH = invisible
avyaktamuurtinaa = by the unmanifested form
avyaktaa = toward the unmanifested
avyaktaat.h = to the unmanifest
avyaktaadiini = in the beginning unmanifested
avyaliika * = mfn. having no uneasiness or unpleasantness; well off MBh. v, 698;
not false, true, veracious BhP. Das'ar.; ({am}) ind. truly BhP.
avyaya = without deterioration: 1 or rarely {a4vyaya} [only RV. viii, 97, 2 and
ix, 86, 34] mfn. ({a4vi}) made of sheep's skin (as the woollen Soma strainer)
RV.; belonging to or consisting of sheep RV. viii, 97, 2. \\2 mf({A})n. not
liable to change, imperishable, undecaying Up. Mn. &c.; `" not spending "',
parsimonious; m. N. of Vishnu or S'iva L.; of a son of Manu Raivata Hariv. 433;
of a Nâga demon MBh. i, 2157 (ed. Bomb.); the non-spending, parsimony; ({am}) n.
[or m. L.] an indeclinable word, particle Pân. APrât. &c.; (in Vedânta) a member
or corporeal part of an organized body L.
avyayaM = immutable; V state of affairs
avyayaH = inexhaustible
avyayasya = of the imperishable
avyavasaayinaaM = of those who are not in KRishhNa consciousness
avyutpanna mfn. not ensuing or following, Ven2is.; underived (as a word), having
no etymology Pa1n2. 7-2, 8 Pat.; unaccomplished, inexperienced BhP. &c.
ayaama * = not a night-watch, any time during daylight.
ayaasya * (4) mfn. (= $ Windisch; cf. {ayA4s} and {ai0A4s} before), agile,
dexterous, valiant RV.; m. N. of an Angiras (composer of the hymns RV. ix, 44-66
and x, 67 and 68) RV. x, 67, 1 and 108, 8 S'Br. xiv.
ayaata * = mfn. not gone
ayaM = him (from idaM.h)
ayajanta = third person plur. imperfect aatmanepada of yaj, to worship
ayatha * = n. a foot RV. x 28, 10 and 11 (mfn.) prosperous, Pa1rGr.\\see col.
2.\\ayatha ind. not as it should be, unfitly BhP.
ayatiH = the unsuccessful transcendentalist
ayathaavat.h = imperfectly
ayana*=mfn. going VS. xxii, 7 Nir.; ({am}) n. walking a road a path RV. iii 33,
7 &c. (often ifc. cf. {naimiSA7yana}, {puruSA7yana}, {prasamA7yana},
{samudrA7yaNa}, {svedA7yana}), (in astron) advancing, precession Sûryas.; (with
gen [e.g. {a4ngirasAm}, {AdityA4nam}, {gavAm}, &c.] or ifc.) `" course,
circulation "'N. of various periodical sacrificial rites AV. S'Br. &c. the suñs
road north and south of the equator, the half year Mn. &c., the equinoctial and
solstitial points VarBriS. &c.; way, progress, manner S'Br.; place of refuge Mn.
i, 10; a treatise ({zAstra} cf. {jyotiSAm-ayana}) L.
ayaana* =n. not moving "', halting, stopping L.; (= {sva.bhAva}), natural
disposition or temperament "' L
ayaneshhu = in the strategic points
ayama = length, extension, restraint
ayashaH = infamy
ayasaH = (m) iron
ayase = (v) to go
ayata * = mfn. unrestrained, uncontrolled
ayatha * = n. a foot RV. x 28, 10 and 11 (mfn.) prosperous, Pa1rGr.\\see col.
2.\\ ayatha ind. not as it should be, unfitly BhP.
ayaGYasya = for one who performs no sacrifice
ayudha* = m. a non-fighter Pân. 5-1, 121.
ayuktaH = one who is not in KRishhNa consciousness
ayuktasya = of one who is not connected (with KRishhNa consciousness)
ayuta * = 1 mfn. (1. {yu}), unimpeded AV. xix, 51, 1; N. of a son of Râdhika
BhP.
ayu4ta * = 2 n. [{as} m. only MBh. iii, 801], `" unjoined, unbounded "', ten
thousand, a myriad RV. AV. &c.; in comp. a term of praise (see
{ayutA7dhyApaka}), (g. {kASThA7di} q.v.)
ayogataH = without devotional service
ayojayishhyat.h = if one does not join or connect
ayobhaaNDam.h = (n) a wooden barrel
B
ba * the third letter of the labial class (often confounded with {va}).
baadaraayaNa * = m. (patr. fr. %{badara}; cf. g. %{naDA7di}) N. of sev. teachers
and authors (esp. of a sage identified with Vya1sa, said to be the author of the
Veda7nta-su1tras; of an astronomer; of the author of a Dharma-s3a1stra &c. ) IW.
106 &c.; mfn. written or composed by Ba1dñBa1dara1yan2a Cat.
baadhate = (1 ap) to obstruct
baadhyate = affected, afflicted
baadhaka * = mf({ikA})n. oppressing, harassing, paining (see {zatru-b-});
opposing, hindering, injuring, prejudicing MBh. Pur. ({-tA} f.); setting aside,
suspending, annulling S'ank. Sarvad. ({-tva} n.); m. a partic. disease of women
L.; a kind of tree Gobh.; mf({I})n. belonging to or derived from the Bâdhaka
tree ShadvBr. S'rS.
baadhana * = mfn. oppressing, harassing (see {zatrub-}); opposing, refuting L.;
({A}) f. uneasiness, trouble, pain Nyâyas.; n. opposition, resistance,
oppression, molestation, affliction (also pl.) R. S'ak.; removing, suspending,
annulment (of a rule &c.) Veda7ntas. Pân. Sch.
baadhita4 * = mfn. pressed, oppressed &c. RV. &c. &c.; (in gram.) set aside,
annulled; (in logic) contradictory, absurd, false, incompatible (cf.
{a-bAdhita})
baadhya * = mfn. to be (or being) pressed hard or harassed or distressed or
pained or checked or suppressed, Kav. Katha1s. Pur. &c. ; to be (or being) set
aside or suspended or annulled Vop.
bhaadra* = m. (fr. {bhadra}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) the
month Bhâdra (= {-pada} below) Râjat.; ({I}) f. (scil. {tithi}) the day of full
moon in the month BhñBhâdra Col.
baahu = arm *= 1 m. and (L.) f. (fr. %{bah}, %{baMh}; for 2. %{bAhu} see col. 3)
the arm, (esp.) the fore-arm, the arm between the elbow and the wrist (opp. to
%{pra-gaNDa} q.v.; in medic. the whole upper extremity of the body, as opp. to
%{sakthi}, the lower extñextremity) RV. &c. &c.; the arm as a measure of length
(= 12 An3gulas) Sulbas.; the fore-foot of an animal (esp. its upper part) RV.
AV. Br. A1s3vGr2.; the limb of a bow S3Br.; the bar of a chariot-pole Gobh.; the
post (of a door; see %{dvAra-b-}); the side of an angular figure (esp. the base
of a right-angled triangle) Su1ryas.; the shadow of the gnomon on a sun-dial
ib.; (also du.) the constellation A1rdra1 L.; m. N. of a Daitya MBh.; of a
prince (who brought ruin upon his family by his illegal actions) ib.; of a son
of Vr2ika Hariv.; of a son of Vajra VP. [Cf. Gk. $, $; &222225[730,2] Germ.
{buog}, {Bug}; Angl. Sax. {bo1g}; Eng. {bough}.]\\ 2 (for 1. see col. 2),
Vr2iddhi form of %{bahu} in comp. = ki1t2a mfn. g. %{palady-Adi}.
baahuM = arms
baahulya = plentitude
baahyasparsheshhu = in external sense pleasure
baahyaan.h = unnecessary
baala = child
baalaH = young boy
baalakaH = boy
baalakavii = young poet
baalabuddhii = adj. childish
baalaa = Girl
baalaaH = the less intelligent
baalikaaH = girl
baalis'a *= 1 mf(%{A})n. young, childish, puerile, ignorant, simple, foolish
MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; m. a fool, simpleton, blockhead ib.
baalonmattavadeva = like a child who has gone mad
baalyakaalaat.h = from a young age
baandhava = brother* = a kinsman, relation (esp. maternal rñrelation), friend
(ifc. f. â) Mn. MBh. &c.; a brother A.; ({I}) f. a female relative Kathâs.
baaNa = Arrow
baaNaH = (m) arrow
baaNa* = or {vANa4} (RV.), {bA4Na} (AV.; later more usually {vANa} q.v.) m. a
reed-shaft, shaft made of a reed, an arrow RV. &c. &c.; N. of the number five
(from the 5 arrows of Kâma-deva; cf. {paJca-b-}) Sûryas. Sâh.; the versed sine
of an arc Ganit.; a mark for arrows, aim BhP.; a partic. part of an arrow L.;
Saccharum Sara or a similar species of reed Bhpr.; the udder of a cow ({vANa4}
RV. iv, 24, 9) L.; music (for {vANa4}) AV. x, 2, 17 = {kevala},; N. of an Asura
(a, son of Bali, an enemy of Vishnu and favourite of S'iva) MBh. Pur.; of one of
Skanda's attendants MBh.; of a king Hariv.; (also {-bhaTTa}) of a poet (the
author of the Kâdambarî, of the Harsha-carita, and perhaps of the Ratna7valî)
Cat.; of a man of low origin Râjat.; m. (S'is') or ({A}) f. (L.) a
blue-flowering Barleria; ({A}) f. the hind part or feathered end of an arrow L.;
n. the flower of Barleria Kir. S'is'.; the body Pras'nUp. // n. appearance,
evidence, perception Veda7ntas. Bha1sha1p. &c.; light, lustre L.// 3 bhANa m. (
%{bhaN}) recitation (esp. of the Buddhist law) MWB. 44; N. of a sort of dramatic
entertainment (in which only one of the interlocutors appears on the scene, or a
narrative of some intrigue told either by the hero or a third person) Das3ar.
Sa1h. Prata1p. (cf. IW. 471). // 4 bhAna %{bhAnu} and e. see p. 751, col. 1.
baaNapaaNiM = with hand holding arrow (and Bow)
baashhpasthaalii = (f) pressure cooker
baashpa * m. (also written {vASpa} cf. Un. iii, 28) a tear, tears MBh. Kâv. &c.;
steam, vapour R. Ragh. Pañcat.; a kind of pot-herb Vâgbh.; iron L.; N. of a
disciple of Gautama Buda7ha; ({I}) f. a kind of plant (= {hiGgu-pattrI}) L.
babhuuva = became (from bhuu, to become), VB: became, appeared, there was, there
arose, he chose
bahavaH = in great numbers
bahiH = outside
bahu *= mf(%{vI4} or %{u})n. much, many, frequent, abundant, numerous, great or
considerable in quantity (n. also as subst. with gen.) RV. (rarely in Man2d2.
i-ix) AV. &c. &c. (%{tadbahu-yad}, `" it is a great matter that "' MBh.;
%{tvayA@me@bahu@kRtaM-yad}, `" you have done me a great service by-or that- "'
Nal.; %{kim@bahunA}, `" what occasion is there for much talk? "' i.e. `" in
short "' S3ak. Hit.); abounding or rich in (instr.) S3Br.; large, great, mighty
AV. &c. &c.; (%{u4}) ind. much, very, abundantly, greatly, in a high degree,
frequently, often, mostly RV. &c. &c. (often ibc., where also= nearly, almost,
rather, somewhat [724,3]; cf. %{bahu-tRNa}, %{bahu-trivarSa} and Pa1n2. 5-3, 68;
%{bahu-man} = to think much of esteem highly, prize, value); n. the pl. number
AitBr.
bahukrita = variously done/made-up
bahukritaveshhaH = various make-ups/roles
bahujanasukhaaya = (dat.Sing.) for he happiness of many
bahujanahitaaya = (dat.Sing.)for the welfare of many
bahuDhaa = (indec.)in many ways or differently
bahuda.nshhTraa = many teeth
bahudustaare = fordable with great difficulty
bahudhaa = in many ways
bahunaa = many
bahumataH = in great estimation
bahuraashhTriyasaMsthaa = (f) a multinational corporation
bahulaaM = various
bahulaayaasaM = with great labor
bahuvachanaM = plural
bahuvidhaaH = various kinds of
bahushaakhaaH = having various branches
bahusyaaM = may exist as many
bahuudaraM = many bellies
bahuun.h = many
bahuunaaM = many
bahuuni = many
bangabhaashhaa = Bengali language
baDisham.h = (n) fishing rod
badarikaa = the jujube fruit (``bora'' in marathi)
badara * = m. the jujube tree, Zizyphus Jujuba L.; another tree (=
{deva-sarSapa}) L.; the kernel of the fruit of the cotton plant L.; dried ginger
L.; N. of a man g. {naDA7di}; ({A}) f. the cotton shrub L.; a species of
Dioscorea L.; Mimosa Octandra L.; Clitoria Ternatea L.; ({I}) f. see below;
({ba4d-}) n. the edible fruit of the jujube (also used as a weight) VS. &c. &c.;
the berry or fruit of the cotton shrub L.
baddha = caught * =mfn. bound, tied, fixed, fastened, chained, fettered RV. &c.
&c.; captured, imprisoned, caught, confined ib. ({zatAt}, `" for a debt of a
hundred "' Pân. 2-3, 24 Sch.); bound by the fetters of existence or evil Kap.;
hanged, hung R.; tied up (as a braid of hair) Megh.; (ifc.) stopped, checked,
obstructed, impeded, restrained, suppressed MBh. Kâv. &c.; girt with S'ânkhS'r.;
(with instr. or ifc.) inlaid or studded with, set in MBh. Kâv. &c.; attached to,
riveted or fixed on (loc.) ib.; joined, united, combined, formed, produced ib.;
composed (as verses) R.; (esp. ibc.; cf. below) conceived, formed, entertained,
manifested, shown, betrayed, visible, apparent (cf. {jAta} ibc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
clenched (as the fist) Hariv. R.; folded (as the hands) Mriicch.; contracted (as
friendship or enmity) R. S'ak.; taken up (as an abode) Râjat.; built,
constructed (as a bridge) R. Ragh.; embanked (as a river) Râjat.; congealed,
clotted (as blood; opp. to {drava}) Sus'r.; alloyed (as quicksilver) L.; m. or
n. ? (with Jainas) that which binds or fetters the embodied spirit (viz. the
connection of the soul with deeds) MW.
baddhapadma = having bound himself in lotus-
baddhahasta\-shirshhaasana = the bound hands headstand posture
baddhaaH = being bound
badh = to tie up
badh.h = to trap, to tie down
badhnaati = to tie, to pack
badhyatas* = ind. (freedom) from the crowd AV. xii, 1, 2 (v.l. {madhya-ta4s}).
badhU* = f. wrongly for {vadhU4} AV. viii, 6, 14.
baddhakadambaka* = mfn. forming groups S'ak.
badhyate = becomes entangled
badhU * = f. wrongly for {vadhU4} AV. viii, 6, 14.
badhiraya * = Nom. P. {-yati}, to niake deaf, deafen. Das'. Mcar.
badhirita * = mfn. made deaf, deafened Das'. Kâd. Prab.
badhin * = mfn. (ifc.) injuring, impeding Jâtakam.
badva * n. (once m.) a large number, multitude (Sây., `" 100 Kothis "'; others
`" 10, 000 millions "' BhP. Sch. `" the number 13, 084 "') Br. MBh. BhP.
bahudhaa* = ind. in many ways or parts or forms or directions, variously,
manifoldly, much, repeatedly RV. &c. &c. (with {kR}, to make manifold, multiply
MBh.; to make public, divulge ib.)
bata = how strange it is
bakabaka = stork * = crane, Ardea Nivea (often fig. = a hypocrite, cheat, rogue,
the crane being regarded as a bird of great cunning and deceit as well as
circumspection)
bakaH = (m) crane
bakulaM = blossom (bakula tree blossom
bakulaH = type of tree/shrub
bakulaa = (f)pr.n
bala = strength
balaM = army
balavat.h = strong
balavataaM = of the strong
balavaan.h = powerful
balahiinena = (instr.sing.) by the person bereft of power or strength
balaa = force
balaat.h = by force
balaarishhTa = Infant mortality
balishhTha = strong
balii*V= powerful, stromng; presentatoons, offerings; of tribute; *=
bali *V= saying calling, chanting, calling as such, stating, uttering, taking
//*= asm. (perhaps fr. {bhR}) tribute, offering, gift, oblation (in later
language always with {hR}) RV. &c. &c.; tax, impost, royal revenue Br. Mn. MBh.
&c.; any offering or propitiatory oblation (esp. an offering of portions of
food, such as grain, rice &c., to certain gods, semi-divine beings, household
divinities, spirits, men, birds, other animals and all creatures including even
lifeless objects; it is made before the daily meal by arranging portions of food
in a circle or by throwing them into the air outside the house or into the
sacred fire; it is also called {bhUta-yajJa} and was one of the 5 {mahA-yajJas},
or great devotional acts; cf. RTL. 411, 421) GriS'rS. Mn. (esp. iii, 69, 71)
MBh. &c. (often ifc. with the object, the receiver, the time, or the place of
the offering); fragments of food at a meal W.; a victim (often a goat or
buffalo) offered to Durgâ MW.; the handle of a chowrie or fly-flapper Megh.; N.
of a Daitya (son of Virocana; priding himself on his empire over the three
worlds, he was humiliated by Vishnu, who appeared before him in the form of a
Vâmana or dwarf. son of Kas'yapa and Aditi and younger brother of Indra, and
obtained from him the promise of as much land as he could pace in three steps,
whereupon the dwarf expanding himself deprived him of heaven and earth in two
steps, but left him the sovereignty of Pâtâla or the lower regions) MBh. Pur.
&c. (cf. IW. 328); N. of Indra in the 8th Manv-antara Pur.; of a Muni MBh.; of a
king ib. Pañcat.; of a son of Su-tapas Hariv. Pur. (cf. {vali}).
bali
balii = a demon king
bali* = m. (perhaps fr. {bhR}) tribute, offering, gift, oblation (in later
language always with {hR}) RV. &c. &c.; tax, impost, royal revenue Br. Mn. MBh.
&c.; any offering or propitiatory oblation (esp. an offering of portions of
food, such as grain, rice &c., to certain gods, semi-divine beings, household
divinities, spirits, men, birds, other animals and all creatures including even
lifeless objects; it is made before the daily meal by arranging portions of food
in a circle or by throwing them into the air outside the house or into the
sacred fire; it is also called {bhUta-yajJa} and was one of the 5 {mahA-yajJas},
or great devotional acts; cf. RTL. 411, 421) GriS'rS. Mn. (esp. iii, 69, 71)
MBh. &c. (often ifc. with the object, the receiver, the time, or the place of
the offering); fragments of food at a meal W.; a victim (often a goat or
buffalo) offered to Durgâ MW.; the handle of a chowrie or fly-flapper Megh.; N.
of a Daitya (son of Virocana; priding himself on his empire over the three
worlds, he was humiliated by Vishnu, who appeared before him in the form of a
Vâmana or dwarf. son of Kas'yapa and Aditi and younger brother of Indra, and
obtained from him the promise of as much land as he could pace in three steps,
whereupon the dwarf expanding himself deprived him of heaven and earth in two
steps, but left him the sovereignty of Pâtâla or the lower regions) MBh. Pur.
&c. (cf. IW. 328); N. of Indra in the 8th Manv-antara Pur.; of a Muni MBh.; of a
king ib. Pañcat.; of a son of Su-tapas Hariv. Pur. (cf. {vali}).
bandii = prisoner, detainee
bandha = (a form of poetry)//* binding, tying, a bond, tie, chain, fetter RV.
&c. &c.; a ligature, bandage Sus'r.; damming up (a river) MârkP.; capture,
arrest, imprisonment, custody Mn. MBh. &c.; connection or intercourse with
(comp.) Pañcat. BhP. (ifc. = connected with, conducive to MBh.); putting
together, uniting, contracting, combining, forming, producing MBh. Kâv. &c.;
joining (the hollowed hands) Ragh.; anything deposited ({-dhe-sthA} = to remain
deposited) Campak.; a deposit, pledge Râjat.; any configuration or position of
the body (esp. of the hands and feet) Ragh. Kum.; a partic. mode of sexual union
(there are said to be 16, 18, 36, or even 84 L.), Caur.; constructing, building
(of a bridge &c.) MBh. Râjat.; bridging over (the sea) Vcar.; knitting (the
brows) Râjat.; fixing, directing (mind, eyes, &c.) Cat.; assumption, obtainment
(of a body) Ragh.; (ifc.) conceiving, cherishing, feeling, betraying Hariv.
Kâlid.; a border, framework, inclosure, receptacle L.; a sinew, tendon L.; the
body L.; (in phil.) mundane bondage, attachment to this world S'vetUp. Bhag. &c.
(opp. to {mukti}, {mokSa}, `" final emancipation "', and regarded in the Sânkhya
as threefold, viz. {prakRti-}, {vaikArika-}, and {dakSiNA-b-}); combination of
sounds (in rhet.), construction or arrangement of words Kâvya7d. Pratâp.;
arrangement of a stanza in a partic. shape Kpr.; arrangement of musical sounds,
composition S'atr.; a disease which prevents the eyelids from quite closing
Sus'r.; (ifc. with numerals) a part (cf. {paJca-}
bandhaM = bondage
bandha\-padmaasana = the bound lotus posture
bandhana = restriction
ba.ndhanaat.h = (Nr.abl.S) bondage; tie
bandhanaiH = from the bondage
bandhaat.h = from bondage
bandhin *= mfn. binding, clasping (cf. %{dRDhabandhinI}) ; catching (cf.
%{matsya-bandhin}) ; causing, effecting, producing (cf. %{phala-b-}, %{rAga-b-})
; showing, evincing, betraying (cf. %{vAtsalya-b-}).
bandhita *= mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to be bound (%{zatena}, `" imprisoned for a
hundred pieces of money "') Pa1n2. 2-3, 24 Sch.
bandhu = brother * = m. connection, relation, association RV. &c. &c. (ifc. with
f. {U} = belonging to, coming under the head of i.e. `" being only in name "';
cf. {kSatra-}, {dvija-b-} &c.; `" resembling "' Bâlar. v, 56/57, `" frequented
by "' ib. iii, 20, `" favourable for "' ib. iv, 87; cf. Pân. 6-1, 14); respect,
reference ({kena bandhunA} `" in what respect? "') S'Br.; kinship, kindred Mn.
ii, 136; a kinsman (esp. on the mother's side), relative, kindred RV. &c. &c.
(in law, a cognate kinsman in a remote degree, one subsequent in right of
inheritance to the Sa-gotra; three kinds are enumerated, personal, paternal and
maternal); a friend (opp. to {ripu}) MBh. Kâv. BhP.; a husband Ragh.; a brother
L.; Pentapetes Phoenicea L. (= {bandhUka}); N. of a metre Col.; (in astrol.) of
the fourth mansion Var.; of a Riishi with the patr. Gaupâyana or Laupâyana
(author of RV. v, 24 and x, 5660) RAnukr.; of Manmatha L.
bandhuH = friend
bandhuvargaH = relatives
bandhushhu = and the relatives or well-wishers
bandhuun.h = relatives
bandhau = in (towards) relatives
barham.h = (n) peacock feather
barhishmat * = (%{-hi4S-}) mfn. accompanied or provided with sacrificial grass
RV. Br. Mn.; having fire or light, blazing, shining W.; m. one who has or
spreads sñsacrificial grñgrass, a worshipper, sacrificer RV.; N. of
Pra1ci1na-barhis BhP.; (%{atI}) f. N. of a wife of Priya-vrata and daughter of
Vis3vakarman BhP.; N. of a city in Brahma7varta ib.
basti = method for cleaning the intestines
baT* = ind. in truth, certainly (Sây.= {satyam}) RV.
baTaraka* = n. pl. circular lines of light which appear before the closed eye
AitÂr.
baTu* = m. (also written {vaTu}) a boy, lad, stripling, youth (esp. a young
Brâhman, but also contemptuously applied to adult persons) MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of
a class of priests Cat.; a form of S'iva (so called from being represented by
boys in the rites of the S'âktas) ib.; Calosanthes Indica L.
bata* = 1 ind. (later usually {vata}; g. {svar-Adi}) an interjection expressing
astonishment or regret, generally = ah! oh! alas! (originally placed immediately
after the leading word at the beginning of a sentence, or only separated from it
by {iva}; rarely itself in the first place e.g. Mâlav. iii, 21/22; in later
language often in the middle of a sentence) RV. &c. &c.
bata* = 2 m. a weakllng RV. x, 10, 13.
bata * = 1 ind. (later usually {vata}; g. {svar-Adi}) an interjection expressing
astonishment or regret, generally = ah! oh! alas! (originally placed immediately
after the leading word at the beginning of a sentence, or only separated from it
by {iva}; rarely itself in the first place e.g. Mâlav. iii, 21/22; in later
language often in the middle of a sentence) RV. &c. &c.
biDaalaH = (m) cat
bathu (vathu) *= m. (also written %{vathu}) a boy , lad , stripling , youth
(esp. a young Bra1hman , but also contemptuously applied to adult persons) MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; N. of a class of priests Cat. ; a form of S3iva (so called from
being represented by boys in the rites of the S3a1ktas) ib. ; Calosanthes Indica
L.
bindu = dot
binduH = (m) point, drop
binduu = a drop, a dot
bibharti = is maintaining, *: would carry
bibhiishhaNashriidaH = the man who gave `shrI' riches etc, to vibhIshhaNa
bibheti = fears
bibheshhi = afraid
bibhyati *V= is afraid; fears
bila = hole (neut)
biija = seed
biijaM = the seed
biijagaNita = algebra
biijapradaH = the seed-giving
biijaankuranyaaya = maxim of seed and shoot
biibhatsa = the sentiment of disgust (nauseating, revolting )
biibhatsakarman.h = adj. repulsive worker
bhaaH = light
baaDha* = or {bALha4} mfn. ( {baMh}; cf. Pân v, 63) strong, mighty (only ibc.
and in {bAhe4} ind.), loudly, strongly, mightily RV.; ({bADham} or {vADham})
ind. assuredly, certainly, indeed, really, by all means, so be it, yes
(generally used as a particle of consent, affirmation or confirmation) MBh. Kâv.
&c.
baadha4* = 1 m. a harasser, tormentor Hariv.; annoyance, molestation,
affliction, obstacle, distress, pain, trouble RV. &c. &c.; (also {A}, f.; cf.
Vâm. v, 2, 44) injury, detriment, hurt, damage MBh. Kâv. &c.; danger, jeopardy
(see {prA7Na-}); exclusion from (comp.) Pañcat.; suspension, annulment (of a
rule &c.) Sâh. Pân. Sch. &c.; a contradiction, objection, absurdity, the being
excluded by superior proof (in log., one of the 5 forms of fallacious middle
term) Kap. Bhâshâp. &c.\\2 m. (prob.) urging, impulse (Naigh. ii, 9= {bala} Sây.
= {bAdhaka}, {bAdhana}) RV. vi, 11, 5; i, 61, 2; 132, 5 (?).
bhaadra* = m. (fr. {bhadra}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) the
month Bhâdra (= {-pada} below) Râjat.; ({I}) f. (scil. {tithi}) the day of full
moon in the month BhñBhâdra Col.
bhaadrapada* = m. (fr. {bhadra-padA}) the month Bhâdra (a rainy month
corresponding to the period from about the middle of August to the middle of
September) Var. Râjat. Sus'r.; ({A}) f. du. and pl. = {bhadra-padA}N. common to
the 3rd and 4th Nakshatras (q.v.) Sûryas. VP.; ({I}) f. the day of full moon in
the month BhñBhâdra KâtyS'r. Sch.
bhaaga * = 2 Vriiddhi form of {bhaga} in com \\1 m. ( {bhoj}) a part, portion,
share, allotment, inheritance (in Ved. also = lot, esp. fortunate lot, good
fortune, luck, destiny) RV. &c. &c.; a part (as opp. to any whole; {bhAgam
bhAgam} with Caus. of {klRp} or {bhAgAn} with {kR}, to divide in parts); a
fraction (often with an ordinal number e.g. {aSTamo bhAgaH}, the eighth part, or
in comp. with a cardinal e.g. {zata-bh-}; 1/100; {azIti-bh-} = 1/80) Up. Mn.
MBh. &c.; a quarter (see {eka-bh-}, {tri-bh-}); part i.e. place, spot, region,
side (ifc. taking the place of, representing) Lâthy. MBh. &c. (in this sense
also n.; see {bhUmi-bh-}); part of anything given as interest W.; a half rupee
L.; the numerator of a fraction Col.; a quotient MW.; a degree or 360th part of
the circumference of a great circle Sûryas.; a division of time, the 30th part
of a Râs'i or zodiacal sign W.; N. of a king (also {bhAgavata}) Pur.; of a river
(one of the branches of the Candra-bhâgâ) L.; mfn. relating to Bhaga (as a hymn)
Nir.; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
bhaagavata * = mf({I})n. (fr. {bhaga-vat}) relating to or coming from Bhagavat
i.e. Vishnu or Kriishna, holy, sacred, divine MBh. Hariv. Pur.; m. a follower or
worshipper of BhñBhagavati or Vishnu ib. (cf. IW. 321, 1); N. of a king VP.; n.
N. of a Purâna (cf. {bhAgavata-p-}).
bhaagavatapuraaNa * = n. N. of the most celebrated and popular of the 18
Pura1n2as (especially dedicated to the glorification of Vishn2u-Kr2ishn2a, whose
history is in the 10th book ; and narrated by S3uka, son of Vya1sa, to king
Pari1-kshit, grandson of Arjuna) IW. 331 ; 315 &c. ; %{-kroDapattra} n. pl.,
%{-tattva-saMgraha} m. %{-prakAza} m. %{prathama-zloka-trayI-TIkA} f.
%{-prasaGga-dRSTA7ntA7valI} f. %{-prAmANya} n. %{-bandhana} n.
%{-bRhat-saMgraha} m. %{-bhAvA7rtha-dIpikA-prakarana-krama-saMgraha} m.
%{-bhAvA7rtha-dIpikA-saMgraha} m. %{-bhUSaNa} n. %{-maJjarI} f.
%{-mahA-vivaraNa} n. %{-sArA7rtha-darzinI} f. %{-sUcikA} f.
%{-svarUpa-viSayaka-zaGkA-nirAsa} m. %{-NA7dya-zloka-trayI-TIkA} f.
%{-NA7rka-prabhA} f. N. of wks. connected with the BhP.
bhaajana* = n. (fr. Caus.) sharing, division (in arithm.) Col.; mf({A})n. (ifc.)
sharing or participating in, entitled or relating or belonging to Br. &c. &c.;
n. `" partaker of "', a recipient, receptacle, (esp.) a vessel, pot, plate, cup,
&c. MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with gen. or ifc. with f. {A}), a place or person in which
anything is collected or in whom any quality is conspicuous, any fit object or
clever or deserving person ib. (cf. {pAtra}); the act of representing,
representation ({ena} ind. with gen. in the place of; ifc. a representative,
deputy, substitute, serving for, equivalent to) Br. GriS.; a partic. measure (=
an Âdhaka= 14 Palas) S'ârngS.; m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants g. {bidA7di}.
bhaajanatA* = f. (ifc.) the being a vessel for, possession of BhP.
bhaaJanaloka* = m. (with Buddhists) the world of inanimate things (opp. to
{sattva-l-} q.v.). Dharmas. 89.
bhaajanIbhUta* = mfn. (ifc.) one who has become a vessel for or who has obtained
Kathâs. Lalit.
bhaagadheya = fortune
bhaagya = Blessing * =1 mfn. (fr. %{bhaga}) relating to Bhaga; n. (with %{yuga})
the 12th or last lustrum in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBr2S.; (scil. %{bha}
or %{nakSatra}) the asterism of Bhaga i.e. Uttara-Phalguni1 ib. [752,1]\\2 mfn.
( %{bhaj}) to be shared or divided, divisible (= %{bhajya}) Vop.\\3 mfn. (fr.
%{bhAga}) entitled to a share g. %{daNDA7di}; (with %{zata}, %{viMzati} &c.) =
%{bhAgika} Pa1n2. 5-1, 42 Sch.; lucky, fortunate (compar. %{-tara}) MBh. R.; n.
sg. or pl. (ifc. f. %{A}) fate, destiny (resulting from merit or demerit in
former existences), fortune, (esp.) good fortune, luck, happiness, welfare MBh.
Ka1v. &c. (%{ena} ind. luckily, fortunately Hit.); reward BhP.
bhaagya-bhaava = Ninth house of Luck
bhaagyaM = fortune; luck
bhaagyodaya = prosperity, rise of wealth and belongings
bhaaj *= mfn. (mostly ifc. ; exceptionally with gen.) sharing or participating
in , entitled to , possessing , enjoying , perceiving , feeling , sensible of.
devoted to , intent upon Br. &c. &c. ; forming a part of , belonging to RPra1t.
; joined or connected with , liable to MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; occupying , inhabiting ,
frequenting , dwelling or living in or on Ka1v. Ma1rkP. ; going or resorting to
, falling into , seeking Ragh. Kir. ; revering , worshipping Bhag. Ragh. ; what
is due , duty , concern (= %{kartavya}) Bhat2t2.
bhaaj *= %{bhAjana} see col. 1.
bhaajayu* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) sharing with others, generous, liberal RV.
bhaajaka* = m. (fr. Caus.) a divisor (in arithm.) Col.
bhaajana* = n. (fr. Caus.) sharing, division (in arithm.) Col.; mf({A})n. (ifc.)
sharing or participating in, entitled or relating or belonging to Br. &c. &c.;
n. `" partaker of "', a recipient, receptacle, (esp.) a vessel, pot, plate, cup,
&c. MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with gen. or ifc. with f. {A}), a place or person in which
anything is collected or in whom any quality is conspicuous, any fit object or
clever or deserving person ib. (cf. {pAtra}); the act of representing,
representation ({ena} ind. with gen. in the place of; ifc. a representative,
deputy, substitute, serving for, equivalent to) Br. GriS.; a partic. measure (=
an Âdhaka= 14 Palas) S'ârngS.; m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants g. {bidA7di}.
bhaajanam.h = (n) division
bhaajaaM = acquiring peeople
bhaajita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) shared, divided Sûryas.; distributed, portioned
W.; n. a share, portion ib.
bhaakta *= 1 mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{bhakta}) regularly fed by another, a dependent,
retainer Pa1n2. 4-4, 68 ; fit for food ib., iv, 4, 100.\\ 2 mf(%{I})n., (fr.
%{bhakti}) inferior, secondary (opp. to %{mukhya}) S3am2k. A1pS3r. Sch. ; m. pl.
`" the faithful ones "'N. of a Vaishn2ava and S3aiva sect W.
bhaakshaalaka* = mfn. relating to or coming from the place Bhakshâlî g.
{dhUmU7di}.
bhaaksha* = mf({I})n. ( {bhakS}) habitually eating, gluttonous (= {bhakSA zIlam
asya}) g. {chattrA7di}.
bhaalaM = forehead
bhaaN *= onomat., imitation of the noise of breathing or hissing S3Br.
bhaanava* = mfn. peculiar to the sun L.; ({I}) f. a kind of pace Sangît.
bhaanu4* = m. appearance, brightness, light or a ray of light, lustre, splendour
RV. &c. &c.; the sun MBh. Kâv. &c.; a king, prince, master, lord L.; N. of the
chapters of the dictionary of an anonymous author Cat.; N. of S'iva L.; of an
Âditya RâmatUp.; of a Deva-gandharva MBh.; of a son of Kriishna ib.; of a Yâdava
Hariv.; of the father of the 15th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.; of a
prince (son of Prati-vyoma) BhP.; of a son of Vis'va-dhara and father of
Hari-nâtha Cat.; of a pupil of S'ankara7cârya Cat.; of various authors (also
with {dIkSita}, {paNDita}, {bhaTTa} &c.) ib.; pl. the Âdityas (children of
Bhânu) Hariv. Pur.; the gods of the 3rd Manv-antara Hariv.; f. a handsome wife
(= {bhAnu-matI}) L.; N. of a daughter of Daksha (wife of Dharma or Manu and
mother of Bhânu and Âditya) Hariv. VP.; of the mother of Devarshabha BhP.; of a
daughter of Kriishna Hariv.; of the mother of the Dânava S'akuni &c. BhP.
bhaanuu = a name of Sun
bhaara = load
bhaara * = weight, war, battle, contest; a burden, load, weight; * = m. ( {bhR})
a burden, load, weight RV. &c. &c.; heavy work, labour, toil, trouble, task
imposed on any one (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a large quantity, mass, bulk
(often in comp. with words meaning `" hair "') Hariv. Kâv. &c.; a partic. weight
(= 20 Tulâs = 2000 Palas of gold) Hariv. Pañcat. Sus'r.; = {bhAra-yaSTi},
Kârand.; a partic. manner of beating a drum Sangît.; N. of Vishnu L.; of a
prince VP.
bhaaraaya Nom. A1. %{-yate}, to form a load be a load for (gen.) Kuval. BhP.
bhaaradvaaja* = mf({I})n. coming from or relating to Bharad-vâja S'Br. &c. &c.;
m. patr. fr. {bharad-vAja} g. {bidA7di}; N. of various men (esp. of supposed
authors of hymns, viz. of Riijis'van, Garga, Nara, Pâyu, Vasu, S'âsa,
S'irimbitha, S'unahotra, Sapratha, Su-hotra q.v.; but also of others e.g. of
Drona, of Agastya, of S'aunya, of Sukes'an, of Satya-vâha, of S'ûsha Vâhneya, of
one of the 7 Riishis, of a son of Briihas-pati &c., and of many writers and
teachers pl. of a Vedic school) RAnukr. MBh. Cat. IW. 146, 161 &c.; the planet
Mars L.; a skylark Pañcat.; pl. N. of a people VP.; ({I}) f. a female descendant
of Bharad-vâja (with {rAtri}N. of the author of RV. x, 127; cf. also
{bhA4radvAjI-pu4tra} below); a skylark PârGri.; the wild cotton shrub L.; N. of
a river MBh. VP.; n. a bone L.; N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr.; of a place Pân.
4-2, 145 (v.l. for {bhar-}).
bhaarata = O descendant of Bharata
bhaaratii = Utterance
bhaarate = (Loc.S)in India or Bharat
bhaaraya m. = %{bhAradvAja}, a sky-lark ib. [753,3]
bhaarayasththi f. a pole or yoke for carrying loads L.
bhaargava* = mf({I})n. relating to or coming from Bhriigu Up. MBh. &c.;
belonging to S'ukra (cf. below) R.; patr. fr. {bhRgu} (pl. {bhRgavaH}) Pân. 2-4,
65; N. of S'ukra (regent of the planet Venus and preceptor of the Daityas) R.
Var. &c.; of S'iva MBh.; of Paras'u-râma ib.; of various men (esp. supposed
authors of hymns, viz. of Itha, Kali, Kriitnu, Griitsamada, Cyavana, Jamad-agni,
Nema, Prayogs, Vena, Soma7huti and Syûma-ras'mi q.v.; but also of many other
writers or mythological personages e.g. of Ithala, of Riicîka, of Dvi-gat, of
Dris'âna, of Mârkandeya, of Pramati &c.) Br. S'rS. MBh. RAnukr.; a potter MBh.
(Nîlak.); an astrologer L.; an archer, a good bowman (like Paras'u-râma) L.; an
elephant L.; pl. the descendants of Bhriigu (properly called {bhRgavaH}; cf.
above) MBh. Hariv.; N. of a people MBh. Pur.; ({I}) f. a female descendant of
Bhriigu Pân. 2-4, 65; Bhargava's i.e. S'ukra's daughter R.; N. of Deva-yâni f.
MBh. BhP.; of Lakshmî L.; of Pârvatî L.; Panicum Dactylon and another species
L.; n. N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr.
bhaarya(a) V*= wife, bride
bhaavana * = n. (for 2. %{bhAvana} see p. 755, col. 1) a forest of rays Ghat2.\\
2 mf(%{I})n. (fr. Caus.; for 1. see 2. %{bhA4} p. 750) causing to be, effecting,
producing, displaying, manifesting MBh. Ka1v. BhP.; promoting or effecting any
one's (gen. or comp.) welfare MBh. R. &c.; imagining, fancying, Asht2a1vS.;
teaching MBh.; m. a creator, producer, efficient MBh. Ka1v.; N. of S3iva (=
%{dhyAtR}) MBh.; of Vishn2u A.; of the 22nd Kalpa (q.v.); (%{A}) f. and n. the
act of producing or effecting Nir. Sa1h. BhP.; forming in the mind, conception,
apprehension, imagination, supposition, fancy, thought, meditation (%{bhAvanayA}
ind, in thought, in imagination; %{-nAm-bandh}, with loc., to occupy one's
imagination with, direct one's thoughts to) MBh. Ka1v. S3am2k. Veda7ntas. &c.;
(in logic) that cause of memory which arises from direct perception Tarkas.;
application of perfumes &c. (= %{adhivAsana}) L.; (%{A}) f. demonstration,
argument, ascertainment Ya1jn5.; feeling of devotion, faith in (loc.) Pan5cat.;
reflection, contemplation (5 kinds with Buddhists MWB. 128); saturating any
powder with fluid, steeping, infusion S3a1rn3gS.; (in arithm.) finding by
combination or composition; (with Jainas) right conception or notion; the moral
of a fable HParis3.; N. of an Upanishad; a crow L.; water L.; n. furthering,
promoting MBh.; the fruit of Dillenia Speciosa L.; (ifc.) nature, essence
Ra1matUp.
bhaavanaa * = f. of prec., in comp.
bhaaravaahakam.h = (n) a truck
bhaargava* = mf({I})n. relating to or coming from Bhriigu Up. MBh. &c.;
belonging to S'ukra (cf. below) R.; patr. fr. {bhRgu} (pl. {bhRgavaH}) Pân. 2-4,
65; N. of S'ukra (regent of the planet Venus and preceptor of the Daityas) R.
Var. &c.; of S'iva MBh.; of Paras'u-râma ib.; of various men (esp. supposed
authors of hymns, viz. of Itha, Kali, Kriitnu, Griitsamada, Cyavana, Jamad-agni,
Nema, Prayogs, Vena, Soma7huti and Syûma-ras'mi q.v.; but also of many other
writers or mythological personages e.g. of Ithala, of Riicîka, of Dvi-gat, of
Dris'âna, of Mârkandeya, of Pramati &c.) Br. S'rS. MBh. RAnukr.; a potter MBh.
(Nîlak.); an astrologer L.; an archer, a good bowman (like Paras'u-râma) L.; an
elephant L.; pl. the descendants of Bhriigu (properly called {bhRgavaH}; cf.
above) MBh. Hariv.; N. of a people MBh. Pur.; ({I}) f. a female descendant of
Bhriigu Pân. 2-4, 65; Bhargava's i.e. S'ukra's daughter R.; N. of Deva-yâni f.
MBh. BhP.; of Lakshmî L.; of Pârvatî L.; Panicum Dactylon and another species
L.; n. N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr.
bhaaryaa = wife
bhaaryaa-bhaava = Seventh house of spouse (wife)
bhaaryaanuraagaH = attachment to wife
bhaasa* = m. light, lustre, brightness (often ifc.) MBh. Hariv. Kathâs.;
impression made on the mind, fancy MW.; a bird of prey, vulture (L. = {zakunta},
{kukkuTa}, {gRdhra} &c.) AdbhBr. Âpast. MBh. Hariv. &c. (w.r. {bhASa}); a
cow-shed L.; N. of a man Râjat.; of a dramatic poet (also called Bhâsaka) Mâlav.
Hcar. &c.; of a son of a minister of king Candra-prabha Kathâs.; of a Dânava
ib.; of a mountain MBh.; ({I}) f. N. of the mother of the vultures (a daughter
of Tâmrâ) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a daughter of Prâdhâ MBh.; n. (m. TBr.) N. of a
Sâman Br. S'rS.
bhaashate = (1 ap) to speak
bhaashin.h = one who talks
bhaashh.h = to speak
bhaashhaNa = speech
bhaashhase = speaking
bhaashhaa = language
bhaashhaayaaM = in the language
bhaashhiNi = speaker
bhaashhita = speech
bhaasaH = effulgence
bhaasayate = illuminates
bhaasasya = Bhasa's
bhaashaa* = f. speech, language (esp. common or vernacular speech, as opp. to
Vedic or in later times to Sanskriit) Nir. Pân. Mn. MBh.; any Prâkriit dialect
or a partic. group of 5 of them (viz. Mâhârâshthri, S'auraseni, Mâgadhi, Prâcyâ,
and Avanti, also called Pañca-vidhâ Bhâshâ; cf. under {prAkRta}, p. 703) Cat.;
description, definition Bhag.; (in law) accusation, charge, complaint, plaint
Dhûrtas. Yâjñ. Sch.; N. of Sarasvati L.; (in music) of a Râgini.
bhaaskra = a name of Sun
bhaasvataa = glowing
bhaashitapuMska * = mfn. = {ukta-puMska} (q.v.) Pân. 6-3, 34 &c. ({-tva} n. vii,
3, 48 Sch.)
bhaashitavya * = mfn. to be spoken to or addressed R. (v.l. for {bhajitavya}).
bhaa4shitR * = mfn. speaking, a speaker, talker (with acc, or ifc.) S'Br. MBh.
&c.
bhaashita * = mfn. spoken, uttered, said; spoken to, addressed Mn. MBh. &c.; n.
speech, language, talk i
bhaashin* = mfn. saying, speaking, loquacious (mostly ifc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.
bhaasin * = mfn. shining, brilliant (see {Urdhva-} and {jyotir-bh-}).
bhaashinah: V: foretelling, speaking as a sign
3a1rn3gS.; (in arithm.) finding by combination or composition; (with Jainas)
right conception or notion; the moral of a fable HParis3.; N. of an Upanishad; a
crow L.; water L.; n. furthering, promoting MBh.; the fruit of Dillenia Speciosa
L.; (ifc.) nature, essence Ra1matUp.
bhaati = light //* = f. light, splendour BhP.; evidence, perception, knowledge
ib. [751,1]
bhaata * = mfn. shining, appearing &c.; = {prabhAta} L.; n. (impers.) appearance
has been made by (instr.) BhP.
bhaatha * = m. or n. ( {bhaT}) wages, hire, rent L.
bhaava * = becoming, being, existing, occurring, appearance; turning or
transition into; continuance, continuity of the thread of existence through
successive births Buddh.; state, condition, rank (with {sthAvira}, old age,
euphem. = he dies; state of being anything,, the state of being a child,
childhood; sometimes added pleonastically to an abstract noun, the state of
thinness.; true condition or state, truth, reality; manner of being, nature,
temperament, character
bhaava * = m. ( {bhU}) becoming, being, existing, occurring, appearance S'vetUp.
KâtyS'r. &c. [754, 2]; turning or transition into (loc. or comp.) MBh. RPrât.;
continuance (opp. to cessation; {eko7ti-bhAva}, continuity of the thread of
existence through successive births Buddh., wrongly translated under
{eko7ti-bh-}) MBh.; state, condition, rank (with {sthAvira}, old age; {anyam
bhAvam Apadyate}, euphem. = he dies; state of being anything, esp. ifc. e.g.
{bAlabhAva}, the state of being a child, childhood = {bAlatA}, or {tva};
sometimes added pleonastically to an abstract noun e.g. {tanutA-bhAva}, the
state of thinness) Up. S'rS. MBh. &c.; true condition or state, truth, reality
(ibc. and {bhAvena} ind. really, truly) MBh. Hariv.; manner of being, nature,
temperament, character ({eko bhAvaH} or {eka-bh-}, a simple or artless nature;
{bhAvo bhAvaM nigacchati} = birds of a feather flock together) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
manner of acting, conduct, behaviour Kâv. Sâh.; any state of mind or body, way
of thinking or feeling, sentiment, opinion, disposition, intention ({yAdRzena
bhAvena}, with whatever disposition of mind; {bhAvam amaGgalaM-kR}, with loc.,
to be ill disposed against; {bhAvaM dRDhaM-kR}, to make a firm resolution) Mn.
MBh. &c.; (in rhet.) passion, emotion (2 kinds of Bhâvas are enumerated, the
{sthAyin} or primary, and {vyabhicArin} or subordinate; the former are 8 or 9
according as the Rasas or sentiments are taken to be 8 or 9; the latter 33 or
34) Kâv. Sâh. Pratâp. &c.; conjecture, supposition Mn. Pañcat.; purport,
meaning, sense ({iti bhAvaH}, `" such is the sense "' = {ity arthaH} or {ity
abhiprA7yaH}, constantly used by commentators at the end of their explanations);
love, affection, attachment ({bhAvaM-kR}, with loc., to feel an affection for)
MBh. Kâv. &c.; the seat of the feelings or affections, heart, soul, mind
({parituSTena bhAvena}, with a pleased mind) S'vetUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; that which
is or exists, thing or substance, being or living creature ({sarva-bhAvAH}, all
earthly objects; {bhAvAH sthAvara-jaGgamAH}, plants and animals) MundUp. MBh.
&c.; (in dram.) a discreet or learned man (as a term of address = respected sir)
Mriicch. Mâlav. Mâlatîm.; (in astron.) the state or condition of a planet L.; an
astrological house or lunar mansion ib.; N. of the 27th Kalpa (s.v.) ib.; of the
8th (42nd) year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBriS.; (in gram.) the
fundamental notion of the verb, the sense conveyed by the abstract noun (esp. as
a term for an impersonal passive or neuter verb having neither agent nor object
expressed e.g. {pacyate}, `" there is cooking "' or `" cooking is going on "')
Pân. 3-1, 66; 107 &c.; N. of the author of the Bhâvaprâkas'a (= {mizra-bhAva})
Cat.; wanton sport, dalliance L.; birth L.; place of birth, the womb L.; the
world, universe L.; an organ of sense L.; superhuman power L.; the Supreme Being
L.; advice, instruction L.; contemplation, meditation L. (cf. {-samanvita}).
bhaava = House and is also used to indicate the chart that uses Porphyry's Cusps
bhaavaH = endurance
bhaavaM = nature
bhaavanaa = fixed mind (in happiness) // *= f. of prec., in comp.* = n. (for 2.
%{bhAvana} see p. 755, col. 1) a forest of rays Ghat2.//2 mf(%{I})n. (fr. Caus.;
for 1. see 2. %{bhA4} p. 750) causing to be, effecting, producing, displaying,
manifesting MBh. Ka1v. BhP.; promoting or effecting any one's (gen. or comp.)
welfare MBh. R. &c.; imagining, fancying, Asht2a1vS.; teaching MBh.; m. a
creator, producer, efficient MBh. Ka1v.; N. of S3iva (= %{dhyAtR}) MBh.; of
Vishn2u A.; of the 22nd Kalpa (q.v.); (%{A}) f. and n. the act of producing or
effecting Nir. Sa1h. BhP.; forming in the mind, conception, apprehension,
imagination, supposition, fancy, thought, meditation (%{bhAvanayA} ind, in
thought, in imagination; %{-nAm-bandh}, with loc., to occupy one's imagination
with, direct one's thoughts to) MBh. Ka1v. S3am2k. Veda7ntas. &c.; (in logic)
that cause of memory which arises from direct perception Tarkas.; application of
perfumes &c. (= %{adhivAsana}) L.; (%{A}) f. demonstration, argument,
ascertainment Ya1jn5.; feeling of devotion, faith in (loc.) Pan5cat.;
reflection, contemplation (5 kinds with Buddhists MWB. 128); saturating any
powder with fluid, steeping, infusion S3a1rn3gS.; (in arithm.) finding by
combination or composition; (with Jainas) right conception or notion; the moral
of a fable HParis3.; N. of an Upanishad; a crow L.; water L.; n. furthering,
promoting MBh.; the fruit of Dillenia Speciosa L.; (ifc.) nature, essence
Ra1matUp.
bhaavaya = deem/consider/visualise/imagine
bhaavayataa = having pleased
bhaavayantaH = pleasing one another
bhaavayantu = will please
bhaavasamanvitaH = with great attention
bhaavaaH = natures
bhaavitaaH = remembering
bhaavaiH = by the states of beingbhaaveshhu = natures cintyah
bhaavya4* = mfn. (fr. {bhU} or its Caus.) future, about to be or what ought to
be or become RV. &c. &c. (in later language often used as fut. tense of {bhU};
cf. {bhAvin}); to be effected or accomplished or performed Kum. BhP.; to be
apprehended or perceived Kathâs.; to be (or being) imagined or conceived,
AshthâvS. (cf. {dur-bh-}); easy to guess or understand Vâm.; to be (or being)
argued or demonstrated or admitted or approved Yâjñ. Kâv.; to be convicted Mn.
viii, 60; m. N. of a man (= {bhAvayavya} Nir.) RV. i, 126, 1 (others `" to be
worshipped "', others `" future "'); of a king (= {bhAvya-ratha} or
{bhAnu-ratha}) VP.; n. (impers.) it is to be by (instr, ) Mn. v, 150; it should
be understood Mriicch. Sch.
bhaDa* = m. N. of a partic. mixed caste Cat. (cf. {bhaTa})
bhadraM = (Nr.nom. + acc.sing.)goodness
bhadra* = mf({A4})n. blessed, auspicious, fortunate, prosperous, happy RV. &c.
&c.; good, gracious, friendly, kind ib.; excellent, fair, beautiful, lovely,
pleasant, dear ib.; good i.e. skilful in (loc.) MBh. iv, 305; great L.; (with
{nRpati} m. a good or gracious king Yâjñ.; with {kAnta} m. a beautiful lover or
husband Pañcat.; with {diz} f. the auspicious quarter i.e. the south MBh.; with
{vAc} f. kind or friendly speech BhP.; voc. m. and f. sg. and pl. {bhadra},
{-dre}, {-drAH}, often in familiar address = my good sir or lady, my dear or my
dears, good people Mn. MBh. &c.; {a4m} and {a4yA} ind, happily, fortunately,
joyfully RV. AV.; {-am} with {kR} or {A-car}, to do well Hit.); m. (prob.) a
sanctimonious hypocrite Mn. ix, 259 (v.l. {-dra-pre7kSaNikaiH}); a partic. kind
of elephant R. (also N. of a world elephant ib.) a bullock L.; a water wagtail
Var. (cf. {-nAman}); Nauclea Cadamba or Tithymalus Antiquorum L.; N. of S'iva
L.; of mount Meru L.; of a class of gods (pl.) under the third Manu BhP.; of a
people (pl.) AV.Paris'.; of one of the 12 sons of Vishnu and one of the Tushita
deities in the Svâyambhava Manv-antara BhP.; (with Jainas) of the third of the 9
white Balas L.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Devakî (or Pauravî) BhP. Kathâs.; of a
son of Kriishna BhP.; of a son of Upacârumat Buddh.; of an actor Hariv.; of a
friend of Bâna Vâs., Introd.; (with Buddhists) N. of a partic. world; ({A}) f. a
cow L.; N. of various plants (= {anantA}, {aparijAtA}, {kRSNA}, {jIvantI},
{nIlI}, {rAsnA} &c.) L. [746,1]; N. of a metre Col.; of the 2nd, 7th and 12th
days of the lunar fortnight W.; of the 7th movable Karana (s.v.; cf. also 2.
{bhadrA-karaNa}); of a form of Durgâ VP.; of a goddess Pañcar.; of a Buddhist
deity L.; of a S'akti Hcat.; of Dâkshâyanî in Bhadre7s'vara Cat.; of a
Vidyâ-dharî R.; of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; of a daughter of Surabhi R.; of a wife
of Vasu-devi Hariv. Pur.; of the wife of Vais'ravana MBh.; of a daughter of Soma
and wife of Utathya ib.; of a daughter of Raudrâs'va and the Apsaras Ghriitâcî
Hariv.; of a Kâkshîvatî and wife of Vyushita7s'va MBh.; of a daughter of Meru
and wife of Bhadra7s'va BhP.; of a daughter of S'ruta-kîrti and wife of Kriishna
BhP.; of various rivers (esp. of one described as rising on the northern summit
of Meru and flowing through Uttarakuru into the northern ocean) Pur.; the
celestial Ganges L.; of a lake Hcat.; n. prosperity, happiness, health, welfare,
good fortune (also pl.) RV. &c. &c. ({bhadraM tasya} or {tasmai}, prosperity to
him! Pân. 2-3, 73; {bhadraM te} or {vaH} often used parenthetically in a
sentence = `" if you please "', or to fill up a verse; {bhadram upalAh},
happiness to you, O stones! S'ântis'.; {bhadram} with {kR} and dat., to grant
welfare to, bless RV.); gold L.; iron or steel L.; kind of Cyperus (= {-musta})
L.; a partic. posture in sitting Cat.; a partic. Karana L. (cf. f.); a partic.
mystic sign AgP.; a partic. part of a house Nalac.; N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr.
bhadraa* = 1 f. of {bhadra}, in comp. -1.
bhadraa* = 2 ind. (g. {sA7kSAd-Adi}), in comp. -2.
bhadraa* =1 f. of {bhadra}, in comp. -1.\\2 ind. (g. {sA7kSAd-Adi}), in comp.
-2.
bhadraaH = goodness
bhadraasana = the auspicious posture.
bhadrapada* = n. N. of a metre Col. [746,2]; ({A}) f. N. of the 3rd and 4th
lunar asterisms Var. &c. (also n.; {-dA-yoga} m. N. of ch. of Bhaththo7tpala's
Comm. on VarBriS.)
bhadrapAda* = mfn. born under the Nakshatra Bhadra-padâ Pân. 7-3, 18 Sch.
bhaga * m. (ifc. f. {A} and {I} g. {bahv-Adi}) `" dispenser "', gracious lord,
patron (applied to gods, esp. to Savitrii) RV. AV.; N. of an Âditya (bestowing
wealth and presiding over love and marriage, brother of the Dawn, regent of the
Nakshatra Uttara-Phalgunî; Yâska enumerates him among the divinities of the
highest sphere; according to a later legend his eyes were destroyed by Rudra)
ib. &c. &c. [743, 3]; the Nakshatra UñUttara-PhñPhalgunî MBh. vi, 81; the sun
ib. iii, 146; the moon L.; N. of a Rudra MBh.; good fortune, happiness, welfare,
prosperity RV. AV. Br. Yâjñ. BhP.; (ifc. f. {A}) dignity, majesty, distinction,
excellence, beauty, loveliness RV. AV. Br. GriS. BhP.; (also n. L.) love,
affection, sexual passion, amorous pleasure, dalliance RV. AV. Br. KâtyS'r.
BhP.; (n. L.; ifc. f. {A}) the female organs, pudendum muliebre, vulva Mn. MBh.
&c.; ({A}) f. in {bhagA-nAmnI} below; n. a partic. Muhûrta Cat.; the perinaeum
of males L.; m. n. = {yatna}, {prayatna}, {kIrti}, {yazas}, {vairAgya}, {icchA},
{jJAna}, {mukti}, {mokSa}, {dharma}, s'rî L. [Cf. Zd. {bagha = Old Pers. {baga};
Gk. $; &226046[743, 3] Slav. {bogu8}, {bogatu8}; Lith. {bago4tas},
{na-ba4gas}.],
bhagna * (see also bhan´ga/bhaGga)=. broken (lit. and fig.), shattered, split,
torn, defeated, checked, frustrated, disturbed, disappointed Mn. MBh. &c.
(sometimes forming the first instead of the second part of a comp. e.g.
{grIvA-bhagna}, {dharma-bh-} for {bhagna-grIva}, {-dharma}; also `" one who has
broken a limb "' BhP.); bent, curved R.; lost Mn. viii, 148; n. the fracture of
a leg Sus'r.
bhagavat.h = God
bhagavat * = ind. like a vulva Vishn. Sch. -2.
bha4ga-vat * = 2 mfn. (for 1. see under {bha4ga}) possessing fortune, fortunate,
prosperous, happy RV. AV. GriS. BhP.; glorious, illustrious, divine, adorable,
venerable AV. &c. &c.; holy (applied to gods, demigods, and saints ae a term of
address, either in voc. {bhagavan}, {bhagavas}, {bhagos} [cf. Pân. 8-3, 1 Vârtt.
2 Pat., and viii, 3, 17] f. {bhagavatI} m. pl. {bhagavantaH}; or in nom. with 3.
sg. of the verb; with Buddhists often prefixed to the titles of their sacred
writings); m. `" the divine or adorable one "'N. of Vishnu-Kriishna Bhag. BhP.;
of S'iva Kathâs.; of a Buddha or a Bodhi-sattva or a Jina Buddh. (cf. MWB. 23);
({I}) f. see below.
bhagavad.h = god's
bhagavad.hgiitaa = the dialogues between Krishna and Arjuna
bhagavan.h = O Supreme
bhagavaan.h = O Personality of Godhead
bhagavaana = holy
bhaginii = sister
bhagneshakaarmukaH = the man who broke the bow of Isha(shiva) i.e. rAma
bhaGga (bhan'ga) *= mfn. breaking, bursting (said of the Soma) RV. ix, 61, 13;
m. breaking, splitting, dividing, shattering, breaking down or up VS. &c. &c.; a
break or breach (lit. and fig.), disturbance, interruption, frustration,
humiliation, abatement, downfall, decay, ruin, destruction Mn. MBh. &c.;
fracture (see %{asthi-bh-}); paralysis, palsy L.; bending, bowing, stretching
out (see %{karNa-}, %{gAtra-}, %{-grIvA-bh-}); knitting, contraction (see
%{bhrU-bh-}); separation, analysis (of words) Sa1h.; overthrow, rout, defeat
(also in a lawsuit) Hit. Ka1m. Ya1jn5. Sch.; rejection, refusal Ka1lid.;
refutation Sarvad.; panic, fear Ra1jat.; pain (see %{pArzva-bh-}); a piece
broken off, morsel, fragment Ka1lid. Ka1d.; a bend, fold, Sah. (cf.
%{vastra-bh-}); a wave Ragh. Gi1t. [cf. Lith. {banga4}]; a water-course, channel
L.; fraud, deceit L.; a tortuous course, roundabout way of speaking (= or w.r.
for %{bhaGgi}) Sarvad.; toilet, fashion (for %{bhaGgi}?) Var.; = %{gamana} L.;
N. of a serpent-demon MBh.; (with Buddhists) the constant decay taking place in
the universe, constant flux or change; (with Jainas) a dialectical formula
beginning with %{syAt} q.v.; (%{bhaGga4}) m. hemp AV.; (%{A}) f. see below.
bhairava = terrible, one of the forms of Shiva
bhaikshyaM = by begging
bhaj *= cl. I. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxxiii , 29) %{bha4jati} , %{-te} (2. sg. as
Impv. %{bhakSi} RV. ; pf. P. %{babhA4ja} A1. %{bheje4} RV. &c. ; 2. sg.
%{babhaktha} S3Br. ; %{bhejitha} Pa1n2. 6-4 , 122 ; aor. P. 2. 3. sg. %{abhAk}
RV. Br. ; %{abhAkSIt} , %{-kSus} BhP. ; Subj. %{bhakSat} RV. ; A1. %{a4bhakSi} ,
%{-kta} RV. &c. ; Prec. A1. %{bhakSIya4} RV. ; 3. sg. %{-kSISTa} Br. ; %{-kSIta}
SV. ; fut. %{bhakSyati} , %{-te} Br. &c. ; %{bhajiSyati} , %{-te} MBh. &c. ;
%{bhaktA} Gr. ; inf. %{bhaktum} Br. &c. ; %{bhajitum} MBh. ; ind. p. %{bhaktvA}
AV. &c. , %{-tvAya} RV. ; %{-bhajya} and %{-bhA4jam} Br.) , to divide ,
distribute , allot or apportion to (dat. or gen.) , share with (instr.) RV. &c.
&c. ; (A1.) to grant , bestow , furnish , supply ib. ; A1. (rarely P.) to obtain
as one's share , receive as (two acc.) , partake of , enjoy (also carnally) ,
possess , have (acc. , Ved. also gen.) ib. ; (A1. , rarely P.) to turn or resort
to , engage in , assume (as a form) , put on (garments) , experience , incur ,
undergo , feel , go or fall into (with acc. , esp. of abstract noun e.g.
%{bhItim} , to feel terror ; %{nidrAm} , to fall asleep ; %{maunam} , to become
silent) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to pursue , practise , cultivate Mn. R. Sus3r. ; to
fall to the lot or share of (acc.) MBh. R. &c. ; to declare for , prefer ,
choose (e.g. as a servant) MBh. ; to serve , honour , revere , love , adore MBh.
Ka1v. &c.: Caus. %{bhAja4yate} , %{-te} (aor. %{abIbhajuH} S3Br. , %{ababhAjat}
Gr.) , to divide Su1ryas. ; to deal out , distribute Gaut. ; to cause any one
(acc.) to partake of or enjoy (acc. or gen.) RV. S3Br. ; to put to flight ,
pursue , chase , drive into (acc.) Bhat2t2. ; to cook , dress (food) Vop.:
Desid. %{bibhakSati} , %{-te} MBh. (cf. %{bhikS}): Intens. %{bAbhajyate} ,
%{bAbhakti} , Gr2. [Cf. Gk. $ ; Lat. &225876[743 ,1] {fa1gus} ; Goth. Old S.
{bo1k} ; Germ. {Buch} , {Buchstabe} ; Eng. {buck-} , {beech}.]
bhaj.h = to practice / incur
bhaja = worship
bhajaka* = m. a distributer, apportioner (see {civara-bh-}); a worshipper MW.
bhajana* = m. N. of a prince VP.; n. the act of sharing W.; possession ib.;
(ifc.) reverence, worship, adoration Prab. Sch. (also {-tA} f. with loc. Cân.);
{-vArika} m. a partic. official in a Buddhist monastery L.; {-nA7nanda} m. N. of
an author Cat.; {-nA7mRta} n. N. of wk.
bhajaka = worshippers
bhajataaM = in rendering devotional service
bhajati = (1 pp) to divide, to allocate
bhajate = renders transcendental loving service
bhajanIya* = mfn. to be loved or revered or waited upon, venerable MBh. BhP.
bhajana = a hymn* = m. N. of a prince VP.; n. the act of sharing W.; possession
ib.; (ifc.) reverence, worship, adoration Prab. Sch. (also {-tA} f. with loc.
Cân.); {-vArika} m. a partic. official in a Buddhist monastery L.; {-nA7nanda}
m. N. of an author Cat.; {-nA7mRta} n. N. of wk.
bhajanti = render service
bhajante = render services
bhajasva = be engaged in loving service
bhajaama *V= we allot, we get, let us worship
bhajaami = reward
bhaje = I worship
bhajaina = (f) where to your erection
bhajamaana *= mfn. apportioning &c. MBh. ; fitting , meet , appropriate L. ; N.
of various princes Hariv. Pur.
bhakataH = devotee
bhakta = devotee
bhaktaH = devotee
bhaktaaH = devotees
bhaktaanukaMpinaaM = compassionate to the devotees
bhakti = devotion, worship
bhaktiM = devotional service
bhaktiH = in devotional service
bhaktimaan.h = devotee
bhaktiyogena = by devotional service
bhaktimat =* mfn. = %{-bhAj} MBh. Ka1v. &c.; accompanied by devotion or loyalty
BhP.
bhakteshhu = amongst devotees
bhaktyaa = in full devotion
bhaktyupahritaM = offered in devotion
bhaksha = Food
bhakshayati = (10 up) to eat, to devour
bhakshaNa* = mfn. eating, one who eats (cf. {dADima-}, {pApa-bh-}); n. the act
of eating, drinking, feeding S'rS. Nir. MBh. &c.; eating what excites thirst L.;
chewing L.; the being eaten by (instr.) Mn. R.; ({bha4-}) a drinking vessel RV.
bhakshaNIya* = mfn. to be (or being) eaten Pañcat.; {-tA} f. eatableness
S'ârngP.
bhakshayitavya* = mfn. to be eaten or devoured, edible MBh. Pañcat.
bhakshayitR* = m. an eater, enjoyer MBh.
bhakshaTaka* = m. a variety of Asteracantha Longifolia L.
bhakshaalii* = f. N. of a place g. {dhUmA7di} (not in Kâs'.)
bhaksha* = m. drinking or eating, drink or (in later language) food RV. &c. &c.
(often ifc., with f. {A}, having anything for food or beverage, eating,
drinking, living upon); {-kAra} m. `" food-maker "', a cook, baker L.;
{-M-kAra4} mfn. furnishing food MaitrS. (cf. Pân. 6-3, 72 Vârtt. 2 Pat.);
{-MkRta} ({-kSa4M-}) mfn. drunk or eaten, enjoyed TS. Âs'vS'r.; {-japa} m. the
prayer muttered while drinking Soma Âs'vS'r.; {-pattrI} f. betel-pepper (the
leaf of which serves for food) L.; {-bIja} w.r. for {bhakSya-b-}; {-mantra} m. a
verse spoken while drinking Soma S'ânkhS'r.
bhalla * = mfn. auspicious, favourable (= {bhadra} or {ziva}) L.; m. a bear Hit.
(cf. {accha-bhalla}, {bhalluka}, {bhallUka}); a term used in addressing the Sun
(only dat.; cf. 2. {bhala}) MantraBr. Gobh.; (pl.) N. of a people Pân. 5-3, 114.
Sch. (v.l. {malla}); N. of S'iva (cf. above); a kind of arrow or missile with a
point of a partic. shape MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {I} f. and n.); a partic. part of
an arrow MBh.; ({I}) f. Semecarpus Anacardium Bhpr.; n. an arrow-head of a
partic. shape S'ârngP.
bhallatakaH = (m) cashewnut
bhallukaH = (m) bear
bhaMbhaM = (v) to fuck up the ass
bhaN *= cl. 1. P. (Dha1tup. xiii, 4) %{bhaNati} (pf. %{babhANa}, 2. sg.
%{babhaNitha} Pa1n2. 6-4, 121 Sch. ; aor. %{abhANIt} Bhat2t2. ; fut.
%{bhaNiSyati}, %{-NitA} Gr. ; ind. p. %{bhaNitvA} Pan5cat. ; inf. %{bhaNitum}
Gr.: Pass. %{bhaNyate} BhP. ; aor. %{abhANi} Bhat2t2.), to speak, say to (acc.
with or without %{prati}) Var. Das3. Pan5cat. ; to call, name (two acc.) Vet.:
Caus. %{bhANayati} ; aor. %{abIbhaNat}, or %{ababhANat} Siddh. Vop. (Prob. a
later form of %{bhan}.)
bhan *= cl. 1. P. %{bha4nati} (prob. connected with %{bhA} ; cf. the later form
%{bhaN}), to sound, resound, call aloud, speak, declare RV. (= %{arcati} Naigh.
iii, 14).
bha.nga = (masc) break
bhangura V: perishable, breakable, to be lost, transient
bhaNT* = cl. 10. P. {bhaNTayati}, to deceive Dhâtup. xxxii, 50 Vop.
bhaNTuka* = m. Calosanthes Indica L. (v.l. {bhaNDuka}).
bhaNóDu* = g. {suvAstv-Adi}.
bhandhuka* = or {-dhruka} m. N. of a place SkandaP.
bhar = (v) to bear, carry
bhara * = mf({A})n. ( {bhR}) bearing, carrying, bringing; bestowing, granting;
maintaining, supporting (mostly ifc.; cf. {Rtam-}, {kulam-}, {deham-},
{vAjam-bh-} and c.); m. (ifc. f. {A}) the act of bearing or carrying &c.;
carrying away or what is carried away, gain, prize, booty RV. AV.; war, battle,
contest ib.; a burden, load, weight (also a partic. measure of weight = {bhAra}
q.v. L.) Hariv. Kâv. &c. (acc. with {kR}, to place one's weight, support one's
self Hit.); a large quantity, great number, mass, bulk, multitude, abundance,
excess Kâv. Kathâs. &c. ({bhareNa} and {-rAt} ind. in full measure, with all
one's might Kâd.); raising the voice, shout or song of praise RV.; n. du. (with
{indrasya}, or {vasiSThasya}) N. of 2 Sâmans ÂrshBr.
bharadvaaja* = ({bhara4d-}) m. `" bearing "' speed or strength (of flight) "', a
skylark R.; N. of a Riishi (with the patr. Bârhaspatya, supposed author of RV.
vi, 1-30; 37-43; 53-74; ix, 67. 1-3; x, 137, 1, and Purohita of Diva-dâsa, with
whom he is perhaps identical; BhñBharad is also considered as one of the 7 sages
and the author of a law-book) RV. &c. &c. ({-jasya a-dAra-sRt} and
{a-dAra-sRtau}, {arkau}, {upahavau}, {gAdham}, {nakAni}, {prizninI}, {prAsAham},
{bRhat}, {maukSe}, {yajJA7yajJIyam}, {lomanI}, {vAja-karmIyam}, {vAja-bhRt},
{viSamANi}, {vratam}, {sundhyuH} and {saindhukSitAni}N. of Sâmans ArshBr.); of
an Arhat Buddh.; of a district Pân. 4-2, 145; of an Agni MBh.; of various
authors Cat.; pl. the race or family of Bharad-vâja RV.;
{-gArga-pariNaya-pratiSedha-vAdA7rtha} m. N. of wk.; {-dhanvantari} m. N. of a
divine being S'ânkhGri.; {-pravraska} n. N. of AV. ii, 12; {-prAdur-bhAva} m. N.
of ch. of Bhpr.; {-zikSA} f. {-saMhitA} f. {-sUtra} n. {-smRti} f. N. of wks.
bharaNi = jewel
bharaNii = Second nakshatra
bharata = Bharat
bharatarshhabha = O chief amongst the descendants of Bharata
bharatava.nditaH = the who has been saluted by Bharata
bharatashreshhTha = O chief of the Bharatas
bharatasattama = O best of the Bharatas
bharataagraja = the one going before Bharata (elder of bharata)
bharjanaM = nourisher?
bharjayati = to fry
bharjita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) roasted, fried Sus'r.; destroyed, annihilated
bhartaa = sustainer
bhartR * =m. (once in S'Br. {bha4rtR}) a bearer [cf. Lat. {fertor}], one who
bears or carries or maintains (with gen. or ifc.) RV. S'Br. MBh.; a preserver,
protector, maintainer, chief, lord, master RV. &c. &c. ({trI4} f. a female
supporter or nourisher, a mother AV. Kaus'. TBr.); ({bha4rtR}) m. a husband RV.
v, 58, 7 Mn. MBh. &c.
bhartR4-tva * =n. (MBh. &c.) masterhood, husbandship; {-tAMgata} mfn. subject,
married W.
bhartRka * =ifc. (f. {A}) = {bhartR}, a husband (cf. {pro7Sita-}, {mRta-},
{svA7dhIna-bh-}).
bhartrima * =(?) mfn. maintained, nourished, supported W.
bhasha* = mf({I})n. barking, yelping, chiding VS. (cf. g. {pacA7di}); m. a dog
L.; ({A}) f. a species of plant L.; ({I}) f. a bitch L.
bhashhati = to bark
bhashita * = n. barking L.
bhasita * = mfn. reduced to ashes BhP.; n. ashes Bhâm.
bhastrikaa = the bellows breath
bhasma = ash
bhasmaM = ashes
bhasmasaat.h = to burn to ashes
bhasmaavasheshhaM = ashes+remains
bhaTTakavaara = Sunday
bhatha * = m. (fr. {bhRta}) a mercenary, hired soldier, warrior, combatant MBh.
Kâv. &c.; a servant, slave Kâvya7d. VP.; a humpback Gal.; N. of a serpent-demon
Buddh.; = {arya-bhaTa} (cf. below); pl. N. of a degraded tribe L. (cf. {bhaTTa},
{bhaDa}, {bhaNDa}; according to some `" a person whose father is a Brâhman and
whose mother is a Nathî "'); ({A}) f. coloquintida.
bhauma* = mf({I})n. relating or dedicated to the earth, produced or coming from
the earth, earthly, terrestrial VS. &c. &c. (with {naraka} m. = hell on earth
MBh.; with {brahman} n. = the Veda ib.); consisting or made of earth, earthy
PañcavBr. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; coming from the land (as revenue &c.) L.; (fr.
{bhauma}, the planet Mars) relating to the plñplanet Mars or to his day, falling
on Tuesday Vet.; m. a red-flowering Punar-navâ L.; = {ambara} L.; N. of the 27th
Muhûrta L.; metron. of a partic. earth-deity GriS.; of Atri RAnukr.; of the
Daitya Naraka MBh.; of the planet Mars (whose day is Tuesday) ib. Var. Pur. &c.;
m. or n. N. of AV. xii, 1; ({I}) f. `" produced from the earth "'N. of Sitâ L.;
n. dust of the earth (pl.) MBh.; corn, grain Âpast.; (only ifc.) floor, story
MBh. R.
bhaumacAra* = m. `" the course of the planet Mars "', N. of a ch. of
Bhaththo7tpala's Comm. on VarBriS.
bhaumavAra* = m. `" Mars-day "', Tuesday KâtyS'r. Sch.; {-vratavidhi} m. N. of
wk.
bhaumaka* = m. any animal living in the earth AdbhBr.
bhaumana* = m. N. of Vis'va-karman MBh. (prob. w.r. for {bhauvana}).
bhavaami = I become
bhavaan.h = you
bhava * = m. ( {bhU}) coming info existence, birth, production, origin (=
{bhAva} Vop.; ifc., with f. {A} = arising or produced from, being in, relating
to) Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; becoming, turning into (comp.) Kâthh.; being, state of
being, existence, life (= {sat-tA} L.) S'ârngP. (cf. {bhavA7ntara}); worldly
existence, the world (= {saMsAra} L.) Kâv. Pur. [749, 1]; (with Buddhists)
continuity of becoming (a link in the twelvefold chain of causation) Dharmas. 42
(MWB. 102); well-being, prosperity, welfare, excellence (= {zreyas} L.) MBh.
Kâv. &c.; obtaining, acquisition (= {Apti}, {prA7pti}) L.; a god, deity. W.; N.
of Agni S'Br.; of a deity attending on Rudra and frequently connected with
S'arva (later N. of S'iva or a form of S'iva; or N. of a Rudra, and as such of
the number 11 or of the 11th lunar mansion Gol. Var. Sch.; du. {bhavau} = Bhava
i.e. S'iva and his wife Bhavânî BhP.; cf. Vâm. v, 2, 1) AV. &c. &c.; of the 1st
and 4th Kalpa Cat.; of a Sâdhya VP.; of a king MBh.; of a son of Pratihartrii
VP.; of Viloman ib.; of a rich man Buddh.; of an author Cat.; n. the fruit of
Dillenia Speciosa L.; = {bhavya}, {bhaviSya}, {bhAvana} L.
bhavaaya = for the sake of the world
bhavaarNava = bhava+arNava, birth\&death+ocean
bhavaH = birth
bhava* = m. ( {bhU}) coming info existence, birth, production, origin (= {bhAva}
Vop.; ifc., with f. {A} = arising or produced from, being in, relating to) Yâjñ.
MBh. Kâv. &c.; becoming, turning into (comp.) Kâthh.; being, state of being,
existence, life (= {sat-tA} L.) S'ârngP. (cf. {bhavA7ntara}); worldly existence,
the world (= {saMsAra} L.) Kâv. Pur. [749, 1]; (with Buddhists) continuity of
becoming (a link in the twelvefold chain of causation) Dharmas. 42 (MWB. 102);
well-being, prosperity, welfare, excellence (= {zreyas} L.) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
obtaining, acquisition (= {Apti}, {prA7pti}) L.; a god, deity. W.; N. of Agni
S'Br.; of a deity attending on Rudra and frequently connected with S'arva (later
N. of S'iva or a form of S'iva; or N. of a Rudra, and as such of the number 11
or of the 11th lunar mansion Gol. Var. Sch.; du. {bhavau} = Bhava i.e. S'iva and
his wife Bhavânî BhP.; cf. Vâm. v, 2, 1) AV. &c. &c.; of the 1st and 4th Kalpa
Cat.; of a Sâdhya VP.; of a king MBh.; of a son of Pratihartrii VP.; of Viloman
ib.; of a rich man Buddh.; of an author Cat.; n. the fruit of Dillenia Speciosa
L.; = {bhavya}, {bhaviSya}, {bhAvana} L.
bhavaa in comp. before {d} for {bhavat}.
bhavaketu * m. N. of a partic. phenomenon in the sky Var.
bhavacandra * m. N. of a man Cat.
bhavadiya: A* given by your,
bhava4-jala * n. the water (or ocean) of worldly existence Kâv.
bhava4-bhaGga * m. annihilation of wñworldly exñexistence, delivery from births
or transmigration Hcat.
bhava4-maya * mf({I})n. consisting of or produced from S'iva MBh.
bhavana = home, residence, place* = n. (m. g. %{ardharcA7di}) a place of abode,
mansion, home, house, palace, dwelling (ifc. f. %{A}) Mn. Mbh. &c.; horoscope,
natal star (see %{bhavane7za}); m. N. of a R2ishi in the 2nd Manvantara VP.; a
dog L.; n. coming into existence, birth, production Kap. Sch. Ka1s3. on Pa1n2.
1-4, 31; a site, receptacle (ifc.) Pan5cat.; the place where anything grows
(ifc.= field cf. %{zAli-bh-}); = %{bhuvana}, water L.
bhavaneshhu = in the homes of
bhavantaM = You
bhavantaH = you
bhavanti = grow
bhava.ntu = let them be or become
bhava4-rasa * m. delight in wñworldly exñexistence Sinha7s.
bhavat * = mf(%{antI})n. being, present RV. &c. &c.; m.f, (nom. %{bha4vAn},
%{-vatI}; voc. %{bhavan} or %{bhos} q.v.; f. %{-vati}; cf. Mn. ii, 49) your
honour, your worship, your lordship or ladyship, you (lit. `" the gentleman or
lady present "'; cf. %{atra-} and %{tatra-bh-}; used respectfully for the 2nd
pers. pron., but properly with the 3rd and only exceptionally with the 2nd pers.
of the verb e.g. %{bhavAn@dadAtu}, `" let your highness give "'; sometimes in
pl. to express greater courtesy e.g. %{bhavantaH@pramANam}, `" your honour is an
authority "') S3Br. &c.; (%{antI}) f. the present tense Pat.; (%{atI}) f. a
partic.kind of poisoned arrow L.
bhavataH = Thy
bhavataraNe = for crossing the ocean of births \& deaths
bhavati = becomes
bhavatii = you
bhavatu = let there be
bhava4-viti * f. liberation from the world, cessation of worldly acts Kir.
bhava4-vyaya * m. du. birth and dissolution Bhag
bhavabiijaanaaM = the birth-seeds
bhavasaagaraM = the ocean of births and deaths
bhav.h = to be
bhavi = future
bhavitaa = will come to be
bhavishya = future, of future
bhavishhya = future
bhavishhyataaM = of future manifestations
bhavishhyati = it will increase in the future
bhavishhyanti = will be
bhavishhyaaNi = future
bhavishhyaamaH = shall exist
bhavet.h = would be
bhavya* = mfn. being, existing, present RV. &c. &c.; to be about to be or
become, future (= {bhAvin}) MârkP. Pañcar. (also for the future tense of {bhU}
MBh. iv, 928 v.l. {bhAvya}); likely to be, on the point of becoming (see
{dhenu-} and {dhenumbhavyA}); what ought to be, suitable, fit, proper, right,
good, excellent Kâv. Pur. Kathâs.; handsome, beautiful, pleasant MBh. Kâv. &c.;
gracious, favourable (= {prasanna}) R.; auspicious, fortunate Ragh. BhP.;
righteous, pious Vcar.; true L.; m. Averrhoa Carambola MBh. &c.; N. of a Riishi
in the 9th Manv-antara VP.; of a son of Dhruva (the polar star) Hariv.; of a son
of Priyavrata Pur.; of a teacher Buddh.; of a poet Cat.; (pl.) a partic. class
of gods under Manu Câkshusha Pur.; ({A}) f. N. of Umâ (Pârvatî) L.; Piper Chaba
(prob. w.r. for {cavyA}); n. that which is or exists (= {yad bhavati}) RV. &c.
&c.; being, existing, the being present AV. &c. &c.; future time (see
{bhavad-bhUta-bhavya}); fruit, result, reward, (esp.) good result, prosperity
Ragh. Dhûrtan.; a bone L.; the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola or of Dillenia Indica
L.; m. or n. one division of the poetical Rasas or sentiments W.
bhaya = fear* = n. ( {bhI}) fear, alarm dread apprehension; fear of (abl. gen.
or comp.) or for (comp.) RV. &c. &c. ({bhayAt} ind. `" from fear "'; {bhayaM-kR}
with abl. `" to have fear of "'; {bhayaM-dA}, `" to cause fear, terrify "'); sg.
and pl. terror, dismay, danger, peril, distress; danger from (abl. or comp.) or
to, (comp.) ib.; the blossom of Trapa Bispinosa L.; m. sickness, disease L.;
Fear personifled (as a Vasu, a son of Nir-riiti or Ni-kriiti, a prince of the
Yavanas and husband of the daughter of Time) Pur. (also n.; and {A} f. as a
daughter of Kâla or Vaivasvata, and wife of the Râkshasa Heti).
bhayaM = fear
bhayanaka = that which causes fear
bhayaat.h = out of fear
bhayaanaka = the sentiment of fear, terror
bhayaanakaani = very fearful
bhayaavahaH = dangerous
bhayena = out of fear
bhaujya = enjoyment (of kingship)
bhautika = material
bhauma = A name for the planet Mars
bhavaan: see bhavat
bhavat *= mf(%{antI})n. being, present RV. &c. &c.; m.f, (nom. %{bha4vAn},
%{-vatI}; voc. %{bhavan} or %{bhos} q.v.; f. %{-vati}; cf. Mn. ii, 49) your
honour, your worship, your lordship or ladyship, you (lit. `" the gentleman or
lady present "'; cf. %{atra-} and %{tatra-bh-}; used respectfully for the 2nd
pers. pron., but properly with the 3rd and only exceptionally with the 2nd pers.
of the verb e.g. %{bhavAn@dadAtu}, `" let your highness give "'; sometimes in
pl. to express greater courtesy e.g. %{bhavantaH@pramANam}, `" your honour is an
authority "') S3Br. &c.; (%{antI}) f. the present tense Pat.; (%{atI}) f. a
partic.kind of poisoned arrow L.
bheka = a frog
bheDa* = m. a ram L. (cf. {eDa}, {bheDra} and {bheNDa}); a raft, float L. (cf.
{bhela}); N. of a lexicographer and a physician Cat.; of a Riishi L.; ({I}) f. a
ewe L.; N. of one of the Mâtriis attending on Skanda MBh.
bheda4 = break, pierce, also difference * = m. ( {bhid}) breaking, splitting,
cleaving, rending, tearing, piercing (also pass. the being broken &c.) KâtyS'r.
Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; breaking open, disclosing, divulging, betrayal (of a secret
cf. {rahasya-bh-}); bursting asunder, opening, gaping, parting asunder BhP.
Sus'r.; bursting forth or out, expanding, blossoming, shooting out, sprouting
Kâlid. Bâlar.; a cleft, fissure, chasm (cf. {zilA-bh-}; du. pudendum muliebre)
RV.; rupture, breach, hurt, injury, seduction Kâm. MBh. Kathâs.; shooting pain
(in the limbs), paralysis (cf. {ardhabh-}) Sus'r.; separation, division,
partition, part, portion Kâv. Pur.; distinction, difference, kind, sort,
species, variety S'rS. Up. MBh. &c.; disturbance, interruption, violation,
dissolution RPrât. KâtyS'r. Sâh.; disuniting, winning over to one's side by
sowing dissension (cf. {upA7ya}) Mn. Yâjñ. Kâm.; disunion, schism, dissension
between (instr.) or in (comp.) MBh. Var. Râjat.; change, alteration,
modification MBh. S'ak.; contraction (cf. {bhrUbh-}) [766,2]; evacuation (of the
bowels) S'ârngS.; (in astron.) a partic. crossing or conjunction of the planets;
one of the ways in which an eclipse ends (cf. {kukSi-bh-}); (in math.) the
hypothenuse of a right-angled triangle; (in dram.) = {saMhati-bhedana}, or =
{pro7tsAhana}, Sâh; (in phil.) dualism, duality (cf. comp.); N. of a man AV.;
pl. N. of a people RV.
bhedaM = the differences
bhedana = breaking through, piercing
bhedaaGYaanaM = difference/otherness/duality
bheruNDa = terrible
bheruNDaasana = the formidable posture
bheryaH = large drums
bheshaja = medicine, antidote, cure* = mf({I})n. (fr. 1. {bhiSaj}) curing,
healing, sanative RV. AV. AitBr.; n. a remedy, medicine, medicament, drug,
remedy against (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; a spell or charm (for curative
purposes (generally from Atharva-veda) S'rS.; water Naigh. i, 12; Nigella Indica
W.
bhettavai * = %{bhettavya}, %{bhettR} see under %{bhid}, p. 757, col. 2.
bhettavya * = mfn. to be broken or split R.; to be betrayed or divulged Hariv.
bhettri * = mfn. breaking, splitting, bursting through, piercing; a breaker &c.
RV. &c, &c.; a conqueror Cat.; an interrupter, disturber, frustrator Ka1m.; a
divulger, betrayer MBh. Ya1jn5.; a factious or seditious man MW.; m. N. of
Skanda Mr2icch.; N. of a partic. magical spell recited over weapons R.
bibharshi * V: manifest, assume, bear, accept, carry\\ S.G: assume, maintain
(and perpetuate)
bibhrat* = mfn. (pr.p. of {bhR}) bearing, carrying RV. &c. &
bhid.h = to break
bhidaa* = f. splitting, bursting, destroying, destruction Ka1v. (cf.
%{dur-bhida}); separation (see %{-bhRt}); distinction, difference Ka1v. BhP.; a
kind or species. Sa1h.; coriander L.
bhidya * = m. a rushing river or N. of a rñrushing Ragh. Bhat2t2. (cf. Pa1n2.
3-1, 115) ; n. splitting, breaking, destroying (cf. %{pUr-bhi4dya} and
%{zIrSa-bhi4dya})
2 bhidya n. hñhead-splitting AV.
bhii *= 1 cl. 3. P. (Dha1tup. xxv, 2) %{bibhe4ti} (du. %{bibhItas} or
%{bibhitas} Pot. %{bibhIyAt} or %{bibhiyAt} Pa1n2. 6-4, 115 ; Pot. 3. pl.
%{bibhyeyuH} MBh. xii, 459 ; impf. 3. pl. %{abibhayuH} Pa1n2. 7-3, 83 Sch. ; ep.
also A1. 1. sg. %{bibhye} and and P. 3. sg. %{bibhyati} pl. %{bibhyanti} ; Ved.
also cl. 1. A. %{bha4yate}, and accord, to Dha1tup. xxxiv, 15, cl, 10. P.
%{bhAyayati} ; pf. %{bibhAya}, 3. pl. %{bibhyuH} RV. &c. &c. ; %{bIbhAya} AitBr.
; %{bibhayA4M@cakara} S3Br. cf. Pa1n2. 3-1, 39 ; aor. %{abhaiSIt}, %{-Sma},
%{-SuH} RV. AV. &c., 2. sg. %{bhaiSIs} AV., %{bhais} Br. &c., esp. in %{mAbhais}
"', do not be afraid ; once for pl. = %{mA@bhaiSTa} R. i, 55, 25 ; %{bhes} Br. ;
%{bhema} RV., p. A1. %{bhiyAna4} ib., ; fut. %{bhetA} Gr. ; cond, %{abheSyat}
S3Br. ; inf. %{bhiya4se} RV. ; %{bhetum} MBh. &c.), to fear, be afraid of (abl.
or gen., rarely instr, or acc.) RV. &c. &c. ; to fear for, be anxious about
(abl.) R.: Pass. %{bhIyate}, aor, %{abhAyi} Gr.: Caus. %{bhISa4yate} (S3Br. &c.
; cf. Pa1n2. 1-3, 68), %{bhISayati} (MBh. ; once m. c. %{bhiS-} BhP. ; p.
%{bhISayANa} MBh. ; aor. %{bIbhiSaH} TS., %{-SathAH} RV.), %{bhAyayati}, %{-te}
(Pa1n2. 1-3, 68 Sch. ; Pot. %{bhAyayes} Megh. 61 ; v.l. %{bhISayes} ; aor
%{bIbhayat}, %{a4bIbhayanta} RV. ; ind. p. %{-bhAyya} Br.), %{bhApayate} (Pa1n2.
6-1, 56 Sch.), to terrify, put in a fright, intimidate RV. &c. &c.: Desid.
%{bibhISati} Gr.: Intens. %{bebhIyate}, %{bebhayIti}, %{bebheti} ib. [Cf.
%{bhyas} ; Lith. {bijo4tis} ; Slav. {bojati} ; Germ. {biben}, {beben}.]
bhiita * = mfn. frightened, alarmed, terrified, timid, afraid of or imperilled
by (abl. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; anxious about (comp.) Pan5car.; (%{am}) ind.
timidly S3iksh.; n. fear, danger L.; (impers.) fear has been shown, S3rin3ga1r.
bhiiru * = mf({U8})n. fearful, timid, cowardly, afraid of (abl. or comp.) RV.
&c. &c.; (with {paratra}) dreading the beyond or the hereafter Yâjñ. Sch. (ifc.
expressive of blame Ganar. on Pân. 2-1, 53); m. a jackal L. (cf. {pheru}); a
tiger L.; various kinds of fish L.; a centipede L.; a kind of sugarcane L.;
Asparagus Racemosus L.; f. a timid woman (esp. voc. `" {bhIru} "', `" O timid
one! "') Kâv.; a shadow L.; a she-goat L.; Solanum Jacquini L.; n. a species of
plant L. [758, 3]; silver L
bhiitaM = fearful
bhiitabhiitaH = fearful
bhiitaani = out of fear
bhiiti = fear
bhiitiM = fear
bhiitiH = fear
bhiima = terrible* = mf({A})n. fearful, terrific, terrible awful formidable,
tremendous RV. &c. &c. (ibc., fearfully &c.); m. Rumex Vesicarius L.; N. of
Rudra-S'iva Âs'vGri. Un. Sch.; of one of the 8 forms of S'iva Pur.; of one of
the 11 Rudras Pur.; of a Devagandharva MBh.; of one of the Devas called
Vajñamush ib.; of a Dânava ib. Kathâs.; of a Vidyâdhara Kathâs.; of a son of the
Râkshasa Kumbhakarna Cat.; of the second son of Pându (also called) Bhima-sena
and Vriiko7dara; he was only the reputed son of PñPându, being really the son of
his wife Priithâ or Kuntî by the wind-god Vâyu, and was noted for his size,
strength and appetite) MBh. Kâv. Pur. &c.; of sev. other men AitBr. MBh. Hariv.
&c.; pl. the race of Bhima MBh.; ({A}) f. a whip L.; a bullock's gall-stone L.;
N. of a form of Durgâ Hariv.; of an Apsaras R.; of sev. rivers MBh.; of a
district Râjat.; of a town Buddh.
bhiimakarmaa = one who performs herculean tasks
bhiimaarjuna = to Bhima and Arjuna
bhiishaya %{-yati} see %{bhI}. *V = terrifying, threatening.
bhishaya %{-yati} see %{bhI}.
bhiishhma = by Grandfather Bhishma
bhiishhmaM = unto Grandfather Bhishma
bhiishhmaH = Grandfather Bhishma
bhiNDiH = (f) ladies-finger, okra
bhitaaH = out of fear
bhittiH = (m) walls
bhinnaa = separated
bhilla = tribal
bhikshaapaatram.h = (n) begging bowl
bhikshukaH = (m) beggar
bhikshu* = m. a beggar, mendicant, religious mñmendicant (esp. a Brâhman in the
fourth Âs'rama or period of his life, when he subsists entirely on alms) Mn.
MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 55 n. 1); a Buddhist mendicant or monk Kathâs. Lalit. (cf.
MWB. 55); a partic. Buddha L.; Asteracantha Longifolia L.; Sphaerantus Mollis
L.; N. of an Ângirasa (author of RV. x, 117) RAnukr.; of a son of Bhoja Râjat.;
of a poet Cat.; n. N. of an Upanishad (cf. {bhikSuko7paniSad}),
bhikshucaryA* = f. `" a mendicant's course of life "', begging BhP.
bhikshusUtra* = n. a collection of rules or precepts for mendicants Pân. 4-3,
110; {-bhASya-vArttika} n. N. of a Comm. on prec.
bhikshuka* = m. a beggar, mendicant, a Brâhman of the mñmendicant order (cf.
{bhikSu}) GriS. Mn. MBh. &c. (RTL. 386); ({I}) f. see below.
bhikshukasatI* = f. a virtuous female mendicant L.
bhikshukI* = f. (of prec.) a female mendicant MBh. R. &c.
bhikshuNI* = f. a Buddhist female mendicant or nun Lalit. DivyA7v. (MWB. 86).
bho = exclamatory word for addressing a person
bho-bhoh * = see bhos* n (fr. {bhavas} voc. of {bhavat} q.v.; before vowels and
soft consonants {bho}; before hard consonants {bhos} and {bhoH}; the latter form
also in pause cf. Pân. 8-3, 17 &c.; but there is occasional confusion of these
forms, esp. in later literature; often also {bhobhoH}.), an interjection or voc.
particle commonly used in addressing another person or several persons = O! Ho!
Hallo l, in soliloquies = alas! S'Br. &c. &c. (according to L. a particle of
sorrow and of interrogation).
bodha * = mfn. knowing, understanding, Asht2a1vS. (cf. g. %{jvalA7di}); m.
waking, becoming or being awake, consciousness AV. MBh. &c.; the opening of
blossom, bloom Cat.; the taking effect (of spells; acc. with %{pra-yA}, `" to
begin to take effect "') ib.; exciting (a perfume) Var.; perception,
apprehension, thought, knowledge, understanding, intelligence Ka1v. Ra1jat.
Pur.; designation Sa1h. Pa1n2. Sch.; awakening, arousing W.; making known,
informing, instructing MW.; Knowledge personified as a son of Buddhi Pur.; N. of
a man Ma1rkP. (cf. Pa1n2. 4-1, 107); pl. N. of a people MBh.
bodhaka * = mf(%{ikA})n. awakening, arousing R.; causing to know, explaining,
teaching, instructing, a teacher, instructor Ka1v. Veda7ntas. Sarvad.; (ifc.)
denoting, indicating, signifying (%{-tva} n.) Pa1n2. Sch. Veda7ntas.; m. a spy,
informer W.; N. of a man (pl. his descendants) Pravar.; of a poet Cat.
bodhana * = mf(%{I})n. causing to awake or expand (a flower), arousing, exciting
R. Hariv. Sus3r.; enlightening, teaching, instructing (cf. %{bAla-bodhinI}); m.
the planet Mercury W.; N. of a mountain VP.; (%{I}) f. intellect, knowledge L.;
long pepper L.; = %{bodha-vAsara} PadmaP.; a partic. S3akti Hcat.; n. waking,
being awake Ka1tyS3r. Sus3r.; perceiving, understanding Ragh.; causing to wake,
awakening, arousing MBh. R. &c.; causing (a spell) to take effect, Cat [734,3];
calling forth a perfume, burning incense L.; causing to perceive or understand
Sa1h.; instructing, teaching, informing Hariv. Ka1v.; denoting, indicating,
signifying Sa1h. Pa1n2. Sch.; `" the awaking of Durga1 "'N. of a festival on the
9th day of the dark half of the month Bha1dra Col.
bodhaana * = mfn. prudent, clever, wise L.; m. a wise man; N. of Br2ihas-pati L.
bodhaayana * = m. N. of a teacher and author of the Brahma-su1tra-vr2itti (said
to have commented also on the Bhagavad-gi1ta1 and 10 Upanishads) Cat.
bodhayitri *= mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing to know, informing MaitrUp.
bodhi * = mf. (with Buddhists or Jainas) perfect knowledge or wisdom (by which a
man becomes a Buddha or Jina), the illuminated or enlightened intellect (of a
BñBuddha or JñJina) Katha1s. Ra1jat. S3atr. Lalit. (cf. MWB. 97, 188 &c.); m.
the tree of wisdom under which perfect wñwisdom is attained or under which a man
becomes a Buddha, the sacred fig-tree, (Ficus Religiosa) Hcat. (MWB. 35, 181
&c.); `" wakener "', a cock L.; N. of a man (= Buddha in a former birth)
Ja1takam.; of a mythical elephant Lalit.; of a place L.; pl. N. of a people R.;
mfn. learned, wise Un2. iv, 117.\\ f. (with Buddhists) perfect knowledge or
enlightenment MWB. 43 (%{-dhy-aGga} n. an `" integral part of perfect knowledge
or enlightenment "' Lalit.)
bhadaaka * = m. fortune, prosperity (or mfn. auspicious, fortunate) Un2. iv, 15
Sch. (%{kalyANe}).
bhoutikashaastram.h = physics
bhoktavya = should be used, enjoyed *=mfn. to be enjoyed or eaten Ya1jn5. Ka1v.
&c.; to be used or employed Mn. viii, 144; to be possessed or governed or ruled
Ma1rkP.; to be utilized or exploited MBh.; to be fed (n. impers. `" a meal is to
be eaten "') MBh. Hariv.
bhoktaa = the enjoyer
bhoktR* = m. ({trI} f.) one who enjoys or eats, enjoyer, eater, experiencer,
feeler, sufferer MaitrUp. MBh. &c. (also as fut. of 3. {bhuj} R.); a possessor,
ruler of a land, king, prince Inscr.; a husband, lover L.
bhogatva* = n. the state of being curved or winding, curvedness Kâm. 1.
bhogi* = in comp. for 1. {bhogin}.
bhogadA* = f. `" granting enjñenjoyments "'N. of the goddess of the Pingalas
Cat. [767,3
bhoktaaraM = the beneficiary
bhoktiaa = one who enjoys
bhoktuM = to enjoy life
bhoktritve = in enjoyment
bhoga = enjoyment
bhoga* = 1 m. (1. {bhuj}) any winding or curve, coil (of a serpent) RV. &c. &c.;
the expanded hood of a snake Hariv. Kâm. Pañcat.; a partic. kind of military
array Kâm.; a snake Suparn.; the body L.\\2 m. (3. {bhuj}) enjoyment, eating,
feeding on RV. &c. &c. (with Jainas `" enjoying once "', as opp. to {upa-bhoga},
q.v.); use, application S'Br. GriS'rS. &c.; fruition, usufruct, use of a deposit
&c. Mn. Yâjñ.; sexual enjoyment Mn. MBh. &c.; enjñenjoyment of the earth or of a
country i.e. rule, sway MârkP.; experiencing, feeling, perception (of pleasure
or pain) Mn. MBh. &c.; profit, utility, advantage, pleasure, delight RV. &c.
&c.; any object of enjoyment (as food, a festival &c.) MBh. R.; possession,
property, wealth, revenue Mn. MBh. &c.; hire, wages (esp. of prostitution) L.;
(in astron.) the passing through a constellation VarBriS.; the part of the
ecliptic occupied by each of the 27 lunar mansions Sûryas.; (in arithm.) the
numerator of a fraction (?) W.; N. of a teacher Cat.; ({A}) f. N. of a
Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; n. w.r. for {bhogya} or {bhAgya}.
bhogarataH = indulging in worldly pleasures
bhogaaH = material enjoyment
bhogaan.h = enjoyable things
bhogaiH = enjoyment
bhogi = serpent (that has bhoga, meaning hood)
bhogii = the enjoyer
bhogin* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see col. 3) furnished with windings or curves or rings,
curved, ringed (as a serpent) R. BhP. &c.; m. a serpent or sñserpent-demon MBh.
Kâv. &c.; a kind of shrub L.; ({inI}) f. a serpent nymph R. \\2 mfn. (for 1. see
col. 2) enjoying, eating MârkP. Prasang.; having or offering enjoyments, devoted
to enjñenjoyments, wealthy, opulent MBh. Yâjñ. Var. &c.; suffering,
experiencing, undergoing Kap.; using, possessing MW.; m. a voluptuary MW.; a
king L.; the head man of a village L.; a barber L.; = {vaiyAvRtti-kara} (?) L.;
a person who accumulates money for a partic. expenditure W.; N. of a prince VP.;
({inI}) f. a kind of heroine Bhar.; the concubine of a king or a wife not
regularly consecrated with him L.
bhojanaM = eating
bhojanashaalaa = (f) dining room
bhojaneshhu = or while eating together
bhojotsavaH = (m) feast
bhokshyase = you enjoy
bhrama* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) wandering or roaming about, roving over or through
(comp.) Kathâs.; moving about, rolling (as of the eyes) Râjat.; turning round,
revolving, rotation (acc. with {dA} = to swing) MBh. Sûryas. Hcat.; a whirling
flame RV.; a whirlpool, eddy Prab.; a spring, fountain, watercourse L.; a
potter's wheel Sânkhyak.; (v.l. {-mi}), a grindstone (see comp.); a gimlet or
auger L.; a circle Âryabh.; giddiness, dizziness Sus'r.; confusion, perplexity,
error, mistake (ifc. mistaking anything for) Hariv. Kâv. Râjat. &c.; ({At}) ind.
by an error or mistake Gît.
bhraama* = m. roaming about, unsteadiness Gît.
bhraamaka * = mf({ikA})n. (fr. Caus.) causing error, deceitful, false R. Sch.;
m. n. `" causing (scil. iron) to turn round "', a magnet (also {-kA7dri}, m.)
L.; m. `" turning round (scil. towards the sun?) "', a sunflower, heliotrope L.;
a deceiver, cheat L.; ({akA}) f. a species of plant L.
bhraamarin vmfn. (fr. prec.) affected with vertigo or epilepsy Mn. iii, 161;
whirling round, revolving W.; made of honey. ib.
bhraama * = roaming about, unsteadiness
bhraamayan.h = causing to travel
bhrashtha* = mfn. fallen, dropped, fallen down or from or off (abl. or comp.)
AV. &c. &c.; (with or scil. {divaH}), fallen from the sky i.e. banished to the
earth Kathâs. S'ukas.; broken down, decayed, ruined, disappeared, lost, gone
MBh. Kâv. &c.; fled or escaped from, rid of (abl.) Kathâs.; strayed or separated
from, deprived of (abl. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; depraved, vicious, a backslider
W.; ({A}) f. a fallen or unchaste woman MW.
bhras'ishtha* = mfn. (superl.) most (very) powerful or strong or vehement Pat.
on Pân. 6-4, 161.
bhras'iiyas* = mfn. (compar.) more (very) powerful &c. ib.
bhras'iman* = m. potency, vehemence, strength g. {dRDhA7di}.
bhras'* = see {bhraMz}, p. 769, col. 1.
bhras'iman* = {bhraziSTha}, {-zIyas} see p. 766, col. 1.
bhras'* = see {bhraMz}, p. 769, col. 1.
bhras'iman* = {bhraziSTha}, {-zIyas} see p. 766, col. 1.
bhraas'* = (v.l. {bhrAs}; cf. {bhlAz}) cl. 1. 4. Â. {bhrAzate}, {-zyate} Pân.
3-1, 70 ({-zyati} Naigh.; pf. {babhrAze} and {bhreze} Pân. 6-4, 125; fut.
{bhrAziSyate}, {-zitA} aor. {abhrAziSTa}), to shine, glitter Dhâtup. xix, 76:
Caus. {bhrAzayati} (aor. {ababhrAzat}, or {abibhrazat}) Gr.: Desid.
{bibhrAziSate} ib.: Intens. {bAbhrAzyate}, {bAbhrASTi} ib.
bhraa4s'ya* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be struck down or overthrown RV.
bhraas'* = (v.l. {bhrAs}; cf. {bhlAz}) cl. 1. 4. Â. {bhrAzate}, {-zyate} Pân.
3-1, 70 ({-zyati} Naigh.; pf. {babhrAze} and {bhreze} Pân. 6-4, 125; fut.
{bhrAziSyate}, {-zitA} aor. {abhrAziSTa}), to shine, glitter Dhâtup. xix, 76:
Caus. {bhrAzayati} (aor. {ababhrAzat}, or {abibhrazat}) Gr.: Desid.
{bibhrAziSate} ib.: Intens. {bAbhrAzyate}, {bAbhrASTi} ib.
bhraatra * = m. a brother (see {mAtur-bh-}); n. brotherhood, fraternity RV.
bhraatri * = m. (connection with {bhR} doubtful) a brother (often used to
designate a near relative or an intimate friend, esp. as a term of friendly
address) RV. &c. &c.; du. brother and sister Pân. 1-2, 68. [Cf. Zd. {brâtar};
Gk. $ &c.; Lat. &234074[770, 2] {frater}; Lith. {broter-e7lis}; Slav. {bratru7};
Goth. {brothar}; Germ. {bruoder}, {Bruder}; Eng. {brother}.]
bhraatrika * = (ifc., with f. {A}) = {bhrAtR}, a brother Kâlid. (cf. {a-} and
{sa-bh-}); mf({I})n. coming from or belonging to a brother, brotherly, fraternal
Pân. 4-3, 78 Sch.
bhraa4trivya * = m. a father's brother's son, cousin AV. Râjat.; (mostly with
{a4-priya}, {dviSa4t} &c.) a hostile cousin, rival, adversary, enemy AV. VS. Br.
R. BhP.; n. (with {indrasya}) N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
bhraatrIya * = m. a (father's) brother's son, nephew Pân. 4-1, 144; mfn.
fraternal, belonging or relating to a brother W.
bhraatreya * = m. = prec. m. Bh
bhraataH = (m) brother
bhraatarau = the two brothers
bhraataa = brother
bhraatri = brother
bhraatrikaaraka = Significator of Brother which is Mars
bhraatrin.h = brothers
bhraanta = lost
bhraanti = confusion
bhraantidarshana = a delusion
bhrama*=m. (ifc. f. {A}) wandering or roaming about, roving over or through
(comp.) Kathâs.; moving about, rolling (as of the eyes) Râjat.; turning round,
revolving, rotation (acc. with {dA} = to swing) MBh. Sûryas. Hcat.; a whirling
flame RV.; a whirlpool, eddy Prab.; a spring, fountain, watercourse L.; a
potter's wheel Sânkhyak.; (v.l. {-mi}), a grindstone (see comp.); a gimlet or
auger L.; a circle Âryabh.; giddiness, dizziness Sus'r.; confusion, perplexity,
error, mistake (ifc. mistaking anything for) Hariv. Kâv. Râjat. &c.; ({At}) ind.
by an error or mistake Gît.
bhramati = (1 pp) to roam, to wander
bhramatva * = n. (in phil.) the being an error, erroneousness.
bhramat * = mfn. wandering about, roaming MBh.
bhramara-ja * = mfn. produced by bees (as honey) L.
bhramarA7ri * = m. `" bee-enemy "' = {bhramara-mArI} (q.v.) L.
bhramaraka * = m. n. a curl on the forehead L. (cf. {bhramarA7laka}); m. a bee
L.; a ball for playing with L.; a whirlpool L.; ({ikA}) f. wandering in all
directions ({-dRSTi} f. a wñwandering glance BhP.); n. a humming-top ({-bhrAmam}
with Caus. of {bhram}, to cause to spin like a humming-top Bâlar.); honey of the
large black bee L.
bhramarAya * = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to resemble a bee Subh.
bhramaórita * = mfn. covered with bees Naish.
bhramAya * = (accord. to g. {bhrizA7di} fr. p. {bhramat}) Nom. Â. {-yate},
(prob.) to begin turning round or revolving, to roam about. [770, 1]
bhraanta* = mfn. wandering or roaming about MBh. Kâv. &c.; having wandered about
or through (with acc.) Kathâs.; wandered about or through (n. impers. with
instr., `" it has been wandering about by "') S'ârngP. Kathâs.; moving about
unsteadily, rolling, reeling, whirling MBh. Kâv.; perplexed, confused, being in
doubt or error ib.; m. an elephant in rut L.; a species of thorn-apple L.; n.
roaming about, moving to and fro Kâv. Pañcat. Sus'r.; a partic. mode of fighting
Hariv.; error, mistake Cân.
bhraanta* = bhrikuTi = upper part of the eye-lashes and lower part of the
forehead
BhriguH = Bhrigu
bhrijjati = to bake
bhris'a *= mfn. (perhaps the original meaning may be `" falling heavily "' cf.
%{bhraz}) strong , vehement , mighty , powerful , frequent , abundant (often
ibc. cf. below ; rarely as an independent word ; cf. %{subhRta}) Mn. MBh. &c. ;
ibc and(%{am}) ind. strongly , violently , vehemently , excessively , greatly ,
very much Mn. MBh. &c. ; harshly , severely ChUp. ; quickly , without hesitation
MBh. ; often , frequently R. ; eminently , in a superior manner L. ; m. a
partic. tutelary deity VarBr2.
bhrit.h = one who carries
bhrit * = mfn. bearing, carrying, bringing, procuring, possessing, wearing,
having, nourishing, supporting, maintaining (only ifc.; cf. {iSu-}, {kSiti-},
{dharma-}, {vaMza-bhRt} &c.)
bhrita* =mfn. borne, carried &c. (see prec.); gained, acquired Katha1s.; (ifc.)
filled, full of. ib.; hired, paid (as a servant) Mn. MBh. &c.
(%{bhakta-venayor@bhRtaH}, `" one who receives board and wages "'; cf.
%{kSIra-bh-}); m. a hireling, hired servant or labourer, mercenary Ya1jn5. Sch.
bhrittva* = n. see {zastrA7stra-bhRt-tva}.
bhritaka* = mfn. brought, fetched (see {drAg-bh-}); mfn. hired, receiving wages;
m. a hired labourer, servant Mn. MBh. &c.; ({ikA}) f. hire, wages DivyA7v.
bhritin* = see {saMvatsara-bhRtin}.
bhritya* = mfn. to be nourished or maintained; m. one who is to be mñmaintained,
a dependent, servant (also the sñservant of a king, a minister) GriS. Mn. MBh.
&c. [765,1]; ({A}) f. support, maintenance, wages &c. (= {bhRti}). L.; nursing,
care of(cf. {kumAra-bhRtyA}).
bhrityAya* = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to behave like a servant Kathâs.
bhritra* = m. (?) Siddh.
bhritha* = (prob.) m. offering, oblation (of Soma) RV.; a turtle, tortoise L.
bhritvan* = mfn. collecting, accumulating AV.
bhrita* = mfn. borne, carried &c. (see prec.); gained, acquired Kathâs.; (ifc.)
filled, full of. ib.; hired, paid (as a servant) Mn. MBh. &c. ({bhakta-venayor
bhRtaH}, `" one who receives board and wages "'; cf. {kSIra-bh-}); m. a
hireling, hired servant or labourer, mercenary Yâjñ. Sch.
bhrita* = {bhRtya} &c. see p. 764
bhritya = servant
bhrisha = (adv) ample
brahmacarya * = n. study of the Veda, the state of an unmarried religious
student, a state of continence and chastity (also {A} f. Hariv.) AV. &c. &c.
(acc. with {grah}, {car}, {vas}, {A-gam}, {upa-i}, to practise chñchastity; cf.
{-cArin}); {-tva} n. the unmarried state, continence, chastity Hariv.; {-vat}
mfn. leading the life of an unmarried religious student, practising chñchastity
Âpast. MBh.; {-vrata} n. a vow of chñchastity, BeahmaP.; {-skhalana} n.
deviating from chñchastity MW.; {-ryA7zrama} m. the period of unmarried
religious studentship MBh.
bhramara = a large bee
bhramarakam.h = (n) a top (spun using a thread)
bhramarii = the bee breath
bhramiH = a screw
bhrita * = mfn. borne, carried &c. (see prec.); gained, acquired Kathâs.; (ifc.)
filled, full of. ib.; hired, paid (as a servant) Mn. MBh. &c. ({bhakta-venayor
bhRtaH}, `" one who receives board and wages "'; cf. {kSIra-bh-}); m. a
hireling, hired servant or labourer, mercenary Yâjñ. Sch.
bhris'a* = mfn. (perhaps the original meaning may be `" falling heavily "' cf.
{bhraz}) strong, vehement, mighty, powerful, frequent, abundant (often ibc. cf.
below; rarely as an independent word; cf. {subhRta}) Mn. MBh. &c.; ibc and({am})
ind. strongly, violently, vehemently, excessively, greatly, very much Mn. MBh.
&c.; harshly, severely ChUp.; quickly, without hesitation MBh.; often,
frequently R.; eminently, in a superior manner L.; m. a partic. tutelary deity
VarBri.
bhruuNa *= n. (for %{bhUrNa} , fr. %{bhR}) an embryo RV. x , 155 , 2 ; m. a
child , boy L. ; a very learned Bra1hman Hcat. ; a pregnant woman (=
%{garbhiNI}) L.
bhruvoH = the eyebrows
bhruuH = brow
bhuu *= to turn into an inauspicious omen Naish. iii, 9.
bhu* =mfn. (ifc.) = 2. %{bhI}, 2 mfn. becoming, being, existing, springing,
arising (ifc.; cf. %{akSi-}, %{giri-}, %{citta-}, %{padmabhU} &c.); m. N. of
Vishn2u MBh. xii, 1509 (Ni1lak.); of an Eka7ha S3rS.; f. the act of becoming or
arising Pa1n2. 1-4, 31; the place of being, space, world or universe (also pl.)
RV. AV. [761,1]; the earth (as constituting one of the 3 worlds, and therefore a
symbolical N. for the number `" one "') Mn. MBh. &c.; one of the three
Vya1hr2itis (see %{bhu4vas}, %{bhUr}, pp. 760 and 763); earth (as a substance),
ground, soil, land, lauded property ib.; floor, pavement Megh.; a place, spot,
piece of ground RV. &c. &c.; the base of any geometrical figure A1ryabh.;
object, matter (see %{vivAdasaMvAda-bhU}); a term for the letter %{l} Ra1matUp.;
a sacrificial fire L.
bhuja * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) the arm MBh. Kâv. &c. ({bhujayor antaram}, the breast
Bhartri.; cf. {bhujA7ntara}); the hand Pân. 7-3, 61; the trunk of an elephant
MBh. iii, 15736; a branch, bough BhP.; a bending, curve, coil (of a serpent; see
comp. below); the side of any geometrical figure KâtyS'r. Sch.; the base of a
triangle Sûryas.; the base of a shadow ib.; the supplement of 2 or 4 right
angles or the complement of 3 right angles MW.; ({A}) f. see col. 2.
bhujaa * =f. a winding, curve, coil (of a snake) BhP.; the arm or hand, Pracand.
(cf. comp.); the side of any geometrical figure, Aryabh. Hcat.
bhujiSya * = mfn. granting food, useful AV. (cf. %{a-bh-}) ; free, independent
L. ; m. a slave, servant (%{-tA} f.) Can2d2. DivyA7v. (cf. Un2. iv, 178 Sch.) ;
a comrade, companion L. ; a person who has regained his liberty by redeeming his
pledge L. ; a cord wound round the wrist of a girl before her marriage
(%{-hasta-sUtraka}) L. ; the hand L. ; a string L. ; (%{A}) f. any woman
dependent on or working for others, a slave-girl, maid-servant Ya1jn5. MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; a harlot, courtezan L.
bhukta * = mfn. enjoyed, eaten, made use of, possessed &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.; one
who has eaten a meal (= {bhukta-vat} Siddh.) Kaus'. Sus'r. (cf. {bhukta-pIta});
n. the act of eating L.; the thing eaten or enjoyed, food MBh. (ifc. feeding or
living on Pañcat.); the place where any person has eaten R. (cf. Pân. 2-2, 13
Sch.)
bhuja = arm or shoulder * m. (ifc. f. {A}) the arm MBh. Kâv. &c. ({bhujayor
antaram}, the breast Bhartri.; cf. {bhujA7ntara}); the hand Pân. 7-3, 61; the
trunk of an elephant MBh. iii, 15736; a branch, bough BhP.; a bending, curve,
coil (of a serpent; see comp. below); the side of any geometrical figure
KâtyS'r. Sch.; the base of a triangle Sûryas.; the base of a shadow ib.; the
supplement of 2 or 4 right angles or the complement of 3 right angles MW.; ({A})
f. see col. 2.
bhujaa*= f. a winding, curve, coil (of a snake) BhP.; the arm or hand, Pracand.
(cf. comp.); the side of any geometrical figure, Aryabh. Hcat.
bhuja.nga = snake
bhujanga = snake
bhujan.gaasana = the cobra posture
bhujaasana = the arm posture
bhujau = upper arms
bhukta* = mfn. enjoyed, eaten, made use of, possessed &c. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; one
who has eaten a meal (= %{bhukta-vat} Siddh.) Kaus3. Sus3r. (cf.
%{bhukta-pIta}); n. the act of eating L.; the thing eaten or enjoyed, food MBh.
(ifc. feeding or living on Pan5cat.); the place where any person has eaten R.
(cf. Pa1n2. 2-2, 13 Sch.)
bhukti = The Sub-period in a Dasha. Also known as the Antara * = f. enjoyment,
eating, consuming, A1s3Gr2. Pan5cat.; fruition, possession, usufruct Mn. Ya1jn5.
Ka1v.; food, victuals Ka1v. Ra1jat.; (in astron.) the daily motion of a planet
Su1ryas. (cf. %{pakSa-bh-}); a limit MW.
bhuktvaa = enjoying
bhunkte = enjoys
bhunkshva = enjoy
bhuj.h = to eat
bhuJNjate = enjoy
bhuJNjaanaM = enjoying
bhuJNjiiya = one has to enjoy
bhutaH = (past part.)was there
bhudaana = the donation of land
bhumiH = the earth
bhumikatva = firm ground
bhumii = the object of meditation
bhumau = on the earth
bhunaktu = (may) eat or enjoy
bhun'kte (SB) = enjoys, causes to enjoy, suffers, he undegoes, causes to enjoy,
causes to be subjected, eats
bhur* = (prob. a secondary form of {bhri} not in Dhâtup.), P.Â. {bhura4ti},
{-te}, to move rapidly or convulsively, stir, palpitate, quiver, struggle (in
swimming) RV.: Intens. {ja4rbhurIti} (p. {ja4rbhurat}, {-rANa}), to flicker (as
fire) ib. (Cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. {furere}.] &230993[760,1]
bhur* = (prob. a secondary form of {bhri} not in Dhâtup.), P.Â. {bhura4ti},
{-te}, to move rapidly or convulsively, stir, palpitate, quiver, struggle (in
swimming) RV.: Intens. {ja4rbhurIti} (p. {ja4rbhurat}, {-rANa}), to flicker (as
fire) ib. (Cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. {furere}.] &230993[760,1]
bhus'uNDii = (f) rifle, gun *= or %{-DI} f. a kind of weapon (perhaps fire-arms
; also written %{bhuSuNDi}, %{DI}, and %{bhUzuNDi}, %{-DI}) MBh. R. &c.
bhuvaH = the upper world
bhuva* = {-vat}, {-vana} &c. see cols. 2. 3. * = bhuva* = m. N. of Agni VS.
(Mahîdh.) Kaus'.; of a son of Pratihartrii VP.; a mushroom L.; (prob. n.) =
{bhuvas}, the atmosphere.bhuvana = o
bhuur* = ind. (orig. = {bhUs} nom. voc. of 2. {bhU}) one of the 3 Vyâhriitis
(q.v.), `" the earth "' (the first of the 7 upper worlds; cf. {bhu4vas}) VS. &c.
&c.; hell L.; = next Hariv..a. home * = n. a being, living creature, man,
mankind RV. &c. &c.; (rarely m.) the world, earth ib. (generally 3 worlds are
reckoned [see %{tri-bhuvana} and %{bhuvana-traya}], but also 2 [see
%{bhuva@na-dvaya}], or 7 [MBh. xii, 6924] or 14 [Bhartr2.]; cf. RTL. 102 n. 1);
place of being, abode, residence AV. S3Br.; a house (v.l. for %{bhavana}) L.;
(?) causing to exist (= %{bhAvana}) Nir. vii, 25; water Naigh. i, 15; m. N. of a
partic. month TS.; of a Rudra VP.; of an A1ptya (author of RV. x, 157) RAnukr.;
of a teacher of Yoga Cat.; of another man MBh.
bhuvi = in this world
bhuu = (v) to become, appear bhU to turn into an inauspicious omen Naish. iii,
9.
bhuu *= 1 cl. 1. P. (Dha1tup. i, 1) %{bha4vati} (rarely A1. %{-te} ; pf.
%{babhU4va}, 2. pers. %{-U4tha} or %{-Uvitha} cf. Pa1n2. 7-2, 64 ; %{babhUyAs},
%{-yA4r}, %{babhUtu} RV. ; A1. %{babhUve} or %{bubhUve} Vop. ; cf. below ; aor.
%{a4bhUt}, %{-Uvan} ; Impv. %{bodhi4} [cf. %{budh}], %{bhUtu} RV. ; aor. or
impf. %{a4bhuvat}, %{bhu4vat}, %{bhuvAni} ib. ; Prec. %{bhUyAsam}, 2. 3. sg.
%{-yAs} ib. [760,2] ; %{bhUyAt} AV. ; %{bhUyiSThAs} BhP. ; %{bhaviSAt} [?]
AitBr. ; %{abhaviSta}, %{bhaviSISta}. Gr. ; fut. %{bhaviSya4ti}, ep. also %{-te}
and 2. pl. %{-Syadhvam} ; %{bhavitA} Br. &c. ; inf. %{bhuve4}, %{-bhve4},
%{bhUSa4Ni} RV. ; %{bhavitum}, %{-tos} Br. ; ind. p. %{bhUtvA4} ; %{bhUtvI4} RV.
; %{-bhU4ya} RV. &c. ; %{-bhU4yam}, %{-bha4vam} Br.), to become, be (with nom,
or adv. or indecl. words ending in %{I} or %{U} cf. %{kRSNI-bhU} &c.), arise,
come into being, exist, be found, live, stay, abide, happen, occur RV. &c. &c.
(often used with participles and other verbal nouns to make periphrastical
verbal forms ; with a fut. p. = to be going or about to e.g.
%{anuvakSyan@bhavati}, he is going to recite S3Br. ; the fut. of %{bhU} with a
pf. p. = a fut. pf. e.g. %{kRtavAn@bhaviSyasi}, you will have done MBh. ; the
pf. P. %{babhUva} after the syllable %{Am} is put for the pf. of verbs of the
10. cl. &c. [cf. 1. %{as} and 1. %{kR}] ; the A1. appears in this meaning S3is3.
ix, 84 Kum. xiv. 46 ; observe also %{bhavati} with a fut. tense, it is possible
that, e.g. %{bhavati@bhavAn@yAjayiSyati}, it is possible that you will cause a
sacrifice to be performed Pa1n2. 3-3, 146 Sch. ; %{bhavet}, may be, granted,
admitted Ka1s3. on P. iii, 2. 114 ; %{bhavatu} id., well, good, enough of this
Ka1v. Hit. ; %{iticed@bhavet}, if this question should be asked Mn. x, 66 ;
%{kva@tad@bhavati}, what is to become of this, it is quite useless TBr. ; with
%{na} = to cease to exist, perish, die MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; with %{iha@na}, not to
be born on earth MBh. ; with %{zata-dhA}, to fall into a hundred pieces MBh. ;
with %{dUrataH}, to keep aloof. S3a1rn3gP. ; with %{manasi} or %{cetasi} and
gen., to occur to the mind of any one Ka1d. ; id. with gen. alone Lalit.) ; to
fall to the share or become the property of, belong to (cf. `" esse alicujus ;
`" with gen., rarely dat. or loc. accord. to Vop. also with %{pari} or %{prati}
and preceding acc.) RV. &c. &c. ; to be on the side of, assist (with gen. or
%{-tas}) MBh. 1301 (cf. Pa1n2. 5-4, 48 Sch.) ; to serve for, tend or conduce to
(with dat. of thing) RV. &c. &c. (with %{phalAya}. to bear fruit Ka1m.) ; to be
occupied with or engaged in, devote one's self to (with loc.) MBh. Ka1v. ; to
thrive or prosper in (instr.), turn out well, succeed RV. TS. Br. ; to be of
consequence or useful Mn. iii, 181 ; (also A1. Dha1tup. xxxiv, 37) to fall, or
get into, attain to, obtain Br. MBh. ; (with %{ida4m}) to obtain it i.e. be
successful or fortunate TS.: Pass. %{bhUyate} (or %{-ti} Up. ; aor. %{abhAvi})
sometimes used impers. e.g. %{yair@bhaviSyate}, by whom it will be existed i.e.
who will be Ra1jat.: Caus. %{bhAvayati} (rarely %{-te} ; aor. %{abIbhavat} Gr. ;
inf. %{bhAvitum} R. ; Pass. %{bhAvyate} &c. MBh.), to cause to be or become,
call into existence or life, originate, produce, cause, create Pur. Sa1h. ; to
cherish, foster, animate, enliven, refresh, encourage, promote, further AitUp.
MBh. &c. ; to addict or devote one's self to, practise (acc.) MBh. HYog. ; to
subdue, control R. ; (also A1. Dha1tup. xxxiv, 37) to obtain Jaim. Sch. ; to
manifest, exhibit, show, betray MBh. Ka1m. Das3. ; to purify BhP. ; to present
to the mind, think about, consider, know, recognize as or take for (two acc.)
MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to mingle, mix, saturate, soak, perfume Kaus3. Sus3r. (cf.
%{bhAvita}, p. 755, col. 1): Desid, of Caus. %{bibhAvayiSati} (Pa1n2. 7-4, 80
Sch.), to wish to cause to be &c. Br.: Desid. %{bu4bhUSati} (%{-te}), to wish or
strive to become or be RV. &c. &c. ; (with %{kSipram}), to strive to be quickly
possessed MBh. ; to want to get on, strive to prosper or succeed TS. Br. MBh. ;
to want to have, care for, strive after, esteem, honour MBh. Hariv. ; to want to
take revenge BhP.: Intens, %{bo4bhavIti}, %{bobhavati}, %{bobhoti},
%{bibhUyate}, to be frequently, to be in the habit of BhP. Bhat2t2. ; to be
transformed into (acc.) RV. AV. ; (with %{tiraH}), to keep anything (instr.)
secret S3Br. [Cf. Zd. {bu1} ; Gk. $, $ ; Lat. {fuit}, {fuat} &c. ; Slav. {byti}
; Lith. &231127[760,2] {bu4ti} ; Germ. {bim}, {bim} ; Angl. Sax. {beo4} ; Eng.
{be}.] \\ 2 mfn. becoming, being, existing, springing, arising (ifc. ; cf.
%{akSi-}, %{giri-}, %{citta-}, %{padmabhU} &c.) ; m. N. of Vishn2u MBh. xii,
1509 (Ni1lak.) ; of an Eka7ha S3rS. ; f. the act of becoming or arising Pa1n2.
1-4, 31 ; the place of being, space, world or universe (also pl.) RV. AV.
[761,1] ; the earth (as constituting one of the 3 worlds, and therefore a
symbolical N. for the number `" one "') Mn. MBh. &c. ; one of the three
Vya1hr2itis (see %{bhu4vas}, %{bhUr}, pp. 760 and 763) ; earth (as a substance),
ground, soil, land, lauded property ib. ; floor, pavement Megh. ; a place, spot,
piece of ground RV. &c. &c. ; the base of any geometrical figure A1ryabh. ;
object, matter (see %{vivAdasaMvAda-bhU}) ; a term for the letter %{l} Ra1matUp.
; a sacrificial fire L.
bhuud.h = was
bhuuH = become
bhuuloka *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}) the terrestrial world, earth Katha1s. Ma1rkP. (cf.
%{bhUr-l-}) ; %{-kailAsa-mAhAtmya} n. N. of a ch. of the Brahmo7ttKh. ;
%{-sura-nAyaka} m. an Indra of the earth Ra1jat.
bhuuri* = mfn. much, many, abundant, frequent, numerous, great, important,
strong, mighty RV. &c. &c.; ({I}) ind. much, abundantly, greatly, often,
frequently ib. ({bhU4ri kR4tvas}, many times, repeatedly RV. iii, 18, 4); m. N.
of Brahmâ or Vishnu or S'iva L.; of a son of Soma-datta (king of the Bâlhikas)
MBh. Hariv. Pur.; m. n. gold L.; f. (cf. Pâli {bhUrI}) reason, intellect Lalit.
bhuuta = happened, the spirits, the dead, attendants of S'iva* = mf({A})n.
become, been, gone, past (n. the past) RV. &c. &c.; actually happened, true,
real (n. an actual occurrence, fact, matter of fact, reality) Yâjñ. R. &c.;
existing, present Kan.; (ifc.) being or being like anything, consisting of,
mixed or joined with Prât. Up. Mn. &c. (also to form adj. out of adv., e.g.
{ittham-}, {evam-}, {tathA-bh-}); purified L.; obtained L.; fit, proper L.;
often w.r. for {bhRta}; m. a son, child L.; a great devotee or ascetic L.; (pl.)
N. of an heretical sect (with Jainas, a class of the Vyantaras) L.; N. of S'iva
L.; of a priest of the gods L.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Pauravî BhP.; of a
son-in-law of Daksha and father of numerous Rudras ib.; of a Yaksha Cat.; ({A}
f.) the 14th day of the dark half of the lunar month SkandaP. (L. also m.); N.
of a woman HParis'.; n. (cf. above) that which is or exists, any living being
(divine, human, animal, and even vegetable), the world (in these senses also m.)
RV. &c. &c.; a spirit (good or evil), the ghost of a deceased person, a demon,
imp, goblin (also m.) GriS. Up. Mn. &c. (cf. RTL. 241); an element, one of the 5
elements (esp. a gross elñelement = {mahA-bh-} q.v.; but also a subtle
elñelement = {tan-mAtra} q.v.; with Buddhists there are only 4 elñelement) Up.
Sânkhyak. Veda7ntas. &c.; N. of the number `" five "' (cf. {mahA-bh-} and
{pAJcabhautika}); well-being, welfare, prosperity VS. TS. AitBr.
bhuutagaNaan.h = ghosts
bhuutagraamaM = all the cosmic manifestations
bhuutagraamaH = the aggregate of all living entities
bhuutabhartri = the maintainer of all living entities
bhuutabhaavana = O origin of everything
bhuutabhaavanaH = the source of all manifestations
bhuutabhaavodbhavakaraH = producing the material bodies of the living entities
bhuutabhrit.h = the maintainer of all living entities
bhuutala = on the surface of the earth
bhuutasargau = created living beings
bhuutasthaH = in the cosmic manifestation
bhuutasya = of forms
bhuutaanaaM = of living entities
bhuutaani = living entities (that are born)
bhuutaanii = all that are created
bhuutiH = exceptional power
bhuuti * = f. existence, being L.; well-being, thriving, prosperity, might,
power, wealth, fortune RV. &c. &c.; Welfare personified (= {lakSmI}) BhP.;
superhuman power (as attainable by the practice of austerity and magical rites)
W.; ornament, decoration Megh. 19; ashes Kâv. Kathâs.; fried meat L. (?); =
{bhUmi}, earth, ground AitBr. (Sây.); (with {marutAm}) N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.; of
various plants (Andropogon Schoenanthus or = {rohiSa} &c.) L.; (also {-tI}), of
the wife of Ruci or Kavi and the mother of Manu Bhautya Hariv. VP.; m. a class
of deceased ancestors MârkP.; N. of Vishnu MBh.; of S'iva L.; of the father of
Manu Bhautya MârkP.; of a Brâhman L.
bhuutejyaaH = worshipers of ghosts and spirits
bhuutesha = O Lord of everything
bhuuteshhu = living entities
bhuutvaa = having come into being
bhuupa = king
bhuupaTaH = (m) map, chart
bhuupati = lord of the earth (king)
bhuubhrit.h = mountain
bhUman * = n. the earth, world RV. AV.; a territory, country, district Âs'vGri.;
a being (pl) the aggregate of all existing things RV.; ({bhUma4n}) m. abundance,
plenty, wealth, opulence, multitude, majority RV. &c. &c. (ifc. filled with
Mcar.; {bhUmnA} ind. generally, usually Kâv. Râjat.; {bhUnA4} ind. plentifully,
abundantly RV.); the pl. number ({bhUmni}, in the plural) L.; N. of Kriishna
BhP.; f. a collection, assembly S'ânkhBr.
bhUmaNDala* = n. `" earth-circle "', orbis terrarum, the terrestrial globe Cân.
Pur. Kathâs. &c.; the circumference or circuit of the earth Sûryas.
bhuumiH = earth* f. (Ved. also nom. {bhU4mI} gen. abl. {-myAs} loc. {-myAm}) the
earth, soil, ground RV. &c. &c.; (pl. divisions of the world; cf.
{bhUmi-traya}); a territory. country, district ib.; a place, situation S'Br. &c.
&c.; position, posture, attitude MBh. Kâv. &c.; the part or personification
(played by an actor) Kathâs.; the, floor of a house, story Megh. Kathâs.; the
area S'ulbas.; the base of any geometrical figure Col.; (metaph.) a step,
degree, stage Yogas. (with Buddhists there are 10 or 13 stages of existence or
perfection Dharmas. 45; 46); extent, limit Kir.; (ifc.) a matter, subject,
object, receptacle i.e. fit object or person for (cf. {vizvAsa-}, {sneha-bh-}
&c., and {pAtra}, {bhAjana}); the tongue L.; m. N. of a son or grandson of
Yuyudhâna and father of Yugandhara Hariv. VP.
bhuumiti = geometry
bhuumiisuta = A name for the planet Mars
bhuumnaa= m*V= supreme. unlimited
bhuuyaH = repeatedly
bhuuyo = again
bhuuri = much, great* = mfn. much, many, abundant, frequent, numerous, great,
important, strong, mighty RV. &c. &c.; ({I}) ind. much, abundantly, greatly,
often, frequently ib. ({bhU4ri kR4tvas}, many times, repeatedly RV. iii, 18, 4);
m. N. of Brahmâ or Vishnu or S'iva L.; of a son of Soma-datta (king of the
Bâlhikas) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; m. n. gold L.; f. (cf. Pâli {bhUrI}) reason,
intellect Lalit.
bhuushanaM = ornament (Nr.nom.sing.)
bhuushhaNa = ornament
bhuushhita = adorned
bhuuya* = n. (ifc.) becoming, being (see {amutra-}, {Atma-} &c
bhyas * = cl. 1. A1. (Dha1tup.xvi, 27) %{bhya4sate} (only impf. %{a4bhyasetAm}
RV. ; Subj. %{bhya4sAt} SV. ; Gr. also pf. %{babhyase} fut. %{bhyasiSyati} &c.:
Caus. %{bhyAsayati}: Desid. %{bibhyasiSate}: Intens. %{bAbhyasyate},
%{bAbhyasti}), to fear, be afraid, tremble (cf. %{bhI}, of which this is a
secondary form, prob. through %{bhiyas}).
bhyasa * = see %{sva-bhyasa4}.
biibhatasa* = mf({A})n. (fr. Desid. of {bAdh}) loathsome, disgusting, revolting,
hideous S'ânkhBr. S'rS. MBh. &c.; loathing, detesting L.; envious, cruel, wicked
L.; changed or estranged in mind L.; m. disgust, abhorrence; (with rasa) the
sentiment of disgust (one of the 8 Rasas q.v.) Das'ar. Sâh.; N. of Arjuna L.;
({A4}) f. loathing, abhorrence VS. (cf. {a4-b-}); n. anything loathsome or
hideous, a hñhideous sight Mâlatîm.; {-karman} mfn. doing loathsome or wicked
things (as an abusive word) Mcar.; {-tA} f. loathsomeness, detestableness MBh.;
prab.
bibhakSayiSA * = f. (fr. Desid. of {bhaj}) a desire of eating or enjoying
Nyâyam.
bibhakSaóyiSu * =mfn. desirous of eating MBh. MârkP.; -, {-daMSTrin} mfn. having
teeth dñdesirous of eñeating "', hungry. mouthed VarBriS.
bibhaNiSu * =mfn. (fr. Desid. of {bhaN}) desirous of speaking S'îl.
biibhatsa * =mf({A})n. (fr. Desid. of {bAdh}) loathsome, disgusting, revolting,
hideous S'ânkhBr. S'rS. MBh. &c.; loathing, detesting L.; envious, cruel, wicked
L.; changed or estranged in mind L.; m. disgust, abhorrence; (with rasa) the
sentiment of disgust (one of the 8 Rasas q.v.) Das'ar. Sâh.; N. of Arjuna L.;
({A4}) f. loathing, abhorrence VS. (cf. {a4-b-}); n. anything loathsome or
hideous, a hñhideous sight Mâlatîm.; {-karman} mfn. doing loathsome or wicked
things (as an abusive word) Mcar.; {-tA} f. loathsomeness, detestableness MBh.;
prab.
bibhitsaa f. (fr. Desid. of %{bhid}) a desire to break through or destroy or
pierce or penetrate (with acc. or gen.). MBh. Ka1d. (cf. Siddh. on Pa1n2. 2-3,
66). %{-tsu} mfn. desirous of breaking through &c. (with acc.) MBh. BhP.
bibhrajjiSu * = m. `" that which wishes to destroy "', fire Bhathth.; {-prakhya}
mfn. resembling fire ib. (= {agni-tulya} Sch.)
bibhrakSu * = mfn. (fr. Desid. of {bhrajj}) wishing to parch or destroy
Bhathth.; m. fire W.
bibhrat *= mfn. (pr.p. of %{bhR}) bearing, carrying RV. &c. &c.
bila * = n. (also written %{vila} ; ifc. f. %{A}) a cave, hole, pit, opening,
aperture RV. &c. &c. ; the hollow (of a dish), bowl (of a spoon or ladle) &c.
AV. VS. S3Br. S3rS. ; m. Calamus Rotang L. ; Indra's horse Uccaih2-s3ravas L. ;
N. of two kinds of fish L.
bimba *= m. n. (also written %{vimba}, or %{vimva}, of doubtful origin, but cf.
Un2. iv, 95 Sch. ; ifc. f. %{A}) the disk of the sun or moon Ka1v. Pur. &c. ;
any disk, sphere, orb (often applied to the rounded parts of the body) Ka1lid.
Pan5cat. ; a mirror S3vetUp. Kum. ; an image, shadow, reflected or represented
form, picture, type R. BhP. Ra1jat. ; (in rhet.) the object compared (as opp. to
%{prati-bimba}, `" the counterpart "' to which it is compared) Sa1h. Prata1p. ;
m. a lizard, chameleon Gaut. ; N. of a man Ra1jat. ; (%{A}) f. Momordica
Monadelpha (a plant bearing a bright-red gourd) L. ; N. of 2 metres Col. ; N. of
the wife of Ba1la7ditya (king of Kas3mi1ra) Ra1jat. ; (%{I}) f. Momordica
Monadelpha, Sulr. (cf. g. %{gaurA7di}) ; N. of the mother of king Bimbi-sa1ra
(below) Buddh. ; n. the fruit of the Momordica Monadelpha (to which the lips of
women are often compared) MBh. Ka1v. &c.
bindu * = m. (once n. MBh.; in later language mostly written {vindu}) a detached
particle, drop, globule, dot, spot AV. &c. &c.; (with {hiraNyaya}) a pearl AV.
xix, 30, 5 (cf. {-phala}); a drop of water taken as a measure L.; a spot or mark
of coloured paint on the body of an elephant Kum.; (ifc. also {-ka}) the dot
over a letter representing the Anusvâra (supposed to be connected with Siva and
of great mystical importance) MBh. Kathâs. BhP.; a zero or cypher R. (in
manuscripts put over an erased word to show that it ought not to be erased = `"
stet "' Naish.); a partic. mark like a dot made in cauterizing Sus'r.; a mark
made by the teeth of a lover on the lips of his mistress L.; a coloured mark
made on the forehead between the eyebrows L.; (in dram.) the sudden development
of a secondary incident (which, like a drop of oil in water, expands and
furnishes an important element in the plot) Sâh. (ifc. also {-ka}); m. N. of a
man g. {bidA7di}; of an Ângirasa (author of RV. viii, 83; ix, 30) Anukr.; of the
author of a Rasa-paddhati Cat.; pl. N. of a warrior tribe g. {dAmany-Adi}.
boddhavyaM = should be understood
bodhayantaH = preaching
bodhi = supreme knowledge
bodhita = having been taught/enlightened
bodhya * = to be known or understood, to be regarded or recognized as (nom.)
Veda7ntas. BhP. Sâh. &c.; to be made known Veda7ntas.; to be enlightened or
instructed Kathâs.; m. N. of a Riishi MBh.
braahma * = mf({I})n. (fr. {brahman}, for which it is also the Vriiddhi form in
comp.) relating to Brahma8 or Brahmâ, holy, sacred, divine AV. &c. &c.; relating
to sacred knowledge, prescribed by the Veda, scriptural Mn. ii, 150 &c.; sacred
to the Veda (with or scil. {tIrtha} n. the part of the hand situated at the root
of the thumb), ii, 59 &c.; relating or belonging to the Brâhmans or the
sacerdotal class peculiar or favourable to or consisting of Brâhmans Brahmanical
Mn. MBh. &c. (with {nidhi} m. money bestowed on the sacerdotal class Mn. vii,
89); belonging to an inhabitant of Brahmâ's world Jâtakam.; m. (with or scil.
{vivAha}) N. of a form of marriage (in which the bride is bestowed on the
bridegroom without requiring anything from him) Mn. iii, 21 &c.; N. of a man
(son of Kriishna and father of Mahe7s'vara) Cat.; patr. of Nârada L.; of Kavi
MBh.; of Ûrdhva-nâbhan and Raksho-han RAnukr.; ({I}) f. see {brAhmI}; n. sacred
study, study of the Veda BhP.; (with or scil. {tIrtha}) see above.
braahma* = {brAhmaNa} &c. see p. 741.
braahmamuhuurta *= m. n. a partic. period of the day (that included between the
4th Ghat2ika1 and the 2nd before sunrise), dawn L. (cf. Mn. iv, 92). ( see also:
brahmamuhuurta).
braahmaNa = Brahmin, priest, knower of Brahma (brahmaM jaanaati iti) * = mfn.
relating to or given by a Brâhman, befitting or becoming a BrñBrâhman,
Brâhmanical AV. TBr. MBh.; ({-Na4}) m. one who has divine knowledge (sometimes
applied to Agni), a Brâhman, a man belonging to the 1st of the 3 twice-born
classes and of the 4 original divisions of the Hindû body (generally a priest,
but often in the present day a layman engaged in non-priestly occupations
although the name is strictly only applicable to one who knows and repeats the
Veda) RV. &c. &c.; = {brAhmaNAcchaMsin} KâtyS'r.; a Brâhman in the second stage
(between Mâtra and S'rotriya) Hcat.; N. of the 28th lunar mansion L.; ({I}) f.
see {brAhmaNI}; n. that which is divine, the divine AV.; sacred or dñdivine
power ib. Âs'vGri.; Brâhmanical explanation, explanations of sacred knowledge or
doctrine (esp. for the use of the Brâhmans in their sacrifices) Br.; the
Brâhmana portion of the Veda (as distinct from its Mantra and Upanishad portion)
and consisting of a class of works called Brâhmanas (they contain rules for the
employment of the Mantras or hymns at various sacrifices, with detailed
explanations of their origin and meaning and numerous old legends; they are said
by Sâyana to contain two parts: 1. {vidhi}, rules or directions for rites; 2.
{artha-vAda}, explanatory remarks; each Veda has its own Brâhmana, that of the
RV. is preserved in 2 works, viz. the Aitareya, sometimes called Âs'valâyana,
and the Kaushîtaki or S'ânkhâyana-BrñBrâhmana; the white Yajur-veda has the
S'ata-patha-BrñBrâhmana; the black Yajur-veda has the Taittirîya-BrñBrâhmana
which differs little from the text of its Sanhitâ; the SV. has 8 BrñBrâhmana,
the best known of which are the Praudha or Pañca-vins'a and the Shadvins'a; the
AV. has one BrñBrâhmana called Go-patha) Nir. GriS'rS. &c.; the Soma vessel of
the Brahman priest RV. AV.; a society or assemblage of Brâhmans, a conclave W.
braahmaNaH = )Masc.Nom.S) the Brahmin
braahmaNasya = of the man who knows the Supreme Brahman
braahmaNaa = sacrificial formulae1 * = mfn. relating to or given by a Bra1hman,
befitting or becoming a BrñBra1hman, Bra1hmanical AV. TBr. MBh.; (%{-Na4}) m.
one who has divine knowledge (sometimes applied to Agni), a Bra1hman, a man
belonging to the 1st of the 3 twice-born classes and of the 4 original divisions
of the Hindu1 body (generally a priest, but often in the present day a layman
engaged in non-priestly occupations although the name is strictly only
applicable to one who knows and repeats the Veda) RV. &c. &c.; =
%{brAhmaNAcchaMsin} Ka1tyS3r.; a Bra1hman in the second stage (between Ma1tra
and S3rotriya) Hcat.; N. of the 28th lunar mansion L.; (%{I}) f. see
%{brAhmaNI}; n. that which is divine, the divine AV.; sacred or dñdivine power
ib. A1s3vGr2.; Bra1hmanical explanation, explanations of sacred knowledge or
doctrine (esp. for the use of the Bra1hmans in their sacrifices) Br.; the
Bra1hman2a portion of the Veda (as distinct from its Mantra and Upanishad
portion) and consisting of a class of works called Bra1hman2as (they contain
rules for the employment of the Mantras or hymns at various sacrifices, with
detailed explanations of their origin and meaning and numerous old legends; they
are said by Sa1yan2a to contain two parts: 1. %{vidhi}, rules or directions for
rites; 2. %{artha-vAda}, explanatory remarks; each Veda has its own Bra1hman2a,
that of the RV. is preserved in 2 works, viz. the Aitareya, sometimes called
A1s3vala1yana, and the Kaushi1taki or S3a1n3kha1yana-BrñBra1hman2a; the white
Yajur-veda has the S3ata-patha-BrñBra1hman2a; the black Yajur-veda has the
Taittiri1ya-BrñBra1hman2a which differs little from the text of its Sam2hita1;
the SV. has 8 BrñBra1hman2a, the best known of which are the Praud2ha or
Pan5ca-vin6s3a and the Shad2vins3a; the AV. has one BrñBra1hman2a called
Go-patha) Nir. Gr2S3rS. &c.; the Soma vessel of the Brahman priest RV. AV.; a
society or assemblage of Bra1hmans, a conclave W.
braahmaNaaH = brâhmanas
braahmaNaan.h = Brahmins
braahmaNe = in the brâhmana
braahmii = spiritual
braM = (root) to wander
bra4hma = cosmos * = 1 m. a priest (see {asura-}, {ku-}, {mahAbr-}); n. the one
self-existent Spirit, the Absolute R.
brahma * = 2 in comp. for {brahman}. - Observe that in the following derivatives
the nom. n. (Brahma8) is used for the impersonal Spirit and the nom. m. (Brahmâ)
for the personal god.
brahmaaNDa* = n. `" Brahmâ's egg "', the universe, world (also pl.) Hariv.
Sûryas. Pur. (also {-kaTAha} m. Âryabh. Sch.); N. of a Purâna and an Upapurâna;
{-kapAla} m. the skull or hemisphere of the world, the inhabited earth Hcar.;
{-kalpa} m. {-jJAna-mahArAja-tantra} n. and {-tantra} n. N. of Tântric wks.;
{-purANa} n. N. of one of the 18 Purânas (so called as revealed by Brahmâ and
containing an account of the egg of Brahmâ and the future Kalpas; cf. IW. 514;
521); {-bhANDo7dara} n. the interior of the vessel-like egg of Brahmâ MW.
[740,3]; {-yAmale paJcamI-sAdhana} n. N. of wk.
brahmaM = (Acc.S)the great self
brahmacharya = control of sexual impulses
brahmacarya * = n. study of the Veda, the state of an unmarried religious
student, a state of continence and chastity (also {A} f. Hariv.) AV. &c. &c.
(acc. with {grah}, {car}, {vas}, {A-gam}, {upa-i}, to practise chñchastity; cf.
{-cArin}); {-tva} n. the unmarried state, continence, chastity Hariv.; {-vat}
mfn. leading the life of an unmarried religious student, practising chñchastity
Âpast. MBh.; {-vrata} n. a vow of chñchastity, BeahmaP.; {-skhalana} n.
deviating from chñchastity MW.; {-ryA7zrama} m. the period of unmarried
religious studentship MBh.
brahmacharyaM = celibacy
brahmacharyaasana = the posterior stretch posture
brahmachaariNau = (2)bachelors
brahmachaarin.h = celebates, established in (the persuit of) Brahma
brahmachaarivrate = in the vow of celibacy
brahmajiGYaasaa = desire to know or understand Brahman
brahmaNaH = gen. sing. of brahman
brahmaNaa = by the spirit soul
brahmaNi = Brahman.h;God
brahmatejobalaM = the power or might arising out of the effulgence of Brahman
brahmadaNDena = (Nr.instr.S) the big egg i.e Universe
brahmadvaara = the door where kundalini enters the spine
brahman.h = the preceptor
brahmanirvaaNaM = the spiritual kingdom of God
brahmabhuH = the earth
brahmabhuyaaya = elevated to the Brahman platform
brahmabhuutaM = liberation by identification with the Absolute
brahmabhuutaH = being self-realized
brahmabhuuyaaya = for self-realization
brahmamayaH = full of Brahma (Ananda) i.e.bliss
brahmapadaM = the state/position of Brahma/god-realised state
brahmayoga = by concentration in Brahman
brahmavaadinaaM = of the transcendentalists
brahmavit.h = one who knows the Supreme perfectly
brahmavidaH = who know the Absolute
brahmasa.nsparshaM = being in constant touch with the Supreme
brahmasamaaja = Brahmasamaj, a movement in 19-20th century near Calcutta
brahmasuutra = of the Vedanta
brahmaa = non. sing of brahman, masc
brahmaaNaM = Lord Brahma
brahmaaNDapraaNa = cosmic breath
brahmaadiinaamapi = even of Brahma and others
brahmaadyaacharaNaM = practises this brahma science
brahmaasi = are Brahma
brahmaasmi = brahmA and asmi: Brahma and am
brahmamuhuurta m. a partic. hour of the day Sin6ha7s. (see also:
braahmamuhuurta)
brahmishthha *= mfn. (superl. fr. %{brahma4n}) a Bra1hman in the highest degree
(as a N. of Brihaspati or Praja1-pati and of very learned and pious Bra1hmans or
princes) TS. &c. &c. ; m. N. of a prince Ragh. ; (%{A}) f. N. of Durga1 Devi1P.
braviimi = I am speaking
braviishhi = You are explaining
briMh* = {bRnhaNa} &c. see 2. 4. {bRh}.
briMhaNa* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) making big or fat or strong, nourishing Sus'r.; m.
a kind of sweetmeat W.; n. the act of making big &c. ib.; a means for making
strong or firm RPrât.
briMhaNatva* = n. the quality of making fat or strong Sus'r.; the quality of
making solid or firm Hariv.
briMhaNIya* = mfn. to be fattened or nourished Pân. 8-2 Sch.; fattening,
nutritious Sus'r.
briMhayitavya* = mfn. to be nourished or strengthened Sus'r.
briMhayitR* = mfn. strengthening, increasing L.
briMhita* =1 mfn. (for 2. see under 4. {bRh}) strengthened, nourished,
cherished, grown, increased MBh. Hariv. &c.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the Mâtriis
attendant on Skanda MBh.; (v.l. {bRMhila}). \\=2 n. (for 1. see under 2. {bRh})
the roar or noise made by elephants MBh. Kâv. &c.
brihat * mf({atI4})n. (in later language usually written {vRhat}) lofty, high,
tall, great, large, wide, vast, abundant, compact, solid, massy, strong, mighty
RV. &c. &c.; full-grown, old RV.; extended or bright (as a luminous body) ib.;
clear, loud (said of sounds) ib.; m. N. of a Marut Hariv.; of a prince MBh.; of
a son of Su-hotra and father of Aja-midha Hariv. m. or n. (?) speech ({-tAm
pati} = {bRhaspati}) S'is'. ii, 26; ({tI}) f. see s.v.; n. height (also= heaven,
sky) RV.; N. of various Sâmans composed in the metrical form Briihatî (also with
{Aneyam}, {bharad-vAjasya}. {bhAradvAjam}, {vAmadevyam}, {sauram}) ÂrshBr. [736,
1]; N. of Brahman, Bhp.; of the Veda ib.; ({a4t}) ind. far and wide, on high
RV.; firmly, compactly ib.; brightly ib.; greatly, much ib.; aloud ib. (also
{atA4} AV.)
bri^ihatsaama = the Braahat-sama
bri^ihaspatiM = Brhaspati
bri^ihaspatiH = the teacher of the Devas called "Brihaspati" literally
bri^ihaspatirdadhaatu = Brihaspadi may give us
bri^ihaspatii = A name of the planet Jupiter
bri^ihaspatii-varshha = The Jovian or Jupiter Year. Cycle of 60 years which
starts with the first New Moon in Tropical Aries. Mundane Astrology term
bri^ihaspatiivaara = Thursday
brisii * = f. (also written {briSI}, {vRsI}, or {vRSI}) a roll of twisted grass,
pad, cushion, (esp.) the seat of a religious student or of an ascetic, S'rs.
MBh. &c.
bruu = to speak * = cl. 2. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxiv, 35) %{bra4vIti}, %{brUte4}
(only pr. stem; the other forms are supplied by %{vac} cf. Pa1n2. 2-4, 53;
%{brUmi} for %{bravImi} R.; Subj. %{bra4vas}, %{-vat} RV.; Impv. %{brUhi}, ep.
also %{bravIhi}, %{bruvadhvam}; %{brUtAt} Pa1n2. 7-i, 35 Sch.; impf. %{abruvam}
for %{abravam} Up. MBh.; pr.p. A1. ep. %{bruvamANa} for %{bruvANa}; Prec. 2. pl.
%{brUyAsta} Nal. xvii, 36, prob. w.r. for %{brUyAs@tat}), to speak, say, tell
(either intrans.; or with acc. of pers. or thing; or with acc. of thing and acc.
dat. gen. or loc. of person = to tell or relate anything to; with two acc. also
= declare or pronounce to be, call) RV. &c. &c.; to speak about any person or
thing (acc. with or without %{prati}, or %{adhikRtya}) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to
proclaim predict Var.; to answer (either intrans. with %{punar} or trans. with
%{praznam}, `" a question "') Mn. MBh.; (with %{anyathA}) to speak or decide or
judge wrongly Mn. Pan5cat.; (A1., rarely P.) to call or profess one's self to be
(nom., rarely with %{iti}) RV. Br. MBh.; (A1.) to designate for one's self,
choose AitBr.; (A1.) to be told by itself tell itself (tell its tale) Pa1n2.
3-1, 89 Va1rtt. 1 Pat. [Cf. Zd. {mru1}.] [742,2]
bruuhi = tell
bubhuushu*= mfn. wishing to be or become anything (nom.) S3is3. HParis3.;
wishing to become powerful or prevail Ka1tyS3r. MBh. BhP.; wishing the welfare
of (gen.) MBh. (see also vibhubhusu)
bruva *= see col. 2.
bruva *= mf(%{A})n. calling one's self by a name without any real title to it ;
being merely nominally (ifc. ; cf. %{kSatriya-} , %{dvija-} ,
%{brAhmaNa-bruva}).
bruvaaNa *= mfn. speaking , telling , saying ; ifc. = prec. (cf. %{brahma-br-}).
bubhutsaatsu *= mfn. wishing to know (acc. or comp.) MBh. Das3. &c. ; curious ,
inquisitive Naish. ; desirous to know everything (said of the gods) MBh.
bud.hdhyaa = by intelligence
bud.hdhvaa = knowing
bud.hbudaaH = (m) bubbles
buddha = Buddha* mfn. awakened, awake MBh.; expanded, blown SâmavBr.; conscious,
intelligent, clever, wise (opp. to {mUDha}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; learnt, known,
understood Âpast. MBh. (`" by "', usually instr., but also gen. according to
Pân. 2-2, 12; 3, 67 Sch.); m. a wise or learned man, sage W.; (with Buddhists) a
fully enlightened man who has achieved perfect knowledge of the truth and
thereby is liberated from all existence and before his own attainment of Nirvâna
reveals the method of obtaining it, (esp.) the principal Buddha of the present
age (born at Kapila-vastu about the year 500 B.C. his father, S'uddhodana, of
the S'âkya tribe or family, being the Râja of that district, and his mother,
Mâyâ-devî, being the daughter of Râja Su-prabuddha MWB. 19 &c.; hence he
belonged to the Kshatriya caste and his original name S'âkya-muni or
S'âkya-sinha was really his family name, while that of Gautama was taken from
the race to which his family belonged; for his other names see ib. 23; he is
said to have died when he was 80 years of age, prob. about 420 B.C. ib. 49 n. 1;
he was preceded by 3 mythical Buddhas of the present Kalpa, or by 24, reckoning
previous Kalpa, or according to others by 6 principal Buddhas ib. 136; sometimes
he is regarded as the 9th incarnation of Vishnu Hariv. Kâv. Var. &c.); n.
knowledge BhP. (B. {buddhi}).
buddhagataM = having gone to Buddhaor due to Buddha
buddhayaH = intelligence
buddhi = intelligence
buddhiM = intelligence
buddhiH = intellect
buddhinaashaH = loss of intelligence
buddhinaashaat.h = and from loss of intelligence
buddhibhedaM = disruption of intelligence
buddhimataaM = of the intelligent
buddhimaan.h = is intelligent
buddhiyuktaH = one who is engaged in devotional service
buddhiyuktaaH = being engaged in devotional service
buddhiyogaM = real intelligence
buddhiyogaat.h = on the strength of KRishhNa consciousness
buddhisa.nyogaM = revival of consciousness
buddhii = Intelligence
buddheH = more than the intelligence
buddhau = in such consciousness
budha = wise
budhaH = the intelligent person
budhakaushika = the person budhakaushika
budhakaushikaH = budhakaushikaH (the author of this hymn)
budhavaara = Wednesday
budhaaH = those who know
budhaadityayoga = Combination for learning
budhiH = mind
C
ca* = 1 and, likewise, accordingly (introducing quotations) Mn. ix, 19 and 45
Dhûrtas. Hit. iti
ca* = 2 ind. (fr. pronominal base 3. {i}), in this manner, thus (in its original
signification {iti} refers to something that has been said or thought, or lays
stress on what precedes; in the Brâhmanas it is often equivalent to `" as you
know "', reminding the hearer or reader of certain customs, conditions, &c.
supposed to be known to him). In quotations of every kind {iti} means that the
preceding words are the very words which some person has or might have spoken,
and placed thus at the end of a speech it serves the purpose of inverted commas
({ity uktvA}, having so said; {iti kRtvA}, having so considered, having so
decided). It may often have reference merely to what is passing in the mind e.g.
{bAlo 'pi nA7vamantavyo manuSya iti bhUmipaH}, a king, though a child, is not to
be despised, saying to one's self, `" he is a mortal "', (Gr. 928.) In dram.
{iti tathA karoti} means `" after these words he acts thus. "' Sometimes {iti}
is used to include under one head a number of separate objects aggregated
together (e.g. {ijyA7dhyayanadAnAni tapaH satyaM kSamA damaH} {alobha iti mArgo
'yam}, `" sacrificing, studying, liberality, penance, truth, patience,
self-restraint, absence of desire "', this course of conduct, &c.) {iti} is
sometimes followed by {evam}, {iva}, or a demonstrative pronoun pleonastically
(e.g. {tAm brUyAd bhavatI7ty evam}, her he may call `" lady "', thus). {iti} may
form an adverbial compound with the name of an author (e.g. {iti-pANini}, thus
according to Pânini). It may also express the act of calling attention (lo!
behold!) It may have some other significations e.g. something additional (as in
{ityAdi}, et caetera), order, arrangement specific or distinctive, and identity.
It is used by native commentators after quoting a rule to express `" according
to such a rule "' (e.g. {anudAttaGita ity Atmanepadam bhavati}, according to the
rule of Pânini i, 3, 12, the Âtmane-pada takes place). {kim iti} = {kim},
wherefore, why? (In the S'atapatha-brâhmana {ti} occurs for {iti}; cf. Prâkriit
{ti} and {tti}.)
caakra4 * = mfn. (fr. {cakra4}) carried on (a battle) with the discus Hariv.
5648; belonging to a wheel W.; circular W.; m. N. of a man S'Br. xii.
caaNDa *= m. patr. fr. %{ca4NDa} g. %{zivA7di} ; n. violence &c. g.
%{pRthv-Adi}.
caapaala * = N. of a Caitya DivyA7v.
caapala * = n. (fr. {cap-} g. {yuvA7di}) mobility, swiftness Ragh. iii, 42 BhP.
vii, 12, 20; agitation, unsteadiness, fickleness, inconsiderateness, insolence
Gaut. ix, 50 Pân. 8-1, 12 Vârtt. 5 MBh. &c.
caara * = m. ({car}) = {cara}, a spy Mn. vii, ix MBh. i, 5604 R. Mriicch.
Kathâs.; going, motion, progression, course (of asterisms VarBriS. BhP. v, 22,
12) ChUp. vii, 1, 5 R. &c.; wandering about, travelling W.; `" proceeding "' see
{kAma-}; practising MBh. v, 1410; a bond, fetter L.; a prison L.; Buchanania
latifolia Bhpr.; n. a factitious poison L. (v.l. for {vAra}); ({I}) f. a
particular step (in dancing); a trap, snare HParis'. i, 353.
caaraNa* = mfn. depending on a Vedic school ({caraNa}) Âp.; belonging to the
same Vedic school (`" reading the scripture "' W.) Gaut.; m. a wandering actor
or singer Mn. xii, 44 MBh. v, 1039 and 1442 VarBriS. Pañcat. &c.; a celestial
singer MBh. R. S'ak. BhP. Gît. i, 2; a spy BhP. iv, 16, 12 Bâlar.; n. ( {car},
Caus.) `" pasturing, tending "' see {go-}; a kind of process applied to mercury;
({I}) f. a female celestial singer Bâlar. ix, 21/22 ff.; Hibiscus mutabilis Npr.
caarita mfn. set in motion Ra1jat. iv, 653; caused to be done by (instr.) MBh.
xii, 11584. [393,3]
caaritra* =m. (%{car} cf. %{zAmitra}) `" moving "'N. of a Marut Hariv. 11547; n.
(= %{car-}) proceeding, manner of acting, conduct R. iii, iv Pan5cat. (ifc. f.
%{A}); good conduct, good character, reputation Hariv. 10204 Nal. R. &c. (`"
life in accordance with the 5 great vows "' Jain.); peculiar observance,
peculiarity of customs or conditions W.; a ceremony Buddh. L.; (%{A}) f. the
tamarind tree L.
caarma: made of skin, hide, leather
caaru* = mf({us})n. (2. {can}) agreeable, approved, esteemed, beloved, endeared,
(Lat.) {carus}, dear (with dat. or loc. of the person) RV. VS. xxxv, 17 TS. iii
TBr. iii, 1, 1, 9 SânkhS'r. i, 5, 9; pleasing, lovely, beautiful, pretty RV. AV.
MBh. &c.; ind. so as to please, agreeably (with dat.) RV. ix, 72, 7 and 86, 21
AV. vii, xii, xiv; beautifully Hariv. Caurap.; m. (in music) a particular
{vAsaka}; N. of Briihaspati L.; of a son of Kriishna Hariv. 6699 BhP. x, 61, 9;
of a Cakra-vartin Buddh.; n. (v.l. for {vara}) saffron L. Sch.; ({vI}) f. a
beautiful woman L.; splendour L.; moonlight L.; intelligence L.; N. of Kubera's
wife L.
caitya* = 1 m. (fr. 5. {cit} or 2. {citi}) the individual soul BhP. iii, 26; 28,
28; 31, 19 Sarvad. ii, 198f.
caitya* =2 mfn. relating to a funeral pile or mound ({citA}) Âs'vGri. iii, 6
Griihyâs. ii, 4; m. n. a funeral monument or Stûpa (q.v.) or pyramidal column
containing the ashes of deceased persons, sacred tree (esp. a religious
fig-tree) growing on a mound, hall or temple or place of worship (esp. with
Buddh. and Jain. and generally containing a monument), a sanctuary near a
village Âs'vGri. i, 12 Parâs'. Yâjñ. ii, 151 & 228 MBh. &c.; a Jain or Buddh.
image L.; m. = {-tyaka}, ii, 814.
caitaki* = m. pl. (fr. {cetaka}) N. of a family Pravar. ii, 2, 2.
caitta* = mfn. belonging to thought ({citta4}), imagined Veda7ntas.; mental,
mâdar. ii, 2, 18 Sch. Prab. Sch.
caitra* = m. N. of the 2nd spring month (its full moon standing in the
constellation Citrâ cf. Pân. 4-2, 23) S'ânkhBr. xix, 3 KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Mn. vii,
182 MBh. &c.; the 6th year in the cycle of Jupiter VarBriS. viii, 8; a Buddh. or
Jain religious mendicant L.; a common N. for any man (like Deva-datta), Gaudap.
on Sânkhyak. 5 and 7 Prab. iii, 7/8 Sch. Pân. 2-3, 29 Sch. (not in Kâs'.); `"
son of Citrâ "'N. of a son of Budha and grand father of Su-ratha BrahmaP.; =
{caitriyAyaNa4} Anukr. on Kâthh. xxxix, 14; N. of two Riishis VP. iii, 1, 12 and
18; one of the seven ranges of mountains (dividing the continent into Varshas)
L.; n. = {caitya}, a sepulchre L.; a sanctuary L.; mfn. for {citra} (B) or
{jaitra} (Sch.) MBh. vii, 76; ({I}) f. (with or without {paurNamAsI}) the day of
full moon in month Caitra, sacrifice offered on that day S'ânkhS'r. iii, 13, 2
KâtyS'r.xiii Lâthy.x Pân. 4-2, 23 MBh. xii, xiv.
caittika* = mfn. belonging to thought W.
caitraka* = m. = {-trika} L.; m. pl. N. of a warrior tribe Pân. 6-2, 34 Kâs
cakaara * m. the letter or sound {ca}. * m. the particle {ca} Pân. 2-3, 72 Kâs'
cakra = Circle, wheel, psychic centre in humans* = n. (Ved. rarely m.; g.
{ardharcA7di}; fr. {car}?; 1. {kR} Pân. 6-1, 12 Kâs'.) the wheel (of a carriage,
of the Suñs chariot [RV.], of Time [i, 164, 2-48]; {-kra4M-car}, to drive in a
carriage S'Br. vi) RV. &c.; a potter's wheel S'Br. xi Yâjñ. iii, 146 (cf.
{-bhrama} &c.); a discus or sharp circular missile weapon (esp. that of Vishnu)
MBh. R. Sus'r. Pañcat. BhP.; an oil-mill Mn. iv. 85 MBh. xii, 6481 & 7697; a
circle R. BhP. &c. ({kalA7pa-}, `" the circle of a peacock's tail "' Riitus. ii,
14); an astronomical circle (e.g. {rAzi-}, the zodiac) VarBriS. Sûryas.; a
mystical circle or diagram, Tantr.; = {-bandha} q.v. Sâh. x, 13 a/b; a cycle,
cycle of years or of seasons Hariv. 652; `" a form of military array (in a
circle) "' see {-vyUha}; circular flight (of a bird) Pañcat. ii, 57; a
particular constellation in the form of a hexagon VarBriS. xx VarBri. Laghuj.; a
circle or depression of the body (for mystical or chiromantic purposes; 6 in
number, one above the other, viz. 1. {mUlA7dhAra}, the parts about the pubis; 2.
{svA7dhiSThAna}, the umbilical region; 3. {maNi-pUra}, the pit of the stomach or
epigastrium; 4. {anAhata}, the root of the nose; 5. {vizuddha}, the hollow
between the frontal sinuses; 6. {AjJA7khya}, the fontenelle or union of the
coronal and sagittal sutures; various faculties and divinities are supposed to
be present in these hollows); N. of a metre (= {-pAta}); a circle or a similar
instrument (used in astron.) Laghuj. Sûryas. xiii, 20 Gol. xi, 10 ff.; (also m.
L.) a troop, multitude MBh. v, ix ({-krA7valI}, q.v.) Hariv. R. &c.; the whole
number of (in comp.) Sarvad. xi, 127; a troop of soldiers, army, host MBh. (ifc.
f. {A}, iii, 640) BhP. i, ix Cân.; a number of villages, province, district L.;
(fig.) range, department VarBriS. xxx, 33; the wheel of a monarch's chariot
rolling over his dominions, sovereignty, realm Yâjñ. i, 265 MBh. i, xiii BhP.
ix, 20, 32 VP.; (pl.) the winding of a river L.; a whirlpool L.; a crooked or
fraudulent device (cf. {cakrikA}) L.; the convolutions or spiral marks of the
S'âla-grâma or ammonite W.; N. of a medicinal plant or drug Sus'r. vf.; of a
Tîrtha BhP. x, 78, 19; m. the ruddy goose or Brâhmany duck (Anas Casarca, called
after its cries; cf. {-vAka4}) MBh. ix, 443 Bâlar. viii, 58 Kathâs. lxxii, 40
S'ârngP.; (pl.) N. of a people MBh. vi, 352; (g. {azvA7di}) N. of a man,
BriArUp. iii, 4, 1 Sch.; of another man Kathâs. lvi, 144; of a Nâga MBh. i,
2147; of one of Skanda's attendants MBh. ix, 2539 and 2542; of a mountain BhP.
v, 20, 15 Kathâs. liv. 16; ({A}) f. a kind of Cyperus or another plant L.;
({I4}) f. a wheel (instr. sg. {-kri4yA}; gen. du. {-kryo4s}) RV.; (du.
{-kriyau}) Kâthh. xxix, 7; [cf. {a-}, {aSTA4-}, {uccA-}, {e4ka-}, {kAla-},
{kU-}, {daNDa-}, {dik-}, {dharma-}, {mahA-}, {mAtR-}, {ro4dha-}, {viSNu-},
{sa-}, {sapta4-}, {hiraNya-}; {tri-} and {sucakra4}; cf. also, $, Lat. {circus};
Angl. Sax. {hveohl}, Engl. {wheel}.]
cakraavarta *= m. whirling or rotatory motion L.
cakravartin *= mfn. rolling everywhere without obstruction Katha1s. cvii , 133 ;
m. a ruler the wheels of whose chariot roll everywhere without obstruction ,
emperor , sovereign of the world , ruler of a Cakra (or country described as
extending from sea to sea ; 12 princes beginning with Bharata are esp.
considered as Cakravartins) MaitrUp. MBh. Buddh. Jain. &c. ; mfn. supreme ,
holding the highest rank among (gen. or in comp.) Kum. vii , 52 Gi1t. i , 2
Katha1s. i , xx ; m. Chenopodium album L. ; N. of the author of a Comm. on
Alam2ka1ras. , Prata1par. Sch. ; (%{inI}) f. the fragrant plant Jantuka1 L. ;
Nardostachys Jat2a1ma1n6si L. ; = %{alaktaka} L. ; %{-ti-tA} f. the state of a
universal emperor Das3. xiii , 79 ; %{-ti-tva} n. id. Hariv. 8815.
cakravritta *= (%{-kra4-}) mfn. turned on a potter's wheel MaitrS. i , 8 , 3 ;
(%{a-cakravarta} , for %{-vRtta} neg.) A1pS3r. vi , 3 , 7 (cf. %{-kru-v-}.)
calataa * = f. shaking, tremulous motion
cala * = mf({A})n. (g. {pacA7di}) moving, trembling, shaking, loose MBh. &c.;
unsteady, fluctuating, perishable ib.; disturbed, confused ib.; m. `" agitation,
shaking "' see {bhUmi-}; wind L.; wind (in med.) Ashtha7ng. i, 11, 1;
quicksilver L.; a sprout, shoot Gal.; n. water Gal.; ({A}) f. lightning L.;
incense L.; the Goddess of Fortune Kathâs. lx, 119; a metre of 4 x 18 syllables
(cf. {a-}, {niz-}, {puMzcalI}, {cAla}.)
campaka * =: m. Michelia Campaka(bearing a yellow fragrant flower) MBh. R. &c.;
a kind of perfume VarBriS. lxxvii, 7; a particular part of the bread-fruit W.;
N. of a man Râjat. vii; of a relation of the Jaina Meru-tunga; of a country
Buddh.; n. the flower of the Campaka tree MBh. Sus'r. &c.; the fruit of a
variety of the plantain L.; ({A}) f. N. of a town, JaimBhâr. Hit.
canda *= fierce, violent, cruel, impetuous, hot, ardent with passion,
passionate, angry. *= m. (for %{-dra4}) the moon L. ; N. of the author of the
work Pr2ithivi-ra1ja-ra1saka. * = 1
caNDa *= mf(%{A} VarBr2S. lxviii, 92 ; %{I} R. ii Vikr. Ragh. &c.)n. (probably
fr. %{candra4}, `" glowing "' with passion) fierce, violent, cruel, impetuous,
hot, ardent with passion, passionate, angry MBh. R. &c. ; circumcised L. ; m. N.
of a mythical being (%{ca4NDasya@naptya4s}, `" daughters of Can2d2a "', a class
of female demons AV. ii, 14, 1), Agp. xlii, 20 ; S3iva or Bhairava MBh. xii,
10358 S3am2kar. xxiii (= %{sUrya}) SkandaP. MBh. iii, 14631 ; N. of a demon
causing diseases Hariv. 9563 ; of a Daitya, 12937 ; of an attendant of Yama or
of S3iva L. ; of one of the 7 clouds enveloping the earth at the deluge MatsyaP.
; = %{-cukrA} L. ; n. heat L. ; passion, wrath L. ; (%{am}) ind. violently, in
anger Ma1lav. iii, 21 ; (%{A}) f. (g. %{bahv-Adi})N. of Durga1 (esp. as
incarnation for the purpose of destroying the Asura Mahisha, this exploit
forming the subject of the Devi1m. and being particularly celebrated in Benga1l
at the Durga1pu1ja1 about Oct. Nov.) MBh. vi, 797 Hariv. 10245 ; N. of one of
the 8 Na1yika1s or Saktis of Durga1 BrahmaP. Devi1P. ; N. of an attendant of the
12th Arhat of the present Avasarpin2i1 L. ; of a river L. ; of a plant
(Andropogon aciculatus L. ; Mucuna pruritus L. ; Salvinia cucullata L. ; white
Du1rva1 grass L. ; %{liGginI} L.) Sus3r. i, iv ; vi, 51 ; a kind of perfume
(commonly Chor) L. ; (%{I}) f. (g. %{bahv-Adi}) a passionate woman, vixen W. ; a
term of endearment applied to a mistress W. ; N. of Durga1 MBh. vi, 797 Hariv.
10233 Katha1s. xi ; of a female attendant of Durga1 ; of Udda1laka's wife,
JaimBha1r. xxiv, 1 ; a short N. of the Devi1m. ; a metre of 4 x 13 syllables
(cf. %{uc-}, %{pra-} ; %{a-caNDI}, %{cANDa}.)
caNDavega * = mfn. having an impetuous course or current (said of the sea, of
the battle, and of time) R. iv f. BhP. iv, 29, 20; m. N. of a metre; of a
Gandharva chief. 27, 13; (%{A}) f. `" N. of a river "'; %{-gA-saMgama-tIrtha} n.
N. of a Ti1rtha Reva1Kh. xviii.
cana = cha(?)+na, and +not
capala * = mf({A})n. ({kamp}; g. {zauNDA7di}, {zreNy-Adi} and {vispaSTA7di})
moving to and fro, shaking, trembling, unsteady, wavering MBh. &c.; wanton,
fickle, inconstant ib.; inconsiderate, thoughtless, ill-mannered Mn. iv, 177
MBh. xiv, 1251; quick, swift, expeditious Hariv. 4104; momentary, instantaneous
Subh.; m. a kind of mouse Sus'r. v, 6, 3 Ashtha7ng. vi, 38, 1; a fish L.; the
wind Gal.; quicksilver L.; black mustard L.; a kind of perfume ({coraka}) L.; a
kind of stone L.; N. of a demon causing diseases Hariv. 9562; of a prince MBh.
i, 231; n. a kind of metal (mentioned with quicksilver); ({am}) ind. quickly
Das'. vii, 420 f.; ({A}) f. lightning Gît. vii, 23; long pepper L.; the tongue
L.; (g. {priyA7di}) a disloyal wife, whore L.; spirituous liquor (esp. that made
from hemp) L.; the goddess Lakshmi or fortune (cf. MBh. xiii, 3861) L.; N. of
two metres (cf. {mahA-}); (in music) the 5th note personified.
car * =. 1. {ca4rati}, rarely {-te} (Subj. {ca4rat}, 3 pl. {ca4rAn} RV.; perf.
{cacA4ra} [AV. &c.], 2 sg. {cacartha} BhP. iv, 28, 52; pl. {cerur}, &c.;
{-ratur} S'Br. &c.; Â. {cere} BhP. iii, 1, 19; fut. {cariSyati}, {-te}; aor.
{acArIt} [S'Br. xiv &c.]; inf. {ca4ritum} [ii MBh. i, iii R.] or {cartum} [MBh.
iii, xiii R. iii BhP. v], Ved. {cara4dhyai} [RV. i, 61, 12], {ca4ritave} [113,
5], {cara4se} [92, 9 and v, 47, 4], {carA4yai} [vii, 77, 1], {caritos} [AitÂr.
i, 1, 1, 7]; ind. p. {caritvA4} S'Br. xiv BhP. x, 75, 19; {cartvA} MBh. v, 3790;
{cIrtvA}, xiii, 495; p. {ca4rat}) to move one's self, go, walk, move, stir, roam
about, wander (said of men, animals, water, ships, stars, &c.) RV. AV. &c.; to
spread, be diffused (as fire) VarBriS. xix, 7; to move or travel through,
pervade, go along, follow Mn. MBh. &c.; to behave, conduct one's self, act,
live, treat (with instr. or loc.) RV. AV. &c.; to be engaged in, occupied or
busy with (instr e.g. {yajJe4na c-}, `" to be engaged in a sacrifice "' S'Br.)
RV. x, 71, 5 AV. vi, 117, 1 AitBr. &c.; (with [S'Br. iv ChUp. Kaus'. S'ânkhS'r.]
or without [S'Br. ii, xiv] {mithuna4m}) to have intercourse with, have to do
with (instr.); (with a p. or adj. or ind. p. or adv.) to continue performing or
being (e.g. {arcantaz cerur}, `" they continued worshipping "' S'Br. i;
{svAminam avajJAya caret}, `" he may go on despising his master "' Hit.) RV. AV.
VS. &c.; (in astron.) to be in any asterism or conjunction VarBriS.; to
undertake, set about, under go, observe, practise, do or act in general, effect,
make (e.g. {vratA4ni} `" to observe vows "' AV. &c.; {vighnaM c-}, `" to put a
hindrance "' MBh.; {bhaikSaM c-} `" to beg "' Mn. ii; {vivAdaM c-} "', to be
engaged in a lawsuit "' Mn. viii, 8; {mRgayAM c-}, to hunt "' MBh. R.;
{sambandhAMz c}, `" to enter into connections "' Mn. ii, 40; {mArgaM cacAra
bANaiH}, `" he made a way with arrows "' R. iii, 34, 4; {tapasA indriyANi c-},
to exercise one's organs with penance MBh. xiv, 544) RV. AV. &c.; to consume,
eat (with acc.), graze Yâjñ. iii, 324 Pañcat. BhP. v, x Subh. Hit.; to make or
render (with double acc. e.g. {nare4ndraM satya-sthaM carAma} "', let us make
the king keep his word "' R. ii, 107, 19: Caus. {cArayati}, to cause to move or
walk about AV. xii, 4, 28 (aor. {a4cIcarat}) S'ânkhBr. xxx, 8 Lâthy.; to pasture
MBh. xiv R. BhP. iii, x; to send, direct, turn, move MBh. &c.; to cause any one
(acc.) to walk through (acc.) MBh. xii R. v, 49, 14; to drive away from (abl.)
MBh. xii, 12944; to cause any one (acc.) to practise or perform (with acc.) Mn.
xi, 177 and 192; to cause (any animal acc.) to eat Bâdar. ii, 2, 5 Sch.; to
cause to copulate Mn. viii, 362; to ascertain (as through a spy instr.) MBh.
iii, xv R. i, vi; to doubt (cf. {vi-}) Dhâtup. xxxiii, 71: Desid. {cicariSati},
to try to go S'ânkhBr. xxx, 8 (p. {cicarSat}) [389, 2]; to wish to act or
conduct one's self S'Br. xi; to try to have intercourse with (instr.), vi:
Intens. {carcarIti} Â. or rarely [MBh. iii, 12850] Pass. {caJcUryate} ({-curIti}
and {-cUrti} Pân. 7-4, 87f.; ind. p. {-cUrya} R. iv, 29, 22; p. once P.
{-cUryat} Hariv. 3602) to move quickly or repeatedly, walk about, roam about (in
loc.) AV. xx, 127, 4 MBh. &c.; to act wantonly or coquettishly Bhathth. iv, 19
(cf. Pân. 3-1, 24); [cf. $, $ &c.]
cara * = mfn. (g. {pacA7di}) moving, locomotive (as animals opposed to plants,
or as the Karanas in astrol.) VPrât. S'vetUp. iii, 18 Mn. vii, 15 MBh. &c.; (=
{saMcArin}) forming the retinue of any one BhP. iv, 29, 23; movable, shaking,
unsteady W.; ifc. going, walking, wandering, being, living, practising (e.g.
{adhaz-}, {anta-}, {antarikSa-}, {ap-}, {AdAya-}, {udake-}, &c.; cf. Pân. 3-2,
16); ifc. (Pân. 5-3, 53 f.; vi, 3, 35; f. {I}) having been formerly (e.g.
{ADhya-}, {devadatta-}, qq. vv.; {a-dRSTa-} or {nadRSTa-}, `" not seen before "'
Kathâs. [once f. irr. {A}, lx, 58] Sarvad. iii, 16; vii, 19; {an-Alokita-} id.
Bâlar. iv, 54/55); m. a spy, secret emissary or agent Mn. vii, 122 Hariv. 10316
R. &c.; = {caraTa} L.; the small shell Cypraea moneta L.; the wind, air BhP. x,
14, 11; the planet Mars L.; a game played with dice (similar to backgammon) L.;
a cowrie W.; `" passage "' see {a-}, {duz-}; n. (in astron.) ascensional
difference Gol. vii; ({A4}) f. dat. {-rA4yai} inf. {car} q.v.; (in music) N. of
a Mûrchanâ; ({I}) f. a young woman (cf. {caraTi}) L.; = {digambaraprasiddhA} g.
{gaurA7di}; also ifc. see {anu-} and {sahacarI}.
caraTa * m. (= {cara}) a wagtail L.; ({I}) f. (= {-raNTI}, {ciraTI}, {ciraNTI})
a woman married or single who after maturity resides in her father's house L.
Sch.
carama m. (nom. pl. %{-me}, or %{-mAs} Pa1n2. 1-1, 33)f(%{A})n. (in comp. Pa1n2.
2-1, 58) last, ultimate, final RV. vii, 59, 3; viii, 20, 14 TS. i, v BhP. &c.
(%{-mA@kriyA}, `" the [final i.e.] funeral ceremony "' MBh. iv, 834); the
outermost (first or last, opposed to the middle one) RV. viii, 61, 15; later
KapS. i, 72; (%{-maM@kiM}, `" what more? "' Prasannar. v, 3/4); `" western "',
in comp.; lowest, least L.; a particular high number Buddh. L.; (%{am}) ind.
last MBh. i, iii; at last, at the end Ra1jat. v, 7; after any one (gen.) Mn. ii,
194 Kir.
caraNa* = m. n. (g. {ardharcA7di}) a foot Gobh. Mn. ix, 277 Bâdar. MBh. &c.
(ifc. f. {A} Hariv. 3914 Mâlav.); (ifc. pl.) `" the feet of "', the venerable
(N. N. ) MBh. xii, 174, 24 Sch.; a pillar, supor Hariv. 4643; the root (of a
tree) L.; a Pâda or line of a stanza, S'rut.; a dactyl; a 4th part (pâda)
VarBri. Lîl.; a section, subdivision Bhpr. Sarvad. ({catuz-} q.v.); a school or
branch of the Veda Nir. i, 17 Pân. MBh. xii, xiii Pañcat. iv, 3; n. going round
or about, motion, course RV. iii, 5, 5; ix, 113, 9; x, 136, 6 and 139, 6 S'Br.
ii, x Sâh. [389, 3]; acting, dealing, managing, (liturgical) performance,
observance AV. vii, 106, 1 S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. KâtyS'r. VP. iii, 5, 13; behaviour,
conduct of life KâtyS'r. ChUp. v, 10; good or moral conduct Kaus'. 67 MBh. xiii,
3044 Lalit.; practising (generally ifc. cf. {tapaz-} [{tapasaz c-} Mn. vi, 75],
{bhikSA-}, {bhaikSa-}) Gobh. iii, 1, 12 Nal.; grazing W.; consuming, eating L.;
a particular high number Buddh. L. (cf. {dvi-}, {puraz-}, {ratha-}).
carita * = mfn. gone, gone to, attained W.; `" practised "', in comp.; espied,
ascertained (by a spy, %{cara}) R. vi, 6, 16 and 7, 21; (%{a4m}) n. going,
moving, course AV. iii, 15, 4; ix, 1, 3 Gobh. iii Sus3r.; motion (of asterisms)
Su1ryas.; acting, doing, practice, behaviour, acts, deeds, adventures RV. i, 90,
2 MBh. R. VarBr2S. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} Gi1t. ix, 1); fixed institute, proper or
peculiar observance W. (cf. %{uttara-rAma-}, %{du4z-}, %{sac-}, %{saha-},
%{su-}).
caritArtha * = mf(%{A})n. attaining one's object, successful in any undertaking
S3ak. vii, 31/32 Ma1lav. v, 19/20 Ragh. Kum. Pa1n2. Ka1s3. and Siddh.; %{-tA} f.
successfulness S3ak. v, 5/6 %{-tva} n. id. Sa1m2khyak. Bha1sha1p. (cf.
%{cAritA7rthya}.)
caritra* = n. (Pa1n2. 3-2, 184; rarely m. VS. vi, 14 MaitrS. i, 2, 16) a foot,
leg RV. AV. x, 2, 12 Kaus3. 44; n. going VS. xiii, 19; acting, behaving,
behaviour, habit, practice, acts, adventures, deeds, exploits Mn. ii, 20; ix, 7
R. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} Pan5cat. iv, 7, 5); nature, disposition W.; custom, law as
based on custom Na1r. i, 10 f.; xx, 24; (%{A}) f. the tamarind tree L. (cf.
%{cAr-}).
carItra* = n. = %{-ritra}, behaviour, conduct L.
carma: a shield
carmasAra* = m. `" skin-essence "', lymph, serum L.
caru* = m. (g. {bhImA7di}) a kind of vessel (in which a particular oblation is
prepared), saucepan, pot RV. AV. S'Br. xiii KâtyS'r. Kaus'. Mn. Yâjñ.; a cloud
(cf. RV. i, 7, 6) Naigh. i, 10; an oblation (of rice, barley and pulse) boiled
with butter and milk for presentation to the gods or manes VS. xxix. 6 TS. i
S'Br. AitBr. i, 1 & 7 KâtyS'r. &c. (pl. Yâjñ. i, 298). [390, 2]
carya* = mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 100) to be practised or performed Mn. iii, 1; m. (=
{cara}) the small shell Cypraea moneta L.; n. ifc. driving (in a carriage) MBh.
viii, 4215; ({A}) f. going about, wandering, walking or roaming about, visiting,
driving (in a carriage, {ratha-} MBh. ix, xiii R. i, 19, 19) MBh. R. BhP. ix,
16, 1; (often ifc.) proceeding, behaviour, conduct S'Br. xi, 5, 7, 1 Lâthy. viii
Âs'vS'r. xii, 4 Mn. vi, 32 &c.; due observance of all rites and customs Sarvad.
vi ff.; a religious mendicant's life L.; practising, performing, occupation
with, engaging in (instr. [Gaut.] or generally in comp.) S'Br. xiv Âs'vGri. iii,
7 Mn. i, 111 MBh. &c.; deportment, usage W.; (in music) a kind of composition;
N. of Durgâ Gal. (cf. {brahma-}, {bhikSA-}, {bhaikSya-}).
cashtha * = mfn. (%{cakS}) spoken W.
catvaraH = (adj) four
caura* = mfn. ({cur}) thievish HParis'. ii, 170 (= {cora4} g. {prajJA7di}; g.
{chattrA7di}) a thief. robber Mn. iv, viii, xi (ifc.) Hariv. &c.; a dishonest or
unfair dealer, usurper Pañcat. i, 8, 11/12 and 18/19 (also in comp. translatable
as adj.); (ifc.e.g. {kavi-}, `" a plagiarist "') Ganar. 114; a (heart-)
captivator Hariv. 7125; 9981 and 9994; the perfume Coraka L.; `" plagiarist "'N.
of a poet (cf. {cora}) S'ârngP.; pl. N. of a family Pravar. i, 7 (Kâty. and
Vis'van.); ({I}) f. a female thief. (heart-)captivator Kathâs. vc, 54; civ, 168;
= {-ra-karman} L.
caurya* = n. (g. {brAhmaNA7di}) = {-ra-karman} Mn. ix, xi Yâjñ. ii, 72 Mriicch.
&c.; trickery Hariv. 15163 f.; (ifc. with {zulka}) defraudation Pañcat. iv, 5,
0/1.
c(h)arina A* = wandering, staying
cha = and
ceratah *= wandering, rambling, playingamble, bat around, branch off, bum
around, clamber, climb, cruise, depart, digress, divagate, diverge, drift,
excurse, extend, fork, gad, gallivant, get sidetracked, grow, knock about, knock
around, meander, perambulate, percolate, peregrinate, promenade, range, roam,
rove, saunter, sc ramble, snake, sprangle, sprawl, spread, spread-eagle,
straddle, straggle, stray, stroll, trail, traipse, travel aimlessly, turn,
twist, walk
ceshth *= cl. I. %{ce4STati}, %{-te} (inf %{-Titum}) to move the limbs, move,
stir MBh. R. BhP. S3ak. ; to make effort, exert one's self, struggle, strive, be
active AV. xi, 4, 23 f. S3Br. iii La1t2y. Kaus3. Mn. MBh. ; to be busy or
occupied with (acc.) ; to act, do, perform, care for Gobh. i, 6, 19 MBh. R.
S3ak. Ra1jat. iii, 493 ; to prepare S3Br. xiv, 9, 4, 18 (ind. p. %{ceSTitvA4}):
Caus. %{tayati}, %{-te} (aor. %{aciceSTat} [Bhat2t. xv, 60] or %{acac-} Pa1n2.
7-4, 96) to cause to move, set in motion, impel, drive S3a1n3khS3r. viii, 9, 3
Mn. xii, 15 MBh. R. Sus3r. iv, 32, 17.
ceshtha *= m. `" moving "', a kind of fish (%{tapasvin}) L. ; n. moving the
limbs, gesture Mn. vii, 63 ; behaviour, manner of life Hariv. 5939 ; (%{al}), f,
(Pa1n2. 2-3, 12) moving any limb, gesture Mn. vii f. Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. (ifc.
Ragh. ii, 43) ; action, activity, effort, endeavour, exertion A1s3vS3r. i
S3vetUp. ii, 9 (ifc.) Mn. iv, 65 Bhag. &c. ; doing, performing Mn. i, 65 ;
behaving, manner of life Mn. vii, 194 KapS. iii, 51 VarBr2S. (ifc.) &c. ; cf.
%{a-}, %{naSTa-}, %{niz-}.
ceshthaanaaza * m. ceasing of every motion L.; destruction of the world L.
ceshthaanirUpaNa * = n. observing any one's actions W
ceshthaarha * =({-TA7r-}) mfn. worthy of effort W
ceshthaavat * = mfn. moveable Sus'r. iii, 5, 23; full of activity, active W
ceshtha * = m. `" moving "', a kind of fish ({tapasvin}) L.; n. moving the
limbs, gesture Mn. vii, 63; behaviour, manner of life Hariv. 5939; ({al}), f,
(Pân. 2-3, 12) moving any limb, gesture Mn. vii f. Yâjñ. MBh. &c. (ifc. Ragh.
ii, 43); action, activity, effort, endeavour, exertion Âs'vS'r. i S'vetUp. ii, 9
(ifc.) Mn. iv, 65 Bhag. &c.; doing, performing Mn. i, 65; behaving, manner of
life Mn. vii, 194 KapS. iii, 51 VarBriS. (ifc.) &c.; cf. {a-}, {naSTa-}, {niz-}.
ceshthaka * =mfn. making effort or exertion W.; m. a kind of fish (= {-Ta}) L.;
a kind of coitus.
ceshthana * = n. making effort W.; motion Mn.xii, 120 MBh. xii, 6363 R. BhP.;
ifc. performing KapS. i, 3; effort, exertion W.
ceshthayitR * mfn. one who sets in motion MBh. xii, 1181.
ceshthita * = mfn. set in motion W. ; done with effort, exerted W. ; done S3ak.
iii, 23/24 (v.l.) ; v, 9 ; frequented Ragh. xi, 51 ; n. moving any limb, gesture
Mn. Sus3r. VarBr2S. ; doing, action, behaviour, manner of life Mn. MBh. R. KapS.
iii, 59 ff. S3ak. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} Bhar. xxxiv, 118).
cet* = Nom. (fr. {ce4tas}) {-tati} (Vop. xxi, 8; aor. 3. pl. {acetiSur}) to
recover consciousness Bhathth. xv, 109.
cet* = 1 Nom. {tati}. see {cit}.\\ = 2 see {ce74d}.
cetanatA* = f. the state of a sentient or conscious being, intelligence.
cetanatva* = n. id. Sarvad. vii, 8 Kum. iii, 39 Sch. KapS. i, 100 Sch.
cetanAcetana* = pl. sentient and unsentient beings Megh. 5.
cetanAvat* = mfn. having consciousness, knowing, understanding, reasonable Nir.
MBh. xii, xiv Sânkhyak. Sus'r.
cetanikA* = f. Terminalia Chebula L.
cetu* = m. heedfulness RV. ix, 81, 3.
ceTa* = m. a servant, slave Mriicch. Kathâs. vi, 127 (ifc.) Sâh.; a kind of fish
Âp.i, 17, 38; ({I}) f. a female servant R. ii, 91, 62 S'ak. "' &c.
cetti* = {ce4tya} see {cit}.
cetR* = 1 m. an observer S'vetUp. vi, 11.
cetR* = 2 m. a revenger RV. vii, 60, 5.
cetaH* = in comp. = {-tas}.
cetaH-pIDA * = f. grief L.
ceTa* = m. a servant, slave Mr2icch. Katha1s. vi, 127 (ifc.) Sa1h.; a kind of
fish A1p.i, 17, 38; (%{I}) f. a female servant R. ii, 91, 62 S3ak. "' &c.
ceTaka * = m. a servant, slave Bhartr2. i, 91 Katha1s. vi and lxxi (ifc.) Hit.;
a paramour L.; (%{ikA}) f. = %{-TI} Katha1s. iv, xii, lii.
cetana* = mf(%{I4})n. visible, conspicuous, distinguished, excellent RV. AV. ix,
4, 21; percipient, conscious, sentient, intelligent Kat2hUp. v, 13 S3vetUp. vi,
13 Hariv. 3587 KapS. Tattvas. &c.; m. an intelligent being, man Sarvad. ii, 221;
soul, mind L.; n. conspicuousness RV. i, 13, 11 and 170, 4; iii, 3, 8; iv, 7, 2;
soul, mind R. vii, 55, 17 and 20; (%{A}) f. consciousness, understanding, sense,
intelligence Ya1jn5. iii, 175 MBh. &c. (often ifc. [f. %{A}] Mn. ix, 67 MBh.
&c.) (cf. %{a-}, %{niz-}, %{puru-ce4t-}, %{vi-}, %{sa-}, %{su4-}).
cetanatA* = f. the state of a sentient or conscious being, intelligence.
cetanatva* =n. id. Sarvad. vii, 8 Kum. iii, 39 Sch. KapS. i, 100 Sch.
cetanAvat* =mfn. having consciousness, knowing, understanding, reasonable Nir.
MBh. xii, xiv Sa1m2khyak. Sus3r.
ce4tana-tA * = f. the state of a sentient or conscious being, intelligence.
ce4tana-tva * = n. id. Sarvad. vii, 8 Kum. iii, 39 Sch. KapS. i, 100 Sch.
ce4tana-bhAva * = m. id. Bâdar. ii, 1, 6 Sch.
cetanA7cetana* = pl. sentient and unsentient beings Megh. 5.
cetanA-vat * = mfn. having consciousness, knowing, understanding, reasonable
Nir. MBh. xii, xiv Sânkhyak. Sus'r.
cetanA7STaka * = n. N. of wk.
cetanikA * = f. Terminalia Chebula L.
cetanI * = ind. for {-na}.
cetanI-kri * = to cause to perceive or become conscious BhP. viii, 1, 9 Sch.
cetanI-bhU * = to become conscious ib. [398, 1]
cetaniiyaa * = f. the medicinal herb {Rddhi} L.
cetas *= n. splendour RV.; (Naigh. iii, 9) consciousness, intelligence, thinking
soul, heart, mind VS. xxxiv, 3 AV. Mn. ix, xii MBh. &c. (ifc. Kat2hUp. Mn.&c.);
will AV. vi, 116, 3 TBr.iii, 1, 1, 7; cf. %{a-ceta4s}, %{dabhra4-}, %{pra4-},
%{laghu-}, %{vi4-}, %{sa4-}, %{su-ce4tas}.
cetasaka * = m. pl. N. of a people MBh. vii, 2095.
cetasam * = ind. ifc. fr. {-tas} Vop. vi, 62.
cetayaana * = mfn. (irreg. pr. p.) having sense, reasonable MBh. iii, v, viii R.
ii, 109, 7.
cetayitavya * = mfn. to be perceived Pras'nUp.
cetayitR * = mfn. = {-ya} MBh. xii S'vetUp. Sch.
cetishthha* = mfn. (fr. {ce4ttR}) most attentive (with gen.) RV. i, 65, 9 and
128, 8; v, vii; x, 21, 7; (fr. {citra4}) most conspicuous, viii, 46, 20 VS.
xxvii, 15.
cetI * = ind. in comp. for {-tas}.
cetI-kR * = Vop.vii, 84.
cetu4 * = m. heedfulness RV. ix, 81, 3.
ce4ttR * = mfn. attentive, guardian, RY. x, 128, 9 (see also s.v. 4. {cit}) AV.
iv and vi ({cettR4}) TS. if.
ce4tya * = mfn. perceivable RV. vi, 1, 5; ({A4}) f. = {tu4} (?), x, 89, 14.
ceTa * = m. a servant, slave Mriicch. Kathâs. vi, 127 (ifc.) Sâh.; a kind of
fish Âp.i, 17, 38; ({I}) f. a female servant R. ii, 91, 62 S'ak. "' &c.
cetuyA * = N. of a place Kshiti7s'. vii.
ce4tti * = {ce4tya} see {cit}.
cetavya4 * = mfn. to be piled up TS. v S'Br. vi; ix, 5, 1, 64 Bhathth. ix, 13; =
{cayanIya} Vop. xxvi, 3.
ceto * = in comp. for {-tas}.
ceto-bhava * = m. = {citta-ja} L. Sch.
ceto-bhU * = m.id., Mâlatim. Bâlar. Vcar.xi, 94.
ceto-mat * = mfn. endowed with consciousness, living MBh. iii, 8676.
ceto-mukha * = mfn. one whose mouth is intelligence, MândUp.
ceto-vikAra * = m. disturbance of mind Sus'r. Mn. i, 25 Sch.
ceto-vikArin * = mfn. disturbed in mind Sus'r. i, 46, 4, 4.
ceto-hara * = mf({A})n. captivating the heart Bhâm. iii, 10.
cetR * = 1 m. an observer S'vetUp. vi, 11.
cetR4 * = 2 m. a revenger RV. vii, 60, 5.
cha..ndramaa = (Fem.nom.S)the moon
cha.ndramaaH = the Moon god
chakaara = did (past perfect tense of kRi+kar to do)
chaakalehaH = (m) chocolate candy, toffee
chaalakaH = (m) driver
chaandoga* = mfn. `" relating to the Chando-gas "', in comp.
chaandramasaM = the moon planet
chaanyatraika = cha+anyatra+ekaH, and+in any other place+only one
chaapaM = the bow
chaapabaaNadharo = bearing bow\&arrow
chaapalya = (from chapala) rashness
chaasmi = as I am
chaapi = also
chaariNau = blowing
chaataka = the ever thirsty chaataka bird that lives only on raindrops
chaaturvarNyaM = the four divisions of human society
chaaya *= m. granting shade (S3iva) MBh. xii, 10374 ; n. (Pa1n2. 2-4, 22 and 25
; vi, 2, 14) ifc. (especially after a word to be taken in the gen.) shadow Mn.
iii, 274 Ragh. iv, 20 ; vii, 4 ; xii, 50 ; reflection Naish. vi, 34 ; colour,
complexion, beauty Megh. 102 ; (%{A4}) f. $, shade, shadow, a shady place (`" a
covered place, house "' Naigh. iii, 4) RV. i, 73, 8 ; ii, 33, 6 ; vi, 16, 38 AV.
VS. v, xv AitBr. vii, 12 S3Br. &c. ; the shadow of a gnomon Su1ryas. ; shelter,
protection, Hit iii, 8,1/2 ; a reflected image, reflection RV. v, 44, 6 ; x,
121, 2 VS. ii, 8 AV. v, 21, 8 Pras3nUp. Mn. &c. ; shading or blending of
colours, play of light or colours, lustre, light, colour, colour of the face,
complexion, features Sus3r. VarBr2S. lxviii, 89 ff. Ragh. iv, 5 Megh. (ifc. f.
%{A}) &c. ; gracefulness, beauty, 77 & 101 VP. iv, 4, 31 Katha1s. iic ; a
series, multitude (%{paGkti}) Pan5cat. i, 16, 8 ; a Sanskr2it gloss on a
Pra1kr2it text ; a copy (of a MS.) ; a little (ifc.) Ven2is. vi, 13/14, 1 ;
nightmare, Buddh "' L. ; a bribe L. ; Shadow "', (like Sam2jn5a1) wife of the
sun and mother of the planet Saturn Hariv. 545 ff. VP. iii, 2 BhP. vi, viii
MatsyaP. Katha1s. cv ; (N. of a S3akti) Hcat. i, 5, 197 ; the sun L. ; a metre
of 4 x 19 syllables ; a kind of rhetorical figure Sarasv. ii, 5 ; (in music) N.
of a Ra1ga ; N. of Ka1tya1yani1 (or Durga1 W.) L.
chaayaa *= see %{-ya}.
chakaastu = let it be shining
chakra: see cakra
chakraM = cycle
chakrabandha = wheel pattern, a form of bandha poetry
chakram.h = (n) wheel, cycle, circle
chakravaataH = (m) cyclone
chakrahastaM = disc in hand
chakraaakaara = (bauvriihi) wheel-shaped
chakraasana = the wheel posture
chakriNaM = with discs
chakshu = eye
chakshuH = eyes
chakshus.h = eye
chal.h = to walk
chala = moving *= ( %{skhal}) n. (exceptionally m. BhP. vii, 15, 12 ; g.
%{ardharcA7di}) fraud, deceit, sham, guise, pretence, delusion, semblance,
fiction, feint, trick, fallacy (often ifc., e.g. %{upadA-chalena}, `" under
pretence of gifts of honour "' i.e. with feigned gifts Ragh. vii, 27 ;
%{rajaz-chalena}, `" under the semblance of dust "', xvi, 28 ; see %{kanyakA-},
%{dharma-}, %{vAk-}) Mn. viii, 49 and (%{a-cch-}, neg.) 187 MBh. &c. (ifc. f.
%{A} Katha1s. lxii, 164) ; deceitful disputation, perverting the sense of words
Nya1yas. i, 51 ff. Sarvad. ; wickedness W. ; for %{sthala} MBH. xiii. 7257 m. N.
of a son of Dala VP. iv, 4, 47 ; (%{A}) f. ifc. in names of several treatises or
chapters belonging to SV. (e.g. %{-Uha-}, %{Uhya-}, &c., qq. vv.)
chalaM = flickering
chalachchitra = movie
chalati = (1pp) to walk
chalita = deviated; calita mfn. shaking, tremulous, unfixed MBh. &c.; one who
has moved on MBh. Sûryas. iii, 11; gone, departed (e.g. {sa calitaH}, `" he
started off "' Pañcat. Gît. iii, 3 Hit.); walked Vet. iii, 1/2 (v.l.); being on
the march (an army) L.; moved from one's usual course, disturbed, disordered
(the mind, senses, fortune, &c.) Hariv. 5669 R. &c.; caused to deviate, turned
off from (abl.) Yâjñ. i, 360 Bhag. vi, 37; n. unsteady motion (of eyes) Bhartri.
i, 4.
chamasaH = (m) spoon
chamuuM = military force
chanda* =mfn. pleasing, alluring, inviting RV. i, 92, 6; viii, 7, 36; {-nda4},
praising ({cha4nda} Naigh. iii, 16) RV. vi, 11, 3; cf. {madhu-cch-}; m.
appearance, look, shape Hariv. 8359 ff.; cf. {prati} and {vi-cch-}; pleasure,
delight, appetite, liking, predilection, desire, will Yâjñ. ii, 195 MBh. &c.;
({ena}) instr. ind. [also with {svena}, viii, 1249 R. ii, 83, 25; or ifc. with
{sva-} (Hariv. 7017) or {Atma-} MBh. v, xiii R. v, 26, 18] according to one's
own wish Mn. viii, 176 Nal. xxiii, 15 R. v; according to the wish of (gen.) MBh.
iii, 7096 Hariv. 7097; ({a-cch-} neg. `" against the wish of "') 7098 and 8557;
({At}) abl. ind. according to the wish of (in comp.) MBh. viii, 3542; ({a-cch-}
neg. `" involuntarily "' R. iii, 5, 2); poison L.; N. of S'âkya-muni's
charioteer ({chandaka}) Lalit. xv DivyA7v. xxvii, 159; of a prince W.; cf.
{sva-}; {indra-}, {kalA7pa-}, {deva} and {vijaya-}, various kinds of
pearl-ornaments.
cha4nda-ja * = mfn. `" originating from one's own wish "', self-produced (gods)
Hariv. 12296.
chandaska * = ifc. (f. {A}) = {-das}, metre Nyâyam. ix, 2, 5 and 8 Sch.
chandasya4 * = mfn. (Pân. 4-3, 71 and 4, 93, 140 Vârtt. 1) taking the form of
hymns, metrical, relating to or fit for hymns RV. ix, 113, 6 TS. i, 6, 11, 4;
made or done according to one's wish Pân. 4-4, 93 Kâs'.; ({A4}) f. (with
{I4STakA}) N. of a sacrificial brick S'Br. vii, 5, 2, 42; viii, 2 f.
chAndasa * = mf({I})n. having the sacred text of the Veda ({cha4ndas}) as (its)
subject, peculiar or relating or belonging to the Veda, Vedic Kaus'. Pân. 4-3,
71 Pat. Hariv. 12284 BhP.; (once {-nda} BhavP. i); archaistic Sarvad. vi, 11;
(g. {manojJA7di} Pân. 5-2, 84 Kâs'.) studying the holy text of the Vedic hymns,
familiar with it Kathâs. lxii, cxviii; (ifc. g. {khasUcy-Adi} Ganar. 114 Sch.);
relating to metre RAnukr. Sch.
chandaka* = mfn. ifc. `" charming "' see {sarva-}; m. N. of S'âkya-muni's
charioteer DivyA7v. xxvii, 158 Lalit.
chandana * = mfn. charming VarBriS. civ, 61.
chandaka * = 1 n. `" roof "' see {bRha4c-}; deceit Un. [404, 3]
cha4ndas * = n. desire, longing for, will MBh. xii, 7376 Pân. 4-4, 93 Kâs'.;
intention, purport W.; a sacred hymn (of AV.; as distinguished from those of RV.
SV. and YajurV.), incantation-hymn RV. x AV. S'Br. viii MBh. v, 1224 Ragh. i,
11; the sacred text of the Vedic hymns S'Br. xi, 5, 7, 3 Âs'vGri. Kaus'. Gobh.
VPrât. Pân. Mn. &c.; metre (in general, supposed to consist of 3 or 7 typical
forms [AV. VS. &c.] to which Virâj is added as the 8th [S'Br. viii, 3, 3, 6];
{cha4ndas} opposed to {gAyatri4} and {triSTu4bh} RV. x, 14, 16); metrical
science MundUp. i, 1, 5 MBh. i, 2887 Pañcat. S'rut.; = {-do-grantha} Nyâyam. ix,
2, 6 Sch.; [cf. Lat. {scando}, `" to step, scan. "']
chandana = sandal
chandoga* = m. ({gai}) `" singer in metre "', chanter'of the SV., Udgâtrii
priest AitBr. iii, 32 S'Br. x S'ânkhS'r. &c.; {-paddhati} f. N. of the work
Yajña-pârs'va (YajurV. Paris'. xv Caran.); {-pariziSTa} n. Kâty.'s supplement on
Gobh. Mn. ii, 44 Kull.; {-brAhmaNa} n. = {chAndogya-br-} AitBr. iv, 18 Sây.;
{-mAhaki} m. N. of a teacher VBr.; {-vRSo7tsarga-tattva} n. N. of wk.; {-zAkhA}
f. a branch of the SV. (quoted in a work on S'râddhas);
{-zrAddha-tattva-pramANa} n. N. of wk. by Raghu-nandana; {-zruti} f. `"
tradition of the Chandogas "', the SV. Parâs'. ii, 5/111, 3, 6; {-sopAna} n. N.
of wk.; {-gA7hnika-paddhati} f. N. of wk. by Râma-kriishna.
chandra = Name for the Moon
chandra-kuNDalii = Chart where the Ascendant or lagna is the sign of the natal
moon
chandra-raashi = Natal Moon sign. Used in India much like we use the Sun sign
system in the West
chandra-lagna = Ascendant using the Natal lunar position
chandrabimba = moon disc
chandramasi = in the moon
chandrika = moonlight
chandrodaya = moon-rise
channa* = mfn. covered, covered over MBh. iii, 800 R. i f. Megh. BhP. &c. (ifc.
cf. Pân. 6-2, 170); obscured (the moon) MBh. i, 2699 Sûryas. iv, 10 and 22;
hidden, unnoticed by (dat.), secret, clandestine, disguised MBh. iii f. R. ii, v
BhP. Kathâs. Râjat.; ({am}) ind. secretly Mn. ix, 98 and 100 Mriicch. Das'.; (in
comp. {-nna-}) Râjat. v, 467; (with {gai}, to sing) privately, in a low voice
Lâthy. iii, 1, 12 ff.; ({e}) loc. ind. secretly Hariv. 8686.
chaJNchalaM = flickering
chaJNchalatvaat.h = due to being restless
chapala = fickle, unstable
chapalaM = fickle-minded
char.h = to wander
chara = moving
chara-raashi = Moveable signs
charaM = moving
charaNa = foot
charaNaH = (m) foot
charataaM = while roaming
charati = (1 pp) to move, to roam
charan.h = acting upon
charanti = move or travel or wander
charaacharaM = moving and nonmoving
charita = nature
charitaM = story, character
charitra = life
charitraaNi = tales of valour
charaiveti = chara:moving (things) +eva:alone; only + iti:thus
charchaa = discussion
charpaTa = torn/tattered cloth
charman.h = (neu) skin, leather
charyaa = practise / observance
chashhakaH = (m) glass
chashhakaadhaanii = (f) saucer
chaTakaH = (m) sparrow
chatuH = four
chaturaH = capable / skiled/ clever
chaturastraH = (m) square
chaturastrakam.h = (n) frame (of a photograph or a picture)
chaturtha = fourth
chaturthyaaM = during the (auspicious)4th day (from New Moon, full moon)
chaturbhujena = four-handed
chaturvidhaM = the four kinds
chaturvidhaaH = four kinds of
chaturhastaM = who has four hands
chatushhpaada-raashi = Quadrupedal signs
chatus.h = four
chatussaagaraparya.ntaM = till or upto the four oceans
chatvaaraH = four
chatvaari = four
chaya = (m) a heap
chayanam.h = (n) selection, choice
chaitanya = energy, enthusiasm
chattragRha * = n. the room in which the parasol (or badge of royalty) is kept
MBh. v, 3544.
chattra-cakra * = n. (in astrol.) a kind of diagram.
chattra-pati * = m. the officer watching over the royal parasol, Sinha7s. xxiii,
0/1
chattra-yukti * = f. "' use of the parasol "'N. of a chapter of Bhoja's
Yukti-kalpa-taru.
chattra-vat * = mfn. furnished with a parasol Sus'r. i, 10, 1; ({tI}) f. N. of a
town ({ahi-cchattra} Sch.) MBh. i, 6348.
chattrika * = m.= {-ttra-dhara} g. {purohitA7di}.
chattrin * = mfn. furnished with a parasol MBh. xiii, 739 Hariv. 14205 R. i,
iii; m. a barber L.
chattvara * = m. a house Un. iii, 1; a bower ib
chailaajina = of soft cloth and deerskin
chha.nda = Hobby
chha.ndaH = metre (poetic)
chhatra = umbrella
chhatram.h = (n) umbrella
chhatraakam.h = (n) mushroom
chhadiH = (m) roof
chhadmachaariNaH = those who wander by adopting tricks such as becoming
chhandasaaM = of all poetry
chhandaa.nsi = the Vedic hymns
chhandobhiH = by Vedic hymns
chhalayataaM = of all cheats
chhavii = picture, portrait
chhaatraaH = students
chhaadana = covering
chhaayaa = shade
chhittva = cutting
chhittvaa = cutting off
chhid.h = to cut, break by cutting
chhidra = (neut in this sense) hole, cut
chhinatti = to tear, to break
chhindanti = can cut to pieces
chhinna = having torn off
chhurikaa = (f) knife
chhettaa = remover
chettavya *= mfn. to be cut off Mn. viii, 279 R. vi, 92, 4 ; to be cut Nya1yam.
ix, 3, 13 Sch.\2 %{-ttR}, &c. see 1. %{chid}.
chettri *= mfn. one who cuts off, cutter, woodcutter Mn.iv, 71 Sch. (ifc.) Hit.
i, 4, 3 ; a remover (of doubts, %{saMzayAnAm}, 2, 21) MBh. xiii Bhag.
chhettuM = to dispel
chhedana = cutting
chekitaanaH = Cekitana
cheshhTaH = the endeavorscheshhTate = (1 ap) to try, to attempt
cheshhTasya = of one who works for maintenance
cheTii = (f) maid, dasii
chet.h = if
chetanaa = the living force
chetas.h = mind
chetasaH = their hearts
chetasaa = by consciousness
chetasaaM = of those whose minds
chetaaH = in heart
chida *= mfn. ifc. `" cutting off "' see %{mAtRka-} ; (%{A}) f. (g. %{bhidA7di})
the cutting off (ifc.) HYog. ii , 96.
chidra *= mf(%{A})n. torn asunder RV. i, 162, 20; containing holes, pierced
Ka1tySr. xv ff. R. i, 73, 20 Sus3r. v, 1, 43; leaky MBh. v, 1307; 1047 (= xii,
8782); n. a hole, slit, cleft, opening VS. TS. i, vi Ka1tyS3r. La1t2y. Kaus3.
Mn. &c. (%{daiva-kRta}, `" opening or hole made by nature "', the cartilage of
the ear, pupil of the eye Sus3r.; %{-draM} %{dA}, to yield an opening or free
access "' BhP. v, 6, 4); defect, fault, blemish, imperfection, infirmity, weak
point, foible MBh. &c.; (in astrol.) the 8th lunar mansion VarBr2. Laghuj. i,
17; the number `" nine "' (there being 9 openings in the body) Su1ryas. ii, 18;
the lower regions Gal. (cf. %{a4-}, %{karNa-}, %{kRta-}, %{gRha-}, %{niz-},
%{mahA-}).
chihna = sign
chii = to increase
chiira = dress made of bark?
chikitsaka = remedy
chikitsaalayam.h = (n) hospital
chikiirshhavaH = wishing
chikiirshhuH = desiring to lead
chikroDaH = (m) squirrel
chinoti = to collect, to gather
chint.h = to think
chintaya = (causative of cit) to think
chintayati = (10 up) to think
chintayantaH = concentrating
chintayet.h = should think of
chintaa = worrying
chintaaM = fears and anxieties
chintaamaNi = the gem that gives you anything you can think about
chintita = something one has thought about
chinmayaH = full of the `mind' or consciousness
chira = permanently
chirakaala = always, everpresent, permanent
chiraat.h = after a long time
chiraaya = for long
chiraayuH = long-life- span (`chira' actually means permanent cf. chiranjIvI)
chit.h = pure consciousness
chitaa = funeral pyre
chitta = mind
chittaM = mind
chittaH = mind
chittalayaH = absorbed mind
chittavikshepa = confusion, distraction
chittavritti = a mode of behaviour
chittaa = mind
chittaatmaa = mind and intelligence
chittvara * = mfn. (Un2. iii, 1) fit for cutting off. L.; hostile L. (cf.
%{chatt-}) roguish L.
chitti * = f. division W.; Pongamia glabra L.
chitra = strange// citra *= mf({A4})n. conspicuous, excellent, distinguished
RV.; bright, clear, bright-coloured RV.; clear (a sound) RV.; variegated,
spotted, speckled (with instr. or in comp.) Nal. iv, 8 R. Mriicch. VarBriS.;
agitated (as the sea, opposed to {sama}) R. iii, 39, 12; various, different,
manifold Mn. ix, 248 Yâjñ. i, 287 MBh. &c.; (execution) having different
varieties (of tortures) Mn. ix, 248 Das'. vii, 281; strange, wonderful Râjat.
vi, 227; containing the word {citra4} S'Br. vii, 4, 1, 24 KâtyS'r. xvii; ({a4m})
ind. so as to be bright RV. i, 71, 1; vi, 65, 2; in different ways R. i, 9, 14;
(to execute) with different tortures Das'. vii, 380; ({a4s}) m. variety of
colour L. Sch.; Plumbago zeylanica L.; Ricinus communis L.; Jonesia As'oka L.; a
form of Yama Tithyâd.; N. of a king RV. viii, 21, 18 ({ci4tra}); of a
Jâbâla-griihapati (with the patr. Gaus'râyani), KaushBr. xxiii, 5; of a king
(with the patr. Gângyâyani) KaushUp. i; of a son of Dhritarâshthra MBh. i, vii;
of a Dravida king, Padma P.v, 20, 1 (v.l. {-trA7kSa}); of a Gandharva Gal.;
({A4}) f. Spica virginis, the 12th (in later reckoning the 14th) lunar mansion
AV. xix, 7, 3 TS. ii, iv, vii TBr. i S'Br. ii, &c.; a kind of snake L.; N. of a
plant (Salvinia cucullata L.; Cucumis maderaspatanus L.; a kind of cucumber L.;
Ricinus communis L.; Croton polyandrum or Tiglium L.; the Myrobalan tree L.;
Rubia Munjista L.; the grass Gandadûrvâ L.) Car. vii, 12 (= {dravanti}) Sus'r.;
a metre of 4 X 16 syllabic instants; another of 4 x 15 syllables; another of 4 x
16 syllables; a kind of stringed instrument; a kind of Mûrchanâ (in music);
illusion, unreality L.; `" born under the asterism Citrâ (Pân. 4-3, 34 Vârtt.
1)N. of Arjuna's wife (sister of Kriishna = {subhadrA} L.) Hariv. 1952; of a
daughter of Gada (or Kriishna v.l.), 9194; of an Apsaras L.; of a river DivyA7v.
xxx; of a rock BhP. xii, 8, 17; f. pl. the asterism Citrâ VarBriS. xi, 57;
({a4m}) n. anything bright or coloured which strikes the eyes RV. VS. TS. S'Br.
TândyaBr. xviii, 9; a brilliant ornament, ornament RV. i, 92, 13 S'Br. ii, xiii;
a bright or extraordinary appearance, wonder, ii S'ak. Pañcat. Bhartri. &c.;
(with {yadi} [S'ak. iii, 9/10] or {yad} [Hariv. 9062 S'ak. Kathâs. xviii, 359]
or fut. [Pân. 3-3, 150 f.]) strange, curious (e.g. {citraM badhiro vyAkaraNam
adhyeSyate} `" it would be strange if a deaf man should learn grammar "' Kâs'.)
[396, 2]; strange! Hariv. 15652 Kathâs. v, vii Râjat. i, iv; the ether, sky L.;
a spot MBh. xiii, 2605; a sectarial mark on the forehead L.; = {kuSTha} L.; a
picture, sketch, delineation MBh. Hariv. 4532 ({sa-} mfn. = {-ga}) R. S'ak. &c.
(ifc. f. {A} Megh. 64); variety of colour L.; a forest ({vana} for {dhana}?) of
variegated appearance Sch. on KâtyS'r. xxi, 3, 23 and ShadvBr. ii, 10; various
modes of writing or arranging verses in the shape of mathematical or other
fanciful figures (syllables which occur repeatedly being left out or words being
represented in a shortened form) Sarasv. ii, 16 Kpr. ix, 8 Sâh.; punning in the
form of question and answer, facetious conversation, riddle, iv, 14/v Pratâpar.
Kuval.; cf. a- and, {su-citra4}, {dA4nu-}, {vi-}; {caitra}.
chitraM = surprising
chitrakaH = (m) a leopard
chitrakaara = (m) painter, artist
chitrapatangaH = (m) butterfly
chitramandiram.h = (n) movie theatre
chitrarathaH = Citraratha
chitraraasabhaH = (m) zebra
chitraveshhTiH = (m) lungi
chitraa = Fourteenth nakshatra
chitrinii = a fine cord within the spine
chitroshhTraH = (m) giraffe
chuTati = to pinch
chubukasamarpitajaanu = face dedicated to(huddled up between) the knees
chumbati = to kiss
churikaabandha = pattern of sword, a form of bandha poetry
chulli = (f) cooking fire
chuurNam.h = (n) fine powder
chuurNayati = to grind (as wheat to flour)
chuurNitaiH = with smashed
chodanaa = the impetus
chodhitakaraNa = tested or awakened senses
chorayati = (10 up) to steal, to rob
chorah = (m) thief
chyavanti = fall down
ciirNa *= mfn. (%{car}) practised, observed (as a vow, austerity) Mun2d2Up. iii,
2, 10 MBh. xv, 91 DivyA7v. BhP. v, 6, 3 ; n. conduct W.
cikiirsh* = mfn. ( %{kR} Desid.) wishing to do Vop.
cikiirshA* = f. (Pa1n2. 3-3, 102 Ka1s3.) intention or desire to make or do or
perform (generally ifc.) MBh. i R. i, v Pa1n2. 2-3, 66 Ka1s3. (with gen.) BhP.
ii f.; (%{-raSA}) xi, 9, 26; desire for (gen. or in comp.) MBh. i, 1860 and 5172
Hariv. 4907.
cikiirshaka* = mfn. id. Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 1-1, 58 and vi, 1, 193.
cikiirshita* = n. `" intended to be done, designed "', purpose, design,
intention Mn. iv, vii MBh. R. &c.
cikiirshu* = mfn. (Pa1n2. 3-2, 168 Ka1s3.) intending to make or do or perform
(with acc. or ifc.) MBh. R. Pa1n2. 2-3, 69 Ka1s3. BhP. Katha1s.; wishing to
exercise one's self in the use of (acc.) MBh. viii, 1965; cf. %{upahArI-}.
cikIrSuka* = mfn. = %{-rS} (with acc.), vi, 48, 83. [395,1]
cintaka* = mfn. ifc. one who thinks or reflects upon, familiar with (e.g.
{daiva-}, {vaMza-}, &c., qq. vv.) Gaut. Mn. vii, 121 MBh. Hariv. R. Pañcat.; m.
an overseer DivyA7v.; N. of the 23rd Kalpa period VâyuP. i, 21, 48 f.; cf.
{kArya-}, {graha-}, {megha-}.
cintana* = n. thinking, thinking of. reflecting upon; anxious thought Mn. xii, 5
MBh. Kathâs. Râjat.v, 205 Sâh.; consideration Sarvad. x; xii, 6 ff.
cintaniiya* = mfn. to be thought of or investigated VarBriS. xliii, 37 Pañcat.
1, 1/2; iii BhP. viii, 11, 38.
cintayAna* = mfn. (irr. pr. p.) reflecting, considering MBh. ii, 1748; iii,
12929 Pañcat. iv, 14/15.
cintaa* = f. (Pân. 3-3, 105), thought, care, anxiety, anxious thought about
(gen. loc., {upari}, or in comp.) Mn. xii, 31 Yâjñ. i, 98 MBh. &c. ({-tayA}
instr. `" by mere thinking of "' VP. i, 13, 50); consideration Sarvad. xii f.
[398,2]; N. of a woman Râjat. viii, 3453.
cintaavat* = mfn. = {-para} W.
cintita * = mfn. thought, considered W.; thought of. imagined Pan5cat. Vet.;
found out, investigated Nal. xix, 4 Hit. (%{su-}); treated of. Madhus.;
reflecting, considering W.; n. thought, reflection, care, trouble VarBr2S.li, 24
Dhu1rtas.; intention R. i; (%{A}) f. see %{caintita}.
cit * = 4 cl. 1. %{ce4tati} (impf. %{acetat} RV. vii, 95, 2 ; p. %{ce4tat} RV.)
cl. 2. (A1. Pass. 3. sg. %{cite4}, x, 143, 4 ; p. f. instr. %{citantyA}, i, 129,
7 ; A1. %{citAna}, ix, 101, 11 VS. x, 1) cl. 3. irreg. %{cIhetati} (RV. ; Subj.
%{ciketat} RV. ; Impv. 2. sg. %{cikiddhi} RV. ; p. %{cikitAna4} RV. ; perf.
%{cike4ta} RV. &c. ; %{ciceta} Vop. viii, 37 ; 3. du. %{cetatur} AV. iii, 22, 2
; A1. and Pass. %{cikite4} RV. &c. ; 3. pl. %{-tre} RV. ; for p. %{cikitva4s}
see s.v. ; A1. Pass. %{cicite} Bhat2t2. ii, 29 ; aor. %{acetIt} Vop. viii, 35 ;
A1. Pass. %{a4ceti} and %{ce4ti} RV. ; for %{acait} see 2. %{ci} ; fut. 1st
%{ce4ttA}, i, 22, 5) to perceive, fix the mind upon, attend to, be attentive,
observe, take notice of (acc. or gen.) RV. SV. AV. Bhat2t2. ; to aim at, intend,
design (with dat.) RV. i, 131, 6 ; x, 38, 3 ; to be anxious about, care for
(acc. or gen.), i, ix f. ; to resolve, iii, 53, 24 ; x, 55, 6 ; to understand,
comprehend, know (perf. often in the sense of pr.) RV. AV. vii, 2, 1 and 5, 5 ;
P. A1. to become perceptible, appear, be regarded as, be known RV. VS. x, xv:
Caus. %{ceta4yati}, %{-te} (2. pl. %{ceta4yadhvam} Subj. %{cetayat} Impv. 2. du.
%{cetayethAm} impf. %{a4cetayat} RV. ; 3. pl. %{cita4yante} RV. ; p. %{cita4yat}
RV. (eleven times) ; %{ceta4yat}, x, 110, 8, &c. ; A1. %{cetayAna} see s.v.) to
cause to attend, make attentive, remind of. i, 131, 2 and iv, 51, 3 ; to cause
to comprehend, instruct, teach RV. ; to observe, perceive, be intent upon RV.
MBh. xii, 9890 Katha1s. xiii, 10 ; A1. (once P. MBh. xviii, 74) to form an idea
in the mind, be conscions of, understand, comprehend, think, reflect upon TS. vi
S3Br. ChUp. vii, 5, 1 MBh. BhP. viii, 1, 9 Prab. ; P. to have a right notion of.
know MBh. iii, 14877 ; P. `" to recover consciousness "', awake Bhat2t2. viii,
123 ; A1. to remember, have consciousness of (acc.) Pa1n2. 3-2, 112 Ka1s3.
Ba1dar. ii, 3, 18 Sch. ; to appear, be conspicuous, shine RV. TS. iii: Desid.
%{ci4kitsati} (fr. %{kit} Pa1n2. 3-1, 5 Dha1tup. xxiii, 24 ; exceptionally A1.
MBh. xii, 12544 ; Impv. %{-tsatu} Subj. %{-tsAt} aor. 2. sg. %{a4cikitsIs} AV. ;
Pass. p. %{cikitsyamAna} Sus3r. Pan5cat.) to have in view, aim at, be desirous
AV. v, 11, 1 ; ix, 2, 3 ; to care for, be anxious about, vi, x ; (Pa1n2. 3-1, 5
Siddh.) to treat medically, cure Ka1tyS3r. xxv MBh. i, xii Sus3r. Pan5cat.
Bhartr2. ; to wish to appear RV. i, 123, 1: Caus. of Desid. (fut.
%{cikitsayiSyati}) to cure Ma1lav. iv, 4/5, 6 f.: Intens. %{cekite} (fr. 2.
%{ci}?, or for %{-tte} RV. i, 53, 3 and 119, 3 ; ii, 34, 10 ; p. %{ce4kitat},
ix, 111, 3 ; A1. %{ce4kitAna} RV. eight times) to appear, be conspicuous, shine
RV.
citta* = mfn. `" noticed "' see {a-ci4tta}; `" aimed at "', longed for ChUp.vii,
5, 3; `" appeared "', visible RV. ix, 65, 12; n. attending, observing ({tira4z
cittA4ni}, `" so as to remain unnoticed "'), vii, 59, 8; thinking, reflecting,
imagining, thought RV. VS. S'Br. &c.; intention, aim, wish RV. VS. AV. TBr. &c.;
(Naigh. iii, 9) the heart, mind TS. i S'vetUp. vi, 5 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A}
Pañcat.); memory W.; intelligence, reason KapS. i, 59 Yogas. i, 37; ii, 54
Veda7ntas.; (in astrol.) the 9th mansion VarYogay. iv, 1; cf. {iha-}, {cala-},
{pU4rva-}, {prA4yaz-}, {laghu-}, {su-}, {sthira-}.
citra * = conspicuous, excellent, distinguished RV.; bright, clear,
bright-coloured RV.; clear (a sound) RV.; variegated, spotted, speckled (with
instr. or in comp.) Nal. iv, 8 R. Mriicch. VarBriS.; agitated (as the sea,
opposed to {sama}) R. iii, 39, 12; various, different, manifold Mn. ix, 248
Yâjñ. i, 287 MBh. &c.; (execution) having different varieties (of tortures) Mn.
ix, 248 Das'. vii, 281; strange, wonderful Râjat. vi, 227; containing the word
{citra4} S'Br. vii, 4, 1, 24 KâtyS'r. xvii; ({a4m}) ind. so as to be bright RV.
i, 71, 1; vi, 65, 2; in different ways R. i, 9, 14; (to execute) with different
tortures Das'. vii, 380; ({a4s}) m. variety of colour L. Sch.; Plumbago
zeylanica L.; Ricinus communis L.; Jonesia As'oka L.; a form of Yama Tithyâd.;
N. of a king RV. viii, 21, 18 ({ci4tra}); of a Jâbâla-griihapati (with the patr.
Gaus'râyani), KaushBr. xxiii, 5; of a king (with the patr. Gângyâyani) KaushUp.
i; of a son of Dhritarâshthra MBh. i, vii; of a Dravida king, Padma P.v, 20, 1
(v.l. {-trA7kSa}); of a Gandharva Gal.; ({A4}) f. Spica virginis, the 12th (in
later reckoning the 14th) lunar mansion AV. xix, 7, 3 TS. ii, iv, vii TBr. i
S'Br. ii, &c.; a kind of snake L.; N. of a plant (Salvinia cucullata L.; Cucumis
maderaspatanus L.; a kind of cucumber L.; Ricinus communis L.; Croton polyandrum
or Tiglium L.; the Myrobalan tree L.; Rubia Munjista L.; the grass Gandadûrvâ
L.) Car. vii, 12 (= {dravanti}) Sus'r.; a metre of 4 X 16 syllabic instants;
another of 4 x 15 syllables; another of 4 x 16 syllables; a kind of stringed
instrument; a kind of Mûrchanâ (in music); illusion, unreality L.; `" born under
the asterism Citrâ (Pân. 4-3, 34 Vârtt. 1)N. of Arjuna's wife (sister of
Kriishna = {subhadrA} L.) Hariv. 1952; of a daughter of Gada (or Kriishna v.l.),
9194; of an Apsaras L.; of a river DivyA7v. xxx; of a rock BhP. xii, 8, 17; f.
pl. the asterism Citrâ VarBriS. xi, 57; ({a4m}) n. anything bright or coloured
which strikes the eyes RV. VS. TS. S'Br. TândyaBr. xviii, 9; a brilliant
ornament, ornament RV. i, 92, 13 S'Br. ii, xiii; a bright or extraordinary
appearance, wonder, ii S'ak. Pañcat. Bhartri. &c.; (with {yadi} [S'ak. iii,
9/10] or {yad} [Hariv. 9062 S'ak. Kathâs. xviii, 359] or fut. [Pân. 3-3, 150
f.]) strange, curious (e.g. {citraM badhiro vyAkaraNam adhyeSyate} `" it would
be strange if a deaf man should learn grammar "' Kâs'.) [396, 2]; strange!
Hariv. 15652 Kathâs. v, vii Râjat. i, iv; the ether, sky L.; a spot MBh. xiii,
2605; a sectarial mark on the forehead L.; = {kuSTha} L.; a picture, sketch,
delineation MBh. Hariv. 4532 ({sa-} mfn. = {-ga}) R. S'ak. &c. (ifc. f. {A}
Megh. 64); variety of colour L.; a forest ({vana} for {dhana}?) of variegated
appearance Sch. on KâtyS'r. xxi, 3, 23 and ShadvBr. ii, 10; various modes of
writing or arranging verses in the shape of mathematical or other fanciful
figures (syllables which occur repeatedly being left out or words being
represented in a shortened form) Sarasv. ii, 16 Kpr. ix, 8 Sâh.; punning in the
form of question and answer, facetious conversation, riddle, iv, 14/v Pratâpar.
Kuval.; cf. a- and, {su-citra4}, {dA4nu-}, {vi-}; {caitra}.
codapravRddha* = ({-da4-}) mfn. exalted by the inspiring (draught of Soma), i,:
174, 6.
codana* = mfn. impelling AV. vii, 116, 1 (cf. {RSi-}, {eka-}, {kIri-},
{brahma-}, {radhra-co4d-}); ({A}, {am}) fn. impelling, invitation, direction,
rule, precept VS. xxix, 7 RPrât. S'ânkhS'r. KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Mn. ii, &c.; ({A})
f. reproof (as in Pâli) DivyA7v. i, 54; ({i}),f. N. of a plant(v.l. for
{rodanI}) L. Sch.
codanAguDa* = m. a ball to play with L.
codayanmati* = mfn. (fr. {-da4yat}, p. {cud}, Caus.) promoting devotion RV. v,
8, 6; viii, 46, 19.
codayitavya* = mfn. to be criticised Bâdar. Sch.
codayitR* = mf({trI4})n. one who impels or animates or promotes RV. i, 3, 11;
vii, 81, 6 Kum. iii, 21.
codas* = see {a-coda4s}.
codaayani* = m. pl. N. of a family Pravar. iv, 8.
coDakarNa* = m. `" projecting-ear "'N. of a man Kathâs. lxix, 164.
codaka* = Meaning* = mfn. impelling MBh. xiii, 71; m. direction, invitation
KâtyS'r. i. 10 Nyâyam. x; (in Gr.) = {pari-graha} q.v. RPrât. x, 10 [400,2]; xi,
14; asker, objectioner, pupil Jain.
coDaka* = {-colaka}, a jacket DivyA7v. xxvii, 541.
coda* = m. an implement for driving horses, goad or whip, v, 61, 3; ({-da4})
mfn. animating, inspiring, promoting, i, 143, 6; ii, 13, 9 and 30, 6 (cf.
{radhracoda4}.)
coDa* = m. {-cU4Da}, a sort of protuberance on a brick TS. v, 3, 7, 1 (ifc.); =
{-Daka} SaddhP.; pl. N. of a people L.; sg. a prince of that people Pân. 4-1,
175 Vârtt. (v.l. {cola}); ({A}) f. N. of a plant L.
coda* = {-daka}, {-dana}, &c. see {cud}.
codana * = mfn. impelling AV. vii, 116, 1 (cf. %{RSi-}, %{eka-}, %{kIri-},
%{brahma-}, %{radhra-co4d-}); (%{A}, %{am}) fn. impelling, invitation,
direction, rule, precept VS. xxix, 7 RPra1t. S3a1n3khS3r. Ka1tyS3r. La1t2y. Mn.
ii, &c.; (%{A}) f. reproof (as in Pa1li) DivyA7v. i, 54; (%{i}),f. N. of a
plant(v.l. for %{rodanI}) L. Sch.
codita * = mfn. caused to move quickly RV. ix, 72, 5; driven, impelled, incited
MBh. R.; carried on (a business), iv, 28, 21 ({a-} neg.); invited, directed,
ordered MBh. Ragh. xii, 59; informed, apprised W.; inquired after, BP. vii, 15,
13; enjoined, fixed, appointed, S'ânkhS'r. KâtyS'r. Mn. ii f. viii MBh. xiii,
2439 R. (B) iii, 56, 16.
coditatva * n. the being enjoined Jaim. vi, 1, 9; ({a-} neg.) KâtyS'r. i, 6
cumbita * m= mfn. kissed S'ak. iii Sâh. i; touched closely or softly Mâlatîm.
Vcar. xiv, 7 Sarvad.
cuuDa * = mfn. stupid (?) Divya7v. xxxv, 99 f.; m. (cf. {kU4Ta}) a sort of
protuberance on a sacrificial brick S'Br. viii and KâtyS'r. (also ifc. f. {A});
m. or n. = {-DA-karaNa} Yâjñ. iii, 23; m. N. of a man (with the patr.
Bhâgavitti) S'Br. xiv, 9, 3, 17 f.; ({A}) f. (beginning a Gana of Ganar. 365: g.
{bhidA7di}) the hair on the top of the head, single lock or tuft left on the
crown of the head after tonsure Ragh.xviii, 50 (ifc.) Parâs'. [401, 1]; =
{-DA-karaNa} (cf. {-Do7panayana}) Ragh. iii, 28 Smriitit. i; the crest of a cock
or peacock L.; any crest, plume, diadem W.; the head L.; the top (of a column)
Hcat. i, 3; the summit Hit. i, l 01; a top-room (of a house) L.; a kind of
bracelet L.; a small well L.; N. of a metre; of a woman g. {bAhvAdi} ({-DAlA}
Kâs'.); cf. {cUla}, {coDa}, {caula} {uc-}, {candra-}, {tAmra-}, {svarNa-};
{paMca-} and {mahA-cUDA}.
cuurNa * = mfn. ( %{carv}) minute, VarBiS. lxxxi, 6 ; m. [MBh. VarBr2S.] n.
powder flour, aromatic powder, pounded sandal, S3a1n3kbS3r. Ka1tyS3r. Kaus3.
MBh. &c. (ifc. Pa1n2. 6-2, 134) ; m. chalk, lime VarBr2S. xxvii, 36 Prab. ii, 17
Sch. ; N. of a man Vi1rac. xv, xxviii ; n. rice mixed with sesam Ya1jn5. i, 303
; a kind of easy prose Va1m. i, 3, 25 ; dividing a word by separating double
consonant for obtaining a different sense (in a riddle, &c.), iv, 1, 7. [401,2]
cuuta: *V= species of mango tree.
cyuta* = 1 mfn. moved, shaken AV. ix, 2, 15; gone away from (abl.) R. ii, 52, 27
and 72, 5; (with abl. or ifc.) deviated from (lit. [Pañcat. v, 3, 10/11] and
fig. [Mn. viii, 418; xii, 70 ff. Hariv. 11105 and 11188]); (said of arrows)
failing an aim (abl.) L.; flying away from (abl. or in comp.; said of missile
weapons) MBh. xiii, 4610 Hariv. 8088 R. iii BhP. iii, 18, 5; expelled from,
deprived of (abl.) MBh. iii Bhathth. vii, 92; destitute of. free of (in comp.)
Pañcat. i, 10, 26 Kathâs. lx, 178; abandoned by (in comp.) VarBriS.li, 2;
disappeared, vanished Hariv. 11173 Ragh. iii, 45; viii, 65 Bhathth. iii; come
forth from, dropped from, streaming forth from (lit. and fig., as speech from
the mouth) Mn. vi, 132 MBh. xiii, 2183 R. i-iii BhP. Bhathth. ix, 71; fallen
from, fallen MBh. &c.; fallen from any divine existence for being re-born as a
man Buddh. Jain.; (in astrol.) standing in the $ Laghuj. x, 5; sunk (morally)
Kum. v, 81; (in math.) divided Bijag.; cf. {a4-}, {ha4sta-}.\\ 2 mfn. ifc. id.
see {ghRta-}, {madhu-}.
cyuuta* = v.l. for {cUta}, the anus W.
D
da *= 1 the 3rd and soft letter of the 4th or dental class.
4 da 2 mf(%{A})n. (1. %{dA}) ifc. (Pa1n2. 3-2, 3) giving, granting, offering,
effecting, producing (e.g. %{abhI7STa-}, `" giving any desired object "'
Pan5cat. ii, 50 ; %{gaja-vAji-vRddhi-}, `" promoting the welfare of elephants
and horses "' VarBr2S. xviii, 5) Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. %{agni-} ; %{a-doma-da4} ;
%{anna-}, %{artha-}, %{garbha-}, %{janma-} &c.) ; m. n. a gift L. ; (%{A}) f.
id. L.\\ 3 mfn. ( %{do}) ifc. see %{anala-}, 2. %{jIva-} ; m. n. the act of
cutting off L. ; (%{A}) f. id. L.\\ 4 mfn. (4. %{da-}) ifc. see %{Rzya-da4}.\\5
= %{da4t} cf. %{a-panna-}, %{panna-} ; %{So-Da}.\\6 m. a mountain L. ; n. a wife
(derived fr. %{da4m-patI}) L. ; (%{A}) f. heat, pain L.
daa = (v) to give
daa* = 3 For {do}, to cut q.v. * =4 cl. 4. P. {dya4ti} (cf. {A-} 4. {dA}), to
bind, only in {dISva} VS. xxxviii, 3 [cf. $ $]. * =5 For {de} q.v. * =6 f. (
{de}), protection, defence L. * =7 For {dai} q.v. * =8 f. ( {das}) cleansing,
purifying L.
daa*1 cl. 3. {da4dAti} (pl. {-dati} RV. &c.; Â. {datte} Pañcat. i, 4, 19/20 12,
7 Subh.; 1. sg. {dadmi} MBh. xii Hariv. R. if.; Impv. {da4dAtu} pl. {-dahu}; 2.
sg. {daddhi4} RV. i f. iv, vi, viii, x; {dehi4} [Pân. 6-4, 119] RV. iii f. viii,
x AV. v, xviii f. &c. [473,3]; 2. pl. {da4dAta} RV. vii, 57, 6, {-tana} x, 36,
10, {datta4} 51, 8 VS. AV. &c.; 2. du. {-tta4m} RV. i, 34, 6 AV. &c.; Pot.
{dadyA4} AV. &c.; impf. {a4dadAt}; pl. {a4dadur} RV. vi, x AV. v, 18, 1; 2. du.
{a4dattam} RV. &c.; 2. pl. {-ttana i}, 139, 7, {a4dadAta} x, 64, 12; Subj.
{da4dat} ii, v, vii f. x, {-das} vii f. {-dan} AV. vi, 24, 1 p. m. nom. sg.
{da4dat} pl. {-tas} RV. &c.; p. Â. {da4dAna}, v, 33, 9; {-na4}, i. 148, 2; v, 2,
3; sg. {dadati}, ii, 35, 10 MBh. iii, 13422; pl. {-danti}, xii f.; Impv. {-da},
ix MârkP.; {-data} Sinha7s.; Pot. {-det} Parâs'. vi, 19; impf. {a4dadat} AV.
xii, 4, 23 MBh. R.; Â. sg. {da4date} RV. i, 24, 7 AV. x, 8, 36; pl. {-dante}, 35
VS. viii, 31; Impv. sg. {-datAm} RV. iii, 53, 17; {-dasva} MBh. Hariv. &c.;
impf. pl. {a4dadanta} RV. vii, 33, i i AV. xiv; p. {da4damAna} RV. i, 41, 9; iv,
26, 6; aor. {a4dAt} [Pân. 2-4, 77], {dat}, {a4dur}, {du4r} &c.; Subj. 2. du.
{dAsathas} RV. viii, 40, 1 [cf. Naigh. ii, 30]; Pot. 1. pl. {deSma} VS. ii, 32;
pf. {dadau4}, {-du4r}, {-da4thur}, {-datur}, {-do4} RV. &c.; Pass {-de4}, iv, 34
& 37 AV. X, 2, 16; {dadade}, {-dAte}, {-dire} Pân. 6-4, 126 Kâs'.; p. gen.
{dadu4Sas} RV. i, viii, {-SAm} vi; nom. {-dvA4n}, x, 132, 3; {-dAvan} AV. v, 11,
1; acc. {-divA4Msam}, ix, 5, 10 [cf. Vop. xxvi, 133]; fut. p. {dAsya4t} AV.vi,
71, 3; Â. {-syate}, {-syante}, 1. sg. {-sye} MBh. Hariv. R. MârkP.; Prec.
{deyAt} Pân. 6-4, 67; inf. {dAva4ne} RV.; {dA4tos}, vii, 4, 6; {-tave}, vii-ix
AV. iii, 20, 5; {dA4tavai4} [Pân. vi, 1, 200 Siddh.] RV. iv, 21, 9; {-tum}, v
AV. &c.: ind. p. {dattvA4ya} [Pân. 7-1, 47 Kâs'.] RV. x, 85, 33; {-ttva} AV.
&c.; {-dA4ya} [Pân. 6-4, 69] RV. &c.: Pass. {dIyate} [Pân. 6-4, 62]; p.
{-ya4mAna} AV. ix; aor. {adAyi} Pân. 7-3, 33 Kâs'.; Prec. {dAsISTa}, {dAyis-},
vi, 4, 62) cl. 1. {dA4ti} (RV. iv-vii; Impv. {-tu}, 15, 11; cf. Pân. 6-1, 8
Vârtt. 3 Pat.; ii, 4, 76 Kâs'.) to give, bestow, grant, yield, impart, present,
offer to (dat., in later language also gen. or loc.) RV. &c.; to give (a
daughter, {kanyAm}) in marriage Mn. v, ix Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to hand over Mn. viii,
186 & 234; (with {haste}) Kathâs.; to give back, 222 f. MBh. iii Pañcat. VP.
Kathâs. lxxiv; to pay ({daNDam}, `" a fine "' Mn. viii f.; {RNam}, a debt "',
viii Yâjñ. ii, 45); to give up, cede ({Asanam}, `" one's seat "') Mn. iv, 54;
({panthAnam} or {mArgam}, `" to give up the road, allow to pass "') viii, 275
and R. v, 94, 8; to sell (with instr. of the price), i Nal. xiv, 21 VarBriS.
xlii, 11; to sacrifice ({AtmAnam}, `" one's self. "' Kathâs. xxii, 227; {At-}
{khedAya}, to give one's self up to grief "', v, 57); to offer (an oblation &c.)
Mn. Yâjñ. R. &c.; to communicate, teach, utter (blessings, {AziSas} S'ak.
MârkP.), give (answer, {prati-vacas}, {-canam}, {praty-uttaram} Nal. S'ak. &c.),
speak ({satyaM vacas}, the truth, yâjñ. ii, 200; {vacam}, to address a speech to
[dat.] S'ak. vi, 5); to permit, allow (with inf.) MBh. i S'ak. vi, 22; to permit
sexual intercourse S'Br. xiv, 9, 4, 7; to place, put, apply (in med.) Mn. Yâjñ.
MBh. &c.; to add Pañcat. ii, 6, 5 Sûryas. VarBriS. Laghuj.; with {varam} "', to
grant a boon "' S'Br. xi KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; {zoham}, to cause grief "', xiii R.
ii; {avakAzam}, `" to give room or space, allow to enter Yâjñ. ii, 276 Mriicch.
Ragh. &c.; {prANAn} or {jIvitam}, `" to spare any one's life "' MBh. Kathâs.
xviii, 275; {talam} or {-lAn}, to slap with the palms of the hands MBh. iii, ix
Hariv. 15741; {-la-prahAram}, to strike with the palm Pañcat. iv,. 2, 0/1
{tAlam}, to beat time with the hands MBh. i Bhathth.; {saMjJAm}, to make a sign
Mriicch.; {saMketakam}, to make an appointment Pañcat. ii, 4, 3/4 {samayam}, to
propose an agreement Kathâs. xviii, 139; {upamAm}, to compare with [gen.] Cân.;
{paTaham}, to proclaim with the drum Kathâs. lxxiii, 357; {zabdam}, to make a
noise, call out Vet. iv, 2/3; {zApam}, to utter a curse MBh. R. &c.; {gAIh}. id.
Bhartri.; {anuyAtram}, to accompany Kathâs. xviii, 197; {AliGganane},
{parirambhaNam}, to embrace, 209 Gît. iii, 8; {jhampam}, to jump Hit.;
{zrAddham}, to perform a Srâddha MBh. xiv R. ii; {vratakam}, to accomplish a vow
Hariv.; {yuddham}, {niy-}, {saMgrAmam}, to give battle, fight with MBh. Hariv.
R.; {AjJAm} {Adezam}, to give an order, command, i BrahmaP. Vet.; {saMdezam}, to
give information Kathâs. xvii, 161; {prayogam}, to give a dramatic
representation Mâlav. i, 12/13 {vRtim}, to fence in Mn. viii, 240 Kull.;
{darzanam}, to show one's self Prab. iii,; 0/1 {dRSTim} {dRzam} {akSi} {caksus},
to fix the eyes on (loc.) S'ak.i, 6 Kathâs. Dhûrtas. S'riingârat. Sâh.;
{karNam}, to give ear, listen S'ak. Kathâs.; {manas}, to direct the mind to
(loc.) MBh. xii, 2526; {kars} {kapolam}, to rest the cheek on the hand Kârand.
xviii, 73 [474,1]; {nigaDAni} to put on or apply fetters Mriicch. vii, 6/7
{pAvakam}, to set on fire; {agnIn} to consume by fire Mn. v, 168; {zAram}, to
move a chess-man Das'. vii, 137; {argalam}, to draw a bolt, bar Kathâs. Râjat.
vi, 96; {jAnu}, to kneel upon (gen.) MBh. iii f.; {padam}, to tread upon [loc.]
Bhartri. Hit. ii, 12, 25 SS'ankar. i, 38; to direct the steps Amar. 74; {viSam},
to poison Pañcar. i, 14, 80 (with acc.!); {garam} id. VP. iv, 3, 16 (with gen.);
-Â. to carry, hold, keep, preserve RV. AV. VS.; to show SV. i, 2, 1, 4, 7 (aor.
{adadiSTa}; {aded-} fr. {diz} RV.): Caus. {dApayati} (Pân. vii, 3, 36; aor.
{adIdapat}, 4, 1 and 58 Kâs'.) to cause to give or be given, cause to bestow or
present or give up, oblige to pay, make restore VS. ix, 24 AV. iii, 20, 8 Mn.
&c.; to demand from (abl.) Mn. viii, 47; to cause to utter or speak Hariv. 15782
Yâjñ. ii, 6/7 {ghoSaNAm}, to cause to be made known Kathâs. lxiv, 86; to cause
to place or advance, xii, 160; to cause to perform, v, 112 to cause to be put on
(loc.) MBh. i, 5724: Desid. {di4tsati} (Pân. 7-4, 54 and 58; p. {di4dAsat} RV.
x, 151, 2; {di4tsat}, ii, vii-ix AV. v, 7, 6 MBh.; Pot. {-tseyam} RV. viii MBh.;
pf. 2. sg. {didAsitha} AitBr. viii, 21 S'ânkhS'r. xvi, 16; cf. S'Br. xiii, 7, 1,
15) to wish to give, be ready to bestow RV. &c.; to wish to give in marriage
MBh. &c.: Intens. {dedIyate} Pân. 6-4, 66 Kâs'.; [cf. $; Lat. {do}; &c.]
daa*2 m. a giver RV. v, 41, 1 (dat. {de4}); vi, 16, 26 (nom. {dA4s}); ifc.,
giving, granting "' see {an-azva-}, {a-bhikSa-}, {azva-}, {Atma-}, &c. {-dA4};
{a4n-AzIr-}.
daaH = giving
daaha *= m. (fr. %{dah}) burning, combustion, conflagration, heat Ka1tyS3r. Mn.
Ya1jn5. MBh. R. &c. ; place of cremation Vas. xix, 26 ; glowing, redness (of the
sky cf. %{dig-}) Mn. MBh. VarBr2S. &c. ; cauterizing, cautery (of a wound)
Sus3r. Ma1lav. iv, 4 ; internal heat, fever Sus3r. ; pl. N. of a people (v.l.
for %{vaideha}) Va1yuP. 1 ; %{-haka} mf(%{I})n. burning, setting on fire Ya1jn5.
ii, 282 BhP. xi, 10, 8 ; m. Plumbago Zeylanica.
daahana *= n. (fr. the Caus.) causing to burn or be burnt, reducing to ashes
MBh. i, 403 BhP. xii, 12, 40 ; cauterizing W. ; (%{I}) f. Grislea Tomentosa L.
daakiNii = the goddess in mulaadhaara chakra
daaDimaphalam.h = (n) pomegranate, anaar
daaDhaa* = f. (= and prob. fr. %{daMSTrA}) large tooth, tusk L.; wish, desire
L.; number, multitude
daadhaara = holds
daakshya = cleverness, honesty, brilliance
daakshyaM = resourcefulness
daakshiNa * = nif({I})n. (fr. {da4kSiNA} f.) belonging or relating to a
sacrificial fee S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.; relating to the south W.; ({A}) f. the
southern country i.e. the Deccan (see below, {-ja}); n. a collection of
sacrificial fees (g. {bhikSA7di}); pl. N. of a Kânda of TS.
daal: thick lentil soup
daama = garland (like)
daambha* = mf({I})n. (fr. {dambha}) deceitful, hypocritical Nalac
daamyati = (4 pp) to tame
daanta* = 1 mfn. ( {dam}) tamed, broken in, restrained, subdued; mild, patient
Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; liberal L.; m. a tamed ox or steer (cf. {damya}) Râjat. v,
432; a donor, giver W.; Ficus Indica or = {damanaka} L.; N. of a son of Bhîma
Nal. 1, 9; of a bull Kathâs. xvi, 295; pl. of a school of the AV.; ({A}) f. of
an Apsaras MBh. xiii, 1425.\\* = 2 mf({I})n. (fr. {danta}) made of ivory MBh. R.
Sus'r.\\= 3 mfn. ending in {dA}, MânGr, i, 18 Gobh. ii, 8, 16.
daana = the act of giving
daana* = 1 n. the act of giving RV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; giving in marriage (cf.
{kanyA-}); giving up (cf. {prANa-}, {Atma-}, {zarIra-} Pañc. ii); communicating,
imparting, teaching (cf. {brakma-}); paying back, restoring Mn. Yâjñ.; adding,
addition (VarBriS.); donation, gift Lat. {donum}] RV. S'Br. &c. ({-naMdA}, to
offer a gñgift Mn. Yâjñ. Hit. &c.; {-nam prayam}, to bestow a gñgift Mn. iv,
234); oblation (cf. {udaka-}, {havir-}); liberality (cf. 2. {dAna}); bribery
Mn.vii, 198 (cf. {upA7ya}).
daana* = 2 n. cutting off. splitting, dividing L.; pasture, meadow RV.;
rut-fluid (which flows from an elephant's temples) MBh. Hariv. &c.; ({dAna4}) m.
(only in RV. but cf. {vasu-}) distribution of food or of a sacrificial meal;
imparting, communicating, liberality; part, share, possession; distributor,
dispenser RV. vii, 27, 4.
daana* = 3 n. purification L.
daanaiH = by charity
daanaM = charity
daanava = a demon
daanavaH = the demons
daaNDa* = 1 mf({I})n. relating to a stick or to punishment W.; m. patr. fr.
{daNDa}, (g. {zivA7di}); ({A}) f. a partic. game with sticks Pân. 4-2, 57 Kâs'.;
n. the being a staff (g. {pRthv-Adi}); multitude of staff-bearers, vi, 4, 164
Sch.
daane = in charity
daanena = by charity
daaneshhu = in giving charities
daanika * = mfn. relating to a gift, &c. (only ifc.; cf. %{adhyayana-},
%{udaka-}, %{vara-}).
daanta \\ 1 mfn. ( %{dam}) tamed, broken in, restrained, subdued ; mild, patient
Br. Mn. MBh. &c. ; liberal L. ; m. a tamed ox or steer (cf. %{damya}) Ra1jat. v,
432 ; a donor, giver W. ; Ficus Indica or = %{damanaka} L. ; N. of a son of
Bhi1ma Nal. 1, 9 ; of a bull Katha1s. xvi, 295 ; pl. of a school of the AV. ;
(%{A}) f. of an Apsaras MBh. xiii, 1425.\\ 2 mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{danta}) made of
ivory MBh. R. Sus3r. \\3 mfn. ending in %{dA}, Ma1nGr, i, 18 Gobh. ii, 8, 16.
daantau = with good teeth?
daara* =1 Inf({I})n. ( {dRR}) tearing up, rending (cf. {bhU-}); m. rent, cleft,
hole TândyaBr. xv, 3, 7 (cf. {udara-}, {karbu-}, {a-dAra-sRt}); ({I}) f. id.
Sus'r.
daara* =2 m. pl. (probably not connected with s. {dAra} and {dRR}, but cf. Pân.
3-3, 20 Vârtt. 4) a wife (wives) GriS. Mn. MBh. &c. ({-An} {kR} or {pra-kR},
take to wife, marry MBh.; cf. {kRta-}); rarely m. sg. (Âp. i, 14, 24 Gaut. xxii,
29) f. sg. (BhP. vii, 14, ii) and n. pl. (Pañc. i, 450).
daaraa = woman
daaridrya = poverty
daars'a* = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{darza}) relating to the new moon or the nñnew
mñmoon sacrifice Kaus3. 24; m. (scil. %{yajJa}) the nñnew moon sñsacrifice Mn.
vi, 9.
daaru = (neut) tree, wood
daaruNa * = mf({A}, once {I})n. hard, harsh (opp. {mRdu}) S'Br. MBh. Sus'r.;
rough, sharp, severe, cruel, pitiless; dreadful, frightful; intense, violent Mn.
MBh. R. S'ak. Pañc. &c.; (in comp. or {-am} before a vb. to express excellence
or superiority cf. g. {kASThA7di}); m. Plumbago Zeylanica L.; n. harshness,
severity, horror MBh.; {-Naka} n. N. of a disease of the roots of the hair
Sus'r.; {-Nya} n. harshness (of sound, TPrat. ii, 10).
daarvaaghaaTaH = (m) woodpecker
daasa* = 1 m. fiend, demon; N. of certain evil beings conquered by Indra (e.g.
Namuci, Pipru, S'ambara, Varcin &c.) RV.; savage, barbarian, infidel (also
{dA4sa}, opp. to {Arya}; cf. {dasyu}); slave, servant RV. AV. Mn. &c.; a s'ûdra
L. Sch.; one to whom gifts may be made W.; a fisherman (v.l. for {dAza}); ifc.
of names, esp. of S'ûdras and Kâya-sthas (but cf. also {kAli-}); ({I}) f. a
female servant or slave AV. S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; harlot L. Sch.; N. of a plant (=
{nilA} or {pItA jhintI}, {kAka-jaGghA}, {nIlA7mlANa} &c.) L.; an altar L.; N. of
a river L.; ({dA4sa}) mf({I})n. fiendish, demoniacal, barbarous, impious RV.\\ 2
m. a knowing man, esp. a knower of the universal spirit L.
daasharathiH = dasharatha's son
daasaH = (male, nom.sing.) servant
daasosmyaham.h = disciple+am+I
daasya* = n. servitude, slavery, service S'Br. Mn. &c.
daas'u * =worshipping, sacrificing
daas'a * =(written also {dAsa}) m. fisherman, ferryman, mariner VS. xxx, 16
Mriicch. viii, 408, 9 MBh. Hariv. &c.; the son of a Nishâda by a woman of the
Âyogava caste Mn. x, 34; servant, slave L.; ({I}) f. fisherwoman, female slave
L. \\dAza * =3 the Vriiddhi form of 2. {daza} in comp.
daasya * = n. servitude, slavery, service S3Br. Mn. &c.
Daakinii * = f. (of {-ka} Pân. 4-2, 51 Pat.) a female imp attending Kâlî
(feeding on human flesh) BhP.x BrahmaP. MârkP. Kathâs. ({DAginI}, cii, cviii f.)
(cf. {zAk-}); N. of a locality S'ivaP. i, 38, 18.
daas'va *= mfn. (corrupted fr. %{dAzva4s}) liberal , munificent L.
daasyante = will award
daasyaami = I shall give charity
daatavya = shouold be given
daatavyaM = worth giving
daataa = (masc.Nom.S) the giver
daataaraM = the giver
daataaram.h = one who gives
daava * = conflagration, esp. a forest conflagration S'Br. MBh. &c.; fire, heat;
distress L.; m. n. a forest MBh. (always connected with fire) Ragh. ii, 8.
daaya* =1 mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 139; 141) giving, presenting (cf. {zata-}, {go-}); m.
gift, present, donation MBh. R. &c.; nuptial fee L. (cf. {su-}); gift at the
ceremony of initiation W.; handing over, delivery Mn. viii, 165; n. game, play
Pañcad. \\2 m. share, portion, inheritance RV. TS. &c. ({dAyAd upA7gata},
obtained through inheritance, Mit.; {dAyam upai9ti pitus}, he obtains his
father's inheritance Br.); division, part (ifc. = fold cf. {zata4-});
dismembering, destruction L.; irony L.; place, site L.
daayinii = giver
dadati = give, donate
dadadaH = (n) a thunder
dadaami = I give
dadaasi = you give, confer upon
dadau = gave (from daa: to give)
dadha* = mfn. (iii, i, 139) `" giving "' see %{iDA-}, %{ilA-}.\\1 mfn. (2, 171
Va1rtt. 3) `" giving "' RV. x, 46, 1; preserving (with acc.) Vop.; n. a house L.
dadhatamurujaTaa = bearing, head adornments
dadhaatu = let them give( us welfare)
dadhaami = create
dadhichii = a sage who gave his bones to the gods to make a thunderbolt
dadhmuH = blew
dadhmau = blew
dagdha = burned, tormented, pained, consumed by grief or hunger, distressed;
dry, insipid; inauspicious; miserable, execrable
daghibaaga = (f) Chinese take-out
dah *= 1 cl. 1. P%{dahati} (ep. a1so A1. ; p. %{da4hati} impf. %{a4dahat} ; aor
"' %{adhAk} RV. ii, 15, 4 ; 1 .sg. %{-kSam} MBh. vii ; 3. pl %{-kskur} Katha1s.
; Subj. %{dhAk} RV. i, 158, 4 ; 2. sg. %{dhakSi}, iv, 4, 4 ; p. %{dha4kSat}
[also nom. m.], vi, 3, 4 x, 91, 7 %{da4hSat}, i, 130, 8 ; fut. %{dhakSyati}
[Pa1n2. 7-2, 10 Siddh. Ka1r. 6] MBh. [Pot. %{dhakSyet}, i, 8383] &c. ;
%{dahiSy-}, i, 2120 BhP. iv Prasan3g. xix, 7 ; inf. %{dagdhum}) to burn, consume
by fire, scorch roast RV. &c. ; to cauterise Sus3r. ; to consume, destroy
completely Mn. vii, 9 MBh. &c. ; to torment, torture, pain, distress, disturb,
grieve MBh. &c.: Pass. %{dahyate} (%{-ti} Ma1nGr2. ii, 15 MBh. if., xiif.) ; to
be burnt, burn, be in flames AV. Nir. &c. ; to be consumed by fire or destroyed
Mn. vi, 71 ; to be inflamed (a wound) Sus3r. i, 28 ; to be consumed by internal
heat or grief, suffer pain, be distressed or vexed MBh. &c. ; Caus. %{dAhayati}
to burn or be burned Mn. Ya1jn5. i, 89 MBh. &c. ; to cause to be cooked Hariv.
15523 (aor. pl. %{adIdahan}): Desid. %{didhakSati} (cf. %{-kSA}, %{-kSu}) to be
about to burn or consume or destroy MBh. i-iv R. (p. %{-kSamANa}): Desid. Caus.
(p. %{-kSayat}) to cause any one to make efforts to burn Bhat2t2. iii, 33:
Intens. %{dandahIti}, %{-hyate} (Pa1n2. 3-1, 24 ; 7-4, 86) to burn or destroy
completely Hariv. 8726 BhP. vi, 8, 21 (Impv. %{-dagdhi}) S3is3. Prasannar. vi,
32 and 48 ; A1. to be burnt completely Hariv. 7040 BhP. Pan5cat. i, 8, 23/24
[cf. Lith. {degu4}, I am hot "' ; Goth. {dag-s} ; Old Germ. {ta1h-t}, `" a wick
"'].\\dah 2 mfn. `" burning "' see %{uza4-}.
dahana *= mf(%{I})n. burning, consuming by fire, scorching, destroying (chiefly
ifc.) Hariv. BhP. Bhartr2. ; (said of the %{dhAraNA} of fire) Goraksh. 164 ; m.
fire (of three kinds), Agni Kaus3. MBh. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} Hora1s3.) ; the
numeral three VarBr2S. Su1ryas. ; one of the 5 forms of fire in the
Sva1ha1-ka1ra Hariv. 10465 ; a pigeon L. ; Plumbago zeylanica L. ; Anacardium
officinarum L. ; N. of an attendant of Skanda MBh. ix, 2536 ; N. of a Rudra, i
MatsyaP. ; n. burning, consuming by fire Kaus3. 80 R. vii Ragh. &c. ;
cauterising Sus3r. ; sour gruel Npr. ; (%{A}) f. N. of part of the moon's course
VarBr2S. ix, 1-3 Sch. ; (%{I}) f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L.dahat.h = one that
burns
dahati = (1 pp) to burn, to pain
dahra *= 1 mfn. small, fine, thin, Na1-rUp. A1p. i, 9, 23 (%{-re@para-rAtre}, in
the shorter half of the night "') ; (%{a4m}, n) ind. little TS. vii, 5, 3, 1 ;
n. the cavity of the heart BhP. iii ; vi, 9.\\ 2 m. a wood on fire Un2. vr2. ;
fire ib.
daihya *= nif(%{A})n. being in the body (%{At}, nan) ib. ; m. the soul ib.
Daitya = a demon son of Diti
DaityaanaaM = of the demons
dainya *= n. wretchedness, affliction, depression, miserable state MBh. Ka1v.
Sus3r. &c. ; meanness, covetousness W.
dainyayoga = Combination of planets (Yoga) which give rise to poverty. Usually
it is caused by the malefic conjunctions of house lords with the lords of the
6th, 8th or 12th houses
daiva = destiny
daivaM = in worshiping the demigods
daivaH = godly
daivii = transcendental
daiviiM = divine
dal* = (= {dRR}) cl. l. {-lati} [pf. {dadAla}] Bhathth. xiv; aor. pl.
{adAliSur}, xv) to, crack, fly open, split, open (as a bud) Sus'r. ii, 16 Sis'.
ix, 15 Bhâm. i, 4 Amar. Gît. Dhûrtas.: Caus. {dAlayati}, to cause to burst
Sus'r. Bhathth.: {dal-} id., Anargh. Gît. i, 8 Sch. [471, 2]; to expel Mâlatîm.
viii, 1 Kathâs. lviii, 8; cii, 58; cf. {ava-}, {ud-}, {vi-}.
Dam * = cl. 1. P. (p. %{-mat}) to sound (as a drum) Prab. iii, 14.
dam * = 1 cl.4. %{dAmyati} (Pa1n2. 7-3, 74 ; ind. p. %{dAntvA} and %{damitvA},
2, 56 ; aor. Pass. %{adami}, 3, 34 Ka1s3. ; P. %{-mit} Bhat2t2. xv, 37) to be
tamed or tranquillised S3Br. xiv, 8, 2, 2 (Impv. %{dA4myata}) ; to tame, subdue,
conquer MBh. vii, 2379 and BhP. iii, 3, 4 (ind. p. %{damitvA}) Bhat2t2.: cl. 9.
irreg. (? Subj. 2. sg. %{da4nas}) id. RV. i, 174, 2: Caus. %{damayati} (p.
%{-ma4yat} ; A1. Pa1n2. 1-3, 89) to subdue, overpower RV. vii, 6 ; x, 74, 5
AV.v, 20, 1 MBh. Ra1jat. ; Desid. see %{dAn} ; [cf. $, $ ; Lat. {domare} &c.]\\
2 a house RV. x, 46, 7 (gen. pl. %{damAm}) ; %{pa4tir@da4n} (gen. sg.) =
%{da4m-patis}, 99, 6 ; 105, 2 ; i, 149, 1 ; 153, 4 ; %{pa4ti@da4n} =
%{da4m-patI}, 120, 6 ; %{zi4zur@da4n} `" a child of the house "', x, 61, 20 ;
[cf. $ &c.]
da.nDaH = punishment
da.ntii = the tusked one
da.nsh.h = to bite
da.nshhTra = tooth
da.nshhTraa = (fem) tooth, fang
dakaraakSasa* = m. a water-Râkshasa DivyA7v. viii, 262 ff.
dakalaavaNika* = mfn. prepared with water and salt L.
Dakaara* = m. the letter {D} TPrât. iv, 38 Sch.
dakaara* = m. the letter or sound {d}.
Daaka* = m. an imp attending Kâlî Kâlac. v, 38.
daka* = n. = {ud-}, water Phetk. xvii; cf. {dagA7rgala}.
dakhiNa = right side
daksha = a lord of created beings
dakshaH = expert* = mf({A})n. able, fit, adroit, expert, clever, dexterous,
industrious, intelligent RV. &c.; strong, heightening or strengthening the
intellectual faculties (Soma), ix f.; passable (the Ganges) MBh. xiii, 1844;
suitable BhP. iv, 6, 44 Bhartri. iii, 64; right (opposed to left) RâmatUp. i, 22
Phetk. i; m. ability, fitness, mental power, talent (cf. {-kratu4}), strength of
will, energy, disposition RV. AV. VS.; evil disposition RV. iv, 3, 13; x, 139,
6; a particular form of temple Hcat. ii, 1, 390; a general lover W.; a cock Car.
i, vi; N. of a plant L.; fire L.; Siva's bull L.; N. of an Âditya (identified
with Prajâ-pati TS. iii S'Br. ii; father of Kriittikâ S'ântik.) RV. if., x Nir.
ii, xi; N. of one of the Prajâ-patis (MBh. xii, 7534 Hariv. VP. i, 7, 5 and 22,
4 BhP.iii, 12, 22 MatsyaP. cvl, 15 KûrmaP. &c. S'ak. vii, 27; born from Brahmâ's
right thumb MBh. i, xii Hariv. &c.; or from A-ja "', the unborn "' BhP. iv, 1,
47; or son of Pra-cetas or of the of 10 Pra-cetasas, whence called Prâcetasa
MBh. i, xii f. Hariv. 101 VP. i, 15; father of 24 daughters by Pra-sûti VP. i,
7, 17 ff. BhP. &c.; of 50 [or 60 MBh. xii, 61 36 R. iii, 20, 10; or 44 Hariv. 1
1521 ff.] daughters of whom 27 become the Mooñs wives, forming the lunar
asterisms, and 13 [or 17 BhP.; or 8 R.] those of Kas'yapa, becoming by this
latter the mothers of gods, demons, men, and animals, while 10 are married to
Dharma Mn. ix, 128f. MBh. i, ix; xii, 7537ff. Hariv. VP. &c.; celebrating a
great sacrifice [hence {dakSa sya4yana}, `" N. of a sacrifice "' Mn. vi, 10] to
obtain a son, he omitted, with the disapproval of Dadhîca, to invite Siva, who
ordered Vira-bhadra to spoil the sacrifice Hariv. 12212 [identified with Vishnu]
ff. VâyuP.i, 30, = BrahmaP. i LingaP. MatsyaP. xiii VâmP. ii-v S'ivaP. i, 8
Kâs'îKh. lxxxvii ff.; named among the Vis've-devâs Hariv. 11542 VâyuP.;
Briihasp. [Hcat] &c.); N. of a son of Garuda MBh. v, 3597; of a man with the
patr. Pârvati S'Br. ii, 4, 4, 6; of a law-giver Yâjñ. i, 5 Mn. ix, 88 Sch. &c.;
of a son of Us'i-nara BhP. ix, 23, 2; of one of the 5 Kânyakubja Brâhmans from
whom the Bengal Brâhmansare said to have sprung Kshiti7s'. i, 13 and 41; ({A})
f. the earth L.; cf. {a-tUta-}, {dina4-}, {samAna4}; {su-da4kSa};
{mArga-dakSaka}; {dAkSAya4n}; $; Lat. {dex-ter}; Goth. {taiksvs}.
dAkSa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {dakSa}) relating to Daksha (Hariv.) or to Dâkshi (Pân.
4-2, 112); southern, dwelling in the south SS'ankar.; m. or n. the south (in
{-SasyA7yana} n. the suñs progress towards sñsouth, the winter solstice and
sacrifice then performed Mn. vi, 10 [v.l. {dakS-}]); m. pl. N. of the disciples
of a partic. school (see {kumArI-d-}).
dakshiNa = South * = (also {-Na4} S'Br.) mf({A})n. (declined as a pron. when
denoting relative position [`" right "' or, southern "'] KâtyS'r. As'vGri. &c.;
cf. Pân. 1-1, 34; vii, 1, 16; but not necessarily in abl. and loc. sg. m. n.
[{-Ne} KâtyS'r. Mn. ii, 63] and nom. pl. m.; except Hariv: 12390) able, clever,
dexterous Pân. 1-1, 34 Kâs'. S'atr. (ifc.); right (not left) RV. AV. VS. &c.
({-NaM parI7}, to walk round a person with the right side towards him "' BhP.
iv, 12, 25; {-maMkR}, to place any one on the right side as a mark of respect
"', i, viii); south, southern (as being on the right side of a person looking
eastward), situated to the south, turned or directed southward AV. VS. &c.;
coming from south (wind) Sus'r. Ragh. iv, 8; (with {AmnAya}) the southern sacred
text (of the Tântrikas), Kularn. iii; straightforward, candid, sincere,
pleasing, compliant MBh. iv, 167 R. S'ak.iv, 18 Sâh. iii, 35 Pratâpar. BrahmaP.;
m. the right (hand or arm) RV. i, viii, x TS. v; the horse on the, right side of
the pole of a carriage, i, x VS. ix, 8; S'iva; m. or n. the south Nal. ix, 23 R.
iv; n. the righthand or higher doctrine of the S'âktas Kula7rn. ii; ({am}) ind.
to the right R. ii, 92, 13; ({A}) f. (scil. {go}), able to calve and give milk
"', a prolific cow, good milch-cow RV. AV.; a fee or present to the officiating
priest (consisting originally of a cow cf. Kâty S'r. xv Lâthy. viii, 1, 2 ). RV.
Rc.; Donation to the priest (personified along with brâhmanas-pati, Indra, and
Soma, i, 18, 5; x, 103, 8; authoress of x, 107 RAnukr.; wife of Sacrifice [Ragh.
i, 31 BhP. ii, 7, 21, both being children of Ruci and Akûti, iv, l, 4 f. VP. i,
7, 18 f.); reward RV. viii, 24, 2I; (offered to the Guru) MBh. v Ragh. v, 20
Kathâs. iv, 93 f.; ({-NAm A-} {diz}, to thank "' DivyA7v. vii, 104; Caus. to
earn thanks, i); a gift, donation (cf. {abhaya-}, {prA7Na-}) Mn. iii R. ii;
(scil. {diz}) the south, Deccan L.; a figure of Durgâ having the right side
prominent W.; completion of any rite ({pra-tiSThA}) L.; ({e}) loc. ind. on the
right side Hemac.; ({At}) abl. ind. from or on the right side Pân. 5-3, 4; from
the south, southward ib.; ({ena}) instr. ind. on the right or south (35), on the
right side of or southward from (acc.; ii, 3, 31) S'Br. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c. (with
{kR}, to place or leave on the right BhP. v, 21, 8); ({ais}) instr. ind. to the
right Kaus'. 77; [cf. Lith. {de4szine7} f. the right hand. "']
dakshiNaattaat.h = from the southern direction
dakshiNaayanaM = when the sun passes on the southern side
dakshiNe = in the southern direction
dakshiNeshvara = Dakshineshvar, place near Calcutta
danta* = m. (fr. &) = {da4t} RV. vi, 75, 11 AV. &c. (n. R. vi, 82, 28; ifc.,
{al} [Kathâs. xxi Caurap.] or {I} [MBh. ix Mriicch. x, 13 VarBriS. Ghath.] Pân.
4-1, 55); the number 32 Ganit.; an elephant's tusk, ivory MBh. R. &c. [468, 3];
the point (of an arrow? {atharI4}) RV. iv, 6, 8; the peak or ridge of a
mountain, Haravij. iv, 32 Dharmas'arm. vii, 32; an arbour S'is'. iv, 40; a pin
used in playing a lute, Haravij. i, 9; ({i}) f. = {-tikA} Sus'r. VarBriS.; (in
music) N. of a composition; cf. {ibha-dantA}; {kuDmala-} and {krUra-a-dantI} &c.
daNDa = a staff, also monetary punishment for wrong doing\\* = ( = $ -v, hence
cognate with {dâ4ru} and {dRR}) m. (n. [cf. {ikSu-}] g. {ardharcA7di}) a stick,
staff, rod, pole, cudgel, club RV. &c. (staff given at investiture with the
sacred thread S'Br. &c.; `" penis [with {vaitasa4}] "', xi, 5, 1, 1; `" trunk "'
see {zuNDA-}; `" arm "' or `" leg "' see {dor-}, {bAhu-}; `" tusk "' see
{daMSTrA-}); = {-DakA7sana} BriNârP. xxxi, 115 (n.); a stalk, stem (of a tree;
cf. {ikSu-}, {ud-}, {khara-}) MBh. ii, 2390; the staff of a banner, 2079; iv,
xiv; the handle (of a ladle, sauce-pan, fly-flap, parasol &c.) AitBr. S'Br. &c.;
the steam of a plough L.; `" a mast "' see {mahAdaNDa-dhara}; the cross-bar of a
lute which holds the strings S'ânkhS'r. xvii; the stick with which a lute is
played L.; a churning-stick (cf. {-DA7hata}) L.; a pole as a measure of length
(= 4 Hastas) VarBriS.xxiv, 9 MârkP.il; N. of a measure of time (= 60 Vi-kalâs)
BrahmaP. ii VarP. BhavP.; N. of a staff-like appearance in the sky (`" N. of a
planet "' (L.; cf. {-bhAsa}) VarBriS.; N. of a constellation, xx, 2 VarBri.
Laghuj.; a form of military array (cf. {-vyuha}) L.; a line (cf. {-pAta}); a
staff or sceptre as a symbol of power and sovereignty (cf. {nyasta-}),
application of power, violence Mn. vii f. MBh.; power over (gen. or in comp.),
control, restraint (cf. {vAg-}, {mano-}, {kAya-} [{karma-} MârkP. xli, 22];
{tri-daNDin}) Subh.; embodied power, army ({koza-}, du `" treasure and army "'
Mn. ix, 294 MBh. Kir. ii, 12) Mn. vii Ragh. xvii, 62; the rod as a symbol of
judicial authority and punishment, punishment (corporal, verbal, and fiscal;
chastisement and imprisonment, reprimand, fine) TândyaBr. xvii, 1 Mn. MBh. &c.
(cf. {gupta4} & {gUDha-}) [466,3]; pride L.; m. a horse L.; Punishment (son of
Dharma and Kriyâ VP. i, 7, 27 MârkP. l); Yama L.; S'iva MBh. xii, 10361; N. of
an attendant of the Sun, iii, 198; (g. {zivA7di} and {zaunakA7di}) N. of a man
with the patr. Aupara MaitrS. iii, 8, 7 TS. vi, 2, 9, 4; of a prince slain by
Arjuna (brother of {-dhara}, identified with the Asura Krodha-hantrii) MBh. if.,
viii; of a Rakshas R. vii, 5, 39; see {-oDaka}; ({A}) f. Hedysaruni
lagopodioides, Npr
dANDa* = 1 mf({I})n. relating to a stick or to punishment W.; m. patr. fr.
{daNDa}, (g. {zivA7di}); ({A}) f. a partic. game with sticks Pân. 4-2, 57 Kâs'.;
n. the being a staff (g. {pRthv-Adi}); multitude of staff-bearers, vi, 4, 164
Sch.
daNDaM = stick(walking)
dandas'uuka *= mfn. (iii, 2, 166) mordacious VS. TS. S3Br. MBh. ; malignant, v,
1245 Car.iii, 8 ; m. a snake Ya1jn5. iii, 197 MBh. xiv BhP.iv-vii ; N. of a hell
infested by serpents, v, 26 ; of a Ra1kshasa L.
daNDaasana = the staff posture
daNDii = Dandii
dala = leaf
dalam.h = (n) flower petal
Dam* = cl. 1. P. (p. {-mat}) to sound (as a drum) Prab. iii, 14.
dam* =1 cl.4. {dAmyati} (Pân. 7-3, 74; ind. p. {dAntvA} and {damitvA}, 2, 56;
aor. Pass. {adami}, 3, 34 Kâs'.; P. {-mit} Bhathth. xv, 37) to be tamed or
tranquillised S'Br. xiv, 8, 2, 2 (Impv. {dA4myata}); to tame, subdue, conquer
MBh. vii, 2379 and BhP. iii, 3, 4 (ind. p. {damitvA}) Bhathth.: cl. 9. irreg. (?
Subj. 2. sg. {da4nas}) id. RV. i, 174, 2: Caus. {damayati} (p. {-ma4yat}; Â.
Pân. 1-3, 89) to subdue, overpower RV. vii, 6; x, 74, 5 AV.v, 20, 1 MBh. Râjat.;
Desid. see {dAn}; [cf. $, $; Lat. {domare} &c.]
dam* =2 a house RV. x, 46, 7 (gen. pl. {damAm}); {pa4tir da4n} (gen. sg.) =
{da4m-patis}, 99, 6; 105, 2; i, 149, 1; 153, 4; {pa4ti da4n} = {da4m-patI}, 120,
6; {zi4zur da4n} `" a child of the house "', x, 61, 20; [cf. $ &c.]
dama = self-control *= m. (or n.) house, home ($, Lat. {domus}) RV. AV. vii
(also %{puru-da4ma} q.v.) VS. viii, 24 ; mfn. ifc. `" taming, subduing "' see
%{ariM-}, %{gaM-} %{baliM-} ; m. self-command, self-restraint, selfcontrol S3Br.
xiv, 8, 2, 4 (%{-ma4}, but cf. Pa1n2. 7-3, 34 Ka1s3.) TUp. KenUp. Mn. &c. ;
taming L. ; punishment, fine, viii f. Ya1jn5. ii, 4 BhP. ; N. of a brother of
Damayanti1 Nal. i, 9 ; of a Maha-rshi MBh. xiii, 1762 ; of a son of Daksha, i
Sch. ; of a grandson [or son BhP. ix, 2, 29] of Marutta VP. iv, 1, 20 Ma1rkP.
cxxxiv Va1yuP. ; cf. %{dur-}, %{su-}.
damaH = control of the senses
damayataaM = of all means of suppression
dambha = of pride* m. N. of a man Râjat. viii, 1135; ({A}) f. N. of a weapon
Buddh. L. * m. deceit, fraud, feigning, hypocrisy Mn. iv, 163 MBh. &c.; Deceit
(son of A-dharma and Mriishâ BhP.iv, 8, 2) Prab.ii; Indra's thunder bolt L.;
S'iva; N. of a prince ({darbha} AgP.; {rambha} VP.) PadmaP.
dambhaH = pride
dambhena = out of pride
daNDa* = ( = $ -v, hence cognate with {dâ4ru} and {dRR}) m. (n. [cf. {ikSu-}] g.
{ardharcA7di}) a stick, staff, rod, pole, cudgel, club RV. &c. (staff given at
investiture with the sacred thread S'Br. &c.; `" penis [with {vaitasa4}] "', xi,
5, 1, 1; `" trunk "' see {zuNDA-}; `" arm "' or `" leg "' see {dor-}, {bAhu-};
`" tusk "' see {daMSTrA-}); = {-DakA7sana} BriNârP. xxxi, 115 (n.); a stalk,
stem (of a tree; cf. {ikSu-}, {ud-}, {khara-}) MBh. ii, 2390; the staff of a
banner, 2079; iv, xiv; the handle (of a ladle, sauce-pan, fly-flap, parasol &c.)
AitBr. S'Br. &c.; the steam of a plough L.; `" a mast "' see {mahAdaNDa-dhara};
the cross-bar of a lute which holds the strings S'ânkhS'r. xvii; the stick with
which a lute is played L.; a churning-stick (cf. {-DA7hata}) L.; a pole as a
measure of length (= 4 Hastas) VarBriS.xxiv, 9 MârkP.il; N. of a measure of time
(= 60 Vi-kalâs) BrahmaP. ii VarP. BhavP.; N. of a staff-like appearance in the
sky (`" N. of a planet "' (L.; cf. {-bhAsa}) VarBriS.; N. of a constellation,
xx, 2 VarBri. Laghuj.; a form of military array (cf. {-vyuha}) L.; a line (cf.
{-pAta}); a staff or sceptre as a symbol of power and sovereignty (cf.
{nyasta-}), application of power, violence Mn. vii f. MBh.; power over (gen. or
in comp.), control, restraint (cf. {vAg-}, {mano-}, {kAya-} [{karma-} MârkP.
xli, 22]; {tri-daNDin}) Subh.; embodied power, army ({koza-}, du `" treasure and
army "' Mn. ix, 294 MBh. Kir. ii, 12) Mn. vii Ragh. xvii, 62; the rod as a
symbol of judicial authority and punishment, punishment (corporal, verbal, and
fiscal; chastisement and imprisonment, reprimand, fine) TândyaBr. xvii, 1 Mn.
MBh. &c. (cf. {gupta4} & {gUDha-}) [466,3]; pride L.; m. a horse L.; Punishment
(son of Dharma and Kriyâ VP. i, 7, 27 MârkP. l); Yama L.; S'iva MBh. xii, 10361;
N. of an attendant of the Sun, iii, 198; (g. {zivA7di} and {zaunakA7di}) N. of a
man with the patr. Aupara MaitrS. iii, 8, 7 TS. vi, 2, 9, 4; of a prince slain
by Arjuna (brother of {-dhara}, identified with the Asura Krodha-hantrii) MBh.
if., viii; of a Rakshas R. vii, 5, 39; see {-oDaka}; ({A}) f. Hedysaruni
lagopodioides, Npr
danDadiipa = (m) tubelight
danDayati = (10 up) to punish
danta *= m. (fr. &) = %{da4t} RV. vi, 75, 11 AV. &c. (n. R. vi, 82, 28 ; ifc.,
%{al} [Katha1s. xxi Caurap.] or %{I} [MBh. ix Mr2icch. x, 13 VarBr2S. Ghat2.]
Pa1n2. 4-1, 55) ; the number 32 Gan2it. ; an elephant's tusk, ivory MBh. R. &c.
[468,3] ; the point (of an arrow? %{atharI4}) RV. iv, 6, 8 ; the peak or ridge
of a mountain, Haravij. iv, 32 Dharmas3arm. vii, 32 ; an arbour S3is3. iv, 40 ;
a pin used in playing a lute, Haravij. i, 9 ; (%{i}) f. = %{-tikA} Sus3r.
VarBr2S. ; (in music) N. of a composition ; cf. %{ibha-dantA} ; %{kuDmala-} and
%{krUra-a-dantI} &c.
dantaH = (m) tooth
dantapaalii = (f) gums
dantacAla* = m. looseness of the teeth Sus'r.iv, 39.
dantakAra* = m. an ivory worker R. ii.
dantajAha* = n. the root of a tooth g. {karNA7di}
dantapattra* = n. a kind of ear-ring
dara* = (Pân. 3-3, 58) mfn. ( {dRR}) ifc., cleaving, breaking see {puraM-dara4},
{bhagaM-}; m. (g. {ardharcA7di}, {uJchA7du}) = {-rI} R. ii, 96, 4; a conch-shell
BhP. i, vf., x Kramadîp.; m. the navel Gal.; `" stream "' see {asRg-}; fear MBh.
v, 4622; n. poison (v.l. {dhara}) L.; ({I}) f. a hole in the ground, cave MBh.
R. Hariv. Kum. &c.; ({am}) ind. a little Bhartri. iii, 24.
darbha * = m. (2. {dRbh}) a tuft or bunch of grass (esp. of Kus'a grass; used
for sacrificial purposes) RV. i, 191, 3 AV. &c.; N. of a grass (different from
Kus'a and Kâs'a Sus'r. i, 38; Saccharum cylindricum W.) Lalit. xvii, 89 Sus'r.;
(Pân. 4-1, 102; g. {kurv-Adi} v.l.) N. of a man Pravar. ii, 3, 1 (Âs'vGri. Kâty.
&c.); `" of a prince "' see {dambha}.
dari // daari *: splitting, opening, tearing asunder
daridrataa = poverty; shortage
darpa = pride (masc)
darpaM = pride
darpaH = arrogance
darpaNa = Mirror
darpaNaH = (m) mirror
darbha = a sweet-smelling dried grass
* = mfn. ( %{dris}) ifc. `" looking at, viewing "' see %{avasAna-}, %{Adinava-},
and %{vadhU-darza4}, %{tattva-}; `" showing "' see %{Atma-}; m. `" appearance "'
see %{ca4dir-darza4}, %{dur-}, %{prity-}; (g. %{pacA7di}) the moon when just
become visible, day of new moon, halfmonthly sacrifice performed on that day
AV.; (parox.) TS. TBr. & S3Br. ix Kaus3. A1s3vGr2. &c. (n. MBh. iii, 14206);
(Day of) New Moon (son of Dha1tr2i BhP. vi, 18, 3; of Kr2ishn2a, x, 61, 14; N.
of a Sa1dhya Va1yuP. ii, 5, 6); du. = %{pUrNamAsa4} TS. Sch.
na = seeing * =darzana mf({I})n. showing. Pân. 5-2, 6; ifc. seeing, looking at
(see {tulya-}, {deva-}, {sama-}.) Ragh. xi, 93; `" knowing see {dharma-};
exhibiting, teaching MBh. i, 583 BhP. v, 4, 11; n. seeing, observing, looking,
noticing, observation, perception RV. i, 116, 23 S'Br. xiv S'ânkhGri. v, 5 MBh.
&c. [471, 1]; ocular perception Sus'r. iv, 27; the eye-sight, vi, 17;
inspection, examination Yâjñ. 1, 328 Hariv. 5460; visiting Yâjñ. i, 84 Kathâs.
iii, 8; audience, meeting (with gen. Cân.; instr. with or without {saha} Vet.;
in comp. Ragh. xii, 60 S'ak. v, 5/6; vii, 25/26 Râjat. vi, 43; experiencing BhP.
i, 8, 25; foreseeing Ragh. viii, 71; contemplating Mn. viii, 9 and 23;
apprehension, judgment S'ak. iii, 6/7 discernment, understanding, intellect Mn.
vi, 74 Yâjñ. i, 8 Bhag. &c.; opinion Mâlav. v, 13/14 Kâm. ii, 6; intention (cf.
{pApa-}) R. i, 58, 18; view, doctrine, philosophical system (6 in number, viz.
[Pûrva-] Mîmânsâ by Jaim. Uttara-Mîmânsâ by Bâdar.; Nyâya by Gotama Vais'eshika
by Kana7da Sânkhya by Kap.; Yoga by Pat.) MBh. xii, 11045 f. BhP. &c.; the eye
Sus'r. v, 8 S'ak. iv, 6 Prab. iii, 10; the becoming visible or known, presence
Âs'vGri. iii, 7 Mn. ii, 101; iv Yâjñ. i, 131; ii, 170 MBh. &c.; appearance
(before the judge) Mn. viii, 158 Yâjñ. ii, 53 Kâm.; the being mentioned (in any
authoritative text) Kâty. S'r. i, xxvi Lâthy. vi, ix Bâdar. i, s, 25 MBh. xiv,
2700; a vision, dream Hariv. 1285 Hit. iii, 0/1; ifc. appearance, aspect,
semblance Mn. ii, 47 MBh. (Nal. ii, 3; xii, 18 and 44) R. Ragh. iii, 57; colour
L.; showing (cf. {danta-}) Bhartri. ii, 26 Dhûrtas. i, 35/11 a mirror L.; a
sacrifice L.; = {dharma} L.; ({I}) f. Durgâ Hariv. 10238; N. of an insect Npr.;
cf. {a-}, {su-}.
darshanaM = sight, Darshan
darshanakaankshiNaH = aspiring to see
darshanaaya = for seeing
darshaniiya = handsome
darshanena = at the sight of
darshaya = show
darshayaamaasa = showed
darshitaM = shown
darshinaH = seers
darshibhiH = by the seers
darvii = (f) serving spoon, ladle
Dasa* = mfn. id. g. {tRNA7di}.
dasa* = m. a demon, vi, 21, 11.
das'a = (adj) ten* =1 ifc. for {-zA} ({ajpa-}, {udag-} &c.) \\=2 ifc. ({tri-},
{dvi-}, {nir-}) and in comp. for {-zan} ({as}) f. pl. `" Decads "'N. of 10 Jain
texts ({upA7saka-}. &c.) consisting of 10 chs. each.
das'aa * =f. ( {daMz}?) the fringe of a garment, loose ends of any piece of
cloth, skirt or hem KâtyS'r. iv, 1, 17 ({UrNA}) Lâthy. viii, 6, 22 Kaus'.
S'ânkhGri. ii, 12, 5 Mn. &c.; a wick Gobh. iv, 2, 32 ({kSauma-}) Kum. iv, 30
Bhartri. iii, i; state or condition of life, period of life (youth, manhood,
&c.), condition, circumstances R. Pañcat. Megh. &c.; the fate of men as
depending on the position of the planets, aspect or position of the planets (at
birth &c.) VarBriS. VarBri. Laghuj.; the mind L.; cf. {vastra-}; i. {daza}.
dashati = (1 pp) to bite
dashanavihiinaM = dashana+vihInaM, teeth+bereft
dashanaantareshhu = between the teeth
dashamukhaantakaH = the finisher (destroyer) of the ten-faced one (rAvaNa)
dasharatha = dasharatha's
dasharathatanayaM = the son of dasharatha
dasharathasyaitau = dasharathasya+etaau, dasharatha's+this pair
dashaa = Planetary period or system of directions. Also means the actual Major
planetary period itself. There are many of these the most used being
vi.nshottarii or 120 year cycle system. Others are ashhTottari (108),
Chatursheetisama (84), Dwadashottari (112), Dwisaptatisama (72), Panchottari
(105), ShashhTisama (60), Shatatri.nshatsama (36), Shodashottari (116), Yogini
(30). These are lunar based. Then there are Rashi (sign) based systems: chara,
sthira, kaala chakra and kendraadi dashas etc
dashaa.nsha = One of the varga-s or harmonic divisions of a sign. This is the
10th division
dashaanana = Another name for Ravana
dashaavataara = the ten avataara-s of Vishnu
dashaikaM = eleven
dashhTa = bite
dasyu* = m. ( {das}) enemy of the gods (e.g. {za4mbara}, {zu4SNa}, {cu4muri},
{dhu4ni}; all conquered by Indra, Agni, &c.), impious man (called {a-zraddha4},
{a-yajJa4}, {a4-yajyu}, {a4-pRnat}, {a-vrata4}, {anya-vrata}, {a-karma4n}),
barbarian (called {a-nA4s}, or {an-A4s} `" ugly-faced "', {a4dhara}, inferior
"', {a4-mAnuSa}, inhuman "'), robber (called {dhani4n}) RV. AV. &c.; any outcast
or Hindû who has become so by neglect of the essential rites Mn.; not accepted
as a witness, viii, 66; cf. {traso4-} ({da4syave vR4ka} m. `" wolf to the Dasyu
"'N. of a man RV. viii, 51; 55 f; {da4syave sa4has} n. violence to the DñDasyu
(N. of Turvîti), i, 36, 18).
dasyuhan* = m. (nom. {-hA4} instr. {-ghnA4})fn. destroying the Dasyus (Indra i,
vi, viii [473,2]; Indra's gift, x, 47, 4; {manyu4}, 83, 3; {ma4nas}, iv, 16,
10); {-ha4n-tama} mfn. (superl.) most destructive to the Dasyus, vi, 16, 15 and
viii, 39, 8 (Agni); x, 170, 2 (Light) Hariv. (Buddha); cf. Pân. 8-2, 17 Kâs'.
da *=1 the 3rd cerebral consonant (pronounced like {d} in {drum} by slightly
turning the tip of the tongue upwards [430,2]; and often in Bengal like a hard
{r}).\\ *=2 m. a sound L.; a kind of drum W.; fear L.; submarine fire L.; Siva
L.; ({A}) f. a Dâkinî L.; a basket &c. carried by a sling L. \\*=1 the 3rd and
soft letter of the 4th or dental class. \\*=2 mf({A})n. (1. {dA}) ifc. (Pân.
3-2, 3) giving, granting, offering, effecting, producing (e.g. {abhI7STa-}, `"
giving any desired object "' Pañcat. ii, 50; {gaja-vAji-vRddhi-}, `" promoting
the welfare of elephants and horses "' VarBriS. xviii, 5) Mn. MBh. &c. (cf.
{agni-}; {a-doma-da4}; {anna-}, {artha-}, {garbha-}, {janma-} &c.); m. n. a gift
L.; ({A}) f. id. L. \\ *=3 mfn. ( {do}) ifc. see {anala-}, 2. {jIva-}; m. n. the
act of cutting off L.; ({A}) f. id. L. \\ *=4 mfn. (4. {da-}) ifc. see
{Rzya-da4}. \\*=5 = {da4t} cf. {a-panna-}, {panna-}; {So-Da}. \\ *=6 m. a
mountain L.; n. a wife (derived fr. {da4m-patI}) L.; ({A}) f. heat, pain L
dat * = m. (taking the form {da4nta} in the strong cases Pân. 6-1, 63) a tooth
RV. (nom. {da4n}, x, 115, 2) AV. VS. S'Br. Âs'vGri. BhP.; often ifc. (Pân. 5-4,
141-145) see {a-} &c.; {a-dat-ka}; {dac-chada} [cf. $, Lat. {dens} &c.]
dattaM = given
dattvaa V= granted, promised, * resumption to give
dattaan.h = things given
daurbalyaM = weakness
daurmanasya = despair
daur * = Vriiddhi of {dur} for {dus}.
dauraatmya* = n. badheartedness, wickedness, depravity MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-myaka}
mfn. wicked, evil (deed) R.
daur-ita4 * =n. mischief. harm S'Br.
daur-gatya * =n. distress, misery, poverty MBh. &c.
daur-gaha4 * = m. `" descendant of Dur-gaha "' patr. of Puru-kutsa (Naigh. `"
horse "'). RV. iv, 42, 8.
daur-jana * = mf({I})n. consisting of bad people (company) Nalac.; {-nya} n.
wickedness, depravity [499, 2]; evil, wrong Hit. BhP.; ill-will, envy, S'ârng P.
daurbhikSa * =n. famine TândyaBr. Sch.
daurmadya * =n. brawl, fight L.
daur-mitri * =m. metron. fr. {dur-mitrA} (g. {bAhv-Adi}).
daur-mukhi * = m. patr. fr. {dur-mukha} MBh. vii, 7008 &c.
daur-vAsa * = or mf({I})n. relating to Dur-vâsas Madhus.
daur-vratya * = ({dau4r-}) n. disobedience, ill conduct VS.
daur-hArda * = n. badness of mind, wickedness, enmity, g. {yuvA7di}.
daur-hRda * = n. id. MBh. v, 751; m. villain Nîlak.; morbid longing of pregnant
women L.
daurudhara * = mfn. (fr. {durudharA}) Var.
daurezruta * = m. (fr. {dUre-zruta}) patr. of the serpent-priest Timirgha ib.
daurgya * = n. difficulty, inaccessibility W.
dauhitra = (m) grandson (daughter's son)
dauhitri = (m) granddaughter (daughter's daughter)
dautya * n. (fr. {dUta}) the state or function of a messenger, message, mission
dava * = (see also daava). (2. {du}) a wood on fire BhP. viii, 6, 13; fire L.
Sch.; burning, heat Car. i, 20; fever W.; a forest L.; cf. {dAva}.
dayaa = mercy* = f. sympathy, compassion, pity for (loc. MBh. Pañcat. Bhartri.
&c. [470,1]; gen. R. Hariv. 8486; in comp. MBh. xiv Hit. i, 6, 41 ) S'Br. xiv
&c. ({-yAM} {kR}, `" to fake pity on "' [loc. MBh. Hit. i, 2, 7; gen. Vop.]);
Pity (daughter of Daksha and mother of A-bhaya BhP. iv, 1, 49 f.) Hariv. 14035;
cf. {a-daya4}; {nir-}, and {sadaya}.
dayaaluH = the kind-hearted
dayita = dear *= mfn. cherished, beloved, dear MBh. R.; protected Bhat2t2. x, 9;
m. a husband, lover S3ak. iii, 19/20 (v.l.); (%{A}) f. a wife, beloved woman
Ragh. ii, 30 Megh. 4 Sis3. ix 70 Katha1s. Dhu1rtas. ii, 13.
Dayate = to fly
deha = body: * = m. n. ( {dih}, to plaster, mould, fashion) the body TÂr.
KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; (in a triad with {manas} and {vAc}) Mn. i, 104 &c.;
({-haMdhAraya}, to support the body i.e. exist Nal.); form, shape, mass, bulk
(as of a cloud; ifc. f. {A}) Var.; per. son, individual Subh.; appearance,
manifestation ifc. having the appearance of ({saMdeha-} Bâlar. iii, 43/44); N.
of a country L.; ({I4}) f. mound, bank, rampart, surrounding wall RV.
dehaM = body, existence
dehatrayaH = the three forms of bodies (corporal or physical, astral and causal
dehabhrit.h = the embodied
dehabhritaa = by the embodied
dehabhritaaM = of the embodied
dehali = doorstep
dehavadbhiH = by the embodied
dehaaH = material bodies
dehaantara = of transference of the body
dehaapaaye = when life departs the body
dehin.h = man
dehinaM = of the embodied
dehinaaM = of the embodied
dehii = the self
dehiinaM = the living entity
dehiinaH = of the embodied
dehe = in the body
dehe.asmin.h = in this body
deheshhu = bodies
deva = God* = mf({i})n. (fr. 3. {div}) heavenly, divine (also said of
terrestrial things of high excellence) RV. AV. VS. S'Br. (superl. m.
{deva4-tama} RV. iv, 22, 3 &c.; f. {devi-tamA}, ii, 41, 16); m. (according to
Pân. 3-3, 120 {de4va}) a deity, god RV. &c.&c.; (rarely applied to) evil demons
AV. iii, 15, 5 TS. iii, 5, 4, 1; (pl. the gods as the heavenly or shining ones;
{vi4zve devA4s}, all the gods RV. ii, 3, 4 &c., or a partic. class of deities
[see under {vi4zva}], often reckoned as 33, either 11 for each of the 3 worlds
RV. i, 139, 11 &c. [cf. {tri-daza}], or 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras, and 12 Âdityas [to
which the 2 As'vins must be added] Br.; cf. also DivyA7v. 68; with Jainas 4
classes, viz. {bhavanA7dhI7za}, {vyantara}, {jyotiSka}, and {vaimAnika};
{devA4nAm pa4tnyas}, the wives of the gods RV. VS. Br. [cf. {deva-patnI} below])
[492,3]; N. of the number 33 (see above) Ganit.; N. of Indra as the god of the
sky and giver of rain MBh. R. &c.; a cloud L.; (with Jainas) the 22nd Arhat of
the future Ut-sarpinî; the image of a god, an idol Vishn.; a god on earth or
among men, either Brâhman, priest RV. AV. (cf. {bhU-d-}), or king, prince (as a
title of honour, esp. in the voc. `" your majesty "' or `" your honour "'; also
ifc. e.g. {zrI-harSa-d-}, {vikramA7Gka-d-}, king S'rî-hñharsha or
VikrñVikrama7nka, and in names as {puruSo7ttama-d-} [lit. having Vishnu as one's
deity; cf. {atithi-d-}, {AcArya-d-}, {pitR-d-}, {mAtR-d-}]; rarely preceding the
name e.g. {deva-caNDamahAsena} Kathâs. xiii, 48) Kâv. Pañc. &c. (cf. {kSiti-},
{nara-}, &c.); a husband's brother (cf. {devR} and {devara}) W.; a fool, dolt
L.; a child L.; a man following any partic. line or business L.; a spearman,
lancer L.; emulation, wish to excel or overcome L.; sport, play L.; a sword
Gal.; N. of men VP.; of a disciple of Nâga7rjuna MWB. 192; dimin. for
{devadatta} Pân. 5-3, 83 Vârtt.4 Sch.; (n. L.) an organ of sense MundUp. iii, 1,
8; 2, 7; ({A}) f. Hibiscus Mutabilis or Marsilia Quadrifolia; ({I4}), f. see
s.v. [Cf. Lat. {dîvus}, {deus}; Lit. {de14vas}; Old Pruss. {deiwas}.]
devaaH = demigods
devaalayaH = (m) temple
devaan.h = demigods
devaanaaM = of the demigods
devaaya = Divine* = Nom. P., only p. {-ya4t} = {-vaya4t}, Maitr. and KapS.
Kâthh.
devabhogaan.h = the pleasures of the gods
devadevasya = of the Supreme Personality of Godhead
devadatta = one of the vital airs, which causes yawning
devadattaM = the conchshell named Devadatta
devadaasii = God's (female) servant (word degenerated to a temple prostitute)
devadeva = O Lord of all demigods
devadevasyadevaH = (masc.nom.sing.) god; demi-god
devahitaM = that which is healthy or `pro' or good for the Devas
devaM = God
devataa = goddess *= f. godhead, divinity (abstr. & concr.) RV. AV. Br. &c. ;
image of a deity, idol Mn. iv, 130 MBh. Pur. (ifc. %{-ka} Kull. viii, 105) ; N.
of the organs of sense (cf. %{deva}) S3Br. ii, 5, 2, 2 &c. ; (%{A}) ind. with
divinity i.e. with a god (gods) or among the gods RV. AV.
devatha *= m. ( %{dev}? Un2. iv, 81 Sch.) artist, artisan.
devataaH = the demigods
devarshiH = the sage among the demigods
devarshiiNaaM = of all the sages amongst the demigods
devarishi* = m. `" a Riishi among the gods "'N. of Nârada, 16, 1 (cf. {-varSi}).
devarshi* = m. ({deva} + {RSi}) a Riishi, a saint of the celestial class, as
Nârada, Atri &c. MBh. (xiv, 781 {sapta saptarSayaH} for {sñsapta devarS-}) R.
Pur. &c. (cf. {brahmarSi} and {rAjarSi}); N. of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1259; {-carita}
n. the deeds of dñdivine sages MBh. xii, 7663; {-tva} n. state or rank of a
dñdivine sñsages BhP. i, 3, 8; {pitR-vallabha} m. sesamum Gal.; {-varya} m.
chief of sages MW.
devalaH = Devala
devala* = 1 m. an attendant upon an idol (who subsists on the offerings made to
it; oftener {-laka} Mn. iii, 152; 180 MBh.); a virtuous or pious man Un. i, 108
Sch.; N. of a descendant of Kas'yapa and one of the authors of RV. ix; of Asita
or a son of AñAsita MBh. Pur.; of a man mentioned with AñAsita, Prav.; of an
astronomer Var.; of a legislator (also, {-bhaTTa}) Madhus. Kull.; of a son of
Pratyûsha MBh. Hariv.; of an elder brother of Dhaumya MBh.; of the husband of
Eka-parnâ Hariv.; of the father of Sannati (the wife of Brahma-datta) ib.; of
the grandfather of Pân. Col.; of a son of Vis'vâ-mitra (pl. his descendants)
Hariv.; of a son of Kriis'âs'va by Dhishanâ BhP.
devanAgarii* = f. `" divine city writing "'N. of the character in which
Sanskriit is usually written (prob. from its having originated in some city)
Col. MWB. 66, 1.
devavara = O great one amongst the demigods
devavrataaH = worshipers of demigods
devayajaH = the worshipers of the demigods
devayaa* = mfn. going to the gods, longing for them RV.
devaya* = Nom. P., only p., {-ya4t}, loving or serving the gods, religious RV.
(cf. {a4-}); divine or shining (?) BhP. iii, 20, 22.
devi = Goddess
devii = Goddess * = f. (cf. {deva4}) a female deity, goddess RV. AitBr. MBh. &c.
(e.g. Ushas RV. vii, 75, 5; Sarasvatî, v, 41, 17; Sâvitrî, the wife of Brahmâ
MBh.; Durgâ, the wife of S'iva MBh. Hariv. Kâv. &c.; the 4 goddesses of
Buddhists are Rocanî, Mâmaki, Pândurâ and Târâ Dharmas. iv); N. of nymph beloved
by the Sun L.; of an Apsaras MBh. i, 4818; (with Jainas) the mother of 18th
Arhat of present Ava-sarpinî L.; queen, princess lady (the consecrated wife or
daughter of a king, but also any woman of high rank) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a kind of
bird (= {zyAmA}) L.; a partic. supernatural power (= {kuNDalinI}) Cat.; worship,
reverence W.; N. of plants (colocynth, a species of cyperus, Medicago Esculenta
&c.) L
devesha = O Lord of all lords
deveshhu = amongst the demigodsdava *= a wood on fire B; fire; burning, heat =
(water)
deyaM = is to be given
deyam.h = to be given
desha = country
deshe = land
dhaa * = 1 cl. 3. P. Â. {da4dhAti}, {dhatte4} RV. &c. &c. (P. du. {dadhva4s},
{dhattha4s}, {dhatta4s} [Pân. 8-2, 38]; pl. {dadhma4si} or {-ma4s}, {dhattha4},
{dAdhati}; impf. {a4dadhAt} pl. {-dhur}, 2. pl. {a4dhatta} or {a4dadhAta} RV.
vii, 33, 4; Subj. {da4dhat} or {-dhAt} [Pân. 7-3, 70 Kâs'.], {-dhas}, {-dhatas},
{-dhan}; Pot. {dadhyA4t}; Impv. {dAdhAtu} pl. {-dhatu}; 2. sg. {dhehi4} [fr.
{dhaddhi}; cf. Pân. 6-4, 119] or {dhattAt} RV. iii, 8, 1; 2. pl. {dhatta4}, i,
64, 15, {dhattana}, i, 20, 7, {da4dhAta}, vii, 32, 13, or {-tana}, x, 36, 13
[cf. Pân. 7-1, 45 Sch.]; p. {da4dhat}, {-ti} m. pl. {-tas}; Â. 1. sg. {dadhe4}
[at once 3. sg. = {dhatte4} RV. i, 149, 5 &c. and= pf.Â.], 2. sg. {dha4tse},
viii, 85, 5 or {dhatse4} AV. v, 7, 2; 2. 3. du. {dadhA4the}, {-dhA4te}; 2. pl.
{-dhidhve4} [cf. pf.]; 3. pl. {da4dhate} RV. v, 41, 2; impf. {a4dhatta},
{-tthAs}; Subj. {da4dhase}, viii, 32, 6 [Pân. 3-4, 96 Kâs'.]; Pot. {da4dhIta}
RV. i, 40, 2 or {dadhIta4}, v, 66, 1; Impv. 2. sg. {dhatsva}, x, 87, 2 or
{dadhiSva}, iii, 40, 5 &c.; 2. pl. {dhaddhvam} [Pân. 8-2, 38 Kâs'.] or
{dadhidhvam} RV. vii, 34, 10, &c.; 3. pl. {dadhatAm} AV. viii, 8, 3; p.
{da4dhAna}); rarely cl. 1. P. Â. {dadhati}, {-te} RV. MBh.; only thrice cl. 2.
P. {dhA4ti} RV.; and once cl. 4. Â. Pot. {dhAyeta} MaitrUp. (pf.P. {dadhau4},
{-dhA4tha}, {-dhatur}, {-dhimA84}, {-dhur} RV. &c.; Â. {dadhe4} [cf. pr.],
{dadhiSe4} or {dhiSe} RV. i, 56, 6; 2. 3. du. {dadhA4the}, {-dhA4te}, 2. pl.
{dadhidhve4} [cf. pr.]; 3. pl. {dadhire4}, {dadhre}, x, 82, 5; 6, or {dhire}, i,
166, 10 &c.; p. {da4dhAna} [cf. pr.]; aor. P. {a4dhAt}, {dhA4t}, {dhA4s};
{adhu4r}, {dhu4r} RV. &c.; Pot. {dheyAm}, {-yur}; {dhetana} RV. TBr.; 2. sg.
{dhAyIs} RV. i, 147, 5; Impv. {dhA4tu} [cf. Pân. 6-i, 8 Vârtt. 3 Pat.]; 2. pl.
{dhA4ta} or {-tana}, 3. pl. {dhAntu} RV.; Â. {adhita}, {-thAs}, {adhItAm},
{adhImahi}, {dhImahi}, {dhimahe}, {dhAmahe} RV.; 3. sg. {ahita}, {hita} AV.
TÂr.; Subj. {dhe4the} RV. i, 158, 2, {dhaithe}, vi, 67, 7; Impv. {dhiSvA84}, ii,
11, 18, &c.; P. {adhat} SV.; {dhat} RV.; P. {dhAsur} Subj. {-sathas} and
{-satha} RV.; Â. {adhiSi}, {-Sata} Br.; Pot. {dhiSIya} ib. [P. vii, 4, 45];
{dheSIya} MaitrS.; fut. {dhAsyati}, {-te} or {dhAtA} Br. &c.; inf. {dhA4tum} Br.
&c.; Ved. also {-tave}, {-tavai4}, {-tos}; {dhiya4dhyai} RV.; Class. also
{-dhitum}; ind. P. {dhitvA4} Br.; {hitvA} [Pân. 7-4, 42], {-dhA4ya} and {-dhA4m}
AV.: Pass. {dhIya4te} RV. &c. [Pân. 6-4, 66], p. {dhIya4mAna} RV. i, 155, 2
[513, 3]; aor. {a4dhAyi}, {dhA4yi} RV. [Pân. 7-3, 33 Kâs'.]; Prec. {dhAsISTa} or
{dhAyiSISTa} [vi, 4, 62]) to put, place, set, lay in or on (loc.) RV. &c. &c.
(with {daNDam}, to inflict punishment on [with loc. MBh. v, 1075, with gen. R.
v, 28, 7]; with {tat-padavyAm padam}, to put one's foot in another's footstep
i.e. imitate, equal Kâvya7d. ii. 64); to take or bring or help to (loc. or dat.;
with {Are4}, to remove) RV. AV. S'Br.; (Â.) to direct or fix the mind or
attention ({cintAm}, {manas}, {matim}, {samAdhim} &c.) upon, think of (loc. or
dat.), fix or resolve upon (loc. dat. acc. with {prati} or a sentence closed
with {iti}) RV. Mn. MBh. Kâv. BhP.; to destine for, bestow on, present or impart
to (loc. dat. or gen.) RV. Br. MBh. &c. (Pass. to be given or granted, fall to
one's [dat.] lot or share RV. i, 81, 3); to appoint, establish, constitute RV.
S'Br.; to render (with double acc.) RV. vii, 31, 12 Bhartri. iii. 82; to make,
produce, generate, create, cause, effect, perform, execute RV. TBr. S'vetUp. &c.
(aor. with {pUrayAm}, {mantrayAm}, {varayAm} &c. = {pUrayAm} &c. {cakAra}); to
seize, take hold of, hold, bear, support, wear, put on (clothes) RV. AV. Kâv.
BhP. &c.; (Â.) to accept, obtain, conceive (esp. in the womb), get, take (with
{o4kas} or {ca4nas}, to take pleasure or delight in [loc. or dat.]) RV. AV. Br.;
to assume, have, possess, show, exhibit, incur, undergo RV. Hariv. Kâv.
Hit.etc.: Caus. {-dhApayati} Pân. 7-3, 36 (see {antar-dhA}, {zrad-dhA} &c.):
Desid. {dhi4tsati}, {-te} (Pân. 7-4, 54), to wish to put in or lay on (loc.) RV.
AitBr. (Class. Pass. {dhitsyate}; {dhitsya} see s.v.); {di4dhiSati}, {-te}, to
wish to give or present RV.; (Â.) to wish to gain, strive after (p.
{di4dhiSANa}, x, 114, 1) ib.: with {avadya4m}, to bid defiance ib. iv, 18, 7
(cf. {didhiSA4yya}, {didhiSu4}): Intens. {dedhIyate} Pân. 6-4, 66. [Cf. Zd.
{dâ}, {dadaiti}; Gk. $; &158945[513, 3] Lith. {dedu4}, {de4ti}; Slav. {dedja},
{diti}; Old Sax. {duan}, {do7n}, Angl. Sax. {do7n}, Engl. {do}; Germ. {tuan};
{tuon}, {thun}.]
dhaanya = grain
dhaa4na * = mfn. containing, holding (cf. {uda-}); n. receptacle, case, seat
(cf. {agni-}, {kSura-}, {rajju-} &c.; {-nam akto4s} prob. = womb or bosom of the
night RV. iii, 7, 6); ({I}) f. = n. (cf. {aGgAra-}, {gopAla-}, {rAja-} &c.); the
site of a habitation L.; coriander L.; N. of a river L.; ({A4}) f. see s.v.
dhaanaaq4 * = f. corn, grain (originally the grains of seed from their being `"
laid "' into and `" conceived "' by the earth cf. 1. {dhA}, but usually = fried
barley or rice or any grain fried and reduced to powder) RV. &c. &c.; coriander
L.; bud, shoot L.
dhaama = one who has the abode. *= 1 m. pl. N. of a class of superhuman beings
MBh. ; ii. abode &c. = %{dhAman} L.\\ 2 in comp. for %{-man}, below.
dhaaman.h = (n) lustre
dhaaraNa* = mf({I})n. holding, bearing, keeping (in remembrance), retention,
preserving, protecting, maintaining, possessing, having (ifc. or with gen.) TÂr.
MBh. Sus'r.: BhP.; assuming the shape of (gen.), resembling MBh.xiii, 739; m. N.
of S'iva MBh.; of a son of Kas'yapa ib.; of a prince of the Candravatsas ib.;
du. the two female breasts L.; ({dhA4raNa}) n. the act of holding, bearing &c.
S'Br. Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; wearing (see {liGga-}); suffering, enduring R.;
keeping in remembrance, memory TÂr. Mn. MBh. Hariv.: immovable concentration of
the mind upon (loc.) Veda7ntas.; restraining (cf. {zvAsa-}); keeping back i.e.
pronouncing imperfectly Prât.; ({A} and {I}) f. see {dhAraNA} and {-NI}.
dhaaraNaa* = f. (cf. {-Na}, col. 1) the act of holding, bearing, wearing,
supporting, maintaining MBh. R.; retaining, keeping back (also in remembrance),
a good memory KathhUp. GriS. MBh. BhP.; collection or concentration of the mind
(joined with the retention of breath) Mn. MBh. Sus'r. Kâv. Pur. &c.; cf. MWB.
239 ({-NAM-dhR}, to exercise concentration Yâjñ.; {-NAM gataH}, having composed
one's self R.); understanding, intellect Yâjñ. iii, 73; firmness, steadfastness,
righteousness L.; fixed preceptor settled rule, certainty Mn. MBh.; pl. the 8th
to the 11th day in the light half of month Jyaishthha Var.
dhaataa = supporter
dhaataaraM = the maintainer
dhaataaram.h = the creator
dhaatu = verb
dhaatu * = 1 m. layer, stratum KâtyS'r. Kaus'.; constituent part, ingredient
(esp. [and in RV. only] ifc., where often= `" fold "' e.g. {tri-dhA4tu},
threefold &c.; cf. {triviSTi-}, {sapta-}, {su-}) RV. TS. S'Br. &c.; element,
primitive matter (= {mahA-bhUta} L.) MBh. Hariv. &c. (usually reckoned as 5,
viz. {kha} or {AkAza}, {anila}, {tejas}, {jala}, {bhU}; to which is added
{brahma} Yâjñ. iii, 145; or {vijJAna} Buddh.); a constituent element or
essential ingredient of the body (distinct from the 5 mentioned above and
conceived either as 3 humours [called also {doSa}] phlegm, wind and bile BhP.
[cf. {purISa}, {mAMsa}, {manas}, ChândUp. vi, 5, 1]; or as the 5 organs of
sense, {indriyANi}.[cf. s.v. and MBh. xii, 6842, where {zrotra}, {ghrANa},
{Asya}, {hRdaya} and {koSTha} are mentioned as the 5 dhñdhâtu of the human body
born from the either] and the 5 properties of the elements perceived by them,
{gandha}, {rasa}, {rUpa}, {sparza} and {zabda} L.; or the 7 fluids or
secretions, chyle, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, semen Sus'r. [L. {rasA7di}
or {rasa-raktA7di}, of which sometimes 10 are given, the above 7 and hair, skin,
sinews BhP.]); primary element of the earth i.e. metal, mineral, are (esp. a
mineral of a red colour) Mn. MBh. &c. element of words i.e. grammatical or
verbal root or stem Nir. Prât. MBh. &c. (with the southern Buddhists {dhAtu}
means either the 6 elements [see above] Dharmas. xxv; or the 18 elementary
spheres [{dhAtu-loka}] ib. lviii; or the ashes of the body, relics L. [cf.
{-garbha}]). \\2 mfn. ( {dhe}) to be sucked in or drunk ({havis}) RV. v, 44, 3
f. = {dhenu}, milch cow Lâthy. vii, 5, 9. \\3 n. (with {rauhiNa}) N. of a Sâman
ÂrshBr.
dhaatrii = (f) nurse
dhaatrI* = f. `" female supporter "', a nurse MBh. Kâv. &c.; midwife Hit. iv,
61; mother Yâjñ. iii, 82; the earth Var. MBh. Hariv. &c.; Emblica Officinalis
Var. Sus'r. (some derive it fr. {dhe} cf. {dhAyas} and Pân. 3-2, 181). [514,2]
dhaatra* = 1 n. receptacle, vessel L. \\2 mf({I})n. belonging to Dhâtrii S'Br.
dhaaraNaa = concentration
dhaarayate = one sustains
dhaarayan.h = considering
dhaarayaami = sustain
dhaaraa = (fem) rain
dhaariNi = wearer
dhaartaraashhTrasya = for the son of Dhritarashtra
dhaartaraashhTraaH = the sons of Dhritarashtra
dhaartaraashhTraaNaaM = of the sons of Dhritarashtra
dhaartaraashhTraan.h = the sons of Dhritarashtra
dhaarma* = 1 mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{dharma}) relating to justice or virtue S3Br.;
belonging to Dharma (god of justice) MBh.\\Vr2iddhi form of %{dharma} in comp.
dhaarmiNa* = n. an assemblage of virtuous men g. {bhikSA7di} (iv, 2, 38).
dhaarmika* = mf({I})n. righteous, virtuous, pious, just Up. Mn. MBh. &c.;
resting on right, conformable to justice (mind, words &c.) R.; m. judge L.; a
bigot Kâd.; juggler Ratn.; a Bodhi-sattva L.
dhaarmikam.h = the religious one
dhaaryate = is utilized or exploited
dhaava* = mfn. washing, cleansing (ifc.; cf. {asi-}, {caila-}); m. see {danta-}.
dhaav.h = to run
dhairya = courage
dham *= or %{dhmA} cl. 1. P. %{dha4mati} (A1. %{-te} Up. MBh. ; p. %{dhmAntas} =
%{dhamantas} BhP. x, 12, 7 ; perf. %{dadhmau}, 3. pl. A1. %{-mire} MBh. ; aor.
%{adhmAsIt} Ka1v. ; Prec. %{dhmAyAt} or %{dhmeyAt} Gr. ; fut. %{dhamASyati} MBh.
; %{dhmAsyati}, %{dhmAtA} Gr. ; ind. p. %{-dhmA4ya} Br.) to blow (either
intrans. as wind [applied also to the bubbling Soma RV. ix, 73] or trans., as to
blow a conchshell or any wind instrument) RV. &c. &c. ; to blow into (loc.) MBh.
l, 813 ; to breathe out, exhale RV. ii, 34, 1 MBh. xiv, 1732 ; to kindle a fire
by blowing RV. ii, 24, 7 MBh. ii, 2483 ; to melt or manufacture (metal) by
blowing RV. &c. &c. ; to blow or cast away MBh. v, 7209: Pass. %{dhamyate}, ep.
also %{-ti}, %{dhmAya4te}, %{-ti} (S3Br. MBh.) to be blown &c.: Caus.
%{dhmApayati} MBh. (aor. %{adidhmapat} Gr. ; Pass. %{dhmApyate} MBh.) to cause
to blow or melt ; to consume by fire, reduce to cinder MBh. Sus3r.: Desid.
%{didhnAsati} Gr.: Intens. %{dedhmIyate} Pa1n2. 7-4, 31 ; %{dAdhmAyate}, p.
%{-yamAna} being violently blown (conch-shell) BhP. i, 11, 2. [Cf. Slav. {dumo}
`" smoke "']
dhamana *V = dispeller, subduer * dhamana blowing with a bellows L.; blowing i.
e. scaring away (cf. {mAyA-}); cruel L.; m. reed Bhpr. [510, 1]; Azadirachta
Indica L.; m. or n. a partic. high number Buddh.; n. melting (of ore).
dhamani = a layer within a nadi allowing for the passage of energy
dhana = money * = n. the prize of a contest or the contest itself (lit. a
running match, race, or the thing raced for; {hita4M} {dhA7nam}, a proposed
prize or contest; {dhanaM-ji}, to win the pñprize or the fight) RV.; booty, prey
({dhanam-bhR} Â., to carry off the prize or booty) RV. AV.; any valued object,
(esp.) wealth, riches, (movable) property, money, treasure, gift RV. &c. &c.;
capital (opp. to {vRddhi} interest) Yâjñ. ii, 58; = {go-dhana} Hariv. 3886;
(arithm.) the affirmative quantity or plus (opp. to {RNa}, {kSaya}, {vyaya},
{hAni}); N. of the 2nd mansion Var.; m. N. of a merchant HParis'. Sinha7s.
dhanaM = wealth
dhanakaaraka = Significator for Wealth which is Jupiter
dhanaJNjaya = O conqueror of wealth
dhanaJNjayaH = Dhananjaya (Arjuna, the winner of wealth)
dhanapati = kubera (Lord of the wealth)
dhanabhaava = Second house ruling over Wealth
dhanamaana = of wealth and false prestige
dhanayoga = The 2nd, 5th, 9th and 11th are Wealth producing houses. Any
inter-relation of their lords, by way of position aspect or conjunction, will
produce money. The more strongly they are inter-related, the more wealth is
promised in the birth chart, which the native will get eventually in the related
major or sub-periods
dhanaani = wealth
dhanishhThaa = Twenty-third nakshatra
dhanu = The Zodiacal sign Sagittarius
dhanuH = (m) a bow
dhanuraasana = the bow posture
dhanurdharaH = the carrier of the bow and arrow
dhanushha = The Zodiacal sign Sagittarius
dhanushhaM = bow
dhanushhaa = thro'bow
dhanvan * n. a bow RV. &c. (esp. ifc.; cf. {asthi-}, {ugra-}, {kSipra-} &c., and
Pân. 5-4, 132 &c. Vâm. v, 2, 67); rain-bow MânGri. i, 4; the sign of the zodiac
Sagittarius Jyot.; (also m.) dry soil, shore ({samudasya}; cf. {dhanu}); a
desert, a waste RV. &c. &c.; m. Alhagi Maurorum L.; N. of a country. BhP. (Cf.
{dhanu}, {-nus}.)
dhanyaH = are praiseworthy
dhara* = mf({A})n. ( {dhR}) bearing, supporting (scil. the world, said of
Kriishna and S'iva) MBh.; ifc. holding, bearing, carrying, wearing, possessing,
having, keeping (also in memory), sustaining, preserving, observing (cf.
{aMzu-}, {akSa-}, {kulaM-} &c.) MBh. R. &c.; m. a mountain Kir. xv, 12 (cf.
{kSiti-}, {bhU-} &c.); a flock of cotton L.; a frivolous or dissolute man (=
{viTa}) L.; a sword Gal.; N. of a Vasu MBh.; of a follower of the Pândavas ib.
of the king of the tortoises L.; of the father of Padma-prabha (6th Arhat of
pres. Ava-sarpinî) L.; ({A}) f. `" bearer, supporter "', the earth Mn. MBh. Kâv.
&c.; the uterus or womb Bhpr.; a vein or tubular vessel of the body L.; marrow
L.; a mass of gold or heap of valuables (representing the earth and given to
Brâhmans) W.; one of the 8 forms of Sarasvatî id.; N. of one of the wives of
Kas'yapa (mother of the land and water-birds, prob. = the Earth) Hariv. 232
(v.l. {irA}); n. poison L. (v.l. {dara})
daambhika * = mf(%{I})n. id.; m. a cheat, hypocrite Mn. MBh. Hariv.; Ardea Nivea
L. (cf. %{baka}).
dhaara * = 1 mf({I})n. ( {dhR}) holding, supporting, containing (ifc.; cf.
{karNa-}, {chattra-}, {tulA-} &c.); m. N. of Vishnu L.; debt L.
dhaara * = 2 m. or n. (1. {dhAv}) stream, gush (cf. {taila-} [add.] and
{toya-}); mfn. coming down in a stream or as rain Sus'r. Bhpr.
dhaa4raa * = 1 f. stream or current of water; (cf. {tri-}, {dvi-}, {zata-},
{sahasra-}), flood, gush, jet, drop (of any liquid), shower, rain (also fig. of
arrows, flowers, &c.; {va4sor dh-}, `" source of goodN. of a partic. libation to
Agni AV. S'Br. MBh.; of a sacred bathing-place MBh.; of Agni's wife BhP.); a
leak or hole in a pitcher &c. L.; the pace of horse S'is'. v, 60 (5 enumerated,
viz. {dhorita}, {valgita}, {pluta}, {ut-tejita}, {ut-te7rita}, or {A-skandita},
{recita} for the two latter L.; with {paramA}, the quickest pace Kathâs. xxxi,
39); uniformity, sameness (as of flowing water?) L.; custom, usage W.;
continuous line or series (cf. {vana-}); fig. line of a family L.; N. of a
sacred bathing-place (also with {mAhezvarI} cf. above) MBh.; of a town (the
residence of Bhoja) Cat.
dhaara * = 3 m. a sort of stone L.; edge. boundary L. (cf. 2. {dhArA}); deep
place, depth W. (to 1. {dhAra}?).
dhaa4raa * = 2 f. (2. {dhAv}) margin, sharp edge, rim, blade (esp. of a sword,
knife, &c.; fig. applied to the flame of fire) RV. S'Br. MBh. Kâv. &c.; the edge
of a mountain L.; the rim of a wheel Ragh. xiii, 15; the fence or hedge of a
garden L.; the van of an army L.; the tip of the ear L.; highest point, summit
(cf. {-rA7dhirUDha}) glory, excellence L.; night L.; turmeric L.
dhaaraya * = mfn. holding, bearing &c. (Pa1n2. 3-1, 138) ; owing a sum (gen.) to
(dat.) L.
dhaaraaya * = Nom. A1. %{-yate}, to be like a stream Amar. 20 Sch.
dhaarayadvat * = mfn. possessing the quality of sustaining or supporting
(A1dityas) TS.
dhak 1 nom. fr. %{dagh} or %{dah} (cf. %{dakSiNa-dagh} and %{uza4-dah}).//2 an
exclamation of wrath Uttarar. iv, 23.
dhAka * = m. an ox Un2. iii, 40 Sch.; a receptacle (= %{AdhAra}; v.l. %{AhAra},
food) ib.; a post L.; (%{A}) f. Pa1n2. 7-4, 13 Va1rtt. 1 Pat. [cf. $].
dhara = earth
dharaM = wearing
dharaNa * = mf({I})n. bearing, supporting VS. TÂr.; m. a dike or bank L.; the
world L.; the sun L.; the female breast L.; rice-corn L.; N. of a king of the
Nâgas S'atr.; m. or n. a sort of weight variously reckoned as= 10 Palas, = 16
silver Mâshakas, = 1 silver Purâna, = 1/10 S'atamâna, = 19 Nishpâva, = 2/5
Karsha, = 1/10 Pala, = 24Raktikâ Mn. Yâjñ. Sus'r. Var. &c.; n. the act of
bearing, holding, &c. Kâv.; bringing, procuring (cf. {kAma-}); support, prop,
stay (cf. {pRtkivI-}, {savana}.); a partic. high number Buddh. (cf. {dhamana},
{dhamara}); ({I}) f. see s.v.
dharaNi = earth
dharati = to wear
dharayet.h = bears
dharitri = earth
dhartaa.asi = are the bearer or support
dharma = religion * = 1 m. (rarely n. g. %{ardharcA7di}; the older form of the
RV. is %{dha4rman} q.v.) that which is established or firm, steadfast decree,
statute, ordinance, law; usage, practice, customary observance or prescribed
conduct, duty; right, justice (often as a synonym of punishment); virtue,
morality, religion, religious merit, good works (%{dha4rmeNa} or %{-mAt} ind.
according to right or rule, rightly, justly, according to the nature of
anything; cf. below; %{mesthita} mfn. holding to the law, doing one's duty) AV.
&c. &c.; Law or Justice personified (as Indra S3Br. &c.; as Yama MBh.; as born
from the right breast of Yama and father of S3ama, Ka1ma and Harsha ib.; as
Vishn2u Hariv.; as Praja1-pati and son-in-law of Daksha Hariv. Mn. &c.; as one
of the attendants of the Sun L.; as a Bull Mn. viii, 16; as a Dove Katha1s. vii,
89, &c.); the law or doctrine of Buddhism (as distinguished from the %{saJgha}
or monastic order MWB. 70); the ethical precepts of Buddhism (or the principal
%{dharma} called %{sUsra}, as distinguished from the %{abhi-dharma} or, further
dharma and from the %{vinaya} or `" discipline, these three constituting the
canon of Southern BñBuddhism MWB. 61); the law of Northern BñBuddhism (in 9
canonical scriptures, viz. Prajn5a1-pa1ramita1, Gan2d2a-vyu1ha,
Das3a-bhu1mi7s3vara, Samadhira1ja, Lan3ka7vata1ra, Saddharma-pun2d2arika,
Tathagata-guhyaka, Lalita-vistara, Suvarn2a-prabha1sa,ib. 69); nature,
character, peculiar condition or essential quality, property, mark, peculiarity
(= %{sva-bhAva} L.; cf. %{daza-dh--gata} S3Br. &c. &c.;
%{upamAno7pameyayor@dh-}, the tertium comparationis Pa1n2. 2-1, 55 Sch.); a
partic. ceremony MBh. xiv, 2623; sacrifice L.; the ninth mansion Var.; an
Upanishad L.; associating with the virtuous L.; religious abstraction, devotion
L.; = %{upamA} L. (cf. above); a bow Dharmas3.; a Soma-drinker L.; N. of the
15th Arhat of the present Ava-sarpin2i1 L.; of a son of Anu and father of
Ghr2ita Hariv.; of a sñson of Ga1ndha1ra and fñfather of Dhr2ita Pur.; of a
sñson of Haihaya and fñfather of Netra BhP.; of a sñson of Pr2ithu-s3ravas and
of Us3anas ib.; of a sñson of Su-vrata VP. (cf. %{dharma-sUtra}); of a sñson of
Di1rgha-tapas, Va1yup.; of a king of Kas3mi1ra, Ra1j. iv, 678; of another man
ib. vii, 85; of a lexicographer &c. (also %{-paNDita}, %{-bhaTTa} and
%{-zAstrin}) Cat. [Cf. Lat. {firmus}, Lith. {derme4}.]\\ 2 Nom. P. %{-mati}, to
become, law Vop.\\3 in comp. for %{-man} q.v. 2.\\ see p. 510, col. 3.
dharmadeva * = m. the god of justice MBh.
dharmaM = doctrines
dharman* = m. bearer, supporter, arranger RV.; N. of a son of Br2ihad-ra1ja and
father of Kr2itam2-jaya VP.; (%{dhA7rman}) n. (older than %{dha4rma} q.v., in
later language mostly ifc.; cf. below) support, prop, hold RV. VS.; established
order of things, steadfast decree (of a god, esp. of Mitra-Varun2a), any
arrangement or disposition; will, pleasure; law, rule, duty; practice, custom,
mode, manner (%{dha4rmaNA}, %{-mabhis}; %{-maNas@pa4ri} in regular order,
naturally; %{svAya@dhar@maNe} at one's own pleasure; %{dharmaNi} with the
permission of, %{a4dhi@dh-} against the will of [gen.]) RV. AV. VS.; (esp. ifc.)
nature, quality, characteristic mark or attribute S3Br. (cf. %{an-ucchitti-})
MBh. (cf. %{uJcha-} [add.], %{kSatra-}, %{phala-}, %{phena}.) Var. (cf.
%{dasyu-} [add.]) Kap. (cf. %{cid-dh-} [add.]) Ka1v. (cf. %{vinAza-}.).
dharmaH = (masc.nom.sing.)(roughly)religion; life-code; way of good living;duty
dharmapatnii = respectable address for wife, wife from prescribed vedic rituals
dharmaruci * = mfn. delighting in or devoted to virtue A1past.; m. N. of a
Da1nava Katha1s.; of a god of the Bodhi tree Lalit.; of a man Buddh.
dharmasaadhanaM = the means for doing one's duty
dharmasya = occupation
dharmakshetre = in the place of pilgrimage
dharmaatmaa = righteous
dharmaarthaM = For the sake of dharma
dharmaaviruddhaH = not against religious principles
dharme = religion
dharmeNahiinaaH = bereft of dharma or duty
dharmin* = mfn. knowing or obeying the law, faithful to duty, virtuous, pious,
just Gaut. MBh. R.; endowed with any characteristic mark or peculiar property
Hariv. Kâvya7d. (cf. below) Sâh.; (ifc.) following the laws or duties of, having
the rights or attributes or peculiarities of. having anything as a
characteristic mark, subject to any state or condition Mn. MBh. Kâv. Pur. &c.;
m. the bearer of any characteristic mark or attribute, object, thing Kap.; N. of
the 14th Vyâsa, DevîbhP.; of a king VP.; (inî) f. a kind of perfume L.; N. of a
woman (cf. {dhArmiNeya}).
dharmitA* = f. the being endowed with any chñcharacteristic mñmark or
añattribute (ifc.) Sarvad.; {-tA7va-} {ccheda} m. {-tA7vacchedakatA-vAda} and
{-vAdA7rtha}, m. {-tA7vacchedaka-pratyAsatti} f. {-tti-nirUpaNa} n.
{-tA7vacchedaka-rahasya} n. {-tA7vacchedaka-vAda} m. N. of wks. [513, 1]
dharmitva* = n. virtuousness, justice, faithfulness to duty Kâm.; (ifc.) the
being obliged to Gaut.; the being endowed with or obnoxious to Sus'r. Kâv. Pur.
dharmiSTha* = mfn. (superl.) very virtuous or righteous, completely lawful or
legal Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.
dharmIyas* = mfn. (compar.) more virtuous &c.; very pious or moral &c. W.
dharmika* = w.r. for {dhArmika}.
dharmya * = mfn. legal, legitimate; usual, customary Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; just,
virtuous, righteous Mr2icch. ix, 5; endowed with qualities or properties, `"
propertied "' Kat2hUp. ii, 13 (cf. %{tad-}); suitable to (gen.) Pa1n2. 4-4, 47;
N. of a man(cf %{-dhArmyAyaNa}); n. a customary donation, vi, 2, 65.
dharmyaM = as a religious duty
dharmyaaNi = religious (used in plural )
dharmyaat.h = for religious principles
dharmvirahiita = adj. irreligious
dharsha* n= m. ( {dhRS}) boldness, insolence, arrogance MBh. i, 7040 (cf.
{dur-}); impatience W.; paralysing, rendering weak or impotent ib.; violation
(of a woman) ib.; injury, wrong, insult; restraint ib.; a eunuch ib. (cf.
below).
dharshita* = mfn. overpowered, violated, illtreated MBh. Hariv. Pur.; n.
contumely, insolence W.; copulation ib.; ({A}) f. an unchaste woman L.
dhasaJNjaya = a vital air that stays in the body after death
dhatse *V = You excecute, You have assumed, You give
dhatta [dhaTa] * = m. (prob. fr. {dhri} like {bhaTa} fr. {bhR}) a balance or the
scale of a bñbalance Hcat. (cf. {tulA-}); ordeal by the bñbalance Mit.; the sign
of the zodiac Libra Jyot.; ({I}) f. old cloth or raiment; a piece of cloth worn
over the privities L.
dhatu = element
dhatte V* accepts; SB 1.2.23\\ is manifested; SB 1.10.25\\ eternally accepts; SB
1.15.35\\ take place; SB 1.19.14\\accepts; SB 2.10.36\\ executes; SB 3.5.13\\ He
assumes; SB 3.17.31\\she inflicts; SB 3.27.24\\ has taken; SB 4.8.26\\accept; SB
5.1.13\\gives; SB 6.1.51\\ possesses; SB 6.8.32-33\\ accepts; SB 7.2.22\\ he
assumes; SB 7.14.41\\ one possesses; SB 7.15.45\\He performs; SB 8.1.13\\He
accepts; SB 8.5.22\\ dhatte &emdash; accepts the forms of incarnations; SB
8.24.5\\takes upon Himself; SB 10.74.3\\ manifests; SB 10.87.46\\ (the devotee)
places; SB 11.4.10\\ He impregnates; SB 11.6.16\\assumes its position; SB
11.22.17\\gives; CC Antya 1.150
dhauta = white* = mfn. (2. {dhAv}) washed, cleansed, purified TândBr. Sus'r.
Kâv. &c.; washed off, removed, destroyed Kâlid. S'is'. Bhathth. (cf. {dhUta4})
[520, 3]; polished, bright, white, shining MBh. Kâv. &c.; ({I}) f. washing
Sinha7s.; n. id. Cân.; silver L.
dhavala = white
dhava* = 1 m. Grislea Tomentosa or Anogeissus Latifolia AV. MBh. &c. Sus'r.
Bhpr. \\2 m. (accent. only Naigh.; said by some to be fr. {dhU}, but more
probably a secondary formation fr. {vi-dha4vA} q.v.) a man Naigh. ii, 3 Pañc.
ii, 109; a husband BhP. i, 16, 20; lord, possessor Hariv. 14952; rogue, cheat
L.; N. of a Vasu (w.r. for {dhara}?) VP.
dhenu = a cow
dhenuunaaM = of cows
dhii * = 1 cl. 3. Â. {dIdhIte}, &c. RV. (cf. {dIdhI}; the forms {dhImahi} and
{a4dhAyi} belong rather to 1. {dhA}; pf. {dIdhaya}, {-dhima}, {-dhiyur} or
{-dhyur}, {-dhire} RV. AV. Br.) to perceive, think, reflect; wish, desire:
Intens. {dedhyat} TS. \\ 3 cl.4. Â. {dhIyate}, to contain, bold (Pass. of 1.
{dhA}?); to slight, disregard; to propitiate (?) Dhâtup. xxvi, 37.
dhii * 4 = 2 f. thought, (esp.) religious thought, reflection, meditation,
devotion, prayer (pl. Holy Thoughts personified) RV.; understanding,
intelligence, wisdom (personified as the wife of Rudra-Manyu BhP.), knowledge,
science, art; mind, disposition, intention, design (ifc. intent upon Kâv.);
notion, opinion, the taking for (comp.) RV. &c. &c. ({ya4thA dhiyA4} or {dhiyA4
na4}, according to thy wisdom or will; {itthA4 dhiyA4} or {dhi4yaH}, willingly
lit. such is thy will RV.); N. of the 5th house from the Lagna Var. \\ 4 f. for
{dI}, splendour RV. iii, 34, 5; vi, 3, 3.
dhiimat.h = learned man *= mfn. intelligent , wise , learned , sensible Mn. MBh.
&c. ; m. N. of Br2ihaspati L. ; of a son of Vira1j VP. ; of a R2ishi in the 4th
Manv-antara ib. ; of a son of Pu1ru1-ravas MBh. ; a Bodhi-sattva L.
dhiimataa = very intelligent
dhiimataaM = of those who are endowed with great wisdom
dhiimahi = V* upon meditate d
dhiira = courageous, steadfast * = 1 mf({I4} or {A})n. intelligent, wise,
skilful, clever, familiar with, versed in (loc.) RV. &c. &c. (compar.
{dhI4ra-tara} AV. R.); m. N. of a Buddha L.; of sev. men with the patr.
S'ataparneya S'Br. -1.\\ 2 mf({A})n. ( {dhR} or {dhA}? cf. Un. ii, 24) steady,
constant, firm, resolute, brave, energetic, courageous, self-possessed,
composed, calm, grave Hariv. Kâv. Pur.; deep, low, dull (as sound) Kâlid. Amar.
&c.; gentle, soft L.; well-conducted, well-bred L.; ({am}) ind. steadily, firmly
&c.; m. the ocean, sea (as an image of constancy?); N. of Bali L.; of other men
Râjat.; f. N. of sev. medic. plants ({kAkolI}, {kSIra-kAk-}, {mahA-jyotiSmatI},
{medA}, {zveta-vacA}, Rosa Glandulifera) Bhpr. L.; an intoxicating beverage L.;
a woman who keeps down all expression of resentment or jealousy Sâh.; N. of a
woman Cat.; n. saffron L. (not always, esp. in comp., separable from 1.
{dhIra}).
dhiiraM = patient
dhiiraH = the sober
dhiirataa = courage
dhiivara = (m) a fisherman
dhi * =1 cl. 6. P. {dhiyati} ({didhAya}, {dheSyati} &c.) to hold (Dhâtup.
xxviii, 113). Prob. abstracted fr. 1. {dhA}, of which it is the weak form. \\ 2
m. receptacle (only ifc.; cf. {ambu-}, {iSu-} &c.) \\ 3 or {dhinv} cl. 5. P.
{dhinoti} (aor. {adhinvIt} Br.; pf. {didhinva}; fut. {dhinviSyati}, {dhinvitA}
Gr.) to nourish, satiate, satisfy Br.; to delight, please Kâv.
dhik * = ind., used as a prefix or as an interj. of reproach, menace or
displeasure = fie! shame! out upon! what a pity! &c. (with acc., rarely gen.
voc. or nom.) Up. Lâthy. MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {dhig dhik}, {aho dhik}, {hA dhik},
{hA dhik kaSTam}, {hA8 hA dhik} &c.; {dhik tvAm}, or {tava} [also with {astu}]
shame upon you!)
dhik.h = to be condemned
dhikbalaM = dhik.h:fie upon it + balam:power or strength
dhisa-naramdhisha*= watching or heeding men (?) "'N. of Vishnu V
dhishaNa *= mfn. intelligent, wise Hcat. ; m. N. of an evil being AV. ii, 14, 1
; of Br2ihas-pati (the regent of the planet Jupiter, also %{-NA7dhipa} MatsyaP.)
Hcar. ; of the plñplanet JñJupiter itself. L. ; of a Na1ra1yan2a Cat. ; of an
astronomer L. ; of a writer on Ta1jaka wks. Cat. ; any Guru or spiritual
preceptor W. ; (%{A}) f. a sort of Soma-vessel, a cup, goblet, bowl fig. the
SñSoma juice itself and its effects RV. (du. the two bowls or worlds i.e. heaven
and earth ; pl. hñheaven, eñearth and the intermediate atmosphere ib.) ;
knowledge, intelligence (generally ifc.) VarBr2S. civ, 29 BhP. (cf. %{agAdha-}
[add.], %{bodha-}, %{vizuddha-}) ; speech, praise, hymn L. ; dwelling-place,
abode, seat BhP. ; N. of a deity presiding over wealth and gain (also in pl.)
RV. MBh. ; of the wife of Havir-da1na and daughter of Agni Hariv. VP. ; of the
wñwife of Kris3a7s3va and mother of Veda-s3ira, Devala, Vayuna and Manu BhP.
[516,3] ; n. understanding, intellect BhP. viii, 5, 39.
dhishnya * = mfn. mindful, attentive, benevolent, liberal (As'vins) RV. i, 3, 2;
89, 4 &c.; devout, pious (voice, hymn), x, 114, 9; m. (f. {A} only RV. iv, 3, 6;
n. MBh. i, 7944) a sort of subordinate or side-altar (generally a heap of earth
covered with sand on which the fire is placed, and of which 8 are enumerated,
viz. besides the {AgnIdhrIya} [in the Âgnîdhra] those in the Sadas [see s.v.]
belonging to the {hotR}, the {maitrA-varuNa} or {pra-zastR}, the
{brAhmaNAcchaMsin}, the {potR}, {neSTR} and {acchA-vAka}; and the {mArjAlIya})
Br. S'rS. &c. (cf. {klRpta-}) &c.; N. of Us'anas i.e. the planet Venus L. (cf.
{dhiSaNa}); ({A}) f. a meteor Var. (n. only MBh. v, 7272); n. site, place,
abode, region, house MBh. Kâv. Pur. &c.; the seat of a god i.e. a quarter of the
sky VP.; star, asterism (looking like the fire on the side altars) Var.; the orb
of an asterism (on which its light seems to centre) MBh. VP.; power, strength
L.; mfn. placed upon a mound of earth serving as an altar AV. Br. &c.; m. (with
or scil. {agni}) a fire so placed VS. TS.&c.
dhiya: see dhI, dhyati
dhiyati= dhi
dhruk*= unworthy, opposing, killing, harming
dhruva*= mf(%{A4})n. (prob. fr. %{dhR}, but cf. %{dhru} and %{dhruv}) fixed,
firm, immovable, unchangeable, constant, lasting, permanent, eternal RV. &c. &c.
(e.g. the earth, a mountain, a pillar, a vow &c.; with %{svA7Gga} n. an
inseparable member of the body Pa1n2. 6-2, 177; with %{dhenu} f. a cow which
stands quiet when milked AV. xii, 1, 45; with %{diz} f. the point of the heavens
directly under the feet [reckoned among the quarters of the sky cf. 2. %{diz}]
AV. Br. [521,3]; with %{smRti} f. a strong or retentive memory ChUp. vii, 26, 2;
cf. also under %{karaNa} and %{nakSatra}); staying with (loc.) RV. ix, 101, 12;
settled, certain, sure Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; ifc. = %{pApa} L.; m. the polar star
(personified as son of Utta1na-pa1da and grandson of Manu) Gr2S. MBh. &c.;
celestial pole Su1ryas.; the unchangeable longitude of fixed stars, a constant
arc ib.; a knot VS. v, 21; 30; a post, stake L.; the Indian fig-tree L.; tip of
the nose (?) L.; a partic. water-bird ib.; the remaining (i.e. preserved) Graha
which having been drawn in the morning is not offered till evening S3Br. Vait.;
(in music) the introductory verse of a song (recurring as a kind of burthen) or
a partic. time or measure (%{tAla-vizeSa}); any epoch to which a computation of
dates is referred W.; N. of an astrol. Yoga; of the syllable Om Ra1matUp.; of
Brahma1 L.; of Vishn2u MBh.; of S3iva S3ivag.; of a serpent supporting the earth
Gr2S. TA1r.; of a Vasu MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Rohin2i1
BhP.; of an A1n3girasa (supposed author of RV. x, 173) Anukr.; of a son of
Nahusha MBh.; of a follower of the Pa1n2d2us ib.; of a son of Ranti-na1ra (or
Ranti-bha1ra) Pur.; (%{A}) f. the largest of the 3 sacrificial ladles AV. xviii,
4, 5, 6 (with %{juhU} & %{upabhRt}) VS. S3Br. &c.; (scil. %{vRtti}) a partic.
mode of life Baudh.; (scil. %{strI}) a virtuous woman L.; Desmodium Gangeticum
L.; Sanseviera Zeylanica L.; (in music) the introductory verse (cf. above); n.
the fixed point (from which a departure takes place) Pa1n2. 1-4, 24; the
enduring sound (supposed to be heard after the Abhinidha1na) RPra1t.; air,
atmosphere L.; a kind of house Gal.; (%{am}) ind. firmly, constantly, certainly,
surely Mn. Ya1jn5. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (%{Aya}) ind. for ever Hariv. [Cf. Zd.
{drva}.]
dhmaati = to blow air into, to inflate
dhri = to bear
dhrishtha [dhRSTa] *= mfn. bold, daring, confident, audacious, impudent RV. AV.
(cf. %{a4-}, %{a4n-A-}) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; secured, obtained W. ; profligate,
abandoned ib. (ifc. it gives a bad sense to the first member of the comp. Pa1n2.
2-1, 53 Gan2ar. ii. 114) ; m. a faithless husband ib. ; a magic. formula spoken
over weapons R. ; N. of a son of Manu Vaivasvata Hariv. (C. %{-SNu}) Pur. (cf.
%{dhArSTa}) ; of a son of Kunti Hariv. ; of a son of Bhajama1na ib. (C. %{-SNa})
; (%{A}) f. a disloyal or unchaste woman W. ; (%{am}) ind. boldly, courageously,
fearlessly S3Br. La1t2y. R. [520,1]
dhriti* = f. holding, seizing, keeping, supporting (cf. {carSaNI-}, {vi-}),
firmness, constancy, resolution, will, command RV. &c. &c. [519, 3];
satisfaction, content, joy MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-tiM-kR}, to keep ground or stand
still MBh. vii, 4540; to find pleasure or satisfaction Ratn. iv, 4/5;
{-tim-bandh}, to show firmness Amar. 67; to fix the mind on Mn. v, 47);
Resolution or Satisfaction personified as a daughter of Daksha and wife of
Dharma (MBh. Hariv. Pur.) or as a S'akti (Hcat. &c.); N. of partic. evening
oblations at the as'vamedha S'Br.; any offering or sacrifice W.; of sev. kinds
of metre and of a class of metres consisting of 4 X 18 syllables Col.; of the
numeral 18 Var. Ganit.; of one of the astrol. Yogas. L.; of a mythical garden
Gol.; of one of the 16 Kalâs of the moon Pur.; of a goddess (daughter of a Kalâ
of Prakriiti and wife of Kapila) ib.; of the wife of Rudra-Manu ib.; of the 13th
of the 16 Mâtriikâs L.; m. wish {kSatrasya} = {kSatra-dh-} Lâthy.; N. of one of
the Vis've Devâs MBh.; of a preceptor Cat.; of the son of Vijaya and father of
Dhriita-vrata Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vîta-havya and father of Bahula7s'va
Pur.; of a son of Babhru L.; of a Varsha in Kus'a-dvîpa VP.
dhrita = ghee *
dhrita * = mfn. held, borne, maintained, supported kept, possessed; used,
practised, observed RV. &c. &c.; measured, weighed (with or scil. {tulayA})
MBh.; worn (as clothes, shoes, beard, &c.) Mn. MBh. Kâv.; kept back, detained
({kare}, by the hand) Hit.; drawn tight (reins) S'ak.; turned towards or fixed
upon, ready or prepared for, resolved on (loc. or dat.) MBh. R.; continuing,
existing, being ib.; prolonged (in pronunciation) Prât. ({am} ind. solemnly,
slowly Pañc. iii, 72/73); (with {antare}) deposited as surety, pledged ib. iv,
31/32; quoted, cited by (comp.) L.; m. N. of a son of the 13th Manu Hariv. (v.l.
{bhRtha}); of a descendant of Druhyu and son of Dharma Pur. (cf. {dhArteya}); n.
a partic. manner of fighting Hariv.
dhritaraashhTrasya = of Dhritarashtra
dhriti = with determination
dhritiM = steadiness
dhritiH = firmness
dhritigrihiitayaa = carried by conviction
dhriteH = of steadiness
dhritya = by determination
dhrityaa = determination
drishtha4 * = mfn. seen, looked at, beheld, perceived, noticed Mn. MBh. Kâv.
&c.; visible, apparent AV. VS.; considered, regarded, treated, used S'ak. iii, 7
Pañc. i, 401/402; appeared, manifested, occurring, existing, found, real Kâv.
Pañc. Hit.; experienced, learnt, known, understood MBh. Kâv. &c.; seen in the
mind, devised, imagined MBh. R.; allotted, destined ib.; settled, decided,
fixed, acknowledged, valid Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; n. perception, observation
Sânkhyak. Tattvas.; (scil. {bhaya}) a real or obvious danger.
drishtha * = mfn. beheld, visible, conspicuous, famous, celebrated BhP. (=
{pra-khyAta} Sch.); {-TAnta} see p. 662, col. 1.
dhrishhTaketuH = Dhrishtaketu
dhrishhTadyumnaH = Dhristadyumna (the son of King Drupada)
dhruvaM = certainly * = mf({A4})n. (prob. fr. {dhR}, but cf. {dhru} and {dhruv})
fixed, firm, immovable, unchangeable, constant, lasting, permanent, eternal RV.
&c. &c. (e.g. the earth, a mountain, a pillar, a vow &c.; with {svA7Gga} n. an
inseparable member of the body Pân. 6-2, 177; with {dhenu} f. a cow which stands
quiet when milked AV. xii, 1, 45; with {diz} f. the point of the heavens
directly under the feet [reckoned among the quarters of the sky cf. 2. {diz}]
AV. Br. [521, 3]; with {smRti} f. a strong or retentive memory ChUp. vii, 26, 2;
cf. also under {karaNa} and {nakSatra}); staying with (loc.) RV. ix, 101, 12;
settled, certain, sure Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; ifc. = {pApa} L.; m. the polar star
(personified as son of Uttâna-pâda and grandson of Manu) GriS. MBh. &c.;
celestial pole Sûryas.; the unchangeable longitude of fixed stars, a constant
arc ib.; a knot VS. v, 21; 30; a post, stake L.; the Indian fig-tree L.; tip of
the nose (?) L.; a partic. water-bird ib.; the remaining (i.e. preserved) Graha
which having been drawn in the morning is not offered till evening S'Br. Vait.;
(in music) the introductory verse of a song (recurring as a kind of burthen) or
a partic. time or measure ({tAla-vizeSa}); any epoch to which a computation of
dates is referred W.; N. of an astrol. Yoga; of the syllable Om RâmatUp.; of
Brahmâ L.; of Vishnu MBh.; of S'iva S'ivag.; of a serpent supporting the earth
GriS. TÂr.; of a Vasu MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Rohinî BhP.;
of an Ângirasa (supposed author of RV. x, 173) Anukr.; of a son of Nahusha MBh.;
of a follower of the Pândus ib.; of a son of Ranti-nâra (or Ranti-bhâra) Pur.;
({A}) f. the largest of the 3 sacrificial ladles AV. xviii, 4, 5, 6 (with {juhU}
& {upabhRt}) VS. S'Br. &c.; (scil. {vRtti}) a partic. mode of life Baudh.;
(scil. {strI}) a virtuous woman L.; Desmodium Gangeticum L.; Sanseviera
Zeylanica L.; (in music) the introductory verse (cf. above); n. the fixed point
(from which a departure takes place) Pân. 1-4, 24; the enduring sound (supposed
to be heard after the Abhinidhâna) RPrât.; air, atmosphere L.; a kind of house
Gal.; ({am}) ind. firmly, constantly, certainly, surely Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.;
({Aya}) ind. for ever Hariv. [Cf. Zd. {drva}.]
dhruvaH = a fact
dhruvaa = certain
dhutavastra = Washed garment
dhuka* = m. a kind of plant (commonly Bhuyabora or Rânabora). L.; ({A}) f. id.
ib.
dhumaH = smoke
dhunana * = n. shaking, agitation W.
dhunaana * = mfn. shaking, agitating ib.
dhunaya * = Nom. P. %{-yati}, to roar, flow noisily RV.
dhuunana * = m. wind L. ; n. shaking, agitation S3is3. Ra1jat.
dhuumra * = mf(%{A})n. smoke-coloured, smoky, darkcoloured, grey, dark-red,
purple VS. Br. &c. &c. ; dim, obscured (see below) ; m. a camel TS. ; a mixture
of red and black, purple (the colour) W. ; incense (= %{turuSka}) L. ; (in
astrol.) the 28th Yoga ; N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh. ; of a Da1nava
Hariv. ; of S3iva MBh. ; of a monkey or bear R. ; of an author and other men
Cat. (cf. %{dhUmrAyaNa} and %{dhaumr-}) ; pl. of a family of R2ishis R. ; (%{A})
f. a kind of gourd (= %{zazANDulI}) L. ; N. of the mother of the Vasu Dhara MBh.
; of Durga1 Devi1m. ; n. wickedness, sin W.
dhunvan *V: waving
dhuraa = (f) yoke, responsibility
dhuriNa = awakened/aroused?
dhuuka* = m. wind L.; rogue L.; time L.; Mimusops Elengi Car.
dhuuma = smoke
dhuumaH = (m) smoke
dhuumaketuH = (m) comet
dhuumanirgamaH = (m) chimney
dhuumapaana = smoking
dhuumena = by smoke
dhuupita * = mfn. incensed, perfumed MBh. R.; suffering pain or fatigue L.
dhuurta = adj. clever
dhuusaraH = grey
dhUrjaTa * = m. N. of an attendant of S'iva Kathâs. (cf. next).
dhUr-jaTi * = m. `" having matted locks like a burden "', N. of Rudra-S'iva MBh.
Kathâs. Hit. &c. ({-Tin} MBh. xiii, 7510); N. of a poet (also {-rAja}) Cat.
dhvajaH = (m) flag * = m. (n. only Hariv. 9245 and g. {ardharcA7di}; fr. 2.
{dhvaj}) a banner, flag, standard (ifc. f. {A}) RV. &c. &c.; a flag-staff W.;
mark, emblem, ensign, characteristic, sign MBh. Hariv.; attribute of a deity
(cf. {makara-}, {vRSabha-} &c.); the sign of any trade (esp. of a distillery or
tavern) and the business there carried on Mn. iv, 85; a distiller or vendor of
spirituous liquors L.; (ifc.) the ornament of (e.g. {kula-dhvaja}) L.; the organ
of generation (of any animal, male or female) Sus'r. L. (cf. {puM-}, {strI-}); a
skull carried on a staff (as a penance for the murder of a Brâhman W.; as a mark
of ascetics and Yogis MW.); N. of a tree (= {-vRkSa}) Cat.; a place prepared in
a peculiar way for building L. (in pros.) an iambic; (in Gr.) a partic. kind of
Krama-pâthha: (in astrol.) N. of a Yoga; pride, arrogance, hypocrisy L.; N. of a
Grâma Pân. 4-2, 109 Sch.
dhvajin * = mfn. having or bearing a banner MBh. R. ; (ifc.) having anything as
a mark (esp. for a committed crime) MBh. ; m. a standard-bearer ib. ; any one
having an emblem or sign, (esp.) a vendor of spirituous liquors Ya1jn5. i, 141 ;
(only L.) a chariot ; a mountain ; a snake ; a peacock ; a horse ; a Bra1hman ;
(%{inI}) f. `" a bannered host "', an army MBh. Ka1v. &c.
dhvaMsana * = mfn. = {-saka} MBh. (cf. {dakSA7dhvara-}); spluttering Nir. ii, 9;
n. destruction, ruin R. BhP.
dhvani = sound
dhvanigraahakam.h = (n) microphone
dhvanivardhakam.h = (n) amplifier, loud-speaker
dhvanii = sound
dhvaniifita = audio cassette
dhvasta* = mfn. fallen, destroyed, perished, lost Br. &c. &c.; eclipsed,
obscured Var.; scattered or covered with (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.
dhyaatvaa = having meditated
dhyaana = contemplation * n. meditation, thought, reflection, (esp.) profound
and abstract religious meditation, ({-nam Apad}, {A-sthA} or {-naM-gam}, to
indulge in rñreligious mñmeditation) ChUp. Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c. (with Buddhists
divided into 4 stages MWB. 209 Dharmas. lxxii; but also into 3 ib. cix); mental
representation of the personal attributes of a deity W.; insensibility, dulness
Bhpr.; ({-na4}) m. N. of a partic. personification MaitrS.; of the 11th day of
the light half in Brahma's month
dhyaanam.h = meditation
dhyaanayogaparaH = absorbed in trance
dhyaanaat.h = than meditation
dhyaanena = by meditation
dhyaaya.nti = meditate or think
dhyaayataH = while contemplating
dhyaayati = meditates
dhyaayantaH = meditating
dhyaayed.h = may we meditate
dhyeyaM = is to be meditated
didhishu *= mfn. wishing to gain or obtain , striving after , seeking RV. ; m. a
suitor RV. x , 18 , 8 ; a husband BhP. ix , 9 , 34 ; the second husband of a
woman twice married (also %{-SU}) L. ; (%{u} or %{U}) f. a widow remarried or an
elder sister married after the younger (both of whom having the choice of their
husbands may be compared to suitors).
digbala = Directional strength
dina* =3 (accented only Naigh. i, 9) m. n. (g. %{ardharcA7di}, only occurring as
n.) a day Mn. Ragh. Pan5cat. and o. (ifc. also in Vedic texts) ifc. f. %{A}
Ra1jat. i, 347. [Cf. Lat. {peren-dinus}, {nUndinus} &c.; Got. {sin-teins}; Lit.
{de0na}; O.Pr. acc. sg. {deinan}; Slav. {dr2ni1}.]
diti = mother of the Daityas demons
didarshayishhan.h = wishing to show
diikinaaH = (m) a happy homosexual
diikshaa* = f. preparation or consecration for a religious ceremony, undertaking
religious observances for a partic. purpose and the observances themselves AV.
VS. Br. S'rS. &c.; dedication, initiation (personified as the wife of Soma RV.
25, 26, of Rudra Ugra or RñRudra Vâmadeva Pur.); any serious preparation (as for
battle) MBh. Hariv. Kâv.; self-devotion to a person or god, complete resignation
or restriction to, exclusive occupation with (comp.; cf. {viraha-}, {zAka-},
{zRGgAra}.)diinajanaaya = to the poor (humble state) people.
diikshita mf(%{i} GopBr. i, 5, 24)n. consecrated, initiated into (dat. loc.
instr., or comp.) AV. TS. Br. S3rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; prepared, ready for (dat.
instr. or comp.) MBh. R. (%{-taM-kR}, to initiate, instruct Katha1s. xx, 198);
performed (as the Di1ksha1 ceremony) W.; m. a priest engaged in a DñDi1ksha1
(%{-tva} n. Jaim.); a pupil of (affixed, and rarely prefixed to the N. of a
teacher, and given as a N. to a Bra1hman to denote his being a pupil of that
tñteacher e.g. %{bhaTToji-}, %{zaM-kara-}; sometimes the teacher's N. is dropped
and DñDi1ksha1 is used alone).
diina* = mfn. (fr. 3. %{di}?) scarce, scanty RV.; depressed, afflicted, timid,
sad; miserable, wretched Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (%{am}) ind. sadly, miserably
S3iksh. 35; n. distress, wretchedness Hariv. Pan5c.; Tabernamontana Coronaria
L.; (%{A}) f. the female of a mouse or shrew L.
diip.h = to adorn, to grace
diipa = light
diipaH = lamp
diipaka = Lamp
diipena = with the lamp
diipta = blazing
diiptaM = glowing
diiptaanala = blazing fire
diipti = light
diiptimantaM = glowing
diiptaiH = shining
diiyate = is given
diirgha = Long
diirgha-suutra = one who works slowly, procrastinates
diirghaH = (adj) long
diirghasuutrii = procrastinating
diirghaa = (adj) long
dik * = in comp. for 2. {diz}, see dis'
dina = Day
dinadarshikaa = (f) calendar
dinakara * = mf({I})n. making day or light; m. the sun Kâv. &c.; N. of an Âditya
RâmatUp.; of the author of the wk. Candra7rkî; of a Sch. on S'is'. ({mizra-d-});
of other men; ({I}) f. (scil. {TIkA}) N. of Comm. on the Bhâshsp. and
Siddha7nta-mukta7valî; {-ra-TppanI} f. N. of a Comm.; {-ra-tanaya} m. `" son of
the sun "', the planet Saturn Var.; {-ra-deva} m. N. of a poet; {-ra-bhaTTa} m.
N. of an author; {-TIya} n. his wk.; {-rA7tmaja} m. `" daughter of the sun "'
patr. of the Yamunâ; {-rIya} n. {-ro4ddyota} m. N. of wks.
di4na-kRt * = m. = {-kartR} MBh. VarBriS. &c.; {-suta} m. = {-karatanaya}
VarYogay.; {-d-divasa} m. Sunday ib.
di4na-kesara * = (also written {-zara}) m. `" day-hair "', darkness L.
di4na-gaNa * = m. = {ahar-} Ganit.; {-Nita} n. N. of wk.
di4na-caryA * = f. daily-work Kathâs.
di4na-naktam * = ind. by day and night MârkP.
di4na-niz * = f. du. day and night VarBriS. xxxii, 7.
di4na-pa * = m. the regent of a week-day Âryabh. iii, 16.
di4na-pati * = m. id. Ganit.; `" day-lord "', the sun Bhartri. Râjat.
dinayaaminyau = dina+yAminI, day + night
dinaankaH = (m) date
dine = (Loc.sing.) during the day i.e day-by-day
dis' * = 1 cl. 3. P. {di4deSTi} (Imper. {di4deSTu} RV.; cl. 6. {diza4ti}, {-te}
[later the only Pres. stem]; pf. {dide4za}, {didize4}; fut. {dekSyati}, {-te}
[{deSTA} Siddh.]; aor. {adikSat} S'Br. &c.; {adikSi}, {a4diSTa} RV.; inf.
{deSTum} MBh. etc.; {di4ze} RV.) to point out, show, exhibit RV.viii, 82, 15; to
produce, bring forward (as a witness in a court of justice) Mn. viii; to
promote, effect, accomplish Kir., i, 18; to assign, grant, bestow upon (dat. RV.
ii, 41, 17 AV. xiv, 2, 13; gen. MBh. iii, 14278; xiii, 1843; loc. R. i, 2, 28);
to pay (tribute) Hariv. 16061; to order, command, bid (inf.) Kir. v, 28: Pass.
{dizyate} MBh. &c.: Caus. {dezayati}, {-te}; aor. {adIdizat}, to show, point
out, assign MBh. R.; to direct, order, command ib.; teach, communicate, tell,
inform confess Buddh.: Desid. {didikSati}, {-te}, to wish to show &c.: Intens.
{de4diSTe}, 3. pl. {-zate}, (p. f. pl. {-zatIs}) to show, exhibit, manifest RV.;
to order, command ib.: Pass. {dedizyate}, to show or approve one's self. AV. VS.
[Cf. Z. {dis}; Gk. $; Lat. {dîco}, &149116[479, 3] {in-dricare} &c.; Goth.
{teihan}; O. E. {te4on} (fr. {ti4han}).]
dis' * = 2 f. quarter or region pointed at, direction, cardinal point RV. AV.
S'Br. &c. (four in number, viz. {prAcI}, east; {dakSiNA}, south; {pratici},
west; and {udIcI}, north AV. xv, 2, 1 Âs'vGri. iv, 8 &c.; Sometimes a 5th,
{dhruvA} AV. iii, 9, 15 S'Br. ix, 4, 3, 10; and a 6th, {UrdhvA} AV. iii, 27, 1
S'Br. xiv, 6, 11, 5; and a 7th, {vy-adhvA} AV. iv, 40, l S'Br. ix, 5, 2, 8; but
oftener 8 are given i.e. the 4 cardinal and the 4 intermediate quarters, S.E.,
S.W.N. W., and N. E. Mn. i, 13 [cf. {upa-}]; and even a 9th, and 10th, {tiryak}
or {adhas} and {Urdhvam} S'Br. vi, 2, 2, 34 MBh. i, 729; {dizAm pati} [cf.
{dik-pati}) below] = Soma RV. ix, 113, 2, or = Rudra VS.xvi, 17); quarter,
region, direction, place, part (pl., rarely eg. the whole world e.g. {dizi},
{dizi}, in all directions, everywhere Bhartri. i, 86; {digbhyas}, from every
qñquarter BhP. i, 15, 8 [480, 2]; {dizo dizas}, hither and thither Pañc. ii,
116/117; {dizo'valokya}, looking into the qñquarter of the sky i.e. into the air
Ratn. iv, 4/5 {di4so 'ntAt}, from the extremities of the world ib., Introd. 6);
country, esp. foreign country, abroad (cf. {dig-Agata} and {-lAbha}, below);
space (beside {kAla}) Kap. ii, 12; the numeral 10 (cf. above) S'rutab. Sûryas.;
a hint, reference, instance, example Sus'r. Sâh. Sch.; precept, order, manner
RV. [cf. $ O. H.G. {zeiga} (see also {dizA})]; mark of a bite L.; N. of a river
MBh. vi, 327.
dis' * = 3 a vulgar form for {dRz}, to see Pân. i, 3, 1 Vârtt. 13 Pat.
dishtha * = mfn. shown, pointed out, appointed, assigned ({diSTA gatis}, the
appointed way "' i.e. death R. ii, 103, 8); fixed, settled; directed, bidden RV.
AV. MBh. R. &c.; m. time L.; a sort of Curcuma L.; N. of a son of Manu
Vaivasvata Pur.; n. appointed place ChUp. v, 9, 2; aim, goal TBr. ii, 4, 2, 2
&c.; allotment, assignment, decree; fate, destiny AV. x, 3, 16 MBh.; direction,
order, command BhP. v, 1, 11 &c. Râjat. iv, 121; a description according to
space and time (i.e. of a natural phenomenon) Sâh.
dishtha4-kArin * =mfn. executing an order or acting according to fate BhP. iv,
28, 1.
dishtha4-dRz * =mfn. looking at fate or at one's lot BhP. iv, 21, 22.
dishtha4-para * =mfn. relying on fate, fatalist MBh. iii, 1214.
dishtha4-bhAva * =m. `" appointed state "' i.e. death MBh. v, 4529.
dishtha4-bhuj * =mfn. reaping the appointed results of one's works BhP. vii, 13,
39.
dishthA7nta * =m. `" appointed end "' i.e. death MBh. R. &c.
dishthi * =f. direction, prescription, TândyaBr. xxv, 18; auspicious juncture,
good fortune, happiness (esp. instr. {-TyA}, thank heaven! I congratulate you on
your good luck! often with {vardhase}, you are fortunate) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a kind
of measure of length Kaus'. Sch. on Kâty. Sr.
dishthi-vRddhi * =f. congratulation Kâd. Hcar.
dita * = 1 mfn. (3. %{dA}) bound (cf. %{ud-}, %{ni-}, %{saM-}).\\ 2 mfn. ( %{do}
Pa1n2. 7-4, 40) cut, torn, divided BhP. vi, 6, 23 (cf. %{nir-}).
dhisthhita - see adhishthhita
divaM = to heaven
divangataH = died
divasa = day
divasakritaM = day-time-done
divasasya = of days
divase = on the day
diva *= n. heaven, sky MBh. Hariv. ; day, esp. in %{dive4-dive}, day by day,
daily RV. and ifc. (g. %{zaradAdi}) ; wood L. [Cf. %{a4har-}, %{tri-},
%{naktaM-}, %{naktaM-} %{bRhad-}. %{rAtrim-}, %{su-} ; cf. also $ Fo in $ Lat.
(?) {biduum}.
divaa *= ind. (for %{divA4}, instr. of 3. %{di4v}) g. %{svarAdi}, by day (often
opposed to %{na4ktam}) RV. ; used also as subst. e.g. %{divA@bhavati} ChUp. iii,
11, 3 ; (with %{rAtris}) MBh. ii, 154 &c. ; esp. in beginning of comp.
divam *V= to the spiritual world, the heavens, the sky, to heaven, the higher
planets, to their heavenly himes, to the spiritual world, the higherplanets, the
celestial planets.
divaakara = sun
divi = in heaven
divya = divine *=1 Nom. P. %{-yati}, to long for heaven Pa1n2. 8-2, 77
Sch\\(%{di4vya} Pa1n2. 4-2, 101) mfn. divine, heavenly, celestial (opp. to
%{pArthiva}, %{AntarIkSa} or %{mAnuSa}) RV. AV. S3Br. Kaus3. MBh. &c. ;
supernatural, wonderful, magical (%{aGgAra} RV. x, 34, 9 ; %{auSadha} Bhartr2.
ii, 18 ; %{vAsas} Nal. xiv, 24 ; cf. %{-cakSus}, %{-jJAna} &c. below) ;
charming, beautiful, agreeable R. Katha1s. &c. ; m. a kind of animal (=
%{dhanvana}) VarBr2S. lxxxviii, 9 ; barley L. ; bdellium L. ; N. of a prince
Pur. ; of the author of RV. x, 107 &c. ; (%{A})) f. N. of plants (= %{harItakI},
%{bandhyA}, %{karkoTahI}, %{zatAvarI}, %{mahA-medA} &c.) L. ; a kind of perfume
= %{surA} L. ; N. of a Buddh. deity Ka1lac. ; of an Apsaras Sch. ; n. the divine
world or anything dñdivine ; pl. the celestial regions, the sky, heaven RV. ; an
ordeal (10 kinds, viz. %{tulA}, %{agni}, %{jala}, %{viSa}, %{koza}, %{taNDula},
%{tapta-mASa}, %{phAla}, %{dharmA7dharma}, %{tulasI} cf. ss.vv.) Ya1jn5. ii, 22,
95 Pan5c. i, 450/451, 451, 452 &c. ; oath, solemn promise Hit. iv, 129/130
cloves L. ; a sort of sandal L. ; N. of a grammar, [Cf. Gk. $ for $ ; Lat.
{di1us} for {divius} in &148998[479,2] {sub@dIo}.]
divyaM = transcendental
divyaaH = divine
divyaan.h = celestial
divyaanaaM = of the divine
divyaani = divine
divyaayudhaH = the man with divine weapons
divyau = transcendenta
diSTa * =fate, destiny; direction, order, command mfn. shown, pointed out,
appointed, assigned, the appointed way "' i.e. death; fixed, settled; directed,
bidden; a sort of Curcuma L.; N. of a son of Manu Vaivasvata Pur.; n. appointed
place; aim, goal; allotment, assignment, decree; BhP. v,; a description
according to space and time (i.e. of a natural phenomenon) Sâh.
dishaH = on all sides
dishati = (6 pp) to show
dishaa = directions
dishaaM = direction
dishi = in all directions
dogdhi = milks (from duh.h: to milk )
dodhayati = to explain
doraka = (m) rope, string
dolaa = swing
doshaa * = 1^ f. darkness, night RV. AV. &c. ({A4m} & {A4} [instr.; cf. g.
{svar-Adi}] ind. in the evening, at dusk, at night); Night personified (and
regarded with Prabhs as wife of Pushpa7rna and mother of Pradosha or Evening,
Nis'itha [!] or Midnight and Vyushtha or Day-break) BhP. iv, 13, 13; 14 (cf.
{doSa4s}, {pazcA-doSa}, {pra-doSa}, {prati-doSam}) 1.
dosha * = 1 m. evening, darkness (only BhP., where personified as one of the, 8
Vasus and husband of Night, vi, 6, 11; 14); ({A4}) f. see next. \\2 m. rarely n.
( {duS}) fault, vice, deficiency, want, inconvenience, disadvantage Up. Mn. MBh.
Kâv. &c. [498, 3]; badness, wickedness, sinfulness Mn. R.; offence,
transgression, guilt, crime (acc. with {R} or {labh}, to incur guilt), SrS. Mn.
MBh. &c.; damage, harm, bad consequence, detrimental effect ({nai9Sa doSaH},
there is no harm; {ko'tra d-}, what does it matter?) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.;
accusation, reproach ({-SaMkR} or {-SeNa-gam} with acc., to accuse) R.;
alteration, affection, morbid element, disease (esp. of the 3 humours of the
body, viz. {pitta}, {vAyu}, and {zleSman}, 1 [cf. {tridoSa} and {dhAtu}],
applied also to the humours themselves) Sus'r.; (also {-Saka}) a calf L.
doshaa* = 2 f. (for 1. see 1. {doSa}) the arm L.
doshaiH = by faults
doshha = Blemish
doshhaM = fault
doshhavat.h = as an evil
doshhaaH = the faults
doshhena = with fault
doshhaiH = by such faults
drAva * = m. (fr. 2. %{dru}) going quickly, speed, flight; fusing, liquefaction;
heat L.
draavya* = mfn. to be made to run or put to flight W.; fusible, liquefiable.
drava = liquid * = mfn. (fr. 2. %{dru}) running (as a horse) RV. iv, 40, 2;
flowing, fluid, dropping, dripping, trickling or overflowing with (comp.)
Ka1t2h. Mn. MBh. Ka1v.; fused, liquefied, melted W.; m. going, quick motion,
flight Hariv.; play, sport Ja1takam.; distilling, trickling, fluidity
Bha1sha1p.; juice, essence, decoction; stream or gush of (comp.) Ka1v.; (dram.)
the flying out against one's superior Das3ar. Sa1h.; N. of one of the Vis3ve
Deva1s, Hcat "'
dravaNa = melting
dravati = (1 pp) to melt
dravanti = glide
draviNa* = n. movable property (as opp. to house and field), substance, goods
(m.pl. BhP. v, 14, 12), wealth, money RV. AV. Mn. MBh. &c.; essence,
substantiality, strength, power RV. AV. S'Br. R. &c.; N. of a Sâman ArshBr.; m.
N. of a son of Vasu Dhara (or Dhava) MBh. Hariv. VP.; of a son of Priithu BhP.;
of a mountain ib.; pl. the inhabitants of a Varsha in Krauñca-dvîpa ib.
dravya* = n. a substance, thing, object Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; the ingredients or
materials of anything MBh. R.; medicinal substance or drug Sus'r.; (phil.)
elementary substance (9 in the Nyâya, viz "' {pRthivI}, {ap}, {tejas}, {vAyu},
{AkAza kAla}, {diz}, {Atman}, {manas}; 6 with Jainas, viz. {jIva}, {dharma},
{adharma}, {pudgala}, {kAla}, {AkAza}); (Gr.) single object or person,
individual (cf. {eka-}); fit object or person (cf. {A-}.); object of possession,
wealth, goods, money Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; gold R. vii, 18, 34 Sch.; bellmetal,
brass L.; ointment L. "'; spirituous liquour L.; a stake, a wager W.
dravya* = 2 mfn. (fr. 4. {dru}) derived from or relating to a tree Pân. 4-3,
161; tree-like or corresponding to a tree S'ânkhBr. x, 2; n. lac, gum, resin L.
dravyamayaat.h = of material possessions
dravyayaGYaaH = sacrificing one's possessions
dravyeNa = (instr.S) money or riches or wealth
drashhTaa = consciousness, the 'witness, ' also a statesman with insight
drashhTuM = to be seen
drakshyasi = you will see
draakshaa = (f) grapes
dhri (dhR) * =. 1. P. Â. {dharati}, {-te} (Dhâtup. xxii, 3; Â. Pot. {dhareran}
ÂpS'r.), but more commonly in the same sense the Caus. form {dhArayati}, {-te}
(perf. P. {dA8dhA4ra}, {-dha4rtha} [Impv. {dadhartu} AV. Paipp.]; Â. {dadhre4},
3. pl. {-dhrire4} RV. &c. &c.; aor. {adhAram} R.; {adhRta}, {dhRthAs} AV.;
{a4dIdharat} RV. &c. &c. [{dIdhar}, {didhRtam}, {-ta} RV.; 3. pl. {-rata}
S'Br.]; {adArSIt} Gr.; fut. {dhariSyati} MBh.; {-Sye4} AV.; {dhartA} BhP.; inf.
{dhartum} Kâv., {-tavai} Br. [{dharta4ri} see under {-Tri}]; ind. p. {dhRtvA},
{-dhRtya} Br.) to hold, bear (also bring forth), carry, maintain, preserve,
keep, possess, have, use, employ, practise, undergo RV. &c. &c.; (with or scil
{AtmAnam}, {jIvitam}, {prANAn}, {deham}, {zarIram} &c.) to preserve soul or
body, continue living, survive MBh. Kâv. &c. (esp. fut. {dhariSyati}; cf. Pass.
below); to hold back, keep down, stop, restrain, suppress, resist Br. MBh. Kâv.
&c.: to place or fix in, bestow or confer on (loc.) RV. AV. Br. &c.; destine for
(dat.; Â. also to be destined for or belong to) RV.; present to (gen.) Kârand.;
to direct or turn (attention, mind, &c.) towards, fix or resolve upon (loc. or
dat.) Up. Yâjñ. MBh.; Â. to be ready or prepared for S'Br.; P. Â. to owe
anything (acc.) to (dat. or gen.) MBh. (cf. Pân. 1-4, 35); to prolong (in
pronunciation) AitBr. RPrât.; to quote, cite L.; (with {garbham}) to conceive,
be pregnant (older {-bham-bhR}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with {daNDam}) to inflict
punishment on (loc.) MBh. R. BhP. (also {damam}); (with {kezAn}, or {zmazru}) to
let the hair or beard grow MBh.; (with {razmIn} [ib.] or {praharAn} [S'ak.]) to
draw the reins tight; (with {dharamam}) to fulfil a duty R.; (with {vrata4m}) to
observe or keep a vow RV. &c. &c.; (with {dhAraNAm}) to practise self-control
Yâjñ.; (wit. {ipas}) to perform penance BhP.; (with {mUrdhnA} or {-dhni},
{zirasA} or {-si}) to bear on the head, honour highly Kâv.; (with or scil.
{tulayA}) to hold in a balance, weigh, measure MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with or scil.
{manasA}) to bear in mind, recollect, remember ib.; (with {samaye}) to hold to
an agreement, cause to make a compact Pañc. i, 125/126 (B. {dRSTvA} for
{dhRtvA}): Pass. {dhriya4te} (ep. also {-yati}; pf. {dadhre4} &c. = Â.; aor.
{adhAri}) to be borne &c.; so be firm, keep steady RV. &c. &c.; continue living,
exist, remain Br. MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {dhAryate} R.); to begin, resolve upon,
undertake (dat.; acc. or inf.) AV. S'Br. ChUp.: Caus. {dhAra4yati}, {-te} see
above: Desid. {didhIrSati} (see {-SA}), {didhariSate} Pân. 7-2, 75;
{didhArayiSati}, to wish to keep up or preserve ({AtmAnam}) Gobh. iii, 5, 30:
Intens. {da4rdharti} (RV.) and {dAdharti} (3. pl. {-dhrati} TS.; cf. Pân. 7-4,
65) to hold fast, bear firmly, fasten. [Cf. Zd. {dar} [519, 2]; Gk. $; Lat.
{fre1-tus}, &160659[519, 2] {fre1-num}.]
driDha = unrelenting
driDhaM = strongly
driDhataa = firmness, strength
driDhanishchayaH = with determination
driDhavrataaH = with determination
driDhaasana = the side relaxation posture
driDhena = strong
drig *= in comp. for 2. %{driz}.
drigbhakti *= f. look of love Dhu1rtas.
drigbhU *= f. a thunderbolt L. ; the sun L. ; a serpent L. (cf. %{dRnphU},
%{dRmphU}, %{dRnbhU}, %{dRmbhU}).
dripta* = mfn. mad, wild, proud, arrogant ({-tara}, compar.) MBh. Kâv. &c. (cf.
{a4-d-} and {a-dRpita4}).
dris' *= 1 (Pres. forms supplied by %{paz} q.v. ; pf. P. %{dada4rza} RV. &c. [2
sg. %{dadarzitha} and %{dadraSTha} Pa1n2. 7-2, 65] ; A1. %{dadRze4} AV.
[%{da4dRze}, 3pl. %{-dRzre} RV. ; %{-zrire} TBr.] ; p. P. %{dadRzva4s} RV. ;
%{-sivas} Up. ; %{darzivas} q.v. [491,2] ; A1. %{da4dRzAna} RV. ; fut. P.
%{-drakSya4ti} Br. &c. ; A1. %{-Syate} and fut. 2. %{draSTA} MBh. ; aor. P.
%{adarzam}, %{-zas}, %{-zat}, 3 pl. %{-zur} Br. ; 1 pl. %{adarzma} TS. ;
%{adRzma} JaimBr. ; Subj. %{darzam}, %{-zat}, %{-zathas} RV. AV. ; A1. 3 pl.
%{a4dRzran} VS. AV. Br. ; %{-zram} RV. ; p. %{dRzAna4} or %{dR4zAna} [cf. s.v.]
RV. ; P. %{dRzan}, 3 pl. %{a4dRzan} Br. ; Pot. %{dRze4yam} RV. ; %{-zema} AV. ;
P. %{adrAkSit} and %{adrAk} Br. ; A1. 3 pl. %{a4dRkSata} ; Subj. 2 sg.
%{dR4kSase} RV. ; inf. %{dRze4} and %{driza4ye} RV. ; %{dra4STum} AV. &c. ; ind.
p. %{dRSTvA4} AV. &c. [MBh. also %{dRzya}], %{-TvAya} RV. ; %{-dR4zya} RV. ;
%{-darzam} Das3.) to see, behold, look at, regard, consider RV. AV. S3Br. MBh.
&c. ; to see i.e. wait on, visit MBh. R. ; to see with the mind, learn,
understand MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to notice, care for, look into, try, examine Ya1jn5.
Pan5c. ; to see by divine intuition, think or find out, compose, contrive
(hymns, rites, &c.) Br. Nir. ii, 11: Pass. %{dRzya4te} (ep. also %{-ti}) aor.
%{ada4rzi} RV. &c. to be seen, become visible, appear RV. AV. S3Br. MBh. &c. ;
to be shown or manifested, appear as (%{iva}), prove Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.: Caus.
P. A1. %{darzayati}, %{-te} AV. &c. ; aor. %{adIdRzat} Br. ; %{adadarzat} Pa1n2.
7-4, 7, to cause to see or be seen, to show a thing (A1. esp. of something
belonging to one's self) or person (P. and A1. with or scil. %{AtmAnam}, also
one's self), to (acc. AV. iv, 20, 6 S3Br. &c. ; gen. Mn. iv, 59 MBh. &c. ; dat.
R. ii, 31, 33 Ragh. &c. ; instr. after A1. refl. Pa1n2. 1-4, 53 Ka1s3.) ; to
show = prove, demonstrate Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to produce (money) i.e. pay Mn.
viii, 155 ; (a witness), 158: Desid. A1. %{dIdRkSate} (ep. also %{-ti}) to wish
to see, long for (acc.) RV. iii, 30, 13 S3Br. MBh. &c.: Desid. of Caus.
%{didarzayiSati}, to wish to show S3am2k. ; %{adidarzayiSIt} Nid.: Intens.
%{darIdRzzate}, to be always visible Bhojapr. ; %{darI8darSTi} or %{dard-}
Pa1n2. 7-4, 90 ; 91. [Cf. Gk. $, $, $ ; Goth. &152440[491,2] {tarhjan}.]
2 dRz 2 m. (nom. %{k}, Ved. %{G} Pa1n2. 7-1, 83) seeing, viewing, looking at ;
knowing, discerning Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. (ifc. cf. %{Ayurveda-d-}, %{diSTa-d-},
%{pRthag-d-}, %{ma4ntra-d-}, %{sama-d-}, %{sarva-d-}, %{sUryad-}) [491,3] ; f.
sight, view (dat. %{dRze4} as inf. cf. 1 %{dRz}) ; look, appearance (in %{I-d-},
%{kI-d-}, %{tA-d-}) ; the eye R. Var. &c. (also n. BhP. iv, 4, 24) ; theory,
doctrine Vcar. ; (astrol.) the aspect of a planet or the observed spot. [Cf. Gk.
$ for $ in $.] &152504[491,3]
dris'a *= m. look, appearance (cf. %{I-d-}, %{kI-d-}, %{tA-d-} &c.) ; (%{am})
ind. = 2. %{dRz} ifc. (g. %{zarad-Adi}) ; (%{A}) f. the eye L.\\ mf(%{I})n. id.
Ka1v. Katha1s. Ra1jat.
drishau = eyes
drishh = (pashyati) to see
drishaH = eyes
dris'a m. look, appearance (cf. %{I-d-}, %{kI-d-}, %{tA-d-} &c.) ; (%{am}) ind.
= 2. %{dRz} ifc. (g. %{zarad-Adi}) ; (%{A}) f. the eye L.
dris'a mf(%{I})n. id. Ka1v. Katha1s. Ra1jat.
dris'ad * = %{dRzadvati} = %{dRSad}, %{dRSadvatI} below.
dris'aakaaGkshya * = n. `" desirable to the eye "', a lotus L.
dris'aalu * = m. the sun L.
dris'aana * = m. (cf. 1. %{dRz}) a Bra1hman or spiritual teacher L. ; N. of a
R2ishi with the patr. Bha1rgava Ka1t2h. ; of a demon L. ; n. light, brightness
L.
dris'aasphutamAlA * = (or %{-zA-sph-}?) f. N. of wk.
dris'ati * = f. look, appearance RV. vi, 3, 3.
drishad *= f. ( %{dRR}? Un2. i, 130) a rock, large stone, mill-stone, esp. the
lower mñmill-stñstone (which rests on the %{upala}) RV. AV. VS. S3Br.; GS. Ka1v.
&c.
drishhTaH = observed
drishhTavaan.h = seeing
drishhTavaanasi = as you have seen
drishhTiM = vision
drishhTii = Sight
drishhTiibheda = difference in seeing, observing or outlook
drishhTvaa = having seen
drita *= respected, honoured
drikshyati = see
draavya * = mfn. to be made to run or put to flight W.; fusible, liquefiable.
draupadeyaaH = the sons of Draupadi
dravya * = n. a substance, thing, object Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; the ingredients or
materials of anything MBh. R.; medicinal substance or drug Sus'r.; (phil.)
elementary substance (9 in the Nyâya, viz "' {pRthivI}, {ap}, {tejas}, {vAyu},
{AkAza kAla}, {diz}, {Atman}, {manas}; 6 with Jainas, viz. {jIva}, {dharma},
{adharma}, {pudgala}, {kAla}, {AkAza}); (Gr.) single object or person,
individual (cf. {eka-}); fit object or person (cf. {A-}.); object of possession,
wealth, goods, money Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; gold R. vii, 18, 34 Sch.; bellmetal,
brass L.; ointment L. "'; spirituous liquour L.; a stake, a wager W.
dravya * = 2 mfn. (fr. 4. {dru}) derived from or relating to a tree Pân. 4-3,
161; tree-like or corresponding to a tree S'ânkhBr. x, 2; n. lac, gum, resin L.
drogdhavya* = mfn. to be injured S3Br. MBh.
drogdhovya* = &c. see above.
drogdhR* = m. injurer, ill-wisher MBh. Ra1jat.
droha *= m. injury, mischief. harm, perfidy, treachery, wrong, offence Mn. MBh.
R. &c.
droha *= m. injury, mischief. harm, perfidy, treachery, wrong, offence Mn. MBh.
R. &c.
drohabhAva *= m. hostile disposition Mn. ix, 17.
drohabuddhi *= mfn. maliciously-minded, malevolent MW.
drohacintana *= n. injurious design L.
drohapara *= mfn. full of malice, Rajat.
drohATa *= (%{-hA7Ta}?) m. a false man ; a hunter ; a form of metre (L.).
drohavacana *= n. injurious language MBh.
drohavRtti *= mfn. malicious, wicked Ra1jat.
drohin *= mfn. hurting, harming ; perfidious against, hostile to (gen. or comp.)
MBh. R. &c.
drohita *= mfn. hostile, maliciously inclined L.
druh: * =1 cl. 4. P. {dru4hyati} (ep. and metr "' also Â. {-te}) Br. MBh. R. &c.
(pf. {dudrbha} RV., {-hitha} AV.; aor. {adruhat}, Gr "' Subj. 2 sg. {druhas}
MBh., 3 pl. {druhan} [with {mA}] RV.; 2 sg. adrukshas AitBr.; fut. {dhrokSyati}
MaitrS., {drohiSyati} Pân. 7-2, 45; {drogdhA}, {droDhA} or {drohitA} Gr.; inf.
{drogdhavai} Kâthh.; ind. p. {drugdhvA}, {drochitvA}, {druhitvA} Gr.; {-druhya}
MaitrS.) to hurt, seek to harm, be hostile to (dat.; rarely gen. [R. ii, 99, 23
Hit. ii, 121] loc. [BhP. iv, 2, 21] or acc "' [Mn. ii, 144]); absol. to bear
malice or hatred MBh. Hit.; to be a foe or rival Kâvya7d. ii, 61: Caus.
{drohayati}: Desid. {dudrohiSati}, {dudruh-} Gr.; {dudrukSat} Kâthh. (cf.
{abhi-} and {dudhrukSu}). [Orig. {dhrugh} [502, 3]; cf. Zd. {druj}; Germ.
{triogan}, {trûgen}.]
druh4: * 2 mfn. (nom. {dhruk} or {dhruT} Pân. 8-2, 33; wrongly {druk}; cf.
{ni4drA-}.) injuring, hurtful, hostile to (gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. Pur.; m.f.
injurer, foe, fiend, demon RV. Kâthh.; f. injury, harm, offence RV. AV. [Cf. Zd.
{druj}; Germ. {gidrog}, {gethroc}.]
druha * = m. a son L.; a lake L. (cf. {draha}); ({I}) f. a daughter L.
druhiNa * = m. id. Râjat.; N. of S'iva or Vishnu Hariv. (w.r. {-hina}).
druhvan * = mfn. hurting, injuring RV. AV.
druhyu * = m. pl. N. of a people RV.; sg. N. of a son of Yayâti and brother of
Yadu &c. MBh. (w.r. {du4hyu}) Hariv. (v.l. {druhya}) Pur.
druhya* = m. N. of a man; g. {zivA7di} pl. his descendants; g. {yaskA7di} (also
v.l. for the next Hariv.)
druhyet *V= will commit violence.
druhaNa * =m. (either fr. 1. {druh}, or = {dru-ghaNa}) N. of Brahmâ L.
drudha = robust
drupadaH = Drupada
drupadaputreNa = by the son of Drupada
druta* = mfn. quick, speedy, swift MBh. R.; quickly or indistinctly spoken Gît.;
flown, run away or asunder Kâv. Pur.; dissolved, melted, fluid Kâv.; m. a
scorpion L.; a tree (cf. {druNa} and {druma}) L.; n. a partic. faulty
pronunciation of vowels Pat.; ({am}) ind. quickly, rapidly, without delay. Mn.
MBh. &c.
dreshhkaaNa = A Varga. This is a subdivision of one third or a sign. Also known
as Dreshkana
droha * = m. injury, mischief. harm, perfidy, treachery, wrong, offence Mn. MBh.
R. &c.
droNa = the teacher Drona
droNaM = Drona
droNaH = Dronacarya
droNii = (f) bucket
druma = tree
druta * = quick, speedy, swift MBh. R.; quickly or indistinctly spoken Gît.;
flown, run away or asunder Kâv. Pur.; dissolved, melted, fluid Kâv.; m. a
scorpion L.; a tree (cf. {druNa} and {druma}) L.; n. a partic. faulty
pronunciation of vowels Pat.; ({am}) ind. quickly, rapidly, without delay. Mn.
MBh. &c.
duda * = m. N. of a mountain MBh. xiii, 7658.
dudda * = and mfn. giving pain, cruel, wicked L.
duddAdin * = mfn. giving pain, cruel, wicked L.
duddhara * = m. (for %{dur-dh-}?) a kind of rope-ladder Pan5cad.
dudh * = cl. 1. P. %{do4dhati} (Nigh. ii, 12), to be angry, hurt, injure; Pres.
p. %{do4dhat}, impetuous, wild, fierce RV.
dudhi * = mfn. violent, impetuous, injurious RV.
dugha *= mfn. milking , yielding (ifc.) ; (%{du4ghA}) f. a milch-cow RV. VS.
duh * = 2 (orig. %{dugh} cf. %{du4ghAna}, %{dugha} &c., and the initial %{dh} of
some forms) cl. 2. P. A1. %{dogdhi} ; %{dugdhe} or %{duhe4} RV. &c. (pl. A1.
%{duhate4}, ix, 19, 5 &c. ; %{duhrate}, i, 134, 6 &c. ; %{duhre4}, vii, 101, 1
&c. ; impf. P. %{a4dhok}, iii, 19, 7 ; %{duhu4r} ii, 34, 10 &c. ; A1. %{adugdha}
[according to Pa1n2. 7-3, 73 aor.] pl. %{aduhra}, i AV. viii, 10, 14 ; 3 sg.
%{aduha} pl. %{-hra} MaitrS. [cf. Pa1n2. 7-1, 8 ; 41 Ka1s3.] ; Impv. %{dhukSva}
RV. AV. ; 3 sg. %{duhA4m} RV. i, 164, 27 ; pl. %{duhrA4m}, %{-ra4tAm} AV. ;
%{dhuGgdhvam} A1s3vS3r. ; Subj. %{dohat} [3 pl. %{-hAn} Br.], %{-hate} RV. ;
Pot. %{duhIyat} RV. ii, 11, 21 ; %{-ya4n}, i, 120, 9 ; A1. %{-hIta}, ii, 18, 8 ;
p. P. %{duha4t} A1. %{duhAna4}, %{du4hAna}, and %{du4gh-} RV.) ; cl. 6. P. A1.
%{duha4ti}, %{-te} RV. &c. ; cl. 4. %{duhyati}, %{-te} MBh. ; pf. %{dudo4ha}
[%{-hitha} RV. ii, 3, 16], %{duduhe4}, 3 pl. %{duduhur} [%{dudUhur} BhP. v, 15,
9] RV. &c. ; A1. %{duduhre} RV. iii, 57, 2 &c. [ix, 70, 1 SV. %{-hrire}] ; fut.
%{dhokSyati}, %{-te} Pa1n2. 8-2, 37 Ka1s3. ; aor. %{a4dhukSat}, %{-Sata} [3 sg.
ix, 2, 3 pl. 110, 8], %{adukSat}, i, 33, 10 ; %{dukSata}, 3 sg. i, 160, 3 ;
Impv. %{dhukSa4sva} RV. ; Pot. %{dhukSIma4hi} TS., i, 6, 4, 3 ; inf. %{dogdhum}
MBh. &c. ; %{dogdhos} S3Br. ; %{duha4dhyai} and %{doha4se} RV. ; ind. p.
%{dugdhvA} S3Br.) to milk (a cow or an udder) fig. take advantage of (cf. $),
enjoy ; to milk or squeeze out, extract (milk, Soma e.g. any good thing) ; draw
anything out of another thing (with 2 acc.) RV. &c. &c. ; (mostly A1.) to give
milk, yield any desired object (acc., rarely gen.) RV. &c. &c.: Pass.
%{duhya4te} aor. %{adohi} (Pa1n2. 3-1, 63 Ka1s3.) to be milked, to be drawn or
extracted from RV. AV. MBh. &c.: Caus. %{doha4yati}, %{-te} aor. %{adUduhat}
Pass. %{dohya4te}, to cause to milk or be milked ; to milk, milk out, extract
S3Br. Vait. Mn. BhP.: Desid. %{du4dukSati} (RV.), %{dudhukSati} (Bhartr2. ii, 38
cf. %{dudhukSu}), to wish to milk. [489,2]\\3 mfn. (nom. %{dhuk}) milking ;
yielding, granting (cf. %{kAma-}, %{go-} &c.)
duhitaH = (f) daughter
duhitaa = (f) daughter
duHs'Ila * = mfn. badly disposed, ill-behaved MBh. R. &c. ({-tA} f. Kull.);
({A}) f. N. of a woman Kathâs.; {-citta} mfn. bad-hearted, Subhâsh.
duHshcharita = adj. bad blooded
duHkha = sorrow * = 1 mfn. (according to grammarians properly written {duS-kha}
and said to be from {dus} and {kha} [cf. {su-kha4}]; but more probably a
Prâkritized form for {duH-stha} q.v.) uneasy, uncomfortable, unpleasant,
difficult R. Hariv. (compar. {-tara} MBh. R.); n. (ifc. f. {A}) uneasiness,
pain, sorrow, trouble, difficulty S'Br. xiv, 7, 2, 15 Mn. MBh. &c. (personified
as the son of Naraka and Vedanâ VP.); ({am}) ind. with difficulty, scarcely,
hardly (also {at} and {ena}) MBh. R.; impers. it is difficult to or to be
(inf.with an acc. or nom. R. vii, 6, 38 Bhag. v, 6); {duHkham} - {as}, to be sad
or uneasy Ratn. iv, 19/20; - {kR}, to cause or feel pain Yâjñ. ii, 218 MBh. xii,
5298.\\2 Nom. P. {-khati}, to pain SaddhP.
duHkhaM = distress
duHkhataraM = more painful
duHkhasa.nyoga = of the miseries of material contact
duHkhahaa = diminishing pains
duHkhaanaaM = material miseries
duHkhaalayaM = place of miseries
duHkhe = and distress
duHkhena = by miseries
duHkheshhu = in the threefold miseries
duHkhaiH = the distresses
duHkhita *= mfn. pained, distressed; afflicted, unhappy Mn. MBh. R. &c.;
%{-citta} mfn. grieved in mind MW
duHshiila = adj. bad-tempered
duHstha *= mfn. `" standing badly "', unsteady, disquieted (lit. and fig.);
uneasy, unhappy, poor, miserable Pur. Ra1jat.; ignorant, unwise, a fool L.;
covetous W.; (%{am}) ind. badly, ill; with %{sthA}, to be unwell Amar. 29.
duHsvapna *= m. a bad dream, GS. ; %{-darzana} n. seeing a bñbad dñdream
S3a1n3khGr2. ; %{-nAza} m. removal of bñbad dñdream BhP. ; mfn. = next Hariv. ;
%{-nAzana} and %{-zin} mfn. removing bñbad dñdreams MBh. Hariv. ;
%{-pratibodhana} mfn. difficult to be awakened from sleep R. v, 81, 53 ;
%{-zAnti} f. (lit.= the next) N. of wk. ; %{-pno7pazAnti} f. the cessation of a
bñbad dñdream BhP. viii, 4, 15.
dukhanda = hot iron
dugdha = milk
duHs'iila* = mfn. badly disposed, ill-behaved MBh. R. &c. ({-tA} f. Kull.);
({A}) f. N. of a woman Kathâs.; {-citta} mfn. bad-hearted, Subhâsh.
DukriJNkaraNa = grammatic formula ``DukRi.nkaraNa''
DukriJNkaraNe = the grammatical formula ``DukRi.nkaraNe''
dura * = 1 = 1. {dur} only in {zata-} (q.v.) \\ * = 2 m. (perhaps {dRR}) `" one
who opens or unlocks "', giver, granter (= {dAtR} Sây.) RV. i, 53, 2; vi, 35, 5.
duraas'aya *= mfn. evil-minded, malicious Prab. ii, 28/29 BhP.; m. the subtle
body which is not destroyed by death Sch.
duravaapa *= mfn. didifficult to be attained or accomplished MBh. vii, 727 S3ak.
i, 26/27.
dur-bhraatri = bad brother
duratyaya = very difficult to overcome * = mfn. {-atikrama} KathhUp. iii, 14
MBh. R. &c.; inaccessible MBh. xiii, 4880; inscrutable, unfathomable R. iii, 71,
15 BhP.; {-yA7nukramaNa} mfn. whose ways are past finding out (God) MW.
duraatman.h = evil natured, vile
duraasadaM = formidable
duraas'a * = mfn. having bad expectations Prab.iii, 5; ({A}) f. bad expectation,
vain hope, despair Râjat. Bh
duranvaya * = mfn. difficult to be passed along (road) R. ii, 92, 3; dñdifficult
to be accomplished or performed MBh. Hariv.; dñdifficult to be found out or
fathomed R.; not corresponding or suitable BhP. x, 84, 14; m. a false concord
(in gram.); a consequence wrongly deduced from given premises MW
duraapa * = mfn. didifficult to be attained or approached, inaccessible S3Br.
Mn. MBh. &c.; m. N. of a Da1nava Hariv.
duraasada *= dñdifficult or dangerous to be approached MBh. Kâv. Pur.;
dñdifficult to be found or met with, unheard of, unparalleled MBh. R.; difficult
to be accomplished (v.l. {-saha}); m. N. of S'iva, mystical N. of a sword MBh.
xii, 6203.
durbala = weak
durbuddhi = stupid person, idiot
durbuddheH = evil-minded
durbhiksha = famine
dur * = mfn. difficult to be seen or met with KathhUp. Âpast. MBh. R. &c.;
disagreeable or painful to the sight MBh. Hariv. &c.; {-tA} f. MBh. viii, 861;
{-zatAya} Nom. Â. {-yate}, to have a bad or disgusting appearance MW.
dureva* = mfn. ill-disposed, malignant; m. evildoer, criminal RV. AV.
durga = fort
durgati = bad state, defeat
durgatiM = to degradation
durgam.h = (n) fort
durgama* = mfn. difficult to be traversed or travelled over, impassable,
inaccessible, unattainable MBh. Hariv. Kâv.; m. or n. a dñdifficult situation;
m. N. of a son of Vasu-deva and Pauravi VP.; of Dhriita ib., &c.;
{-mArga-nirgama} mfn. of dñdifficult access and issue Pañc. i, 427;
{durgamA7zu-bodhinI} f. N. of a Comm.
durgaa = Goddess Durga
durgaaNi = impediments
durghaTanaa = (f) calamity, disaster
durita * = ({du4r-} RV. i, 125, 7) n. bad course, difficulty, danger.
discomfort, evil, sin (also personified) RV. AV. Hariv. Kâv. &c.; mfn.
difficult, bad AV. xii, 2, 28; wicked, sinful L.; {-kSaya} m. destruction of sin
BhP.; N. of a man ib.; {-damanI} f. Mimosa Suma L.; {-tA7tman} mfn. evil-minded,
malicious Subh. 147; {-tA7ri} f. `" enemy of sin "'N. of a Jaina goddess;
{-tA7rNava} m. `" ocean of sins "'N. of a king Kautukar.
durjana = wicked person
durjanaM = bad person
durnigrahaM = difficult to curb
durniriikshyaM = difficult to see
durnivaara = hard to correct
durlabha = ungettable
durlabhaM = rare (thing)
durlabhataraM = very rare
durlakSya* = mfn. hardly visible Das3. Ra1jat.; n. a bad aim Ratn. iii, 2
durmada * = mad conception or illusion, foolish pride or arrogance Pur.;
({-ma4da}) mfn. drunken, fierce, mad, infatuated by (comp.) RV. MBh. &c.; m. N.
of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh. i; of a son of Dhriita (father of Pracetas);
of a son of Bhadra-sena (father of Dhanaka); of a son of Vasu-deva and Rohini or
Pauravî Pur.; {-da-vIra-mAnin} mfn. foolishly fancying (one's self) a hero BhP.
iii, 17, 28; {-dA7ndha} mfn. `" blinded by mad illusion "', besotted, v, 12, 16;
{-din} m. drinker, drunkard Pat.
durmatiH = foolish
durmanaH = (adj) evil-minded
durmanaH = adj. evil-minded
durmedhaa = unintelligent
dur-utsaha= difficult to bear or resist MBh. &c
durvachana = wicked statements
durvaadalashyaamaM = black as the'durvA' (flower)petal
durvibhaavya *= mfn. dñ difficult to be perceived or understood Ka1v.
durvidagdha = foolishly puffed up, vain
durviniita * = mfn. badly educated, ill-conducted, undisciplined, mean, wicked,
obstinate, restive MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-taka} id. Kathâs. xx, 9); m. N. of a sage
(associated with Durvâsas &c.) VarBriS. xlviii, 63; of a prince.
durvisha* = m. `" didifficult to be pervaded or approached "'N. of S'iva MBh.
xii, 104
durvishaha *= mfn. didifficult to be borne or supported , intolerable ,
irresistible , impracticable MBh. R. BhP. (%{-Sahya} id. MBh. R.) ; m. N. of
S3iva MBh. xii , 10431 ; of a son of Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra MBh. i.
durvishaha* = mfn. dñdifficult to be borne or supported, intolerable,
irresistible, impracticable MBh. R. BhP. ({-Sahya} id. MBh. R.); m. N. of S'iva
MBh. xii, 10431; of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh. i.
durvitarkya * = mfn. difficult to be discussed or understood BhP
durvritta = those having wickedness
durvrittaM = bad deed
duryodhanaH = King Duryodhana
dush*= ind. a prefix to nouns and rarely to verbs or adverbs (Pân. 2-1, 6; 2, 18
Vârtt. 2 Pat.; iii, 3, 126 &c.) implying evil, bad, difficult, hard [488, 2];
badly, hardly; slight, inferior &c. (opp. to {su}), often = Engl. {in-} or {un-}
[cf. 2. {duS}; Zd. {dush-}; Gk. $; Goth. {tuz-}; O.H.G. {zur}.]. It becomes
{dur} (q.v.) before vowels and soft consonants; {dU} (q.v.) before {r} and
sometimes before {d}, {dh}, {n}, which become {D}, {Dh}, {N}; remains unchanged
before {t}, {th} (in older language however {ST}, {STh}); becomes {duS} (q.v.),
rarely {duH} before {k}, {kh}; {p}, {ph}; {duz} (q.v.) before {c}, {ch}; {duH}
(q.v.), rarely {duz}, {duS}, {dus}, before {z}, {S}, {s}.
dushkirtii = adj. declared evil
dushhkritaaM = of the miscreants
dushhkritinaH = miscreants
dushhTagraha = Aspected (Aspecting) Planet
dushhTabuddhii = adj. evil spirited
dushhTaasu = being so polluted
dustyajya * mfn. difficult to be relinquished or quitted
dushhpuuraM = insatiable
dushhpuureNa = never to be satisfied
dushhpraapaH = difficult to obtain
duSprasaha *= mfn. difficult to be borne or supported or suffered , irresistible
; terrible , frightful MBh. Ka1v. ; m. N. of a Jaina teacher S3atr.
dustara = hard to cross
dustarka* = m. false reasoning, wrong argument BhP.; {-mUla} mfn. founded on it
MW.
dushtha* = mfn. spoilt, corrupted; defective, faulty; wrong, false; bad, wicked;
malignant, offensive, inimical; guilty, culpable S'rS. Mn. Yâjñ. Sus'r. MBh.
&c.; sinning through or defiled with (cf. {karma} {mano-}, {yoni-}, {vAg-}); m.
a villain, rogue; a kind of noxious animal Vishn. xii, 2; ({A}) f. a bad or
unchaste woman L.; u. sin, offence, crime, guilt Hariv. R. (cf. {zruti-});
Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L.
dushthataa* = f. or badness, wickedness
dushthara* = mfn. difficult to be passed or overcome or endured; unconquerable,
irresistible; incomparable, excellent RV. AV. (cf. {dus-t-}); {-ta4rItu} mfn.
id. RV. TS.; N. of a man S'Br. xii, 9, 3, 1.
dustara* = mfn. (cf. {S-T-}) difficult to be passed or overcome, unconquerable,
invincible MBh. Kâv. &c.
dustyajya * = mfn. difficult to be relinquished or quitted MBh. R. &c
dussthaana = An evil position (6, 8, 12 Houses)
duuda * = mfn. afflicting, harassing L. (For 1 . %{dU} see p. 488, col. 2.)
duuta = messenger
duura = far
duura4 * = mf({A})n. (prob. fr. 1. {du}, hut see Un. ii, 21; compar. {da4vIyas},
superl. {daviSTha}, qq.vv.) distant, far, remote, long (way); n. distance,
remoteness (in space and time), a long way S'Br. MBh. Kâv. &c.; ({a4m}) ind.
far, far from (gen. or abl. Pân. 2-3, 34 Kâs'.), a long way off or a long period
back RV. AV. S'Br. &c. (also {dUrA4d dUra4m} AV. xii, 2, 14); far above
({ut-patati} Hit. i, 101/102) or below ({ambhasi} Kathâs. x, 29); far i.e. much
in a high degree ({dUram un-mani-kRta} Prab. iii, 21/22; {dUraM-kR}, to surpass,
exceed Ragh. xvii, 18; {-M-karaNa} mf({i})n. making far or distant, removing
Vop. (v. l.); {-M-gata} mfn. = {-ra-g-} Sank.; {-M-gama4} mfn. going far away
VS. xxxiv, 1; ({A}) f. (scil. {bhUmi}) one of the 10 stages in the life of a
S'râvaka L.; ({eNa}) ind. (Pân. 2-3, 35) far, from afar, by far MBh. Kâv. &c.;
compar. {-ra-tareNa} VP. iii, 7, 26, 33; ({At}) ind. (Pân. ib.) from a distance,
from afar RV. AV. MBh. &c.; far from (abl.) Mn. iv, 151; a long way back or from
a remote period, iii, 130; in comp. with a pp. e.g. {dUrAd-Agata}, come from
afar Pân. 2-1, 39; vi, 1, 2; 2, 144 Kâs'.; ({e}) ind. (Pân. 2-3, 36 Kâs'.) in a
distant place, far, far away RV. i, 24, 9; iv, 4, 3 (opp. {a4nti}) and c AV.
S'Br. Ts'Up.5(opp. {antike}) Mn. MBh. &c.; compar. {-ra-tare}, some way from
(abl.) Mn. xi, 128; {dUre-kR}, to discard Amar. 67; {dUre-bhU} or {gam}, to be
far away or gone off Kathâs. Vet.; {-re tiSThatu}, let it be far i.e. let it be
unmentioned, never mind Kathâs. vi, 37.
duuradarshakam.h = (n) telescope
duuradarshana = television
duuradarshanam.h = (n) television
duuradarshii = one with far-sight especially a statesman
duuradhvanii = telephone
duuravaaNiivinimayakendram.h = (n) telephone exchange
sthaM = far away
durAza* = mfn. having bad expectations Prab.iii, 5; ({A}) f. bad expectation,
vain hope, despair Râjat. BhP.
duurena = discard it at a long distance
duure* = loc. of {dUra} (q.v.) in comp.
duureanta* = mfn. ending in the remote distance, boundless (heaven and earth)
RV. AV.
duureartha* = ({-re4-}) mfn. whose aim is far off RV. vii, 63, 4.
duuretya* = mfn. being far off, distant Pân. 4-2, 104 Vârtt. 1 Pat.
duurebhaa* = ({-re4-}) mfn. shining to a distance RV. i, 65, 10.
duureheti* = ({-re4-}) mfn. whose arrows fly to a distance PârGri. iii, 14; m. a
partic. form of Agni TS. Comm.
duurvaa.nkuraiH = with the bud of `dUrva'
duushaNa *= mf(%{I})n. corrupting , spoiling , vitiating , violating AV.
S3a1n3khGr2. &c. ; counteracting , sinning against (comp.) R. ii , 109 , 7 (cf.
%{arA-ti-d-} , %{kula-d-} , %{kRtyA-d-} , %{khara-d} , %{loka-d-} , %{viSa-d-} ,
%{viSkandha-d-}) ; m. N. of a Rakshas (general of Ra1van2a) MBh. R. &c. ; of a
Daitya slain by S3iva S3ivaP. ; (%{A}) f. N. of the wife of Bhauvana and mother
of Tvasht2r2i BhP. v , 15 , 13 ; n. the act of corrupting &c. (see above) Mn.
MBh. &c. ; dishonouring , detracting , disparaging MBh. Mr2icch. Katha1s. &c. ;
objection , adverse argument , refutation Sarvad. Jaim. Kap. Sch. ; fault , of
fence , guilt , sin Mn. Ka1v. Hit. &c. (cf. %{arthad-} , %{sukRta-d-} ,
%{strI-d-}).
duushita * = mfn. spoiled, corrupted, contaminated, defiled, violated, hurt,
injured Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; censured, blamed MBh. Katha1s. ; calumniated,
blemished, compromised, falsely accused of (often in comp. see %{manyu-},
%{zatrU7pajApa}.) Mn. vi, 66 (v.l. %{bhUSita}), viii, 64 &c. MBh. Bhartr2.
Pan5c. &c. ; (%{A}) f. a girl who has been violated or deflowered W.
dva * =original stem of {dvi} q.v. (nom. acc. du. m. {dva4}, or {dvau4} fn.
{dve4}; instr. dat. abl. {dvA4bhyAm} gen. loc. {dva4yos}) two RV. &c. &c.; both
(with {api} Ragh. xii, 93); loc. {dvayos} in two genders (masc. and fem.) or in
two numbers (sing. and pl.) Gr. L. [Cf. {dvA} and {dvi}; Zd. {dva}; Gk.
&155939[503, 2] $, $ and $= $; Lat. {duo18} and {bi} = {dvi}; Lith. {du}, {dvi};
Slav. {du8va}; Goth. {tvai}, {tva} &c.]
dvaa * =old nom. du. of {dva}, substituted for {dvi} in comp. before other
numerals
dvaapara * = m. n. that die or side of a die which is marked with two spots VS.
TS. Ka1t2h. MBh.; the Die personified Nal. vi, 1; `" the age with the number two
"'N. of the 3rd of the 4 Yugas or ages of the world (comprising 2400 years; the
YñYugas itself = 2000, and each twilight = 200 years; it is also personified as
a god) AitBr. Mn. MBh. &c. RTL. 111; 433; N. of a myth. being MBh. i, 2713;
doubt, uncertainty L.; %{-cchandas} n. pl. a partic. class of metre Nida1nas.;
%{-stoma} m. pl. of Stomas ib.
dvaara = entry (neut)
dvaaraka* n. door, gate MBh.; ifc. occasioned or caused by S'ank.; ({akA}) f. `"
many-gated "'N. of the capital of Kriishna (on the western point of Gûjarât,
supposed to have been submerged by the sea) MBh. Hariv. Pur. &c. ({ikA} f. id.
L. RTL. 55, 1; 113; 400, 2).
dvaaraM = door
dvandva = couple
dvandvaM = tha pair
dvandvaH = the dual
dvandvaiH = from the dualities
dvayaM = twin
dvaadashamaJNjarikaabhiH = by the bouquet consisting of 12 flowers (12
dvaidhaaH = duality
dvau = (adj) two
dve = two
dvesha = haterd
dveshha = hatred
dveshhaH = hatred
dveshhau = also detachment
dveshhTi = envies
dveshhya = the envious
dveshhyaH = hateful
dvi = two, both
dvisha * = mfn. (ifc.) hostile, hating (cf. {-tA} and {-tva}) [507, 1]; hateful
or unpleasant to Hariv.; m. foe, enemy L.
dvishaa * = f. cardamoms
dviguNa = twice
dvichakrikaa = (f) bicycle
dvija = brahmin, tooth
dvijaa* = mfn. twice-born RV
dvija* = mfn. twice-born; m. a man of any one of the first 3 classes, any Âryan,
(esp.) a Brâhman (re-born through investiture with the sacred thread cf.
{upa-nayana}) AV. Mn. MBh. &c.; a bird or any oviparous animal (appearing first
as an egg) Mn. MBh. &c.; a tooth (as growing twice) Sus'r. Bhartri. Var. (n.
BhP. ii, 1, 31); coriander seed or Xantboxylum Alatum L.; ({A}) f. Piper
Aurantiacum Bhpr.; Clerodendrum Siphonantus L.; {pAlaGkI} L. (cf. {-jA4} and
{-jati}).
dvijottama = O best of the brâhmanas
dvipa = elephant\\m. elephant (lit. drinking twice, sc. with his trunk and with
his mouth) Mn. MBh. R. &c. (ifc. f. %{A}); N. of the number 8 Gan2it.; Mesua
Ferrea L.; %{-dAna} n. the rut-fluid of an elephant Ragh.; %{-pati} m. `" prince
of elephants "', a large eñelephants Ratn.; %{-mada} m. = %{-dAna} L.;
%{--pA7ri} m. `" foe of elephants "', a. lion BhP.; %{-pA7sya} m. having an
eñelephant's face "'N. of Gan2e7s3a L.; %{--pe7ndra} m. = %{-pa-pati} Ragh.;
%{--pe7ndradAna} n. the rut-fluid of a large eñelephants Var.; %{-pe7zvara} m. =
%{-pe4udra}, Malatim.
dvipaada = two feet
dvirdvaadashaa = 2nd and 12th house from each other
dvishhataH = envious
dvisvabhaavaraashi = Common Signs
dvitiiya* = mf({A})n. (fr. {dvi} Pân. 5-2, 54; decl "' i, 1, 36 Vârtt. 3 Pat.
cf. vii, 3, 115) second RV. &c. &c.; ({am}) ind. for the second time KathhUp.
MBh. &c.; m. companion, fellow (friend or foe) S'Br. MBh. &c.; ifc. doubled or
accompanied by, furnished with (cf. a-, {chAyA-}, {dhanur-} &c.); the 2nd in a
family (i.e. a son L.; cf. AitBr. vii, 29); the 2nd letter of a Varga i.e. the
surd aspirate Prât. Pân. &c.; ({A}) f. female companion or friend Kâthh. xcviii,
33; wife (a second self) L.; (sc. {vibhakti}) the 2nd case, the accusative or
its terminations Pân. 2-1, 24 &c.; (sc. {tithi}) the 2nd day of a half-month
Râtn. iv, 2/3; ({dvi4tIya}) mfn. (Pân. 5-3, 49) forming the 2nd part or half of
anything, with {bhAga} m. half of (gen.) Mn. iv, 1 &c.; n. the half (at the
beginning or end of a comp.) Pân. ib., ii, 2, 3 Kâs'.
dviipaH = (m) island * = m. n. (fr. %{dvi} + %{ap} Pa1n2. 5-4, 74; vi, 3, 97) an
island, peninsula, sandbank RV. S3Br. MBh. &c.; a division of the terrestrial
world (either 7 [Jambu, Plaksha or Go-medaka, S3a1lmali1, Kus3a, Kraun5ca,
S3a1ka and Pushkara MBh. vi, 604 &c. Hariv. Pur. &c.] or 4 [Bhadra7s3va,
Ketu-mlla, Jambu-dvipa and Uttara1h2 Kuravah2 MBh. vi, 208 Hariv. Ka1v. &c. cf.
Dharmas. cxx] or 13 [the latter four + 9, viz. Indra-dvipa, Kaseru1-mat,
Ta1mra-varn2a, Gabhasti-mat, Na1ga-dvipa, Saumya, Ga1ndharva, Varun2a and
Bha1rata, which are enumerated VP. ii, 3, 6; 7, as forming Bha1rata-varsha] or
18 [among which the Upa-dvipas are said to be included Naish. i, 5 Sch.]; they
are situated round the mountain Meru, and separated from each other by distinct
concentric circumambient oceans; %{ayaM@dvIpaH} = %{jambu-dv-} BhP. v, 16, 5 or
= %{bhArata-dv-} VP. ii, 3, 7); m. place of refuge, shelter, protection or
protector MBh. Ka1ran2d2.; a tiger's skin L.; cubebs L. (cf. %{-sambhava}).
dvividhaa = two kinds of
dyaamutemaaM = sky
dyutaM = gambling
dyuta* = n. N. of the 7th mansion (= $) Var. (v.l. {dyuna}, or {dyUna}).
dyUta* = n. (m. only MBh. ii, 2119; cf. Pân. 2-4, 31) play, gaming, gambling
(esp. with dice, but also with any inanimate object). AV. S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.;
(fig.) battle or fight, contest for (comp.) MBh. iii, 3037 &c.; the prize or
booty won in battle ib. vii, 3966; ix, 760.
dyuti (dyoti)= gleam* = f. splendour (as a goddess Hariv. 14035), brightness,
lustre, majesty, dignity. Mn. MBh. Var. Kâv. &c.; (dram.) a threatening attitude
Das'ar. Sâh.; m. N. of a Riishi under Manu Merusâvarna Hariv.; of a son of Manu
Tâmasa ib.
dyutiM = the sunshine
dyau = from outer space
E
ebhiH = by them
ebhyaH = to these demigods
edh* =cl. 1. Â. {e4dhate} (rarely P. {-ti}), {edhAM-cakre}, {edhitA},
{edhiSyate}, {aidhiSTa}, to prosper, increase, become happy, grow strong RV. AV.
VS. S'Br. Mn.; to grow big with self-importance, become insolent; to become
intense, extend, spread, gain ground (as fire or passions) MBh. BhP.; to swell,
rise (as waters) BhP.: Caus. {edhayati}, to cause to prosper or increase, wish
for the welfare or happiness (of any one), bless BhP. Kum. vi, 90 Bhathth.
edha* = m. ({indh}), fuel RV. i, 158, 4; x, 86, 18 VS. S'Br. Ragh. &c. [232,1];
(mfn.) ifc. kindling see {agny-edha}; [cf. Gk. $, $; Hib. &72394[232,1] {aodh};
O. H. G. {eit}; Angl. Sax. {a7d}.]
edhaa.nsi = firewood
edhamAnadviS * = mfn. hating those who have become insolent or impious (through
prosperity)
edhate = (1 ap) to grow
edhita * = mfn. grown, increased, enlarged, made big, made to spread, filled up
edhitR * = mfn. one who increases
edhanIya * mfn. to be increased or enlarged.
edhavat * =mfn. kept up with fuel (as fire)
edhodaka * =n. fuel and wate r
edhatu * =1 (for 2. see p. 232, col. 1), {us} mf. prosperity, happiness RV.
viii, 86, 3 AV. S'Br. &c.; ({us}) m. man Un. i, 79; (mfn.) increased, grown L.
edhas * =1 {as} n. happiness, prosperity\\ 2 n. fuel
edha * =m. ({indh}), fuel RV. i, 158, 4; x, 86, 18 VS. S'Br. Ragh. &c. [232, 1];
(mfn.) ifc. kindling see {agny-edha}; [cf. Gk. $, $; Hib. &72394[232, 1] {aodh};
O. H. G. {eit}; Angl. Sax. {a7d}.]
eka = one
ekaM = one
ekaH = (adj) one
ekatvaM = in oneness
ekatvena = in oneness
ekada.ntaM = one who has a single tusk
ekada.ntaaya = to the one-tusked
ekamaksharaM = pranava
ekamevaadvitiiyaM = one without a second
ekaanta *= m. a lonely or retired or secret place, (%{e} ind. in a lonely or
solitary place, alone, apart, privately) MBh. Mn. S3ak. &c.; a single part,
part, portion Pat.; the only end or aim, exclusiveness, absoluteness, necessity
R. Sus3r. &c.; devotion to one object, worship of one Being, monotheistic
doctrine MBh. BhP.; (%{am}, %{ena}, %{At}) ind. solely, only, exclusively,
absolutely, necessarily, by all means, in every respect, invariably MBh. Megh.
Bhartr2. Kap. &c.; (mfn.) directed towards or devoted to only one object or
person BhP. R. &c.; %{-karuNa} mfn. wholly and solely compassionate, wholly
charitable Hit.; %{-grahaNa} n. partial comprehension Car.; %{-grAhin} mfn.
comprehending partially ib.; %{-tas} ind. lonely, alone; solely, exclusively,
invariably, &c.; %{-tA} f. %{-tva} n. exclusive worship BhP.; the state of being
a part or portion Pat.; %{-duHSamA} f. `" containing only bad years "', (with
Jainas) N. of two spokes in the wheel of time (the sixth of the Avasarpin2i1 and
the first of the Utsarpin2i1, qq.v.); %{-bhAva} m. devotedness to only one
object MBh.; %{-bhUta} mfn. one who is alone or solitary BhP.; %{-mati} mfn.
having the mind fixed on one object; %{-rahasya} n. N. of wk.; %{-rAj} m. N. of
a Bodhi-sattva; %{-vihArin} mfn. wandering alone; %{-zIla} mfn. fond of
loneliness MBh.; %{-suSamA} f. `" containing only good years "', (with Jainas)
N. of two spokes in the wheel of time (the first of Avasarpin2i1 and the sixth
of Utsarpin2i1, qq. v.); %{-sthita} mfn. staying or remaining alone or apart.
akatva * = n. oneness, unity, union, coincidence, identity Ka1tyS3r. MBh. Sus3r.
&c.; (in Gr.) the singular number Ka1s3.; singleness, soleness HYog.
ekayaa = by one
ekavachanaM = singular
ekasthaM = in one place
ekasmin.h = in one
ekaaH = one
ekaakini = solitary woman
ekaakii = alone
ekaagra = one-pointed
ekaagraM = with one attention
ekaagreNa = with full attention
ekaantaM = overly
ekaaksharaM = the one syllable
eke = in one
ekena = alone
ekaikaM = one by one
ekaikamaksharaM = each and every word
eko.ahaM = I the one single being
enaM = this
enas * = {as} n. ( {i} Un. iv, 197; {in} BRD.), mischief, crime, sin, offence,
fault RV. AV. S'Br. Mn. &c.; evil, unhappiness, misfortune, calamity RV. AV.;
censure, blame L.; [cf. Zd. {aenaGh}; Gk. $.]
enasvin * = mfn. wicked, &72437[232, 1] sinful, a sinner RV. AitBr. S'Br. Mn.
enasya * = mfn. produced by sin; counted a sin or crime, wicked, sinful AV. vi,
115, 2; viii, 7, 3 S'Br.
eraka * = m. N. of a Nâga MBh. i, 2154; ({A}) f. a kind of grass of emollient
and diluent properties MBh. VP. Bhpr. &c.; [cf. Gk. $]; &72471[232, 1] ({I}) f.
a species of plant; N. of a river; ({am}) n. a woollen carpet (Buddh.)
eSaNa* = 1 {am}, {A} n. f. impulse, ardent desire BhP. \\* = 2 mfn. seeking for,
wishing Nir.; m. an iron arrow L.; ({A}) f. seeking with, desire, begging,
solicitation, request S'Br. Pân. Râjat. &c.; (with Jainas) right behaviour when
begging food Sarvad. 39, 9; ({I}) f. an iron or steel probe Sus'r.; a
goldsmith's scale L.; ({am}) n. the act of seeking, begging, solicitation MBh.;
medical examination, probing Sus'r.
eSa* = 1 mfn. gliding, running, hastening RV. \\* = 2 (nom. m. of {eta4d}
q.v.)\\* = 3 mfn. (fr. 3. {iS}) ifc. seeking S'Br. xiii; m. the act of seeking
or going after RV. x, 48, 9; ({eSa4}), wish, option RV. i, 180, 4, (cf.
{svaI7Sa4}); ({A}) f. wish L.; [cf. Zd. {ae7sha}; O. H. G. {e1râ}.]
eshhaH = this
eshhaa = this
eshhaaM = of them
eshhyati = comes
eshhyasi = you will attain
etat.h = it
etan.h = this
etayoH = of these two
etasya = of this
etaaM = this
etaan.h = all these
etaani = all these
etaavan* = (by Sandhi for {etA4vat})
etaavat.h = this much * = mfn. so great, so much, so many, of such a measure or
compass, of such extent, so far, of such quality or kind RV. AV. S'Br. MBh. &c.;
(often in connection with a relative clause, the latter generally following;
{etAvAn eva puruSo yaj jAyA7tmA prajA}, a man is of such measure as [i.e. made
complete by] his wife, himself, and his progeny Mn. ix, 45) R. BhP. Hit. &c.;
({at}) ind. so far, thus far, so much, in such a degree, thus RV. vii, 57, 3
S'Br. Hit. &c.
etad * = mfn. (Gr. 223; g. %{sarvA7di} Pa1n2. 1-1, 27) this, this here, here
(especially as pointing to what is nearest to the speaker e.g. %{eSa@bANaH},
this arrow here in my hand; %{eSa@yAti@panthAH}, here passes the way;
%{eSa@kAlaH}, here i.e. now, is the time; %{etad}, this here i.e. this world
here below); sometimes used to give emphasis to the personal pronouns (e.g.
%{eSo'ham}, I, this very person here) or with omission of those pronouns (e.g.
%{eSa@tvAM@svargaM@nayAmi}, I standing here will convey thee to heaven;
%{etau@praviSTau@svaH}, we two here have entered); as the subject of a sentence
it agrees in gender and number with the predicate without reference to the noun
to be supplied (e.g. %{etad@eva@hi@me@dhanam}, for this [scil. cow] is my only
wealth MBh.); but sometimes the neuter sing. remains (e.g.
%{etad@guruSu@vRttiH}, this is the custom among Gurus Mn. ii, 206); %{etad}
generally refers to what precedes, esp. when connected with %{idam}, the latter
then referring to what follows (e.g. %{eSa@vai@prathamaH@kalpaH}
%{anukalpas@tv@ayaM@jJeyaH}, this before-mentioned is the principal rule, but
this following may be considered a secondary rule Mn. iii, 147); it refers also
to that which follows, esp. when connected with a relative clause (e.g.
%{eSa@cai9va@gurur@dharmo@yam@pravakSyAmy@ahaM@tava}, this is the important law,
which I will proclaim to you MBh.) RV. &c. &c.; (%{a4d}) ind. in this manner,
thus, so, here, at this time, now (e.g. %{na4@vA4@u@eta4n@mriyase}, thou dost
not die in this manner or by that RV. i, 162, 21) AV. VS. &c.; [cf. Zd. {ae7ta};
Old Pers. {aita}; Armen. {aid}; Osk. {eiso}.]
eti = attain * = f. arrival, approach RV. x, 91, 4; 178, 2.
ete = they
etena = by this
eteshhaaM = of the Pandavas
etaiH = all these
etaiH = all these
eva = ( used to put emphasis )
eva * = 1 (in the Sanhitâ also {evA4}) ind. ({i} Un. i, 152; fr. pronom. base
{e} BRD., probably connected with 2. {e4va}), so, just so, exactly so (in the
sense of the later {evam}) RV. AV.; indeed, truly, really (often at the
beginning of a verse in conjunction with other particles, as {id}, {hi}) RV.;
(in its most frequent use of strengthening the idea expressed by any word, {eva}
must be variously rendered by such adverbs as) just, exactly, very, same, only,
even, alone, merely, immediately on, still, already, &c. (e.g. {tvam eva yantA
nA7nyo 'sti pRthivyAm}, thou alone art a charioteer, no other is on earth, i. e.
thou art the best charioteer MBh. iii, 2825; {tAvatIm eva rAtrim}, just so long
as a night; {evam} {eva} or {tathai9va}, exactly so, in this manner only; in the
same manner as above; {tenai9va mantreNa}, with the same Mantra as above; {apaH
spRSTvai9va}, by merely touching water; {tAn eva}, these very persons; {na cirAd
eva}, in no long time at all; {japyenai9va}, by sole repetition; {abhuktvai9va},
even without having eaten; {iti vadann eva}, at the very moment of saying so;
{sa jIvann eva}, he while still living, &c.) RV. &c. MBh. &c.; (sometimes, esp.
in connection with other adverbs, {eva} is a mere expletive without any exact
meaning and not translatable e.g. {tv eva}, {cai9va}, {eva ca}, &c.; according
to native authorities {eva} implies emphasis, affirmation, detraction,
diminution, command, restrainment); [cf. Zd. {aeva}; Goth. {aiv}; Old Germ.
{eo}, {io}; Mod. Germ. {je}.]
e4va * = 2 mfn. ({i}), going, moving, speedy, quick TBr. iii Un.; m. course, way
(generally instr. pl.) RV.; the earth, world VS. xv, 4; 5 [Mahîdh.]; a horse RV.
i, 158, 3 [Sây.]; ({As}) m. pl. way or manner of acting or proceeding, conduct,
habit, usage, custom RV.; [cf. Gk. $, $; Lat. &72584[232, 2] {aevu-m}; Goth.
{aivs}; O.H.G {e7wa} and Angl. Sax. {e7u}, {e7o}, `" custom "', `" law "'; Germ.
{ehe}.]
evam * = ind. (fr. pronom. base %{e} BRD.; probably connected with 1. %{eva4}),
thus, in this way, in such a manner, such, (it is not found in the oldest hymns
of the Veda, where its place is taken by 1. %{eva4}, but occurs in later hymns
ind in the Bra1hman2as, especially in connection with %{vid}, `" to know "', and
its derivatives [e.g. %{ya@evaM@veda}, he who knows so; cf. %{evaM-vi4d}, col.
3]; in classical Sanskr2it %{evam} occurs very frequently, especially in
connection with the roots %{vac}, `" to speak "', and %{zru}, `" to hear "', and
refers to what precedes as well as to what follows [e.g. %{evam@uktvA}, having
so said [232,3]; %{evam@evai9tat}, this is so; %{evam@astu}, or %{evam@bhavatu},
be it so, I assent; %{asty@evam}, it is so; %{yady@evam}, if this be so;
%{kim@evam}, how so? what is the meaning of it? what does this refer to?
%{mai9vam}, not so! %{evam} - %{yathA} or %{yathA} - %{evam}, so - as) Mn. S3ak.
&c.; (it is also often used like an adjective [e.g. %{evaM@te@vacane@rataH},
rejoicing in such words of thine; where %{evam} = %{evaM-vidhe}]) MBh. S3ak.
&c.; sometimes %{evam} is merely an expletive; according to lexicographers
%{evam} may imply likeness (so); sameness of manner (thus); assent (yes,
verily); affirmation (certainly, indeed, assuredly); command (thus, &c.); and be
used as an expletive.
eva.nvidhaH = like this
eva.nvidhaaH = like this
evaapi = also
G
ga *= 1 (3rd consonant of the alphabet), the soft guttural having the sound %{g}
in %{give}; m. N. of Gan2e7s3a L.\\ 2 mf(%{A})n. (%{gam}) only ifc. going,
moving (e.g. %{yAna-}, going in a carriage Mn. iv, 120 Ya1jn5. iii, 291;
%{zIghra-}, going quickly R. iii, 31, 3; cf. %{antarikSa-} &c.); having sexual
intercourse with (cf. %{anya-strI-}); reaching to (cf. %{kaNTha-}); staying,
being, abiding in VarBr2. Ragh. iii, 13 Katha1s. &c. (e.g. %{paJcama-}, abiding
in or keeping the fifth place, S3rut.); relating to or standing in connection
with R. vi, 70, 59 BhP. &c. (cf. %{a-}, %{agra-}, %{a-jihma-}, %{atyanta-}, &c.;
%{agre-ga4}, &c.)\\3 mf(%{I} Pa1n2. 3-2, 8)n. (%{gai}) only ifc. singing (cf.
%{chando-}, %{purANa-}, %{sAma-}); m. a Gandharva or celestial musician L.;
(%{A}) f. a song L.; (%{am}) n. id. L.\\ 4 (used in works on prosody as an
abbreviation of the word %{guru} to denote) a long syllable W.; (in music used
as an abbreviation of the word %{gAndhAra} to denote) the third note.
gaa = (v) to come
gaamin *= mfn. going anywhere (local adv. [MBh. i] or acc. [Pa1n2. 2-3, 70
Ka1s3.] or %{prati} MBh. iv) ; (in the following meanings only) ifc. (Pa1n2.
2-1, 24 Va1rtt. 1) going or moving on or in or towards or in any peculiar manner
Mn. iii, 10 MBh. &c. ; having sexual intercourse with Ya1jn5. ii, 234 (cf.
%{mAtR-g-}) ; reaching or extending to R. v VarBr2S. ; coming to one's share,
due Ya1jn5. ii MBh. xiii Hariv. S3ak. &c. ; attaining, obtaining Ma1lav. v,
12/13 ; directed towards Mn. xi, 56 Bhag. viii, 8 ; relating to MBh. ii, 26
Sa1h. vi, 180 (cf. %{agra-}, %{anta-}, %{anya-}, %{Azu-}, %{Rtu-}, %{kAma-}.)
gaana* = n. singing, song KâtyS'r. Lâthy. i, vii Hariv. 11793 Sis'. ix, 54; a
sound L. (cf. {araNya-}, {Uha-}, {Uhya-}
gaathazravas * = ({-tha4-}) mfn. famous through (epic) songs (Indra), viii, 2,
38.
gaathaka * = m. (Pân. 3-1, 146) a singer (chanter of the Purânas) Pân. 1-1, 34
Kâs'. Râjat. vii, 934; ({ikA}) f. an epic song Yâjñ. i, 45 MBh. iii, 85, 30
Ratna7v. ii, 5/6.
gaathA-kAra * = m. author of (epic) songs or verses Pân. 3-2, 23; a singer,
reciter W.
gaathA-nArAzaMsI4 * = f. du. epic songs and particularly those in praise of men
or heroes MaitrS. i, 11, 5; f. pl. id. S'Br. xi, 5, 6, 8 (cf. {nArAzaMsI4}.)
gaathAnI * = mfn. leading a song or a choir RV. i, 190, 1 and viii, 92, 2.
gaathA7ntara * = m. N. of the fourth Kalpa or period of the world.
gaatha * = m. a song RV. i, 167, 6 and ix, 11, 4 SV.; ({gA4thA}) f. id. RV.; a
verse, stanza (especially one which is neither Riic, nor Sâman, nor Yajus, a
verse not belonging to the Vedas, but to the epic poetry of legends or Âkhyânas,
such as the S'unahs'epa-Âkhyâna or the Suparn.) AV. TS. TBr. S'Br. &c.; the
metrical part of a Sûtra Buddh.; N. of the Âryâ metre; any metre not enumerated
in the regular treatises on prosody (cf. {Rg-gAthA}, {riju-gAtha},
{yajJa-gAthA}.)
gaaM = the planets
gaanga = of the ganga river
gaaNDiivaM = the bow of Arjuna
gaarhapata* = n. (fr. {gRha4-pati} g. {azvapaty-Adi}) the position and dignity
of a householder S'Br. v TândyaBr. x KâtyS'r. Lâthy. (cf. {kuru-g-}.)
gaarhapatya* = mfn. with {agnI}, or m. (Pân. 4-4, 90) the householder's fire
(received from his father and transmitted to his descendants, one of the three
sacred fires, being that from which sacrificial fires are lighted RTL. 364) AV.
VS. S'Br. &c.; m. or n. = {-sthAna} S'Br. vii, 1, 2, 12 KâtyS'r. xvii, 1, 3; m.
pl.N. of a class of manes MBh. ii, 462; n. the government of a family, position
of a householder, household RV. i, 15, 12; vi, 15, 19; x, 85, 27 and 36.
gaarhasthya* = (sometimes wrongly spelt {-stha}) mfn. (fr. {gRha-stha}), fit for
or incumbent on a householder MBh. ix, xiii; n. the order or estate of a
householder, of the father or mother of a family Gaut. iii, 36 MBh. i, iii R.
ii, &c.; household, domestic affairs MBh. xiv, 162 BhP. iii; ix, 6, 47.
gaatraaNi = limbs of the body
gaana = singing
gaayakaH = (m) singer
gaayana *= m. (Pa1n2. 3-1, 147) a singer, praiser MBh. i, iii, v, xiii R. i
Ra1jat. ; a talker L. ; N. of an attendant in Skanda's retinue MBh. ix, 2569 ;
(%{I}) f. a female singer Pa1n2. 3-i, 147 ; (%{am}) n. singing, song Ca1n2. BhP.
iii, vii PSarv. [353,1] ; professing or practising singing as a livelihood W.
gaaayantikaa * = f. (fr. %{-ntI} f. of %{gAyat}), `" singing "'N. of a cave in
the Hima7laya MBh. v, 2836
gaayati = (1 pp) to sing
gaayatrii = the Gayatri hymns
gaayikaa = (f) singer
gaahate = (1 ap) to plunge
gaahamaana = (present participle) swimming or floating
gaganayaatrikaH = (m) astronaut
gabhasti *= m. `" fork (?) "', arm, hand RV. S3Br. iv, 1, 1, 9 ; (Naigh. i, 5) a
ray of light, sunbeam MBh. R. Pan5cat. &c. ; the sun L. ; N. of an A1ditya,
Ra1mapu1ja1s3ar. ; of a R2ishi BrahmaP. ii, 12 ; f. N. of Sva1ha1 (the wife of
Agni) L. ; m. (or f.) du. the two arms or hands RV. i, iii, v ff. ; (%{I}) f. N.
of a river VP. ii, 4, 36 ; mfn. shining (`" fork-like "', double-edged or
sharp-edged, pointed?) RV. i, 54, 4 TBr. ii (cf. %{syU4ma-g-})
gabhiira* = mf({A4})n. deep (opposed to {gAdha} and {dIna}) RV. &c. [346, 3];
(Naigh. i, 11) deep in sound, deepsounding, hollow-toned RV. v, 85, 1 Riitus.;
profound, sagacious, grave, serious, solemn, secret, mysterious RV. AV. v, 11,
3; ({gambh-} MBh. &c.) Prab. iv, 15 Sâh.; dense, impervious BhP. viii, 3, 5;
({gambh-} R. iii); not to be penetrated or investigated or explored,
inscrutable; `" inexhaustible "', uninterrupted (time) BhP. i, 5, 8; ({gambh-},
iv, 12, 38; v, 24, 24); m. N. of a son of Manu Bhautya or of Rambha VP. iii, 2,
43 BhP. ix, 17, 10.
gachati = to go
gaccha* = m. ({gam}) a tree L.; the period (number of terms) of a progression
Âryabh. ii, 20 and Sch. on 19; family, race Jain.; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a people
(v.l. for {kakSa}).
gachchhataam.h = (may the two)go
gachchhati = goes
gachchhan.h = going
gachchhanti = they reach
gada * = m. a sentence MBh. i, 1787; disease, sickness Sus'r. Ragh. &c.; N. of a
son of Vasu-deva and younger brother of Kriishna MBh. Hariv. BhP.; of another
son of Vasu-deva by a different mother, ix, 24, 51; n. poison L.; ({A}) f. a
series of sentences RâmatUp. ii, 5, 4; a mace, club, bludgeon MBh. R. &c.;
Bignonia suaveolens L.; N. of a musical instrument; of a constellation VarBri.
Laghuj.; v.l. for {gadhA} TS. Sch. (cf. {a-gada4}, {a4-vijJAta-g-}.)
gaDa * = m. a kind of gold-fish (the young of the Ophiocephalus Lata or another
species, Cyprinus Garra) L.; a screen, covering, fence L.; a moat, ditch L.; an
impediment L.; N. of a district (part of Malva, commonly Garha or Garha Mandala)
L.; ({A}) f. (in music) a kind of Râginî (cf. {tRNa-g-}, {payo-g-}.)
gadati = (1 pp) to say
gadinaM = with maces
gahanaa = very difficult
gahvara: deep, impervious, impenetrable TS. v Hariv. BhP.; confused (in mind)
Kathâs. lxi, 39 and 41; m. an arbour, bower L.; a cave, cavern L.; ({A}) f. the
plant Embelia Ribes L.; ({I}) f. a cave, cavern L.; the earth Gal.; ({am}) n. `"
an abyss, depth "' (`" water "' Naigh. Nir.) see {-re-STha4}; a hiding-place,
thicket, wood AV. xii, 2, 53 MBh. R. &c.; an impenetrable secret, riddle MBh.
xiii, 1388; a deep sigh L.; hypocrisy L.; Abrus precatorius (?) L.
gaja = Elephant
gajaH = elephant
gajakeshariyoga = Yoga in which the Moon is in an angular position (Kendra) or
1, 4, 7, 10 signs from Jupiter. Good Yoga for Wealth and Power based on strength
and other factors in the chart
gajendraaNaaM = of lordly elephants
gaJNjiiphaa = playing cards
gakaaraH = beginning with the letter `ga'
gala = neck
galita = (adj) dropped off
galitaM = weakened
gam * =1 Ved. cl. 1. P. {ga4mati} (Naigh.; Subj. {gamam}, {ga4mat} [{gamAtas},
{gamAtha} AV.], {gamAma}, {gaman} RV.; Pot. {game4ma} RV.; inf. {ga4madhyai} RV.
i, 154, 6): cl. 2. P. {ga4nti} (Naigh.; Impv. 3. sg. {gantu}, [2. sg. {gadhi}
see {A-}, or {gahi} see {adhi-}, {abhy-A-}, {A-}, {upA7-}], 2. pl. {ga4ntA} or
{gantana} RV.; impf. 2. and 3. sg. {a4gan} [RV. AV.], 1. pl. {a4ganma} [RV. AV.;
cf. Pân. 8-2, 65], 3. pl. {a4gman} RV.; Subj. [or aor. Subj. cf. Pân. 2-4, 80
Kâs'.] 1. pl. {ganma}, 3. pl. {gma4n} RV.; Pot. 2. sg. {gamyAs} RV. i, 187, 7;
Prec. 3. sg. {gamyA4s} RV.; pr. p. {gma4t}, x, 22, 6): cl. 3. P. {jaganti}
(Naigh. ii, 14; Pot. {jagamyAm}, {-yAt} RV.; impf. 2. and 3. sg. {ajagan}, 2.
pl. {ajaganta} or {-tana} RV.): Ved. and Class. cl. 1. P. (also Â. MBh. &c.),
with substitution of {gacch} [= $] for {gam}, {ga4cchati} (cf. Pân. 7-3, 77;
Subj. {gA7cchAti} RV. x, 16, 2; 2. sg. {gacchAs} [RV. vi, 35, 3] or {gacchAsi}
[AV. v, 5, 6]; 2. pl. {gacchAta} RV. viii, 7, 30; 3. pl. {ga4cchAn} RV. viii,
79, 5; impf. {a4gacchat}; Pot. {gacchet}; pr. p. {ga4cchat} RV. &c.; aor.
{agamat} Pân. 3-1, 55; vi, 4, 98 Kâs'.; for Â. with prepositions cf. Pân. 1-2,
13; 2nd fut. {gamiSyati} AV. &c.; 1st fut. {ga4ntA} [Pân. 7-2, 58] RV. &c.;
perf. 1. sg. {jagamA} [RV.], 3. sg. {jagAma}, 2. du. {jagmathur}, 3. pl.
{jagmu4r} RV. &c.; p. {jaganva4s} [RV. &c.] or {jagmivas} Pân. 7-2, 68 f.
{jagmu4SI} RV. &c. [347, 1]; Ved. inf. {ga4ntave}, {ga4ntavai4}; Class. inf.
{gantum}: Ved. ind. p. {gatvAya}, {gatvI4}; Class. ind. p. {gatvA4} [AV. &c.],
with prepositions {-gamya} or {-gatya} Pân. 6-4, 38) to go, move, go away, set
out, come RV. &c.; to go to or towards, approach (with acc. or loc. or dat.
[MBh. Ragh. ii, 15; xii, 7; cf. Pân. 2-3, 12] or {prati} [MBh. R.]) RV. &c.; to
go or pass (as time e.g. {kAle gacchati}, time going on, in the course of time)
R. Ragh. Megh. Naish. Hit.; to fall to the share of (acc.) Mn. &c.; to go
against with hostile intentions, attack L.; to decease, die Cân.; to approach
carnally, have sexual intercourse with (acc.) Âs'vGri. iii, 6 Mn. &c.; to go to
any state or condition, undergo, partake of, participate in, receive, obtain
(e.g. {mitratAM gacchati}, `" he goes to friendship "' i.e. he becomes friendly)
RV. AV. &c.; {jAnubhyAm avanIM-gam}, `" to go to the earth with the knees "',
kneel down MBh. xiii, 935 Pañcat. v, 1, 10/11; {dharaNIM mUrdhnA-gam}, `" to go
to the earth with the head "', make a bow R. iii, 11, 6; {ma4nasA-gam}, to go
with the mind, observe, perceive RV. iii, 38, 6 VS. Nal. R.; (without {ma4nasA})
to observe, understand, guess MBh. iii, 2108; (especially Pass. {gamyate}, `" to
be understood or meant "') Pân. Kâs'. and L. Sch.; {doSeNa} or {doSato-gam}, to
approach with an accusation, ascribe guilt to a person (acc.) MBh. i, 4322 and
7455 R. iv, 21, 3: Caus. {gamayati} (Pân. 2-4, 46; Impv. 2. sg. Ved. {gamayA} or
{gAmaya} [RV. v, 5, 10], 3. sg. {gamayatAt} AitBr. ii, 6; perf. {gamayA4M
cakAra} AV. &c.) to cause to go (Pân. 8-1, 60 Kâs'.) or come, lead or conduct
towards, send to (dat. AV.), bring to a place (acc. [Pân. 1-4, 52] or loc.) RV.
&c.; to cause to go to any condition, cause to become TS. S'Br. &c.; to impart,
grant MBh. xiv, 179; to send away Pân. 1-4, 52 Kâs'.; `" to let go "', not care
about Bâlar. v, 10; to excel Prasannar. i, 14; to spend time S'ak. Megh. Ragh.
&c.; to cause to understand, make clear or intelligible, explain MBh. iii, 11290
VarBriS. L. Sch.; to convey an idea or meaning, denote Pân. 3-2, 10 Kâs'.;
(causal of the causal) to cause a person (acc.) to go by means of {jigamiSati}
another Pân. 1-4, 52 Kâs'.: Desid. {ji4gamiSati} Pân., or {jigAMsate} Pân. 6-4,
16 Siddh.; impf. {ajigAMsat} S'Br. x) to wish to go, be going Lâthy. MBh. xvi,
63; to strive to obtain S'Br. x ChUp.; to wish to bring (to light, {prakA4zam})
TS. i: Intens. {ja4Gganti} (Naigh.), {jaGgamIti} or {jaGgamyate} (Pân. 7-4, 85
Kâs'.), to visit RV. x, 41, 1 (p. {ga4nigmat}) VS. xxiii, 7 (impf. {aganIgan});
[cf. $; Goth. {qvam}; Eng. {come}; Lat. {venio} for {gvemio}.]
gama*= mf({A})n. (Pân. 3-3, 58) ifc. going (e.g. {araM-}, {kAma-}, {kha-},
{tiryag-}, &c.); riding on (in comp.) Hcat. i, 11, 718; m. going, course Pân.
5-2, 19; march, decampment VarYogay. iv, 58; intercourse with a woman (in comp.)
Mn. xi, 55 Yâjñ. ii, 293; going away from (abl.) Caurap.; (in math.) removal (as
of fractions), Bîjag.; a road L.; flightiness, superficiality L.; hasty perusal
W.; a game played with dice and men (as backgammon &c.) L.; a similar reading in
two texts Jain.
gamaH = take to
gamana = Going
gamanaM = going
gamyate = one can attain
gaNa* = m. a flock, troop, multitude, number, tribe, series, class (of animate
or inanimate beings), body of followers or attendants RV. AV. &c.; troops or
classes of inferior deities (especially certain troops of demi-gods considered
as S'iva's attendants and under the special superintendence of the god Gane7s'a;
cf. {-devatA}) Mn. Yâjñ. Lalit. &c.; a single attendant of S'iva VarBriS.
Kathâs. Râjat. iii, 270; N. of Gane7s'a W.; a company, any assemblage or
association of men formed for the attainment of the same aims Mn. Yâjñ. Hit.;
the 9 assemblies of Riishis under the Arhat Mahâ-vîra Jain.; a sect in
philosophy or religion W.; a small body of troops (= 3 Gulmas or 27 chariots and
as many elephants, 81 horses, and 135 foot) MBh. i, 291; a series or group of
asterisms or lunar mansions classed under three heads (that of the gods, that of
the men, and that of the Râkshasas) W.; (in arithm.) a number L.; (in metre) a
foot or four instants (cf. {-cchandas}); (in Gr.) a series of roots or words
following the same rule and called after the first word of the series (e.g.
{ad-Adi}, the g. {ad} &c. or the whole series of roots of the 2nd class;
{gargA7di}, the g. {garga} &c. or the series of words commencing with {garga});
a particular group of Sâmans Lâthy. i, 6, 5 VarYogay. viii, 7; a kind of perfume
L.; = {vAc} (i.e. `" a series of verses "') Naigh. i, 11; N. of an author; ({A})
f. N. of one of the mothers in Skanda's retinue MBh. ix, 2645 (cf. {ahar-},
{maru4d-}, {vR4Sa-}, {sa4-}, {sapta4-}, {sa4rva-}; {deva-}, {mahA-}, and
{vida-gaNa4}.)
ga.n = the letter or sound `ga.n
gantavyaM = to be reached
gantaasi = you shall go
gandha = smell (masc)
gandhaH = fragrance
gandharva = of the Gandharvas
gandharvaaNaaM = of the citizens of the Gandharva planet
gandhaan.h = smellsgariimaa = (f) superiority
gangaa = river Ganga
gangaasaagara = the sea of Ganga (banks of the Ganges)
gaN.h = to count, to consider
gaNa = Number
gaNadevatA* = {As} f. pl. troops of deities who generally appear in classes
(Âdityas, Vis'vas, Vasus, Tushitas, Âbhâsvaras, Anilas, Mahârâjikas, Sâdhyas,
and Rudras)
gaNakarishhiH = the rishi of this stotra is gaNaka
gaNanaa = consideration
gaNapataye = to gaNapati
gaNapati = gaNaanaaM pathiH or lord of groups (of devas)
gaNapatiM = Ganesh
gaNapatirdevataa = the god of this stotra
gaNapatii = god of luck and wisdom
gaNayati = (10 up) to count
gaNita = mathematics
gaNeshavidyaa = the knowledge of gaNeshha
gaNDa = the cheek
garbha = womb * = m. (%{grabh} = %{grah}, `" to conceive "'; 2. %{gRR} Un2. iii,
152) the womb RV. AV. &c.; the inside, middle, interior of anything, calyx (as
of a lotus) MBh. VarBr2S. &c. (ifc. f. %{A}, `" having in the interior,
containing, filled with "' S3a1n3khS3r. RPra1t. MBh. &c.) [349,3]; an inner
apartment, sleepingroom L.; any interior chamber, adytum or sanctuary of a
temple &c. VarBr2S. RTL. p. 445; a foetus or embryo, child, brood or offspring
(of birds) RV. AV. &c.; a woman's courses Vishn2.; `" offspring of the sky "'
i.e. the fogs and vapour drawn upwards by the rays of the sun during eight
months and sent down again in the rainy season (cf. Mn. ix, 305) R. iv, 27, 3
VarBr2S. Ba1lar. viii, 50; the bed of a river (esp. of the Ganges) when fullest
i.e. on the fourteenth day of the dark half of the month Bha1dra or in the
height of the rains (the Garbha extends to this point, after which the Ti1ra or
proper bank begins, and extends for 150 cubits, this space being holy ground);
the situation in a drama when the complication of the plot has reached its
height Das3ar. i, 36 Sa1h. vi, 68 and 79; the rough coat of the Jaka fruit L.;
fire L.; joining, union L.; N. of a R2ishi (called Pra1ja1patya) Ka1t2h.; [cf.
%{amRta-}, %{ardha-}, %{kRSNa-}, %{mUDha-}, %{vizva-}, %{hiraNya-}; cf. also $;
Hib. {cilfin}, `" the belly "'; Angl. Sax. {hrif}; Germ. {kalb}: Engl. {calf}.]
garbhaM = pregnancy
garbhaH = embryo
garbhapiNDa = an embryo
garbhaasana = the foetus posture
garbhiNii = (f) a pregnant woman
garbhin* mfn. pregnant, impregnated or filled with (acc. S3Br.vi, viii f. xi; or
instr., xiv, 9, 4, 21) RV. iii, 29, 2 TS. (f. pl. %{garbhi4Nayas}, ii, 1, 2, 6;
cf. Pa1n2. 7-3, 107 Pat.) &c.; (%{iNI}), a pregnant woman Mn. Ya1jn5. i, 105
MBh. &c.; pregnant (as an animal) VarBr2S. lxvii, 1O (cf. Un2. iii, 152); ifc.
with words denoting animals (e.g. %{go-garbhiNI}, a pregnant cow) Pa1n2. 2-1,
71.
garda = Dark shade
gardabha = donkey
gardabhaH = (m) donkey
Garhapatya: the fire from which sacrificial fires are lighted.
garhaNa* = mfn. containing a blame (as a question) Kathâs. lxxxiii; n.
censuring, censure, blame, reproach MBh. xii, 9153 R. Sarvad. iv, 1; (in rhet.)
Sâh. vi, 174 and 190; ({A}) f. id. MBh. iii, 1283; {-NAM-yA}, to meet with
reproach Mn. ii, 80.
garhaNIya* = mfn. to be blamed, blamable Yâjñ. i, 86 MBh. i, 3604; iii, 3888.
[350,3]
garhaa* = f. censure, abuse MBh. Pân. Pañcat.; disgust exhibited in speech Sâh.
iii, 180.
gaarha* = mfn. (fr. {gRha4}), `" domestic "', in comp
gariiyaan.h = glorious
gariiyaH = better
gariiyas mfn. (TBr. i; compar. fr. %{guru4} Pa1n2. 6-4, 157) heavier W.;
extremely heavy R. vi; greater than (abl.) MBh. xiv, 255; more precious or
valuable, dearer than (abl.) Gaut. Mn. MBh. &c.; extremely important, i, 8426;
very honourable Pan5cat.; highly venerable, more venerable than (abl.) Mn.
Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; dearer than (abl.), dearer MBh. &c.; worse, i, 1886 Ca1n2.
gariiyasa mfn. dearer than (instr.) MBh. i, 67, 114.
gariiyase = who are better
gariiyastara mfn. greater MBh. vii, 5324.
gariiyastva n. great weight Katha1s. lxxiv, 192; importance MBh. R. Ka1m.
garj.h = to thunder
garjanam.h = thundering sound
garta = (m) pit, trench, cavity
garuDa = eagle
garuDaasana = the eagle posture
garva = vanity
garvaM = arrogance/haughtiness
gata *= gata. gone, gone away, departed, departed from the world, deceased, dead
RV. i, 119, 4 AV. &c.; past (as time), gone by Mn. viii, 402 MBh. &c.;
disappeared (often in comp.) Mn. vii, 225 MBh. &c.; come, come forth from (in
comp. or abl.) R. iv, 56, 10 Kathâs. ii, 11; come to, approached, arrived at,
being in, situated in, contained in (acc. or loc. or in comp. e.g. {sabhAM g-},
`" come to an assembly "' Mn. viii, 95; {kAnyakubje g-}, gone to Kânyakubja
Pañcat. v; {ratha-g-}, sitting or standing in a carriage R. iii; {Adya-g-},
{turya-g-}, {antya-g-}, taking the first, fourth, last place; {sarva-g-}, spread
everywhere Nal. ii, 14) RV. i, 105, 4 AV. x, 10, 32 S'Br. &c.; having walked (a
path acc.); gone to any state or condition, fallen into (acc. or loc. or in
comp. e.g. {kSayaM} or {-ye g-}, gone to destruction; {Apad-g-}, fallen into
misfortune Mn. ix, 283) TUp. Mn. &c.; relating to, referring to, connected with
(e.g. {putra-g- sneha}, love directed towards the son R. i; {tvad-g-}, belonging
to thee); walked (a path), frequented, visited RV. vii, 57, 3 R. Kum.; spread
abroad, celebrated MBh. iii; `" known, understood "', having the meaning of
(loc.) L.; n. going, motion, manner of going MBh. iv, 297 R. S'ak. vii, 7 Vikr.
&c.; the being gone or having disappeared Cân.; the place where any one has gone
Pân. Kâs'.; anything past or done, event W.; diffusion, extension, celebration
ChUp. vii, 1, 5; manner Pân. 1-3, 21 Vârtt. 5.
gata(H) = (Masc.Nom.S)having gone or the person who has gone
gataM = reached (past part.)
gataH = returned
gatachintaa = thinking of
gatarasaM = tasteless
gatavati = while gone
gatavyathaaH = freed from all distress
gatasangasya = of one unattached to the modes of material nature
gataa = became
gataaH = having achieved
gataagataM = death and birth
gataasuun.h = gata + asuun.h:departed life (dead people)
gati = the movement; gati* = f. going, moving, gait, deportment, motion in
general RV. v, 64, 3 VS. TS. &c.; manner or power of going; going away Yâjñ.
iii, 170; procession, march, passage, procedure, progress, movement (e.g.
{astra-g-}, the going or flying of missile weapons R. v; {parAM gatiM-gam}, `"
to go the last way "', to die; {daiva-g-}, the course of fate R. vi Megh. 93;
{kAvyasya g-}, the progress or course of a poem R. i, 3, 2); arriving at,
obtaining (with gen. loc., or ifc.) S'Br. ix MBh. &c.; acting accordingly,
obeisance towards (loc.) Âp. i, 13 f.; path, way, course (e.g. {anyatarAM
gatiM-gam}, `" to go either way "', to recover or die Âs'vS'r.) R. Bhag. &c.; a
certain division of the mooñs path and the position of the planet in it (the
diurnal motion of a planet in its orbit?) VarBriS.; issue Bhag. iv, 29; running
wound or sore Sus'r.; place of issue, origin, reason ChUp. i, 8, 4 f. Mn. i, 110
R. Mudr.; possibility, expedient, means Yâjñ. i, 345 R. i Mâlav. &c.; a means of
success; way or art, method of acting, stratagem R. iii, vi; refuge, resource
Mn. viii, 84 R. Kathâs. Vet. iv, 20; cf. RTL. p. 260; the position (of a child
at birth) Sus'r.; state, condition, situation, proportion, mode of existence
KathhUp. iii, 11 Bhag. Pañcat. &c.; a happy issue; happiness MBh. iii, 17398;
the course of the soul through numerous forms of life, metempsychosis, condition
of a person undergoing this migration Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; manner Âs'vGri. i
Sch.; the being understood or meant Pat.; (in gram.) a term for prepositions and
some other adverbial prefixes (such as {alam} &c.) when immediately connected
with the tenses of a verb or with verbal derivatives (cf. {karmapravacanIya})
Pân. 1-4, 60 ff.; vi, 2, 49 ff. and 139; viii, 1, 70 f.; a kind of rhetorical
figure Sarasv. ii, 2; a particular high number Buddh.; `" Motion "' (personified
as a daughter of Kardama and wife of Pulaha) BhP. i, v, 1; m. N. of a son of
Anala Hariv. i, 3, 43.
gatiM = progress, V*= destination, position, way, progress, path
gatiH = entrance
gatra = body
gatvaa = attaining
gavaakshaH = (m) window, an opening for ventilation
gaurava = glory *= mfn. relating or belonging to a Guru or teacher BhP. i, 7, 46
; m. N. of a poisonous plant Gal. ; n. (g. %{pRthv-Adi}) weight, heaviness MBh.
R. &c. ; difficulty Car. iii, 4 ; heaviness in argumentation, cumbrousness,
needless multiplication of causes Sarvad. ii, xi f. KapS. i, 89 Sch. ; length
(in prosody), S3rut. &c. ; importance, high value or estimation R. &c. ;
gravity, respectability, venerableness A1p. Mn. ii, 145 MBh. &c. ; respect shown
to a person (e.g. %{mAtR-gauravAt}, `" out of respect for one's mother "'
Pan5cat.) R. S3ak. &c.
gata
mfn. gone, gone away, departed, departed from the world, deceased, dead RV. i,
119, 4 AV. &c.; past (as time), gone by Mn. viii, 402 MBh. &c.; disappeared
(often in comp.) Mn. vii, 225 MBh. &c.; come, come forth from (in comp. or abl.)
R. iv, 56, 10 Katha1s. ii, 11; come to, approached, arrived at, being in,
situated in, contained in (acc. or loc. or in comp. e.g. %{sabhAM@g-}, `" come
to an assembly "' Mn. viii, 95; %{kAnyakubje@g-}, gone to Ka1nyakubja Pan5cat.
v; %{ratha-g-}, sitting or standing in a carriage R. iii; %{Adya-g-},
%{turya-g-}, %{antya-g-}, taking the first, fourth, last place; %{sarva-g-},
spread everywhere Nal. ii, 14) RV. i, 105, 4 AV. x, 10, 32 S3Br. &c.; having
walked (a path acc.); gone to any state or condition, fallen into (acc. or loc.
or in comp. e.g. %{kSayaM} or %{-ye@g-}, gone to destruction; %{Apad-g-}, fallen
into misfortune Mn. ix, 283) TUp. Mn. &c.; relating to, referring to, connected
with (e.g. %{putra-g-@sneha}, love directed towards the son R. i; %{tvad-g-},
belonging to thee); walked (a path), frequented, visited RV. vii, 57, 3 R. Kum.;
spread abroad, celebrated MBh. iii; `" known, understood "', having the meaning
of (loc.) L.; n. going, motion, manner of going MBh. iv, 297 R. S3ak. vii, 7
Vikr. &c.; the being gone or having disappeared Ca1n2.; the place where any one
has gone Pa1n2. Ka1s3.; anything past or done, event W.; diffusion, extension,
celebration ChUp. vii, 1, 5; manner Pa1n2. 1-3, 21 Va1rtt. 5.
gauravaM = respect
gautama* = mf({I})n. relating to Gotama (with {pada-stobha} m. pl.N. of a
Sâman); m. patr. fr. Gotama (N. of Kus'ri, Uddâlaka, Aruna S'Br.; of S'aradvat
Hariv. Mriicch. v, 30 VP.; of S'ata7nanda L.; of S'âkya-muni; of Nodhas and
Vâma-deva RAnukr.; of a teacher of ritual Lâthy. Âs'vS'r. Âs'vGri.; of a
grammarian TPrât. Lâthy. [with the epithet {sthavira}]; of a legislator Yâjñ. i,
5; the father of Ekata, Dvita, and Trita MBh. ix, 2073); (= {got-}) N. of the
first pupil of the last Jina (one of the three Kevalins); N. of a Nâga (also
{-maka}) DivyA7v. ii; m. pl. Gautama's family Hariv. 1788 Pravar.; a kind of
poison L.; n. N. of several Sâmans ÂrshBr. Lâthy. iv, 6, 16; fat (cf.
{bhAradvAja}, `" bone "') L.; ({gau4tamI}) f. (ganas {gaurA7di} and
{zArGgaravA7di}) a female descendant of Gotama (N. of Kriipî Hariv. BhP.; of
Mahâ-prajâpatî Lalit. vii, xv) MBh. xiii, 17 ff. S'ak.; N. of Durgâ Hariv.
10236; of a Râkshasî L.; of a river (= {go-dAvarI}, or {go-matI}) MBh. xiii,
7647 R. vi, 2, 27; the bile-stone of cattle ({go-rocanA}) L.; = {rAjanI} L.
gavi = in the cow
geya = that which can be sung * = mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 97 Kâs'.) to be sung, being
sung or praised in song Lâthy. Hariv. Pân. 3-4, 68 BhP. x; singing, singer of
(gen.) Pân. 3-4, 68; n. a song, singing MBh. R. Megh. &c. (said of the flies)
humming Pañcat. i, 15, 8/9); cf. {AzIr-}, {prAtar-}.
geyaM = is to be sung
gehe = in the house
gehenardin * = mfn. `" shouting defiance at home "', id. ib. Bhathth. v, 41.
ghRNa = heat, ardour, sunshine, through heat or sunshine; a warm feeling towards
others, compassion, tenderness; aversion, contempt; horror, disgust; a kind of
cucumber
ghaaTa * =mfn. (%{ghaT}) `" working on "' see %{danta-}; = %{ghATA} (or %{-Te})
%{yasyA7sti} (or %{-sya@stas}) g. %{arza-Adi} (not in Ka1s3.); n. management of
an elephant Gal.; m. for %{ghaTa} (a pot) Hariv. 16117 (C); the nape or back of
the neck, cervical ligament L.; (%{A}) f. id. Car. i, 17, 17 Sus3r. vi, 25, 11
(cf. g. %{arza-Adi}) (cf. %{kara-}.) //2 ghaata = mfn. (%{han} Pa1n2. 7-3, 32
and 54) ifc. `" killing "' see %{amitra-}, %{go-}; m. a blow, bruise MBh. R.
&c.; slaying, killing Mn. x, 48 Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; injuring, hurting,
devastation, destruction Ya1jn5. ii, 159 MBh. &c.; (see %{grAma-} & %{karma-});
(in astron.) entrance Su1ryapr. AV. Paris3.; the product (of a sum in
multiplication) Gan2it.
ghanaaya *= Nom. A1. %{-yate}, to be found in great numbers Un2. i, 108 Sch.
ghanadhAtu* = m. `" inspissated element of the body "', lymph L
ghaTa = pot * = mfn. intently occupied or busy with (loc.) Pa1n2. 5-2, 35; =
%{ghaTA@yasyA7sti} g. %{arza-Adi}; m. a jar, pitcher, jug, large earthen
water-jar, watering-pot Mn. viii, xi Ya1jn5. iii, 144 Amr2itUp. MBh. &c.; the
sign Aquarius VarBr2S.; a measure = 1 Dron2a (or = 20 Dron2as W.) Asht2a7n3g. v,
6, 28 S3a1rn3gS. i, 28; the head MBh. i, 155, 38 Sch.; a part of a column
VarBr2S. liii, 29; a peculiar form of a temple, lvi, 18 and 26; an elephant's
frontal sinus L.; a border L.; (= %{kumbha4}) suspending the breath as a
religious exercise L.; (along with %{karpara} cf. %{-karpara}) N. of a thief
Katha1s. lxiv, 43; (%{A}) f. (gan2as %{arza-Adi}, %{sidhmA7di} and %{picchA7di})
effort, endeavour L.; an assembly L.; a number, collection, assemblage BhP. iii,
17, 6 Kpr. vii, 11/12; a troop (of elephants) assembled for martial purposes
Ma1lati1m. v, 19 VarBr2S. xliii S3is3. i, 64 Katha1s. Ra1jat.; justification
(%{-TAm-aT}, `" to have one's self justified by another "') Bhadrab. iv;
(perhaps %{-Ta}, m.) a kind of drum; a sweet citron L.; (%{I}) f. a waterjar
Prab. ii, 7/8; (also %{-Ti} q.v.; cf. %{-TI-ghaTa}) a period of time (= 24
minutes) Sch. on Ya1jn5. ii, 100-102 and on Su1ryas. i, 25; the Ghari1 or Indian
clock (plate of iron or mixed metal on which the hours are struck) L.; a
particular procession PSarv. (cf. %{dur-}, %{bhadra-}.)
ghaTaH = (m) earthen pot
ghaTaka = component
ghaTi = Hour
ghataH = (m) earthen pot
ghatii = (f) clock, watch
ghana = dark, ghana also means cloud
ghanasama = Like cloud
ghanishha = well-built
ghaatayati = causes to hurt
ghaatukaH = (m) butcher
ghna * = mf({A} MBh. xiii, 2397 Hariv. 9426; {I} f. of 2. {han} q.v.)n. ifc.
striking with Mn. viii, 386; killing, killer, murderer, ix, 232 MBh. R. iii;
destroying Mn. viii, 127 Yâjñ. i, 138 R. i BhP. iv; removing Mn. vii, 218 Hariv.
9426 Sus'r.; multiplied by VarBriS. li, 39 Sûryas. (f. {I}); n. ifc. `" killing
"' see {a4hi-}, {parNaya-ghna4} (cf. {artha-}, {arzo-}, {kAsa-}, {kula-},
{kuSTha-}, {kRta-}, {kRmi-}, {gara-}, {guru-}, {go-}, {jvara-}, {puruSa-}, &c.)
ghna4t * = mfn. pr. p. {han} q.v.
ghora = horrible * = mf({A4})n. (cf. {ghur}) venerable, awful, sublime (gods,
the Angiras, the Riishis) RV. AV. ii, 34, 4; terrific, frightful, terrible,
dreadful, violent, vehement (as pains, diseases, &c. ) VS. AV. TS. ii S'Br. xii
&c. (in comp., g. {kASThA7di}); ({am}) ind. `" dreadfully "', very much g.
{kASTA7di}; m. `" the terrible "', S'iva L. (cf. {-ghoratara}); N. of a son of
Angiras S'ânkhBr. xxx, 6 Âs'vS'r. xii, 13, 1 ChUp. MBh. xiii, 4148; ({A}) f. the
night L.; N. of a cucurbitaceous plant L.; (scil. {gati}) N. of one of the 7
stations of the planet Mercury VarBriS. vii, 8 and 11; ({I}) f. N. of a female
attendant of Durgâ W.; ({a4m}) n. venerableness VS. ii, 32; awfulness, horror
AV. S'Br. ix Kaus'. BhP. iv, 8, 36 Gobh. ii, 3 Sch.; `" horrible action "',
magic formulas or charms RV. x, 34, 14 Âs'vS'r. S'ânkhS'r. R. i, 58, 8 [379,3];
a kind of mythical weapon MBh. v, 3491; poison L.; saffron L. (cf. {dhIra} and
{gaura}).
ghore = ghastly
ghoshha = noise
ghoshthha* =m. (n. L.; fr. {stha} Pân. 8-3, 97) an abode for cattle, cow-house,
cow-pen, fold for cattle RV. VS. AV. &c.; stable or station of animals (in
general Pân. 5-2, 29 Vârtt. 3) MBh.; meeting-place, xii, 6547 (= 9953); with
{aGgirasAm}N. of a Sâman TândyaBr. xiii; {apA4M g-}, a water-vessel AV. xi, 1,
13; `" refuge (of men) "', S'iva MBh. xiv, 198; N. of an author Buddh.; n. =
{-SThI-zrAddha} Kull. on Mn. iii, 254; ({A}) f. a place where cows are kept
Ganar. 56 Sch.; ({I}) f. an assembly, meeting, society, association, family
connections (esp. the dependent or junior branches), partnership, fellowship
MBh. (metrically {-SThi}, v, 1536) &c.; conversation, discourse, dialogue
Pañcat. Kâd.; a kind of dramatic entertainment in one act Sâh. vi, 274; N. of a
village g. {palady-Adi} (Kâs'. Ganar. 325); {-karman} n. a rite relating to the
cow-stable Kaus'. 19; {-kukkuTa} m. a kind of crow Npr.; {-gocara} m. id. ib.;
{-cara} m. a kind of hawk Gal.; {-ja} m. `" born in a cow-pen "'N. of a Brâhman
PhithS.; {-pati} m. a chief herdsman L.; {-zva} m. (fr. {zva4n}) `" a dog in a
cow-pen which barks at every one "', one who stays at home and slanders his
neighbours, malicious or censorious person L.; {-SThA7gAra} m. n. a house in a
cow-pen L.; {-SThA7dhyakSa} m. = {-STha-pati} L.; {-SThA7STamI} f. N. of a
festive day (cf. {gopA7ST-}); {-SThe-kSveDin} &c. see s. v. {-SThe}. 2.
ghrita = purified butter, Hindi ghee
ghritaM = (Nr.nom. + acc. S) ghee; clarified butter
gheparaida = (m) a celebration of homosexuality
ghoshhaH = vibration
ghosha * = m. indistinct noise, tumult, confused cries of a multitude,
battle-cry, cries of victory, cries of woe or distress, any cry or sound, roar
of animals RV. AV. &c.; the sound of a drum, of a conchshell, of the Soma
stones, of a carriage, &c. RV. AV. &c.; the whizzing or whir of a bow-string
[TBr. ii], crackling of fire [MBh. ix, 1334], singing in the ear [S'Br. xiv];
the roaring of a storm, of thunder, of water, &c. RV. AV. Sus'r. Megh.; the
sound of the recital of prayers MBh. R. Mriicch. x, 12; the sound of words
spoken at a distance S'Br. ix; rumour, report (also personified KâtyS'r. Sch.)
RV. x, 33, 1; a proclamation SaddhP. iv; a sound (of speech) ChUp. Sus'r.; the
soft sound heard in the articulation of the sonant consonants ({g}, {gh}, {j},
{jh}, {D}, {Dh}, {d}, {dh}, {b}, {bh}, {G}, {J}, {N}, {n}, {m}, {y}, {r}, {l},
{v}, {h}), the vowels, and Anusvâra which with the Yamas of the first 10 of the
soft consonants make up altogether 40 sounds (cf. {a-gh-}) RPrât. xiii, 5 f.
APrât. Sch. Pân. 1-1, 9 Sch.; an ornament that makes a tinkling sound BhP. x, 8,
22; a station of herdsmen MBh. Hariv. R. &c. (ifc. cf. Pân. 6-2, 85); (pl.) the
inhabitants of a station of herdsmen MBh. iv, 1152; a particular form of a
temple Hcat. ii, 1, 389; a musquito L.; Luffa foetida or a similar plant L.; N.
of S'iva MBh. xii, 10386; N. of a man (Sây.) RV. i, 120, 5; of an Asura Kâthh.
xxv, 8; of a prince of the Kânva dynasty BhP. xii, 1, 16; of a son of Daksha's
daughter Lambâ Hariv. 148 and 12480; of an Arhat Buddh.; a common N. for a
Kâya-stha or one of the writer caste W.; m. pl. (g. {dhUmA7di}) N. of a people
or country VarBriS. xiv, 2; m. n. brass, bellmetal L.; ({A}) f. Anethum Sowa L.;
= {karkaTazRGgI} L.; N. of a daughter of Kakshîvat RV. i, 117, 7; 122, 5 (?
Impv. {ghuS}); x, 40, 5 (cf. {Atma-}, {indra-}, {uccair-}, &c.)
ghoshhayati = (10 up) to proclaim, announce
ghnataH = being killed
ghnii = destroying
ghoshaNa * = mfn. sounding BhP. iv, 5, 6; n. proclaiming aloud, public
announcement R. v, 58, 18 Hit. (v.l.); (ifc. Ragh. xii, 72); (%{A}) f. id.
Mr2icch. x, 12 and 25 Pan5cat. Das3. Katha1s.
ghraaNaM = smelling power
giiratha* = m. `" the vehicle of speech "' = {gir-Iza} L.
gila * = swallowing
gir.h = language
giraH = words
giraaM = of vibrations
gira* = 1 ifc. = 1. {gi4r}, speech, voice VarBriS. xxxii, 5; 1. ({A}) f. (g.
{ajA7di} Ganar. 41 Sch.) id. L.
giri = mountain
girikandara = (neut) ravine
girijaa = paarvati
girish = God of mountain attributed to Lord Shiva
giri4s'a * =m. (g. {lomA7di}) `" inhabiting mountains "', N. of Rudra-S'iva VS.
xvi, 4 (voc.) MBh. Ragh. Kum. &c.; N. of a Rudra RâmatUp.; ({A}) f. = {-zAyikA}
Sus'r. i, 46, 2, 14; N. of Durgâ Hariv. 9423 (v.l. {guhasya jananI}).
gir117s'a * =m. (= {-rI7ndra}) a high mountain; N. of the Himavat L.; `"
mountain-lord "', S'iva MBh. xiii, 6348 Kum.; one of the 11 Rudras Yâjñ. ii,
102/103, 34; ({A}) f. N. of Durgâ Hariv. 9424 (cf. {giri-zA}).
gi4riis'a * m. `" lord of &110071[355, 1] speech "'N. of Briihaspati (regent of
the planet Jupiter) L
gilati = to swallow
giirvaaNa *= (or %{-bANa}) , `" whose arrow is speech "' (a corruption fr.
%{gi4r-vaNas}) , a god , deity BhP. iii , viii f. Katha1s. cxvi f. ; %{-kusuma}
n. `" flower of the gods "' , cloves L. ; %{-pada-maJjari} f. N. of wk. ;
%{-vartman} n. `" path of gods "' , the sky Ka1d. ; %{-senApati} m. `"
army-chief of the gods "'N. of Skanda Ba1lar. iv , 17 ; %{-Ne7ndra-sarasvatI} m.
N. of a teacher.
giita = (n) song* = mfn. ( {gai}) sung, chanted, praised in songs Mn. ix, 42
MBh. &c.; n. singing, song VS. xxx TBr. iii S'Br. iii, vi Âp. &c.; N. of four
hymns addressed to Kriishna; ({A}) f. a song, sacred song or poem, religious
doctrines declared in metrical form by an inspired sage (cf. Agastyagñgîta4.
Bhagavad-gñgîta4 [often called Gîtâ Prab. vi, 9/10 &c.], Râma-gñgîta4,
S'iva-gñgîta4); N. of a metre.
giitakrama* = m. the arrangement of a song W.; = {varNa} L.
giitajJa* = mfn. versed in the art of singing, acquainted with songs Yâjñ. iii,
116.
giitanRtya* = n. sg. song and dance R. i, 24, 5; a particular dance.
giitaka* = n. a song, hymn Yâjñ. iii, 113 BhP. viii VP. (Sâh. i, 2/3, 14)
Kathâs.; a kind of metre ({narkuTaka}) VarBriS. civ, 52; melody (seven in
number) MârkP. xxiii, 51 and 59 ({ikA}) f. a short song or hymn MBh. iii, 8173
({gAthikA} ed. Bomb.); a metre of 4 X 20 syllables; a stanza composed in the
Gîti metre Kathâs. cxvii, 109 (with reference to 65 f.) (cf. {daza-gItikA}.)
giitaM = described
giitaa = Shrimad.h Bhagavad.h gItA
glaaniH = discrepancies
glaayati = (1 pp) to fade
go = cow / bull * = {gau4s} (acc. {gA4m} instr. {ga4vA} dat. {ga4ve}, gen. abl.
{go4s} loc. {ga4vi}; du. {gA4vA} [Ved.], {gA4vau}; pl. nom. {gA4vas} acc. {gA4s}
[rarely {gA4vas} TBr. iii TUp. MBh. iv, 1506 R. ii] instr. {go4bhis} dat. abl.
{go4bhyas}, gen. {ga4vAm} [once at the end of a Pâda RV. iv, 1, 19] and [in RV.
at the end of Pâdas only cf. Pân. 7-1, 57] {go4nAm} loc. {go4Su}) m. an ox f. a
cow, (pl.) cattle, kine, herd of cattle RV. &c. (in comp. before vowels [cf.
Pân. 6-1, 122 ff.] {gav}, {gava}, qq. vv.; cf. also {gavAm}, {gavi}, {gAM}
ss.vv.; {gavAM vrata}N. of a Sâman; {gavAM tIrtha} see {go t-}; {go4Su-gam}, to
set out for a battle [to conquer cows] RV. ii, 25, 4; v, 45, 9; viii, 71, 5); `"
anything coming from or belonging to an ox or cow "', milk (generally pl.),
flesh (only pl. RV. x, 16, 7; `" fat "' Gmn.), skin, hide, leather, strap of
leather, bow-string, sinew (RV. x, 27, 22 AV. i, 2, 3) RV.; = {go4-SToma} (q.v.)
AitBr. iv, 15 S'Br. xiii ( also {go-Ayu4s}); (pl.) `" the herds of the sky "',
the stars RV. i, 154, 6 and vii, 36, 1; (m. [also f. Un. Sch.]) rays of light
(regarded as the herds of the sky, for which Indra fights with Vriitra) MBh. i,
iii Hariv. 2943 R. &c.; m. the sign Taurus VarBriS. xl f. VarBri. Laghuj.; the
sun (cf. {-putra}) Nir. ii, 6 and 14; the moon L.; a kind of medicinal plant
({RSabha}) L.; a singer, praiser (fr. {gai}) Naigh. iii, 16; `" a goer "', horse
(fr. 1. {gA}) Sây. on RV. i, 121, 9 and iv, 22, 8; N. of two Riishis of the SV.
(with the patr. Ângirasa [TândyaBr. xvi] and Mâyûka); N. of a man (who with
Pushkara is said to be the {balA7dhyakSa} of the sons and grandsons of Varuna)
MBh. ii, 381 (cf. R. vii, 23, 28); m. or f. (?) the suñs ray called Sushumna
Nir. ii, 6; water BhP. i, 10, 36 (also f. pl., xi, 7, 50); an organ of sense
BhP. vii, 5, 30; the eye Kuval. 70; a billion TândyaBr. xvii, 14, 2; mf. the sky
Naigh. i, 4 (perhaps VS. xxiii, 48); the thunderbolt Sây. on RV. v, 30, 7; the
hairs of the body L.; f. an offering in the shape of a cow (= {dhenu} q.v.) W.;
a region of the sky L.; (Naigh. i, 1) the earth (as the milk-cow of kings) Mn.
iv, xii MBh. R. &c.; (hence) the number `" nine "' Jyot. Sûryas.; = {go-vIthI}
Sch. on VarBriS. ix, 1 ff.; a mother L. (cf. VarBriS. iii, 68); (Naigh. i, 11)
speech, Sarasvatî (goddess of speech) MBh. i, iii, v Ragh. ii, v Cân.; voice,
note (fr. {gai}) S'is'. iv, 36; N. of Gaurî Gal.; of the wife [or of a
daughter-in-law BhP. ix, 21, 25] of S'uka (a daughter of the manes called
Sukâlas) Hariv. 986 MatsyaP.; N. of a daughter of Kakut-stha and wife of Yayâti
Hariv. 1601; [cf. $; Lat. {bos}; Old Germ. {chuo}; Mod. Germ. {Kuh}; Eng. {cow};
Lett. {gohw}; cf. also $, $; Goth. {gavi} and Mod. Germ. {Gau}.]
gocara *= m. pasture ground for cattle A1pS3r. i, 2, 4 ; (R. iv, 44, 80) ;
range, field for action, abode, dwelling-place, district (esp. ifc. `" abiding
in, relating to "' ; `" offering range or field or scope for action, within the
range of, accessible, attainable, within the power "') Kat2hUp. iii, 4 Mn. x, 39
MBh. &c. ; the range of the organs of sense, object of sense, anything
perceptible by the senses, esp. the range of the eye (e.g. %{locana-gocaraM-yA},
to come within range of the eye, become visible Pan5cat.) MBh. vii, 5616 Sus3r.
Vikr. iv, 9 &c. [364,2] ; the distance of the planets from the Lagna and from
each other VarBr2S. civ, 2 Romakas. ; mf(%{A})n. being within the range of,
attainable for (gen.) BhP. iii, 25, 28 ; perceptible (esp. to the eye) MBh.
xiii, 71, 33 and 91, 24 ; having (or used in) the meaning of (loc.) L. Sch. ;
%{-gata} mfn. one who has come within the range of or in connection with (gen.)
Bhartr2. ; %{-tA} f. the state of being liable to (in comp.) Sarvad. iv, 253 ;
%{-tva} n. id., 42 ; %{-prakaraNa}N. of wk. ; %{-phala}N. of VarBr2S. civ ;
%{-pIDA} f. inauspicious position of stars within the ecliptic VarBr2S. xli, 13
; %{-rA7dhyAya} m. = %{-ra-phala} ; %{-rA7ntara-gata} mfn. being within the
power of (gen.) Pan5cat. ; %{-rI-kRta} mfn. within the range of observation
Sa1h. iii, 28 a/b ; overcome (by fatigue, %{glAnyA}) Hcar. v, 139.
gocaryaa * = f. seeking food like a cow BhP. xi, 18, 29
gokula* = n. a herd of kine MBh. R. &c.; a cow-house or station ib.; a village
or tract on the Yamunâ (residence of Nanda and of Kriishna during his youth
BhP.; [RTL. p. 113] the inhabitants of that place) BhP. ii, 7, 31; N. of a
certain sanctuary or holy place Râjat. v, 23; {-jit} m. N. of an author of the
17th century; {-nAtha} m. N. of the author of the Padavâkya-ratna7kara; of the
author of the Rasa-maha7rnava; {-stha} m. pl.N. of a Vaishnava sect; {-lA7STaka}
n. N. of a poem; {-le7za} m. `" lord of the Gokula "'N. of Kriishna Gal.;
{-lo7dbhavA} f. N. of Durgâ L.
gola = globe
goloka * = m. (n., Tantr.), `" cow-world "', a part of heaven, or (in later
mythol. RTL. 118 and 291) Kriishna's heaven MBh. xiii, 3195 (cf. 3347) Hariv.
3994 (cf. 3899) R. ii BrahmaP.; {-varNana} n. N. of BrahmaP. iv, 4; of part of
the Sadâ-siva-sanhitâ; of part of SkandaP.
gomukha = musical instrument resembling a cow's face
gomukhaaH = horns
gomukhaasana = the cow-faced posture
gotra = family, race
gopa = cover, that which is not visible
gosa* = m. ({so}) = {-} L.; ({e}) loc. ind. (v.l. {go-ze}) at day-break L. Sch.;
(in Prâkriit Hâl.)
gosa* =2 m. myrrh L.
goshaa* = mfn. ({sA} = {san} Kâs'. on Pân. 3-2, 67 and viii, 3, 108 = {-Sa4Ni}
RV. ix, 2, 10; 16, 2; 61, 20; x, 95, 3. [367,2]
goshthhika* = mfn. relating to an assemblage or society Pañcat. i, 14.
goshthhe* = loc. of {-STha4} q.v.; {-kSveDin} mfn. `" bellowing in a cow-pen "',
a boasting coward, g. {pAtre-samitA7di} and {yuktA7rohy-Adi}; {-paTu} mfn. `"
clever in a cow-pen "', a vain boaster ib.; {-paNDita} mfn. id. ib.;
{-pragalbha} mfn. `" courageous in a cow-pen "', a boasting coward ib.;
{-vijitin} mfn. `" victorious in a cow-pen "' id. ib.; {-zaya} mfn. sleeping in
a cow-stable Yâjñ. iii, 263; {-zUra} m. a hero in a cow-pen, boasting coward g.
{pAtre-samitA7di} and {yuktA7rohy-Adi}.
goshthhya* = ({go4-}) mfn. being in a cow-stable VS. xvi, 44. 1.
gostana* = m. a cow's dug MBh. iii, 32, 4; a cluster of blossoms, nosegay W.; a
pearl necklace consisting of 4 (or of 34 W.) strings L.; a kind of fort; ({I})
f. a kind of red grape Bhpr. v, 6, 108; N. of one of the mothers attending on
Skanda MBh. ix, 2621; {-nA7kAra} mfn. shaped like cow's dug Sus'r. ii, vi Bhpr.
v; {-nI-sava} m. a kind of wine Npr.
goshthoma* = ({go4-}) m. ({sto4ma} Pân. 8-3, 105 Kâs'.) an Eka7ha ceremony
forming part of the Abhiplava which lasts 6 days (also called {go4} q.v.) TS.
vii Lâthy. x (cf. AitBr. iv, 15 and {-stoma}.) 1.
goshthhaana* = mfn. ({sth-}) serving as an abode for cows VS. i, 25.
goshthhI* = f. of {-STha4} q.v.; {-pati} m. the chief person or president of an
assembly W.; {-bandha} m. meeting for conversation Kâd. v, 825; {-yAna} m. a
society-carriage Mriicch. vi, 4; {-zAlA} f. a meeting-room; {-zrAddha} n. a kind
of S'râddha ceremony Kull. on Mn. iii, 254 (RTL. p. 305).
gostoma* = m. (Pân. 8-3, 105 Kâs'.) = {-SToma} Âs'vS'r. ix, 5, 2.
gosthaana* = n. a station for cattle, cow-pen Hariv. 3397 (cf. {-SThA4na}.)
goshthha* = m. (n. L.; fr. {stha} Pân. 8-3, 97) an abode for cattle, cow-house,
cow-pen, fold for cattle RV. VS. AV. &c.; stable or station of animals (in
general Pân. 5-2, 29 Vârtt. 3) MBh.; meeting-place, xii, 6547 (= 9953); with
{aGgirasAm}N. of a Sâman TândyaBr. xiii; {apA4M g-}, a water-vessel AV. xi, 1,
13; `" refuge (of men) "', S'iva MBh. xiv, 198; N. of an author Buddh.; n. =
{-SThI-zrAddha} Kull. on Mn. iii, 254; ({A}) f. a place where cows are kept
Ganar. 56 Sch.; ({I}) f. an assembly, meeting, society, association, family
connections (esp. the dependent or junior branches), partnership, fellowship
MBh. (metrically {-SThi}, v, 1536) &c.; conversation, discourse, dialogue
Pañcat. Kâd.; a kind of dramatic entertainment in one act Sâh. vi, 274; N. of a
village g. {palady-Adi} (Kâs'. Ganar. 325); {-karman} n. a rite relating to the
cow-stable Kaus'. 19; {-kukkuTa} m. a kind of crow Npr.; {-gocara} m. id. ib.;
{-cara} m. a kind of hawk Gal.; {-ja} m. `" born in a cow-pen "'N. of a Brâhman
PhithS.; {-pati} m. a chief herdsman L.; {-zva} m. (fr. {zva4n}) `" a dog in a
cow-pen which barks at every one "', one who stays at home and slanders his
neighbours, malicious or censorious person L.; {-SThA7gAra} m. n. a house in a
cow-pen L.; {-SThA7dhyakSa} m. = {-STha-pati} L.; {-SThA7STamI} f. N. of a
festive day (cf. {gopA7ST-}); {-SThe-kSveDin} &c. see s. v. {-SThe}. 2.
go4shthha* =goSTha* = Nom. Â. (fr. 1. {-STha}) {-SThate}, to assemble, collect
Dhâtup. viii, 4.
gosvaamin* = m. the master or possessor of a cow or of cows KâtyS'r. Mn. viii,
231 VarBriS.; a religious mendicant (commonly {gosAin} cf. RTL. pp. 87; 135;
142; also affixed as a honorary title to proper names e.g. {vopadeva-g-}); `"
lord of cows "', Kriishna W.; {-mi-sthAna} n. N. of a mountain peak in the
middle of the Hima7laya W.
gorakshaasana = the cowherd posture
gotama* = ({go4-}) m. (superl.) N. of a Riishi belonging to the family of
Angiras with the patr. Râhû-gana (author of RV. i, 74-93) RV. AV. S'Br. i, xi,
xiv ShadvBr. &c.; (for {gaut-}) N. of the chief disciple of Mahâ-vîra; of a
lawyer (cf. {gautama4}); of the founder of the Nyâya phil.; `" the largest ox "'
and `" N. of the founder of Nyâya phil. "' Naish. xvii, 75; N. of a son of
Karnika Buddh.; ? MBh. xiii, 4490 (cf. {-dama}); m. pl. (Pân. 2-4, 65) the
descendants of the Riishi Gotama RV. Âs'vS'r. xii, 10 Lâthy.; n. a kind of
poison Gal.; ({I}) f. v.l. for {gaut-} in g. {gaurA7di}; {-gaura} m. =
{gaura-gotama}, the white Gotama Ganar. 89 Sch.; {-pRcchA} f. `" questions of
(Mahâ-vîra's pupil) Gotama (put forth in a discussion with Pârs'va's pupil
Kes'in) "'N. of a Jain work; {-stoma} m. N. of an Eka7ha sacrifice Âs'vS'r.
S'ânkhS'r. (cf. S'Br. xiii, 5, 1, 1); {-svAmin} m. Mahâ-vîra's pupil Gotama;
{-mA7nvaya} m. N. of S'âkya-muni L.; {-mI-putra} m. `" son of Gotamî "'N. of a
king (50 B.C. or A.D.) Inscr. VâyuP. MatsyaP.; {-me7zvara-tIrtha} n. N. of a
Tîrtha S'ivaP.
govinda = Lord KRishna
govindaM = Govinda
graamam.h = (n) village
graaha * =(Pân. 3-1, 143) mf({I})n. ifc. seizing, holding, catching, receiving
Yâjñ. ii, 51 R. iv, 41, 38; taking (a wife) Yâjñ. ii, 51 (cf. {karNa-}, {gila-},
{dhanur-}, {pANi-}, {pArSNi-}, {vandi-}, {vyAla-}, {hasta-}); m. a rapacious
animal living in fresh or sea water, any large fish or marine animal (crocodile,
shark, serpent, Gangetic alligator, water elephant, or hippopotamus) Mn. vi, 78
MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A}, iv, 2017; xvi R. ii); a prisoner L.; the handle (of a
sword &c.) Gal.; seizure, grasping, laying hold of Pañcat. i, 10, 1 (v.l. for
{graha}); morbid affection, disease S'Br. iii; paralysis (of the thigh,
{Uru-grAha4} AV. xi, 9, 12 [{ur-} MSS.] MBh. v, 2024 and vi, 5680); `"
mentioning "' see {nAma-}; fiction, whim Bhag. xvii, 19; conception, notion of
(in comp.) Vajracch. 6 and 9; ({am}) ind. see s.v.; ({I}) f. a female marine
animal or crocodile R. vi, 82, 73 ff.
graahakaH = (m) customer
graahaya = (verbal stem) to cause to be caught
graahaan.h = things
graaheNa = with endeavor
graahya = what is to be grasped * = mfn. to be seized or taken or held RV. x,
109, 3 Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to be clasped or spanned Kathâs. lxxiv, 217; to be
captured or imprisoned Yâjñ. ii, 267 & 283 MBh. &c.; to be overpowered Prab. ii,
8/9; ({a-} neg.) R. (B) iii, 33, 16; to be picked or gathered R. iv, 43, 29; to
be received or accepted or gained Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to be taken in marriage,
xiii, 5091; to be received in a friendly or hospitable manner, xii, 6282; to be
insisted upon Kathâs. xvii, 83; to be chosen or taken account of Râjat. iv, 612;
to be perceived or recognised or understood Mn. i, 7 MBh. &c. (cf. {a-}); (in
astron.) to be observed VarBriS.; to be considered R. v, vii VarBriS. lxi, 19;
to be understood in a particular sense, meant Vop. vi, 15 Pân. Sch.; to be
accepted as a rule or law, to be acknowledged or assented to, to be attended to
or obeyed, to be admitted in evidence Mn. viii, 78 Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to be
undertaken or followed (a vow) Kathâs. vcii, 38; to be put (as confidence) in
(loc.), lviii, 36; m. an eclipsed globe (sun or moon) Sûryas.; n. poison (NBD.;
`" a present "' BRD.) L.; the objects of sensual perception Yogas. i, 41; ({A})
f. archery exercise Gal. (cf. {dur-}, {suhha-}, {svayaM-}.)
graahya * mfn. to be taken or accepted, acceptable MBh. R. (cf. {a-pratig-});
one from whom anything may be received MBh. (cf. {-gRhya} and Pân. ib.); m. N.
of partic. Grahas TBr. Sch.
graahyaM = accessible
graama* = m. an inhabited place, village, hamlet RV. i, x AV. VS. &c.; the
collective inhabitants of a place, community, race RV. x, 146, 1 AV. &c.; any
number of men associated together, multitude, troop (esp. of soldiers) RV. i,
iii, x AV. iv, 7, 5 S'Br. vi, xii; the old women of a family PârGri. i, 9, 3
Sch.; ifc. (cf. Pân. 6-2, 84) a multitude, class, collection or number (in
general) cf. {indriya-}, {guNa-}, {bhUta-}, &c.; a number of tones, scale, gamut
Pañcat. v, 43 MârkP. xxiii, 52; = {indriya-} Jain.; m. pl. inhabitants, people
RV. ii, 12, 7; x, 127, 5; n. a village R. ii, 57, 4 Hcat. i, 7, 721/722; [cf.
{ariSTa-}, {mahA-}, {zUra-}, {saM-}; cf. Hib. {gramaisg}, `" the mob "';
{gramasgar}, `" a flock. "']
graamaka * = m. a small village Hcar. viii, 3; a village MBh. v, 1466; N. of a
town Buddh.; n. = %{-ma-caryA} BhP. iv, 25, 52.
graamya4* = mfn. (Pân. 4-2, 94) used or produced in a village TS. v AitBr. vii,
7, 1 Kaus'.; relating to villages Mn. vii, 120; prepared in a village (as food)
S'Br. ix, xii Mn. vi, 3; living (in villages i.e.) among men, domesticated, tame
(an animal), cultivated (a plant; opposed to {vanya} or {araNya}, `" wild "')
RV. x, 90, 8 AV. VS. &c.; allowed in a village, relating to the sensual
pleasures of a village MBh. xii, 4069 R. iii f. BhP. iv, vi [374, 1]; rustic,
vulgar (speech) Vâm. ii, 1, 4; (see {-tA} and {-tva}); relating to a musical
scale W.; m. a villager Yâjñ. ii, 166 MBh. xiii BhP. &c.; a domesticated animal
see {-mAMsa}; = {-ma-kola} W.; n. rustic or homely speech W.; the Prâkriit and
the other dialects of India as contra-distinguished from the Sanskriit W.; food
prepared in a village MBh. i, 3637 KâtyS'r. xxii Sch.; sensual pleasure, sexual
intercourse MBh. ii, 2270 BhP. iv; ({A}) f. = {-miNI} L.; = {-ma-ja-niSpAvI} L.
graha = Planet * =(Pân. 3-3, 58; g. {vRSA7di}) mfn. ifc. (iii, 2, 9 Vârtt. 1)
seizing, laying hold of, holding BhP. iii, 15, 35 (cf. {aGkuza-}, {dhanur-},
&c.); obtaining, v, viii; perceiving, recognising, iv, 7, 31; m. `" seizer
(eclipser) "', Râhu or the dragoñs head MBh. &c.; a planet (as seizing or
influencing the destinies of men in a supernatural manner; sometimes 5 are
enumerated, viz. Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, and Saturn MBh. vi, 4566 f. R.
i, 19, 2 Ragh. iii, 13 &c.; also 7 i.e. the preceding with Râhu and Ketu MBh.
vii, 5636; also 9 i.e. the sun [cf. S'Br. iv, 6, 5, 1 and 5 MBh. xiii, 913; xiv,
1175] and moon with the 7 preceding Yâjñ. i, 295 MBh. iv, 48 VarBriS.; also the
polar star is called a Graha, Garg. (Jyot. 5 Sch.); the planets are either
auspicious {zubha-}, {sad-}, or inauspicious {krUra-}, {pApa-} VarBriS.; with
Jainas they constitute one of the 5 classes of the Jyotishkas); the place of a
planet in the fixed zodiac W.; the number `" nine "'; N. of particular evil
demons or spirits who seize or exercise a bad influence on the body and mind of
man (causing insanity &c.; it falls within the province of medical science to
expel these demons; those who esp. seize children and cause convulsions &c. are
divided into 9 classes according to the number of planets Sus'r.) MBh. &c.; any
state which proceeds from magical influences and takes possession of the whole
man BhP. vii, ix BrahmaP. Hit. ii, 1, 20; a crocodile MBh. xvi, 142 (ifc. f.
{A}) R. iv f. BhP. viii; any ladle or vessel employed for taking up a portion of
fluid (esp. of Soma) out of a larger vessel Mn. v, 116 Yâjñ. i, 182; N. of the 8
organs of perception (viz. the 5 organs of sense with Manas, the hands and the
voice) S'Br. xiv NriisUp. i, 4, 3, 22; (= {gRha}) a house R. vii, 40, 30 (cf.
{a-}, {khara-}, {-druma} and {-pati}); `" anything seized "', spoil, booty MBh.
iii, 11461 (cf. {-hA7luJcana}); as much as can be taken with a ladle or spoon
out of a larger vessel, ladleful, spoonful (esp. of Soma) RV. x, 114, 5 VS. TS.
AitBr. S'Br. &c.; the middle of a bow or that part which is grasped when the bow
is used MBh. iv, 1351 ({su-}, 1326); the beginning of any piece of music; grasp,
seizing, laying hold of (often ifc.) Kaus'. 10 MBh. &c.; keeping back,
obstructing Sus'r.; imprisoning, imprisonment ({-haM-gam}, `" to become a
prisoner "' Kâm.) R. ii, 58, 2; seizure (by demons causing diseases e.g.
{aGga-}, spasm of the limbs) Sus'r.; seizure of the sun and moon, eclipse AV.
xix, 9, 7 and 10 VarBriS.; stealing, robbing Mn. ix, 277 MBh. vi, 4458; effort
Hit.; insisting upon, tenacity, perseverance in (loc. or in comp.) BhP. vii, 14,
11 Naish. ix, 12 Kathâs. Râjat. viii, 226; taking, receiving, reception Mn.
viii, 180 S'riingâr.; taking up (any fluid); choosing MBh. xii, 83, 12 Sâh. vi,
136; `" favour "' see {-nigraha}; mentioning, employing (a word) Mn. viii, 271
Pân. 7-1, 21, Kâr. 2 Amar. Râjat.; apprehension, perception, understanding
Bhâshâp. BhP. Sarvad. Sch. on Jaim. and KapS.; ({Aya}) dat. ind. = {gRhItvA} see
{grah} (cf. {guda-}, {ziro-}, {hanu-}, {hRd-}.)
graaha * =m. a spittoon L.; accepting gifts W.
grahaNa * =mfn. ifc. seizing, holding Hariv. 2734; resounding in (?) S'ak. ii,
0/1, 6; n. the hand L.; an organ of sense Yogas. i, 41; a prisoner MBh. xiii,
2051; a word mentioned or employed (e.g. {vacana-}, `" the word {vacana} "')
Pat. and Kâs'.; seizing, holding, taking S'Br. xiv Mn. ii, 317 MBh. &c.; taking
by the hand, marrying, i, 1044; catching, seizure, taking captive Mn. v, 130
MBh. &c.; seizure (as by a demon causing diseases), demoniacal possession Hcat.;
seizure of the sun or moon, eclipse Âp. i, 11 Yâjñ. i, 218 VarBriS. &c.;
gaining, obtaining, receiving, acceptance R. i, 3, 18 Pañcat. Kathâs. xci, 37;
choosing Sânkhyak. Prab. Sâh. vi, 201; purchasing Pañcat.; taking or drawing up
(any fluid) S'Br. iv KâtyS'r.; the taking up of sound, echo W.; attraction Megh.
Ragh. vii, 24 Pañcat. v, 13, 5/6; putting on (clothes) MBh. ii, 840 Ragh. xvii,
21; assuming (a shape) Yâjñ. iii, 69 MBh. xiv Devîm.; undertaking, devoting
one's self to (in comp.) R. v, 76, 22 Pañcat. [372, 3]; service BhP. iii, 1, 44;
including Pân. Kâs'.; mentioning, employing (a word or expression) KâtyS'r.
Lâthy. VPrât. Pân. Vârtt. Pat. and Kâs'. Sâh. vi, 205; mentioning with praise,
acknowledgment Sus'r.; assent, agreement W.; perceiving, understanding,
comprehension, receiving instruction, acquirement of any science Mn. ii, 173
MBh. iii, xiv Ragh. &c.; acceptation, meaning Pân. 1-1, 68 Vârtt. 5 Pat. Kâs'.
and Siddh. on Pân.; ({I}) f. an imaginary organ supposed to lie between the
stomach and the intestines (the small intestines or that part of the alimentary
canal where the bile assists digestion and from which vital warmth is said to be
diffused) Sus'r.; = {-NI-gada} Ashtha7ng. iii, 8 Hcat. i, 7 (cf. {kara-},
{keza-}, {garbha-}, {cakSur-}, {nAma-}, {pANi-}, {punar-}.)
grahatva * = n. = %{-tA} Hariv. BhP. v f. ; the state of a ladleful or spoonful
Ka1t2h. ix, 16.
grAhita * = mfn. made to take or seize W.; made to accept or take (a seat &c.)
Vikr. iii, 0/1 Das3. vii, 266 Katha1s. li, 71; made to undertake or to be
occupied with (instr.) R. (G) i, 7, 14; taught MBh. iii, 12195.
grantha *= m. tying, binding, stringing together L. ; = %{-thi4}, a knot TS. vi,
2, 9, 4 (v.l.) ; honeycomb Pa1n2. 4-3, 116 Va1rtt. ; an artificial arrangement
of words (esp. of 32 syllables = %{zloka} Jain.), verse, composition, treatise,
literary production, book in prose or verse, text (opposed to %{artha} `"
meaning "' VarBr2S. Va1kyap. Sarvad.) Nir. i, 20 Pa1n2. MBh. Up. &c. ; a section
(of Ka1t2h.) ; the book or sacred scriptures of the Sikhs containing short moral
poems by Na1nak Sha1h and others (cf. RTL. pp. 158-177) ; wealth, property Jain.
Sch. (cf. %{uttara-}, %{nir-}, %{SaD-}.)
granthaalayaH = (m) library
granthiH = (m) knot
granthii = a knot, obstruction in the chitrini
grasate = (1 pp) to swallow
grasana * = swallowing, devouring, a kind of partial eclipse of the sun or moon,
seizing, the mouth, jaws
grasamaanaH = devouring
grasishhNu = devouring
grasta* = mfn. swallowed, eaten Pañcat.; taken, seized W.; surrounded or
absorbed Sus'r.; possessed (by a demon) Das'. iv Hit.; involved in MBh. xiii,
7292 R. iv, 50, 11; tormented, affected by Yâjñ. iii, 245 Pañcat. &c.; eclipsed
MBh. iii, 2667 R. &c.; inarticulately pronounced, slurred RPrât. Lâthy. Pân. S'.
(RV.) 35 Pat.; ({a-} neg.) ChUp.; n. inarticulate pronunciation of the vowels
Pat. Introd. on Vârtt. 18.
grastaM = having been caught/seized *= mfn. swallowed , eaten Pan5cat. ; taken ,
seized W. ; surrounded or absorbed Sus3r. ; possessed (by a demon) Das3. iv Hit.
; involved in MBh. xiii , 7292 R. iv , 50 , 11 ; tormented , affected by Ya1jn5.
iii , 245 Pan5cat. &c. ; eclipsed MBh. iii , 2667 R. &c. ; inarticulately
pronounced , slurred RPra1t. La1t2y. Pa1n2. S3. (RV.) 35 Pat. ; (%{a-} neg.)
ChUp. ; n. inarticulate pronunciation of the vowels Pat. Introd. on Va1rtt. 18.
grathita * = mfn. strung, tied, bound, connected, tied together or in order,
wound, arranged, classed RV. ix, 97, 18 S3Br. xi MBh. &c.; set with, strewn with
MBh. &c.; artificially composed or put together (the plot of a play) S3ak. i,
1/2 Ma1lav. i, 1/2 Vikr.; closely connected with each other, difficult to be
distinguished from each other MBh. i, v, xii BhP. iv f.; having knots, knotty
Sus3r. i f. iv; coagulated, thickened, hardened, vi; hurt, injured L.; seized,
overcome L.; n. the being strung Sch.; a tumor with hard lumps or knots Sus3r.
ii, 14, 1 and 4; iv, 21, 3.
grida * = (= %{guda4} ?), a part of a horse's hind quarter near the anus TS.
vii, 4, 19, 1.
griddha * = mfn. desirous of, eagerly longing for (loc.) MBh.
griddhin * = mfn. ifc. eagerly longing for MBh. ; being very busy with (in
comp.) Hariv. 3406.
griddhitva * = n. eagerly longing for (in comp.) MBh. v, 2591.
gridh cl. 4. P. %{gR4dhyati} (perf. 3. pl. %{jagRdhur} BhP. v, 4, 1 ;
%{jAgRdhu4r} RV. ii, 23, 16 ; aor. %{a4gRdhat} RV. x, 34, 4 ; fut.
%{gardhiSyati} S3Br. iii ; pr. p. %{gR4dhyat} RV. iv, 38, 3 ; ind. p. %{gRddhvA}
BhP. x, 64, 40), to endeavour to gain RV. iv, 38, 3 AV. viii, 6, 1 ; to covet,
desire, strive after greedily, be desirous of or eager for (loc. [RV. AV. &c.]
or acc. I1s3Up. MBh. iv, 276 BhP. v, vi, x): Caus. P. %{gardhayati}, to be
greedy Dha1tup. xxxii, 124 ; to make desirous or greedy Pa1n2. 1-3, 69 Ka1s3. ;
A1. %{-yate}, to deceive, cheat ib. Bhat2t2. viii, 43: Intens. 2. sg. impf.
%{ajarghAH} Pa1n2. 8-3, 14 Ka1s3. ; [cf. %{anu-}, %{prati-} ; %{abhi-ghRdhna},
%{pra-gardhin} ; cf. also Old Germ. {gir}: Mod. Germ. {gier}: Engl. {greedy}
(?): Goth. {gredags}, {gaurs}: Hib. {greadaim}, `" I burn "' ; {greadhnach}, `"
joyful, glad "' ; {gradh}, `" love, charity ; dear "' ; {graidhneog}, `" a
beloved female "', &c.: Lith. {godus}, {gedu}: Slav. {glad}, `" hunger. "']
grihiita * = mfn. (%{grah}, but see %{gRbhAya}) grasped, taken, seized, caught,
held, laid hold of ChUp. A1s3vGr2. &c.; received, accepted; received hospitably
(as a guest) BhP. iii, 5, 19; obtained, gained; `" taken on one's self "' see
%{-mauna}; mentioned Pan5cat.; perceived, understood S3ak. (v.l.) Mudr.;
received completely into one's mind (opposed to %{adhI7ta}, `" studied "', but
not successfully) Pa1n2. 2-3, 6 Ka1s3. BhP. i, 2, 12.
griJNjanakam.h = (n) carrot
griNanti = are offering prayers
griNaami = I hold
gRR\\1 cl. 9. P. A1. %{gRNA4ti}, %{-NIte4} (1. sg. A1. and 3. sg. Pass. %{gRNe4}
RV.; 1. sg. A1. %{gRNISe4} RV.; 2. pl. %{gRNa4tA} AV. v, 27, 9; p. P. %{gRNa4t}
RV. &c.; A1. & Pass. %{gRNAna4} RV.; Ved. inf. Impv. %{gRNISa4Ni} RV. vi, 15, 6
and viii, 12, 19), to call, call out to, invoke RV. AV. S3Br. iv Bhag. xi, 21;
to announce, proclaim RV.; to mention with praise, praise, extol RV. BhP. xi,
13, 41 Bhat2t2. viii, 77; to pronounce, recite MBh. vii, 1754 Ragh. BhP. i, 1,
14; to relate, teach in verses, 4, 9 Gan2it. i, 4, 5; [cf. $, $; Hib. {goirim};
Old Germ. {quar}, {quir}, &c.; Old Pruss. {gerbu}, `" to speak "'; Angl. Sax.
{gale}; Germ. {Nachtigal}; Lat. {gallus} ?]\\2 cl. 6. P. %{girati} or (cf. P.
viii, 2, 21) %{gilati} (S3Br. i MBh. Sus3r.), ep. also A1. %{girate} (1. sg.
%{gi4rAmi} AV. vi, 135, 3; perf. %{jagAra} RV.; aor. Subj. 3. pl. %{garan} RV.
i, 158, 5), to swallow, devour, eat RV. &c.; to emit or eject from the mouth
MBh. xii, 12872: Caus. (aor. 2. sg. %{ajIgar}) to swallow RV. i, 163, 7: Intens.
%{jegilyate} Pa1n2. 8-2, 20: Desid. %{jigariSati}, vii, 2, 75; [cf. 2. %{gal}, 2
%{gir}, %{gila}, 2. %{gIrNa4}; Lith. {gerru}, `" to drink "'; Lat. {glu-tio},
{gula}; Slav. {gr-lo}; Russ. {z8ora}.]\\ = 3 (= 3. %{kRR}) cl. 10. A1.
%{gArayate}, to know Dha1tup. xxxiii, 33; to make known, teach ib.
gridhraH = (m) eagle
griha = house *= gRha m. an assistant, servant RV. x, 119, 13 ; (m. sg. and pl.,
in later language m. pl. and n. sg.) a house, habitation, home RV.
(%{mRn-ma4ya@g-}, `" house of earth "', grave, vii, 89, 1) AV. (%{adharA4d@g-},
`" the lower world "', ii, 14, 3) &c. ; (ifc. f. %{A} R. i, 5, 9 ; %{I} Pan5cat.
i, 17, 5) ; ifc. with names of gods `" a temple "' (cf. %{caNDikA-},
%{devatA-}), of plants `" a bower "' ; m. pl. a house as containing several
rooms RV. AV. &c. ; the inhabitants of a house, family S3Br. i BhP. iii, 2, 7
Katha1s. xx, 21 ; a wife Pa1n2. 3-1, 144 Ka1s3. ; m. a householder BhP. xi, 8, 9
; n. a wife Pan5cat. iii, 7, 13 ; a sign of the zodiac VarBr2S. vci, civ ; an
astrological mansion VarBr2. i, iv f. ; N. of the 4th astrological mansion, i,
16 ; a square (in chess or in any similar game) Ka1d. i, 48 Pa1n2. 5-2, 9, Kaiy.
; a name, appellation L. (cf. %{anti-}, %{bhumi-}, %{zayyA-}, %{su}) (cf. Zd.
{geredha} ; Got. {gards} ; Lat. {hortus}.)
grihagodhikaa = (f) house lizard
grihapaaThaH = (m) homework
grihasthaaH = householders
grihaadishhu = home, etc
grihiita * = mfn. (%{grah}, but see %{gRbhAya}) grasped, taken, seized, caught,
held, laid hold of ChUp. A1s3vGr2. &c.; received, accepted; received hospitably
(as a guest) BhP. iii, 5, 19; obtained, gained; `" taken on one's self "' see
%{-mauna}; mentioned Pan5cat.; perceived, understood S3ak. (v.l.) Mudr.;
received completely into one's mind (opposed to %{adhI7ta}, `" studied "', but
not successfully) Pa1n2. 2-3, 6 Ka1s3. BhP. i, 2, 12.
grihiitvaa = holding the
grihiitacetas*= mfn. one whose mind or heart is captivated BhP. vi, 18, 38.
grihiitavidya*= mfn. one who has acquired knowledge, learned W.
grihiiti*= f. `" seizing, taking "' (the hand, 1. {kara-}), and `" levying "'
(taxes, 2. {kara-}) Hcar. iv, 23; perception Bâdar. iii, 3, 16; taking anything
to mean or understanding by anything, 4, 23 Sch.
grihiitin*= mfn. one who has grasped &c. anything (loc.), g. {iSTA7di}.
grihiitri*= mfn. (for {grah-}) one who seizes L.
grihNan.h *V = accepting, exating, withdrawing, taking, chanting
grihNaati = to catch
grihyate = can be so controlled
grihyavat*= m mfn. having many adherents or partisans TândyaBr. xiii, 11, 13
Sch.
grihyaka*= mfn. domesticated (as animals) Pân. 3-1, 119 Kâs'.
grihya*=1 ind. p. Ved. ifc., `" seizing by "' see {karNa-}, {pAda-}, and
{hasta-gR4hya}; {haste-}. \\*=2 mfn. (fr. {grah}) to be grasped or taken AV. v,
20, 4 S'ânkhGri. v, 2, 5; perceptible S'vetUp. i, 13; ({a4-} neg.) S'Br. xiv;
(Pân. 3-1, 119) `" to be taken together with "' (in comp.), adhering to the
party of (Kâs'.), being in close relation to (as the lotus to the moon) Kâvya7d.
ii, 179 Das'. vi; vii, 254 Kir. ii, 5 Bhathth. vi, 61; to be acknowledged or
admitted W.; to be adopted or trusted or relied on W.; = {ava-} Vop. xxvi, 20;
n. for {guhya} (anus) L.; ({A}) f. (Pân. 3-1, 119) ifc. being outside (of a town
or village, as {senA}, an army) Kâs'.; a suburb L. \\*=3 mfn. (fr. {gRha4})
belonging to a house, domestic (said of an Agni) TS. v MaitrS. AitBr. viii, 10,
9 Gobh. &c. (said of a series of ceremonies relating to family or domestic
affairs, such as marriages, births &c., and treated of in the Griihya-sûtras,
q.v.); living in houses, domesticated (as animals) L.; not free, dependent,
({a-} neg.) Bhathth. vi, 61; m. the domestic Agni S'ânkhGri. v, 2, 5; a
domesticated animal L.; m. pl. the inmates of a house, domestics S'Br. ii f. xii
KâtyS'r. PârGri. ii; n. a domestic rite Gaut.; a domestic rule or affair BhP. x,
8, 25 Hcat.; = {-sUtra}; ({A}) f. domestic rites and the rules relating to them
Griihyâs.
griivaM = neck
gu = darkness
guDa = jaggery
guDaH = (m) jaggery
guDaakesha = O Arjuna
guDaakeshaH = Arjuna, the master of curbing ignorance
guDaakeshena = by Arjuna
guha * m. (g. {azmA7di}) `" reared in a secret place "'N. of Skanda (the god;
cf. Kârttikeya) MBh. iii, ix, xiii Hariv. 10478 Sus'r. Kum. &c.; N. of S'iva
MBh. xiii, 1263; of Vishnu W.; of a king of the Nishâdas (friend of Râma) R. i
f. vi Mcar. iv, 60/7; N. belonging to persons of the writer caste W.; a horse
(`" a swift horse "' W.) L.; m. pl.N. of a people in the south of India MBh.
xii, 7559 [360, 3]; (2. {gu4hA}) f. (ganas {vRSA7di} and {bhidA7di}) a
hiding-place, cave, cavern VS. xxx, 16 TBr. i MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Hcat. i, 7
and 10); (fig.) the heart S'vetUp. iii, 20 MBh. xii BhP. ii, 9, 24; Hemionitis
cordifolia Sus'r. i, 19, 27; v, 7, 1 (cf. {prati-g-}); Desmodium gangeticum L.;
(3. {gu4hA}), Ved. instr. ind. in a hiding-place, in secret, secretly (opposed
to {Avi4s}, and especially with {dhA}, {ni-dhA}, {kR}, `" to conceal, remove "')
RV. AV. S'Br. xi, xiii.
guhyaka* = m. N. of a class of demi-gods who like the Yakshas are attendants of
Kubera (the god of wealth) and guardians of his treasures (they may have
received their N. from living in mountain caverns) Mn. xii, 47 MBh. Hariv. &c.
(identified with Yakshas MBh. v, 7480 Megh. 5 &c.); the number `" eleven "'
Sûryas.; N. of Kubera L.; m. `" mystery "' see {tathAgata-g-}.
gulma * = m. (rarely n. MBh. x BhP. viii, x) a cluster or clump of trees,
thicket, bush, shrub VS. xxv, 8 Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; a troop or guard of soldiers,
body of troops, division of an army (consisting of 45 foot, 27 horse, 9
chariots, and 9 elephants MBh. i, 290; or of 135 foot, 81 horse, 27 chariots,
and 27 elephants L.; cf. MBh. v, 5270) Mn. vii, ix MBh. &c.; a fort,
entrenchment W.; disciplining an army W.; m. a chronic enlargement of the spleen
or any glandular enlargement in the abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland
&c.) Sus'r. VarBri. xxi, 8 Kathâs. xv; the spleen L.; `" a wharf or stairs,
Ghath "' see {-tara-paNya}; ({I}) f. a cluster or clump of trees L.; the
Myrobalan tree L.; jujube L.; small cardamoms L.; a tent L.
guna = character
guNa = qualities * = m. ( {grah} Un.) a single thread or strand of a cord or
twine (e.g. {tri-g-} q.v.), string or thread, rope TS. vii Mriicch. Kum. Ragh.;
a garland W.; a bow-string R. iii, 33, 16 ({cApa-}) Ragh. ix, 54 Riitus. Hit.;
(in geom.) a sinew; the string of a musical instrument, chord S'is'. iv, 57:
ifc. (f. {A}) with numerals `" fold, times "' (see {ca4tur-}, {tri-}, {daza-},
{dvi4-}, {paJca-}; rarely the numeral stands by itself along with {guNa4} [e.g.
{viziSTo dazabhir guNaiH}, `" of ten times higher value "' Mn. ii, 85] AV. x, 8,
43 MBh. iii, 15649 Hariv. 509; [{guNa} = {bhAga}] Pân. 5-2, 47 Kâs'.); a
multiplier, co-efficient (in alg.); subdivision, species, kind (e.g. {gandhasya
guNAH}, the different kinds of smell MBh. xii, 6847); the 6 subdivisions of
action for a king in foreign politics (viz. peace, war, march, halt, stratagem,
and recourse to the protection of a mightier king) Mn. vii, 160 Yâjñ. i, 346
MBh. ii, 155; = {upA7ya} (q.v., denoting the 4 ways of conquering an enemy) R.
v, 81, 41; `" requisite "' see {-No7pe7ta}; a secondary element, subordinate or
unessential part of any action (e.g. {sarva-g-} mfn. `" reaching to all
subordinate parts "', hence `" valid throughout "' KâtyS'r.) S'ânkhS'r. Âs'vS'r.
KâtyS'r. R. v, 1, 71; an auxiliary act S'ânkhBr. xxvi, 4; a secondary dish
(opposed to {anna} i.e. rice or the chief dish), side-dish Mn. iii, 224 ff.; (=
{-karman}, in Gr.) the secondary or less immediate object of an action Pân. 1-4,
51 Sch.; a quality, peculiarity, attribute or property Lâthy. S'ânkhGri. Mn.
iii, ix, &c.; an attribute of the 5 elements (each of which has its own peculiar
quality or qualities as well as organ of sense; thus 1. ether has {zabda}, or
sound for its Guna and the ear for its organ; 2. the air has tangibility and
sound for its Gunas and the skin for its organ; 3. fire or light has shape or
colour, tangibility, and sound for its Gunas, and the eye for its organs; 4.
water has flavour, shape, tangibility, and sound for its Gunas, and the tongue
for its organ; 5. earth has the preceding Gunas, with the addition of its own
peculiar Guna of smell, and the nose for its organ) Mn. i, 20 and 76-78 MBh.
xii, 6846 ff. S'ak. i, 1 BhP. iii, 5, 35; (in S'ânkhya phil.) an ingredient or
constituent of Prakriiti, chief quality of all existing beings (viz. {sattva},
{rajas}, and {tamas} i.e. goodness, passion, and darkness, or virtue, foulness,
and ignorance; cf. RTL. pp. 31; 36; 163) Mn. i; iii, 40; xii, 24 ff. Sânkhyak.
Bhag. xiii f.; (hence) the number `" three "' VarBriS. iic, 1; a property or
characteristic of all created things (in Nyâya phil. twenty-four Gunas are
enumerated, viz. 1. {rUpa}, shape, colour; 2. {rasa}, savour; 3. {gandha},
odour; 4. {sparza}, tangibility; 5. {saMkhyA}, number; 6. {parimANa}, dimension;
7. {pRthaktva}, severalty; 8. {saMyoga}, conjunction; 9. {vibhAga}, disjunction;
10. {paratva}, remoteness; 11. {aparatva}, proximity; 12. {gurutva}, weight; 13.
{dravatva}, fluidity; 14. {sneha}, viscidity; 15. {zabda}, sound; 16. {buddhi}
or {jJAna}, understanding or knowledge; 17. {sukha}, pleasure; 18. {duHkha},
pain; 19. {icchA}, desire; 20. {dveSa}, aversion; 21. {prayatna}, effort; 22.
{dharma}, merit or virtue; 23. {adharma}, demerit; 24. {saMskAra}, the
self-reproductive quality); an epithet KâtyS'r.; good quality, virtue, merit,
excellence Mn. MBh. &c.; the merit of composition (consistency, elegance of
expression, &c.) Kâvya7d. i, 41 f. Kpr. viii Sâh. viii; the peculiar properties
of the letters (11 in number, viz. the 8 {bAhya-prayatnAs} [q.v.] and the 3
accents) Kâs'. on Pân. 1-1, 9 and 50 (cf. {-mAtra}); the first gradation of a
vowel, the vowels {a} (with {ar}, {al} Pân. 1-1, 51), {e}, {o} Nir. x, 17 RPrât.
xi, 6 Pân.; an organ of sense L.; a cook (cf. {-kAra}) L.; Bhîma-sena (cf.
{-kAra}) L.; ({A}) f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L.; the plant {mAMsarohiNI} L.; N.
of a princess Râjat. iv, 695 (cf. {nir-}, {vi-}, {sa-}; {gauNa}.)
guNaiH = by the qualities
gunavat.h = man with good qualities
guNakathanapuNyena = through the merit from praising Thy glories
guNakarma = of works under material influence
guNakarmasu = in material activities
guNan.h = praising
guNanam.h = (n) multiplication
guNanidhiM = the stock-pile of good qualities
guNabhedataH = in terms of different modes of material nature
guNabhoktri = master of the gunas
guNamayii = consisting of the three modes of material nature
guNamayaiH = consisting of the gunas
guNataH = by the modes of material nature
guNatrayaH = three qualities i.e satvaH, rajaH \&tamaH
guNatva n. the condition of a string Hit.; subordination Ka1tyS3r.; the
possession of qualities Sarvad. x, 35 and 52; excellence Sus3r. i, 45, 7, 19;
multiplication W.
guNavaan.h = a man with good qualities
guNavat * = mfn. `" furnished with a thread or string "' and `" endowed with
good qualities "' Pan5cat. S3a1rn3gP. Subh.; endowed with the five qualities or
attributes of elements Sa1m2khyak. 60; endowed with good qualities or virtues or
merits or excellences, excellent, perfect MBh. R. &c.; m. N. of a son of
Gun2avati1 Hariv. 8840; (%{tI}) f. N. of a combination of three S3lokas forming
all one phrase Ka1vya7d. i, 13 Sch.; of a daughter (of Suna1bha and wife of
Sa1mba Hariv. 8762; 8779; 8840; of the prince Gun2a-sa1gara Katha1s. cxxiii);
%{-tama} mfn. (superl.) most excellent Ya1jn5. ii, 78; %{-tara} mfn. (compar.)
more excellent Mn. v, 113 R. iii Pan5cat.; %{-tA} f. the state of possessing
qualities W.; possession of good qualities or virtues, excellence MBh. xiv, 86
R. ii Ragh. viii; %{-tva} n. the state of possessing qualities Sa1h. i, 2/3, 37
f.
guNasa.nkhyaane = in terms of different modes
guNasangaH = the association with the modes of nature
guNaGYa = one who knows qualities (one who is a patron of good qualities)
guNaaH = senses
guNaatiitaH = transcendental to the material modes of nature
guNaan.h = the three modes of nature
guNaanvitaM = under the spell of the modes of material nature
guNebhyaH = to the modes of nature
guNeshhu = in sense gratification
gup.h = guard, hide
gupta = secret; gupta mfn. protected, guarded, preserved AV. &c.; hidden,
concealed, kept secret, secret Bhartri. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c. (with {daNDa}, a
secret fine, fine secretly imposed or exacted Hit.; cf. {gUDha-d-}); = {saMgata}
(? joined, combined) W.; ({am}; in comp. {a-} Hcat.) ind. secretly, privately
Kathâs.; ({su-}) Pañcat. iv; ({e}) loc. ind. in a hidden place Kathâs. lxxv; m.
(Pân. 6-1, 205 Kâs'.) N. of several men belonging to the Vais'ya caste (PârGri.
i, 17; cf. RTL. p. 358), especially of the founder of the renowned Gupta dynasty
in which the names of the sovereigns generally end in {gupta} (cf. {candra-},
{samudra-}, {skanda-}; {gupta} is also often found ifc. in names of the Vais'ya
class); ({A}) f. a married woman who withdraws from her lover's endearments L.;
Mucuna pruritus Sus'r. iv, 26, 33; vi, 46, 21 ({-pta}); N. of a woman Pân. 4-1,
121 Sch. ({gopA} Kâs'.); of a S'âkya princess Buddh.
guptaasana = the hidden posture
guru = (adj) heavy * = mf({vI})n. (cf. {giri4}; comp. {ga4rIyas}, once
{-yas-tara}, {guru-tara}, superl. {gariSTha}, {gurutama} see ss. vv.) heavy,
weighty (opposed to {laghu4}) RV. i, 39, 3 and iv, 5, 6 AV. &c. (g. {zauNDA7di}
Ganar. 101); heavy in the stomach (food), difficult to digest MBh. i, 3334
Sus'r.; great, large, extended, long Yâjñ. (see {-kratu}) Bhartri. &c.; (in
prosody) long by nature or position (a vowel) Prât. (a vowel long both by nature
and by position is called {garIyas} RPrât. xviii, 20) Pân. 1-4, 11 and 12; high
in degree, vehement, violent, excessive, difficult, hard RV. MBh. &c.; grievous
Megh. 80; important, serious, momentous MBh.&c.; valuable, highly prized Yâjñ.
ii, 30 ({guru} = {garIyas}) &c.; haughty, proud (speech) Pañcat.; venerable,
respectable; m. any venerable or respectable person (father, mother, or any
relative older than one's self) Gobh. S'ânkhGri. Mn. &c.; a spiritual parent or
preceptor (from whom a youth receives the initiatory Mantra or prayer, who
instructs him in the S'âstras and conducts the necessary ceremonies up to that
of investiture which is performed by the Âcârya Yâjñ. i, 34) RPrât. Âs'vGri.
PârGri. Mn. &c.; the chief of (gen. or in comp.) Cân. Ragh. ii, 68; (with
S'âktas) author of a Mantra; `" preceptor of the gods "', Briihaspati Mn. xi;
(hence) the planet Jupiter Jyot. VarBriS. Bhartri. &c.; `" Pându-teacher "',
Drona L.; Prabhâ-kara (celebrated teacher of the Mîmânsâ, usually mentioned with
Kumârila) SS'ankar. vi, 50; xv, 157; (= {dharma}) `" venerable "', the 9th
astrological mansion VarBriS. i, 16; Mucuna pruritus L.; N. of a son of
Sankriiti BhP. ix, 21, 2 du. parents MBh.; m. pl. parents and other venerable
persons Mn. iv Vikr. v, 10 Kathâs.; a honorific appellation of a preceptor
(whose N. is also put in the pl.), Jain Hit.; ({vI}) f. `" venerable woman "', a
mother Âp. i, 21, 9; `" great (with child) "', pregnant, a pregnant woman L.;
the wife of a teacher W.; [cf. $; Lat. {gravis}; Goth. {kauriths}; Lith.
{gie4ras}.]
guruH = teacher; weighty
gurucharaNaambuja = the lotus feet of the teacher/guru
guruNaapi = even though very difficult
gurutvaM = (abstract noun)greatness;weeightiness
gurutvaaakarshhaNa = gravitational attraction
gurun.h = the superiors
guruvaara = Thrusday
guruu = teacher, preceptor, long syllables as against short(laghuu)
gulikaa = (f) tablet, pill
gulma = the spleen
guhaa = (fem) cave
guhyaM = confidential subject
guhyatamaM = the most confidential
guhyataraM = still more confidential
guhyaat.h = than confidential
guhyaanaaM = of secrets
guuna* = mfn. voided (as ordure) Pân. 8-2, 44 Vârtt. 2.
guudha* = (%{gULha4} RV.) mfn. covered, hidden, concealed, invisible, secret,
private RV. &c.; disguised Mn. ix, 261 MBh. iii, 17311 [361,1]; n. a secret
place or mystery Kat2hUp. i, 1, 29; one of the S3abda7lam2ka1ras Sarasv. ii, 19;
(%{am}) ind. secretly Das3. vii, 248 Ra1jat. v, 268; (%{A}) f. N. of a S3ruti
Gal.; (%{e}) loc. ind. secretly Mn. vii, 186; ix, 170.
GYa = one who knows (suffix)
GYanakaaraka = Significator of knowledge which is Jupiter
GYaa = to know
GYaatachara = (adj) known
GYaatavyaM = knowable
GYaati = community (people of the same caste etc.)
GYaatuM = to know
GYaate = in the realised state
GYaatena = by knowing
GYaatvaa = knowing well
GYaana = knowledge
GYaanaM = knowledge
GYaanaH = whose knowledge
GYaanagamyaM = to be approached by knowledge
GYaanachakshushhaH = those who have the eyes of knowledge
GYaanachakshushhaa = by the vision of knowledge
GYaanadiipite = because of the urge for self-realization
GYaanaplavena = by the boat of transcendental knowledge
GYaanamana.ntaM = Knowledge and Infinity or Absoluteness
GYaanamayaH = (Masc. Nom.Sing.)full of knowledge
GYaanamayo = full of Gyana or knowledge
GYaanayaGYaH = sacrifice in knowledge
GYaanayaGYaaH = sacrifice in advancement of transcendental knowledge
GYaanayaGYena = by cultivation of knowledge
GYaanayogena = by the linking process of knowledge
GYaanavataaM = of the wise
GYaanavaan.h = learned
GYaanavihinaH = (but)bereft of knowledge of the Self
GYaanashabdayoH = of knowledge and sound
GYaanasya = of knowledge
GYaanaaH = knowledge
GYaanaagniH = the fire of knowledge
GYaanaat.h = than knowledge
GYaanaanaaM = of all knowledge
GYaanaavasthita = situated in transcendence
GYaaninaH = of the knower
GYaanibhyaH = than the wise
GYaanii = one who is in knowledge
GYaane = in knowledge
GYaanena = with knowledge
GYaanenaiva = GYAnena + eva:thro' knowledge alone
GYaanendriya = an organ of knowledge, i.e. the five senses
GYaayate = known
GYaayase = can to be known
GYaasyasi = you can know
GYeyaM = be known
GYeyaH = should be known
GYeyosi = You can be known
H
haa * = Meaning 1 ind. an exclamation expressive of pain, anger, astonishment,
satisfaction &c. (= ah! alas! oh! ha! often before or after a voc. case, also
repeated {hA-hA} cf. 1. {hahA} above, or followed by other particles, esp.
{dhik}, {hanta}, {kaSTam} &c.) MBh. Kâv.&c,
haa * = Meaning 2 (not always separable fr. 3. {hA}) cl. 3. Â. (Dhâtup. xxv, 7)
{ji4hIte} (p. {ji4hAna} [q.v.]; pf. {jahire4} AV.; aor. {ahAsta} RV. &c.; fut.
{hAtA} Gr.; {hAsyate} Br. MBh.; inf. {-hAtum} ib.; ind. p. {hAtvA} Gr.; {-hA4ya}
RV.), to start or spring forward, bound away, give way to (dat.) RV.; to spring
or leap upon (?) RV. x, 49, 5; to go or depart or betake one's self to have
recourse to (acc.) Nalo7d. [1296, 2]; to fall or come into any state Kir.: Pass.
{hAyate} (aor. {ahAyi}) Gr.: Caus. {hApayati} (aor. {ajIhapat}) ib.: Desid.
{jihAsate} ib.: Intens. {jahAyate}, {jAhAti}, {jAheti} ib.
haa * = Meaning 3 cl. 3. P. (Dhâtup. xxv, 8) {ja4hAti} (rarely cl. 1. {jahati}
3. du. {jahltaH} Impv. {jahi4hi} For {jahAhi} Pân. 6-4, 117]; {jahItAt} AV.;
Pot. {jahyAt} AV. &c.; pf. {jahau}, {jahu4H} RV. &c.; {jahe} Br.; aor. {ahAt}
ib. &c.; {ahAsIt} Gr.; 3. sg. {ahAs} RV.; {a4hAsi} AV.; {hAsiSTa} ib.,; fut.
{hAtA} Gr.; {hAsyati}, {-te} AV. &c, {jahiSyati} MBh. &c.; inf. {hAtum} ib.;
ind. p. {hitvA4}. [q.v.] RV. &c.; {hitvI4} {-tvA4ya} RV.; {-hItvA} Gr.; {-hA4ya}
Br., {hI4yam} TS.), to leave, abandon, desert, quit, forsake, relinquish (with
{zarIram}, {deham}, {prA7NAn}, {asUn}, {jvitam} &c. - "' to die "') RV. &c, &c.;
to discharge, emit ib.; to put away, take off, remove, lay aside, give up,
renounce, resign, avoid, shun, abstain or refrain from Mn. MBh. &c.; to
disregard, neglect ib.; to lose, be deprived of. R. Kâm.; to get rid of. escape
from Up. MBh. &c.; to cause to emit (with {zardham}, `" to cause to break wind
"') Vop.: Pass. {hIya4te} or {hI4yate} (ep. also {hIyati}; aor. {ahAyi}), to be
left or abandoned or deserted &c.; to be left behind, fall short of (abl.) RV.
&c. &c.; to be excluded from or bereft of (abl. or instr.; with {prA7NaiH}, `"
to die "') KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; to be overtaken by (instr.) MBh.; to be
deficient or wanting, suffer loss or injury, fail (also in a lawsuit), decrease,
wane, decline, come to an end ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; to weigh less (at the ordeal
of the balance) Yâjñ. Sch.; to be given up or avoided Bhartri. (v.l.); to be
subtracted VarBriS.; to become detached from (with abl. or instr.), fall out (as
hair) BhP.: Caus. {hApayati} (m. c. also {-te} aor. {ajIhapat}; {-jIhipaH} RV.),
to cause to leave or abandon &c.; to omit, neglect Mn. MBh. &c.; to fall short
of. be wanting in (acc.) MBh. Cân.; to give up ({asUn}, `" life "') Hariv.; to
lose ({kAlam}, `" time "') Kâm.; to abandon ({pratijJAm}, `" a thesis "')
Jâtakam.: Desid. {jihAsati}, to wish to leave or abandon Das'. BhP. HParis'.; to
wish to reject or disdain Prab.; to wish to escape Sarvad.: Intens. {jehIyate},
{jAhAti}, {jAheti} Gr. This page was generated by SFgate 4.0.30. Ha Meaning 1
the thirty-third and last consonant of the Nâgarî alphabet (in Pânini's system
belonging to the guttural class, and usually pronounced like the English {h} in
{hard}; it is not an original letter, but is mostly derived from an older {gh},
rarely from {dh} or {bh}).
haa * = Meaning 2 (only L.) m. a form of S'iva or Bhairava (cf. {nakulI7za});
water; a cipher (i.e. the arithmetical figure which symbolizes o); meditation,
auspiciousness; sky, heaven, paradise; blood; dying; fear; knowledge; the moon;
Vishnu; war, battle; horripilation; a horse; pride; a physician; cause, motive;
= {pApa-haraNa}; = {sakopa-vAraNa}; = {zuSka}; (also {A} f.) laughter; ({A}) f.
coition; a lute ({am}) n. the Supreme Spirit; pleasure, delight; a weapon; the
sparkling of a gem; calling, calling to the sound of a lute; (ind.) = {aham}
(?), IndSt.; mfn. mad, drunk.
haakiNii = the goddess in aGYaa chakra
haalaahala = poison
haana * 2 n. the act of abandoning, relinquishing, giving up, escaping, getting
rid of Gaut. S'ank. Sarvad.; want, lack Kap.; cessation ib. Bhartri. (v.l.)
haana 1 mfn. gone or departed &c. (in {sa4MhAna}, `" risen "') VS.
haani = damage
haaniH = destruction
haapita *= mfn. (fr. id.) caused to be left or abandoned &c. ; injured (as a
deposit) Ya1jn5. ; deprived of (instr.) BhP.
haara = Garland *= 1 mf(%{I})n. bearing, carrying, carrying away, stealing (e.g.
%{kSIra-h-}, `" stealing milk "') Ma1rkP.; levying, raising (e.g. %{kara-h-}, `"
raising taxes "') BhP.; ravishing, charming, delightful (or `" relating to Hari
i.e. Vishnu "') ib.; relating to Hara or S3iva Nalac.; m. taking away, removal
ib.; confiscation, forfeiture (of land, money &c.) Mn. MBh. Katha1s.; waste,
loss (see %{kAla-h-}); war, battle W.; a carrier, porter ib.; (in arithm.) a
divisor or division Col.; (in prosody) a long syllable ib.; a garland of pearls,
necklace (accord. to some, one of 108 or 64 strings) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (%{A}) f.
Pa1n2. 3-3, 104; (%{I}) f. a pearl L.; a girl of bad reputation (unfit for
marriage) L.; a kind of metre Col.\\2 (for 3. see p. 1292, col. 1) Nom. P.
%{-rati} to be like a string of pearls Dhu1rtas.\\ 3 mfn. (for 1. and 2. see p.
1289, col. 2) relating to Hari or Vishn2n BhP.\\ %{hAraka}, %{hArin} &c. see p.
1289, cols. 2 and 3.
haariNii = remover
haard * = (fr. and = {hRd}). see {dur-} and {su-hA4rd}.
haa4rdi * = m. the heart AV.; contentment, ease, comfort VarBriS.; n. the heart
or interior of the body (also applied to the intestines) RV.
haardikA * =see {yama-h-}.
haardikya * =m. patr. of Kriita-varman MBh. Hariv.; friendship R.
haardin * =mfn. feeling affection for (loc.) MârkP.
haardivan * =(TÂr.) or (vS.) mfn. hearty, cordial, having an affection for
(loc.)
haardvan * =(vS.) mfn. hearty, cordial, having an affection for (loc.)
haasa = laughter
haasya = the sentiment of humor
haata * = mfn. given up, abandoned BhP
ha = the sun
ha * = Meaning1 the thirty-third and last consonant of the Nâgarî alphabet (in
Pânini's system belonging to the guttural class, and usually pronounced like the
English {h} in {hard}; it is not an original letter, but is mostly derived from
an older {gh}, rarely from {dh} or {bh}).
ha * = Meaning 2 (only L.) m. a form of S'iva or Bhairava (cf. {nakulI7za});
water; a cipher (i.e. the arithmetical figure which symbolizes o); meditation,
auspiciousness; sky, heaven, paradise; blood; dying; fear; knowledge; the moon;
Vishnu; war, battle; horripilation; a horse; pride; a physician; cause, motive;
= {pApa-haraNa}; = {sakopa-vAraNa}; = {zuSka}; (also {A} f.) laughter; ({A}) f.
coition; a lute ({am}) n. the Supreme Spirit; pleasure, delight; a weapon; the
sparkling of a gem; calling, calling to the sound of a lute; (ind.) = {aham}
(?), IndSt.; mfn. mad, drunk.
ha * = Meaning 3 ind. (prob. orig. identical with 2. {gha}, and used as a
particle for emphasizing a preceding word, esp. if it begins a sentence closely
connected with another; very frequent in the Brâhmanas and Sûtras, and often
translatable by) indeed, assuredly, verily, of course, then &c. (often with
other particles e.g. with {tv eva}, {u}, {sma}, {vai} &c.; {na ha}, `" not
indeed "'; also with interrogatives and relatives e.g. {yad dha}, `" when indeed
"'; {kad dha}, `" what then? "' sometimes with impf. or pf. [cf. Pân. 3-2, 116];
in later language very commonly used as a mere expletive, esp. at the end of a
verse) RV. &c. &c.
ha * = Meaning 4 mf({A})n. (fr. {han}) killing, destroying, removing (only ifc.;
see {arAti-}, {vRtra-}, {zatruha} &c.)
ha * = Meaning 5 mf({A})n. (fr. 3. {hA}) abandoning, deserting, avoiding (ifc.;
see {an-oka-} and {vApI-ha}); ({A}) f. abandonment, desertion L.
haituka* = mf({I})n. having a cause or reason, founded on some motive (in
{a-h-}) Bhag. BhP.; (ifc.) caused by, dependent on MBh. BhP.; m. a reasoner,
rationalist, sceptic, heretic ({I} f.) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; a follower of the
Mîmânsâ doctrines W.
hala = a plough
halaasana = the plough posture
halaahala = poison
halahala* = mfn. ploughing making furrows L.
halahalaa* = ind. an exclamation of applause or approbation MBh. R.
halaahala* = m. n. a kind of deadly poison (prodoced at the churning of the
ocean by gods and demons) Kâv. Pañcat.; m. (only L.) a kind of lizard; a kind of
snake; a Jaina or Bauddha sage.
haalahala* = (Jâtakam.) and n. the above poison.
haalahaala* = (L.) n. the above poison.
haalaahala* = m. a panic. poisonous plant (the seed of which is said to resemble
a cow's teat) Bhpr.; a kind of lizard L.; a kind of spider L.; n. (rarely m.), a
deadly poison prepared from the roots of the above plant accord. to R. and BhP.
produced at she churning of the ocean (cf. {halAhala}) Kâv. Sus'r. BhP.; ({A})
f. a kind of small mouse L.; ({I}) f. spirituous liquor L.
haalahala* = {hAlAhala}, {hAhala} &c. Sea p. 1293, col. 2.
halaayudha * m. `" plough-weaponed "'N. of Bala-râma (see above; also
transferred to Vishnu-Kriishna) MBh. Hariv.; (also with {bhatTa}, {mizra} &c.)
N. of various writers (esp. of a poet, of the author of the Abhidhâna-ratnamâls,
of the author of the Purâna-sarvasva &c.) Cat.; {-cchAndogya} (?) and {-stava}
m. N. of wks.
haMsaH = (m) swan
han* = mfn. only f. {-ghnI} q.v.\\* = m. killer of Makha "'N. of Agni or Indra
or Rudra TS.
han* =1 cl. 2. P. (Dhâtup. xxiv, 2) {hanti} (3. du. {hata4H}, 3. pl. {ghnanti};
rarely Â. {hate}, 3. pl. {ghnate}; and cl. 1. {hanati}, Ved. also {jighnate},
{-ti}; Pot. {hanyAt} Br. also {ha4nIta}, {ghnIta}; Impv. {jahi4} TÂr. {handhi4};
impf. {a4han}, Ved. and ep. also {ahanat}, {ahanan}, {aghnanta}; p. {jaghnat},
{ghnamAna} MBh.; pf. {jaghA4na}, {jaghnu4H} Br.and ep. also {jaghne}, {-nire}
Subj. {jagha4nat} RV.; p. {jaghniva4s}, Ved. also {jaghanvas}; aor. {ahAnIt}
JaimBr. [cf. {vadh}]; fut. {hantA} MBh.; {haMsyati} ib.; {haniSya4ti}, {-te} AV.
&c.; inf. {ha4ntum}, Ved. also {ha4ntave}, {-tavai4}, {-toH}; ind. p. {hatvA4},
Ved. also {-tvI4}, {-tvAya}, {-hatya}; {-hanya} MBh.; {-ghA4tam} Br. &c.), to
strike, beat (also a drum), pound, hammer (acc.), strike &c. upon (loc.) RV. &c.
&c.; to smite, slay, hit, kill, mar, destroy ib.; to put to death, cause to be
executed Mn. Hit.; to strike off Kathâs.; to ward off, avert MBh.; to hurt,
wound (the heart) R.; to hurl (a dart) upon (gen.) RV.; (in astron.) to touch,
come into contact VarBriS.; to obstruct, hinder Râjat.; to repress, give up,
abandon (anger, sorrow &c.) Kâv. BhP.; (?) to go, move Naigh. ii, 14: Pass.
{hanya4te} (ep. also {-ti}; aor. {avadhi} or {aghAni}), to be struck or killed
RV. &c. &c.: Caus. {ghAtayati}, {-te} (properly a Nom. fr. {ghAta} q.v.; aor.
{ajIghatat} or {ajIghanat}), to cause to be slain or killed, kill, slay, put to
death, punish Mn. MBh. &c.; to notify a persoñs death ({kaMsaM ghAtayati} =
{kaMsa-vadham AcaSTe}) Pân. 3-1, 26 Vârtt. 6 Pat.; to mar, destroy MBh. Pañcat.
(v.l.): Desid. {ji4ghAMsati}, {-te} (Pot. {jighAMsIyat} MBh.; impf. {ajighAMsIH}
S'Br.), to wish to kill or destroy RV. &c. &c.: Intens. {ja4Gghanti} (RV.; p.
{jaGghanat}, {ja4Gghnat} or {gha4nighnat}), {jaGghanyate} (with pass. sense
MundUp.), {jeghnIyate} (Pân. 7-4, 31), to strike = tread upon (loc. or acc.)
RV.; to slay, kill ib.; to dispel (darkness), destroy (evil, harm) ib.; to hurt,
injure, wound MundUp. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {de-fendere}, &388667[1287, 2]
{of-fendere}; Lit. {genu}, {gi4ti}; Slav. {gu8nati}.]
han* =2 mf({ghnI})n. killing, a killer, slayer (only ifc.; see {ari-},
{tamo-han} &c.)
hana * mf({I})n. id. (see {vIra-haNa}); m. killing, slaughter (see {su-hana});
({A}) f. (see {dur-ha4NA}).
ha.nsa = (masc) swan, goose
ha.nsaasana = the swan posture
hanana = killing
hanishhye = I shall kill
hanumatprabhuH = the lord of Hanuman
hanumaana = a monkey chief, son of Anjana and Vayu
hanumaanaasana = the splits
hanta = O !, Alas !* ind. an exclamation or inceptive particle (expressive of an
exhortation to do anything or asking attention, and often translatable by `"
come on! "' `" here! "' `" look! "' `" see! "' in later language also expressive
of grief, joy, pity, haste, benediction &c. and translatable by `" alas! "' `"
ah! "' `" oh! "' &c.; often repeated or joined with other particles e.g. {hA
hanta}, {hanta hanta}, {hanta tarhi}) RV. &c. &c.
hantaaraM = the killer
hanti = kills
hantuM = to kill
hantri = desirous of killing
hanyate = is killed
hanyamaane = being killed
hanyuH = may kill
har.h = to steal
hara = shankara * = mf(%{A}, rarely %{I})n. (only ifc.; fr. 1. %{hR}) bearing,
wearing, taking, conveying, bringing (see %{kavaca-}, %{vArttA-h-}), taking
away, carrying off, removing, destroying (see %{bala-}, %{zakti-h-}); receiving,
obtaining (see %{aMza-h-}); ravishing, captivating (see %{mano-h-}); m. `"
Seizer "', `" Destroyer "'N. of S3iva A1s3vGr2. Mn. MBh. &c.; of a Da1nava MBh.
Hariv.; of a monkey R.; of various authors &c. Cat.; (in arithm.) a divisor
Col.; the denominator of a fraction, division ib.; a stallion (?) L.; an ass L.;
fire L.
haraH = shiva
harati = (1pp) to take (away)
haranti = throw
harasi = you remove
hari = vishnu
hariH = the Supreme Personality of Godhead, KRishhNa
hariNa = deer
harita = green
haritam.h = (n) cabbage
haridraa = (f) turmeric (haldii)
hariiH = VishNu
hareH = of Lord KRishhNa
hartaa.asi = are the usurper
harmya = building
harsha = (masc) joy * = m. (ifc. f. %{A}; fr. %{hRS}) bristling, erection (esp.
of the hair in a thrill of rapture or delight) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; joy, pleasure,
happiness (also personified as a son of Dharma) Kat2hUp. MBh. &c. [1292,3];
erection of the sexual organ, sexual excitement, lustfulness Sus3r.; ardent
desire MBh.; N. of an Asura Katha1s.; of a son of Kr2ishn2a BhP.; of various
authors &c. (also with %{dIkSita}, %{mizra}, %{sUri} &c.; cf. %{zrI-harSa});
mfn. happy, delighted W.
harshha = from happiness
harshhaM = cheerfulness
harshhashokaanvitaH = subject to joy and sorrow
haryaksha * = mfn. yelloweyed VS. MBh.; m. a lion MBh. R.; the zodiacal sign Leo
Cat.; a monkey R.; N. of Kubera L.; of a demon causing diseases PârGri.; of an
Asura BhP.; of a son of Priithu ib.; of S'iva MW.
hary-aksha * = hary-akSa
haryaksha * = {hary-aGga} &c. see above, col. i.
hasati = (1pp) to laugh
hasta = hand
hastaM = hand
hastaghaTii = (f) wristwatch
hasta\-paadangushhThaasana = the hand-to-big-toe posture
hastaat.h = from the hand
hastaaksharam.h = (n) handwriting
hastini = in the elephant
hastipakaH = (m) mahout, one who rides the elephant
hastairbibhraaNaM = bearing in the hands
hata* =mfn. struck by lightning Ka1t2h. [113,1]\\ mfn. struck, heaten (also said
of a drum), smitten, killed, slain, destroyed, ended, gone, lost (often ibc. =
`" destitute of "', `" bereft of "', `" -less "') RV. &c. &c.; injured, marred,
hurt, wounded (lit. and fig.) MBh. Katha1s.; struck off (as a head) R.; knocked
out (as an eye) ib.; hit by (instr. or comp.) Ka1v. Katha1s.; whirled up, raised
(as dust) S3ak.; visited or afflicted or tormented by, struggling with,
suffering from (instr. or comp.) S3Br. ChUp. MBh. &c.; (in astron.) touched,
come into contact VarBr2S.; violated (sexually, as a woman) MBh. viii, 2037;
ruined, undone, hopeless, miserable, wretched (of persons and things; cf. comp.)
Mn. MBh. &c.; worthless, useless ib.; defective Sa1h.; cheated, deceived Kuval.;
deprived of, lapsed from (%{-tas} or comp.) MBh. R.; (in arithm.) multiplied
A1ryabh.; (%{A}) f. a violated woman (see above); a despised girl unfit for
marriage L.; (%{am}) n. striking, killing, hurting W.; multiplication ib. [Cf.
Gk. $, &388690[1287,2] `" slain. "']
hatha (haTa)* = force, against one's will * =mfn. struck - by lightning, heaten
(also said of a drum), smitten, killed, slain, destroyed, ended, gone, lost
(often ibc. = `" destitute of "', `" bereft of "', `" -less "') RV. &c. &c.;
injured, marred, hurt, wounded (lit. and fig.) MBh. Kathâs.; struck off (as a
head) R.; knocked out (as an eye) ib.; hit by (instr. or comp.) Kâv. Kathâs.;
whirled up, raised (as dust) S'ak.; visited or afflicted or tormented by,
struggling with, suffering from (instr. or comp.) S'Br. ChUp. MBh. &c.; (in
astron.) touched, come into contact VarBriS.; violated (sexually, as a woman)
MBh. viii, 2037; ruined, undone, hopeless, miserable, wretched (of persons and
things; cf. comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; worthless, useless ib.; defective Sâh.;
cheated, deceived Kuval.; deprived of, lapsed from ({-tas} or comp.) MBh. R.;
(in arithm.) multiplied Âryabh.; ({A}) f. a violated woman (see above); a
despised girl unfit for marriage L.; ({am}) n. striking, killing, hurting W.;
multiplication ib.[Cf. Gk. $, &388690[1287, 2] `" slain. "']
hathha *= m. violence, force (ibc., %{ena}, and %{At}, `" by force, forcibly "')
R. Ra1jat. Katha1s. &c. ; obstinacy, pertinacity (ibc. and %{At}, `"
obstinately, persistently "') Pan5cat. Katha1s. ; absolute or inevitable
necessity (as the cause of all existence and activity ; ibc., %{At}, and %{ena},
`" necessarily, inevitably, by all means "') MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; = %{haTha-yoga}
Cat. ; oppression W. ; rapine ib. ; going in the rear of an enemy L. ; Pistia
Stratiotes L.
hatha m. a blow, stroke RV. ; killing, slaughter ib. ; a man stricken with
despair Un2. ii, 2 Sch.
haTayoga = union with the supreme via discipline
hataM = killed
hataH = being killed
hataan.h = already killed
hataani = (past.part.)having been killed
hataiH = having been killed
hatvaa = by killing
haviH = butter
havirdhaana* = m. N. of the author of RV. x, 11-15 Anukr.; of a son of
Antar-dhana (cf. {havir-dhAman}) BhP.; ({I}) f. N. of the mythical cow Surabhi
or Kâma-dhenu ib.; of the wife of Havir-dhâna ib.; ({am}) n. `"
oblation-receptacle "', the vehicle in which the Soma plants are couveyed to be
pressed (generally in du.) AV. VS. S'Br.; a shed for the Soma vehicles ib.
KâtyS'r.; a place of sacrifice MBh. Hariv.; the earth (as the depository of
oblñoblation) AV.; ({e}), du, (with {prajApateH}) N. of two Sâmans ÂrshBr.
havishhaa = offerings
haya = horse
hayaiH = horses
helana *= n. the act of slighting, disregard, contempt MBh. BhP.; sporting
amorously, wanton dalliance (cf. %{hil}) W.
heman.h = gold
hemanta = (masc) winter
hetavaH = causes - see hetu
heti * = f. (fr. 1. %{hi}; in later language also m. a missile weapon, any
weapon (also personified) RV. &c. &c.; stroke, wound Sa1y.; Agni's weapon,
flame, light MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a ray of the sun L.; rapid motion, shot, impact (of
a bow-string) RV.; an implement, instrument BhP.; a young shoot or sprout L.; m.
N. of the first Ra1kshasa king (represented as occupying the Sun's chariot in
the month Caitra or Madhu) R.; of an Asura BhP.
hetoH = in exchange
hetu = intention * = m. `" impulse "', motive, cause, cause of, reason for
(loc., rarely dat. or gen.; {hetunA}, {hetoH}, {hetave}, {hetau}, `" for a cause
or reason "', `" by reason of "', `" on account of "' [with gen. or comp. e.g.
{mama hetoH} or {mad-dhetoH}, `" on account of me "']; {kaM hetum} or {ko
heTuH}, `" wherefore? "' `" why? "' Pân. 2-2, 23 Pat.; {yato hetoH}, `" because
"'; {anena hetunA} or {iti hetoH}, `" for this reason "'; {mRtyu-hetave}, `" in
order to kill "'; {hetur alaukikaH}, `" a supernatural cause "'; ifc. {hetu}
also = `" having as a cause or motive "', `" caused or effected or actuated or
attracted or impelled by "' e.g. {karma-hetu}, `" caused by the acts [of a
former existence] "' Mn. i, 49; {mAMsa-hetu}, `" attracted by [the smell of]
flesh "' MBh. x, 496; {karma-phala-hetu}, `" impelled by [the expectation of]
the consequences of any act "' BhP. ii, 47; 49) RV. &c. &c.; a logical reason or
dedaction or argument, the reason for an inference (esp. applied to the second
member or Avayava of the five-membered syllogism see {nyAya}) Nyâyad. IW. 61;
logic (in general see {hetuvidyA}); (in gram.) the agent of the causal verb Pân.
1-4, 55 &c.; (with Buddhists) primary cause (as opp. to {pratyaya} q.v.)
Sarvad.; (with Pas'upatas) that which causes the bondage of the soul i.e. the
external world and the senses ib.; a means ({hetubhiH} ifc. `" by means of "')
MBh.; mode, manner ({hetubhiH} ifc. `" according to "') ib. Sus'r. Yâjñ.; price,
cost Râjat. v, 71; condition MBh.; (in rhet.) = {kAvya-liGga} (q.v.) Bhar. Kpr.
Sâh.
hetuH = aim (Here: cause)
hetunaa = for the reason
hetumadbhiH = with cause and effect
heya 1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 1297, col. 1) to be gone &c. MW.\\ 2 mfn. (for 1. and
3. see p. 1296 and 1304) to be left or quitted or abandoned or rejected or
avoided (%{-tva} n.) Ka1v. Katha1s. &c.; to be subtracted L.
hi = really
hi * =Meaning 1 i (cf. {hay}) cl. 5. P. (Dhâtup., xxvii, 11) {hino4ti} (Ved.
also {hinute4}, {hi4nvati} and {hinva4ti}, {-te}; p. {hinvAna4} [with aet. and
pass. sense] RV.; {ha4yat} RV. TS.; 1: sg. {hiSe} RV.; pf. {jighAya}, {jighyuH}
Br. &c.; {jighye} [with pass. sense] Bhathth.; aor. {a4hema} {a4hema}, {ahyan},
{heta} p. {hiyAna4} [with pass. sense] RV.; {ahyam} [?], {a4hait} AV.; {ahaiSIt}
Br.; {aheSata} RV.; fut. {hetA} Gr.; {heSyati} MBh. &c.; inf. {-hye4} RV.), to
send forth set in motion, impel, urge on, hasten on (Â. also intrans.) RV. AV.
S'Br. KâtyS'r.; to stimulate or incite to (dat.) RV.; to assist or help to
(dat.) ib.; to discharge, b, hurl, cast, shoot RV.; to convey, bring, procure
ib. S'Br.; to forsake, abandon, get rid of Bhathth.; ({hinvati}), to gladden,
delight Dhâtup. xv, 82: Pass. {hIyate} (aor. {ahAyi}) Gr.: Caus. {hAyuyati}
(aor. {ajIhayat}) ib.: Desid. of Caus. {jihApayiSati} ib.: Desid. {jighISati}
ib.: Inteus. {jeghIyate}, {jeghayIti}, {jegheti} ib.
hi4* =Meaning 2 ind. (used as a particle [cf. {ha} and {gha}] and usually
denoting) for, because, on account of (never standing first in a sentence, but
generally after the first word and used enclitically, sometimes after pronouns;
e.g. {sa4rvo hi4 pR4tanA jigISati}, `" for everybody wishes to win battles "';
{bkavAn hi pramANam}, `" for your honour is the authority "'; {tahA hi}, `" for
example "', `" accordingly "'; {na4 hi4} or {nahI4} "', for not "', `" not at
all "') RV. &c. &c.; just, pray, do (with an Impv. or Pot. emphatically;
sometimes with Indic., e. g. {pasyAmo hi}, `" we will just see "') ib.; indeed,
assuredly, surely, of course, certainly ({hi4 vai4}, `" most assuredly "';
{hi-tu} or {hi-punar}, `" indeed-but "'; often a mere expletive, esp. to avoid a
hiatus, sometimes repeated in the same sentence; {hi} is also said to be an
interjection of `" envy "', `" contempt "', `" hurry "' &c.) ib.
hii* = ind. (an exclamation of surprise or astonishment or horror or sorrow or
hilarity or satisfaction, usually translatable by) ah! oh! alas l &c.; (also
said to be so used in giving a reason or cause, and translatable by) therefore,
so, because, for (cf. 2. {hi}) &c.; (it is sometimes repeated cf. {hIhI} Hariv.
Bhathth.
hiMs * = 1 (orig. Desid. of %{han}) cl. 1. 7. P. (Dha1tup. xxix , 19 ; xxxiv ,
23) %{hiMsati} , %{hina4sti} (Ved. and ep. also A1. %{hiMsate} , %{hi4Mste} ; 2.
sg. %{hiMsi} for %{hinassi} MBh. iii , 13269 ; pf. %{jihiMsa} , %{-sima4} ,
%{jIhiMsIh} AV. ; aor. %{ahiMsIt} , %{hiMsIt} RV. &c. ; fut. %{hiMsita} Gr. ;
%{hiMsiSyati} , %{-te} Br. &c. ; inf. %{hiMsitum} [Ved. also %{hi4esitoH}] ib. ;
ind. p. %{hiMsitvA4} AV. Br. ; %{-hiMsya} MBh.) , to injure , harm , wound ,
kill , destroy RV. &c. &c.: Pass. %{hiMsyate} (aor. %{ahiMsi}) , to be injured
or killed RV. (in %{a4-hiMsyamAna}) &c.: Caus , or cl. so. P. (Dha1tup. xxxiv ,
23) %{hiMsayati} (aor. %{ajihiMsat}) , to injure , harm , kill , slay MBh.:
Desid. %{ji4hiMsiSati} , to wish to injure &c. S3Br.: Intens , %{jehiMsyate} ,
%{jehiMsti} Gr.
hiMs * = 2 mfn. injuring , striking (see %{su-hiMs}).
hiMsa * = mfn. injuring , injurious , mischievous , hostile RV. ; (%{A}) f. see
below.
hiMsaa * = f. injury , harm (to life or property) , hurt , mischief , wrong
(said to be of three kinds , 1. mental as `" bearing malice "' ; 2. verbal , as
"' abusive language ; 3. personal , as `" acts of violence "') Mn. Ya1jn5. MBh.
&c. ; Injury or Mischief personified (as the wife of Adharnia and daughter of
Lobha and Nishkr2iti) Pur. ; Asteracantha Longifolia L.
hiMsita * = mfn. hurt , injured , wounded , killed , destroyed AV. &c. &c. ; n.
injury , harm Pan5cat.
hi.nsati = kills
hi.nsaa = violence
hi.nsaaM = and distress to others
hi.nsaatmakaH = always envious
hita = benefit *= 1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 1298 , col. 2) sent , impelled , urged
on , set in motion &c. ; going , running , speeding RV. AV. [1297,3]\\ 2
mf(%{A4})n. (p.p. of 1. %{dhA} cf. %{dhita} ; for 1. %{hita} see p. 1297 , col.
2) put , placed , set , laid , laid upon , imposed , lying or situated or
contained in (loc.) RV. AV. Up. ; set up , established , fixed (as a prize) RV.
; planned , arranged (as a race or contest) ib. ; prepared , made ready ib. ;
held , taken MW. ; assigned to , destined for (dat. or gen.) ib. ; reckoned
among(loc) TS. ; constituted or appointed as (nom.) RV. ; given (as a name) AV.
; beneficial , advantageous , salutary , wholesome , suitable , agreeing with
(of ten , said of diet , regimen , medicines &c.) , convenient , suitable , fit
, agreeable to or for (dat. gen. loc. , or comp.) RV. &c.&c. ; well-disposed ,
favourable , friendly , affectionate , kind Mn. MBh. &c. ; m. a friend ,
benefactor ib. ; (%{A4}) f. a causeway , dike (see %{hitA-bhaGga}) ; pl. N. of
partic. veins or arteries S3Br. KaushUp. Ya1jn5. ; (%{am}) n. (sg. or pl.)
anything useful or salutary or suitable or proper , benefit , advantage , profit
, service , good , welfare , good advice &c. Mn. MBh. &c.
hitaM = beneficial
hitakaamyayaa = for your benefit
hite = in welfare work
hitaishhin.h = one who wishes good
hitaaya * = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to avail, be of use or advantage Vâs. Hitâ4vat mfn.
one who has put away or hidden his property RV.
hitvaa = having given up/abandoned
hinasti = degrade
hima = snow
himaalayaH = the Himalayan mountains = * Nom. P. {-yati}, to resemble the
Hima7laya Dhûrtas.
hiMsa* = mfn. injuring, injurious, mischievous, hostile RV.; ({A}) f. see below.
hiMsA* = f. injury, harm (to life or property), hurt, mischief, wrong (said to
be of three kinds, 1. mental as `" bearing malice "'; 2. verbal, as "' abusive
language; 3. personal, as `" acts of violence "') Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; Injury or
Mischief personified (as the wife of Adharnia and daughter of Lobha and
Nishkriiti) Pur.; Asteracantha Longifolia L.
hiraNmaya* = mf({I}) n. (for {hiraNya-maya}) golden, gold-coloured TS.&c, &c.;
m. N. of Brahmâ. (see {hiraNya-garbha}) L.; of a Riishi MBh.; of a son of
Agnidhra and ruler of a Varsha BhP.; m.n. one of the 9 Varshas or divisions of
the continent (said to be between the mountainous ranges S'veta and
S'riinga-vat; see varsha and {zveta}) Pur.
hiraNyakashyapu = a demon king, killed by Vishnu
hiraNyagarbha = Effulgent, a name of Sun
hiraNyagarbhaH = the Golden Embryo of life and form
hiinau = bereft, having lost
horaa = A Varga. The Division of a sign into Solar and Lunar or Division into
halves. Used for determining Wealth amongst other things
hraada * = m. sound, noise, roar (of thunder) ChUp. MBh. Kir.; sound (in a
phonetical sense) Pat.; N. of a serpent-demon MBh.; of a son of Hiranyakas'ipu
Hariv. Pur.
hraasa * = m. shortening, diminution, decrease, deterioration, detriment Mn.
Ya1jn5. &c.; paucity, scarcity MBh. Hariv. &c.; sound, noise L.
hrada * = 1 m. (once n.; ifc. f. {A} rather to be connected with {hlAd}, but cf.
{hrAd}; for 2. {hrada} see p. 1307) a large or deep piece of water, lake, pool
(rarely applied to the sea; with {gAGga}, `" the water of the Ganges "') RV. &c.
&c.; ({A}) f. the incense tree L.; ({I}) f. g. {gaurA7di}.
hrada * =2 m. (ifc. f. {A}; for 1. see p. 1306, col. 3) sound, noise L.; a ray
of light (see {zata-hr-}); a ram L.; N. of a son of Hrâda Hariv.
hraasa * = m. shortening, diminution, decrease, deterioration, detriment Mn.
Ya1jn5. &c. ; paucity, scarcity MBh. Hariv. &c. ; sound, noise L
hrasvaa = (adj) short
hriiH = modesty
hrii* = 1 cl. 3. P. (Dhâtup. xxv, 3) {jihreti} ({ji4hriyat} MaitrS.; pf.
{jihrAya} Ragh.; {jihrayAM-cakAra}, {-yAm-Asa}, Gr.; aor. {ahraiSIt} ib.; Prec.
{hrIyAt} ib.; p. {hrayANa}, see {a-hr-}; fut. {hretA}, {hreSyati} Gr.), to feel
shame, blush, be bashful or modest, be ashamed of any one (gen.) or anything
(abl.) Kâv. Kathâs.: Caus. {hrepayati} (aor. {ajihripat}), to make ashamed,
cause to blush, confound, put to shame (also fig. = `" surpass, excel "') ib.:
Desid. {jihrISati} Gr.: Intens. {jehrIyate} (p. {-yamANa} SaddhP.), {jehrayIti},
{jehreti}, to be greatly ashamed ib. \\2 f. shame, modesty, shyness, timidity
(also personified as daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma) VS. &c. &
hriiyantraNA * f. torment of shñshame, constraint of bashfulness
hriyate = is attracted
hri = to steal
hrit *= mfn. (only ifc.) bringing, carrying, carrying away, seizing &c. (see
%{bali-}, %{taila-}, %{pApa}, %{-bhayahRt} &c.)
hrita = deprived of
hritat.h = heart
hritsthaM = situated in the heart
hrid.h = heart (neut)
hridaya = heart* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) the heart (or region of the heart as the
seat of feelings and sensations; {hRdaye-kR}, `" to take to heart "'), soul,
mind (as the seat of mental operations; {capala-hRdaya}, `" fickleminded "') RV.
&c. &c.; the heart or interior of the body RV. AV. TBr. MBh.; the heart or
centre or core or essence or best or dearest or most secret part of anything AV.
&c. &c.; true or divine knowledge MW.; the Veda ib.; science ib.; (with
{prajApateH}) N. of a Sâman IndSt.; m. a partic. Sunday BhavP.; ({A}) f. N. of a
mare Hariv.; mfn. going to the heart BhâgP. (fr. {hRd} + {aya} Sch.)
hridayaM = heart
hridayasthaM = heart-stationed
hridayaani = hearts
hridayii = in my heart
hridayeshhu = in the hearts of
hridi = in the heart
hriddeshe = in the location of the heart
hridyaaH = pleasing to the heart
hrish* = cl. 1. P. A1. %{ha4rSati}, %{-te} fr. P. only p. %{ha4rSat}), to be
excited or impatient, rejoice in the prospect of, be anxious or impatient for
(dat.) RV.; to speak or affirm falsely, lie Dha1tup. xvii, 59; cl. 4. P.
(Dha1tup. xxvi, 119) %{hRSyati} (ep. and m. c. also %{-te}; pf. %{jaharSa},
%{jahRSuH}; %{jahRSe}, %{-Sire} MBh. &c.; aor. %{ahRSat} ib.; fut. %{harSitA},
%{harSiSyati} Gr.; inf. %{harSitum} ib.; ind. p. %{-hRSya} MBh. &c.), to thrill
with rapture, rejoice, exult, be glad or pleased Pa1rGr2. Mn. MBh. &c.; to
become sexually excited Sus3r.; to become erect or stiff or rigid, bristle (said
of the hairs of the body &c.), become on edge (like the teeth) MBh. BhP.: Pass.
%{hRSyate} (aor. %{aharSi}) Gr.: Caus. %{harSa4yati}, %{-te} (aor. %{ajIhRSat},
or %{ajaharSat}), to excite, make impatient or eager for (victory &c.) RV. &c.
&c.; to rejoice, be glad Mn. MBh.; to cause to bristle Cat.: Desid.
%{jiharSiSati} Gr.: Intens. %{jarIhRSyate}, %{jarharSTi} &c. (Ved. forms
%{jarhRSanta}, %{ja4rhRSANa} and %{jAhRSANa4}), to be impatient or excited RV.
VS. A1s3vS3r.; to excite violently RV. [Cf. Lat. {horreo} for {horseo}.]
hrishhitaH = gladdened
hrishhiikesha = O master of all senses
hrishiikes'a* = m. (perhaps = {hRSI-keza} cf. {hRSI-vat} above) id. ({-tva} n.)
MBh. Hariv. &c.; N. of the tenth month VarBriS.; of a Tîrtha Cat.; of a poet
ib.; lord of the senses (said of Manas) BhP.; {-zA7zrama} m. N. of a man Cat.
hrishhiikeshaM = unto Lord KRishhNa
hrishhiikeshaH = Hrishîkes'a (KRishhNa, the Lord who directs the senses of the
devotees)
hrishhTaromaa = with his bodily hairs standing on end due to his great ecstasy
hrishhyati = takes pleasure
hrishhyaami = I am enjoying
hrishtha * = mfn. thrilling with rapture, rejoiced, pleased, glad, merry Mn.
MBh. &c.; bristling, erect, standing on end (said of the hairs of the body) MBh.
R. &c.; rigid, stiff Hariv.; blunted (cf. {hRSita}) Pat.; surprised, astonished
ib.
hrit *= hRt mfn. (only ifc.) bringing, carrying, carrying away, seizing &c. (see
%{bali-}, %{taila-}, %{pApa}, %{-bhayahRt} &c.)// 2 in comp. for %{hRd}.
hum *= or %{hUm} ind. an exclamation (of remembrance, doubt, interrogation,
assent, anger, reproach, fear &c., not translatable); a mystical syllable used
in spells and magical texts or sentences; in Vedic ritual used immediately
before the singing of the Prasta1va or prelude as well as during the chanting of
the Pratiha1ra or response S3rS. MBh. Ka1v. &c.
huM *= in comp. for %{hum}.
hUm *= ind. an exclamation or interjection &c.; see %{hum}
huta = offerings (usually made to a fire)
hutaM = offered
hutabhuk.h = fire (one who eats offerings)
hutaashavaktraM = fire coming out of Your mouth
hyaH = yesterday
I
ichchh.h = to wish
ichchha = the will
ichchhati = (6 up) to wish
icchataa * = f. or desire, wishfulness L.
icchatva * = n. desire, wishfulness L.
ichchhan.h = present participle of ishh, to wish
ichchhantaH = desiring
ichchhasi = you wish
ichchhaa = desire
ichchhaami = do I wish
iD * = (fr. 1. %{iS} ; connected with %{i4rA} q.v. ; only in inst. gen. abl.
sing., and acc. pl. %{iDA4} and %{iDa4s} ; or, according to the spelling of the
R2igveda, %{iLA4} and %{iLa4s}), a refreshing draught, refreshment, libation
offered to the gods RV. ; the flow of speech, the stream of sacred words and
worship, prayer ; (Sa1y.) the earth, food RV. VS. ; (%{iDas}, or %{iLas}) pl.
the objects of devotion (a particular form of Agni addressed in the fourth verse
of the A1pri1 hymn RV. i, 13) RV. iii, 4, 3 ; (erroneously also referred to in
the Bra1hman2as &c. as if etymologically connected with the words %{IDya},
%{IDita}, %{ILita}, `" the praiseworthy "', `" the praised "', which are used in
other passages as the designation of the same object of worship) VS. AitBr.
S3Br. A1s3vS3r. &c.
id * = ind. Ved. (probably the neut. form of the pronom. base %{i} see 3. %{i} ;
a particle of affirmation) even, just, only ; indeed, assuredly (especially, in
strengthening an antithesis, e.g. %{ya4thA@va4zanti@devA4s@ta4he74d@asat}, as
the gods wish it, thus indeed it will be RV. viii, 28, 4 ;
%{di4psanta@i4d@ripa4vo@nA74ha@debhuH}, the enemies wishing indeed to hurt were
in nowise able to hurt RV. i, 147, 3). %{id} is often added to words expressing
excess or exclusion (e.g. %{vizva@it}, every one indeed ; %{zazvad@it},
constantly indeed ; %{eka@it}, one only). At the beginning of sentences it often
adds emphasis to pronouns, prepositions, particles (e.g. %{tvam@it}, thou indeed
; %{yadi@it}, if indeed, &c.) %{id} occurs often in the R2ig-veda and
Atharva-veda, seldom in the Bra1hman2as, and its place is taken in classical
Sanskr2it by %{eva} and other particles.
idaM = this* = 1 {aya4m}, {iya4m}, {ida4m} (fr. {id} Un. iv, 156; g. {sarvA7di}
Pân. 1-1, 27 Vop.; a kind of neut. of the pronom. base 3. {i} with {am} [cf.
Lat. {is}, {ea}, {id}, and {idem}]; the regular forms are partly derived from
the pronom. base {a}; see Gr. 224; the Veda exhibits various irregular
formations e.g. fr. pronom. base {a}, an inst. {enA4}, {ayA4} [used in general
adverbially], and gen. loc. du. {ayo4s}, and perhaps also {avo4s}, in RV. vi,
67, 11; vii, 67, 4; x, 132, 5 [BRD.]; fr. the base {ima}, a gen. sing.
{ima4sya}, only RV.; the RV. has in a few instances the irregular accentuation
{a4smai}, v, 39, 5, &c.; {a4sya}, iv, 15, 5, &c.; {A4bhis}, vi, 25, 2, &c.: the
forms derived fr. {a} are used enclitically if they take the place of the third
personal pronoun, do not stand at the beginning of a verse or period, and have
no peculiar stress laid upon them), this, this here, referring to something near
the speaker; known, present; (opposed to {adas} e.g. {ayaM lokaH} or {idaM
vizvam} or {idaM sarvam}, this earthly world, this universe; {ayam agniH}, this
fire which burns on the earth; but {asAv agniH}, that fire in the sky, i. e. the
lightning: so also {idam} or {iyam} alone sometimes signifies `" this earth "';
{ime smaH}, here we are.) {idam} often refers to something immediately
following, whereas {etad} points to what precedes (e.g. {zrutvai9tad idam UcuH},
having heard that they said this). {idam} occurs connected with {yad}, {tad},
{etad}, {kim}, and a personal pronoun, partly to point out anything more
distinctly and emphatically, partly pleonastically (e.g. {tad idaM vAkyam}, this
speech here following [165, 3]; {so 'yaM vidUSakaH}, this Vidûshaka here).
idam* = 2 ind. [Ved. and in a few instances in classical Sanskriit] here, to
this place; now, even, just; there; with these words RV. AV. S'Br. AitBr. ChUp.;
in this manner R. ii, 53, 31 S'ak. (v.l. for {iti} in {kim iti joSam Asyate},
202, 8).
idaaniiM = now
idrik.h = as it is
iDaa = the channel on the left of the spine
iDyaM = worshipable
iha = here * = ind. (fr. pronom. base 3. %{i}), in this place, here ; to this
place ; in this world ; in this book or system ; in this case (e.g.
%{tene7ha@na}, `" therefore not in this case "' i.e. the rule does not apply
here) ; now, at this time RV. &c. &c. ; [cf. Zend {idha}, `" here "' [170,1] ;
Gk. $ or $ in $ and $ ; Goth. {ith} ; &53164[170,1] perhaps Lat. {igi-tur}.]
ihaiva = in the present bodyijyate = is performed
iheha *= ind. here and there, now and then, repeatedly; {-mAtR} m. one whose
mother is here and there i.e. everywhere RV. vi, 59, 1.
iidrishhaM = like this
iiD *= 1 cl. 2. A1. %{I4TTe} (2. sg. pres. %{IDiSe}, Ved. %{ILiSe} pf. %{IDe4}
fut. %{IDiSyate} aor. %{aiDiSTa}. inf. %{IDitum}, Ved. %{ILe}, &c.) to implore,
request, ask for (with two acc.) ; to praise RV. AV. \\ 2 %{T} f. praise,
extolling RV. viii, 39, 1.
iiDya *= mfn. to be invoked or implored ; to be praised or glorified,
praiseworthy, laudable RV. AV. VS. S3Br. Ragh. &c.
iih *= cl. 1. A1. %{Ihate}, %{IhAM-cakre}, %{IhiSyate}, %{Ihitum}, rarely P.
%{Ihati}, &c., to endeavour to obtain ; to aim at, attempt ; to long for, desire
; to take care of ; to have in mind, think of (with acc.) MBh. R. BhP. Bhag.
Pan5cat. &c.: Caus. %{Ihayati}, to impel. [171,3]
iiha *= m. attempt (see %{Urdhve7ha}) ; (%{A}) f. effort, exertion, activity Mn.
MBh. R. &c. ; request, desire, wish R. Sa1h. MBh. &
iihita * mfn. sought, attempted, striven for; wished, desired; ({am}) n. desire,
request, wish, effort Hit. Kathâs. Prab. &c.
iih.h = to wish
iihate = he aspires
iihante = they desire
iihaa = wish
iihatas * = ind. diligently, energetically, by or with labour or exertion.
iiksh.h = to see
iikshaNa = seeing
iikshaNaM = eyes
iips* = (Desid. of {Ap} q.v.), to wish to obtain.
iipsana* = n. desiring or wishing to obtain L.
iipsaa* = f. asking, desire or wish to obtain MBh. R.
iipsita* = mfn. wished, desired; ({am}) n. desire, wish MBh. R. Ragh. Kathâs.
iipsitatama* = mfn. most desired, immediately aimed at (as the object of an
action) Pân. 1-4, 49.
iipsu* = mfn. striving to obtain; wishing to get or obtain, desirous of (with
acc.) Mn. MBh. Ragh. R. &c.
iipsuyajJa* = m. a particular Soma sacrifice KâtyS'r.
iirita *= mfn. sent, despatched ; said, uttered.
iiritaakuuta *= n. declared purpose or intention.
iirya *= mfn. to be excited.
iiryaa *= f. wandering about as a religious mendicant (i.e. without hurting any
creature).
iis'itaa *= f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S3iva
MBh. BhP
iiksha *= mf(%{I})n. ifc. seeing, looking, visiting (see %{tiryag-IkSa},
%{vadhv-IkSa}) ; (%{A}) f. sight, viewing ; considering BhP. Nya1yad. ; (%{am})
n. anything seen S3Br. vii, 1, 2, 23 (merely for the etym. of %{antarikSa}).
iikshaka *= m. a spectator, beholder S3Br. A1s3vGr2. Gobh.
iikshaNa* = n. a look, view, aspect sight KâtyS'r. Lâthy. Kathâs. Pañcat.
Ratnâv. &c.; regarding, looking after, caring for Mn.; eye MBh. R. Sus'r. S'ak.
&c.
iikshate = (1 ap) to see
iikshaka* = m. a spectator, beholder S'Br. Âs'vGri. Gobh.
iikshaNiiya* = mfn. to be seen or perceived.
iikshamaaNa *= mfn. looking at , surveying VS. R.
iikshamaaNa* = mfn. looking at, surveying VS. R.
iikshaNika* = {as}, {A} mf. and m. a looker into the future, a fortune-teller
VarBriS.
iikshaNiika* = m. a looker into the future, a fortune-teller VarBriS.
iirma = (m) arm
iirsha = jelousy
iis' * = 1 cl. 2. A1. %{I4STe}, or Ved. %{I4ze} (2. sg. %{I4ziSe} and %{I4kSe}
RV. iv, 20, 8 ; vi, 19, 10 ; Pot. 1. sg. %{I4zIya} pf. 3. pl. %{Izire},
%{IziSyati}, %{Izitum}) to own, possess RV. MBh. Bhat2t2. ; to belong to RV. ;
to dispose of, be valid or powerful ; to be master of (with gen., or Ved. with
gen. of an inf., or with a common inf., or the loc. of an abstract noun) RV. AV.
TS. S3Br. MBh. Ragh. &c. ; to command ; to rule, reign RV. AV. S3Br. &c. ; to
behave like a master, allow Kat2hUp. ; [cf. Goth. {aigan}, `" to have "' ; Old
Germ. {eigan}, `" own "' ; Mod. Germ. {eigen}.]\\2 %{T} m. master, lord, the
supreme spirit VS. &c. ; N. of S3iva.
iisha = God
iis'a4 * = mfn. owning, possessing, sharing; one who is completely master of
anything; capable of (with gen.); powerful, supreme; a ruler, master, lord Mn.
S'Br. MBh. Kum. &c.; m. a husband L.; a Rudra; the number `" eleven "' (as there
are eleven Rudras); N. of S'iva as regent of the north-east quarter MBh. Hariv.
R. S'ak. &c.; N. of S'iva; of Kuvera; ({A4}) f. faculty, power, dominion AV. VS.
S'Br.
iis'a * m. lord in lord in heaven pl. N. of the Âdityas, Vasu and Rudra Hcat. i,
6. (For other comp. see under {diva4s}, {divA}, 2. {divi4}, {divo} 3. {dyu4}.)
iishaa* = f. (said to be fr. 1. {IS}), the pole or shafts of a carriage or
plough; ({e}) f. du. the double or fork-shaped pole RV. iii, 53, 17; viii, 5, 29
AV. viii, 8, 23; xi, 3, 9 S'Br. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; a plank, board VarBriS.; a
particular measure, S'ulb.
iisha* = m. the month Âs'vina see {iSa}; a son of the third Manu; a servant of
S'iva.
iishaa* = f. (said to be fr. 1. {IS}), the pole or shafts of a carriage or
plough; ({e}) f. du. the double or fork-shaped pole RV. iii, 53, 17; viii, 5, 29
AV. viii, 8, 23; xi, 3, 9 S'Br. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; a plank, board VarBriS.; a
particular measure, S'ulb.
iis'ana * = n. commanding, reigning S3vetUp.\\ (and \\ IzAna ) mfn. owning,
possessing, wealthy ; reigning RV. AV. VS. S3Br. &c. ; m. a ruler, master, one
of the older names of S3iva-Rudra AV. VS. S3Br. MBh. Kum. &c. ; one of the
Rudras ; the sun as a form of S3iva ; a Sa1dhya ; N. of Vishn2u ; N. of a man ;
(%{A}) f. N. of Durga1 ; (%{I}) f. the silk-cotton tree, Bombax Heptaphyllum L.
; (%{am}) n. light, splendour L.
iis'itaa * = f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S3iva
MBh. BhP.
iis'vara* = mfn. able to do, capable of (with gen. of Vedic inf., or with common
inf.), liable, exposed to AV. TS. S3Br. AitBr. Kum. Hit. &c.; (%{as}, %{I}) mf.
master, lord, prince, king, mistress, queen AV. S3Br. Ragh. Mn. &c.; m. a
husband MBh.; God; the Supreme Being Mn. Sus3r. Ya1jn5. &c.; the supreme soul
(%{Atman}); S3iva; one of the Rudras; the god of love; N. of a prince; the
number `" eleven "'; (%{A} or %{I}) f. N. of Durga1; of Lakshmi1; of any other
of the S3aktis or female energies of the deities; N. of several plants L.
iisha* = m. the month Âs'vina see {iSa}; a son of the third Manu; a servant of
S'iva.
iishannimayamfn. exchanged for a little L.
iishaavaasyaM = inhabited or manifested by the Master
iishvara = lord, the capable (here)* * = mfn. able to do, capable of (with gen.
of Vedic inf., or with common inf.), liable, exposed to AV. TS. S'Br. AitBr.
Kum. Hit. &c.; ({as}, {I}) mf. master, lord, prince, king, mistress, queen AV.
S'Br. Ragh. Mn. &c.; m. a husband MBh.; God; the Supreme Being Mn. Sus'r. Yâjñ.
&c.; the supreme soul ({Atman}); S'iva; one of the Rudras; the god of love; N.
of a prince; the number `" eleven "'; ({A} or {I}) f. N. of Durgâ; of Lakshmî;
of any other of the S'aktis or female energies of the deities; N. of several
plants L.
iishvaraM = the Supersoul
iishvaraH = the Supreme Lord
iishvarapraaNidhaana = attentiveness to god
iis'itaa* = f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva
MBh. BhP.
iis'itva* = n. superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh.
BhP.
iis'varapraNidhaana* = n. devotion to God, Vedântas
iis'vara* = mfn. able to do, capable of (with gen. of Vedic inf., or with common
inf.), liable, exposed to AV. TS. S'Br. AitBr. Kum. Hit. &c.; ({as}, {I}) mf.
master, lord, prince, king, mistress, queen AV. S'Br. Ragh. Mn. &c.; m. a
husband MBh.; God; the Supreme Being Mn. Sus'r. Yâjñ. &c.; the supreme soul
({Atman}); S'iva; one of the Rudras; the god of love; N. of a prince; the number
`" eleven "'; ({A} or {I}) f. N. of Durgâ; of Lakshmî; of any other of the
S'aktis or female energies of the deities; N. of several plants L.
iis'itavya* = mfn. to be reigned or ruled over BhP.
iis'itR* = {tA} m. a master, owner, proprietor; a king S'vetUp. Prab.
iis'itA* = f. or superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva
MBh. BhP.
iis'itva* = n. superiority, supremacy, one of the eight attributes of S'iva MBh.
BhP.
iiti * = 1 f. (fr. 4. {I}?), plague, distress, any calamity of the season (as
drought, excessive rain, swarm of rats, foreign invasion, &c.); infectious
disease MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; an affray L.; travelling in foreign countries,
sojourning L.
iiyakSamANa * = = {i4yakSamANa} (fr. {iyakS}) q.v. MaitrS. ii, 10, 6.
iiya-cakSas * = fn. ({Iya} fr. {i}), of pervading or far-reaching sight RV. v,
66, 6.
ijyayaa = by worship
ikshuH = sugarcane
ikshvaakave = unto King IksvakuimaM = (from idaM) this
iLA * = (not to be confounded with the inst. case of %{iD} above), refreshing
draught, refreshment, animation, recreation, comfort, vital spirit RV. AV.
AitBr.; offering, libation (especially a holy libation, offered between the
Pra-ya1ga and Anu-ya1ga, and consisting of four preparations of milk, poured
into a vessel containing water, and then partially drunk by the priest and
sacrificers; personified in the cow, the symbol of feeding, and nourishment)
S3Br. i, 8, 1, 1, &c. AitBr. Ka1tyS3r. Kaus3.; (metaphorically cf. %{id}),
stream or flow of praise and worship (personified as the goddess of sacred
speech and action, invoked together with Aditi and other deities, but especially
in the A1pri1 hymns together with Sarasvati1 and Mahi1 or Bha1rati1) RV. AV. VS.
&c. [164,3]; the earth, food Sa1y.; a cow; the goddess %{iDA} or %{iLA}
(daughter of Manu or of man thinking on and worshipping the gods; she is the
wife of Budha and mother of Puru1-ravas; in another aspect she is called
Maitra1varun2i as daughter of Mitra-Varun2a, two gods who were objects of the
highest and most spiritual devotion); N. of Durga1; of a daughter of Daksha and
wife of Kas3yapa; of a wife of Vasudeva and of the Rudra R2ita-dhvaja; speech
BhP.; heaven L.; earth MBh.; a particular artery on the left side of the body; a
tubular vessel (one of the principal channels of the vital spirit, that which is
on the right side of the body) L.\\= f. (closely connected with %{i4DA} and
%{i4rA}, qq.v.) flow; speech; the earth, &c.; see %{iDA}.
ila * = %{ilA} see %{iDa}, %{i4DA}, p. 164, col. 2, and %{i4lA} below.
ima* = * the base of some cases of the demonstrative pronoun {ida4m} q.v. (acc.
sg. m. {ima4m} f. {imA4m} [168, 1]; nom. pl. m. {ime4}, &c.; irregular gen. sg.
{ima4sya} RV. viii, 13, 21 [once]).
imaaH = all these
imaan.h = these
ime = these
imau = these
ingate = waver
indiraa = Goddess Lakshmi
indiraaramaNa = Vishnu, Husband of Goddess Lakshmi
indu = moon
indugopa = a centipede commonly seen during rainy season
indra m. (for etym. as given by native authorities see Nir. x, 8 Sa1y. on RV. i,
3, 4 Un2. ii, 28; according to BRD. fr. %{in} = %{inv} with suff. %{ra} preceded
by inserted %{d}, meaning `" to subdue, conquer "' [166,2]; according to Muir,
S. T. v, 119, for %{sindra} fr. %{syand}, `" to drop "'; more probably from
%{ind}, `" to drop "' q.v., and connected with %{indu} above), the god of the
atmosphere and sky; the Indian Jupiter Pluvius or lord of rain (who in Vedic
mythology reigns over the deities of the intermediate region or atmosphere; he
fights against and conquers with his thunder-bolt [%{vajra}] the demons of
darkness, and is in general a symbol of generous heroism; %{indra} was not
originally lord of the gods of the sky, but his deeds were most useful to
mankind, and he was therefore addressed in prayers and hymns more than any other
deity, and ultimately superseded the more lofty and spiritual Varun2a; in the
later mythology %{indra} is subordinated to the triad Brahman, Vishn2u, and
S3iva, but remained the chief of all other deities in the popular mind) RV. AV.
S3Br. Mn. MBh. R. &c. &c.; (he is also regent of the east quarter, and
considered one of the twelve A1dityas) Mn. R. Sus3r. &c.; in the Veda1nta he is
identified with the supreme being; a prince; ifc. best, excellent, the first,
the chief (of any class of objects; cf. %{sure7ndra}, %{rAje7ndra},
%{parvate7ndra}, &c.) Mn. Hit.; the pupil of the right eye (that of the left
being called Indra1n2i1 or Indra's wife) S3Br. Br2A1rUp.; the number fourteen,
Su1ryas; N. of a grammarian; of a physician; the plant Wrightia Antidysenterica
(see %{kuTaja}) L.; a vegetable poison L.; the twenty-sixth Yoga or division of
a circle on the plane of the ecliptic; the Yoga star in the twenty-sixth
Nakshatra, $ Pegasi; the human soul, the portion of spirit residing in the body;
night L.; one of the nine divisions of Jambu-dvi1pa or the known continent L.;
(%{A}) f. the wife of Indra see %{indrANI}; N. of a plant L.; (%{I}) f. N. of an
attendant of Devi1.
indraH = the god Indra
indrachaapa = (m) rainbow
indradhanuH = (m) rainbow
indrapramati* = m. a pupil of Paila and author of some verses of the Riig-veda
RAnukr. BhP. VP. AgP.
indrapramada* = m. N. of a man.
indraprasUta* = ({i4ndra-}) mfn. caused or impelled by Indra RV. x, 66, 2.
indraprastha* = n. `" Indra's place "'N. of a city (now called Delhi, the
residence of the Pândavas) MBh.
indrapraharaNa* = n. Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt L.
indriya = organ of sense or action* = mfn. fit for or belonging to or agreeable
to Indra RV. AV. VS.; m. a companion of Indra(?) RV. i, 107, 2 AV. xix, 27, 1;
({am}) n. power, force, the quality which belongs especially to the mighty Indra
RV. AV. VS. TS. AitBr. S'Br.; exhibition of power, powerful act RV. VS.; bodily
power, power of the senses; virile power AV. VS. S'Br.; semen virile VS.
KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; faculty of sense, sense, organ of sense AV. Sus'r. Mn. Ragh.
Kir. &c.; the number five as symbolical of the five senses. (In addition to the
five organs of perception, {buddhI7ndriyANi} or {jJAne7ndriyANi}, i.e. eye, ear,
nose, tongue, and skin, the Hindûs enumerate five organs of action,
{karme7ndriyANi} i.e. larynx, hand, foot, anus, and parts of generation; between
these ten organs and the soul or {Atman} stands {manas} or mind, considered as
an eleventh organ; in the Vedânta, {manas}, {buddhi}, {ahaMkAra}, and {citta}
form the four inner or internal organs, {antar-indriyANi}, so that according to
this reckoning the organs are fourteen in number, each being presided over by
its own ruler or {niyantR}; thus, the eye by the Sun, the ear by the Quarters of
the world, the nose by the two As'vins, the tongue by Pracetas, the skin by the
Wind, the voice by Fire, the hand by Indra, the foot by Vishnu, the anus by
Mitra, the parts of generation by Prajâpati, manas by the Moon, buddhi by
Brahman, ahankâra by S'iva, citta by Vishnu as Acyuta; in the Nyâya philosophy
each organ is connected with its own peculiar element, the nose with the Earth,
the tongue with Water, the eye with Light or Fire, the skin with Air, the ear
with Ether; the Jainas divide the whole creation into five sections, according
to the number of organs attributed to each being.)
indriyaH = senses
indriyagocharaaH = the objects of the senses
indriyagraamaM = the full set of senses
indriyajaya = mastery of the senses by controlling the desires
indriyasya = of the senses
indriyasyaarthe = in the sense objects
indriyaaNaaM = of the senses
indriyaaNi = the senses
indriyaaraamaH = satisfied in sense gratification
indriyaarthaan.h = sense objects
indriyaarthebhyaH = from the sense objects
indriyaartheshhu = in sense gratification
indriyebhyaH = more than the senses
indriyaiH = by the senses
indro = the Lord Indra
indra * = m.m. (for etym. as given by native authorities see Nir. x, 8 Sây. on
RV. i, 3, 4 Un. ii, 28; according to BRD. fr. {in} = {inv} with suff. {ra}
preceded by inserted {d}, meaning `" to subdue, conquer "' [166, 2]; according
to Muir, S. T. v, 119, for {sindra} fr. {syand}, `" to drop "'; more probably
from {ind}, `" to drop "' q.v., and connected with {indu} above), the god of the
atmosphere and sky; the Indian Jupiter Pluvius or lord of rain (who in Vedic
mythology reigns over the deities of the intermediate region or atmosphere; he
fights against and conquers with his thunder-bolt [{vajra}] the demons of
darkness, and is in general a symbol of generous heroism; {indra} was not
originally lord of the gods of the sky, but his deeds were most useful to
mankind, and he was therefore addressed in prayers and hymns more than any other
deity, and ultimately superseded the more lofty and spiritual Varuna; in the
later mythology {indra} is subordinated to the triad Brahman, Vishnu, and S'iva,
but remained the chief of all other deities in the popular mind) RV. AV. S'Br.
Mn. MBh. R. &c. &c.; (he is also regent of the east quarter, and considered one
of the twelve Âdityas) Mn. R. Sus'r. &c.; in the Vedânta he is identified with
the supreme being; a prince; ifc. best, excellent, the first, the chief (of any
class of objects; cf. {sure7ndra}, {rAje7ndra}, {parvate7ndra}, &c.) Mn. Hit.;
the pupil of the right eye (that of the left being called Indrânî or Indra's
wife) S'Br. BriÂrUp.; the number fourteen, Sûryas; N. of a grammarian; of a
physician; the plant Wrightia Antidysenterica (see {kuTaja}) L.; a vegetable
poison L.; the twenty-sixth Yoga or division of a circle on the plane of the
ecliptic; the Yoga star in the twenty-sixth Nakshatra, $ Pegasi; the human soul,
the portion of spirit residing in the body; night L.; one of the nine divisions
of Jambu-dvîpa or the known continent L.; ({A}) f. the wife of Indra see
{indrANI}; N. of a plant L.; ({I}) f. N. of an attendant of Devî.
indhana = fuel
irya *= mfn. active, powerful, energetical ; N. of Pu1shan and of the As3vins ;
instigating ; destroying enemies [Sa1y.] ; a lord RV. AV.
isha* = 1 mfn. seeking (see {gav-iSa}). \\=2 mfn. possessing sap and strength;
well-fed, strong; sappy, juicy, fertile RV.; m. N. of the month Âs'vina,
September-October) VS. S'Br. Sus'r. VP.; N. of a Riishi BhP.
ishu * = {us} mf. an arrow RV. AV. VS. MBh. Ragh. S'ak. &c.; (in mathematics) a
versed sine; N. of a Soma ceremony KâtyS'r.; the number five Sâh.; N. of a
particular constellation VarBri. xii, 7. [According to Dayânanda {iSu} may mean
`" ray of light "'; cf. Gk. $; &52843[168, 3] Zd. {ishu}.]
ishat.h = a little
ishhubhiH = with arrows
ishtha = of all desirable things
ishthaM = leading to heaven
ishthaaH = palatable
ishthaan.h = desired
ishthikaa = (f) brick
ishthvaa = worshiping
ishtha* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see s.v.), sought S'Br.; wished, desired; liked,
beloved; agreeable; cherished RV. S'Br. KâtyS'r. Mn. Pañcat. S'ak. &c.;
reverenced, respected; regarded as good, approved Mn. Sânkhyak.; valid; m. a
lover, a husband S'ak. 83 c; the plant Ricinus Communis L.; ({A}) f. N. of a
plant L.; ({am}) n. wish, desire RV. AV. AitBr. Mn. R.; ({am}) ind.
voluntarily.\\2 mfn. (p.p. fr. {yaj}; for 1. {iSTa4} see col. 2) sacrificed,
worshipped with sacrifices VS. S'Br. KâtyS'r. AitBr. &c.; m. sacrifice MârkP.
xiii, 15; ({am}) n. sacrificing, sacrifice; sacred rite, sacrament L.
ishthadeva* = m. (L.) or a chosen tutelary deity, favourite god, one
particularly worshipped (cf. {abhI7STa-devatA}).
ishthadevataa* = f. a chosen tutelary deity, favourite god, one particularly
worshipped (cf. {abhI7STa-devatA}).
ishthayaaman* = ({iSTa4-}) mfn. going according to desire RV. ix, 88, 3.
ishthavrata* = mfn. that by which good ({iSTa}) works ({vrata}) succeed [Sây.]
RV. iii, 59, 9.
ishthArtha* = m. anything desired or agreeable; (mfn.) one who has obtained a
desired object MBh. R.; {-rtho7dyukta} mfn. zealous or active for a desired
object.
ishthAvat* = mfn. possessing a desired object (?) AV. xviii, 3, 20 [perhaps and
belonging to 2. {iSTa}].
ishthakRt* = mfn. performing a sacrifice Comm. on KâtyS'r.
ishthayajus* = ({iSTa4-}) mfn. one who has spoken the sacrificial verses VS. TS.
ishthakaa* = f. a brick in general; a brick used in building the sacrificial
altar VS. AitBr. S'Br. KâtyS'r. Mriicch. &c.
ishthakaavat* = mfn. possessed of bricks Pân.
ishthi* =1 f. impulse, acceleration, hurry; invitation; order; despatch RV.\\*
=2 f. seeking, going after RV.; endeavouring to obtain; wish, request, desire
RV. VS. &c.; any desired object; a desired rule, a desideratum, a N. applied to
the statement of grammarians who are considered as authoritative.\\* =3 f.
sacrificing, sacrifice; an oblation consisting of butter, fruits, &c., opposed
to the sacrifice of an animal or Soma RV. i, 166, 14; x, 169, 2 S3Br. A1s3vS3r.
Ya1jn5. Mn. S3ak. Ragh. &c.
it * = 1 ifc. going, going towards; cf. %{arthe74t}; (for 2. %{it} see s.v.)\\2
(in Gr.) an indicatory letter or syllable attached to roots &c. (= %{anubandha}
q.v.)
\\ for the Ved. particle %{id} q.v.
ita * = mfn. ifc. gone ; returned ; obtained (cf. %{anita}, %{ud-ita}, &c.) ;
remembered L. ; (%{a4m}) n. way S3Br.
itha * = m. a kind of reed or grass ; a texture woven from it, a mat AV. vi, 14,
3 ; ix, 3, 18 ; N. of a R2ishi (author of RV. x, 171) RAnukr.
itaH = besides this
i4tara = Other* == mf({A})n. (the neuter is {ad} in classical Sanskriit, but
{am} [{ad} S'Br.] in Ved. Pân. 7-1, 25, 26; comparative form of pronom. base 3.
{i}; cf. Lat. {iterum}; Hib. {iter}), the other (of two), another; (pl, ) the
rest; (with abl.) different from RV. AV. S'Br. MBh. R. Mn. Ragh. Hit. &c.; low,
vile Kâd.; expelled, rejected L.; ({A}) f. said to be a N. of the mother of
Aitareya; ({ad}) ind. whereas, whilst Subh.; {itara}, {itara}, the one - the
other, this - that. ({itara} connected antithetically with a preceding word
often signifies the contrary idea e.g. {vijayAya itarAya vA} [MBh.], to victory
or defeat; so in Dvandva compounds, {sukhe7tareSu} [S'vetUp.], in happiness and
distress; it sometimes, however, forms a Tat-purusha compound with another word
to express the one idea implied in the contrary of that word, e.g.
{dakSiNe7tara}, the left hand.)
i4tarajana* = m. an ordinary man S'ârng.; ({As}) m. pl. `" other men "'; a
euphemistic name of certain beings who appear to be considered as spirits of
darkness (Kuvera belongs to them) AV. VS. TS. MaitrS. GopBr.
i4tarajaatiiya* = mfn. ordinary, common-place.
i4taratas* = ind. otherwise than, different from; from or to another direction
KâtyS'r. S'Br. &c.; ({itazce7taratazca}, hither and thither R.)
i4taratra* = ind. elsewhere BhP.; on the other hand, else Yogas.
itarathaa* = ind. in another manner, in a contrary manner; perversely; on the
other hand, else S'Br. KâtyS'r. S'is'. &c.
itarapaaNi* = m. the left hand Âs'vGri. iv, 7, 13.
itarAGga* = mfn. being a means to another, ancillary to another Sâh. 266.
itaraH = common
itaretara = mutual, each-other
itas *= ind. (fr. 3. %{i} with affix %{tas}, used like the abl. case of the
pronoun %{idam}), from hence, hence, here, (opposed to %{amu-tas} and
%{amu-tra}) RV. AV. S3Br. S3ak. &c. ; from this point ; from this world, in this
world S3Br. ChUp. Prab. &c. ; (%{itas}, %{itas}, here - there ; %{itazce7tazca},
hence and thence, hither and thither, here and there, to and fro) ; from this
time, now RV. AV. MBh. &c. ; therefore R.
itastataH = (indecl) here and there
ith * = cl. 1. P. %{eTati}, %{eTitum} (Dha1tup. ix, 31), to go; to go to or
towards; (p. %{iTa4t} RV. x, 171, 1) to make haste; to err [NBD.]
iti= like that* =1 f. {ityai4} (dat.) see {i} above; (for 2. {iti} see s. v.) \\
2 ind. (fr. pronominal base 3. {i}), in this manner, thus (in its original
signification {iti} refers to something that has been said or thought, or lays
stress on what precedes; in the Brâhmanas it is often equivalent to `" as you
know "', reminding the hearer or reader of certain customs, conditions, &c.
supposed to be known to him). In quotations of every kind {iti} means that the
preceding words are the very words which some person has or might have spoken,
and placed thus at the end of a speech it serves the purpose of inverted commas
({ity uktvA}, having so said; {iti kRtvA}, having so considered, having so
decided). It may often have reference merely to what is passing in the mind e.g.
{bAlo 'pi nA7vamantavyo manuSya iti bhUmipaH}, a king, though a child, is not to
be despised, saying to one's self, `" he is a mortal "', (Gr. 928.) In dram.
{iti tathA karoti} means `" after these words he acts thus. "' Sometimes {iti}
is used to include under one head a number of separate objects aggregated
together (e.g. {ijyA7dhyayanadAnAni tapaH satyaM kSamA damaH} {alobha iti mArgo
'yam}, `" sacrificing, studying, liberality, penance, truth, patience,
self-restraint, absence of desire "', this course of conduct, &c.) {iti} is
sometimes followed by {evam}, {iva}, or a demonstrative pronoun pleonastically
(e.g. {tAm brUyAd bhavatI7ty evam}, her he may call `" lady "', thus). {iti} may
form an adverbial compound with the name of an author (e.g. {iti-pANini}, thus
according to Pânini). It may also express the act of calling attention (lo!
behold!) It may have some other significations e.g. something additional (as in
{ityAdi}, et caetera), order, arrangement specific or distinctive, and identity.
It is used by native commentators after quoting a rule to express `" according
to such a rule "' (e.g. {anudAttaGita ity Atmanepadam bhavati}, according to the
rule of Pânini i, 3, 12, the Âtmane-pada takes place). {kim iti} = {kim},
wherefore, why? (In the S'atapatha-brâhmana {ti} occurs for {iti}; cf. Prâkriit
{ti} and {tti}.)
itihaasa = history
itihaasa(H) = history; epic
ittha *= n. in astron. = $ VarBr2S.
itthaa *= ind. Ved. thus ; (often used in the R2ig-veda, and sometimes only to
lay stress on a following word ; therefore by native etymologists [Nir.]
considered as a particle of affirmation.) %{itthA} is often connected with words
expressing devotion to the gods &c. in the sense of thus, truly, really ;
especially with %{dhI} as an adjective. Hence %{itthA-dhI} = such, i.e. true
(%{satyA}) or real worship. Similarly, %{itthA-dhI4} mfn. so devout, so pious
i.e. very devout ; performing such or true works [Sa1y.] RV. AV. Kat2hUp.
ityuta = thus it is said
ittham *= ind. (fr. %{id} q.v. Pa1n2. 5-3, 24), thus, in this manner RV. AV. TS.
R. S3ak. &c. ; [cf. Lat. {item}.]
itthaM = like that
itvan *= mf(%{arI})n. going. see %{agre7tvan} and %{prAtar-itvan}.
itvara *= mf(%{I})n. going, walking RV. x, 88, 4 ; travelling ; a traveller ;
cruel, harsh L. ; poor, indigent L. ; low, vile, condemned Pan5cad. ; m. a bull
or steer allowed to go at liberty (v.l. %{iTcara}, q.v.) L. ; (%{I}) f. a
disloyal or unchaste woman Ra1jat.
ityetaani = iti+etAni, thus+ these
ityevaM = knowing thus
iyaM = this
iyakS * = (anom. Desid. of {yaj}) P. {i4yakSati} (Subj. 3. pl. {i4yakSAn} RV. x,
50, 3; p. {i4yakSat}) Â. (p. {i4yakSamANa} RV. i, 123, 10 VS. xvii, 69) to go
towards, approach; to request, endeavour to gain; to long for, seek RV. VS.
iyakSu4 * = mfn. Ved. longing for, seeking to gain RV. x, 4, 1.
i4yat * = mfn. (fr. pronominal base 3. {i}), so large, only so large; so much,
only so much; of such extent RV. TS. S'Br. AitBr. Pañcat. Ragh. &c.; [cf. the
syllable {iens}, or {ies} in such Lat. words as {totiens}, {toties}, {quotiens},
{quoties}, and in numeral adverbs as {quinquies}.]
iyate V*: it appears like, is perceived, is seen, is mistaken as, is spent,
seems,
i4yat--c-ciram * = ({iyacciram}) ind. so long, such a time Kathâs.
i4yat-taka4 * = ({iyat-}) mf({ikA})n. so small, so little RV. i, 191, 11; 15.
iya4m * = f. nom. sg. of the demonstrative pronoun {ida4m}, q.v.
iyasya * = aning
(anom. Intens. of {yas}) Â. {iyasyate}, to relax, weaken; to vanish S'Br.
iyasaa4 * = * = f. lassitude, shrinking S'Br.
iyasita4 * = mfn. shrunk S'Br.; ({a4m}) n. shrinking ib.
iyat * = mfn. (fr. pronominal base 3. %{i}), so large, only so large; so much,
only so much; of such extent RV. TS. S3Br. AitBr. Pan5cat. Ragh. &c.; [cf. the
syllable {iens}, or {ies} in such Lat. words as {totiens}, {toties}, {quotiens},
{quoties}, and in numeral adverbs as {quinquies}.]
iyattaa * = f. or the state of being, of such extent, quantity, fixed measure or
quantity, so much Ragh. Ka1d. &c
iyesha = (SB) attempted, prepared, desired; (Sastri) feeling inclined; being
ready
iva = just like or as if
Jaa
jaaDya = laziness, inability to identify/appreciate good qualities (here)
jaagarti = is wakeful
jaagri = to stay awake * = cl. 2. %{-garti} (cf. Pa1n2. 6-1, 192 ; cl. 1.
%{-garati} MBh. xii, 7823 ; 1. sg. irr. %{-gRmi}, 6518 ; 3. pl. %{jA4grati} AV.
&c. [Pa1n2. 6-1, 189 Ka1s3.] ; Impv. %{-gRhi4}, %{-gRtAt}, %{-gRtam}, %{-gRta4}
; Subj. %{-garat} ; Pot. %{-gRyAt}, or %{-griy-} AitBr. viii, 28 &c. ; impf.
%{a4jAgar} [RV. x, 104, 9] ; p. %{jA4grat} ; rarely A1. %{jAgramANa} MBh. ; pf.
Ved. %{jA7gA4ra} [RV. AV.], 1. sg. %{-ga4ra} [RV. x, 149, 5], p. %{-gRva4s} [see
s.v.] ; pf. class. [Pa1n2. 3-1, 38 ; vii, 3, 85 ; but cf. vi, 1, 8 Va1rtt.1]
%{jajAgAra} or %{jAgaraM-cakAra} ; fut. 2nd %{jAgriSya4ti} TS. &c. [A1. R. ii,
86, 4] ; fut. 1st %{-ritA} Pa1n2. 7-2, 10 Va1rtt. 1 Pat. ; aor. %{ajAgarIt},
vii, 2, 5 ; Pass. impers. %{ajagAri}, 3, 85 ; Prec. %{jAgaryAt}, iii, 4, 104
Ka1s3.) to be awake or watchful RV. AV. &c. ; to awake Pan5cat. iii, 9, 0/1 Hit.
ii, 3, 2/3 ; to watch over, be attentive to or intent on, care for, provide,
superintend (with loc. or loc. with %{a4dhi}) RV. AV. &c. (with acc. Caurap.) ;
(said of fire) to go on burning AV. Pra1yas3c. i, 5 ; to be evident W. ; to look
on W.: Caus. (aor. 2. and 3. sg. %{a4jIgar} Impv. %{jigRta4m}, %{-ta4}) to
awaken RV. ; %{jAgarayati}, (Pa1n2. 7-3, 85 ; aor. Pass. impers. %{aJAgari} or
%{-gAri} Vop. xviii, 22 ; xxiv, 6 and 13) id. Hit. ii, 3, 0/1 ; [cf. $ ; Lat.
{vi1gilo}.]
jaagrita = alert
jaagrata = (Vr.Imp.IIP.Pl.PP) Wake up; awake
jaagrataavasthaa = complete awareness of the state of the mind
jaagrati = are awake
jaaha * =n. ifc. (g. 2. {karNadi}) the root or point of issue of certain parts
of the body cf. {akSi-}, ({Asya-}), {oSTha-}, {karNa-}, {keza-}, {gulpha-},
{danta-}, {nakha-}, {pAda-}, {priSTha-}, {bhrU-}, {mukha-}.
jaahnavii = the River Ganges
jaala = net * = 1 mfn. watery MBh. iii, 11967 \\ 2 n. a net (for catching birds,
fish &c.) AV. viii, x Ka1tyS3r. Pa1rGr2. &c.; a hairnet A1p.; a net (fig.),
snare Ya1jn5. iii, 119 MBh. iii, 25 R. v Bhartr2. &c.; (in anat.) the omentum
Bhpr. ii, 310; a cob-web W.; any reticulated or woven texture, wire-net,
mail-coat, wire-helmet MBh. vff. Hariv. Kum. vii, 59; a lattice, eyelet. R. iii,
61, 13 VarBr2S. lvi, 22; a lattice-window Mn. viii, 132 Ya1jn5. i, 361 Vikr.
&c.; `" the web or membrane on the feet of water-birds "' see %{-pAda} the
finger- and toe-membrane of divine beings and godlike personages S3ak. vii, 16;
lion's mane Katha1s. lxxv; a bundle of buds W.; (chiefly ifc.) collection
multitude MBh. &c.; deception, illusion magic Das3. viii, 42 Katha1s. xxiv, 199;
pride W.; for %{jAta}, kind, species S3vetUp. v, 3 R. ii; m. (g %{jvalA7di})
Nauclea Cadamba L.; a small cucumber. L. Sch.; (%{i}) f. a kind of cucumber L.;
cf. %{a4yo- %{indra-}, %{giri-}, %{bRhaj-}.
jaalam.h = (n) net
jaamadagnyajit.h = he who scored a victory over jAmadagni (ParashurAm, the son
jaambavadaashrayaH = he who gave refuge to jhambava(the bear-chieftain of
jaa4na * = 1 n. birth, origin, birth place RV. i, 37, 9 and 95, 3; v, x AV. vii,
76, 5 S'Br. iii, 2, 1, 40. [418, 3] \\ * = 2 m. (fr. {ja4na}) patr. of Vriis'a
(= {vaijAna}, `" son of Vijânâ "' Sch.) TândyaBr. xiii, 3 Arsh
jaanakaaraaH = knowledgeable
jaanakiivallabhaH = the darling of jAnaki (sItA)
jaanan.h = even if he knows
jaanaati = knows
jaaniite = know
jaaniimaH = know
jaanu = (n) knee
jaanu\-shirshhaasana = the head-knee posture
jaanunii = knees
jaane = I know
jaapyasameta = with chanting of the names of the lord
jaata = born, become (from jan.h, to be born, or created)*= mfn. ( {jan}; ifc.
Pân. 6-2, 171) born, brought into existence by (loc.), engendered by (instr. or
abl.) RV. &c.; grown, produced, arisen, caused, appeared ib.; ifc. (Pân. 2-2, 5
Kâs'.; 36 Vârtt. 1; vi, 2, 170) see {mAsa-}, {saptA7ha-}, &c.; appearing on or
in VarBriS. lii, 5 ff.; destined for (dat.) RV. iv, 20, 6; ix, 94, 4; turning to
(dat.) Sâh. iii, 58/59; happened, become, present, apparent, manifest TS. VS.
&c.; belonging to (gen.) RV. i, 83, 5; viii, 62, 10; ready at hand Pañcat. ii,
16; possessed of (instr.) MBh. iv, 379; often ifc. instead of in comp. (Pân.
2-2, 36 Vârtt. 1; vi, 2, 170 f.; g. {AhitA7gny-Adi}) e.g. {kiNa-}, {danta-},
&c., qq.vv.; m. a son RV. ii, 25, 1 AV. xi, 9, 6 S'Br. xiv Pañcat.; a living
being (said of men, rarely of gods) RV. iv, 2, 2; v, 15, 2; x, 12, 3 AV. xviii
VS. viii, 36; N. of a son of Brahmâ PadmaP. v; n. a living being, creature RV.;
birth, origin, i, 156, 2 and 163, 1; iii, 31, 3; race, kind, sort, class,
species, viii, 39, 6 AV. &c.; a multitude or collection of things forming a
class (chiefly ifc., e.g. {karma-} "', the whole aggregate of actions "' Mn.
vii, 61/62 {sukha-}, `" anything or everything included under the name pleasure
"' Gît. x, 3) Mn. ix MBh. &c.; individuality, specific condition ({vyakta}) L.;
= {-karman} NârS.; (impers. with double instr.) it turned out or happened that
Râjat. v, 364 [417, 3]; ({A}) f. a daughter W.; [cf. $; Germ. {Kind}; Lith.
{gentis}.]
jaataM = having become
jaataH = of all beings
jaataka = Nativity, literally means one who is born
jaatasya = of one who has taken his birth
jaataa = (part.fem.nom.S)is born
jaataaH = born
jaati = circumstances of life to which one is born
jaati* = f. birth, production AitBr. ii, 39 Mn. MBh. (also {-tI}, xiii f.) &c.;
re-birth R. i, 62, 17 Kârand. xxiii, 193; the form of existence (as man, animal,
&c.) fixed by birth Mn. iv, 148 f. Yogas. ii, 13; (ifc.) Kathâs. xviii, 98;
position assigned by birth, rank, caste, family, race, lineage KâtyS'r. xv Mn.
Yâjñ. &c. ({-tI} MBh. xiv, 2549); kind, genus (opposed to species), species
(opposed to individual), class Lâthy. KâtySr. Pân. &c., (once {-tI} ifc. MBh.
vi, 456); the generic properties (opposed to the specific ones) Sarvad.; natural
disposition to Car. ii, 1; the character of a species, genuine or true state of
anything Yâjñ. ii, 246 MBh. xii, 5334; reduction of fractions to a common
denominator; a self-confuting reply (founded merely on similarity or
dissimilarity) Nyâyad. v, 1 ff. Sarvad. xi, 10 and 34 Prab. Sch.; (in rhet.) a
particular figure of speech Sarasv. ii, 1; a class of metres R. i, 4, 6 Kâvya7d.
i, 11; a manner of singing Hariv.; a fire-place L.; (= {-tI}) mace, nutmeg
Sus'r.; Jasminum grandiflorum L.; = {-tI-phalA} L.; = {kampilla} L. cf.
{antya-}, {eka-}, {dvi-} - [cf. Lat. {gens}; Lith. {pri-gentis}]
jaatii * = f. = {-ti} q.v.; Jasminum grandiflorum Hariv. 7891 Bhartri. BhP. x
Amar. [418, 2]; mace, nutmeg Sus'r. VarBriS
jaatidharmaaH = community projects
jaatu = at any time
jaayate = (4 ap) to be born
jaayante = develop
jaayaa = Wife, female companion, spouse, strii
ja = Born
jabhU* = m. `" being in a lotus "', the god Brahmâ.
jaDa mf({A})n. (cf. {ja4lhu}) cold, frigid Pañcat. i, 12, 4 Kâvya7d. ii, 34
Râjat. iv, 41; stiff, torpid, motionless, apathetic, senseless, stunned,
paralysed Ragh. iii, 68 S'ak. &c.; stupid, dull Mn. viii, 394 (also {a-} neg.,
148) Yâjñ. ii MBh. (ifc. `" too stupid for "', iii, 437) &c.; void of life,
inanimate, unintelligent KapS. i, 146; vi, 5o NriisUp. Veda7ntas. Sarvad.; dumb
"' Mn. ii, 110 Sus'r.; ifc. stunning, stupefying S'ak. iv, 6; m. (g. {azvA7di})
N. of Sumati (who simulated stupidity) cf. MârkP. x, 9; cold, frost W.; idiocy
W.; dulness, apathy W.; inanimate "', lifeless, matter (opposed to {cetana}); n.
water (= {jala}) S'ârngP. (Subh.); lead L.; ({A}) f. N. of a plant ( = {jaTA},
Mucuna pruritus, Flacourtia cataphracta L.) Car. vi, 2 (ifc. f. {A}).
jagajaitra = jagaje?+atra, in the world?+here
jagat* mfn. ( {gam} redupl. Pân. 3-2, 178 Vârtt. 3) moving, movable, locomotive,
living RV. AV. &c.; (= {jA4gata}) composed in the Jagatî metre RV. i, 164, 23
ShadvBr. i, 4 Lâthy. i, 8, 9; m. air, wind L.; m. pl. people, mankind Râjat. (C)
iii, 494; n. that which moves or is alive, men and animals, animals as opposed
to men, men (Naigh. ii, 3) RV. AV. &c. ({-to madhye}, `" within everybody's
sight "' R. vii, 97, 1; 5 and 10); the world, esp. this world, earth S'Br. Mn.
&c.; the Jagati metre RV. i, 164, 25; N. of a Sâman see - {sAman}; n. du. heaven
and the lower world Kir. v, 20; n. pl. the worlds (= {-gat-traya}) Prab. i, 10;
people, mankind Kpr. x, 50/51 (Sâh. and Kuval.); ({ja4gatI}) f. a female animal
RV. i, 157, 5; vi, 72, 4; a cow Naigh. 11, II; the plants (or flour as coming
from plants) VS. i, 21 S'Br. i, 2, 2, 2; the earth Îs'Up. Pras'nUp. Mn. i, 100
MBh. &c.; the site of a house L. (Kir. i, 7 Sch.); people, mankind L.; the
world, universe R. ii, 69, 11 a metre of 4 x 12 syllables RV. x, 130, 5 AV.
viii; xix S'Br. AitBr. &c.; any metre of 4 X 12 syllables; the number 48 Lâthy.
ix Kâty. xxii; a sacrificial brick named after the Jagatî metre S'Br. viii
KâtyS'r. xvii; a field planted with Jambû L.
jagat.h = universe
jagataH = of the world
jagataaM = of the Universe
jagatpate = O Lord of the entire universe
jagan.h = (Nr.nom + acc.sing.)world
jagannivaasa = O refuge of the worlds
jaghana * = (%{janh}) m. [RV. i, 28, 2; v, 61, 3; vi, 75, 13] n. [AV.xiv, r, 36
TS.ii TBr. ii, &c.] the hinder part, buttock, hip and loins, pudenda, mons
veneris (ifc. f. %{A} [Pa1n2. 4-1, 56 Ka1s3.] MBh. xiii, 5324 R. Megh.); the
hinder part of an altar Sulbas. iii, 52; rear-guard MBh. iii, v f. ix; (%{ena})
instr. ind. behind (with gen. [ChUp. ii, 24, 3] or acc. [S3Br. i f. vii, xi]
following, once [vii, 2, 2, 4] preceding); so as to turn the back towards
S3a1n3khGr2. ii, 1; iv, 12
jagrat.h = awakened
jagrataH = or one who keeps night watch too much
jagraaha V*= took up; caught hold of; caught;took up; kept; assumed the
responsibility for; accepted; SB 6.9.7; caught; brought under her control;
grasped; SB 8.7.4 took; seized; took; took hold of; He seized; He seized;
jaghanya = of abominable
jaghni * mfn. (Pân. 3-2, 171) striking (with acc.) RV. ix, 61, 20; m. a weapon
L.
jaghnivat * mfn. containing an Intens. form of {han} AitBr. i, 25.
jaghnu * mfn. striking, killing Un. i, 22.
jaha * = mfn. (3. {hA}) see {zardham-}; ({A}) f. N. of a plant L.; ({A4}) ind.
see s.v.
jahaati = can get rid of
jahan
jahi = conquer *= see jahan
jahiihi = jahi+iha, leave/give up+here(in this world)
jahnu = name of an ancient king who adopted the ganga river
jahnusutaa = ganga
jaiminii = Maharishi Jaimini a sage who wrote an elucidation of sections of
Maharishi Parashara's work. This became the basis for another system of
Astrology in India
jajñi* = mfn. ({jan} redupl. Pân. 3-2, 171 and Vârtt. 3) germinating, shooting
TS. vii, 5, 20, 1; f. seed (Pân. 3-2, 171 (?) Kâs'.) Siddh.
jala = Water * = 1 mfn. = %{jaDa} (cf. %{jal}), stupid (cf. %{-lA7dkipa},
%{-lA7zaya}) S3a1rn3gP. xxi (v.l.); m. (g. %{jvalA7di}) a stupid man S3is3. v,
37; N. of a man (with the patr. Ja1tu1karn2ya) S3a1n3khS3r. xvi, 29, 6; n. (also
pl.) water, any fluid Naigh. i, 12 Ya1jn5. i, 17 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. %{A}); a kind
of Andropogon Bhpr. vii, 10, 52 & 78; 28, 18; the 4th mansion (in astrol.)
VarYogay. iv, 26; a cow's embryo (%{go-kalaka} or %{-lana}) L.; (= %{jaDa})
frigidity (moral or mental or physical) W.; (%{A}) f. N. of a river MBh. iii,
10556.
\\ 2 Nom. %{-lati}, to become water S3atr. xiv "'
jalaM = (Nr.non. + acc.S)water
jaladhi = sea/ ocean
jalandhara = bandha where the chin rests in the notch between the collar bones
jalapatanasaham.h = Sensitive point relating to going on a voyage. One of many
used in Varshaphal and similar in idea to Arabic parts
jalapaataH = (m) waterfall
jalabandhaH = (m) dam
jalalava = water drop
jalaashaya = lake, pond
jalp.h = to babble
jalpa * m. (g. {uJchA7di}) talk, speech, discourse (also pl.) MBh. xiii, 4322
Pân. 4-4, 97 Das'. BhP.; (pl.) chatter, gossip, x, 47, 13; a kind of disputation
(overbearing reply and disputed rejoinder) Nyâyad. Car. iii, 8 Sarvad. Madhus.
S'Br. xiv Sch.; N. of a Rishi MatsyaP. ix, 16; n. for {-lpya} MBh. i, 5066 (C)
R. ii, 60, 14; cf. {citra-}, {bahu-}.
jam* = (derived fr. {jama4d-agni}) cl. 1. {ja4mati}, to go Naigh. ii, 14 Nir.
iii, 6; to eat Dhâtup. xiii, 28: Intens. p. {jAjamat} consuming continually MBh.
xiii, 4495.
jambaala = (masc) mud
jambiiram.h = (n) lemon
jambuukaH = fox
jana = man: * = mf({I})n. `" generating "' see {puraM-}; m. (g. {vRSA7di})
creature "', living being, man, person, race ({pa4Jca ja4nAs} "', the five races
"' = {p kRSTa4yas} RV. iii, viii ff. MBh. iii, 14160), people, subjects (the sg.
used collectively e.g. {dai4vya} or {divyA4 j-} "', divine race "', the gods
collectively RV.; {mahat j-}, many people R. vi, 101, 2; often ifc. denoting one
person or a number of persons collectively, e.g. {preSya-}, {bandhu-}, {sakhI-}
&c., qq. vv. [410, 2]; with names of peoples VarBriS. iv, 22 and v, 74; {ayaM}
{janaH}, `" this person, these persons "', I, we MBh. viii, 709 Hariv. 7110 R.
ii, 41, 2 S'ak. &c.; {eSa j-}, id. Kâvya7d. ii, 75) RV. &c.; the person nearest
to the speaker (also with {ayam} or {asau}, this my lover "' Kâvya7d. ii, 271
Ratna7v. i, 24/25) Nal.x, 10 S'ak. Mâlav.; a common person, one of the people
Kir. ii, 42 and 47; the world beyond the Mahar-loka BhP. iii, 11, 29 SkandaP.;
({-na4}) m. (g. {azvA7di}) N. of a man (with the patr. S'ârkara7kshya) S'Br. x
ChUp.; ({A}) f. `" birth "', {a-jana}, the unborn "', Nârâyana BhP. x, 3, 1.
janaanta* = m. a number of men Sâh. vi, 139; a region ({deza}) Sus'r. i, 46, 2,
38; `" man-destroyer "', Yama BhP. vi, 8, 16.
janaH = people
janaka = father
janakaatmajaa = janakA's daughter
janakaadayaaH = Janaka and other kings
Janaloka * = m. `" world of men "', the 5th Loka or next above Mahar-loka
(residence of the sons of Brahmâ and other godly men), ArunUp. NriisUp. i, 5, 6
BhP. MârkP. SkandaP.; cf. {janas}.
janana = birth\
jananaM = birth
jananii = mother
janapadam.h = (n) district
janapadeshhu = in the society (janapada really meaning a village )
janayet.h = causal form from jan.h meaning ``should generate''
janasa.nsadi = to people in general
janaaH = persons
janaadhipaH = kings
janaanaaM = of the persons
janaardana = O maintainer of all living entities
ja.nghe = ankle
jangamaM = moving
jan.h = to to be born or produced
jañj* = cl. I. P.= {jaj} Dhâtup.vii, 69; p. f. {ja4JjatI}, glittering, flashing
(Gmn.; = {abhibhavantI} Sây.) RV. i, 168, 7.
jantu * = m. a child, offspring RV. Katha1s. iic, 58 ; a creature, living being,
man, person (the sg. also used collectively e.g. %{sarva@j-}, everybody "' S3ak.
v, 5/6 ; %{ayaM@jantuH}, `" the man "' Kat2hUp. ii, 20 S3vetUp. iii, 20 Mn. xii,
99) RV. Mn. &c. ; a kinsman, servant RV. i, 81, 9 and 94, 5 ; x, 140, 4 ; any
animal of the lowest organisation, worms, insects Mn. vi, 68 f. MBh. xiv, 1136
Sus3r. ; (n.) HYog. iii, 53 and Subh. ; a tree Gal. ; N. of a son of Somaka MBh.
iii, 10473ff. Hariv. 1793 BhP. ix, 22, 1 Katha1s. xiii, 58ff ; cf. %{kSiti-},
%{kSudra-}, %{jala-}
ja.ntuunaaM = (Nr.Poss.pl.) living beings; insects
jantavaH = the living entities
jantoH = of living beings
janma = birth, incarnation
janmaH = (Mas.nom.Sing.)birth.janma:(Nr.)
janmakarmaphalapradaaM = resulting in good birth and other fruitive reactions
janman.h = birth
janmanaaM = repeated births and deaths
janmabandha = from the bondage of birth and death
janmaraashi = Sign occupied by the Moon at birth
janmasu = in births
janmaani = births
jap * = cl. 1. %{ja4pati} (rarely A1. S3a1n3khS3r. iii, 6, 4 MBh. iii, xiii; pf.
%{jajApa}; 3. du. %{jepatur} R. i; inf. %{japitum} MBh. xii, 7336; ind. p.
%{-ptvA} Mn. xi R. i; %{-pitvA} Mn. xi Vet.) to utter in a low voice, whisper,
mutter (esp. prayers or incantations) AitBr. ii, 38 S3Br. La1t2y. Ka1tyS3r.
Kaus3. Mn. &c.; to pray to any one (acc.) in a low voice MBh. xiii, 750; to
invoke or call upon in a low voice BhP. iv, 7, 29 BhavP. i: Intens.
%{jaJjapyate}, %{-pIti} (Pa1n2. 7-4, 86 [412,1]; p. %{pya4mAna}) to whisper
repeatedly (implying blame, iii, 1, 24) S3Br. xi, 5, 5, 10.
japa = Recitation1 \\ * = mfn. `" muttering, whispering "' see %{karNeku-}; m.
(Pa1n2. 3-3, 61; oxyt. g. %{uJchA7di}) muttering prayers, repeating in a
murmuring tone passages from scripture or charms or names of a deity, &c.,
muttered prayer or spell AitBr. ii, 38 S3Br. ii S3a1n3khS3r. Nir. &c.\\ japA =
f. (= %{javA}) the China rose VarBr2S. xxviii, 14\\jApa * = m. ( %{jap}) `"
whispering "' see %{karNa-}; muttering prayers L. a muttered prayer L. (R. i,
51, 27 for %{japa}; see also %{jApya}).
japati = (1 pp) to mutter, mumble
japannityaM = japan+nityaM, chanting+ever
japayaGYaH = chanting
japtvaa = having chanted
jaraa = old age
jarjara = old/digested (by disease etc)
jasha* m. N. of an aquatic animal (cf. {jhaSa4}) AV. xi, 2, 25 TS. v, 5 GopBr.
ii, 2, 5.
jatha *= mfn. wearing twisted locks of hair g. {arza-Adi}; m. metrically for
{-TA} Hariv. 9551; ({A}) f. the hair twisted together (as worn by ascetics, by
Siva, and persons in mourning) PârGri. ii, 6 Mn. vi, 6 MBh. (ifc. f. {A}, iii,
16137) &c.; a fibrous root, root (in general) Bhpr. v, 111 S'ângS. i, 46 and 58;
N. of several plants (= {TA-vatI} L.; Mucuna pruritus L.; Flacourtia cataphracta
L.; = {-TA-mUlA} L.; = {rudra-jaTA} L.) Sus'r. v f.; N. of a Pâthha or
arrangement of the Vedic text (still more artificial than the Krama, each pair
of words being repeated thrice and one repetition being in inverted order)
Caran.; ({I}) f. Nardostachys Jathâmânsî L.; (= {-Ti}) the waved-leaf fig-tree
L.; cf. {tri-}, {mahA-}, {vi-}; {kRSNa-jaTA} "'
jathaamukuTama.nDitam.h = adorned by locks of hair forming a crown
jathilaH = with knotted hair
jathi* =m f. twisted hair L.; a mass, multitude L.; Ficus infectoria L.
jaThara = Intestine
jaThara\-parivartanaasana = the belly-turning posture
jaThare = in the stomach
java * = mfn. ( {ju}, or {jU}) swift AV. xix, 7, 1; m. (parox. Pân. 3-3, 56,
Vartt. 4 and 57) speed, velocity, swiftness RV. i, 112, 21; x, 111, 9 VS. AV.
S'Br. &c.; pl. impulse (of the mind) RV. x, 71, 8; ({At}) abl. ind. speedily, at
once Kathâs. lxiii, 188 Vcar. xii, 15. -
javaa* = f. = {japA} MBh. Hariv. R. Megh. 36; saffron L
javanikaa = (f) towel
javishthha* = mfn. quickest, fleetest RV. iv, 2, 3; vi, 9, 5 VS. xxxiv, 3 S'Br.
xi AitBr. i, 5 BhP. xi
jaya = victory
jayaH = victory
jayate = becomes victorious; wins
jayama.ngalam.h = victory that is auspicious
jayaajayau = both victory and defeat
jayema = we may conquer
jayeyuH = they conquer
jaGYire = (Verb, Past IIIP pl.PP) took birth; were born
jetaasi = you will conquer
jhashhaaNaaM = of all fish
jhrimbaNam.h = (n) yawning
jigishhataaM = of those who seek victory
jighaamsaa * = wish or intention to strike or slay or destroy Mn. xi, 207 MBh.
&c. ; malice, revenge W.
jighaaMsaka * = mfn. ( %{han} Desid.) intending to kill W. [421,1]
jighaaMsin * = mfn. ifc. intending to kill R. vi, 77.
jighaaMsiiyas * = mfn. compar. of %{-Msu} W.
jighaaMsu * = mfn. = %{-sin} (with acc.) MBh. i, iii R. BhP. Das3. Katha1s. ;
desirous of destroying or ruining (ifc. or with acc.) La1t2y. i, 10, 3 Sus3r. i,
19, 21 ; revengeful W. ; m. an enemy W.
jighatnu * = mfn. ( %{han} redupl.) endeavouring to hurt, ii, 30, 9.
jighatsaa * = f. ( %{ghas} Desid.) desire of eating or consuming Katha1s. lxi ;
cf. %{vi-jighatsa4}.
jighatsu mfn. hungry L. ; desirous of consuming, cviii, 106 Bhakta7m. 36 ; f. N.
of an evil demon AV. ii, 14, 1 ; (pl.) viii, 2, 2
jighra * = mfn. ( %{ghrA}) smelling Pa1n2. 3-1, 137; ifc. observing,
conjecturing Sa1h. iii, 66/6
jighrati = (1 pp) to smell
jighran.h = smelling
jijiivishhaamaH = we would want to live
jijIviSu * = mfn. desirous of life Mn. MBh. &c.
jiGYaasuH = inquisitive
jihva *= mfn. (said of Agni) MaitrS. i , 3 , 35 (for %{yahva4} of Padap. and RV.
iii , 2 , 9) ; m. the tongue Hariv. 6325 f. ; (%{A4}) f. (= %{juhU4}) id. RV.
AV. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} MBh. iii , 16137 Hcat.) ; the tongue or tongues of Agni
i.e. various forms of flame (3 are named RV. iii , 20 , 2 ; generally 7 VS. xvii
, 79 Mun2d2Up. i , 2 , 4 [%{kAlI} , %{karAlI} , %{mano-javA} , %{su-lohitA} ,
%{su-dhUmra-varNA} , %{sphuliGginI} , %{vizvarUpI}] Hemac. ; cf. %{sapta4-jihva}
; also identified with the 7 winds %{pra-} , %{A-} , %{ud-} , %{saM-} , %{vi-} ,
%{pari-} , and %{ni-vaha}) ; the tongue of a balance Hcat. i , 5 , 163 ; speech
(Naigh. i , 11) RV. iii , 57 , 5 ; the root of Tabernaemontana coronaria L. ;
cf. %{dvi4-} , %{ma4dhu-} , %{su-} ; %{agni-jihva4} &c. ; [cf. Lat. {lingua} ;
Goth. {tuggo1}.]
jii = to live
jiirNa = very old, dilapidated, torn
jiirNaani = old and useless
jiiv.h = to live
jiiva* = mf({A4})n. living, existing, alive RV. &c.; healthy (blood) Car. viii,
6, 74; ifc. living by (see {jala-cara-}, {rUpa-}); causing to live, vivifying
(see, {putra-}, {-jala}); m. n. any living being, anything living RV. &c.; life,
existence MBh. iv, vi Hariv. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Kathâs.); m. the principle of
life, vital breath, the living or personal soul (as distinguished from the
universal soul see {jIvA7tman}) RV. i, 164, 30 ChUp. S'vetUp. Pras'nUp. Mn. &c.;
N. of a plant L.; Briihaspati (regent of Jupiter) VarBriS. Laghuj. Sûryas.
Kâs'îKh.; the 3rd lustrum in the 60 years "' Briihaspati cycle VarBriS. viii,
26; N. of one of the 8 Maruts Yâjñ. ii, 102/103 39; Karna L.; n. N. of a metre
RPrât. xvii, 4 [422,3]; ({A}) f. life L.; the earth L.; a bow-string L.; (in
geom. = {jyA}) the chord of an arc; the sine of an arc Sûryas. ii, 57 (cf.
{tri-}, {tri-bha} "', {dRg-gati-}, {lamba-} and {zaGku-jIvA}); N. of a plant
({jIvantI} or {vacA} L.) VarBriS. iii, 39; the tinkling of ornaments L.; pl. N.
of a particular formula Kaus'. Vait.; cf. {ati-}, {upa-} and {saM-jIva4}; {a-},
{kumAra-}, {ciraM-}, {jagaj-}, {dur-}, {nir-}, {pApa-}, {bandhu-}, {sa-}, {su-};
{khSudra-jivA}, {yAvaj-jIvam}; [cf. {bi4os}; Lat. {vivus}; Lith. {gIvas}; Goth.
{qvius}; Eng. {quick}; Hib. {beo}.]
jiivada* = m. `" life-cutter "', an enemy L.
jiivadeva* = m. N. of a man,
jiivaja* = mfn. born-alive ChUp. vi, 3, 1.
jiivaka *= mfn. living, alive Hcar. vii ; ifc. (f. %{ikA}) `" living "' see
%{cira-}: making a livelihood by (in comp.) MBh. xii f. Hariv. 4484 S3atr. (cf.
%{akSara-}) ; `" generating "' see %{putraM-} ; ifc. (f. %{A}) long living, for
whom long life is desired Pa1n2. 3-1, 150 Ka1s3. ; m. a living being L. ; `"
living on others "', a servant L. ; an usurer L. ; a beggar L. ; a snake-catcher
L. ; a tree L. ; one of the 8 principal drugs called Asht2avarga (Terminalia
tomentosa L. ; Coccinia grandis L.) Sus3r. VarBr2S. ; N. of Kuma1ra-bhu1ta
DivyA7v. xix, xxxv ; (%{ikA}) f. living, manner of living Kat2hUp. Mn. (iv, 11 ;
x, 82) &c. ; livelihood, x, 76 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} Ra1jat. vi, 22) ; the
plant Ji1vanti L. ; pl. `" life-giving element "', water, A1SvSr. vi, 9.
jiivakoza* = m. a case (or sheath) enveloping the personal soul BhP. iv, 22 f.;
x.
jiivaMjIva* = m. = {-j-} L.; the Greek partridge L.; a mythical bird with two
heads Buddh.; N. of a tree L.
jiivaMjIvaka* = m. = {-jIva} MBh. iii Hariv. 6957 Lalit. Sus'r. Kâd. MârkP.
jiivanas'* = mfn. (nom. {-na4T}; also {-nak} [= {jivasya nAza}] Pân. 8-2, 63,
Kas'.) [a sacrifice] in which living beings are killed MaitrS. i, 4, 13.
jiivanetrii* = f. a kind of pepper L.
jiivatva* = n. the state of life RâmatUp. i, 14; the state of the individual
soul KapS. vi, 63. - 1. {-da} m. `" life-giver "', a physician L.; ({A}) f. =
{-vantI} L. -2.
jiivapati* = m. a living husband, vi, 19, 24. =
jiiva = life
jiiva-loka = the mortal world
jiivaH = life
jiivati = while living(without earning)
jiivana = life
jiivanaM = life
jiivanmuktiH = salvation+freedom from bondage of birth
jiivabhuutaH = the conditioned living entity
jiivamaana = one who lives
jiivaloke = in the world of conditional life
jiivaatman* = m. the living or personal or individual soul (as distinct from the
%{paramA7t-} q.v.), the vital principle Tarkas. BhP. vi, viii Sarvad. iv; vii,
57.
jiivatva * = n. the state of life Ra1matUp. i, 14; the state of the individual
soul KapS. vi, 63. - 1. %{-da} m. `" life-giver "', a physician L.; (%{A}) f. =
%{-vantI} L. -2.
jiivasya = (masc.poss.S) of life
jiivaatman.h = Also spelt Jeevatman. Is the soul within the human sphere
jiivaatmaa = the individual soul
jiivita = life
jiivitena = living
jiivemaH = may we live
jijñaasaka* = mfn. ( {jJA} Desid.) {-su} W.
jijiiviishaa * = f. ( %{jIv} Desid.) desire to live MBh. viii, 1790.
jijIviSu * = mfn. desirous of life Mn. MBh. &c.
jijñaasanIya* = mfn. = {-sitavya} W.
jijñaasaa* = f. = {-sana} MBh. ii f. xiii Hariv. R. Pân. 1-3, 21 Vârtt. 3, &c.
({kRta-jijJAsa} mfn. having put to the proof any one [gen.] Kathâs. cxiii, 78).
jijñaasu * = mfn. desirous of knowing, inquiring into, examining, testing
jijñaasaaprastaava* = m. N. of wk., Pratâpar. Sch.
jijñaasita* = mfn. investigated, inquired BhP. i, 5, 3f.; tested MBh. xiii, 932.
jijñaasitavya* = mfn. to be investigated Sarvad.
jijñaasu* = mfn. desirous of knowing, inquiring into, examining, testing MBh. R.
BhP. &c.
jijñaasya* = mfn. = {-sitavya} BhP. ii, 9 Sarvad.
ji.nvhaa = tongue
jita = having conquered
jitaH = conquered
jitaatmanaH = of one who has conquered his mind
jitaatmaa = having control of the mind
jitendriyaM = the conqueror of senses
jitendriyaH = having conquered the senses
jitvaa = by conquering
jivadhaaraNakaari = responsible for life's existence
jivabhuutaaM = comprising the living entities
jivyate = remain alive
jivhaa = (f) tongue
jivhaaM = tongue
jñaa* = 1 cl. 9. P. Â. {jAnA4ti}, {-nite4} (cf. Pân. 1-3, 76; Subj. {-nat};
Impv. {-nItat}, 2. sg. {-nIhi4}, once irr. {jJa} BhP. x, 89, 46; [fr. cl. 3.]
{jijAhi} MBh. xiii, 4493; 2. pl. irr. {-nata}. ii, 2397; 2. sg. Â. irr. {-nase}
DivyA7v. xviii; p. {-na4t}, {-nAna4} irr. {-namAna} [MBh.]; pf. {jajJau}, {-jJe}
[Pass. Râjat. v, 481], 3. pl. {-jJu4r} RV. vii, 79, 4 S'Br. xi; p. {-jJAna4} RV.
x, 14, 2; fut. {jJAsyati}, {-te}; aor. {ajJAsIt}, {-sta} Pass. {a4jJAyi}, vi,
65, 1 &c.; Pot. {jJAyAt} or {jJey-} Pân. 6-4, 68 [425,3]; 2. sg. {jJeyas} = {$}
RV. ii, 10, 6; inf. {jJAtum}) to know, have knowledge, become acquainted with
(acc.; rarely gen. MBh. iii, 2154 Hariv. 7095), perceive, apprehend, understand
(also with inf. [Pân. 3-4, 65] MBh. ii, v Das'.), experience, recognise,
ascertain, investigate RV. &c.; to know as, know or perceive that, regard or
consider as (with double acc. e.g. {tasya mAM tanayAM jAnIta} "', know me to be
his daughter "' MBh. iii, 2476; with {mRSA}, `" to consider as untrue "'
Ratna7v. ii, 18) Mn. &c.; `" to acknowledge, approve, allow VS. xviii, 59 f. AV.
ix, 5, 19 S'Br. i, xi, xiv; to recognise as one's own, take possession of
SaddhP.; to visit as a friend AV. x, 1, 25; to remember (with gen.) MBh. xii,
5169; Â. to engage in (gen. e.g. {sarpiSo}, `" to make an oblation with
clarified butter "') Pân. 1-3, 45; ii, 3, 51: Caus. {jJapayati}, to teach any
one (acc.) SânkhS'r.xv; {jJAp-} (Pass. {jJApyate}) to make known, announce,
teach anything MBh. ii, xii Kâty. and Pat.; to inform any one (gen.) that
(double acc.) MBh. i, 5864; Â. to request, ask ChUp. ii, 13, 1 ({jJap-}) MBh.
iii, 8762 ({jJAp-}): Desid. {jijJAsate} (Pân. 1-3, 57; ep. also P.) to wish to
know or become acquainted with or learn, investigate, examine Mn. ii, 13 MBh.
&c.; to wish for information about (acc.) Kathâs. xxii, 84; to conjecture AV.
xiv, 1, 56: Caus. Desid. {jijJapayiSati} (also {-jJAp-} Siddh.) and {jJIpsati}
(cf. {-psyamAna}), to wish to make known or inform Pân. 7-2, 49 & 4, 5; [cf. $
&c.]
jña * = 2 mf({A})n. (iii, 1, 135) knowing, familiar with (chiefly in comp.;
rarely gen. or loc. MBh. xii, 12028 R. vii, 91, 25) S'Br. xiv, 7, 2, 3 Mn. &c.;
intelligent, having a soul, wise, (m.) a wise and learned man S'vetUp. Pras'nUp.
Bâdar. VarBri. BhP. vii; having Jñâ as deity Pân. 6-4, 163 Pat.; m. the thinking
soul (= {puruSa}) Sânkhyak. Nyâyad.iii, 2, 20 Sch.; the planet Mercury VarBriS.
VarBri. Laghuj. Sûryas.; the planet Mars L.; Brahmâ L.; ({A}) f. N. of a woman
Pân. 6-4, 163 Pat.; [cf. Lat. {mali-} and {beni-gnu-s}.]
jJaa* =3 f. for {A-j-} (by irr. Sandhi after {e} and {o}) MBh. i, 3168; iii,
16308.
jñaa4* = mfn. ifc. `" knowing, familiar with "' see {Rta-}, {pada} and
{pra-jiJA4}, {a4-saM-}.
jñatva*= n. intelligence Nyâyad. Sch.
jñazakti*= f. the intellectual faculty Bâdar. ii, 2, 9.
jñaka*= mf({akA} or {ikA})n. dimin, fr. 2. {jJa4} Pân. 7-3, 47.
jñapta*= mfn. (2, 27) instructed S'Br. xi, 5, 3, 8ff.
jñaati*= m. `" intimately acquainted "' (cf. Goth. {kno1di}), a near relation
(`" paternal relation "' L. and Sch.; cf. {sam-bandhin}), kinsman RV. AV. xii,
5, 44 TBr. i &c.
jñaateya*= n. (Pân. 5-1, 127) affinity, kindred sentiments Hcar. i, 534.
jñaanakIrti*= m. N. of a Buddh. teacher.
jñaanaketu*= m. `" having marks of intelligence "'N. of a man Lalit. xiii, 156;
{-dhvaja} m. N. of a Devaputra, iii, 160.
jñaanagamya*= mfn. attainable by the understanding (S'iva).
jñaanagUha*= mf({A})n. concealing the understanding BhP. iii, 26, 5.
jñaana-ghana*= m. pure or mere knowledge or intellect, viii, 3, 12; ix, 8, 23;
{-nA7cArya}, m.N. of a teacher W.
jñaana = * n. knowing, becoming acquainted with, knowledge, (esp.) the higher
knowledge (derived from meditation on the one Universal Spirit) S'ânkhS'r.xiii
Gobh. Mn. &c.; knowledge about anything cognizance "' see {-tas} and {a-jJAnAd}
{a-jJAnAd} {vA}, knowingly or ignorantly, xi, 233); conscience MBh.; =
{-ne7ndriya} KathhUp. vi, 10; engaging in (gen. e.g. {sarpiSas} "', in sacrifice
with clarified butter "') Pân. 2-2, 10 Vârtt. Pat.; N. of a S'akti Rasik.xiv, 36
RâmatUp. i, 90 Sch.; ({A}) f. id. Pañcar. iii, 2, 30 Râmapûjâs'.
jñaa4na * mf({I})n. prudent, wise L. [659, 2]; easily known AV.; n. knowledge,
wisdom, intelligence, discrimination AV. &c. &c.; a distinctive mark, token of
recognition, any mark or sign or characteristic AV. MBh. R. &c.; a monument,
memorial S'Br.; {-kumuda-candrikA} f. N. of wk.; {-ghana4} m. nothing but
knowledge S'Br. (cf. under {ghana4}); {-tRpta} mfn. satiated with i.e. full of
knñknowledge MBh.; {-saMtati} f. a train of thought Tattvas.; {-nA7nanda},
{-nA7zrama}, and {-ne7ndra} m. N. of authors Cat.
jñaanakIrti * =N. of a Buddh. teacher.
jñaana-ketu*= `" having marks of intelligence "'N. of a man Lalit. xiii, 156;
{-dhvaja} m. N. of a Devaputra, iii, 160.
jñaana-khaNDa * N. of part of S'ivaP.
jñaana-gamya *=mfn. attainable by the understanding (S'iva).
jñaana-garbha * `" filled with knowledge "'N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh. L.; of a
scholar ib.
jñaana-gUha *= mf({A})n. concealing the understanding BhP. iii, 26, 5.
jñaana-ghana * m. pure or mere knowledge or intellect, viii, 3, 12; ix, 8, 23;
{-nA7cArya}, m.N. of a tea
jñânendrya*= n. `" knowledge-organ "', an organ of sensation BhP. Sây. on S'Br.
ix.
jñapayata `V*: communicate, tell, announce
jñaati * =`" intimately acquainted "' (cf. Goth. {kno1di}), a near relation (`"
paternal relation "' L. and Sch.; cf. {sam-bandhin}), kinsman RV. AV. xii, 5, 44
TBr. i &c.
jñapta * (2, 27) instructed
jñatva *=intelligence
joshhayet.h = he should dovetail
jrimbhate = to yawn
jyaayasaH = gen. sing. of jyaayas, greater
jyaayasi = better
jyaayaaH = better
jyaishthha* = m. N. of a month (May-June, the full moon standing in the
constellation Jyeshthhâ) Lâthy. x, 5, 18 Mn. viii, 245 Hariv. 7828 KâtyS'r.
Sch.; ({I}) f. the full moon in month Jyaishthha VarBriS. xxiii, 1 (cf.
{mahA-jyaiSThI}); see {jyeSThI}.
jyeshhThaa = Eighteenth nakshatra
jyotiH = light
jyotirdhyaana = luminous contemplation
jyotishha = The study of Illuminated bodies. The study of Astrology and
Astronomy which were one science in the past
jyotishhii = An Astrologer
jyotii = inner light
jyotiishhaaM = of all luminaries
jyotsna = moonlight
jyotsnaa = (f) moonlight
jugupsita* =mfn. abhorring anything (abl.) Vop. v, 21; disliked, detested,
disgusting MBh. R. &c.; censured W.; n. a disgusting or horrible deed BhP. i, 5,
15; (also {karma-} id., i, 7, 42); = {-psA} Sarvad. iii, 270.
jush *= 1 cl. 6. A1. %{-Sa4te} (also P. RV. [%{-Sa4t}, %{a4juSat}] MBh. &c. ;
Subj. %{-SAte} ; Pot. %{-Se4ta} ; 3. pl. %{-Serata} RV. ; Impv. %{-Sa4tAm} ;
impf. %{ajuSata}, ii, 37, 4 ; 1. sg. %{a4juSe} AV. vi, 61, 3 ; p. %{-Sa4mANa})
cl. 3. P. irr. %{ju4joSati} (Subj. and p. %{ju4joSat} ; cf. Pa1n2. 7-3, 87
Va1rtt. 2 ; Impv. 2. pl. %{-juSTana} RV.), rarely cl. i. P. %{joSati} (Subj.
%{jo4Sat} ; - aor. p. %{juSANa4} ; 3. pl. %{ajuSran}, i, 71, 1 ; 2. sg.
%{jo4Si}, ii, iv ; 3. sg. %{jo4SiSat}, ii, 35, 1 [cf. Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 3-1, 34
and 4, 7 ; 94 and 97] ; pf. %{jujo4Sa}, %{-juSe4} ; p. %{-juSva4s}, generally
%{-SANa4} ; ind. p. %{juSTvI4} RV.) to be pleased or satisfied or favourable RV.
AV. &c. ; to like, be fond of delight in (acc. or gen.), enjoy RV. (with
%{tanvAm} or %{-va4s}, `" to be delighted "', iii, 1, 1 ; x, 8, 3) AV. &c. ; to
have pleasure in granting anything (acc.) to (loc.) RV. vi, 14, 1 ; to have
pleasure in (dat.), resolve to (Ved. Inf.), i, 167, 5 ; iv, 24, 5 S3Br. iii, 6,
4, 7 ; to give pleasure to (loc.) RV. x, 105, 8 ; to choose for (dat.) VS. v, 42
TS. vi S3Br. iii, 6, 4, 8 ; to devote one's self to (acc.), practise, undergo,
suffer BhP. ii, 2, 7 ; viii, 7, 20 Bhat2t2. xvii, 112 ; to delight in visiting,
frequent, visit, inhabit, enter (a carriage &c.) MBh. iii, v, xiv Bhat2t2. xiv,
95 ; to afflict MBh. iii: Caus. A1. (Subj. 2. sg. %{joSa4yAse}) to like, love,
behave kindly towards (acc.), cherish RV. ; to delight in, approve of(acc.),
choose S3Br. iii MBh. xiv, 1289 ; (P. cf. Dha1tup. xxxiv, 28) Bhag. iii, 26 ;
[cf. $ ; Zd. {zaoSa} ; Hib. {gus} ; Goth. {kiusu} ; Lat. {gus-tus}.]\\ 2 mfn.
ifc. liking, fond of, devoted to (once with acc. BhP. vii, 6, 25 ; cf.
%{nikRtiM-}) BhP. Bhartr2. Sa1ntis3. Katha1s. ; dwelling in Hcar. vii ;
visiting, approaching BhP. ii, 7, 25 Madhus. ; having, showing Ba1lar. iv, 17 ;
ix, 25 Sin6ha7s. Introd. 5l ; xv, 4 Kuval. 169 ; similar Hcar. i, 44 ; cf.
%{sa-}.
jushhTaM = practiced by
jushtha * = mfn. (%{-STa4} RV. ix, 42, 2 AV. and in later language Pa1n2. 6-1,
209f.) pleased, propitious RV. ix, 42, 2; liked, wished, loved, welcome,
agreeable, usual (cf. Pa1n2. 3-2, 188 Ka1r.; with dat. or gen., rarely instr.)
RV. AV. S3Br. &c.; frequented, visited, inhabited MBh. R. BhP.; swept over (by
the wind) Hariv. 6984; afflicted by (instr. or in comp.) Sus3r.; served,
obliged, worshipped W.; practised W.; furnished with, possessed of (instr. or in
comp.) R. iii BhP.; n. the remnants of a meal L.; cf. %{a4-}.
juhosi = you offer
juhvati = offer
jusha=jushkaka
jvara = fever
jvala = flame
jvalati = (1 pp) to glow
jvaladbhiH = blazing
jvalanaM = a fire
K
ka* = 1 the first consonant of the alphabet, and the first guttural letter
(corresponding in sound to {k} in {keep} or {king}).
ka* = 2 {kas}, {kA}, {kim}, interrog. pron. (see {kim} and 2. {kad}, and cf. the
following words in which the interrogative base {ka} appears, {katama},
{katara}, {kati}, {katham}, {kadA}, {karhi}, {kA}, &c.), who? which? what? In
its declension {ka} follows the pronoun {tad} except in nom. acc. sing. neut.,
where {kim} has taken the place of {kad} or {kat} in classical Sanskriit; but
the old form {kad} is found in the Veda (see Gram. 227); [cf. Zd. {ka}, {ko7},
{kA7}, {kat}; Gk. $, $, (Ion. $, $,) $, $; Lat. {quis}, &75137[240,2] {quid};
Lith. {kas} {ka4}; Goth. {hvas}, {hvo7}, {hva}, Angl. Sax. {hwâ}, {hwaet}; Eng.
{who}, {what}.] The interrogative sentence introduced by {ka} is often
terminated by {iti} (e.g. {kasya sa putra iti kathyatAm}, let it be said, `"
whose son is he? "'), but {iti} may be omitted and the sentence lose its direct
interrogative character (e.g. {kasya sa putro na jJAyate}, it is not known whose
son he is). {ka} with or without 1. {as} may express `" how is it possible that?
"' `" what power have I, you, they, &c.? "' (e.g. {ke mama dhanvino'nye}, what
can the other archers do against me? {ke AvAm paritrAtum}, what power have we to
rescue you?) {ka} is often connected with a demonstrative pron. (e.g. {ko 'yam
AyAti}, who comes here?) or with the potential (e.g. {ko hariM nindet}, who will
blame Hari?) {ka} is sometimes repeated (e.g. {kaH ko 'tra}, who is there? {kAn
kAn}, whom? whom? i.e. which of them? cf. Gram. 54), and the repetition is often
due to a kind of attraction (e.g. {keSAM kiM zAstram adhyayanIyam}, which book
is to be read by whom? Gram. 836. {a}). When {kim} is connected with the inst.
c. of a noun or with the indecl. participle it may express `" what is gained by
doing so, &c.? "' (= {ko'rthas}) [240,3]; (e.g. {kiM vilambena}, what is gained
by delay? {kim bahunA}, what is the use of more words? {dhanena kiM yo na
dadAti}, what is the use of wealth to him who does not give? with inst. and
gen., {nIrujaH kim auSadhaiH}, what is the use of medicine to the healthy?) {ka}
is often followed by the particles {iva}, {u}, {nAma}, {nu}, {vA}, {svid}, some
of which serve merely to generalize the interrogation (e.g. {kim iva etad}, what
can this be? {ka u zravat}, who can possibly hear? {ko nAma jAnAti}, who indeed
knows? {ko nv ayam}, who, pray, is this? {kiM nu kAryam}, what is to be done?
{ko vA devAd anyaH}, who possibly other than a god? {kasya svid hRdayaM nA7sti},
of what person is there no heart?) {ka} is occasionally used alone as an
indefinite pronoun, especially in negative sentences (e.g. {na kasya ko
vallabhaH}, no one is a favourite of any one; {nA7nyo jAnAti kaH}, no one else
knows; {kathaM sa ghAtayati kam}, how does he kill any one?) Generally, however,
{ka} is only made indefinite when connected with the particles {ca}, {cana4},
{cid}, {vA}, and {a4pi}, in which case {ka} may sometimes be preceded by the
relative {ya} (e.g. {ye ke ca}, any persons whatsoever; {yasyai kasyai ca
devatAyai}, to any deity whatsoever; {yAni kAni ca mitrANi}, any friends
whatsoever; {yat kiMca}, whatever). The particle {cana}, being composed of {ca}
and {na}, properly gives a negative force to the pronoun (e.g. {yasmAd indrAd
Rte kiMcana}, without which Indra there is nothing), but the negative sense is
generally dropped (e.g. {kazcana}, any one; {na kazcana}, no one), and a
relative is sometimes connected with it (e.g. {yat kiMcana}, anything
whatsoever). Examples of {cid} with the interrogative are common; {vA} and {api}
are not so common, but the latter is often found in classical Sanskriit (e.g.
{kazcid}, any one; {kecid}, some; {na kazcid}, no one; {na kiMcid api}, nothing
whatsoever; {yaH kazcid}, any one whatsoever; {kecit} - {kecit}, some - others;
{yasmin kasmin vA deze}, in any country whatsoever; {na ko 'pi}, no one; {na
kimapi}, nothing whatever). {ka} may sometimes be used, like 2. {kad}, at the
beginning of a compound. see {ka-pUya}, &c.
ka* = 3 m. (according to native authorities) N. of Prajâpati or of a Prajâpati
VS. xx, 4; xxii, 20 TS. i S'Br. &c.; of Brahman MBh. i, 32 BhP. iii, 12, 51;
xii, 13, 19; 20; of Daksha BhP. ix, 10, 10; of Vishnu L.; of Yama L.; of Garuda;
the soul Tattvas.; a particular comet VarBriS.; the sun L.; fire L.; splendour,
light L.; air L.; a peacock L.; the body L.; time L.; wealth L.; sound L.; a
king L.; = {kAma-granthi} (?); ({am}) n. happiness, joy, pleasure ChUp. iv, 10,
5 Nir. &c.; water MaitrS. i, 10, 10 S'Br. x Yâjñ. &c.; the head; hair, a head of
hair L.; (also regarded as ind.; cf. 1. {kam}.)
ka* = 4 a Taddhita affix (much used in forming adjectives; it may also be added
to nouns to express diminution, deterioration, or similarity e.g. {putraka}, a
little son; {azvaka}, a bad horse or like a horse).
kaa* = 1 onomat. imitation of the cry of the ass BhP. x, 15, 30. \\2 = 2. {ka4d}
and 1. {ku} in comp. to express depreciation e.g. {kA7kSa}, {kA-patha},
{kApuruSa}, {ko7SNa}, qq. vv. Pân. 6-3, 104 Vop. vi, 93. \\3 = {kan} (perf.
{cake}, {cakAna4}; see {kA4yamAna} s.v.), to seek, desire, yearn, love (with
acc. and dat.) RV.; to like, enjoy, be satisfied with (loc. gen. or inst.) RV.:
Intens. (p. {cAka4t}) to please, be sought after, be wished for, satisfy RV. x,
29, 1 (cf. {anu-}, {A-}, {saM-} 3. {kA}, {kAti}.)
kaa = who
kaadaMbarii = name of a girl or title of a novel
kaadambaH = (m) duck
kaaJNchana = gold
kaaJNchanaH = gold
kaagadam.h = (n) paper
kaaka = crow
kaakaasana = the crow posture
kaakiNii = the goddess in anaahata chakra
kaaksha * = 1 mfn. (fr. 2. %{kA} + %{akSa}) frowning, looking scornfully or in
displeasure Siddh. on Pa1n2. 6-3, 104 Sch. on Bhat2t2. v, 24; (%{as}, %{am}) m.
n. a glance, wink, leer Pa1n2. 6-3, 104 Bhat2t2. v, 24 Vop. vi, 93 (cf.
%{kaTA7kSa}.)\\ 2 m. a kind of plant g. %{plakSA7di} in the Ka1s3.; (%{am}) n.
the fruit of the same ib.; (%{I}) f. the plant Cytisus Cajan L.; a kind of
fragrant earth, perfume (%{kacchI}, %{saurASTra-mRttikA}) L.
kaakutsthaM = kAkutsthaH is another family name for rAma(kakutstha's
kaakutsthaH = descendant of `kakutstha'
kaala *= 1 mf(%{I} Pa1n2. 4-1, 42)n. (fr. 3. %{kal}?), black, of a dark colour,
dark-blue MBh. R. &c.; m. a black or dark-blue colour L.; the black part of the
eye Sus3r.; the Indian cuckoo L.; the poisonous serpent Coluber Na1ga (=
%{kAlasarpa}) Vet.; the plant Cassia Sophora L.; a red kind of Plumbago L.; the
resin of the plant Shorea robusta L.; the planet Saturn; N. of S3iva; of Rudra
BhP. iii, 12, 12; of a son of Hrada Hariv. 189; of the prince Ka1la-yavana BhP.
iii, 3, 10; of a brother of king Prasena-jit Buddh.; of a future Buddha; of an
author of Mantras (= As3va-ghosha) Buddh.; of a Na1ga-ra1ja Buddh.; of a Rakshas
R. vi, 69, 12; of an enemy of S3iva L.; of a mountain R. iv, 44, 21 Ka1ran2d2.;
of one of the nine treasures Jain.; a mystical N. of the letter %{m}; (%{A}) f.
N. of several plants (Indigofera tinctoria L.; Piper longum L.; (perhaps)
Ipomoea atropurpurea Sus3r.; Nigella indica L.; Rubia Munjista L.; Ruellia
longifolia L.; Physalis flexuosa L.; Bignonia suaveolens Bhpr.); the fruit of
the Ka1la1 g. %{harItaky-Adi}; N. of a %{zakti} Hcat.; of a daughter of Daksha
(the mother of the Ka1leyas or Ka1lakeyas, a family of Asuras) MBh. i, 2520
Hariv.; N. of Durga1 L.; (%{I}) f. black colour, ink or blacking L.; abuse,
censure, defamation L.; a row or succession of black clouds L.; night L.; a worm
or animalcule generated in the acetous fermentation of milk (= %{kSIra-kITa} or
%{kSAra-kITa}) L.; the plant Ka1la7n5jani1 L.; Ipomoea Turpethum L.; a kind of
clay L.; Bignonia suaveolens L.; one of the seven tongues or flames of fire
Mun2d2Up. i, 2, 4; a form of Durga1 MBh. iv, 195 Hariv. Kum.; one of the
Ma1tr2is or divine mothers L.; N. of a female evil spirit (mother of the
Ka1lakeyas) Hariv. 11552; one of the sixteen Vidya1-devi1s L.; N. of Satyavati1,
wife of king S3a1ntanu and mother of Vya1sa or Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana (after her
marriage she had a son Vicitra-vi1rya, whose widows were married by
Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana, and bore to him Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra and Pa1n2d2u MBh.
Hariv.; according to other legends Ka1li1 is the wife of Bhi1masena and mother
of Sarvagata BhP.); (with or without %{gaGgA}) N. of a river; (%{am}) n. a black
kind of Agallochum L.; a kind of perfume (%{kakkolaka}) L.; iron L.
kaala *= 2 m. (3. %{kal}, `" to calculate or enumerate "'), [ifc. f. %{A}
RPra1t.], a fixed or right point of time, a space of time, time (in general) AV.
xix, 53 & 54 S3Br. &c.; the proper time or season for (gen. dat. loc., in comp.,
inf., or Pot. with %{yad} e.g. %{kAlaH@prasthAnasya} or %{-nAya} or %{-ne}, time
for departure; %{kriyA-kAla}, time for action Sus3r.; %{nA7yaM@kAlo@vilambitum},
this is not the time to delay Nal.; %{kAlo@yad@bhuJjIta@bhavAn}, it is time for
you to eat Pa1n2. 3-3, 168 Ka1s3.) S3Br. MBh. &c.; occasion, circumstance MBh.
xii, 2950 Mr2icch.; season R. &c.; meal-time (twice a day, hence %{ubhau@kAlau},
`" in the morning and in the evening "' MBh. i, 4623; %{SaSThe@kAle}, `" in the
evening of the third day "' MBh.; %{SaSThA7nna-kAla}, `" one who eats only at
the sixth meal-time, i.e. who passes five meals without eating and has no meal
till the evening of the third day "' Mn. xi, 200; or without %{anna} e.g.
%{caturtha-kAlam}, `" at the fourth meal-time i.e. at the evening of the second
day "' Mn. xi, 109); hour (hence %{SaSThe@kAle@'hnaH}, `" at the sixth hour of
the day, i.e. at noon "' Vikr.); a period of time, time of the world (= %{yuga})
Ra1jat.; measure of time, prosody Pra1t. Pa1n2.; a section, part VPra1t.; the
end ChUp.; death by age Sus3r.; time (as leading to events, the causes of which
are imperceptible to the mind of man), destiny, fate MBh. R. &c.; time (as
destroying all things), death, time of death (often personified and represented
with the attributes of Yama, regent of the dead, or even identified with him:
hence %{kAlam-i} or %{kAlaM-kR}, `" to die "' MBh. &c.; %{kAla} in this sense is
frequently connected with %{antaka}, %{mRtyu} e.g.
%{abhy-adhAvata@prajAH@kAla@ivA7ntakaH}, `" he attacked the people like Time the
destroyer "' R. iii, 7, 9; cf. %{kAlA7ntaka}; %{kAla} personified is also a
Devarshi in Indra's court, and a son of Dhruva MBh. i, 2585 Hariv. VP.); (%{am})
acc. ind. for a certain time (e.g. %{mahAntaM@kAlam}, for a long time Pan5cat.)
[278,2]; %{nitya-k-}, constantly, always Mn. ii, 58 and 73; %{dIrgha-k-}, during
a long time Mn. viii, 145; (%{ena}) instr. ind. in the course of time Mn. ix,
246 MBh. &c.; with %{gacchatA} id. VP.; %{dIrgheNa@kAlena}, during a long time
MBh.; after a long time R. i, 45, 40; %{kAlena@mahatA} or %{bahunA} id.; (%{At})
abl. ind. in the course of time Mn. viii, 251; %{kAlasya@dIrghasya} or
%{mahataH} id. Mn. MBh. &c.; %{kasya-cit@kAlasya}, after some time MBh. i, 5299
Hariv.; (%{e4}) loc. ind. in time, seasonably RV. x, 42, 9 S3Br. (cf.
%{a-kAle}); %{kAle@gacchati}, in the course of time; %{kAle@yAte}, after some
time; %{kAle@kAle}, always in time MBh. i, 1680 Ragh. iv, 6; [cf. $; Lat.
{calen-doe}: Hib. {ceal}, `" death and everything terrible. "']
kaalakuutha* = m. (n. L.) a poison (contained in a bulbous root or tube) MBh.
iii, 540 Pañcat.; a poison (produced at the churning of the ocean, swallowed by
S'iva and causing the blueness of his neck) MBh. i, 1152 BhP. &c. [277,2];
poison (in general) BhP. iii, 2, 23.\\* = m. id. L.; (for 1. and 3. see p. 277,
col. 1, and p. 279, col. 2.)\\ 3 {As} m. pl. (1. fr. {kalak-})N. of a country
near the Hima7laya and of the people inhabiting it MBh.; mfn. relating to that
country g. {palady-Adi}.
kaalika* =1 m. a species of heron (Ardea jaculator) L. (v.l. {kAlIka}); N. of a
king of the Nâgas Lalit.; of a prince Pañcad.
kaalikaa* =1 (f. of 1. {kAlaka} q.v.)
kaalika* =2 mf({I} Pân. 5-1, 108)n. relating to or connected with or depending
on time Bhâshâp.; fit for any particular season, seasonable MBh. iii, 868;
lasting a long time Pân. 5-1, 108; (often ifc. e.g. {Asanna-k-}, relating to a
time near at hand, impending Pân. 5-4, 20 Sch.; {mAsa-k-}, monthly MBh. ii,
2080).
kaaM = which
kaamya * = Nom. P. {-yati}, to have a desire for (only ifc. e.g.
{putra-kAmyati}, to have a desire for children) Pân. 3-1, 9 Comm. on Pân. 8-3,
38 and 39 Vop. xxi, 1 S'ântis'. Bhathth. ix, 59.
kaamya * = 2 mf({A})n. desirable, beautiful, amiable, lovely, agreeable RV. VS.
R. ii, 25, 9; v, 43, 13 Ragh. vi, 30 S'ântis'. ii, 7 Bhartri. iii, 40; to one's
liking, agreeable to one's wish KâtyS'r. iv, 5, 1 S'ânkhS'r. iii, 11, 5 Âs'vGri.
iv, 7; optional (opposed to {nitya} or indispensable observance), performed
through the desire of some object or personal advantage (as a religious ceremony
&c.), done from desire of benefit or from interested motives KâtyS'r. xii, 6, 15
Âs'vS'r. ii, 10 Âs'vGri. iii, 6 Kaus'. 5 ChUp. v, 2, 9 Mn. ii, 2 MBh. &c.; ({A})
f. N. of an Apsasas MBh. i, 4820 Hariv.; of several women VP.
kaamyaa * = f. wish, desire, longing for or striving after (gen. or in comp.
e.g. {putra-kAmyayA}, through desire for a son R. i, 13, 36 Ragh. i, 35); will,
purpose, intention (e.g. {yat-kAmyA4}, irreg. instr. `" with which intention "'
S'Br. iii, 9, 3, 4) Mn. MBh. R. Ragh. &c.; [cf. Zd. {khshathro1-kâmya}, `" wish
for dominion. "']
kaankshati = desires
kaankshantaH = desiring
kaankshitaM = is desired
kaankshe = do I desire
kaa.nchanamaashraya.nti = take refuge in gold or money
kaarttikeya *= m. N. of a son of S3iva and Pa1rvati1 (popularly regarded as god
of war , because he leads the Gan2as or hosts of S3iva against the demon hosts
see RTL. p. 213 ; accord. to one legend he was son of S3iva without the
intervention of Pa1rvati1 , the generative energy of S3iva being cast into the
fire and then received by the Ganges , whence he is sometimes described as son
of Agni and Gan3ga1 ; when born he was fostered by the six Kr2ittika1s q.v. ,
and these offering their six breasts to the child he became six-headed ; he is
also called Kuma1ra , Skanda , and Subrahman2ya ; his N. Ka1rttikeya may be
derived from his foster mothers or from the month Ka1rttika as the best for
warfare: in the Mr2icch. and elsewhere he is regarded as presiding over thieves)
MBh. &c.
kaate = kA+te, who+your
kaala = Time, providence = * 2 m. (3. %{kal}, `" to calculate or enumerate "'),
[ifc. f. %{A} RPra1t.], a fixed or right point of time, a space of time, time
(in general) AV. xix, 53 & 54 S3Br. &c.; the proper time or season for (gen.
dat. loc., in comp., inf., or Pot. with %{yad} e.g. %{kAlaH@prasthAnasya} or
%{-nAya} or %{-ne}, time for departure; %{kriyA-kAla}, time for action Sus3r.;
%{nA7yaM@kAlo@vilambitum}, this is not the time to delay Nal.;
%{kAlo@yad@bhuJjIta@bhavAn}, it is time for you to eat Pa1n2. 3-3, 168 Ka1s3.)
S3Br. MBh. &c.; occasion, circumstance MBh. xii, 2950 Mr2icch.; season R. &c.;
meal-time (twice a day, hence %{ubhau@kAlau}, `" in the morning and in the
evening "' MBh. i, 4623; %{SaSThe@kAle}, `" in the evening of the third day "'
MBh.; %{SaSThA7nna-kAla}, `" one who eats only at the sixth meal-time, i.e. who
passes five meals without eating and has no meal till the evening of the third
day "' Mn. xi, 200; or without %{anna} e.g. %{caturtha-kAlam}, `" at the fourth
meal-time i.e. at the evening of the second day "' Mn. xi, 109); hour (hence
%{SaSThe@kAle@'hnaH}, `" at the sixth hour of the day, i.e. at noon "' Vikr.); a
period of time, time of the world (= %{yuga}) Ra1jat.; measure of time, prosody
Pra1t. Pa1n2.; a section, part VPra1t.; the end ChUp.; death by age Sus3r.; time
(as leading to events, the causes of which are imperceptible to the mind of
man), destiny, fate MBh. R. &c.; time (as destroying all things), death, time of
death (often personified and represented with the attributes of Yama, regent of
the dead, or even identified with him: hence %{kAlam-i} or %{kAlaM-kR}, `" to
die "' MBh. &c.; %{kAla} in this sense is frequently connected with %{antaka},
%{mRtyu} e.g. %{abhy-adhAvata@prajAH@kAla@ivA7ntakaH}, `" he attacked the people
like Time the destroyer "' R. iii, 7, 9; cf. %{kAlA7ntaka}; %{kAla} personified
is also a Devarshi in Indra's court, and a son of Dhruva MBh. i, 2585 Hariv.
VP.); (%{am}) acc. ind. for a certain time (e.g. %{mahAntaM@kAlam}, for a long
time Pan5cat.) [278,2]; %{nitya-k-}, constantly, always Mn. ii, 58 and 73;
%{dIrgha-k-}, during a long time Mn. viii, 145; (%{ena}) instr. ind. in the
course of time Mn. ix, 246 MBh. &c.; with %{gacchatA} id. VP.;
%{dIrgheNa@kAlena}, during a long time MBh.; after a long time R. i, 45, 40;
%{kAlena@mahatA} or %{bahunA} id.; (%{At}) abl. ind. in the course of time Mn.
viii, 251; %{kAlasya@dIrghasya} or %{mahataH} id. Mn. MBh. &c.;
%{kasya-cit@kAlasya}, after some time MBh. i, 5299 Hariv.; (%{e4}) loc. ind. in
time, seasonably RV. x, 42, 9 S3Br. (cf. %{a-kAle}); %{kAle@gacchati}, in the
course of time; %{kAle@yAte}, after some time; %{kAle@kAle}, always in time MBh.
i, 1680 Ragh. iv, 6; [cf. $; Lat. {calen-doe}: Hib. {ceal}, `" death and
everything terrible. "'] //* 2 1 mf(%{I} Pa1n2. 4-1, 42)n. (fr. 3. %{kal}?),
black, of a dark colour, dark-blue MBh. R. &c.; m. a black or dark-blue colour
L.; the black part of the eye Sus3r.; the Indian cuckoo L.; the poisonous
serpent Coluber Na1ga (= %{kAlasarpa}) Vet.; the plant Cassia Sophora L.; a red
kind of Plumbago L.; the resin of the plant Shorea robusta L.; the planet
Saturn; N. of S3iva; of Rudra BhP. iii, 12, 12; of a son of Hrada Hariv. 189; of
the prince Ka1la-yavana BhP. iii, 3, 10; of a brother of king Prasena-jit
Buddh.; of a future Buddha; of an author of Mantras (= As3va-ghosha) Buddh.; of
a Na1ga-ra1ja Buddh.; of a Rakshas R. vi, 69, 12; of an enemy of S3iva L.; of a
mountain R. iv, 44, 21 Ka1ran2d2.; of one of the nine treasures Jain.; a
mystical N. of the letter %{m}; (%{A}) f. N. of several plants (Indigofera
tinctoria L.; Piper longum L.; (perhaps) Ipomoea atropurpurea Sus3r.; Nigella
indica L.; Rubia Munjista L.; Ruellia longifolia L.; Physalis flexuosa L.;
Bignonia suaveolens Bhpr.); the fruit of the Ka1la1 g. %{harItaky-Adi}; N. of a
%{zakti} Hcat.; of a daughter of Daksha (the mother of the Ka1leyas or
Ka1lakeyas, a family of Asuras) MBh. i, 2520 Hariv.; N. of Durga1 L.; (%{I}) f.
black colour, ink or blacking L.; abuse, censure, defamation L.; a row or
succession of black clouds L.; night L.; a worm or animalcule generated in the
acetous fermentation of milk (= %{kSIra-kITa} or %{kSAra-kITa}) L.; the plant
Ka1la7n5jani1 L.; Ipomoea Turpethum L.; a kind of clay L.; Bignonia suaveolens
L.; one of the seven tongues or flames of fire Mun2d2Up. i, 2, 4; a form of
Durga1 MBh. iv, 195 Hariv. Kum.; one of the Ma1tr2is or divine mothers L.; N. of
a female evil spirit (mother of the Ka1lakeyas) Hariv. 11552; one of the sixteen
Vidya1-devi1s L.; N. of Satyavati1, wife of king S3a1ntanu and mother of Vya1sa
or Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana (after her marriage she had a son Vicitra-vi1rya, whose
widows were married by Kr2ishn2a-dvaipa1yana, and bore to him Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra
and Pa1n2d2u MBh. Hariv.; according to other legends Ka1li1 is the wife of
Bhi1masena and mother of Sarvagata BhP.); (with or without %{gaGgA}) N. of a
river; (%{am}) n. a black kind of Agallochum L.; a kind of perfume
(%{kakkolaka}) L.; iron L.
kaalaM = time
kaalaanala = the fire of death
kaalaapa * = m. (fr. %{kalA7pa}), a serpent's hood L.; a demon, imp or goblin
L.; a student of the Kala1pa grammar L.; (fr. %{kalApin}) a pupil of Kala1pin
Pa1n2. MBh. ii, 113; N. of A1ra1d2a (a teacher of S3a1kya-muni) Buddh. (v.l.
%{kAlAma}); (%{As}) m. pl. the school of Kala1pin (often named together with the
Kat2has q.v.)
kaalaaya = (masc.dat.S)to the (Lord of) Time
kaalaH = Master Time
kaalatraya = three states of time(present, past and future)
kaalapurushha = Universal Prototypal Human. Spirit of Time
kaalabala = Temporal strength of planets used in Shad bala
kaalabaahyam.h = (adj) outdated, obsolete
kaalabhairavaasana = Lord Kalabhairava's posture
kaalasarpayoga = Planets on one side of the Nodal Axis of Rahu-Ketu
kaalaya * = Nom. P. {-yati}, to show or announce the time Dhâtup. xxxv, 28
(v.l.)
kaaliimaatuH = Mother Kali's
kaale = time
kaalena = in the course of time
kaaleshhu = times
kaalii* = (f. of 1. {kAla} q.v.)
kaalpa* = mfn. (fr. %{ka4lpa}), preceptive, ritual W.; relating to a period
called Kalpa W.; m. the plant Curcuma Zerumbet L.
kaalya * = mf(%{A})n. timely, seasonable Pa1n2. 5-1, 107; being in a particular
period g. %{aig-Adi}; ifc. g. %{vargyA7di}; pleasant, agreeable, auspicious (as
discourse cf. %{kalya}) L.; (%{A}) f. (with %{prajane}) a cow fit for the bull
Pa1n2. 3-1, 104: (%{am}) n. `" day-break "', (%{am}, %{e}) acc. loc. ind. at
day-break R. Sus3r. [279,2]
3 kAlya see 2. %{kAla}.
kaam * = ind. an interjection used in calling out to another L.
kaama = lust* = m. (fr. 2. {kam}; once {kAma4} VS. xx, 60), wish, desire,
longing ({kAmo me bhuJjIta bhavAn}, my wish is that you should eat Pân. 3-3,
153), desire for, longing after (gen. dat., or loc.), love, affection, object of
desire or of love or of pleasure RV. VS. TS. AV. S'Br. MBh. R. &c.; pleasure,
enjoyment; love, especially sexual love or sensuality; Love or Desire
personified AV. ix; xii; xix (cf. RV. x, 129, 4) VS. PârGri.; N. of the god of
love AV. iii. 25, 1 MBh. Lalit.; (represented as son of Dharma and husband of
Rati [MBh. i, 2596 ff. Hariv. VP.]; or as a son of Brahmâ VP.; or sometimes of
Sankalpa BhP. vi, 6, 10; cf. {kAma-deva}); N. of Agni SV. ii, 8, 2, 19, 3 AV.
TS. KâtyS'r. S'ânkhS'r.; of Vishnu Gal.; of Baladeva (cf. {kAma-pAla}) L.; a
stake in gambling Nâr. xvi, 9; a species of mango tree (= {mahA-rAja-cUta}) L.;
N. of a metre consisting of four lines of two long syllables each; a kind of
bean L.; a particular form of temple Hcat.; N. of several men; ({A}) f. `" wish,
desire "' (only instr. {kAmayA} q.v.); N. of a daughter of Priithus'ravas and
wife of Ayuta-nâyin MBh. i, 3774; ({am}) n. object of desire L.; semen virile
L.; N. of a Tîrtha MBh. iii, 5047; ({am}) ind. see s.v.; ({ena}) ind. out of
affection or love for; ({Aya}, or {e}) ind. according to desire, agreeably to
the wishes of, out of love for (gen. or dat.) RV. AV. TS. S'Br. ChUp.; ({At})
ind. for one's own pleasure, of one's own free will, of one's own accord,
willingly, intentionally Mn. R.; ({kAma4}) mfn. wishing, desiring RV. ix, 113,
11; (ifc.) desirous of, desiring, having a desire or intention (cf. {go-k-},
{dharma-k-}; frequently with inf. in {tu} cf. {tyaktu-k-}.)
kaamaaH = desires
kaamaat.h = from desire
kaamaatmaanaH = desirous of sense gratification
kaamaan.h = desiring
kaamaatura* = mfn. love-sick, affected by love or desire; m. N. of a man Pañcat.
kaamaatman* = mfn. `" whose very essence is desire "', consisting of desire,
indulging one's desires, given to lust, sensual, licentious MBh. Mn. vii, 27
[273, 1]; desiring, wishing for W.; {-tma-tA} f. passion, lust Mn. ii, 2 R. ii,
21, 57.
kaamabhogeshhu = to sense gratification
kaamadhenu = the heavenly cow
kaamadaam.h = (the hymn which) gives (grants) all desires
kaamadeva* = m. the god of love (see {kAma} above; according to some, son of
Sahishnu and Yas'o-dharâ VP.); N. of Vishnu (as the god who creates, preserves,
or destroys at will) Vishn. xcviii, 10 (cf. BhP. v, 18, 15); of S'iva L.; of a
poet; of a king of Jayantî-purî; N. of the author of the Prâyas'citta-paddhati;
{-tva} n. the being the god of love Kathâs.; {-maya} mfn. representing the god
of love AgP.
kaamadhuk.h = kaamadhenu: the cow who can milk out anything you wish
kaamaH = desire
kaamahaitukaM = it is due to lust only
kaamakaama = desirer of desires (kaamaan kaamayati iti aN)
kaamakaamaaH = desiring sense enjoyments
kaamakaamii = one who desires to fulfill desires
kaamakaarataH = acting whimsically in lust
kaamakaareNa = for enjoying the result of work
kaamaM = desire
kaamamadhiite = desire, reads
kaamapri = son of kaamapra
kaamaruupaM = in the form of lust
kaamaruupeNa = in the form of lust
kaamatIrtha* = n. N. of a Tîrtha.
kaamaThaka* = m. N. of a Nâga MBh. i, 2157.
kaamaTha* = mfn. (fr. {kamaTha}), peculiar or belonging to the tortoise R. i,
45, 30.
kaamaye = (Vr.Pr.IP.S.AP)desire; wish for
kaamavikaaraH = sensual/sexual attraction
kaamaiH = by desires
kaamepsunaa = by one with desires for fruitive results
kaamebhyaH = material sense gratification
kaameshvara = lord of desires
kaamakAmin* = mfn. `" wishing wishes "', having various desires or wishes,
following the dictates of passion TA1r. i, 31, 1 MBh. iii, 11256 Bhag.
kaamin * = mfn. desirous, longing after (acc. or in comp.); loving, fond,
impassioned, wanton; amorous, enamoured, in love with (acc. or with %{saha} or
%{sA7rdham}) RV. AV. S3a1n3khS3r. MBh. R. S3ak. &c.; (%{I}) m. a lover, gallant,
anxious husband; the ruddy goose (%{cakra-vAka}) L.; a pigeon L.; Ardea Sibirica
L.; a sparrow L.; N. of S3iva L.; (%{inI}) f. a loving or affectionate woman Mn.
viii, 112 R. Megh. Hariv. Ragh. &c.; a timid woman L.; a woman in general L.; a
form of Devi1 Hcat.; the plant Vanda Roxburghii L.; the plant Curcuma aromatica
L.; a spirituous liquor L.
kaamIna* = or m. the plant Areca Triandra L.
kaaminI * = (f. of %{kAmin} q.v.)
kaamita = something one has wished for
kaamopabhoga = sense gratification
kaaMsa * = mf({I})n. born in Kansa g. {takSazilA7di}.
kaamyaanaaM = with desire
kaaNa* = mf({A})n. (etym. doubtful; g. {kaDArA7di}) one-eyed, monoculous ({akSNA
kANaH}, blind of one eye Comm. on Pân. 2-1, 30 and 3, 20) RV. x, 155, 1 AV. xii,
4, 3 TS. ii, 5, 1, 7 Mn. MBh.; pierced, perforated (as a cowrie perforated or
broken by insects) Comm. on Pân. 2-3, 20 Hit. Pañcat. Bhartri. iii, 5; `" having
only one loop or ring "' and `" one-eyed "' Pañcat.; m. a crow L.
kaanana * = a forest, grove (sometimes in connection with {vana}) R. Nal. Ragh.
Pañcat. Sus'r.; (ifc. f. {A} R. Ragh.); a house L.
kaanana = forest
kaañc* = cl. 1. A1. %{kAJcate}, to shine Dha1tup. vi, 10; to bind ib. (cf.
%{kac}, %{kaJc}.)
kaaJc * = cl. 1. A1. %{kAJcate}, to shine Dha1tup. vi, 10 ; to bind ib. (cf.
%{kac}, %{kaJc}.) {kaJc cl. 1. A1. %{kaJcate}, %{cakaJce}, %{kaJcitA}, &c., to
bind ; to shine Dha1tup. vi, 9 ; [cf. %{kac} and %{kAJc}, %{kakSa} ; Lat.
{cingere}.}
kaaJcana * = n. gold Naigh. i, 2 Mn. Ya1jn5. Nal. Sus3r. Hit. [268,3]; money,
wealth, property W.; the filament of the lotus L.; (mf(%{I})n.) golden, made or
consisting of gold MBh. R. Mn. Megh. S3ak. BhP.; m. N. of several edible plants
(Mesua ferrea L.; Michelia Champaca L.; Ficus glomerata L.; Bauhinia variegata
L.; Datura fastuosa L.; Rottleria tinctoria L.); a covenant binding for the
whole life Ka1m. (= Hit.); a particular form of temple Hcat.; N. of the fifth
Buddha L.; N. of a son of Na1ra1yan2a (author of the play Dhanan5jayavijaya); N.
of a prince (cf. %{kAJcana-prabha}); (%{I}) f. turmeric L.; a kind of Asclepias
(%{svarNakSIrI}) L.; a plant akin to the Premna spinosa L.; a kind af yellow
pigment.
kaaNDa* = [or {kANDa4} TS. vii], {as}, {am} m. n. (ifc. f. {A}, or {I}) [cf.
{khaNDa}, with which in some of its senses {kANDa} is confounded] a single joint
of the stalk or stem of a plant, such as a bamboo or reed or cane (i.e. the
portion from one knot to another cf. {tri-k-}), any part or portion, section,
chapter, division of a work or book (cf. {tri-k-}), any distinct portion or
division of an action or of a sacrificial rite (as that belonging to the gods or
to the manes) AV. TS. VS.; a separate department or subject (e.g. {karma-kANDa},
the department of the Veda treating of sacrificial rites Kâs'. on Pân. 4-2, 51)
AV. TS. S'Br. R.; a stalk, stem, branch, switch MBh. R. Mn. i, 46, 48 Kaus'.
Sus'r.; the part of the trunk of a tree whence the branches proceed W.; a
cluster, bundle W.; a multitude, heap, quantity (ifc.) Pân. 4-2, 51 Kâs'.; an
arrow MBh. xiii, 265 Hit.; a bone of the arms or legs, long bone (cf.
{kANDa-bhagna} and {pucchakANDa4}) Sus'r.; a rudder (?) R. ii, 89, 19; a kind of
square measure Pân. 4-1, 23 Vop. vii, 55; a cane, reed, Saccharum Sara ({zara})
L.; water L.; opportunity, occasion (cf. {a-kANDa}) L.; a private place, privacy
L.; praise, flattery L.; (ifc. implying depreciation) vile, low Pân. 6-2, 126; =
{kANDasyA7vayavo vikAro vA7} g. {bilvA7di}; ({I}) f. a little stalk or stem
Râjat. vii, 117.
kaandarpa*= m. descended from or relating to Kandarpa g. {bidA7di}.
kaanta * 1 mf({A})n. (fr. 2. {kam}), desired, loved, dear, pleasing, agreeable,
lovely, beautiful; m. any one beloved, a lover, husband; the moon L.; the spring
L.; the plant Barringtonia Acutangula L.; iron L.; a stone (cf. {sUrya-k-}, &c.)
L.; N. of Kriishna L.; of Skanda MBh. iii, 14631; of a son of Dharma-netra
Hariv. i, 33, 3; ({A}) f. a beloved or lovely woman, wife, mistress Kathâs.; a
charming wife L.; the earth L.; N. of certain plants L.; large cardamoms L.; a
kind of perfume ({reNukA}, Piper aurantiacum) L.; N. of a metre of four lines of
seventeen syllables each; a kind of S'ruti; ({am}) n. saffron L.; a kind of iron
L.; a magnet Buddh.; a kind of hou
kaantaM = lovely, glowing * = mf({A})n. (fr. 2. {kam}), desired, loved, dear,
pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; m. any one beloved, a lover, husband;
the moon L.; the spring L.; the plant Barringtonia Acutangula L.; iron L.; a
stone (cf. {sUrya-k-}, &c.) L.; N. of Kriishna L.; of Skanda MBh. iii, 14631; of
a son of Dharma-netra Hariv. i, 33, 3; ({A}) f. a beloved or lovely woman, wife,
mistress Kathâs.; a charming wife L.; the earth L.; N. of certain plants L.;
large cardamoms L.; a kind of perfume ({reNukA}, Piper aurantiacum) L.; N. of a
metre of four lines of seventeen syllables each; a kind of S'ruti; ({am}) n.
saffron L.; a kind of iron L.; a magnet Buddh.; a kind of house L.
kaantaa = wife
kaanti = splendourkaa-purushha = contemptible fellow* = f. desire, wish L.;
loveliness, beauty, splendour, female beauty, personal decoration or
embellishment Nal. S'ak. Megh. Pañcat. Sus'r. Kathâs.; a lovely colour,
brightness (especially of the moon) Kathâs.; (ifc. f. {I}) Caurap.; (in
rhetoric) beauty enhanced by love Vâm. iii, 1, 22; xxii, 14 Sâh.; a lovely or
desirable woman personified as wife of the moon Hariv. 5419; N. of Lakshmî BhP.
x, 65, 29; of Durgâ DevîP.
kaara * =1 mf({I})n. (1. {kR} Pân. 3-2, 23), making, doing, working, a maker,
doer (ifc. see {kumbha-k-}, {yajJa k-}, {suvarNa-k-}); an author (e.g.
{vArttika-k-}); m. (ifc.) an act, action (see {kAma-k-}, {puruSa-k-}); the term
used in designating a letter or sound or indeclinable word (e.g. {a-k-},
{ka-k-}, qq. vv.; {eva-k-}, the word {eva}; {phUt-k-} q.v.) Prât. Mn. &c.;
effort, exertion L.; determination L.; religious austerity L.; a husband,
master, lord L.; ({as} or {A}) m. or f. act of worship, song of praise Divyâv.;
({I}) f. N. of a plant (= {kArikA}, {kAryA} &c.) L.
kaara *= 2 m. (= 2. {kara}) tax, toll, royal revenue Pân. 6-3, 10; a heap of
snow or a mountain covered with it L.; (mfn.) produced by hail Sus'r.
kaara * =3 m. (2. {kR}), a song or hymn of praise RV.; a battle song RV.
kaara * = 4 m. (2. {kRR}), killing, slaughter L.
kaaraa * =f. (1. {kR}?), a prison Vikr. Das'.; binding, confinement g.
{bhidA7di}; the part of a lute below the neck (for deadening the sound) L.;
pain, affliction L.; a female messenger L.; a female worker in gold L.; a kind
of bird L.
-kaara * = m. bringing down, humiliation, wrong, offence, injury MBh. Kâv. &c.;
wickedness, malice W.; opposition, contradiction W.; = next Gal.
kaaraka = Planetary Significator which remain the same for all houses \ * = 1
mf(%{ikA})n. (generally ifc.) making, doing, acting, who or what does or
produces or creates MBh. &c. (cf. %{siMha-k-}, %{kRtsna-k-}, %{zilpa-k});
intending to act or do Pa1n2. 2-3, 70 Sch.; (%{am}) n. `" instrumental in
bringing about the action denoted by a verb (= %{kriyA-hetu} or %{-nimitta}) "',
the notion of a case (but not co-extensive with the term case; there are six
such relations accord. to Pa1n2., viz. %{karman}, %{karaNa}, %{kartR},
%{sampradAna}, %{apA7dAna}, %{adhikaraNa}, qq. vv. The idea of the genitive case
is not considered a %{kAraka}, because it ordinarily expresses the relation of
two nouns to each other, but not the relation of a noun and verb).\ 2 n.
hail-water L. \5 mf(%{ikA})n. panting, gasping L.
kaarakaiH = which are causes
kaaraNa = reason
kaaraNa * = * = 1 n. cause, reason, the cause of anything (gen., also often
loc.) KâtyS'r. MBh. Mn. &c.; instrument, means; motive origin, principle; a
cause (in phil. i.e. that which is invariably antecedent to some product cf.
{samavA7yi-k-}, {asamavA7yi-k-}, {nimitta-k-}); an element, elementary matter
Yâjñ. iii, 148 Bhag. xviii, 13; the origin or plot of a play or poem Sâh.; that
on which an opinion or judgment is founded (a sign, mark; a proof; a legal
instrument, document) Mn. MBh. &c.; an organ of sense Ragh. xvi, 22 &c.; an
action MBh. xii, 12070; agency, instrumentality, condition Kathâs. cxii, 178; `"
the cause of being "', a father W.; `" cause of creation "', a deity W.; the
body L.; a kind of musical instrument L.; a sort of song L.; a number of scribes
or Kâyasthas W.; ({A}) f. pain, agony Das'.; an astronomical period W.
[{kAraNAt}, from some cause or reason, Rprât. iii, 13 Mn. viii, 355; {kasmAt
kAraNAt}, from what cause? {mama-kAraNAt}, for my sake R. &c.; {a-kAraNena},
without a reason Yâjñ. ii, 234; {yena kAraNena}, because; {yasmin kAraNe}, from
which motive, wherefore.] \\ 2 n. killing, injury L.
kaaraNa n. killing, slaughter L.
kaaaraNa* = n. killing, slaughter L.
kaaraNaM = the means
kaaraNam.h = reason
kaaraNaani = causes
kaarayan.h = causing to be done
kaaraagriham.h = (n) prison, jail
kaardama * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{kardama}), made of mud, muddy, filled or covered
with mud R. v, 27, 16 Pa1n2. 4-2, 2 Ka1s3.; belonging to Praja1pati Kardama BhP.
iii, 24, 6.
kaari = causing *= 1 %{is} mf. an artist, artificer, mechanic Pa1n2. 4-1, 152 ;
(%{is}) f. action, act, work (only used in questions) Pa1n2. 3-3, 110.\\2 mfn.
raising hymns of praise VS. xxx, 6 and 20.
kaarin *= 1 mfn. (Pa1n2. 5-2, 72) doing, making, effecting, producing, acting,
an actor Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. (mostly ifc. S3Br. Mn. &c.) ; (%{I}) m. a mechanic,
tradesman L.\\ 2 mfn. rejoicing, praising \\ m. injurer, oppressor VS.
kaarmana* = mf({I})n. relating to or proceeding from a work or action W.;
finishing a work W.; performing anything by means of magic; ({am}) n. magic,
sorcery, witchcraft Pân. 5-4, 36 Râjat.
kaarpaNya = of miserliness1 * = n. (fr. %{kRpaNa}), poverty, pitiful
circumstances MBh. &c. R.; poorness of spirit, weakness ib.; parsimony,
niggardliness Hit. &c.: compassion, pity BhP. v, 8, 10.
kaarpaNyavaadii = adj. wrechedness incarnate
kaaruNyaruupaM = the personification of compassion
kaartikeya = the god of war, was reared by the Pleiades
kaarttikeya* = m. N. of a son of S'iva and Pârvatî (popularly regarded as god of
war, because he leads the Ganas or hosts of S'iva against the demon hosts see
RTL. p. 213; accord. to one legend he was son of S'iva without the intervention
of Pârvatî, the generative energy of S'iva being cast into the fire and then
received by the Ganges, whence he is sometimes described as son of Agni and
Gangâ; when born he was fostered by the six Kriittikâs q.v., and these offering
their six breasts to the child he became six-headed; he is also called Kumâra,
Skanda, and Subrahmanya; his N. Kârttikeya may be derived from his foster
mothers or from the month Kârttika as the best for warfare: in the Mriicch. and
elsewhere he is regarded as presiding over thieves) MBh. &c.
kaarya = work *= mfn. (fut. p.p. 1. %{kR}), to be made or done or practised or
performed, practicable feasible AV. iii, 24, 5 TS. Mn. &c. ; to be imposed (as a
punishment) Mn. viii, 276 & 285 ; to be offered (as a libation) Mn. &c. ; proper
to be done, fit, right ; (%{am}) n. work or business to be done, duty, affair
Mn. MBh. &c. ; a religious action or performance Mn. &c. ; occupation, matter,
thing, enterprise, emergency, occurrence, crisis ; conduct, deportment ;
occasion, need (with inst. e.g. %{tRNena@kAryam}, there is need of a straw ;
%{na@bhUmyA@kAryam@asmAkam}, we have no business with the earth R. i, 13, 50) ;
lawsuit, dispute ; an operation in grammar (e.g. %{sthAny-AzrayaM@kAryam}, an
operation resting on the primitive form as opposed to the %{Adeza}, or
substitute) Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. ; an effect, result MBh. Sa1m2khyak. Veda7ntas. ;
motive, object, aim, purpose (e.g. %{kiM@kAryam}, for what purpose? wherefore?)
Mn. R. &c. ; cause, origin L. ; the denouement of a drama Sa1h. ; (%{A}) f. (=
%{kArI}, %{-rikA})N. of a plant L.
kaaryaM = work
kaaryakartaa = worker, active participant in an organization
kaaryate = is forced to do
kaaryaalayaH = (m) office, place of work
kaarye = work
kaars'a* = m. Curcuma Zedoaria L.
kaashate = (1 ap) to shine
kaazaya* = m. N. of a son of Kâs'a or Kâs'i Hariv. 1734; of the country of the
Kâs'is Comm. on Un. iv, 117.
kaas'a* =1 m. `" the becoming visible, appearance "', only in {sa-k-} q.v.; N.
of a man g. {azvA7di}; of a prince (the son of Suhotra and father of Kâsi-râja)
Hariv. VP.; a species of grass (Saccharum spontaneum, used for mats, roofs, &c.;
also personified, together with the Kus'a grass, as one of Yama's attendants)
Kaus'. R. Kum. &c.; ({A}, {I}) f. id. L. ({am}) n. id. L.\\kaas'a* =2 wrongly
spelt for {kAsa} q.v.
kaas'ishNu * = mfn. shining, brilliant BhP. iv, 30, 6.
kaashiraajaH = Kasiraja
kaashyaH = the King of Kasi (Varanasi)
kaashhaaya = saffron cloth
kaashhTa = wood, branch
kaashthha m. N. of one of Kubera's attendants MBh. ii, 415; (%{a4m}) n. a piece
of wood or timber, stick S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. Mn. &c.; wood or timber in general; an
instrument for measuring lengths; a kind of measure SaddhP.; [%{kASTha-}, in
comp., or %{kASTham} ind. with a verb expresses excellence or superiority Pa1n2.
8-1, 67 and 68.]
kaashthhaa f. a place for running, raceground, course (also the course, path or
track of the wind and clouds in the atmosphere) RV.; the mark, goal, limit VS.
TS. S3Br. &c.; the highest limit, top, summit, pitch Kum. Das3. &c.; a quarter
or region of the world, cardinal point Naigh. Nir. MBh. &c.; the sixteenth part
of the disk of the moon BhP. i, 12, 31; a measure of time (= 1/30 Kala1 Mn. i,
64 Sus3r.; = 1/12 Kala1 Jyot.; = 1/15 Laghu, = 1/225 Na1d2ika1, = 1/450 Muhu1rta
BhP. iii, 11, 7) MBh. i, 1292 &c.; form, form of appearance BhP. iii, 28, 12;
vii, 4, 22; the sun Nir. ii, 15; water ib.; the plant Curcuma xanthorrhiza L.;
N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Kas3yapa (mother of the solidungulous
quadrupeds). BhP. vi, 6, 25 ff.; N. of a town.
kaashhTha = (neut) piece of wood
kaashthhabhakSaNa * = n. `" devouring of wood (of the funeral pile) "',
%{--SThA7dhirohaNa} Pan5cad.
kaashthhabhArika * = mfn. a wood-carrier, bearer of wood Katha1s. vi, 42.
kaashthhabheda * = m. cleaving of wood Pa1n2. 6-2, 144 Ka1s3.
kaashthhabhid * = mfn. cleaving wood Pa1n2. 3-2, 61 Ka1s3.
kaashthhabhRt * = see s.v. %{kA4SThA}.
kaashthhabhRt * = mfn. leading to a mark or aim S3Br. xi.
kaashthhabhUta * = mfn. one who has become wood or stands stock still (as an
ascetic) R. i, 65, 3; m. N. of a demon who causes diseases Hariv. 9559.
kaasate = to cough
kaasaaraH = lake
kaatara * = (etym. doubtful,, `" uncertain as to which of the two "' BRD.),
cowardly, faint-hearted, timid, despairing, discouraged, disheartened, confused,
agitated, perplexed, embarrassed, shrinking, frightened, afraid of, timidity,
despair, agitation. "
kaat * =ind. a prefix implying contempt (cf. 2. {kad}), only in comp. with
kaati * = mfn. (fr. 3. {kA}), `" wishing, desiring "' (only in comp. see
{RNa4-kAti} and {kA4ma-kAti} cf. {RNa-ci4t}); ({ayas}) m. pl.N. of a school.
kaavya = poetr
kaaya * =1 mf({I})n. (fr. 3. {ka} Pân. 4-2, 25), relating or devoted to the god
Ka (Prajâ-pati RV. x, 121) VS. TS. S'Br.; &c.; m. one of the eight modes of
marriage (= Prâjâpatya see {vivAha}) Mn. iii, 38 Yâjñ. i, 60; ({am}) n. part of
the hand sacred to Prajâ-pati, the root of the little finger Mn. ii, 58 and 59.
\\ 2 m. ({ci} Pân. 3-3, 41), the body KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; the trunk of a tree R.;
the body of a lute (the whole except the wires) L.; assemblage, collection,
multitude SaddhP.; principal, capital Nâr. Briih.; a house, habitation L.; a
butt, mark L.; any object to be attained L.; natural temperament L.
kaayaM = the body
kaaya * = 1 mf(%{I})n. (fr. 3. %{ka} Pa1n2. 4-2, 25), relating or devoted to the
god Ka (Praja1-pati RV. x, 121) VS. TS. S3Br.; &c.; m. one of the eight modes of
marriage (= Pra1ja1patya see %{vivAha}) Mn. iii, 38 Ya1jn5. i, 60; (%{am}) n.
part of the hand sacred to Praja1-pati, the root of the little finger Mn. ii, 58
and 59.\\ 2 m. (%{ci} Pa1n2. 3-3, 41), the body Ka1tyS3r. Mn. &c.; the trunk of
a tree R.; the body of a lute (the whole except the wires) L.; assemblage,
collection, multitude SaddhP.; principal, capital Na1r. Br2ih.; a house,
habitation L.; a butt, mark L.; any object to be attained L.; natural
temperament L.
kaayikaa = pertaining to the body
kaayena = with the body
ka = what( use) is the
kachchit.h = whether
kachchhapa = (masc) tortoise
kad (kat) *= 1 cl. 1. A1. %{kadate}, %{cakAda} (R. ed. Gorresio vi, 65, 23 ; but
ed. Bomb. vi, 86, 24 reads %{cakAra}), to be confused, suffer mentally ; to
grieve ; to confound ; to kill or hurt ; to call ; to cry or shed tears Dha1tup.
xix, 10. \\ 2 ind. (originally the neuter form of the interrogative pronoun
%{ka}), a particle of interrogation (= Lat. {nonne}, %{num}) RV. ; anything
wrong or bad BhP. vii, 5, 28 (cf. below) ; = %{sukha} Nigh. ; %{kad} is used,
like %{kim}, with the particles %{cana} and %{cid}, `" sometimes, now and then
"' ; %{kac-cana} with the negation %{na}, `" in no way or manner "' RV. ;
%{kac-cid} is also used, like the simple %{kad}, as a particle of interrogation
(e.g. %{kaccid@dRSTA@tvayA@rAjan@damayantI}, was Damayanti1 seen by thee, O
king?) MBh., or %{kaccid} may be translated by `" I hope that "' ; at the
beginning of a compound it may mark the uselessness, badness or defectiveness of
anything, as in the following examples.
kadaliphalam.h = (n) banana
kadaachan.h = never
kadaachana = at any time
kadaachit.h = at any time (past, present or future)
kadaapi = at any time
kahalayoga = Stubborness (Ranjan says laziness). Lords of 4th and 9th houses
should be in Kendras from each other and the lord of Lagna should be strongly
disposed
kadana * = n. destruction, killing, slaughter MBh. R. Pan5cat. &c.
kaiH = by whom
kailaasa = a Himalayan mountain, home of Shiva
kaitava * = mf({I})n. (fr. {kit-}), deceitful Hariv. 7095; m. patr. of Ulûka
MBh. i, 7002; ({I}) f. fraud, deceit Bâlar.; ({am}) n. the stake in a game MBh.
ii, 2163 Nal. xxvi, 10; gambling L.; deceit, fraud, cheating, roguery R. v, 86,
19 Kum. Bhartri. &c.; beryl L.
kaivalya = spiritual independence and freedom * = n. (fr. {ke4vala}), isolation
Vâm.; absolute unity Veda7ntas. BhP.; perfect isolation, abstraction, detachment
from all other connections, detachment of the soul from matter or further
transmigrations, beatitude MBh. KapS. Sânkhyak. &c.; for {vaikalya} Râjat. vii,
1149; (mf({A})n.) leading to eternal happiness or emancipation MBh. xiii, 1101.
kajjala = lamp black
kaJNchukaH = blouse
kaH = who
kakudi = hump of an ox
kaksha * = m. (%{kaS} Un2. iii, 62; cf. %{kac}), lurking-place, hiding-place RV.
x, 28, 4 VS. xi, 79; a wood, large wood (?) RV. vi, 45, 31; a forest of dead
trees, a dry wood, underwood (often the lair of wild beasts) VS. TS.
Ta1n2d2yaBr. Mn. &c.; an inner recess, the interior of a forest; grass, dry
grass; a spreading creeper, climbing plant L.; side or flank L.; sin L.; a gate
W.; a buffalo L.; Terminalia Bellerica W.; (%{as}, %{A}) mf. the armpit (as the
most concealed part of the human body), region of the girth AV. vi, 127, 2
Sus3r. Mr2icch. &c.; [cf. Lat. {coxa}, `" hip "'; O. H. G. {hahsa}; Zd. {kasha};
cf. Sk. {kaccha}]; a girdle, zone, belt, girth MBh. BhP. &c.; the end of the
lower garment (which, after the cloth is carried round the body, is brought up
behind and tucked into the waistband); hem, border, lace BhP. ix, 10, 37; the
scale of a balance Ka1vya7d. Vcar.; (%{A}) f. painful boils in the armpit
Sus3r.; a surrounding wall, a wall, any place surrounded by walls (as a
court-yard, a secluded portion of a building, a private chamber or room in
general) MBh. BhP. Mn. &c.; the orbit of a planet VarBr2S. Su1ryas. &c.; the
periphery, circumference Su1ryas. xii, 65; balance, equality, similarity,
resemblance MBh. xii, 7269 VarBr2S. 26, 6; emulation, rivalry, object of
emulation Naish.; the jeweller's weight called Retti L.; objection or reply in
argument L.; a particular part of a carriage L.; (%{As}) m. pl.N. of a people
MBh. VP.
kala=* mf(%{A})n. (etym. doubtful) indistinct, dumb Br2A1rUp. ChUp.; (ifc.,
%{bASpa}, or %{azru} preceding) indistinct or inarticulate (on account of tears)
MBh. R. &c. [260,2]; low, soft (as a tone), emitting a soft tone, melodious (as
a voice or throat) R. BhP. Vikr. &c.; a kind of faulty pronunciation of vowels
Pat.; weak, crude, undigested L.; m. (scil. %{svara}) a low or soft and
inarticulate tone (as humming, buzzing &c.) L.; Shorea robusta L.; (in poetry)
time equal to four Ma1tras or instants W.; (%{As}) m. pl. a class of manes MBh.;
(%{am}) n. semen virile L.; Zizyphus Jujuba; (%{A}) f. see %{kalA} below.
kalaa = Art= *f. (etym. doubtful) a small part of anything, any single part or
portion of a whole, esp. a sixteenth part RV. viii, 47, 17 TS. S3Br. Mn. &c.; a
digit or one-sixteenth of the moon's diameter Hit. Katha1s.; (personified as a
daughter of Kardama and wife of Mari1ci BhP.); a symbolical expression for the
number sixteen Hcat.; interest on a capital (considered as a certain part of it)
S3is3. ix, 32; a division of time (said to be 1/900 of a day or 1-6 minutes Mn.
i, 64 Hariv.; or 1/1800 of a day or 0-8 minutes Comm. on VP.; or 2 minutes and
26 54/201 seconds Sus3r.; or 1 minute and 35 205/301, seconds, or 8 seconds
BhavP.); the sixtieth part of one-thirtieth of a zodiacal sign, a minute of a
degree Su1ryas.; (in prosody) a syllabic instant; a term for the seven substrata
of the elements or Dha1tus of the human body (viz. flesh, blood, fat, phlegm,
urine, bile, and semen; but according to Hemacandra, %{rasa}, `" chyle "',
%{asthi}, `" bone "', and %{majjan}, `" marrow "', take the place of phlegm,
urine, and bile) Sus3r.; an atom (there are 3015 Kala1s or atoms in every one of
the six Dha1tus, not counting the %{rasa}, therefore in all 18090); (with
Pa1s3upatas) the elements of the gross or material world Sarvad.; an embryo
shortly after conception (cf. %{kalana}); a designation of the three constituent
parts of a sacrifice (viz. %{mantra}, %{dravya}, and %{zraddhA} Ni1lak. on MBh.
[ed. Bomb.] xiv, 89, 3); the menstrual discharge L.; any practical art, any
mechanical or fine art (sixty-four are enumerated in the S3aivatantra [T.]; the
following is a list of them: %{gItam}, %{vAdyam}, %{nRtyam}, %{nAtyam},
%{Alekhyam}, %{vizeSaka-cchedyam}, %{taNDula-kusuma-balivikArAH},
%{puSpA7staranam}, %{dazana-vasanA7GgarAgAH}, %{maNi-bhUmikA-karma},
%{zayana-racanam}, %{udaka-vAdyam}, %{udaka-ghAtaH}, %{citrA@yogAH},
%{mAlya-granthana-vikalpAH}, %{keza-zekharA7pIDayojanam}, %{nepathya-yogAH},
%{karNa-pattra-bhaGgAH}, %{gandha-yuktiH}, %{bhUSaNa-yojanam}, %{indrajAlam},
%{kaucumAra-yogAH}, %{hasta-lAghavam}, %{citrazAkA7pUpa-bhakSya-vikAra-kriyA},
%{pAnaka-rasarAgA7sava-yojanam}, %{sUcIvApa-karma},
%{vINA-Dama-ruka-sUtra-krIDA}, %{prahelikA}, %{pratimA}, %{durvacakayogAH},
%{pustaka-vAcanam}, %{nATakA7khyAyikA-darzanam}, %{kAvya-samasyA-pUraNam},
%{paTTikA-vetrabANa-vikalpAH}, %{tarkU-karmANi}, %{takSaNam}, %{vAstu-vidyA},
%{rUpya-ratna-parIkSA}, %{dhAtu-vAdaH}, %{maNi-rAga-jJAnam}, %{Akara-jJAnam},
%{vRkSA7yur-veda-yogAH}, %{meSa-kukkuTa-lAvaka-yuddha-vidhiH},
%{zuka-sArikA-pralApanam}, %{utsAdanam}, %{keza-mArjana-kauzalam},
%{akSara-muSTikA-kathanam}, %{mlechitaka-vikalpAH}, %{deza-bhASA-jJAnam},
%{puSpa-zakaTikA-nimitta-jJAnam}, %{yantra-mAtRkA}, %{dhAraNa-mAtRkA},
%{saMpATyam}, %{mAnasI@kAvya-kriyA}, %{kriyA-vikalpAH}, %{chalitakayogAH},
%{abhidhAna-koSa-cchando-jJAnam}, %{vastra-gopanAni}, %{dyUta-vizeSaH},
%{AkarSaNa-krIDA}, %{bAlaka-krIDanakAni}, %{vainAyikInAM@vidyANAM@jJAnam},
%{vaijayikInAM@vidyAnAM@jJAnam} [261,2]; see also Va1tsy. i, 3, 17) R. Pan5cat.
Bhartr2. &c.; skill, ingenuity; ignorance; a low and sweet tone Ba1lar.; a boat
L.; a N. given to Da1ksha1yan2i1 in the region near the river Candrabha1ga1
MatsyaP.; N. of a grammatical commentary.
kalaapa* = (%{kalA7pa}, fr. %{Ap}) m. `" that which holds single parts together
"', a bundle, band (cf. %{jaTA-k-}, %{muktA-k-}, %{razanA-k-}) MBh. Kum. &c.; a
bundle of arrows, a quiver with arrows, quiver MBh. R. &c.; (once n. MBh. iii,
11454); a peacock's tail MBh. Pan5cat. &c.; an ornament in general Ma1lav.; a
zone, a string of bells (worn by women round the waist) L.; the rope round an
elephant's neck L.; totality, whole body or collection of a number of separate
things (esp. ifc.; cf. %{kriyA-k-}, &c.); the moon L.; a clever and intelligent
man L.; N. of a grammar also called Ka1tantra (supposed to be revealed by
Ka1rttikeya to S3arvavarman); N. of a village (cf. %{kalApa-grAma}) VP.; a poem
written in one metre W.; (%{I}) f. a bundle of grass Ka1tyS3r. A1s3vS3r.;
%{-khaJja} m. a particular disease (said to be St. Vitus's dance; v.l.
%{kalAyakhaJja}) Bhpr.; %{-grAma} m. N. of a village Hariv. BhP. VP.;
%{-cchanda} m. an ornament of pearls consisting of twenty-four strings L.;
%{-tattvA7rNava} m. N. of a commentary on the grammar called Kala1pa; %{-dvIpa}
m. v.l. for %{kalApa-grAma} above; %{-varman} m. N. of a man Ka1d.; %{-zas} ind.
in bundles, bundle by bundle MBh. xiii; %{-ziras} m. N. of a man (v.l.
%{kapAla-ziras}) R.//2 &c. see %{kalA}.
kalakala* = m. any confused noise (as a tinkling or rattling sound, the
murmuring of a crowd &c.) Mriicch. S'is'. Ratnâv. &c.; the resinous exudation of
Shorea robusta L.; a N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 10378; {-rava} m. a confused noise
Bhartri.; {-vat} mfn. tinkling, rattling Amar.; {-lA7rava} m. a confused noise
Pañcat.; {-le7zvaratIrtha} n. N. of a Tîrtha, S'ivP.
kalaja* = m. a cock Bhpr.
kala-tva* = n. melody, music W.
kala-rava* = m. a low sweet tone Bhartri.; `" having a sweet voice "', the
Indian cuckoo L.; a pigeon L.
kalaGka* = m. (etym. doubtful) a stain, spot, mark, soil; defamation, blame
Kathâs. Mriicch. &c.
kalatra* = n. a wife, consort MBh. Bhartri. Hit. &c.; the female of an animal
Vikr.; the hip and loins L.; pudendum muliebre L.; a royal citadel, a stronghold
or fastness W.; (in astron.) the seventh lunar mansion VarBri.
kalaanaatha = moon (??? I may be wrong here)
kalaayaH = (m) groundnut
kalaaya * m. a sort of pea or pulse MBh. Sus'r. &c.; a kind of plant with
darkcoloured flowers S'is'. xiii, 21; ({A}) f. a species of Dûrvâ-grass L.
kalakattaanagaraM = Calcutta
kalakala = a sort of sound imitation (dhvnyanukaraNa) like a river flow
kalakuutha* = {As} m. pl.N. of a warrior-tribe Pân. 4-1, 173.; the poison: see
kaalakuutha
kalatrakaaraka = Significator of marriage partner which is Venus:
kalatra *= a wife, consort MBh. Bhartri. Hit. &c.; the female of an animal
Vikr.; the hip and loins L.; pudendum muliebre L.; a royal citadel, a stronghold
or fastness W.; (in astron.) the seventh lunar mansion VarBri.
kalaya * = 1 Nom. P. (fr. {kali}) {kalayati}, to take hold of the die called
Kali Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 21.
kalaaya * = m. a sort of pea or pulse MBh. Sus'r. &c.; a kind of plant with
darkcoloured flowers S'is'. xiii, 21; ({A}) f. a species of Dûrvâ-grass L.
kalayataaM = of subduers
kalaha = fight/discord/argument
kalatra n. a wife, consort MBh. Bhartr2. Hit. &c.; the female of an animal
Vikr.; the hip and loins L.; pudendum muliebre L.; a royal citadel, a stronghold
or fastness W.; (in astron.) the seventh lunar mansion VarBr2.
kalau = during the kali age
kaldaspaagheti = (m) left-overs
kalevara = (neut) body
kalevaraM = the body
kali = Budkali * = m. (1. {kal} Comm. on Un. iv, 117)N. of the die or side of a
die marked with one dot, the losing die AV. vii, 109, 1 S'Br. &c. (personified
as an evil genius in the episode of Nala); symbolical expression for the number
1; Terminalia Bellerica (the nuts of which in older times were used as dice) L.;
N. of the last and worst of the four Yugas or ages, the present age, age of vice
AitBr. Mn. i, 86; ix, 301 f. MBh. &c. (the Kali age contains, inclusive of the
two dawns, 1.200 years of the gods or 432, 000 years of men, and begins the
eighteenth of February, 3102 B.C.; at the end of this Yuga the world is to be
destroyed; see {yuga}); strife, discord, quarrel, contention (personified as the
son of {krodha}, `" Anger "', and {hiMsA}, `" Injury "', and as generating with
his sister {durukti}, `" Calumny. "' two children, viz. {bhaya}, `" Fear "', and
{mRtyu}, `" Death "' BhP. iv, 8, 3; 4) MBh. Hit. &c. [262, 1]; the worst of a
class or number of objects MBh. xii, 361; 363; a hero (or an arrow, {zUra}, or
{zara}) L.; N. of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1192; N. of an Upanishad (= {kalisaMtaraNa});
({i4s}) m. N. of a class of mythic beings (related to the Gandharvas, and
supposed by some to be fond of gambling; in epic poetry Kali is held to be the
fifteenth of the Deva-Gandharvas or children of the Munis) AV. x, 10, 13 MBh.
Hariv.; N. of a man RV.; ({is}, {I}) f. an unblown flower, bud L.
kaliyuga = the current, pleasure-loving age
kalilaM = dense forest
kalita * mfn. impelled, driven &c. (cf. 3. {kal}); made, formed S'is'. iii, 81;
furnished or provided with Vikr. Bhpr. &c.; divided, separated L.; sounded
indistinctly, murmured W. \\ * = m. (n. L.), (3. {kal} Un. iii, 40), a viscous
sediment deposited by oily substances when ground, a kind of tenacious paste
Sus'r. Yâjñ. &c.; dirt, filth; the wax of the ear; ordure, faeces L.; impurity,
meanness, falsehood, hypocrisy, deceit, sin MBh. BhP. &c.; Terminalia Bellerica
L.; Olibanum L.; (mfn.) sinful, wicked L. (cf. {kaluSa}, {kalmaSa}, {ki4lbiSa}.)
kalikaa* = f. the sixteenth part of the moon Bhartri.; a division of time (=
{kalA} q.v.); an unblown flower, bud S'ak. Ragh. &c.; the bottom or peg of the
Indian lute (made of cane) L.; N. of several metres; a kind of artificial verse
(cf. {kAnta-k-}); N. of wk. on medicine.
kalika* = m. a curlew W.
kalkaphala * = m. the pomegranate
kalkiikR * to knead, render doughy
kalkana * = n. meanness, wickedness
kalkin * mfn. foul, turbid, having sediment, dirty W.; wicked W.; ({I}) m. =
{kalki} abov
kalkuSI * = f. or n. du. wrist and elbow
kalmashhaH = all material contamination
kalmasha * = n. ({as} m. BhP. viii, 7, 43 = {karmaSa} fr. {karma} + {so}, `"
destroying virtuous action "' Kâs'. on Pân. 8-2, 18) stain, dirt; dregs,
settlings (cf. {jala-k-}); darkness; moral stain, sin MBh. R. BhP. Mn. iv, 260;
xii, 18, 22; ifc. f. {A} Bhag. iv, 30 &c.; mf({A})n. dirty, stained L.; impure,
sinful L.; ({am}) n. the hand below the wrist L.; m. or ({am}) n. a particular
hell L.
kalmaa4sha * =mf({I})n. (Pân. 4-1, 40 g. {gaurA7di} Pân. 4-1, 41) variegated,
spotted, speckled with black VS. TS. S'Br. Âs'vGri. MBh.; black L.; m. a
variegated colour (partly black, partly white) L.; a Rakshas L.; a species of
fragrant rice L.; N. of a Nâga MBh.; a form of Agni Hariv.; N. of an attendant
on the Sun (identified with Yama) L.; a kind of deer T.; N. of S'âkya-muni in a
former birth; ({I}) f. the speckled cow (of Jamad-agni, granting all desires)
MBh. R.; N. of a river (the Yamunâ) MBh. i, 6360; ({am}) n. a stain S'Br. vi, 3,
1, 31 [263, 2]; N. of a Sâman.
kalmashhaaH = of sinful reactions
kalpa (see also kaalpa) * = 1 mf(%{A})n. (%{klRp}), practicable, feasible,
possible S3Br. ii, 4, 3, 3; proper, fit, able, competent, equal to (with gen.
loc., inf., or ifc.; e.g. %{dharmasya@kalpaH}, competent for duty;
%{svakarmaNi@na@kalpaH}, not competent for his own work;
%{yadA@na@zAsituM@kalpaH}, if he is not able to rule) BhP.; m. a sacred precept,
law, rule, ordinance (= %{vidhi}, %{nyAya}), manner of acting, proceeding,
practice (esp. that prescribed by the Vedas) RV. ix, 9, 7 AV. viii, 9, 10; xx,
128, 6-11 MBh.; (%{prathamaH@kalpaH}, a rule to be observed before any other
rule, first duty Mn. iii, 147 MBh. &c.; %{etena@kalpena}, in this way; cf.
%{pazu-k-}, &c.); the most complete of the six Veda1n3gas (that which prescribes
the ritual and gives rules for ceremonial or sacrificial acts) Mun2d2Up. Pa1n2.
&c.; one of two cases, one side of an argument, an alternative (= %{pakSa}; cf.
%{vikalpa}) Sarvad.; investigation, research Comm. on Sa1m2khyak.; resolve,
determination MW.; (in medic.) treatment of the sick, manner of curing Sus3r.
ii; the art of preparing medicine, pharmacy Car.; the doctrine of poisons and
antidotes Sus3r. i; (ifc.) having the manner or form of anything, similar to,
resembling, like but with a degree of inferiority, almost (e.g.
%{abhedya-kalpa}, almost impenetrable; cf. %{prabhAta-k-}, %{mRta-k-}, &c.;
according to native grammarians, %{kalpa} so used is an accentless affix [Pa1n2.
5-3, 67], before which a final %{s} is left unchanged, and final %{I} and %{U}
shortened Pa1n2. Vop.; %{kalpam} ind., may be also connected with a verb e.g.
%{pacati-kalpam}, he cooks pretty well Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 8-1, 57) [262,3]; a
fabulous period of time (a day of Brahma1 or one thousand Yugas, a period of
four thousand, three hundred and twenty millions of years of mortals, measuring
the duration of the world; a month of Brahma1 is supposed to contain thirty such
Kalpas; according to the MBh., twelve months of Brahma1 constitute his year, and
one hundred such years his lifetime; fifty years of Brahma1's are supposed to
have elapsed, and we are now in the %{zvetavArAha-kalpa} of the fifty-first; at
the end of a Kalpa the world is annihilated; hence %{kalpa} is said to be equal
to %{kalpA7nta} below L.; with Buddhists the Kalpas are not of equal duration)
VP. BhP. Ra1jat. &c.; N. of Mantras which contain a form of %{klRp} TS. v S3Br.
ix; a kind of dance; N. of the first astrological mansion VarBr2S.; N. of a son
of Dhruva and Bhrami BhP. iv, 10, 1; of S3iva MBh. xii, 10368; the tree of
paradise; = %{-taru} below L.; (with Jainas) a particular abode of deities (cf.
%{-bhava} and %{kalpA7tIta} below); (%{am}) n. a kind of intoxicating liquor
(incorrect for %{kalya}) L.
kalpaadau = in the beginning of the millennium
kalpaanta* = m. the end of a Kalpa, dissolution of all things L. (cf.
{pralaya}); {-vAsin} mfn. living at the end of a Kalpa R. iii, 10, 4 [263,1];
{-sthAyin} mfn. lasting to the end of time Hit. i, 50 BhP.
kalpaantara* = n. another Kalpa.
kalpaatiita* ={As} m. pl.N. of a class of deities among the Jaina
kalpa-druma = kalpa-vRiksha: the tree that will give you anything you can
kalpaka* = mfn. conforming to a settled rule or standard BhP. i, 8, 6; ix, 11,
1; adopting Hariv.; m. a rite, ceremony MBh. [TBr. ii, 7, 18, 4 of doubtful
meaning Comm. %{kaplaka}]; a barber (cf. %{kalpanI}; Lith. {kerpikas}) L.; a
kind of Curcuma (commonly %{karcUra}) L.
kalpana * = n. forming, fashioning, making, performing L.; `" forming in the
imagination, inventing "', composition of a poem Prab.; cutting, clipping,
working with edge-tools VarBr2S.; N. of a religious ceremony; anything put on
for ornament MBh. xiii, 2784; (%{A}) f. making, manufacturing, preparing Sus3r.
BhP.; practice Car.; fixing, settling, arranging Mn. ix, 116 Ya1jn5.; creating
in the mind, feigning, assuming anything to be real, fiction KapS. &c.;
hypothesis Nya1yam.; caparisoning an elephant Das3.; form, shape, image; a deed,
work, act Mr2icch.; (%{I}) f. a pair of scissors or shears L.
kalpataru = (m) The heavenly tree giving whatever one desires * = m. one of the
five trees (cf. {paJca-vRkSa}) of Svarga or Indra's paradise fabled to fulfil
all desires (cf. {saMkalpa-viSaya}), the wishing tree, tree of plenty Hit.
Pañcat. Ragh. i, 75, xvii, 26; any productive or bountiful source BhP. i, 1, 3;
(fig.) a generous person MW.; N. of various works; {-parimala} m. N. of wk.;
{-rasa} m. a particular kind of mixture Bhpr.
kalpataa* = f. fitness, ability, competency BhP. xi.
kalpate = is considered eligible
kalpataa * = f. fitness, ability, competency BhP. xi.
kalpatantra * = n. N. of wk.
kalpataru * = m. one of the five trees (cf. %{paJca-vRkSa}) of Svarga or Indra's
paradise fabled to fulfil all desires (cf. %{saMkalpa-viSaya}), the wishing
tree, tree of plenty Hit. Pan5cat. Ragh. i, 75, xvii, 26 ; any productive or
bountiful source BhP. i, 1, 3 ; (fig.) a generous person MW. ; N. of various
works ; %{-parimala} m. N. of wk. ; %{-rasa} m. a particular kind of mixture
Bhpr.
kalpavrikshaaNaaM = the kalpa(imagined) vR^iksha trees (wish-yielding)
kalpakshaye = at the end of the millennium
kalpita = imagined * = mfn. made, fabricated, artificial; composed, invented;
performed, prepared; assumed, supposed; inferred; regulated, well arranged
Yâjñ.; having a particular rank or order MBh. Mn. ix, 166; caparisoned (as an
elephant) L.; m. an elephant armed or caparisoned for war W.; ({A}) f. a kind of
allegory Vâm. iv, 2, 2.
kalpena* = he imagines
kalpetara * = mf({A})n. having or requiring a different kind of treatment
kalpita * = mfn. made, fabricated, artificial; composed, invented; performed,
prepared; assumed, supposed; inferred; regulated, well arranged Ya1jn5.; having
a particular rank or order MBh. Mn. ix, 166; caparisoned (as an elephant) L.; m.
an elephant armed or caparisoned for war W.; (%{A}) f. a kind of allegory Va1m.
iv, 2, 2.
kalpya* = mfn. (Pân. 3-1, 110 Vop. xxvi, 17, 18) to be formed from (inst.)
Naish. viii, 21; to be performed, to be prescribed; to be settled or arranged
VarBriS.; to be conceived or imagined VarBriS.; to be substituted W.; relating
to ritual W.
kalya * = mf(%{A})n. (3. %{kal} T.) well, healthy, free from sickness (cf.
%{a-k-} Gaut. ix, 28); hale, vigorous MBh. ii, 347 Naish. Ya1jn5. i, 28; sound,
perfect, strong MBh.; clever, dexterous L.; ready or prepared for (loc. or inf.)
MBh.; agreeable, auspicious (as speech) L.; instructive, admonitory L.; deaf and
dumb (cf. %{kala} and %{kalla}) L.; (%{am}) n. health L.; dawn, morning L.;
yesterday L.; (%{am}, %{e}) ind. at day-break, in the morning, tomorrow MBh.
Nal. xxiv, 14 R. BhP.; (%{am}, %{A}) n. f. spirituous liquor L. (cf.
%{kadambarI}); (%{A}) f. praise, eulogy T.; good wishes, good tidings L.; Emblic
Myrobalan (%{harItakI} q.v.), [cf. Gk. $.] &81904[263,2].
kalyaaNa = well being (of others) *= mf(%{I4})n. (g. %{bahv-Adi}) beautiful,
agreeable RV. S3Br. &c. ; illustrious, noble, generous ; excellent, virtuous,
good (%{kalyANa} voc. `" good sir "' ; %{kalyANi}, `" good lady "') ;
beneficial, salutary, auspicious ; happy, prosperous, fortunate, lucky, well,
right RV. i, 31, 9 ; iii, 53, 6 TS. AV. S3Br. Nir. ii, 3 MBh. R. ; m. a
particular Ra1ga (sung at night) ; N. of a Gandharva ; of a prince (also called
Bhat2t2a-s3ri1-kalya1n2a) ; of the author of the poem Gi1ta1-gan3ga1-dhara ;
(%{I}) f. a cow L. ; the plant Glycine Debilis L. ; red arsenic L. ; a
particular Ra1gin2i1 ; N. of Da1ksha1yan2i1 in Malaya ; N. of one of the mothers
attending on Skanda MBh. ix, 2625 ; N. of a city in the Dekhan and of one in
Ceylon ; a river in Ceylon ; (%{am}) n. good fortune, happiness, prosperity ;
good conduct, virtue (opposed to %{pApa}) S3Br. Bhag. R. Ragh. Pan5cat. Mn. iii,
60, 65 Sus3r. ; a festival Mn. viii, 292 ; gold L. ; heaven L. ; N. of the
eleventh of the fourteen Pu1rvas or most ancient writings of the Jainas L. ; a
form of salutation (`" Hail! "' `" May luck attend you! "'), S3a1ntis3.
kalyaaNakrit.h = one who is engaged in auspicious activities
kaM = whom
kam * = 1 ind. (Gk. $) well (opposed to {a-kam}, &78525[251, 3] ill "') TS.
S'Br. &c.; a particle placed after the word to which it belongs with an
affirmative sense, `" yes "', `" well "' (but this sense is generally so weak
that Indian grammarians are perhaps right in enumerating {kam} among the
expletives Nir.; it is often found attached to a dat. case, giving to that case
a stronger meaning, and is generally placed at the end of the Pâda, e.g.
{a4jIjana o4SadhIr bho4janAya ka4m}, thou didst create the plants for actual
food RV. v, 83, 10) RV. AV. TS. v; {kam} is also used as an enclitic with the
particles {nu}, {su}, and {hi} (but is treated in the Pada-pâthha as a separate
word; in this connection {kam} has no accent but once AV. vi, 110, 1) RV. AV.; a
particle of interrogation (like {kad} and {kim}) RV. x, 52, 3; (sometimes, like
{kim} and {kad}, at the beginning of compounds) marking the strange or unusual
character of anything or expressing reproach L. [252, 1]; head L.; food Nir.;
water Nir. Nigh.; happiness, bliss L. \\ * = 2 cl. 1. Â. (not used in the
conjugational tenses) {cakame}, {kamitA}, {kamiSyate}, {acakamata} Dhâtup. xii,
10 to wish, desire, long for RV. v, 36, 1; x, 117, 2 AV. xix, 52, 3 S'Br. Ragh.
&c.; to love, be in love with, have sexual intercourse with S'Br. xi BhP.: Caus.
Â. (ep. also P.) {kAmayate}, {-ti}, {kAmayAM-cakre}, {acIkamata}, &c.; to wish,
desire, long for (with acc. or inf. or Pot. Pân. 3-3, 157; e.g. {kAmaye bhuJjIta
bhavAn}, I wish your worship may eat; {kAmaye dAtum}, I wish to give Kâs'.) RV.
AV. TS. MBh. &c.; to love, be in love with, have sexual intercourse with RV. x,
124, 5; 125, 5 S'Br. MBh. &c.; to cause any one to love Riitus. (in that sense
P. Vop.); (with {bahu} or {aty-artham}) to rate or value highly R.: Desid.
{cikamiSate} and {cikAmayiSate}: Intens. {caMkamyate}; [cf. Lat. {comis}; also
{amo}, with the loss of the initial, for {camo}; {cA7-rus} for {cam-rus}: Hib.
{caemh} "', love, desire; fine, handsome, pleasant "'; {caomhach}, `" a friend,
companion "'; {caomhaim}, `" I save, spare, protect "'; Armen. {kamim}.]
kamaniiyakaraM = desired hands
kamala = Lotus
kamalapatra = Lotus leaf
kamalapatraaksha = O lotus-eyed one
kamalaa = saraswati
kamalaasanasthaM = sitting on the lotus flower
kamaTha* = m. (Un. i, 102) a tortoise BhP. Pañcat. &c.; a porcupine L.; a bamboo
L.; N. of a king MBh.; of a Muni; of a Daitya; ({as} or {am}) m. or n. a
water-jar (esp. one made of a hollow gourd or cocoa-nut, and used by ascetics)
L.; ({I}) f. a female tortoise, a small one S'ântis'.
kampa * = m. trembling, tremor, trembling motion, shaking MBh. Sus'r. &c.;
earthquake (cf. {bhUmi-kampa}, {mahI-k-}, &c.); tremulous or thrilling
pronunciation (a modification of the Svarita accent which may take place if the
Svarita syllable is followed by an Udâtta syllable) Nir. &c.; a kind of time (in
mus.); N. of a man.
kampate = (1 ap) to shake
kampayati = to shake
kampiutaH = (m) Sanskrit hi-tech
kaMsa * = {as}, {am} m. n. ({kam} Un. iii, 62), a vessel made of metal, drinking
vessel, cup, goblet AV. x, 10, 5 AitBr. S'Br. &c.; (a noun ending in {as}
followed by {kaMsa} in a compound does not change its final cf. {ayas-kaMsa},
&c. Pân. 8-, 3, 46); a particular measure (= two Âdhakas Car.; = one Âdhaka L.);
a metal, tutanag or white copper, brass, bell-metal; m. N. of a king of Mathurâ
(son of Ugra-sena and cousin of the Devakî who was mother of Kriishna [Ugra-sena
being brother of Devaka, who was father of Devakî]; he is usually called the
uncle, but was really a cousin of Kriishna, and became his implacable enemy
because it had been prophesied to Kansa that he would be killed by a child of
Devakî; as the foe of the deity he is identified with the Asura
nemi; and, as he was ultimately slain by Kriishna, the latter receives epithets
like {kaMsa-jit}, conqueror of Kansa, &c.) MBh. VP. BhP. &c.; N. of a place g.
{takSazilA7di} Pân. 4-3, 93; ({A}) f. N. of a sister of Kansa Hariv. BhP. VP.
kaNa = small bit* = m. (Nir. vi, 30; related to {kanA}, {kaniSTha}, {kanIyas},
{kanyA}, in all of which smallness is implied BRD.), a grain, grain of corn,
single seed AV. x, 9, 26; xi, 3, 5 KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; a grain or particle (of
dust) Ragh. i, 85 Vikr.; flake (of snow) Amar.; a drop (of water) S'ak. 60 a
Megh. BhP. &c.; a spark (of fire) Pañcat.; the spark or facet of a gem; any
minute particle, atom Prab. S'ântis'.; ({A}) f. a minute particle, atom, drop;
long pepper Sus'r.; cummin seed L.; a kind of fly (= {kumbhIra-makSikA}) L.;
({I}) f. = {kaNikA} below L.; ({am}) n. a grain, single seed Kathâs. (cf.
{kaniSTha}.)
kana* = mfn. (substituted for {alpa}, `" little, small "', in forming its
comparative and superlative see below; cf. {kaNa}; according to Gmn. fr. {kan},
`" to shine, be bright or merry "', originally meaning `" young, youthful "').
kanaa* = f. a girl, maid RV. x, 61, 5; 10; 11; 21.
kanaa* = see p. 248, col. 3.
kanaka = gold
kañcit VB = for a few days; SB 1.13.14//someone; SB 6.1.58-60//SB 10.41.32// a
certain; SB 10.52.26//a certain; SB 11.7.25// any; SB 11.18.30// for some; SB
12.1.20//yam kañcit &emdash; some
kañc * = cl. 1. A1. %{kaJcate}, %{cakaJce}, %{kaJcitA}, &c., to bind; to shine
Dha1tup. vi, 9; [cf. %{kac} and %{kAJc}, %{kakSa}; Lat. {cingere}.]
kañcana *V = any, someone, anyone, by all means, whatever you like.
kanda* - {as}, {am} m. n. ({kan} Comm. on Un. iv, 98), a bulbous or tuberous
root, a bulb MBh. BhP. Sus'r. &c.; the bulbous root of Amorphophallus
Campanulatus L.; garlic L.; a lump, swelling, knot Sus'r. i, 258, 9 [249,3];
[cf. Gk. $, $; O. H. G. &77847[249,3] {hnUtr}, {hnUta}]; an affection of the
female organ (considered as a fleshy excrescence, but apparently prolapsus uteri
W.); N. of a metre (of four lines of thirteen syllables each); (in mus.) a kind
of time; ({I}) f. see {mAMsa-k-}.
kaNDolaH = (m) a wooden basket
kaNDuuyati = to scratch
kanda = a knot, the place where the three main nadis join
kandaH = (m) root
kanda* = {as}, {am} m. n. ({kan} Comm. on Un. iv, 98), a bulbous or tuberous
root, a bulb MBh. BhP. Sus'r. &c.; the bulbous root of Amorphophallus
Campanulatus L.; garlic L.; a lump, swelling, knot Sus'r. i, 258, 9 [249,3];
[cf. Gk. $, $; O. H. G. &77847[249,3] {hnUtr}, {hnUta}]; an affection of the
female organ (considered as a fleshy excrescence, but apparently prolapsus uteri
W.); N. of a metre (of four lines of thirteen syllables each); (in mus.) a kind
of time; ({I}) f. see {mAMsa-k-}.
kandarpaH = Cupid
kandarpa* = m. (etym. doubtful; according to some fr. {kaM-darpa}, `" inflamer
even of a god "' see 3. {ka}, or `" of great wantonness "')N. of Kâma (q.v.),
love, lust MBh. Bhag. Sus'r. &c.; (in mus.) a particular Râga (q.v.); a kind of
time; membrum virile L.; N. of a man Kathâs.; ({A}) f. one of the divine women
attending on the fifteenth Arhat (Jain.)
kandaasana = the upward ankle-twist posture
kanduka = (m) a ball
kandha = neck
kanishhThikaa = (f) little finger
kaniinikaa = (f) eyeball
ka.nkana = bracelet
kaan'ksh *= (connected with %{kam}) cl. 1. P. %{kAGkSati} (%{cakAGkSa},
%{akAGkSIt} Dha1tup. xvii, 16), ep. also A1. %{-te}, to wish, desire, long for,
hope for (with acc.), expect, wait for, await (with acc.), strive to obtain,
look for anything (dat.) A1s3vS3r. Mn. MBh. R. Bhag. Megh. Sus3r.: Caus.
%{kAGkSayati}, %{acakAGkSat} Pat. on Pa1n2. 7-4, 1 Va1rtt. 1: Desid.
%{cikAGkSiSati}: Intens. %{cAkAGkSyate} and %{cAkAMSTi}.
kaan'kshaa*= f. (ifc.) wish, desire, inclination R. Nal. Sus3r. Pan5cat.
kaan'kshamaaNa *= mfn. id.
kaan'kshaNiiya*= mfn. to be desired Ka1d. 102, 17.
kaan'kshat *= mfn. wishing, desiring ; hoping, expecting.
kaan'kshI *= f. a kind of fragrant earth L. (cf. %{kAkSI} and %{kacchI4}.)
kaan'kshin *= mfn. desiring, longing for, expecting, waiting for (acc. or in
comp.) MBh. R. Bhag. Pan5cat. ; waiting R. v, 33, 27 Pan5cat. iii, 134.
kaan'kshintii *= f. wish, desire R. ii, 34, 28.
kaan'kshita*= mfn. wished, desired, longed for ; expected MBh. R. Ragh. ;
considered, thought upon (dat. acc. ed. Bomb.) R. ii, 25, 43 ; (%{am}) n. wish,
desire R. v, 29, 9.
ka.nchna = anyone (or someone)
kanta * mfn. (fr. 1. {kam} ind.), happy Pân. 5-2, 138.
kanTha = throat
kanti = brightness, lustre
kanthaH = throated man
ka.nThaM = neck
ka.nThe = in yhe neck
ka.nthaa = rags?
ka.nsya = bronze
kaNikaapiitaa = a little droplet, drunk
kaNTa * = m. (thought by some to be for original {karnta}, fr. 2. {kRt}) a thorn
BhP. ix, 3, 7 (cf. {tri-kaNTa}, {bahu-kaNTa}, &c.); the boundary of a village
L.; [cf. Gk. $ $ $?]
kaNTakam.h = (n) thorns
kaNTha = throat
kaNThaH = (m) throat, neck
kaNThabhuushhaa = (f) necklace
kaNThasthiikaraNiiya = (adj) that which must be memorized, learned by heart
kaNThahaaraH = (m) necklace
kuNapa * = n. [{as} m. g. {ardharcA7di}] a dead body, corpse AV. TS. S'Br. Mn.
&c.; (said contemptuously of) the living body BhP.; dung; m. a spear MBh. R.;
({As}) m. pl.N. of a people VarBriS.; ({I}) f. a small bird (Maina or Salik cf.
{viT-sArikA}); ({kuNa4pa}) mfn. mouldering, smelling like a carcase S'Br. Sus'r.
ku4Napa-gandha4 * = m. the smell of a dead body S'Br. iv.
kuNapANDya * = m. `" having dead testicles "'N. of a man.
kuNapA7zana * = mfn. eating dead bodies S'ak.
kanya * mf({A})n. the smallest (opposed to {uttama} and {madhyama}) Hcat. i,
302, 8 ff.; ({A4}) f. see {kanyA4} below; [cf. Zd. {kainin}; Hib. {cain}, `"
chaste, undefiled. "']
kanyaa4 * = f. ( {kan} Un. iv, 111), a girl, virgin, daughter RV. AV. &c. MBh.
&c. ({kanyAM} {dA} or {pra-dA} or {pra-yam} or {upa-pad}, Caus. to give one's
daughter in marriage Mn. viii, ix; {kanyAM prati-grah} or {hR} or {vah}, to
receive a girl in marriage, marry Mn. ix); the sign of the zodiac Virgo VarBri.
and BriS. &c.; the female of any animal Mriicch.; N. of Durgâ MBh. iii, 8115; N.
of a tuberous plant growing in Kas'mîra Sus'r.; Aloe Perfoliata L.; several
other plants L.; N. of a metre (of four lines, each of them containing four long
syllables).
kapaTika = cunning, scheming
kapaala = forehead
kapaalaH = (m) human skull
kapaalabhati = a process to clear the sinuses
kapaalnala = fire in the forehead (??? again perhaps wrong)
kapi = monkey
kapiH = (m) monkey
kapidhvajaH = he whose flag was marked with Hanuman
kapota = pigeon, dove
kapotaasana = the dove posture
kapolaH = (m) cheek
kara = Hand* * = 1 (for 2. see p. 254, col. 3) mf({I}, rarely {A})n. (1. {kR}),
a doer, maker, causer, doing, making, causing, producing (esp. ifc.; cf.
{duHkhakara}, {bhayaM-k-}, {sampat-k-}, &c.; cf. Lat. {cerus}, `" creator "')
AV. xii, 2, 2 Mn. Pañcat. &c.; helping, promoting RV. i, 116, 13; m. the act of
doing, making &c. (ifc.; cf. {ISatkara}, {su-k-}, {duS-k-}, &c.); `" the doer
"', the hand RV. x, 67, 6 MBh. Mn. &c.; a measure (the breadth of twenty-four
thumbs); an elephant's trunk MBh. Pañcat. &c.; the claws of a crab Hit.;
symbolical expression for the number two; the lunar mansion Hasta VarBriS.
kara = * 2 (for 1. see p. 253, col. 1) m. ({kRR}), a ray of light, sunbeam,
moonbeam R. Megh. Pañcat. &c.; hail L.; royal revenue, toll, tax, tribute, duty
Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.
karaM = the cause of
karakushalavastuu = (n) handicraft, hand-made objects of art
karaNaM = the means
karaNa * = (once {karaNa4} RV. i, 119, 7) mf({I})n doing, making, effecting,
causing (esp. ifc.; cf. {antakaraNa}, {uSNaM-k-}, &c.) R. &c.; clever, skilful
RV. i, 119, 7; m. a helper, companion AV. vi, 46, 2; xv, 5, 1-6; xix, 57, 3; a
man of a mixed class (the son of an outcast Kshatriya Mn. x, 22; or the son of a
S'ûdra woman by a Vais'ya Yâjñ. i, 92; or the son of a Vais'ya woman by a
Kshatriya MBh. i, 2446; 4521; the occupation of this class is writing, accounts
&c.) a writer, scribe W.; (in Gr.) a sound or word as an independent part of
speech (or as separated from the context; in this sense usually n.) Kâs'. on
Pân. 3-1, 41 Pat. Comm. on RPrât.; (in mus.) a kind of time Kum. vi, 40; ({I})
f. a woman of the above mixed tribe Yâjñ. i, 95; (with {sutA}) an adopted
daughter R. (ed. Gorr.) i, 19, 9; (in arithm.) a surd or irrational number, surd
root; the side of a square S'ulbas. Comm. on VS.; a particular measure Comm. on
KâtyS'r.; a particular position of the fingers; ({am}) n. the act of making,
doing, producing, effecting S'Br. MBh. &c. (very often ifc. e.g. {muSTi-k-},
{virUpa-k-}); an act, deed RV.; an action (esp. a religious one) Yâjñ. i, 250
R.; the special business of any tribe or caste L.; a calculation (esp. an
astronomical one) VarBriS.; an astrological division of the day (these Karanas
are eleven, viz. {vava}, {valava}, {kaulava}, {taitila}, {gara}, {vaNija},
{viSTi}, {zakuni}, {catuSpada}, {kintughna}, and {nAga}, two being equal to a
lunar day; the first seven are called {a-dhruvANi} or movable, and fill, eight
times repeated, the space from the second half of the first day in the mooñs
increase to the first half of the fourteenth day in its wane; the four others
are {dhruvANi} or fixed, and occupy the four half-days from the second half of
the fourteenth day in the wane of the moon to the first half of the first day in
its increase) VarBriS. Sus'r. &c.; pronunciation, articulation, APrât.; (in Gr.)
a sound or word as an independent part of speech, separated from its context
Pân. Kâs'. &c., ({karaNa} may be used in this way like {kAra} e.g. {iti-karaNa}
S'ânkhS'r.); the posture of an ascetic; a posture in sexual intercourse;
instrument, means of action S'vetUp. Yâjñ. Megh.; an organ of sense or of speech
VPrât. PârGri.; (in law) an instrument, document, bond Mn. viii, 51; 52; 154;
(in Gr.) the means or instrument by which an action is effected, the idea
expressed by the instrumental case, instrumentality Pân. 1-4, 42; ii, 3, 18;
iii, 2, 45; cause (= {kAraNa}); a spell, charm Kathâs. (cf. {karaNa-prayoga});
rhythm, time Kum.; body Megh. Kum. Kâd.; N. of a treatise of Varâha-mihira on
the motion of the planets; of a work belonging to the S'iva-na; a field L.; the
mind, heart W. (cf. {antaH-karaNa}); grain W.
karaNaaya = to do
karaNiiyaM = to be done
karatalabhikshaa = alms in the palms
karatalam.h = (n) palm
karadiipaH = (m) torch, flashlight
karabhoru = fair-limbed
karaka * = 1 (for 2. see col. 3), %{as} m. a watervessel (esp. one used by
students or ascetics) MBh. R.; a species of bird L.; hand (?) L.; N. of several
plants (the pomegranate tree, Pongamia Glabra, Butea Frondosa, Bauhinia
Variegata, Mimusops Elengi, Capparis Aphylla) L.; a cocoa-nut shell L.; (%{as},
%{am}) m. n. a cocoa-nut shell hollowed to form a vessel; (%{As}) m. pl.N. of a
people MBh. VP.; (%{am}) n. fungus, mushroom L.; (%{ikA}) f. a wound caused by a
finger-nail S3is3. iv, 29.\ karaka (for 1. see col. 1) m. hail; toll, tax,
tribute.
karalaM = terrible
karavaala = sword
karavaavahai = may we do
karasthaaH = obtaining(literally standing) in his very hands
karaaMshukam.h = (n) full-sleeved shirt
karaala = dreadful
karaalaM = horrible
karaalaani = terrible
kardama * = m. (Un2. iv, 84) mud, slime, mire, clay, dirt, filth MBh. Ya1jn5.
Ragh. &c.; sin Comm. on Un2.; shade, shadow (in Veda according to BrahmaP.); N.
of a Praja1pati (born from the shadow of Brahma1, husband of Devahu1ti and
father of Kapila) MBh.; a kind of rice Sus3r.; a kind of poisonous bulb; N. of
Pulaka (a son of Praja1pati) VP.; of a Na1ga MBh. i, 1561; (%{I}) f. a species
of jasmine; (%{am}) n. flesh L.; Civet L.; (mfn.) covered with mud or mire or
dirt, dirty, filthy Sus3r.
karhi *= ind. (fr. 2. %{ka}), when ? at what time ? Pa1n2. 5-3, 21 ; (with
%{svid}, or %{cid} or %{api} [BhP. v, 17, 24]) at any time RV. MBh. BhP. &c. ;
(with %{cid} and a particle of negation) never, at no time Mn. Pan5cat. &c. ;
[cf. Goth. {hvar}, `" where ? "' Eng. {where} ?]
kari *= 1 mfn. (ifc.) causing, accomplishing (cf. %{zakRt-k-}) ; (%{is}) m. the
hand L.\\2 (in comp. for %{karin} col. 3).\\&c. see p. 254, col. 2.
karin *= mfn. doing, effecting &c. Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 2-3, 70 ; (%{I}) m. `"
having a trunk "', an elephant MBh. BhP. Pan5cat. &c. ; (%{iNI}) f. see above.
kariyaadaH = (m) hippopotamus
karishhyati = can do
karishhyasi = perform
karishhye = I shall execute
karoti = does
karomi = I do
karosi = you do
karau = hands (lower arms)
karka = The Zodiacal sign Cancer
karkaTi = (f) cucumber
karma = Action or activity (see karman)
karma-bhaava = The 10th house of Careers and Work
karmajaM = due to fruitive activities
karmajaa = from fruitive work
karmajaan.h = born of work
karman * = %{a} n. (%{A} m. L.), (%{kR} Un2. iv, 144), act, action, performance,
business RV. AV. S3Br. MBh. &c.; office, special duty, occupation, obligation
(frequently ifc., the first member of the compound being either the person who
performs the action [e.g. %{vaNik-k-}] or the person or thing for or towards
whom the action is performed [e.g. %{rAja-k-}, %{pazu-k-}] or a specification of
the action [e.g. %{zaurya-k-}, %{prIti-k-}]) S3Br. Mn. Bhartr2. &c.; any
religious act or rite (as sacrifice, oblation &c., esp. as originating in the
hope of future recompense and as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of
spirit) RV. AV. VS. Ragh. &c.; work, labour, activity (as opposed to rest,
%{prazAnti}) Hit. RPra1t. &c.; physicking, medical attendance Car.; action
consisting in motion (as the third among the seven categories of the Nya1ya
philosophy; of these motions there are five, viz. %{ut-kSepaNa}, %{ava-kSepaNa},
%{A-kuJcana}, %{prasAraNa}, and %{gamana}, qq. vv.) Bha1sha1p. Tarkas.;
calculation Su1ryas.; product, result, effect Mn. xii, 98 Sus3r.; organ of sense
S3Br. xiv (or of action see %{karme7ndriya}); (in Gr.) the object (it stands
either in the acc. [in active construction], or in the nom. [in passive
construction], or in the gen. [in connection with a noun of action]; opposed to
%{kartR} the subject) Pa1n2. 1-4, 49 ff. (it is of four kinds, viz. a.
%{nirvartya}, when anything new is produced e.g. %{kaTaM@karoti}, `" he makes a
mat "' [258,3]; %{putraM@prasUte}, `" she bears a son "'; b. %{vikArya}, when
change is implied either of the substance and form e.g.
%{kASThaM@bhasma@karoti}, `" he reduces fuel to ashes "'; or of the form only
e.g. %{suvarNaM@kuNDalaM@karoti}, `" he fashions gold into an ear-ring "'; c.
%{prApya}, when any desired object is attained e.g. %{grAmaM@gacchati}, `" he
goes to the village "'; %{candraM@pazyati}, `" he sees the moon "'; d.
%{anIpsita}, when an undesired object is abandoned e.g. %{pApaM@tyajati}, `" he
leaves the wicked "'); former act as leading to inevitable results, fate (as the
certain consequence of acts in a previous life) Pan5cat. Hit. Buddh., (cf.
%{karma-pAka} and %{-vipAka}); the tenth lunar mansion VarBr2S. &c.
karmaNaH = than fruitive action
karmaNaa = by work
karmaNaaM = of prescribed duties
karmaNi = in action
karman.h = work
karmaphala = the result of an action
karmaphalaM = the results of all activities
karmaphalatyaagaH = renunciation of the results of fruitive action
karmaphalaasangaM = attachment for fruitive results
karmaphale = in fruitive action
karmabandhaM = bondage of reaction
karmabandhanaH = bondage by work
karmabhiH = from the bondage of the law of fruitive actions
karma * = (in comp. for %{ka4rman} above).
karman * = n. Kus3a grass (as essential part in many religious acts) L.
71 karman %{a} n. (%{A} m. L.), (%{kR} Un2. iv, 144), act, action, performance,
business RV. AV. S3Br. MBh. &c. ; office, special duty, occupation, obligation
(frequently ifc., the first member of the compound being either the person who
performs the action [e.g. %{vaNik-k-}] or the person or thing for or towards
whom the action is performed [e.g. %{rAja-k-}, %{pazu-k-}] or a specification of
the action [e.g. %{zaurya-k-}, %{prIti-k-}]) S3Br. Mn. Bhartr2. &c. ; any
religious act or rite (as sacrifice, oblation &c., esp. as originating in the
hope of future recompense and as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of
spirit) RV. AV. VS. Ragh. &c. ; work, labour, activity (as opposed to rest,
%{prazAnti}) Hit. RPra1t. &c. ; physicking, medical attendance Car. ; action
consisting in motion (as the third among the seven categories of the Nya1ya
philosophy ; of these motions there are five, viz. %{ut-kSepaNa},
%{ava-kSepaNa}, %{A-kuJcana}, %{prasAraNa}, and %{gamana}, qq. vv.) Bha1sha1p.
Tarkas. ; calculation Su1ryas. ; product, result, effect Mn. xii, 98 Sus3r. ;
organ of sense S3Br. xiv (or of action see %{karme7ndriya}) ; (in Gr.) the
object (it stands either in the acc. [in active construction], or in the nom.
[in passive construction], or in the gen. [in connection with a noun of action]
; opposed to %{kartR} the subject) Pa1n2. 1-4, 49 ff. (it is of four kinds, viz.
a. %{nirvartya}, when anything new is produced e.g. %{kaTaM@karoti}, `" he makes
a mat "' [258,3] ; %{putraM@prasUte}, `" she bears a son "' ; b. %{vikArya},
when change is implied either of the substance and form e.g.
%{kASThaM@bhasma@karoti}, `" he reduces fuel to ashes "' ; or of the form only
e.g. %{suvarNaM@kuNDalaM@karoti}, `" he fashions gold into an ear-ring "' ; c.
%{prApya}, when any desired object is attained e.g. %{grAmaM@gacchati}, `" he
goes to the village "' ; %{candraM@pazyati}, `" he sees the moon "' ; d.
%{anIpsita}, when an undesired object is abandoned e.g. %{pApaM@tyajati}, `" he
leaves the wicked "') ; former act as leading to inevitable results, fate (as
the certain consequence of acts in a previous life) Pan5cat. Hit. Buddh., (cf.
%{karma-pAka} and %{-vipAka}) ; the tenth lunar mansion VarBr2S. &c.
karmayoga = unselfish actions
karmayogaM = devotion
karmayogaH = work in devotion
karmayogeNa = by the linking process of devotion
karmasa.nnyaasaat.h = in comparison to the renunciation of fruitive work
karmasanginaaM = who are attached to fruitive work
karmasangishhu = in the association of those engaged in fruitive activities
karmasangena = by association with fruitive activity
karmasu = in all activities
karmaaNaM = the fruits of actions
karmaaNaaM = whose work
karmaaNi = deeds
karmibhyaH = than the fruitive workers
karmendriya = an action organ, e.g. the hands or feet
karmendriyaaNi = the five working sense organs
karmendriyaiH = by the active sense organs
karNa = ear, also KarNa from Mahabharata
karNaM = Karna
karNaH = Karna
karNapiDaasana = the ear-press posture
karNikaara = Himalayan tree
karNebhiH = through the ears
karpura = camphor
karshha = attracted, contacted
karsha * =m. ({kRS}), the act of drawing, dragging Pân.; (with and without
{halasya}) ploughing, agriculture Âp. Yâjñ. ii, 217; `" anything scratched off
"' see {kSAma-karSa-mizra4}; ({as}, {am}) m. n. a weight of gold or silver (= 16
Mâshas = 80 Rettis = 1/4 Pala = 1/400 of a Tulâ = about 176 grains troy; in
common use 8 Rettis are given to the Mâsha, and the Karsha is then about 280
grains troy) Sus'r. VarBriS. &c. [260, 1]; Terminalia Bellerica (also called
{akSa} q.v.) L.; a boat L.
kaarsha * = m. ({kRS}; g. {chattrA7di}), `" one who ploughs "', a peasant,
husbandman DivyA7v.; ({I}) f. see {gomaya-k-}.
karshhaka = farmer
karshhati = (1 pp) to draw, to pull
karshhayantaH = tormenting
karzita* = mfn. emaciated, thin R. Sus'r. Ragh. Kum. &c.
karzana* = mfn. ({kRz}), rendering lean, attenuating, causing emaciation Sus'r.;
troubling, hurting MBh. xiii, 6307 (cf. {karSaNa}); ({am}) n. the act of
rendering lean, causing emaciation Car.
karzya* = m. turmeric plant L.
kartayati = to cut
kartarii = (f) scissors
kartavya = should be done
kartavyaM = prescribed duty
kartavyaani = should be done as duty
kartaa = doer, also attributed to main person in a household
kartaa.asi = are the doer
kartaaraM = the father
kartuM = to perform
kartritva =* n. id. Ka1s3.; the state of being the performer or author of
anything MBh. BhP. &c.
kartritvaM = proprietorship
kartritve = in the matter of creation
kartumarhasi = kartuM + arhasi:to do + deserve (You are entitled or you
should)karuNaH = kindly
karuNaa = the sentiment of sorrow
karuNa * mf({A})n. (1. {kRR} Un. iii, 53; but in some of its meanings fr. 1.
{kR}), mournful, miserable, lamenting MBh. Das'. &c.; compassionate BhP. [255,
3]; ({am}) ind. mournfully, wofully, pitifully, in distress MBh. Pañcat. Vet.
&c.; m. `" causing pity or compassion "', one of the Rasas or sentiments of a
poem, the pathetic sentiment Sâh. &c.; Citrus Decumana L.; a Buddha L.; N. of an
Asura Hariv.; ({A}) f. pity, compassion BhP. Ragh. Pañcat. &c.; one of the four
Brahma-vihâras (Buddh.); the sentiment of compassion (cf. above) L.; a
particular tone (in mus.); ({I}) f. a particular plant L.; ({am}) n. an action,
holy work RV. i, 100, 7 AV. xii, 3, 47 TS. i.
karuNaakara.n = the one induces compassion
karuNaarNavaM = the ocean of `karuna' (compassion)
kashaa = (f) a whip
kas'a* = m. a species of rodent animal VS. TS. (cf. {kazIkA4}); a whip, thong
MBh. (cf. {prakaza4}); ({As}) m. pl.N. of a people BhP. (ed. Bomb.)
kas'aa* = f. (Naigh. i, 11 Nir. ix, 19) a whip RV. AV. S'Br. MBh. R. &c. (also
written {kaSA} R. BhP.); a rein, bridle S'is'.; whipping, flogging W.; a string,
rope, thong L.; face, mouth L.; quality L.\\kas'aa* = &c. see {kaz}.
kas'aaya* = m. N. of a preceptor Kâs'. on Pân. 4-3, 106 (v.l. {kaSAya}).
kashaaya * = mfn. astringent MBh. xiv, 1280 and 1411 R. Sus3r. Pan5cat. BhP.;
fragrant Megh. 31; red, dull red, yellowish red (as the garment of a Buddhist
Bhikshu) MBh. Hariv. Mr2icch. Ya1jn5.; (%{as}, %{am}) m. n. (g. %{ardharcA7di})
an astringent flavour or taste Sus3r.; a yellowish red colour Ya1jn5. i, 272
Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 4-2, 1; an astringent juice, extract of juice S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.
Mn. xi, 153; a decoction or infusion Sus3r. (the result of boiling down a
mixture consisting of one part of a drug and four or, according to some, eight
or sixteen parts of water until only one quarter is left Sus3r.); any healing or
medicinal potion Bhpr.; exudation from a tree, juice, gum, resin L.; ointment,
smearing, anointing L.; colouring or perfuming or anointing the person with
cosmetics MBh.; dirt, filth; stain or impurity or sin cleaving to the soul ChUp.
BhP.; dulness, stupidity Veda1ntas.; defect, decay, degeneracy (of which,
according to Buddhists, there are five marks, viz. %{Ayus-k-}, %{dRSTi-k-},
%{kleza-k-}, %{sattva-k-}, %{kalpa-k-}); attachment to worldly objects W.; m.
red, redness; a kind of snake Sus3r. ii, 265, 14; emotion, passion (%{rAga}, of
which the Jainas reckon four kinds HYog. iv, 6 and 77); the Kali-yuga L.; the
tree Bignonia Indica R. ii, 28, 21; N. of a teacher (v.l. %{kazAya}) g.
%{zaunakA7di}; (%{as}, %{A}, %{am}) mf. n. the tree Grislea tomentosa L.; (%{A})
f. a thorny shrub, a species of small Hedysarum L.; (%{am}) n. a dull or
yellowish red garment or robe MBh. ii, 675 (cf. %{kASAya}, %{paJca-kaSAya};
%{a-niSkaSAya}, full of impure passions MBh. xii, 568.)
kasheruH = (m) spine, spinal chord
kashchana = cerain
kashchit.h = someone
kashmalaM = dirtiness
kashhaaya = (m) astringent
kaste = kaH+te, who+yourkasmaat.h = why
kasmala* = for {kazmala} q.v.
kasmaat* = ind. (abl. fr. 2. {ka4} AV. &c.) where from? whence? why? wherefore?
MBh. R. S'ak. Pañcat. &c. (cf. {a-kasmAt}.)
kas'mala * =mf({A}, or {I})n. foul, dirty, impure Dhûrtas.; timid,
pusillanimous; ({am}) n. dirt, filth Subh.; impurity, sin L.; ({as}, {am}) m. n.
(ifc. f. {A}) consternation, stupefaction, faintheartedness, pusillanimity MBh.;
dejection of mind, weakness, despair MBh. BhP.
kasmai = to `Ka'
kashtha* = mfn. (perhaps p.p. of {kaS} Pân. 7-2, 22 Vop. 26, 111 Kâs'. on Pân.
6-2, 47), bad R. [266,1]; ill, evil, wrong Mn. MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; painful
Sus'r.; grievous, severe, miserable Mn. xii, 78 Yâjñ. iii, 29 Bhartri.;
difficult, troublesome Mn. vii, 186 and 210; worst Mn. vii, 50 and 51;
pernicious, noxious, injurious Sus'r.; dangerous (= {kRcchra}) Pân. 7-2, 22 Nal.
xiii, 16; inaccessible (= {gahana}) Pân. 7-2, 22; boding evil Comm. on Pân. 3-2,
188; m. `" N. of a man "' see {kASTAyana}; (in rhetoric) offending the ear Vâm.
ii, 1, 6; forced, unnatural; ({am}) n. a bad state of things, evil, wrong; pain,
suffering, misery, wretchedness; trouble, difficulty; bodily exertion, strain,
labour, toil, fatigue, weariness, hardship, uneasiness, inquietude (mental or
bodily) R. Kathâs. Pañcat. S'ak. Hit.; {kaSTAt-kaSTam}, or {kaSTataram}, worse
than the worst; {kaSTena} or {kaSTAt}, with great difficulty Pañcat.; ({am})
ind. an exclamation of grief or sorrow; ah! woe! aIas! MBh. R. Mriicch.
kasya = whose
kasyachit.h = anyone's
kat * =(in comp. for 2. {kad} above).
katama * = %{as}, %{A}, %{at} mfn. (superlative of 2. %{ka}; declined as a
pronom., Gram. 236), who or which of many? (e.g. %{katamena@pathA@yAtAs@te}, by
which road have they gone?); it is often a mere strengthened substitute for
%{ka}, the superlative affix imparting emphasis; hence it may occasionally be
used for `" who or which of two? "' (e.g. %{tayoH@katamasmai}, to which of these
two?); it may optionally be compounded with the word to which it refers (e.g.
%{katamaH@kaThaH}, or %{katama-kaThaH}, which Kat2ha out of many?); when
followed by %{ca} and preceded %{yatama} an indefinite expression is formed
equivalent to `" any whosoever "', `" any whatsoever "', &c. (e.g.
%{yatamad@eva@katamac@ca@vidyAt} he may know anything whatsoever). In negative
sentences %{katama} with %{cana} or %{katama} with %{api} = not even one, none
at all (e.g. %{na@katamaccanA7haH}, not even on a single day, on no day at all)
[246,3]; in addition to the above uses %{katama} is said to mean `" best "', `"
excessively good-looking "' (cf. 3. %{ka}) RV. &c.
katara* = who or which of many
kaatara = uncertain as to which of the two, cowardly, faint-hearted, timid,
despairing, discouraged, disheartened, confused, agitated, perplexed,
embarrassed, shrinking, frightened, afraid
kat (in comp. for 2. %{kad} above).
kath 2 cl. 1. P. %{kaTati}, %{cakATa}, %{kaTitA}, &c. to rain ; to surround ; to
encompass, cover, screen ; to divide Dha1tup. ix, 6 (cf. %{cat}.)
kataara* = libidinous man, lecher
katarat.h = which
kath* = 1 cl. 1. P. {kaTati} or {kaNTati}, to go Dhâtup. ix, 33. \\2 cl. 1. P.
{kaTati}, {cakATa}, {kaTitA}, &c. to rain; to surround; to encompass, cover,
screen; to divide Dhâtup. ix, 6 (cf. {cat}.)
kathaH = (m) carpet
kathaaksha = glance
kathi = hip
kathiH = waist
kathikaasana = the front-stretching posture
kathivastram.h = (n) underwear
kathii = waist
kathi * = * {is}, {I} f. the hip, buttock
kati * = 1 (fr. 2. {ka} declined in pl. only, Gram. 227 {a}; all the cases
except the nom. voc. and acc. taking terminations, whereas the correlative {iti}
has become fixed as an indeclinable adverb), how many? {quot}? several (e.g.
{kati devAH}, how many gods? {kati vyApAdayati kati vA tADayati}, some he kills
and some he strikes). In the sense of `" several "', `" some "', {kati} is
generally followed by {cid} or {api} (e.g. {katicid ahAni}, for several or some
days); it may be used as an adverb with {cid} in the sense of `" oftentimes "',
`" much "', in many ways "' (e.g. {katicit stutaH}, much or often praised) RV.
&c.; [cf. Zd. {caiti}; Gk. $; Lat. {quot}; cf. Sk. {tati} and &76993[246, 3]
Lat. {tot}.] \\kati * 2 (for 1. see above) m. N. of a sage (son of Vis'vâ-mitra
and ancestor of Kâtyâyana) Hariv.
kathu = (m) pungent, hot
kathhina = tough
katipaya = Some
kath.h = to tell
kathaM = tell
kathana * mfn. telling, talkative W.; ({am}) n. the act of telling, narration,
relating, informing Sus'r. Bhartri. Pañcat. &c
kathanta = howness
kathaya = describe
kathayataH = speaking
kathayati = (10 up) to narrate, to tell
kathayate = (10 up) to narrate, to tell
kathayantaH = talking
kathayishhyanti = will speak
kathayishhyaami = I shall speak
kathaa = story
kathha* = 1 (for 2. see s.v.), {am} n. distress (?).
kathha* = 2 m. N. of a sage (a pupil of Vais'ampâyana and founder of a branch of
the Yajur-veda, called after him) MBh. &c.; m. a pupil or follower of Kathha
(esp. pl.); a Brâhman L.; ({I}) f. a female pupil or follower of Kathha Comm. on
Pân.; the wife of a Brâhman L.
kathaa* = (for 2. see col. 3) f. conversation, speech, talking together Âs'vGri.
MBh. Mn. &c.; talk, mention; ({kA kathA} [with gen. or more commonly with loc.
and sometimes with {prati}), what should one say of? how should one speak of?
e.g. {eko 'pi kRcchrAd varteta bhUyasAM tu kathai9va kA}, even one person would
live with difficulty, what should one say of many? i.e. how much more many?
Kathâs. iv, 123; {kA kathA bANa-saMdhAne}, what mention of fitting the arrow?
i.e. what necessity for fitting the arrow? S'ak. 53 a); story, tale, fable MBh.
R. Hit. &c.; a feigned story, tale (as one, of the species of poetical
composition) Sâh. 567 Kâvya7d.; Story (personified) Kathâs.; (in log.)
discussion, disputation Sarvad.\\2 (for 1. see col. 1) ind. (Ved. for {katha4m}
Pân. 5-3, 26) how? whence? why? RV. AV. viii, 1, 16 TS. &c.; ({yathA4 kathA4
ca}, in any way whatsoever S'Br. iv); sometimes merely a particle of
interrogation (e.g. {kathA4 zRNoti}.. {i4ndraH}, does Indra hear? RV. iv, 23, 3;
{kathA4-kathA4}, whether-or? TS. ii, 6, 1, 7).
kaaththha* = mf({I})n. proceeding from or composed by Kathha Pân. 4-3, 107
Kâs'.; m. a rock, stone L.
kathaamrita = Gospel
kathaamritaM = Gospel
kathita = told
katthana * = mfn. boasting, praising MBh. R.; ({am}) n. the act of boasting MBh.
R. Sus'r.; ({A}) f. id. Comm. on Bhathth.
kautuka = (neut) curiosity, eagerness
kautuuhala * = n. (fr. %{kut-}; g. %{yuvA7di}), curiosity, interest in anything,
vehement desire for (loc., or acc. with %{prati}, or inf.) MBh. R. &c.; anything
causing curiosity, any unusual phenomenon Megh. 48; a festival MBh. i, 7918
DivyA7v. i.
kauNapa * =, coming from corpses; m. `" feeding upon corpses "', a Râkshasa or
goblin,; N. of a Nâga (these beings are supposed to eat human flesh)
kaunteya = O son of Kunti
kaunteyaH = the son of Kunti
kaupiina = slenderloin cloth that covers genitals
kaumaaraM = boyhood
kaumaarya = childhood
kaumudii = (f) moonlight
kaushalaM = art
kausalyeyo = kausalyA's (son)
kaustubha = one of Vishnu's jewels* = {as}, {am} m. n. (cf. {kust-})N. of a
celebrated jewel (obtained with thirteen other precious things at the churning
of the ocean and suspended on the breast of Kriishna or Vishnu) MBh. Hariv. R.
&c.; m. a manner of joining the fingers Tantras.; = {kiMtughna} AV. Jyot.;
({am}) n. a kind of oil ({sarSapo7dbhava}) KâtyS'r. i, 8, 37 Sch.; N. of wk.
kautUhala * = n. (fr. %{kut-}; g. %{yuvA7di}), curiosity, interest in anything,
vehement desire for (loc., or acc. with %{prati}, or inf.) MBh. R. &c.; anything
causing curiosity, any unusual phenomenon Megh. 48; a festival MBh. i, 7918
DivyA7v. i.
kautuka * n. (fr. {kut-}; g. {yuvA7di}), curiosity, interest in anything,
vehement desire for (loc. or in comp.), eagerness, vehemence impatience Pañcat.
Kathâs. (ifc. f. {A}) &c.; anything causing curiosity or admiration or interest,
any singular or surprising object, wonder Pañcat. Kathâs. Vet.; festivity,
gaiety, festival, show, solemn ceremony (esp. the ceremony with the
marriage-thread or necklace preceding a marriage) Kum. Das'. Bhartri. BhP. &c.;
the marriage-thread or necklace Kathâs. li, 223; pleasure, happiness, prosperity
BhP. i, 17, 26; N. of nine particular substances Hcat. i, 110, 19; ii, 49, 10;
sport, pastime L.; public diversion L.; song, dance, show, spectacle L.; season
of enjoyment L.; kind or friendly greeting, civility L.; ({At}) abl. ind. out of
curiosity or interest Kathâs. Hit.; for amusement, as a relaxation W.
kavayaH = the intelligent
kavayitrii = (f) poetess
kavala: ) a mouthful (as of water &c.); a morsel MBh. R. Ragh. Mn. Bhartri.; a
wash for cleansing the mouth, gargle Sus'r.; a kind of fish (commonly Baliya) L.
kavaliikrita = (adj) swallowed
kavara * = mf.({A})n. (3. {ku} Un. iv, 154) mixed, intermingled, variegated
S'is'. v, 19; m. a lecturer L.; ({as}, {I}) m. f. (Pân. 4-1, 42 Vop. iv, 26;
also n. according to a Sch.) a braid, fillet of hair BhP. Gît. Sâh. S'is'.;
({am}) n. salt L.; sourness, acidity L.; ({A}) f. (Sch. on Pân. 4-1, 42) the
plant Ocimum gratissimum L.; ({I}) f. id. L.; Acacia arabica or another plant
Npr.
kavi = poet * = kavi mfn. (1. %{kU} cf. 2. %{kava}, %{A4kUta}, %{A4kUti},
%{kAvya} Naigh. iii, 15 Nir. xii, 13 Un2. iv, 138) gifted with insight,
intelligent, knowing, enlightened, wise, sensible, prudent, skilful, cunning;
(%{is}) m. a thinker, intelligent man, man of understanding, leader; a wise man,
sage, seer, prophet; a singer, bard, poet (but in this sense without any
technical application in the Veda) RV. VS. TS. AV. S3Br. i, 4, 2, 8 Kat2hUp.
iii, 14 MBh. Bhag. Bha1gP. Mn. vii, 49 R. Ragh.; N. of several gods, (esp.) of
Agni RV. ii, 23, 1; x, 5, 4, 3; iii, 5, 1; i, 31, 2; 76, 5; of Varun2a, Indra,
the As3vins, Maruts, A1dityas; of the Soma; of the Soma priest and other
sacrificers; (probably) N. of a particular poet; cf. %{a4Ggiras} (Mn. ii, 151)
and %{uza4nas} (Bhag. x, 37); of the ancient sages or patriarchs (as spirits now
surrounding the sun); of the R2ibhus (as skilful in contrivance); of Pu1shan (as
leader or guider); N. of a son of Brahma1 MBh. xiii, 4123, 4142-4150; of Brahma1
W.; of a son of Bhr2igu and father of S3ukra MBh. i, 2606 (cf. 3204 Bha1gP. iv,
1, 45 and Kull. on Mn. iii, 198); that of S3ukra (regent of the planet Venus and
preceptor of the demons) Ra1jat. iv, 495; of the planet Venus NBD.; of the sons
of several Manus Hariv. Bha1gP. VP.; of a son of Kaus3ika and pupil of Garga
Hariv.; of a son of R2ishabha Bha1gP.; of Va1lmi1ki L.; a keeper or herd RV.
vii, 18, 8; (fig.) N. of the gates of the sacrificial enclosure TS. v, 11, 1, 2
(cf. %{kava4S}); the sun W.; of various men; the soul in the Sa1m2khya
philosophy Comm.; a cunning fighter L.; an owl L.; (%{is}, or %{I} W.) f. the
bit of a bridle L.; the reins (cf. %{kavikA}) W.; a ladle (cf. %{kambi}) L.
kaviM = the one who knows everything
kaviH = poet
kavitaa = poetry
kavitaashaakhaaM = the poetry-branch (of a tree)
kaviinaaM = of all great thinkers
kavya = poetry *= 1 mfn. (= %{kavi} Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 5-4, 30) wise RV. x, 15, 9
(at VS. xxii, 2 read %{kavyA4H}) ; a sacrificer, sacrificial priest RV. ix, 91,
2 ; N. of a class of deities associated with An3giras and R2ikvan [Gmn. ; a
class of manes] RV. x, 14, 3 AV. ; N. of one of the seven sages of the fourth
Manv-antara Hariv. ; (%{am}) n. (generally in connection with %{havya} see
%{havya-kavya}) `" what must be offered to the wise "', an oblation of food to
deceased ancestors MBh. Mn.\\2 Nom. P. %{kavyati}, to be wise Pa1n2. 7-4, 39.
kaya *= only gen. sg. with, every one, bow well down the haughtiness of everyone
[cf. Zd. {kaya}; Armen. {ui}.] \\
ka4ya* = (Ved. for 2. {ka}; only gen. sg. with {cid}), every one (e.g. {ni4 SU4
namA74timatiM ka4yasya cit}, bow well down the haughtiness of everyone RV. i,
129, 5) RV. i, 27, 8; viii, 25, 15; [cf. Zd. {kaya}; Armen. {ui}.]
kayaa *=in what manner?
ke = who
kechit.h = some of them
kedara * = mfn. = {kekara} L.; m. N. of a plant L.
kedaara * = m. (n. L.) a field or meadow, especially one under water Mn. ix, 38
& 44 MBh. R. &c.; {kapilasya k-}, `" Kapila's field "'N. of a Tîrtha MBh. iii,
6042 ff.; {mataGgasya k-}, `" Matanga's field "', another Tîrtha, 8159; a basin
for water round the root of a tree L.; a bed in a garden or field W.; plain,
area KâtyS'r. xviii, 5, 4 Sch.; N. of a particular constellation VarBri.; of a
Râga (in music); of a mountain country (the modern Kedâr, part of the Hima7laya
mountains W.) MBh. vi, 427 NandiP.; N. of S'iva as worshipped in the Hima7laya;
of the author of a work entitled Abdhi; ({I}) f. N. of a Râginî; ({am}) n. N. of
a Tîrtha MatsyaP.; of a Linga ib.; (in the Hima7laya) S'ivaP.
keli * = play, sport, amorous sport, pastime, amusement Mn. viii, 357 Mriicch.
&c.; disguise, concealment Gal.; ({is}) f. the earth L.
kena = by what
kenachit.h = by somebody
kendre = (adv) at the centre
kemadruma = No planet flanking the Moon sign. Traditionally a sign of great
misery and mental instability
kes'a = hair
kes'aghna * = n. `" destroying the hair "', morbid baldness, falling of the hair
L.
kes'a-caNa * =mfn. known by his hair, having fine hair Pân. 5-2, 26.
kes'a-cUDa * =mfn. one who has dressed his hair in a top-knot Pân. 2-2, 24
Vârtt. 13 Pat.
kes'acaitya * =n. N. of a Caitya W.
kes'a-jAha * =n. the root of the hair g. {karNA7di}. [310, 2]
kes'adhara * ={As} m. pl.N. of a people VarBriS. xiv, 26.
kes'apaas'a * = m. much or ornamented hair, tuft MBh. Kum. Vikr. Riitus. (ifc.
f. {A}), &c.; ({I}) f. a lock of hair hanging down from the top of the head L.
kes'abhU* =f. `" hairground "', head L.
kes'abhUmi * =f. the skull on which hair grows Jain. Sus'
kes'ava * mfn. (Pân. 5-2, 109) having long or much or handsome hair AV. viii, 6,
23 S'Br. KâtyS'r.; m. N. of Vishnu or Kriishna MBh. Hariv. R. &c.; (hence) of
the month Mârgas'îrsha VarBriS. cv, 14; Rottleria tinctoria L.; N. of the author
of a lexicon called Kalpa-dru; of the author of the Dvaita-paris'ishtha; of the
father of Govinda and Rucikara; of the father of Brâhma and uncle of Mahes'vara;
of the son of Vis'va-dhara and brother of Kari-nâtha; of the father of
Vopa-deva.
kes'avasya = of KRishhNa
keshinishuudana = O killer of the Kesi demon
keshhu = in which
kesara* = n. the hair (of the brow) VS. xix, 91; (in classical literature
usually {kezara}) m. or n. (?), the mane (of a horse or lion) R. S'ak. Pañcat.
&c.; ({A}) f. id. KâtyS'r. ({kes-}); ({am}) n. the tail of the Bos grunniens
(used as a fan for driving away flies) L.; ({as} L.; {am}) m. n. the filament of
a lotus or of any vegetable R. Sus'r. S'ak. &c.; a fibre (as of a Mango fruit)
Sus'r.; m. the plants Rottleria tinctoria, Mimusops Elengi, and Mesua ferrea
MBh. xiii, 5042 R. Lalit. Kum. Megh. [311, 1]; ({am}) n. the flower of those
plants L.; ({as}, {A}, {am}) mf. n. Asa foetida L.; ({am}) n. gold L.; sulphate
of iron L.; N. of a metre (of 4 x 18 syllables); m. N. of a mountain MBh. vi,
11, 23; [cf. Lat. {eoesaries}; Angl. Sax. {haer}; Eng. {hair}; Germ. {Haar}.]
ke4sara-grAma * = m. N. of a village Kshiti7s'.
ke4sara-pura * = n. N. of a town Vâsant.
kesaravat * = ({ke4s-}) mfn. having a mane S'Br. vi.
ke4sara-vara * = n. saffron L.
kesaravarNaH = orange colour
kesarin * = mfn. having a mane MBh. i, iii; ({I}) m. a lion MBh. Sus'r. Bhartri.
&c.; a horse TBr. Sch.; N. of an aquatic bird Car. i, 27; the plant Rottleria
tinctoria L.; the plant Mesua ferrea L.; a citron tree L.; a variety of Moringa
with red flowers (= {rakta-zigru}) L.; N. of a monkey (husband of the mother of
Hanumat) MBh. iii, 11193 R. Das'.; N. of a prince Lalit.; of a mountain VP.;
({iNI}) f. a lioness Kathâs. lxx, 102.
kesava = O killer of the demon Kesi (KRishhNa)
ketakii = a fragrant flower
ketuu = The south Lunar Node also known as Cauda Draconis in latin. The Dragoñs
tail in English
ketu * = m. (fr. 4. {cit}), bright appearance, clearness, brightness (often pl.,
`" rays of light "') RV. VS. AV.; lamp, flame, torch ib.; day-time S'ânkhBr.;
(Naigh. iii, 9) apparition, form, shape RV. PârGri.; sign, mark, ensign, flag,
banner RV. AV. MBh. &c.; a chief, leader, eminent person RV. R. iv, 28, 18 Ragh.
ii, 33 BhP.; intellect, judgment, discernment (?) RV. v, 66, 4 AV. x, 2, 12; any
unusual or striking phenomenon, comet, meteor, falling star AdbhBr. Mn. i, 38
VarBriS. BhP. &c.; the dragoñs tail or descending node (considered in astron. as
the 9th planet, and in mythol. as the body of the demon Sainhikeya [son of
Sinhikâ] which was severed from the head or Râhu by Vishnu at the churning of
the ocean, but was rendered immortal by having tasted the Amriita) Hariv. 4259
R. VP.; `" a pigmy race "' see {-gaNa} below; disease L.; an enemy L.; N. of a
son of Agni (author of RV. x, 156) RAnukr.; (with the patr. Vâjya) VBr.; N. of a
Dânava Hariv. 198; of a son (of Riishabha BhP. v, 4, 10; of the 4th Manu, viii,
1, 27); {aruNA4H keta4vaH}, `" red apparitions "', a class of spirits (a kind of
sacrificial fire is called after them {AruNaketuka} q.v.) AV. xi, 10, 1 f. and 7
TÂr. MBh. xii, 26, 7.
kevala = whole, pure * = m. (nom. pl. {e} RV. x, 51, 9) f. ({I} RV. x, 73, 6 AV.
S'Br.; {A} Mn. &c. see Pân. 4-1, 30)n. (in comp. Pân. 2-1, 49) exclusively one's
own (not common to others) RV. AV.; alone, only, mere, sole, one, excluding
others RV. AV. TS. &c.; not connected with anything else, isolated, abstract,
absolute [310,1]; simple, pure, uncompounded, unmingled S'Br. &c.; entire,
whole, all Mn. MBh. &c.; selfish, envious L.; ({am}) ind. only, merely, solely
({na kevalam} - {api}, not only-but also Ragh. VP. Râjat.; {kevalam-na tu}, only
- but not, S'riingâr.) Mn. MBh. &c.; entirely, wholly, absolutely R. ii, 87, 23;
but Kâd. Hcar.; (= {nirNItam}) certainly, decidedly L.; m. (= {kelaka}) a
dancer, tumbler Gal.; N. of a prince BhP. ix, 2, 30; ({A}) f. N. of a locality
MBh. iii, 254, 10 (v.l. {-lI}); ({I}) f. `" the whole of a philosophical system
"' see {pAzaka-k-}; N. of a locality (v.l. for {-lA} q.v.); ({am}) n. the
doctrine of the absolute unity of spirit; the highest possible knowledge (=
{kevala-jJAna}) Jain.; N. of a country (v.l. {kerala}) MBh. vi, 9, 34.
kevalaM = (adv) merely
kevalaiH = purified
kevalin *= mfn. alone, one, only W. ; (%{I}) m. `" devoted to the doctrine of
the absolute unity of spirit "', a meditative ascetic BhP. iv, 25, 39 ; vi, 5,
40 ; `" possessing the %{kevala} (%{-jJAna}) "', an Arhat Jain.
keyuura = armlet (bracelet worn on upper arm)
kha = sky, aakaasha * = 1 the second consonant of the alphabet (being the
aspirate of the preceding consonant; often in MSS. and Inscr. confounded with
%{Sa}). // 2 2 m. the sun L. [334,2] // 3 kha 3 n. (%{khan}) a cavity, hollow,
cave, cavern, aperture RV.; an aperture of the human body (of which there are
nine, viz. the mouth, the two ears, the two eyes, the two nostrils, and the
organs of excretion and generation) AV. xiv, 2, 1 and 6 Pra1t. Kat2hUp. Gaut.
Mn. &c.; (hence) an organ of sense BhP. viii, 3, 23; (in anat.) the glottis W.;
`" the hole made by an arrow "', wound Mn. ix, 43; the hole in the nave of a
wheel through which the axis runs RV. S3Br. xiv; vacuity, empty space, air,
ether, sky S3Br. xiv Pras3nUp. Mn. xii, 120 &c.; heaven L.; Brahma (the Supreme
Spirit) W.; (in arithm.) a cypher Su1ryas. Sa1h.; the Anusva1ra represented by a
circle (%{bindu}) L.; N. of the tenth astrological mansion VarBr2.; talc L.; a
city L.; a field L.; happiness (a meaning derived fr. %{su-kha}, %{duH-kha}) L.;
action L.; understanding L.; (%{A4}) f. a fountain, well RV. ii, 28, 5
(%{khA4m@Rta4sya}), cf. Zend {aSahe@khAo}) & vi, 36, 4; [cf. Gk. $; Lat.
&103509[334,2] {halo}.]
khaa mfn. digging (ifc. e.g. %{kUpa-}; %{bisa-khA4}) Pa1n2. 3-2, 67. // see
%{khan}, p. 337, col. 1.
khaani *= f. a mine S3atr. x, 112 (ifc.)
khaaNDava * = {as}, {am} m. n. sugar-candy, sugarplums, sweetmeats MBh. xiii R.
i, vii; N. of a forest in Kuru-kshetra (sacred to Indra and burnt by the god of
fire aided by Arjuna and Kriishna MBh. Hariv. BhP. i, 15, 8 Kathâs.) TândyaBr.
xxv, 3 TÂr.; ({I}) f. N. of a town built by Suna L.
khaadat.h = one who eats
khaadati = (1 pp) to eat
khaata* = mfn. (Pa1n2. 6-4, 42) dug, dug up, excavated RV. iv, 50, 3 AV. S3Br.
iii &c.; digged into the earth, buried MBh. xiii, 3089; torn, rent W.; m. a
ditch Hcat. i, 3, 921; n. (Naigh. iii, 23) a ditch, fosse, moat, well, pond
S3Br. ix, 4, 3, 9 S3a1n3khS3r. Pan5cat. BhP. &c.; an excavation, cavern; digging
a hole W.; (%{A}) f. an artificial pond L. (cf. %{deva-kh-}, %{viSama-kh-},
%{sama-kh-}, %{sUcI-kh-}.)3
khaatha * = m. (= %{khaTTi}) a bier, cot or bedstead on which dead bodies are
conveyed to the pyre L.; (%{A}) f. id. L.; (%{I}) f. id. Gal.
khabhAra * = m. a particular weight of wood Hariv. 4356 R. i, 4, 21.
khaga = one traversing in the sky, a name of Sun, also birds
khagaH = bird (literally the sky-goer, 'khah' meaning sky
khagolashaastram.h = astronomy
khaM = ether *= ind. g. %{cA7di} (v.l.)
khangaH = (m) sword
khangamrigaH = (m) rhinoceros
khaJNjaH = (m) a handicapped person, lame
khaDga = sword
khaDgii = with sword
khaNDa = (masc, neut) piece
khaNDana = to pound, cut into pieces, injuring, hurting
khaNDapiTaasana = the ankle-twist posture
khaNDayati = to grate (as in grating a coconut)
khaNDashaskritaH = made into pieces
khanati = (1 up) to dig
khara = sharp
kharadhva.nsii = he who smashed (killed) khara (a Râkshasa)
khala = rouge; * (n. g. {ardharcA7di}) a threshing-floor, granary RV. x, 48, 7
AV. S'ânkhS'r. &c.; earth, mould, soil L.; place, site L.; m. contest, battle
Naigh. Nir.; sediment or dregs of oil Pañcat. ii, 53; (= {khaDa}) butter-milk
boiled with acid vegetables and spices Sus'r. i, vi; a mischievous man Mriicch.
Cân. BhP. Pañcat. &c.; the sun L.; Xanthochymus pictorius ({tamAla}) L.; the
thorn-apple L.; ({A}) f. a mischievous woman Amar.; N. of a daughter of
Raudra7s'va Hariv. VâyuP. ii, 37, 122; ({I}) f. sediment or deposit of oil Car.
Bhartri. ii, 98.
khalayoga = The Yoga of a swindler or confidence trickster
khalu = (indec.) indeed * =ind. (as a particle of asseveration) indeed, verily,
certainly, truly R. S'ak. &c.; (as a continuative particle) now, now then, now
further RV. x, 34, 14 TS. &c.; (as a particle in syllogistic speech) but now, =
Lat. {atqui} TBr. S'Br. &c.; [{khalu} is only exceptionally found at the
beginning of a phrase; it is frequently combined with other particles, thus
{a4tha kh-}, {u kh-}, {vai4 kh-}, {kh- vai4}, = now then, now further TS. TBr.
S'Br. &c.; in later Sanskriit {khalu} frequently does little more than lay
stress on the word by which it is preceded, and is sometimes merely expletive;
it is also a particle of prohibition (in which case it may be joined with the
ind. p. [{khalu kRtvA}, `" desist from doing that "'] Nir. i, 5 [also {-tam}]
Pân. 3-4, 18 S'is'. ii, 70); or of endearment, conciliation, and inquiry L.; {na
khalu}, by no means, not at all, indeed not R. &c.]
khalvaaTaH = (m) pate, baldness
khathvaanga* = ({-vA7G}) m. n. `" a club shaped like the foot of a bedstead "'
i.e. a club or staff with a skull at the top (considered as the weapon of S'iva
and carried by ascetics and Yogins) Gaut. VarBriS. Mâlatîm. v, 4 Kathâs.; m. the
back-bone Gal.; N. of a plant ib.; wood from a funeral pile W.; N. of a king of
the solar line MBh. i, 2109 VP. (v.l. {khaTvA7Ggada}) BhP. ii; xi; (= Dilîpa)
Hariv. 808 and BhP. ix; N. of an attendant in the retinue of Devî; ({I}) f. N.
of a plant Gal.; of a river Hariv. 5329; {-dhara} m. `" staff-bearer "'N. of
S'iva BhP. iv, 19, 20; {-dhAra} m. id. Hariv. 10680; {-nAmikA} f. `" named after
the {khaTvA7Gga} "'N. of a plant (resembling Plectranthus) L.; {-bhRt} mfn. one
who bears the {khaTvA7Gga} staff Mn. xi, 105 Sch.; ({t}) m. N. of S'iva L.;
{-vana} n. N. of a forest Hariv. 4171; {-zUlin} mfn. bearing the weapons called
{kh-} and {zUla} Hcat.
khidira: * a pauper, an ascetic, pentinent, the moon, name of Indra
khinna = sad
khe = in the sky *= loc. of 3. %{kha4}, in comp.
khecharii = mudra where the tongue is inserted in the upper cavity
kheda * = m. lassitude, depression R. &c.; exhaustion, pain, affliction,
distress Pan5cat. &c.; sexual passion Pat. Introd. on Va1rtt. 1; (%{khe4dA}) f.
an instrument for splitting (belonging to Indra) RV. viii, 72, 8; 77, 3; x, 116,
4; N. of a locality Ra1jat. ii, 135.
kheDa * = (g. %{azvA7di} Ka1s3.) for %{kheTa}, a village Jain. (cf.
%{gandha-kh-}.)
khethaH = (m) shield
kheda = sorrow * = kheda m. lassitude, depression R. &c.; exhaustion, pain,
affliction, distress Pañcat. &c.; sexual passion Pat. Introd. on Vârtt. 1;
({khe4dA}) f. an instrument for splitting (belonging to Indra) RV. viii, 72, 8;
77, 3; x, 116, 4; N. of a locality Râjat. ii, 135.
khyaata = famous
khyaatii = an outlook of knowledge, fame
khrista = Christ
khristaabde = A. D., calendar year
khristi = Christian
ki* = 2 cl. 3. P. {cike4ti}. see {ci}. \\ki* = m. n. an ant-hill L. \\ 1 a
pronominal base, like 2. {ka4} and 1. {ku}, in the words {ki4m}, {ki4yat},
{kis}, {kI-dRkSa}, {kI-dR4z}, {kI-dRza}, {kI4vat}.
kiila * = m. (ifc. f. %{A}), a sharp piece of wood, stake, pin, peg, bolt,
wedge, &c. MBh. &c.; a post, post in a cow-house to which cows are fastened,
pillar L.; a gnomon L.; handle, brace Sus3r.; the elbow VP.; a kind of tumour
(having the form of a stake) Sus3r.; a position of the foetus impeding delivery
Sus3r.; N. of the inner syllables of a Mantra Ra1matUp.; N. of Vi7ta-ra1ga
Mahe7s3a (= %{kIle7zvara}); = %{bandha} Comm. on VS. ii, 34; a weapon L.; flame,
lambent flame L.; a minute particle L.; a blow with the elbow (= %{kilA}) L.;
(%{A}) f. a stake, pin L.; the elbow L.; a weapon L.; flame L.; a minute
particle L.; a blow with the elbow (or `" a blow in copulation "') Va1tsya1y.;
(%{am}) n. (= %{kIna}), flesh Gal.
kiilaa4la * =m. a sweet beverage (also a heavenly drink similar to Amriita, the
food of the gods) AV. VS. Kaus'. [285, 3]; ({a4m}) n. id. Naigh. ii, 7; blood
Prab.; water L.
kiilaka * =m. a pin, bolt, wedge Pañcat. Hit.; a splint (for confining a broken
bone) Sus'r.; a kind of tumour (having the form of a pin) L.; (= {zivaka}) a
kind of pillar for cows &c. to rub themselves against, or one to which they are
tied L.; N. of the forty-second year of the sixty years "' cycle of Jupiter
VarBriS.; ({As}) m. pl.N. of certain Ketus ib.; ({ikA}) f. a pin, bolt Pañcat.
Hcat.; ({am}) n. N. of the inner syllables of a Mantra.
kiilana * =n. fastening, staking.
kIrtana *= n. mentioning , repeating , saying , telling MBh. Pan5cat. &c. ;
(%{A}) f. id. Sus3r. ; fame L.
kiirtayantaH = chanting
kiirtiM = reputation
kiirtiH = fame
kiirtii = fame
kiitha* = m. (ifc. f. {A} Hcat.) a worm, insect S'Br. xiv Âs'vS'r. &c.; the
scorpion in the zodiac VarBriS.; (ifc.) an expression of contempt (cf.
{zUra-k-}) Mcar.; ({I}) f. a worm, insect L.; ({am}) n. id. L.; (= {kiTTa})
feces L.
kiidrishii = how
kiila * = m. (ifc. f. {A}), a sharp piece of wood, stake, pin, peg, bolt, wedge,
&c. MBh. &c.; a post, post in a cow-house to which cows are fastened, pillar L.;
a gnomon L.; handle, brace Sus'r.; the elbow VP.; a kind of tumour (having the
form of a stake) Sus'r.; a position of the foetus impeding delivery Sus'r.; N.
of the inner syllables of a Mantra RâmatUp.; N. of Vi7ta-râga Mahe7s'a (=
{kIle7zvara}); = {bandha} Comm. on VS. ii, 34; a weapon L.; flame, lambent flame
L.; a minute particle L.; a blow with the elbow (= {kilA}) L.; ({A}) f. a stake,
pin L.; the elbow L.; a weapon L.; flame L.; a minute particle L.; a blow with
the elbow (or `" a blow in copulation "') Vâtsyây.; ({am}) n. (= {kIna}), flesh
Gal.
kiina* = n. flesh L. (cf. {kIra}.)
kiirt.h = to tell
kiikatha *= m. N. of a son of R2ishabha BhP. v, 4, 10 ; of a son of Sam2kat2a
BhP. vi, 6, 6 ; a horse (perhaps originally a horse of the Ki1kat2as) L. ;
(%{As}) m. pl.N. of a people not belonging to the A1ryan race RV. iii, 53, 14
BhP. ; (mfn.), poor L. ; avaricious L.
kilakila * = m. N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 10365; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a Yavana tribe
VP. (cf. {kilikila}); ({A}) f. (an onomatopoetic word), sounds or cries
expressing joy, or the expression of joy by any sound or cry MBh. R. Mcar.
Bâlar.
kilakilaaya * =Nom. P. Â. {-yati}, {-yate}, to raise sounds expressing joy
Bhathth. vii, 102 Kârand.; to cry, give a shriek Kârand. [284, 2]
kilaatha * =m. inspissated milk Hariv. (v.l. {kilAda}) Sus'r. Bhpr.; ({I}) f.
id. L.
kila * =1 m. play, trifling L. \\2 ind. (a particle of asseveration or emphasis)
indeed, verily, assuredly RV. AV. &c.; (or of explanation) namely S'Br. &c.; `"
so said "' `" so reported "', pretendedly VarBriS. Kâd.; ({kila} is preceded by
the word on which it lays stress, and occurs very rarely at the beginning of a
sentence or verse [R. iv, 14, 14 Pañcat. lxxxix, 4]; according to native
lexicographers {kila} may be used in communicating intelligence, and may imply
`" probably "', `" possibly "', `" agreement "', `" dislike "', `" falsehood "',
`" inaccuracy "', and `" reason. "')
kila * =3 m. N. of a man Pravar.
kilbishaM = sinful reactions
kilbishhaH = all of whose sins
kilbishhaiH = from sins
kim = what* = is much used as a particle of interrogation like the Lat. {num},
{an}, sometimes translatable by `" whether? "' but oftener serving only like a
note of interrogation to mark a question (e.g. {kiM vyAdhA vane 'smin
saMcaranti}, `" do hunters roam about in this wood? "' In an interrogation the
verb, if uncompounded with a preposition, generally retains its accent after
{kim} Pân. 8-1, 44). To this sense may be referred the {kim} expressing
inferiority, deficiency, &c. at the beginning of compounds (e.g. {kiM-rAjan},
what sort of king? i.e. a bad king Pân. 2-1, 64; v, 4, 70); also the {kim}
prefixed to verbs with a similar meaning (e.g. {kim-adhI7te}, he reads badly
Pân. 8-1, 44 Kâs'.) {kim-uta}, or {kim-uta-vA} or {kim-athavA-uta},
whether-or-or R. S'ak. Bhartri. &c. (cf. {uta4}.) \\= is very frequently
connected with other particles, as follows: {ki4m aGga4}, wherefore then? RV.;
{atha kim} see {a4tha}; {kim api}, somewhat, to a considerable extent, rather,
much more, still further S'ak. Megh. &c.; {kim iti}, why? S'ak. Kum. Pañcat.
&c.; {kim-iva}, what for? S'is'. xvi, 31; {ki4m-u} or {ki4m-uta4} how much more?
how much less? RV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; {kiM kila}, what a pity! (expressing
dissatisfaction) Pân. 3-3, 146; {kiM-ca}, moreover, further Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.;
what more (expressing impatience) S'ak.; {kiM-cana} (originally {-ca na},
negative = `" in no way "'), to a certain degree, a little Kathâs.; (with a
negation) in no way, not at all MBh. i, 6132; {kiM-cid}, somewhat, a little MBh.
R. &c.; {kiM tarhi}, how then? but, however Pân. 2-2, 4 Pat.; iv, 1, 163, Kas'.;
{kiM-tu}, but, however, nevertheless (bearing the same relation to {tu} that
{kiM-ca} bears to {ca}) MBh. R. &c.; {kiM-nu}, whether indeed? (a stronger
interrogative than {kim} alone) MBh. R. &c.; how much more? how much less? Bhag.
i, 35; {kiM nu khalu}, how possibly? (a still stronger interrogative) S'ak.;
{kim punar}, how much more? how much less? R. Bhag. ix, 33 &c.; however Bâlar.;
but ib.; {kiM vA}, whether? or whether? S'ak. Pañcat. &c.; or (often a mere
particle of interrogation); {ki4M svid}, why? Kathâs. xxvi, 75; a stronger
interrogative than {kim} alone RV. MBh. Kathâs.
kiM* = 1 (in comp. for {ki4m}).
kim* = (in comp.)
kiim* = ind. see {A4-kIm}, {mA4-kIm}.
kiM tu* = or though - still
kiM tu* = still, nevertheless
kiMkartavyataamuuDhaH = (m) confused, bewildered
kiMnara (kinnara) *= m. `" what sort of man? "' a mythical being with a human
figure and the head of a horse (or with a horse's body and the head of a man
S3is3. iv, 38 ; originally perhaps a kind of monkey cf. %{vA-nara} ; in later
times (like the Naras) reckoned among the Gandharvas or celestial choristers,
and celebrated as musicians ; also attached to the service of Kubera ; (with
Jains) one of the eight orders of the Vyantaras) Mn. MBh. &c. ; N. of a prince
VP. ; of Nara (a son of Vibhi1shan2a) Ra1jat. i, 197 ; of the attendant of the
fifteenth Arhat of the present Avasarpini1 Jain. ; N. of a locality g.
%{takSazilA7di} ; (%{A}) f. a kind of musical instrument L. (cf. $) ; (%{I}) f.
a female Kim2nara R. Megh. &c. ; a female Kimpurusha R. vii, 89, 3 ; the lute of
the Can2d2a1las L. [283,2] ; %{-kaNTha} mfn. singing like a Kim2nara Viddh. ;
%{-nagara} n. a town of the Kim2naras DivyA7v. ; %{-pati} m. `" the lord of the
Kim2naras "'N. of Kubera Ba1lar. ; %{-varSa} m. a division of the earth (said to
be north of the Hima1laya mountains) ; %{kiMnare7za}, %{-zvara} m. `" the lord
of the Kim2naras "'N. of Kubera L.
kimpurusha *= [S3Br. vii] or m. `" what sort of a man? "' a mongrel being
(according to the Bra1hman2as an evil being similar to man\\2 [S3Br. i] m. `"
what sort of a man? "' a mongrel being (according to the Bra1hman2as an evil
being similar to man ; perhaps originally a kind of monkey [cf. BhP. xi, 16, 29]
; in later times the word is usually identified with %{kiM-nara}, though
sometimes applied to other beings in which the figure of a man and that of an
animal are combined ; these beings are supposed to live on Hema-ku1t2a and are
regarded as the attendants of Kubera ; with Jains the Kimpurushas, like the
Kim2naras, belong to the Vyantaras) ; N. of one of the nine sons of A1gni1dhra
(having the Varsha Kimpurusha as his hereditary portion) VP. ; a division of the
earth (one of the nine Khan2d2as or portions into which the earth is divided,
and described as the country between the Hima7cala and Hema-ku1t2a mountains,
also called %{kimpuruSa-varSa} Ka1d.) VP. BhP. MatsyaP. &c. ; (%{I}) f. a female
Kimpurusha R. vii, 88, 22 ; %{kimpuruSI-} 1. %{kR}, to change into a Kimpurusha
ib. ; %{kimpuruSe7za} m. `" lord of the Kimpurushas "'N. of Druma MBh. ii, 410
Hariv. 5014 = 5495 ; %{-Se7zvara} m. N. of Kubera L.
kimpuurusha m. `" what sort of a man? "' (probably) a low and despicable man VS.
xxx, 16 ; a mongrel being (= %{-puruSa4}) BhP. &c. ; (%{am}) n. N. of the
Kimpurusha-varsha L.
kiina* = n. flesh L. (cf. {kIra}.)
kiinaara* = m. (perhaps = {kInA4za}) a cultivator of the soil [`" a vile man "'
Sây.] RV. x, 106, 10.
kiinaas'a* = m. ({kliz} Un. v, 56) a cultivator of the soil RV. iv, 57, 8 VS.
xxx, 11 AV. &c.; niggard MBh.; Das. BhP. Kathâs.; N. of Yama Naish. vi, 75
Bâlar.; (= {kIza}) a kind of monkey L.; a kind of Râkshasa L.; (mfn.), killing
animals (or `" killing secretly "') L.
kiikatha * = m. N. of a son of Riishabha BhP. v, 4, 10; of a son of Sankatha
BhP. vi, 6, 6; a horse (perhaps originally a horse of the Kîkathas) L.; ({As})
m. pl.N. of a people not belonging to the Âryan race RV. iii, 53, 14 BhP.;
(mfn.), poor L.; avaricious L.
kiNavat* = mfn. id. MBh. iv, 633 and 639.
kiNa* = m. a corn, callosity MBh. Mriicch. S'ak. &c.; a scar, cicatrix Bhpr.:
Hcar.; an insect found in wood L.
kinaatha* = n. the inner part of a tree S'Br. xiv.kiinaasha* = m. ({kliz} Un. v,
56) a cultivator of the soil RV. iv, 57, 8 VS. xxx, 11 AV. &c.; niggard MBh.;
Das. BhP. Kathâs.; N. of Yama Naish. vi, 75 Bâlar.; (= {kIza}) a kind of monkey
L.; a kind of Râkshasa L.; (mfn.), killing animals (or `" killing secretly "')
L.
kiNakrita* = mfn. (for {kRta-kiNa}) callous MBh. iv, 53
kiñcha *V moreover, some more, anything, whatever.
kiñchana = any
kiñchit.h = a few, very little, something, nothing, whatever, anything, some, at
all.
kindhin* = {I} m. a horse L. (v.]. for {kilkin}).
kiñcit = SB: anything, something, sometimes, somewhat, slightly, very little,
some.; (na-):nothing
kindhin* = {I} m. a horse L. (v.]. for {kilkin})
kinkiNii = (f) ghungroo
kintu = but
kiNva* = [{as} m. L] n. ferment, drug or seed used to produce fermentation in
the manufacture of spirits from sugar, bassia, &c. Âp. Mn. viii, 326 Sus'r. (cf.
{taNDula-k-}); ({am}) n. sin Un. i, 150.r
kimuu = how come ?
kiraNa = ray
kirati = (6 pp) to scatter
kiriitha *= mfn. see %{ati-kir-} ; (%{am}) n. [%{as} m. g. %{ardharcA7di}], a
diadem, crest, any ornament used as a crown, tiara MBh. R. &c. ; N. of a metre
of four lines (each containing twenty-four syllables) ; m. (= %{kirATa}) a
merchant BhP. xii, 3, 35 ; (%{I}) f. Andropogon aciculatus L.
kiritham.h = (n) crown
kirithi *= {i} n. the fruit of the marshy date tree (Phoenix paludosa) L.
kiriithin * mfn. decorated with a diadem MBh. &c.; ({I}) m. N. of Indra MBh. i,
1525; xiii, 765; of Arjuna MBh. Bhag. Pañcat.; of Nara [according to the Comm.]
MBh. i; of an attendant of Skanda MBh. ix, 2573; of an attendant of S'iva Comm.
on Kum. vii, 95.
kiriithin.h = Arjuna
kiriiTinaM = with helmets
kitava *= m. (g. {zauNDA7di} [also {vyAghrA7di}, but not in Kâs'. and Ganar.]) a
gamester, gambler RV. VS. AV. &c.; a cheat, fraudulent man BhP. viii, 20, 3
Megh. Amar.; (also ifc. e.g. {yAjJika-k-} Pân. 2-1, 53 Kâs'.); (= {matta}) a
crazy person L.; thorn-apple (cf. {dhUrta} and {unmatta}) L.; a kind of perfume
(commonly Rocana) Bhpr.; N. of a man g. {tikA7di}, {utkarA7di}, {azvA7di};
({As}) m. N. of a people MBh. ii, 1832; ({I}) f. a female gambler Âs'vGri.
kiithaavapanna* = mfn. anything on which an insect has fallen Kapishthh. MânS'r.
(cf. {keza-kITA7vapatita}.)
kishora = son
kishorii = daughter
kîrti * = f. (Pân. 3-3, 97; fr. 2. {kR}) mention, making mention of, speech,
report RV. x, 54, 1 AV. S'Br. &c.; good report, fame, renown, glory AV. S'Br.
TUp. Mn. &c. [285, 2]; Fame (personified as daughter of Daksha and wife of
Dharma) MBh. Hariv. VP.; (in music) a particular measure or time; extension,
expansion L.; lustre L.; = {prasAda} (favour) or {prAsAda} (a palace) L.; (fr.
1. {kRR}), dirt L.; N. of one of the Mâtriikâs (or personified divine energies
of Kriishna) L.; ({is}) m. N. of a son of Dharma-netra VP.
kitha* = m. a kind of ape
kiyat * = mfn. (fr. 1. %{ki} Pa1n2. 5-2, 40; vi, 3, 90), how great? how large?
how far? how much? of what extent? of what qualities? RV. AV. &c. (Ved. loc.
%{ki4yAti} with following %{A4}, how long ago? since what time? RV. i, 113, 10;
ii, 30, 1; %{kiyaty@adhvani}, at what distance? how far off? MBh. xiv, 766;
%{kiyad@etad}, of what importance is this to (gen.) Katha1s. iii, 49;
%{tena@kiyAn@arthah}, what profit arises from that? BhP.; %{kiyac@ciram} ind.
how long? Katha1s.; %{kiyac@cireNa}, in how long a time? how soon? S3ak.;
%{kiyad@dUre}, how far? Pan5cat. lii, 4; %{kiyad@rodimi}, what is the use of my
weeping? Ka1d.; %{kiyad@asubhis}, what is the use of living? BhP. i, 13, 22);
little, small, unimportant, of small value (often in comp., e.g. %{kiyad-vakra},
a little bent Comm. on Ya1jn5.; %{kiyad@api}, how large or how far soever
Pan5cat.; %{yA4vat@ki4yac@ca}, how large or how much soever, of what qualities
soever AV. viii, 7, 13 S3Br.); (%{ki4yat}) ind. how far? how much? how? RV. AV.
S3Br.; a little Pan5cat. Hit.
klaibyaM = impotence
klama m. fatigue, exhaustion, languor, weariness MBh. S3ak. iii, 18 Sus3r. BhP.;
(ifc. Mn. &c.; f. %{A} MBh. Nal.)
klinna = wet
klaibya* = n. impotence TS. ii Sus3r. Hit.; unmanliness, weakness, timidity,
cowardice MBh. R. BhP. Hit.; weakness (as of a lotus leaf) Ragh. xii, 86; the
neuter gender W.
kledayanti = moistens
kles'a = (masc) distress
kles'aH = trouble * = m. pain, affliction, distress, pain from disease, anguish
S'vetUp. Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; (in Yoga phil. five Kles'as are named, viz.
{a-vidyA}, `" ignorance "', {asmi-tA}, egotism "', {rAga}, `" desire "',
{dveSa}, `" aversion "', and {abhiniveza}, tenacity of mundane existence "'
Yogas. Prab. Sarvad.; the Buddhists reckon ten, viz. three of the body [murder,
theft, adultery], four of speech [lying, slander, abuse, unprofitable
conversation], three of the mind [covetousness, malice, scepticism] Buddh.
Sarvad.); wrath, anger L.; worldly occupation, care, trouble (= {vyavasAya}) L.
klid *= cl. 4. %{klidyati} (rarely A1. %{-te} Vet.), to be or become wet or damp
Sus3r. Bhat2t2. Hit. ; to rot, putrefy Car. vi, 30: Caus. P. %{kledayati}, to
bedew, wet, moisten Bhag. ii, 23 Sus3r. i, 6, 3 ; iii, 5, 1 ; (aor.
%{aciklidat}) Bhat2t2. xv, 48 ; `" to soil "' see %{kledita}.
ko.api = whosoever
ko.ahaM = who am I
koustubha = gem named Kostubha
kokila = the cuckoo
koshthha * = m. (%{kuS}?; probably related to %{kukSi4} and %{ko4za}), any one
of the viscera of the body (particularly the stomach, abdomen) MBh. Sus3r. &c.
[314,3]; (%{as} L.; %{am}) m. n. a granary, store-room MBh. BhP. (ifc. f. %{A});
a treasury W.; m. an inner apartment L.; the shell of anything W.; a kind of
pan, pot Kaus3. Pat. Car. Bhpr.; property (or mfn. `" own "') L.; night L.;
(%{am}) n. a surrounding wall BhP. iv, 28, 57; any enclosed space or area, chess
square VarBr2S. liii, 42 Hcat. Tithya1d. Ka1tyS3r. Sch.
koTi = (fem) extreme corner/edge
koTibhaaga = (masc) edge portion
koTii = 1 crore, 10 million see also arbuda
koTi * = f. the curved end of a bow or of claws, &c., end or top of anything,
edge or point (of a sword), horns or cusps (of the moon) MBh. &c.; the highest
point, eminence, excellence Pañcat. Ratna7v. Sarvad.; `" a point or side in an
argument or disputation "', (if there are two) `" alternative "' see {-dvaya}
below; the highest number in the older system of numbers (viz. a Krore or ten
millions) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; the complement of an arc to 90 degrees; the
perpendicular side of a right-angled triangle Sûryas.; Medicago esculenta L.
koNaH = (m) angle, corner of a room
koNe = (adv) in the corner
kona = an angle
kopa = anger
kopavatii = when angry
kopaaya 8 = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to rage (as a passion)
kopita = angered
kolaahala = (masc) uproar
kosha = body or sheath
kos'a * = m. (n. L.; in class. literature {koza}, or {koSa}; fr. {kuz} or
{kuS}?, related to {kukSi4} and {koSTha}?), a cask, vessel for holding liquids,
(metaphorically) cloud RV. AV. Sus'r.; a pail, bucket RV.; a drinking-vessel,
cup L.; a box, cupboard, drawer, trunk RV. vi, 47, 23 AV. xix, 72, 1 S'Br.; the
interior or inner part of a carriage RV.; (ifc.) MBh. viii, 1733; a sheath,
scabbard, &c. MBh. R. VarBriS.; a case, covering, cover AV. ChUp. MundUp. TUp.
PârGri. BhP.; store-room, store, provisions Mn. MBh. &c.; a treasury, apartment
where money or plate is kept, treasure, accumulated wealth (gold or silver,
wrought or unwrought, as plate, jewellery, &c.) ib.; (in surg.) a kind of
bandage Sus'r.; a dictionary, lexicon or vocabulary; a poetical collection,
collection of sentences &c. Kâvya7d. i, 13 Sâh.; a bud, flower-cup, seed-vessel
(cf. {bIja-}) R. Ragh. BhP. Dhûrtas.; the sheath or integument of a plant, pod,
nut-shell MârkP.; a nutmeg L.; the inner part of the fruit of Artocarpus
integrifolia and of similar fruits L.; the cocoon of a silk-worm Yâjñ. iii, 147
Veda7ntas.; the membrane covering an egg (in the womb) Sus'r. VarBri. MârkP.;
the vulva L.; a testicle or the scrotum Sus'r. VarBriS.; the penis W.; an egg
L.; (in Veda7nta phil.) a term for the three sheaths or succession of cases
which make up the various frames of the body enveloping the soul (these are, 1.
the {Ananda-maya k-} or `" sheath of pleasure "', forming the {kAraNa-zarIra} or
`" causal frame "'; 2. the {vijJAna-maya} or {buddhi-m-} or {mano-m-} or
{prA7Na-m- k-}, `" the sheath of intellect or will or life "', forming the
{sUkSma-zarIra} or `" subtile frame "'; 3. the {anna-m- k-}, `" the sheath of
nourishment "', forming the {sthUla-zarIra} or `" gross frame "') Veda7ntas.;
(ifc.) a ball or globe (e.g. {sUtra-}, a ball of thread L.; {netra-}, the
eye-ball R. iii, 79, 28); the water used at an ordeal or judicial trial (the
defendant drinks thrice of it after some idol has been washed in it) Yâjñ. ii,
95; an oath Râjat. v, 325; a cup used in the ratification of a treaty of peace
({-zaM-pA}, to drink from that cup) Râjat. vii, 8; 75; 460 and 493; viii, 283;
N. of a conjunction of planets VarBriS.; of the 2nd astrological mansion, Var
Yogay.; (with Buddh.) of a collection of Gâthâ verses Kârand. Hcar.; ({A}) f. N.
of a river MBh. vi, 9, 34; of a courtesan HParis'. viii, 8; ({I}) f. `" a bud "'
see {arka-}; a seedvessel L.; the beard of corn L.; a shoe, sandal L.; a kind of
perfume Gal.; an iron ploughshare ib.; [cf. {ko4kkos}.]
koshhaH = (m) pocket
koshthha *V =, warehouse, place where foodgrains are stocked, {-gatam} situated
in the whomb *= m. (%{kuS}? ; probably related to %{kukSi4} and %{ko4za}), any
one of the viscera of the body (particularly the stomach, abdomen) MBh. Sus3r.
&c. [314,3] ; (%{as} L. ; %{am}) m. n. a granary, store-room MBh. BhP. (ifc. f.
%{A}) ; a treasury W. ; m. an inner apartment L. ; the shell of anything W. ; a
kind of pan, pot Kaus3. Pat. Car. Bhpr. ; property (or mfn. `" own "') L. ;
night L. ; (%{am}) n. a surrounding wall BhP. iv, 28, 57 ; any enclosed space or
area, chess square VarBr2S. liii, 42 Hcat. Tithya1d. Ka1tyS3r. Sch.
kraanta *= mfn. gone , gone over or across ; spread , extended ; attacking ,
invading , gone to or against ; overcome (as by astonishment) Ragh. xiv , 17 ;
surpassed ; m. a horse L. ; (in astron.) declination W. ; (%{A}) f. N. of a
plant (a kind of Solanum) L. ; a species of the Atyasht2i metre ; (%{am}) n. a
step (%{viSNoH@krAnta} , `" the step of Vishn2u "' , N. of a ceremony S3Br. xiii
; cf. %{viSNu-krama}) S3Br. Mn. xii , 121 ; (in astron.) a certain aspect when
the moon is in conjunction with a planet.
kraamat * = mfn. (pr. p. P.) walking, going, &c.
krakachaH = (m) a saw
krama * =m. a step AV. x, 5, 25 ff. TS. iii MBh. &c.; going, proceeding, course
(cf. {kAla-k-}) Mriicch. Pañcat. Mâlatîm. Hit.; the way R. ii, 25, 2; a position
taken (by an animal &c.) before making a spring or attacking Pañcat. Bhathth.
ii, 9; the foot MBh. iii, 14316; uninterrupted or regular progress, order,
series, regular arrangement, succession (e.g. {varNa-krameNa}, `" in the order
of the castes "' Mn. viii, 24 and ix, 85) AV. viii, 9, 10 RPrât. xv, 5 KâtyS'r.
R. &c.; hereditary descent Yâjñ. ii, 119; method, manner (e.g. {yena krameNa},
in which manner R. ii, 26, 20; {tad-anusaraNa-krameNa}, so as to go on following
him Hit.); diet Car. vi, 13; custom, rule sanctioned by tradition MârkP. xxiii,
112; ({kramaM} 1. {kR}, `" to follow that rule "') Nyâyam.; occasion, cause
(with gen. or ifc.) Kathâs. xviii, 380 Hit.; `" progressing step by step "', a
peculiar manner or method of reading and writing Vedic texts (so called because
the reading proceeds from the 1st member, either word or letter, to the 2nd,
then the 2nd is repeated and connected with the 3rd, the 3rd repeated and
connected with the 4 h, and so on; this manner of reading in relation to words
is called {pada-} [TPrât. ii, 12], in relation to conjunct consonants {varNa-}
[ib.]) Prât.; the words or letters themselves when combined or arranged in the
said manner ib.; (in dram.) attainment of the object desired (or accord. to
others `" noticing of any one's affection "') Das'ar. i, 36 f. Sâh. Pratâpar.;
(in rhet.) a kind of simile (in which the comparisons exhibited correspond to
each other in regular succession) Vâm. iv, 3, 17; power, strength L.; ({eNa},
{At}) instr. abl. ind. in regular course, gradually, by degrees R. Pañcat. Ragh.
&c.; according to order or rank or series Mn. Ragh. &c.
kramatas * = ind. gradually, successively ; in order.
kratavaH = good deeds; sacrifices
kratuH = Vedic ritual
kraamati = to cross
krandas * = {as} n. battle-cry RV. viii, 38, 1; ({asI}) du. two contending
armies shouting defiance [`" heaven and earth "' Sây.] RV. ii, 12, 8; vi, 25, 4;
x, 121, 6.
krandana * = m. `" crier "', a cat L.; ({am}) n. crying out, calling; mutual
daring or defiance, challenging L.; lamenting, weeping Pañcat. Hit.
krau.ncha = a mountain said to be pierced by Kartikeya
krau.nchapati = kArtikeya
krauJNcha = a heron
krauJNchaasana = the heron posture
kri = to do
krichchhara = difficult
kRcchrataa * = f. painful or dangerous state (especially in disease) Sus'r.
kricchra*= diffculty, hardship causing trouble or pain, painful, attended with
pain or labour; being in a difficult or painful situation; bad, evil, wicked,
miserably, painfully, with difficulty, trouble, labour, hardship, calamity,
pain, danger, the difficulties of living in a forest;, in difficulties, in a
miserable situation, danger of life; bodily mortification, austerity, penance; a
particular kind of religious penance; with difficulty, with great exertion,
painfully, hardly, scarcely
kRD * =v.l. for 1. {kUD} q.v.
kri4dara * =n. a store-room VS. xxix, 1 (Nir. iii, 20); m. id. Un. v, 41.
kridhu4 * =mfn. shortened, mutilated, small, deficient RV. iv, 5, 14 VS. xxiii,
28; (superl. {kradhiSTha} and compar. {kradhIyas}) Kâthh.
kridhu4-ka4rNa * =mfn. having short ears (as a sort of imp) AV. xi, 9, 7 and 10,
7; hearing badly RV. x, 27, 5.
kridhuka * =mfn. = {kRdhu4} Naigh. iii, 2 (v.l.)
krid-anta * =m. a word ending with a Kriit affix (such a word would be called by
Pân. simply {kRt}).
kriiDana *= m. `" playing "'N. of the wind Gal. ; (%{am}.) n. playing, play,
sporting, &c. R. BhP. Hit.
kriiDa(ti) = (1 pp) to play. to sport, anusement, amourous play
kriiDat mfn. playing , sportive RV. AV. &c.
kriiDati = plays
kriiDaa = play
kriiDaanaka = (n) a toy
kriiDaaluH = (m) sportsman
kriita* = mfn. bought, purchased S'Br. Mn. &c.; purchased from his natural
parents (as a son; one of the twelve kinds of sons acknowledged by the ancient
Hindû law) Mn. ix, 160; won by (instr.) S'ak. iii (v.l.); ifc. (with the
purchase-price; f. {I}) Pân. 4-1, 50; vi, 2, 151; (f. also {A}) Siddh.; ({a4s})
m. N. of a man MaitrS. iv, 2, 6; ({As}) m. pl. a sort of despised caste W.;
({am}) n. a bargain Comm. on Yâjñ. ii, 6.
krikalaasa * m. a lizard, chameleon MaitrS. VS. S'Br. &c.
krikara = one of the vital airs, causes coughing and sneezing
krimi * = or {kri4mi} m. (fr. {kram} Un.), a worm, insect VS. TS. AV. S'Br. Mn.
&c.; `" a spider "' (see {-tantu-jAla}); a silk-worm L.; a shieldlouse L.; an
ant L.; lac (red dye caused by insects) L.; N. of a son (of Us'înara Hariv. 1676
ff.; of Bhajamâna Hariv. 2002); of an Asura (brother of Râvana) L.; of a
Nâga-râja Buddh. L.; ({is}) f. N. of the wife of Us'înara and mother of Kriimi
Hariv. 1675 and VP. (v.l. {kRmI}); N. of a river MBh. vi, 9, 17; [cf. Lith.
{kirminis}, {kirmele}; Russ. {c8ervj}; Hib. {cruimh}; Cambro-Brit. {pryv}; Goth.
{vaurms}; Lat. {vermi-s} for {quermi-s}.]
krimii * = f. N. of the wife of Us'înara = {kRmi} q.v.
krintati = (6 pp) to cut
krintana * = n. cutting, cutting off, dividing BhP. iii, 30, 28 and vi, 2, 46
(cf. %{tantu-}, %{ziraH-}.)
kriNva.ntaH = that person who is doing
kripaa = compassion
kripaachhaayaa = care, protection
kripaalu* = mfn. pitiful, compassionate (with gen.) MBh. BhP. Das'.
kripaaya *= Nom. A1. %{-yate} (Pot. %{-yIta}), to mourn, grieve, lament Nir. ii,
12 ; to have pity MBh.: P. %{-ya4ti}, to praise (cf. %{kRpaNyu4}) Naigh. iii,
14.
kripaayita *= n. lamenting MBh. iii, 337.
kripaayitavat *= mfn. lamenting, mourning ib. (ed. Bomb.)
kripayaa.apaare = out of boundless compassion
kripaNa * = 1 mf({A4}; {I} g. {bahv-Adi})n. (ganas {zreNyAdi} and {sukhA7di}
Pân. 8-2, 18 Pat.) inclined to grieve, pitiable, miserable, poor, wretched,
feeble S'Br. xi, xiv MBh. &c.; resulting from tears AV. xi, 8, 28; low, vile W.;
miserly, stingy Pañcat. Hit.; m. a poor man VarBriS.; a scraper, niggard Pañcat.
S'ârngP.; a worm L.; N. of a man VP.; ({am}) ind. miserably, pitiably MBh.
Pañcat. Das'.; ({kRpa4Nam}) n. wretchedness, misery RV. x, 99, 9 AitBr. vii, 13
S'ânkhS'r. Mn. iv, 185 &c.; ({sa-kRpaNam}, `" miserably, pitiably "'), S'ântis'.
(cf. {kArpaNya}.)
kripaNa * = 12 Nom. Â. (3. pl. {kRpa4Nanta}) to long for, desire RV. x, 74, 3.
kripaaNa * = 1m. (Pân. 7-2, 18 Pat.) a sword Das'. Prab.; a sacrificial knife
W.; ({I}) f. a pair of scissors, dagger, knife Kâd. (cf. {ajAkRpANIya}.)
kripaH = Krpa
kripa* = m. N. of a man (described as a friend of Indra) RV. viii, 3, 12 and 4,
2; m. and ({I}) f. N. of the son and daughter of the sage S'aradvat (who
performed severe penance; the jealous Indra therefore sent a nymph to tempt him,
but without success; however, twin sons were born to the sage in a clump of
grass [{zara-stambe}], who were found by king S'ântanu and out of pity [{kRpA}]
taken home and reared; the daughter, Kriipî, married Drona, and had by him a son
called As'vatthâman; the son, Kriipa, became one of the council at Hastinâpura,
and is sometimes called Gautama, sometimes S'âradvata; according to Hariv. and
VP., Kriipa and Kriipî were only distant descendants of S'aradvat; according to
others, Kriipa = Vyâsa or = a son of Kriishna) MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. see s.v.
below.
kripaa* = f. (g. {bhidA7di}) pity, tenderness, compassion (with gen. or loc.;
{kRpAM-kR}, to pity [with loc.] Nal. xvii R.) MBh. &c.; N. of a river (v.l.
{rUpA}) VP.
kripaNa = adj. niggardly
kRpaNa * = 1 mf({A4}; {I} g. {bahv-Adi})n. (ganas {zreNyAdi} and {sukhA7di} Pân.
8-2, 18 Pat.) inclined to grieve, pitiable, miserable, poor, wretched, feeble
S'Br. xi, xiv MBh. &c.; resulting from tears AV. xi, 8, 28; low, vile W.;
miserly, stingy Pañcat. Hit.; m. a poor man VarBriS.; a scraper, niggard Pañcat.
S'ârngP.; a worm L.; N. of a man VP.; ({am}) ind. miserably, pitiably MBh.
Pañcat. Das'.; ({kRpa4Nam}) n. wretchedness, misery RV. x, 99, 9 AitBr. vii, 13
S'ânkhS'r. Mn. iv, 185 &c.; ({sa-kRpaNam}, `" miserably, pitiably "'), S'ântis'.
(cf. {kArpaNya}.) \\ kRpaNa Nom. Â. (3. pl. {kRpa4Nanta}) to long for, desire
kRpaaNa *= m. (Pân. 7-2, 18 Pat.) a sword Das'. Prab.; a sacrificial knife W.;
({I}) f. a pair of scissors, dagger, knife Kâd. (cf. {ajAkRpANIya}.)
kripaNaaH = misers
kripayaa = please
krish * = 1 cl. 1. P. {ka4rSati}, rarely Â. {-te} (perf. {cakarSa}, 2. sg.
{-Sitha} Pân. 7-2, 62 Kâs'.; fut. {karkSyati} or {krakSy-}; {kRSiSy-} DivyA7v.
xvii; {karSTA} or {kraSTA} Pân. 7-2, 10 Kâs'.; aor. {akRkSat} [or {akArkSIt}] or
{akrAkSIt}, iii, 1, 44 Vârtt. 7; inf. {kraSTum}), to draw, draw to one's self,
drag, pull, drag away, tear RV. AV. S'Br. &c.; to lead or conduct (as an army)
MBh.; to bend (a bow) Ragh. v, 50; to draw into one's power, become master of,
overpower Mn. ii, 215 MBh. iv, 20 R. Pañcat.; to obtain Mn. iii, 66; to take
away anything (acc.) from any one (acc.) Vop. v, 8; to draw or make furrows,
plough RV. viii, 22, 6 Lâthy. v, 1, 4 Vait. (Â.) R. iii, 4, 12 BhP. (ind. p.
{kRSTvA}): cl. 6. P. Â. {kRSa4ti}, {-te} (p. {kRSa4t}), to draw or make furrows,
plough RV. AV. TS. S'Br. &c.; Â. to obtain by ploughing AV. xii, 2, 16; to
travel over MBh. iii, 16021: Caus. {karSayati}, to draw, drag RV. x, 119, 11
(aor. 1. sg. {acikRSam}) R. Mriicch.; to draw or tear out MBh. iii, 2307; to
pull to and fro, cause pain, torture, torment Mn. MBh. &c.; `" to plough "' see
{karSita}: Intens. (pr. p. and Subj. 3. sg. {ca4rkRSat}; impf. 3. pl.
{acarkRSur}) to plough RV. AV.; {carIkRSyate} or Ved. {karIk-}, to plough
repeatedly Pân. 7-4, 64; [cf. Lith. {karszu}, {pleszau}; Russ. {c8eshu}; Lat.
{verro}, {vello}; Goth. {falh}.]
krisha = weak
krishaH = (adj) thin
krishati = (6 pp) to plough
krishhakaH = (m) farmer
krishhi = plowing
krishhiivalaH = (m) farmer
Krishna = 1. (n) the Supreme Personality of Godhead
Krishna = 2. (n) the Cause of All Causes
krishhNa = the eighth incarnation of Vishnu i.e. Krishna
krishhNa-paksha = Dark half of lunar month, also known as vadyapaksha
krishhNaM = unto KRishhNa
krishhNaH = the fortnight of the dark moon
krishNa-saara* = mf({I})n. chiefly black, black and white (as the eye), spotted
black Nal. R. Vikr. Hcat. &c.; m. (with or without {mRga}) the spotted antelope
Mn. ii, 23 S'ak. Megh. &c.; Dalbergia Sissoo L.; Euphorbia antiquorum L.; Acacia
Catechu L.; ({A}) f. Dalbergia Sissoo L.; Euphorbia antiquorum L.; the eyeball
Nyâyad.; {-mukha} n. N. of a particular position of the hand PSarv.
krishhNaajinaambarau = )two) persons wearing the deer-skin as clothes
krishhNaat.h = from KRishhNa
krishhNaasana = the Krishna posture
krishhNe = and darkness
krit.h = the man who did (the destruction of raakshasa kula)
krita = Done*=1 mfn. done, made, accomplished, performed RV. AV. &c.; prepared,
made ready ib.; obtained, gained, acquired, placed at hand AV. iii, 24, 5; well
done, proper, good S'Br. iv; cultivated Mn. x, 114; appointed (as a duty) Yâjñ.
ii, 186; relating or referring to Yâjñ. ii, 210; m. N. of one of the Vis've
Devâs MBh. xiii, 4356; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP. ix, 24, 45; of a son of
Sannati and pupil of Hiranya-nâbha Hariv. 1080 BhP. xii, 6, 80; of a son of
Kriita-ratha and father of Vibudha VP.; of a son of Jaya and father of Haryavana
BhP. ix, 17, 17; of a son of Cyavana and father of Upari-cara VâyuP.; ({am}) n.
(with {saha} or with instr.) `" done with "', away with, enough of, no need of,
&c. (e.g. {kRtaM saMdehena}, away with doubt S'ak.; {k- parihAsena}, enough of
joking ib.); the past tense AitBr. v, 1; ({a4m}) n. deed, work, action RV. AV.
S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; service done, kind action, benefit (cf. {kRta-jJa} and
{-ghna}) MBh. v, 1692 Pañcat.; magic, sorcery SâmavBr.; consequence, result L.;
aim Vop. i, 2; stake at a game RV. AV.; prize or booty gained in battle ib.; N.
of the die or of the side of a die marked with four points or dots (this is the
lucky or winning die) VS. xxx, 18 TS. S'Br. &c.; (also the collective N. of the
four dice in opposition to the fifth die called {kali} Comm. on VS. x, 28);
(hence) the number `" four "' VarBriS. Sûryas.; N. of the first of the four ages
of the world (also called {satya} or `" the golden age "', comprehending
together with the morning and evening dawn 4800 years of men [Mn. MBh. Hariv.]
or according to the later conception [BhP. &c. Comm. on Mn. i, 69] 4800 years of
the gods or 1, 728, 000 years of men); ({e}) loc. ind. on account of, for the
sake of, for (with gen. or ifc. e.g. {mama kRte} or {mat-kRte}, on my account,
for me) Yâjñ. i, 216 MBh. R. &c.; ({ena}) instr. ind. id. MBh. R. i, 76, 6 and
vi, 85, 10.\\*=2 mfn. injured, killed L. (cf. 2. {kIrNa}.) f. an abyss RV. ii,
35, 5.\\mfn. brought down, humiliated, offended, injured, tricked, deceived MBh.
R. &c.; low, base, wicked ib.; removed, set aside, dismissed W.; n. lowering,
humbling, humiliation Bhartr2. ii, 30 (v.l. %{-ti}); %{-prajJa} (MBh.), %{-mati}
(BhP.) mfn. depraved in mind.
kritaM = done
kritaa*= f. an abyss RV. ii, 35, 5. \\ see 2. {kRt}.
ókrita*= mfn. brought down, humiliated, offended, injured, tricked, deceived
MBh. R. &c.; low, base, wicked ib.; removed, set aside, dismissed W.; n.
lowering, humbling, humiliation Bhartri. ii, 30 (v.l. {-ti}); {-prajJa} (MBh.),
{-mati} (BhP.) mfn. depraved in mind.
kritakrityaH = the most perfect in his endeavors
kritadhiyaaM = of sanes (stable-minded)
kritaGYa = Grateful
kritaGYataa = gratitude
kritaaJNjaliH = with folded hands
kritaante = in the conclusion
kriti = Direction
kritena = by discharge of duty
krittikaa = Third nakshatra
kritvaa* = ind. p. having done see s.v. 1. %{kR}
kritya = Deed
krityaiH = that which was done
kritvaa = after doing
kritsnaM = whole
kritsnakarmakrit.h = although engaged in all activities
kritsnavat.h = as all in all
kritsnavit.h = one who is in factual knowledge
kritsnasya = all-inclusive
kriya = action
kriya* = m. (borrowed fr. Gk.$.) the sign &99331[320,3] Aries VarBri. i, iii, x,
xvii; Ganit. Horâs'.
kriyaa* = f. (Pân. 3-3, 100), doing, performing, performance, occupation with
(in comp.), business, act, action, undertaking, activity, work, labour. KâtyS'r.
Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; bodily action, exercise of the limbs L.; (in Gr.) action (as the
general idea expressed by any verb), verb Kâs'. on Pân. 1-3, 1 &c. (according to
later grammarians a verb is of two kinds, {sakarma-kriyA}, `" active "', and
{akarma-k-}, `" intransitive "'); a noun of action W.; a literary work Vikr.;
medical treatment or practice, applying a remedy, cure (see {sama-kriya-tva} and
{viSama-k-}) Sus'r.; a religious rite or ceremony, sacrificial act, sacrifice
Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; with {caramA}, `" the last ceremony "', rites performed
immediately after death, obsequies, purificatory rites (as ablution &c.) MBh.
iv, 834 R. vi, 96, 10; religious action, worship BhP. vii, 14, 39 RâmatUp.;
Religious Action (personified as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma MBh. i,
2578 Hariv. 12452 BhP.; or as a daughter of Kardama and wife of Kratu BhP.);
judicial investigation (by human means, as by witnesses, documents, &c., or by
superhuman means, as by various ordeals) Comm. on Yâjñ.; atonement L.;
disquisition L.; study L.; means, expedient L.
kriyaH = and activities
kriyate = is done
kriyante = are done
kriyamaaNa = someone in the process of doing
kriyamaaNaani = being done
kriyaa = Purificationary rite, religious ceremony
kriyaaH = performances
kriyaabhiH = by pious activities
kriyaavisheshha = pompous ceremonies
kriyaayoga* = m. the connection with an action or verb APrât. Pân. 1-1, 14 Kâr.;
the employment of expedients or instruments MBh. iii, 69 Sus'r.; the practical
form of the Yoga philosophy (union with the deity by due performance of the
duties of every day life, active devotion) Yogas. ii, 1 BhP. iv, 13, 3; N. of
wk.; {-sAra} m. a section of the PadmaP.
kriiNaati = to buy
kruura = cruel
kruura-graha = Malefic planet
kruuraan.h = mischievous
krodha = anger
krodhaM = anger
krodhaH = and anger
krodhaat.h = from anger
kroshati = (1 pp) to cry
kshaatra* = mf({I})n. (fr. {kSatra4}), belonging or relating or peculiar to the
second caste Mn. vii, 87 Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; ({am}) n. the dignity of a ruler or
governor MBh. iii, 5097 and xiii, 3026 R. ii f. v.
ksha* = 1 (fr. 1. or 2. {kSi}) see {dyukSa4}; m. a field L.; the protector or
cultivator of a field, peasant L. \\2 mfn. (fr. 4. {kSi}) see {tuvikSa4}; m.
destruction, loss L.; destruction of the world L.; lightning L.; a demon or
Rakshas L.; the fourth incarnation of Vishnu (as the manlion or nara-sinha) L.
kshaa* = f. (derived fr. some forms of 2. {kSa4m}) the earth, ground Naigh. i, 1
Nir. ii, 2 Sây. \\ = see 1. {kSam}
kshaa= the earth, the ground
kshaalayati = (10 pp) to wash
kshaanti * =f. patient waiting for anything Vop. xxiii, 3; patience,
forbearance, endurance, indulgence Mn. v, 107 MBh. R. &c.; the state of saintly
abstraction DivyA7v. vi, xii, xviii; (in music) N. of a S'ruti; N. of a river
VP.
kshaantIya * =mfn. fr. {-ta} g. {utkarA7di}.
kshaantu * =mfn. patient, enduring Un.; ({us}) m. a father. L.
kshaanta * =1 mfn. (g. {priyA7di}) borne, endured ({soDha}) L.; pardoned MBh.
Pañcat.; (Pân. 3-2, 188 Kâr.) enduring, patient Mn. v, 158 Yâjñ. R. Ragh.
(compar. {-tara}); m. (g. {utkarA7di}) N. of a man g. {azvA7di}; of a hunter
Hariv. 1206; of S'iva (cf. {kSama}); ({A}) f. `" the patient one "', the earth
L.; ({am}) n. patience, indulgence R. i, 34, 32 and 33.
kshaa4nta * =1 mfn. ending with the letter {kSa} RâmatUp.
kshaanta * = 2 see 1. {kSam}.
kshaantiH = tolerance
kshaamaye = ask forgiveness
kshaara = salty
kshaatraM = of a ksatriya
kshamaa = forgivance
kshamii = forgiving
kshana = to invite
kshana = quick, a quick measure of time =* kshaNa = 1 m. any instantaneous point
of time, instant, twinkling of an eye, moment Nal. S3ak. Ragh. &c.; a moment
regarded as a measure of time (equal to thirty Kala1s or four minutes L.; or (in
astron.) to 48 minutes VarBr2S. &c.; or 4/5 or 24/35 seconds BhP. iii, 11, 7 and
8); a leisure moment, vacant time, leisure (e.g. %{kSaNaM-kR}, to have leisure
for, wait patiently for MBh.; cf. %{kRta-kSaNa}); a fit or suitable moment,
opportunity (%{kSaNaM-kR}, to give an opportunity. MBh. iv, 666; cf.
%{datta-kSaNa} and %{labdha-kS-}); a festival Megh. Das3. BhP. iii, 3, 21; a
certain day of the fortnight (as the full moon, change of the moon, &c.)
Sarvad.; dependence L.; the centre, middle L.; (%{am}) n. an instant, moment
Bhartr2. (= Subh.); (%{am}.) acc. ind. for an instant R. vi, 92, 35 BrahmaP.
Vet. &c. [325,1]; in a moment Ragh. xii, 36 S3a1ntis3. (cf. %{tat-kSaNam});
(%{eNa}) instr. ind. in a moment Nal. R. &c.; (%{At}) abl. ind. after an
instant, immediately, at once Mn. R. S3ak. &c.; %{tataH@kSaNAt} (= %{tat-kSaNAt}
q.v.), immediately upon that Katha1s.; %{kSaNAt-kSaNAt}, in this moment - in
that moment Ra1jat. viii, 898; (%{eSu}) loc. ind. immediately, at once R. vi,
55, 19; %{kSaNe@kSaNe}, every instant, every moment Ra1jat. v, 165 and 337.\\2
%{-Natu}, %{-Nana}, &c. see %{kSan}.\\2 m. killing (= ma1ran2a) Gal.
kshaanti * = f. patient waiting for anything Vop. xxiii, 3; patience,
forbearance, endurance, indulgence Mn. v, 107 MBh. R. &c.; the state of saintly
abstraction DivyA7v. vi, xii, xviii; (in music) N. of a S'ruti; N. of a river
VP.
kshantiH = tolerance
kshantR * = mfn. one who pardons or bears patiently MBh. xiii, 4873.
kshaNaM = one second
kshaNaprabhaa = (f) lightning
kshaNaviyoga = momentary separation
kshaNaviikshita = glance
kshapayishNu * = 1 mfn. one who intends to efface or do penance for 2:
destroying
kshara = prone to end, destructible
ksharaM = to the fallible
ksharaH = constantly changing
kshatra * = n. (1. {kSi}?; g. {ardharcA7di}) sg. and pl. dominion, supremacy,
power, might (whether human or supernatural, especially applied to the power of
Varuna-Mitra and Indra) RV. AV. VS. S'Br. ii; xi; sg. and pl. government,
governing body RV. AV. VS. x, 17 TBr. ii; the military or reigning order (the
members of which in the earliest times, as represented by the Vedic hymns, were
generally called Râjanya, not Kshatriya; afterwards, when the difference between
Brahman and Kshatra or the priestly and civil authorities became more distinct,
applied to the second or reigning or military caste) VS. AV. TS. &c. [325, 2]; a
member of the military or second order or caste, warrior Mn. MBh. &c.
(fancifully derived fr. {kSatAt tra} fr. {trai} i.e. `" a preserver from injury
"' Ragh. ii, 53); the rank of a member of the reigning or military order,
authority of the second caste AitBr. viii, 5 S'Br. xiii, 1, 5, 2 BhP. iii, ix;
wealth Naigh. ii, 10; water, i, 12; the body L.; Tabernaemontana coronaria (v.l.
{chattra}) L.; ({I}) f. a woman of the second caste L.
kshatriya = the caste of princes and warriors
kshatriyabalaM = the power or might of the kshatriyas or kings
kshatriyasya = of the ksatriya
kshatriyaaH = the members of the royal order
kshatta: person born from a male sudra with a ksatriya female: For instance, a
brâhmana begets an ambastha of a vaisya woman, a parasava or a nisada of a sudra
woman. A kshatriya begets an ugra of a sudra woman, a suta of a brâhmana woman.
A vaisya begets a magadha of a kshatriya woman, a vaidehaka of a brâhmana woman.
A sudra begets an ayogava of a vaisya woman, a ksatta of a kshatriya woman and a
chandala of a brâhmana woman.
kshauma * mf({I})n. (fr. {kSumA}; = {kSoma} Un. i, 138), made of linen, linen
Lâthy. Gobh. PârGri. &c.; covered with linen W.; prepared from linseed (as oil)
Sus'r.; ({as}, {am}) m. n. = {aTTa} (an airy room on the top of a house,
apartment on the roof, back of an edifice, fortified place in front of a
building, building of a particular form W.; cf. {kSoma}) L.; ({I}) f. flax
(Linum usitatissimum) L.; ({am}) n. linen cloth or garment KâtyS'r. Gaut. Mn.
&c. (also = {dukUla} L.); linseed Sus'r.; the flower of flax L.
kshaura* = mfn. (fr. {kSura4}), performed with a razor (with {karman}, `"
shaving "') VarBriS. iic, 12; ({as}), m.= {-mantra} Sây. on TS. i; ({I}) f. a
razor W.; ({am}) n. shaving the head, shaving in general ({-raM} 1. {kR}, to
shave Hit.; {-raM}, Caus. 1. {kR}, to have one's self shaved Hit.) Cân.
kshaudra * m. (fr. {kSudra} and {-drA}), Michelia Campaka MBh. iii, 11569; N. of
a mixed caste (son of a Vaideha and a Mâgadhî) MBh. xiii, 2584; ({am}) n.
smallness, minuteness g. {pRthvAdi}; honey, species of honey L.; water L.; N. of
a Sûtra of the SV.
kshaya = loss, weakening, scaricity
kshayaM = destruction
kshayas* = see {aurukSayasa}.
kshayaja* = mfn. produced by consumption (as cough) Sus'r.
kshayaNa* = 1 mfn. habitable [? m. `" a place with tranquil water "' Comm.] VS.
xvi, 43; ({kSa4yaNa}) TS. iv; ({kSeNa4}) MaitrS.; m. a bay, harbour Comm. on
RPrât.; ({am}) n. a dwelling place Nir. vi, 6.
kshayaNa* = 2 mfn. ifc. `" destroying, annihilating, driving away, dispersing "'
see {arAya-}, {asura-}, {pizAca-}, {bhrAtRvya-}, {yAtudhAna-}, {sadAnvA-} and
{sapatna-kSa4yaNa}.
kshaya* = see 1. 2. and 4. {kSi}.
kshaya* = 1 m. `" dominion "' Sây. (on RV. vii, 46, 2).
kshaya* = 2 mfn. dwelling, residing RV. iii, 2, 13; viii, 64, 4; m. an abode,
dwelling-place, seat, house (cf. {uru-} and {su-kSa4ya}, {rAtha-}, {divikSaya4})
RV. VS. v, 38 TS. Pân. MBh. R. BhP.; the house of Yama (cf. {yama-kS-},
{vaivasvata-kS-}); abode in Yama's dominion Comm. on R. (ed. Bomb.) ii, 109, 11;
(= {kSiti4}) family, race RV. i, 123, 1.
kshaya* = 3 m. (Pân. 6-1, 201) loss, waste, wane, diminution, destruction,
decay, wasting or wearing away (often ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; fall (as of prices,
opposed to {vRddhi} e.g. {kSayo vRddhiz ca paNyAnAm}, `" the fall and rise in
the price of commodities "') Yâjñ. ii, 258; removal W.; end, termination (e.g.
{nidrA-kS-}, the end of sleep R. vi, 105, 14; {dina-kSaye}, at the end of day
MBh. i, 699 R. iv, 3, 10; {jIvita-kSaye}, at the end of life Das'.; {AyuSaH kS-}
id. Ragh.; {kSayaM} {gam}, {yA}, {i}, or {upai}, to become less, be diminished,
go to destruction, come to an end, perish Nal. R. Sus'r. VarBriS. Das'. Amar.
Hit.; {kSayaMnI}, to destroy R. v, 36, 51); consumption, phthisis pulmonalis
Sus'r. Hcat.; sickness in general L.; the destruction of the universe Pañcat.;
(in alg.) a negative quantity, minus Âryabh.; = {-mAsa} Jyot.; = {kSayA7ha}
Ganit.; N. of a prince VP.; ({A}) f. N. of a Yogini Hcat.; ({am}) n. N. of the
last year in the sixty years "' Briihaspati cycle VarBriS. [328,2]
kshayakrit.h = the destroyer
kshayati = (1 pp) to decay
kshayaat.h = (from) consunption/destruction
kshayaaya = for destruction
kshemaM = protection
kshema * mf({A})n. (2. {kSi}) habitable; giving rest or ease or security MBh.
R.; at ease, prosperous, safe W.; m. basis, foundation VS. xviii, 7 AV. iii, 12,
1 and iv, 1, 4 S'Br. xiii KapS. i, 46; residing, resting, abiding at ease RV. x
AV. xiii, 1, 27; iii; viii; ({as}, {am}) m. n. (Ved. only m.; g. {ardharcA7di}),
safety, tranquillity, peace, rest, security, any secure or easy or comfortable
state, weal, happiness RV. AV. VS. Mn. MBh. &c. ({kSe4ma} & {yo4ga} [or
{pra-yu4j}], rest and exertion, enjoying and acquiring RV. VS. xxx, 14 PârGri.
MBh. xiii, 3081; cf. {kSema-yoga} and {yoga-kS-}; {kSemaM te}, `" peace or
security may be to thee "' [this is also the polite address to a Vais'ya, asking
him whether his property is secure Mn. ii, 127], S'ântis'. ii, 18); final
emancipation L.; m. a kind of perfume (= {caNDA}) L.; Ease or Prosperity
(personified as a son of Dharma and S'ânti VP.; as a son of Titikshâ BhP. iv, 1,
51); N. of a prince MBh. i, 2701 DivyA7v. xviii; of a son of S'uci and father of
Su-vrata BhP. ix, 22, 46; N. of a kind of college ({maTha}) Râjat. vi, 186;
({eNa}) instr. ind. at ease; in security, safely R. Mriicch. Pañcat. BhP.; (ifc.
with {yathA} R. ii, 54, 4); ({ais}) instr. pl. ind. id. MBh. xiii, 1519; ({A})
f. a kind of perfume (= {kASTha-guggula}, or {coraka} Comm.) VarBriS. iii; N. of
Durgâ L.; of another deity (= {kSemaM-karI}) DevîP.; of an Apsaras MBh. i, 4818;
({am}) n. N. of one of the seven Varshas in Jambû-dvîpa BhP. v, 20, 3.
kshemakAma * = ({kSe4ma-}) mfn. longing for rest RV. x, 94, 12.
kshemajit * = m. N. of a prince MatsyaP. (vv.ll. {kSatrau9jas}, {kSemA7rcis}).
kshe4ma-yoga * = {au} m. du. rest and exertion AitBr.
kshe4ma-vat * = mfn. attended with tranquillity and security, prosperous Pân.
Siddh.; ({An}) m. N. of a prince VP.; ({atI}) f. N. of a woman Buddh.; of a
locality.
kshemataraM = better
kSepaNa * = n. the act of throwing, casting, letting fly or go (a bow-string)
Nir. ii, 28 MBh. iv, 352 and 1400; throwing away (in boxing) VP. v, 20, 54;
sending, directing W.; sending away MBh. iii, 13272; passing away or spending
time (v.l. %{kSapaNa}); `" omitting "', for 1. %{kSapaNa} Mn. iv, 119; sling
BhP. iii, 19, 18; x, 11, 38; (%{I}) f. id. R. vi, 7, 24; an oar L.; a kind of
net L.
kshepaNaastraH = (m) missile
kshepaNii = (f) rocket
kshetra = fieldk* = n. (2. {kSi}) landed property, land, soil ({kSe4trasya
pa4ti}, `" lord of the soil "'N. of a kind of tutelary deity RV. AV. ii, 8, 5;
also {kSe4trasya pa4tnI}, `" mistress of the soil "', and {kSe4trANAm pa4ti}, `"
the lord of the soil "'N. of tutelary deities AV. ii, 12, 1 VS. xvi, 18); `"
soil of merit "', a Buddha or any holy person DivyA7v.; a field (e.g.
{-traM-kR}, `" to cultivate a field "' Mn. Yâjñ. ii, 158; cf. {sasya-kS-}) RV.
&c.; place, region, country RV. AV. iii, 28, 3 TS. vii Sus'r. Megh. Vet.; a
house L.; a town L.; department, sphere of action MBh. xiv, 126 R. &c.; place of
origin, place where anything is found Yogas. ii, 4 Sus'r. BhP. viii, 12, 33; a
sacred spot or district, place of pilgrimage (as Benares &c.; often ifc.)
BrahmaP.; an enclosed plot of ground, portion of space, superficies (e.g.
{sv-alpa-kS-}, of a small circuit Yâjñ. ii, 156); (in geom.) a plane figure (as
a triangle, circle, &c.) enclosed by lines, any figure considered as having
geometrical dimensions Gol.; a diagram W.; a planetary orbit Ganit.; a zodiacal
sign Sûryas.; an astrological mansion VarBriS. VarBri. i, xi; (in chiromancy)
certain portions marked out on the palm VarBriS. lxviii, 1; `" fertile soil "',
the fertile womb, wife Mn. Yâjñ. ii, 127 MBh. R. S'ak. BhP.; the body
(considered as the field of the indwelling soul) Yâjñ. iii, 178 Bhag. xiii, 1
and 2 Kum. vi, 77; (in Sânkhya phil.) = {a-vyakta} (q.v.) Tattvas.; ({I4}) f.
only dat. {-triyai4} for {-triyA4t} (AV. ii, 10, 1) TBr. ii, 5, 6, 1; [cf.
{a4-kS-}, {anya-} and {kuru-kSetra4}, {karma-kS-}, {deva-kS-}, {dharma-kS-},
{raNa-kS-}, {siddha-kS-}, {su-kS-}, {sure7zvarI-kS-}; cf. also Goth. {haithi},
Them. {haithjo}; Germ. {Heide}.]
kshetraM = the field
kshetraGYa = and the knower of the body
kshetraGYaM = the knower of the field
kshetraGYaH = the knower of the field
kshetraGYayoH = and the knower of the field
kshetrii = the soul
kshetreshhu = in bodily fields
kSi *= 1 cl. 1. P. %{kSa4yati} (2. du. %{kSa4-yathas} or %{kSay-}, 2. pl.
%{kSa4yathA}; Subj. 1. %{kSa4yat} or %{kSayat} RV. vi, 23, 10 and vii, 20, 6; x,
106, 7; pr. p. %{kSa4yat}), to possess, have power over, rule, govern, be master
of (gen.) RV.; [cf. Gk. &101454[327,3] \\ cl. 2. 6. P. %{kSe4ti}, %{kSiya4ti};
(3. du. %{kSita4s}, 3. pl. %{kSiyanti}; Subj. 2. sg. %{kSayat}, 2. sg.
%{kSa4yas}, 3. du. %{kSayatas}, 1. pl. %{kSa4yAma}; pr. p. %{kSiya4t}; aor.
Subj. %{kSeSat}; fut. p. %{kSeSya4t}), to abide, stay, dwell, reside (used
especially of an undisturbed or secret residence) RV.; to remain, be quiet AV.
S3Br.; to inhabit TBr. iii; to go, move (%{kSi4yati}) Naigh. ii, 14 Dha1tup.:
Caus. (Impv. 2. sg. %{kSaya4yA}; Subj. %{kSepayat}) to make a person live
quietly RV. iii, 46, 2 and v, 9, 7; [cf. Gk. $.] \\3 f. abode L.; going, moving
L. \\4 cl. 1. P. %{kSayati} (only once R. iv, 6, 14) cl. 5. P. %{kSiNoti} (S3Br.
Mn. MBh. &c.; 1. sg. %{kSiNo4mi} VS. for %{-NA4mi} of AV.) cl. 9. P. %{kSiNA4ti}
(3. pl. %{kSiNa4nti}; perf. 3. du. %{cikSiyatur} Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 6-4, 77 and
vii, 4, 10), to destroy, corrupt, ruin, make an end of (acc.), kill, injure RV.
AV. &c.: Pass. %{kSIya4te} (AV. xii, 5, 45; 3. pl. %{kSI4yante} RV. i, 62, 12;
aor. Subj. %{kSeSTa} [AV. iv, 34, 8] or %{kSAyi} TBr. i; Cond. %{akSeSyata}
S3Br. viii), to be diminished, decrease, wane (as the moon), waste away, perish
RV. AV. S3Br. &c.; to pass (said of the night) Katha1s.: Caus. P. %{kSapayati}
(fut. %{-yiSyati}), rarely A1. %{-te} (MBh. i, 1838 Das3.), very rarely
%{kSayayati} (MBh. v, 2134 ed. Calc.), to destroy, ruin, make an end of (acc.),
finish MBh. R. &c.; to weaken Mn. v, 157 MBh. i, 1658 Kum. v, 29; to pass (as
the night or time, %{kSapAm}, %{-pAs}, %{kAlam}) Pan5cat. Ka1d. S3a1rn3gP.; [cf.
$ $, &c.] \\ 5 f. destruction, waste, loss L.\\ = 4. %{kSi} (derived fr.
%{kSINa4}, %{-kSI4ya}) Dha1tup. xxxi, 35 (v.l.)
kshiiba (or %{kSIva}) mf(%{A})n. (pf. p. Pass. %{kSIb} Pa1n2. 8-2, 55) excited,
drunk, intoxicated MBh. R. Bhartr2. BhP. &c.
kshiti = earth
kshitipaala = (m) protector of the earth, king
kship = (root) to throw * = 1 cl. 6. P. %{kSipa4ti} A1. %{kSipate} (MBh. &c.;
cl. 4. P. %{kSipyati}, only Bhat2t2.; Subj. %{kSipa4t}; perf. %{cikSepa} MBh.
&c.; ep. also %{cikSipe}; fut. 2nd %{kSepsyati} MBh. &c.; ep. also %{-te}; inf.
%{kSeptum}; cf. Pa1n2. 7-2, 10 Siddh.), to throw, cast, send, despatch AV. ix,
1, 10 and 20 Mn. MBh. (Pass. pr. p. %{kSipyat}, i, 1126) &c.; to move hastily
(the arms or legs) Mr2icch. BhP. x, 36, 14; to throw a glance (as the eye)
Bhartr2. i, 94; to strike or hit (with a weapon) RV. i, 182, 1-3; to put or
place anything on or in (loc.), pour on, scatter, fix or attach to (loc.)
Ya1jn5. i, 230 Bhag. Mr2icch. &c.; to direct (the thoughts) upon (loc.) Sarvad.;
to throw away, cast away, get rid of Bhartr2. ii, 69 Katha1s.; to lay (the
blame) on (loc.) Hit.; to utter abusive words, insult, revile, abuse Mn. MBh.
&c.; `" to disdain "' i.e. to excel, beat, outvie BhP. iv, 8, 24 and 15, 17; to
strike down, ruin, destroy BhP. vi, 1, 14 BrahmaP.; (A1. `" to destroy one
another, go to ruin "' Pot. 3. pl. %{kSiperan} MBh. iii, 1094); to pass or while
away (the time or night, %{kAlam}, %{kSapAm}) Katha1s. lv, 154; xcii, 84; to
lose (time, %{kAlam}; cf. %{kAlakSepa}) R. vii, 80, 14; to skip or pass over (a
day, %{dinam}.) Car. vi, 3; (in math.) to add Gol.: Caus. P. %{kSepayati}, to
cause to cast or throw into (%{antar}) Katha1s. xiii, 160; to throw into R. ii,
76, 16; to cause to descend into (loc.) Katha1s. lxxv, 121; to pass or while
away (the night, %{kSapAm}) ib. lvi, 75; (aor. Subj. 2. sg. %{cikSipas}) to
hurt, injure RV. x, 16, 1 (cf. Subj. %{kSepayat} s.v. 2. %{kSi}); [cf. Lat.
{sipo}, {dissipo}, for {xipo}.]\\2 %{pas} f. pl. (only used in nom.; the instr.
is formed fr. %{kSi4pA} RV. ix, 59, 57) `" the movable ones "', the fingers RV.
iii, v, ix (Naigh. ii, 5). [329,1]
kshipaami = I put
kshipati = (6 pp) to throw
kshipa* = mfn. `" throwing, casting "' see %{giri-kS-}; m. a thrower W.; (%{A})
f. throwing, sending, casting g. %{-bhidA7di}; (for %{kSapA4}) night Comm. on
L.; (%{kSi4pA}) f. only instr. pl. %{-pAbhis} see 2. %{kSi4p}.
kshipaka* = m. an archer L.; (%{A}) f. ? Pa1n2. 7-3, 45 Va1rtt. 5; g.
%{pre7kSA7di}.
kshipakin* = mfn. fr. %{-kA} g. %{pre7kSA7di}.
kshipaNi* = f. `" moving speedily "', gallop [NBD.] RV. iv, 40, 4; a missile
weapon Un2.; a kind of net L.; = %{mantra} L.; = %{adhvaryu} L.; an oar Comm. on
L. (also %{-NI} f. ib.)
kshipaNu* = m. `" an archer "', or (%{u4}) n. `" a missile weapon "' RV. iv, 58,
6; (%{us}) m. air, wind Un2. iii,
kSipaNyu* = mfn. diffusive, what may be sent or scattered, fragrant L.; (%{us})
m. the body L.; spring Un2. iii, 51 Sch.
kshipta = neglected or distracted
kshipra = sudden, quick
kshipraM = soon
kshii = to dimnish
kshiiNakalmashhaaH = who are devoid of all sins
kshiiNe = spent-up/weakened state of
kshiina* =mfn. diminished, wasted, expended, lost, destroyed, worn away, waning
(as the moon) S'Br. MundUp. S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; weakened, injured, broken, torn,
emaciated, feeble Mn. vii, 166 Sus'r. Kâs'. on Pân. 6-4, 61 & viii, 2, 46 &c.;
delicate, slender S'ak. Gît. iv, 21 Naish. vii, 81; poor, miserable Pañcat. iv,
16 and 32; ({am}) n. N. of a disease of the pudenda muliebria Gal.
kshiira = milk
kshiirodaka* = m. N. of a tree Hcar. Sch.
ksiirodIya* = Nom. P. to behave like the ocean of milk Sâh.
kshiti * = 1 is f. dominion (Comm.) MBh. xiii, 76, 10.
kshiti4 * = 2 f. an abode, dwelling, habitation, house (cf. also {uru-} and
{su-kSiti4}, {dhruva4}.) RV.; (Naigh. i, 1) the earth, soil of the earth Mn.
MBh. R. &c.; the number `" one "' Bijag.; ({a4yas}) f. settlements, colonies,
races of men, nations (of which five are named; cf. {kRSTi4}) RV.; (said of the
families of the gods) iii, 20, 4; estates Râjat. v, 109 (cf. {uru-} and
{su-kSiti4}, {dhAraya4t-}, {dhruva4-}, {bhava-}, {raNa-}, {samara-}.)
kshi4ti * = 3 f. wane, perishing, ruin, destruction AV.; the period of the
destruction of the universe, end of the world L. (cf. {a4-}, {a4sura-}.)
kshIyamaaNa* = mfn. (Pass. p.) perishing, wasting away, decaying BhP. v, 22, 9
Hit. (cf. {a4}.)
kshiyaa* = f.. (g. {bhidA7di}) loss, waste, destruction L.; offence against the
customs Pân. 8-1, 60 and ii, 104.
kshnana = to annihilate
kshobha *= m. shaking, agitation, disturbance, tossing, trembling, emotion MBh.
R. Ragh. Vikr. Megh. &c. ; (in dram.) an emotion that is the cause of any harsh
speeches or reproaches Sa1h. 471 and 480 (cf. %{bala-kS-}.)
kshouti = to sneeze
kshobhaM = disturbance
kshobha* = m. shaking, agitation, disturbance, tossing, trembling, emotion MBh.
R. Ragh. Vikr. Megh. &c.; (in dram.) an emotion that is the cause of any harsh
speeches or reproaches Sa1h. 471 and 480 (cf. %{bala-kS-}.)
kshudra = insignificant, small
kshudraM = petty
kshudh = hunger
kshudhaa = hunger
kshudhaarta = hungry
kshudhyati = (4 pp) to be hungry
kshubhyati = (4 pp) to tremble
kshud* = 1 cl. 1. P. {kSo4dati}, to strike against, shake RV. vii, 85, 1 (Naigh.
ii, 14); Â. to move, be agitated or shaken RV. v, 58, 6: cl. 7. P. Â.
{kSuNatti}, {kSuntte} (impf. {akSuNat}; aor. 3. pl. {akSautsur}; fut.
{kSotsyati} Pân. 7-2, 10 Siddh.), to stamp or trample upon Bhathth.: Caus.
{kSodayati} (impf. {a4kSodayat}), to shake or agitate by stamping RV. iv, 19, 4;
to crush, pound, pulverise Sus'r.; (Nom. P. fr. {kSudra4}) to reduce, diminish
Bhathth. xviii, 26; [cf. Gk. $, $ for $, $, $ &102340[330, 2] $ Lith.
{skausti}?]
kshudhita 8 = mfn. hungered Pa1n2. 7-2, 52; (g. %{tArakA7di}) hungry ChUp. MBh.
R. Sus3r. Ragh.
kshudra V*= petty, * = mf({A})n. (compar. {kSodIyas}, superl. {-diSTha}, qq.vv.)
minute, diminutive, tiny, very small, little, trifling AV. VS. xiv, 30 TBr. iii
S'Br. ChUp. AitUp. Yâjñ. &c.; mean, low, vile Mn. vii, 27 Yâjñ. i, 309 MBh. &c.;
wicked (said in joke) Mâlav.; niggardly, avaricious L.; cruel L.; poor, indigent
L.; m. a small particle of rice L. [330, 3]; = {-roga} (q.v.) Sus'r.; =
{-panasa} (q.v.) L.; ({A}) f. (Pân. 4-3, 119) a kind of bee Bhpr.; a fly, gnat
L.; a base or despicable woman Pân. 4-1, 131; a maimed or crippled woman ib.
Pat.; a whore, harlot L.; a dancing girl L.; a quarrelsome woman L.; N. of
several plants (Solanum Jacquini, also another variety of Solanum, Oxalis
pusilla, Coix barbata, Nardostachys Jathâ-mânsî) L.; ({a4m}) n. a particle of
dust, flour, meal RV. i, 129, 6 and viii, 49, 4; [cf. Lith. {kUdikis}, `" an
infant "'; Pers. $ {kUdak}, `" small a boy. "']
kshulla * = mfn. (originally a Pra1kr2it form of %{kSudra4} ; derived fr. 2.
%{kSu4dh} and %{lA} Pa1n2. 6-2, 39 Ka1s3.) small, little, minute, inferior BhP.
kshullaka * = mf({A})n. (Naigh. iii, 2) little, small AV. ii, 32, 5 TS. S'Br. i
BhP.; low, vile L.; poor, indigent L.; wicked, malicious, abandoned L.; hard L.;
youngest L.; pained, distressed L.; m. a small shell L.; N. of a prince VP.
(v.l. {kSulika}); ({am}) n. a sort of play or game (= {muSTi-dyUta}) L.
kshura = (masc) knife
kshurakriyaa = (fem) shaving, cutting with a knife
kshurapatram.h = (n) blade
kshut* = 1 {t} f. a sneeze, sneezing MârkP. xxxv, 24.
kshuudra = weak (here)
kshveli*= see keli
kuumanas* = mfn. (1. {ku}) Ved. wicked-minded Pân. 6-3, 133 Kâs'.
ku * =1 a pronom. base appearing in {ku4tas}, {ku4tra}, {kuvi4d}, {ku4ha},
{kva4}, and as a prefix implying deterioration, depreciation, deficiency, want,
littleness, hindrance, reproach, contempt, guilt; originally perhaps {ku}
signified `" how (strange!) "'; as a separate word {ku} occurs only in the
lengthened form 3. {kU4} q.v. \\ =2 f. the earth Âryabh. VarBriS. VarBri. BhP.
vi, 1, 42; the ground or base of a triangle or other plane figure, Comm on
Âryabh.; the number `" one. "'
kU * = 1 or {ku} cl. 2. P. {kauti} (Ved. {kavIti} Pân. 7-3, 95), or cl. 1. Â.
{kavate} (Dhâtup. xxii, 54), or cl. 6. {kuvate} (ib. xxviii, 108), or cl. 9. P.
Â. {kU8nAti}, {kU8nAte} (perf. 3. pl. {cukuvur} Bhathth.), to sound, make any
noise, cry out, moan, cry (as a bird), coo, hum (as a bee) &c. Bhathth.: cl. 1.
{ka4vate}, to move Naigh. ii, 14: Intens. Â. {kokUyate} (Nir. Pân.) P. Â.
{kokavIti} and {cokUyate} (Pân. 7-4, 63 Kâs'.), to cry aloud Bhathth.; [cf. Gk.
$.] &92760[299, 1] \\2 ind. (= {kva4}) where? RV. v, 74, 1. \\3 {Us} f. a female
Pis'âca or goblin L.
kuhaka * = 1 m. (Un2. ii, 38) a cheat, rogue, juggler MBh. BhP. Ka1m.; an
impostor A1p.; a kind of frog Sus3r.; N. of a Na1ga prince BhP.; (%{am}) n.
juggling, deception, trickery Hit. BhP. &c.; (%{A}) f. id. MBh. v, 5461.//2 ind.
onomat. from the cry of a cock, &c., only in comp.
kuja = Mars
kujadoshha = Affliction caused by Mars occupying the 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th or 12th
houses. There are some more details and it is best to learn more about this
before delineating marital relationships
kula * = n. (ifc. f. {A}) a herd, troop, flock, assemblage, multitude, number,
&c. (of quadrupeds, birds, insects, &c., or of inanimate objects e.g. {go-kula},
a herd of cows R. &c.; {mahiSIk-}, a herd of female buffaloes Riitus.; {ali-k-},
a swarm of bees S'is'. Gît. &c.; {alaka-k-}, a multitude of curls BhP.); a race,
family, community, tribe, caste, set, company (e.g. {brAhmaNa-k-}, the caste of
the Brâhmans BhP.; {padAtInAM kula}, infantry Râjat. v, 247); (ifc. with a gen.
sg.) a lot, gang (e.g. {caurasya-k-}, a gang of thieves) Pân. 6-3, 21 Kâs'.; the
residence of a family, seat of a community, inhabited country (as much ground as
can be ploughed by two ploughs each drawn by six bulls Comm. on Mn. vii, 119)
[294, 3]; a house, abode MBh.; a noble or eminent family or race Mn. MBh. &c.;
high station (in comp. `" chief, principal "' cf. {kula-giri}, &c.); the body
L.; the front, forepart W.; a blue stone L.; (with S'âktas) N. of S'akti and of
the rites observed in her worship (cf. {kaula}); = {kula-nakSatra} q.v.
Tantras.; m. the chief of a corporation or guild L.; = {kula-vAra} q.v.
Tantras.; N. of a man R. vii, 43, 2; ({A}) f. `" a principal day "'N. of the 4th
and 8th and 12th and 14th day in a {pakSa}, or half-month Tantras.; ({I}) f. a
wife's elder sister L.; the plant Solanum Jacquini or Solanum longum L.
kU4la * = n. a declivity, slope RV. viii, 47, 11; a shore, bank S'Br. xiv Nir.
Mn. &c. (ifc. Pân. 6-2, 121; 129 & 135; f. {A} MBh. xiv, 1163); a heap, mound,
tope Car.; a pond or pool L.; the rear of an army L.; N. of a locality g.
{dhUmA7di}; [cf. {aja-kUlA}, {anu-kUla}, {ut-k-} &c.; cf. also Hib. {cul}, `"
custody, guard, defence, back part of anything "'; {col}, `" an impediment "';
Lat. {collis}?]
kulaM = family
kulaghnaanaaM = for those who are killers of the family
kulajanaa = of noble people
kuladharmaaH = the family traditions
kuladharmaaNaaM = of those who have the family traditions
kulaniha.ntaarau = family+destroyers (2 persons)
kulavinaasha = the destroyer of the kula(dynasty, lineage) of (Râkshasaas)
kulastriyaH = family ladies
kulasya = for the family
kulakshaya = in the destruction of a dynasty
kulakshaye = in destroying the family
kulaani = lineages
kulaalaH = (m) potter
kuliina = from a good family
kuliiraH = (m) a crab
kule = in the family
kulyaa = (f) canal (carrying water for irrigation)
kuNDa = starting place of kundalini* n. [{as} m. L.], a bowlshaped vessel,
basin, bowl, pitcher, pot, water-pot KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; a vessel for coals R. v,
10, 16 &c.; a round hole in the ground (for receiving and preserving water or
fire cf. {agni-kuNDa}), pit, well, spring or basin of water (especially
consecrated to some holy purpose or person) MBh. R. &c.; m. an adulterine, son
of a woman by another man than her husband while the husband is alive Mn. iii,
174; (see. {gola} and {-golaka} below); N. of S'iva MBh. xii, 10358; of a Nâga
MBh. i, 4828; of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh. i, 4550; ({A}) f. ( {kuND})
mutilation Pân. 3-3, 103 Kâs'.; N. of Durgâ L.; ({I}) f. (Pân. 4-1, 42) a bowl,
pitcher, pot Hcat. Prasannar.; ({ami}) n. ifc. a clump (e.g. {darbha-k-}, a
clump of Darbha grass) Pân. 6-2, 136; a particular measure L.; N. of certain
mystical figures; a particular appearance of the moon (surrounded by a circle)
VarBriS. iv, 15.
kunda *m. (Un. iv, 101) a kind of jasmine (Jasminum multiflorum or pubescens)
MBh. &c.; fragrant oleander (Nerium odorum, {karavIra}) L.; Olibanum (the resin
of the plant Boswellia thurifera) L.; a turner's lathe L.; one of Kubera's nine
treasures (N. of a {guhyaka} Gal.) L.; the number `" nine "' W.; N. of Vishnu
MBh. xiii. 7036; of a mountain BhP. v, 20, 10; ({am}) n. the jasmine flower.
kuNDala = coil of rope, ring
kuNDali = The Wheel or Horoscope Chart
kuNDalinii = a coiled female snake, the latent energy at the base of the spine
ku.njaraH = (Masc.nom.S)elephant
ku-pariikshaka = one who cannot judge value correctly
kukuTaasana = the cockerel (rooster) posture
kukkuTa = rooster
kukkuTaH = (m) cock
kukkuTii = (f) hen
kukkuraH = (m) dog
kunmalaH = (m) button
kula = family, dynasty
kulaaya * = n. (in later language also {as} m. Pañcat. &c.) a woven texture,
web, nest (of a bird), case or investing integument, receptacle, home AV. TS.
S'Br. &c.; the body as the dwellingplace of the soul AV. S'Br. xiv BhP.; the
kennel or resting-place of a dog Pân. 1-3, 21 Vârtt. 4; a place, spot in general
L.; (with {agneH} Vait.; or with {indrA7gnyoH} TândyaBr. Âs'vS'r. &c.) N. of a
particular Eka7ha (cf. {aindrA7gna-k-}.)
kumaniishin * = mfn. of slow intellect
kumantra * = m. a bad advice BhP.; a bad charm Kathâs.
kumantrin * = m. a bad counsellor BhP.
kumanas * = ({ku4-}) mfn. displeased, angry MaitrS. iv, 2, 13
kumaara = (m) boy, young
kumaaraH = boy
kumaarikaa = (f) girl
kumaari * = (shortened for {-rI} q.v.; cf. Pân. 6-3, 63).
kumaarii = (f) girl, young* = f. of {-ra4} q.v.; (mfn.) desirous of a daughter
Pân. 1-4, 3 Pat
kumbha = The Zodiacal sign of Aquarius
kumbhaka = holding the breath:* = m. ifc. a pot Kathâs.; a measure (of grain,
&c.) Jyot.; the prominence on the upper part of an elephant's forehead MBh. xii,
4280; ({as}, {am}) m. n. stopping the breath by shutting the mouth and closing
the nostrils with the fingers of the right hand (a religious exercise) BhP.
Veda7ntas. Sarvad. &c.; m. the base of a column Buddh.; N. of an attendant of
Skanda MBh. ix, 2577; ({ikA}) f. a small pot or pitcher Kathâs. vi, 41; the
plant Myrica sapida Bhpr.; the plant Pistia Stratiotes L.; Bignonia suaveolens
L.; a small shrub (= {droNapuSpI}) L.; a disease of the eyes (= {kumbhIkA}); N.
of one of the mothers in Skanda's retinue MBh. ix, 2633.
kumuda * = n. [{as} m. L.], `" exciting what joy "', the esculent white
water-lily (Nymphaea esculenta) AV. iv, 34, 5 Sus'r. S'ak. &c.; the red lotus
(Nymphaea rubra) L.; m. camphor Bhpr.; (in music) N. of a Dhruvaka; N. of a
particular comet VarBriS.; of a Nâga MBh. Ragh.; of an attendant of Skanda [MBh.
ix, 2558] or of Vishnu [BhP.]; of the elephant of the south-west or southern
quarter L.; of a Daitya L.; of a son of Gada by Briihatî Hariv. 9193; of a
confidant of king Unmatta7vanti Râjat.; of a monkey-hero MBh. R.; of a poet; of
a pupil of Pathya BhP. xii, 7, 2; of a mountain BhP. VP.; of one of the smaller
Dvîpas VP.; ({A}) f. a form of Durgâ BhP. x, 2, 12 MatsyaP.; the plant Gmelina
arborea L.; the plant Pistia Stratiotes L.; the plant Desmodium gangeticum L.;
the plant Grislea tomentosa L.; another plant (commonly Kathphala) L.; ({I}) f.
the plant Kathphala (Myrica sapida); ({am}) n. camphor L.; silver L.
kunchikaa = (f) key
kuntaH = (m) spear
kuNthha* = * = mfn. (g. {kaDArA7di}) blunt, dull MBh. i, 1178 R. &c.; stupid,
indolent, lazy, foolish
kuntibhojaH = Kuntibhoja
kuntiiputraH = the son of Kunti
kunda = night lily
kupita = angered* = mfn. provoked, incensed, offended, angry.
kupitaM = angry
kupyati = (4 pp) to be angry
kupyasi = you get angry
kurma = a tortoise, one of the vital airs - controls blinking
kurmaasana = the tortoise (leg-lock) posture
kuranga = deer
kuru = do
kurute = does (from kRi)
kurunandana = O beloved child of the Kurus
kurupraviira = O best among the Kuru warriors
kuruvriddhaH = the grandsire of the Kuru dynasty (Bhishma)
kurushreshhTha = O best of the Kurus
kurushhva = do
kurusattama = O best amongst the Kurus
kurukshetre = in the place named Kuruksetra
kuruun.h = the members of the Kuru dynasty
kuryaaM = I perform
kuryaat.h = must do
kurvaaNa *= mfn. (pr. p. A1.) doing , making ; acting as a servant , agent L.
kurva.nti = (Vr.Pr.IIIP Pl.PP)do; act
kurvan.h = doing anything
kurvanti = do (from kRi)
kurvantu = may do
kurvannapi = although engaged in work
kurvavadhaanaM = pay attention
kurvaaNa = one who does* = mfn. (pr. p. A1.) doing, making ; acting as a
servant, agent L.
kurvaaNaH = performing
kurvaan.h = doing
kurvat *= mfn. (pr. p. P., 1. %{kR}) doing, acting, &c. ; acting as a servant,
agent, servant L. ; present, actual AitBr. iv, 31, 3.
kus'a * = m. grass S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. KâtyS'r. Âs'vGri.; (the Brâhmanas commonly
call it {darbha4}); the sacred grass used at certain religious ceremonies (Poa
cynosuroides, a grass with long pointed stalks) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; a rope (made
of Kus'a grass) used for connecting the yoke of a plough with the pole L.; N. of
a son of Vasu Uparicara Hariv. 1806; of the founder of Kus'athalî SkandaP.; of a
son of Balâka7s'va (grandson of Balâka, father of Kus'âmba or Kus'a-nâbha) R.
BhP. ix, 19, 4; of a son of Suhotra (cf. {kAza}) BhP.; of a son of Vidarbha ib.;
of a son of Râma (cf. {kuzIlava}) Hariv. 822 BhP. Ragh. xvi, 72; of and son of
Lava (king of Kas'mira) Râjat. i, 88; one of the great Dvîpas or divisions of
the universe (surrounded by the sea of liquified butter) BhP. v, 1, 32 VP. [297,
1]; ({A}) f. (Pân. 8-3, 46) a small pin or piece of wood (used as a mark in
recitation) Lâthy. ii, 6, 1 and 4; a cord (cf. {ka4zA}) L.; a horse's bridle
(cf. {ka4zA}) L.; N. of a plant (commonly Madhu-karkathikâ) L.; ({I4}) f. ( =
{kuzA}) a small pin (used as a mark in recitation and consisting of wood
[MaitrS. iv] or of metal [TBr. i S'Br. iii]; a ploughshare L.; a pod of cotton
L.; ({am}) n. water; (mfn.) wicked, depraved L.; mad, inebriate L.
kushalaM = welfare
kuSIda* = mfn. indifferent, apathetic W.; (%{am}) n. for %{kusIda} q.v. L.
kusida* = m. id. Pa1n2. 4-1, 37.
kusIda* = mfn. (fr. 1. %{ku} and %{sad}?; cf. %{kuSIda}), lazy, inert (?) TS.
vii; (%{am}) n. any loan or thing lent to be repaid with interest, lending money
upon interest, usury TS. iii Gobh. Gaut. Pa1n2. &c.; red sandal wood L.; (%{as},
%{A}) mf. a money-lender, usurer L.
kus'ala * =mf({A})n. (ganas {sidhmA7di}, {zreNy-Adi}, and {zramaNA7di}) right,
proper, suitable, good (e.g. {kuzalaM} {man}, to consider good, approve AitBr.
S'ânkhS'r.); well, healthy, in good condition, prosperous R. &c.; fit for,
competent, able, skilful, clever, conversant with (loc. [Pân. 2-3, 40 ChUp. Mn.
&c.] gen. [Pân. 2-3, 40 Yâjñ. ii, 181] inf. [MBh.], or in comp. [gana
{zauNDA7di}; Gaut Mn. &c.]); ({As}) m. pl.N. of a people MBh. vi, 359; N. of the
Brâhmans in Kus'advîpa BhP. v, 20, 16; m. N. of S'iva; of a prince VP.; of a
grammarian (author of the Pañjikâ-pradîpa); ({A}) f. N. of a woman g.
{bAhv-Adi}; ({I}) f. the plant Oxalis Corniculata (= {azmantaka}) L.; the plant
{kSudrA7mlikA} L.; ({am}) n. welfare, well-being, prosperous condition,
happiness TUp. Gaut. Âp. MBh. &c. [{kuzalam-pracch}, to ask after another's
welfare, to say `" how do you do? "' Mn. MBh. &c.; {kuzalaM te} (optionally with
dat. Pân. 2-3, 73), `" hail to thee! "' (used as a salutation, especially in
greeting a Brâhman) MBh. &c.]; benevolence R. ii, 34, 22; virtue L.; cleverness,
competence, ability Pañcat.; N. of a Varsha governed by Kus'ala VP.; ({am}) ind.
well, in a proper manner, properly ChUp.; (in comp.) g. {vispaSTA7di}; happily,
cheerfully, (with {As}, `" to be well "') BhP.; ({ena}) ind. in due order Gobh.
(also in comp. {kuzala-}).
kushale = in the auspicious
kushahasta = holding kusha grass in hand
kus'asthala *= n. N. of the town Ka1nyakubja Hcar. ; (%{I}) f. N. of the town
Dva1raka1 MBh. ii , 614 Hariv. BhP. Ba1lar.
kushmâNDa * = m. (cf. {kUSm-}) a kind of pumpkin-gourd (Beninkasa cerifera) MBh.
xiii, 4364 ({kUzm-} ed. Bomb.) Sus'r.; = {bhrUNA7ntara} (a state of the womb in
gestation W.) L.; false conception (?); ({am}) n. N. of the verses VS. xx, 14
ff. TÂr. ({kUzm-}) MBh. xiii, 6236 ff. ({kUzm-} ed. Bomb.); ({As}) m. pl. a
class of demons (or of demi-gods attached to S'iva; cf. {kumbhA7NDa}) BhP. x VP.
({kUSm-}) Kathâs.; m. N. of a demon causing disease Hariv. 9560 (v.l. {kUSm-});
({I}) f. the gourd Beninkasa Cerifera L.; N. of the verses VS. xx, 14 ff. (see
{kUSm-}) L.; N. of Durgâ Hariv. 10245 (v.l. {kUSm-}).
kusidaayii* = f. (Pân. 4-1, 37) id. Kâthh. x, 5; the wife of a money-lender L.
kusIdaayii* = f. the wife of a usurer Vop. iv, 25.
kushiida* = mfn. indifferent, apathetic W.; ({am}) n. for {kusIda} q.v. L.
kusida* = m. id. Pân. 4-1, 37.
kusiida* = mfn. (fr. 1. {ku} and {sad}?; cf. {kuSIda}), lazy, inert (?) TS. vii;
({am}) n. any loan or thing lent to be repaid with interest, lending money upon
interest, usury TS. iii Gobh. Gaut. Pân. &c.; red sandal wood L.; ({as}, {A})
mf. a money-lender, usurer L.
kusuma = flower * = (fr. {kus} Un.; g. {ardharcA7di}), a flower, blossom Mn. xi,
70 R. &c. (ifc. f. {A}) Mâlav. & Ratnâv. [298, 2]; N. of the shorter sections of
Deves'vara's Kavi-kalpa-latâ (the longer chapters being called {stabaka}); fruit
L.; the menstrual discharge L.; a particular disease of the eyes L.; m. a form
of fire Hariv. 10465; N. of an attendant of the sixth Arhat of the present
Avasarpinî L.; N. of a prince Buddh.
kusumaakaraH = spring
kusumita = blooming
kusyati = (4 pp) to embrace, to hug
kuTiichaka = the hut-builder
kuTiilbuddhii = adj. heinous, attrocious, nefarious
kuTuMbakaM = small family
kuTumba = family
kuTumbaka = family
kuTTati = to grind, to pound
kutaH = from where
kutha * = {as} or {am} m. n. a house, family (cf. {kuTi}) RV. i, 46, 4 [?=
{kRta} Nir. v, 24]; a water-pot, pitcher L.; m. a fort, stronghold L.; a hammer,
mallet for breaking small stones, ax L.; a tree L.; a mountain L.; N. of a man
g. {azvA7di} and {kurv-Adi} [also RV. i, 46, 4, accord. to Gmn.]; ({I}) f. g.
{gaurA7di} (Ganar. 47).
kuta * = m. N. of one of the eighteen attendants of the sun (identified with the
god of the ocean) L.
kutra = where
kutsya = despicable
kuuja.ntaM = making the `coo'ing sound
kuujat.h = the singing (chirping) one
kuuTasthaM = unchanging
kuuTasthaH = spiritually situated
kuupaH = (m) well
kuupii = (f) bottle
kuurchikaa = (f) paint brush, drawing brush
kuurdati = to jump
kuurparaH = (m) elbow
kuurmaH = tortoise
kuushmâNDa * = v.l. for {kuSm-} q.v.; ({A}) f. N. of Durgâ; ({I}) f. id. (see
{kuSm-}); ({yas}) f. pl.N. of the verses VS. xx, 14-16 (spoken in a certain rite
for penance or expiation) Yâjñ. iii, 304; ({am}, {Ani}) n. sg. and pl. id. Gaut.
Mn. viii, 106.
kuutha * = n. the bone of the forehead with its projections or prominences, horn
RV. x, 102, 4 AV. S'Br. AitBr.; a kind of vessel or implement Kaus'. 16; ({as},
{am}) m. n. any prominence or projection (e.g. {aMsa-k-}, {akSi-k-}, qq. vv.);
summit, peak or summit of a mountain MBh. &c.; summit, head i.e. the highest,
most excellent, first BhP. ii, 9, 19; a heap, multitude (e.g. {abhra-k-}, a
multitude of clouds) MBh. R. BhP.; part of a plough, ploughshare, body of a
plough L.; an iron mallet MBh. xvi, 4, 6; a trap for catching deer, concealed
weapon (as a dagger in a wooden case, sword-stick, &c.) R. Pañcat.; ({as} L.;
{am}) m. n. illusion, fraud, trick, untruth, falsehood L.; a puzzling question,
enigma BhP. vi, 5, 10 and 29; m. a kind of hall (= {maNDapa}) Hcat.; N. of a
particular constellation VarBri. xii, 8 and 16; a subdivision of Graha-yuddha
Sûryas.; a mystical N. of the letter {kSa} RâmatUp.; N. of Agastya (cf.
{kuTaja}) L.; of an enemy of Vishnu R. BhP. x; ({as}, {am}) m. n. uniform
substance (as the etherial element, &c.) L.; a water-jar Hcar.; a kind of plant
L.; ({as}, {I}) mf. a house, dwelling (cf. {kuTa} and {kuTI}) L.; ({kUta4})
mf({A4})n. not horned or cornuted (as an animal with incomplete continuations of
the bone of the forehead) AV. xii, 4, 3 TS. i Kâthh. &c.; false, untrue,
deceitful Mn. Yâjñ. Kathâs. &c.; base (as coins) Yâjñ. ii, 241; m. an ox whose
horns are broken L.; ({am}) n. counterfeited objects (of a merchant) VarBri.
xiv, 3.
kva = where
kvachit.h = at any time, sometimes, at that time
kvathati = to boil
kyAn *V: of what extent, how much
L
laabha = acquirement, acquisition* = m. meeting with, finding Mn. Katha1s.;
obtaining, getting, attaining, acquisition, gain, profit Mn. MBh. &c.; capture,
conquest Hariv. VarBr2S.; apprehension, perception, knowledge S3am2k. Sa1h.
BhP.; enjoying MW.; N. of the 11th astrological house or lunar mansion VarBr2S.
(also %{-sthAna}, Cat)
laabhaM = gain
laabhaalaabhau = both profit and loss
laaghava = sweetness, kindness, lightness n. (fr. {laghu}) * = swiftness,
rapidity, speed MBh. R.; alacrity, versatility, dexterity, skill MBh. Kâv. &c.;
lightness (also of heart), ease, relief Mn. Yâjñ. Sus'r.; levity,
thoughtlessness, inconsiderateness, rashness R. Kathâs.; insignificance,
unimportance, smallness R. Mâlav. MârkP.; (in prosody) shortness of a vowel or
syllable (opp. to {gaurava}), Ping.; shortness of expression, brevity,
conciseness Sarvad. Kâty. Sch.; lack of weight or consequence, derogation of
dignity, slight, disrespect MBh. Kâv. &c.
laaghavaM = with ease or lightness
laajaiH = with the roasted rice, wheat flakes
laakiNii = the goddess in manipuraka
laakshaNa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {lakSaNa}) relating to or acquainted with
characteristic signs or marks APrât. Sch.
laakshmaNa * = mf({I})n. (fr. {lakSmaNa}) relating to the plant Lakshmanâ
Vâgbh.; a patr. fr. {lakSmaNa} Sanskârak.
laal.h = to pamper
laalasa* =mf({A})n. (fr. Intens. of {las}) eagerly longing for, ardently
desirous of, delighting or absorbed in, devoted or totally given up to (loc. or
comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-tA} f.); m. and ({A}) f. longing or ardent desire, fond
attachment or devotion to (loc.) Bhartri. Bâlar. (L. also `" regret, sorrow;
asking, soliciting; the longing of a pregnant woman; dalliance "'); ({A}) f. a
kind of metre Ping. Sch.
laava* =1 {lAvaka} &c. see p. 905, col, 2. \\2 {lAvaka} w.r. for {lAba},
{lAbaka}. \\* = mf({I})n. (ifc.) cutting, cutting off, plucking, reaping,
gathering Ragh. Sâh.; cutting to pieces, destroying, killing Bhathth.
laavaNa =* mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{lavaNa}) saline, salt, salted, cooked or dressed
with salt Hariv. Sus3r.; m. N. of the salt sea which surrounds Jambudvi1pa L.
labdha* = m mfn. taken, seized, caught, met with, found &c.; got at, arrived (as
a moment) Kathâs.; obtained (as a quotient in division) Col. (cf. {labdhi});
({A}) f. N. of a partic. heroine L.; a woman whose husband or lover is faithless
W.
labdhaM = gained
labdhaa = regained
labdhvaa = having achieved
labh.h = to obtain (see also laabha)
labhate = (1 ap) to get, to obtain
labhante = do achieve
labhasva = gain
labhe = I obtain
labhet.h = gains
labhya = Easy
labhyaH = can be achievedlaguDa = a club, a stick
lac = a one hundred thoausand
ladduka = laddoo, a sweet-ball
lagna = The Ascendant or 1st house
lagnadhipati = Ascendant lord
laghu = small / inferior / light
laghuH = light
laghuDa = club, stick
laghutvaM = lightness
laghutaa * = f. quickness, promptness, agility, dexterity MBh. Ma1rkP.;
lightness, ease, facility Sus3r. R2itus.; feeling of ease, fñfeeling of bodily
freshness Ka1ran2d2.; prosodial shortness VarBr2S.; smallness, littleness,
meanness, insignificance MBh. Ra1jat. S3is3.; light-mindedness, thoughtlessness,
levity, wantonness R.; want of rank or dignity, humbleness, disregard,
disrespect Ka1v. Pan5cat. &c.
laghvaashii = eating a small quantity
lAja * =m. (or %{A} f.) pl. fried or parched grain (esp. rice grain) VS. &c.
&c.; n. the root of Andropogon Muricatus L.
lajjaa = modesty\\* = f. shame, modesty, bashfulness, embarrassment (also Shame
personified as the wife of Dharma and mother of Vinaya) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the
sensitive plant, Mimosa Pudica L.
lajja* =m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants Vop.; ({A}) f. see below.
laJja* = m. (only L.) a foot, a tail; = {kaccha}; = {paGgu}; ({A}) f. (only L.)
an adulteress; sleep; a current; N. of Lakshmî.
lajjyate = (1 ap) to be ashamed, embarrassed.
lakshaNa* = mfn. indicating, expressing indirectly Veda7ntas.; m. Ardea Sibirica
L.; N. of a man Râjat. (often confounded with, {lakSmaNa}); ({A}) f. see s.v.;
n. (ifc. f. {A}) a mark, sign, symbol, token, characteristic, attribute, quality
(ifc. = `" marked or characterized by "', `" possessed of "') Mn. MBh. &c.; a
stroke, line (esp. those drawn on the sacrificial ground) S'Br. GriS'rS.; a
lucky mark, favourable sign GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; a symptom or indication of
disease, Cat; a sexual organ MBh. xiii, 2303; a spoon (?) DivyA7v; accurate
description, definition, illustration Mn. Sarvad. Sus'r.; settled rate, fixed
tariff Mn. viii, 406; a designation, appellation, name (ifc. = `" named "', `"
called "') Mn. MBh. Kâv.; a form, species, kind, sort (ifc.= `" taking the form
of "', `" appearing as "') Mn. S'ank. BhP.; the act of aiming at, aim, goal,
scope, object (ifc. = `" concerning "', `" relating to "', `" coming within the
scope of "') APrât. Yâjñ. MBh. BhP.; reference, quotation Pân. 1-4, 84; effect,
operation, influence ib. i, 1, 62 &c.; cause, occasion, opportunity R. Das'.;
observation, sight, seeing W.
lakshaNA* = f. aiming at, aim, object, view Hariv.; indication, elliptical
expression, use of a word for another word with a cognate meaning (as of `" head
"' for `" intellect "'), indirect or figurative sense of a word (one of its
three Arthas; the other two being {abhidhA} or proper sense, and {vyaJjanA} or
suggestive sñsense; with {sA7ropA}, the placing of a word in its figurative
sense in apposition to another in its proper sñsense) Sâh. Kpr. Bhâshâp. &c.
[892, 2]; the female of the Ardea Sibirica (= {lakSmaNA}) Sus'r.; a goose Un.
iii, 7 Sch.; N. of an Apsaras MBh. Hariv.
laksh * = cl. 1. Â. {lakSate}, to perceive, observe BhP. Kathâs.; (P. {-ti}), to
recognise MBh.; cl. 10. P. Â. (Dhâtup. xxxii, 5; xxxiii, 23; rather Nom. fr.
{lakSa} below) {lakSayati}, {-te} (aor. {alalakSat}, {-ta}; inf. {lakSayitum};
ind. p. {lakSayitvA}, {-lakSya}), to mark, sign MBh.; to characterize, define
(in Comms.); to indicate, designate indirectly S'ank. Kpr. Sâh. Sarvad.; to aim,
it (as to aim an arrow at any object), direct towards, have in view, mean Kâs'.
on Pân. 2-3, 37 &c.; to consider or regard any one (acc.) as (acc. with or
without {iva}) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; to suppose of any one (acc.) that he will &c.
(oratio recta with {iti}) MBh. iii, 10375; to know, understand, recognise by
(instr.) or as (acc.) or that &c. (oratio recta with {iti}) MBh. Kâv. Pur.; to
notice, perceive, observe, see, view MaitrUp. Mn. MBh. &c.: Pass. {lakSyate}, to
be marked &c.; to be meant or intended Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 14 &c.; to be named or
called (with double nom.) BhP.; to be perceived or seen, appear, seem, look like
(nom. with or without {iva}) MBh. Kâv. &c.: Desid. see {lilakSayiSita}.
lakshataa * = f. the state of being a mark or aim MW.
lakshes'a * = m. = {lakSA7dhI7za} Kâv.
lakshaka * = mfn. indicating, hinting at, expressing indirectly or elliptically
or by metonymy Sâh.; N. of two men Râjat.; n. a lac, one hundred thousand
Pañcar.
laksha = Lakh, 100, 000 in number, also sight
lakshaNaM = symptom; indication; aspect; characteristics
lakshmaNa * = mf({A4})n. having marks or signs or characteristics TS.; endowed
with auspicious signs or marks, lucky, fortunate L.; m. Ardea Sibirica Âpast.;
N. of a Vâsishthha g. {zubhrA7di}; of a son of Das'a-ratha by his wife Su-mitrâ
(he was younger brother and companion of Râma during his travels and adventures;
LñLakshmana4 and S'atru-ghna were both sons of Su-mitrâ, but LñLakshmana4 alone
is usually called Saumitri; he so attached himself to Râma as to be called
RñRâma's second self; whereas S'atru-ghna attached himself to Bharata) R. Pur.
&c.; N. of various authors and other persons (also with {AcArya}, {kavi},
{dezika}, {dvivedin}, {paNDita}, {bhaTTa}, {zAstrin}, {sUri} &c.) Cat.; ({A}) f.
the female of the Ardea Sibirica MBh.; a goose Un. iii, 7 Sch.; a kind of
potherb Car.; N. of various other plants (Hemionitis Cordifolia; Uraria
Lagopodioides; = {putra-kandA} and a white-flowering Kanthaka7ri). L.; N. of a
wife of Kriishna Hariv. Pur.; of a daughter of Dur-yodhana (carried off by
Sâmbha, a son of Kriishna) BhP.; of an Apsaras Hariv.; of a Buddhist Devî
Kâlac.; of the mother of the 8th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.; n. a mark,
sign, token MBh. R. &c. (often v.l. {lakSaNa}), a name L.
lakshmaNapuurvajaM = the (earlier-born)elder of LakshmaNa
lakshmaNaanucharo = having LakshmaNa as the follower
lakshmaNo = laksshmaNaH
lakshmaNopetaM = having Lakshmana nearby
lakshmi = goddess of wealth, beauty and luck, wife of Vishnu
lakshmii = wealth
lakSya *= mfn. to be marked or characterized or defined, Kap. Sch.; to be
indicated, indirectly denoted or expressed Sâh. Veda7ntas.; (to be) kept in view
or observed VarBriS. Kathâs.; to be regarded as or taken for (nom.) S'is'. Hit.;
to be recognised or known, recognisable by (instr. or comp.) Hariv. Kâlid.
Dhûrtas.; observable, perceptible, visible MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. N. of a magical
formula or spell recited over weapons R.; n. an object aimed at, prize MBh. R.
Kâm.; (exceptionally also n. with m. as v.l.) an aim, butt, mark, goal Up. Gaut.
MBh. &c. ({lakSyaM-labh}, to attain an object, have success; {lakSyam-bandh}
with loc., `" to fix or direct the aim at "', with {AkAze} = {AkAze
lakSam-bandh} see under {lakSa}) [893, 2]; the thing defined (opp. to {lakSaNa})
A.; an indirect or secondary meaning (that derived from {lakSaNA}, q.v.) Kpr.; a
pretence, sham, disguise Ragh. Kâm. (cf. {-supta}); a lac or one hundred
thousand Râjat.; an example, illustration (?) Sâh.; often v.l. or w.r. for
{lakSa} and {lakSman}.
lakshyam.h = (n) aim, target, goal
lakshyamaatravyaapakaH = lakshyam + atra + vyApakaH:goal or target + here +
manifested
lalaama *= mf(%{I})n. having a mark or spot on the forehead, marked with paint
&c. (as cattle) AV. TS.; having any mark or sign MBh.; beautiful, charming L.;
eminent, best of its kind (f. %{A}) L.; m. n. ornament, decoration,
embellishment MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (%{I}) f. N. of a female demon AV.; a kind of
ornament for the ears L.; n. (only L.) a coloured mark on the forehead of a
horse or bull; a sectarial mark; any mark or sign or token; a line, row; a flag,
banner; a tail; a horse; = %{prabhAva}.
lalaaman *= n. an ornament, decoration Vcar. ; (only L.) a sectarial mark ; any
mark or sign ; a banner, flag ; a tail ; a horn ; a horse ; chief or principal ;
a species of stanza (having 10 syllables in the first two Pa8das, 11 in the
third, and 13 in the fourth) ; = %{ramya} or %{sukha}.
lalaaTa = the forehead
lalaaTaka = (n) forehead
lalita = lovely, beautiful, elegant, graceful
laMbodaraM = having a long stomach
laMbodaraaya = to the long-stomached
lampaTa * = mf({A})n. covetous, greedy, lustful, desirous of or addicted to
(loc. or comp.) Inscr. Kâv. Pur.; m. a libertine, lecher, dissolute person, w.;
({A}) f. a partic. personification L.
lampaTa-tA * = n. greediness, dissoluteness, lewdness.
laampaTya * = n. (fr. {lampaTa}) lasciviousness, lustfulness, dissoluteness
Nalac.
lankaa = the kingdon of Ravana, Ceylon or Sri Lanka
la.ngh.h = to climb
lashunam.h = (n) garlic
lasatbhiH = glowing
lasiikaa* = f. watery humour in the body, lymph, serrum &c. Car. Bhpr.; the
juice of the sugar-cane L.; a tendon, muscle L.
lasitaM = beautified
lata = creeper
lataa = (f) creeper, vine
laulikii = a movement of the abdominal muscles and organs
laukika * = mf({I})n. (fr. {loka}) worldly, terrestrial, belonging to or
occurring in ordinary life, common, usual, customary, temporal, not sacred (as
opp. to {vaidika}, {ArSa}, {zAstrIya} [909, 3]; {laukiheSu} ind. = {loke} `" in
ordinary or popular speech "', opp. to {vaidikeSu} Nir.) S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.;
(ifc.) belonging to the world of(ct. {brahma-l-}); m. common or ordinary men (as
opp. to `" the learned, initiated "' &c.) S'ank. Sarvad.; men familiar with the
ways of the world, men of the world Uttarar.; men in general, people, mankind
MBh.; n. anything occurring in the world, general custom, usage S'ak. MârkP.; a
persoñs ordinary occupation BhP.
laulya * = n. (fr. %{lola}) restlessness, Suar. ; unsteadiness, inconstancy,
fickleness Hariv. ; lustfulness, eagerness, greediness, passion, ardent longing
for (loc. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.
lava = Piece * = m. (1. {lU}) the act of cutting, reaping (of corn), mowing,
plucking or gathering (of flowers &c.), Das. Nalo7d.; that which is cut or shorn
off, a shorn fleece, wool, hair Mn. Ragh.; anything cut off, a section,
fragment, piece, particle, bit, little piece ({am} ind. a little; {lavam api},
even a little) MBh. Kâv. &c. (cf. {padAti-l-}); a minute division of time, the
60th of a twinkling, half a second, a moment (accord. to others 1/4000 or 1/5400
or 1/20250 of a Muhûrta) ib.; (in astron.) a degree Gol.; (in alg.) the
numerator of a fraction Col.; the space of 2 Kâshthhâs L.; loss, destruction L.;
sport L. (cf. {lala}); Perdix Chinensis W.; N. of a son of Râmacandra and Sîtâ
(he and his twin-brother Kus'a were brought up by the sage Vâlmîki and taught by
him to repeat his Râmâyana at assemblies; cf. {kuzI-lava}) R. Ragh. Uttarar.
Pur.; of a king of Kas'mîra (father of Kus'a) Râjat.; n. (only L.) nutmeg;
cloves; the root of Andropogon Muricatus; a little (cf. m.).
lavana=* mfn. one who cuts &c., a cutter, reaper g. %{nandy-Adi}; (%{I}) f.
Anona Reticulata L.; n. the act of cutting, reaping, mowing &c. Ka1tyS3r.; an
implement for cutting, sickle, knife &c. Kaus3. (see %{darbha-l-}).
lavaNa=*mf(%{A})n. (derivation doubtful) saline, salt, briny, brinish S3Br. &c.
&c. (%{-NaM@kRtvA}, or %{kRtya} g. %{sAkSA7di}); tasteful, graceful, handsome,
beautiful W.; m. saltness, saline taste W.; the sea of salt water (in MBh. vi,
236 &c. one of the seven oceans which surround the Dvi1pas in concentric belts)
IW. 420; N. of a hell VP. (v.l. %{savana}); of a Ra1kshasa or Daitya MBh. Hariv.
Pur.; of a king belonging to the family of Haris3candra Cat.; of a son of Ra1ma
(= %{lava} q.v.) S3atr.; of a river L.; = %{bala} and %{asthi-deva} L.; (%{A})
f. lustre, grace, beauty L. (cf. %{lAvaNya}); Cardiospermum Halicacabum L.; N.
of a river Ma1lati1m.; (%{I}) f. (g. %{gaurA7di}) N. of various rivers L.; n.
(according to some also m. and %{A} f.) salt (esp. seasalt, rock or fossil salt;
but also factitious salt or salt obtained from saline earth) AV. &c. &c.;
oversalted food L.; lustre, beauty, charm, grace (ifc. see, %{nir-l-} and
%{lava-NA7kara}); a partic. mode of fighting (prob. w.r. for %{lambana}) Hariv.
lavanga = clove
lavangaH = (m) cloves
lavaNa = (m) salty
lavaNam.h = (n) salt
lavana = mineral
layaM = tranquillity or the lull after destruction or the Deluge
layayoga = yoga using the latent power of kundalini
lekhya * = 2 mfn. to be scratched or scraped or scarified Sus'r.; to be written
or transcribed Yâjñ. MârkP.; to be drawn or painted Yâjñ.; to be portrayed,
painted BhP.; to be written down or numbered among (loc.) Kâvya7d.; favourable
to the gods (said of Vishnu) Vishn. (Sch.); n. the act or the art of writing,
Mbh. R.; copying, transcribing VarBriS.; delineation, drawing, painting ib.; a
writing, letter, manuscript Kâm. Kathâs. Sâh.; (in law) any written document
(esp. a written accusation or defence) Vishn. Yâjñ. (cf. IW. 293); an
inscription MBh. xiii, 6330; ({gaNanA-}) a catalogue, list of Ragh.; a painted
figure BhP.
lekha = writings, article
lekhanii = (f) pencil
lekhaphalakam.h = (n) slate
lekhaani = writings
lepa = smearing
lepakaaraH = (m) person who builds houses
lelihyase = You are licking
lesha = little-bit, slight
lihanta: * licking
liilaa * = f. (derivation doubtful) play, sport, diversion, amusement, pastime
MBh. Kâv. &c.; mere sport or play, child's play, ease or facility in doing
anything ib.; mere appearance, semblance, pretence, disguise, sham Kâv. Kathâs.
Pur. (ibc. sportively, easily, in sport, as a mere joke [903, 3]; also =
{lIlayA} ind. for mere diversion, feignedly); grace, charm, beauty, elegance,
lovelniess Kâlid. Kathâs. Râjat.; (in rhet.) a maideñs playful imitation of her
lover, Dalar. Sâh. Pratâp.; a kind of metre (4 times $) Col.; N. of a Yogini
HParis'.
liina * = mfn. clung or pressed closely together, attached or devoted to, merged
in (loc. or comp.) R. Sarvad. ; sticking Mahi1dh. ; lying or resting on, staying
in, lurking, hiding MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; dissolved, absorbed in (loc. or comp.),
disappeared, vanished S3vetUp. MBh. &c. ; n. the clinging to, being dissolved or
absorbed in, disappearance Pan5car.
likh.h = to write
likhati = wrote
likhitavaan.h = wrote
limpati = (6 pp) to anoint
limpanti = do affect
lin´ga*= n. (once m. in Nr2isUp.; ifc. f. %{A}, %{I} only in %{viSNu-liGgI};
prob. fr. %{lag}; cf. %{lakSa}, %{lakSaNa}) a mark, spot, sign, token, badge,
emblem, characteristic (ifc. = %{tal-liGga}, `" having anything for a mark or
sign "') Up. MBh. &c.; any assumed or false badge or mark, guise, disguise MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; a proof, evidence Kan2. Ka1tyS3r. Sarvad.; a sign of guilt, corpus
delicti Ya1jn5. Sch.; the sign of gender or sex, organ of generation Mn. Hariv.
Pur. &c.; the male organ or Phallus (esp. that of S3iva worshipped in the form
of a stone or marble column which generally rises out of a %{yoni}, q.v., and is
set up in temples dedicated to S3iva; formerly 12 principal S3iva-lin3gas
existed, of which the best known are Soma-na1tha in Gnjara1t, Maha1-ka1la at
Ujjayini1, Vis3ve7s3vara at Benares &c.; but the number of Lin3gas in India is
estimated at 30 millions IW. 322 n. RTL. 78, 1; 90) MBh. R. &c.; gender (in
gram.; cf. %{puM-l-}), Prst. Pa1n2.; the image of a god, an idol VarBr2S.; (in
logic) = %{vyApya}, the invariable mark which proves the existence of anything
in an object (as in the proposition `" there is fire because there is smoke "',
smoke is the %{liGga}; cf. IW. 62); inference, conclusion, reason (cf.
%{kAvya-l-}); = %{lingazarIra} (in Vedanta); anything having an origin and
therefore liable to be destroyed again Kap.; = %{AkAza} Ka1ran2d2.; (in
Sa1m2khya) = %{prakRti} or %{pradhAna}, `" the eternal procreative germ "' L.
[902,1]; = %{vyakta} L.; cf. RTL. 30; = %{prAtipadika}, the crude base or
uninflected stem of a noun (shortened into %{li}) Vop. Sch.; (in rhet.) an
indication (word that serves to fix the meaning of another word; e.g. in the
passage %{kupito@makara-dhvajaH} the word %{kupita} restricts the meaning of
%{makara-dhvaja} to `" Ka1ma "') = %{linga-purANa} BhP.; the order of the
religious student W.; a symptom, mark of disease W.
lingaM = gender
lingaanaaM = genders
lingaani = genders
lingaiH = symptoms
lip = to smear
lipa * = m. smearing, anointing, plastering W.
lipyate = Vb: be affected, tainted, or: becomes involved or attached or
entangled
lobha* = m. perplexity, confusion (see {a-l-}); impatience, eager desire for or
longing after (gen. loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; covetousness, cupidity, avarice
(personified as a son of Pushthi or of Dambha and Mâyâ) ib.
lobha = greed
lobhaM = greed
lobhaH = greed
lobhaviraha = greedless
lobhaavishhTa = (adj) greedy
lochana = eye
lochanam.h = eyes
loha = iron
lohamaargaH = (m) railway track
loka = this world * = m. (connected with {roka}; in the oldest texts {loka} is
generally preceded by {u}, which accord. to the Padap. = the particle 3. {u};
but {u} may be a prefixed vowel and {uloka4}, a collateral dialectic form of
{loka}; accord. to others {u-loka} is abridged from {uru-} or {ava-loka}), free
or open space, room, place, scope, free motion RV. AV. Br. ÂS'vS'r. (acc. with
{kR} or {dA} or {anu-} {nI}, to make room grant freedom "'; {loke} with gen. `"
instead of "'); intermediate space Kaus'.; a tract, region, district, country,
province S'Br.; the wide space or world (either `" the universe "' or, any
division of it "', esp. `" the sky or heaven "'; 3 Lokas are commonly
enumerated, viz. heaven, earth, and the atmosphere or lower regions; sometimes
only the first two; but a fuller classification gives 7 worlds, viz. Bhû-lñloka,
the earth; Bhuvar-lñloka "' the space between the earth and sun inhabited by
Munis, Siddhas &c.; Svar-lñloka, Indra's heaven above the sun or between it and
the polar star; Mahar-lñloka, a region above the polar star and inhabited by
Bhriigo and other saints who survive the destruction of the 3 lower worlds;
Janar-lñloka, inhabited by Brahmâ's son Sanat-kumâra &c.; Tapar-lñloka,
inhñinhabited by deified Vairâgins; Satya-lñloka or Brahma-lñloka, abode of
Brahmâ, translation to which exempts from rebirth [906, 2]; elsewhere these 7
worlds are described as earth, sky, heaven, middle region, place of re-births,
mansion of the blest, and abode of truth; sometimes 14 worlds are mentioned,
viz. the 7 above, and 7 lower regions called in the order of their descent below
the earth- A-tala, Vi-tñtala, Su-tñtala, Rasâtñtala, Talâtñtala, Mahâ-tñtala,
and Pâtâla; cf. RTL. 102 n. 1 IW. 420, 1; 435, 1) AV. &c. &c.; N. of the number
`" seven "' (cf. above) VarBriS. Sch.; the earth or world of human beings &c.
Mn. MBh. &c. ({aya4M loka4H}, this world "'; {asau4} or {pa4ro loka4H}, that or
the other world "'; loke or {iha} {loke}, `" here on earth "', opp. to
{para-tra}, {para-loke} &c.; {kRtsne} {loke}, `" on the whole earth "'); (also
pl.) the inhabitants of the world, mankind, folk, people (sometimes opp. to `"
king "') Mn. MBh. &c.; (pl.) men (as opp. to `" women "') Vet. Hit.; a company,
community (of ten ifc. to form collectives) Kâv. Vas. Kathâs. &c.; ordinary
life, worldly affairs, common practice or usage GriS. Nir. Mn. &c. ({loke}
either `" in ordinary life "', `" in worldly matters "'; or, in common language,
in popular speech "', as opp. to {vede}, {chandasi}); the faculty of seeing,
sight (only in {ca4kSur-l-} q.v.); {lokAnAM sAmanI} du. and {lokAnAM vratAni}
pl.N. of Sâmans ÂrshBr. [Cf. Lat. {lûsus}, originally, a clearing of a forest
"'; Lith. {lau4kas}, a field.]
lokaayana * = m. `" refuge of the wñworld "'N. of Na1ra1yan2a Hariv.
lokaayata * = mfn. `" world-extended (?) "', materialistic; m. a materialist
Buddh. Ni1lak. A1ryav. (%{-tI-kR} P. %{-karoti}, to consider as materialistic);
n. (scil. %{zAstra} or %{mata} or %{tantra}), materialism, the system of
atheistical philosophy (taught by Ca1rva1ka) Prab. Sarvad. &c.
lokaayatana * = (l) m. a materialist Col.
okaayatika * = m. id. Sam2k.on Br2A1rUp. and Pras3nUp. &c.; (perhaps) a man
experienced in the ways of the world MBh. Hariv.; %{-pakSa-nirAsa} m. N. of wk.
lokaayatika * = m. id. Sank.on BriÂrUp. and Pras'nUp. &c.; (perhaps) a man
experienced in the ways of the world MBh. Hariv.; {-pakSa-nirAsa} m. N. of wk.
lokaH = world
lokaM = world;people
lokatraye = in the three planetary systems
lokaya = (verbal stem) to see
lokayaanam.h = (n) car
lokayaatraa* f. the business and traffic of men, worldly affairs, conduct of
men, ordinary actions Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; worldly existence, career in life
Mâlav.; support of life Hit.
lokasa.ngrahaM = the people in general
lokasya = of the people
lokaaH = all the world
lokaat.h = from people
lokaan.h = to heaven
lokaapavaada = general infamy
lokaabhiraamaM = the laudable one of the people
loke = in the world
lokeshhu = planetary systemsloma = hair
lola = swinging * = mf(%{A})n. moving hither and thither, shaking, rolling,
tossing, dangling, swinging, agitated, unsteady, restless MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
changeable, transient, inconstant, fickle Ka1v. Katha1s. ; desirous, greedy,
lustful, (ifc.) eagerly desirous of or longing for (loc. inf. or comp.) Ka1v.
Var. &c. [905,2] ; m. the penis Gal. ; N. of a man Ma1rkP. ; (%{A}) f. the
tongue L. ; lightning Prab. (v.l.) ; `" the fickle or changeable one "'N. of the
goddess of fortune or Lakshmi1 Pan5car. ; of Da1ksha1yan2i in Utpala7vartaka
Cat. ; of the mother of the Daitya Madhu R. ; of a Yogini1 Hcat. ; of two metres
Chandom. Col. ; (%{I}) f. (in music) a kind of composition Sam2gi1t.
lolaasana = the swing posture
lolupa * = mf({A})n. (fr. Intens. of 1. {lup}) very destructive, destroying MW.;
(prob. corrupted fr. {lolubha}) very desirous or eager or covetous, ardently
longing for (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; ({A}) f. eager desire, appetite,
longing for (loc.) MBh.; N. of a Yoginî Hcat.
lolupatva * = n. eager desire or longing for (comp.), greediness, cupidity,
lust, Kâv Pur. Sus'r.
loshhTa = clay
loshhTra = pebbles
luJNchhitakesha = hair cut here and there
lupta = stopped
lubdhaH = greedy * = mfn. bewildered, confused AitBr. (%{am} ind.) ; greedy,
covetous, avaricious, desirous of or longing for (loc. or comp.) Gaut. MBh. &c.
[905,1] ; n. a hunter MBh. R. ; a lustful man, libertine W.
lubdhaka = (m) hunter
lubhyati = (4 pp) to covet
lumpati = (6 pp) to break
M
maa = Do not
maaDa* = m. measure, weight, quantity W.; Caryota Urens L. (also {maDA-druma};
cf. {madya-d-}).
maada * = m. (2. {mad}) drunkenness, exhilaration, delight. passion, stupor L.;
fighting war Sây. (cf. {gandha-} and {sadha-m-}).
maadana* = mfn. exhilarating, delighting RV.; maddening. intoxicating Sus'r.; m.
the god of love L.; Vanguiera Spinosa L.; the thorn-apple L.; ({I}) f. N. of two
plants (= {mAkandI} and {vijayA}) L.; n. intoxication, exhilaration L.; `"
stupefier "'N. of a mythicâ weapon. R. (v.l. {madana}).
maadyati = (4 pp) to be glad
maadhava = vishnu, krishhna * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{madhu}; f. %{A} only in
%{mAdhavA} [= %{madhavyA}] %{tanUH} Pa1n2. 4-4, 129 Sch.) relating to spring,
vernal Hariv. Vikr. Katha1s.; belonging or peculiar to the descendants of Madhu
i.e. the Ya1davas Hariv.; representing Kr2ishna (as a picture) Hcat.; M. N. of
the second month of spring (more usually called Vais3a1kha, = April-May) TS. &c.
&c. spring Ka1v. Pan5car.; Bassia Latifolia L.; Latifolia L.; Phaseolus Mungo
L.; a son or descendant of Madhu, a man of the race of Yadu (sg. esp. N. of
Kr2ishn2a-Vishn2u or of Paras3u-ra1ma as an incarnation of this god; pl. the
Ya1davas or Vr2ishn2is) MBh. R. Hariv. BhP.; N. of S3iva S3ivag.; of Indra
Pan5cat. Vet. (w.r. for %{vAsava}?); of a son of the third Manu Hariv.; of one
of the 7 sages under Manu Bhautya Ma1rkP.; of the hero of Bhava-bhu1ti's drama
Ma1lati1-ma1dhava; of various other men Katha1s. Hit. &c.; of various scholars
and poets (also with %{paNDita}, %{bhaTTa} %{mizra}, %{yogin}, %{vaidya},
%{sarasvatI} &c.; cf. %{mAdhavA7cArya}); (%{I}) f. see below; n. sweetness L.;
(also m.) a partic. intoxicating drink L.
maadhavaH = KRishhNa (the husband of the Goddess of Fortune)
maadhurya = Sweetness
maadhyam.h = (n) medium, platform
maadhyama* = mfn. (fr. {madhyama}) relating to the middle, middlemost, central
(also applied to the composers of the middle portion of the Riig-veda i.e. of
books ii-vii) S'ânkhBr. GriS. Pat.; middleborn W.; m. pl. N. of a race Pravar.
maagaa = mA+gaa, Doñt+go
maagadha4 * = mf({I})n. relating to or born in or living in or customary among
the Magadhas or the Magadha country AV.Paris'. Lalit. &c.; m. a king of the
MñMagadha MBh. Hariv.; N. of a mixed caste AV. &c. &c. (accord to Mn. x, 11 the
son of a Kshatriya mother and a Vais'ya father; he is the professional bard or
panegyrist of a king, often associated with {suta} and {bandin} MBh. Kâv. &c.;
accord. to others one who informs a Râja of what occurs in bazaars; also an
unmarried womañs son who lives by running messages or who cleans wells or dirty
clothes &c.; also opprobrious N. of a tribe still numerous in GujarSt, and
called the Bhâts W.); white cumin L.; N. of one of the seven sages in the 14th
Manv-antara Hariv.; of a son of Yadu ib.; (pl.) N. of a people (= {magadhAH})
AV.Paris'. MBh. &c.; of the warrior-caste in S'âka-dvi0pa VP.; of a dynasty ib.;
({A}) f. a princess of the Magadhas PadmaP.; long pepper L.; ({I}) f. a princess
of the MñMagadhas MBh. R.; the daughter of a Kshatriya mother and a Vais'ya
father MBh.; a female bard Kâd.; (with or scil. {bhASA}), the language of the
MñMagadhas (one of the Prakriit dialects) Sâh. &c. (cf. {ardha-m-}); Jasminum
Auriculatum L.; a kind of spice Sus'r. (long pepper; white cumin; anise; dill; a
species of cardamoms grown in Gujarat. L.); refined sugar L.; a kind of metre
VarBriS.; N. of a river (= {zoNA}) R.
maaghavana * = mf(%{I})n. belonging to or ruled by Indra Pa1n2. 6-4, 128 Sch. ;
(%{I}) f. (with %{kakubh}) the east S3is3.
maa4ghona * = bountifulness, liberality RV.; ({I}) f. (scil. {diz}) the east L.
maahaa * = f. a cow L. (cf. {mahA}, {mahI}, {mAheyI}). \\ 2 Vriiddhi form of
{mahA}, in comp.
maahaatmyaM = glories
maahaatmya * = n. (fr. %{mahA7tman}) magnanimity, highmindedness MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
exalted state or position, majesty, dignity ib.; the peculiar efficacy or virtue
of any divinity or sacred shrine &c. W. (cf. RTL. 433); a work giving an account
of the merits of any holy place or object W. (cf. %{devI-m-} &c.)
maahaaraajya = being the great king
maahaaraajika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {mahA-rAja}) attached or devoted to the reigning
prince Pân. 4-2, 35.
maakara* = mf({I})n. relating or belonging to a Makara or sea-monster (with
{Akara} m. mine of MñMakara, the sea Nalo7d.; with {Acana} n. a partic. posture
in sitting Cat.; with {vyUha} m. a partic. form of military array Hariv.; with
{saptamI} f. = {makara-saptamI} W.); m. pl. N. of a people VarBriS.
maakha * =(prob.) n. (fr. {mabha}) any relationship based upon an oblation
offered in common Hariv. (v.l. {maukha}).
maala = a wreath *= m. (derivation doubtful) N. of a district (lying west and
south-west of Bengal) Megh. ; of one of the 7 islands, of Antara-dvilpa L., of
Vishn2u L. ; of the son of a Su1dra and a Su1ta L. ; pl. N. of a barbarous tribe
or people MBh. ; (%{A}) f. see col. 3 ; n. a field Inscr. MBh. ; a forest or
wood near a village L. ; fraud, artifice L. ; (in some comp.) = ma1la1, a
wreath, garland.
maalaa f. a wreath, garland, crown Gr2S3rS. MBh. &c. ; a string of beads,
necklace, rosary. Ka1v. Pan5cat. (cf. %{akSa-} and %{ratna-m-}) ; a row, line,
streak MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a series, regular succession (with %{nAmnAm}, a
collection of words arrayed in a series, a vocabulary, dictionary ; cf.
%{nAma-m-}) ; a kind of Krama-pa1tha (cf. %{krama-mAlA}) ; N. of various metres
Col. ; (in rhet.) a series of epithets or similes W. ; (in dram.) a series of
offerings for obtaining any object of desire (S3ak. iii, 17) Sa1h. ; (in
astrol.) a partic. Dala-yoga (q.v.) VarBr2S. Sch. ; Trigonella Corniculata L. ;
N. of a river MBh. ; of a glossary.
maalaa = Garland
maalaakaara = (m) gardener
maalaakaarii = (f) a woman selling flowers and garlands
maalaasana = the garland posture
maalikaa = Garland
maalinii = shining, also maalinii metre, the one with garland
maalya = garlands: * =m. patr. PañcavBr. (also pl. Sanskârak.); ({A}) f.
Trigonella, Corniculata L.; n. a wreath, garland, chaplet GriS'rS. Up. Mn. &c.;
a flower L.; mfn. relating to a garland W.
maalyavat * = mfn. crowned with garlands, garlanded MBh. ; m. N. of a Ra1kshasa
(son of Su-kes3a) R. ; of one of S3iva's attendants Katha1s. ; of a mountain or
mountainous range (lying eastward of mount Meru) MBh. ; (%{atI}) f. N. of a
river R.
maaM = me
maam.h = me
maamakaM = from Me
maamakaaH = my party (sons).
maamikaaM = My
maan * = cl. 1. 10. P. {mAnati}, {mAnayati}, to honour, respect Dhâtup. xxxiv,
36 (cf. {man}, of which {mAnayati} is the Caus.)
maana * = 1 m. ( %{man}) opinion, notion, conception, idea Tattvas. (cf.
%{Atma-m-}); purpose, wish, design AitBr.; self-conceit, arrogance, pride
KaushUp. Mn. &c. (with Buddhists one of the 6 evil feelings Dharmas. 67; or one
of the 10 fetters to be got rid of. MWB. 127); (also n.) consideration, regard,
respect, honour Mn. MBh. &c.; a wounded sense of honour, anger or indignation
excited by jealousy (esp. in women), caprice, sulking Ka1v. Das3ar. Sa1h.; N. of
the father of Agastya (perhaps also of AñAgastya himself Pa1n2. the family of
Ma1na) RV.; (in astron.) N. of the tenth house VarBr2S. (W. also a blockhead
[809,2]; an agent; a barbarian "').\\ 2 m. (3. %{mA}) a building, house,
dwelling RV.; an altar A1past.; (%{mAna4}) a preparation, decoction(?) RV. x,
144, 5; (%{I}) f. measure (see %{tiryan-m-}); a partic. measure "' (= 2
An5jalis) L.; n. measuring. meting out Ka1tyS3r. Hariv. &c.; measure,
measuring-cord, standard RV. &c. &c.; dimension, size, height, length (in space
and time), weight ib. (ifc.= fold see %{zata4-m-}); a partic. measure or weight
(= %{kRSNata} or %{raktikA}; accord. to Sch. on TS. and KatyS3r. 100 Ma1nas= 5
Palas or Pan2as); form, appearance RV.; likeness, resemblance S3is3.; (in phil.)
proof. demonstration, means of proof (= %{pra-mANa}. q.v.)
maanda * = 1 mf({A})n. (1. {mand}) `" gladdening "'N. of water in partic.
formularies VS. TS. Kâthh. \\2 mfn. (fr. {manda}) relating to the higher apsis
of a planet's course ({-daM karma}, the process of correction for the apsis;
{-dam phalam}, the equation of the apsis) Sûryas.; n. = {mAndya} g. {pRthv-Adi}.
maaNikya = perl
maanda * = 2 mfn. (fr. {manda}) relating to the higher apsis of a planet's
course ({-daM karma}, the process of correction for the apsis; {-dam phalam},
the equation of the apsis) Sûryas.; n. = {mAndya} g. {pRthv-Adi}.
maa.ngalika = auspicious
maa.nsaavasaadi = mAmsau+Adi, flesh+etc
maana =1: Respect * = m. ( {man}) opinion, notion, conception, idea Tattvas.
(cf. {Atma-m-}); purpose, wish, design AitBr.; self-conceit, arrogance, pride
KaushUp. Mn. &c. (with Buddhists one of the 6 evil feelings Dharmas. 67; or one
of the 10 fetters to be got rid of. MWB. 127); (also n.) consideration, regard,
respect, honour Mn. MBh. &c.; a wounded sense of honour, anger or indignation
excited by jealousy (esp. in women), caprice, sulking Kâv. Das'ar. Sâh.; N. of
the father of Agastya (perhaps also of AñAgastya himself Pân. the family of
Mâna) RV.; (in astron.) N. of the tenth house VarBriS. (W. also a blockhead
[809, 2]; an agent; a barbarian "').\\2: *= m. (3. {mA}) a building, house,
dwelling RV.; an altar Âpast.; ({mAna4}) a preparation, decoction(?) RV. x, 144,
5; ({I}) f. measure (see {tiryan-m-}); a partic. measure "' (= 2 Añjalis) L.; n.
measuring. meting out KâtyS'r. Hariv. &c.; measure, measuring-cord, standard RV.
&c. &c.; dimension, size, height, length (in space and time), weight ib. (ifc.=
fold see {zata4-m-}); a partic. measure or weight (= {kRSNata} or {raktikA};
accord. to Sch. on TS. and KatyS'r. 100 Mânas= 5 Palas or Panas); form,
appearance RV.; likeness, resemblance S'is'.; (in phil.) proof. demonstration,
means of proof (= {pra-mANa}. q.v.)
maanana* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) honouring, serving as a token of respect Nir.; n.
and (%{A}) f. paying honour, showing respect MBh. Ka1v. &c.
maanasa* = mf(%{I}, once %{A})n. (fr. %{ma4nas}) belonging to the mind or
spirit, mental, spiritual (opp. to %{zArirA}, corporeal) VS. &c. &c.; expressed
only in the mind, performed in thought i.e. silent, tacit (as a hymn or prayer)
S3rS. Mn. MBh.; conceived or present in the mind, conceivable, imaginable R.;
relating to or dwelling on the lake Ma1nasa (see n. below) BhP.; m. a form of
Vishn2u VP.; N. of a serpent-demon MBh.; of a son of Vapush-mat Ma1rkP.; pl. a
partic. class of deceased ancestors (regarded as sons of Vasisht2ha) Cat.; a
class of ascetics Ra1matUp.; N. of the Vais3yas in S3kadvi1pa MBh.; of the
worlds of the Soma-pa Hariv.; (%{I}) f. (with %{pUja}) mental or spiritual
devotion (opp. to %{mUrti-p-}, adoration of images) RTL. 524; N. of a Kim2-nari1
Ka1ran2d2.; of a Vidya1-devi1 L.; n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the mental powers, mind,
spirit, heart, soul (= %{manas} g. %{prajJA7di}) Kat2hUp. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (in
law) tacit or implied consent W.; a kind of salt Ka1tyS3r. Sch.; the 25th
mansion from that under which one is born VarYogay.; (with or scil "' %{saras},
or %{tIrtha}) N. of a sacred like and place of pilgrimage on mount Kaila1sa (the
native place of the wild geese, which migrate to it every year at the breeding
season) MBh. Ka1v. Pur.; N. of wk. on S3ilpa or art.
maanava = human
maanavaH = a man
maanavadharma = humanity based ideology, prescribed behavior for humans
maanavaaH = human beings
maanavii = (adj) done by human
maanasa = mind
maanasaM = of the mind
maanasaH = within the mind
maanasaaH = from the mind
maanasika = of the mind
maaniindha* = m. N. of an astronomer (v.l. {mAnindha}; cf. {maNittha}). mAnin* =
1 mfn. (fr. {man} or fr. 1. {mAna}) thinking, being of opinion KathhUp.;
high-minded, haughty, proud towards ({pratI}) or of ({-tas}) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
highly honoured or esteemed ib.; (ifc.) thinking (esp. one's self) to be or
have, appearing as or passing for (see {darzanIya-}, {paNDita-m-} &c.); highly
esteeming or honouring (see f.); m. Marsilia Dentata L.; ({inI}) f. a disdainful
or sulky woman Kâv.; (ifc.) the wife of (see {madhu-mAninI} lit. `" highly
esteeming her husband "'); Aglaia Odorata L.; a kind of metre W. (prob. w.r. for
{mAlinI}); N. of an Apsaras VP.; of a daughter of Vidûrastha and wife of
Râjya-vardhana MârkP.
maaNi * = Vr2iddhi form of %{maNi} in comp.
maani * = in comp. for 1. %{mAnin}.
maanin* = 2 mfn. measuring, applying a measure, measurable VP.
maanmatha: *= mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{manmatha}) relating to or concerning love,
produced by love, filled with love &c. Ka1v.; belonging to the god of lñlove
Vcar.
maantra * = mf(%{I})n, (fr. %{mantra}) proper or peculiar to Vedic or magical
texts MW.
maanushhaM = human
maanushhiiM = in a human form
maanushhe = in human society
maanusha * = or %{mAnuSa4} mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{manus}) belonging to mankind, human
RV. &c. &c. ; favourable or propitious to men, humane RV. AV. ; m. (ifc. f.
%{A}) a man, human being (pl. the races of men, 5 in number) RV. &c. &c. ; N. of
the signs of the zodiac Gemini, Virgo, and Libra VarBr2S. ; (%{I}) f. a woman
MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; (scil. %{cikitsA}), human medicine "', a branch of
medñmedicine, the administering of drugs (opp. to %{AsurI} and %{daivIcik-}) W.
; n. the condition or manner or action of men, humanity, manhood RV. &c. &c. ;
N. of a place Cat.
maanya* = mfn. to be respected or honoured, worthy of honour, respectable,
venerable Mn. MBh. &c.; ({mAnya4}) m. patr. fr. 1. {mA4na} RV. i, 163, 14, &c.;
N. of Maitrâvaruni (author of RV.viii, 67) RAnukr.
maanyamaana* = m. (fr. %{manyamAna} see %{man}) the proud one RV. vii, 18, 20
(lit. `" the son of the proud "' Sa1y. `" the son of Manyma1na "').
maapanadaNDaH = (m) ruler, scale
maapikaa = (f) scale, ruler
maaraya = (verbal stem) to kill
maarakata*= of the color or nature of emerald
maaraatmaka = habitual killer
maarakata * = mf({I})n. (fr. {marakata}) belonging to an emerald, having any of
the properties or qualities of an eñemerald, coloured like an eñemerald MBh.
Kâv. Pur.; m. (with {dhAtu}) an emerald MBh.
maardavaM = gentleness
maarga = way (masc)
maargaH = a way, road, path, a means, search, inquiry, investigate
maargashiirshhaH = the month of November-December
maargaachala = mountain coming in the way
maarj * = (rather Caus. of %{mRj} q.v.) cl. 10. P. (Dha1tup. xxxii, 106 Vop.)
%{mArjayati}, to wipe, cleanse, purify ; to sound (?) Dha1tup. ib.
maarjana = cleaning
maarjanaM = correcting, rubbing
maarjaara = cat
maarsha * m. (cf. {mAriSa}) an honourable man, respectable person Buddh.;
Amaranthus Oleraceus Bhpr.
maartya * = n. (fr. {martya}) the corporeal part (of man), mortality BhP.
maaruta = wind
maarutaH = wind
maarutatulyavegam.h = with the speed equal to that of wind-god(his father
maarutiryasya = mArutiH+yasya, Hanuman+whose
maashha = (m) a gold coin
maasa = month
maasa* = m. (or n. Siddh.) the moon (see {pUrNa-m-}); a month or the 12th part
of the Hindû year (there are 4 kinds of months, viz. the solar, {saura}; the
natural, {sAvana}; the stellar, {nAkSatra}, and the lunar, {cA7ndra}; the
latter, which is the most usual and consists of 30 Tithis, being itself of two
kinds as reckoned from the new or full moon cf. IW. 179; for the names of the
months see ib. 173 n. 3) RV. &c. &c. ({mAsam}, for a month; {mAsam ekam}, for
one month; {mAsena}, in the course of a month; {mAse}, in a mñmonth = after the
lapse of a mñmonth); a symbolical N. for the number `" twelve "' Sûryas.
maasha* = m. (n. g. {ardharcA7di}) a bean RV. &c. &c. (sg. the plant; pl. the
fruit; in later times = Phaseolus Radiatus, a valued kind of pulse having seeds
marked with black and grey spots); a partic. weight of gold (= 5 Kriishnalas=
1/10 Suvârna; the weight in common use is said to be about 17 grains troy) Mn.
Yâjñ.; a cutaneous eruption resembling beans L.; a fool, blockhead L.; N. of a
man g. {bAhv-Adi}; pl. (with or scil. {akRSTAH}) `" wild beans "'N. of a
Riishi-gans (the children of S'u-rabhi, to whom RV. ix, 86, 1-10 is ascribed)
RAnukr. R. Hariv.; ({I}) f. see below.
maasI= relating to the black, to soot, darkening, the dark moon a new moon
maasaanaaM = of months
maata = mother
matha* = m. (Prâkr. for {mRta}) the son of a Vais'ya and a Kuthi L.
maata* = 1 mfn. (for 2. and 3. see pp. 806 and 807) formed, made, composed (?)
RV. v, 45, 6 (others, `" fr. {man} "', others, {mAtA}, mother "'; cf.
{deva-mAta}).
maata* = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 804, col. 2; for 3. under 2. {mAtR}, p. 807, col.
2) metron. fr. {mati4}; ({I4}) f. in {vA4n mAtI} TS. ({mAtyA4} VS. MaitrS.; cf.
Pân. 4-1, 85 Vârtt. 1 Pat.)
maataa* = 1. 2 {mAtA-duhitR} &c. see col. 3. mAtA 2 nom. of %{mAtR}, in comp.
maata* = (for 1. and 2. see pp. 804 and 806) ifc. after a proper N. = {mAtR}
Pân. 6-1, 14 Pat.
maataa* = 1 f. = {mAtR} (see {kAka-} and {vizva-m-}).\\* = 2 nom. of {mAtR}, in
comp
maata.nga = Matang
maataraM = (fem.acc.Sing.)mother
maataa = mother
maataamaha = (m) grandfather (mother's father)
maataamahi = (f) grandmother (mother's mother)
maati * =f. measure, accurate knowledge L.; a partic. part of the body L.
maathi * =f. armour, mail L.
maatri *= 2 f. (derivation from 3. %{mA} very doubtful ; for 1. %{mA4tR} see p.
804, col. 2) a mother, any mother (applicable to animals) RV. &c. &c. (sometimes
ifc. e.g. %{kuntI-m-}, having KñKunti1 for a mother) ; du. father and mother,
parents RV. iii, 3, 33 ; vii, 2, 5 (also "', %{mAta4rA-pita4rA}, iv, 6, 7, and
%{pita4rA-mAta4rA} Pa1n2. 6-3, 33 ; cf. %{mAtarapitarau}, col. 2) ; the earth
(du. heaven and earth) RV. ; (with or scil. %{lokasya}), a cow MBh. ; (du. and
pl.) the two pieces of wood used in kindling fire RV. (cf. %{dvi-m-}) ; (pl.)
the waters RV. (cf. %{saptam-} and Naigh. i, 13) ; (pl.) the divine mothers or
personified energies of the principal deities (sometimes reckoned as 7 in
number, viz. Bra1hmi1 or Brahma1n2i, Ma1hes3vari1, Kauma1ri1, Vaishn2avi1,
Va1ra1hi1, Indra1n2! or Aindri1 or Mihendri1, Ca1mun2d2a1 ; sometimes 8, viz.
Bra1hmi, Ma1hes3vari1, Kauma1ri, Vaishn2avi1, Va1ra1hi1, Raudri1,
Carma-mun2d2a1, Ka1la-sam2pkarshin2i1 ; sometimes 9, viz. Brahma1n2i1,
Vaishn2avi1, Raudri1, Va1ra1hi1, Na1rasin6hika1, Kauma1ri, Ma1hendri1,
Ca1mun2d2a1, Can2d2ika1 ; sometimes 16, viz. Gauri1, Padma1, S3aci1, Medha1,
Sa1vitri1, Vijaya1, Jaya1, Deva-sena1, Sva-dha1, Sva1ha1, S3a1nti, Pusht2i,
Dhr2iti, Tusht2i, A1tma-devata1 and Kula-devata1 ; they are closely connected
with the worship of S3iva and are described as attending on his son Skanda or
Ka1rttikeya, to whom at first only 7 Ma1tr2is were assigned, but later an
innumerable number ; also the 13 wives of Kas3yapa are called,
%{lokAnAm@mAtaraH}) MBh. R. Pur. Hcat. (RTL. 222 &c.) ; (pl.) the 8 classes of
female ancestors (viz. mothers, grandmothers, great-grandmothers, paternal and
maternal aunts &c. Sam2ska1rak. ; but the word `" mother "' is also applied to
other female relatives and in familiar speech to elderly women generally) ; N.
of Lakshmi1 Bhartr2. ; of Durga1 L. ; of Da1ksha1yan2i in certain places Cat. ;
accord. to L. also = a colocynth ; Salvinia Cucullata, Nardostachys Jatamansi,
Sphaerantus Indicus ; air, space ; the lower mill-stone ; = %{vibhUti} ;
%{-revatI}. [Cf. Gk., $, $ ; Lat. {mater} ; &244768[807,1] Lith. {mote} ; Slav.
{mati} ; Germ. {muotar}, {Mutter} ; Eng. {mother}.]
maatra * = m. a Bra1hman of the lowest order i.e. only by birth Hcat.; (%{A}) f.
see s.v.; n. an element, elementary matter BhP.; (ifc.) measure, quantity, sum,
size, duration, measure of any kind (whether of height, depth, breadth, length,
distance, time or number e.g. %{aGgula-mAtram}, a finger's breadth Pan5cat.;
%{artha-mAtram}, a certain sum of money ib.; %{kroza}. %{mAtre}, at the distance
of a Kos Hit. [804,3]; %{mAsa-mAtre}, in a month La1t2y.; %{zata-mAtram}, a
hundred in number Katha1s.); the full or simple measure of anything, the whole
or totality, the one thing and no more, often = nothing but, entirely, only
(e.g. %{rAja-mAtram}, the whole class of kings S3a1n3khSr.; %{bhaya-m-}, all
that may be called danger, any danger VarBr2S.; %{rati-m-}, nothing but
sensuality Mn.; %{zabda-mAtreNa}, only by a sound S3ak.); mf(%{A} and %{I})n.
(ifc.) having the measure of i.e. as large or high or long or broad or deep or
far or much or many (cf. %{aGguSTha-}, %{tAla-}, %{bAhu-}, %{yava-}, %{tavan-},
%{etavan} mñmany); Possessing (only) as much as or no more than (cf.
%{prA7Na-yAsrika-m-}); amounting (only) to (pleonastically after numerals; cf.
%{tri-m-}); being nothing but, simply or merely (cf. %{padAti-}, %{manuSya-m-};
after a pp. = scarcely, as soon as, merely, just e.g. %{jAta-m-}, scarcely or
just born Mn.; %{kRSTa-m-}, merely ploughed Ka1tyS3r.; %{bhukta-mAtre},
immediately after eating Mn.)
maatraa * = f. measure (of any kind), quantity, size, duration, number, degree
&c. RV. &c. &c. (%{bhUyasyA@mAtrayA}, in a higher degree Lalit.); unit of
measure, foot VarBr2S.; unit of time, moment Sus3r. Sa1rn3gS. (= %{nimeSa} VP.;
ifc. = lasting so many moments Gaut.); metrical unit, a mora or prosodial
instant i.e. the length of time required to pronounce a short vowel (a long
vowel contains 2 Ma1tra1s, and a prolated vowel 3) Pra1t.; musical unit of time
(3 in number) Pan5cat.; (only once ifc.) the full measure of anything (=
%{mAtra}) Hariv. 7125; right or correct measure, order RV. ChUp.; a minute
portion, particle, atom, trifle S3Br. &c. &c. (%{ayA}, ind. in small portions,
in slight measure, moderately Das3. Sus3r.; %{AyAm} ind. a little Gan2ar.;
%{rAje7ti@kiyatI@mAtrA}, of what account is a king? a king is a mere trifle
Pan5cat.; %{kA@mAtrA@samudrasya}, what is the importance of the sea? the sea
will easily be managed ib.; an element (5 in number) BhP.; matter, the material
world MaitrUp. MBh. BhP.; materials, property, goods, household, furniture,
money, wealth, substance, livelihood (alsopl.) Vas. Mn. MBh. &c.; a mirror
Vishn2.; an ear-ring, jewel, ornament Ka1d.; the upper or horizontal limb of the
Na1gari1 characters W.
maatratas* = ind. (ifc.) from the first moment of (cf. {bhUmi-STha-m-}).
maatratA* = f. (ifc.) the being as much as, no more nor less than anything
S'ankar.
maatratraya* = mfn. threefold MârkP.
maatratva* = n. = {-tA} Veda7ntas.
maatrarAja* = m. (with {anaGgaharSa}) N. of a poet Cat.
maatraka* = (ifc.) = {mAtra} MBh. Kâv. &c.; ({ikA}) f. = {mAtrA}, a prosodial
instant RPrât. (cf. {mAtrika}).
maatrAkRta* = mfn. (a metre) regulated by morae L.
maatrAvat* = mfn. containing a partic. measure KâtyS'r. Sus'r.
maatra* = m. a Brâhman of the lowest order i.e. only by birth Hcat.; ({A}) f.
see s.v.; n. an element, elementary matter BhP.; (ifc.) measure, quantity, sum,
size, duration, measure of any kind (whether of height, depth, breadth, length,
distance, time or number e.g. {aGgula-mAtram}, a finger's breadth Pañcat.;
{artha-mAtram}, a certain sum of money ib.; {kroza}. {mAtre}, at the distance of
a Kos Hit. [804,3]; {mAsa-mAtre}, in a month Lâthy.; {zata-mAtram}, a hundred in
number Kathâs.); the full or simple measure of anything, the whole or totality,
the one thing and no more, often = nothing but, entirely, only (e.g.
{rAja-mAtram}, the whole class of kings S'ânkhSr.; {bhaya-m-}, all that may be
called danger, any danger VarBriS.; {rati-m-}, nothing but sensuality Mn.;
{zabda-mAtreNa}, only by a sound S'ak.); mf({A} and {I})n. (ifc.) having the
measure of i.e. as large or high or long or broad or deep or far or much or many
(cf. {aGguSTha-}, {tAla-}, {bAhu-}, {yava-}, {tavan-}, {etavan} mñmany);
Possessing (only) as much as or no more than (cf. {prA7Na-yAsrika-m-});
amounting (only) to (pleonastically after numerals; cf. {tri-m-}); being nothing
but, simply or merely (cf. {padAti-}, {manuSya-m-}; after a pp. = scarcely, as
soon as, merely, just e.g. {jAta-m-}, scarcely or just born Mn.; {kRSTa-m-},
merely ploughed KâtyS'r.; {bhukta-mAtre}, immediately after eating Mn.)
maatrA* = f. measure (of any kind), quantity, size, duration, number, degree &c.
RV. &c. &c. ({bhUyasyA mAtrayA}, in a higher degree Lalit.); unit of measure,
foot VarBriS.; unit of time, moment Sus'r. SârngS. (= {nimeSa} VP.; ifc. =
lasting so many moments Gaut.); metrical unit, a mora or prosodial instant i.e.
the length of time required to pronounce a short vowel (a long vowel contains 2
Mâtrâs, and a prolated vowel 3) Prât.; musical unit of time (3 in number)
Pañcat.; (only once ifc.) the full measure of anything (= {mAtra}) Hariv. 7125;
right or correct measure, order RV. ChUp.; a minute portion, particle, atom,
trifle S'Br. &c. &c. ({ayA}, ind. in small portions, in slight measure,
moderately Das'. Sus'r.; {AyAm} ind. a little Ganar.; {rAje7ti kiyatI mAtrA}, of
what account is a king? a king is a mere trifle Pañcat.; {kA mAtrA samudrasya},
what is the importance of the sea? the sea will easily be managed ib.; an
element (5 in number) BhP.; matter, the material world MaitrUp. MBh. BhP.;
materials, property, goods, household, furniture, money, wealth, substance,
livelihood (alsopl.) Vas. Mn. MBh. &c.; a mirror Vishn.; an ear-ring, jewel,
ornament Kâd.; the upper or horizontal limb of the Nâgarî characters W.
maatra* = {-traka} &c. see p. 804, cols. 2, 3.
maatri = mother
maatri-bhaava = The 4th house of Mother
maatra = only
maatra* = m. a Brâhman of the lowest order i.e. only by birth Hcat.; ({A}) f.
see s.v.; n. an element, elementary matter BhP.; (ifc.) measure, quantity, sum,
size, duration, measure of any kind (whether of height, depth, breadth, length,
distance, time or number e.g. {aGgula-mAtram}, a finger's breadth Pañcat.;
{artha-mAtram}, a certain sum of money ib.; {kroza}. {mAtre}, at the distance of
a Kos Hit. [804, 3]; {mAsa-mAtre}, in a month Lâthy.; {zata-mAtram}, a hundred
in number Kathâs.); the full or simple measure of anything, the whole or
totality, the one thing and no more, often = nothing but, entirely, only (e.g.
{rAja-mAtram}, the whole class of kings S'ânkhSr.; {bhaya-m-}, all that may be
called danger, any danger VarBriS.; {rati-m-}, nothing but sensuality Mn.;
{zabda-mAtreNa}, only by a sound S'ak.); mf({A} and {I})n. (ifc.) having the
measure of i.e. as large or high or long or broad or deep or far or much or many
(cf. {aGguSTha-}, {tAla-}, {bAhu-}, {yava-}, {tavan-}, {etavan} mñmany);
Possessing (only) as much as or no more than (cf. {prA7Na-yAsrika-m-});
amounting (only) to (pleonastically after numerals; cf. {tri-m-}); being nothing
but, simply or merely (cf. {padAti-}, {manuSya-m-}; after a pp. = scarcely, as
soon as, merely, just e.g. {jAta-m-}, scarcely or just born Mn.; {kRSTa-m-},
merely ploughed KâtyS'r.; {bhukta-mAtre}, immediately after eating Mn.)
maa4traa * = f. measure (of any kind), quantity, size, duration, number, degree
&c. RV. &c. &c. ({bhUyasyA mAtrayA}, in a higher degree Lalit.); unit of
measure, foot VarBriS.; unit of time, moment Sus'r. SârngS. (= {nimeSa} VP.;
ifc. = lasting so many moments Gaut.); metrical unit, a mora or prosodial
instant i.e. the length of time required to pronounce a short vowel (a long
vowel contains 2 Mâtrâs, and a prolated vowel 3) Prât.; musical unit of time (3
in number) Pañcat.; (only once ifc.) the full measure of anything (= {mAtra})
Hariv. 7125; right or correct measure, order RV. ChUp.; a minute portion,
particle, atom, trifle S'Br. &c. &c. ({ayA}, ind. in small portions, in slight
measure, moderately Das'. Sus'r.; {AyAm} ind. a little Ganar.; {rAje7ti kiyatI
mAtrA}, of what account is a king? a king is a mere trifle Pañcat.; {kA mAtrA
samudrasya}, what is the importance of the sea? the sea will easily be managed
ib.; an element (5 in number) BhP.; matter, the material world MaitrUp. MBh.
BhP.; materials, property, goods, household, furniture, money, wealth,
substance, livelihood (alsopl.) Vas. Mn. MBh. &c.; a mirror Vishn.; an ear-ring,
jewel, ornament Kâd.; the upper or horizontal limb of the Nâgarî characters W.
maatraasparshaH = sensory perception
maatula = maternal uncle
maatulaaH = maternal uncles
maatulaan.h = maternal uncles
maaya * = mfn. (3. {mA}) measuring (see {dhAnya-m-}); creating illusions (said
of Vishnu) MBh.; ({A}) f. see below.
maayaa * = f. art, wisdom, extraordinary or supernatural power (only in the
earlier language); illusion, unreality, deception, fraud, trick, sorcery,
witchcraft magic RV. &c. &c.; an unreal or illusory image, phantom, apparition
ib. (esp. ibc= false, unreal, illusory; cf. comp.); duplicity (with Buddhists
one of the 24 minor evil passions) Dharmas. 69 (in phil.) Illusion (identified
in the Sânkhya with Prakriiti or Pradhâna and in that system, as well as in the
Veda7nta, regarded as the source of the visible universe) IW. 83; 108; (with
S'aivas) one of the 4 Pâs'as or snares which entangle the soul Sarvad. MW.;
(with Vaishnavas) one of the 9 S'aktis or energies of Vishnu L.; Illusion
personified (sometimes identified with Durgâ, sometimes regarded as a daughter
of Anriita and Nirriiti or Nikriiti and mother of Mriityu, or as a daughter of
Adharma) Pur.; compassion, sympathy L.; Convolvulus Turpethum L.; N. of the
mother of Gautama Buddha MWB. 24; of Lakshmî W.; of a city Cat.; of 2 metres
Col.; du. ({mAye indrasya}) N. of 2 Sâmans ArshBr.
maayaavaada* = m. the doctrine affirming the world to be illusion (applied to
the doctrine of the Vedânta and of Buddhism) Cat.; {-khaNDana} n. ({-na-TippaNI}
f. {-na-TIkA} f.), {khaNDa-vivaraNa} n. {-saMdUSaNI} f. N. of wks.
maayayaa = by the illusory energy
maayaa = Unreality, illusion, prakRitii
maayaametaaM = this illusory energy
maayaayantra * = n. instrument of illusion "', enchantment (ibc. = enchanted,
magical, e. g. %{-tra-vimAna} m. n. an enchñenchanted chariot, magical car)
Katha1s.
maayaayin * = mfn. = %{mAyA-vi4n} above MW.
maayaayodhin * = mfn. fighting illusively or with deceitful artifices MBh.
maayaayoga * = m. the application or employment of illusion, emplñemployment of
magical arts R. BhP.
maayi * = in comp. for %{mAyin}.
maayibhairavatantra * = n. N. of a Tantra (cf. %{mAyika-bhairava}).
maayika * = mfn. illusory , creating illusion Pan5car. ; practising deceit ,
deceiving others L. ; m. a conjurer , juggler L. ; n. or (%{A}) f. a gall-nut L.
maayikabhairava * = n. N. of a Tantra.
maayikAya * = m. N. of a grammarian TPra1t.
maayimatakhaNDana * = n. N. of wk.
maayin * = mfn. artful , skilled in art or enchantment , cunning , deceptive ,
illusory (%{-yi-tA} f.) RV. AV. S3vetUp. &c. ; subject to illusion BhP. ; m. a
conjurer , juggler , magician Katha1s. ; a cheat , deceiver W. ; N. of Brahrna1
L. ; of S3iva L. ; of Agni L. ; of Ka1ma L. ; n. magic , magical art BhP. (cf.
%{durm-}) ; a gall-nut L.
maayiphala * = n. a gall-nut L.
maayIya mfn. proceeding from Ma1ya Harav.
machchittaH = in consciousness of Me
machchittaaH = their minds fully engaged in Me
mad.hbhaktaH = My devotee
mad.hbhaktiM = My devotional service
mad.hbhaavaM = transcendental love for Me
mad.hvyapaashrayaH = under My protection
madhya *= mf(%{A})n. middle (used like {medius} e.g. %{ma4dhye} %{samudre4}, `"
in the midst of the sea "') RV. VPra1t. Kat2hUp. ; middlemost, intermediate,
central Var. Megh. ; standing between two, impartial, neutral Ka1m. ; middle
i.e. being of a middle kind or size or quality, middling, moderate (with
%{vRtti} f. `" a middle course "') La1t2y. Mn. Sus3r. &c. ; (in astron.) mean
i.e. theoretical (opp. to %{spaSTa}, or %{sphuTa}) Su1ryas. (%{-tva} n.) ;
lowest, worst L. ; m. n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the middle of the body, (esp.) a woman's
waist S3Br. &c. &c. ; (in alg.) the middle term or the mean of progression Col.
; (%{A}) f. a young woman, a girl arrived at puberty Sa1h. ; the middle finger
L. ; (in music) a partic. tone Sam2gi1t. ; (also n.) a kind of metre Col. ; n.
(m. g. %{ardharcA7di}) the middle, midst, centre, inside, interior RV. &c. &c.
(%{am} ind. into the midst of, into, among, with gen. or ifc. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
%{ena} ind. in or through the midst of, on the inside, through, between, with
gen. acc. or ifc. S3Br. MBh. &c. ; %{At} ind. from the midst of. out of. from
among R. Hariv. &c. ; %{e} ind. see s.v.) ; the middle of the sky (with or scil.
%{nabhasas}) Mn. MBh. ; space between (e.g. %{bhruvos}, the eye brows) MBh. ;
midday (with %{ahnaH}), Ma1av. ; the meridian Ma1lati1m. ; intermediate
condition between (gen.) R. ; the belly, abdomen Kum. ; the flank of a horse L.
; (in music) mean time Sam2gi1t. ; ten thousand billions MBh. ; cessation,
pause, interval L. ; N. of a country between Sindh and Hindu1stan proper Cat.
[Cf. Zd. {maidhya} ; Gk. $, $ for $ ; Lat. &237399[781,3] {medius} ; Goth.
{midjis3} ; Eng. {mid} in {midland}, {midnight} &c.]
madhyaa *= ind. in the middle, between, among (gen.) RV. i, 89, 9 &c. ;
meanwhile ib. x, 61, 6.
madhyama* = mf({A})n. (superl. of {ma4dhya}) middle (used like Lat. {medius}
e.g. {madhyaime gulme}, `" in the midst of the troop "') MBh. R.; being or
placed in the middle, middlemost, intermediate, central RV. &c. &c.; middle-born
(neither youngest nor oldest), Venis.; of a middle kind or size or quality,
middling, moderate TS. &c. &c.; standing between two persons or parties,
impartial, neutral MBh. Kâv. &c.; (in astron.) mean (cf. {madhya}) Sûryas.;
relating to the meridian ib.; m. the middlemost prince (whose territory lies
between that of a king seeking conquest and that of his foe) Mn. vii, 155; the
middle character in plays IW. 473; the midland country (= {madhya-deza}) L.; (in
music) the 4th or 5th note Sangît.; the middlemost of the 3 scales ib.; a
partic. Râga ib.; (in gram.) the 2nd person (= {-puruSa}) Pân.; the governor of
a province L.; a kind of antelope L.; N. of the 18th Kalpa (s.v.) Cat.; pl. a
class of gods S'ânkhSr.; (with Buddhists) N. of a partic. Buddh. sect Sarvad.;
m. n. the middle of the body, waist MBh. R. &c.; ({A}) f. the womb TBr.; the
middle finger Kaus'. Sus'r.; midnight L.; a girl arrived at puberty L.; the
pericarp of a lotus L.; a central blossom W.; a kind of metre L.; (in music) a
partic. Mûrchanâ Sangît.; n. the middle APrât.; mediocrity, defectiveness,
S'riingâr.; N. of the 12th (14th) Kânda of the S'Br.; (in astron.) the meridian
ecliptic point Sûryas.
mada = Intoxication * = m. hilarity, rapture, excitement, inspiration,
intoxication RV. &c. &c.; (du. wite {madasya}N. of 2 Sâmans ÂrshBr.); ardent
passion for (comp.) MBh.; (ifc. f. {A}) sexual desire or enjoyment, wantonness,
lust, ruttishness, rut (esp. of an elephant) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc. f. {A}),
pride, arrogance, presumption, conceit of or about (gen. or comp.) ib.; any
exhilarating or intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor, wine, Soma RV. &c. &c,;
honey Ragh.; the fluid or juice that exudes from a rutting elephant's temples
MBh. Kâv. &c.; semen virile L.; musk L.; any beautiful object L.; a river L.; N.
of the 7th astrol. mansion Var.; Intoxication or Insanity personified (as a
monster created by Cyavana) MBh.; N. of a son of Brahmâ VP.; of a Dânava Hariv.;
of a servant of S'iva BhP.; ({I}) f. any agricultural implement (as a plough
&c.) L.; n. N. of 2 Sâmans ÂrshBr.
madaandha = blind from lust
madaanvitaaH = absorbed in the conceit
madaashrayaH = in consciousness of Me (KRishhNa consciousness)
madaM = illusion
madana = manmatha (god of Love)* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) passion, love or the god of
love MBh. Kâv. &c.; a kind of embrace L.; the season of spring L.; a bee L.; (?)
bees-wax (see {paTTikA}); Vanguiera Spinosa Sus'r.; a thorn-apple and various
other plants (e.g. Phaseolus Radiatus, Acacia Catechu &c.) L.; a bird L.; (in
music) a kind of measure Sangît.; (in astrol.) N. of the 7th mansion Var.; N. of
various men and authors (also with {AcArya}, {bhaTTa}, {sarasvatI} &c.; cf.
below) Râjat. Inscr. Cat.; ({A}) f. any intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor
L.; ({I}) f. id. L.; musk L.; N. of a plant (= {atimukta}) L.; the civet-cat L.;
n. the act of intoxicating or exhilarating MW.; (scil. {astra})N. of a mythical
weapon R. (v.l. {mAdana}); bees-wax L.; mfn. = {mandra4} Nir.
madanaM = god of love, Cupid
madanugrahaaya = just to show me favor
madarthaM = for My sake
madarthe = for my sake
madayat * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) intoxicating &c.; (%{antI}) f. Arabian or wild
jasmine L.; N. of the wife of Kalma1sha-pa1da or Mitra-saha MBh. Pur.
madira = (f) wine
madiiya = Mine
madgatapraaNaaH = their lives devoted to Me
madgatena = abiding in Me, always thinking of Me
madbhaktaH = engaged in My devotional service
madbhaavaM = My nature
madbhaavaaH = born of Me
madbhaavaaya = to My nature
madbandhanasamudbhava* = mfn. causel by the binding of me i.e. by my bondage ib.
madbhakta* = mfn. devoted to me ib.
madbhAva* = m. my essence ib.
madbhU* = P. {-bhavati}, to become I ib
madya = liqour
madyaajii = My worshiper
madhu = Sweet * = mf({U8} or {vI})n. (gen. n. Ved. {ma4dhvas}, {ma4dhos}, or
{ma4dhunas}; instr. {ma4dhvA}; dat. {ma4dhune}; loc. {ma4dhau}) sweet,
delicious, pleasant, charming, delightful RV. TS.; bitter or pungent L.; m. N.
of the first month of the year (= Caitra, March-April) S'Br. &c. &c.; the season
of spring Var. Kâlid.; Bassia Latifolia L.; Jonesia Asoka L.; liquorice L.; N.
of S'iva MBh.; of two Asuras (the one killed by Vishnu, the other by
S'atru-ghna) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of one of the 7 sages under Manu Câkshusha
MârkP.; of a son of the third Manu Hariv.; of various princes (of a son of
Vriisha, of Deva-kshatra, of Bindu-mat, of Arjuna Kârtavirya) Hariv. Pur.; of a
son of Bhaththa-nârâyana, Kshitti7s of a teacher (= {madhva} or {ananda-tIrtha})
Col.; of a mountain MârkP.; (pl.) the race of Madhu (= the Yâdavas or Mâthuras)
MBh. Hariv. BhP.; ({u}) f. a partic. plant (= {jIvA} or {jIvantI}) L.; n.
anything sweet (esp. if liquid), mead &c. RV. AV. TBr.; Soma (also {somyam
madhu}) RV.; honey (said to possess intoxicating qualities and to be of 8 kinds;
{madhuno leha} m. licker of honey a bee W.) RV. &c. &c.; milk or anything
produced from milk (as butter, ghee &c.) RV. VS. GriS'rS.; the juice or nectar
of flowers, any sweet intoxicating drink, wine or spirituous liquor Kâv. Var.
Sâh. [779, 3]; sugar L.; water L.; pyrites Bhpr.; N. of a Brâhmana S'Br.; a kind
of metre Col. [Cf. Gk., $, $, Slav. {medu8}; Lith. &236803[779, 3] {midu4s},
{medu4s}; Germ, {meth}; Eng. {mead}.]
madhukara = bee
madhukarii = bee
madhukarkaTi = (f) papaya
madhukoshaH = (m) beehive
madhumakshikaa = (f) bee
madhumehaH = diabetes
madhura = sweet
madhuraM = sweet
madhuratva = sweetness
madhuraaksharam.h = sweet letter(s)
madhusuudana = O killer of the demon Madhu (KRishhNa)
madhusuudanaH = the killer of Madhu
madhusphiitaa = sweet
madhya = middle *= mf(%{A})n. middle (used like {medius} e.g. %{ma4dhye}
%{samudre4}, `" in the midst of the sea "') RV. VPra1t. Kat2hUp. ; middlemost,
intermediate, central Var. Megh. ; standing between two, impartial, neutral
Ka1m. ; middle i.e. being of a middle kind or size or quality, middling,
moderate (with %{vRtti} f. `" a middle course "') La1t2y. Mn. Sus3r. &c. ; (in
astron.) mean i.e. theoretical (opp. to %{spaSTa}, or %{sphuTa}) Su1ryas.
(%{-tva} n.) ; lowest, worst L. ; m. n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the middle of the body,
(esp.) a woman's waist S3Br. &c. &c. ; (in alg.) the middle term or the mean of
progression Col. ; (%{A}) f. a young woman, a girl arrived at puberty Sa1h. ;
the middle finger L. ; (in music) a partic. tone Sam2gi1t. ; (also n.) a kind of
metre Col. ; n. (m. g. %{ardharcA7di}) the middle, midst, centre, inside,
interior RV. &c. &c. (%{am} ind. into the midst of, into, among, with gen. or
ifc. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; %{ena} ind. in or through the midst of, on the inside,
through, between, with gen. acc. or ifc. S3Br. MBh. &c. ; %{At} ind. from the
midst of. out of. from among R. Hariv. &c. ; %{e} ind. see s.v.) ; the middle of
the sky (with or scil. %{nabhasas}) Mn. MBh. ; space between (e.g. %{bhruvos},
the eye brows) MBh. ; midday (with %{ahnaH}), Ma1av. ; the meridian Ma1lati1m. ;
intermediate condition between (gen.) R. ; the belly, abdomen Kum. ; the flank
of a horse L. ; (in music) mean time Sam2gi1t. ; ten thousand billions MBh. ;
cessation, pause, interval L. ; N. of a country between Sindh and Hindu1stan
proper Cat. [Cf. Zd. {maidhya} ; Gk. $, $ for $ ; Lat. &237399[781,3] {medius} ;
Goth. {midjis3} ; Eng. {mid} in {midland}, {midnight} &c.]
madhaa*= ind. in the middle, between, among (gen.) RV. i, 89, 9 &c. ; meanwhile
ib. x, 61, 6.
madhyaM = middle
madhyama = medium
madhyamaruupaM = having this form in the middle
madhyastha = mediators between belligerents
madhyaani = in the middle
madhyaayu = Medium span of life 32-75 years
madhye = among, in
madhyonnatakaachaH = (m) magnifying lens
magadha * = m. the country of the Magadhas, South Behâr (pl. the people of that
country) AV. &c. &c.; a minstrel who sings the praises of a chief's ancestry L.;
({A}) f. the town of the MñMagadhas L.; long pepper Sus'r.
maghavan * = (%{magha4-}.) mfn. (middle stem %{magha4-vat} [which may be used
throughout], weak stem %{magho4n} ; nom. m. %{magha4vA} or %{-vAn} f.
%{magho4nI} or %{maghavatI} [Vop.] ; n. %{maghavat} ; nom. pl. m. once
%{magho4nas} ; cf. Pa1n2. 6-4, 128 ; 133), possessing or distributing gifts,
bountiful, liberal, munificent (esp. said of Indra and other gods, but also of
institutors of sacrifices who pay the priests and singers) RV. AV. TS. S3Br. Up.
; m. N. of Indra (also pl. %{-vantaH}) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; of a Vya1sa or arranger
of the Pura1n2as Cat. ; of a Da1nava Hariv. ; of the 3rd Cakra-vartin in
Bha1rata L. ; %{-vat-tva4} n. liberality, munificence RV. ; %{-van-nagara} n. `"
Indra's city "'N. of a town Ra1jat. ; %{-van-mukta-kuliza} m. or n. (?) the
thunderbolt hurled by Indra Bhartr2.
magna = (adj) immersed
maghaa = Also known as makka. Tenth nakshatra
maha * = 1 mfn. great, mighty, strong, abundant RV.; m. (cf. {makha}, {magha}) a
feast, festival MBh.; the festival of spring S'is'. Hariv. Var. [794, 2]; a
partic. Eka7ha S'ânkhS'r.; a sacrifice L.; a buffalo L.; light, lustre,
brilliance L.; ({A}) f. a cow L.; Ichnocarpus Frutescens L.; n. pl. great deeds
RV.
maha * = 2 in comp. for {mahA} before {R} and before {r} for {R}.
mahaa * = in comp. for {mahat} (in RV. ii, 22, 1 and iii, 23; 49, 1 used for
{mahat} as an independent word in acc. sg. {mahA4m} = {mahAntam}).
mahaa * = {mahA-kaGkara} &c. see p. 794, col. 3.
mahaa = Big
mahaabhaaga * = mf({A})n. one to whom a grñgreat portion or lot has fallen,
highly fortunate, eminent in the highest degree, illustrious, highly
distinguished (mostly of persons and frequently in address) Mn. MBh. Hariv. &c.;
virtuous in a high degree, pure, holy W.; m. grñgreat luck, prosperity MW.; N.
of a king VP.; ({A}) f. N. of Dâkshâyanî in Maha7laya Cat.; {-tA} f. (W.) or
{-tva} n. (MW.) high excellence, grñgreat good fortune, exalted station or
merit; the possessing of the 8 cardinal virtues.
mahaabaahuH = mighty-armed
mahaabaaho = O mighty-armed one
mahaabhaarataH = epic Mahabharat, part of itihas (history)
mahaabandha = types of mudraa
mahaabalau = (two)great powerful persons
mahaabhuutaanii = the great elements
mahaadeva = the great god - Shiva
mahaadhaatu* = m. `" great metal or element "', gold L.; lymph L.; N. of S'iva
MBh. (= {meru-parvata} Nîlak.)
mahaadoshhaat.h = from the great defects, wrongs
mahaajanaH = great man
mahaakaavya = epic poem, very long poem
mahaakalpa* = m. a great cycle of time MBh. Pur. Buddh.; N. of S3iva MBh. (=
%{divya-bhUSaNa} Sch.)
mahaamudraa = types of mudraa
mahaan.h = great
mahaanadyaaM = in the great river
mahaanubhavaan.h = great souls
mahaapaataka = great sins
mahaapaapaat.h = from the great sins
mahaapaapmaa = greatly sinful
mahaapurushhayoga = Combination for an extraordinary personality. Usually a
planet is in Exaltation and in a Kendra (Angular sign or house)
mahaaraajika* = m. N. of Vishnu MBh.; {-deva} pl. (with Buddhists) N. of a class
of gods (the inhabitants of the lowest heaven) MWB. 206. 2
mahaarathaH = great fighter
mahaarathaaH = great chariot fighters
mahaaraashhtra = Indian state
mahaarha = great (those that deserve to be called great)
mahaasanni * = m. (in music) a kind of measure Sam2gi1t
mahaashankhaM = the terrific conchshell
mahaashanaH = all-devouring
mahaatattva * = n. `" the grñgreat principle "', Intellect (second of the
Sânkhya Tattvas; see {mahat}); ({A}) f. N. of one of Durgâ's attendants W. //
mahatattvam * = n. `" the great principle "', Intellect (see above) BhPn. `" the
grñgreat principle "', Intellect (second of the Sa1m2khya Tattvas; see
%{mahat}); (%{A}) f. N. of one of Durga1's attendants W.
mahaatman.h = great man
mahaatman* = (%{-hA7t-}) mfn. `" high-souled "', magnanimous, having a grñgreat
or noble nature, high-minded, noble Mn. MBh. R. &c.; highly gifted, exceedingly
wise Pan5cat.; eminent, mighty, powerful, distinguished MBh. R. Pan5cat. Sus3r.;
m. the Supreme Spirit, grñgreat soul of the universe MaitrUp. Mn.; the grñgreat
principle i.e. Intellect BhP.; (scil. %{gaNa})N. of a class of deceased
ancestors Ma1rkP.; of a son of Dhi1-mat VP.; %{-ma-vat} mfn. `" high-souled "',
highly gifted, very wise Ka1m.; %{-tmya} mfn. magnanimous MW.; n. w.r. for
%{mAhAtmya} (q.v.) PadmaP. Das3.
mahaatmanaH = the great souls
mahaatmaa = Great man
mahaatmaanaH = the great souls
mahaatala* = n. N. of the 6th of the 7 lower worlds or regions under the earth
inhabited by the Nâgas &c. (see {pAtAla}) ÂrunUp. Pur. &c. (IW. 431 n. 1).
mahaatithi* = f. the great lunar day, the 6th day of a lunation MBh
mahaatman* = ({-hA7t-}) mfn. `" high-souled "', magnanimous, having a grñgreat
or noble nature, high-minded, noble Mn. MBh. R. &c.; highly gifted, exceedingly
wise Pañcat.; eminent, mighty, powerful, distinguished MBh. R. Pañcat. Sus'r.;
m. the Supreme Spirit, grñgreat soul of the universe MaitrUp. Mn.; the grñgreat
principle i.e. Intellect BhP.; (scil. {gaNa})N. of a class of deceased ancestors
MârkP.; of a son of Dhî-mat VP.; {-ma-vat} mfn. `" high-souled "', highly
gifted, very wise Kâm.; {-tmya} mfn. magnanimous MW.; n. w.r. for {mAhAtmya}
(q.v.) PadmaP. Das'.
mahaayogeshvaraH = the most powerful mystic
mahaayuga * = n. a grñgreat Yuga or YñYuga of the gods (= 4 Yugas of mortals or
the aggregate of the Kriita, Tretâ, Dvâpara and Kali Yugas = 4, 320, 000 years;
a day and a night of Brahmâ comprise 2, 000 Mahâ-yugas) Sûryas. (IW. 178).
mahaavighnaat.h = from the great obstacles
mahat.h = great man
mahat-tattva: *= "the great principle, the Intellect
mahaatattva* = n. `" the grñgreat principle "', Intellect (second of the Sânkhya
Tattvas; see {mahat}); ({A}) f. N. of one of Durgâ's attendants W.
mahataH = from very great
mahataa = great
mahati = in a great
mahatiiM = great
mahadavadhaanaM = great care \& attention
mahadyoniH = source of birth in the material substancemahaapadma* = m. (L.) or
n. a partic. high number MBh. R. Lîl.; m. N. of one of the 9 treasures of Kubera
Cat. L.; (with Jainas) N. of a partic. treasure inhabited by a Nâga L.; of one
of the 8 tñtreasure connected with the Padmini magical art MârkP.; of a hell
DivyA7v. (one of the 8 cold hells Dharmas. 122); a kind of serpent Sus'r.; N. of
a Nâga dwelling in the Mahâ-padma treasure mentioned above Hariv. VP. &c.; of
the southernmost of the elephants that support the earth MBh. R. (IW. 432); of
Nanda Pur.; of a son of NñNanda Buddh.; of a Dânava Hariv.; a Kin-nara or
attendant on Kubera MW.; a species of esculent root L.; n. a white lotus flower
L.; the figure of a whñwhite lñlotus flñflower Kathâs. MârkP. RâmatUp.; a
partic. compound of oil Car.; N. of a city on the right bank of the Ganges MBh.;
m. or n. (?) N. of a Kâvya; {-pati} m. `" proprietor of millions "'N. of Nanda
BhP.; {-saras} or {-salila} n. N. of a lake Râjat.
mahan *= n. greatness, might, power, abundance (only instr. sg. %{mahnA4} and
once pl. %{maha4bhiH}, which also = greatly, mightily, right heartily) RV.
mahaniiya = great person
maharshhayaH = great sages
mahar* = ind. (for {mahas}) the fourth of the seven worlds which rise one above
the other (supposed to be the abode of those saints who survive a destruction of
the world Pur.; Veda7ntas; cf. IW. 55 n. 2).
maharshi* = m. a great Riishi, any great sage or saint (accord. to Mn. i, 34 ten
Maharshis were created by Manu Svâyambhuva, viz. Marîci, Atri, Angiras,
Pulastya, Pulaha, Kratu, Pracetas, Vasishthha, Bhriigu, Nârada, also called the
10 Prajâpatis, q.v.; some restrict the number to 7, and some add Daksha, Dharma,
Gautama, Kanva, Vâlmîki, Vyâsa, Manu, Vibhândaka &c.) Mn. MBh. &c. (IW. 206 n.
1); N. of S'iva S'ivag.; of Buddha L.; of a poet Cat.
maharshhi = great sages
maharshhiiNaaM = of the great sages
mahaaviira = Mahavir
mahi *V= the land, the earth, the planets, the glory
mahi * = 1 mfn. (only nom. acc. sg. n.) = {maha4t}, great RV. AV. VS.; ind.
greatly, very, exceedingly, much ib. S'ânkhS'r.; m. n. greatness BhP.; m. =
{mahat}, intellect ib.; f. = 1. {mahI4} the earth L. (in comp. not always
separable from 1. {mahi4n} q.v.)
mahii * = 1 f. (cf. 2. {ma4h}), the great world "', the earth (cf. {urvI},
{pRthivI}) RV. &c. &c. (in later language also = ground, soil, land, country);
earth (as a substance) Mn. vii, 70; the base of a triangle or other plane figure
Col.; space RV. iii, 56, 2; v, 44, 6 &c.; a host, army ib. iii, 1, 12; vii, 93,
5 &c.; a cow RV. VS. (Naigh. ii, 11); du. heaven and earth RV. i, 80, 11; 159, 1
&c. (Naigh. iii, 30); pl. waters, streams RV. ii. 11, 2; v, 45, 3 &c.; Hingtsha
Repens L.; a kind of metre Col.; N. of a divine being (associated with Idâ and
Sarasvatî RV. i, 13, 9 Sây.; cf. Naigh. i, 11); of a river MBh. Hariv.; of the
number `" one "' Ganit.
mahipaala = (m) king
mahimaa = Glory
mahimaanaM = glories
mahimnaH = of greatness
mahisha = he - buffalo
mahishha = (m) buffalo
mahishhaH = demon
mahishhaasurasya = of demon mahisha
mahishhaasureNa = by the demon mahishasura
immediately curbed,
mahiiM = the world
mahiikrite = for the sake of the earth
mahiipate = O King
mahiikshitaaM = chiefs of the world
mahiiya *= Nom. A1. %{-ya4te}, to be joyous or happy RV. &c. &c.; to prosper
TUp.; to be exalted, rise high R.; to be highly esteemed or honoured Ka1v. (also
pr. p. Pass. %{mahIyyamAna} Bhat2t2.)
mahiiyaa *= f. joyousness, happiness, exultation (dat. %{-yai4}) RV. TS.; N. of
a partic. verse A1pS3r. Sch.
mahiiyas *= mfn. greater, mightier, stronger (or, very great, vñvery mighty &c.
"') Up. MBh. Ka1v. &c. (with %{hAsa} m. very loud laughter; with %{kula} n. a
very noble family).
mahendra = Indra, god of gods
maheshvaraM = the Supreme Lord
maheshvaraH = the Supreme Lord
maheshvaasaaH = mighty bowmen
mahodadhi = ocean
mahyam.h = Mine
maitraH = friendly
maitrii = friendship
maithuna = sacramental intercourse
majina = deer skin?
majjana * = m. N. of a demon causing sickness or fever Hariv.; of one of Siva's
attendants L.; n. sinking (esp. under water), diving, immersion, bathing,
ablution GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; (with {niraye}), sinking into hell MBh.; drowning,
overwhelming ib.; = {majjan}, marrow L.
majjat.h = one who takes a dip
majjati = (6 pp) to sink, to drown
majja* = 1 mfn. sinking, diving (in {uda-majja}; see {audamajji}).
majja* = 2 in comp. for {majjan}.
majjA4* = f. id. S'Br. MaitrUp. Hariv. (cf. {nirmajja}).
maJjA* = f. = {maJarI}, a cluster of blossoms &c. L.; = {ajA}, a she-goat L.
maJNchaH = (m) bed
makara = crocodile
makaara* = m. the letter or sound {ma} S'ânkhBr. AV.Paris' &c.; {-paJcaka} n. =
{paJca-makAra} W.; {-rA7di-sahasranAman} n. N. of ch. of the Rudra-yâmala
(containing 1000 names of Râma beginning with {m}). \\ m. the foot called
molossus; {-vipulA} f. N. of a metre Ping. Sch.
makara* = m. a kind of sea-monster (sometimes confounded with the crocodile,
shark, dolphin &c.; regarded as the emblem of Kâma-deva [cf. {mokara-ketana} &c.
below] or as a symbol of the 9th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî; represented as
an ornament on gates or on head-dresses) VS. &c. &c.; a partic. species of
insect or other small animal Sus'r.; N. of the 10th sign of the zodiac
(Capricornus) Sûryas. Var. &c.; the 10th arc of 30 degrees in any circle L.; an
army of troops in the form of a MñMa4kara Mn. vii, 187; an ear-ring shaped like
a MñMa4kara BhP. (cf. {makara-kuNDala}); the hands folded in the form of a
MñMa4kara Cat.; one of the 9 treasures of Kubera L.; one of the 8 magical
treasures called Padminî MârkP.; a partic. magical spell recited over weapons
R.; N. of a mountain BhP.; ({I}) f. the female of the sea-monster MñMa4kara
Pañcat.; N. of a river MBh.
makaraH = crocodile
makaraasana = the crocodile posture
makha * mfn. (prob. connected with 1. {mah} or {maMh}) jocund, cheerful,
sprightly, vigorous, active, restless (said of the Maruts and other gods) RV.
Br.; m. a feast, festival, any occasion of joy or festivity RV. S'ânkhGri.; a
sacrifice, sacrificial oblation S'Br. &c. &c. (Naigh. iii, 17); (prob.) N. of a
mythical being (esp. in {makhasya ziraH}, `" Makha's head "') RV. VS. S'Br. (cf.
also comp.)
makhatraataa = the protector, saviour of makha (Indra)
maNa * = m. or u. (?) (fr. Arabic) a partic. measure of grain Col.
mana * = 1 m. Indian spikenard, Nardostachys Jatamansi L.; N. of a son of
S3ambara Hariv. (v.l. %{mata}).\\ 2 in comp. for %{manas}.\\3 m. du. (for 1. and
2. see p. 783, col. 2) a partic. ornament RV. viii, 78, 2.
manaa * = f. devotion, attachment, zeal, eagerness RV.; envy, jealousy ib.
manasvin * = mfn. full of mind or sense, intelligent, clever, wise TBr. &c. &c.
; in high spirits, cheerful, glad (%{a-man-}) R. ; fixing the mind attentive W.
; m. the fabulous animal called S3arabha L. ; N. of a Na1ga Lalit. ; of a son of
Devala VP. ; (%{inI}) f. a virtuous wife W. ; Momordica Mixta L. ; N. of the
mother of the moon MBh. (cf. %{manasija}) ; of Durga L. ; of the wife of
Mr2ikan2d2u Pur.
ma..ndo.api = mandaH + api:though dull or slow
ma.ngalaM = (Nr. nom. + accc.S)auspiciousness
ma.ntrasya = mantra's
ma.ntreNa = thro' the mantra
ma.nda = Dull
maNDa* = m. n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the scum of boiled rice (or any grain) Nir.
Uttarar. Sus3r.; the thick part of milk, cream, S3veUp. MBh. &c. (cf.
%{dadhi-m-}); the spirituous part of wine &c. Hariv. R. (W. also `" foam or
froth; pith, essence; the head "'); m. (only L.) Ricinus Communis; a species of
potherb; a frog (cf. %{maNDUka}); ornament, decoration; a measure of weight (= 5
Ma1shas); (%{A}) f. the emblic myrobalan tree L.; spirituous or vinous liquor,
brandy L.; n. see %{nau-maNDa4}.
manda * = mf(%{A}) n. slow, tardy, moving slowly or softly, loitering, idle,
lazy, sluggish in (loc. or comp.), apathetic, phlegmatic, indifferent to (dat.)
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; weak, slight, slack (as a bow), dull, faint (as light), low (as
a voice), gentle (as rain or wind), feeble (as the digestive faculty) ib.; weak
i.e. tolerant, indulgent to (loc.) MBh.; dull-witted, silly, stupid, foolish
Kat2hUp. MBh. &c.; unhappy, miserable (L. = %{kRpaNa}) MBh. Hariv.; languid,
ill, sick Ma1lav.; bad, wicked Ma1rkP.; drunken, addicted to intoxication L.; =
%{-mandra} L.; m. the planet Saturn Var.; the (upper) apsis of a planet's course
or (according to some) its anomalistic motion Su1ryas.; N. of Yama L.; a stupid
or slow elephant L. (cf. %{mandra}, %{bhadra-manda}, %{mRga-manda}); the end of
the world (= %{pralaya}) L.; (%{A}) f. a pot, vessel, inkstand L.; N. of
Da1ksha1yan2i1 Cat.; (scil. %{saMkrAnti}) a partic. astron. conjunction L.; (in
music) N. of a S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; n. the second change which takes place in warm
milk when mixed with Takra L.; (%{am}) ind. slowly, tardily, gradually,
slightly, faintly, softly (also %{manda} ibc., and %{mandam@mandam}) MBh. Ka1v.
&c.
maNDala * = mf(%{A})n. circular, round VarBr2S.; n. (rarely m. g.
%{ardharcA7di}, and f. %{I} g. %{ganrA7di}) a disk (esp. of the sun or moon);
anything round (but in Hcat. also applied to anything triangular; cf.
%{maNDalaka}); a circle (instr. `" in a circle "'; also `" the charmed cñcircle
of a conjuror "'), globe, orb, ring, circumference, ball, wheel S3Br. &c. &c.;
the path or orbit of a heavenly body Su1ryas.; a halo round the sun or moon
VarBr2S.; a ball for playing MBh.; a circular bandage (in surgery) Sus3r.; (also
n. pl.) a sort of cutaneous eruption or leprosy with circular spot ib.; a round
mole or mark (caused by a finger-nail &c.) on the body La1t2y. Ka1tyS3r. Sch.; a
circular array of troops MBh. Ka1m.; a partic. attitude in shooting L.; a
district, arrondissement, territory, province, country (often at the end of
modern names e.g. Coro-mandal coast) Inscr. AV.Paris3. MBh. &c.; a surrounding
district or neighbouring state, the circle of a king's near and distant
neighbours (with whom he must maintain political and diplomatic relations; 4 or
6 or 10 or even 12 such neighbouring princes are enumerated) Mn. (esp. vii, 154
&c.) Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; a multitude, group, band, collection, whole body,
society, company Ya1jn5. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a division or book of the R2ig-veda (of
which there are 10, according to the authorship of the hymns; these are divided
into 85 Anuva1kas or lessons, and these agan into 1017, or with the 11
additional hymns into 1028 Su7ktas or hymns; the other more mechanical division,
is into Asht2akas, Adhya1yas and Vargas q.v.) RPra1t. Br2ih. &c.; m. a dog L.; a
kind of snake L.; (%{I}) f. Panicum Dactylon L.; Cocculus Cordifolius Bhpr.; n.
Unguis Odoratus L.; a partic. oblation or sacrifice L.
ma.ndira = temple
ma.nsyante = they will consider
mangala = Mars. Also Auspiciousness and well-being
mangalavaara = Tuesday
maNi = gem * = pearl (also fig.), any ornament or amulet, globule, crystal; a
magnet, loadstone p.; glans penis; N. of the jewel-lotus prayer; clitoris
maNigaNaaH = pearls
maNipura = a chakra near or at the navel
maNibandhaH = (m) wrist
maNDala = circle
maNDita = shining
maNDuka = a frog
maNDukaasana = the frog posture
makha4-kriyA *= f. a sacrificial rite L.
makha4-vat *= ({makha4-}) mfn. companion of Makha (a word used to explain
{magha4vat} q.v.) S'Br.; a sacrificer
manu * = mfn. thinking, wise, intelligent VS. S3Br.; m. `" the thinking
creature(?) "', man, mankind RV. VS. AitBr. TA1r. (also as opp. to evil spirits
RV. i, 130, 8; viii, 98, 6 &c.; the R2ibhus are called %{manor@na4pAtaH}, the
sons of man, iii, 60, 3); the Man par excellence or the representative man and
father of the human race (regarded in the RV. as the first to have instituted
sacrifices and religious ceremonies, and associated with the R2ishis Kan2va and
Atri; in the AitBr. described as dividing his possessions among some of his sons
to the exclusion of one called Na1bha1-nedisht2ha q.v.; called Sa1m2varan2a as
author of RV. ix, 101, 10-12; A1psava as author of ib. 106, 7-9; in Naigh. v, 6
he is numbered among the 31 divine beings of the upper sphere, and VS. xi, 66 as
father of men even identified with Prajs-pati; but the name Manu is esp. applied
to 14 successive mythical progenitors and sovereigns of the earth, described Mn.
i, 63 and in later wks. as creating and supporting this world through successive
Antaras or long periods of time see %{manv-antara} below; the first is called
Sva1yambhuva as sprung from %{svayam-bhU}, the Self-existent, and described in
Mn. 12, 34 as a sort of secondary creator, who commenced his work by producing
10 Praja1patis or Maharshis, of whom the first was %{marIci}, Light; to this
Manu is ascribed the celebrated `" code of Manu "' see %{manu-saMhitA}, and two
ancient Su1tra works on Kalpa and Gr2ihya i.e. sacrificial and domestic rites;
he is also called Hairan2yagarbha as son of Hiran2ya-garbha, and Pra1cetasa, as
son of Pra-cetas; the next 5 Manus are called Sva1rocisha, Auttami, Ta1masa,
Raivata, Ca1kshusha cf. IW. 208 n. 1; the 7th Manu, called %{vaivasvata},
Sun-born, or from his piety, %{satya-vrata}, is regarded as the progenitor of
the present race of living beings, and said, like the Noah of the Old Testament,
to have been preserved from a great flood by Vishn2u or Brahma1 in the form of a
fish: he is also variously described as one of the 12 A1dityas, as the author of
RV. viii, 27-31, as the brother of Yama, who as a son of he Sun is also called
Vaivasvata, as the founder and first king of Ayodhya1, and as father of Ila1 who
married Budha, son of the Moon, the two great solar and lunar races being thus
nearly related to each other see IW. 344; 373; the 8th Manu or first of the
future Manus accord. to VP. iii, 2, will be Sa1varn2i; the 9th Daksha-sa1varn2i;
the 12th Rudra-sñsa1varn2i; the 13th Raucya or Deva-sñsa1varn2i; the 14th
Bhautya or Indra-sñsa1varn2i); thought (= %{manas}) TS. Br.; a sacred text,
prayer, incantation, spell (= %{mantra}) Ra1matUp. Pan5car. Prata1p.; N. of an
Agni MBh.; of a Rudra Pur.; of Kr2is3a7s3va BhP.; of an astronomer Cat.; (pl.)
the mental Powers BhP.; N. of the number `" fourteen "' (on account of the 14
Manus) Su1ryas. [784,3]; f. Manu's wife (= %{manAvI}) L.; Trigonella Corniculata
L. [Cf. Goth. {manna}; Germ. {Mannus}, son of {Tuisto} [TM], mentioned by
Tacitus, in his wk. {Germania}, as the mythical ancestor of the West-Germans,
{mann}, {man}; Angl. Sax. {man}; Eng. {man}.]
makhas *= see next apd {sa4dma-makhas}.
makhasya *= Nom. P. A. {-sya4ti}, {-te}, to be cheerful or sprightly RV. [cf.
$].
makhasyu4 *= mfn. cheerful; sprightly, exuberant ib.
makha4 *= 1 mfn. (prob. connected with 1. {mah} or {maMh}) jocund, cheerful,
sprightly, vigorous, active, restless (said of the Maruts and other gods) RV.
Br.; m. a feast, festival, any occasion of joy or festivity RV. S'ânkhGri.; a
sacrifice, sacrificial oblation S'Br. &c. &c. (Naigh. iii, 17); (prob.) N. of a
mythical being (esp. in {makhasya ziraH}, `" Makha's head "') RV. VS. S'Br. (cf.
also comp.)
makha *= 2 m. or n. (?) the city of Mecca Kâlac.
makshikaa = bee
mala = dirt, rubbish *= n. (in later language also m. ; prob. fr. %{mlai}) dirt,
filth, dust, impurity (physical and moral) AV. &c. &c. ; (in med.) any bodily
excretion or secretion (esp. those of the Dha1tus q.v., described as phlegm from
chyle, bile from the blood, nose mucus and ear wax from the flesh, perspiration
from the fat, nails and hair from the bones, rheum of the eye from the brain ;
cf. also the 12 impurities of the body enumerated in Mn. v, 135) Sus3r. Va1gbh.
&c. ; (with S3aivas), original sin, natural impurity Sarvad. ; camphor L. ; Os
Sepiae L. ; m. the son of a S3u1dra and a Ma1luki1 L. ; (%{A}) f. Flacourtia
Cataphracta L. ; n. tanned leather, a leathern or dirty garment (?) RV. x, 136,
2 ; a kind of brass or bell-metal L. ; the tip of a scorpion's tail L. (v.l.
%{ala}) ; mfn. dirty, niggardly L. ; unbelieving, godless L. [Cf. Gk. $ ;
&240436[792,1] Lat. {ma8lus} ; Lith. {mo4lis}, {me4lynas}.]
malana* = m. a tent L.; ({A}) f. the long cucumber L.; n. crushing, grinding L.
(= {mardana}; cf. {pari-mala})
malaya = malaya mountain *= m. (Un2. iv, 99) N. of a mountain range on the west
of Malabar, the western Gha1ts (abounding in sandal trees) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; of
the country Malabar and (pl.) its inhabitants ib. ; of another country (=
%{zailA7Mza-dezaH}, or %{zailA7Ggo@d-}) L. ; of an Upa-dvi1pa L. ; of a son of
Garud2a MBh. (B. %{mAlaya}) ; of a son of R2ishabha BhP. ; of a poet Cat. ; a
celestial grove (= %{nandana-vana}) L. ; a garden L. ; (in music) a kind of
measure Sam2gi1t. ; (%{A}) f. Ipomoea Turpethum L. ; N. of a woman Va1s.,
Introd.
malayaja = arising out of mount malaya
malena = by dust
mallaH = (m) wrestler
mallayuddham.h = (n) wrestling
maN * cl. 1. P. {maNati}, to sound, murmur Dhâtup. xiii, 5.
man * in comp. for 1. {mad}.
man * cl. 8. 4. Â. (Dhâtup. xxx, 9; xxv, 67) {manute4}, {ma4nyate} (ep. also
{-ti}; 3. pl. {manvate4} RV.; pf. {mene} Br. &c.; {mamnA4the}, {-nA4ts} RV.;
aor. {a4mata}, {a4manmahi} Subj. {manAmahe}, {mananta}, p. {manAna4} q.v. RV.;
{maMsi}, {amaMsta} Subj. {maMsate} Prec. {maMsISTa}, 1. pers. m. c. {masIya}
ib.; {mAMsta} AV., {-stAdm} TÂr.; {mandhvam} Br.; {amaniSTa} Gr.; fut.
{maMsyate} Br., {-ti} MBh.; {manta}, {manitA} Gr.; {maniSyate} RV.; inf.
{mantum} MBh. &c., {ma4ntave}, {-tavai} RV., {ma4ntos} Br.; ind. p. {matvA4} Up.
&c.; {manitvA} Gr.; {-matya} Br. &c.; {-manya} MBh. &c.), to think, believe,
imagine, suppose, conjecture RV. &c. &c. ({manye}, I think, methinks, is in
later language often inserted in a sentence without affecting the construction;
cf. g. {cA7di} and Pân. 4-1, 106); to regard or consider any one or anything
(acc.) as (acc. with or without {iva}, or adv., often in {-vat}; in later
language also dat., to express contempt [cf. Pân. 2-3, 17], e g. {rAjyaM tRNaya}
{manye}, `" I value empire at a straw "' i.e. I make light of it = {laghu}
{man}, and opp. to {bahu}, or {sAdhu} {man}, to think much or well of. praise,
approve) ib.; to think one's self or be thought to be, appear as, pass for
(nom.; also with {iva}) ib.; to be of opinion, think fit or right MBh. Kâv. &c.;
to agree or be of the same opinion with (acc.) MBh.; to set the heart or mind
on, honour, esteem (with {nau}, disdain), hope or wish for (acc. or gen.) RV.
&c. &c.; to think of (in prayer &c., either `" to remember, meditate on "', or
`" mention, declare "', or `" excogitate, invent "') RV. AV.; to perceive,
observe, leam, know, understand, comprehend (acc., Ved. also gen.). RV. &c. &c.;
to offer, present MBh.: Caus. (Dhâtup. xxxiv, 36) {mAnayati} (ep. also {-te};
aor. {amImanat}; Pass. {mAnyate}), to honour, esteem, value highly (also with
{uru}, {bahu} and {sAdhu}) AV. &c. &c.; (Â.) {stavibhe} Dhâtup. xxxiii, 35;
{garvake} ib. Vop.: Desid. (Dhâtup. xxiii, 3) {mImAMsate} (rarely {-ti};
{amImAMsiSThAs} S'Br.; {mInAMsya4te} AV.; {mimaMsate}, {mimaniSate} Gr.), to
reflect upon, consider, examine, investigate AV. Br. &c.; to cali in question,
doubt (`" with regard to "' loc.) ib.: Desid. of Desid. {mimAmiSate} Gr.:
Intens. {manmanyate}, {manmanti} ib. [Cf. Zd. {man}; Gk. $, $, &237786[783, 1]
Lat. {meminisse}, {monere}; Slav. and Lith. {mine4ti}; Goth. {ga-munan}; Germ,
{meinen}; Eng. {mean}.]
man.h = to think
mana = Mind
manaana * = mfn. devout, pious RV. vi, 67, 10.
manaaya *= Nom. P. %{-ya4ti}, to be zealous or devoted RV.; to think, consider
ib.
manaH = heart
manaHprasaadaH = satisfaction of the mind
manana = Reflection// mfn. thoughtful, careful RV.; n. thinking, reflection,
meditation, thought, intelligence, understanding (esp. intrinsic knowledge or
science, as one of the faculties connected with the senses Nir. viii, 6 =
%{manman}) Hariv. S3am2k. Sarvad. (%{-nA4} ind. thoughtfully, deliberately RV.);
homage, reverence Sa1y. on RV. i, 165, 4.
manapravaaha = Stream of thought
manavaH = Manus
manave = unto the father of mankind (of the name Vaivasvata)
manas.h = mind
manasa m. N. of a R2ishi RV. v, 44, 10 (Sa1y.); (%{A}) f. see 1. %{manasA}; n.
(ifc., with f. %{A}) = %{manas}, mind, heart Pa1rGr2. MBh. &c.
manasaa *= 1 f. N. of a partic. goddess (described as consisting of a particle
of Prakr2iti and as daughter of Kas3yapa. sister of the serpent-king Ananta,
wife of the Muni Jarat-ka1ru, mother of the Muni A1sti1ka and protectress of men
from the venom of serpents; cf. %{viSa-harI}) Pan5car.; of a Kim2-nari1
Ka1ran2d2.\\ manasA 2 instr. of %{manas}, in comp.
manasaM = whose mind
manasaH = more than the mind
manasaa = by the mind
manasi = in the mind
mandaakinii = the ganges
mandaan.h = lazy to understand self-realization
mandaara = mountain used by the gods to stir the cosmic ocean
maNDa * = m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) the scum of boiled rice (or any grain) Nir.
Uttarar. Sus'r.; the thick part of milk, cream, S'veUp. MBh. &c. (cf.
{dadhi-m-}); the spirituous part of wine &c. Hariv. R. (W. also `" foam or
froth; pith, essence; the head "'); m. (only L.) Ricinus Communis; a species of
potherb; a frog (cf. {maNDUka}); ornament, decoration; a measure of weight (= 5
Mâshas); ({A}) f. the emblic myrobalan tree L.; spirituous or vinous liquor,
brandy L.; n. see {nau-maNDa4}.
manda * = mf({A}) n. slow, tardy, moving slowly or softly, loitering, idle,
lazy, sluggish in (loc. or comp.), apathetic, phlegmatic, indifferent to (dat.)
MBh. Kâv. &c.; weak, slight, slack (as a bow), dull, faint (as light), low (as a
voice), gentle (as rain or wind), feeble (as the digestive faculty) ib.; weak
i.e. tolerant, indulgent to (loc.) MBh.; dull-witted, silly, stupid, foolish
KathhUp. MBh. &c.; unhappy, miserable (L. = {kRpaNa}) MBh. Hariv.; languid, ill,
sick Mâlav.; bad, wicked MârkP.; drunken, addicted to intoxication L.; =
{-mandra} L.; m. the planet Saturn Var.; the (upper) apsis of a planet's course
or (according to some) its anomalistic motion Sûryas.; N. of Yama L.; a stupid
or slow elephant L. (cf. {mandra}, {bhadra-manda}, {mRga-manda}); the end of the
world (= {pralaya}) L.; ({A}) f. a pot, vessel, inkstand L.; N. of Dâkshâyanî
Cat.; (scil. {saMkrAnti}) a partic. astron. conjunction L.; (in music) N. of a
S'ruti Sangît.; n. the second change which takes place in warm milk when mixed
with Takra L.; ({am}) ind. slowly, tardily, gradually, slightly, faintly, softly
(also {manda} ibc., and {mandam mandam}) MBh. Kâv. &c.
maNDala* = mf({A})n. circular, round VarBriS.; n. (rarely m. g. {ardharcA7di},
and f. {I} g. {ganrA7di}) a disk (esp. of the sun or moon); anything round (but
in Hcat. also applied to anything triangular; cf. {maNDalaka}); a circle (instr.
`" in a circle "'; also `" the charmed cñcircle of a conjuror "'), globe, orb,
ring, circumference, ball, wheel S'Br. &c. &c.; the path or orbit of a heavenly
body Sûryas.; a halo round the sun or moon VarBriS.; a ball for playing MBh.; a
circular bandage (in surgery) Sus'r.; (also n. pl.) a sort of cutaneous eruption
or leprosy with circular spot ib.; a round mole or mark (caused by a finger-nail
&c.) on the body Lâthy. KâtyS'r. Sch.; a circular array of troops MBh. Kâm.; a
partic. attitude in shooting L.; a district, arrondissement, territory,
province, country (often at the end of modern names e.g. Coro-mandal coast)
Inscr. AV.Paris'. MBh. &c.; a surrounding district or neighbouring state, the
circle of a king's near and distant neighbours (with whom he must maintain
political and diplomatic relations; 4 or 6 or 10 or even 12 such neighbouring
princes are enumerated) Mn. (esp. vii, 154 &c.) Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; a multitude,
group, band, collection, whole body, society, company Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; a
division or book of the Riig-veda (of which there are 10, according to the
authorship of the hymns; these are divided into 85 Anuvâkas or lessons, and
these agan into 1017, or with the 11 additional hymns into 1028 Su7ktas or
hymns; the other more mechanical division, is into Ashthakas, Adhyâyas and
Vargas q.v.) RPrât. Briih. &c.; m. a dog L.; a kind of snake L.; ({I}) f.
Panicum Dactylon L.; Cocculus Cordifolius Bhpr.; n. Unguis Odoratus L.; a
partic. oblation or sacrifice L.
mandi = A mathematical point that arises every day a certain number of hours
after sunset. Used in Electional Astrology or Muhurtha
mandira = abode* = n. any waiting or abiding-place, habitation, dwelling, house,
palace, temple, town, camp &c. (ifc. dwelling in) MBh. Kâv. &c. [788,3]; a
stable for horses L. (cf. {mandurA}); the body L.; m. the sea L.; the hollow or
back of the knee L.; N. of a Gandharva L.
mandiira* = m. (prob.) N. of a man KâtyS'r. (v.l. {maGgIra}); n. w.r. for
{maJjIra}.
mandire = in the temple
maNDita mfn. adorned, decorated MBh. Ka1v. &c.; m. (with Jainas) N. of one of
the 11 Gan2sdhipas L.
māneshu V *= whose pride
manIshaa f. thought, reflection, consideration, wisdom, intelligence,
conception, idea (%{pa4ro@manISa4yA}, beyond all conception) RV. &c. &c. ;
prayer, hymn RV. ; desire, wish, request ib.
man'gala = auspicious * =maGgala n. (accord. to Un. v, 70 fr. {maGg}) happiness,
felicity, welfare, bliss (also pl.; ifc. f. {A}) Mn. MBh. &c.; anything
auspicious or tending to a lucky issue (e.g. a good omen, a prayer, benediction,
auspicious ornament or amulet, a festival or any solemn ceremony on important
occasions &c.; cf. mfn. below) Kaus'. MBh. Kâv. &c.; a good old custom PârGri.
Mn.; a good work MBh. BhP.; (in music) a partic. composition Sangît.; N. of the
capital of Udyâna Buddh.; m. N. of Agni Griihyâs.; of the planet Mars L.; of a
king belonging to the race of Manu Cat.; of a Buddha Lalit.; of a poet Cat.; of
a chief of the Câlukyas ib.; the smell of jasmine L.; ({A}) f. the white- and
blue-flowering Dûrvâ grass L.; a sort of Karañja L.; turmeric L.; a faithful
wife L.; N. of Umâ Hcat.; of Dakshsyani (as worshipped in Gayâ) Cat.; of the
mother of the 5th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî. L.; ({I}) f. g. {gaurA7di};
mf({A})n. auspicious, lucky Hcat.; having the scent of jasmine L.
mangalaM = auspiciousness
maNi * = m. (%{i} f. only L.; %{I} f. Sin6ha7s.; %{maNI7va} = %{maNI} [du.]
%{iva} Naish.) a jewel, gem, pearl (also fig.), any ornament or amulet, globule,
crystal RV. &c. &c.; a magnet, loadstone Kap.; glans penis Sus3r.; N. of the
jewel-lotus prayer MWB. 37 2; clitoris L.; the hump (of a camel) MBh.; the
dependent fleshy excrescences on a goat's neck VarBr2S.; thyroid cartilage L.
(cf. %{kaNTha-m-}); the wrist (= %{mñmaNi4-bandha}) L.; a large water-jar L.; N.
of a Na1ga MBh.; of a companion of Skanda (associated with Su-man2i) ib.; of a
sage ib.; of a son of Yuyudha1na ib. (in Hariv. v.l. %{tUNi}); of a king of the
Kim-n2aras, Ka1ran2d.; of various wks. and a collection of magical formulas
(also abridged for Tattva-cinta1man2i and Siddha7nta-s3iroman2i). [Cf. Gk.
&235359[774,3] $, $; Lat. {monile}; Germ. {mane}, {Ma1hne}; Eng. {mane}.]
maNinaaga* = m. N. of a snake-demon MBh. Hariv.; m. or n. (?) N. of a sacred
bathing-place MBh.
maNiniryaatana* = n. the restitution of a jewel R.
maNiindra* = m. `" jewel-chief. "' a diamond Pañcar.
maNDita* = mfn. adorned, decorated MBh. Ka1v. &c.; m. (with Jainas) N. of one of
the 11 Gan2sdhipas L.
maniish = lord of the mind
maniishhiNaH = great sages or devotees
maniishikaa f. wisdom, intelligence (%{sva-manISikayA}, `" according to one's
own judgment "') BhP. ; expectation Ba1lar.
maniishin * = mfn. thoughtful, intelligent, wise, sage, prudent. RV. &c. &c. ;
devout, offering prayers or praises RV. ; m. a learned Bra1hman, teacher,
Pan2d2it W. ; N. of a king VP.
maniishhiNaaM = even for the great souls
maniishitaa* = wisdom
maniishhita = (n) a wish
maniishita * = mfn. desired, wished
mañju: * = pleasing charming, sweet
manogataan.h = of mental concoction
manojavaM = having the speed of mind
manobhiH = and mind
manomani = samadhi
manoraJNjana = entertainment, pleasant to mind
manoratha = wish
manorathaM = according to my desires
manorame = another appellation to PArvati here meaning `pleasing to the mind'
manohara = beautiful
mantavyaH = is to be considered
manthin* = mfn. shaking, agitating Bhathth.; paining, afflicting W.; m.
Soma-juice with meal mixed in it by stirring RV. TS. Br. S'rS.; semen virile
(cf. {Urdhva-m-}); ({inI}) f. a butter-vat L.; N. of one of the Mâtriis
attending on Skanda MBh.
mantra = spel * = m. (rarely n.; ifc. f. %{A}), `" instrument of thought "',
speech, sacred text or speech, a prayer or song of praise RV. AV. TS.; a Vedic
hymn or sacrificial formula, that portion of the Veda which contains the texts
called %{Rc} or %{yajus} or %{sAman} (q.v.) as opp. to the Bra1hmana and
Upanishad portion (see IW. 5 &c.) Br. Gr2S3rS. &c. [786,1]; a sacred formula
addressed to any individual deity (e.g. %{om} %{zivAya} %{namaH}) RTL. 61; a
mystical verse or magical formula (sometimes personified), incantation, charm,
spell (esp. in modern times employed by the S3a1ktas to acquire superhuman
powers; the primary Mantras being held to be 70 millions in number and the
secondary innumerable RTL. 197-202) RV. (i, 147, 4) A1s3vS3r. Mn. Katha1s.
Sus3r.; cousultation, resolution, counsel, advice, plan, design, secret RV. &c.
&c.; N. of Vishn2u Vishn2.; of S3iva MBh.; (in astrol.) the fifth mansion
VarYogay.
mantraH = transcendental chant
mantrayate = (10 ap) to consult
mantrahiinaM = with no chanting of the Vedic hymns
manthati = to churn (as in to get butter from curds)
manmatha= god of love, Cupid*= m. (either an intens. form fr. %{math}, or fr.
%{man} = %{manas} + %{matha}, `" agitating "'; cf. %{mandeha} and %{mandhAtR})
love or the god of love, amorous passion or desire (ifc. f. %{A}) MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; Feronia Elephantum L.; the 29th (3rd) year in a 60 years "' cycle of
Jupiter VarBr2S.; N. of a physician and various other men Cat.; (%{A}) f. N. of
Da1ksha1yan2i1 ib.
manmanaaH = always thinking of Me
manmayaa = fully in Me
manoratha *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}) `" heart's joy "' (see 2. %{ratha}) , a wish ,
desire (also = desired object) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; fancy , illusion S3am2k. ; (in
dram.) a wish expressed in an indirect manner , hint Sa1h. ; the heart compared
to a car (see 1. %{ratha}) R. ; N. of a teacher Buddh. ; of a poet Cat. ; of
various men Ra1jat. ; (%{A}) f. N. of a woman( = %{-prabhA}) Katha1s. ;
%{-kusuma} n. wish or desire compared to a flower MW. ; %{-kRza} mfn. chosen or
taken at will (as a husband) Hariv. ; %{-tIrtha} n. N. of a Ti1rtha Cat. ;
%{-tRtIyA} f. the 3rd day in the light half of the month Caitra (%{-vrata} n. N.
of wk.) Cat. ; %{-dAyaka} m. `" fulfilling wishes "'N. of a Kalpa-vr2iksha ,
Kathls. ; %{-druma} w.r. for %{mano-bhava-dr-} Ma1lav. iii , 11 ; %{-dvAdazI} f.
the 12th day in a partic. half month Cat. ; %{-prabhA} f. N. of a woman Katha1s.
; %{-bandha} m. the cherishing or entertaining of desires (%{-dhabandhu} m. the
friend of [i.e. one who satisfies] wishes , Ma1atim. i , 34) ; %{-maya}
mf(%{I})n. consisting of wishes , having many wÒwishes Bha1m. ; being the object
of a wÒwishes Naish. ; %{-siddha} w.r. for %{-siddhi} Katha1s. ; %{-siddhi} f.
the fulfilment of a wÒwishes Katha1s. ; m. (also %{-dhika}) N. of a man ib. ;
%{-sRSTi} f. creation of the fancy , phantasm of the imagination MW. ;
%{-thA7ntara} m. `" innermost desire "' , beloved object or person Mr2icch.
manu = father of the human race * = mfn. thinking, wise, intelligent VS. S3Br.;
m. `" the thinking creature(?) "', man, mankind RV. VS. AitBr. TA1r. (also as
opp. to evil spirits RV. i, 130, 8; viii, 98, 6 &c.; the R2ibhus are called
%{manor@na4pAtaH}, the sons of man, iii, 60, 3); the Man par excellence or the
representative man and father of the human race (regarded in the RV. as the
first to have instituted sacrifices and religious ceremonies, and associated
with the R2ishis Kan2va and Atri; in the AitBr. described as dividing his
possessions among some of his sons to the exclusion of one called
Na1bha1-nedisht2ha q.v.; called Sa1m2varan2a as author of RV. ix, 101, 10-12;
A1psava as author of ib. 106, 7-9; in Naigh. v, 6 he is numbered among the 31
divine beings of the upper sphere, and VS. xi, 66 as father of men even
identified with Prajs-pati; but the name Manu is esp. applied to 14 successive
mythical progenitors and sovereigns of the earth, described Mn. i, 63 and in
later wks. as creating and supporting this world through successive Antaras or
long periods of time see %{manv-antara} below; the first is called Sva1yambhuva
as sprung from %{svayam-bhU}, the Self-existent, and described in Mn. 12, 34 as
a sort of secondary creator, who commenced his work by producing 10 Praja1patis
or Maharshis, of whom the first was %{marIci}, Light; to this Manu is ascribed
the celebrated `" code of Manu "' see %{manu-saMhitA}, and two ancient Su1tra
works on Kalpa and Gr2ihya i.e. sacrificial and domestic rites; he is also
called Hairan2yagarbha as son of Hiran2ya-garbha, and Pra1cetasa, as son of
Pra-cetas; the next 5 Manus are called Sva1rocisha, Auttami, Ta1masa, Raivata,
Ca1kshusha cf. IW. 208 n. 1; the 7th Manu, called %{vaivasvata}, Sun-born, or
from his piety, %{satya-vrata}, is regarded as the progenitor of the present
race of living beings, and said, like the Noah of the Old Testament, to have
been preserved from a great flood by Vishn2u or Brahma1 in the form of a fish:
he is also variously described as one of the 12 A1dityas, as the author of RV.
viii, 27-31, as the brother of Yama, who as a son of he Sun is also called
Vaivasvata, as the founder and first king of Ayodhya1, and as father of Ila1 who
married Budha, son of the Moon, the two great solar and lunar races being thus
nearly related to each other see IW. 344; 373; the 8th Manu or first of the
future Manus accord. to VP. iii, 2, will be Sa1varn2i; the 9th Daksha-sa1varn2i;
the 12th Rudra-sñsa1varn2i; the 13th Raucya or Deva-sñsa1varn2i; the 14th
Bhautya or Indra-sñsa1varn2i); thought (= %{manas}) TS. Br.; a sacred text,
prayer, incantation, spell (= %{mantra}) Ra1matUp. Pan5car. Prata1p.; N. of an
Agni MBh.; of a Rudra Pur.; of Kr2is3a7s3va BhP.; of an astronomer Cat.; (pl.)
the mental Powers BhP.; N. of the number `" fourteen "' (on account of the 14
Manus) Su1ryas. [784,3]; f. Manu's wife (= %{manAvI}) L.; Trigonella Corniculata
L. [Cf. Goth. {manna}; Germ. {Mannus}, son of {Tuisto} [TM], mentioned by
Tacitus, in his wk. {Germania}, as the mythical ancestor of the West-Germans,
{mann}, {man}; Angl. Sax. {man}; Eng. {man}.]
manuH = the father of mankind
manushhya = man
manushhyaloke = in the world of human society
manushhyaaH = all men
manushhyaaNaaM = of such men
manushhyeshhu = in human society
manya* = mfn. (only ifc.; cf. Pân. 3-2, 83; vi, 3, 68 Sch.) thinking one's self
to be, passing for, appearing as (see {kAlim-}, {dhanyam-}, {naram-m} &c.)
ma4nyaa* = f. du. and pl. the back or the nape of the neck (musculus cucullaris
or trapezius) AV. VS. Sus'r.; m. (l) the middle of an elephant's goad L.
manyate = (4 ap) to think, to believe
manyante = think
manyase = you so think
manye = think
manyeta = thinks
manyu * = m. (L. also f.) spirit, mind, mood, mettle (as of horses) RV. TS. Br.;
high spirit or temper, ardour, zeal, passion RV. &c. &c.; rage, fury, wrath,
anger, indignation ib. (also personified, esp. as Agni or Kâma or as a Rudra;
{manyuM} {kR}, with loc. or acc. with {prati}, `" to vent one's anger on, be
angry with "'); grief, sorrow, distress, affliction MBh. Kâv. &c.; sacrifice
Nalac.; N. of a king (son of Vitatha) BhP.; (with {tApasa})N. of the author of
RV. x, 83; 84; (with {vAsiSTha})N. of the author of RV. ix, 97, 10-12. {-ta4s}
ind. from anger, in a rage AV.
mama = mine
mamaapi = even my
maunaM = silence
mauni = silent
mJNjushhaa = (f) a box
marakata* = n. an emerald R. Var. Pañcat. &c. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {smaragdus}.
maraNa = death
maraNaM = death
maraNaat.h = than death
mariicha = a name of Sun
mariichi = rays
mariichiH = Marici
mariichikaa = (f) chillies
mariichimaalin.h = (adj) garlanded with rays, sun
marjaaraH = (m) cat
marakata * n. an emerald R. Var. Pañcat. &c. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {smaragdus}.
marsha * m. ( {mRS}) patience, endurance L. (cf. {a-} and {dur-marSa}).
martya * = mfn. who or what must die, mortal Br. Kaus'.; m. a mortal, man,
person RV. &c. &c.; the world of mortals, the earth L.; ({A}) f. dying, death
(see {putra-martyA}); n. that which is mortal, the body BhP.
maru = desert
marut* = m. pl. (prob. the `" flashing or shining ones "'; cf. {marIci} and Gk.
$) the storm-gods (Indra's &239948[790,2] companions and sometimes e.g. Ragh.
xii, 101 = {devAH}, the gods or deities in general; said in the Veda to be the
sons of Rudra and Priis'ni q.v., or the children of heaven or of ocean; and
described as armed with golden weapons i.e. lightnings and thunderbolts, as
having iron teeth and roaring like lions, as residing in the north, as riding in
golden cars drawn by ruddy horses sometimes called Priishatîh q.v.; they are
reckoned in Naigh. v, 5 among the gods of the middle sphere, and in RV. viii,
96, 8 are held to be three times sixty in number; in the later literature they
are the children of Diti, either seven or seven times seven in number, and are
sometimes said to be led by Mâtaris'van) RV. &c. &c.; the god of the wind
(father of Hanumat and regent of the north-west quarter of the sky) Kir. Râjat.
(cf. comp.); wind, air, breath (also applied to the five winds in the body) Kâv.
Pur. &c.; a species of plant Bhpr.; = {Rtvij} Naigh. iii, 18; gold ib. i, 2;
beauty ib. iii, 7; N. of a Sâdhya Hariv.; of the prince Briihad-ratha MaitrUp.;
f. Trigonella Corniculata L.; n. a kind of fragrant substance (=
{granthi-parNa}) L.
marut.h = wind
marutaH = the forty-nine Maruts (demigods of the wind)
marutta * = (= {marud-datta} accord. to Pat. on Pân. 1-4, 58. 59 Vârtt. 4) m. N.
of various kings Br. S'ânkhS'r. &c.; wind, a gale (?) W.
marutaaM = in the air or thoro' the air
marubhuumiH = (m) desert, barren land
martya = mortal
martyalokaM = to the mortal earth
martyeshhu = among those subject to death
maryaada * = m. `" one who sets marks or limits "', an arbiter, umpire (?) AV.
v, 1, 8.
maryaadaa * = f. (doubtful whether fr. %{maryA} + %{dA} or %{maryA} + %{Ada}
[fr. %{A} + %{dA}]; fancifully said to be fr. %{marya} + %{ada}, `" devouring
young men "' who are killed in defending boundaries) `" giving or containing
clear marks or signs "', a frontier, limit, boundary, border, bank, shore, mark,
end, extreme point, goal (in space and time) RV. &c. &c. (%{SaN-mAsmaryAdayA},
within six months VarBr2S.); the bounds or limits of morality and propriety,
rule or custom, distinct law or definition Mn. MBh. &c.; a covenant, agreement,
bond, contract MBh. Ka1v. &c.; continuance in the right way, propriety of
conduct Ka1v. Pan5cat.; N. of a kind of ring used as an amulet AV. vi, 81, 2; N.
of the wife of Ava1ci1na (daughter of a king of Vidarbha) MBh.; of the wife of
Deva7tithi (daughter of a king of Videha) ib.
masa * = m. measure, weight W.
mashaka = gnat, small fly
mashakaH = (m) mosquito
mashakajaalaH = (m) mosquito net
mashii = (f) ink
mat.h = upon Me (KRishhNa)
mata* = {mataM-ga} &c. see under {man}, p. 783, col. 1.
mata= Opinion* = mfn. thought, believed, imagined, supposed, understood RV. &c.
&c.; regarded or considered as, taken or passing for (nom. or adv.) Mn. MBh.
&c.; thought fit or right, approved Yâjñ. Kâv. Kâm.; honoured, esteemed,
respected, liked (with gen. Pân. 3-2, 188) Ragh. Kâm.; desired, intended R.; m.
N. of a son of S'ambara Hariv. (v.l. {mana}); n. a thought, idea, opinion,
sentiment, view, belief. doctrine MBh. Kâv. &c.; intention, design, purpose,
wish MBh. BhP.; commendation, approbation, sanction L.; knowledge W.; agallochum
L.
mataM = injunctions
mataH = (f) mother
mataa = is considered
mataaH = are considered
mati * = (in S'Br. also {ma4ti}) f. devotion, prayer, worship, hymn, sacred
utterance RV. VS.; thought, design, intention, resolution, determination,
inclination, wish, desire (with loc. dat. or inf.) RV. &c. &c. ({matyA} ind.
wittingly, knowingly, purposely; {matiM} {kR} or {dhA} or {dhR} or {A-dhA} or
{samA-dhA} or {A-sthA} or {sam-A-sthA}, with loc. dat. acc. with {prati}, or
{artham} ifc., to set the heart on, make up one's mind, resolve, determine;
{matim} with Caus. of {ni-vRt} and abl. of a verbal noun, to give up the idea
of; {Ahita-mati} ifc. -having resolved upon; {vinivRtta-mati} with abl. = having
desisted from); opinion, notion, idea, belief, conviction, view, creed S'rS. Mn.
MBh. &c. ({matyA} ind. at will; ifc., `" under the idea of "' e.g. {vyAghra-m-},
`" under the idea of its being a tiger "'); the mind, perception, understanding,
intelligence, sense, judgment S'Br. &c. &c. (in RV. also `" that which is
sensible "', intelligent, mindful, applied to Aditi, Indra and Agni); esteem,
respect, regard Kir.; memory, remembrance L.; Opinion personified (and
identified with Subala7tmajâ as one of the mothers of the five sons of Pându, or
regarded as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Soma, or as the wife of Viveka)
MBh. Hariv. Prab.; a kind of vegetable or pot-herb L.; m. N. of a king Buddh.
[Cf. Lat. {mens}; Angl. Sax. {ge-mynd}; Eng. {mind}.]
matiM = intellect
matiH = intellect, thought, opinion
matiraapaneyaa = matiH + ApaneyA:mind + to be led
matirbhinnaH = mind +different (different opinions or views)
matirmama = my opinion
mate = in the opinion
matkarma = My work
matkarmakrit.h = engaged in doing My work
matkuNa = bed-bug
matkuNaH = (m) bedbug, khatamal
matparaM = subordinate to Me
matparaH = in relationship with Me
matparamaH = considering Me the Supreme
matparamaaH = taking Me, the Supreme Lord, as everything
matparaaH = being attached to Me
matparaayaNaH = devoted to Me
matprasaadaat.h = by My mercy
matri = mother
matsa.nsthaaM = the spiritual sky (the kingdom of God)
matsara = Anger, Jealousy, Envy, Hostility
matsthaani = in Me
matsya = a fish
matsyaNDii = (n) molasses
matsyaasana = the fish posture
matsyendraasana = the posture of Matsyendra
maththa * = m. a kind of drum Sam2gi1t. (cf. %{maDDu}); a kind of dance ib.
(also %{-nRtya} n.)
matta * = &c. see p. 77, col. 3\\ . excited with joy, overjoyed, delighted,
drunk, intoxicated (lit. and fig.) AV. &c. &c.; excited by sexual passion or
desire, in rut, ruttish (as an elephant) MBh. R. &c.; furious, mad, insane ib.;
m. a buffalo L.; the Indian cuckoo L.; a drunkard L.; a ruttish or furious
elephant L.; a madman L.; a thorn-apple L.; N. of a Ra1kshasa R.; (%{A}) f. any
intoxicating drink, spirituous or vinous liquor L.; N. of a metre Col. [cf. Lat.
{mattus}, drunk].
mattaH = (VB) beyond Me; from me, than me* = mfn. excited with joy, overjoyed,
delighted, drunk, intoxicated (lit. and fig.) AV. &c. &c.; excited by sexual
passion or desire, in rut, ruttish (as an elephant) MBh. R. &c.; furious, mad,
insane ib.; m. a buffalo L.; the Indian cuckoo L.; a drunkard L.; a ruttish or
furious elephant L.; a madman L.; a thorn-apple L.; N. of a Ra1kshasa R.; (%{A})
f. any intoxicating drink, spirituous or vinous liquor L.; N. of a metre Col.
[cf. Lat. {mattus}, drunk].
maturaa = the city of mathura
matvaa = having thought, thinking that
maula * = mf(%{A})n. (fr. %{mUla}) derived from roots (as poison) Hcar.; handed
down from antiquity, ancient (as acustom) MBh.; holding office from previous
generations, hereditary (as a minister or warrior) Mn. MBh. &c.; aboriginal,
indigenous Mn. viii, 62; 259; m. an hereditary minister (holding his office from
father and grandfather) Ragh. Das3.; pl. aboriginal inhabitants who have
emigrated L.; (with %{pArthivAH}) = %{mUlaprakR-tayaH} Ka1m.
mauna* = m. (fr. {muni}) a patr. Âs'vS'r.; pl. N. of a dynasty VP.; ({I}) f. N.
of the 15th day in the dark half of the month Phâlguna (when a partic. form of
ablution is performed in silence) Col.; n. the office or position of a Muni or
holy sage S'Br. MBh. [837, 1]; silence, taciturnity ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c. ({maunaM}
with {kR}, or {vi-dhA} or {sam-A-car}, to observe silence, hold one's tongue).
may * = cl. 1. A1. to go, move Dha1tup. xv, 50.
maya * = mf({I})n. consisting or made of orpiment Kum.
maya * = 1 m. (3. {mA}) N. of an Asura (the artificer or architect of the
Daityas, also versed in magic, astronomy and military science) MBh. Kâv. &c.; N.
of various teachers and authors (esp. of an astronomer and a poet) Cat.; ({A})
f. medical treatment L. \\ = 2 m. (prob. fr. 2. {mA}) a horse VS.; a camel L.; a
mule L.; ({I}) f. a mare Lâthy. Sch. [789, 2] \\3 m. (1. {mI}) hurting, injuring
W.
mayaa = by me, V: magic
mayaH = full of
mayaM = full of/completely filled V* possessing, consisting, fully engaged in,
pervaded by, made of, sum total
mayas * n. (prob. fr. 3. {mA}) refreshment, enjoyment, pleasure, delight RV. VS.
TBr.
ma4yas-kara4 * mfn. causing enjoyment, giving pleasure VS.
mayata= prasmayata- prasada= grace
maye: V*: consists of, made of, in the form of, situated in, full of, filled
with,. affected by
mayi = in myself
mayivasu *= mfn. (fr. %{mayi} loc. sg. of 3. %{ma} + %{vasu}) good in me (used
in partic. formulas) AitBr. TS.
mayuraasana = the peacock posture
mayuura = a peacock
mayuuraH = (m) peacock
mayyasahishhNu = mayi+asahishhNuH, in me+intolerant
me = mine
megha = cloud
medha *= m. the juice of meat , broth , nourishing or strengthening drink RV.
S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. ; marrow (esp. of the sacrificial victim) , sap , pith , essence
AV. TS. Br. ; a sacrificial animal , victim VS. Br. S3rS. ; an animal-sacrifice
, offering , oblation , any sacrifice (esp. ifc.) ib. MBh. &c. ; N. of the
reputed author of VS. xxxiii , 92 Anukr. ; of a son of Priya-vrata (v.l.
%{medhas}) VP. [833,1] ; (%{A}) f. see below ; mfn. g. %{pacA7di}.
medaH = (neu) fat
medas* = n. fat, marrow, lymph (as one of the 7 Dhâtus, q.v.; its proper seat is
said to be the abdomen) RV. &c. &c.; excessive fatness, corpulence S'ârngS.; a
mystical term for the letter {v} Up.
medhas * = n. = %{medha}, a sacrifice S3Br. S3a1n3khSr.; m. N. of a son of Manu
Sva1yambhuva Hariv.; of son of Priya-vrata (v.l. %{medha}) VP.; (ifc.) =
%{medhA}, intelligence, knowledge, understanding.
medhasa * = m. N. of a man Cat.
medhasaati* = (%{medha4-}) f. the receiving or offering of the oblation,
sacrificial ceremony RV. (Sa1y.; others `" the offering of devotion, service or
worship of the gods "'; others "' the gaining or deserving of a reward or praise
"').
medhayaa = (fem.instr.S)intellect
medhaa = (f) memory, ability to remember things
medhaavaan.h = well- read man, intellectual
medhaavii = intelligent
mekhala* =m. or n. a girdle, belt R.; m. pl. N. of a people VarBriS. (prob. w.r.
for {mekala}); ({A}) f. see below
mekhalaa* = f. a girdle, belt, zone (as worm by men or women, but esp. that worn
by the men of the first three classes; accord. to Mn. ii, 42 that of a Brâhman
ought to be of {muJja} [accord. to ii, 169 = {yajJo7pavIta} q.v.]; that of a
Kshatriya, of {mUrvA}; that of a Vais'ya, of {zaNa} or hemp, I.W. p. 240) AV.
&c; &c.; the girth of a horse Kathâs.; a band or fillet L.; (ifc. f. {A})
anything girding or surrounding (cf. {sAgara-m-}); investiture with the girdle
and the ceremony connected with it VarBriS.; a sword-belt, baldric L.; a
sword-knot or string fastened to the hilt L.; the cords or lines drawn round an
altar (on the four sides of the hole or receptacle in which the sacrificial fire
is deposited) BhP.; the hips (as the place of the girdle) L.; the slope of a
mountain (cf. {netamba}) Kâlid.; a partic. part of the fire-receptacle Hcat.;
Hemionitis Cordifolia L.; N. of the river Narma-dâ (prob. w.r. for {mekalA}) L.;
of a place (?) Vâs., Introd.; of various women Viddh. Kathâs.
meruH = Meru
merudaNDa = the spinal column
meshha = First Zodiacal sign Aries
mesha * = m. (2. {miS}) a ram, sheep (in the older language applied also to a
fleece or anything woollen) RV. &c. &c.; the sign of the zodiac Aries or the
first arc of 30 degrees in a circle Sûryas. Var. BhP.; a species of plant
Sus'r.; N. of a partic. demon L. (cf. {nejam-}); ({A}) f. small cardamoms L.;
({I}) f. (cf. {me4zI}) a ewe RV. VS. Kaus'.; Nardostachys Jatamansi L.;
Dalbergia Ougeinensis L.
meshhaH = (m) sheep
miiDhvas * = mf(%{u4Si})n. (declined like a pf. p.; nom, %{mIDhvan} voc.
%{mIDhvas} dat. %{mIDhu4Se-} or %{mILhu4Se} &c.), bestowing richly, bountiful,
liberal R. V. &c. &c.; (%{uSI}) f. N. of Devi1 (the wife of I1s3a1na) A1pGr2.
miimaaMsaa* = f. profound thought or reflection or Consideration, investigation,
examination, discussion S'Br. TÂr.; theory (cf. {kAvya-m-}); `" examination of
the Vedic text "'N. of one of the 3 great divisions of orthodox Hindû philosophy
(divided into 2 systems, viz. the Pûrva-mînânsâ or Karma-mîmânsâ by Jamini,
concerning itself chiefly with the correct incalled the Mimânsâ; and the
Uttara-mimânsâ or Brahma-mñmimânsâ or S'ârîraka-mñmimânsâ by Bâdarâyana,
commonly styled the Veda7nta and dealing chiefly with the nature of Brahma8 or
the one universal Spirit) IW. 46; 98 &c.
misha :*. rivalry, emulation L.; the son of a Kshatriya and a low woman L.; n.
false appearance, fraud, deceit ({miSeNa} or {miSAt} or {-tas} or ifc. under the
pretext of) Kâv. Kathâs. Râjat.
mita4 *fixed, set up, founded, established RV. AV. SânkhS'r.; firm, strong (see
comp.); cast, thrown, scattered W.
mita * = measured, meted out, measured or limited by i.e. equal to (instr. or
comp.) Sûryas. VarBriS. BhP.; containing a partic. measure i.e. measuring,
consisting of (acc.) RPrât.; Bharthr. (v.l.); measured, moderate, scanty,
frugal, little, short, brief. Inscr. Mn. Kâv. &c.; measured i.e. investigated,
known (see. {loka}); m. N. of a divine being (associated with Sammita) Yâjñ.; of
a Riishi in the third Manv-antara VP.
mitha * = in comp. for %{mithah} = %{mithas}\\in comp. for %{mithaH}
mithas * = ind, together, together with (instr.), mutually, reciprocally,
alternately, to or from or with each other RV. &c, &c.; privately, in secret Mn.
Ka1lid. Das3.; by contest or dispute BhP.
mithasamaya * = m. mutual agreement ib. (v.l. %{-samavA7ya}).
mithaspRdhya * = ind. p. ( %{spR4dh}) meeting together as rivals, mutually
emulous RV. i, 166, 9 (Padap. %{mithaspri4dhyA}).
mitra = (neut) friend *= 1 m. (orig. %{mit-tra}, fr. %{mith} or %{mid}; cf.
%{medin}) a friend, companion, associate RV. AV. (in later language mostly n.);
N. of an A1ditya (generally invoked together with Varun2a cf. %{mitrA-v-}, and
often associated with Aryaman q.v.; Mitra is extolled alone in RV. iii, 59, and
there described as calling men to activity, sustaining earth and sky and
beholding all creatures with unwinking eye; in later times he is considered as
the deity of the constellation Anura1dha1, and father of Utsarga) RV. &c. &c.;
the sun Ka1v. &c. (cf. comp.); N. of a Marut Hariv.; of a son of Vasisht2ha and
various other men Pur.; of the third Muhu1rta L.; du. = %{mitra4-varuNa} RV.;
(%{A}),f. N. of an Apsaras MBh. (B. %{citrA}); of the mother of Maitreya and
Maitreyi1 S3am2k. on ChUp. BhP.; of the mother of S3atru-ghna (= %{su-mitrA}) L.
(W. %{I}); n. friendship RV.; a friend, companion (cf. m. above) TS. &c, &c.;
(with %{aurasa}) a friend connected by blood-relationship Hit.; an ally (a
prince whose territory adjoins that of an immediate neighbour who is called
%{ari}, enemy. Mn. vii, 158 &c., in this meaning also applied to planets
VarBr2S.); a companion to = resemblance of (gen.; ifc. = resembling, like)
Ba1lar. Vcar.; N. of the god Mitra (enumerated among the 10 fires) MBh.; a
partic. mode of fighting Hariv. (v.l. for %{bhinna}).
mitra * = 2 Nom. P. %{mitrati}, to act in a friendly manner S3at
mitraavaruNa * = vi. du. Mitra and Varun2a RV. &c. &c. (together they uphold and
rule the earth and sky, together they guard the world, together they promote
religious rites, avenge sin, and are the lords of truth and light cf. under 1.
%{mitra4} above [816,3] ; %{-Nayor@ayanam} and %{-Nayor@iSTiH}N. of partic.
sacrifices ; %{-NayoH@saMyojanam}N. of a Sa1man) RV. VS. Br. &c. (sg., w.r. for
%{maitrAvaruNa} Hariv.) ; %{-vat} mfn. accompanied by Mitra and Varun2a RV. ;
%{-samIrita} mfn. impelled by MñMitra and VñVarun2a TBr.
mitrataa* = f. friendship ({-tam samprA7ptaH}, one whd has become a friend) MBh.
Pañcat. &c.; equalness, likeness with (comp) Vcar.
mitratva* = n. friendship TS. Pañcat. &c.
mitradhita* = ({mitra4-}) n. (RV.) or ({mitra4-}) f. (ib.) ?or ({mitra4-}) f.
(ib.) ?or n. (VS. S'Br.) a covenant or contract of friendship.
mitradheya* = n. (VS. S'Br.) a covenant or contract of friendship.
mitrapati* = m. lord of friends or of friendship RV.
mitrabheda* = m. separation of frñfriend, breach of friendship MBh. Kâm. &c.; N.
of the first book of the Pañca-tantra.
mitradrohe = in quarreling with friends
mitre = in (towards) the friend
mithuna = Sexual union. The Zodiacal sign Gemini
miththyaachaaraNi = adj. living in the falsehood
miththyaavaadii = adj. adherent to improper philosophy
mithyaa = (fem.nom.S)false; unreal
mithyaachaaraH = pretender
mithyaaGYaanena = (instr.) through false knowledge
mithyaishhaH = this is all false
mimaaM = this
mimaa.nsaa = one of the schools (systems) of Indian philosophy
milati = ( 6 pp) to join, meet
mis'raM = mixed;* = mf({A4})n. (prob. fr. a Iost {miz} cf. under {mikS}) mixed,
mingled, blended, combined RV. &c. &c. ({vacAMsi mizrA} 1. {kR} A. {-kRNute}, to
mingle words, talk together RV. x, 93, 1) [818, 1]; manifold, diverse, various
TS. &c. &c.; mixed or connected or furnished with, accompanied by (instr. with
or without {samam} gen. or comp.; rarely {mizra} ibc. cf. {mizra-vAta}) VS. &c.
&c.; pl. (ifc. after honorific epithets = &c.; e.g. {Arya-mizrAH}, respectable
or honourable people &c.; often also in sg. ifc. and rarely ibc. with proper
names by way of respect cf. {kRSNa-}, {madhu-m} and comp. below); mixing,
adulterating: (cf. {dhAnyam-}); m. a kind of elephant L.; (in music) a kind of
measure Sangît.; N. of various authors and other men (also abbreviation for some
names ending in {mizra} e.g. for Madana-, Mitra-, Vâcaspati-mñis'ra) Cat.; n.
principal and interest Lalit. (cf. {-dhana}); a species of radish L.
mishrayati = to mix
mihira = sun
miina = The Zodiacal sign Pisces
mle.nchchha = adj. barbarian
mleccha* = m. a foreigner, barbarian, non-Aryan, man of an outcast race, any
person who does not speak Sanskriit and does not conform to the usual Hindû
institutions S'Br. &c. &c. ({I} f.); a person who lives by agriculture or by
making weapons L.; a wicked or bad man, sinner L.; ignorance of Sanskriit,
barbarism Nyâyam. Sch.; n. copper L.; vermilion L.
mocita * = mfn. caused to be released, set free Hit.
mochaya = (verbal stem) to make free
mocayitR * = mfn. freeing, releasing Kull. on Mn. viii, 342.
modaka * = with the sweetened rice-balls
modate* = (1ap) to rejoice, to be happy
modishhye = I shall rejoice
mogha* = (or {mogha4} MaitrS.) mf({A})n. (1. {muh}) vain, fruitlets, useless,
unsuccessful, unprofitable (ibc. and {am} ind. in vain, uselessly, without
cause) RV. &c. &c.; left, abandoned MBh.; idle ib.; m. a fence, hedge L.; ({A})
f. Bignonia Suaveolens L.; Embelia Ribes L.
moghakarmaaNaH = baffled in fruitive activities
moghaM = uselessly
moghaGYaanaaH = baffled in knowledge
moghaashaaH = baffled in their hopes
moha = temptation* = m. (1. {muh}; ifc. f. {A}) loss of consciousness,
bewilderment, perplexity, distraction, infatuation, delusion, error, folly AV.
&c. &c. ({moham-brU}, to say anything that leads to error; {mohaM-yA}, to fall
into error; {mohAt} ind. through folly or ignorance); fainting, stupefaction, a
swoon MBh. Kâv. &c.; (in phil.) darkness or delusion of mind (preventing the
discernment of truth and leading men to believe in the reality of worldly
objects); (with Buddhists) ignorance (one of the three roots of vice Dharmas.
139); a magical art employed to bewilder an enemy (= {mohana}) Cat.; wonder,
amazement L.; Infatuation personified (as the offspring of Brahmâ) VP.
mohaM = infatuation
mohaH = illusion
mohanaM = the delusion
mohayasi = You are bewildering
mohaat.h = by illusion
mohaaddaasyati = out of infatuation+ will give
mohaaveshaM = infatuated state(moha+AveshaM-seizure)
mohitaM = deluded
mohitaaH = are bewildered
mohiniiM = bewildering
mohena = by the illusion
mohau = and illusion
moksha = emancipation of the soul from rebirth
mokshaM = the liberation
mokshakaankshibhiH = by those who actually desire liberation
mokshayishhyaami = will deliver
mokshaaya = for the purpose of liberation
mokshyase = you will be liberated
mriyate = dies
mriDa *= mfn. showing compassion or mercy, gracious Kâthh. Âs'vGri.; m. N. of
Agni at the Pûrna7huti Griihyâs.; of S'iva S'ivag.; ({A} or {I}) f. N. of
Pârvati L.
mridaa * = f. clay, loam, earth S'vetUp.
mriDana *= n. showing compassion, pardoning, blessing BhP.
mriga = animal* = m. (prob. `" ranger "', `" rover "') a forest animal or wild
beast, game of any kind, (esp.) a deer, fawn, gazelle, antelope, stag, musk-deer
RV. &c. &c.; the deer or antelope in the moon (i.e. the spots on the disk
supposed to resemble those of an antelope as well as a hare); the dñdisk or
antñantelope in the sky (either the Nakshatra Mriiga-s'iras or the sign of the
zodiac Capricorn; also in general the 10th arc of 30 degrees in a circle)
Sûryas. VarBriS. &c.; an elephant with partic. marks (accord. to L. `" one the
secondary marks of whose body are small "') R. Var.; a large soaring bird RV. i,
182, 7 &c.; N. of a demon or Vriitra in the form of a deer slain by Indra ib. i,
80, 7 &c.; of a celestial being (occupying a partic. place in an astrol. house
divided into 81 compartments) VarBriS. Hcat.; of a partic. class of men whose
conduct in coitus resembles that of the roebuck L.; of the district in
S'aka-dvîpa inhabited principally by Brâhdvipa themselves VP. (v.l. {maga}); of
a horse of the Moou VP.; musk (= {mRga-nAbhi} or {-mada}) VarBriS.; a partic.
Aja-pâia sacrifice L.; search, seeking, asking, requesting L.; ({A}) f. =
{mRga-vIthI} L.; ({I}) f. a female deer or antelope, doe Hariv. R. &c.; N. of
the mythical progenitress of antelopes MBh. R. Pur.; a partic. class of women
L.; a kind of metre Col.; a partic. gait of a dancing girl Sangît.; demoniacal
possession, epilepsy L.
mriga-trishhNikaa = mirage
mrigaaNaaM = of animals
mrige.ndrataa = the nature of the king of animals
mrigya* = mfn. to be hunted after or sought for or found out Kâv. Pur.; to be
striven after or aimed at ({a-m-}). Kum.; to be investigated, questionable,
uncertain Vâm.
mrigendraH = the lion
mrijita * = mfn. wiped , wiped off , removed BhP.
mriNaala = soft
mriSTa* = mfn. (for 2. see p. 831, col. 1.) washed, cleansed, polished, clean,
pure (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c.; smeared, besmeared with (instr.) R. Naish.;
prepared, dressed, savoury, dainty R. Hariv. Var. (cf. {miSTa}); sweet,
pleasant, agreeable MBh. Kâv. &c.; n. pepper L.
mrishaa* ind. in vain, uselessly, to no purpose RV. &c. &c.; wrongly, fabely,
feignedly, lyingly AV. &c. &c. (with {kR}, to feign; with {jJA} or {man}, to
consider false or untrue; {mRSai9va} {tat}, that is wrong; {varanIyam mRSA
budhaiH}, untruthfulness is to be avoided by the wise); `" Untruth "'
personified as the wife of A-dharma BhP.
mrita = Dead
mritaM = dead
mritasya = of the dead
mritaasana = the corpse posture
mrittikaa = mud
mrityu = of death
mrityu-bhaava = House of Death or the 8th
mrityuM = death
mrityuH = death
mrityuu = death
mrityoH = (masc.poss.S) death's
mrida.nga = drum
mridanga = Drum
mriduu = soft
mriyate = (6 ap) to die
mriishati = (6 pp) to ponder, to reflectmauna = silence
muc *= 1 cl. 1. A1. %{mocate}, to cheat Dha1tup. vi, 12 (= %{mac} q.v.)
\\2 cl. 6. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxviii, / 136) %{muJca4ti}, %{-te} (RV. also,
%{muca4nti}, %{mucasva} ; p. %{muJcAna} MBh. ; pf., %{mumo4ca}, %{mumuce4}, Ved,
also, %{mumo4cat}, %{mu4mocati}, %{mumucas}, %{mumoktu}, %{amumuktam} ; aor.
%{a4mok} AV. ; Impv. %{mogdhi4} TA1r. ; %{amauk} Br. ; %{a4mucat} AV. ;
%{amukSi}, %{mukSata} RV. AV. ; Prec. %{mucISta} RV. ; %{mukSIya} ib. ; fut,
%{moktA}, Kalid. ; %{mokSyati}, %{-te} Br. &c. ; inf. %{moktum} Br. &c. ; ind p.
%{muktvA4} ib., %{-mu4cya} RV., %{mo4kam}, Br), to loose, let loose, free, let
go, slacken, release, liberate from, (abl. or %{-tas}) ; A1. and Pass. with abl.
or instr., rarely with gen. `" to free one's self, get rid of, escape from "')
RV. &c, &c. (with %{kaNTham}, to relax the throat i.e. raise a cry ; with
%{razmIn}, to slacken the reins ; with %{prA7NAn}, to deprive of life, kill) ;
to spare, let live R. ; to set free, allow to depart, dismiss, despatch to, (`"
loc. or dat.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to relinquish, abandon, leave, quit, give up, set
aside, depose ib. (with %{kalevaram}, %{deham}, %{prA7NAn} or %{jIvitam}, to
quit the body or give up the ghost i.e. to die) ; to yield, grant, bestow
Ra1jat. Campak. ; to send forth, shed, emit, utter, discharge, throw, cast,
hurl, shoot at (`" or upon "' loc. dat., or acc. with or without %{prati} ; with
abl. and %{AtmAnam}, to throw one's self down from) Ya1jn5. MBh. R. &c. ; (A1)
to put on Bhat2t2. (Sch.): Pass. %{mucya4te} (or %{mu4cyate}, ep. also %{-ti}
and fut. %{mokSyati} ; aor. %{a4moci}), to be loosed, to be set free or released
RV. &c. &c. ; to deliver one's self from, to get rid of, escape (esp. from sin
or the bonds of existence) Mn. MBh. &c. ; to abstain from (abl.) Pan5cat. ; to
be deprived or destitute of (instr.) MBh.: Caus. %{mocayati} (m. c. also %{-te}
; aor. %{amUmucat}), to cause to loose or let go or give up or discharge or shed
(with two acc.) Megh. Bhat2t2. ; to unloose, unyoke, unharness (horses) MBh. R.
; to set free, liberate, absolve from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c. ; to redeem (a pledge)
Ya1jn5. ; to open (a road) Prab. ; to give away, spend, bestow Ma1rkP. ; to
gladden, delight, yield enjoyment Dha1tup. xxxiii, 66: Desid. of Caus.
%{mumocayiSati}, to wish to deliver (from the bondage of existence) S3am2k.
(cf., %{mumocayiSu}): Desid. %{mumukSati}, %{-te}, (P.) to wish or be about to
set free Pa1n2. 7-4, 57 Sch. ; to be about to give up or relinquish (life)
Katha1s. ; to wish or intend to cast or hurl Ragh. ; (A1.) to wish to free one's
self Pa1n2. 7-4, 57 Sch. ; to desire final liberation or beatitude RV. BhP. (cf.
%{mokS}): Intens. %{momucyate} or %{monokti} Gr. [Cf. Gk. $, $, $ ; Lat.
&248859[820,3] {mungo}, {mucus}.]\\ 3 mfn. freeing or delivering from (see
%{aMho-m-}) ; letting go or letting fall, dropping, discharging, shooting,
sending (see %{jala-}, %{parNa-}, %{sAyaka-m-} &c.) ; f. deliverance (see
%{a-mu4c}).
muchyante = get relief
mucya
mucuTI * f. a pair of forceps Vâgbh.; (also {-Ti}) a closed hand, fist L.;
snapping the fingers L.
muculinda * m. a kind of big orange L. (cf. {mucalinda} and {mucilind
mudaa* = pleasure, joy, gladness
mudhaa* = ind. ( {muh}) in vain, uselessly, to no purpose MBh. Kâv. &c.;
falsely, wrongly, Bhaflri. (v.l.)
mudita = delight
mudgara = hammer, mallet
mudgaraH = (m) hammer
mudraNa = printing, publication
mudraa = a seal, postures especially with hands and face * = f. (fr. {mudra} see
above) a seal or any instrument used for sealing or stamping, a seal-ring,
signet-ring (cf. {aGguli-m-}), any ring MBh. Kâv. &c.; type for printing or
instrument for lithographing L.; the stamp or impression made by a seal &c.; any
stamp or print or mark or impression MBh. Kâv. &c.; a stamped coin, piece of
money, rupee, cash, medal L.; an image, sign, badge, token (esp. a token or mark
of divine attributes impressed upon the body) Kâv. Pur. Râjat.; authorization, a
pass, passport (as given by a seal) Mudr.; shutting, closing (as of the eyes or
lips gen. or comp.) Kâv.; a lock, stopper, bung Amar. Bhpr.; a mystery Cat.; N.
of partic. positions or intertwinings of the fingers (24 in number, commonly
practised in religious worship, and supposed to possess an occult meaning and
magical efficacy Das'. Sarvad. Kârand. RTL. 204; 406); a partic. branch of
education (`" reckoning by the fingers "') DivyA7v.; parched or fried grain (as
used in the S'âkta or Tântrik ceremonial) RTL. 192; (in rhet.) the natural
expression of things by words, calling things by their right names Kuval.; (in
music) a dance accordant with tradition Sangît.
mudra* = mfn. joyous, glad AV.; ({A}). f. see {mudrA} below.
mugdha* = gone astray, lost, perplexed, bewildered, foolish, ignorant, silly,
inexperienced, simple, innocent, artless, attractive or charming (from
youthfulness), lovely, beautiful, tender, young, a young and beautiful female
muhu *= or ind. suddenly, in a moment RV. S3Br.
muhuH *= in comp. = %{muhur}.
muhuHprokta *= mfn. often told L.
muhuka *= n. a moment , instant (%{ai4s} ind. = prec.) RV.
muhUkara *= mfn. (fr. %{madhu-kara}) gathered or collected after the manner of
bees Cat. (cf. %{mAdhu-k-above}).
muhur *= ind. (perhaps orig. `" in a bewildering manner "') suddenly , at once ,
in a moment (often with a following %{A4}) RV. AV. ; for a moment , a while RV.
&c. &c. ; at every moment , constantly , incessantly (%{muhur-muhur} , now and
again , at one moment and at another , again and again) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; on the
other hand , on the contrary S3ak.
muhur see col. 1.
muhurmuhuH = repeatedly
muhuurta *= m. n. a moment, instant, any short space of time RV. &c. &c. (ibc.,
in a moment; %{ena} ind, after an instant, presently); a partic. division of
time, the 3oth part of a day, a period of 48 minutes (in pl. personified as the
children of Muhu1rta) S3Br. &c. &c.; (%{A}) f. N. of a daughter of Daksha (wife
of Dharma or Manu and mother of the Muhu1rtas) Hariv. Pur.
muhya = illusioned, bewildered, fainted, stunned
muhyati = (4 pp) to faint
muhyanti = are bewildered
mukulam.h = (n) a bud
mukta = liberated
muktaM = liberated
muktaH = released
mukta\-hasta\-shirshhaasana = the freehand headstand posture
muktasangaH = liberated from association
muktasya = of the liberated
muktaanaaM = pearls or released
muktaasana = the liberated posture
muktiM = salvation/freedom
muktvaa = quitting
mukha = mouth
mukhaM = mouth
mukhadvaaram.h = (n) the main entrance gate (of a house)
mukhapuTalekhaH = (m) cover story
mukhaani = faces
mukhe = through the mouth
mukhyaM = the chief
mukhya * = mf({A})n. being in or coming from or belonging to the mouth or face
AV. &c. &c.; being at the head or at the beginning, first, principal, chief,
eminent (ifc. = the first or best or chief among, rarely = {mukha} or {Adi}
q.v.) TS. &c. &c.; m. a leader, guide Kâm.; N. of a tutelary deity (presiding
over one of the 81 or 63 divisions or Padas of an astrological house) VarBriS.
Hcat.; pl. a class of gods under Manu Sâvarni Pur.; ({A}) f. N. of the residence
of Varuna VP.; n. an essential rite W.; reading or teaching the Vedas ib.; the
month reckoned from new moon to new moon ib.; moustache Gal.
mulaalin* = m. or {mulAli} f. (prob.) a species of edible lotus AV.
muNDaM = head
muNDii = shaven head
munayaH = the sages
muniH = a sage
muniinaaM = of the sages
muneH = sage
mumocha = left, gave up
mumukshaa *= f. (fr. Desid.) desire of liberation from (abl.) or of final
emancipation MBh. Ka1v. Pur.
mumukshaa *= %{-kSu}, %{mumucAna}, %{-cu} see p. 821, col. 2.
mumukshubhiH = who attained liberation
muñja *= m. `" sounding, rustling (?) "', a species of rush or sedge-like grass,
Saccharum Sara or Munja (which grows to the height of 10 feet, and is used in
basketwork) S3Br. &c. &c.; the Bra1hmanical girdle formed of Munja (cf.
%{mauJja} Mn. ii, 27, 42 &c.) an arrow(?) W.; N. of a king of Dha1ra1 Das3ar.;
of a prince of Campa1 Pin3g. Sch.; of a man with the patr. Sa1mas3irsvasa
Shad2vBr.; of a Bra1hman MBh.; of various authors &c. Cat.; (%{A}) f. N. of a
river VP.; = m. (see comp. below).
mura * = 1 n. encompassing, surrounding L.; ({A}) f. see 2. {mura}. \\2 m. N. of
a Daitya slain by Kriishna MBh. Hariv. BhP. (cf. {muru}); ({A}) f. a species of
fragrant plant (named after the Daitya) Bhpr.; said to be the N. of the wife of
Nanda and mother of Caudragupta VP.; n. see under 1, {mura}.
murabhit.h = one who has killed Mura - Lord Vishnu
muralii = flute
muraliidhara = one who holds flute attribute to Krishna
muraari = the enemy of `Mura' (Lord Krishna)murAri * = m. `" enemy of Mura "'N.
of Kriishna or Vishnu Kâv. Pur. Kathâs.; N. of the author of the Mura7ri-nâthaka
or Anargha-râghava; of a Sch. on the Kâtantra grammar and other authors &c.
(also with {pA7Thaka}, {bhaTTa}, {mizra} &c.) Cat.; {-gupta} m. N. of a disciple
of Caitanya Cat.; {-nATaka} n. Mura7ri's drama i.e. Anargha-râghava ({-vyAkhyA},
f. and {-vyAkhyA-pUrNa-sarasvatI} f. N. of Comms, on it); {-mizrIya} n. N. of
wk.; {-vljaya} n. N. of a drama by Kriishna-kavi (son of Nrii-sinha);
{-zrI-pati} m. (with {sAvabhauma}) N. of an author Cat.
muraare = Oh Mura's enemy!(KrishhNa)
murchhaa = mind-fainting
muru * = m. N. of a country MBh.; of a Daitya (= {mura}) MBh. (C. {maru}) Hariv.
VP.; a species of plant (in explanation of {maurvI}) PârGri. Sch.; a kind of
iron L.; ({U}) f. (in music) a kind of dance Sangît.
musala = pestle* = m. n. (often spelt {muzala} or {muSala}; cf. Un. i, 108 Sch.)
a pestle, (esp.) a wooden pestle used for cleaning rice AV. &c, &c.; a mace,
club Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {cakra-m-}); the clapper of a bell Kathâs.; a partic.
surgical instrument Sus'r.; a partic. constellation VarBriS.; the 22nd astron.
Yoga or division of the mooñs path MW.; m. N. of a son of Vis'âmitra MBh.; ({I})
f. Curculigo Orclnoides L.; Salvinia Cucullata L.; a house-lizard L.; an
alligator L.
mushhTiH = (m) fist
mushita* = mfn. stolen, robbed, carried off RV. &c. &c.; plundered, stripped,
naked S'Br. GriS.; bereft or deprived of, free from (acc. ) RV.; removed,
destroyed, annihilated Ratna7v. Kathâs.; blinded, obscured MBh.; seized,
ravished, captivated, enraptured MBh. Kâv. &c.; surpassed, excelled Kâvya7d.;
deceived, cheated Ratna7v. BhP.; made fun of Râjat.
mushtha mfn. stolen , robbed &c. (a rarer form for %{muSita}) Ka1v. Pan5cat. ;
ri. theft , robbery W.
muslima = Muslim
musta mn. and(%{A}) f. a species of grass , Cyperue Rotundus Ka1v. Var. Sus3r.
(n. prob. the root of CÒCyperue RÒRotundus).mukshiya = release (Verb)
muuDha = foolish person
muuDhaH = the fool
muuDhamate = O, foolish mind!
muuDhayonishhu = in animal species
muuDhaa = fools
muuDhaaH = foolish men
muudha = foolish man
muuDha * = mfn. stupefied, bewildered, perplexed, confused, uncertain or at a
loss about (loc. or comp.) AV. &c.&c.; stupid, foolish, dull, silly, simple Mn.
MBh. &c.; swooned, indolent L.; gone astray or adrift As'vGri.; driven out of
its course (as a ship) R.; wrong, out of the right place (as the fetus in
delivery) Sus'r.; not to be ascertained, not clear, indistinct Âpast. R.;
perplexing, confounding VP.; m. a fool, dolt MBh. Kâv. &c.; pl. (in Sânkhya) N.
of the elements Tattvas.; n. confusion of mind Sarvad.
muuDha * = {mUDha-garbha} &c. see col. 2
muuka = dumb
muulaani = roots
muulaashinau = roots-eaters (2 persons)
muula = Also spelt Moola. The nineteenth nakshatra\\* = n. (or m. g.
{ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A} or {I}; prob. for 3. {mU4ra} see above) "' firmly
fixed "', a root (of any plant or tree; but also fig. the foot or lowest part or
bottom of anything) RV. &c. &c. ({mUlaM} {kR} or {bandh}, to take or strike
root); a radish or the root of various other plants (esp. of Arum Campanulatum,
of long pepper, and of Costus Speciosus or Arabicus) L.; the edge (of the
horizon) Megh.; immediate neighbourhood ({mama mUtam} = to my side) R.; basis,
foundation, cause, origin, commencement, beginning ({mUlAd Arabhya} or {A}
{mUlAt}, from the begñbeginning; {mUlAt}, from the bottom, thoroughly; {mUlaM}
{kramataz ca}, right through from beginning DivyA7v.) Mn. MBh. &c. (ibc.= chief
principal cf. below; ifc. = rooted in, based upon, derived from); a chief or
principal city ib.; capital (as opp. to `" interest "') SâmavBr. Prab.; an
original text (as opp. to the commentary or gloss) R. Kathâs. Sus'r.; a king's
original or proper territory Mn. vii, 184; a temporary (as opp. to the rightful)
owner Mn. viii, 202; an old or hereditary servant, a native inhabitant MW.; the
square root Sûryas.; a partic. position of the fingers (= {mUta-bandha})
Pañcar.; a copse, thicket L.; also m. and ({A}) f. N. of the 17th (or 19th)
lunar mansion AV. &c. &c.; m. herbs for horses, food DivyA7v.; N. of Sadâ-s'iva
Cat.; ({A}) f. Asparagus Racemosus L.; ({I}) f. a species of small house-lizard
L.; mfn. original, first Cat.; = {nija}, own, proper, peculiar L.
muulabandhaasana = the ankle-twist posture
muulaja* = mfn. `" rñroot-born "', growing from a rñroot L.; formed at the roots
of trees MBh.; m. a plant growing from a rñroot (as a lotus) W.; n. green ginger
L.
muulajAti* = f. chief or principal origin L.; = {-guNa-jAti} above MW.
muulakRt* = mfn. preparing rñroot (for magical uses) AV.
muuLa = Nineteenth nakshatra
muulaM = rooted
muulashodhana = cleansing the rectum
muulatas* = ind. on the root, on the lower side TBr. Kaus'. &c.; {A} mñmagical,
from the rñroot upwards Riitus.; from the beginning Kathâs.
muulatrikona = Root trine. Specially favourable sign positions for planets.
Almost as good as Exaltation
muulatva* = n. the state of being a root or foundation or source, the having a
fñfoundation ({tan-mUlatvAt} {prajAnAM rAjA skandhaH}, `" the king is the stem
of his subjects through their being his root "'; {veda-mUlatva}, `" the fact
that the Veda is the original source of all knowledge "'; {zAstra-m-}, `" the
being founded upon the S'âstras "') Kâm. (cf. {tan-m-}). [826,3]
muulya = value, worth
muulyaankaH = (m) postage stamp
muura4 * = 1 mf({A})n. (either = {mUDha} or fr. {mRR}) dull, stupid, foolish RV.
PañcavBr. \\= 2 mfn. (fr. 1. {mU} = {mIv}) rushing, impetuous (said of Indra's
horses) RV. iii 43, 6 (Sây. = {mAraka}). \\ = 3 n. (prob. also fr. 1. {mU} and
meaning `" something firm and fixed "' cf. Kâs'. on Pân. 8-2, 18) = {mUla}, a
root AV. i, 28, 3.
muurkha = fool* = mf({A4})n. stupid, foolish, silly, dull TS. Mn. &c.;
inexperienced in (loc.) Kathâs.; = {gayatrI-rahita} or {sA7rtha-gAyatrI-rahita}
L.; m. a fool, blockhead Bhartri.; Phaseolus Radiatus L.; N. of a poet Cat.
muurtayaH = forms
muurti = idol* = f. any solid body or material form, (pl. material elements,
solid particles; ifc. = consisting or formed of) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; embodiment,
manifestation, incarnation, personification TBr. Mn. MBh. &c. (esp. of S'iva
Hcat.); anything which has definite shape or limits (in phil. as mind and the 4
elements earth, air, fire, water, but not {AkAza}, ether IW. 52 n. 1), a person,
form, figure, appearance MBh. Kâv. &c.; an image, idol, statue Kâv.; beauty
Pañcat.; N. of the first astrological house VarBriS.; of a daughter of Daksha
and wife of Dharma BhP.; m. N. of a Riishi under the 10th Manu ib.; of a son of
Vasishthha VP.
muurdhajaa = hair (from the head)
muurdhan.h = head
muurdhni = on the head
muurkha * = mf(%{A4})n. stupid, foolish, silly, dull TS. Mn. &c.; inexperienced
in (loc.) Katha1s.; = %{gayatrI-rahita} or %{sA7rtha-gAyatrI-rahita} L.; m. a
fool, blockhead Bhartr2.; Phaseolus Radiatus L.; N. of a poet Cat.
muushhakaH = (m) mouse
muushhakadhvajam.h = having the mouse as the flag
muushita* = mfn. = {muSita}, stolen, robbed, plundered L
N
naabhiM = navel
naabha * ifc. (mfn.) = {nAbhi}, nave, navel, central point (cf. {abja-nAbha},
{vajra-n-}, {su-n-} &c.); m. N. of S'iva MBh.; of a son of S'ruta and father of
Sindhudvîpa BhP.
nabhi m. a wheel W.
naabhi *= f. (prob. fr. 1. %{nabh}, `" to burst asunder or into a hole "'; ifc.
f. %{i} or %{I} Va1m. v, 49) the navel (also nñnavel-string cf. %{-kRntana}), a
navel-like cavity RV. &c. &c. (in later language also m. and %{-bhI} f.); the
nave of a wheel ib. (also m. L., and %{-bhI} f.); centre, central point, pñpoint
of junction or of departure, home, origin, esp. common oñorigin, affinity,
relationship; a near relation or friend ib. (m. L.); musk: (= %{mRra-n-}) L.; m.
or f. musk-deer Megh. 53 (?) BhP.; m. a chief (= central point) of (gen.) Ragh.
xviii, 19 (cf. %{maNDala-nAbhi-tA}); a sovereign or lord paramount (=
%{mukhya-rAj}) L.; a Kshatriya L.; N. of a grandson of Priya-vrata (son of
Agnidhra and father of R2ishabha) Pur.; of the father of R2ishabha (first Arhat
of the present Avasarpin2i) L. [Cf. Angl. Sax. {nafu}, {nafela}; Germ. {naba},
{Nabe}, {nabolo}, {Nabel}; Eng. {nave}, {navel}.]
naabhasa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {nabhas}) celestial, heavenly, appearing in the sky
Var.; (with {yoga}) N. of certain constellations ib. (according to Bhaththo7pala
2, divided into 4 classes, viz. 3 Âs'raya-, 2 Dala-, 20 Âkriiti- and 7
Sankhyâ-yogas).
naabhijaanaati = does not know
naabhipedaasana = the upward ankle-twist posture
naabhiideshaM = nAbhI+deshaM, navel+region/country
naaDii = a channel within the subtle body
naaDiishodhana = the purification of the nadis
naada = Sound
naaDa* = n. (fr. {naDa}) = {nAla}, a hollow stalk L.; ({A}) f. N. of a partic.
verse Vait.
naada* = m. ( {nad}) a loud sound, roaring, bellowing, crying RV. &c. &c.; any
sound or tone Prât. R. &c. (= {zabda} L.); (in the Yoga) the nasal sound
repressented by a semicircle and used as an abbreviation in mystical words BhP.;
a praiser (= {stotR}) Naigh. iii, 16.
naadaH = the sound
naadabrahma = Blissful tone
naaDi * = 1 m. the son of Nad2a Pa1n2. 4-1, 99 Ka1s3.\\ 2 f. any tube or pipe,
(esp.) a tubular organ (as a vein or artery of the body) BhP. (cf. %{nADI}).\\
naadi * = 1 mfn. sounding, roaring Pa1rGr2. [535,1]
naaDii f. (fr. %{nADa} nom. %{-DI4s} RV. x, 135, 7) the tubular stalk of any
plant or any tubular organ (as a vein or artery of the body) ; any pipe or tube
RV. &c. &c. ; a flute RV. Ka1t2h. ; the box of a wheel TS. Ka1t2h. ; a fistulous
sore Sus3r. ; the pulse W. ; any hole or crevice Katha1s. ; a sort of bent grass
(= %{gaNDa-dUrvA}) L. ; a strap of leather, thong L. ; a measure of time = 1/2
Muhu1rta Var. ; a juggling trick, deception L.
naaga = snake
naagaphaNii = cactus
naagabandha = cobra pattern, a form of poetry
naagavalli = the paan (betel leaf)
naagaanaaM = of the manyhooded serpents
naagaashana = peacock (whose food is snakes)
naagendra = elephant
naa4husha* = 1 mf({I})n. (fr. {na4huSa}) neighbouring, kindred; m. neighbour,
kinsman RV. \\* = 2 m. (fr. {na4huSa}) patron. of Yayâti MBh. R &c. N. of a
serpent-demon VâyuP.
naaka = heaven, sky *= m. ( %{nam}[?] ; according to Br. and Nir. fr. 2. %{na4}
+ 2 %{-a4ka}, `" where there is no pain "' [?] ; cf. Pa1n2. 6-3, 75 and below
mfn. ) vault of heaven (with or scil. %{diva4s}), firmament, sky (generally
conceived as threefold cf. %{tri-diva}, %{tri-nAka}, and AV. xix, 27, 4 ; in VS.
xvii, 67 there is a fivefold scale, viz. %{pRthivI}, %{antari-kSa}, %{div},
%{divo-nAka}, and %{svar-jyotis}) RV. &c. &c. ; the sun Naigh. i. 4 ; N. of a
Maudgalya S3Br. &c. ; of a myth. weapon of Arjuna MBh. ; of a dynasty VP. ; mfn.
painless ChUp. ii, 10, 5.
naakshatra* = mf({I})n. relating to the Nakshatras, starry, sidereal Lâthy. Var.
&c.; m. astronomer, astrologer MBh.; n. a month computed by the mooñs passage
through the 27 mansions, or of 30 days of 60 Ghathîs each W.
naalaH = (m) tap
naalikaa = (f) pipe
naama = Name
naaman.h = name
naamabhiH = the names of rAma
naamabhirdivyaiH = by the divine `nAmAs'(names)
naamayati = to bend
naamasmaraNaat.h = (exceept) through/from rememberance of the lord's name
naana * = m. N. of a man (also {-bhaTTa}) Cat.; ({A}) f. coin (= = {nANaka})
Hcat.
naanaa = many * = 1 ind. (Pân. 5-2, 27; g. {svarAdi}) differently, variously,
distinctly, separately, (often used as an adj. = various, different, distinct
from [with instr. e.g. {vizvaM na} {nAnA} {zambhunA}, `" the Universe is not
distinct from S'ñS'ambhunâ "' Vop.; rarely mfn. e.g. {nArISu nAnAsu} Pañcar.]
esp. in comp.; cf. below) RV. &c. &c.; {-vinA}, without (with instr. abl. or
acc.) Pân. 2-3, 32.
naanaatva* = n. difference, variety, manifoldness Br. MBh. &c.; {-vAda-tattva}
n. N. of wk.
naanaabhaavaan.h = multifarious situation
naanaatva * =n. difference, variety, manifoldness Br. MBh. &c.; %{-vAda-tattva}
n. N. of wk.
naanaavidhaani = variegated
naanritaM = na + anR\^itaM: not untruth
naantaM = no end
naanyaM = na+anyaM, no other
naanyagaaminaa = without their being deviated
naaNakam.h = (n) coin
naaraaca *= m. (fr. ?) an iron arrow , any aÒarrow MBh. Ka1v. &c. (cf.
%{ardha-}) ; water-elephant (= %{jale7bha}) L. ; a bad or cloudy day (?) L. ;
(%{I}) f. a goldsmith's scales ; n. a kind of metre Col. (cf. %{nar-}) ; a
partic. medicament Car.
naarangaphalam.h = (n) orange
naaradaH = Narada
naarasi.nhii = pertaining to Narasimha
naaraayaNaH = Lord Narayana
naaraayaaNa = the supporter of life - Vishnu
naara4 * = relating to or proceeding from men, human, mortal Mn. Kâv.; spiritual
(?) W.; m. a man TÂr. (v.l.); (pl.) water (also sg. n. and {A} f. L.) Mn. i, 10
(prob. invented to explain {nArAyaNa}); = {nArAyaNa} L.; a calf L.; ({I}) f. see
{nArI}; n. a multitude of men L.; dry ginger L.
naa4ra * = ka mf({I})n. (fr. {naraka}) relating to hell, hellish, infernal;
(with {loka4}) m. hell AV. (also {nAraka4} m. VS.); m. inhabitant of hell Pur.
naaraayaNa * = m. (patr. fr. {na4ra} q.v.) the son of the original Man (with
whom he is generally associated e.g. Mn. i, 10; he is identified with Brahmâ ib.
11 with Vishnu or Kriishna TÂr. MBh. &c.; the Apsaras Urvas'î is said to have
sprung from his thigh Hariv. 4601; elsewhere he is regarded as a Kas'yapa or
Angirasa, also as chief of the Sâdhyas, and with Jainas as the 8th of the 9
black Vâsudevas); the Purusha-hymn (Ry. x, 90, said to have been composed by
NñNârâyana4) S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.; (as synonym of Vishnu) N. of the 2nd month
(reckoning from Mârgas'îrsha) Var.; a mystical N. of the letter {A} Up.; N. of a
son of Ajâ-mila BhP.; of a son of Bhu-mitra or Bhûmi-mitra (a prince of the
dynasty of the Kanvlyanas) Pur.; of a son of Nara-hari Kshiti7s'.; of sev. men,
authors and commentators (also with {AcArya}. {kavi}, {gArgya},
{cakra-cUDAmaNi}, {daiva-vid}, {dharmA7dhikArin}, {paNDina}, {paNDita},
{dharmA7dkikAriG} {paNDitA7cArya}, {parivrAj}, {bhaTTa} [cf. below, and
{bhaTTa-n-}], {bhaTTA7cArya}, {bhaTTA7raDa}, {bhAratI}, {bhiSaj}, {muni},
{yati}, {yatI7vara}, {rAya}, {vandya}, {vAdI7zvara}, {vidyA-vinoda},
{vaiSNava-muni}, {zarman}, {sarasvatI}, {sarva-jJa}, {sArvabhauma}); mf({I})n.
relating or belonging to Nârâyana or Kriishna MBh. &c. (m. pl. the warriors of
KñKriishna, iv, 147); n. (with {kSetra}) N. of the ground on the banks of the
Ganges for a distance of 4 cubits from he water L.; (with {cUrNa}) a partic.
medicinal powder Bhpr.; (with {taila}) a medic. oil expressed from various
plants ib. [537, 1]; ({I}) f. see s.v.
naarikela = coconut
naarikelaH = (m) coconut
naarikelam.h = (n) coconut
naarii = female
naariiNaaM = of women
naaryaH = (fem.nom.pl.) women
naathaka = (m) a play, drama
naath = lord
naatha = Protector
naathaaya = to the protector or lord
naasha = destruction
naaza *= 1 m. (1%{naz}) attainment (see %{dUN-}).\\ 2 m. (2. %{naz}) the being
lost, loss, disappearance, destruction, annihilation, ruin, death Br. Mn. MBh.
&c. (ifc. destroying, annihilating cf. %{karma-nAzA}, %{graha-nAta},
%{duH-svapna.n-}); flight, desertion W.; (arithm.) elimination ib.; (%{I}) f. N.
of a river near Benares L.
naashaH = loss
naashanaM = the destroyer
naashanam.h = destroyer
naashayati = destroys
naashayaami = dispel
naashaaya = for destruction
naashitaM = is destroyed
naas'ya *= mfn. liable to be destroyed or removed or banished Bha1sha1p. Kap.
(%{-tva} n.)
naashha = destruction
naasaabhyantara = within the nostrils
naasikaa = nose
naasti = na+asti, not there
naava * = 1 m. ( -4. {nu}) a shout of joy or triumph RV. \\ 2 = {nau}, a boat, a
ship (in comp. f. {ardha-n-}, {dvi-n-} Pân. 5-4, 99, 100); ({A4}) f. id. RV. i,
97, 8.
naavaasana = the boat posture
naava = a boat
naaya* = m. ( %{nI}) a leader, guide RV. vi, 24, 10; 46, 11 (pr. N. Sa1y.; cf.
%{azva-}, %{go-}); guidance, direction L.; policy, means, expedient Bhat2t2.
Sch.
naayaka * =m. a guide, leader, chief, lord, principal MBh. Kâv. &c. (with or
scil. {sainyasya}, a general, commander; ifc. f. {akA} cf. a. {nAyaka}); a
husband BhP.; (in dram.) the lover or hero; the central gem of a necklace
(implying also `" a general "' cf. {nAyakAya} and {mahA-nAyaka}); a paradigm or
example (in gram.); N. of Gautama Buddha Buddh.; of a Brâhman Râjat.; of an
author (also {bhaTTa-n-}) Cat.; m. or n. a kind of musk L. (cf. {nAyikA-cUrNa});
({ikA}) f. see {nAyikA}; {-tva} n. leadership R.
naayakaaH = captains
Na * = 1: no, it is not so "' Bâdar. ii, 1, 35 Sarvad. ii, 15 \\2 m. knowledge
L.; certainty, ascertainment L.; ornament L.; a water-house L.; = {nirvRti}
(invented for the etymology of {kriSNa}, ) MBh. v, 70, 5 Sch.; a bad man L.; N.
of S'iva or of a Buddh. deity L.; the sound of negation L.; gift L.
na * =or not-but * =1 the dental nasal (found at the beginning of words and
before or after dental consonants as well as between vowels; subject to
conversion into $ Pân. 8-4, 1-39). = 1. * = 2 ind. not, no, nor, neither RV.
({nA}, x, 34, 8) &c. &c. (as well in simple negation as in wishing, requesting
and commanding, except in prohibition before an Impv. or an augmentless aor.
[cf. a. {mA}]; in successive sentences or clauses either simply repeated e.g.
Mn.iv, 34; or strengthened by another particle, esp. at the second place or
further on in the sentence e.g. by {u} [cf. {no7}], {uta4}, {api}, {cA7pi},
{vA}, {vA7pi} or {atha vA} RV. i, 170, 1; 151, 9 Nal. iii, 24, &c.; it may even
be replaced by {ca}, {vA}, {api ca}, {api vA}, &c. alone, as Mn.ii, 98 Nal.i,
14, &c.; often joined with other particles, beside those mentioned above esp.
with a following {tu}, {tv eva}, {tv eva tu}, {ce7d} q.v., {khalu} q.v., {ha}
[cf. g. {cA7di} and Pân. 8-1, 31] &c.; before round or collective numbers and
after any numeral in the instr. or abl. it expresses deficiency e.g. {ekayA na
viMzati}, not 20 by 1 i.e. 19 S'Br.; {paJcabhir na catvAri zatAni}, 395 ib.;
with another {na} or an {a} priv. it generally forms a strong affirmation [cf.
Vâm. v, 1, 9] e.g. {ne7yaM na vakSyati}, she will most certainly declare S'ak.
iii, 9; {nA7daNDyo 'sti}, he must certainly be punished Mn. viii, 335; it may
also, like {a}, form compounds Vâm. v, 2, 13 [cf. below]); that not, lest, for
fear lest (with Pot.) MBh. R. Das'. &c.; like, as, as it were (only in Veda and
later artificial language, e.g. {gauro na tRSitaH piba}, drink like [lit. `" not
"' i.e. `" although not being "'] a thirsty deer; in this sense it does not
coalesce metrically with a following vowel). [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. &161835[523, 1]
{ne8-}; Angl. Sax. {ne}, `" not "'; Eng. {no}, &c.] -2. na \\3 (L.) mfn. thin,
spare; vacant, empty; identical; unvexed, unbroken; m. band, fetter; jewel,
pearl; war; gift; welfare; N. of Buddha; N. of Gane7s'a; = {prastuta}; =
{dviraNDa} (?); ({A}) f. the navel; a musical instrument; knowledge.
na = not
nabha * = the sky* = m. (rather fr. {nabh} denoting `" bursting forth "' or `"
expanding "' than fr. {nah} `" connecting "', scil. heaven and earth) the sky,
atmosphere (= {nabhas}) L.; the month S'râvana Car.; N. of a son of Manu
Svârocisha or of the 3rd MñManu (together with Nabhasya) Hariv.; of one of 7
sages of the 6th Manv-antara ib.; of a demon (son of Vipra-citti by Sinhikâ) ib.
VP.; of a son of Nala (Nishadha) and father of Pundarîka (cf. {nabhas}) Hariv.
BhP.; ({A}) f. a spitting-pot (?) L.; N. of the city of the sun W.
nabha * m. (rather fr. {nabh} denoting `" bursting forth "' or `" expanding "'
than fr. {nah} `" connecting "', scil. heaven and earth) the sky, atmosphere (=
{nabhas}) L.; the month S'râvana Car.; N. of a son of Manu Svârocisha or of the
3rd MñManu (together with Nabhasya) Hariv.; of one of 7 sages of the 6th
Manv-antara ib.; of a demon (son of Vipra-citti by Sinhikâ) ib. VP.; of a son of
Nala (Nishadha) and father of Pundarîka (cf. {nabhas}) Hariv. BhP.; ({A}) f. a
spitting-pot (?) L.; N. of the city of the sun W.
nabhaHsprishaM = touching the sky
nabhasa* = mfn. vapoury, misty AV.; m. sky, atmosphere L.; the rainy season L.;
the ocean L.; N. of a Rishi of the 10th Manv-antara Hariv.; of a Dânava ib.
(v.l. {rabhasa} and {razmisa}); of a son of Nala, Vp.
nabhastala = sky
Nactan' = 'nigth
nada = The Universal Sound. Vibration
naDa* = or m. (L. also n.) a species of reed, Arundo Tibialis or Karka RV. AV.
S'Br.
nada* = m. a roarer, bellower, thunderer, crier, neigher &c. (as a cloud, horse,
bull, met. a man, i, 179, 4) RV.; N. of RV. viii, 58, 2 (beginning with {nadam})
S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.; a river (if thought of as male ifc. ind. {-nadam}; cf. {nadI})
Mn. MBh. &c.; = {naDa}, reed RV. i, 32, 8; ({I}) f. see {nadI4}.
nadanu *= m. noise , din RV. viii , 21 , 14 ; the sound of approbation MW. ; war
, battle Naigh. ii , 17 ; a cloud (%{nada4nu}) Un2. iii , 52 Sch. ; a lion L. ;
%{-ma4t} mfn. roaring , thundering RV. vi , 18 , 2.
nadi = (f) river
nadiinaaM = of the rivers
naga = the vital air that causes burping* = m. `" not moving "' (cf. {a4-ga}), a
mountain (ifc. f. {A}; cf. {sa-naga}) AV.&c. &c.; the number 7 (because of the 7
principal mountains; cf. {kula-giri}) Sûryas.; any tree or plant MBh. Kâv. &c.;
a serpent L.; the sun L.
naH = by us, of us, ours (see nas)
nah* = 1 cl. 4. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxvi, 57) %{na4hyati}, %{-te} (Pot. %{-nahet}
MBh.; %{nahyur} AitBr.; p. A1. %{na4hyamAna} [also with pass. meaning] RV. &c.;
pf. %{nanAha}, %{nehe}; fut. %{natsyati}, %{naddhA} Siddh. [cf. Pa1n2. 8-2, 34];
aor, %{anAtsIt}, Bhst2t2.; %{anaddha} Vop.; ind. p. %{naddhvA} Gr.; %{-na4hya}
Br. &c.; inf. %{-naddhum} Ka1v.) to bind, tie, fasten, bind on or round or
together; (A1.) to put on (as armour &c.), arm one's self. RV. &c. &c.: Pass.
%{nahyate}, p. %{-hyamAna} (see above): Caus. %{nAhayati} (aor. %{anInahat} Gr.)
to cause to bind together BhavP.: Desid. %{ninatsati}, %{-te} Gr.: Intens.
%{nAnahyate}, %{nAnaddhi}. ib. [Prob. for %{nagh}; cf. Lat. {nectere}, Germ.
{Nestel} (?).]\\2 (only in %{na4dbihyas} RV. x, 60, 6; but cf. %{akSA-na4h}) a
bond, tie.
nahi = No; never
nahusha * = m.= {na4hus} RV. i, 31, 11; v, 12, 6; (prob.) N. of a man, viii, 46,
27; of a son of Manu and author of RV. ix, 101 Anukr.; of an ancient king (son
of Âyu or Âyus [cf. RV. i. 31, 11] and father of Yayâti; he took possession of
Indra's throne but was afterwards deposed and changed into a serpent Mn. vii, 41
MBh. R. &c. (cf. RTL. 240); according to R. i, 72, 30 and ii, 119, 30 he is a
son of Ambarisha and father of Nabhâga); of a serpent-demon MBh. Hariv.; of a
Marut Hariv.; of Vishnu-Kriishna MBh. [532, 3]
nahyati = (4 pp) to bind
naiH* = Vriiddhi form of {niH} (for {nis}) in comp.
nahusha* = m.= {na4hus} RV. i, 31, 11; v, 12, 6; (prob.) N. of a man, viii, 46,
27; of a son of Manu and author of RV. ix, 101 Anukr.; of an ancient king (son
of Âyu or Âyus [cf. RV. i. 31, 11] and father of Yayâti; he took possession of
Indra's throne but was afterwards deposed and changed into a serpent Mn. vii, 41
MBh. R. &c. (cf. RTL. 240); according to R. i, 72, 30 and ii, 119, 30 he is a
son of Ambarisha and father of Nabhâga); of a serpent-demon MBh. Hariv.; of a
Marut Hariv.; of Vishnu-Kriishna MBh. [532, 3]
naihara * =produced by mist or fog
naipuNa * = mfn. = %{nipuNa} (ifc.) Ja1takam. ; n. = next.
naipuNya * = (cf. g. %{brAhmaNA7di}) n. dexterity, experience in (gen. or
comp.), skill or anything which requires skill ; completeness, totality (%{ena}
ind. totally, exactly) Mn. MBh. R. &c.
naitika = (adj) ethical
naiva = never is it so
naisargikabala = Natural strength and a part of Shad Bala or Six strength
calculation method of planetary weighting
naiHzreyasa* = mf({i})n. leading to happiness or future beatitude Mn. ({-sika},
xii, 88) MBh.; n. N. of a wood in the world of Vishnu BhP.
naiHsaGgya* = n. absence of attachment, indifference Jâtakam.
naiHsargika* = mfn. cast off, put off DivyA7v.; N. of partic. transgressions
punished with the confiscation of something belonging to the transgressor Buddh.
naiHsnehya* = n. absence of love or affection Mn. ix, 15.
naiHspRhya* = n. absence of longing for anything Kâv.
naiHsvabhAvya* = n. (fr. {niH-svabhAva}) L.
naiHsvya* = n. (fr. {nih-sva}) absence of property, destitution, poverty Var.
naihaara* = mfn. (fr. {nI-hAra}) produced by mist or fog BhP.
naimitta * = mfn. (fr. %{ni-mitta}) relating to or explanatory of signs g.
%{RgayanA7di} ; m. an interpreter of prognostics, fortune-teller L. (also
%{-ttaka} DivyA7v.)
naimittika * = mf(%{I})n. produced by any or by some partic. cause, occasional,
special, accidental (opp. to %{nitya}) Ka1tyS3r. Mn. MBh. &c. (%{-tva} n. Kap.
Sch.) ; m. = prec. m. g. %{ukthA7di} DivyA7v. ; n. an effect (see %{nimitta-n-})
; = next W.
naimittikakriyA * = f. an occasional or periodical ceremony or rite (as observed
on the birth of a child &c.) ib.
naipuNa* = zie nipuNa
nairaas'ya* = n. hopelessness, non-expectancy, despair at ({prati} or comp.)
MBh. R. &c.
nairaas'ya * =nairAzya n. hopelessness, non-expectancy, despair at ({prati} or
comp.) MBh. R. &c.
nairrita *= mf(%{I4})n. belonging or consecrated to Nirr2iti (q.v.) AV. S3Br.
&c. ; south-western Mn. MBh. Sus3r. &c. ; belonging to the Ra1kshasas MBh. (see
m.) ; relating to the lunar mansion Nairr2ita (Mu1la) Cat. ; m. a child of
Nirr2iti, a Ra1kshasa or demon MBh. R. &c. (%{-kanyA} f. a Ra1kshasa girl R. ;
%{-rAja} m. the RñRa1kshasa-king ib.) ; N. of one of the Loka-pa1las (the ruler
of the south-west quarter L. ; cf. Dharmas. 8) ; of a Rudra Hariv. (C.
%{nir-Rti}) ; pl. N. of a people MBh. ; (%{I}) f. (with or sc. %{diz}) the
south-west quarter Mn. MBh. Var. ; N. of Durga1 Devi1m. ; n. the lunar mansion
Mu1la Var.
naisarga *= mfn. innate, natural BhP.
naishaa = na + eshA:no + this(fem.)
naishkarmyaM = freedom from reaction
naishkarmyakarma = actionless action
naishkarmyasiddhiM = the perfection of nonreaction
naishkritikaH = expert in insulting others
naishthhika* = (or {naiH-}; see 2. {ni-SThA}) mf({i})n. forming the end, final,
last MBh. Hariv. Ragh.; definitive, fixed, firm MBh. R. Yâjñ.; highest, perfect,
complete MBh. Kâv. Pur. ({-sundara} mfn. perfectly beautiful Kum. v, 62);
completely versed in or familiar with (comp.) Var.; belonging to the character
or office of a perpetual student W.; m. a perpetual religious student or Brâhman
who observes the vow of chastity Râjat. BhP.
naishthhikiiM = unflinching
nakulaH = (m) a mongoose
nakta.ncharaantakam.h = the finisher(destroyer) of the
nakra = a crocodile
nakha = nail
nakshatra = A division of the Zodiac into 27 parts. There were originally 28
parts but one seems to have been dropped. Each Division is ruled by a planet and
is further divided into Padas or quarters. The nakshatra contains 9 navaa.nshas
and forms the base position for lunar Dasha systems\\* = n. (m. only RV. vi, 67,
6; prob. fr. {nakS} cf. {nakS dyAm}, i, 33, 14 &c.) a star or any heavenly body;
also applied to the sun; n. sg. sometimes collectively `" the stars "' e.g. vii.
86, 1 RV. &c. &c.; an asterism or constellation through which the moon passes, a
lunar mansion AV. &c. &c. (27, later 28, viz. S'ravishthhâ or Dhanishthhâ,
S'ata-bhishaj, Pûrva-bhâdrapâda, Uttara-bhñbhâdrapâda, Revatî, As'vinî, Bharanî,
Kriittikâ, Rohinî or Brâhmî, Mriiga-s'iras or Âgrahâyanî, Ârdrâ, Punarvasû or
Yâmakau, Pushya or Sidhya, Âs'leshâ, Maghâ, Pûrva-phalgunî, Uttara-phñphalgunî,
Hasta, Citrâ, Svâtî, Vis'âkhâ or Râdhâ, Anurâdhâ, Jyeshthha, Mûla, Pûrva7shâdhâ,
Uttara7shñâdhâ, Abhijit, S'ravana; according to VarBriS. Revatî,
Uttara-phalgunî, Uttara-bhâdrapâda and Uttara7shâdha are called {dhruvANi},
fixed; in the Vedas the Nakshatras are considered as abodes of the gods or of
pious persons after death Sây. on RV. i, 50, 2; later as wives of the moon and
daughters of Daksha MBh. Hariv. &c.; according to Jainas the sun, moon, Grahas,
Nakshatras and Târâs form the Jyotishkas); a pearl L.
nakshatram.h = (n) constellation
nakshatraaNaaM = of the stars
nandana* = rejoicing, gladdening
nalinii = lotus
naliniidalagata = nalinI+dala+gata, lotus+petal+reached/gone
nam.h = to salute
namaH = a salute
namati = to bow
namaskaara = Salutation
namaskaaraniichamanii = Salutation to evil minded
namaskuru = offer obeisances
namaskritvaa = offering obeisances
namaste = offering my respects unto You
namasyantaH = offering obeisances
namasyanti = are offering respects
namaami = I bow
namaamyaham.h = namAmi+ahaM, bow+I
nameran.h = they should offer proper obeisances
namo = salutation
namya = (adj) bendable
nanaa * = f. fam. expression for `" mother "' RV. ix, 112, 3 (cf. 2. {tata4}); =
{vAc} Naigh. i, 11.
nanu = really
nandaH = nanda
nandati = revels
nandatyeva = nandati+eva, revels alone/revels indeed
nandana = child
napu.nsakaM = neuter
nara = Man a man, a male, a person (pl. men, people) TS. &c. &c.; husband Mn.
ix, 76; hero VarBriS. iv, 31 Bâlar. viii, 56; a man or piece at chess or
draughts &c. L.; the pin or gnomon of a sun-dial Sûryas. (cf. {-yantra});
person, personal termination Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 85 (cf. {puruSa}); the primeval
Man or eternal Spirit pervading the universe (always associated with Nârâyana,
`" son of the prñprimeval man "' [529, 1]; both are considered either as gods or
sages and accordingly called {devau}, {RSI}, {tApasau} &c.; in ep. poetry they
are the son, of Dharma by Mûrti or A-hinsâ and emanations of Vishnu, Arjuna
being identified with Nara, and Kriishna with Nârâyana) Mn. (cf. {-sUnu}) MBh.
Hariv. Pur.; (pl.) a class of myth. beings allied to the Gandharvas and
Kin-naras MBh.. Pur.; N. of a son of Manu Tâmasa BhP.; of a sñson of Vis'vâmitra
Hariv.; of a sñson of Gaya and father of Virâj VP.; of a sñson of Su-dhriiti and
fñfather of Kevala Pur.; of a sñson of Bhavan-manyu (Manyu) and fñfather of
Sankriiti ib.; of Bhâradvâja (author of RV. vi, 35 and 36) Anukr.; of 2 kings of
Kas'mîra Râjat.; of one of the 10 horses of the Moon L.; ({I}) f. a woman (=
{nArI}) L.; n. a kind of fragrant grass.
narayaaNa * = or n. a carriage drawn by men
naraH = a man
naraka = hell * = (Nir.; {nara4ka} TÂr.) m. or n. hell, place of torment Mn.
MBh. &c.; (distinguished from {pAtAla} q.v.; personified as a son of Anriita and
Nirriiti or Nirkriiti MârkP.; there are many different hells, generally 21 Mn.
iv, 88-90 Yâjñ. Pur. &c.); m. N. of a demon (son of Vishnu and Bhûmi or the
Earth, and therefore called Bhauma, haunting Prâg-jyotisha and slain by
Kriishna) MBh. Pur. Râjat. &c.; of a son of Vipra-citti VP.; =
{deva-rAtriprabheda} (?) L.; m. or n. N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh. (v.l.
{anaraka}); ({ikA}) f. Pân. 7-3, 44 Vârtt. 4 Pat.
narakasya = of hell
narakaaya = for the hell
narake = in hell
narajanma = human birh
narapungavaH = hero in human society
nararaakshasa = adj. devil incarnate
naralokaviiraaH = kings of human society
narasi.nha = the man-lion, fourth incarnation of Vishnu
naraaNaaM = among human beings
naraadhamaaH = lowest among mankind
naraadhamaan.h = the lowest of mankind
naraadhipaM = the king
naraiH = by men
nara * m. (cf. {nR}) a man, a male, a person (pl. men, people) TS. &c. &c.;
husband Mn. ix, 76; hero VarBriS. iv, 31 Bâlar. viii, 56; a man or piece at
chess or draughts &c. L.; the pin or gnomon of a sun-dial Sûryas. (cf.
{-yantra}); person, personal termination Kâs'. on Pân. 3-1, 85 (cf. {puruSa});
the primeval Man or eternal Spirit pervading the universe (always associated
with Nârâyana, `" son of the prñprimeval man "' [529, 1]; both are considered
either as gods or sages and accordingly called {devau}, {RSI}, {tApasau} &c.; in
ep. poetry they are the son, of Dharma by Mûrti or A-hinsâ and emanations of
Vishnu, Arjuna being identified with Nara, and Kriishna with Nârâyana) Mn. (cf.
{-sUnu}) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; (pl.) a class of myth. beings allied to the
Gandharvas and Kin-naras MBh.. Pur.; N. of a son of Manu Tâmasa BhP.; of a sñson
of Vis'vâmitra Hariv.; of a sñson of Gaya and father of Virâj VP.; of a sñson of
Su-dhriiti and fñfather of Kevala Pur.; of a sñson of Bhavan-manyu (Manyu) and
fñfather of Sankriiti ib.; of Bhâradvâja (author of RV. vi, 35 and 36) Anukr.;
of 2 kings of Kas'mîra Râjat.; of one of the 10 horses of the Moon L.; ({I}) f.
a woman (= {nArI}) L.; n. a kind of fragrant grass.
narka = Hell
Naraka* =(Nir.; {nara4ka} TÂr.) m. or n. hell, place of torment Mn. MBh. &c.;
(distinguished from {pAtAla} q.v.; personified as a son of Anriita and Nirriiti
or Nirkriiti MârkP.; there are many different hells, generally 21 Mn. iv, 88-90
Yâjñ. Pur. &c.); m. N. of a demon (son of Vishnu and Bhûmi or the Earth, and
therefore called Bhauma, haunting Prâg-jyotisha and slain by Kriishna) MBh. Pur.
Râjat. &c.; of a son of Vipra-citti VP.; = {deva-rAtriprabheda} (?) L.; m. or n.
N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh. (v.l. {anaraka}); ({ikA}) f. Pân. 7-3, 44
Vârtt. 4 Pat
nartakii = (f) danseuse, a female dancer
nas (naH) *= 1 encl. form for acc. gen. dat. pl. of the Ist pers. pron. (Pa1n2.
7-l , i , 21) , us , of us , to us ; in Veda changeable into %{Nas} (4 , 27 ;
28). [Cf. Zd. {na} , our ; Gk. $ , $ , ; Lat. {nos-ter} ; Old Lat. dat.
&164531[532 ,2] {nis}.]\\2 cl. 1. A1. (Dha1tup. xvi , 26) %{na4sate} (aor. Pot.
%{nasImahi} RV. ii , 16 , 8 ; pf %{nese} ; fut. %{nasitA} Gr.) to approach ,
resort to , join , copulate (esp. as husband and wife) RV. ; to be crooked or
fraudulent Dha1tup. [Cf. Gk.$ ({o}) $ {va-} ({o}) , $ ; &164538[532 ,2] Goth.
{ga-nizan} , {nas-jan} ; Angl. S. {gene0san} ; HGerm. {gine0san} ,
{genesen}.]\\3 or %{nAs} f. (the strong stem occurs only in du. %{nA4sA} RV. ii
, 39 , 6 , the weak stem only in %{nasA4} , %{nasi4} , %{naso4s} [cf. Pa1n2. 6-1
, 63] and in comp.) the nose RV. AV. VS. TS. BhP. [Cf. %{nAsA} , %{nAsikA} ;
Lat. {nas-turciunm} , {na1res} ; Lith. {no4sis} ; Slav. {nosu7} ; Germ. {Nase} ;
Angl. Sax. {nosu} ; Eng. {nose} , {nostril} = {nose-thrill} , {nose-hole}.]
nashtha* = mfn. lost, disappeared, perished, destroyed, lost sight of invisible;
escaped (also {-vat} mfn. MBh.), run away from (abl.), fled (impers. with instr.
of subj. Ratn. ii. 3) RV. &c. &c.; spoiled, damaged, corrupted, wasted,
unsuccessful, fruitless, in vain Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; deprived of(instr.) R. i,
14, 18 (in comp. =, without "', `" -less "', `" un- "'; see below); one who has
lost a lawsuit Mriicch. ix, 4.
nasta* = m. the nose L.; ({A}) f. a hole bored through the septum of the nñnose
L.; n. a sternutatory, snuff L.
nashyati = (4 pp) to perish, to be destroyed
nashyaatsu = being annihilated
nashvara = Temporary
nashhTa = Destroyed or missing birth data. A method of calculating the Chart
when one has missing data
nashhTaH = scattered
nashhTaan.h = all ruined
nashhTe = being destroyed
nas'vara* = mf({I})n. perishing, perishahle, transitory Kâv. Pur. &c.;
destructive, mischievous W.
nartana = Dance
nathaH = (m) actor, filmstar
nathi = Actress
nathii = (f) actress, heroine
nata = Bowed
nataraaja = Lord of the dancers, a name of Shiva
nataraajaasana = the Lord of the Dance posture
nataaH = bowed down
nayaka * = mfn. clever in policy. L.
nayana = eye
nayanaM = eyes
nayet.h = must bring under
nava = (adj) nine
nava* = 1 mf({A})n. (prob. fr. 1. {nu4}) new, fresh, recent, young, modern (opp.
to {sana}, {purANa}) RV. &c. &c. (often in comp. with a subst. e.g. {navA7nna}
cf. Pân. 2-1, 49; or with a pp. in the sense of `" newly, just, lately "' e.g.
{navo7dita}, below); m. a young monk, a novice Buddh.; a crow L.; a red-flowered
Punar-navâ L.; N. of a son of Us'înara and Navâ Hariv.; of a son of Viloman VP.;
({A}) f. N. of a woman (see above) Hariv.; n. new grain, Kaus. [Cf. Zd. {nava};
Gk. $ for $; Lat. &164066[530, 3] {novus}; Lith. {nau4jas}; Slav. {no8vu8};
Goth. {niujis}; Angl. S. {ni7we}; HGerm. {niuwi}; {niuwe}, {neu}; Eng.
{new}.]\\2 m. (2. {su}) praise, celebration L. \\ = 3 m. (5. {nu}) sneezing
Car.\\ = 4 in {tri-Nava} q.v. &c. in comp. = {-van}. [531, 2]\\
navaM = a boat
navakamaladala = newly blossomed lotus petal (another meaning for `nava' is
navadvaare = in the place where there are nine gates
navami = Ninth Tithi of the Moon
navavastu = New article
navaa.nsha = A Varga. The Ninth divisional harmonic. Used with the Rashi,
Chandra and bhaava charts to determine a basic delineation. Used for reading the
delineations of the Spouse
navaani = new garments
naviinam.h = (adj) new
nava * new, fresh, recent, young, modern
nau = us
naukaa = Boat
naukiilakam.h = (n) anchor
nauli = an abdominal exercise (lauliki)
nava
naya* = m. (1. {nI})leading (of an army) R.; conduct, behaviour, (esp.) prudent
cñconduct or bñbehaviour, good management, polity, civil and military government
MBh. Kâv. &c.; wisdom, prudence, reason ({naya} ibc. or {nayeSu}, in a prudent
manner MBh.) R. BhP.; plan, design MBh. Pañc. Kathâs.; leading thought, maxim,
principle, system, method, doctrine R. Sâh. Bhâshâp. Sarvad.; a kind of game and
a sort of dice or men for playing it L.; N. of a son of Dharma and Kriyâ Pur.;
of a son of 13th Manu Hariv.; guide, conductor L.; mfn. fit, right, proper L.h.
ne = not
nesh, neshate: * to go to move
netaa = (m) leade
netavya *= mfn. ( %{nI}) to be led or guided &c. ; to be led away ; to be led
towards or to or into (acc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to be applied S3am2k. ; to be
examined ib.
neti = not so
netiyoga = cleansing of the nostrils
netra = eye
netraM = eyes
neyaM = is to be lead/taken
ni = down * =1 ind. down, back, in, into, within (except AV. x, 8, 7 always
prefixed either to verbs or to nouns; in the latter case it has also the meaning
of negation or privation [cf. `" down-hearted "' = heartless]; sometimes w.r.
for {nis}); it may also express {kSepa}, {dAna}, {upa-rama}, {A-zraya}, {mokSa}
&c. L. [Cf. Zd. {ni}; Gk. $; Slav. {ni-zu}; &166432[538, 3] Germ, {ni-dar},
{ni-der}, {nieder}; Angl. Sax. {ni-ther}, Eng. {ne-ther}, {be-neath}.]
ni+vid.h = to tell
ni+vrit.h = to go away
nibha* = mf({A})n. ( {bhA}) resembling, like, similar (ifc.) MBh. R. &c.
(sometimes pleonast. after adj. e.g. {cAru-nibhA7nana}, `" handsome-faced "'
Hariv., or comp. with a synonym e.g. {naga-nibho7pama}, `" mountain-like "'
MBh.; {padma-pattrA7bha-nibha}, `" like a lotus-leaf "' ib.); m. or n.
appearance, pretext (only ifc. instr. Das'.; abl. Kathâs.).
nibhrita * = mfn. ( %{bhR}) borne or placed down, hidden, secret MBh. Ka1v. &c.
; nearly set (as the moon) Ragh. ; firm, immovable Hariv. Ka1v. Pur. ; shut,
closed (as a door) L. ; fixed, settled, decided RV. ; fixed or intent upon
(comp.) Ka1d. ; filled with, full of (instr. or comp.) BhP. ; attached, faithful
MBh. Ma1rkP. ; still, silent Kum. ; quiet, humble, modest, mild, gentle MBh. R.
&c. ; free from passions, undisturbed (= %{zAnta}) Hcar. ; lonely, solitary
Gi1t. ; (%{A}) f. a kind of riddle Ka1vya7d. ; (%{am}) ind. secretly, privately,
silently, quietly Mn. Ka1v. ; Pan5c. &c. ; n. humility, modesty MBh. v, 1493
(Ni1lak. `" secrecy, silence "').
nibaddha = tied down (from bandh)
nibaddhaH = conditioned
nibadhnanti = bind
nibadhnaati = binds
nibadhyate = becomes affected
nibadh{}nanti = do bind
nibandhaaya = for bondage, crushing, destroying, removing MBh. R. &c.; n.
destruction, annihilation ib.
nibarhaNa* =crushing, destroying, removing MBh. R. &c.; n. destruction,
annihilation ib.
nibiDa * = or {ni-viDa} mf({A})n. (prob. fr. {biDa} = {bila}, a hole; cf.
{ni-khila}) without spaces or interstices, close, compact, thick, dense, firm
MBh. Kâv. &c. full of abounding in (instr. or comp.) Hariv. S'ak. vii, 11 (v.l.
for {ni-cita}); low Kâd.; crooked-nosed Pân. 5-2, 32 Kâs'.; m. N. of a mountain
MBh. vi, 460; n. crooked-nosedness Pân. 5-2, 32 Kâs'
nibodha = just take note of, be informed
nibodhita(H) = (masc.Nom.sing.)having been enlightened
niboddhavya * = mfn. to be learnt ; to be regarded or considered as (with
nomin.) Var.
niboddhR * = mfn. knowing, wise Gal.
nibhrita = are served
nichridgaayatriichchha.ndaH = the prosody form is `nichR\^it.h gAyatrii'
nicholaH = (m) skirt
nidaana *= n. a band, rope, halter RV. vi, 32, 6 MBh. ; a first or primary cause
(cf. %{ni-bandhana}) RV. x, 114, 2 Br. Ka1t2h. ; original form or essence
(%{ena} ind. originally, essentially, properly) Br. ; (with Buddh.) a cause of
existence (12 in number) MWB. 56 ; 103 ; any cause or motive DivyA7v. ; the
cause of a disease and enquiry into it, pathology (= %{nidAna-sthAna} q.v.) L. ;
= %{nidAna-sUtra} Cat. ; cessation, end L. ; purification, correctness L. ;
claiming the reward of penitential acts L. ; %{-tattva} n. %{-pradIpa} m. N. of
wks. ; %{-vat} (%{nidA4na-}) mfn. funded on a cause, essential TBr. Ka1t2h. ;
%{-vid} mfn. knowing the causes or symptoms of a disease BhP. ; %{-saMgraha} m.
N. of a medic. wk. ; %{-sUtra} n. N. of wk. on metres and Vedic Stomas ;
%{-sthAna}, ii. the subject of the causes of diseases, pathology (one of the 5
departments of medic. science) Sus3r. ; %{-dAnA7rthakara} mfn. operating as a
cause Bhpr.
nideza *= m. order, command, direction (%{-zaM-kR}, or %{pAlaya} or
%{upa-pAlaya} or %{-ze-vRt} or %{sthA}, to execute orders, be obedient) MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; talk, conversation L. ; vicinity, neighbourhood (%{e} ind. near,
close by Kull. on Mn. ii, 197 ; others `" in a lower place "') ; = %{bhAjana} L.
; %{kArin}, %{-kRt}, %{-bhAj}, %{-vartin} mfn. executing the orders of, obedient
to (gen. or comp.) MBh. &c.
nididhyaasana = meditation and contemplation
nidraa = sleep * = f. sleep, slumber, sleepiness, sloth RV. MBh. Kâv. &c.; the
budding state of a flower (hence {-drAM-tyaj}, to bloom) S'ârngP.; a mystic. N.
of the letter {bh} Up.; {-kara} mfn. making sleepy Hariv. Sus'r.; {-kSaNa} m. or
n. a moment of sleep BhP.; {--gama} ({-drA7g-}), approach or time of sñsleep,
S'ântis'.; {-caura} m. stealer of sñsleep Mriicch.; {--tura} ({-drA7t-}) mfn.
sleepy, languid Cat.; {-daridra} mfn. suffering from want of sleep Vcar.; m. N.
of a poet Cat.; {-daridrI-kR}, to deprive of sñsleep Kpr.; {-druh} (mfn. nom.
{dhruk} Pân. 8-2, 37; cf. Vâm. v, 2, 88), disturbing sñsleep; {--ntarita}
({-drA7nt-}). mfn. asleep Pañc.; {--ndha} ({-drA7n-}) mfn. blind with sleep,
dead asleep, fast asleep MBh.; {-bhaGga} m. rousing from sñsleep, awaking W.;
{--bhibhUta} ({-drA7bh-}) mfn. subdued by sñsleep, sleeping Sus'r.; {-maya}
mf({I})n. consisting in sñsleep Hariv.; {-yoga} m. a state of such deep
meditation as to resemble sleep ib. (cf. {yoganidrA}); m light sleep, doze L.;
{--lasa} ({-drA7l-}) mf({A})n. slothful from drowsiness, fast asleep Hit.;
{--lasya} ({-drA7l-}) n. sleepiness, long sleeping MBh. Var.; {-vaza} mfn.
overpowered by sleep Vet.; {-vRkSa} m. `" sleep-plant "', darkness L.;
{-saMjanana} n. `" producing sñsleep "', phlegm, the phlegmatic humour L.
nidraabhiH = and sleep
nidhanaM = destruction
nidhana* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see col. 3) having no property, poor L.
nidha4na* = (for 1. see col. 2) n. (m. only Hariv. 4846; g. {ardharcA7di})
settling down, residence or place of rñresidence, domicile, receptacle AV.
Sus'r. BhP.; conclusion, end, death, destruction, loss, annihilation Mn. Var.
MBh. &c.; (in music) the concluding passage of a Sâman which is sung in chorus;
any finile AV. TS. Br. &c.; N. of the 8th mansion Var.; race, family L.; m. the
head of a family W.; ({A}) f. pl. N. of partic. verses or formulas Kaus'.;
{-kAma} n. N. of sev. Sâmans TândBr. Lâthy.; {-kArin} mfn. causing death,
destroying W.; {-kriyA} f. a funeral ceremony Hariv.; {-pati} m. lord of the end
or of destruction TÂr.; {-bhUta} mfn. (in music) forming a finale Lâthy.; {-vat}
({-dha4na-}) mfn. having a finale VS. TândBr. &c.; {-sUtra} n. {-sUtra-vRtti} f.
N. of wks.; {-no7ttama} m. N. of S'iva R. 2.
nidhAna* = n. putting or laying down, depositing, keeping, preserving KâtyS'r.
MBh. &c.; laying aside (cf. {daNDa-n-}); placing (the sacrificial fire)
KâtyS'r.; place for depositing anything, receptacle (rarely m.; ifc. f. {I}; cf.
{garbha-n-}) RV. &c. &c.; a place of cessation or rest W.; anything laid up, a
store, hoard, treasure (esp. the tñtreasure or Kubera) Mn. Mriicch. Ragh. &c.
({-tA} f. Jâtakam.); ({I}) f. N. of a formula TBr. ÂpS'r.; mfn. containing
anything (gen.) in itself TÂr.; {-kumbha} m. a pot or jar containing a treasure
Sâh.; {-nI-kR}, to pile up Hcar.; {-ne7za} m. `" lord of treasure "', a Yaksha
S'atr.
nidhanaani = when vanquished
nidhaanaM = resting place
nidhaanikaa = (f) cupboard, almariah
nidhi = reservoir, treasure
nigama * =m. insertion (esp. of the name of a deity into a liturgical formula)
S'rS.; the place or passage (esp. of the Vedas) where a word occurs or the
actual word quoted from such a passage Nir.; the root (as the source from which
a word comes; hence ifc. `" derived from "') ib.; the Veda or the Vedic text
Hariv. Pân. Pur. &c.; any work auxiliary to and explanatory of the Vedas Mn. iv,
19 (Kull.); a sacred precept, the words of a god or holy man MBh. Pur. &c.;
doctrine, instruction in, art of (comp.) Bâlar.; certainty, assurance L.; trade,
traffic W.; a town, city, market-place Âpast. Car. Lalit.; a road L.; a caravan
or company of merchants (ifc. f. {A}) R. Das'.; = {pariziSTa} Cat.; n. a partic.
number Buddh.; {-kalpa-druma} m. {-kalpa-latA} f. {-kalpa-sAra} m. N. of wks.;
{-jJa} mfn. familiar with the holy texts Var.; {-tattvasAra} m. {-pariziSTa} n.
{-latA} f. {-sAra} m. N. of wks.; {-sthAna} n. place of insertion (cf. above)
S'rS.; {-mA7khya-koza} and {-mA7ntA7rtha-ratnA7kara} m.
nigachchhati = attains
nigaDaH = (m) handcuffs
nigaDa* = m. (g. {ardharcA7di}) and n. (fr. {gaD} = {gal}?) an iron chain for
the feet, (csp.) the heel chains for an elephant or a noose for catching the
feet and throwing an animal down, any fetter or shackle Hariv. Kâv. &c.; N. of a
teacher ({-kSveDana} n. N. of wk.); mfn. bound or fettered on the feet Mn. iv.
210.
nigada* = m. reciting, audible recitation, a prayer or sacrificial formula
recited aloud Br. S'rS. &c.; mention, mentioning Bâdar.; speech, discourse W.;
N. of wk.; m. or n. a partic. potion Car.; {-vyAkhyAta} mfn. explained i.e.
clear by mere mentioning Nir.
nigAda* = m. recitation L.; {-din} mfn. reciting, telling, speaking Sus'r.
nigama* = m. insertion (esp. of the name of a deity into a liturgical formula)
S3rS.; the place or passage (esp. of the Vedas) where a word occurs or the
actual word quoted from such a passage Nir.; the root (as the source from which
a word comes; hence ifc. `" derived from "') ib.; the Veda or the Vedic text
Hariv. Pa1n2. Pur. &c.; any work auxiliary to and explanatory of the Vedas Mn.
iv, 19 (Kull.); a sacred precept, the words of a god or holy man MBh. Pur. &c.;
doctrine, instruction in, art of (comp.) Ba1lar.; certainty, assurance L.;
trade, traffic W.; a town, city, market-place A1past. Car. Lalit.; a road L.; a
caravan or company of merchants (ifc. f. %{A}) R. Das3.; = %{pariziSTa} Cat.; n.
a partic. number Buddh.; %{-kalpa-druma} m. %{-kalpa-latA} f. %{-kalpa-sAra} m.
N. of wks.; %{-jJa} mfn. familiar with the holy texts Var.; %{-tattvasAra} m.
%{-pariziSTa} n. %{-latA} f. %{-sAra} m. N. of wks.; %{-sthAna} n. place of
insertion (cf. above) S3rS.; %{-mA7khya-koza} and %{-mA7ntA7rtha-ratnA7kara} m.
niguuDhaa = cast in
nigrihiitaani = so curbed down
nigrihIti f. restraint, check; overpowering Katha1s.
nigrihNaami = withhold
nigrahaM = subduing
nigrahaH = repression * = m. keeping down or back, restraining, binding,
coercion, suppression, subjugation Mn. MBh. &c.; defeat, overthrow, destruction
Kâv.; seizing, catching, arresting, holding fast MBh. R. &c.; suppression of an
illness i.e. healing, cure Sus'r.; confinement, imprisonment, any punishment or
chastisement Mn. MBh. R. Pañc. &c. ({vadhanigt-}, pain of death Kathâs.);
reprimand, blame L.; aversion, ill-will, dislike, disgust L.; anything for
catching hold of. a handle (ifc. f. {A}) Sus'r.; a place or occasion for being
caught hold of, (esp. in Nyâya phil.) an occasion for refutation, a weak point
in an argument or fault in a syllogism (cf. {-sthAna}) [546, 2]; a boundary,
limit L.; N. of S'iva and VishnuKriishna MBh.; {-sAdhana} and {-stotra} n. N. of
wks.; {-sthAna} n. (in phil.) the position of being unfit to carry on an
argument from impossibility of agreeing about first principles;
{-sthAna-sUtra-TIkA} f. {-hA7STaka} n. N. of wks
nigraaha * = m. punishment, chastisement Bhathth. (esp. used in imprecations
e.g. {ni-grAhas te bhUyAt}, confusion seize thee Pân. 3-3, 45 Kâs'.)
niguuDha* = mfn. concealed, hidden, secret, obscure (lit. and fig.) RV.
({ni4-gULha}) &c. &c.; ({am}) ind. privately, secretly Kathâs.; {-kArya} mfn.
secret in operation MW.; {-cArin} mfn. walking concealed or in disguise Mn. ix,
260; {-tara} mfn. well cñconcealed or hidden Pañc.; {-nizcaya} mfn. whose design
is cñconcealed MBh.; {-roman} mfn. having cñconcealed hair Sus'r.; {-DhA7rtha}
mfn. having a hidden or mysterious sense, abstruse, occult; {-DhA7rtha-dI},
{pikA} and {-DhA7rtha-maJjUSikA} f. N. of wks.
niH = without
nihataaH = killed
nihatya = by killing
nihan.h = destroy
ni.HkrishThkuliinaH = adj. born to a lowly family
niHsaara * = mf(%{A})n. sapless, pithless, worthless, vain, unsubstantial
(%{-tA} f. %{-tva} n.) Hariv. Var. Ka1v. Pur.; m. Trophis Aspera or a kind of
S3yo. na1ka L.; (in music) a kind of time (also %{sAru} and %{-ruka}); (%{A}) f.
Musa Sapientum L.; %{-raka} n. a kind of diarrhoea Bhpr. =\\ m. going forth or
out MBh.
niHsara * = mfn. issuing out; %{-tva} n. = %{pitta-roga} L.
niHsheshha = remainderless
niHshreNikaa = (f) ladder
niHshreyasakarau = leading to the path of liberation
niHs'reNi* = f. = {ni-zreNI} L.; the wild date tree L.; {-NikA} f. a ladder
Dharmas'arm.; a kind of grass L.; {-Ni-puSpaka} m. a species of thorn-apple L.
niHs'reyaNI* = f. = {ni-zrayNI} Gal. =
niHzreyasa* = mf({I})n. `" having no better "', best, most excellent MBh. R.
&c.; m. N. of Siva L.; n. the best i.e. ultimate bliss, final beatitude, or
knowledge that brings it KaushUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; belief, faith L.; apprehension,
conception L. {-kara} mfn. conferring final happiness or emancipation W. [539,1]
niHsprihaH = desireless
niHsvana = silent (without sound)
nii = to take * = 1 for %{nis} (q.v.) before r.\\ 2 (for 1. see p. 543, col. 3)
cl. 1. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxii. 5) %{nayati} %{-te} (pf. P. %{ninAya}, 2. sg.
%{ninetha} RV., 1. pl. %{nInima} TS.; Subj. %{ninItha4s} Pot. %{ninIyAt} RV.;
Impv. %{ninetu} MaitrS.; A1. %{ninye} Br. &c.; %{-nayAm@Asa} MBh.;
%{-nayAM@cakre} R.; aor. P. 3. du. %{anItAm} Subj. %{ne4Si}, %{nethA4} RV.;
%{anaiSIt} Subj. %{neSati}, %{-Sat}, 3. pl.A1. %{aneSata} ib.; %{anayIt} AV.;
fut. %{neSyati} AV.; %{-te} Br.; %{nayiSyati}, %{-te} MBh. R.; %{ni4tA},
%{nayitA} ib.; ind. p. %{nItvA} Br.&c.; %{nayitvA} MBh.; %{nI4ya} AV. &c.; inf.
%{neSa4Ni} RV.; %{ne4tavai}, %{-tos} and %{nayitum} Br.; %{ne4tum} ib. &c. &c.),
to lead, guide, conduct, direct, govern (also with %{agram} and gen.; cf.
%{agra-NI}) RV. &c. &c.; to lead &c. towards or to (acc. with or without
%{prati} dat., loc. or %{artham} ifc.) ib.; to lead or keep away, exclude from
(abl.) AitBr.; (A1.) to carry off for one's self(as a victor, owner &c.) AV.
TA1r. MBh.; (A1., rarely P.) to lead home i.e. marry MBh. R.; to bring into any
state or condition (with acc. e.g. with %{vazam}, to bring into subjection,
subdue [A1. RV. x, 84, 3 AV. v, 19, 5; P. Ragh. viii, 19]; with %{zUdra-tAm}, to
reduce to a S3u1dra Mn. iii, 15; with %{sAkSyam} [A1.], to admit as a witness,
viii, 197; with %{vyAghra-tAm}, to change into a tiger Hit.; with %{vikrayam},
to sell Ya1jn5.; with %{paritoSam}, to satisfy Pan5c.; with %{duHkham}, to pain
Amar.; rarely, with loc. e.g. %{duhitR-tve}, to make a person one's daughter R.
i, 44, 38; or with an adv. in %{-sAt} e.g. %{bhasmasAt} to reduce to ashes
Pan5c. i, 198/199); to draw (a line &c.) S3a1n3khS3r. Su1ryas.; to pass or spend
(time) Ya1jn5. Ka1v. &c.; (with %{daNDam}) to bear the rod i.e. inflict
punishment Mn. Ya1jn5. (with %{vyavahAram}) to conduct a process Ya1jn5.; (with
%{kriyAm}) to conduct a ceremony, preside over a religious act MBh.; to trace,
track, find out, ascertain, settle, decide(with %{anyathA}, `" wrongly "') Mn.
Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; (A1.) to be foremost or chief Pa1n2. 1-3, 36: Caus.
%{nAyayati}, %{-te}, to cause to lead &c.; to cause to be led by (instr.) Mn. v,
104 (cf. Pa1n2. 1-4, 52 Va1rtt. 5 Pat.): Desid. %{ni4nISati}, %{te} (AV. xix,
50, 5, w. r. %{nineSati}), to wish to lead or bring or carry to or into (acc. or
dat.) AV. Up. MBh. &c.; to wish to carry away R.; to wish to spend or pass
(time) Naish.; to wish to exclude from (abl.) AitBr.; to wish to find out or
ascertain, investigate MBh.: Intens. %{nenIya4te} to lead as a captive, have in
one's power, rule, govern TS. VS. MBh.\\ 3 mfn. leading, guiding, a leader or
guide (mostly ifc., cf. Pa1n2. 3-2, 61 and %{agra-NI}, %{agreNI}; but also alone
cf. vi, 4, 77; 82 &c.)\\4 P. %{ny-eti} (3. pl. %{ni-yanti}; p. %{-yat}; impf.
%{ny-Ayan} ind. p. %{nI7tya}), to go into (cf. %{nyAya}), enter, come or fall
into, incur (acc.) RV. AV. TS. S3Br.; to under go the nature of i.e. to be
changed into (%{-bhAvam}) RPra1t. \\5 in comp.= 1. %{ni} (p. 538, col. 3).
niica* = mf({A})n. ({ni} +2. {aJc}) low, not high, short, dwarfish Mn. MBh. &c.;
deep, depressed (navel) Pañc.; short (hair, nails) Sus'r.; deep, lowered (voice)
Prât.; low, vile, inferior (socially or morally), base, mean (as a man or action
or thought) Var. MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a kind of perfume (= {coraka}) L.; n. (in
astrol.) the lowest point of a planet (= $), the 7th house from the culminating
point Var. (cf. 2. {ny-aJc}).
niicaa* = ind. below, down, downwards RV. AV.
niicha = the inferior man
niichaM = low
niichabhanga = neechabhanga Raja Yoga. A combination whereby a debilitated
planet by virtue of its placement and association of relevant planets can
reverse and bestow great wealth and power
niichamanii = Evil minded
niiDa = (masc, neut) nest
niila = (adj) blue * = ({A} or {I}; cf. Pân. 4-1, 42 Vârtt. Vâm. v, 2, 48)n. of
a dark colour, (esp.) dñdark-blue or dñdark-green or black RV. &c. &c.; dyed
with indigo Pân. 4-2, 2 Vârtt. 2 Pat.; m. the sapphire L. (with {maNi} R. iii,
58, 26); the Indian fig-tree (= {vaTa}) L.; = {nIla-vRkSa} L.; a species of bird
the blue or hill Maina L.; an ox or bull of a dark colour L.; one of the 9
Nidhis or divine treasures of Kubera L.; N. of a man g. {tikA7di}; of the prince
of Mâhishmatî MBh.; of a son of Yadu Hariv.; of a son of Aja-mîdha BhP.; of a
son of Bhuvana-râja Râjat.; of an historian of Kas'mîra ib.; of sev. authors
(also {-bhaTTa}) Cat.; N. of Mañjus'rî L.; of a Nâga MBh. Râjat.; of one of the
monkey-chiefs attending on Râma (said to be a son of Agni) MBh. R. &c.; the
mountain Nîla or the blue mñmountain (immediately north of Ila7vriita or the
central division; cf. {nIlA7dri}) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({A}) f. the indigo plant
(Indigofera Tinctoria) L. (cf. {nIlI}); a species of Boerhavia with blue
blossoms L.; black cumin L.; a species of blue fly L.; (du.) the two arteries in
front of the neck L.; a black and blue mark on the skin L.; N. of a goddess W.;
(in music) of a Râgini (personified as wife of Mallâra); of a river MBh. (v.l.
{nAlA}); ({I}) f. the indigo plant or dye Mn. Var. Sus'r. &c. Blyxa Octandra.
L.; a species of blue fly L.; a kind of disease L.; N. of the wife of Aja-mîdha
MBh. Hariv. (v.l. {nalinI} and {nIlinI}); n. dark (the colour), darkness TS.
KaushUp.; any dark substance S'Br. ChUp.; = {tAlI-pattra} and {tAlI7za} L.;
indigo Yâjñ. iii. 38; black salt L.; blue vitriol L.; antimony L.; poison L.; a
partic. position in dancing L.; a kind of metre Col.
niilalohitaH = navy blue colour
niilaabja = blue lotus
niilaaya* = Nom. P. Â. {-yati} and {-te}, to begin to become blue or
dark-coloured Kâd. (cf. Pân. 3-1, 13
niilotpalashyaamaM = bearing the bluish black color of blue lilies
niita = take * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see 4. %{nI7}) led, guided, brought &c. RV. &c.
&c.; gained, obtained W.; well-behaved, correct, modest ib.; n. wealth, corn,
grain L.; = %{nava-nIta} A1pS3r.\\mfn. entered, gone or come to
(%{mRtyorantikam}) RV. AV.\\%{nIti} &c. see %{nI}
niitiH = morality
niiraja = (n) lotus
niiradaabham.h = bearing a resemblance to rain-bearing cloud i.e with
niirata* = mfn. not delighting in, indifferent (= {virata}) L. -1.
niiruja = free from disease
niire = water
niivaaraa * = v.l. for {nivArA} (see under {ni-vR}).
niivara * = m. ( {nI}?; cf. Un. iii.) a trader; an inhabitant; a beggar; mud; n.
water L.
niivaa4ra * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) wild rice (sg. the plant; pl. the grains) VS.
S'Br. MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. N. of a river MBh. VP. (v.l. {ni-v-}).
nija = one's own * = mf(%{A})n. ( %{jan}) innate, native, of one's own party or
country (with %{ripu} m. an enemy in one's own country Hit. ; m. pl. one's own
people Ra1jat.) ; constant, continual AV. Br. Mn. MBh. &c. (in later Sanskr2it
used as a reflex. possess. pron. = %{sva}, my own, his own, our own &c.)
nijakarma = nija+karma, one's+duty(normal work)
nikaaya *= (1. %{ci}) a heap, an assemblage, a group, class, association (esp.
of persons who perform the same duties) Mn. MBh. &c.; congregation, school
Buddh.; collection (of Buddh. Su1tras, there are 5 MWB. 62, 63); habitation,
dwelling, hiding-place R. (cf. Pa1n2. 3-3, 41); the body S3vetUp.; the air, wind
VS. xv, 5 (Mahidh.); aim, mark L.; the Supreme Being L.
nikaaman *= (%{nI-}) mfn. desirous, eager RV.
nikaH = rays
nikam *= (Pot. %{-kAmoyet} BhP.; p. A1. %{-kAma4yamAna} TS.; pf. %{cakame}
S3Br.; inf. %{-kamam} Ka1t2h.), to long or wish for, lust after (acc.) %{-kAma4}
m. desire, wish, pleasure RV. VS. AV.; ibc., = (%{am}) ind, according to wish or
desire, to one's heart's content, abundantly, excessively Var. Mr2icch. &c. (cf.
%{yadA-nikA4mam}); (%{nl-k-}) mfn. desirous, covetous, greedy RV.; m. N. of an
Agni S3a1n3khGr2.; %{-kAma} mfn. covetous, Bhp.; %{-jala} mfn. (a river)
yielding abundant water S3ak. vi, 16; %{-tapta} mfn. excessively burnt Kum.;
%{-dha4raNa} mfn. bearing according, to wish TBr.; %{-niraGkuza} mfn. freely
ruling over (gen, ), Gtt. vii, 40; %{-bhAma-bhASya} n. N. of wk.; %{-varSa} mfn.
having plenty of rain MBh.; %{-varSin} mfn. raining according, to wish ib.;
%{-sukhin} mfn. exceedingly happy S3is3. iv, 54.
nikaaman *= (%{nI-}) mfn. desirous, eager RV.
nikaamana *= n. desire La1t2y.
nikaaya *= (1. %{ci}) a heap, an assemblage, a group, class, association (esp.
of persons who perform the same duties) Mn. MBh. &c. ; congregation, school
Buddh. ; collection (of Buddh. Su1tras, there are 5 MWB. 62, 63) ; habitation,
dwelling, hiding-place R. (cf. Pa1n2. 3-3, 41) ; the body S3vetUp. ; the air,
wind VS. xv, 5 (Mahidh.) ; aim, mark L. ; the Supreme Being L.
niketana * = n. a house, mansion, habitation, temple, Mn. MBh. &c.; m. an onion
L.
nikhila * V expansive, * complete, all, whole, entire Up. Mn. MBh. &c. [545, 3];
({ena}) ind. completely, totally MBh. R. &c. (cf. {a-kh-}).
nikR * 1. P.Â. {-karoti}, {-kurute}, (dat. inf. {ni4-kartave} RV. viii, 78, 5),
to bring down, humiliate, subdue, overcome RV. AV. VS. S'Br.: Desid.
{-cikIrskati}, to wish to overcome AV.
nikrand * =cl. 1. P. {-krandati}, (aor. {ny-akrandIt}), to cry from above (as a
bird on a tree) Nir. ix, 4: Caus. {-krandayati}, to cause to roar RV. x, 102, 5.
nikrandita * =mfn. cried or roared (said of a faulty recitation), Sanhito7p.
nikram * =P. {-krAmati}, (aor. {nyakramIt}), to put down the feet, tread down
(acc.) RV.; to enter (loc.) AV. TS.
nikramaNa * =n. putting down the feet, footstep, footfall RV. AV. TS.
nikrit * 1. P. Â. {-kRntati}, {-te}, to cut or hew down, cut away, cut or chop
off, cut through or or to pieces, massacre KâtyS'r. MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.; Â.
{-te}, (also) to cut one's self (or one's nails &c.) TS. S'Br.: Caus.
{-kartayati}, to cause to cut or cut down SânkhS'r.
nikritii = (f) falsehood, cunning move
nikritta * mfn. cut off, cut up MBh. R.; {-mUla} mfn. cut up by the roots Sus'
nikRntana * = mf({I})n. cutting down or off, destroying (ifc.) MBh. R.; m. N. of
a hell MârkP.; n. cutting, cutting off (hair, the neck &c.) KâtyS'r. MBh.;
massacring, destruction (of enemies) MBh.; an instrument for cutting (cf.
{nakha-})
nikrishhTa = inferior
nikRntin * =mfn. tearing asunder (ifc.), Kâs'ikh.
nikRS * =1. P. {-karSati}, to draw or drag down TS. S'Br.; {-kRSati}, to plough
in ({phalaM kSetreSu}) AV.Paipp.: Pass. {-kRSyate}, to be borne down by the
stream of a river MBh. i, 3616.,
nikRSTa * =mfn. debased, vile, low, despised, outcast MBh. Kâv. &c.; near n.
nearness Kathâs. Sus'r.; {-bhUta} mfn. appearing low or small in comparison with
(gen.) MBh.; {-TA7zaya} mfn. base-minded ({-ya-tA} f.) Das'.; {-TI-} {kR}, to
surpass, excel Kâv. ii, 37 Sch.; {-TpA7dhi} mfn. having something inferior as a
condition ({-dhitA} f.) Veda7ntas.
nikrID * =Caus. {-krIDayati} to cease or finish (playing) ShadvBr. (Sch. = {vi-}
{ram}).
nikrIDa * = m. play, sport, with {marutAm}N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
nikrit * = 1. P. A1. %{-kRntati}, %{-te}, to cut or hew down, cut away, cut or
chop off, cut through or or to pieces, massacre Ka1tyS3r. MBh. R. Sus3r. &c.;
A1. %{-te}, (also) to cut one's self (or one's nails &c.) TS. S3Br.: Caus.
%{-kartayati}, to cause to cut or cut down Sa1n3khS3r.
nikshipati = to throw in
nikshepaNaya = for putting down (the next step)
nilaaya* = m. place of refuge AV. iv, 16, 2.
nilaya* = m. rest, resting-place (cf. {a-nil-}); hiding- or dwelling-place, den,
lair, nest; house, residence, abode (often ifc. [f. {A}] = living in,
inhabiting, inhabited by) MBh. Var. Kâv. &c.; {-sundara} m. N. of a man Cat. 2.
nilimpa = a pictured one: a god
nimajjati = to drown
nimbaarka * = m. id.; {-karavIrA7rcanavrata} n. N. of a partic. vow and of ch.
of BhavP.
nimittamaatraM = just the cause
nimittaani = causes
nimishhan.h = closing
nimitta* n. (possibly connected with {ni-mA} above) a butt, mark, target MBh.;
sign, omen Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c. (cf. {dur-n-}); cause, motive, ground, reason Up.
Kap. Var. Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c. (in all oblique cases = because of, on account of
cf. Pân. 2-3, 23 Pat.; mfn. ifc. caused or occasioned by; {-ttaMyA}, to be the
cause of anything Kâd.); (in phil.) instrumental or efficient cause (opp. to
{upA7dAna}, the operative or material cause) Veda7ntas. Bhâshâp.; = {Agantu};
{deha}; {Adeza}; {parvan} L.
nimiilita = closed
nimeshhaat.h = in the twinkling of the eye
nimnagaa = (f) river
nimba = neem
niMbhuminyak.h = (f) a woman who cañt get enough
ninaada = sound
nind.h = to condemn
nindati = (1 pp) to blame
nindantaH = while vilifying
nindaa = in defamation
ninii *= P. A1. %{-nayati} , %{-te} (Subj. aor. %{-neSat}) , to lead to , carry
or bring towards (dat. or loc.) , bring or cause to (dat. inf.) RV. AV. &c. ; to
incline , bend BhP. ; to pour down , pour out or in TS. S3Br. Ya1jn5. &c. ; to
cause to enter BhP. ; to offer as a sacrifice ib. ; to carry out , accomplish ,
perform ib. ; to spend (time) MW.
niNya* = mfn. (fr. %{ni}; cf. %{ni-Ni4k}) interior, hidden, concealed,
mysterious RV.; n. a secret, mystery ib.; (%{a4m}) ind. secretly, mysteriously
ib.
nipaana = (n) a pond
niraahaarasya = by negative restrictions
niraalamba = unsupported
niraashiiH = without desire for profit
niraashrayaH = without any shelter
nirucchvaasa *= mf(%{A})n. not breathing, breathless MBh. Sus3r. &c. [540,3];
narrow, contracted, crowded W.; m. breathlessness (%{-nipIDita} mfn. afflicted
by bñbreathlessness); m. or n. N. of a partic. hell where the wicked cannot
breathe L.
nipaataka*= ifc. = {pAtaka}, a bad deed, a sin MBh. v, 4053.
nipaatanIya*= mfn. to be caused to fall; (with {daNDa} m. `" punishment must be
inflicted) "' Sâh.
nipatana*= n. falling down, falling, descending MBh. Hariv.;
({garbhiNyAgarbhasya}) the lying-in of a pregnant woman VarBriS. li, 35; flying
MBh.
nipaata*= m. falling down, descending, alighting (lit. and fig.), falling from
(abl.) into or upon (comp.), rushing upon, attacking (comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.;
decay, destruction, ruin, death ib.; (from the Caus.) casting, hurling,
discharging Kum. iii, 15; accidental occurrence or mention Nir. Âs'vS'r.; (in
gram.) irregular form, irregularity, exception (cf. {para-}, {pUrva-}); a
particle (all adverbs including conjunctions and interjections) Nir. Prât. Pân.
1-4, 56; {-tva} n. the state of being a particle MW.; {-pratIkAra} m. the
repelling of assaults ib.; {-tA7vyayo7pasarga} m. pl. N. of wk.
nipaatana*= mfn. (fr. Caus.) throwing down, killing, destroying, knocking out
(an eye) MBh. [549, 3]; n. causing to descend or fall, throwing down, letting
drop or sink Mn. Yâjñ. R. (cf. {daNDa-n-}); putting on, applying (as a knife),
touching with (comp.) Sus'r.; overthrowing, destroying, killing Mn. MBh.; (in
gram.) accidental mention or use of a word, putting down as an irregularity; an
irregular form or exception Prât. Pân. Sch. Vop.; = {ni-patana}, falling down
(of a fire-brand) Yâjñ. i, 145; alighting (said of a bird) Pañc. ii.
57.niraaloka*= mfn. not looking about R.; deprived of light, dark or blind MBh.
Ma1lati1m. Ka1m.; ifc. looking at, investigating, scrutinizing (cf. %{Atma-n-})
MBh
nipiita *= mfn. drunk in, absorbed, imbibed, drunk up Ka1v. ; %{-kusuma} mfn. (a
tree) whose blossoms are sucked by (instr.) S3a1rn3gP. ; %{-toya} mfn. (a river)
whose water has been drunk by (instr.) R. ; %{-sAra} mfn. (a lip) whose moisture
has been sucked in (that has been kissed), R2it.
nipuNa* = mf({A})n. (said to be from a {puN}), clever, adroit, skilful, sharp,
acute Mn. MBh. Sus'r. Kâv. &c.; skilled in, conversant with, capable of (mostly
comp. [cf. Pân. 2-1, 31 and g. {zauNDA7di}]; but also infin. [Kâv.] loc. [Var.]
gen. [Vop. v, 29] or instr. [Pân. 2-1, 31]); kind or friendly towards (loc. or
{prati} Pân. 2-3, 43); delicate, tender Jâtakam.; perfect, complete, absolute
(as purity, devotion &c.) Mn. BhP.; ({am}) ind. in a clever or delicate manner
MBh. Kâv.; completely, perfectly, absolutely, exactly, precisely R. (also
{nipuNa} ibc. Pân. 6-2, 24, and {-Nena} MBh. BhP.)
niraakrita *= mfn. pushed or driven away , repudiated , expelled , banished ,
rejected , removed ; frustrated , destroyed ; omitted , forgot ; refuted ;
despised , made light of MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; deprived of (comp.) Bhat2t2. ;
%{-nimeSa} mfn. (eye) forgetting to wink S3ak. (Pi.) ii , 11 (41) ;
%{-tA7nyo7ttara} mfn. excluding every answer , irrefutable (%{-tva} n.) L. 2.
niraamaya = (adj) healthy, disease-free
niraas'is *= mfn. hopeless, despairing MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{-zIs-tva} n. MBh.xii,
12440) ; free from desire, indifferent, Kuns. v, 76 ; without a blessing W.
niraaya * = mfn. having or yielding no income, profitless W.; %{-vyaya-vat} m.
having neither income nor expenditure, an idler who lives from hand to mouth W.
-1.
nirabhibhava* =mfn. not subject to humiliation or disgrace Bhartr2.; not to be
surpassed MW.
nirabhilapya* = mfn. unutterable, inexpressible Sarvad.
nirabhilASa* =mfn. not desirous of. indifferent to (comp.) S3ak.
nirabhimAna* =mfn. free from pride BhP.
nirabhImAna* =mfn. = %{-abhim-} MBh.; unconscious ib.
nirabhiprAya* =mfn. purposeless Katha1s.
nirabhisaMdhAna* =n. absence of design, Sa1m2khyas. Sch.; %{-saMdhin} mfn. free
from egoistic designs Sam2k.
nirahankaaraH = without false ego - nirahaMkaara * = mfn. free from egotism,
unselfish, humble MBh. BhP.; m. a partic. heaven Hcat.; %{-kArin} mfn. free from
the sentiment of egotism BhP.; %{-kRta} mfn. having no self-conscioumess or
personality BhP.; = next MBh. BhP.; %{-kRti} mfn. free from egotism or pride,
humble, Bhanr2. BhP.; %{-kriya} mfn. having no personality or individuality
BhP.; (%{A}) f. absence of egotism or selfishness ib.,
niraJNjana = pure, free from falsehood
niran'kus'a * = mfn. unchecked (lit. not held by a hook), uncontrolled,
independent, free, unruly, extravagant (%{am} ind.; %{-tva} n.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
%{-zaya} Nom. P. %{yati}, to unfetter Ka1d.
nirantara * = mf(%{A})n. having no interval (in space or time), close, compact,
dense, uninterrupted, perpetual, constant (%{-tA} f.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; faithful
true Pan5c.; abounding in, full of (comp.) R. Sa1h.; not other or different,
identical MBh. R. &c.; not hidden from view W.; (%{am}) ind. closely, tightly,
firmly, R2it. Sus3r.; constantly, continually MBh. Ka1v. &c.; immediately, at
once Ka1m. Vet.; %{-grihavAsin} mfn. living in the next house Kull.;
%{-payodharA} f. having closely contiguous breasts (clouds) Mr2icch.v, 15
%{-vizeSa} mfn. (pl.) being without difference in regard to (loc.), being
treated alike MBh.; %{-zarIra} mfn. one whose body is densely transfixed with
(arrows) R.; %{-rA7bhyAsa} m. constant repetition or study, diligent exercise or
practice Prab.; %{-rA7tkaNThA} f. continual longing for Ratn.; %{-ro7dbhinna}
mfn. densely sprouted ib.
niranukros'a * = mf(%{A})n. pitiless, hard-hearted (%{-tA} f.) MBh. R. ; m.
mercilessness, cruelty R. ; %{-kArin} mfn. acting pitilessly MBh. ; %{-tas} ind.
in a cruel manner Pan5c. ; %{-yukta} mfn. uncompassionate, hard-hearted R.
nirapatrapa * = mf(%{A})n. shameless, impudent, confident MBh. R. Sus3r. &c.
nirapavaadaH = free from blemish
nirapeksha* = mf({A})n. regardless of. indifferent to, independent of (loc. or
comp.); desireless, careless, indifferent, disinterested Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c. (also
{-ka} BhP.); ({am}) ind. regardlessly, accidentally MBh. Das'.; ({A}) f. (R.)
{-tA} f. (Kathâs.), {-tva} n. (RâmatUp.) disregard, indifference, independence;
{-kSita} mfn. regardless Prab.; disregarded Das'.; {-kSin} mfn. indifferent,
independent MBh.; {-kSya} mfn. not to be regarded Bhartri.
nirarthakaM = needlessly
nirasta = removed
nirashtha* = ( {akS}), emasculated, deprived of vigour RV. S'Br. (cf.
{mahA-n-}).
nirasta* = (R. also {-asita}) mfn. cast out or off, expelled, banished,
rejected, removed, refuted, destroyed S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; shot off (as an arrow)
L.; spit out, vomited L.; pronounced hurriedly or dropped in pronouncing ({a-n-}
ChUp. ii, 22, 3) [553,2]; n. dropping or leaving out (considered a fault in
pronunciation) Pat.; {-bheda} mfn. having all difference removed, identical MW.;
{-rAga} mfn. one who has abandoned worldly desires or has devoted himself to
religious penance ib.; {-saMkhya} mfn. innumerable (lit. refusing calculation)
Dhananj.; {-sukho7daya} mf({A})n. hopelessly unfortunate (lit. whose fortune has
given up rising) Amar.
nirastapaadapa = (adj) barren, tree-less
nirataH = engaged
nirati* = f. delighting in, attachment to (comp.) Var. 1.
nirata* = {-ti} see {ni-ram}. [553,1]
nirata* = mfn. pleased, satisfied, delighting in, attached or devoted to, quite
intent upon, deeply engaged in or occupied with (loc. instr. or comp.) Mn. Var.
MBh. Kâv. &c.
niratiyasha = (adj) unsurpassed, perfect
niraya * = m. (either fr. %{nis} + %{i} = egression, sc. from earthly life, or
fr. %{nir} + %{aya} `" without happiness "') Niraya or Hell (personified as a
child of fear and death BhP.) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.
nirayana = Sidereal or fixed Zodiac without precession
nirbandha * = m. objection Gaut. ; insisting upon (loc. or comp.), pertinacity,
obstinacy, perseverance MBh. Ka1v. &c. (ibc., %{-dhAt}, %{-dhena}, %{-dhatas}
ind. perseveringly, with or by perseverance ; %{-dhaM-kR}, to urge [gen.]
Katha1s. i, 25 ; to show obstinacy against [instr.] MBh. xiii, 5034) ; the
attributing anything to, accusing of (comp.) Mn. xi, 56 ; %{-para} mf(%{A})n.
intent upon, desirous of (comp.) Kum. v, 66 ; %{-pRSTa} mfn. urgently asked,
importuned Ragh. xiv, 32.
nirbhara = dependent
nirbarhana: see nibarhana
nirbhrta= nirbhaata:*nirbhAta mfn. shone or shining forth, appeared, arisen MBh.
Kâv. &c.
nirbhartsita * = mfn. threatened, menaced, reviled, abused Kathâs. Pur.; {-vat}
mfn. Pañc.
nirbhatha * = nirbhaTa mfn. hard, firm L. (v. r. {nirvaha}, perhaps w.r. for
{nibhaTa} = {ni-bhRta} q.v.)
nirbhaata * = mfn. shone or shining forth, appeared, arisen MBh. Ka1v. &c.
nirbhinna * = mfn. broken asunder, budded, blossomed; divided, separated,
disunited; pierced, penetrated; found out, betrayed Br. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; %{-tanu}
mfn. having the body pierced through or transfixed MW.
niriiha = the desireless person
niriihataa = Lack of desire
niriikshe = may look upon
nirjita *= mfn. conquered, subdued, gained, won ib. ; claimed i.e. due (as
interest on money) Mn. viii, 154 ; %{-varman} m. N. of a man Ra1jat. ;
%{-tA7ri-gaNa} mfn. one who has conquered hosts of enemies MW. ; %{-te7ndriya}
and %{-driya-grAma} mfn. one who has subdued (the whole assemblage of) his
passions or feelings (the latter also m. `" a Muni, a saint "') W.
nirriti * = (%{ni4r-}) f. dissolution, destruction, calamity, evil, adversity
RV. &c. &c. (personified as the goddess of death and corruption and often
associated with Mr2ityu, A-ra1ti &c. RV. AV. VS.; variously regarded as the wife
of A-dharma, mother of Bhaya, Maha1-bhaya and Mr2ityu [MBh.] or as a daughter of
A-dharma and Hin6sa1 and mother of Naraka and Bhaya [Ma1rkP.]; binds mortals
with her cords AV. Br. &c.; is regent of the south [AV.] and of the asterism
Mu1la [Var.]); the bottom or lower depths of the earth (as the seat of
putrefaction) AV. VS. S3Br.; m. death or the genius of death BhP.; N. of a Rudra
MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of one of the 8 Vasus Hariv. (v.l. %{ni-kRti}); %{-gRhIta}
(%{ni4r-R-}) mfn. seized by Nir-r2iti S3Br.; %{-pAza4} m. the fetters of
NñNir-r2iti TS.
nirdaalana = Destruction
nirdishati = to indicate, to point out
nirdeshaH = indication
nirdeshakaH = (m) director
nirdoshhaM = flawless
nirdvandvaH = without duality
nirdhana = poor
nirdhanayoga = Combinations for poverty
nirdhuuta = cleansed
nirgama* = came out; going forth, setting out, departure Var. R. &c.; escaping
from (abl.) Veda7ntas.; disappearing, vanishing, cessation, end MBh. Kâv. Sus'r.
&c.; exit, issue, outlet R. Pañc.; a door L.; export-place (of goods).
nirguNaM = without material qualities
nirguNatvaat.h = due to being transcendental
nirguNa* mf({A})n. having no cord or string, Kiv.; having no good qualities or
virtues, bad, worthless, vicious MBh. R. &c.; devoid of all qualities or
properties Up. MBh. &c.; having no epithet, KatyS'r. Sch.; (said of the Supreme
Being) W.; {-ka} mfn. having no qualities RâmatUp.; {-tattva} n. N. of wk.;
{-tA} f. {-tva} n. absence of qualities or properties; want of good qñqualities,
wickedness, viciousness MBh. Kâv. Pur.; {-NA7masa} mfn. of bad or vicious mind
Kâv.; {-NA7tmaka} mfn. having no qñqualities MBh.\\f. value, measure, equivalent
La1t2y.
nirjita *= mfn. conquered, subdued, gained, won ib. ; claimed i.e. due (as
interest on money) Mn. viii, 154 ; %{-varman} m. N. of a man Ra1jat. ;
%{-tA7ri-gaNa} mfn. one who has conquered hosts of enemies MW. ; %{-te7ndriya}
and %{-driya-grAma} mfn. one who has subdued (the whole assemblage of) his
passions or feelings (the latter also m. `" a Muni, a saint "') W.
nirlipta = unstainedness
nirmaa = to create
A1. %{-mimIte} TS.: AV. Br. ; %{-mAti} Ka1v. Pur. (pf. %{-mame} Mn. MBh. ; ind.
p. %{-mAya} Prab. ; inf. %{-mAtum} Ra1jat.) ; to mete out, measure AV. ; to
build, make out of (abl.), form, fabricate, produce, create TS. Br. Mn. &c. ;
(with %{citram}) to paint S3ak. Das3. ; (with %{kozam}) to compose or write Cat.
; (with %{giram}) to utter Kull. ; (with %{nItim}) to show, betray MBh.: Pass.
%{-mIyate} (pf. %{-mame} Ra1jat. v, 425 ; aor. %{-amAyi} Cat.), to be measured
out &c.: Caus. %{-mApayati}, to cause to be made or built Ra1jat. Katha1s.:
Desid. %{-mitsati}, to wish to make or build Naish.
nirmaaMsa* = mfn. fleshless, emaciated MBh. R. &c
nirmaaya *= (%{ni4r-}) mfn. powerless, weak TS. -1.
nirmamaH = without a sense of proprietorship
nirmama* = mf({A})n. unselfish, disinterested, (esp.) free from all worldly
connections MBh. R. &c.; regardless of, indifferent to (loc.) ib.; m. (with
Jainas) N. of 15th Arhat of the future Ut-sarpinî; N. of S'iva S'ivag.; {-tA} f.
(Ksv.), 1. {-tva} n. (Pur.) complete unselfishness or indifference (see {ni4s});
2. {-tva} mfn. free from selfishness, indifferent Kull.
nirmala = clear
nirmalaM = purified
nirmalatvaat.h = being purest in the material world
nirmath *= or %{manth} P. A1. %{-manthati}, %{-te} RV. ; %{-mathati}, %{-te}
MBh. ; %{-mathnAti} Ka1t2h. (fut. %{-mathiSyati} ind. p. %{-mathya} MBh. Ka1v.
&c.) ; to grind (fire) out of (wood), to produce (fire) by rubbing (wood
together), rub or churn anything out of anything (double acc.) RV. S3Br. &c. ;
to stir or churn (the sea) MBh. R. ; to tear or draw or shake out of, extract
MBh. Ka1v. Pur. ; to shake, agitate (the mind) MBh. ; to grind down, crush,
destroy MBh. Hariv. &c.: Pass. %{-mathyate} (p. %{-yamAna}), to be rubbed or
churned &c. MBh. Hariv.
nirmatha *= m. rubbing ; %{-dAru} = %{nirmantha-d-} L.
nirmathana *= n. rubbing, churning, making butter, lighting a fire by rubbing
two pieces of wood together or by churning Up. MBh. Sus3r. Ka1m.
nirmAthin *= mfn. grinding down, crushing or stamping to pieces, churning,
rubbing Ra1jat.
nirmathita *= mfn. stirred about, churned, agitated, crushed, destroyed MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; wiped off Mr2icch. ; m. a fire newly lighted by rubbing (wood)
Ka1tyS3r. 1.
nirmathya *= mfn. to be (or being newly) excited by friction Vait. ; (%{A}) f. a
partic. fragrant bark L. 2. [556,2]
nirmatsara* = mfn. without envy or jealousy, unselfish Râjat. BhP.
nirmita = made * = ({ni4r-}) mfn. constructed, built, fashioned, formed,
created, made by (instr. or comp.) out of (abl. instr. or comp.) S'Br. Mn. MBh.
&c.; (law) fixed, settled Mn. ix, 46; (ceremony) performed, celebrated R. (B) i,
14, 42; (sacrificial animal) put apart, separated, isolated (= {nir-UDha})
Âs'vS'r.; m. pl. (with Buddhists) a class of deities Lalit.
nirmitavataH = of the author
nirmuktaaH = free from
nirmukti* = ({ni4r-}) f. liberation, deliverance from (abl. or comp.), Av.
Kathâs. or {dAna} Sch. on BhP. x, 17, 18.
nirmuulana = uprootment
nirmUla* = mfn. rootless (as a tree) MBh.; baseless, unfounded BhP.; eradicated
W.; {-la-tA} f. rootlessness, baselessness Prab.; {-lana} m. an uprooter,
Damayantîk.; n. uprooting, extirpating Bhartri.; {-laya}, Nom P. {-yati}, to
uproot, eradicate, annihilate Kâd.
nirmohatvaM = non-infatuated state/clearheadedness
nirNiita* = mfn. traced out, ascertained, settled, decided MBh. &c.
nirodha = control or restraint
niruddha * = mfn. held back, withheld, held fast, stopped, shut, closed,
confined, restrained, checked, kept off, removed, suppressed RV. (%{ni4-ruddha},
i, 32, 11; %{ni-ruddha4}, x, 28, 10) &c. &c.; rejected (= %{apa-ruddha})
Ta1n2d2Br. Ka1t2h.; covered, veiled MBh. Hariv. &c.; filled with, full of
(instr. or comp.) R. Katha1s. BhP.; m. N. of a prince (v.l. %{a-nir-} q.v.);
%{-kaNTha} mfn. having the breath obstructed, suffocated MW.; %{-guda} m.
contraction or obstruction of the rectum Sus3r.; %{-prakaza} m. stricture of the
urethra ib.; %{-vat} mfn. having (= he has) invested or besieged Ra1jat. BhP.;
%{-zama-vRtti} mfn. `" whose state of repose is interrupted "', wearied, tired
W.
niruddhaM = being restrained from matter1
nirudhya = confining
nirukta* n= mfn. ( {vac}) uttered, pronounced, expressed, explained, defined Br.
Up. MBh. &c.; declared for (nom.) MBh.; explicitly mentioned or enjoined
Âs'vGri.; containing the name of a god (as a verse) S'ânkhBr.; distinct, loud
(opp. to {upA7Mzu}) S'Br.; interpreted i.e. become manifest, fulfilled,
accomplished (as a word) MBh. ix, 1316; n. explanation or etymological
interpretation of a word ChUp. viii, 3, 3 MBh. i, 266 &c.; N. of sev. wks., esp.
of a Comm. on the Nighanthus by Yâska.
nirupaadhika *= (BhP. ) mfn. without attributes or qualities , absolute.
nirupita A* relative to * = nirUpita mfn. seen, observed, considered, weighed,
discovered, ascertained, determined, defined Kâv. Pur. &c.; appointed, elected,
chosen BhP. Pañc.; pointed against, shot off BhP.; n. the state of having been
discussed or ascertained Hcat.
nirutsava *= mfn. having no festivals Ragh. BhP. ; %{-vA7rambha} mfn. making or
showing no preparation for a festival S3ak.
niruuha* = 2 m. ({nir-} 2. {Uh}) logic, disputation W.; certainty, ascertainment
ib.; mfn. = {niz-cita} L. 2
niruudhha * = mfn. unmarried W.
niruudhha * = (cf. {nir-UDha}, p. 540, col. 3) mfn. grown up BhP.; conventional,
accepted (as a word or its meaning, opp. to {yaugika} q.v.) Dâyabh. Sarvad.; m.
(in rhet.) the force or application of words according to their natural or
received meanings W.; (in logic) the inherence of any property in the term
implying it (as of redness in the word `" red "' &c.) ib.; {-mUla} mfn. firmly
rooted BhP.; {-lakSaNA} f. (in rhet.) the secondary use of a word which is based
not on the particular intention of the speaker but on its accepted and popular
usage.
niruudhha * = mfn. drawn out, put aside, separate Gaut.; purged Car. Sus'r.;
eviscerated (cf. comp.); {-pazupaddhati} f. N. of wk.; {-pazu-bandha} m. `" the
offering of an eviscerated animal "' or `" separate offñoffering of an añanimal
"'N. of one of the regular Havir-yajñas Gaut. &c. ({-dha-prayoga},
{-dha-maitrAvaruNa-prayoga}, {-dha-hautra-prayoga} m. N. of wks.); {-ziras}
({ni4r-}) mfn. with the head laid apart S'Br.
niruup * = P. %{-rUpayati}, to perform, represent on the stage, act,
gesticulate, indicate or exhibit by gestures (e.g. %{ratha-vegam}, the swiftness
of a carriage ; %{vRkSa-secanam}, the watering of a tree S3ak.) ; to perceive,
notice, find out, ascertain Hariv. Ka1v. &c. ; to investigate, examine, search,
try, consider, reflect upon Ka1v. Sus3r. Sarvad. &c. ; to state, define Pan5c.
Pur. S3am2k. ; to select, choose, appoint as (double acc.), appoint to (loc.,
lat. or inf.) Ka1v. Pan5c. &c.
niruupita * = mfn. seen, observed, considered, weighed, discovered, ascertained,
determined, defined Ka1v. Pur. &c.; appointed, elected, chosen BhP. Pan5c.;
pointed against, shot off BhP.; n. the state of having been discussed or
ascertained Hcat.
nirvaachana = (m ?) election
nirvaaNa = freedom of the personal soul from the physical world
nirvaaNaparamaaM = cessation of material existence
nirvaata = (adj) windless
nirvaapayati = to douse
nirvedaM = callousness
nirveda* = mfn. not having the Vedas, infidel, unscriptural W.\\ (for 1. see p.
542, col. 3) m. id., complete indifference, disregard of worldly objects S'Br.
Up. MBh. &c.; loathing, disgust for (loc. gen. or comp.) MBh. R. &c.;
{-duH-saham} ind. in a despairingly insupportable manner Mâlatîm.; {-vat} mfn.
despondent, resigned, indifferent Pañc.
nirveda* =1. and 2 see p. 542, col. 2, and {nir-vid}
nirvichaara = non-investigational meditation
nirvidya *= mfn. unlearned, uneducated Ka1m.
nirvitarka = non-inspectional meditation
nirvisheshha = Ordinary
vivitsu *= mfn. desirous of knowing or learning (with acc.) MBh. BhP. ; m. N. of
a son of Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra MBh.
nirvaNa* = m. or n. a country without forests L.; mfn. = {-vana}; ({-Ne}) ind.
in the open country Pân. vi, 2, 178; viii, 4, 5 Kâs'.
nirvana* = mfn. having no wood, being out of a wñwood or in the open country
MBh. v, 863 (cf. {-vaNa}).
nirvaaNa* = mfn. blown or put out, extinguished (as a lamp or fire), set (as the
sun), calmed, quieted, tamed (cf. {a-nirv-}), dead, deceased (lit. having the
fire of life extinguished), lost, disappeared MBh. Kâv. &c.; immersed, plunged
L.; immovable L.; {-bhUyiSTha} mfn. nearly extinguished), or vanished Kum. ii,
53; n. blowing out, extinction, cessation, setting, vanishing, disappearance
({-NaM-kR}, to make away with anything i.e. not to keep one's promise);
extinction of the flame of life, dissolution, death or final emancipation from
matter and re-union with the Supreme Spirit MBh. &c. &c.; (with Buddhists and
Jainas) absolute extinction or annihilation (= {zUnya} L.) of individual
existence or of all desires and passions MWB. 137139 &c.; perfect calm or repose
or happiness, highest bliss or beatitude MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of an Upanishad;
instructing in sciences L.; bathing of an elephant L.; the post to which an
elephant is tied Gal.; offering oblations (for 1. {nir-vApaNa} ?) L.; {-kara} m.
`" causing extinction of all sense of individuality "', a partic. Samâdhi
Kârand.; {-kANDa} m. or n. N. of wk.; {-tantra} see {bRhan-nirvANat-} and
{mahA-n-}; {-da} mfn. bestowing final beatitude MBh.; {-dazaka} n. N. of wk.;
{-dIkSita} m. N. of a grammarian Cat.; {-dhAtu} m. the region of Nirvâna
Vajracch. Kârand.; {-purANa} n. offering oblations to the dead Râjat.;
{-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk.; {-priyA} f. N. of a Gandharvî Kârand.; {-maNDapa} m.
N. of a temple, Skandap.; {-mantra} n. N. of a mystical formula Cat.; {-maya}
mf({I})n. full of bliss VP.; {-mastaka} m. liberation, deliverance W.;
{-yoga-paTala-stotra} and {-yogo7ttara} n. N. of wks.; {-ruci} m. pl. `"
delighting in final beatitude "'N. of a class of deities under the 11th Manu
BhP. (cf. {nirmANa-rati}); {-lakSaNa} mfn. having complete bliss as its
characteristic mark MW.; {-SaTka} n. N. of a Stotra; {-saMcodana} m. a partic.
Samâdhi, Kârand.; {-sUtra} n. N. of partic. Buddh. Sûtras; {-No7paniSad} f. N.
of an Upanishad.
nirvaira* = n. absence of enmity, Bh. (also {-riNa} Tarkas.); mfn. free from
enmity, peaceable, amicable Var. MBh. &c.; ({am}) ind. peaceably, without enmity
R.; m. N. of a hunter Hariv.; {-tA} f. concord MBh. Hariv.
nirvartana* = n. completion, execution Sank.; v.l. for {niv-}.
nirvartaka* = {nir-vartana}, &c. see under {nir-vRt}.
nirvartaka* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) bringing about, accomplishing, performing,
finishing Sank. Pat.; v.l. for {niv-}
nirvartana * = n. completion, execution Sam2k.; v.l. for %{niv-}.
nirvarti* = mfn. wickless Kâd.
nirvartin* = mfn. accomplishing (ifc.) S'ak. v, 20/21 (v.l. {niv-}).
nirvartitavya* = mfn. to be performed (in Prâkr.), Ratna7v. 2.
nirvartya* = mfn. to be brought about or accomplished or effected ({-tva} n.)
Das'ar. Râjat. Sank.; to be uttered or pronounced VPrât. Sch.
nirvikalpa * = mfn. (or %{-pana} L.) not admitting an alternative, free from
change or differences, Tejob. Up. Veda7ntas.; admitting no doubt, not wavering
Bhartr2. (%{am}) ind. without hesitation or reflection Pan5c.; %{-vAda} and
%{-vicAra} m. N. of wks.
nirvinna* = mfn. (wrongly {-vinna}; cf. Pân. 8-4, 29 Vârtt. 1 Pat.) despondent,
depressed, sorrowful, afraid, loathing, disgusted with (abl. instr. gen. loc. or
comp.) MBh. Kathâs.; pur. &c.; abused, degraded, humble W.; known, certain ib.;
{-cetas} mfn. depressed in mind, meek, resigned Bhag.
nirvivikshat *= mfn. (fr. Desid. of %{nir-viz}) wishing to enter a common
dwelling BhP. [558,1]
nirvivitsu *= mfn. (fr. Desid. of %{nir-} 3. %{vid}) desirous of disuniting
(%{surA7surAn}) MBh. ii , 141.
nirvyalIka* = mfn. not causing pain, (either = ) not offending, harmless (as a
word) BhP.; (or =) easy, hearty, willingly done (as a gift) MBh.; not feeling
pain or uneasiness, willing, ready, sincere, undissembling MBh. R. &c.;
%{-kena@cetasA} or %{hRdA}, with a willing or easy heart or mind MBh.; (%{-kam}
or %{-ka-tas}) ind. sincerely, willingly BhP.
nirvrita * = mfn. satisfied, happy, tranquil, at ease, at rest Mn. MBh. Kâv.
&c.; extinguished, terminated, ceased, Ven. vi, 1 MârkP.; emancipated W.; n. a
house W.
nirvritiM = non-engagement, non-performance, release from bondage, salvation
niryaasaH = (m) gum, glue
niryaata * gone out or forth, issued, &c.; laid aside (as money) MBh.;
completely familiar or conversant with (loc. or comp.) Lalit. (v. l.
{nir-jAta}).
niryaataka * =mfn. bearing away, carrying off, removing (ifc.; cf. %{preta-},
%{mRta-}).
niryaatana * =, n. giving back, returning, restoring, delivery of a deposit,
replacing anything lost, payment of a debt (with gen. or comp.; cf. %{vaira-})
Hariv. R. &c.; gift, donation L.; revenge, killing, slaughter L.
niryogakshemaH = free from ideas of gain and protection
nis'cita * = mfn. one who has come to a conclusion or formed a certain opinion,
determined to, resolute upon (dat. loc., %{artham} ifc. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v.
Sus3r. &c.; ascertained, determined, settled, decided Up. MBh. (superl.
%{-tama}) R. &c.; (%{am}) ind. decidedly, positively Ka1v. Katha1s. Pan5c.; n.
certainty, decision, resolution, design R.; (%{A}) f. N. of a river MBh. VP.;
%{-tA7rtha} mfn. one who has formed a certain opinion about (loc.), judging
rightly (compar. %{-tara}) R. (B.)
nisheka *= m. sprinkling, infusion, aspersion, dripping, distilling Ka1v. ;
seminal infusion, impregnation and the ceremony connected with it Mn. Var.
Sus3r. ; water for washing, dirty water, wash (impurities caused by seminal
effusion ?) Mn. iv, 151 ; %{-prakAra} and %{-vicAra} m. %{-svarA} f. N. of wks.
nisheva *= practising, exercising, observing (ifc.) MBh.; ({A}) f. exercising,
practice, service BhP.; use, employment ib.; worship, adoration ib.
nishaa = Night
nishaachara = animals who roam around in the dark or night
nishaacharachamuu = the army of the night-wanderers(demons)
nishita = sharpened
nishiitha = night
nisheka = Coital Chart
nis'cala* = mf({A})n. motionless, immovable, fixed, steady, invariable,
unchangeable MBh. Kâv. &c.; ({A}) f. the earth L.; Desmodiuni Gangeticum L.;
{-la-kara} and, {-la-dAsa-svAmin} m. N. of authors; {-lA7Gga} m. `" firm-limbed,
firm, Ardea Nivea L.; a rock, mountain L.
nishchaya = determination
nishchayaM = certainty
nishchayaH = in certainty
nishchayena = with firm determination
nishchalatattvaM = tranquillity/imperturbability
nishchalati = becomes verily agitated
nishchalaa = unmoved
nishchaayakapramaaNena = thro'confirmation and proof
nis'cita = determined, ascertained* = mfn. one who has come to a conclusion or
formed a certain opinion, determined to, resolute upon (dat. loc., {artham} ifc.
or comp.) MBh. Kâv. Sus'r. &c.; ascertained, determined, settled, decided Up.
MBh. (superl. {-tama}) R. &c.; ({am}) ind. decidedly, positively Kâv. Kathâs.
Pañc.; n. certainty, decision, resolution, design R.; ({A}) f. N. of a river
MBh. VP.; {-tA7rtha} mfn. one who has formed a certain opinion about (loc.),
judging rightly (compar. {-tara}) R. (B.)
nishchitaM = confidently
nishchitaaH = having ascertained
nishchitya = ascertaining
nishedha*= m. warding or keeping off, hindering, prevention, prohibition Ya1jn5.
Var. Sus3r. ; contradiction, negation, denial S3ak. vii, 20/21 (v.l. for
%{vi-vAda}) Va1m. v, 1, 8 ; discontinuance, exception W. ; (with %{aGgirasAm}
&c.) N. of Sa1mans A1rshBr. ; %{-vAda} m. N. of wk.
nishedhaka *= mfn. keeping back, preventing, prohibiting Ma1rkP. TPra1t. Sch.
nishedhana *= n. the act of warding off or defending, prevention Sus3r.
nishkala *= mfn. without parts, undivided Up. MBh. &c. ; waned, diminished,
decayed, infirm MBh. Das3. ; seedless, impotent L. ; m. an old man W. ; N. of
S3iva S3ivag. ; a receptacle L. ; pudendum muliebre L. ; (%{A} or %{I} ; g.
%{gaurA7di}) f. a woman past childbearing or menstruation L. ; %{-tva} n.
indivisibility, the state of the absolute Brahma MBh.
nishkarshhaH = (m) conclusion, result
nishkaasayati = to remove, to take off
nishkiñcana *= mf(%{A})n. having nothing, poor Ra1jat. BhP. ; %{tva} n. poverty
MBh.
nishkoshhayati = to peel
nishkrita * = mfn. done away, removed, expelled, atoned, expiated (cf.
%{a-niSkRta}) ; made ready, prepared ; n. atonement, expiation BhP. ; a fixed
place, place of rendezvous RV. ; %{-tA7hAva} mfn. furnished with a trough TS.
nishna *= mfn. clever, skilful, versed or experienced in (comp.) Bhat2t2. (cf.
%{ni-zna}, %{nadI-Sna}, and next)
nishthha = faith* = mfn. (in some senses = or w.r. for {niH} + {stha}) being in
or on, situated on, grounded or resting on, depending on, relating or referring
to (usually ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; intent on, devoted to ib. (cf. {dharma-},
{satya-}); conducive to, effecting (dat.) Bâlar. v, 51; {-loka} m. pl. dependent
people i.e. servants Râjat. vii, 114. 1.
nishthhaa* = ( {sthA}; aor {ny-aSThAt} pf. {ni-tasthau} Vop.): Caus. (aor.
{ny-atiSThipat}) to fix in (loc.) S'Br.; to give forth, emit, yield HParis\\.
(ifc. f. {A}) state, condition, position Bhag.; firmness, steadiness,
attachment, devotion, application, skill in, familiarity with, certain knowledge
of (loc.) MBh. Kâv. Pur.; decision about (gen.) Râjat.; decisive sentence,
judgment Gaut. Âp.; completion, perfection, culminating or extreme point Mn. Âp.
MBh. &c. [563,2]; conclusion, end, termination, death (ifc. `" ending with "')
MBh. Kâv. &c.; asking, begging L.; trouble, distress L.; (in gram.) N. of the
p.p. affixes {ta} and {tavat}; (in dram.) the end or catastrophe W.; {-gata}
mfn. gone to or attaining perfection; m. pl. a class of Buddh. deities Lalit.;
{-nta} ({-ThA7nta}) m. end, conclusion MBh. BhP. (v.l. {diSTA7nta}); {-va} mfn.
concluding, deciding AitBr.; {-vat} mfn. perfect, complete, consummate R.;
{-zUnya} mfn. devoid of firmness, unsteady, irresolute, Mâlatim. 2.\\(Padap.
{niH-SThA}) mfn. excelling, eminent RV.
nishthana * = m. groan, sigh R.
nishthaanaka * = mfn. speaking loud R. ; m. roar, murmur, rustling MBh. ; N. of
a serpent-demon MBh. (v.l. %{-SThAnaka}).
nishthhiivati = to spit
nishpaavaH = (m) peas
nishphala* = mf({A})n. bearing no fruit, fruitless, barren, resultless,
successless, useless, vain Mn. MBh. Var. Kâv. &c.; seedless, impotent W.; ({A})
f. a woman past childbearing or menstruation (also {I}, v.l. {niS-kalA}) L.; a
species of Momordica L.; {-tva} n. unfruitfulness, uselessness Mriicch. iv, 9;
{-laya} Nom. P. {-yati}, to render fruitless Kull.; {-lI} {kR}, to make
fruitless, neglect Mriicch.; v.l. for {niS-kulI-} {kR} VarBriS. Iv, 29.
nishpiiDayati = to squeeze
nishkaama* = ({ni4S-}) mfn. desireless, disinterested, unselfish S'Br. Mn. &c.;
{-cArin} mfn. acting without interest or selfishness MârkP.
nishNAta* = mfn. deeply versed in, skilful, clever, learned (with loc. or ifc.)
MBh. Kâv. Pur.; agreed upon Yâjñ. Mâlatîm.; {-tva} n. skill in, familiarity with
({prati}) Kull. x, 85.
nistraiguNyaH = transcendental to the three modes of material nature
nisprihaH = devoid of desire
nissangatvaM = aloneness/non-attachment/detachment
nisspriha = one who has no desire
nistriMs'a *= mfn. more than thirty (pl.) L. ; merciless, cruel Ka1v. Pan5c. ;
m. a sword MBh. Katha1s. Sus3r. &c. ; a sacrificial knife W. ; a partic. stage
in the retrograde motion of the planet Mars, Var, (= %{-zamusala} ib.) ;
%{-karkaza} mfn. cruel and hard Ka1v. ; %{-tva} n. cruelty Ra1jat. ; %{-dharmin}
mfn. resembling a sword Ra1jat. ; %{-dhArin} m. a sÒsword-bearer MatsyaP. ;
%{-pattraka} m. (Car.) ; %{-trikA} f. (L.) Euphorbia (Antiquorum or Tortilis) ;
%{-bhRt} m. = %{-dhArin} MW. ; %{-zin} mfn. bearing a sÒsword A1s3vS3r.
nita = to bend
nitaram * = nd. ({ni} with the compar. suffix) downwards TBr.; in a low tone,
S'ânkh. Br.; completely, wholly, entirely; by all means, at all events;
especially, in a high degree Kâv. Pur.; explicitly Kull.
nitaM = has been led
nitya = always
nityaM = daily/always
nityaH = eternal
nityajaataM = always born
nityatvaM = constancy
nityam.h = ever
nityamadhiiyataaM = daily, may be studied
nityayuktaH = always engaged
nityayuktaaH = perpetually engaged
nityavairiNa = by the eternal enemy
nityashaH = regularly
nityasattvasthaH = in a pure state of spiritual existence
nityasya = eternal in existence
nityaaH = in eternity
nivartaka* = mf(%{ikA})n. turning back, flying (%{a-niv-}) Hariv.; causing to
cease, abolishing, removing MBh. Sam2k. (%{-tva} n.); desisting from, stopping,
ceasing MW.
nivartana* = mfn. causing to turn back RV.; n. turning back, returning, turning
the back i.e. retreating, fleeing AV. MBh. &c. (%{mRtyuM@kRtvA@nivartanam},
making retreat equivalent to death i.e. desisting from fighting only in death
MBh. vi, vii; w.r. %{kRtvA@mRtyu-niv-}); ceasing, not happening or occurring,
being prevented MBh. Hariv. &c.; desisting or abstaining from (abl.) MBh. BhP.;
desisting from work, inactivity (opp. to %{pra-vartana}) Ka1m.; causing to
return, bringing back (esp. the shooting off and bringing back of weapons) MBh.
Ka1v.; turning back (the hair) Ka1tyS3r.; a means of returning RV. AV.; averting
or keeping back from (abl.) Veda7ntas.; reforming, repenting W.; a measure of
land (20 rods or 200 cubits or 40,000 Hastas square) Hcat.; %{-stUpa} m. N. of a
Stu1pa erected at the spot where the charioteer of Buddha returned.
nivarta.nte = return (Verb Pr.III P. plural PP)
nivartate = he ceases from
nivartanti = they come back
nivartante = come back
nivartituM = to cease
nivasati = lives/dwells
nivasishhyasi = you will live
nis'cala * = mf(%{A})n. motionless, immovable, fixed, steady, invariable,
unchangeable MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (%{A}) f. the earth L.; Desmodiuni Gangeticum L.;
%{-la-kara} and, %{-la-dAsa-svAmin} m. N. of authors; %{-lA7Gga} m. `"
firm-limbed, firm, Ardea Nivea L.; a rock, mountain L.
nishthhaa* = ( %{sthA}; aor %{ny-aSThAt} pf. %{ni-tasthau} Vop.): Caus. (aor.
%{ny-atiSThipat}) to fix in (loc.) S3Br.; to give forth, emit, yield HParis3.//
=f. (ifc. f. %{A}) state, condition, position Bhag.; firmness, steadiness,
attachment, devotion, application, skill in, familiarity with, certain knowledge
of (loc.) MBh. Ka1v. Pur.; decision about (gen.) Ra1jat.; decisive sentence,
judgment Gaut. A1p.; completion, perfection, culminating or extreme point Mn.
A1p. MBh. &c. [563,2]; conclusion, end, termination, death (ifc. `" ending with
"') MBh. Ka1v. &c.; asking, begging L.; trouble, distress L.; (in gram.) N. of
the p.p. affixes %{ta} and %{tavat}; (in dram.) the end or catastrophe W.;
%{-gata} mfn. gone to or attaining perfection; m. pl. a class of Buddh. deities
Lalit.; %{-nta} (%{-ThA7nta}) m. end, conclusion MBh. BhP. (v.l. %{diSTA7nta});
%{-va} mfn. concluding, deciding AitBr.; %{-vat} mfn. perfect, complete,
consummate R.; %{-zUnya} mfn. devoid of firmness, unsteady, irresolute,
Ma1latim. 2.//(Padap. %{niH-SThA}) mfn. excelling, eminent RV.
nishthha* =mfn. (in some senses = or w.r. for %{niH} + %{stha}) being in or on,
situated on, grounded or resting on, depending on, relating or referring to
(usually ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; intent on, devoted to ib. (cf. %{dharma-},
%{satya-}); conducive to, effecting (dat.) Ba1lar. v, 51; %{-loka} m. pl.
dependent people i.e. servants Ra1jat. vii, 114. 1.
nivedana* = mfn. announcing, proclaiming Hariv.; m. N. of S'iva MBh.; n. making
known, publishing, announcement, communication, information ({Atma-niv-},
presentation or introduction of one's self) MBh. R. &c.; delivering, entrusting,
offering, dedicating MBh. Râjat. BhP.; (in dram.) the reminding a person of a
neglected duty Sâh.
nivedayiSu* = mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to report or to relate about
(acc.) MBh. (B. {vived-}).
nivedita* = mfn. made known, announced, told, represented, entrusted, presented,
given MBh. R. Kathâs. &c.
nivedin* = mfn. knowing, aware of (comp.) Mâlatîm.; communicating, reporting
MBh. R.; offering, presenting BhP.
nivedya* = mfn. to be communicated or related or presented or delivered MBh.
Râjat. Hcat.; n. an offering of food for an idol (for {naivedya}) Râjat.
nivedaka* = mf({ikA})n. (fr. Caus.) communicating, relating MBh.
nivedaka* = {-dana} &c. see 1. {ni-vid}.
nives'ayitavya * = mfn. to be put or placed S3am2k. nirvikaaraH = without change
nivahena = by carrying
nivanaa * = ind. downwards, downhill RV. (cf. {ni-vatA}).
nivaatasthaH = in a place without wind
nivaasa = residence* = m. clothing, dress (ifc. = prec.) Hariv. * = m. living,
dwelling, residing, passing the night; dwelling-place, abode, house, habitation,
night-quarters MBh. R. &c.; {-bhavana} n. sleeping-room Kathâs.; {-bhUmi} f.
place of residence S'ârngP.; {-bhUya} n. habitation or inhabiting W.; {-racanA}
f. an edifice Mriicch. iii, 23; {-rAjan} m. the king of the country in which one
dwells Yâjñ. iii, 25; {-vRkSa} m. `" dwelling tree "', a tree on which a bird
has its nest Vikr. v, 4/5.
nivaasaH = living
nivaasana * = n. (fr. Caus.) living, residing, sojourn, abode Ca1n2. R. ;
passing or spending time R.\\n. (fr. Caus.) a kind of raiment Buddh.
nivara * = &c. see {ni-vR}.
ni-vaara * =m. covering, protection or a protector RV. viii, 93, 15 (Sây. `" a
preventer, obstructer "'); ({A}) f. a virgin, unmarried girl Pân. 3-3, 48 Sch.
(fr. {ni} + {vara}, `" having no husband "' W.)
ni-óvaara * =m. keeping off, hindering, impediment (cf. {dur-niv-}); ({A}) f. N.
of a river MBh. VP. (v.l. {nIv-}).
nivad * = Caus. Â. {-vAdayate}, to make resound (as a drum &c.) MBh. [559, 1]
nivadh * = (aor. {-avadhIt}), to strike down, kill MBh. R. &c.; to fix in, hurl
down upon (loc.) RV. iv, 41, 4.
nivaha = flow
nivah * = P. Â. {-vahati}, {-te}, to lead down, lead or bring to (dat. or loc.)
RV. S'Br.; to flow MBh. xii, 10318; to carry, support (see below): Caus.
{-vAhayati} (Pass. {vAhyate}), to set in motion Hariv.
nivahaH = (m) group, crowd, herd
nivarta* = mfn. causing to turn back RV.
nivartaka* = mf({ikA})n. turning back, flying ({a-niv-}) Hariv.; causing to
cease, abolishing, removing MBh. Sank. ({-tva} n.); desisting from, stopping,
ceasing MW.
nivartana* = mfn. causing to turn back RV.; n. turning back, returning, turning
the back i.e. retreating, fleeing AV. MBh. &c. ({mRtyuM kRtvA nivartanam},
making retreat equivalent to death i.e. desisting from fighting only in death
MBh. vi, vii; w.r. {kRtvA mRtyu-niv-}); ceasing, not happening or occurring,
being prevented MBh. Hariv. &c.; desisting or abstaining from (abl.) MBh. BhP.;
desisting from work, inactivity (opp. to {pra-vartana}) Kâm.; causing to return,
bringing back (esp. the shooting off and bringing back of weapons) MBh. Kâv.;
turning back (the hair) KâtyS'r.; a means of returning RV. AV.; averting or
keeping back from (abl.) Veda7ntas.; reforming, repenting W.; a measure of land
(20 rods or 200 cubits or 40,000 Hastas square) Hcat.; {-stUpa} m. N. of a Stûpa
erected at the spot where the charioteer of Buddha returned.
nivartanIya* = mfn. to be brought back Mâlav. v, 14/15 (w.r. {nir-v-}); to be
prevented or hindered MBh.
nivartayitavya* = mfn. to be kept back or detained R.
nivartita* = mfn. turned or brought back, averted, prevented, given up,
abandoned, suppressed, removed MBh. Kâv. Pur.; {-pUrva} mfn. one who has turned
away before MW.; {-tA7khilA7hAra} mfn. one who has abstained from all food BhP.
nivartin* = mfn. turning back, retreating, fleeing (mostly {a-niv-} q.v.);
abstaining from (comp.) MBh.; allowing or causing to return ({a-niv-}) Hariv.;
w.r. for {nir-v-} q.v.
nivartya* = mfn. to be turned back (see {dur-niv-}); annulled, declared to be
invalid Pat.
nivarta* = mfn. causing to turn back RV.
nivasana * = n. putting on (a garment) R. ; cloth, garment (cf. %{kaTI-niv-})
Var. Ka1v. &c. ; an under garment L.
nivasana* = n. dwelling, habitation L.
nirveda* = mfn. not having the Vedas, infidel, unscriptural W.
nirveda* = (for 1. see p. 542, col. 3) m. id., complete indifference, disregard
of worldly objects S'Br. Up. MBh. &c.; loathing, disgust for (loc. gen. or
comp.) MBh. R. &c.; {-duH-saham} ind. in a despairingly insupportable manner
Mâlatîm.; {-vat} mfn. despondent, resigned, indifferent Pañc.
nivrita* ({ni4-}) mfn. held back, withheld RV. [560, 1]; surrounded, enclosed
L.; m. or f. or n. (= {ni-vIta}) a veil, mantle, wrapper L.; n. = next L.
nivrittiM = not acting improperly
nivrit* = A1. %{-vartate} (ind. p. %{-vRtya} AV.; infin. %{-vartitum} MBh.;
rarely P. e.g. Pot. %{-vartet} MBh. Hariv.; impf. or subj. %{-vartat} RV.; pf.
%{-vAvRtur} ib.; fut. %{-vartiSyati} MBh.; %{-vartsyan} Bhat2t2.; aor.
%{-avRtat} ib.), to turn back, stop (trans. and intrans.) RV. &c.; to return
from (abl.) to (acc. with or without %{prati}, or dat.); to return into life,
revive, be born again MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to turn away, retreat, flee, escape,
abstain or desist from, get rid of (abl.) ib.; to fall back, rebound R.; to
leave off (%{sAmi}, in the midst or when anything is half finished S3Br.),
cease, end, disappear, vanish TS. S3Br. Up. &c.; to be withheld from, not belong
to (abl.); to be omitted, not to occur La1t2y. Mn. MBh.; to be ineffective or
useless MBh. Katha1s.; to be wanting, not to exist (%{yato@vAco@nivartante}, for
which there are no words) TUp.; to pass over to (loc.) MBh.; to be turned upon
(loc. or %{tatra}) ib.: Caus. %{-vartayati}, %{-te} (A1. Pot. %{-vartayIta}
A1s3vS3r.; Pass. %{-vartyate} Ragh.), to turn downwards, let sink (the head)
TBr.; to turn back i.e. shorten (the hair) Br.; to lead or bring back,
reconduct, return AV. &c. &c.; to turn away, avert or keep back from (abl.) MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; to give up, abandon, suppress, withhold, refuse, deny; to annul,
remove, destroy Mn. MBh. Ka1v. Pur.; to bring to an end i.e. perform, accomplish
(a sacrifice &c.) R. BhP.; to procure, bestow Hariv. Ma1rkP.; to desist from
(abl.) MBh. R.
nivrita * = (%{ni4-}) mfn. held back, withheld RV. [560,1] ; surrounded,
enclosed L. ; m. or f. or n. (= %{ni-vIta}) a veil, mantle, wrapper L. ; n. =
next L.
nivRtti* = f. (often w.r. for %{nir-v-}) returning, return, MlBh. Ragh.;
ceasing, cessation, disappearance S3rS. Up. MBh. &c.; leaving off, abstaining or
desisting from (abl.) Mn. MBh. Bhartr2. &c.; escaping from (abl.) Pan5c. ii, 87
(w.r. %{-ttaH}); ceasing from worldly acts, inactivity, rest, repose (opp. to
%{pra-vRtti}) Bhag. Prab.; (in dram.) citation of an example Sa1h.; suspension,
ceasing to be valid (as of a rule) Pa1n2. Sch.; destruction, perdition
Ra1matUp.; denial, refusal W.; abolition, prevention ib.
nivedana * = mfn. announcing, proclaiming Hariv.; m. N. of S'iva MBh.; n. making
known, publishing, announcement, communication, information ({Atma-niv-},
presentation or introduction of one's self) MBh. R. &c.; delivering, entrusting,
offering, dedicating MBh. Râjat. BhP.; (in dram.) the reminding a person of a
neglected duty Sâh.
nivedayiSu * = mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to report or to relate about
(acc.) MBh. (B. {vived-}).
nivedaka* =mf({ikA})n. (fr. Caus.) communicating, relating MBh.
nivedaka * ={-dana} &c. see 1. {ni-vid}
nivedita* = mfn. made known, announced, told, represented, entrusted, presented,
given MBh. R. Kathâs. &c
niveshaya = apply
nives'ita mfn. made to enter, placed in or upon, turned to, fixed or intent
upon, engaged in &c. MBh. Ka1v. &c.
nives'ya * = mfn. to be founded (as a town) Hariv.; to be married (as a man)
MBh.; w.r. for {nirv-} (see {nir-viz}).
nivrit * = A1. %{-vartate} (ind. p. %{-vRtya} AV.; infin. %{-vartitum} MBh.;
rarely P. e.g. Pot. %{-vartet} MBh. Hariv.; impf. or subj. %{-vartat} RV.; pf.
%{-vAvRtur} ib.; fut. %{-vartiSyati} MBh.; %{-vartsyan} Bhat2t2.; aor.
%{-avRtat} ib.), to turn back, stop (trans. and intrans.) RV. &c.; to return
from (abl.) to (acc. with or without %{prati}, or dat.); to return into life,
revive, be born again MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to turn away, retreat, flee, escape,
abstain or desist from, get rid of (abl.) ib.; to fall back, rebound R.; to
leave off (%{sAmi}, in the midst or when anything is half finished S3Br.),
cease, end, disappear, vanish TS. S3Br. Up. &c.; to be withheld from, not belong
to (abl.); to be omitted, not to occur La1t2y. Mn. MBh.; to be ineffective or
useless MBh. Katha1s.; to be wanting, not to exist (%{yato@vAco@nivartante}, for
which there are no words) TUp.; to pass over to (loc.) MBh.; to be turned upon
(loc. or %{tatra}) ib.: Caus. %{-vartayati}, %{-te} (A1. Pot. %{-vartayIta}
A1s3vS3r.; Pass. %{-vartyate} Ragh.), to turn downwards, let sink (the head)
TBr.; to turn back i.e. shorten (the hair) Br.; to lead or bring back,
reconduct, return AV. &c. &c.; to turn away, avert or keep back from (abl.) MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; to give up, abandon, suppress, withhold, refuse, deny; to annul,
remove, destroy Mn. MBh. Ka1v. Pur.; to bring to an end i.e. perform, accomplish
(a sacrifice &c.) R. BhP.; to procure, bestow Hariv. Ma1rkP.; to desist from
(abl.) MBh. R.\\ w.r. for %{ni-cRt}.\\ (L.),
nivrita * = (%{ni4-}) mfn. held back, withheld RV. [560,1]; surrounded, enclosed
L.; m. or f. or n. (= %{ni-vIta}) a veil, mantle, wrapper L.; n. = next L.
nivriti * = f. covering, enclosing L\\(HParis3.) f. an inhabited country, a
realm.
nivritta * = mfn. (often w.r. for %{nir-vRtta}, %{vi-vRtta}, %{ni-vRta}) turned
back, returned to (acc.) MBh.; rebounded from (abl.) R.; retreated, fled (in
battle) MBh.; set (as the sun) R.; averted from, indifferent to, having
renounced or given up (abl. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; abstracted from this
world, quiet BhP. Hcat.; rid or deprived of (abl.) MBh. R.; passed away, gone,
ceased, disappeared, vanished ib.; (with %{karman} n. an action) causing a
cessation (of mundane existence) Mn. xii, 88 (opp. to %{pravRtta}); ceased to be
valid or binding (as a rule) Pat. Ka1s3.; omitted, left out (cf. comp. below);
finished, completed W.; desisting from or repenting of any improper conduct ib.;
n. return (see %{durniv-}); %{-kAraNa} mfn. without further cause or motive; m.
a virtuous man, one uninfluenced by worldly desires W. [560,2]; %{-kRSi-gorakSa}
mfn. ceasing from agriculture and the tending of cattle MBh.; %{-dakSiNA4} f. a
gift renounced or despised by another S3Br.; %{-deva-kArya} mfn. ceasing from
sacrificial rites MW.; %{-mAMsa} mfn. one who abstains from eating meat
Uttarar.; %{-yajJa-svA7dhyAya} mfn. ceasing from sacrifices and the repetition
of prayers MBh.; %{-yauvana} mfn. whose youth has returned, restored to yñyouth
Ragh.; %{-rAga} mfn. of subdued appetites or passions W.; %{-laulya} mfn. whose
desire is averted from, not desirous of (comp.) Ragh.; %{-vRtti} mfn. ceasing
from any practice or occupation W.; %{-zatru} m. `" having one's foes kept off
"'N. of a king Hariv.; %{-saMtApa} mfn. one whose heat or pain has ceased
Sus3r.; %{-hRdaya} mfn. with relenting heart MBh.; one whose heart is averted
from or indifferent to (%{prati}) Ma1lav. ii, 14; %{-ttA7tman} m. `" one whose
spirit is abstracted "', a sage W.; N. of Vishn2u ib.; %{-tte7ndriya} mfn. one
whose senses or desires are averted from (comp.) Ragh.
nivritti * = f. (often w.r. for %{nir-v-}) returning, return, MlBh. Ragh.;
ceasing, cessation, disappearance S3rS. Up. MBh. &c.; leaving off, abstaining or
desisting from (abl.) Mn. MBh. Bhartr2. &c.; escaping from (abl.) Pan5c. ii, 87
(w.r. %{-ttaH}); ceasing from worldly acts, inactivity, rest, repose (opp. to
%{pra-vRtti}) Bhag. Prab.; (in dram.) citation of an example Sa1h.; suspension,
ceasing to be valid (as of a rule) Pa1n2. Sch.; destruction, perdition
Ra1matUp.; denial, refusal W.; abolition, prevention ib.
niyaama * = m. = {niyama} Pân. 3-3, 63; a sailor, boatman (cf. next and
{nir-yAma})
niyaamaka mf(%{ikA})n. restraining, checking, subduing, controlling, governing
MBh. Ka1m. Sarvad. ; restrictive, limiting, defining (%{-tA} f. %{-tva} n.) BhP.
Sarvad. ; m. a guide or ruler Sarvad. ; a charioteer L. ; a sailor or boatman L.
4 niyamana mfn. subduing, taming, overpowering Hariv. ; n. the act of subduing
&c. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; restriction, limitation, definition Ra1jat. Kpr. Sa1h. ;
precept, fixed practice or rule W. ; coercion, humiliation MW.
nyaasa * = putting down or in, placing, fixing, inserting, applying, impressing,
drawing, painting, writing down MBh. Ka1v. &c. (cf. %{akSara-}, %{khura-},
%{caraNa-}, %{nakha-}, %{pada-}., %{pAda-}., %{bIja-}, %{rekhA-}); putting away,
taking off, laying aside MBh. Hariv. Das3. BhP. (cf. %{deha-}, %{zarIra-},
%{zastra-}); abandoning, resigning Up. Bhag. BhP.; depositing, intrusting,
delivering; any deposit or pledge Mn. Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; written or literal text
(cf. %{yathA-nyAsam}) Pat.; lowering (the voice) RPra1t.; (in music) the final
tone; bringing forward, introducing (cf. %{arthA7ntara}.); consigning or
intrusting anything to the mind W.; mental appropriation or assignment of
various parts of the body to tutelary deities RTL. 205 &c.; N. of sev. wks.,
(esp.) of a Comm. on Ka1s3.; %{-kAra} or %{-kRt} m. the author of the Comm. on
Ka1s3. called Nya1sa i.e. Jine7ndra-buddhi; %{-khaNDa} m. or n. %{-khaNDana} n.
%{-tilaka} m. or n. %{-tUlikA} f. %{-dazaka} n. N. of wks. [572,2]; %{-dhAraka}
or %{-rin} m. the holder of a deposit Mn.; %{-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk.; %{-bhUta}
mfn. being (or that which is) a deposit MBh.; %{-lopa} m. wasting a dñdeposit
ib.; %{-viMzati} f. %{-vidyA-darpaNa} m. %{-vidyA-vilAsa} m. %{-vidhAna} n.
%{-vizeSa} m. %{-zataka} n. N. of wks.; %{-hara} m. robber of a deposit BhP.;
%{-sA7deza-vivaraNa} n. N. of wk.; %{-sA7pahnava} m. repudiation of a dñdeposit
MW.; %{-so7ddyota} m. N. of wk.
niyantaa = controller
niyantraNa = (n) control
niyantrayati = (10 pp) to control
niyam * P. {-yacchati}, to stop (trans.), hold back, detain with (loc.) [552,
1]; (Â.) to stop (intrans.), stay, remain RV.; to keep back, refuse; (Â.) to
fail, be wanting ib.; to fasten, tie to (loc.), bind up (hair &c.) ib. &c. &c.;
to hold over, extend ({zarma}) AV.; to hold downwards (the hand) TS.; to bring
near, procure, bestow, grant, offer, present (rain, gifts &c.) RV. AV. Br. &c.;
to hold in, keep down, restrain, control, govern, regulate (as breath, the
voice, the organs of sense &c.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to suppress or conceal (one's
nature) Mn. x, 59; to destroy, annihilate (opp. to {sRj}) BhP.; to restrict
(food &c.; cf. below); to fix upon, settle, determine, establish Sarvad. Kathâs.
BhP. Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 66; (in gram.) to lower, pronounce low i.e. with the
Anudâtta RPrât.: Caus. {-yamayati}, to restrain, curb, check, suppress, restrict
MBh. Kâv. &c.
niyama = self-purification through discipline * = m. restraining, checking,
holding back, preventing, controlling Mn. MBh. &c.; keeping down, lowering (as
the voice) RPrât.; limitation, restriction ({ena} ind. with restrictions i.e.
under certain conditions Car.); reduction or restriction to (with loc. or
{prati}), determination, definition GriS'rS. Prât. MBh. Râjat.; any fixed rule
or law, necessity, obligation ({ena} and {At} ind. as a rule, necessarily,
invariably, surely) Var. R. Sus'r. &c.; agreement, contract, promise, vow R.
Kathâs.; any act of voluntary penance or meritorious piety (esp. a lesser vow or
minor observance dependent on external conditions and not so obligatory as
{yama} q.v.) TÂr. Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; a partic. process applied to minerals (esp.
to quicksilver w.r. {-yAma}) Cat.; (in rhet.) a common-place, any conventional
expression or usual comparison; (in Mîm. phil.) a rule or precept (laying down
or specifying something otherwise optional); restraint of the mind (the 2nd of
the 8 steps of meditation in Yoga); performing five positive duties MWB. 239; N.
of Vishnu MBh.; Necessity or Law personified as a son of Dharma and Dhriiti
Pur.; {-dharma} m. a law prescribing restraints Mn. ii, 3; {-niSThA} f. rigid
observance of prescribed rites MW.; {-pattra} n. a written agreement or
stipulation ib. [552, 2]; {-para} mfn. observing fixed rules; relating to or
corroborative of a rule W.; {-pAla} m. `" observer of vows "'N. of a sage (from
whom the Nepalese derive the N. Nepâl); {-bhaGga} m. breach of a stipulation or
contract MW.; {-laGghana} n. trangression of a fixed rule or obligation, Kâp.;
{-vat} mfn. practising religious observances MBh.; ({I}) f. a woman in her
monthly courses Sus'r.; {-sthiti} f. state of selfrestraint, ascetism L.;
{-hetu} m. a regulating cause Sarvad.; {-yamA7nanda} m. another N. of Nimba7rka
Cat.; {-yamo7pamA} f. a simile which expressly states that something can be
compared only with something else Kâv. ii, 19.
niyamaadeva = control alone(niyamAt.h eva)
niyamaM = regulations
niyamya = regulating
niyamya * = ind. having restrained or checked or bound &c. MBh. R. &c. 2.
niyamya * = mfn. to be restrained &c. ib.; to be (or being) limited or
restricted or defined S'ank.
niyata = Discipline
niyataM = always
niyatamanasaH = with a regulated mind
niyatasya = prescribed
niyataaH = controlled
niyataatmabhiH = by the self-controlled
niyata * {ni4-}) mfn. held back or in, fastened, tied to (loc.) RV.; put
together (hands) R.; restrained, checked, curbed, suppressed, restricted,
controlled Mn. MBh. &c.; limited in number Ratna7v. iii, 3; connected with,
dependent on (loc.) Mn. iv, 256; contained or joined in (loc.) R. iii, 70, 5;
disciplined, self-governed, abstemious, temperate; constant, steady, quite
concentrated upon or devoted to (loc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; fixed, established,
settled, sure, regular, invariable, positive, definite GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.;
customary, usual (cf. {a-n-} MBh. iii, 15416); (in gram.) pronounced with the
Anudâtta RPrât.; m. N. of the Sandhi of {As} before sonants ib.; ({am}) ind.
always, constantly, decidedly, inevitably, surely; n. pl. (in Sânkhya) the
organs of sense; {-kAla} mfn. limited in time, temporary Kâs'. on Pân. 1-4, 44;
{-bhojana} mfn. abstemious in food, temperate R.; {-mAnasa} mfn. of subdued mind
or spirit W.; {-maithuna} mfn. abstaining from cohabitation R.; {-vAc} mfn.
limited as to the use of words Nir. i, 15; {-vibhaktika} mfn. limited as to
case, standing always in the same case Pân. 1-2, 44 Sch.; {-viSayavartin} mfn.
steadily abiding in one's own sphere MW.; {-vrata} mfn. constant in the
observance of vows, regular in observances, pious, religious MBh.; {-yatA7Jjali}
mfn. putting the joined hands to the forehead R.; {-yatA7tman} mfn.
self-controlled, selfrestrained Mn. R.; {-yatA7nupUrvya} mfn. limited as to the
order of words Nir. i, 15; {-yatA7pti} f. (in dram.) sure expectation of
attaining an object by overcoming a partic. obstacle Sâh.; {-yatA7zin} mfn. =
{-ta-bhojana} Yâjñ.; {-yatA7hAra} mfn. id. Mn. ({zva-mAMsa-n-}, eating only
dog's flesh R.); {-yate7ndriya} mfn. having the passions subdued or restrained
Mn. MBh. &c.
niyojaya = (verbal stem) make ready
niyojayasi = You are engaging
niyojitaH = engaged
niyokshyati = will engage
niyukta * = mfn. bound on , bound , chained , fettered AitBr. ; tied or fastened
or attached or directed to , put or placed or fixed on (loc.) MBh. R. &c. ;
appointed , directed , ordered , commissioned , charged , intrusted (loc. ; dat.
; %{artham} ifc. ; inf. or comp.) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; used or employed for
(loc.) Mn. v , 16 ; prescribed , fixed , settled ; (%{am}) ind. by all means ,
necessarily Pa1n2. 4-4 , 66 ; m. a functionary , official Hit.
niyuktaka * = mfn. appointed , elected , placed in authority L.
niyukti * = f. injunction , order , command , charge , office Kull.
niyuta *= (%{ni4-}) mfn. fixed, fastened RV. i, 121, 3 ; m. or n. a very high
number, generally a million Br. Pur.
no = nor
nri = man
nrityati = (6 pp) to dance
nripa = (m) king
nripatva = The title of king
nriloke = in this material world
nrisha.nsa = wicked
nrishaa mfn. ( %{san}) procuring men ib. (cf. Pa1n2. 3-2, 67).
nrishaac * = mfn. favouring or befriending men RV.
nrishad * = mfn. sitting or dwelling among men RV. VS. AitBr.; m. N. of the
father of Kan2va RV.; (prob. f.) = %{buddhi} BhP.
nrishadana * = n. assemblage or residence of men RV.
nrishaDgu * = m. N. of a R2ishi R. (v.l. %{ruzaGgu}).
nrishadman * = (SV.),
nrishadvan * = (RV.),
nrishadvara * = (AitBr.; but cf. %{ni-Sadvara4} under %{ni-Sad}) mfn. sitting or
dwelling among men.
nrishaah * = mfn. overcoming men RV.
nrishaahya * = mfn. overpowering men ib.; n. the overpowering of men ib.
nrishaati * = f. the capturing or procuring of men ib.
nris'aMsa * = (%{nR4-}) m. N. of a god RV. ix, 81, 5 (cf. %{narA-s-} under
%{nara}) ; mf(%{A})n. injuring men, mischievous, noxious, cruel, base RV. &c.
&c. ; %{-kArin} or %{-kRt} mfn. acting cruelly, mischievous MBh. ; %{-tA} f.
mischievousness, baseness Katha1s. Ra1jat. ; %{-vat} mfn. malicious, vile MBh. ;
%{-varNa} or %{-vAdin} mfn. using low speech ib. ; %{-vRtta} mfn. practising
mischief. W. ; %{-sita} n. = %{-satA} BhP. ; %{-sya} mf(%{A})n. malicious,
mischievous, vile MBh. ; n. = %{-sita} ib.
nris'astra * = mfn. praised by men TBr. (Comm.)
nrishhu = in men
nu = of course* = 1 (in RV. also {nU4}; esp. at the beginning of a verse, where
often = {nu4} + {u}), ind. now, still, just, at once; so now, now then RV. AV.
Br. Up.; indeed, certainly, surely RV. &c. &c.; cf. Pân. 3-2, 121 Sch. (often
connected with other particles, esp. with negatives e.g. {nahi4 nu4}, `" by no
means "', {na4kir nu4}, no one or nothing at all "', {mA4 nu4}, `" in order that
surely not "' [567, 2]; often also {gha nu}, {ha nu}, {in nu}, {nu kam} &c.
[{nU4 cit}, either `" for ever, evermore; at once, forthwith "' or, never, never
more; so also {nU} alone RV. vii, 100, 1]; with relat. = -cunque or -soever;
sometimes it lays stress upon a preceding word, esp. an interr. pronoun or
particle, and is then often connected with {khalu} RV. &c. &c.; it is also
employed in questions, esp. in sentences of two or more clauses [cf. Pân. 8-2,
98 Kâs'.] where {nu} is either always repeated [S'ak. vi, 9] or omitted in the
first place [ib. i, 8] or in the second place and further replaced by {svid},
{yadi vA} &c., and strengthened by {vA}, {atha vA} &c.) [Cf. 1. {na4va},
{nU4tana}, {nUna4m}; Zd. {nû}; Gk. &174536[567, 2] $; Lat. {nun-c}; Germ. {nu},
{nun}; Angl.Sax. {nu}, {nû}; Eng. {now}.]
nu * = 2 m. a weapon L.; time L. * = 3 cl. 1. Â. {navate} ({nauti} with {apa}),
to go Naigh. ii, 14: Caus. {nAvayati}, to move from the place, remove ShadvBr. *
= 4 or {nU} cl. 2. 6. P. (Dhât. xxiv, 26; xxviii, 104) {nauti}, {nuvati}, (pres.
also {na4vate}, {-ti} RV. &c.; p. P. {nuva4t}, {na4vat} Â. {na4vamAna} RV.; pf.
{nunAva} Kâv.; aor. {a4nUnot}, {a4nUSi}, {-Sata}, {anaviSTa} RV.; {anauSit},
{anAvit}, {anuvIt} Gr.; fut. {naviSyati}, {nuv-}; {navitA}, {nuv-} ib.; ind. p.
{-nutya}, {-nAvam} Br.; inf. {lavitum} v.l. {nuv-} Bhathth.), to sound, shout,
exult; praise, commend RV. &c. &c.: Pass. {nUyate} MBh. &c.: Caus. {nAvayati}
aor. {anUnavat} Gr.: Desid. {nunUSati} ib.; Desid. of Caus. {nunAvayiSati} ib.:
Intens. {no4navIti}, {nonumas} (impf. {anonavur} Subj. {na4vInot}; pf.
{no4nAva}, {nonuvur} RV.; {nonUyate}, {nonoti} Gr.), to sound loudly, roar,
thunder RV. * = 5 m. praise, eulogium L. * = 6 Caus. {nAvayati}, to cause to be
drawn into the nose Car. (cf. 3 {nava}). * = 7 (ifc.) = {nau}, a ship BhP.
nuda * = mfn. pushing, impelling, driving away, removing Up. MBh. Ka1v. &c.
(ifc. or with acc.)
nunna = nutta = *nutta pushed or driven away AV.; despatched, sent, ordered W.;
m. N. of a plant ib
nuta = praised
nuunaM = (really) *=, otherwise; ind. now, at present, just, immediately, at
once; for the future; now then, therefore; (esp. in later lang.) certainly,
assuredly, indeed, when indeed?, where indeed?
nuutana *= mf(%{A})n. (fr. 1. %{nu4}, or %{nU4}), belonging to `" now "' or the
present day, new, novel, recent, modern, young, fresh (opp. to %{pUrva},
%{purANa} &c.) RV. &c. &c. ; (with %{vayas} n. youth, juvenility Hcar.) ; new
i.e. curious, strange Ba1lar. vii, 69 Hit. ii, 168/169.
nyaasa *= m. putting down or in, placing, fixing, inserting, applying,
impressing, drawing, painting, writing down MBh. Kâv. &c. (cf. {akSara-},
{khura-}, {caraNa-}, {nakha-}, {pada-}., {pAda-}., {bIja-}, {rekhA-}); putting
away, taking off, laying aside MBh. Hariv. Das'. BhP. (cf. {deha-}, {zarIra-},
{zastra-}); abandoning, resigning Up. Bhag. BhP.; depositing, intrusting,
delivering; any deposit or pledge Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; written or literal text
(cf. {yathA-nyAsam}) Pat.; lowering (the voice) RPrât.; (in music) the final
tone; bringing forward, introducing (cf. {arthA7ntara}.); consigning or
intrusting anything to the mind W.; mental appropriation or assignment of
various parts of the body to tutelary deities RTL. 205 &c.; N. of sev. wks.,
(esp.) of a Comm. on Kâs'.; {-kAra} or {-kRt} m. the author of the Comm. on
Kâs'. called Nyâsa i.e. Jine7ndra-buddhi; {-khaNDa} m. or n. {-khaNDana} n.
{-tilaka} m. or n. {-tUlikA} f. {-dazaka} n. N. of wks. [572, 2]; {-dhAraka} or
{-rin} m. the holder of a deposit Mn.; {-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk.; {-bhUta} mfn.
being (or that which is) a deposit MBh.; {-lopa} m. wasting a dñdeposit ib.;
{-viMzati} f. {-vidyA-darpaNa} m. {-vidyA-vilAsa} m. {-vidhAna} n. {-vizeSa} m.
{-zataka} n. N. of wks.; {-hara} m. robber of a deposit BhP.;
{-sA7deza-vivaraNa} n. N. of wk.; {-sA7pahnava} m. repudiation of a dñdeposit
MW.; {-so7ddyota} m. N. of wk.
nyaasad *= P. {-sIdati} (pf. {-sasAda} ind. p. {-sadya}), to sit down near or in
or upon (loc. or acc.) RV.
nyaasin *= mfn. one who has abandoned all worldly concerns ib.
nyaaya = justice * m. (fr. 4. {ni}) that into which a thing goes back i.e. an
original type, standard, method, rule, (esp.) a general or universal rule,
model, axiom, system, plan, manner, right or fit manner or way, fitness,
propriety TS. Br. Mn. MBh. &c. ({nyAyena} and {-yAt} ind. either `" in the right
manner, regularly, duly "', or ifc. `" after the manner of, by way of "'); a
lawsuit, legal proceeding, judicial sentence, judgment Mriicch. Pañc.; a logical
or syllogistic argument or inference (consisting of a combination of enthymeme
and syllogism, and so having, according to the Naiyâyikas 5 members, viz.
{pratijJA}, {hetu}, {udAharaNa}, {upanaya}, {nigamana}, or according to the
Vedântins 3 members); a system of philosophy delivered by Gotama or Gautama (it
is one of the six {darzanas} q.v., and is perhaps so called, because it `" goes
into "' all subjects physical and metaphysical according to the above
syllogistic method treated of in one division of the system; its branch is
called Vais'eshika); likeness, analogy, a popular maxim or apposite illustration
(cf. {kAkA7kSi-}, {ghuNA7kSara-}, {daNDA7pUpa}. &c.); ({am}) ind. after a finite
verb expresses either censure or repetition Pân. 8-1, 27.
nyaayika* = n. logic
nyas *= P. {-asyati}, or {-asati}, to throw or cast or lay or put down (with
loc. e.g. {bhuvi}, on the earth) AV. &c. &c.; to take off MBh. R.; to give up,
resign (as life) R.; to set in the ground, plant ({prarohAn}, shoots) Bâlar.;
(with loc.) to throw or hurl upon, pour or shed on or in, put or place or fix or
insert in, turn or direct to, deposit with, intrust or commit to; to settle
arrange MBh. Kâv. &c. (with {citre}, `" to place in a picture "', paint, depict;
with {zirasi}, to place on the head "', receive with reverence; with {manasi},
to call to mind "', reflect, ponder; with {pathi}, `" to lay on the road "',
give up); to bring forward, mention Mall.: Caus. (pf. {nyAsayAm Asa} or {-sayAM
cakre}) to cause to put or lay down MBh.
nyasta *= mfn. thrown or cast or laid down, put, placed, fixed, inserted,
applied, deposited, committed ; given up, resigned Mn. MBh. Ka1v. ; stretched
out, lying R. ; exposed (%{krayAya}, for sale) L. ; mystically touched,
Ma1latim. v, 2 ; put on, donned ib. 22 ; having the low tone (as a vowel)
RPra1t. ; short S3rutab. ; %{-cihna} mf(%{A})n. one who has relinquished one's
marks or characteristics, destitute of external signs Ragh. ii, 7 ; %{-daNDa}
mfn. `" one who has laid down the rod "', meek, harmless R. ; %{-deha} mfn. `"
one who has laid down the body "', dead ib. ; %{-zastra} mfn. `" one who has
laid down the weapons, averse from strife, peaceful Mn. iii, 192 ; m. the
Pitr2is or deified progenitors L. ; %{-vAda} mfn. one who has ceased to speak,
ceasing to speak about (%{prati}) Hariv. ; %{-tA7rtvijya} mfn. where the R2itvij
have laid down their office S3a1n3khS3r.
nyaya* = m. (fr. 4. {nI7}) going off, destruction, loss, waste Pân. 3-3, 37 Sch.
L.
H3) ny-° aasita [p= 572,2] [L=112793]
nyaasita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to lay or put down.
nyaayalayaH = (m) court
nyaayavaadii = (m) lawyer
nyaayaadhishaH = (m) judge
nyaayyaM = right
nyaasaM = renunciation
nyarbuda * = n. one hundred millions AV. &c.
nyas * = P. {-asyati}, or {-asati}, to throw or cast or lay or put down (with
loc. e.g. {bhuvi}, on the earth) AV. &c. &c.; to take off MBh. R.; to give up,
resign (as life) R.; to set in the ground, plant ({prarohAn}, shoots) Bâlar.;
(with loc.) to throw or hurl upon, pour or shed on or in, put or place or fix or
insert in, turn or direct to, deposit with, intrust or commit to; to settle
arrange MBh. Kâv. &c. (with {citre}, `" to place in a picture "', paint, depict;
with {zirasi}, to place on the head "', receive with reverence; with {manasi},
to call to mind "', reflect, ponder; with {pathi}, `" to lay on the road "',
give up); to bring forward, mention Mall.: Caus. (pf. {nyAsayAm Asa} or {-sayAM
cakre}) to cause to put or lay down MBh.
nyasta *= mfn. thrown or cast or laid down, put, placed, fixed, inserted,
applied, deposited, committed ; given up, resigned Mn. MBh. Ka1v. ; stretched
out, lying R. ; exposed (%{krayAya}, for sale) L. ; mystically touched,
Ma1latim. v, 2 ; put on, donned ib. 22 ; having the low tone (as a vowel)
RPra1t. ; short S3rutab. ; %{-cihna} mf(%{A})n. one who has relinquished one's
marks or characteristics, destitute of external signs Ragh. ii, 7 ; %{-daNDa}
mfn. `" one who has laid down the rod "', meek, harmless R. ; %{-deha} mfn. `"
one who has laid down the body "', dead ib. ; %{-zastra} mfn. `" one who has
laid down the weapons, averse from strife, peaceful Mn. iii, 192 ; m. the
Pitr2is or deified progenitors L. ; %{-vAda} mfn. one who has ceased to speak,
ceasing to speak about (%{prati}) Hariv. ; %{-tA7rtvijya} mfn. where the R2itvij
have laid down their office S3a1n3khS3r.
O
ogha* = m. (ifc. f. {A}); ({vah}) flood, stream, rapid flow of water MBh. Megh.
S'ak. &c.; heap or quantity, flock, multitude, abundance MBh. BhP. Kathâs. &c.;
quick time (in music) L.; uninterrupted tradition L.; instruction L. (cf.
{augha}.)
om * (see also AUM and pranava) = ind. (%{av} Un2. i, 141; originally %{oM} =
%{AM}, which may be derived from %{A} BRD.), a word of solemn affirmation and
respectful assent, sometimes translated by `" yes, verily, so be it "' (and in
this sense compared with Amen; it is placed at the commencement of most Hindu1
works, and as a sacred exclamation may be uttered [but not so as to be heard by
ears profane] at the beginning and end of a reading of the Vedas or previously
to any prayer; it is also regarded as a particle of auspicious salutation
[Hail!]; %{om} appears first in the Upanishads as a mystic monosyllable, and is
there set forth as the object of profound religious meditation, the highest
spiritual efficacy being attributed not only to the whole word but also to the
three sounds %{a}, %{u}, %{m}, of which it consists; in later times %{om} is the
mystic name for the Hindu1 triad, and represents the union of the three gods,
viz. a (Vishn2u), %{u} (S3iva), %{m} (Brahma1); it may also be typical of the
three Vedas; %{om} is usually called %{praNava}, more rarely %{akSara}, or
%{ekAkSara}, and only in later times %{oMkAra}) VS. S3Br. ChUp. &c.; (Buddhists
place %{om} at the beginning of their %{vidyA@SaDakSarI} or mystical formulary
in six syllables [viz. %{om@maNi@padme@hUM}]; according to T. %{om} may be used
in the following senses: %{praNave}, %{Arambhe}, %{svIkAre}, %{anumatau},
%{apA7kRtau}, %{asvIkAre}, %{maGgale}, %{zubhe}, %{jJeye}, %{brahmaNi}; with
preceding %{a} or %{A}, the %{o} of %{om} does not form Vr2iddhi (%{au}), but
Gun2a (%{o}) Pa1n2. 6-1, 95.)
omkaara * = (%{oM-k-}) m. the sacred and mystical syllable %{om}, the
exclamation %{om}, pronouncing the syllable %{om} Mn. ii, 75; 81 Katha1s. Bhag.
&c., (cf. %{vijayoMkAra}, %{kRtoMkAra}) [236,1]; a beginning, prosperous or
auspicious beginning of (e.g. a science) Ba1lar.; N. of a Lin3ga; (%{A}) f. a
Buddhist S3akti or female personification of divine energy L.; %{-grantha} m. N.
of wk. of Na1ra1yan2a; %{-tIrtha} n. N. of a Ti1rtha; %{-pITha} n. N. of a
place; %{-bhaTTa} m. N. of a man.
onkaraasana = the OM posture
ojasa = concentrated psychic power
ojasaa = by My energy
oja* = mfn. odd (as the first, third, fifth, &c. in a series) RPrât. Sûryas.
VarBriS.; m. N. of a son of Kriishna BhP.; = {o4jas} L.
o4jas* = {as} n. ({vaj}, or {uj}; cf. {ugra}), bodily strength, vigour, energy,
ability, power RV. AV. TS. AitBr. MBh. &c.; vitality (the principle of vital
warmth and action throughout the body) Sus'r. &c.; (in rhet.) elaborate style
(abounding with compounds); vigorous or emphatic expression Sâh. Vâm.; water L.;
light, splendour, lustre L.; manifestation, appearance L.; support L.; ({As}) m.
N. of a Yaksha BhP.; [cf. Zd. {avjanh}, `" power "'; Gk. $, $, $; Lat.
{vige1re}, {augere}, {augur}, &73513[235, 2] {augus-tus}, {auxilium}; Goth.
{aukan}, Eng. {eke}.]
o4jastara* = mfn. = {o4jIyas} Comm. on BriÂrUp.
ojasvat* = mfn. vigorous, powerful, strong, energetic RV. viii, 76, 5 AV. viii,
5, 4; 16 VS.
ojasvin* = mfn. id. TS. S'Br. MBh. &c.; ({I}) m. N. of a son of Manu Bhautya VP.
({ojasvi}) {-tA} f. an energetic or emphatic manner of expression or style Sâh.
ojasIna* = mfn. having strength, powerful TS. iv Pân.
ojasya* = mfn. vigorous, powerful MaitrS. ii Pân.
ojAya* = Nom. Â. {ojAyate} (p. {ojAya4mAna}) to exhibit strength or energy, make
effort RV. i, 140, 6; ii, 12, 11; iii, 32, 11 Pat. on Pân. 3-1, 11 Bhathth.
ojAyita* = n. stout-heartedness, courageous behaviour.
oka* = m. (%{uc} Comm. on Un2. iv, 215), a house, refuge, asylum (cf.
%{an-oka-zAyin}); a bird L.; = %{vRSala} T.; conjunction of heavenly bodies L.
oshadhi * = f. (etym. doubtful ; probably fr. %{oSa} above, `" light-containing
"' see S3Br. ii, 2, 4, 5 Nir. ix, 27) a herb, plant, simple, esp. any medicinal
herb RV. AV. S3Br. MBh. &c. ; an annual plant or herb (which dies after becoming
ripe) Mn. i, 46, &c. Sus3r. i, 4, 16 ; 18 Ya1jn5. &c. ; a remedy in general
Sus3r. i, 4, 15.
oshhati = (1 pp) to burn
ostha * = lip. mouth
okasa= inhabitant
om * = ind. (%{av} Un2. i, 141; originally %{oM} = %{AM}, which may be derived
from %{A} BRD.), a word of solemn affirmation and respectful assent, sometimes
translated by `" yes, verily, so be it "' (and in this sense compared with Amen;
it is placed at the commencement of most Hindu1 works, and as a sacred
exclamation may be uttered [but not so as to be heard by ears profane] at the
beginning and end of a reading of the Vedas or previously to any prayer; it is
also regarded as a particle of auspicious salutation [Hail!]; %{om} appears
first in the Upanishads as a mystic monosyllable, and is there set forth as the
object of profound religious meditation, the highest spiritual efficacy being
attributed not only to the whole word but also to the three sounds %{a}, %{u},
%{m}, of which it consists; in later times %{om} is the mystic name for the
Hindu1 triad, and represents the union of the three gods, viz. a (Vishn2u), %{u}
(S3iva), %{m} (Brahma1); it may also be typical of the three Vedas; %{om} is
usually called %{praNava}, more rarely %{akSara}, or %{ekAkSara}, and only in
later times %{oMkAra}) VS. S3Br. ChUp. &c.; (Buddhists place %{om} at the
beginning of their %{vidyA@SaDakSarI} or mystical formulary in six syllables
[viz. %{om@maNi@padme@hUM}]; according to T. %{om} may be used in the following
senses: %{praNave}, %{Arambhe}, %{svIkAre}, %{anumatau}, %{apA7kRtau},
%{asvIkAre}, %{maGgale}, %{zubhe}, %{jJeye}, %{brahmaNi}; with preceding %{a} or
%{A}, the %{o} of %{om} does not form Vr2iddhi (%{au}), but Gun2a (%{o}) Pa1n2.
6-1, 95.)
ota *= (%{A-uta}) mfn. interwoven BhP. Mun2d2Up.\\1 (for 2. see col. 3) mfn.
addressed , invoked , summoned AV.\\2 (for 1. see 4. %{o7}) p.p. of %{A-ve} , p.
156 , col. 2.
otaprota *= mfn. sewn lengthwise and crosswise MBh. v , 1789.
P
paa = to bless
paada = foot * = m. (ifc. f. {A}, rarely {I}) the foot (of men and animals) RV.
&c. &c. (the pl. sometimes added to proper names or titles in token of respect
e.g. {deva-pAdAH}, `" the king's majesty "' Pañc. [617, 2]; {nArAyaNap-}, `" the
venerable NñNârâyana "' Sâh.; {pAdaiH} ind. on foot [said of several persons].
R.; {-dayoH} and {-de-pat}, to fall at a persoñs [gen.] feet Kâv. Hit); the foot
or leg of an inanimate object, column, pillar AV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; a wheel S'is'.
xii, 21; a foot as a measure (= 12 Angulas) S'Br. S'rS. MârkP.; the foot or root
of a tree Var.; the foot or a hill at the fñfoot of a mountain MBh. Kâv. &c.;
the bottom ({dRteh pAdAt}, `" from the bñbottom of a bag "' v.l. {pAtrAt}) MBh.
v, 1047; a ray or beam of light (considered as the fñfoot of a heavenly body)
ib.; a quarter, a fourth Part (the fñfourth of a quadruped being one out of 4)
S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c. (pl. the 4 parts i. e. all things required for [gen.]
Sus'r.); the quadrant (of a circle) Âryabh. Sch.; a verse or line (as the fourth
part of a regular stanza) Br. S'rS. Prât. &c.; the caesura of a verse AgP., the
chapter of a book (orig. only of a book or section of a bñbook consisting of 4
parts, as the Adhyâyas of Pânini's grammar).
paadaM = and legs
paadatraaNam.h = (n) shoes
paadahastaasana = the balancing forward bend posture
paadaaMshukam.h = (n) pyjama
paadaangushhTha = the big toe
paadaasana = the foot above posture
paadau = feet
paahi = protect
paaJNchajanyaM = the conchshell named Pancajanya
paaJNchaalikaa = (f) doll
paaka * = 1 mfn. (either fr. 1. {pA+ka}, `" drinking, sucking, or fr. 2. {pac},
`" ripening, growing "') very young GriS.; simple, ignorant, inartificial,
honest AV. TS. Âs'vS'r.; m. the young of an animal (see {uluka-}, {kapata-}); a
child, infant L.; N. of a Daitya slain by Indra MBh. Pur. {-trA4} ind. in
simplicity, in a simple or honest way RV.
paaka* = 2 m. (2. {pac}; ifc. f. {I}) cooking, baking, roasting, boiling (trans
"' and intrans.) S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c. [614, 1]; burning (of bricks, earthenware
&c.) ib.; any cooked or dressed food BhP.; digestion, assimilation of food
Sus'r.; ripening, ripeness (of fruit or of a boil) KâtyS'r. Mn. Var. Sus'r.;
inflammation, suppuration Sus'r.; an abscess, ulcer ib.; ripening of the hair
i.e. greyness, old age L.; maturity, full development (as of the mind &c.),
completion, perfection, excellence Hariv. Kâv. &c.; development of consequences,
result (esp. of an act done in a former life) Var. Pañc. MârkP.; any act having
consequences. BhP.; the domestic fire L.; a cooking utensil L.; general panic or
revolution in a country W. (in comp. 2. {pAka} is not always separable from 1.
{pAka}).
paakashaalaa = (f) kitchen
paakSa* = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{pakSa}) belonging to a half month; relating to a
side or party W.
paalaniiya = should be protected or observed
paalayati = (10 up) to protect
paala * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) a guard, protector, keeper R. Hariv.; a herdsman Mn.
Gaut. Yâjñ. MBh.; protector of the earth, king. prince BhP.; (also n.) a
spitting spittoon (as `" recipient "' ?) L.; N. of a serpent-demon of the race
of Vâsuki MBh.; of a prince Cat.; (with {bhatTa}) N. of an author ib.; ({I}) f.
a herdsmañs wife MBh. v, 3608; an oblong pond (as `" receptacle "' of water?)
Var. (cf. {pAli}).
paalaka* = guarding, protecting, nourishing, a guardian, protector; a
foster-father; a prince, ruler, sovereign; a world-protector
paañcaala * = mf(%{I})n. relating or belonging to or ruling over the Pan5ca1las
MBh. R. &c.; m. a prince of the PñPan5ca1las ib.; (with %{bAbhravya}) N. of an
author Cat.; the country of the PñPan5ca1las L.; pl. the people of the
PñPan5ca1las MBh. Var. &c.; an association of 5 guilds (carpenter, weaver,
barber, washerman, and shoe-maker) L.; (%{I}) f. see below; n. the language of
the PñPan5ca1las Cat.
paannaga * = mf({I})n. (fr. {panna-ga}) formed or consisting of snakes, having
serpents, snaky Hariv.
paa.nDityaM = punditry; expertise or scholarliness
paaNi = hands * = 1 m. a place of sale, shop, market W.\\ 2 m. (said to be fr.
%{paN}) the hand RV. &c. &c. (often ifc. = holding in the hñhand e.g. %{asi-p-},
holding a sword in the, sñsword in hñhand ; %{pANiM-grah} or %{-Nau-kR}, to take
the hñhand of a bride, marry ; %{-niMdA}, to give the hñhand in marriage) ; a
hoof. RV. ii, 31, 2 ; N. of Sch. on the Das3a-rupaka Cat. [Orig %{palni} ; cf.
Gk. $ ; Lat. {palma} ; Angl. Sax. &188673[615,2] {folm} ; Germ. {fu10hlen} ;
Eng. {feel}.]
paaNidharma * = m. form of marriage MBh.
paaNigata * = mfn. being in the hand or at hñhand, ready, present Naish.
paaNDava = O son of Pandu
paaNDavaH = Arjuna (the son of Pandu)
paaNDavaaH = the sons of Pandu
paaNDavaanaaM = of the Pandavas
paaNDavaaniikaM = the soldiers of the Pandavas
paaNDitya = wisdom
paaNDuputraaNaaM = of the sons of Pandu
paana = drinking
paantha = traveller
paapa = Bad deed
paapaM = sin
paapakrittamaH = the greatest sinner
paapaghniiM = which kills the sins (the hymn)
paapajanya = adj. derived from sin, son of sin :-)
paapayonayaH = born of a lower family
paapavaasaniik.h = adj. desirous of sin
paapavaasaniik.h = (adj) desirous of sin
paapaaH = sinners
paapaacharaNaM = pApa+AcharaNa, sin-practising
paapaat.h = from sins
paapaatmanaaM = of the wicked people
paapaatmaa = wicked people, sinners
paapiiyaan.h = sinner
paapiiyas *= mfn. worse, worse off, lower, poorer, more or most wicked or
miserable TS. &c. &c.; m. a villain, rascal Mn. R. &c.; (with Buddhists)
%{mAraH@pApIyAn}, the evil spirit, the devil Lalit.
paapena = by sin
paapebhyaH = of sinners
paapeshhu = unto the sinners
paapaiH = sin
paapman *= m. evil , unhappiness , misfortune , calamity , crime , sin ,
wickedness AV. &c. &c. ; evil demon , devil , Ja1ta1kam. ; mfn. hurtful ,
injurious , evil AV. AitBr.
paapmaanaM = the great symbol of sin
paara *= 1 mfn. (fr. %{pR}; in some meanings also fr. %{pRR}) bringing across
RV. v, 31, 8; n. (rarely m.) the further bank or shore or boundary, any bank or
shore, the opposite side, the end or limit of anything, the utmost reach or
fullest extent RV. &c. &c. (%{dUre4@pAre4}, at the farthest ends RV.;
%{pAraM-gam} &c. with gen. or loc., to reach the end, go through, fulfil, carry
out [as a promise], study or learn thoroughly [as a science] MBh. R. &c.;
%{paraM-nI}, to bring to a close, Yaljn5.); a kind of Tusht2i (s.v.),
Sa1m2khyas. Sch.; m. crossing (see %{duS-} and %{su-}); quicksilver L.; a
partic. personification Sa1mavBr. Gaut.; N. of a sage Ma1rkP.; of a son of
Pr2ithu-shena (Rucira7s3va) and father of Ni1pa Hariv.; of a sñson of Samara and
fñfather of Pr2ithu ib.; of a son of An3ga, and fñfather of Divi-ratha VP.;
(pl.) of a class of deities under the 9th Manu BhP.; (%{A}) f. N. of a river
(said to flow from the Pa1riya1tra mountains or the central and western portion
of the Vindhya chain) MBh. Pur.; (%{I}) f. a milk-pail S3is3.; any cup or
drinking vessel Vcar. Ra1jat.; pollen L.; a rope for tying an elephant's feet
L.; a quantity of water or a town (%{pUra} or %{pura}) L.; a small piece or
quantity of anything Nalac.\\' 2 (for 1. see p. 619), Vr2iddhi form of %{para}
in comp.\\3 m.= %{pAla}, a guardian, keeper (see %{brahma-dvAra-p-}).
paarakya mfn. = %{parakIya}, belonging to another or a stranger, alien (opp. to
%{sva}), hostile Mn. MBh. &c.; m. an enemy Hit.
paaraM = limit; * = 1 mfn. (fr. {pR}; in some meanings also fr. {pRR}) bringing
across RV. v, 31, 8; n. (rarely m.) the further bank or shore or boundary, any
bank or shore, the opposite side, the end or limit of anything, the utmost reach
or fullest extent RV. &c. &c. ({dUre4 pAre4}, at the farthest ends RV.;
{pAraM-gam} &c. with gen. or loc., to reach the end, go through, fulfil, carry
out [as a promise], study or learn thoroughly [as a science] MBh. R. &c.;
{paraM-nI}, to bring to a close, Yaljñ.); a kind of Tushthi (s.v.), Sânkhyas.
Sch.; m. crossing (see {duS-} and {su-}); quicksilver L.; a partic.
personification SâmavBr. Gaut.; N. of a sage MârkP.; of a son of Priithu-shena
(Rucira7s'va) and father of Nîpa Hariv.; of a sñson of Samara and fñfather of
Priithu ib.; of a son of Anga, and fñfather of Divi-ratha VP.; (pl.) of a class
of deities under the 9th Manu BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of a river (said to flow from
the Pâriyâtra mountains or the central and western portion of the Vindhya chain)
MBh. Pur.; ({I}) f. a milk-pail S'is'.; any cup or drinking vessel Vcar. Râjat.;
pollen L.; a rope for tying an elephant's feet L.; a quantity of water or a town
({pUra} or {pura}) L.; a small piece or quantity of anything Nalac.\\* = 2 (for
1. see p. 619), Vriiddhi form of {para} in comp.\\* = 3 m.= {pAla}, a guardian,
keeper (see {brahma-dvAra-p-}).
paarameshthha * =m. (fr. {parame-SThin}) patr. of Narada MBh.; {-SThya} mfn.
relating or belonging to or coming from the supreme god (Brahmâ) MBh. Hariv.
Pur.; relating to a king, royal (cf. below); m. patr. of Nârada MBh. (v.l.
{-STha}); n. highest position, supremacy AitBr. MBh. Pur.; pl. the royal
insignia BhP.
paaraMpaarika = traditional
paaradarshaka = (adj) transparent, clear
paarameshhTya = supreme rulership
paarata* = m. (cf. 2. {pArada}) quicksilver Kathâs. xxxvii, 232; pl. N. of a
people Var. (also {-taka} v.l. in VP.)
paaraayaNa * = n. going over, reading through, perusing, studying, RPra1t
A1past.; (esp.) reading a Pura1n2a or causing it to be read W.; the whole,
totality MBh. xiii, 2701 Pa1n2. 3-2, 130 Sch.; (esp.) complete text, cñcausing
collection of (cf. %{dkAtu-pñperusing@nAma-p-}); N. of a gram. wk. (abridged fr.
%{dhAtu-p-}); (%{I}) f. (L.) action; meditation; light; N. of the goddess
Sarasvati1; %{-Na-krama} m. %{-Na-mAhAtmya} n. %{-Navidhi} m. N. of wk.;
%{-Nika} mfn. one who goes through or studies Pa1n2. 5-i, 72; m. a lecturer,
reader of the Pura1n2as W.; a pupil, scholar W.; PlN. of a partic. school of
grammarians Cat.; %{-NIya} n. N. of a grammar.
paarikha* =(fr. %{pari-khA}) g. %{palady-Adi}.
paarikheya* =mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{pari-kha}) surrounded by a ditch ib. v, 1, 17.
paarikhIya* =mfn. (fr. %{pArikha}) Pa1n2. 4-2, 141 Sch.
paarshada m. (fr. %{parSad}) an associate, companion, attendant (esp. of a god),
RamatUp. MBh. Sus3r. (pl. attendance, retinue Hariv. BhP. Lalit.) ; a member of
an assembly, spectator Prasannar. ; n. a text-book received by any partic.
grammatical school (a N. given to the Pra1tis3a1khyas) Nir. i, 17 ; N. of wk.
paarshva = the side1 * = n. (rarely m. g. %{ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. %{A} fr. 1.
%{parzu}) the region of the ribs (pl. the ribs), side, flank (either of animate
or inanimate objects) RV. &c. &c.; the side = nearness, proximity (with gen. or
ifc.; %{ayaH}, on both sides; %{am}, aside, towards; %{e}, at the side, near
[opp. to %{dura-tas}]; %{At}, away, from; by means of, through) MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
a curved knife S3Br.; a side of any square figure W.; the curve or circumference
of a wheel ib.; (only n.) a multitude of ribs, the thorax W. [622,2]; the
extremity of the fore-axle nearest the wheel to which the outside horses of a
four-horse chariot are attached L.; a fraudulent or crooked expedient L.; m. the
side horse on a chariot MBh.; N. of an ancient Buddhist teacher; (with Jainas)
N. of the 23rd Arhat of the present Ava-sarpin2i1 and of his servant; (du.)
heaven and earth L.; mfn. near, proximate (cf. comp. below).
paarshva\-dhanuraasana = the sideways bow posture
paarshva\-shirshhaasana = the headstand posture
paarshva\-sarvaangaasana = the sideways shoulderstand posture
paarshva\-halaasana = the lateral plough posture
paarshvaakakaasana = the sideways crow posture
paarshhNiH = (m) heel
paars'va * = n. (rarely m. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A} fr. 1. {parzu}) the
region of the ribs (pl. the ribs), side, flank (either of animate or inanimate
objects) RV. &c. &c.; the side = nearness, proximity (with gen. or ifc.; {ayaH},
on both sides; {am}, aside, towards; {e}, at the side, near [opp. to
{dura-tas}]; {At}, away, from; by means of, through) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a curved
knife S'Br.; a side of any square figure W.; the curve or circumference of a
wheel ib.; (only n.) a multitude of ribs, the thorax W. [622, 2]; the extremity
of the fore-axle nearest the wheel to which the outside horses of a four-horse
chariot are attached L.; a fraudulent or crooked expedient L.; m. the side horse
on a chariot MBh.; N. of an ancient Buddhist teacher; (with Jainas) N. of the
23rd Arhat of the present Ava-sarpinî and of his servant; (du.) heaven and earth
L.; mfn. near, proximate (cf. comp. below).
paashaNDa * mf({I})n. (wrongly spelt {pAkhaNDa}) heretical, impious MBh. Pur.;
m. a heretic, hypocrite, impostor, any one who falsely assumes the
characteristics of an orthodox Hindû, a Jaina, Buddhist ib. &c.; m. or n. false
doctrine, heresy Mn. BhP.
paas'a *= m. (once n. ifc. f. %{A} ; fr. 3. %{paz}) a snare, trap, noose, tie,
bond, cord, chain, fetter (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c. ; (esp.) the noose as
attribute of Siva or Yama RTL. 81 ; 290 ; (with Jainas) anything that binds or
fetters the soul i.e. the outer world, nature Sarvad. (cf. also RTL. 89) ;
selvage, edge, border (of anything woven), S3rGr2S. ; a die, dice MBh. ; (in
astrol.) a partic. constellation ; (ifc. it expresses either contempt e.g.
%{chattra-p-}, a shabby umbrella "', or 0admiration e.g. %{karNa-p-}, `" a
beautiful ear "' ; after a word signifying, hair "' abundance, quantity e.g.
%{keza-p-}, `" a mass of hair "') ; (%{I}) f. a rope, fetter Sis3. xviii, 57
(cf. also 2. %{pAzI}).
paarshada* = m. (fr. {parSad}) an associate, companion, attendant (esp. of a
god), RamatUp. MBh. Sus'r. (pl. attendance, retinue Hariv. BhP. Lalit.); a
member of an assembly, spectator Prasannar.; n. a text-book received by any
partic. grammatical school (a N. given to the Prâtis'âkhyas) Nir. i, 17; N. of
wk.
paartha = O son of Pritha* = 1 m. (fr. {pRthi}) patr. of Tânva RAnukr.; n. N. of
12 sacred texts (ascribed to Priithi Vainya and repeated during the ceremony of
unction in the Râja-sûya sacrifice) Br. KâtyS'rS.; of sev. Sâmans Br. Lâthy. \\
=2 m. (fr. {pRthA}) metron. of Yudhi-shthhira or Bhîma-sena or Arjuna (esp. of
the last; pl. the 5 sons of Pânu) MBh. (cf. IW. 381 n. 4); N. of a king of
Kas'rriira (son of Pangu) and of another man Râjat.; Terminalia Arjuna L.\\* =3
m.= {pArthiva}, a prince, king L. \\* =4 or {pArthona} m. (in astron.) = $ as
(the Virgo of the zodiac).
paarthaH = Arjuna
paarthasya = and Arjuna
paarthaaya = unto Arjuna
paarthiva* = mf({I} or {A}; cf. Pân. 4-1, 85, Varit. 2) u. (fr. {pRthivI} f. of
{pRthu}) earthen, earthy, earthly, being in or relating to or coming from the
earth, terrestrial RV. &c. &c.; (from m. below) fit for kings or princes, royal,
princely MBh. Hariv.; m. an inhabitant of the earth RV. AV.; a lord of the
earth, king, prince, warrior Mn. MBh. &c.; an earthen vessel L.; a partic. Agni
Griihyâs.; the 19th (or 53rd) year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years Var.; (pl.) N.
of a family belonging to the Kaus'likas Hariv.; ({I}) f. `" earth-born "'N. of
Sîtâ Ragh.; of Lakshmî L.; (with {zAnti}) N. of wk.; n. (pl.) the regions of the
earth RV.; an earthy substance Hariv. (v.l. {-thavi}) Sus'r.; Tabernaemontana
Coronaria L.
paarthivatva* = n. the dignity or rank of king, royalty MBh.
paarthivesvara * = m. id.; {-cintAmaNi}, ni. ({Ni-paddhati} f.), {pUjanavidhi}
and. {-pUjA-vidhi} m. N. of wks
paarushhyaM = harshness
paarvaNa * = :mf({I})n. (fr. {parvan}) belonging or relating to a division of
time or to the changes of the moon (such as at new or full moon); increasing,
waxing, full (as the moon; {parvaNau zazi-divAkarau}, mñmoon and sun at the time
of full mñmoon Ragh. xi, 82) GriS'rS. Kâv. Pur. &c.; m. a halfmonth (= {pakSa})
Jyot.; oblations offered at new and full moon GriS.
paarvata * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{parvata}) being in or growing on or coming from
or consisting of mountains ; mountainous, hilly MBh. Hariv. Pur. (cf. Pa1n2.
4-2, 67, 8ch.) ; m. Melia Bukayun L. ; (%{I}) f. see below.
paary-antika * =mf({I})n. ({-anta}) final, concluding, last MW.
paashaM = rope/ties
paas'aNDa* = mf({I})n. (wrongly spelt {pAkhaNDa}) heretical, impious MBh. Pur.;
m. a heretic, hypocrite, impostor, any one who falsely assumes the
characteristics of an orthodox Hindû, a Jaina, Buddhist ib. &c.; m. or n. false
doctrine, heresy Mn. BhP.
paashaasana = the noose posture
paas'a * = m. (once n. ifc. f. {A}; fr. 3. {paz}) a snare, trap, noose, tie,
bond, cord, chain, fetter (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c.; (esp.) the noose as
attribute of Siva or Yama RTL. 81; 290; (with Jainas) anything that binds or
fetters the soul i.e. the outer world, nature Sarvad. (cf. also RTL. 89);
selvage, edge, border (of anything woven), S'rGriS.; a die, dice MBh.; (in
astrol.) a partic. constellation; (ifc. it expresses either contempt e.g.
{chattra-p-}, a shabby umbrella "', or 0admiration e.g. {karNa-p-}, `" a
beautiful ear "'; after a word signifying, hair "' abundance, quantity e.g.
{keza-p-}, `" a mass of hair "'); ({I}) f. a rope, fetter Sis'. xviii, 57 (cf.
also 2. {pAzI}).
paaTa* =1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 616, col. 3) watched, protected, preserved L. \\m.
( {paT}) breadth, expanse, extension L.; (in geom.) the intersection of a
prolonged side and perpendicular or the figure formed by such an intersection
Col.; = {vAdya-tUrA7tkara} Vikr. iv, 13/14 Sch.; ({A4}) f. a species of plant
AV. Kaus'. (cf. {pAThA}); regular order, series, succession W.; ({I}) f. see
{pATI}. \\ 2 m. (for 1. see under 3. {pA}) flying, mode of flying, flight MBh.;
throwing one's self or falling into (loc.) or from (abl.), fall, downfall (also
ifc. after what would be a gen. or abl. &c. e.g., {gRha-}, fall of a house;
{parvata-}, fall from a mountain; {bhU-}, fall on the earth) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.;
alighting, descending or causing to descend, casting or throwing upon, cast,
fall (of a thunderbolt), throw, shot MBh. R. Pañcat.; a stroke (of a sword &c.)
Kathâs.; application (of ointment, of a knife &c.) Kâvya7d.; casting or
directing (a look or glance of the eyes) Ragh.; decay of the body ({deha-pAta}),
death Kathâs. Bâdar.; (with {garbhasya}) fall of the fetus, miscarriage Sus'r.;
an attack, incursion Var.; a cass, possibility, S'ankhBr.; happening,
occurrence, appearance Prab. Kathâs. Das'ar.; a fault, error, mistake Sûryas.;
the node in a planet's orbit ib. (cf. IW. 179); a malignant aspect ib.; N. of
Râhu L.; pl. N. of a school of the Yajur-veda ib.
paataka* = mfn. causing to fall (see {garbha-}); n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {A}), `"
that which causes to fall or sink "', sin, crime, loss of caste GriS'rS. Mn.
MBh. &c.
pata * = m. flying, falling (cf. g. {pacA7di} and {jvalA7di}). \\ pata * = 2
mfn. well fed (= {puSTa}) L.
paati * = m.= {pati}, a master, lord, husband Un. v, 5 Sch.
paathii * f. arithmetic, Bîjag.; a species of plant L.
paatha* = m. = {patha} g. {jvalA7di}; fire L.; the sun L.; n. water L.; N. of 2
Sâmans ÂrshBr.
paathha* = m. ( {paTh}) recitation, recital Kâv.; reading, perusal, study (esp.
of sacred texts) S'iksh. &c.; a partic. method of reciting the text of the Veda
(of which there are 5, viz. Sanhitâ, Pada, Krama, Jathâ and Ghana RTL. 409); the
text of a book, SrS. MBh.; the reading (of a text) Naish. Sch.; = {dhAtu-pA7Tha}
Vop.; ({A}) f. Clypea Hernandifolia L.
paathaka* = m. a splitter, divider Hariv.; (only L.) the half or any part or a
kind of village; a shore, bank; a flight of steps leading to the water; a kind
of musical instrument; a long span (= {mahA-kiSku}) [615,1]; expense or loss of
capital or stock; throwing dice; ({ikA}) f. see {dina-pATikA}.
paathava* = m. (fr. {paTu}) a son or deseendant or pupil of Pathu S'Br. Pravar.
(cf. Pân. 4-2, 119 Sch.); mfn. clever, sharp, dexterous W.; n. sharpness,
intensity Sus'r. Tattvas.; skill, cleverness in (loc.) Kâv. Râjat. Hit.;
quickness, precipitation in (comp.) Kathâs.; health L.
paathalam.h = (n) rose flower
paathhayati = (1 pp, causative) to teach
paathhashaalaa = (f) school
paathhiinaH = (m) prawns
paathhyakrama = syllabus
paatakaM = sinful reactions
paatakamuula = adj. essentially criminal
paataJNjalii = author of the Yoga Sutras
paataala = nether-world
paaThya * = mfn. to be recited R. Sa1h.; to be taught, needing instruction BhP.
paatita = taken down
paatra * = n. (ifc. f. %{A}) a drinking-vessel, goblet, bowl, cup, dish, pot,
plate, utensil &c., any vessel or receptacle RV. &c. &c. ; a meal (as placed on
a dish) TS. AitBr. ; the channel of a river R. Ka1d. [613,1] ; (met.) a capable
or competent person, an adept in, master of (gen.), any one worthy of or fit for
or abounding in (gen. loc., inf. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; an actor or an
actor's part or character in a play Ka1lid. Sa1h. ; a leaf L. (cf. %{pattra}) ;
propriety, fitness W. ; an order, command ib. ; m. or n. a measure of capacity
(= 1 A1d2haka) AV. S3Br. S3rS. ; a king's counsellor or minister Ra1jat.
Pan5car. ; (%{I}) f. see 1. %{pAtrI}.
paatu = may he protect
paatra = vessel
paatre = to a suitable person
paathI*= f. arithmetic, Bîjag.; a species of plant L.
paavaka = gold
paavakaH = fire
paavana* = mf({I})n. purifying, purificatory; pure, holy Mn. MBh. &c.; living on
wind Nîlak.; m. a partic. fire Kull. on Mn.iii, 185; fire L.; incense L.; a
species of Verbesina with yellow flowers L.; a Siddha (s.v.) L.; N. of Vyâsa L.;
of one of the Vis've Devâh MBh.; of a son of Kriishna BhP.; ({I}) f. Terminalia
Chebula L.; holy basil L.; a cow L.; N. of a river MBh. R.; the Ganges or the
goddess Gangâ W.; n. the act or a means of cleansing or purifying, purification,
sanctification Mn. MBh. &c.; penance, atonement L.; watee L.; cow-dung L.; the
seed of Elaeocarpus Ganitrus (of which rosaries are made) L.; Costus Speciosus
L.; a sectarial mark L.; = {adhyAsa} L.
paavanaani = purifying
paavitra* = n. a kind of metre Col. (w.r. for {pav-}?). [623,
paati*= m.= {pati}, a master, lord, husband Un. v, 5 Sch.
paavita* = mfn. (fr. {pU}, Caus.) cleansed, purified Mn. MBh. &
pachati = (1 pp) to cook
pachanti = prepare food
pachaami = I digest
pachyante = are cooked?
pada = step * = pada n. (rarely m.) a step, pace, stride; a footstep, trace,
vestige, mark, the foot itself. RV. &c. &c. ({padena}, on foot; {pade pade}, at
every step, everywhere, on every occasion; {trINi padAni viSNoH}, the three
steps or footprints of Vishnu [i.e. the earth, the air, and the sky; cf. RV. i,
154, 5 Vikr. i, 19], also N. of a constellation or according to some `" the
space between the eyebrows "'; sg. {viSNoH padam}N. of a locality; {padaM-dA},
{padAt padaM-gam} or {cal}, to make a step move on; {padaM-kR}, with loc. to set
foot in or on, to enter; with {mUrdhni}, to set the foot upon the head of [gen.]
i.e. overcome; with {citte} or {hRdaye}, to take possession of any one's heart
or mind; with loc. or {prati}, to have dealings with {padaM ni-dhA} with loc.,
to set foot in = to make impression upon; with {padavyAm}, to set the foot on a
persoñs [gen. or ibc.] track, to emulate or equal; {padam ni-bandh} with loc.,
to enter or engage in); a sign, token, characteristic MBh. Kathâs. Pur.; a
footing, standpoint; position rank station, site, abode, home RV. &c. &c.
({padam A-tan}, to spread or extend one's position; {padAt padam bhrAmayitvA},
having caused to wander from place to place); a business affair, matter, object
or cause of (gen. or comp.) Kâv. Pañc. &c.; a pretext L.; a part, portion,
division (cf. {dvi-}, {tri-}); a square on a chess-board R.; a plot of ground
Inscr.; the foot as a measure of length (= 12 or 15 fingers "' breadth, or 1/2
or 1/3 or 3/7 of a Prakrama) KâtyS'r.; a ray of light (m. L.); a portion of a
verse, quarter or line of a stanza RV. &c. &c.; a word or an inflected word or
the stem of a noun in the middle cases and before some Taddhitas Pân. 1-4, 14
&c. [583, 2]; = {pada-pATha} Prât.; common N. of the P. and Â. Cat.; any one in
a set of numbers the sum of which is required; a period in an arithmetical
progression Col.; a square root Sûryas.; a quadrant ib.; protection L. [Cf. Gk.
$; &179282[583, 2] Lat. {peda}; {op-pidum} for {op-pedum}.]
padaani = words or steps
padaiH = by the aphorisms
padakam.h = (n) medal
padana *= mfn. who or what goes or moves W. (cf. Pa1n2. 3-2, 150)
padaM = the step
padavii *= m. (nom. %{s}) a leader, guide, forerunner RV. AV. (cf. %{-vAya})
[583,3]; f. (nom. %{vI}) a road, path, way, track, reach, range; acc. with
%{gam}, %{yA} &c., to go the way of (cf. under %{artha-padavI}, %{ghana-},
%{pavana-}, %{mokSa-}, %{yauvana-}, %{sAdhu-}, %{smaraNa-}, %{hAsya-};
%{padam-dhA} or %{ni-dhA@padavyAm} [comp. or gen.], to tread in the footsteps of
a person i.e. imitate or rival him) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; station, situation, place,
site R. Pan5c.; %{--vI4ya} n. footsteps, track RV. x, 71, 3 (if not acc. for
%{vya4m}).paddhati * = (for %{-hati}) f. `" foot-stroke "', a way, path, course,
line Hariv. Ka1v. &c. (also %{-tI} g. %{bahv-Adi}); sign, token Ja1takam.; N. of
a class of writings (described as guide-books or manuals for partic. rites and
ceremonies and the texts relating to them) and of sev. wks.; a family N. or
title (or rather the characteristic word denoting caste or occupation in comps.
serving as proper names e.g. %{-gupta}, %{-dAsa} at the end of Vais3ya and
S3u1dra names). L.; %{-candrikA} f. %{-cintAmaNi} m. %{-prakAza} m.
%{-prakAzikA}, f. %{-bhUSaNa} n. %{-ratna} n. %{-sAra} m. N. of wks.
paddhati (for %{-hati}) f. `" foot-stroke "', a way, path, course, line Hariv.
Ka1v. &c. (also %{-tI} g. %{bahv-Adi}); sign, token Ja1takam.; N. of a class of
writings (described as guide-books or manuals for partic. rites and ceremonies
and the texts relating to them) and of sev. wks.; a family N. or title (or
rather the characteristic word denoting caste or occupation in comps. serving as
proper names e.g. %{-gupta}, %{-dAsa} at the end of Vais3ya and S3u1dra names).
L.; %{-candrikA} f. %{-cintAmaNi} m. %{-prakAza} m. %{-prakAzikA}, f.
%{-bhUSaNa} n. %{-ratna} n. %{-sAra} m. N. of wks.
padhashala = school
padma = lotus
padmaasana = the lotus posture
padmaakshaM = lotus-eyed
padmanaabha = a name of Vishnu
padmapatraM = a lotus leaf
padmaraaga m. `" lotus-hued "', a ruby L. (also %{-ka} Hcat. ; %{-ga-maya}
mf[%{I}]n. made or consisting of rubies Ka1ran2d2) ; (%{I}) f. N. of one of the
tongues of Agni Gr2ihya1s.
pakvaM = ripe
paksha = (m) political party, fortnight * = m. (ifc. f. %{A} or %{I}) a wing,
opinion (in one passage n.) RV. &c. &c.; a symbol. N. of the number two Var.
Hcat.; a feather, the feathers on both sides of an arrow (cf. %{gArdhra-p-});
the fin of a fish (cf. %{nis-tvak-p-}); the shoulder; the flank or side or the
half of anything RV. &c. &c.; the side or wing of a building AV. [573,3]; the
wing or flank of an army MBh. Hariv.; the half of a lunar month (the first half
from new moon to full moon was called %{pUrva} or %{apUryamANa}, later %{zukla}
or %{zuddha}; the other half %{apara} or %{apa-kSIyamANa}, later %{kRSNa} or
%{tAmisra}; each fortnight consists of 15 Tithis or lunar days called
%{prathamA}, %{dvitIyA} &c.) Br. Gr2S3rS. MBh. Var. &c.; a side, party, faction;
multitude, number, troop, set, class of beings; partisan, adherent, follower,
friend (%{zatru-} `" the enemy's side "' or `" a partisan of the enemy "';
%{mahA-}, `" one who has many adherents "') MBh. Ka1v. &c.; side i.e. position,
place, stead (%{-kSe} ifc. instead of or by way of) ib.; quantity (see
%{keza-}); one of two cases or one side of an argument, an alternative (%{-kSe},
`" on the other hand "', with %{atra}, `" in this case "', %{pakSA7ntare}, `" in
the other case "') Pa1n2. Sch.; a point or matter under discussion, a thesis, a
particular theory, a position advanced or an argument to be maintained (cf.
%{pUrva-}, %{uttara-}); an action or lawsuit Ya1jn5. Sch.; (in logic) the
proposition to be proved in a syllogism Tarkas. Bha1sha1p.; any supposition or
view, motion, idea, opinion (%{mukhyaH@pakSaH}, `" an excellent idea "' S3ak.
Sch.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; the sun Sa1y. on RV. iii, 53, 16; N. of sev. men VP.; (in
alg.) a primary division or the side of an equation in a primary division; the
wall of a house or any wall L.; an army L.; favour L.; contradiction, rejoinder
L.; the ash-pit of a fire-place L.; a royal elephant L.; a limb or member of the
body L.; the feathers of the tail of a peacock, a tail L.; proximity,
neighbourhood L.; a bracelet L.; purity, perfection L.; mfn. = %{pAcaka},
%{bAdhaka} Sa1y. on RV. vi, 47, 19. [Cf. OGerm. {fahs}; Angl.Sax. {feax}.]
pakshabala = Strength based on the Lunar phases. Used in Shad Bala calculations
pakshayoH = to the parties
pakshi = bird
pakshiNaaaM = of birds
pakshin.h = (masc) bird
pakshin * = mfn. winged (lit. and fig.) RV. &c.&c. ; (ifc.) taking the side of.
siding with Hariv. ; m. a bird or any winged animal RV. &c. &c. ; the bird
Garud2a as one of the 18 attendants of the Sun L. ; N. of S3iva MBh. ; a day
with the 2 nights enclosing it L. ; an arrow L. ; a partic. sacrificial act
Ta1n2d2Br. ; (%{iNI}) f. a female bird Hariv. ; (with or sc. %{rAtri}) a night
with the 2 days enclosing it Gobh. Gaut. ; the day of full moon L. ; N. of a
S3a1kini L.
pakshma = eyelid
pallava*: a sprout, shoot, twig, spray, bud, blossom (met. used for the fingers,
toes, lips &c.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a strip of cloth, scarf, lappet Kâd. Bâlar.
Râjat.; spreading, expansion L. (cf. below); strength L. (= {bala}; v.l. =
{vana}, a wood); red lac ({alakta}) L.; a bracelet L.; sexual love L.;
unsteadiness L.; m. a partic. position of the hands in dancing Cat.; a
libertine, catamine L.; a species of fish L.; pl. N. of a people MBh. Pur. (v.l.
for {pahlava}); of a race of princes Inscr.
pala = Moment* = m. (scarcely to be connected with prec.) straw L.; = {pAla} g.
{jvalA7di}; n. a partic. weight = 4 Karshas = 1/100 Tulâ (rarely m.; ifc. f.
{A}) Mn. Yâjñ. Sus'r. &c.; a partic. fluid measure Nir. xiv, 7 KâtyS'r. Sch.; a
partic. measure of time (= 1/60 Ghathî) Ganit.; flesh, meat Yâjñ. Sus'r. [Cf.
Lat. {palea}; Fr. {paille}, Lith. {pelai}.]
palaaNDuH = (m) onion
palaayituM = to run away
palitaM = ripened(grey)
pamb * = cl. 1. P. %{pambati}, to go, move Dha1tup. xi, 35 Vop.
paNava * m. (prob. fr. {pra-Nava}) a small drum or a kind of cymbal (used to
accompany singing) MBh. Kâv. (also {A} f. L.); a kind of metre Col. (v.l.
{pan-}); N. of a prince VP.
paNa = Play
paNavaanaka = small drums and kettledrums
panaparaH = Succedant houses. Houses 2, 5, 8 and 11
panasaphalam.h = (n) jackfruit
paNca = (adj) five
pañcaala m.pl. (fr. %{paJcan}; cf. %{pAtAla}) N. of a warrior-tribe and their
country in the north of India S3Br. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. %{apara-}, %{pUr}.
%{va-}); of a Vedic school S3Br. RPra1t.; (sg.) a man belonging to the tribe of
the Pan5ca1las L.; a king of the PñPan5ca1las MBh. (cf. %{pAJc-}); N. of S3iva
ib.; of a man brought by Vishvak-sena to the childless Gan2du1sha Hariv.; of a
serpent-demon L.; a partic. venomous insect MW.; n. (?) N. of a metre Col.;
(%{I}) f. a doll, puppet Ka1d.; a style of singing L.; a chequered cloth for
playing at draughts &c. W. ( see also paañcaala)
pañcan * = pl. (said to be fr. 1. %{pac}, to spread out the hand with its five
fingers; nom. acc. %{pa4Jca} AV. v, 15, 5 %{paJca4}]; instr. %{-ca4bhis}; dat.
abl. %{-ca4bhyas}; loc. %{-ca4su} [Class. also, %{-cabhis}, %{-cabhya4s},
%{-casu4} cf. Pa1n2. 6-1, 179 &c.]; gen. %{-cAnA4m}) five RV. &c. &c. (cf. under
%{indriya}, %{kRSTi}, %{carSaNi}, %{jana}, %{bhUta}, %{mAtra}, %{yajJa},
%{svasR} &c.); sg. N. of Katha1s. xiv. [Cf. Zd. {pan5can}; Gk. $, Aeol. $; Lat.
{quinque}; Lith. &177787[578,2] {penki4}; Goth. {fimf}; Germ. {fu10nf}; Angl.
Sax. {fif}; Eng. {five}.]
128 paJcat mfn. consisting of five Pa1n2. 5-1, 60.
pañcataa * = f. five foldness, fivefold state or amount Mn. viii, 151; an
aggregate or a collection of 5 things (esp.) the 5 elements, viz. earth, air,
fire, water and %{akAza} ether, and dissolution into them i.e. death (%{-tAm}
with %{gam}, %{yA} &c., to die, with %{upa-nI}, to kill) Ka1v. Sus3r. Pur.
panchamii = Fifth lunar Tithi
panchaanga = Fivefold method of forecasting. Also the name of a Vedic
Astrological Almanac. It is based upon Vara, nakshatra, Tithi, karaNa and Yoga
pañcha = five
pañchamaM = the fifth
pa.nchatva.ngaM = to die
pa.nchamaH = (Masc.Nom.S)the fifth
paNDita = learned man
paNDita* mfn. (according to some, for {spandita}) learned, wise, shrewd, clever,
skilful in, conversant with (loc. or comp.; cf. Pân. 2-1, 40) S'Br. Up. MBh.
&c.; m. a scholar, a learned man, teacher, philosopher, a Pandit MBh. Kâv. &c.;
N. of a man (= {-taka}) MBh.; of a Brâhman changed into an antelope Hariv.;
incense L.
paNDitaM = learned
paNDitaaH = the learned
paNdita = the wise man
pa.nDitaH = (Masc.nom.Sing.)learned person
paNDita* = mfn. (according to some, for {spandita}) learned, wise, shrewd,
clever, skilful in, conversant with (loc. or comp.; cf. Pân. 2-1, 40) S'Br. Up.
MBh. &c.; m. a scholar, a learned man, teacher, philosopher, a Pandit MBh. Kâv.
&c.; N. of a man (= {-taka}) MBh.; of a Brâhman changed into an antelope Hariv.;
incense L.
paNDita4-tva* = n. (Mriicch.) learning, knowledge, wisdom, cleverness, skill.
pa.ngu = cripple
pa.nka = mud
panka = mud
pankajasthiita = adj. gutter fallen
pannaga * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) `" creeping low "', a serpent or serpent-demon
Suparn. MBh. &c.; Cerasus Puddum L.; ({I}) f. see below; {-kesara} m. Mesua
Roxburghii L.; {-nAzana} m. `" sñserpent-killer "'N. of Garuda Hariv.; {-purI}
f. the city of the sñserpent-demons L.; {-bhojana} m. `" sñserpent-eater "'N. of
Garuda MBh.; {-maya} mf({I})n. formed or consisting of sñserpent Hariv.; {-rAja}
m. sñserpent-king MBh.; {--gA7ri} m. `" serpent-foe "'N. of Garuda Hariv.; of a
teacher (v.l. {-gAni}) VP.; {--gA7zana} m. = {-gabhojana} L.; {-ge7ndra} and
{--gezvara} m. `" sñserpent king "' MBh.
pansi = (m) an alternative man
pantha = sects, based on the word path
panthaH = wayfarer?
pa.nthaa = way
pa.nthaaH = (masc.Nom.Sing.) path; way
pa.nthaanaH = ways; paths
papakartariyoga = Hemmed in between 2 malefics
para = other* = 1 mf({A})n. (1. {pR}; abl. sg. m. n. {pa4rasmAt}, {-rAt}; loc.
{pa4rasmin}, {-re}; nom. pl. m. {pa4re}, {-rAs}, {-rAsas}; cf. Pân. 1-1, 34;
vii, 1, 16; 50) far, distant, remote (in space), opposite, ulterior, farther
than, beyond, on the other or farther side of, extreme; previous (in time),
former; ancient, past; later, future, next; following, succeeding, subsequent;
final, last; exceeding (in number or degree), more than; better or worse than,
superior or inferior to, best or worst, highest, supreme, chief (in the compar.
meanings [where also {-tara}], with abl., rarely gen. or ifc.; exceptionally
{paraM zatam}, more than a hundred lit. `" an excessive hñhundred, a hñhundred
with a surplus "' R. [586, 2]; {parAH koTayaH} Prab. Hcat.) RV. &c. &c.;
strange, foreign, alien, adverse, hostile ib.; other than, different from (abl.)
Prab.; left, remaining Kathâs.; concerned or anxious for (loc.) R.; m. another
(different from one's self), a foreigner, enemy, foe, adversary RV. &c. &c.; a
following letter or sound (only ifc. mfn. e.g. {ta-para}, having {t} as the
fñfollowing lñletter, followed by {t}) RPrât. Pân.; (scil. {graha}) a subsidiary
Soma-graha TS.; N. of a king of Kosala with the patr. Âthnâra Br.; of another
king MBh.; of a son of Samara Hariv.; (sc. {prAsAda}) of the palace of
Mitravindâ ib.; m. or n. the Supreme or Absolute Being, the Universal Soul Up.
R. Pur.; ({A}) f. a foreign country, abroad (?) Kathâs.; a species of plant L.;
N. of a sound in the first of its 4 stages L.; a partic. measure of time Sây.;
N. of a river MBh. VP. (v.l. {pArA}, {veNA}, {veNNA}); of a goddess (cf. s.v.)
n. remotest distance MBh.; highest point or degree ib.; final beatitude L. (also
{-taram} and {parAt para-taram}); the number 10, 000, 000, 000 (as the full age
of Brahmâ) VP.; N. of partic. Sâmans Kâthh.; any chief matter or paramount
object (ifc. [f. {A}] having as the chief object, given up to, occupied with,
engrossed in, intent upon, resting on, consisting of, serving for, synonymous
with &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.); the wider or mare extended or remoter meaning of a word
Jaim. Kull.; (in logic) genus; existence (regarded as the common property of all
things) W.; ({am}) ind. afterwards, later; (with abl.) beyond, after (e.g.
{paraM vijJAnAt}, beyond human knowledge; {astam-ayAt p-}, after sunset; {mattaH
p-}, after me; {ataH p-} or {param ataH}, after this, farther on, hereafter,
next; {itaH p-}, henceforward, from now; {tataH p-} or {tataz ca p-}, after
that, thereupon; {nA7smAt p-} [for {mA7sm-p-}], no more of this, enough) MBh.
Kâv. &c.; in a high degree, excessively, greatly, completely ib.; rather, most
willingly, by all means ib.; I will, so be it DivyA7v.; at the most, at the
utmost, merely, no more than, nothing but ib.; but, however, otherwise ({paraM
tu} or {paraM kiM tu} id.; {yadi p-}, if at all, perhaps, at any rate; {na-p-},
not-but; {na pñparaM-api}, not only-but also; {pñparaM na-api na}, not only
not-but not even; {na pñparaM-yAvat}, not only-but even) ib.; ({pa4reNa}) ind.
farther, beyond, past (with acc.) RV. &c. &c.; thereupon, afterwards, later
than, after (with abl.or gen.). Mn. MBh. &c.; ({pare4}) ind. later, farther, in
future, afterwards RV. MBh. Kâv. [Cf. Zd. {para}; Gk. $; Lat. {peren-die}; Goth.
&180201[586, 2] {fai4rra}; Germ. {fern}; Eng. {far} and {fore}.]
paraa* = (for 1. see col. 1). ind. away, off, aside, along, on, (Lat. {per}; it
occurs only in {-taram} and {-vat}, and as a prefix to nouns and verbs; it is
prob. akin to {para}, {paras}, {pra}.)
paraadhiina *= mf(%{A})n. = %{-ra-vaza} Mn. MBh. &c. ; (ifc.) entirely engaged
in or intent upon or devoted to Ka1d. Ra1jat. ; %{-tA} f. (Ka1v.) , %{-tva} n.
(MW.) dependence upon another , subjection.
paraanta* = m. `" the last end "', death ({-kAla} m. time of dñdeath) MundUp.;
`" living at the remotest distance "'N. of a people MBh.
parAntaka* = m. a frontier DivyA7v.; pl. N. of a people L.
pa4ra-bhaava * =m. the being subsequent or second member in a compound Pat. (cf.
{-bhUta}).
paraa-bhava4 * =m. vanishing, disappearance, dissolution, separation R.;
overthrow, defeat, humiliation, mortification, contempt, injury, destruction,
ruin S'Br. MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of the 40th (or 14th) year in Jupiter's cycle of 6o
years Var. (cf. {parAvasu}); {-pada} n. an object of contempt MW.
paraa-bhaava * =m. defeat, overthrow MBh.; humiliation, contempt L.
parayaa = of a high grade
paraa = beyond, higher
paraaga* m. (prob. for %{apa-r-}), the pollen of a flower Ka1v. Pur. &c.; dust
Ragh. iv, 30; fragrant powder used after bathing L.; sandal L.; an eclipse of
the sun or moon L.; fame, celebrity L.; independence L.; N. of a mountain L.
paraaM = transcendental
paraakrama = valor
paraakramaH = the daring warrior
paraakramaaNaaM = of valients
paraamars'a * = m. seizing, pulling (%{keza-}, by the hair) MBh.; bending or
drawing (of a bow) R.; violation, injury, assault, attack MBh. R. Ka1d.;
affection (by disease &c.) Ma1rkP.; remembrance, recollection Veda7ntas.;
referring or pointing tñtouched Sa1h.; reflection, consideration, judgment MBh.
Bha1sha1p.; (in logic) inference, conclusion, drawing conclusions from analogy
or experience, knowledge of the minor premiss in its connection with the major;
N. of wk.; %{-kAraNapakSatA-vAda} m. %{-karya-kAraNa-bhAva-vicAra} m.
%{-grantha} m. %{-grantha-rahasya} n. %{-TippanI} f.
%{-pUrva-pakSa-grantka-TIkA} f. (%{-thakroDa} m. %{-tha-dIdhiti-TIkA} f.
%{-tha-prakAza} m. %{-tha-vivecana} n. %{-thA7nugama} m.),
%{-pUrvapakSa-rahasya} n. %{-rahasya} n. %{-vAda} m. %{-vAdA7rtha} m. %{-vicAra}
m. %{-siddhA7nta-grantha-TIkA} f. (%{-tha-kroDa} m. %{-tha-prakAza} m.
%{-tha-vivecana} n. %{-thA7loka}, m.), %{-siddhA7nta-rahasya} n.
%{-hetutA-vicAra} m. N. of wks. [590,3]
paraangmukhii = facing inwards, *V because of nondevotees, who refused their
prayers,
paraaNi = superior
paraardha = other end
paraardha* = m. the more remote or opposite side or half. Br. KathhUp. MBh.; mn.
the highest number (100, 000 billions) VS. TS. MBh. &c.; the number of mortal
days corresponding to 50 years of Brahmâ's life Pur.; (as mfn. w.r. for
{-dhya}.)
paraashara = Maharishi Parashar(a). One of the Fathers of Vedic Astrology.
Author of the text which is the basis for the most commonly used Astrological
System in India
paraasya* = or mfn. to be thrown away S'Br.
paraasya* = mfn. to be thrown away S'Br.
paraayaNaM = the one to be worshipped
paraayaNaH = being so destined
paraayaNa* = n. (for 2. see p. 590, col. 3) final end or aim, last resort or
refuge, principal object, chief matter, essence, summary (%{-NaM-kR}, to do
one's utmost) S3Br. Up. MBh. &c.; (in medic.) a universal medicine, panacea
Car.; a religious order or division W.; (ifc.; f. %{A}) making anything one's
chief object, wholly devoted or destined to, engaged in, intent upon, filled or
occupied with, affected or possessed by (%{-tA} f. Das3.) Mn. MBh. &c.;
mf(%{A})n. violent, strong (as pain) MBh. i, 8367 (Ni1lak.); principal, being
the chief object or final aim ib.; dependent on (gen.) R.; leading or conducive
to (gen.) MBh.; m. N. of a pupil of Ya1jn5avalkya Va1yuP.; %{-vat} mfn.
occupying the principal point, most elevated MBh.\\ 2 n. (%{parA} + %{i}) going
away, departure or way of departure, final end, last resort RV. AV. S3Br. (cf.
1. %{parA7yaNa}, p. 587).
paraayaNaaH = so inclined
parabhaava * =mf({A})n. loving another MBh. -2.
paradesha = foreign land, foreign country
paradesha-sahama = Sensitive point related to foreign travel
paradharmaH = duties prescribed for others
paradharmaat.h = than duties mentioned for others
paraH = in the next life
parahaste = (loc.sing.) in other persoñs hand
parahyaH = day before yesterday
paraM = better
param, tato * = afterwards, at another time AitBr. vii, 17, 4; [cf. $,$],
parama * = mf(%{A})n. (superl. of %{pa4ra}) most distant, remotest, extreme,
last RV. &c. &c. ; chief, highest, primary, most prominent or conspicuous ;
best, most excellent, worst (%{-meNa@cetasA}, with all the heart ;
%{-ma-kaNThena}, `" with all the throat "', roaring, speaking aloud) ib. ; (with
abl.) superior or inferior to, better or worse than MBh. R. ; m. N. of 2 authors
Cat. ; n. highest point, extreme limit (%{catur-viMzati-p-}, at the utmost 24)
MBh. &c. ; chief part or matter or object (ifc. f. %{A} = consisting chiefly of,
completely occupied with or devoted to or intent upon) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
(%{am}) ind. yes, very well ; (also %{parama-} in comp. ; see below) very much,
excessively, excellently, in the highest degree MBh. Ka1v. &c.
paramaa = greatest
paramaaH = the highest goal of life
paramaaM = the supreme
paramaaNu * = m. an infinitesimal particle or atom (30 are said to form a mote
in a sun-beam) Ya1jn5. Yogas. MBh. &c. (cf. %{bhRtya-p-}); the passing of a
sun-beam past an atom of matter Pur.; n. 1/8 of a Ma1tra1 VPra1t.;
%{-kAraNa-vAda} m. the atomistic system of the Vais3eshikas, Sam2k.; %{-tA} f.
infinite minuteness, the state of an atom Ragh. BhP.; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n.
consisting merely of atoms BhP.; %{-Nv-aGgaka} m. `" subtle-bodied "'N. of
Vishn2u L. 1.
paramaatma = the Supersoul
paramaatman.h = The soul within the Divine sphere
paramaatmaa = the supreme spirit
paramaananda = one who leads to the greatest happiness
parama * = mf(%{A})n. (superl. of %{pa4ra}) most distant, remotest, extreme,
last RV. &c. &c.; chief, highest, primary, most prominent or conspicuous; best,
most excellent, worst (%{-meNa@cetasA}, with all the heart; %{-ma-kaNThena}, `"
with all the throat "', roaring, speaking aloud) ib.; (with abl.) superior or
inferior to, better or worse than MBh. R.; m. N. of 2 authors Cat.; n. highest
point, extreme limit (%{catur-viMzati-p-}, at the utmost 24) MBh. &c.; chief
part or matter or object (ifc. f. %{A} = consisting chiefly of, completely
occupied with or devoted to or intent upon) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (%{am}) ind.
yes, very well; (also %{parama-} in comp.; see below) very much, excessively,
excellently, in the highest degree MBh. Ka1v. &c.
// paarama Vr2iddhi form of %{parama} in comp.
paraM tu* = though - still
para.ntapa = O chastiser of the enemies
paraMparaa = tradition
parama = highest, the utmost, most excellent
paramaM = supreme
paramaH = perfect
paramaha.nsa = a highest spiritual/discriminatory state(from Swan)
paramesha = God
parameshthhin *= mfn. standing at the head, highest, chief, principal AV. &c.
&c. ; m. N. of any supreme being, of Agni AV. ; of Praja1-pati ib. &c. ; a son
of PrñPraja1-pati Br. ; of Brahma1 MBh. ; of S3iva ib. ; of Vishn2u Ragh. ; of
Garud2a MBh. ; of Manu Cakshus Ma1rkP. ; (with Jainas) = %{-SThi} L. ; the
teacher of the tñteacher of any one's tñteacher L. ; a kind of Vira1j RPra1t. ;
a kind of ammonite L. ; N. of a son of Aja-mi1d2ha MBh. ; of a son of
Indradyumna (Devadyumna) Pur. ; du. Vishn2u and S3ri1 BhP. ; (%{nI}) f. Ruta
Graveolens L. [589,1]
parameshvara = O Supreme Lord
parameshvaraM = the Supersoul
parameshhvaasaH = the great archer
parameshthhin * mfn. standing at the head, highest, chief, principal AV. &c.
&c.; m. N. of any supreme being, of Agni AV.; of Prajâ-pati ib. &c.; a son of
PrñPrajâ-pati Br.; of Brahmâ MBh.; of S'iva ib.; of Vishnu Ragh.; of Garuda
MBh.; of Manu Cakshus MârkP.; (with Jainas) = {-SThi} L.; the teacher of the
tñteacher of any one's tñteacher L.; a kind of Virâj RPrât.; a kind of ammonite
L.; N. of a son of Aja-mîdha MBh.; of a son of Indradyumna (Devadyumna) Pur.;
du. Vishnu and S'rî BhP.; ({nI}) f. Ruta Graveolens L. [589, 1]
parameshthhi * = m. a superior or a chief god of the Jainas S'atr.; {-tA} f.
supremacy, superiority TândBr.
parameshthhi4na * == {-SThi4n} AV. xix, 9, 4.
parame-shthha * =mfn. standing at the top, supreme, superior Pân. 8-3, 97; m. N.
of Brahma or any supreme deity W.; ({A}) f. a kind of metre L.
paramparaa = by disciplic succession
parantapa = O Arjuna, subduer of the enemies
parantapaH = the chastiser of the enemies
para-piiDaa = harrasment of others
paraspara * = (fr. nom. sg. m. of %{para} + %{para}; cf. %{anyo'nya}) mf(%{A})n.
mutual, each other's Bhat2t2.; pl. like one another MBh. xii, 2420; (mostly in
the oblique cases of m. sg. %{-am}, %{eNa}, %{At}, %{asya}) ind. one another,
each other, with or from one another, one another's, mutually, reciprocally Mn.
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; so also ibc. (cf. below); rarely ifc. e.g.
%{avijJAta-parasparaiH}, `" not knowing each other "' Ragh. xvii, 51.
paraprakaashita = reflectively illumined like planets or moonparashuH = (m) axe
parashuraama = sixth incarnation of Vishnu
parashvaH = day after tomorrow
paras'vadha *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}) a hatchet, axe MBh. Var. Ka1v. &c. (also
written %{parasv-})
parastaat.h = transcendental
paraspara = mutually
parasparaM = mutually
paras'u * = m. a hatchet, axe, the axe of a woodcutter; (Naigh. ii, 20) a
thunderbolt RV. &c. &c.; N. of a king MBh.; w.r. for {parzu} q.v. [Cf. Gk. $,
&181040[589, 2] &c.]
parasya = to others
parataa* = f. highest degree, absoluteness, (ifc.) the being quite devoted to or
intent upon Bhâshâp. Râjat.
parataH = superior
parataraM = superior
parataraH = later
paratra ind. elsewhere, in another place, in a future state or world, hereafter
Mn. MBh. &c.; below i.e. in the sequel (of a book) Vop. Sch.; %{-bhIru} m. `"
one who stands in awe of futurity "', a pious or religious man W.
pare = in the lofty;high;supreme
pareta * = mfn. departed, deceased, dead RV. AV. Ya1jn5.; m. a kind of spectre,
a ghost, spirit L.; %{-kalpa} mfn. almost dead R.; %{-bhartR} m. `" lord of the
departed "'N. of Yama S3is3.; %{-bhUmi} f. `" place of the dñdeparted "', a
cemetery Kum.; %{-rAj} (L.), %{-rAja} (Naish.) m. = %{-bhartR} L.; %{-tA7carita}
mfn. frequented or inhabited by the dñdeparted Das3.; %{-tA7vAsa} m. = %{-bhUmi}
ib.
paretara * = mfn. other than hostile, faithful, friendly Kir. i, 14.
pari = sufficiently
pari * = round, around, about, round about; fully, abundantly, richly (esp. ibc.
[where also {parI}] to express fulness or high degree) RV. &c. &c.; as a prep.
(with acc.) about (in space and time) RV. AV.; against, opposite to, in the
direction of, towards, to ib. (cf. Pân. 1-4, 90; also at the beginning of a
comp. mfn.; cf. ib. ii, 2, 18 Vârtt. 4 Pat. and {pary-adhyayana}); beyond, more
than AV.; to the share of (with {as}, or {bhU}, to fall to a persoñs lot) Pân.
1-4, 90; successively, severally (e.g. {vRkSam pari siJcati}, he waters tree
after tree) ib.; (with abl.) from, away from, out of RV. AV. S'Br. (cf. Pân.
1-4, 93); outside of, except Pân. 1-4, 88 Kâs'. (often repeated ib. viii, 1, 5;
also at the beginning or the end of an ind. comp. ib. ii, 1, 12); after the
lapse of Mn.iii, 119 MBh. xiii, 4672 (some read {parisaMvatsarAt}); in
consequence or on account or for the sake of RV. AV.; according to (esp.
{dha4rmaNas pa4ri}, according to ordinance or in conformity with law or right)
RV. [Cf. Zd. {pairi}; Gk. $.] &181611[591, 2]
parI * =2 ({pari-i}) P. {pary-eti} (Impv. {parI7hi} MBh.; Pot. {pa4rtyAm} TS.;
impf. {paryait} S'Br.; pf. {pa4rI7yAya} TS.; fut. {pary-etA} ChUp.; ind. p.
{parI7tya} PârGri.; {pary-AyaM} Br.; inf. {pa4ry-etave} RV.), to go about, move
in a circle; (trans.) to go or flow round (acc.), circumambulate, surround,
include, grasp, span RV. &c. &c.; to run against or into, reach, attain AV.
S'Br. ChUp.; (with or sc. {manasA}) to perceive, ponder MBh. R.: Intens. Â.
{pa4rI7yate}, to move round or in a circle RV.
pari+aT.h = to tour
paribhaashaa * = f. speech, discourse, words MBh. BhP.; blame, censure, reproof
(only pl.) Pat. Ba1lar.; any explanatory rule or general definition, (in gram.)
a rule or maxim which teaches the proper interpretation or application of other
rules Pa1n2.; (in medic.) prognosis; a table or list of abbreviations or signs
used in any work; (also pl.) N. of sev. wks.; %{-kroDa-pattra} n. %{--Gka-sUtra}
(%{-SA7Gk-}) n. %{-chando-maJjarI} f. %{-TIkA} f. %{-prakaraNa} n. %{-prakAza}
m. %{-prakAzikA} f. %{-pradIpa} m. %{-pradIpA7rcis} n. %{-bhASya-sUtra} n.
%{-bhAskara} m. %{-maJjarI} f. %{-rahasya} n. %{--rtha-maJjarI} (%{-SA7rth-}) f.
%{--rtha-saMgraha} (%{-SA7rth-}) m. %{-viveka} m. %{-vizeSa} m. %{-vRtti} f.
%{-ziromaNi} m. %{-saMgraha} m. %{-sAra} m. %{-sAra-saMgraha} m. %{-sUtra} n.
%{-Se7ndu-bhAskara} m. %{-Se7ndu-zekhara} m. %{-Se7ndu-zekharasaMgraha} m.
%{-So7paskAra} m. N. of wks. [598,2]
paribhaavaya = deem well/visualise
paribhava* = m. insult, injury, humiliation, contempt, disgrace MBh. Kâv. &c.;
{-pada} n. an object or occasion of contempt Kâlid. Hit.; {-vidhi} m.
humiliation, S'riingâr.; {-vA7zpada} n. = {-va-pada} Vikr. MârkP.
paribhaava* = (also {pari-bh-}) m. contempt Pañc. i, 258/259 (B. {-bhava}
paribhU * = P. A1. %{-bhavati}, %{-te} (pf. %{-babhUva}, %{-bhUtha}, %{-bhUvuH}
RV. ; aor. %{-abhUvan}, %{-bhuvat} ; Subj. %{-bhUtas}, %{-bhUthas} ib. ; Impv.
%{-bhUtu} ib. ; Ved. inf. %{-bhve4} ib. ; ind. p. %{-bhUya} MBh. Ka1v. &c.:
Pass. %{-bhUyate} R. ; fut. %{-bhaviSyate} Bhat2t2.), to be round anything,
surround, enclose, contain RV. AV. Br. ; to go or fly round, accompany, attend
to, take care of, guide, govern RV. AV. ; to be superior, excel, surpass,
subdue, conquer RV. &c. &c. ; to pass round or over, not heed, slight, despise,
insult MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to disgrace MBh. ; to disappear, be lost (= %{parA-bhU})
ib.: Caus. %{-bhAvayati}, %{-te} (ind. p. %{-bhAvya}), to spread around,
divulge, make known Uttarar. ; to surpass, exceed BhP. ; to soak, saturate,
sprinkle Sus3r. S3a1rn3gS. ; to contain, include BhP. ; to conceive, think,
consider, know, recognise as (acc.) Prab. Ra1jat. BhP. Pan5c.\\2 mfn.
surrounding, enclosing, containing, pervading, guiding, governing RV. AV. TS.
TBr. I1s3Up.
paricchada * = m. a cover, covering, garment, dress, S'ânkhS'r. MBh. &c.;
paraphernalia, external appendage, insignia of royalty R.; goods and chattels,
personal property, furniture Mn. MBh. &c.; retinue, train, attendants,
necessaries for travelling MBh. Kâv. &c.; ifc. = {-cchad} S'ânkhS'r. MBh. Hariv.
&c.
paricchanda * = m. train, retinue L.
paricchanna * = mfn. covered, clad, veiled, concealed, disguised MBh. R. Hit.
&c.
paricchad * = ( {chad}), Caus. {-cchAdayati} (ind. p. {-cchAdya}), to envelop,
cover, conceal MBh. Pañc.
paricchad * = mfn. furnished or provided or adorned with (comp.) Ragh. i, 19.
parichaya = familiarity
parichayaat.h = (masc.abl.sing.) from familiarity; from knowing the facts
paricharya = service
parichakshate = is called
parichintayan.h = thinking of
parichhinna = precise (literally, cut around)
paridahyate = is burning
paridevanaa = lamentation
parigIta *= mfn. sung, celebrated, proclaimed, declared MBh. BhP.
parigrah *= P. A1. %{-gRhNAti}, %{-NIte} (Impv. 2. sg. %{-gRhANa} MBh. Ka1lid. ;
impf. %{-agRhNAH} RV. ; 3. sg. %{-agRhNat} TS. ; 3. pl. %{-agRhNan} AV. ; A1.
%{-agRhNanta} MBh. ; pf. 1. sg. %{-jagra4bha} RV. ; 3. sg. %{-jagrAha} MBh. &c.
; ind. p. %{-gRhya} S3Br. MBh. Ka1v. &c.), to take hold of on both sides,
embrace, surround, enfold, envelop VS. AV. Br. MBh. &c. ; to fence round, hedge
round TS. AV. S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. ; to occupy on both sides (%{sarasvatIm}) MBh. ;
to seize, clutch, grasp, catch ib. ; to put on, wear (as a dress or ornament)
ib. ; to take or carry along with one ib. Ka1v. &c. ; to take possession of,
master, overpower RV. AV. Br. Var. ; to take (in war), take prisoner, conquer
MBh. ; to take (food) S3Br. ; to receive, (also as a guest) accept ib. MBh.
S3ak. BhP. ; to take, adopt, conform to, follow Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to take by
the hand, assist MBh. ; to take (a wife), marry S3ak. Pan5c. ; to surpass, excel
Mn. Prab. ; (in Ved. gram.) to enclose (%{iti}) between a word twice repeated
RPra1t. (cf. %{pari-graha}).
parigraaha *= m. the surrounding or fencing round of the Vedi or sacrificial
altar with three lines or furrows TS.
parigraha = hoarding *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}) laying hold of on all sides,
surrounding, enclosing, fencing round (esp. the Vedi or sacrificial altar by
means of three lines or furrows) S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. &c. ; wrapping round, putting
on (a dress &c.), assuming (a form &c.) Ka1v. ; comprehending, summing up, sum,
totality, Sa1n3khBr. Mn. ; taking, accepting, receiving or anything received, 2
gift or present MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; getting, attaining, acquisition, possession,
property (ifc. `" being possessed of or furnished with "') ib. ; household,
family, attendants, retinue, the seraglio of a prince ib. ; a house, abode
Hariv. ; root, origin, foundation MBh. ; admittance (into one's house),
hospitable reception Mn. MBh. R. Ka1ran2d2. ; taking (a wife), marrying,
marriage Mn. MBh. &c. ; a wife (also collect.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; choice,
selection ib. ; understanding, conception Pa1n2. Sch. ; undertaking, beginning,
commission or performance of, occupation with Mn. R. Hariv. ; homage, reverence,
grace, favour, help, assistance MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; dominion, control (ifc. `"
dependent on, subject to "') R. Var. Ma1rkP. ; force, constraint, punishment
(opp. to %{anu-graha}) R. ; claim on, relation to, concern with (loc.) Mn. MBh.
&c. ; (in Ved. gram.) the double mention of a word both before and after %{iti}
; the form which precedes %{iti} RPra1t. ; a curse, imprecation, oath L. ; an
eclipse of the sun L. ; the rear or reserve of an army L. (v.l. %{prati-gr-}) ;
%{-tva} n. state of a wife, marriage Das3. ; %{-dvitIya} mfn. accompanied by
one's wife or family MW. ; %{-bahu-tva} n. multitude of wives S3ak. ; %{-maya}
mf(%{I})n. consisting of a family Prab. ; %{-vat}, or %{-hin} mfn. possessed of,
wealth, having property MBh. [593,2] ; %{-hA7rthIya} mfn. having the sense of
comprehension i.e. generalization Nir. i, 7.
parigrahaka *= mfn. grasping, taking hold of, undertaking (ifc.) L.
parigrahaM = and acceptance of material things
parigrahaH = sense of proprietorship over possessions
parigrihIta* = mfn. taken hold of on both sides AV.; surrounded, embraced,
enclosed, enveloped, fenced TS. S3Br. MBh. &c.; seized, grasped, taken,
received, obtained, accepted, adopted, admitted, followed, obeyed Br. MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; opposed, checked W.; m. g. %{AcitA7di}.
parigrihIti * = (%{pa4ri-}) f. grasping, comprehension TS. Br.
parigrihya* = ind. having taken or seized, in company or along with (acc.) MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; considering regarding W.; %{-vat} (%{-gri4hya-}) mfn. containing the
word %{parigRhya} TS. 2.\\ mfn. to be taken or accepted or regarded W.; (%{A})
f. designation of a partic. kind of Vedi or sacrificial mound Kaus3.; a married
woman L.
parigha = a bolt for shutting a gate
parighaasana = the locked gate posture
pariguNDita * = mfn. covered with dust, S3i1l.
pariguNita * = mfn. (fr. %{-guNaya}) reiterated, repeated BhP.; augmented by
addition of (comp.) VarBr2S. lxv, 5.
pariguNThita * = mfn. ( %{guNTh}) veiled in, hidden by (instr.) R.
parigup * = only Desid. %{-jugupsate}, to beware of, be on one's guard against
(abl.) MBh.
pariGYaataa = the knower
parigiiyamaana = singing
parihaaraH = (m) compensation
parihri = to abandon
parihUta: called together
pariita * = mfn. standing or moving round, surrounding MBh.; past, elapsed,
expired R.; surrounded, encompassed, filled, taken possession of, seized (with
instr. or in comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; = %{viparI7ta}, inverted MBh.; w.r. for
%{parItta} ib.; m. pl. N. of a people VP.; %{-ta-tA} f. the being surrounded or
filled L.; %{-tin} mfn. (ifc.) filled with, seized by Sus3r.
parikalpa * = %{-pana} &c. see %{pari-klRp}, p. 592, col. 1.\\ m. i1llusion
Buddh. ; w.r. for %{-kampa}.
parikalpana * = n. fixing, settling, contriving, making, inventing, providing,
dividing, distributing ; (%{A}) f. making, forming, assuming (see
%{rUpa-parik-}) ; reckoning, calculation Var.
parikalpita * = mfn. settled, decided ; fixed upon, chosen, wished for,
expected, made, created, imagined, invented, contrived, arranged, distributed,
divided (with %{khaNDa-zaH}, cut or broken in pieces) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.
parikalpya * = mfn. to be settled &c. ; to be calculated Var.
parikaraH = attempt
parikiirtitaH = is declared* = mfn. proclaimed, announced, boasted of, said,
called ib
pariklishhTaM = grudgingly
parikhaa* = f. (once ibc. %{-kha} BhP.) a moat, ditch, trench or fosse round a
town or fort (also applied to the sea surrounding the earth) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
N. of a village in the North country g. %{palady-Adi} (iv, 2, 110); %{-sthita}
mfn. impregnable, secure MBh. xii, 6250; %{-khI-kRta} mfn. made into a moat or
ditch Ragh. i, 30.
parikhacita* =mfn. ( %{khac}) strewn or inlaid with (comp.) Ka1ran2d2.
parikhan* =(only ind. p. %{-khAya}), to dig round, dig up A1s3vGr2.
parikhaNDa* =see %{pari-SaNDa}.
parikhaNDana* =see %{mAna-parikh-}.
parikhaNDaya* =Nom. P. %{-yati}, to make small, break, conquer Ba1lar. Bhat2t2.
[592,3]
parikhAta* =mfn. dug round; m. a furrow, rut BhP.
parikheda* =m. (ifc. f. %{A}) lassitude, weariness, exhaustion MBh. Ka1v. &c.
parikhedita* =mfn. (fr. Caus.) afflicted, exhausted, ruined, destroyed Ka1v.
BhP.
parikhid* =P. %{-khidyati}, to be depressed or afflicted, feel uneasy BhP.:
Caus. %{-khedayati}, to trouble, afflict, destroy ib. &c.
parikhinna* =mfn. depressed, afflicted, exhausted MBh. R. &c.
parikhyaa* =P. %{-khyAti} (Subj. %{-khyatam}, %{-khyan} RV.), to look round,
look at, perceive RV. &c. &c.; to observe, regard, consider MBh. R.; to
overlook, disregard RV.: Pass. %{-khyAyate}, to be perceived ChUp.
parikhyaa* =f. enumeration, computation, sum, total, number S3a1n3khS3r. Mn.
MBh. &c.; (in phil.) exhaustive enumeration (implying exclusion of any other),
limitation to that which is enumerated Jaim. Kull. on Mn. iii, 45; (in rhet.)
special mention or exclusive specification Kpr. Sa1h.
parikhyaana* =n. enumeration, total, a number MBh.; exclusive specification
BhP.; a correct judgment. proper estimate Ya1jn5. iii, 158.
parikhyaata* =mfn. regarded as, passing for (nom.); called, named; celebrated,
famous MBh. R.
parikhyaata* =mfn. reckoned up, enumerated, specified exclusively W.
parikhyAti* =f. fame, reputation W.
parikraanta * =f mfn. walked round, stepped upon, trod; n. the place stepped
upon, foot-steps, traces R.
pariikshate = to examine
pariikshaa = test * = f. inspection, investigation, examination, test, trial by
ordeal of various kinds (see 2. %{divya}) Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of wk.; %{-kSama}
mfn. standing the test Sarvad.; %{-tattva} n. %{-paddhati} f. N. of wks.;
%{-kSA7rtha} mfn. wishing to try or test A1past.
pariikshaka * = mfn. trying, examining W.; m. a prover, examiner, judge Ra1jat.
Pan5c.
parimaaNaH = (m) volume, size
parimaargitavyaM = has to be searched out
parimita = (adj) limited to, bounded, surrounded by
parimiti = (f) limits, boundary
parimlaana* = mfn. faded, withered Kâv. BhP.; exhausted, languid MBh. [599, 3];
become thinner, emaciated Car.; disappeared, gone Vâm. iv, 3, 8; n. change of
countenance by fear or grief W.; soil, stain ib.
parimris' * = P. Â. {-mRzati}, {-te} (pf. {-mamarza}; 3. pl. [RV.] {-mAmRzuH};
aor. {-amRkSat}; ind. p. {-mRzya}), to touch, grasp, seize RV. &c. &c.; to
examine, consider, inquire into ib.; to observe, discover BhP.: Pass. {-mRzyate}
(with {pavanais}), to be touched i.e. fanned by the wind Sus'r.; to be
considered MBh.: Intens. {-marmRzat}, to encompass, clasp, embrace RV.
pariNaamaH = (m) effect, result
pariNaame = at the end
paripanthinau = stumbling blocks
paripaalaka *= mf(%{ikA})n. (cf. %{pAl}) guarding, keeping, maintaining Pur. ;
taking care of one's property SaddhP.
paripaalana *= n. the act of guarding &c. Vishn2. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; fostering,
nourishing Pan5c. ; (%{A}) f. protection, care, nurture Ba1lar.
paripaalanIya *= mfn. to be guarded or preserved or kept or maintained Ka1d.
paripaalayitR *= mfn. protecting, defending S3am2k.
paripaalana = Protection
paripaalanaM = observance/governance
paripaalaya = please maintain and cultivate
pariplu* = m Â. {-plavate} (ind. p. {-plutya} MBh.; {-plUya} Pân. 6-4, 58), to
swim or float or hover about or through Br. &c. &c.; to revolve, move in a
circle S'Br.; to move restlessly, go astray Br.; to hasten forward or near MBh.:
Caus. {-plAvayati} (ind. p. {-plAvya}), to bathe, water MBh.
paripluta* = mfn. bathed, one who has bathed in (loc. or comp.) MBh.; flooded,
immersed, overwhelmed or visited by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; n. a
spring, jump Var.; ({A}) f. spirituous liquor L.
pariplushtha* = mfn. ( {pluS}) burnt, scorched, singed
paripuurNa = full
pariprach *= P. A1. %{-pRcchati}, %{-te} (pf. %{-papraccha} ; fut. %{-prakSyati}
; ind. p. %{-pRcchya} ; inf. %{-praSTum}), to interrogate or ask a person about
anything, to inquire about (with 2 acc. or with acc. of pers. and acc. with
%{prati} loc. or gen. of thing) MBh. Ka1v. &c.
pariprachchh.h = to enquire
pariprashnena = by submissive inquiries
parisaantv * = (also written %{zAntv}), Caus. %{-sAntvayati}, %{-te} (ind. p.
%{-sAntvya}), to console, comfort, conciliate MBh. R. Katha1s.
parisaantvana * = n. the act of consoling and c. ; pl. friendly words,
flattering speech Ka1d.
parisaantvita * = mfn. consoled, conciliated MBh. R. BhP.
parisarpaNa* = n. crawling upon (comp.) Mr2icch.; running to and fro, going or
flying about, constantly changing one's place A1s3vS3r. R. Mr2icch. BhP.; a kind
of disease (= %{-sarpaNa}) Sus3r.
parisatya * = n. the full or pure truth Âs'vS'r.
parisamapyate = end
paris'ankA* =f. suspicion, distrust Ja1takam.; hope, expectation R.
paris'ankanIya* =mfn. to be doubted or distrusted or feared or apprehended (n.
impers. `" distrust must be felt "') Ka1v. Pur.
paris'ankin* =mfn. fearing, apprehending Ragh.; afraid on account of (comp.)
BhP.
paris'ankita* = mfn. suspicious, distrustful, afraid of (abl. or comp.) MBh. R.
Pur.; suspected, questionable MBh.; believed, expected (%{a-pariz-}) MBh.;
thought to be, taken for (nom ) Gi1t.
parishaantaa = that gives peace or solace
parishah * = ( {sah}) Â. {-Sahate} (impf. {pary-aSahata} or {-asahata}; fut.
{pari-soDhA} [Vop. {-SahitA}]; inf. {-soDhum} Pân. 8-3, 70 &c.; aor.
{pary-asahiSTa} Bhathth.), to sustain, bear up against (acc.): Caus. aor.
{pary-asISahat} Pân. 8-3, 116.
parishaJj * = ( {saJj}) P. {-Sajati} Pân. 8-3, 63 Sch.; Â. {-sajjate}, to have
one's mind fixed on, be attached or devoted to MBh.: Desid. {-SiSaGkSati} Pân.
8-3, 64 Sch.
parishadvan * = mfn. surrounding, besetting RV.
parishaNDa * = m. or n. a partic. part of a house L.; ({A}) f. a valley (?)
DivyA7v, (v.l. {-khaNDa}).
paris'an'kin * = mfn. fearing, apprehending Ragh. ; afraid on account of (comp.)
BhP.
paris'an'kita * = mfn. suspicious, distrustful, afraid of (abl. or comp.) MBh.
R. Pur. ; suspected, questionable MBh. ; believed, expected (%{a-pariz-}) MBh. ;
thought to be, taken for (nom ) Gi1t.
parishanna * = (!) mfn. lost or omitted AV.Paris'.
parishavaNa * = n. grasping, bunching together ib.
parishushhyati = is drying up
pariishtha * = m. an elder brother antecedently to whom the younger performs a
Soma sacrifice ib.
paris'rama * = m. fatigue, exertion, labour, fatiguing occupation, trouble, pain
MBh. Kâv. &c.; {mA7paha} mfn. relieving weariness MW.
paris'raama m. fatiguing, occupation, trouble BhP.
paris'rita * = mfn. standing round MBh.; surrounded by (instr. or comp.)
Katha1s. BhP.; w.r. for %{-zruta} MBh.; n. (%{pa4ri-}) = %{pa4ri-vRta} n. (see
under %{pari-} 1. %{vR}) TS. Br. S3rGr2S.
parIshtha * = m. an elder brother antecedently to whom the younger performs a
SñSoma sñsacrifice ib. 2 see %{pari-yaj}, p. 599.
paris'ush * = P. A1. %{-zuSyati}, %{-te}, to be thoroughly dried up, to shrivel,
wither (lit. and fig.), pine, waste away MBh. Ka1v. &c.: Caus. %{-zoSayati}
(Pass. %{-zoSyate}), to dry up, emaciate Ka1v. Pan5c. Sus3r.
paris'ushka * = mfn. thoroughly dried or parched up, withered, shrivelled,
shrunk (as a vein), hollow (as the cheeks) &c. MBh. Ka1v. Var. Sus3r. ; (with
%{mAMsa}) n. meat fried in ghee dried and spiced L. ; %{-tAlu} mfn. having the
palate dried up, R2it. ; %{-palAza} mfn. having withered foliage R.
paritam * = P. %{-tAmyati}, to gasp for breath, be oppressed Sus3r.
paritaMs* = (only inf. of Caus. %{-taMsaya4dhyai}), to stir up RV.
paritan* = P. A1. %{-tanoti}, %{-nute} (aor. %{-atanat}; ind. p. %{-tatya}), to
stretch round, embrace, surround RV. S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.
paritaapa * = m. glow, scorching, heat Ka1lid. Ma1rkP. ; pain, agony, grief,
sorrow R. Katha1s. BhP. &c. ; repentance MBh. Pan5c. ; N. of a partic. hell L
paritosha = satisfaction *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}) = %{-tuSTi} ; (with loc. or gen.)
delight in Mn. MBh. &c. ; N. of a man Cat. ; %{-vat} mfn. satisfied, delighted
Katha1s
parityakta = deprived of
parityaj.h = to sacrifice
parityajya = abandoning
parityaagaH = renunciation
parityaagii = renouncer
paritraaNaaya = for the deliverance
paritraata * = mfn. protected, saved, rescued, preserved Kâv. Pur.; m. N. of a
man L.
paritraatavya * = mfn. to be protected or defended or saved from (abl.) Vikr.
Bâlar.
paritraatri * = mfn. protecting, a protector or defender (with gen. or acc.)
MBh. R. Pañc
parivaaraH = (m) relatives, family
parivartaka* = mfn. causing to turn round or flow back Kathâs. MârkP.; bringing
to an end, concluding (gen. or comp.) MBh.; m. (in rhet.) the artificial
separation of vowels and consonants to get another meaning of a word Vâm. iv, 1,
6; (in dram.) change of occupation Bhar. Das'ar. Sâh. exchange, barter Vas.; N.
of a son of Duh-saha (son of Mriityu) MârkP.; ({ikA}) f. contraction of the
prepuce, phimosis Sus'r.
parivartana = Exchange of two signs* = mf({I})n. causing to turn round; ({I}) f.
(with {vidyA}) N. of a partic. magical art Kathâs.; n. turning or whirling
round, moving to and fro (trans. and intrans.) Kâv. Sus'r. Pañc. BhP.; rolling
about or wallowing on (comp.) Kâlid.; revolution, end of a period of time MBh.
Hariv.; barter, exchange Kathâs. Pañc. Mriicch.; cutting or clipping the hair
S'Br.; protecting, defending Nalac.; = {pre7raNa} TBr. Sch.; inverting, taking
or putting anything in a wrong direction W.; requital, return ib.
parivartanaM = (n) transformation, change
parivartanam.h = (n) transformation, change
parivartanIya* = mfn. to be exchanged, capable of being exchanged Kull. on Mn.
x, 94.
parivarta* = {-vartaka} &c. see {parivRt}, p. 601.
pari-varta* = m. revolving, revolution (of a planet &c.) Sûryas.; a period or
lapse or expiration of time (esp. of a Yuga q.v.) MBh. R. &c.; (with {lokAnAm})
the end of the world R.; a year L.; moving to and fro, stirring Prasannar.;
turning back, flight L.; change, exchange, barter (also {parI-v-}) Yâjñ. MBh.
Kâv. &c.; requital, return W.; an abode, spot, place Hariv.; a chapter, section,
book &c. Lalit.; N. of a son of Doh-saha (son of Mriityu) MârkP. [601,3]; of the
Kûrma or 2nd incarnation of Vishnu (also {parI-v-}) L.
parivartin.h = one that changes
pariveshhayati = to serve food
pariveshhTri = attendent parIvarta* = m. exchange, barter Hit. (v.l.); N. of the
Kûrma or 2nd incarnation of Vishnu L. (cf. {pari-v-}). {-vartam} ind. ( {vRt})
in a circle, recurring, repeatedly TândBr.
parivraajaka = wanderer
parivraaja* = (Âpast.) m. a wandering mendicant, ascetic of the fourth and last
religious order (who has renounced the world).
parivri * = 1. P. A1. %{-varati}, %{-te}, (pf. %{-vavrur}, p. %{-vavRva4s} ;
ind. p. %{-vRtya}), to cover, surround, conceal, keep back, hem in RV. &c. &c.:
Caus. %{-vArayati}, %{-te} (Pa1n2. 3-1, 87 Va1rtt. 16 Pat. [601,2] ; ind. p.
%{-vArya}), to cover, surround, encompass, embrace (%{bAhubhyAm}) AV. &c. &c.\\
2. A1. %{-vRNIte}, to choose RV.
parivriddha * = mfn. grown, increased by (comp.), strong, powerful Hariv. Ka1v.
&c. ; %{-tA} f. increase, extension, the swelling and becoming sour of food (in
the stomach) Sus3r.
parivriddhi * = f. increase, growth A1past. MBh. Ka1v. &c.
parivrit * = A1. %{-vartate} (ep. also %{-ti} ; ind. p. %{-vRtya}, or
%{parI-vartam}), to turn round, revolve, move in a circle or to and fro, roll or
wheel or wander about, circumambulate (acc.) RV. &c. &c. ; (with %{hRdi} or
%{hRdaye}) to run in a person's mind MBh. ; to return, go or come back to (acc.)
ib. ; to be reborn in (loc.) VP. ; (also with %{anyathA}) to change, turn out
different MBh. Ka1v. ; to abide, stay, remain Mn. MBh. &c. ; to act, proceed,
behave R.: Caus. %{-vartayati}, to cause to turn or move round or back or to and
fro MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; (A1.) to roll or bring near (Subj. %{-vartayAte}) RV. v,
37, 3 ; to overthrow, upset (a carriage) Hariv. ; to invert, put in a reverse
order Mr2icch. v, 9/10 (read %{-vartya} for %{-vRtya}) ; to change, barter,
exchange MBh. Hariv. &c. ; to renew (an agreement) Mn. viii, 154 &c. ; to
understand or explain wrongly (words &c.) MBh. Ka1v. ; to turn topsyturvy i.e.
search thoroughly R. ; to destroy, annihilate ib. ; to straiten, contract Car. ;
(A1.) to cause one's self to be turned round (in having one's head shaved all
round) TBr. S3Br. (cf. %{-vartana}): Intens. %{-va4vartti}, to turn (intrans.)
continually RV. i, 164, 11.
parivririta * = (%{pa4ri-}) mfn. id. Br. &c. &c. ; n. a covered place or shed
enclosed with walls used as a place of sacrifice S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. Gobh. ;
(%{pa4rI}.) mfn. = prec. mfn. RV. AV. AitBr. ; surrounding RV. ; filled by, full
of (comp.) Cat.
parivritta * = mfn. (also %{-ka} g. %{RzyA7di}) turned, turned round, revolved,
rolling, moving to and fro MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; lasting, remaining S3ak. vii, 34
(v.l.) ; passed, elapsed, finished, ended Hariv. ; = %{pari-vRta}, covered,
surrounded L. ; retreated, returned W. ; exchanged ib. ; n. rolling, wallowing
MBh. (v.l. %{-tti}) Ma1lati1m. ; an embrace MW. ; %{-tejas} mfn. spreading
brilliance all around BhP. ; %{-nctra} mfn. rolling the eyes R. ; %{-phalA} f.
N. of a plant Gal. ; %{-bhAgya} mfn. whose fortune has changed or is gone
Ma1lati1m. ; %{-ttA7rdha-mukha} mf(%{I})n. having the face half turned round
Vikr.
30 parivRtti f. turning, rolling, revolution MBh. S3is3. ; return (into this
world) A1past. ; exchange, barter (%{-ttyA} ind. alternately) BhP. ; moving to
and fro or staying or dwelling in a place MBh. ; end, termination Kir. ;
surrounding, encompassing ib. ; (in rhet.) a kind of figure in which one thing
is represented as exchanged with another (e.g. Ma1lav. iii, 16 ; cf. Va1m. iv,
3, 16) ; substitution of one word for another without affecting the sense (e.g.
%{vRSa-lAJchana} for %{vRSadhvaja}) Kpr. ; contraction of the prepuce, phimosis
(= %{-vartikA}) Sus3r. ; m. w.r. for %{pari-vitti} ; (%{I}) f. (%{pa4ri-v-}),
prob. w.r. for %{pari-vRktI}.
parivroti * = f. surrounding, standing round R.
parjanyaH = rain
parjanyaat.h = from rains
parjanya * = m. ( {pRc}, or {pRj} ?) a raincloud, cloud RV. &c. &c. [606, 2];
rain Bhag. iii, 14; rain personified or the god of rain (often identified with
Indra) RV. &c. &c.; N. of one of the 12 Âdityas Hariv.; of a Deva-gandharva or
Gandharva MBh. Hariv.; of a Riishi in several Manv-antaras Hariv. MârkP.; of a
Prajâ-pati (father of Hiranya-roman) VP.; ({-nyA} or {-nI}) f. Curcuma Aromatica
or Xanthorrhiza L. [Cf. Goth. {fairguni}; Icel {fi"rgyn}; Lith. {perku4nas}.]
parvan * = n. a knot, joint (esp. of a cane or other plant [cf. %{parus}], but
also of the body), limb, member (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c. ; a break, pause,
division, section (esp. of a book) S3Br. MBh. &c. ; the step of a staircase
Ragh. ; a member of a compound Pra1t. Nir. ; a period or fixed time RV. VS.
S3Br. Gr2S3rS. ; (esp.) the Ca1turma1sya festival, SrS. ; the days of the 4
changes of the moon (i.e. the full and change of the mñmoon and the 8th and 14th
of each half-month) Gr2S3rS. Mn. MBh. &c. ; a sacrifice performed on the
occasion of a change of the moon R. ; the day of the moon's passing the node at
its opposition or conjunction Var. Su1ryas. MBh. &c. ; the moment of the sun's
entering a new sign W. ; any partic. period of the year (as the equinox,
solstice &c.) ib. ; a division of time e.g. a half-month (24 in a year) MBh. ; a
day (360) BhP. ; a festival, holiday W. ; opportunity, occasion ib. ; a moment,
instant ib.
parvaNa * = m. N. of a demon MBh. ; (%{I}) f. the period of a change of the moon
ib. Hariv. ; a species of pot-herb (= %{parva-zAka}) Car. ; a partic. disease of
the so-called juncture or Sam2dhi of the eye Sus3r. (also %{-NI8kA}) ; ifc. =
%{parvan}, a knot BhP.
parivri 1. P. A1. %{-varati}, %{-te}, (pf. %{-vavrur}, p. %{-vavRva4s} ; ind. p.
%{-vRtya}), to cover, surround, conceal, keep back, hem in RV. &c. &c.: Caus.
%{-vArayati}, %{-te} (Pa1n2. 3-1, 87 Va1rtt. 16 Pat. [601,2] ; ind. p.
%{-vArya}), to cover, surround, encompass, embrace (%{bAhubhyAm}) AV. &c. &c. \\
2. A1. %{-vRNIte}, to choose RV.
paryanta * =m. circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border; side, flank,
extremity, end TBr. MBh. Kâv. &c. (ifc. `" bounded by "', `" extending as far as
"' [f. {A}]; or ibc. `" adjoining, neighbouring "'); ({am}) ind. entirely,
altogether, S'ukas; (ifc.) to the end of, as far as Kap.; {paryantAt paryantam},
from one end to the other Var.; ({e}) ind. at the end Kathâs.; mf({A})n. coming
to an end with, being a match for Lalit.; extending in all directions Hariv.
(v.l. {pary-asta}).
pary-anta4-deza * =m. a neighbouring or adjacent district Hariv.
paryantI-kR * =to finish; {-kRta} mfn. finished DivyA7v.
paryantIya * =mfn. being at the end ÂpS'r.
paryanya * =w.r. for {parjanya}. [607, 2]
paryaaNii * =paryANI * =( {nI}) P. {-Nayati} (but Impv. {pary-A7nayata} MBh. i,
5446), to lead round S'Br. GriS. MBh.; to lead or bring forward RV. MBh.
paryantikaa * =paryantikA * =: f. loss of all good qualities, depravity L.
parye (%{-A-i}) P. %{-ai9ti} (ind. p. %{e4tya}), to roam about AitBr.; to go
round, circumambulate (acc.) S3Br.; to come back, return ChUp.
paryehi m. N. of a man; (%{I}) f. N. of a woman g. %{zArGgaravA7di}.
5 paryeshaNa n. search, inquiry, investigation MBh.; striving after Nya1yas.;
(%{A}) f. = %{parI7STi} Pa1n2. 3-3, 107 Va1rtt. 3 Pat.
6 paryeaNa &c. see %{parI7S}.
7 paryeshthavya mfn. to be sought MBh.; to be striven after Car.
8 paryeshthi f. searching for, inquiry SaddhP.; striving after worldly objects
Ja1takam.
9 paryetri m. subduer, conqueror RV.
10 paryetri %{pary-ehi} see 2. %{parI7}.
paroksha * = ({-ro4-}) mf({A})n. beyond the range of sight, invisible, absent,
unknown, unintelligible AV. &c. &c.; past, completed (in a partic. sense cf.
below and Kâs'. on Pân. 3-2, 115); (ibc.) in an invisible or imperceptible
manner (cf. below); ({am}) ind. out of sight, behind one's back, in the absence
or without the knowledge of (instr.; later gen. or comp.) S'Br. &c. &c.; ({eNa})
ind. out of sight, secretly, mysteriously Br. Up.; ({At}) ind. secretly, without
the knowledge of (instr.) Br. [589,2]; ({e}) ind. behind the back of (gen.)
Mriicch. Pañc. &c.; one's self not being present Pân. 3-2, 115; m. an ascetic
L.; N. of a son of Anu BhP.; ({A}) f. (sc. {vRtti}) a past or completed action
APrât.; (sc. {vibhakti}) a termination of the perfect tense Kât.; N. of a river
VP.; {-kAma} ({-kSa4-}) mfn. liking what is secret or mysterious S'Br.; {-kRta}
mfn. (a hymn) in which a deity is not addressed but only spoken of in the 3rd
person Nir. vii, 1; {-jit} mfn. victorious in an imperceptible manner BhP.;
{-tA} f. (MBh.), {-tva} n. (Veda7ntas.) invisibility, imperceptibility;
{-pRSTha} m. a partic. Priishthhya S'rS.; {-priya} mfn. = {-kAma} AitBr.;
{-bandhu} ({paro7kSa-}) mfn. not clear in its relation MaitrS.; {-buddhi} mfn.
regarding as something distant, indifferent to, Jâtakam.; {-bhoga} m. enjoyment
or possession of anything in the proprietor's absence W.; {-manmatha} mfn.
inexperienced in love S'ak.; {-vRtti} mfn. living out of sight Kâm.; formed in
an obscure or indistinct manner Nir. Sch.; {-kSA7rtha} mfn. having a secret or
recondite meaning; n. an absent or invisible object Hit.
paaroksha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {paro'kSa}) undiscernible, mysterious (v.l. for
next) Bh
paarzva * = n. (rarely m. g. %{ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. %{A} fr. 1. %{parzu}) the
region of the ribs (pl. the ribs), side, flank (either of animate or inanimate
objects) RV. &c. &c.; the side = nearness, proximity (with gen. or ifc.;
%{ayaH}, on both sides; %{am}, aside, towards; %{e}, at the side, near [opp. to
%{dura-tas}]; %{At}, away, from; by means of, through) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a curved
knife S3Br.; a side of any square figure W.; the curve or circumference of a
wheel ib.; (only n.) a multitude of ribs, the thorax W. [622,2]; the extremity
of the fore-axle nearest the wheel to which the outside horses of a four-horse
chariot are attached L.; a fraudulent or crooked expedient L.; m. the side horse
on a chariot MBh.; N. of an ancient Buddhist teacher; (with Jainas) N. of the
23rd Arhat of the present Ava-sarpin2i1 and of his servant; (du.) heaven and
earth L.; mfn. near, proximate (cf. comp. below).
paroksha *= (%{-ro4-}) mf(%{A})n. beyond the range of sight , invisible , absent
, unknown , unintelligible AV. &c. &c. ; past , completed (in a partic. sense
cf. below and Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 3-2 , 115) ; (ibc.) in an invisible or
imperceptible manner (cf. below) ; (%{am}) ind. out of sight , behind one's back
, in the absence or without the knowledge of (instr. ; later gen. or comp.)
S3Br. &c. &c. ; (%{eNa}) ind. out of sight , secretly , mysteriously Br. Up. ;
(%{At}) ind. secretly , without the knowledge of (instr.) Br. [589,2] ; (%{e})
ind. behind the back of (gen.) Mr2icch. Pan5c. &c. ; one's self not being
present Pa1n2. 3-2 , 115 ; m. an ascetic L. ; N. of a son of Anu BhP. ; (%{A})
f. (sc. %{vRtti}) a past or completed action APra1t. ; (sc. %{vibhakti}) a
termination of the perfect tense Ka1t. ; N. of a river VP. ; %{-kAma}
(%{-kSa4-}) mfn. liking what is secret or mysterious S3Br. ; %{-kRta} mfn. (a
hymn) in which a deity is not addressed but only spoken of in the 3rd person
Nir. vii , 1 ; %{-jit} mfn. victorious in an imperceptible manner BhP. ; %{-tA}
f. (MBh.) , %{-tva} n. (Veda7ntas.) invisibility , imperceptibility ; %{-pRSTha}
m. a partic. Pr2isht2hya S3rS. ; %{-priya} mfn. = %{-kAma} AitBr. ; %{-bandhu}
(%{paro7kSa-}) mfn. not clear in its relation MaitrS. ; %{-buddhi} mfn.
regarding as something distant , indifferent to , Ja1takam. ; %{-bhoga} m.
enjoyment or possession of anything in the proprietor's absence W. ;
%{-manmatha} mfn. inexperienced in love S3ak. ; %{-vRtti} mfn. living out of
sight Ka1m. ; formed in an obscure or indistinct manner Nir. Sch. ; %{-kSA7rtha}
mfn. having a secret or recondite meaning ; n. an absent or invisible object
Hit.
paroksham V* = without being seen; SB 4.29.54; unknown; SB 4.29.59; indirectly;
SB 5.14.11;without the knowledge of the demigods; SB 6.9.3; privately; SB
10.21.3; confidential; SB 11.21.29-30; indirect explanation; SB 11.21.35;
invisible; CC Adi 4.176
paropakaara = benefitting others (para-upakAra)
paropakaaraaya = (Dative S) for helping others or for doing good to others
paropadeshe = (Loc.S) in advising others
parNa = leaf
parNakuTii = (f) a thatched hut
parNaani = the leaves
parnashala = place for performing sacrifices
parus n. a joint or knot (esp. of a cane or reed, orig. `" fullness "' i.e. the
full or thick part of the stalk), a limb or member of the body RV. AV. VS. S3Br.
; a part or portion RV. TS. TBr. ; Grewia Asiatica L.
parusha = (adj) rough * = paruSa mf(%{A})n. (older f. %{pa4ruSNI}) knotty (as
reed) AV. ; spotted, variegated, dirty-coloured RV. &c. &c. ; hard, stiff,
rugged, rough, uneven, shaggy MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; intertwined with creepers (as a
tree) Katha1s. [606,1] ; piercing, keen, sharp, violent, harsh, severe, unkind
ib. (%{am} ind.) ; m. a reed AV. ; an arrow S3a1n3khS3r. La1t2y. ; Grewia
Asiatica or Xylocarpus Granatum L. ; (%{paru4Sa}) m. N. of a demon Suparn2. ;
(%{A}) f. a kind of riddle MW. ; (%{-SNI}) f. N. of one of the rivers of the
Panja1b now called Ra1vi1 RV. ; n. harsh and contumelious speech, abuse MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; the fruit of Grewia Asiatica or Xylocarpus Granatum L. ; a species
of Barleria with blue flowers L.
parva * = in comp. for {-van}.
parva-kAla * =m. a periodic change of the moon R. MârkP.; the time at which the
moon at its conjunction or opposition passes through the node MBh. Var.;
{-nirNaya} m. N. of wk.; {-rAzi} m. time for festivals Jyot.
parva-divasa * =m. the day of a periodic change of the moon Hcat.
parva-dhi * =m. `" period-container "', the moon L.
parva-nAdI * =f. `" moment of the Parvan "', moment of opposition or conjunction
MW.
parvaka * =n. the knee-joint L.
paryaacar * = P. %{-ca4rati}, to come near, approach RV. AV.
paryanka = a bed* m. (also {paly-} Pân. 8-2, 22) a bed, couch, sofa, litter,
palanquin KaushUp. MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {-kikA} f. Kâd.; {-kI-kRta} mfn. turned
into a couch Gît.); a partic. mode of sitting on the ground (a squatting
position assumed by ascetics and Buddhists in meditation) Buddh. (cf. below); a
cloth wound round the back and loins and knees while so sitting L.; N. of a
mountain (son of Vindhya) L.
paryanta * = circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border; side, flank,
extremity, end TBr. MBh. Kâv. &c. (ifc. `" bounded by "', `" extending as far as
"' [f. {A}]; or ibc. `" adjoining, neighbouring "'); ({am}) ind. entirely,
altogether, S'ukas; (ifc.) to the end of, as far as Kap.; {paryantAt paryantam},
from one end to the other Var.; ({e}) ind. at the end Kathâs.; mf({A})n. coming
to an end with, being a match for Lalit.; extending in all directions Hariv.
(v.l. {pary-asta}).
pary-an * =P. {pary-aniti} Pân. 8-4, 20 Vârtt. 1 Pat.
pary-anta4 * =m. circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border; side, flank,
extremity, end TBr. MBh. Kâv. &c. (ifc. `" bounded by "', `" extending as far as
"' [f. {A}]; or ibc. `" adjoining, neighbouring "'); ({am}) ind. entirely,
altogether, S'ukas; (ifc.) to the end of, as far as Kap.; {paryantAt paryantam},
from one end to the other Var.; ({e}) ind. at the end Kathâs.; mf({A})n. coming
to an end with, being a match for Lalit.; extending in all directions Hariv.
(v.l. {pary-asta}).
paryantI-kR * =to finish; {-kRta} mfn. finished DivyA7v.
paryantIya * =mfn. being at the end ÂpS'r.
paryanya * =w.r. for {parjanya}. [607, 2]
pary-Antam * =ind. (prob.) w.r. for {pary-antam}, as far as, up to (comp.)
Âpast.
paryantikA * =f. loss of all good qualities, depravity L.
paryantaM = including
paryaaptaM = limited
paryaavaraNam.h = (n) environment
paryupaasate = worship perfectly
paryushhitaM = decomposed
parvata = mountain *= mfn. (fr. %{parvan} cf. Pa1n2. 5-2, 122 Va1rtt. 10 Pat.)
knotty, rugged (said of mountains) RV. AV. (according to A1pS3r. Sch. =
%{parutka}, %{parva-vat}) ; m. a mountain, mountain-range, height, hill, rock
(often personified ; ifc. f. %{A}) RV. &c. &c. ; an artificial mound or heap (of
grain, salt, silver, gold &c. presented to Bra1hmans cf. %{-dAna}) ; the number
7 (from the 7 principal mountain-ranges) Su1ryas. ; a fragment of rock, a stone
(%{adrayaH@parvatAH}, the stones for pressing Soma) RV. ; a (mountain-like)
cloud ib. (cf. Naigh. i, 10) ; a tree L. ; a species of pot-herb L. ; a species
of fish (Silurus Pabda) L. ; N. of a Vasu Hariv. ; of a R2ishi (associated with
Na1rada and messenger of the gods, supposed author of RV. viii, 12 ; ix, 104,
105, where he has the patr. Ka1n2va and Ka1s3yapa) MBh. Katha1s. ; of a son of
Paurn2ama1sa (son of Mari1ci and Sambhu1ti) Ma1rkP. ; of a minister of king
Puru1-ravas Vikr. ; of a monkey R. ; of one of the 10 religious orders founded
by Sam2kara7ca1rya's pupils (whose members add the word %{parvata} to their
names) W. ; (%{I4}) f. a rock, stone VS.
parvaNa * =m. N. of a demon MBh.; ({I}) f. the period of a change of the moon
ib. Hariv.; a species of pot-herb (= {parva-zAka}) Car.; a partic. disease of
the so-called juncture or Sandhi of the eye Sus'r. (also {-NI8kA}); ifc. =
{parvan}, a knot BhP.
parvataasana = the mountain posture
pashchaat.h = later
pashchaaddhanta = later on in the end
pashchima = west, the back of the body
pashchimottoanaasana = the back-stretching posture
pashu = animal
pashubhiH = (instr.pl.) animals
pas'upati * = m. `" lord of animals "' (or `" lñlord of a servant named Pas'u "'
or `" lñlord of the soul "' RTL. 89)N. of the later Rudra-S'iva or of a similar
deity (often associated in the Veda with Bhava, S'arva, Ugra, Rudra, Mahâ-deva,
Îs'âna and others who together with Bhima are in later times regarded as
manifestations of Rudra) AV. &c. &c.; of Agni "' TS. S'Br.; of S'iva MBh. &c.
(according to one legend every deity acknowledged himself to be a mere {pazu} or
animal when entreating Siva to destroy the Asura Tri-pura); of a lexicographer;
of a Scholiast &c.; {-dhara} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-nagara} n. `" S'iva's town
"'N. of Kâs'î or Benares ib.; {-nAtha} m. N. of a partic. form of Siva W.;
{-purANa} n. (prob.) = S'ivaP.; {-zarman} m. N. of a man Cat.; {-zAsTra} n. the
sacred book of the Pâs'upatas revealed by S'iva Col.; {-tI7zvara-nAhAtmya} and
{-ty-askTaka} n. N. of wks.
pazya * = mf(%{A})n. seeing, beholding, rightly understanding Up. (cf. Pa1n2.
4-1, 137).
pas'yat* = mf({antI})n. seeing, beholding &c.; ({antI}) f. a harlot L.; N. of a
partic. sound L.
pas'yatohara* = mfn. stealing before a persoñs eyes Pân. 6-3, 21 Vârtt. 1 Pat.
pas'yata* = mfn. visible, conspicuous AV.
pas'yanA* = f. see {a-pazyanA}.
pas'ya* = mf({A})n. seeing, beholding, rightly understanding Up. (cf. Pân. 4-1,
137).
pas'ya = see (from dRish.h)
pas'yataH = for the introspective
pas'yati = sees
pas'yan.h = seeing
pas'yanti = see
pas'yannapi = even after seeing
pas'yaatmaanaM = see your own self
pas'yaama = we see
pas'yaami = I see
pas'yet.h = see
pashyemaakshabhiH = May we see through the eyes
pashyemaakshabhiryajatraaH = may we see with eyes?
pataga = Bird
patangaaH = moths
patana = falling
patanti = fall down
pataye = husband
patati = (1 pp) to fall
patatra *= n. a wing , pinion , feather &c. RV. &c. &c. ; a vehicle L. (cf.
%{pattra}).
patatrin.h = bird
pathagriham.h = (n) a tent path.h = to read
pathanaM = reading
pathhaniiyaa = should be read
pathaami = read
pathitvaa = after reading
pathet.h = may read
pat.h = to fall
patha * = m. (n. L.; ifc. f. {A}) woven cloth, cloth, a blanket, garment, veil,
screen MBh. Kâv. &c. (cf. {marut-}, {vAta-}); a painted piece of cloth, a
picture Yâjñ. Kâd.; monastic habit Kârand.; a kind of bird Lalit.; Buchanania
Latifolia L.; = {puras-kRta} L.; ({I}) f. a narrow piece of cloth, the hem or
edge of a garment Bâlar. Hcar.; the curtain of a stage L. (cf. {apaTI}); n. a
thatch or roof (= {paTala}) L.
patha* = * = m. a way, path, road, course, reach MBh. Kâv. &c. (generally ifc.
for {pathin}; cf. Pân. 5-4, 74).
pathaha * m. (rarely n. or f. î) a kettledrum, a war-drum, drum, tabor (acc.
with {dA}, or Caus. of {dA} or {bhram}, to proclaim anything by the sound of a
drum) MBh. Kâv. &c. [579, 2]; m. beginning L.; hurting L.
pathaka* = m. cotton-cloth L.; a camp, encampment L.; the half of a village L.
(v.l. for {pAT-}).
pathaaka* = m. a bird Un. iv, 14 Sch. (cf. {paiT-}); ({A}) f. a flag, banner L.
(cf. {patAkA}).
path.h = road
pathha* = m. reading, recitation (? see comp.); N. of a serpent-demon MBh.
pataka* = mfn. who or what falls or descends &c.; m. an astronomical table W.
pataaka* = m. (`" flying "'), a flag or banner (perhaps incorrect for {-kA})
AdbhBr.; a partic. position of the hand or the fingers in shooting off an arrow,
SârngP. (cf. {tri-p-}); ({A}) f. see next.
pataakaa* = f. (ifc. f. {A}) a flag, pennon, banner, sign, emblem Br. MBh. Kâv.
&c. ({-kAM-labh} or {hR}, `" to win the palm "' Das'. Vcar.) [581,2]; a
flag-staff L.; a partic. high number MBh. (= {mahA-padma} Nîlak.); (in dram.) an
episode or episodical incident Das'ar.; good fortune, auspiciousness L.; N. of
wk.
pathha * = m. reading, recitation (? see comp.) ; N. of a serpent-demon MBh.
patha * = m. a way, path, road, course, reach MBh. Ka1v. &c. (generally ifc. for
%{pathin} ; cf. Pa1n2. 5-4, 74).
pathi = on the path
pathika = traveller
pathya = suitable
pati = husband
pathi*= f. a kind of cloth Pañc. (cf. {paTI} under {paTa}); = {vAguli} L.; a
species of plant L.
pathi*= see under {paTa}, col. 1.
paththis'a *= m. a spear with a sharp edge or some other weapon with three
points
pa4ti*= 1 m. (cf. 1. {vat}; when uncompounded and meaning `" husband "' instr.
{pa4tya}; dat. {pa4tye}; gen. abl. {pa4tyur}; loc. {pa4tyau}; but when meaning
`" lord, master "', and ifc. regularly inflected with exceptions; cf. Pân. 1-4,
8; 9) a master, owner, possessor, lord, ruler, sovereign RV. &c. &c.; a husband
ib. (in comp. either with the stem or with the gen., e.g. {duhitR-p-} or
{-tuH-p-} Pân. 6-3, 24; when mfn. f. = m. e.g. {-jIvat-patyA tvayA} R. ii, 24,
8, or {patikA} e.g. {pramIta-patikA} Mn. ix, 68); one of the 2 entities (with
{pAzupata4s}) RTL. 89; a root L.; f. a female possessor, mistress Pân. 4-1, 33
Sch.; a wife ({vRddha-p-} = {-patnI}, the wñwife of an old man ib. 34 Sch.) [Cf.
Gk. $, `" husband "'; &178937[582, 1] Lat. {potis}, {pos-sum} for {potis-sum};
Lith. {patis}, `" husband "'; Goth. ({bruth-}) {faths}, `" bridegroom "']
pathya* = mfn. `" belonging to the way "', suitable, fit, proper, wholesome,
salutary (lit. and fig.; esp. said of diet in a medical sense) Ya1jn5. MBh.
Sus3r. &c.; containing elements or leading forms, regular, normal La1t2y. Nid.;
m. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L.; N. of a teacher of AV.; (%{A4}) f. a path,
way, road (with %{reva4tI}, `" the auspicious path, personified as a deity of
happiness and welfare) RV. TS. Br.; Terminalia Chebula or Citrina and other
plants L.; N. of sev. metres Nid. Col.; N. of a woman Katha1s.; n. a species of
salt L.
paththa *= m. (fr. %{pattra}?) a slab , tablet (for painting or writing upon)
MBh. ; (esp.) a copper plate for inscribing royal grants or orders (cf.
%{tAmra-}) ; the flat or level surface of anything (cf. %{lalATa-} , %{zilA-})
MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a bandage , ligature , strip , fillet (of cloth , leather &c.)
MBh. Sus3r. ; a frontlet , turban (5 kinds , viz. those of kings , queens ,
princes , generals , and the %{prasAda-paTTas} , or turban of honour [579,3] ;
cf. VarBr2S. xlix) , tiara , diadem MBh. Ka1v. Ra1jat. (ifc. f. %{A}) ; cloth (=
%{paTa}) ; coloured or fine cloth , woven silk (= %{kauzeya}) Ka1v. Pan5c. (cf.
%{cIna-p-} , %{paTTA7Mzuka} &c.) ; an upper or outer garment Bhat2t2. ; a place
where 4 roads meet (= %{catuS-patha}) L. ; Corchorus Olitorius W. ; =
%{vidUSaka} Gal. ; N. of sev. men Ra1jat. ; (%{I}) f. a forehead ornament L. ; a
horse's food-receptacle (= %{tAla-sAraka}) L. ; a species of Lodhra L. ; a city
, town (cf. %{-nivasana}).
patitaM = fallen (past part.)
patireka = He is the One Lord
pattanam.h = (n) town, city
patni = wife
patnii = wife
patra = leaf
patraM = a leaf
patrakaaraH = (m) journalist
patrapeTikaa = (m) letter-box
patram.h = (n) a letter, note
patravaahaH = (m) postman
patraalayam.h = (n) post office
patrikaa = (f) newspaper, magazine
paTTa * = m. (fr. {pattra}?) a slab, tablet (for painting or writing upon) MBh.;
(esp.) a copper plate for inscribing royal grants or orders (cf. {tAmra-}); the
flat or level surface of anything (cf. {lalATa-}, {zilA-}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a
bandage, ligature, strip, fillet (of cloth, leather &c.) MBh. Sus'r.; a
frontlet, turban (5 kinds, viz. those of kings, queens, princes, generals, and
the {prasAda-paTTas}, or turban of honour [579, 3]; cf. VarBriS. xlix), tiara,
diadem MBh. Kâv. Râjat. (ifc. f. {A}); cloth (= {paTa}); coloured or fine cloth,
woven silk (= {kauzeya}) Kâv. Pañc. (cf. {cIna-p-}, {paTTA7Mzuka} &c.); an upper
or outer garment Bhathth.; a place where 4 roads meet (= {catuS-patha}) L.;
Corchorus Olitorius W.; = {vidUSaka} Gal.; N. of sev. men Râjat.; ({I}) f. a
forehead ornament L.; a horse's food-receptacle (= {tAla-sAraka}) L.; a species
of Lodhra L.; a city, town (cf. {-nivasana}).
patu = (adj) skilled, clever
paulastya = ravaNa
pau.nDraM = the conch named Paundra
pauNDraka* = m. the pale straw-coloured species of sugar-cane Bhpr.; a prince or
(pl.) the people of the Paundras Mn. MBh. Hariv. Pur.; N. of a partic. mixed
caste of hereditary sugar-boilers (the son of a Vais'ya by a woman of the
distiller class, regarded as one of the degraded races of Kshatriyas) Mn. x, 44;
n. (as mfn. ifc.) a sectarian mark
patyuH = Lord's
pautra = (m) grandson (soñs son)
pautraaH = grandsons
pautraan.h = grandsons
pautri = (f) granddaughter (soñs daughter)
paura = (masc) townsman
paurusha * = 1 mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{puruSa}) manly , human S3Br. MBh. &c. ;
belonging or sacred to Purusha RPra1t. Mn. MBh. &c. ; = %{puruSa-dvayasa} ,
%{-daghna} or %{-mAtra} Pa1n2. 5-2 , 37 ; 38 ; m. a weight or load which can be
carried by one man Mn. viii , 404 (Kull.) ; N. of a Ra1kshasa VP. (v.l.
%{pauruSeya}) ; (%{I}) f. a woman S3a1n3khS3r. ; a period of 3 hours (= %{yAma})
HParis3. ; n. manhood , virility (opp. to %{strItva}) R. ; manliness , manly
strength or courage or deed , valour , heroism MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; force (opp. to
%{buddhi} , `" intellect "') Katha1s. ; a man's length VarBr2S. ; a generation
A1s3vS3r. Ma1rkP. ; semen virile L. ; the penis Sus3r. ; a sun-dial L. \\ 2
Vr2iddhi form of %{puruSa} in comp.
paurusheya * = mf(%{I})n. relating to or derived from or made by man , human RV.
VS. AV. Br. MBh. [651,3] ; coming from the soul , spiritual Kap. Sch. ; m. a
hireling , day-labourer SaddhP. ; = %{samUha} , %{vadha} or
%{puruSasya@padA7ntaram} (?) L. ; N. of a Ra1kshasa BhP. ; n. human action , the
work of man AV.
paurushha = manliness, virility, courage, effort
paurushhaM = ability
paurva* = 1 mf({I})n. (fr. {pUrva}) relating or belonging to the past; relating
to the east, eastern W.
paurva* = 2 Vriiddhi form of {pUrva} in comp
paurvadehikaM = from the previous body
pavataaM = of all that purifies
pavana * = m. `" purifier "', wind or the god of wind, breeze, air (ifc. f. {A})
MBh. Kâv. &c.; vital air, breath Sus'r. Sarvad.; the regent of the Nakshatra
Svâti and the north-west region Var.; N. of the number 5 (from the 5 vital airs)
ib.; a householder's sacred fire Hâr.; a species of grass L.; N. of a son of
Manu Uttama BhP.; of a mountain ib.; of a country in Bharata-kshetra W.; ({I})
f. a broom L.; the wild citron-tree L. (v.l. {pacanI}); N. of a river VP.; n. or
m. purification, winnowing of corn L.; a potter's kiln, S'riingâr.; n. an
instrument for purifying grain &c., sieve, strainer AV. Âs'vGri.; blowing Kan.;
water L.; mfn. clean, pure L.
pavana = breeze
pavanaH = air/breath
pavanamuktaasana = the knee squeeze posture
pavita* = mfn. purified, cleansed W.; n. black pepper L.
pavitrakIrti* = mfn. of spotless renown Dhûrtas.
pavitratA* = f. purity, cleanness MârkP. Râjat.
pavitratva* = n. id. Uttarar. Hcat.; the being a means of purification Kâthh.
TândBr.
pavitrayoni* = mfn. of spotless origin, Pañc
pavitraratha* = ({vi4tra-}) mfn. having the strainer as a chariot (Soma) RV.
pavitraka* = m. a small sieve or strainer KâtyS'r. (see also under {pavitra});
m. Poa Cynosuroides L.; Artemisia Indica L.; Ficus Religiosa or Glomerata L.
pavitraya* = Nom. P {-yati}, to cleanse, purify, render happy Kathâs. S'atr.
Pañcad.
pavitra* = n. a means of purification, filter, strainer, straining-cloth &c.
(made of thread or hair or straw, for clarifying fruits, esp. the Soma) RV. &c.
&c.; Kus'a grass (esp. two KñKus'a leaves for holding offerings or for
sprinkling and purifying ghee &c.) S'Br. KâtyS'r. Mn. &c. (ifc. also {ko} see
{sa-pavitraka}), a ring of KñKus'a grass worn on the fourth finger on partic.
occasions W.; a purifying prayer or Mantra Mn. Yâjñ. MBh.; a means of purifying
or clearing the mind RV. iii, 26, 8; 31, 6 &c.; melted butter L.; honey L.;
water L.; rain or rubbing ({varSaNa} or {gharSaNa}) L.; copper L.; the vessel in
which the Argha is presented L. (ifc. {-ka} MârkP.); the Brâhmanical cord (cf.
{-trA7ropaNs}); N. of Vishnu (also {pñpresented pavintrANAm}) MBh. (cf RTL.
106); of S'iva ib.; (with {AdityAnAm} and {devAnAm}) N. of Sâmans ArshBr.; a
kind of metre Col.; m. N. of a partic. Soma-sacrifice belonging to the Râjasûya
TândBr. Sch. S'rS.; Sesamum Indicum L.; Nageia Putranjiva L.; N. of a man g.
{azvA7di}; of an Ângirasa (the supposed author of RV. ix, 67; 73; 83; 107)
RAnukr.; (pl.) N. of a class of deities in the 14th Manv-antara, Pur; ({A}) f.
N. of sev. plants (basil, saffron, the small Pippala tree &c.) L.; of sev.
rivers MBh. Pur.; the 12th day of the light half of S'ravana (a festival in
honour of Vishnu) W.; mf({A})n. purifying, averting evil, pure, holy, sacred,
sinless, beneficent Mn. MBh. &c.
pavitraM = sanctified
paaya V*= get, obtain
paaya *= water
payas.h = water
payas * = n. (1. {pI}) any fluid or juice, (esp.) milk, water, rain; semen
virile, (met.) vital spirit, power, strength RV. &c. &c.; a species of
Andropogon Bhpr.; N. of a Sâman S'rS.; of a Virâj RPrât.; night Naigh. i, 7.
payoda = cloud (one who gives water)1 =* mf(%{A})n. milk-giving (as a cow)
Hariv.; yielding water (as a cloud) Subh.; m. a cloud Ka1lid. Var. &c.
(%{-suhRd} m. `" friend of clouds "', a peacock Sa1h.); N. of a son of Yadu
Hariv.; (%{A}) f. N. of one of the Ma1tr2is attending on Skanda MBh.
payodhara = cloud
payodhi = (m) sea, ocean
payodhii = sea (one that stores water)
pedabhaila = (m) a father who loves his son very much
peya = should be drunk
peSa * = pounding, grinding (ifc.) Baudh. (cf. {zilA-p-}); m. the act of
pounding or grinding or crushing S'is'. (cf. {piSTa-p-}).
pes'a* =m. ( {piz}) an architect, carpenter(?) RV. i, 92, 5; vii, 34, 11;
ornament, decoration AitBr. BhP. (cf. {puru-} and {su-}; g. {gaurA7di} and
{sidhmA7di}); ({I}) f. see below.
pes'ala * = mf({A})n. (g. {sidhmA7di}) artificially formed, adorned, decorated
VS. TBr.; beautiful, charming, lovely, pleasant MBh. Kâv. &c.; soft, tender,
delicate, Kalid.; expert, skilful, clever Bhartri.; fraudulent, crafty L.;
({am}) ind. tenderly, delicately Kathâs.; m. N. of Vishnu, V.; n. charm, grace,
beauty, loveliness BhP.
pes'askrit * = m. the hand (as `" the artist "') BhP.; a wasp ib.
phaalguna * = mf({I4})n. relating to the Nakshatra Phalgunî S'Br. S'rS.; born
under the NñNakshatra PhñPhalgunî Pân. 4-3, 34 (v.l.); m. (with or scil. {mAsa})
the month during which the full moon stands in the NñNakshatra PhñPhalgunî
(February-March) Mn. MBh.; N. of Arjuna (= {phalguna}) MBh. Hariv.; Terminalia
Arjuna (= {nadI-ja}) L.; ({I}) f. see below; n. a species of grass used as a
substitute for the Soma plant (and also called {arjunAnI}) S'Br. TBr. Âs'vS'r.
[718, 2]; N. of a place of pilgrimage BhP.
phaaT ind. an interjection of calling W.
phaTaaTopa = (m) expanding of the hood by a cobra
phaNin.h = snake
phal.h = to bear fruit
phala = fruit
phalaM = results
phalakaH = (m) board, blackboard, bill-board
phaladaa = giver of fruits (rewards, results )
phaladiipika = A classical work on Astrology by Mantreswara
phalahetavaH = those desiring fruitive results
phalaakaankshii = desiring fruitive results
phalaani = results
phalaanumeyaaH = fruits resembling actions
phale = in the result
phaleshhu = in the fruits
phalgu* = mf({U84}, or {vI})n. reddish, red TS.; small, minute, feeble, weak,
pithless, unsubstantial, insignificant, worthless, unprofitable, useless VS. &c.
&c.; f. Ficus Oppositifolia L.; a red powder usually of the root of wild ginger
(coloured with sappan wood and thrown over one another by the Hindûs at the Holî
festival; cf. {phalgU7tsava}) W.; the spring season L.; (scil. {vAc}) a
falsehood lie L.; N. of a river flowing Past Gayâ MBh. Hariv.; du. (in astrol.)
N. of a Nakshatra.
phalguna * = mf({I})n. reddish, red VS. TS.; born under the Nakshatra Phalgunî
Pân. 4-3, 34; m. N. of a man ({-svAmin} m. a temple built by PhñPhalgunî)
Râjat.; the month Phâlguna L.; N. of Arjuna L.; ({I}) f. see below.
phalaiH = results
phaT *= ind. (onom.) crack! VS. AV. TA1r. (also a mystical syllable used in
incantation).
phat *= ind., an interjection (in %{phat-kR}, prob. w.r. for %{phuT-kR}).
phulla = open, flowered
phenaH = (m) foam
phenakam.h = (n) soap
piidita = mfn. squeezed, pressed Mn. MBh. &c.; hurt, injured, afflicted,
distressed, troubled, badly off ib.; covered, eclipsed, obscured Var.; laid
waste W.; bound, tied ib.; suppressed; badly pronounced, APrât.; ({am}) ind.
closely R.; n. damage Gaut.; harassment, annoyance MBh. (v.l. {pIDana}); a kind
of coitus L.
piiva *= 1 mfn. fat RV. AitBr. ; (%{A}) f. water L. \\ 2 Nom. P. %{-vati}, to be
fat or corpulent Dha1tup. xv, 55.\\ 3 in comp.= %{pI4vas}
pi.nDe = truncated or lump of a body or rice/flourball given in oblation
pikaH = cuckoo
pingalaa = the channel on the right of the spine
pichchham.h = (n) feather
piJNcha = the chin, feather
piJNjaH = (m) an electirc switch
piDaa = pain
piNDa = morsel of food * =. (rarely n.) any round or roundish mass or heap, a
ball, globe, knob, button, clod, lump, piece (cf. {ayaH-}., {mAMsa-} &c.) RV.
(only i, 162, 19 and here applied to lumps of flesh) TS. S'Br. &c. &c.; a
roundish lump of food, a bite, morsel, mouthful; (esp.) a ball of rice or flour
&c. offered to the Pitriis or deceased ancestors, a S'râddha oblation (RTL. 293;
298-310) GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; food, daily bread, livelihood, subsistence MBh.
Kâv. &c.; any solid mass or material object, the body, bodily frame Ragh. S'ank.
Vajracch.; the calf of the leg Mâlatîm. v, 16; the flower of a China rose L.; a
portico or partic. part of a house L.; power, force, an army L.; m. (du.) the
fleshy parts of the shoulder situated above the collar-bone MBh.; (du.) the two
projections of an elephant's frontal sinus L.; the embryo in an early stage of
gestation L.; a partic. kind of incense Var. (`" myrrh "' or `" olibanum "' L.);
meat, flesh L.; alms Mâlatîm. (cf. {-pAta} below); Vangueriya Spinosa L.;
quantity, collection L.; (in arithm.) sum, total amount; (in astron.) a sine
expressed in numbers; (in music) a sound, tone; N. of a man g. {naDA7di}; n.
(L.) iron; steel; fresh butter; ({A}) f. a kind of musk L.; ({I}) f. see 1.
{piNDI}.
pis'aaca * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) N. of a class of demons (possibly so called either
from their fondness for flesh [{piza} for {pizita}] or from their yellowish
appearance; they were perhaps originally a personification of the ignis fatuus;
they are mentioned in the Veda along with Asuras and Râkshasas see also Mn. xii,
44; in later times they are the children of Krodhâ cf. IW. 276); a fiend, ogre,
demon, imp, malevolent or devilish being AV. &c. &c. (ifc. `" a devil of a - "'
Kâd.); N. of a Rakshas R.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Daksha and mother of the
Pis'âcas VP.; ({I}) f. a female PñPis'âcas, a she-devil AV. &c. &c. (also ifc. =
m.); excessive fondness for (ifc.; e.g. {Ayudha-p-}, eñexcessive fñfondness for
fighting) Bâlar. Anarghar.; a species of Valerian L.; N. of a Yogini Hcat.
pitaH = (m) father
pitaraH = fathers
pitaa = father
pitaamaha = (m) grandfather (father's father)
pitaamahaH = the grandfather
pitaamahaaH = grandfathers
pitaamahaan.h = grandfathers
pitaamahi = (f) grandmother (father's mother)
pitaambara = yellow sacred clean cloth worn by gods and priest
pithha* = m. pain, distress W.
piithha* = n. (rarely î, f.; possibly corrupted fr. {pi-sad}, to sit upon) a
stool, seat, chair, bench, GriS'. MBh. &c.; a religious student's seat (made
properly of Kus'a grass) W.; case, pedestal (esp. of an idol) Râjat. Var. Sch.;
royal seat, throne RâmatUp.; place, office (cf. {pIThA7dhikAra}); N. of various
temples (erected on the 5 1 spots where the limbs of Pârvatî fell after she had
been cut to pieces by the discus of Vishnu) L.; a district, province Pañc.; a
partic. posture in sitting Cat.; (in geom.) the complement of a segment Col.; m.
a kind of fish L.; the sun Gal.; N. of an Asura MBh.; of a minister of Kansa
Hariv.
piitha* = 1 m. a drink, draught (cf. {go-p-}, {surA-p-}, {soma-p-}); n. water
L.; melted butter
pitri = father
pitrihuu * = mfn. invoking the PñPitris; f. (sc. %{dvAr}) N. of the southern
aperture of the human body i.e. the right ear BhP. (cf. %{deva-hU}).
pitrihuuya * = n. invoking or summoning the Pitr2is S3Br.
pitri-kaaraka = Significator of Father which is the Sun
pitrin.h = fathers
pitrivrataaH = worshipers of ancestors
pitriiNaaM = of the ancestors
pitriin.h = to the ancestors
piteva = like a father
pitta = Biological Fire humour. Used in Ayurvedic Medical Typology
pidadhaati = to close
pidhaana *= n. (m. g. %{ardharcA7di}) covering, stopping, shutting, closing
Ma1lav. Sa1h. ; a cover, lid, sheath &c. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; (%{-vat} mfn. covered
with a lid Ra1jat.) ; a partic. process to which quicksilver is subjected
Sarvad. ; (%{I}) f. a cover, lid L.
pidhaanam.h = (n) cork
pidhaaya *= ind. having covered Amar.
pidhaayaka *= mf(%{ikA})n. covering, hiding, concealing (%{-tA} f.), Veda7ntas.
pidhitsu *= mfn. wishing to cover conceal
pipaasaa = thirst
pipaasita = thirsty
pipiilikaa = ant
pib.h = to drink
piba.ntu = (Vr.Imp.III P Pl.PP) let them drink
pibati = (1 pp) to drink
pibet.h = (Verb. Imp. III P.S.PP) may one drink
pihitapatram.h = (n) an envelope
piiTha = sitting base
piiDana = harrasment
piiDayati = (10 up) to oppress
piiDayaa = by torture
piiDaaya* = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to feel pain, be uneasy Sânkhyak. Sch.
piiDa* = m. n. in {tila-p-}, {triNa-p-}.
piitha (Yoga encyclopedia) * ("seat") is sometimes used synonymously for *âsana.
The term can also refer to a sacred site (*tîrtha), such as a temple, or a
special locus of spiritual energy (*shakti) within the *body, corresponding to a
*cakra. For instance, the *Laghu-Yoga-Vâsishtha (VI.2.100f.) speaks of the
thirty-six tîrthas in the body in which *God should be worshiped.\\Moreover, in
one of its several classification systems, *Shaiva *Tantrism employs the term
pâtha to denote a certain type of scripture (see *âgama), analogous to the
categories of *âmnâya and *srota. There are four such pîthas, namely vidyâ-,
mantra-, mudrâ-, and mandala-pîtha. While the scriptures of a particular class
deal chiefly with the subject matter indicated by the name of their category
(such as *mantras or *mandalas), each scripture covers all the important
*Tantric principles.
piithha* = n. (rarely î, f.; possibly corrupted fr. {pi-sad}, to sit upon) a
stool, seat, chair, bench, GriS'. MBh. &c.; a religious student's seat (made
properly of Kus'a grass) W.; case, pedestal (esp. of an idol) Râjat. Var. Sch.;
royal seat, throne RâmatUp.; place, office (cf. {pIThA7dhikAra}); N. of various
temples (erected on the 5 1 spots where the limbs of Pârvatî fell after she had
been cut to pieces by the discus of Vishnu) L.; a district, province Pañc.; a
partic. posture in sitting Cat.; (in geom.) the complement of a segment Col.; m.
a kind of fish L.; the sun Gal.; N. of an Asura MBh.; of a minister of Kansa
Hariv.
piitha* = 1 m. a drink, draught (cf. {go-p-}, {surA-p-}, {soma-p-}); n. water
L.; melted butter L. \\* = 2 m. id. (see {go-p-}).
piiDA* = f. pain, suffering, annoyance, harm, injury, violation, damage ({ayA}
ind. with pain i.e. unwillingly) Mn. MBh. &c.; devastation (cf. {pIDana}) W.;
restriction, limitation KâtyS'r. Sch.; obscuration, eclipse (of a planet cf.
{graha-p-}) Var.; pity, compassion L.; a chaplet or garland for the head L. (cf.
{ApIDa}); Pinus Longifolia L.; a basket L.; w.r. for {pITha}.
piiDita = Distress. Usually caused by Combust position of planet* = mfn.
squeezed, pressed Mn. MBh. &c.; hurt, injured, afflicted, distressed, troubled,
badly off ib.; covered, eclipsed, obscured Var.; laid waste W.; bound, tied ib.;
suppressed; badly pronounced, APrât.; ({am}) ind. closely R.; n. damage Gaut.;
harassment, annoyance MBh. (v.l. {pIDana}); a kind of coitus L.
piinaH = (m) something you suck on
piita = yellow
piitaM = yellow
piitavaasasam.h = wearing the yellow dress
pishtha *= 1 mfn. (for 2. see %{piS}) fashioned, prepared, decorated (superl.
%{-tama}) RV. AV. VS. ; n. = %{rUpa} Naigh. iii, 7.\\ 2 piSTa 2 mfn. (for 1. see
above) crushed, ground &c. RV. &c. &c. ; clasped, squeezed, rubbed together (as
the hands) W. ; kneaded ib. ; m. a cake, pastry L. ; N. of a man g. %{zivA7di} ;
pl. his descendants g. %{upakA7di} ; (%{I}) f. see s.v. ; n. flour, meal,
anything ground (%{na@pinaSTi@piSTam}, `" he does not grind flour "' i.e. he
does no useless work) BhP. ; lead L.
pithha* = m. pain, distress W.
pIva * = 1 mfn. fat RV. AitBr.; (%{A}) f. water L.\\ 2 Nom. P. %{-vati}, to be
fat or corpulent Dha1tup. xv, 55.\\ 3 in comp.= %{pI4vas}.
pkasha = (masc) wing
pluta * = mfn. floated, floating or swimming in (loc.), bathed, overflowed,
submerged, covered or filled with (instr. or comp.) Yâjñ. MBh. R. &c.;
protracted, prolated or lengthened (as a vowel) to 3 Mâtrâs (q.v.) Prât. Pân.
1-2, 27 esp. S'rS. &c. (also said of a kind of measure Cat.) [715, 3]; flown R.;
leaped, leaping MBh. Hariv.; n. a flood, deluge (pl.) Hariv.; leaping, moving by
leaps MBh. R. Vcar.; capering (one of a horse's paces) L.
poshasya V: - maintainer of -, sustainer of-
pothalikaa = (f) a sack
potaka = young one of an animalpraak.h = a long time ago
praa-bhava * = n. (fr. {-bhu}) superiority L.
praabhava * = &c. see under 3. {prA} ib.
praacurya * = n. (fr. {-cura}) multitude, abundance, plenty Bâdar. Râjat.
Pañcat.; amplitude, prolixity TPrât. Sch.; prevalence, currency S'ank. Râjat.;
({eNa}) ind. in a mass, fully, mostly MârkP.; in detail BhP.
praachii = (f) east
praachiinam.h = (adj) old, ancient
pra+chal.h = to agitate
praacurya *= n. (fr. %{-cura}) multitude , abundance , plenty Ba1dar. Ra1jat.
Pan5cat. ; amplitude , prolixity TPra1t. Sch. ; prevalence , currency S3am2k.
Ra1jat. ; (%{eNa}) ind. in a mass , fully , mostly Ma1rkP. ; in detail BhP.
praadhaanyataH = which are principal
praadur *= ind. (prob. fr. %{prA} = %{pra} + %{dur}, `" out of doors "' ;
%{prA-du4s} g. %{svar-Adi} ; %{-duS} before %{k} and %{p} Pa1n2. 8-3, 41 ;
%{-duH@SyAt}, %{Santi} for %{syAt}, %{santi}, 87) forth, to view or light, in
sight AV. &c. &c. (with %{as}, or %{bhU}, to become manifest, be visible or
audible, appear, arise, exist ; with %{kR}, to make visible or manifest, cause
to appear, reveal, disclose).
praagalbhya = development, depth, maturity
praaGYa = wise man
praaGYaH = the learned man
praajña* = mf({A} and {I}) (fr. {jJA}) intellectual (opp. to {zArIra},
{taijasa}) S'Br. Nir. MândUp.; intelligent, wise, clever KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.;
m. a wise or learned man MBh. Kâv. &c.; intelligence dependent on individuality
Veda7ntas.; a kind of parrot with red stripes on the neck and wings L.; ({A}) f.
intelligence, understanding L.; ({I}) f. the wife of a learned man L.; {-kathA}
f. a story about a wise man MW.; {-tA} f. (Mis.), {-tva} n. (Veda7ntas.) wisdom,
learning, intelligence; {-bhUta-nAtha}, m.N. of a poet Cat.; {-mAna} m. respect
for learned men W.; {-mAnin} (S'ank.), {-m-mAniG} (Kathâs.), {-vAdika} (MBh.).
mfn. thinking one's self wise.
praaha = told
praahuH = they say
praaJNjalayaH = with folded hands
praakritaH = materialistic
praaktanaaH = earlier ones?
praalamba* = mf({I})n. hanging down R.; m. a kind of pearl ornament L.; the
female breast L.; a species of gourd L.; n. (?) a garland hanging down to the
breast Ragh. (also {-baka}, n. and {-bikA} f. L.)
praalamba* = {prAleya} &c. see under 3. {prA}, p. 702, col. 2.
praamaaNyaM = proof
praaN.h = life
praaNa = Soul * = 2 m. (ifc. f. %{A}; for 1. see under %{prA}, p. 701) the
breath of life, breath, respiration spirit vitality; pl. life RV. &c. &c.
(%{prA7NAn} with %{muc} or %{hA} or %{pari-} %{tyaj}, `" to resign or quit life
"'; with %{rakS}, `" to save lñlife "'; with %{ni-han}, `" to destroy lñlife "';
%{tvam@me@prA7NaH} "', thou art to me as dear as lñlife "'; often ifc.; cf.
%{pati-}, %{mA7na-pr-}); a vital organ vital air (3 in number, viz. %{prA7Na},
%{apA7na} and %{vyAna} AitBr. TUp. Sus3r.; usually 5, viz. the preceding with
%{sam-Ana} and, %{yd-Ana} S3Br. MBh. Sus3r. &c. cf. MWB. 242; or with the other
vital organs 6 S3Br.; or 7 AV. Br. Mun2d2Up.; or 9 AV. TS. Br.; or 10 S3Br.; pl.
the 5 organs of vitality or sensation, viz. %{prA7Na}, %{vAc}, %{cakSus},
%{zrotra}, %{manas}, collectively ChUp. ii, 7, i; or = nose, mouth, eyes and
ears GopBr. S3rS. Mn. iv, 143); air inhaled, wind AV. S3Br. [705,2]; breath (as
a sign of strength). vigour, energy, power MBh. R. &c. (%{sarvaprA7Nena} or
%{-prA7NaiH}, `" with all one's strength "' or, all one's heart "'; cf.
%{yathA-prA7Nam}); a breath (as a measure of time, or the tñtime requisite for
the pronunciation of 10 long syllables = 1/6 Vina1d2ika1) Var. Aryabh. VP.; N.
of a Kalpa (the 6th day in the light half of Brahma1's month) Pur.; (in
Sa1m2khya) the spirit (= %{puruSa}) Tattvas.; (in Veda7nts) the spirit
identified with the totality of dreaming spirits Veda7ntas. RTL. 35 (cf.
%{prANA7tman}); poetical inspiration W.; myrrh L.; a N. of the letter %{y} Up.;
of a Sa1man Ta1n2d2Br. (%{vasiSThasya@prA7NA7pA7nau} A1rshBr.); of Brahma1 L.;
of Vishn2u RTL. 106; of a Vasu BhP.; of a son of the Vasu Dhara Hariv.; of a
Marut Ya1jn5. Sch.; of a son of Dha1tr2i Pur.; of a son of Vidha1tr2i BhP.; of a
R2ishi in the 2nd Manv-antara Hariv.
prahi *= 1 P. A1. %{-hiNoti} , %{-hiNute}: %{-hiNvati} , %{-hiNvate} (cf. Pa1n2.
8-4 , 15 ; pf. %{-jighAya} KaushUp. ; 1.sg. pr. A1. %{-hiSe} RV. ; Aor.p.
%{prA74hait} AV. ; Impv. %{pra4-hela} RV. ; inf %{pra-hye4} ib.) , to urge on ,
incite RV. ; to direct , command La1t2y. KaushUp. [701,1] ; to convey or send to
, furnish , procure. bestow on (dat.) RV. &c. &c. ; to hurl , cast , throw upon
, discharge at (dat. or loc ) Ka1v. Pur. ; to turn the eyes towards (acc.) Ka1d.
; to dispatch (messengers) , drive away , dismiss , send to (acc. with.or
without %{prati} dat. gen. with or without %{antikam} or %{pArzvam}) or in order
to (dat. or inf.) RV. &c. &c. ; (A1.) to rush on RV. ; to forsake (= %{pra}. 3.
%{hA}) BhP.: Caus. aor. %{prA7jIhayat} Pat.: Desid. of Caus.
%{pra-jighAyayiSati} ib.
praaNaa * = m. destruction of life, killing, slaughter MBh. R. &c. (with
Buddhists one of the 10 sins Dharmas.)
praaNaM = the air which acts outward
praaNakarmaaNi = functions of the life breath
praaNavaayu = a vital air that moves in the chest
praaNaan.h = life (always used in plural )
praaNaapaanau = up-and down-moving air
praaNaayaama = control of the breath
praaNaayana* = n. (for 2. see below) an organ of sense BhP.\\praaNaayana* = 2 m.
(for 1. see under {prA7Na}) the offspring of the vital airs VS. (cf. g.
{naDA7di}).
praaNinaaM = of all living entities
praaNe = in the air going outward
praaNes'a * = m. `" lord of lñlife "', a husband Sa1h.; `" lord of breath "'N.
of a Marut Ya1jn5. Sch.; (%{A}) f. a mistress, wife Katha1s.
praaNes'vara * = m. `" lord of lñlife "', a husband, lover MBh. Ka1v. Hit.; a
partic. drug Cat.; pl. the vital spirits personified Hariv.; (%{I}) f. a
mistress, wife Inscr.
praaNeshvara = husband
praaNeshhu = in the outgoing air
praanta = the end
praap *= (%{pra-Ap}) P. A1. %{prA7pnoti} (irreg. Pot. %{prA7peyam}), to attain
to; reach, arrive at, meet with, find AV. &c. &c.; to obtain, receive (also as a
husband or wife) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to incur (a fine) Mn. viii, 225; to suffer
(capital punishment) ib. 364; (with %{dizaH}) to flee in all directions
Bhat2t2.; to extend, stretch, reach to (%{A}) Pa1n2. 5-2, 8; to be present or at
hand AV.; (in gram.) to pass or be changed into (acc.) Siddh.: to result (from a
rule), be in force, obtain (also Pass.) Ka1s3.: Caus. %{prA7payati}, %{-te}
(ind. p. %{prA7payya}, or %{prA7pya} Pa1n2. 6-4, 57 Sch.), to cause to reach or
attain (2 acc.), advance, promote, further (P. ChUp. MBh. &c.; A1. TBr. MBh.);
to lead or bring to (dat.) VP.; to impart, communicate, announce, relate Mn.
MBh. &c.; to meet with, obtain R.: Desid. %{pre7psati}, to try to attain, strive
to reach S3Br.
praap.h = to obtain
praapta = occurred
praaptaM = received
praaptaH = achieving
praaptiH = achievement
praapnuyaat.h = he attains
praapnuvanti = achieve
praapya = achieving
praapyate = is achieved
praapsyasi = you gain
praapsye = I shall gain
praaraMbhaaH = (Masc.nom.S)beginning
praarabhate = begins
praarambha = beginning (more motivated than aarambha)
praarth.h = to beg / pray
praarthanaa = Prayer
praarthayante = pray for
praarthe = request, pray
praasa *= m. casting, throwing Br. S3rS. ; scattering, sprinkling Prata1p. ; a
barbed missile or dart MBh. Katha1s. ; a partic. constellation or position of a
planet Var. ; N. of a man Ra1jat. ; %{-bhArata} n. N. of a poem [709,3] ;
%{-saka} m. a die, dice L. ; %{-sika} mfn. armed with a dart or javelin Pa1n2.
4-4, 57 Sch. ; m. a spearman L.
praasaada = palace * = m. (for {pra-s-} lit. `" sitting forward "', sitting on a
seat in a conspicuous place; cf. Pân. 6-3, 122) a lofty seat or platform for
spectators, terrace S'ânkhS'r. Mn.; the top-story of a lofty building Kâd.; a
lofty palatial mansion (approached by steps), palace, temple AdbhBr. MBh. Kâv.
&c.; (with Buddhists) the monks "' hall for assembly and confession MWB. 426.
praataH = morning
praataHkaala = morning
praataradhiiyaano = morning-studied man
praati* = f. filling (= {pUrti}) L.; the span of the thumb and forefinger. L.
\\2 (for 1. see under {prA}), Vriiddhi or lengthened form of 1. {prati} in comp.
In the following derivatives formed with 2. {prAti} only the second member of
the simple compound from which they come is given in the parentheses (leaving
the preposition {prati}, which is lenghened to {prAti} in the derivatives, to be
supplied). [706, 3]
praatIpa* = m. (fr. %{pratIpa}) patr. of S3am2-tanu MBh
praatipada* = mf({I}) n. (fr. {-pad}) forming the commencement S'ânkhS'r.; m. N.
of a man S'atr.
praavaarakam.h = (n) coat
praavara * =m. (for 1. see under 3. {prA}. p. 702, col. 3) an enclosure, fence
(cf. {mahI-pr-}) L.
praavAra * m. id. MBh. Kâm. Mriicch. (also {-ka}); N. of a district (=
{-varaka}) MBh.; mfn. found in outer garments or cloaks Kâv.; {-karNa} m. `"
Cloak-Ear "'N. of an owl MBh.; {-kITa} m. `" clothes-insect "' = {kuNa} L.; a
louse W.; {-rika} m. a maker of cloaks R.; {-rIya} P. {-yati}, to use as a
clñcloaks Pân. 3-1, 10 Sch.
praavraajya* = n. (fr. {-vrAj}) the life of a religious mendicant, vagrancy MBh.
(w.r. {-vrajya}) MârkP.
praavrit *= (%{prA} m. c. for %{pra}), Caus. %{-vartayati}, to produce, create
MBh. Hariv.
praavrita *= mfn. covered, enclosed, screened, hid in (instr. or comp.) RV. &c.
&c.; put on (as a garment) Hcar. Katha1s. Hit.; filled with (instr.) R.; m. n. a
veil, mantle, wrapper L.; n. covering, concealing Gaut.; (%{A}) f. a veil,
mantle Shad2vBr.
praavriT *= in comp. for %{prAvRS}.
praavrithkaala* = m. the rainy season Var. Pañcat.; {-vaha} mf({A})n. (a river)
flowing only in the rainy season MârkP.
praavriti *= f. an enclosure, fence, hedge L.; (with S3aivas) spiritual darkness
(one of the 4 consequences of Ma1ya1) Sarvad.
praaya * = m. (fr. {pra} + {aya}; 5. {i}) going forth, starting (for a battle)
RV. ii, 18, 8; course, race AV. iv, 25, 2; departure from life, seeking death by
fasting (as a religious or penitentiary act, or to enforce compliance with a
demand; acc. with {As}, {upa-As}, {upa-viz}, {upa-i}, {A-sthA}, {sam-A-sthA}, or
{kR}, to renounce life, sit down and fast to death; with Caus. of {kR}, to force
any one [acc.] to seek death through starvation) MBh. Kâv. &c.; anything
prominent, chief part, largest portion, plenty, majority, general rule (often
ifc., with f. {A} = chiefly consisting of or destined for or furnished with,
rich or abounding in, frequently practising or applying or using; near, like,
resembling; mostly, well-nigh, almost, as it were; cf. {Arya-}, {jita-},
{jJAti-}, {tRNa-}, {daNDa-}, {duHkha-}, {siddhi-pr-} &c.; also {-tA} f.) S'Br.
Lâthy. Mn. MBh. &c.; a stage of life, age L.; ({am}) ind. g. {gotrA7di}.
praayaa* = to come near, approach
praayaNa* = mfn. going forth, going VS.; n. entrance, beginning, commencement
TS. Br. Up.; the course or path of life MBh. BhP.; going for protection, taking
refuge BhP.; departure from life, death, voluntary dñdeparture ({-NaM-kR}, to
court dñdeparture) Mn. ix, 323; a kind of food prepared with milk Pur.
praayas* = 1 ind. (for 2. see below) for the most part, mostly, commonly, as a
general rule MBh. Ka1v. &c.; in all probability, likely, perhaps MBh.;
abundantly, largely W.
praayas'citta n. (%{prA4yaz-}; `" predominant thought "' or `" thought of death
"' cf. Pa1n2. 6-1, 157 Sch.) atonement, expiation, amends, satisfaction S3Br.
Gr2S3rS. Mn. MBh. (v, 1086 as m.) &c.; N. of sev. wks.; mfn. relating to
atonement or expiation, expiatory Shad2vBr.; %{-kadamba} m. or n.
%{-kamalA7kara} m. %{-kalpataru} m. %{-kANDa} m. or n. %{-kArikA} f.
%{-kautUhala} n. %{-kaumudI} f. %{-krama} m. %{-khaNDa} m. or n. %{-grantha} m.
%{-candrikA} f. %{-cintAmaNi} m. %{-tattva} n. %{-taraMga} (?) m. %{-dIpikA} f.
%{-nirUpaNa} n. %{-nirNaya} m. %{-paddhati} f. %{-parAzara} m. or n.
%{-pArijAta} m. %{-prakaraNa} n. %{-prakAza} m. %{-pratyAmnAya} m. %{-pradIpa}
m. %{-pradIpikA} f. %{-prayoga} m. %{-bhASya} n. %{-maJjarI} f. %{-manohara} m.
%{-mayUkha} m. %{-mAdhavIya} n. %{-mArtaNDa} m. %{-muktA7valI} f.
%{-muktA7valI-prakAza} m. %{-ratna} n. %{-ratna-mAlA} f. %{-rahasya} n.
%{-vAridhi} n. %{-vidhAna} n. %{-vidhi} m. %{-vinirNaya} m. %{-viveka} m.
%{-viveko7ddyota} m. %{-vyavasthA-saMkSepa} m. %{-zakti} f. %{-zata-dvayI} f.
(or %{-zata-dvayI-prA7yazcitta} n.), %{-zekhara} m. %{-zrauta-sUtra}, n.
%{-saMkalpa} m. %{-saMgraha} m. %{-samuccaya} m. %{-sAra} m. %{-sAra-kaumudI} f.
%{-sAra-saMgraha} m. %{-sArA7vali} f. %{-sudhAnidhi} m. %{-subodhinI} [708,2];
f. %{-sUtra} n. %{-setu} m. %{-sthAna} n. %{-hemA7dri} m. %{-ttA7NDa-bilA} f.
%{-ttA7di-godAna} n. %{-ttA7di-saMgraha} m. %{-ttA7dhikAra} m. %{-ttA7dhyAya} m.
%{-ttA7dhyAya-bhASya} n. %{-ttA7parA7rka} m. N. of wks.; %{-ttA7huti} f. an
expiatory sacrifice Br. A1s3vS3r.; %{-tte7ndu-zekhara} m. and
%{-ra-sAra-saMgraha} m. N. of wks.; %{-tte7STi}. f. = %{-ttA7huti} Gr2S3rS.;
%{-tte7STi-candrikA} f. %{-tto7ddyota} m. %{-ttau9gha-sAra} m. N. of wks.
praayeNa * = ind. mostly, generally, as a rule S3rS. Mn. R. &c.; most probably,
likely Hit. (cf. %{prA7yazas} and 1. %{prA7yas}).
praayeNa* = see under %{prA7ya} above.
praayojakaH = (m) sponsor
prabhava * = &c. see under {pra-bhU}.
pra-bhAva * = &c. see {pra-bhU}.
pra-bhava4 * = mfn. prominent, excelling, distinguished RV.; m. production,
source, origin, cause of existence (as father or mother, also `" the Creator
"'), birthplace (often ifc., with f. {A}, springing or rising or derived from,
belonging to) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; might, power (= {pra-bhAva}) L.; N. of a Sâdhya
Hariv.; of Vishnu A.; of sev. men HParis'.; N. of the first or 35th year in a 60
years "' cycle of Jupiter Var.; {-prabhu} and {-svAmin} m. (with Jainas) N. of
one of the 6 S'ruta-kevalins L.
pra-bhaava * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) might, power, majesty, dignity, strength,
efficacy Mn. MBh. &c. ({-veNa}, {-vAt} and {-vatas} ind. by means or in
consequence of, through, by) [684, 3]; supernatural power Kâlid.; splendour,
beauty MBh. R.; tranquillizing, conciliation (?) L.; N. of the chapters of the
Rasikapriyâ Cat.; N. of a son of Manu Sva-rocis MârkP.; {-ja} mfn. proceeding
from conscious majesty or power W.; {-tva} n. power, strength Kâm.; {-vat} mfn.
powerful, strong, mighty MBh. Kathâs.
prabhavaM = origin, opulences
prabhavaH = the source of manifestation
prabhavati = is manifest
prabhavanti = become manifest
prabhavasya = of borned
prabhavaan.h = born of
prabhavishhNu = developing
prabhavaiH = born of
prabhaa = light
prabAdhaka mfn. (ifc.) pressing back, keeping away Sus3r.; refusing MW.
2 prabAdhana n. keeping off, keeping at a distance MBh. Ma1rkP.; pressing hard
upon, tormenting, paining MBh. (also %{A} f. Ja1takam.); refusing, denying MW.
prabhaasa* = M. `" splendour "', `" beauty "'N. of a Vasu MBh.; of a being
attendant on Skanda ib.; of a deity under the 8th Manu MârkP.; (with Jainas) of
one of the 11 Gana7dhipas L.; of a son of a minister of Candraprabha king of
Madra Kathâs.; (pl.) N. of a race of Riishis MBh.; m. or n. N. of a celebrated
place of pilgrimage on the west coast of the Dekhan near Dvârakâ MBh. Kâv. &c.
(also {-kSetra} n. {-kSetra-tIrtha} n. {-deza} m.);
{-kSetra-tIrtha-yAtrA7nukrama} m. {-kSetra-mAhAtmya} n. {-khaNDa} m. or n. and
{-se7zvara-mAhAtmya} n. N. of wks. [684,2]
prabhaasha* = m. declaration, doctrine Hariv. (Nîlak.); w.r. for {-bhAsa}.
prabhaata = morning
prabhaava m. (ifc. f. %{A}) might, power, majesty, dignity, strength, efficacy
Mn. MBh. &c. (%{-veNa}, %{-vAt} and %{-vatas} ind. by means or in consequence
of, through, by) [684,3]; supernatural power Ka1lid.; splendour, beauty MBh. R.;
tranquillizing, conciliation (?) L.; N. of the chapters of the Rasikapriya1
Cat.; N. of a son of Manu Sva-rocis Ma1rkP.; %{-ja} mfn. proceeding from
conscious majesty or power W.; %{-tva} n. power, strength Ka1m.; %{-vat} mfn.
powerful, strong, mighty MBh. Katha1s.
prabhava = influence*= mfn. prominent, excelling, distinguished RV.; m.
production, source, origin, cause of existence (as father or mother, also `" the
Creator "'), birthplace (often ifc., with f. %{A}, springing or rising or
derived from, belonging to) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; might, power (= %{pra-bhAva}) L.;
N. of a Sa1dhya Hariv.; of Vishn2u A.; of sev. men HParis3.; N. of the first or
35th year in a 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter Var.; %{-prabhu} and %{-svAmin} m.
(with Jainas) N. of one of the 6 S3ruta-kevalins L.
prabhavana n. production, source, origin (ifc. `" springing from "'; cf.
%{meru-prabh-} and Pa1n2. 8-4, 34 Sch.); ruling, presiding (?) W.
10 prabhAvana mf(%{I})n. (fr. Caus.) creating, creative MBh.; explaining,
disclosing (= %{prakAzaka}) R. (B.); m. creator MBh. R. Hariv.; (%{A}) f.
disclosing, revealing, promulgation (of a doctrine) HYog.
prabhaavat mfn. luminous, radiant, splendid MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (%{I}) f. the lute
of one of the Gan2as or demigods attendant on S3iva L.; a kind of metre
S3rutab.; (in music) a partic. S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; N. of a Buddh. deity Lalit.; of
the wife of the sun MBh.; of one of the Ma1tr2is attendant on Skanda ib.; of an
Apsaras VP.; of a Sura7n3gana1 Sin6ha7s.; of a sister of the Asura Indra-damana
L.; of a daughter of king Vajra-na1bha and wife of Pradyumna Hariv.; of the wife
of Citra-ratha king of An3ga MBh.; of the daughter of Suvi1ra and wife of
Marutta Ma1rkP.; of a Ta1pasi1 MBh.; of them other of Malli (the 19th Arhat of
present Avasarpin2i1) L.; of the daughter of the S3resht2hin Soma-datta and wife
of Madana the son of Vikrama-sena S3ukas.; of a river W.; (%{-pariNaya} m. `"
the marriage of Prabha1vati1 "'N. of a drama by Vis3va-na1tha).
prabhavaniiya mfn. Pa1n2. ib.
prabhavat mf(%{antI})n. coming forth, arising &c.; mighty, powerful, potent MBh.
Ka1v.
prabhaashheta = speaks
prabhu = lord, king (here)
prabhu * = see under {pra-bhU} below.
pra-bhU * = P. {-bhavati} (rarely Â. {-te}; Ved. inf. {-bhUSa4Ni}), to come
forth, spring up, arise or originate from (abl.), appear, become visible,
happen, occur S'Br. &c. &c.; to be before, surpass (with {pRSTham}, `" to be
greater or more than the back can carry "', applied to wealth RV. ii, 13, 4) to
become or be numerous, increase, prevail, be powerful RV. &c. &c. (3. sg.
{prabhavati-tarAm}, `" has more power "' Vikr. v, 18); to rule, control, have
power over, be master of (gen. loc. or dat.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to be equal to or
capable of (dat. or loc.) ib.; to be a match for (dat.) Pân. 2-3, 16 Vârtt. 2
Pat.; to be able to (inf.) Kâlid. Kathâs. &c.; to profit, avail, be of use to
(dat.) RV. Br.; to implore, beseech (?) Hariv.: Caus. {-bhAvayati}, to increase,
spread out, extend, augment, multiply (esp. the Soma by placing it in a greater
number of vessels) Br.; to provide more amply, endow more richly, cause to
thrive or prosper, cherish, nurture ib. MBh. &c.; (as Nom. fr. {-bhAva} below)
to gain or possess power or strength, rule over (acc.) MBh. R.; to recognise R.:
Desid. of Caus. {-bibhAvayiSati}, to wish to increase or extend AitBr.
pra-bhu4 * = mfn. (Ved. also {U4} f. {vI}) excelling, mighty, powerful, rich,
abundant RV. &c. &c.; more powerful than (abl.) MBh.; having power over (gen.)
VP.; able, capable, having power to (loc. inf. or comp.) Kâv.; a match for
(dat.) Pân. 2-3, 16 Vârtt. 2 Pat.; constant, eternal L.; m. a master, lord, king
(also applied to gods e.g. to Sûrya and Agni RV.; to Prajâ-pati Mn.; to Brahmâ
ChUp.; to Indra R.; to S'iva MBh.; to Vishnu L.); the chief or leader of a sect
RTL. 142; a sound, word L.; quicksilver L.; N. of a deity under the 8th Manu
MârkP.; of a son of Kardama Hariv.; of a son of S'uka and Pîvarî ib.; of a son
of Bhaga and Siddhi BhP.; of a poet Cat.; of sev. other men HParis'.; ({-bhvI}
f. N. of a S'akti Pañcar.); {-kathA} f. N. of wk.; {-tA} f. lordship, dominion,
supremacy Yâjñ. (v.l.) Kathâs.; power over (loc.) S'ak.; possession of (comp.)
Ragh.; prevalence (instr. `" for the most part "') Ratna7v.; {-tva} n. lordship,
sovereignty, high rank, might, power over (gen. loc. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
prevalence (instr. `" for the most part "') Sus'r.; {-tvabodhi} f. knowledge
joined with supreme power Kârand.; {-tvA7kSepa} m. (in rhet.) an objection based
on power (i.e. on a word of command) Kâvya7d. ii, 138; {-deva} m. N. of a Yoga
teacher Cat.; ({I}) f. (with {lATI}) N. of a poetess ib.; {-bhakta} mfn. devoted
to his master (as a dog) Cân.; m. a good horse L.; {-bhakti} f. loyalty,
faithfulness MW.; {-liGga-caritra} n. {-liGga-lIlA} f. {-vaMza} m. N. of wks.;
{-zabda-zeSa} mfn. having only the title of lord remaining Ragh.
pra-óbhU * = = {-bhu} (cf. above); {-tva} n. sufficiency KâtyS'r. (cf.
{prabhu-tva}); {-vasu} ({-bhU4-} Padap. {-bhu4-}) mfn. abundantly wealthy (said
of Indra and Soma) RV.; m. N. of a descendant of Angiras, author of RV. v, 35,
36; ix, 35, 36
prabhuH = the master of the city of the body
prabhuddho = having risen( after sleep, unconscious state)
prabudha *= m. a great sage BhP.
prabhuuta = large quantity
prabhriti = from
prabho = Oh Lord
pracakra * = n. an army in motion L.
pracaNDa* = mf({A})n. excessively violent, impetuous, furious, fierce,
passionate, terrible, direful, formidable MBh. Kâv. &c.; great, large, hot,
burning, sharp (see comp. below); m. a species of oleander with white flowers
L.; N. of a Dânava Kathâs.; of a goblin MârkP.; of a son of Vatsa-prî and
Su-nandâ ib.; ({A}) f. a species of Dûrvâ with white flowers L.; a form or
S'akti of Durgâ Cat.
pracar * = P. %{-carati} (ep. also A1. %{-te}), to proceed towards, go or come
to, arrive at (acc.) RV. &c. &c.; to come forth, appear MBh. R. &c.; to roam,
wander Prab. BhP.; to circulate, be or become current (as a story) R. Var.; to
set about, perform, discharge (esp. sacred functions, with instr. of the object
or of the means employed) AV. Br. Ka1tyS3r.; to be active or busy, be occupied
or engaged in (loc.) MBh. BhP.; to proceed, behave, act in peculiar manner Mn.
MBh. &c.; to come off, take place BhP.: Caus. %{-cArayati}, to allow to roam,
turn out to graze Hariv.; to make public W.
pracal * = P. %{-calati} (rarely A1. %{-te}), to be set in motion, tremble,
quake TBr. MBh. &c.; to stir, move on, advance, set out, depart MBh. BhP.
Pan5cat.; to start, spring up from (a seat) R.; to swerve, deviate from (abl.)
MBh.; to become troubled or confused, be perplexed or bewildered or excited ib.
BhP.: Caus. %{-calayati}, to set in motion, move, jog, wag Ka1v.; to remove from
(abl.) Sus3r.; %{-cAlayati}, to cause to shake or tremble R.; to stir up, stir
round Pan5cat.
pracala * = mfn. moving, tremulous, shaking MBh. Ka1v. Sus3r.; what goes well or
widely W.; current, circulating, customary ib.; %{-kAJcana-kuNDala} mfn. (an
ear) adorned with golden rings R2itus.; %{-dAsa} m. N. of a poet Cat.;
%{-latA-bhuja} mfn. having tremulous arm-creepers (= slender arms that tremble)
Prab.; %{-siMha} m. N. of a poet Cat.; %{--calA7Gga} mfn. having tremulous limbs
MBh.
pracaraNa* = n. going to graze Cat.; proceeding with, beginning, undertaking
S3rS. Ba1lar.; circulating, being current W.; employing, using MW.; (%{I4}) f.
(sc. %{sruc}) a wooden ladle employed for want of a better at a sacrifice S3Br.
Ka1tyS3r.
pracAraNa * = n. (prob.) scattering, strewing Ka1d.
pracaraNIya * = mfn. being in actual use S3Br.
prachalita = something that has started
pracyava * = m. fall , ruin Ka1t2h. ; withdrawal Kap. Sch. ; advancement ,
improvement MW.
pracyavana * = mfn. removing , destroying Car. (w.r. for %{-cyAvana}?) ; n.
falling down (esp. from heaven i.e. being born again) HParis3. ; departure ,
withdrawal Sus3r. ; loss , deprivation (with abl.) MBh. ; oozing , dropping A.
prachodayaat.h = (abl.Sing.)from His inducement or stirring the
consciousnessprachchhanna = covered, secretly clad
pracura * = mf({A})n. much, many, abundant (opp. to {alpa}); plenteous,
plentiful, frequent; (ifc.) abounding in, filled with MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a thief
A.
prachura = many
pracuurN * =P. {-cUrNayati} (only aor. {prA7cucUrNat}), to crush, grind to dust
Bhathth.
pracyaavana *= n. means of removing or diminishing , a sedative Sus3r. ; causing
to give up , diverting from (abl.) Pa1n2. Sch.
pradadhmatuH = sounded
pradarshayati = to display, to exhibit
pradarshinii = (f) exhibition
pradars'ita *= mfn. shown, pointed out, indicated; taught, mentioned, specified
Mn. MBh. &c.; prophesied W.
pradaa = one that bestows
pradaaH = causing
pradhaana = giving * =n. a chief thing or person, the most important or
essential part of anything KâtyS'r. Mn. MBh. &c.; (ibc.) the principal or first,
chief, head of; [often also ifc. (f. {A}) e.g. {indra-pradhAna}, (a hymn) having
Indra as the chief object or person addressed Nir.; {prayoga-p-}, (the art of
dancing) having practice as its essential part, chiefly practical Mâlav.]; `"
the Originator "', primary germ, original source of the visible or material
universe (in Sânkhya = {prakRti} q.v.) IW. 53, 1 &c.; primary or unevolved
matter or nature Sarvad.; supreme or universal soul L.; intellect, understanding
L.; the first companion or attendant of a king, a courtier, a noble (also m.)
L.; an elephant-driver (also m.) L.; (in gram.) the principal member of a
compound (opp. to {upasarjana} q.v.); mf({A})n. chief, main, principal, most
important; pre-eminent in (instr.); better than or superior to (abl.) MBh. Kâv.
&c.; m. N. of an ancient king MBh.; ({A}) f. N. of a S'akti, Tantr. (cf. IW.
522).
pradhana * =n. (cf. {dha4na}) spoil taken in battle, a prize gained by a victor,
the battle or contest itself RV. &c. &c.; the best of one's goods, valuables
Nâr.; tearing, bursting &c. (= {dAraNa}) L.; m. N. of a man; pl. his descendants
BrahmaP.
pradigdhaan.h = tainted with
pradishhTaM = indicated
pradiipaH = (Masc.Nom.S)lamp; name of a person
pradiiptaM = blazing
pradushhaNam.h = (n) pollution
pradushhyanti = become polluted
pradeya = worth diving
pradesha = Territory
pradvishhantaH = blaspheming
pradyumna * =m. `" the pre-eminently mighty one "'N. of the god of love (re-born
as a son of Kriishna and Rukminî, or as a son of Sankarshana and then identified
with Sanat-kumâra) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the pleasant (= {kAma}) Subh.; the intellect
(= {manas}) S'ank.; N. of a son of Manu and Nadvalâ BhP.; of a king Kathâs.; of
sev. authors and teachers Cat.; of a mountain Râjat.; of a river ib.
pradhaana = important
pragatiH = (m) progress, developments
praghasa* = m. ( {ghas}) a devourer (pl. N. of false gods) L. (cf. Pân. 2-4, 37;
38); N. of a Râkshasa MBh.; of a monkey follower of Râma R.; ({A}) f. N. of one
of the Mâtriis attending on Skanda MBh.
praGyaa = intellect
praGYaa = (f) intelligence, grasping-power
praGYaaM = intelligence
praGYaanaM = greater knowledge or awareness
praGYaavaadaan.h = learned talks
prahaNa *= w.r. for %{pra-haraNa} Hariv.
prahara = Part of the day
praharaNa = arms
praharaNa *= n. striking , beating , pecking Pan5cat. attack , combat MBh. ;
throwing (of grass into the fire) TS. Sch. ; removing , dispelling S3am2k. ; a
weapon (ifc. f. %{A}) MBh. Ka1v. &c. (cf. %{kRta-pr-}) ; a carriage-box BhP. ;
w.r. for %{pra-vahaNa} L. ; m. the verse spoken in throwing grass into the fire
A1pS3r. ; N. of a son of Kr2ishn2a BhP. ; %{-kalikA} or %{-kalitA} f. a kind of
metre Chandom. Col. ; %{-vat} mfn. fighting Sa1y.
2 prahAraNa n. a desirable gift L. (v.l. for 2. %{pravA7raNa}).
praharaNaaH = equipped with
praharati = to knock
prahasa *= m. N. of S'iva Gal.; of a Rakshas R.
prahasan.h = smiling
prahaasa * m. loud laughter, laughter Hariv. Kâv.; derision, irony Pân. 1-4, 106
&c.; appearance, display Venis.; splendour, of colours Jâtakam.; an actor,
dancer L.; N. of S'iva L. (cf. {-hasa}); of an attendant of S'ñS'iva MBh.; of a
Nâga ib.; of a minister of Varuna R.; of a Tirtha (w.r. for {-bhAsa}?) L.; n.
(with {bharad-vAjasya}) N. of a Sâman (w.r. for {prAsAha}) L.
prahaasyasi = you can be released from
prahiNoshi = you strike
prahita *= mfn. urged on incited, stirred up RV. BhP. ; hurled, discharged at
Hariv. R. Pur. ; thrown forward i.e. stretched out (as an arm) MBh. ; imbedded
(as nails) Sa1h. ; (ifc.) directed or turned towards, cast upon (as eyes, the
mind &c.), Kalid. BhP. ; conveyed, sent, procured Das3. Katha1s. Pan5cat. ; sent
out, dispatched (as messengers) RV. &c. &c. ; sent away, expelled, banished to
(dat.) R. Katha1s. ; sent to or towards or against (loc. gen. with or without
%{pArzve}, or dat.), appointed, commissioned MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; m. du. (with
%{gaurIviteH} and %{zyAvA7zvasya}) N. of 2 Sa1mans A1rshBr. ; n. sauce, gravy,
condiment L.
prahri = to hit
prahrittaM = ready to strike
prahrishhyati = is rejoicing
prahrishhyet.h = rejoices
prahlaada = a devotee of Vishnu
prahlaadaH = Prahlada
prajanaH = the cause for begetting children
prajahaati = gives up
prajahi = curb
prajaa = people, subjects (especially ruled and protected by a king)
prajaaH = generations
prajaata.ntuM = the umbilical cord?
prajaanaaM = (dative of)people
prajaanaati = knows
prajaanaami = do I know
prajaapati = Lord of created beingsprajApati\\({-jA-}) m. `" lord of creatures
"'N. of Savitrii, Soma, Agni, Indra &c. RV. AV.; a divinity presiding over
procreation, protector of life ib. VS. Mn. Sus'r. BhP. [658,3]; lord of
creatures, creator RV. &c. &c. (N. of a supreme god above or among the Vedic
deities [RV. (only x, 21, 10) AV. VS. Br.] but in later times also applied to
Vishnu, S'iva, Time personified, the sun, fire, &c., and to various progenitors,
esp. to the 10 lords of created beings first created by Brahmâ, viz. Marîci,
Atri, Angiras, Pulastya, Pulaka, Kratu, Vasishthha, Pracetas or Daksha, Bhriigu,
Nârada [Mn.i, 34; cf. IW. 206 n. 1], of whom some authorities count only the
first 7, others the last 3); a father L.; a king, prince L.; a son-in-law L.; N.
of the 5th (39th) year in a 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter Var.; the planet Mars,
a partic. star, $ Aurigae Sûryas.; (in astrol.) = 2. {kAla-nara} q.v.; a species
of insect L.; N. of sev. men and authors Cat.; ({I}) f. a matron, lady DivyA7v.;
N. of Gautama Buddha's aunt and nurse (with the patr. Gautamî, the first woman
who assented to his doctrines) Lalit.; {-grihIta} ({-jA4-p-}) mfn. seized by
Prajâ-pati VS.; {-carita} n. N. of wk.; {-citi4} f. PñPrajâ-pati's layer S'Br.;
{-datta} m. N. of a man Pat.; {-nivAsinI} f. N. of a Gandharvî Kârand.; {-pati}
m. `" lord of the PñPrajâ-pati "'N. of Brahmâ BhP.; of Daksha ib.; {-bhakSita}
({-jA4-p-}) mfn. eaten by PñPrajâ-pati VS.; {-mukha} ({jA4-p-}) mfn. having
PñPrajâ-pati as head or chief S'Br.; {-yajJa} m. `" sacrifice to PñPrajâ-pati
"', the procreation of children enjoined by law VP.; {-loka4} m. PñPrajâ-pati's
world (situated between the sphere of Brahmâ and that of the Gandharvas) S'Br.;
{-zarman} m. N. of a man L.; {-sRSTa} ({-jA4-p-}) mfn. created by PñPrajâ-pati
AV. S'Br.; {-smRti} f. N. of wk.; {-hRdaya} n. `" PñPrajâ-pati's heart "'N. of a
Sâman S'rS. (also {prajA4pater-hR4d-} S'Br. TS.)
prajaapatiH = the Lord of creatures
prajaaprabhutvaM = (n) democracy
prajaya * = see under %{pra-ji}.2\m. victory, conquest S3Br.
prajña* = 1 mfn. = {pra-jJu} L.\\ prajña* =2 mf({A})n. (for 1. see above) wise,
prudent MândUp.; (ifc.) knowing, conversant with (cf. {nikRti-}, {pathi-});
({A}) f. see col. 2; {-tA} ({-jJa4-}) f. knowledge. S'Br.
prajñaa* = P. {-jAnAti}, to know, understand (esp. a way or mode of action),
discern, distinguish, know about, be acquainted with (acc.) RV. &c. &c.; to find
out, discover, perceive, learn MBh. Kâv. &c.:, Caus. {-jJA8payati}, to show or
point out (the way) S'Br.; to summon, invite Lalit. 2.
prajñaa* = f. wisdom, intelligence, knowledge, discrimination, judgment S'Br.
&c. &c.; device, design S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.; a clever or sensible woman W.; Wisdom
personified as the goddess of arts and eloquence, Sarasvatî L.; a partic. S'akti
or energy Hcat.; (with Buddh.) true or transcendental wisdom (which is three
fold Dharmas. 110) MWB. 126; 128; the energy of Âdi-buddha (through the union
with whom the latter produced all things) MWB. 204.
praji *= P. %{-jayati}, to, win, conquer AV. &c. &c. prajJaka* = see
{akRta-prajJaka}.
prajñaata* = mfn. known, understood, found out, discerned, known as (nom.),
well-known, public, common, notorious Mn. MBh. &c.
prajñaati* = ({pra4-}) f. knowing the way to (gen.) or the right way S'Br.
TândBr.
prajñaakoza* = m. N. of a man Kathâs.
prajñaagupta* = mfn. protected by understanding ({-zarIra}) S'ârngP.; N. of a
Buddh. scholar.
prajñaaghana* = m. nothing but intelligence BhP.
prajñaaDhya* = ({-jJA7Dhya}) m. `" rich in wñwisdom "'N. of a man Kathâs.
prajñaaditya* = ({-jJA7d-}) m. `" sun of wñwisdom "'N. applied to a very clever
man Râjat.
prajñaadeva* = m. `" god of wñwisdom "'N. of a scholar Buddh.
prajñaabhadra* = m. `" excelling in wñwisdom "'N. of a scholar Buddh.
prajñaavat* = mfn. wise, knowing, shrewd, intelligent Kathâs. Pañcat. &c.
prajñaavAda* = m. a word of wñwisdom Bhag.
prajñaavRddha* = mfn. old in wñwisdom or knowledge MBh
prajvaalitaH = ( ger.Masc.nom.sing.)rekindled; inflamed;fuelled the flames
prajval * = P. {-jvalati} (ep. also Â. {-te}), to begin to burn or blaze, be
kindled (lit. and fig.), flame or flash up, shine, gleam TBr. ChUp. MBh. &c.:
Caus. {-jvA8layati}, to set on fire, light, kindle, inflame GriS'rS. ChUp. MBh.
&c.; (with Buddh.) to illustrate, explain DivyA7v.
prakaTitaa = has appeared, been bestowed
prakaroti = do
prakaara = variety, options
prakaareNa = means; method
prakaala = Armageddon
prakaasha = shining, clear
prakaashaM = illumination
prakaashaH = manifest
prakaashakaM = illuminating
prakaashate = to shine
prakaashana = Publication
prakaashayati = discloses
prakaashita = (adj) published
prakampa* = mfn. trembling R.; m. (ifc. f. {A}) trembling or violent motion,
quaking, staggering &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.
prakiirtya = by the glories
prakIrtita *= mfn. announced, proclaimed, revealed, stated, said, mentioned Mn.
Ya1jn5.; named, called Mn. Pan5c.; approved, praised, celebrated Ya1jn5. Pan5c
prakopa *= m. effervescence, excitement, raging (of diseases, war &c.) Var.
Ra1jat.; tumult, insurrection Hit.; violent anger, rage, fury, wrath, ire Mn.
MBh. &c.; (in med.) excess, superabundance, vitiation Sus3r.
prakriti = Nature* = f. `" making or placing before or at first "', the original
or natural form or condition of anything, original or primary substance (opp. to
{vi-kRti} q.v.) Prât. Nir. Jaim. MBh.; cause original source Mn. MBh. S'ak. &c.;
origin, extraction Mriicch.; nature, character, constitution, temper,
disposition MBh. Kâv. Sus'r. &c. (ibc. and {-tyA} ind. by nature, naturally,
unalterably, properly Prât. S'rS. Mn. &c.); fundamental form, pattern, standard,
model, rule (esp. in ritual) S'rS.; (in the Sânkhya phil.) the original producer
of (or rather passive power of creating) the material world (consisting of 3
constituent essences or Gunas called {sattva}, {rajas} and {tamas}), Nature
(distinguished from {puruSa}, Spirit as Mâyâ is dñdistinguished from Brahman in
the Veda7ntas); pl. the 8 producers or primary essences which evolve the whole
visible world (viz. {a-vyakta}, {buddhi} or {mahat}, {ahaM-kAra}, and the 5
{tan-mAtras} or subtle elements; rarely the 5 elements alone) IW. 80 &c.; (in
mythol.) a goddess, the personified will of the Supreme in the creation (hence
the same with the S'akti or personified energy or wife of a deity, as Lakshmî,
Durgâ &c.; also considered as identical with the Supreme Being) W. IW. 140 RTL.
223; (pl.) N. of a class of deities under Manu Raibhya Hariv.; (in polit.) pl. a
king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry Mn. MBh. &c.;
the subjects of a king, citizens, artisans &c. ib.; the constituent elements or
powers of the state (of which are usually enumerated, viz. king minister, alies,
treasure, army, territory, fortresses Mn. ix, 294; 295); the various sovereigns
to be considered in case of war (viz. the {madhyama}, {vijigISu}, {udAsIna} and
{zatru}; to which should be added 8 remoter princes, viz. the {mitra},
{arimitra}, {mitra-mitra}, {arimitra-mitra}, {pArSNi-graha}, {Akranda},
{pArSNigrAhA7sAra}, {AkrandA7sAsa}; each of these 12 kings has 5 Prakriitis in
the form of minister, territory, fortresses, treasure and army, so that the
total number of Prakriitis may be 72) Mn. vii, 155; 157 Kull.; (in gram.) the
crude or elementary form of a word, base, root, an uninflected word Sâh. Pân.
Sch. Vop.; N. of 2 classes of metres Col.; (in arithm.) a co-efficient
multiplier ib.; (in anat.) temperament, the predominance of one of the humours
at the time of generation W.; (with {tritIyA}) the third nature, a eunuch MBh.;
matter, affair Lalit.; the male or female organ of generation L.; a woman or
womankind L.; a mother L.; an animal L.; N. of a woman Buddh.; N. of wk.
prakritiM = nature
prakritiH = nature
prakritijaan.h = produced by the material nature
prakritijaiH = born of the modes of material nature
prakritisthaH = being situated in the material energy
prakritii = Nature
prakriteH = of material nature
prakrityaa = by nature
prakshaalana = washing off
prakshaalayati = to wash
prakopa = aggravation
prakoshhThaH = (m) roompraNamya = offering obeisances
pralabdha mfn. seized MBh.; overreached, cheated, deceived
pralamba* = mf({A})n. hanging down, depending, pendent, pendulous (generally
ibc.) KâtyS'r. Sch. MBh. Hariv. R.; bending the upper part of the body forward
MBh.; prominent MW.; slow, dilatory W. [689,3]; m. hanging on or from, depending
L.; a branch L.; a shoot of the vine-palm L.; a cucumber Bhpr.; a garland of
flowers worn round the neck W.; a kind of necklace of pearls L.; the female
breast L.; tin (?) W.; N. of a Daitya slain by Balarâma or Kriishna MBh. Hariv.
Kathâs. &c.; of a mountain R.; ({A} f. N. of a Râkshasî Buddh.); {-keza} mfn.
one whose hair hangs down VP.; {-ghna} m. `" slayer of Pralamba "'N. of
Bala-râma and of Kriishna L.; {-tA} f. the hanging down, being pendulous Kâd.;
{-nAsika} mfn. one who has a prominent nose A.; {-bAhu} mfn. one whose arms hang
down MBh. Hariv. BhP. Buddh. ({-tA} f. one of the 32 signs of perfection
Dharmas. 83); m. N. of a man Kathâs.; {-bhid} m. `" crusher of Pralamba "'N. of
Bala-râma L.; {-bhuja} mfn. one whose arms hang down L.; m. N. of a Vidyâ-dhara
Kathâs.; {-mathana} (Hariv.), {-han} (MBh.), {-hantR} (L.) m. `" slayer of
Pralamba "'N. of Bala-râma and of Kriishna; {-bA7NDa} m. a man with pendent
testicles Vet.; {-bo7jjvala-cAru-ghoNa} mfn. having a prominent and bright and
handsome nose MBh.; {-bo7dara} m. `" having a pendent belly "'N. of a prince of
the Kin-naras Kârand.; of a fabulous mountain ib.
pralambha * = m. obtaining. gaining R. ; (also pl.) overreaching, deceiving
MBh.\\ %{-lambhana} see %{pralabh}.
pralapan.h = talking
pralayaM = dissolution* = m. dissolution, reabsorption, destruction,
annihilation; death; (esp.) the destruction of the whole world, at the end of a
Kalpa (s.v.) ShadvBr. ChUp. S'ank. MBh. Kâv. &c.; setting (of the stars) Subh.;
end ({saMjAta-nidrA-p-} mfn. having done sleeping Pañcat.); cause of dissolution
Bhag. Briih.; fainting, loss of sense or consciousness Pratâp. Sâh. Sus'r.;
sleepiness Gal.; N. of the syllable {om}, Atharvas'Up.; {-kAla} m. the time of
universal dissolution MW.; {-kevala} mfn. = {-layA7kala} (q.v.) Sarvad.;
{-ghana} m. the cloud which causes the destruction of the world Hit.; {-M-kara}
mf({I})n. causing destruction or ruin Up. Kâv.; {-jaladhara-dhvAna} m. the
rumbling or muttering of clouds at the dissolution of the world MW.; {-tA} f.
dissolution ({-tAM-gam}, to perish, be annihilated) Hariv.; {-tva} n. id.
({-tvAya-klRp} = {-tAM-gam}) MBh. BhP.; {-dahana} m. the fire causing the
destruction of the world, Ratna7v. Amar. [690, 1]; {-sthiti-sarga} m. pl.
destruction, preservation and creation (of the world). Kum.; {-layA7kala} mfn.
(an individual soul) to which {mala} and {karman} still adhere (with S'aivas)
Sarvad.; {-layA7nta-ga} mfn. perishing only at the destruction of the world (the
sun) MârkP.; {-layo7daya} m. du. dissolution and creation Bhag. Sus'r. Kathâs.
pralayaH = annihilation
pralayaantaaM = unto the point of death
pralaye = in the annihilation
praliinaH = being dissolved
praliiyate = is annihilated
praliiyante = are annihilatedprama = greatest
pralobha *= m. allurement, seduction Pan5cat. BhP. ; desire, cupidity W.
pralobhaka *= m. `" allurer "'N. of a jackal Pan5cat.
pralobhana *= mfn. causing to lust after, alluring, seducing BhP. ; (%{I}) f.
gravel, sand L. ; n. allurement, inducement MBh. R. Katha1s. Ra1jat. ; that
which allures, a lure, bait MW. ; (also w.r. for %{pralambhana} Bhag.)
pralobhin *= mfn. alluring, seducing Ma1rkP. ; lusting after MW.
pralobhita *= mfn. allured, enticed BhP.
pralobhya *= mfn. to be lusted after, alluring Subh.
pramada *= m. joy, pleasure, delight MBh. Katha1s.; mfn. wanton, dissolute Ragh.
(also %{-daka} Nir.); mad, intoxicated L.; m. the thorn-apple L.; the ankle L.;
N. of a Da1nava Hariv.; of a son of Vasisht2ha and one of the sages under Manu
Uttama BhP.; (%{A} f. see below); %{-kaNTha} m. N. of a man Ra1jat.; %{-kAnana}
n. = %{-dA-k-} L.; %{-ropya} n. N. of a city in the Dekhan Pan5cat.; %{-vana} n.
= %{-dA-v-} Ka1lid.
pramadaa f. (of %{-da}) a young and wanton woman, any woman Mn. MBh. &c.; the
sign of the zodiac Virgo L.; N. of 2 kinds of metre Col.; %{-kAnana} n. the
royal garden or pleasureground attached to the gynaeceum L.; %{-jana} m.
womankind, the female sex R. Var.; %{--nana} (%{-dA7n-}) n. a kind of metre
Col.; %{-vana} n. = %{-kAnana} R.; (%{-na-pAlikA} f. a woman who has the
inspection of a royal pleasure-garden Ma1lav.); %{--spada} (%{-dA7sp-}) n. the
gynaeceum of a prince Katha1s.
pramaa A1. %{-mimIte} (Ved. inf. %{pra-me4}; Pass. %{-mIyate}), to measure, mete
out, estimate AV. S3rS. MBh.; to form, create, make ready, arrange RV. MBh.; to
form a correct notion of (acc.), understand, know MaitrUp. Hariv. Hit.: Caus.
%{-mApayati}, to cause correct knowledge, afford proof or authority MW. 1.\\ 2
f. basis, foundation AV.; measure, scale RV.; right measure, true knowledge,
correct notion Prab. Kap. Tarkas. IW. 59 &c.; a kind of metre RPra1t.; %{-tva}
n. accuracy of perception Bha1sha1p.; %{-tva-cihna} n. N. of wk.
pramaada* =m. intoxication RV. MBh.; madness, insanity L.; negligence,
carelessness about (abl. or comp.) Kaus3. Mn. MBh. &c.; an error, mistake W.; a
partic. high number L.; %{-cArin} mfn. acting in a careless manner Ka1ran2d2.;
%{-pATha} m. a wrong reading S3am2k.; %{-vat} mfn. = %{-mAdin} L.
pramaada * = &c. see %{pra-mad}.
pramaaNa = authority, an ideal
pramaaNa * = n. (ifc. f. {A}) measure, scale, standard; measure of any kind (as
size, extent, circumference, length, distance, weight, multitude, quantity,
duration) KâtyS'r. KathhUp. Mn. &c. (instr. `" on an average "' Jyot.);
prosodical length (of a vowel) Pân. 1-1, 50 Sch.; measure in music MBh.
(Nîlak.); accordance of the movements in dancing with music and song Sangît.;
measure of physical strength S'ak. (cf. comp. below); the first term in a rule
of three sum Col.; the measure of a square i.e. a side of it S'ulbas.;
principal, capital (opp. to interest) Col.; right measure, standard, authority
GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c. ({pramANam bhavatI}, `" your ladyship is the authority or
must judge "' Nal.; in this sense also m. and f. sg. and pl. e.g. {vedAH
pramANAH}, `" the Vedas are authorities "' MBh.; {strI pramANI yeSAm}, `" they
whose authority is a woman Pân. Sch.); a means of acquiring Pramâ or certain
knowledge (6 in the Veda7nta, viz. {pratyakSa}, perception by the senses;
{anumAna}, inference; {upamAna}, analogy or comparison; {zabda} or
{Apta-vacana}, verbal authority, revelation; {an-upalabdhi} or
{abhAva-pratyakSa}, non-perception or negative proof; {arthA7patti}, inference
from circumstances; the Nyâya admits only 4, excluding the last two; the Sânkhya
only 3, viz. {pratyakSa}, {anumAna} and {zabda}; other schools increase the
number to 9 by adding {sambhava}, equivalence; {aitihya}, tradition or fallible
testimony; and {ceSTA}, gesture IW. 60 &c. &c.); any proof or testimony or
evidence Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; a correct notion, right perception (= {pramA})
Tarkas.; oneness, unity L.; = {nitya} L.; m. (cf. n.) N. of a large fig-tree on
the bank of the Ganges MBh.; ({I}) f. (cf. n.) N. of a metre Col.
pramaaNatas* = ind. according to measure or weight Mn. viii, 137; according to
proof or authority. W.
pramaaNayukta* = mfn. having the right measure Var.
pramaaNavat* = mfn. established by proofs, well-founded Prab
pramaaNaM = example
pramaathi = agitating
pramaathiini = agitating
pramaada = indifference *= m. intoxication RV. MBh.; madness, insanity L.;
negligence, carelessness about (abl. or comp.) Kaus3. Mn. MBh. &c.; an error,
mistake W.; a partic. high number L.; %{-cArin} mfn. acting in a careless manner
Ka1ran2d2.; %{-pATha} m. a wrong reading S3am2k.; %{-vat} mfn. = %{-mAdin} L.\\
&c. see %{pra-mad}.
pramaadaH = madness
pramaadaat.h = out of foolishness
pramaade = in madness
pramaatha * = m. stirring about, racking, paining, tormenting MBh. Hariv.; rape
(cf. {draupadI-pr-}); subjugation, destruction (of enemies) Uttarar.; N. of a
son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh.; of one of the attendants of Skanda ib.; of a
Dânaya Kathâs.; pl. N. of a class of fiends attending on S'iva Hariv. (cf.
{pramatha}).
pramada* = m. joy, pleasure, delight MBh. Katha1s.; mfn. wanton, dissolute Ragh.
(also %{-daka} Nir.); mad, intoxicated L.; m. the thorn-apple L.; the ankle L.;
N. of a Da1nava Hariv.; of a son of Vasisht2ha and one of the sages under Manu
Uttama BhP.; (%{A} f. see below); %{-kaNTha} m. N. of a man Ra1jat.; %{-kAnana}
n. = %{-dA-k-} L.; %{-ropya} n. N. of a city in the Dekhan Pan5cat.; %{-vana} n.
= %{-dA-v-} Ka1lid.
pramadaa* =f. (of %{-da}) a young and wanton woman, any woman Mn. MBh. &c.; the
sign of the zodiac Virgo L.; N. of 2 kinds of metre Col.; %{-kAnana} n. the
royal garden or pleasureground attached to the gynaeceum L.; %{-jana} m.
womankind, the female sex R. Var.; %{--nana} (%{-dA7n-}) n. a kind of metre
Col.; %{-vana} n. = %{-kAnana} R.; (%{-na-pAlikA} f. a woman who has the
inspection of a royal pleasure-garden Ma1lav.); %{--spada} (%{-dA7sp-}) n. the
gynaeceum of a prince Katha1s.
pramadaH = (become) proud or arrogant
pramathapataye = to the lord destroying pride
pramatha * = m. `" Tormentor "'N. of a class of demons attending on S'iva MBh.
Kâv. &c. (cf. RTL. 238); of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh.; a horse L.; ({A}) f.
Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L.; N. of the wife of Kshupa and mother of Vîra
MârkP.; pain, affliction W.; {-nAtha} (Kâd.), {-pati} (L.) m. `" lord of the
Pramathas "' N. of S'iva [685, 2]; {-prathama} m. `" first of the PñPramathas
"'N. of Bhriingirithi Bâlar.; {-thA7dhipa} m. `" ruler of the PñPramathas "'N.
of S'iva VarBriS.; of Gane7s'a L.; {-thA7laya} m. `" abode of torment "', hell
L.
pramatta * = mfn. excited, wanton, lascivious, rutting Mn. Pañcat.; drunken,
intoxicated S'ak.; mad, insane W.; inattentive, careless, heedless, negligent,
forgetful of (abl. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; indulging in (loc.) MBh. R.;
blundering, a blunderer W.; {-gIta} mfn. sung or recited by an intoxicated
person Pat.; {-citta} mfn. careless-minded, heedless, negligent Kâm.; {-tA} f.
inattentiveness, sleepiness, mental inactivity ({a-pram-}) Râjat.; {-rajju} f.
(?) Kaus'.; 1. {-vat} mfn. inattentive, careless ({a-pram-}) MBh.; 2. {-vat}
ind. as if drunk, like one intoxicated MW.; {-zramaNa} n. (with Jainas) N. of
the 6th among the 14 stages which lead to liberation Cat.
pramrita *= mfn. deceased, dead MBh. ; withdrawn or gone out of sight ; covered,
concealed W. ; n. death MBh. Ma1rkP. ; tillage, cultivation (as causing the
death of many beings) Mn. iv, 4, 5 (cf. x, 83).
pramud *= A1. %{-modate} , to become joyful , rejoice greatly , exult , be
delighted AV. &c. &c.: Caus. %{-modayati} , to make glad , delight Mn. MBh.
Hariv. Sa1h.\\ 2 mfn. pleased , happy L. ; (%{-mu4d}) f. gladness , delight ,
pleasure (esp. sensual plÒpleasure) RV. VS. S3Br. MBh. Pan5cat. (%{-mude-bhU} ,
to become a cause of delight).
pramUDha *= mfn. bewildered , unconscious MBh. Hariv. Uttarar. ; infatuated ,
foolish Mun2d2Up. S3a1rn3gP. ; disjointed MBh. ; %{-saMjJa} mfn. having the mind
perplexed , bewildered , infatuated R.
pramukhaH = (m) leader, chief (adj) principal, main
pramukhataH = in front of
pramukhe = in the front
pramuchyate = is completely liberated
pramudita = joyous
pramukha * = mfn. turning the face towards, facing (acc.) R.; first, foremost,
chief, principal, most excellent Hit.; (generally ifc.; f. %{A}) having as
foremost or chief, headed or preceded by, accompanied by or with [cf.
%{prIti-p-}; %{vasiSThap-}] MBh. Ka1v.; honourable, respectable L.; m. a chief,
respectable man, sage W.; a heap, multitude L.; Rottleria Tinctoria L.; n. the
mouth MW.; commencement (of a chapter) Br2A1rUp. S3am2k.; time being, the
present, the same time Prata1p.; (ibc. or %{e} ind.) before the face of, in
front of, before, opposite to (with gen. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v.; (with %{kR}) to
cause to go before or precede R.
pramush *= P. %{-muSNAti} , to steal away , rob , carry off , take away RV.
S3Br. Pa1rGr2. &c.
pramuushikaa *= f. the external corner of the eye VarBr2S. lviii , 7 Comm.
pramushita *= mfn. stolen or taken away (also %{-muSTa}) BhP. ; distracted ,
beside one's self ib. Katha1s. ; (%{A}) f. a kind of riddle Cat.
praNata * = mfn. bent forwards, bowed, inclined S'ânkhBr. Mn. &c.; bowed to,
saluted reverentially BhP.; bent towards, offered respectfully Mâlav. (cf.
below); humble, submissive to (gen. or acc.) MBh. R. BhP.; skilful, clever W.; a
partic. kind of accentuation Sây.; of a Paris'. of SV.; {-kAya} mfn. having the
body bent down SaddhP.; {-bahu-phala} mfn. one to whom various fruits or good
things are offered Mâlav. i, 1; {-vat} mfn. bowing, bent, bowed W.; {-ziras}
mfn. having the head bowed, inclined, stooping W.; {-tA7tmavat} mfn. `" having
one's person bowed "', inclined, stooping R. (B.); {-tA7zeSa-sAmanta} mfn. one
to whom all his neighbours bow or are submissive L.
praNayena = out of love
praNava = another name for AUM * (see also under om) = (or {pra4-N-}) m. (ifc.
f. {A}) the mystical or sacred syllable {om} VS. TS. S'Br. Mn. (ifc. also {-ka})
&c. ({-tva} n. RâmatUp.); a kind of small drum or tabor = (and prob. w.r. for)
{paNana} L.; {-kalpa} m. {-darpaNa} m. {-pariziSTa} n. {-vyAkhyA} f.
{-vA7rcana-candRkA} f. {-vA7rtha-nirNaya} m. {-vA7rtha-prakAzikA-vyAkhyAna} n.
{-vo7paniSad} f. N. of wks.
praNavaH = the three letters a-u-m
pranaya* = m. a leader Pân. 3-1, 142 ({jyotiSAm} Nir. ii, 14); guidance, conduct
MBh.; manifestation, display Mriicch.; setting forth (an argument) Jâtakam.;
affection, confidence in (loc.), love, attachment, friendship, favour (ibc.;
{At}, {ena} and {-yo7pe7tam} ind. confidentially, affectionately, openly,
frankly) MBh. Kâv. &c.; desire, longing for (loc.; {anyathA}, `" for something
else "') ib.; an entreaty, request, solicitation R. Vikr.; reverence, obeisance
L.; final beatitude L.; {-kalaha} m. a quarrel of lovers, mere wanton
quarrelsomeness Megh. Kâd. Pañcat.; {-kupita} mfn. angry through love, feigning
anger Megh.; {-kopa} m. the (feigned) anger of a coquette towards her lover MW.;
{-pezala} mfn. soft through affection R.; {-prakarSa} m. excess of
affñaffection, extraordinary attachment Kathâs.; {-bhaGga} m. breach of
confidence, faithlessness Vikr. Pur.; {-madhura} mfn. sweet through affection
Bhartri.; {-maya} mf({I})n. full of confidence Jâtakam.; {-mAna} m. `"
love-pride "', the jealousy of lñlove W.; {-vacana} n. a declaration of lñlove
or affection Megh.; {-vat} mfn. possessing candour, unceremonious, frank, open,
confident Kâlid.; attached or devoted to, loving (loc. or comp.) ib.; desirous
of. longing for (loc.) S'is'.; (ifc.) familiar with, used to Bâlar.; {-virhAta}
= {-vihata} A.; {-vimukha} mf({I})n. averse from love or friendship Megh.;
{-vihati} f. refusal of a request, non-compliance W.; {-spRz} mfn. exciting
love, affectionate Mâlatîm.; {-yA7parAdha} m. an offence against (mutual)
affection or confidence Amar.; {-yA7pahArin} mfn. taking with cñconfidence or
without shyness MW.; {-yA7mRta-paJcAzaka} n. N. of wk.; {-yI-kR}, to attach
closely Vcar.; {-yI-bhU}, to become attached or affectionate Sus'r.;
{-yo7nmukha} mf({I})n. expectant through love Mâlav.; {-yA7pe7ta} mfn.
possessing candour, frank, open MârkP.
praNayana* = n. bringing forwards, conducting, conveying, fetching S'rS. MBh.
&c.; means or vessel for bringing or fetching (cf. {agni-}); showing, betraying
(ct. {zraddhA-}); (with {daNDasya} or {daNDa}.), applying(the rod), infliction
of (punishment) Mn. Yâjñ.; establishing, founding (of a school) BhP.; execution,
performance, practice MBh. Kâv.; bringing forward, adducing L.; composing,
writing L.; satisfying, satiating R.
praNashyati = one falls down
praNashyanti = become vanquished
praNashyaami = am lost
praNashhTaH = dispelled
praNata * = mfn. bent forwards, bowed, inclined S3a1n3khBr. Mn. &c.; bowed to,
saluted reverentially BhP.; bent towards, offered respectfully Ma1lav. (cf.
below); humble, submissive to (gen. or acc.) MBh. R. BhP.; skilful, clever W.; a
partic. kind of accentuation Sa1y.; of a Paris3. of SV.; %{-kAya} mfn. having
the body bent down SaddhP.; %{-bahu-phala} mfn. one to whom various fruits or
good things are offered Ma1lav. i, 1; %{-vat} mfn. bowing, bent, bowed W.;
%{-ziras} mfn. having the head bowed, inclined, stooping W.; %{-tA7tmavat} mfn.
`" having one's person bowed "', inclined, stooping R. (B.); %{-tA7zeSa-sAmanta}
mfn. one to whom all his neighbours bow or are submissive L.
praNejana * = mf(%{I})n. washing or wiping away La1t2y.; n. the act of washing
or bathing AV.; water for washing S3Br.
praNenii * = mfn. (fr. Intens.) leading or guiding constantly or repeatedly RV.
praNetavya * = mfn. to be led or guided MBh.; to be accomplished or executed or
used or applied
praNetri * = m. a leader, guide RV. &c. &c. (Ved. with gen. or acc.; Class. gen.
or comp.); a maker, creator MBh. Hariv.; an author, promulgator of a doctrine
MBh. Pur.; a performer or one who plays a musical instrument L.; one who applies
(a clyster) Car.; %{-mat} mfn. containing the notion of leading AitBr.
praNetra * = see %{vAyu4-praNetra}.
praNeya * = mfn. to be guided or led, docile, obedient MBh. Hariv. S3am2k.; to
be (or being) used or applied Ba1lar. Car.; to be executed or accomplished MBh.;
to be fixed or settled ib.
praNidhaana = dedication
praNidhaaya = laying down
praNihita * = mfn. laid on, imposed, applied Sus3r.; put down, deposited Ba1lar.
BhP.; outstretched, stretched forth Megh. Sa1h.; directed towards, fixed upon
(loc.) Hariv. Bhartr2. BhP.; delivered, committed, entrusted to (dat.) Ba1lar.;
contained in (comp.) BhP.; sent out (as a spy) MBh.; found out, discovered ib.;
ascertained or stated Mn. vii, 54; one who has his thoughts concentrated on one
point, intent upon (loc.) R. Bhat2t2.; obtained, acquired W.; prudent, cautious,
wary ib.; resolved, determined ib.; agreed to or admitted ib.; %{-dhI}
(Bhartr2.), %{-tA7tman} (A1past.) mfn. having the mind fixed upon (loc. or
comp.); %{-te7SaNa} mfn. having the eyes directed towards or fixed upon (comp.)
Hariv.
praNipaatena = by approaching a spiritual master
praNudati = to push, to press, to ring a bell
prapaada* = see {a4-prapAda}. [682,2]
prapaadika* = or {-dIka} m. a peacock L.
prapaaduka* = mfn. falling away prematurely (as a fetus) TS. Kâthh.
prapaaTha * = or m. a lecture (i.e. chapter or subdivision of a book) TS. Br.
&c.
prapaatha * = m. a road, way L.
prapaaThaka * = m. a lecture (i.e. chapter or subdivision of a book) TS. Br. &c.
prapaaThaka * = see %{pra-paTh}.
prapad* =1 2. Â. {-padyate} (ep. also P.), to fall or drop down from (abl.),
throw one's self down (at a persoñs feet) MBh.; to go forwards set out for,
resort to, arrive at, attain, enter (with acc., rarely loc.) AV. &c. &c.; to fly
to for succour, take refuge with (acc.) TS. &c. &c.; to fall upon, attack,
assail RV. AV.; to come to a partic. state or condition, incur, undergo (acc.)
MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with an adv. in {sAt}), to become e.g. {sarpasAt pra-pad}, to
becñbecome a serpent Bhatt.; to obtain, gain ({patini}, `" as husband "'),
partake of, share in (acc.) ib.; to adopt or embrace (a doctrine) Râjat.; to
undertake, commence, begin, do MBh. Kâv.; to form (a judgment) MBh.; to assume
(a form) Kathâs.; to enjoy (pleasure) R.; to take to (dat.) Hariv.; to come on,
approach, appear AV. R. Hariv.; to take effect, succeed MBh.; to turn out
({anyathA}, `" differently "' i.e. without any effect or consequence) Hariv.; to
admit (a claim) R.: Caus. {-pAdayati}, {-te}, to cause to enter, introduce into
(acc. or loc.) Br.: Desid. P. {pi4tsati}, to wish to enter S'Br.; Â. {-pitsate}
(cf. Pân. 7-4, 54), to be going to incur or undertake Das'. \\ =2 f. away
AitBr.; N. of partic. sacred texts Br. GriS'rS.
prapada* n. id. the point of the foot, tip of the toes ({ais} ind. on tiptoe)
RV. &c. &c.
prapadana* = n. entering, entrance into (comp.) Âs'vGri. Vait.; access, approach
S'Br. ChUp.
prapadam* = ind. a term applied to a partic. mode of recitation (in which the
Vedic verses are divided, without reference to the sense and construction, into
parts of an equal number of syllables and between these parts partic. formulas
inserted containing the word {pa-padye}) AitBr.
prapadiina* = w.r. for {A-prapadIna} q.v.
prapadyate = surrenders
prapadyante = surrender
prapadye = surrender
prapanna * = mfn. arrived at, come to (%{zaraNam}, for protection), got into
(any condition) ChUp. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (with %{pAdau}) fallen at a person's feet
R.; suppliant (cf. comp.); approached, appeared, happened, occurred R.;
acknowledged (as a claim) Ya1jn5.; provided with (instr.) S3ak. 1, 1; effecting,
producing W.; poor, distressed ib.; %{-gati-dIpikA} f. %{-dina-caryA} f.
%{-duSTA7riSTa-zAnti} f. %{-pArijAta} m. N. of wks.; %{-pAla} m. `" protector of
suppliants "'N. of Kr2ishn2a MBh.; %{-mAlikA} f. %{-lakSaNa} n. N. of wks.;
%{-nnA7mRta} n. `" nectar for suppliants "'N. of a legendary biography of
Ra1ma7nuja (cf. RTL. 119 &c.); %{-nnA7rti-hara} mf(%{I})n. relieving the
distress of suppliants MW.
prapannaM = surrendered
prapas'yamaana * = mfn. well-discerning, judicious, sensible, intelligent MBh.
prapas'yat * = or mfn. well-discerning, judicious, sensible, intelligent MBh.
prapaTh * = P. %{-paThati}, to recite aloud Hariv.
prapatha * = m. a way, journey (esp. to a distant place) RV. AitBr.; (ifc. f.
%{A}) a broad road or street Ka1t2h. BhP.; mfn. `" about to go off "' (?),
loose, relaxed L.
prapathin * = mfn. roaming on distant paths (superl. %{-tama}) RV.; m. N. of a
man ib.
prapaaThita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) taught, expounded L.
prapathya * = mfn. being on the road, wandering (also applied to Pu1shan, the
protector of travellers) VS.; (%{A}) f. = %{pathyA}, Terminalia Chebula or
Citrina L.
prapashya = just see
prapashyadbhiH = by those who can see
prapashyaami = I see
prapitaamahaH = the great-grandfather
parisamaap * = Pass. %{-Apyate}, to be fully completed, arrive at completion
BhP.; to be contained in (loc.) Bhag.; to relate or belong to (loc. or %{prati})
Pat.
parisamaapana * = n. the act of finishing completely W.
parisamaapanIya * = or mfn. to be completely finished Jaim. Sch.
parisamaapta * = mfn. finished, complete S3ak.; centred, comprehended S3is3.
parisamaapti * = f. entire completion, end, conclusion S3am2k. Sa1h. Pa1n2.
Sch.; relating or belonging to (loc. or %{prati}) Pat.
prarocita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) commended, praised, approved, liked MBh.
pra+sha.ns.h = to praise
pra+sah.h = to withstand, endure
prashaste = in bona fide
prashaanta = unagitated
prashaantaM = at rest or passionless
prashaantasya = who has attained tranquillity by such control over the mind
prashNa = Horary Astrology. The word means question or query
prashtara-ashhTakavarga = Planetary spreadsheet of points used in transits and
predictions
pras'naM = question * = 1 m. basket-work, a plaited basket Kaus'. (Sch. `" a
turban "'). * =2 m. ( {prach}) a question, demand, interrogation, query, inquiry
after (comp.; cf. {kuzala-p-}) S'Br. &c. &c.; judicial inquiry or examination
(cf. {sA7kSi-p}); astrological inquiry into the future (cf. {divya-}, {deva-},
{daiva-p-}); a subject of inquiry, point at issue, controversy, problem S'Br.
&c. &c. ({praznam} {pra-brU} "', to decide a controverted point "'; {nam} {i},
with acc. or {-nam} {A} {gam}, with loc. of pers., `" to lay a question before
any one for decision "'; {praznas tava pitari}, the point at issue is before thy
father "'); a task or lesson (in Vedic recitation) RPrât.; a short section or
paragraph (in books) Col. &c.
prashvaasa = expiration
prasaadana* = mf({I})n. clearing, rendering clear (cf. {ambu} - {p-}, {toya-p-}
&c.); calming, soothing, cheering R. Sus'r. BhP.; m. a royal tent L.; ({A}) f.
service, worship L.; n. clearing, rendering clear ({netra-p-} `" administering
soothing remedies to the eyes "') Sus'r.; calming. soothing, cheering,
gratifying (cf. {zruti-p-}), rendering gracious, propitiating ({tvatprasdanAt}
`" for the sake of propitiating thee "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; boiled rice L.; w.r. for
{pra-sAdhan} Hariv. Mâlav.
prasaada * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) clearness, brightness, pellucidnees, purity (cf.
{ambu-p-}), UP. Kâlid. &c. (Nom. P. {-sAdati}, to be clear or bright. S'atr.)
[697, 1]; clearness of style, perspicuity Pratâp. Kâvya7d. Sâh.; brightness (of
the face) Ragh.; calmness, tranquillity, absence of excitement KathhUp. Sus'r.
Yogas.; serenity of disposition, good humour MBh. Sus'r. Ragh. &c.;
graciousness, kindness, kind behaviour, favour, aid, meditation ({-dAt} ind.
through the kindness or by the favour of; {-daM} {kR}, to be gracious; cf.
{duS-p-}, {drik-p-}) Gobh. MBh. Kâv. &c.; Kindness personified as a son of
Dharma and Maitrî BhP.; clarified liquor, a decoction Car.; settlings, a
residuum ib.; free gift, gratuity Ratna7v.; a propitiatory offering or gift (of
food = {p--dravya}, {prasAdA7nna}) L.; the food presented to an idol, or the
remnants of food left by a spiritual teacher (which any one may freely
appropriate to his own use) RTL. 69; 145 &c.; approbation W.; well-being,
welfare W.; N. of a Comm. on the Prakriyâ-kaumudi; {-cintaka} w.r. for
{-vittaka} Bâlar.; {-dAna} n. a propitiatory gift, a gift in token of favour,
gift of food by a superior MW.; {-paTTa} m. a turban of honour (worn as a token
of royal favour) Var.; {-paTTaka} n. a written edict of favour, Lokapr.;
{-parAGmukha} mf({I}) not caring for any one's favour Amar.; withdrawing
fñfavour from any one (gen.) Pañcat.; {-pAtra} n. an object of fñfavour Das'.;
{-puraga} mfn. inclined to fñfavour, favourably inclined MârkP.; {-pratilabdha}
m. N. of a son of Mâra Lalit.; {-bhAj} mfn. being in favour, Sâmkhyas. Sch.;
{-bhUmi} f. an object of fñfavour, favourite Hcar.; {-mAlA} f. N. of wk.; {-vat}
mfn. pleased, delighted; gracious, favourable L. ({-vatI-samAdhi} m. a partic.
Samâdhi Buddh.); {-vitta} mf({A})n. (Kâd. Kathâs. Râjat. Bâlar.) or {-vittaka}
mfn. (Kathâs.) rich in favour, being in high fñfavour with any one (gen. or
comp.); m. and favourite, darling; {-SaT-zlokI} f. {-stava} m. N. of 2 Stotras;
{-su-mukha} mf({I})n. inclined to favour (others `" having a clear or serene
face "') Mâlav. Ragh.; {-stha} mfn. abiding in serenity, kind, propitious; happy
W.; {-sAdA7ntara} n. another (mark of) favour MW.; {sAdA7nna} n. see {-sAda}
above; {-sAdI-} {kR}, to bestow as a mark of favour, bestow graciously, Present
(with gen. of person) Pañcat. Kâd. Râjat. &c.
pra-saada * = &c. see {pra-} {sad}.
prasaadya * mfn. to be rendered gracious, be propitiated MBh. R. Sâh. Bâla
prasaktaaH = attached
prasaktaanaaM = for those who are attached
prasanga = event, happenning, incidence * = prasaGga see under %{pra-} %{zaJj}.
prasaGga m. adherence, attachment, inclination or devotion to, indulgence in,
fondness for, gratification of, occupation or intercourse with (loc. gen. or
comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. (%{ena} ind. assiduously, zealously, eagerly; cf. also
below); evil inclination or illicit pursuit Mn. ix, 5; union, connection (ifc.
`" connected with "' e.g. %{madhu-prasaGga-madhu}, `" honey connected with or
coming in the spring season "') Ratna7v. i, 17 [696,3]; (pl.) all that is
connected with or results from anything Ka1m.; occurrence of a possibility,
contingency, case, event S3rS. Mn. S3am2k. Pa1n2. Sch. (e.g.
%{ecaH@pluta-prasaGge}, `" in the event of a diphthong being prolated "');
applicability Vajras.; an occasion, incident, conjuncture, time, opportunity
MBh. Ka1v. &c. (ibc.; %{ena}, %{At} and %{atas} ind. when the occasion presents
itself, occasionally, incidentally; %{prasaGge@kutrA7pi}, `" on a certain
occasion "'; %{amunA@prasaGgena}, %{tat-prasaGgena} or %{etat-prasaGge}, `" on
that occasion "'); mention of parents (? = %{guru-kIrtita}) Sa1h.; (in dram.) a
second or subsidiary incident or plot W.; N. of a man Katha1s.; (pl.) of a
Buddhistic school; %{-nivAraNa} n. the prevention of (similar) eases, obviation
of (like future) contingencies Kull. on Mn. viii, 334; %{-pro7Sita} mfn.
happening to be departed or absent Das3.; %{-ratnA7kara} m. %{-ratnA7valI} f. N.
of wks.; %{-vat} mfn. occasional, incidental Das3.; %{-vazAt} ind. according to
the time, as occasion may demand MW.; %{-vinivRtti} f. the non-recurrence of a
case Mn. viii, 368; %{-sama} m. (in Nya1ya) the sophism that the proof too must
be proved Nya1yas. Sarvad.; %{-gA7nu}. %{saGgena} ind. by the way, by the by,
Sa1m2khyas. Sch.; %{-gA7bharaNa} n. N. of a modern poetical anthology.
prasangena = because of attachment
prasannachetasaH = of the happy-minded
prasannam.h = with pleasant, satisfied look
prasanna * = mfn. clear, bright, pure (lit. and fig.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; distinct,
perspicuous MBh. Ka1m.; true, right, plain, correct, just Ma1lav. Ma1lati1m.;
placid, tranquil R. Var. A1p.; soothed, pleased; gracious, kind, kindly disposed
towards (with loc. gen., or acc. aod %{prati}), favourable (as stars &c.);
gracious, showing favour (as a speech) MaitrUp. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; m. N. of a
prince Hemac.; (%{A}) f. propitiating, pleasing W.; spirituous liquor made of
rice Car. Pat.; %{-kalpa} mfn. almost quiet, tolerably calm Pan5cat.;
%{-gAtr-tA}. f. having tranquil limbs (one of the 80 minor marks of a Buddha)
Dharmas. 84; %{-caNDikA} f. N. of a drama; %{-candra} m. N. of a prince
HParis3.; %{-jala} mfn. containing clear water R.; %{-tarka} mfn. conjecturing
right Ma1lav.; %{-tA} f. brightness, clearness, purity Sus3r.; clearness of
expression, perspicuity Cat.; complacence, good humour Ka1v. Ra1jat. VP.;
%{-tva} n. clearness, purity MBh. Ragh.; %{-pAda} m. or n. (?) N. of wk. by
Dharma-kirti; %{-prA7ya} mfn. rather plain or correct, Ma1latim.; %{-mukha} mfn.
`" placid-countenanced "', looking pleased, smiling W.; %{-rasa} mfn.
clear-juiced Kpr.; %{-rAghava} n. N. of a drama by Jaya-deva;
%{-veGkaTe7zva-mAhAmya} n. N. of a legend in the Bhavishyo7ttara-Pura1n2a;
%{-salila} mfn. %{-jala} MBh.; %{-sannA7tman} mfn. gracious-minded, propitious
MaitrUp.; %{-sanne7rA} f. spirituous liquor made of rice L.
prasannaa = is pleased
prasannaatmaa = fully joyful
prasannena = happily
prasabhaM = by force
prasavishhyadhvaM = be more and more prosperous
prasahyasaahin.h = he who overcomes the powerful
prasaadaM = the mercy of the Lord
prasaadajaM = born of the satisfaction
prasaadaye = to beg mercy
prasaadaat.h = by favour, grace
prasaade = on achievement of the causeless mercy of the Lord
prasaadhayati = to comb
prasaadya *= mfn. to be rendered gracious, be propitiated MBh. R. Sa1h. Ba1lar.
prasaaraH = (m) broadcast, propoganda, expanse
prasaarayati = to spread
prasaarita = stretched out
prasaarya = (gerund) holding forth
prasaJj * = P. A1. %{-sajati}, %{-te}, (P.) to hang on, attach to (loc.)
La1t2y.; to hang with i.e. to provide or supply with (instr.) S3Br.; to cling to
(loc.) Das3.; to engage with any one(loc.) in a quarrel or dispute, ChUP.; (only
ind. p. %{-sajya}) to be attached to the world BhP.; to result, follow, be the
consequence of anything Sarvad.; to cause to take place Pat.; (A1.) to attach
one's self to (acc.) MBh.: Pass. %{sajyate}, or %{-sajjate} (%{-ti}), to attach
one's self, cling to, be devoted to or intent upon or occupied with (loc.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; to be in love (pr.p. %{-sajjantI}) Hariv.; (%{-sajjate}), to be the
consequence of something else, result, follow, be applicable Pat. Bha1sha1p.
Sarvad.: Caus. P. %{-saJjayati}, to cause to take place Naish.; A1.
%{-sajjayate}, to attach to, stick in (loc.; with %{na}, `" to fly through "',
said of an arrow) R.
prasakta* = mfn. attached, cleaving or adhering or devoted to, fixed or intent
upon, engaged in, occupied with (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; clinging to the
world, mundane BhP.; being in love, enamoured MBh. Ka1v.; (ifc.) supplied or
provided with R. (v.l. %{pra-yukta}); resulting, following, applicable Ka1s3.
Katha1s. Sarvad.; continual, lasting, constant, eternal MBh. Ka1v. &c.; used,
employed W.; got, obtained ib.; opened, expanded ib.; contiguous, near A.;
(%{-sakta4}), w.t for %{-satta4} AV.; ibc. and(%{am}) ind. continually,
incessantly, eternally, ever Ka1v.; %{-dhI} or %{-hRdaya} mfn. with heart or
mind intent upon or occupied with (comp.) Var.; %{-tA7zrumukha} mf(%{I})n.
having the face wet with tears R.
prasaktavya* = mfn. to be attached to (loc.) Katha1s.
pras'ama* = m. calmness, tranquillity "' (esp. of mind), quiet, rest, cessation,
extinction, abatement MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. N. of a son of Ânaka-dundisbhi and
S'ânti-deva BhP.; ({I}) f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.; {-M-kara} mfn. causing the
cessation of (gen.), disturbing, interrupting R.; {-rati-sUsra} n. N. of wk.;
{-sthita} mfn. being in a state of quiescence Ragh.; {-mA7yana} mfn. walking in
tranquillity BhP.
pras'aama* = tranquillity, pacification, suppression W
pras'aMsaa* = f. praise, commendation, fame, glory (with Buddhists one of the 8
worldly conditions Dharmas. 61) S'Br. &c. &c. (cf. {aprastuta-p-}, {strI-p-};
w.r. {-zaMzA}); {-nAman} n. an expression of praise Nir.; {mukhara} mfn. loud
with praise, praising loudly ({-rA7nana}, mfn. `" one whose mouth is lñloud
wñwith prñpraise "', speaking loudly in praise of anything) Râjat.; {--lApa}
({-sA7l-}) m. applause, acclamation Das'.; {-vacana} n. pl. a laudatory speech
MBh.; {--vali} ({-sA7v-}) f. a poem of praise, panegyric Bâlar.; {-zaMso7pamA}
f. (in rhet.) laudatory comparison, comparing to anything superior Kâvya7d.
[695,1]
prasan'ga (prasaGga) * = m. adherence, attachment, inclination or devotion to,
indulgence in, fondness for, gratification of, occupation or intercourse with
(loc. gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. (%{ena} ind. assiduously, zealously, eagerly ;
cf. also below) ; evil inclination or illicit pursuit Mn. ix, 5 ; union,
connection (ifc. `" connected with "' e.g. %{madhu-prasaGga-madhu}, `" honey
connected with or coming in the spring season "') Ratna7v. i, 17 [696,3] ; (pl.)
all that is connected with or results from anything Ka1m. ; occurrence of a
possibility, contingency, case, event S3rS. Mn. S3am2k. Pa1n2. Sch. (e.g.
%{ecaH@pluta-prasaGge}, `" in the event of a diphthong being prolated "') ;
applicability Vajras. ; an occasion, incident, conjuncture, time, opportunity
MBh. Ka1v. &c. (ibc. ; %{ena}, %{At} and %{atas} ind. when the occasion presents
itself, occasionally, incidentally ; %{prasaGge@kutrA7pi}, `" on a certain
occasion "' ; %{amunA@prasaGgena}, %{tat-prasaGgena} or %{etat-prasaGge}, `" on
that occasion "') ; mention of parents (? = %{guru-kIrtita}) Sa1h. ; (in dram.)
a second or subsidiary incident or plot W. ; N. of a man Katha1s. ; (pl.) of a
Buddhistic school ; %{-nivAraNa} n. the prevention of (similar) eases, obviation
of (like future) contingencies Kull. on Mn. viii, 334 ; %{-pro7Sita} mfn.
happening to be departed or absent Das3. ; %{-ratnA7kara} m. %{-ratnA7valI} f.
N. of wks. ; %{-vat} mfn. occasional, incidental Das3. ; %{-vazAt} ind.
according to the time, as occasion may demand MW. ; %{-vinivRtti} f. the
non-recurrence of a case Mn. viii, 368 ; %{-sama} m. (in Nya1ya) the sophism
that the proof too must be proved Nya1yas. Sarvad. ; %{-gA7nu}. %{saGgena} ind.
by the way, by the by, Sa1m2khyas. Sch. ; %{-gA7bharaNa} n. N. of a modern
poetical anthology.
praasaGga *= m. a kind of yoke for cattle MBh. ; %{-vAhIvA4h} mfn. = %{uSTR}
A1pS3r. Sch.
prashthha * = mf(%{I})n. ( %{sthA}; cf. Pa1n2. 8-3, 92) standing in front,
foremost, principal, best, chief Ragh. Ra1jat.; m. a leader, conductor Kuval.; a
species of plant L.; (%{I}) f. the wife of a leader or chief L.
prasiidati *V: is pleased, becomes happy, becomes satisfied, gets satified.
prasid.hdhyet.h = is effected *= brough about, acoomplished, arranged, adorned,
wellknown, notorious
prasiddhaH = famous (Masc.nom.S)
prasiddhaka* = m. N. of a prince descended from Janaka (son of Maru and father
of Kriitti-ratha) R.
prasiddhi* = f. accomplishment, success, attainment Mn. Yâjñ. Kâm. BhP.; proof,
argument Kathâs.; general opinion, publicity, celebrity, renown, fame, rumour
Var. Kâv. Kathâs.; {-mat} mfn. universally known, famous Kathâs.; {viruddha-tA}
f. the state of being opposed to general opinion, sâh. (= {khyAti-v-}); {-hata}
mfn. having no value, very trivial Kpr.
prasiddha * = (%{pra4-}) mfn. brought about, accomplished Kum. (%{a-pras-});
arranged, adomed (as hair) ib.; well known, notorious, celebrated TS. &c. &c.;
(%{A}) f. (in music) a partic. measure Sam2gi1t.; %{-kSatriya-prA7ya} mfn.
consisting for the most part of renowned Kshatriyas MW.; %{-tA} f. (Ni1lak.),
%{-tva} n. (Sarvad.) celebrity, notoriety.
prasIdikA* = f. a small garden L. (v.l. {prasedikA}).
prasidh* = 2. P. Â. {-sedhati}, {-te}, to drive on RV. TândBr. Lâthy. \\3. P.
{-sidhyati}, (rarely Â. {te}), to be accomplished or effected, succeed Mn. MBh.
&c.; to result from (abl.) Mn. xii, 97; to be explained or made clear Kâs'. on
Pân. 3-1, 122.
prasiida = be pleased * = (%{pra4-}) mfn. brought about, accomplished Kum.
(%{a-pras-}); arranged, adomed (as hair) ib.; well known, notorious, celebrated
TS. &c. &c.; (%{A}) f. (in music) a partic. measure Sam2gi1t.;
%{-kSatriya-prA7ya} mfn. consisting for the most part of renowned Kshatriyas
MW.; %{-tA} f. (Ni1lak.), %{-tva} n. (Sarvad.) celebrity, notoriety.
prasîidati * = thus becomes fully satisfied; SB 1.2.19\\ becomes reconciled; SB
2.1.19\\ become satisfied; SB 3.9.12\\ becomes very pleased; SB 3.13.48\\
becomes happy; SB 3.14.47\\ becomes fully satisfied; SB 4.20.9\\ is pleased; SB
5.2.15\\ actually becomes happy; SB 6.2.32\\is pleased; SB 6.19.1\\ become fully
satisfied; SB 7.11.7\\ is in favor; SB 8.21.24\\ is spiritually satisfied; SB
11.20.22\\ becomes satisfied; SB 11.21.43\\ gets satisfaction; CC Madhya
20.147-148
prasi* = 1. (only Â. pf. {siSye}, with pass. meaning), to bind-render harmless
Râjat.
prasic* = P. {-siJcati}, to pour out, shed, emit AV. &c. &c,; to sprinkle, water
MBh. Hariv.; to fill (a vessel) KaushUp.: Pass. {-sicyate}, to be poured out or
flow forth MBh. Sus'r.; to be watered i.e. refreshed MBh.: Caus. {-secayati}, to
pour into (loc.) Yâjñ.
prasikta* = mfn. poured out Uttarar. Sus'r.; (ifc.) sprinkled with MBh.
prasiv* = P. {-sIvyati}, to sew up S'Br.
prasIdikA* = f. a small garden L. (v.l. {prasedikA}).
prasita* = mfn. (for 2. see below) bound, fastened W.; diligent, attentive,
attached or devoted to, engrossed by, engaged in, occupied with (loc. or instr.;
cf. Pân. 2-3, 44) Ragh. Siddh.; lasting, continuous SaddhP. 1.
prasiti* = ({pra4-}) f. (for 2. see below) a net for catching birds RV. iv, 4, 1
&c. (Nir. Sây.); a ligament, binding, fetter L.
prasita* = 2 mfn. (2. {si}; cf. {pra-si} above) darting along RV.; n. pus,
matter L. 2.
prasiti* = ({pra4-}) f. (for 1. see above) onward rush, onset, attack, assault
RV.; a throw, cast, shot, missile VS. TBr.; stretch, reach, extension, sphere
RV.; succession, duration VS.; dominion, power, authority, influence RV.
prasritaa = extended
prasritaaH = extendedpravachanena = (instr.sing.)thro' discourse or lecture
prastha * = mfn. going on a march or journey, going to or abiding in (cf.
%{vana-pr-}); stable, firm, solid W.; expanding, spread ib.; m. n. table-land on
the top of a mountain MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a level expanse, plain (esp. at the end of
names of towns and villages; cf. %{indra-}, %{oSadhi-}, %{karIra-pr-} and see
Pa1n2. 4-2, 110); a partic. weight and measure of capacity (= 32 Palas or = 1/4
of an A1d2haka; or = 16 Palas= 4 Kud2avas= 1/4 of an Ad2haka; or = 2 S3ara1vas;
or = 6 Palas; or = 1/16 of a Dron2a) MBh. Ka1v. Sus3r. &c.; m. N. of a monkey
R.; %{-kusuma} or %{-puSpa} m. `" flowering on mountain-tops "', a species of
plant, a variety of Tulasi or basil L.; %{-m-paca} mf(%{A})n. cooking the amount
of a Prastha (said of a cooking utensil capable of containing one PñPrastha)
Pa1n2. 3-2, 33 Sch.; %{-vat} m. a mountain L.
prasthaa * = P. %{-tiSThati}, (rarely A1. %{te}). to stand or rise up (esp.
before the gods. an altar &c.) RV. TS. VS.; to advance towards (acc.) S3Br.
S3a1n3khSr.; (A1.; cf. Pa1n2. i, 3, 22) to be awake MBh.; (A1. m. c. also P.) to
set out, depart from (abl.), proceed or march to (acc. with or without %{prati})
or with a view to or in order to (dat. or inf) A1s3vGr2. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (with
%{AkAze}) to move or abide in the open air R.: Caus. %{-sthApayati}, to put
aside AV. [699,3]; to send out, send to (acc. with or without %{prati}) or for
the purpose of (dat. or loc.), send away or home, dispatch messengers &c.,
dismiss, banish MBh. Ka1v. &c.; drive, urge on (horses), Kum Desid. A1.
%{-tiSThAsate}, to wish to set out S3am2k. Bhat2t2.\\%{-stha} in %{-vat} mfn.
having a platform AV.; (%{-vatI}), t N. of a river Hariv.
prastotR * = m. N. of the assistant of the Udgâtrii (who chants the Prastâva)
Br. S'rS. MBh. &c.; {-prayoga} m. {-sAman} n. N. of wks.
pra-óstotrIya * =mfn. relating to the Prastotrii Lâthy. Sch.
pra-óstobha * =m. allusion or reference to (gen.) BhP.; du. (with {rajer}
{aGgirasasya}) N. of 2 Sâmans ÂrshBr.
prazna * =1 m. basket-work, a plaited basket Kaus'. (Sch. `" a turban "'). \\*
=2 m. ( {prach}) a question, demand, interrogation, query, inquiry after (comp.;
cf. {kuzala-p-}) S'Br. &c. &c.; judicial inquiry or examination (cf.
{sA7kSi-p}); astrological inquiry into the future (cf. {divya-}, {deva-},
{daiva-p-}); a subject of inquiry, point at issue, controversy, problem S'Br.
&c. &c. ({praznam} {pra-brU} "', to decide a controverted point "'; {nam} {i},
with acc. or {-nam} {A} {gam}, with loc. of pers., `" to lay a question before
any one for decision "'; {praznas tava pitari}, the point at issue is before thy
father "'); a task or lesson (in Vedic recitation) RPrât.; a short section or
paragraph (in books) Col. &c.
prasupta * = mfn. fallen into sleep, fast asleep, sleeping, slumbering Mn. MBh.
&c.; closed (said of flowers) Ka1lid.; having slept Hit.; asleep i.e. insensible
Sus3r.; quiet, inactive, latent BhP.; %{-tA} f. = next Sus3r.
prasvaapana * = mf(%{I})n. causing sleep MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{-nI@dazA} f.
condition of sñsleep Ma1rkP.); n. the act of sending to sñsleep R.
prata = Quality
prataapavaan.h = the valiant
prataapa * = m. glowing heat, heat, warmth Ka1v. Var. Sus3r. ; splendour,
brilliancy, glory, majesty, dignity, power, strength, energy Mn. MBh. &c. ;
Calotropis Gigantea (= %{arka}) L. ; N. of a man MBh. Ra1jat. ; %{-candra} m. N.
of a king Katha1s. ; of a Jaina author Sarvad. ; %{-deva} (Cat), %{-dhavala}
(Inscr.) m. N. of princes ; %{-nAraziMha} or %{-nRsiMha} m. N. of wks. ;
%{-pAla} m. N. of a man Ra1jat. ; %{-pura} n. N. of a town ib. ; %{-mArtaNDa} m.
N. of sev. wks. ; %{-mukuTa} m. N. of a prince Vet. ; %{-rAja} m. N. of a king
Dharmas3. ; %{rAma-pUjA} f. N. of wk. [661,2] ; %{-rudra} m. N. of a king of the
Ka1kati1yas (or according to others of Vijayanagara or of Eka-s3ila1 ; sev. wks.
are attributed to him, though in reality composed by different authors) Cat. ;
%{-dra-kalyANa} n. N. of a drama ; %{-dra-yazo-bhUSaNa}, or = %{-drIya} n. N. of
wk. by Vidya1-na1tha on rhetoric (in which king Prata1pa-rudra is eulogized) ;
%{-vat} mfn. full of splendour, majestic, glorious, powerful MBh. R. &c. ; m. N.
of S3iva S3ivag. ; of an attendant of Skanda MBh. ; %{-velA7valI} f. (in music)
N. of a Ra1ga ; %{-zIla} m. N. of a king (= %{zilA7ditya}) Ra1jat. ; %{-zekhara}
m. (in music) a kind of measure ; %{-siMha} and %{-siMha-rAja} m. N. of authors
Cat. ; %{-pA7ditya} m. N. of sev. princes (%{-tA} f.) Ra1jat. ; %{-pA7laMkAra}
m. N. of wk. (prob.= %{-parudrIya}) ; %{-pe7ndra} m. N. of the sun Hcar.
pratap * = P. %{-tapati}, to give forth heat, burn, glow, shine (lit. and fig.)
MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to feel pain, suffer R. ; to warm, heat, shine upon S3Br. &c.
&c. ; to roast, bake R. Sus3r. ; to kindle, light, illumine RV. ; to pain with
heat, torment, harass MBh. Ka1v.: Pass. %{-tapyate}, to suffer pain BhP.: Caus.
%{-tApayati} (fut. %{-tApitA} MBh. viii, 1971), to make warm, heat Gr2S3rS. MBh.
and e. ; to set on fire, irradiate, illuminate R. ; to destroy or pain with
heat, torment, harass MBh. R. &c.
pratapa * = m. the heat of the sun ; %{-tra} n. a parasol BhP.
pratapana * = n. warming, heating Ka1tyS3r. MBh. Sus3r. ; %{-ne-kR}, (prob.) to
put near the fire, make warm (ind. p. %{-kRtya}, or %{-kRtvA}) g.
%{sA7kSAd-Adi}.
pratapat * = mf(%{antI})n. burning glowing, shining (lit. and fig.), feeling
pain, doing penance MBh. ; m. the sun MW. (cf. MBh. iv, 42) ; an ascetic R.
pratapta * = mfn. hot, glowing shining MBh. ; subjected to great heat, annealed
BhavP. ; pained (esp. by heat), tortured, harassed MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; (prob.) n.
annealed gold R.
prataptR m. one who burns or singes S3am2k.
pratapanti = are scorching
prathaya * = Nom. P. %{-yati} = %{pRthum@AcaSTe} Pat. (cf. Caus. of %{prath}).
prathayat * = mfn. spreading out, extending &c. AV. &c. &c.; seeing, beholding
W.
prati = towards * = 1 ind. (as a prefix to roots and their derivative nouns and
other nñnouns, sometimes {pratI}; for 2. see p, 664) towards, near to; against,
in opposition to; back, again, in return; down upon, upon, on; before nouns it
expresses also likeness or comparison (cf. {prati-candra}); or it forms
Avyayibhâvas of different kinds (cf. {prati-kSaNam}, {prati-graham},
{praty-agni} &c.; rarely ifc. e.g. {sUpaprati}, a little broth Pân. 2-1, 9); or
as a prep. with usually preceding acc., in the sense of towards, against, to,
upon, in the direction of (e.g. {zabdam p-}, in the dirñdirection of the sound
R.; {agnim pr-}, against the fire Mn.; also {praty-agni} ind. Pân. 6-2, 33 Sch.;
{ripum pr-}, agñagainst the enemy Mn.; {AtmAnam pr-}, to one's self Ratna7v.);
opposite, before, in the presence of (e.g. {rodasI pr-}, befñbefore heaven and
earth RV.); in comparison, on a par with, in proportion to (e.g. {indram pr-},
in comparñcomparison with lñlittle RV.; {sahasrANi pr-}, on a par with i.e.
equivalent to thousands ib.; also with abl. or {-tas}; cf. Pân. 1-4, 92; ii, 3,
11); in the vicinity of, near, beside, at, on (e.g. {yUpam pr-}, near the
sacrificial post AitBr.; {gaGgAm pr-}, at or on the Ganges R.; {etat pr-}, at
this point TS.; {Ayodhanam pr-}, on the field of battle MBh.); at the time of,
about, through, for (e.g. {phAlgunam pr-}, about the month PhñPhâlguna Mn.;
{ciram pr-}, for a long time MBh.; {bhRzam pr-}, often, repeatedly Car.); or
used distributively (cf. Pân. 1-4, 90) to express at every, in or on every,
severally (e.g. {yajJam pr-}, at every sacrifice Yâjñ.; {yajJaM yajJam pr-} TS.;
{varSam pr-}, every year, anually Pañcat.; in this sense often comp.; cf.
above); in favour of, for (Pân. 1-4, 90; e.g. {pANDavAn pr-}, in favour of the
PñPân. MBh.) [661, 3]; on account of, with regard to, concerning (Pân. ib. e.g.
{sImAm pr-}, concñconcerning a boundary Mn.; {gautamam pr-}, with regñregard to
GñGanges R.); conformably or according to (e.g. {mAm pr-}, accñaccording to me,
i.e. in my opinion Mâlav.; cf. {mAm praty araNyavat pratibhAti}, `" it seems to
me like a forest "' Hit.; {na bubhukSitam prati bhAti kiM cit}, `" to a hungry
man nothing is of any account "' Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 2); as, for (after a verb
meaning, to regard or consider "'; cf. Vikr. iv, 69); or as prep. with abl. in
return or as compensation for, instead or in the place of (Pân. 1-4, 92 Sch.);
with abl. or {-tas} see above; with abl. or gen. (?) to express, `" about "', `"
at the time of "' (only {prñprati vastoH} "', at daybreak "' RV.); as prep. with
gen. = with reference to Hariv. 10967. [Cf. Zd. {paiti}; Gk. $, $, $.]
&202234[661, 3]
pratibuddha * = (%{pra4ti-}) mfn. awakened, awake (also said of the Dawn) RV.
&c. &c. ; one who has attained to perfect knowledge S3Br. (cf. MWB. 98 n.) ;
illuminated, enlightened BhP. ; observed, recognized ib. ; known, celebrated W.
; made prosperous or great ib. ; %{-vastu} mfn. understanding the real nature of
things BhP. ; %{-ddhA7tman} mfn. having the mind roused or awakened, awake MW.
pratibuddhaka * = mfn. known, recognized (%{a-pratib-}) MBh.
pratii * = 1 in comp. for {prati} (cf. Pân. 6-3, 122 Vârtt. 3 Pat.)\\2
({prati-i}) P. {praty-eti}, to go towards or against, go to meet (as friend or
foe) RV. &c. &c.; to come back, return ib.; to resort or apply to RV. AV. S'Br.;
to fall to a persoñs (dat.) lot or share AitBr.; to receive, accept MBh.; (also
Pass.) to admit, recognize, be certain of, be convinced that (2 acc.) GriS'rS.
Nir. R. &c.; to trust, believe (with gen.) Kathâs.: Pass. {pratI7yate}, to be
admitted or recognized, follow, result Kâv. S'ank. Hit. (p. {-yamAna}, known,
understood, implicit Pân. Sâh.): Caus. {praty-Ayayati} (Pass. {praty-Ayyate}),
to lead towards i.e. cause to recognize or acknowledge, convince (any one of the
truth of anything) Kâlid.; to make clear, prove S'ank. Sâh.: Desid.
{pratI7SiSati}, to wish or try to understand Pân. 2-4, 47 Sch.
praticchad * = ( %{chid}) P. %{-cchAdayati} , to cover , envelop , hide ,
conceal , Kaus3 MBh. &c.
praticchanna * = mfn. covered , enveloped , hidden , concealed , disguised MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; endowed or furnished with (ifc.) MBh. iii , 1268.
pratiiciina * = mfn. turned towards, going or coming tñtowards RV.; (%{-cI4na})
mfn. turned away from, turning the back RV.; being behind, coming from bñbehind
AV.; turning westward, western TS. Br.; subsequent, future (with abl.) RV. TBr.;
(%{am}) ind. back to one's self TBr.; backwards, behind TS. TBr. Ka1t2h. BhP.
pratiiksha *= mf(%{A})n. looking backward (see %{apr-}); (also %{-kSaka} R.)
looking forward to, waiting for, expectant of (ifc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; having
regard to (ifc.) Hariv.; (%{A4}) f. expectation TBr. Kat2hUp.; consideration,
attention, respect, veneration A1past. MBh. R.
pratiita * = mfn. acknow. ledged, recognized, known ({zyAmaiti}, `" by the name
of SñS'ank "') Nir. Mn. MBh. &c.; convinced of anything, trusting in, firmly
resolved upon (comp.) KathhUp. MBh. Hit.; satisfied, cheerful, glad, pleased
AitBr. MBh. &c.; respectful L.; past, gone L.; clever, wise L.; m. N. of a
divinity enumerated among the Vis've Devâs. MBh.; {-sena} m. N. of a prince
Buddh.; {-tA7kSarA} f. N. of a Comm. on the Mita7ksharâ; {-tA7tman} mfn.
confident, resolute MBh.; {-tA7rtha} mfn. having a recognized or acknowledged
meaning Nir.; {-tA7zva} m. N. of a prince VP.
pratijaaniihi = declare
pratijñaa* =f. admission, acknowledgment, assent, agreement, promise, vow MBh.
Kâv. &c.; a statement, assertion, declaration, affirmation ib.; (in logic) a
proposition, the assertion or proposition to be proved, the first member or
{avyaya} of the fivemembered Nyâya syllogism IW. 61; (in law) a plaint,
complaint, indictment, prosecution Yâjñ.
pratijaane = I promise
pratidinaM = every day
pratinananda * = m. N. of a poet Cat.
pratinanandana * = n. greeting, salutation, friendly acceptance AV. ;
thanksgiving MW.
pratinanandita * = mfn. saluted or accepted kindly or cheerfully MBh. Ka1v. &c.
pratinand * = P. %{-nandati}, to greet cheerfully, salute (also in return), bid
welcome or farewell, address kindly, favour, befriend AV. &c. &c. ; to receive
joyfully or thankfully, to accept willingly (with %{na}, to decline, refuse,
reject) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. %{-nandayati}, to gladden, delight, gratify MBh.
Ka1m.
pratinidhii = (m) representative, delegate
pratinivishhTa = perverse, obstinate
pratibimbam.h = (n) reflection
pratiloma = going against the grain* = mf({A})n. against the hair or grain (opp.
to {anu-l-}), contrary to the natural course or order, reverse, inverted;
adverse, hostile, disagreeable, unpleasant; low, vile S'Br. RPrât. S'rS. &c.;
left, not right W.; contrary to caste (where the mother is of a higher caste
than the father) ib.; (ibc. and {a4m} ind.) against the hair, agñagainst the
grain, in reversed or inverted order TS. Br. Âs'vS'r. &c.; m. N. of a man; pl.
his descendants g. {upakA7di}; ({A}) f. a partic. incantation (to be recited
from the end to the beginning) Kathâs.; n. any disagreeable or injurious act;
({ena}) ind. in an unfriendly manner, unpleasantly Cân.; {-ja} mfn. born in the
inverse order of the classes (as of a Kshatriya father and Brâhmanî mother, or
of a Vais'ya fñfather and Kshatriyâ mñman or BñBrâhmanî mñman, in which cases
the wife is of a higher caste than the husband; cf. Mn. x, 16) W.; {-tas} ind.
in consequence of the inverted order or course Mn. x, 68; invertedly, in
inverted order or series Yâjñ. MBh. Pañcat.; {-rUpa} mfn. inverted KaushUp.;
{-mA7nuloma} mfn. speaking against or for anything; (ibc. and {am} ind.) in
inverted order or course and in the natural oñorder or cñcourse Mn. Yâjñ.;
{-ma-tas} ind. in an unfriendly and friendly manner R.
pratimaa = (f) statue, image; perceived, understood, apprehended; resulted,
followed as a consequeuce; that has experienced, tasted, tried or enjoyed \\* =
m. a creator, maker, framer AV. VS.; ({A4}) f. an image, likeness, symbol RV.
&c. &c.; a picture, statue, figure, idol Mn. Hariv. Ragh. (IW. 218, 1; 241);
reflection (in comp. after a word meaning `" moon "' cf. below); measure, extent
(cf. below); N. of a metre RPrât.; the part of an elephant's head between the
tusks (also {-ma} m.) L. (ifc. like, similar, resembling, equal to TBr. MBh.
&c.; having the measure of, as long or wide &c. as e.g. {tri-nalva-pr-}, 3
Nalvas long Hariv.; {-ma-tA} f. {-tva} n. reflection, image, shadow W.); {-gata}
mfn. present in an idol (as a deity) Ragh.; {-candra} m. `" reflection-moon "',
image of the mñmoon Ragh.; {-dAna} n. {-dravyA7di-vacana} n. N. of wks.;
{-paricAraka} m. an attendant upon an idol (= {devala}) Kull. (cf. IW. 218, 1);
{-pUjA} f. worship of images MWB. 464; {-pratiSThA} f. (and {-thA-vidhi}, m.),
{-rodanA7di-prA7yazcitta-vidhi} m. {-lakSaNa} n. N. of wks.; {vizeSa} m. a sort
of image, a kind of figure MW.; {-zazA7Gka} m. = {-candra} Ragh.;
{-sampro7kSaNa} n. N. of wk.; {-me7ndu} m. = {-mAcandra} Râjat.
pratiichii = (f) west
pratishthhaa *= ( %{sthA}) P. A1. %{-tiSThati} , %{-te} , to stand , stay ,
abide , dwell RV. &c. &c. ; to stand still , set (as the sun) , cease MBh. BhP.
; to stand firm , be based or rest on (loc.) , be established , thrive , prosper
RV. &c. &c. ; to depend or rely on (loc.) Vajracch. ; to withstand , resist
(acc.) MBh. Hariv. ; to spread or extend over (acc.) MBh.: Caus. %{SThApayati} ,
to put down , place upon , introduce into (loc.) Br. Gr2S3rS. ; to set up ,
erect (as an image) , Ratnav. ; to bring or lead into (loc.) MBh. ; to establish
in , appoint to (loc.) ib. R. &c. ; to transfer or offer or present to , bestow
or confer upon (dat. or loc.) A1s3vGr2. Mn. MBh. &c. ; to fix , found , prop ,
support , maintain TS. Br. MBh. Hariv. ; to hold against or opposite R.\\ f.
(ifc. f. %{A}) standing still , resting , remaining , steadfastness , stability
, perseverance in (comp.) VS. &c. &c. ; a standpoint , resting-place , ground ,
base , foundation , prop , stay , support RV. &c. &c. ; a receptacle , homestead
, dwelling , house AV. &c. &c. (ifc. abiding or dwelling in Ragh. Pur.) ; a
pedestal , the foot (of men or amimals) AV. Br. S3a1n3khS3r. ; limit , boundary
W. ; state of rest , quiet , tranquillity , comfort , ease MBh. Ka1v. ; setting
up (as of an idol &c. RTL. 70) ; pre-eminence , superiority , high rank or
position , fame , celebrity Ka1v. Katha1s. Ra1jat. ; establishment on or
accession to (the throne &c.) Hariv. S3ak. Var. Ra1jat. ; the performance of any
ceremony or of any solemn act , consecration or dedication (of a monument or of
an idol or of a temple &c. ; cf. %{prA7Na-pr-}) , settling or endowment of a
daughter , completion of a vow , any ceremony for obtaining supernatural and
magical powers Var. Katha1s. Ra1jat. Pur. ; a mystical N. of the letter %{A} L.
; N. of one of the Ma1tr2is attending on Skanda MBh. ; of sev. metres RPra1t. ;
(with %{prajA-pateH}) N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr. ; = %{hrasva} Naigh. iii , 2 ; =
%{yoga-siddhi} or %{-niSpatti} L. ; %{-kamalA7kara} m. %{-kalpalatA} f.
%{-kalpA7di} , m.pl. N. of wks. ; %{-kAma} (%{-SThA4-}) mfn. desirous of a firm
basis or a fixed abode or a high position TS. Ta1n2d2Br. Gr2S3rS. BhP. ;
%{-kaumudI} f. %{-kaustubha} m. or n. %{-cintAmaNi} m. %{-tattva} n. %{-tantra}
n. %{-tilaka} n. N. of wks. ; %{-tva} n. the being a basis or foundation S3am2k.
; %{-darpaNa} m. %{-darza} m. %{-dIdhiti} f. %{-dyota} m. %{-nirNaya} m. N. of
wks. [671,3] ; %{--nvita} (%{-SThA7nv-}) mfn. possessed of fame , celebrated MW.
; %{-paddhati} f. %{-mayUkha} m. %{-ratna} n. %{-rahasya} n. %{-lakSaNa} n. N.
of wks. ; %{-vat} mfn. having a foundation or support TUp. ; %{-vidhi} m.
%{-viveka} m. %{-saMgraha} m. %{-samuccaya} m. %{-sAra} m. %{-sAra-saMgraha} m.
%{-hemA7dri} m. %{-STho7ddyota} , m. N. of wks.
pratishthhaana *= n. a firm standing-place , ground , foundation Pa1rGr2. MBh.
&c. ; a pedestal , foot TBr. MBh. R. ; the foundation (others `" consecration
"') of a city SkandaP. ; N. of a town at the confluence of the Gan3ga1 and
Yamuna1 (on the left bank of the GÒGan3ga1 opposite to Alla1ha1bad , the capital
of the early kings of the lunar dynasty) MBh. Hariv. Katha1s. &c. (IW. 511 n. 1)
; m. N. of a locality on the Go-da1vari Katha1s. ; (du.) of the constellation
Prosht2ha-pada L.
pratisthaanam *= ind. in every place , everywhere Prab. Sch.
pratishthha *= mf(%{A})n. standing firmly , steadfast S3Br. MBh. ; resisting
Kaus3. ; (ifc.) ending with , leading to Ja1takam. ; famous W. ; m. N. of the
father of Su-pa1rs3va (who was 7th Arhat of present Avasarpin2i) L. ; (%{A}) f.
see next ; n. point of support , centre or base of anything RV. x , 73 , 6
(%{pratiSThA4hRdyA@jaghantha} , `" thou hast stricken to the quick ;
%{pratiSThA} may also be acc. pl. of next).
pratipa* = m. N. of a prince L. (prob. w.r. for %{pratIpa} q.v.)
pratIpa* = mf(%{A})n. (fr. %{prati+ap}; cf. %{anUpa}, %{dvIpa}, %{samIpa}), `"
against the stream "', `" agñagainst the grain "', going in an opposite
direction, meeting, encountering, adverse, contrary, opposite, reverse MBh. R.
Ragh. &c.; inverted, out of order Sus3r. Var.; displeasing, disagreeable Mn.
MBh. R. Hariv.; resisting, refractory, cross, obstinate; impeding, hindering
BhP. MBh. R. &c. backward, retrograde; turned away, averted W.; m. an adversary,
opponent BhP.; N. of a prince, the father of S3a1m2tanu and grandfather of
Bhi1shma AV. MBh. Hariv. &c.; n. (in rhet.) inverse comparison (e.g. `" the
lotus resembles thine eyes "', instead of the usual comparison `" thine eñeyes
resemble the lñlotus; 5 forms are enumerated) Kuval. Prata1p. Sa1h. Kpr.; N. of
a gram. wk.; (%{a4m}) ind. against the stream, backwards; against RV. &c. &c.;
in return Ba1lar.; in inverted order Mn.; refractorily (with %{gam}, to resist
S3ak.; with %{abhy-upa-gam}, to go against, oppose R.).
pratipad* Â. {-padyate} (ep. fut. also {-patsyati}), to set foot upon, enter, go
or resort to, arrive at, resch, attain VS. &c. &c.; to walk, wander, roam ChUp.;
to come back to (acc.), return MBh.; to happen, occur, take place PârGri. MBh.;
to get into (acc.), meet, with, find, obtain, receive, take in or upon one's
self. S'Br. &c. &c.; to receive back, recover AitBr. S'ak.; to restore to favour
Ragh.; to undertake, begin (acc. dat. or inf.), practise, perform, accomplish
Nir. MBh. Kâv. &c.; to do anything to any person, act or proceed or behave
towards or against (loc. gen. or acc.) MBh. Hariv. R.; to make, render MBh.; to
fall to a persoñs (acc.) lot or share, PârGr.; to let a person (dat.) have
anything Âpast.; to give back, restore Mn. viii, 183; to perceive, find out,
discover, become aware of or acquainted with, understand, learn MBh. R. &c.; to
deem, consider, regard S'ank. Sâh.; to answer affirmatively say yes (with or
scil. {tathA}, or {tathe7ti}), acknowledge, assent, agree, promise MBh. Kâv.
&c.; to begin to speak, commence (with acc. or instr.) RV. Br.; to answer ChUp.
(also with {uttaram} R.): Caus. {-pAdayati}, to convey or lead to, procure,
cause to partake of (2 acc.). give a present to, bestow on (loc. dat. or gen.)
Kaus'. Mn. MBh. &c.; to give in marriage Âpast.; to spend. ib.; to present with
(instr.) Kârand.; to put in, appoint to (loc.) R.; to produce, cause, effect
MBh. R. &c.; to establish, substantiate, prove, set forth, explain, teach,
impart MBh. R. &c.; to deem, consider, regard as (2 acc.) Pañcat. (v.l.
{-vadasi} for {-pAdayasi}): Desid. {-pitsate} (Pân. 7-4, 54), to wish to attain
S'ank.; to wish to know Bhâm.: Desid. of Caus. {-pipAdayiSati}, to wish or
intend to explain or analyze S'ank.
pratipad* = f. access, ingress. entrance VS. S'Br.; the path to be walked, the
right path L.; beginning, commencement TS. TBr.; an introductory verse or stanza
Br. S'rS.; (also {-padA} or {-padI}) the first day of a lunar fortnight (esp. of
the mooñs wane) AgP. L.; understanding, intelligence L.; taste for anything
Jâtakam.; rank, consequence W.; a kettle-drum ib.; {-paccandra} m. the moon on
the first day, the new moon (esp. revered and saluted) Ragh.; {-pat-tUrya} n. a
kind of kettle-drum (cf. {-patti-paTaha}) L.; {-pan-maya} mfn. obedient, willing
Jâtakam.
pratipadyate = attains
pratipada* = n. N. of an Upa7nga; ({am}) ind. (also {-da} ibc.) at every step,
on every occasion, at every place, everywhere Kâv.; at every word, word by word
Sarvad.; literally, expressly (Pân. 2-2, 10 Vârtt.1; vi, 2, 26 Sch.); each,
singly R. (= {pratyekam} Sch.); {-da-tva} n. walking step by step Kâthh.
pratipadaa* = or f. see under {-pad}.
pratipaadya* = mfn. to be treated of or discussed, to be explained or propounded
({-tva}. n.) S'ank. Veda7ntas. Kâs'.
pratipUjya * = mfn. to be honoured Mn.
pratipur * = f. a hostile castle MaitrS.
pratipuur * = m. `" a counter-person "', a similar man ; a companion, assistant
; a deputy, substitute Ka1tyS3r. Sch. ; (%{a-pratip-}, unmatched BhP.) ; the
effigy of a man (which thieves push into the interior of a house before entering
it themselves) Mr2icch. ; (ibc. and %{a4m} ind.) man by man, every mñman, for
each mñman Br. Gr2S3rS. Hcar. A1p. ; for each soul Sa1m2khyak.
pratirodhaH = (m) opposition
pratisaMkram * = A1. %{-kramate}, to go back again, come to an end BhP.: Caus.
%{-krAmayati}, to cause to go back or return ib.
pratisaMkrama * = m. re-absorption, dissolution (m.c. also %{-krAma}) ib.; (ifc.
f. %{A}) impression Sarvad.
pratisaMyudh * = (only pf. %{-yuyudhuH}), to resist an attack together BhP.
pratishhThaa = the rest
pratishhThaapya = placing
pratishhThitaM = situated
pratishhThitaa = fixed
pratispardhii = rival, competitor
pratiyotsyaami = shall counterattack
prativara * - warding off, resisting
prativasati = lives adjunctly
prativeshin.h = (m) neighbour
pratyaaniikeshhu = on the opposite sides
pratyaahaara = control of the senses
pratyaacaksh *= A1. %{-caSTe} , to refuse , decline , reject , repulse (with
acc. of pers. or thing) S3rS. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to answer , refute , oppose in
argument MW.
pratyssdis' *= P. %{-dizati} , to enjoin , direct , advise R. BhP. ; to report ,
relate (with 2 acc.) MBh. ; to summon Hit. ; to decline , reject , repel MBh.
Ka1v.
pratyssdri *= A1. %{-driyate} , to show respect to (acc.) S3Br.
pratyaJc (pratyak) *= mfn. (nom. %{pratya4G}. %{pratI4cI}, %{pratIcI4} [and
%{pratyaJcI} Vop.] [675,1]; %{pratya4k}) turned towards, facing (acc.) RV. AV.
VS.; coming (opp. to %{arvAJc}, `" going "') RV.; being or coming from behind,
turning the back, averted, moving in an opposite direction ib. Br. Ka1tyS3r.;
westward, western, occidental, to the west of (abl.) VS. AV. Br. Mn. &c.; turned
back or inward, inner, interior Prab. BhP. Veda7ntas.; equal to, a match for
(acc.) AV.; past, gone L.; m. the individual soul Prab. vi, 4/5; (%{pratI4cI})
f. (with or scil. %{diz}) the west AV. &c. &c.; N. of a river BhP.;
(%{pratya4k}) ind. backwards, in an opposite direction RV. AV.; behind (abl.)
Ka1tyS3r.; down (opp. to %{Urdhvam}) Kat2hUp.; westward, to the west of (abl.)
S3rS. MBh. BhP.; inwardly, within BhP. Veda7ntas.; in former times L.
pratyavaayaH = diminution
pratyavavaruddha* = mfn. stopped, suppressed ib
pratyavarudh * = 2. (only ind. p. %{-rudhya}), to recover BhP.
pratyaksha = direct evidence
pratyakshaM = standing before the eye
pratyañc *= mfn. (nom. %{pratya4G}. %{pratI4cI}, %{pratIcI4} [and %{pratyaJcI}
Vop.] [675,1] ; %{pratya4k}) turned towards, facing (acc.) RV. AV. VS. ; coming
(opp. to %{arvAJc}, `" going "') RV. ; being or coming from behind, turning the
back, averted, moving in an opposite direction ib. Br. Ka1tyS3r. ; westward,
western, occidental, to the west of (abl.) VS. AV. Br. Mn. &c. ; turned back or
inward, inner, interior Prab. BhP. Veda7ntas. ; equal to, a match for (acc.) AV.
; past, gone L. ; m. the individual soul Prab. vi, 4/5 ; (%{pratI4cI}) f. (with
or scil. %{diz}) the west AV. &c. &c. ; N. of a river BhP. ; (%{pratya4k}) ind.
backwards, in an opposite direction RV. AV. ; behind (abl.) Ka1tyS3r. ; down
(opp. to %{Urdhvam}) Kat2hUp. ; westward, to the west of (abl.) S3rS. MBh. BhP.
; inwardly, within BhP. Veda7ntas. ; in former times L.
pratyaya*= m. belief firm conviction, trust, faith, assurance or certainty of
(gen. loc. or comp.) ; proof, ascertainment Mn. MBh. &c. (%{pratyayaM-gam}, to
acquire confidence, repose cñconfidence in MBh. ; %{asty@atra@pratyayo@mama},
that is my conviction Katha1s. ; %{kah@pratyayo@'tra}, what assurance is there
of that? ib.) ; conception, assumption, notion, idea Ka1tyS3r. Nir. S3am2k. &c.
; (with Buddhists and Jainas) fundamental notion or idea (%{-tva} n.) Sarvad. ;
consciousness, understanding, intelligence, intellect (in Sa1m2khya = %{buddhi})
; analysis, solution, explanation, definition L. ; ground, basis, motive or
cause of anything MBh. Ka1v. &c. (in med.) = %{nimitta}, %{hetu} &c. Cat. ;
(with Buddhists) a co-operating cause ; the concurrent occasion of an event as
distinguished from its approximate cause ; an ordeal Ka1ty. ; want, need
Ka1ran2d2. ; fame, notoriety Pa1n2. 8-2, 58 ; a subsequent sound or letter
Pra1t. ; an affix or suffix to roots (forming verbs, substantives, adjectives
and all derivatives) Pra1t. Pa1n2. ; an oath L. ; usage, custom L. ; religious
meditation L. ; a dependant or subject L. ; a householder who keeps a sacred
fire L. ; %{-kara} (R.), %{-kAraka} (Pan5cat.), %{kAraNa} (S3ak.) mfn. one who
awakens confidence, trustworthy ; %{-kArin} mfn. id. L. ; (%{iNI}) f. a seal,
signet L. ; %{-tattva-prakAzikA} f. N. of wk. ; %{-tva} n. (cf. above) the being
a cause, causality Sarvad. ; %{-dhAtu} m. the stem of a nominal verb Pat. ;
%{-prativacana} n. a certain or distinct answer, Sak. ; %{-mauktika-mAlA} f. N.
of wk. ; %{-lopa} m. (in gram.) elision of an affix ; %{-sarga} m. (in
Sa1m2khya) the creation which proceeds from Buddha ; %{-svara} m. (in gram.) an
accent on an affix ; %{-ayA7tma} mfn. causing confidence R. (v.l.
%{pratyag-Atma}) ; %{-ayA7dhi} m. a pledge which causes confidence in regard to
a debt L. ; %{--ayA7nta-zabda-kRd-anta-vyUha} m. N. of wk.
pratyupakaaraarthaM = for the sake of getting some return
prathama = first
prathamaM = in the first place
prathaa = (f) fame
prathita = renowned
prathitaH = celebrated
pratiyoga * = m. resistance, opposition, contradiction, controversy BhP.; an
antidote, remedy Katha1s.; cooperation, association W.; the being a counterpart
of anything ib.
pratyarham* = ind. in %{yathA-p-} q.v.( yathApratyarham) ind. according to merit
Buddh.
pratyavavaruddha* = mfn. stopped, suppressed ib.
pratyudaahrita* = mfn. named, answered BhP.
prauDha *= mfn. (fr. %{pra} + %{UDha}, %{vah}) raised or lifted up (see
%{-pAda}); grown up, fullgrown Hariv. Ka1v. Ra1jat.; mature, middle-aged (as a
woman; in Subh. %{bAlA}, %{taruNI}, %{prau9Dha} and %{vRddhA} are distinguished;
cf. f. below); married W.; luxuriant (as a plant) Bhartr2. Ka1vya7d.; large,
great, mighty, strong Ka1v. Katha1s. Pan5cat.; violent, impetuous (as love)
Prab. Ra1jat.; thick, dense (as darkness) Ma1lati1m.; full (as the moon) W.;
(ifc.) filled with, full of (see %{mRdu-pr-}); proud, arrogant, confident, bold,
audacious, impudent (esp. said of a woman) Ka1v. BhP.; controverted W.; m. (in
music) N. of one of the Ru1pakas; (with S3a1ktas) N. of one of the 7 Ulla1sas;
n. (with %{brAhmaNa}) = %{tANDya-brAhmaNa} Sa1y.; (%{A}) f. a married woman from
30 to 55 years of age W.; a violent or impetuous woman (described as a Na1yika1
who stands in no awe of her lover or husband) W.
pravaada * = m. speaking forth, uttering Âs'vS'r. MBh.; expressing, mentioning
Nir.; talk, report, rumour, popular saying or belief MBh. Kâv. &c. ({-dAya}, in
order to spread the rumour Kathâs.; {-dena}, according to rñrumour, as the
saying goes MBh.); ill rumour about (gen.), slander, calumny (pl.) Kâv.; mutual
defiance, words of challenge (prior to combat) Bhathth.; (ifc.) passing one's
self off as R.; (in gram.) any form or case of (gen. or comp.; opp. to a
specified fñform or cñcase) Prât.; ({A}) f. anything belonging to (comp.) Vait.
pravaaha = current *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}) a stream, river, current, running water
(%{-he-mUtrita} n. `" making water in a river "', doing a useless action Pa1n2.
2-1, 47 Sch.); met. = continuous flow or passage, unbroken series or succession,
continuity S3Br. &c. &c.; continuous use or employment S3am2k.; cñcontinuous
train of thought Sarvad.; N. of ch. in Sad-ukti-karn2a7mr2ita; flowing or
streaming forth L. (cf. %{-vaha}); course of action, activity L.; course or
direction towards W.; a pond, lake ib.; a beautiful horse L.; N. of one of the
attendants of Skanda MBh.; (pl.) N. of a people VP.; (%{I}) f. sand L. (also
%{-ho7tthA} f. Gal.)\\ &c. see %{pra-vah}.
pravaalaaH = twigs
pravaasaH = (m) journey, travel, trip
pravaha mf(%{A})n. bearing along, carrying (ifc.) MBh. R.; m. N. of one of the 7
winds said to cause the motion of the planets MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. IW. 179);
wind, air L.; N. of one of the 7 tongues of fire Col.; a reservoir into which
water is carried Ya1jn5.; flowing or streaming forth L. (cf. %{-vAka}); going
forth, gñgoing from a town W.
pravada * = mfn. sounding forth, sounding (as a drum) Kaus3.; m. a herald, bard
(?) AV. v, 20, 9.
pravaada * = m. speaking forth, uttering A1s3vS3r. MBh.; expressing, mentioning
Nir.; talk, report, rumour, popular saying or belief MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{-dAya},
in order to spread the rumour Katha1s.; %{-dena}, according to rñrumour, as the
saying goes MBh.); ill rumour about (gen.), slander, calumny (pl.) Ka1v.; mutual
defiance, words of challenge (prior to combat) Bhat2t2.; (ifc.) passing one's
self off as R.; (in gram.) any form or case of (gen. or comp.; opp. to a
specified fñform or cñcase) Pra1t.; (%{A}) f. anything belonging to (comp.)
Vait.\\m. or n. (?) = %{pra-vAla}, coral SaddhP. \\ &c. see under %{pra-vad}.
pravadataaM = of arguments
pravadanti = say
pravakshyaami = I shall explain
pravakshye = I shall explain
pravaNa *= (prob. fr. 1. %{pra} and suffix %{vana} cf. %{vag-vana4} ,
%{sat-vana4} , %{zuzuk-vana4} ; but according to Pa1n2. 8-4 , 5 fr. %{pra} and
%{vana} , `" wood "' ; according to others from %{pru}) m. or n. (?) the side of
a hill , slope , declivity , abyss , depth RV. Ka1t2h. MBh. (in RV. only loc.
sg. and once pl. ; in MBh. viii , 2369 also abl. sg.) ; m. a place where four
roads meet L. ; a moment L. ; a whirlpool L. ; n. an access to (loc.) MBh. ;
(%{e}) ind. in a precipitous course , hurriedly , hastily MBh. ; mf(%{A})n.
declining , bent , sloping down , steep , abrupt TS. Br. Gr2S3rS. Mn. &c. ;
(ifc.) directed towards (cf. %{udak-} , %{dakSiNA-} , %{nimna-} &c.) ; inclined
or disposed or devoted to , intent upon , full of (loc. , dat. gen. inf. or
comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; wasted , decayed , disappeared R. ; generous L. ; humble
, modest L. [Cf. Gk. $ ; Lat. {pro1nus}.]
pravara* =1 mf({A})n. (fr. {pra} + {vara} or fr. {pra} 2. {vR}; for 2. and 3.
see p. 693) most excellent, chief, principal, best Mn. MBh. &c.; eldest (son)
MBh.; better than (abl.) BhP.; greater (opp. to {sama}, `" equal "', and
{nyUna}, `" smaller "') Var.; (ifc.) eminent, distinguished by Hariv.; m. a
black variety of Phaseolus Mungo L.; Opuntia Dillenii L.; N. of a messenger of
the gods and friend of Indra Hariv.; of a Dânava ib.; ({A}) f. N. of a river
(which falls into the Godâvarî and is celebrated for the sweetness of its water)
MBh. VP.; n. aloe wood Bhpr.; a partic. high number Buddh. //3 m. a call,
summons (esp. of a Brâhman to priestly functions) AitBr.; an invocation of Agni
at the beginning of a sacrifice, a series of ancestors (so called because Agni
is invited to bear the oblations to the gods as he did for the sacrificer's
progenitors, the names of the 4 10 5 most nearly connected with the ancient
Riishis being then added) Br. S'rS.; a family, race L.; an ancestor KâtyS'r.
Sch. ({I} f. Pat.); {-kANDa} m. or n. a chapter about a series of ancestors
Cat.; {-khaNDa} m. or n. {-darpaNa} m. {-dIpikA} f. {-nirNaya}, m. {-maJjarI} f.
{-ratna} n. N. of wks.; {-vat} mfn. having a series of ancestors L.;
{-rA7dhyAya} m. {-re-kRta-zAnti} f. N. of wks. 2.
pravargya m. a ceremony introductory to the Soma sacrifice (at which fresh milk
is poured into a heated vessel called, %{mahA-vIra} or %{gharma}, or into
boiling ghee) Br. S3rS. MBh. &c.; n. N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr.; %{-kANDa} m. N. of
S3Br. xvi (in the %{kANva-zAkhA}); %{-prayoga} m. N. of wk.; %{-vat}
(%{-gya4-}.) mfn. connected with the Pravargya ceremony S3Br. S3rS.; %{-sAman}
n. N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr.
pravAra * m. a covering, cover, woollen cloth, BriArUp. (cf. 2. {pra-vara}).
pravartaka = (adj m) a promoter
pravartate = act
pravarta * = m. a round ornament AV. (TS. Sch. `" an ear-ring "'; cf:
{pra-vRtta}); engaging in, undertaking W.; excitement, stimulus ib.
pravartante = they flourish
pravartitaM = established by the Vedas
praveka * = mfn. ( %{vic}) choicest, most excellent, principal, chief (always
ifc.) MBh. R. &c.
praves'a * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) entering, entrance, penetration or intrusion into
(loc. gen. with or without {antar}, or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c. (acc.with {kR}, to
make one's entrance, enter); entrance on the stage Hariv. Malav.; the entrance
of the sun into a sign of the zodiac Var.; coming or setting in (of night) L.;
the placing (e. g. of any deposit) in a persoñs house or hand Pañcat.;
interfering with another's business, obtrusiveness Kathâs.; the entering into
i.e. being contained in (loc.) Pân. 2-1, 72 Sch. Sâh.; employment, use,
utilisation of (comp.) Kull. Inscr.; income, revenue, tax, toll (cf.
{-bhAgika}); intentness on an object, engaging closely in a pursuit or purpose
W.; manner, method Lalit.; a place of entrance, door MBh. Kâv. &c.; the syringe
of an injection pipe Sus'r.; {-bhAgika} m. (prob.) a receiver or gatherer of
taxes Râjat.
praves'ita *= mfn. (fr. Cause.) caused to enter, brought or sent in, introduced
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; thrown into (any condition, as sleep &c.) Ragh.; appointed,
installed BhP.; (%{A}) f. impregnated, pregnant (%{dArakam} "', with a boy "')
DivyA7v.; n. causing to appear on the stage BhP.
pravibhaktaM = divided
pravibhaktaani = are divided
praviliiyate = merges entirely
pravilas* = m P. {-lasati}, to shine forth brightly BhP.; to appear in full
strength or vigour Gît. Sch.
pravilI* = Â. or Pass. {-lIyate}, ({-ti}), to become dissolved, melt or vanish
away MundUp. MBh. &c.: Caus. {-lApayati}, to cause to disappear or dissolve
itself into (loc.) S'ank. BhP. Sch.; to dissolve, melt (trans.) Sus'r.
pravilayana* = n. complete dissolution or absorption Car.
pravilaya* = m. melting Sus'r.; = next S'ank.
pravish.h = to enter
pravisha = enter
pravishanti = enter
praviSTa * = mfn. entered R. Ragh.; one who has entered or gone or come into,
being in or among (loc., acc. or comp.; cf. %{madhya-prav-}) RV. &c. &c. (in
dram. `" one who has entered the stage "'); sunk (as an eye) Sus3r.; appeared or
begun (as an age) Vet.; one who has entered upon or undertaken, occupied with,
intent upon, engaged in (loc. or comp.) BhP. Ra1jat.; initiated into (acc.)
Prab.; agreeing with (loc.) MBh.; made use of. invested (as money) Ya1jn5.
Ra1jat.; (%{A}) f. N. of the mother of Paippala1di and Kaus3ika Hariv. (prob.
w.r. for %{zraviSThA}).
pravistaram.h = extensively
praviiNa = expert
pravraj* = P. {-vrajati}, to go forth, proceed, depart from (abl.), set out for,
go to (acc. loc. or dat.) S'Br. Up. GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; to leave home and wander
forth as an ascetic mendicant S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; (with Jainas) to become a monk
HParis'.: Caus. {-vrAjayati} (w.r. {-vraj-}), to send into exile, banish from
(abl.) MBh. R. &c.; to compel any one to wander forth as an ascetic mendicant or
to become a monk MBh. HParis'.
pravrajya * = n. going abroad, migration MBh.; (%{A}) f. id. ib.; going forth
from home (first rite of a layman wishing to become a Buddh. monk) MWB. 77;
roaming, wandering about (esp. as a religious mendicant, in a dress not
authorized by the Veda) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; the order of a relñreligious
mñmendicant MBh. Var.; %{-jyA-yoga} m. a constellation under which future
relñreligious mñmendicants are born Var.; %{jyA7vasita} m. a relñreligious
mñmendicant who has renounced his order Ya1jn5.
pravrajya *= n. going abroad, migration MBh. ; (%{A}) f. id. ib. ; going forth
from home (first rite of a layman wishing to become a Buddh. monk) MWB. 77 ;
roaming, wandering about (esp. as a religious mendicant, in a dress not
authorized by the Veda) Mn. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; the order of a relñreligious
mñmendicant MBh. Var. ; %{-jyA-yoga} m. a constellation under which future
relñreligious mñmendicants are born Var. ; %{jyA7vasita} m. a relñreligious
mñmendicant who has renounced his order Ya1jn5.
praavraajya *= n. (fr. %{-vrAj}) the life of a religious mendicant, vagrancy
MBh. (w.r. %{-vrajya}) Ma1rkP.
pravraaja* = m. the bed of a river RV.
pravraajaka* = m. a religious mñmendicant R. Kathâs.; ({ikA}) f. a female
ascetic (also {-jaka-strI}) Kathâs.
pravraaj* = m. a religious mendicant Var. Kathâs.
pravraajana* = n. banishment, exile MBh. R.
pravraajita* = mfn. become a monk DivyA7v.
pravraj* = P. {-vrajati}, to go forth, proceed, depart from (abl.), set out for,
go to (acc. loc. or dat.) S'Br. Up. GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; to leave home and wander
forth as an ascetic mendicant S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; (with Jainas) to become a monk
HParis'.: Caus. {-vrAjayati} (w.r. {-vraj-}), to send into exile, banish from
(abl.) MBh. R. &c.; to compel any one to wander forth as an ascetic mendicant or
to become a monk MBh. HParis'.
pravrajana* = n. going abroad MBh.
pravrajita* = mfn. gone astray or abroad R. Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 38; run away
(said of horses) MBh.; (also with {vanam}) one who has left home to become a
religious mendicant or (with Jainas) to become a monk Mn. MBh. HParis'.; m. a
religious mendicant or a monk MBh. Var. Sus'r.; ({A}) f. a female ascetic or a
nun Yâjñ. Var. Kâd. Sâh.; Nardostachys Jatamansi L.; another plant ({muNDIrI})
L.; n. the life of a religious mendicant MBh.
pravrajya* = n. going abroad, migration MBh.; ({A}) f. id. ib.; going forth from
home (first rite of a layman wishing to become a Buddh. monk) MWB. 77; roaming,
wandering about (esp. as a religious mendicant, in a dress not authorized by the
Veda) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; the order of a relñreligious mñmendicant MBh. Var.;
{-jyA-yoga} m. a constellation under which future relñreligious mñmendicants are
born Var.; {jyA7vasita} m. a relñreligious mñmendicant who has renounced his
order Yâjñ.
pravridh.h = to grow fast pravridh * = P. %{-vardhati}, to exalt, magnify. RV.
viii, 8, 22; A1. %{-vardhate} (rarely P. %{-ti}), to grow up, grow, increase,
gain in strength, prosper, thrive RV. &c. &c.: Caus. %{-vardhayati}, %{-te}, to
strengthen, increase, augment, extend RV. &c. &c.; to raise, exalt, cause to
thrive Hariv.; to rear, cherish, bring up Katha1s.
pravriddha * = mfn. grown up, fully developed, increased, augmented, intense,
vehement, great, numerous RV. &c. &c.; swollen, heaving R. Ka1lid.; risen to
wealth or power, prosperous, mighty, strong MBh. Var.; (also with %{vayasA})
advanced in age, grown old MBh. Katha1s.; expanded, diffused W.; full, deep (as
a sigh) ib.; haughty, arrogant MW.; w.r. for %{pra-vRtta}, %{-viddha},
%{-buddha}.
pravriddhaH = great
pravriddhaaH = developed
pravriddhe = developed
pravrih* = P. Â. {-vRhati}, {-te}, to tear out or off or asunder, destroy RV.
TS. Br. Up.; (Â) to draw towards one's self. attract S'Br.
pravrij* = P. Â. {-vRNakti}, {-vRGkte}, (Ved. inf. {-vR4je}), to strew (the
sacrificial grass) RV. Br.; to place in or on the fire, heat ib.; to perform the
Pravargya ceremony Br. KâtyS'r.
pravrijya* = mfn. to be placed in or near the fire ÂpS'r.
pravrikta* = ({pra4-}.) mfn. placed in or near the fire S'Br.
pravrit * = A1. %{-vartate}, (ep. also P. %{-ti}), to roll or go onwards (as a
carriage), be set in motion or going ChUp. MBh. &c.; to set out, depart, betake
one's self MBh. R. &c.; to proceed (%{vartmanA}, or %{-ni}, on a path;
%{apathena}, on a wrong path) Ka1v. Katha1s.; to come forth, issue, originate,
arise, be produced, result, occur, happen, take place VS. Br. MBh. &c.; to
commence, begin to (inf.), set about, engage in, be intent upon or occupied with
(dat. loc., or %{artham} ifc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to proceed against, do injury to
(loc.) MBh. R. Ragh. [693,3]; to debauch (%{anyo@'nyam}, `" one another "')
MBh.; to act or proceed according to or with (instr. or abl.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to
behave or conduct one's self towards, deal with (loc.) ib.; to hold good,
prevail ib.; to continue, keep on (pr. p.) Hariv. Sarvad.; to be, exist Ma1rkP.;
to serve for, conduce to (dat., or %{artham} ifc.) Sarvad.; to mean, be used in
the sense of (loc.) ib.; to let any one (gen.) have anything (acc.) MBh.: Caus.
%{-vartayati}, to cause to turn or roll, set in motion RV. &c. &c.; to throw,
hurl, Pour forth RV. MaitrS.; to send Prab.; to set on foot, circulate, diffuse,
divulge MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to introduce, appoint, instal ib.; to produce, create,
accomplish, devise, invent, perform, do, make ib. (with %{setum} to erect a dam;
with %{vyayakarma}, to effect expenditure; with %{loka-yAtrAm}, to transact the
business of life; with %{kathAm}, to relate a story); to exhibit, show, display
R. BhP.; to undertake, begin Ka1tyS3r. MBh. &c.; to use, employ Bhat2t2.; to
induce any one to do anything, betray into (loc.) Katha1s.; to proceed against
(loc.) MBh.
pravrita *= mfn. chosen, selected, adopted (as a son) BhP.; %{-homa} m. an
oblation offered on the appointment of a priest, S3rS.; %{-mIya} mfn. relating
to it S3a1n3khBr.; %{-tA7huti} f. = %{-tahoma} ib. Vait.
pravritta* = mfn. rotund, globular S'ânkhBr.; driven up (as a carriage) ChUp.;
circulated (as a book) Pañcat.; set out from ({-tas}), going to, bound for (acc.
loc. inf., or {artham} ifc.; {dakSiNena}, `" southwards "'; with {pathA} "',
proceeding on a path "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; issued from (abl.), come forth,
resulted, arisen, produced, brought about, happened, occurred VS. &c. &c.; come
back, returned MBh.; commenced, begun MBh. Kâv. &c.; (also {-vat} mfn. ) having
set about or commenced to (inf.) Kathâs.; purposing or going to, bent upon (dat.
loc., or comp.) Kâv. Kathâs. Râjat.; engaged in, occupied with, devoted to (loc.
or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; hurting, injuring, offending MBh.; acting, proceeding,
dealing with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; existing Âpast.; who or what has become (with
nom.) R.; (with {karman} n. action) causing a continuation of mundane existence
Mn. xii, 88 [694,1]; w.r. for {pra-cRtta} and {pra-nRtta}; ({-vRtta4}) m. =
{-varta}, a round ornament S'Br.; ({A} f. N. of a female demon MârkP.);
{-karman} n. any act leading to a future birth W.; {-cakra} mfn. `" whose
chariot wheels run on unimpeded "', having universal power ({-kra-tA} f.) Yâjñ.;
{-tva} n. the having happened or occurred Jaim.; {-pAnIya} mfn. (a well) with
abundant water MBh.; {-pAraNa} n. a partic. religious observance or ceremony
S'ak. (v.l.); {-vAc} mfn. of fluent speech, eloquent MBh.; {-samprahAra} mfn.
one who has begun the fight ({-ra-tva} n.) Kathâs.; {-ttA7zin} m. N. of a
partic. class of ascetics Baudh.
pravrittaH = engaged
pravritte = while about to engage
pravritti = (f) tendency, behaviour
pravritti* = f. moving onwards, advance, progress GriS'rS. MBh. Sus'r.; coming
forth, appearance, manifestation S'vetUp. Kâlid. Râjat.; rise, source, origin.
MBh.; activity, exertion, efficacy, function Kap. Sânkhyak. MBh. &c. (in the
Nyâya one of the 82 Prameyas IW. 63); active life (as opp. to {ni-vRtti} [q.v.]
and to contemplative devotion, and defined as consisting of the wish to act,
knowledge of the means, and accomplishment of the object) W.; giving or devoting
one's self to, prosecution of. course or tendency towards, inclination or
predilection for (loc. or comp.) Râjat. Hit. Sâh.; application, use, employment
Mn. MBh. MârkP.; conduct, behaviour, practice Mn. MBh. &c.; the applicability or
validity of a rule KâtyS'r. Pân. Sch.; currency, continuance, prevalence ib.;
fate, lot, destiny R.; news, tidings, intelligence of (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kâv.
&c.; cognition (with {viSaya-vatI}, `" a sensuous cñcognition "') Yogas.; the
exudation from the temples of a rutting elephant L. (cf. Vikr. iv, 47); N. of
Avanti or Oujein or any holy place L.; (in arithm.) the multiplier W. (w.r. for
{pra-kRti}?); {-jJa}, m. `" knowing the news "', an emissary, agent. spy L.;
{-jJo4na} n. {-vijJAna} Sarvad.; {-nimitta} n. the reason for the use of any
term in the particular significations which it bears MW.; {-nivRtti-mat} mfn.
connected with activity and inactivity BhP.; {paro4Gmukha} mf({I})n. disinclined
to give tidings Vikr.; {-pratyaya} m. a belief in or conception of the things
relating to the external world Buddh.; {-mat} mfn. devoted to anything, Kaiy.;
{mArga} m. active or worldly life, occupancy about the business and pleasures of
the world or with the rites and works of religion MW.; {-vacana} mfn. (a word)
expressing activity Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 51; {-vijJAna} n. cognition of the things
belonging to the external world Buddh.; {-tty-aGga} n. N. of wk. pravrittiM =
mission
pravrittiH = activity
praavrittika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {-vRtti}) corresponding to a former mode of
action KâtyS'r. Sch.; (ifc.) well acquainted with Hariv.
praveshhTuM = to enter into
pravyathita = perturbed
pravyathitaM = perturbed
pravyathitaaH = perturbed
prayaa * =prayA to go forth, set out, progress, advance towards or against, go
or repair to (acc., also with {accha}, or {prati}, or loc.) RV. &c. &c.; to
walk, roam, wander MBh. Kâv. &c.; to part, go asunder, be dispersed, pass away,
vanish, die ib.; to get into a partic. state or condition, enter, undergo, incur
(acc.) ib.; to proceed i.e. behave Bhartri. (v.l.); to cause to go i.e. to lead
into (acc.) Hcat.: Caus. {-yApayati}, to cause to set out S'Br. (cf. Pân. 8-4,
29; 30 Sch.): Desid. {-yiyAsati}, to wish to set out ib.: Caus. of Desid.
{-yiyAsayati}, to cause a person to wish to set out Bhathth.
prayachchhati = offers
prayataatmanaH = from one in pure consciousness
prayata * mfn. outstretched, far-extended RV. AV.; placed upon (loc.) RV.;
offered, presented, given, granted, bestowed RV. &c. &c.; piously disposed,
intent on devotion, well prepared for a solemn rite (with loc. or ifc.),
ritually pure (also applied to a vessel and a place Âpast. R.), selfsubdued,
dutiful, careful, prudent KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a holy or pious person W.;
{-tA} f. {-tva} n. purity, holiness MBh.; {-dakSiNa} ({pra4y-}) mfn. one who has
made presents (to the priests at a sacrifice), a giver, donor RV.;
{-parigraha-dvitIya} mfn. accompanied by a pious or chaste wife MW.; {-mAnasa}
mfn. pious-minded, devout, ascetic MBh.; {-tA7tman} or {-tA7tma-vat} mfn. id.
Mn. R.
prayatna = excertion *= m. persevering effort, continued exertion or endeavour,
exertion bestowed on (loc. or comp.), activity, action, act Mn. MBh. &c. (instr.
sg. and pl. abl. and %{-tas} ind. with special effort, zealously, diligently,
carefully; %{-tna} ibc. and %{-tnAt} ind. also = hardly, scarcely); great care,
caution Pan5cat.; (in phil.) active efforts (of 3 kinds, viz. engaging in any
act, prosecuting it, and completing it); pl. volitions (one of the 17 qualities
of the Vais3eshikas) IW. 68; (in gram.) effort in uttering, mode of articulation
(also %{Asya-pray-}, distinguished into %{Abhyantara-p-} and %{bAhya-p-},
internal and external effort) Pra1t. Pa1n2. 1-1, 9 Sch.; (%{A}) f. N. of a
partic. S3ruti Sam2gi1t.; %{-cchid} mfn. frustrating a person's (gen.) efforts
Mudr.; %{-pre7kSaNIya} mfn. hardly visible S3ak.; %{-muktA7sana} mfn. rising
with difficulty from a seat Ragh.; %{-vat} mfn. assiduous, diligent, persevering
Ka1m.; %{-tnA7nanda} m. N. of wk.
prayatnaat.h = by rigid practice
prayantu = may go
prayaaNa = of death
prayaaNakaale = at the time of death
prayaasa* = m. exertion, effort, pains, trouble (ibc., with loc. or gen.,
{-arthAya} or {-nimittena}) VS. TS. Kâv. &c. (cf. {a-prayAsena}) [688,1]; high
degree Jâtakam.; {-bhAj} mfn. capable of exertion, active, energetic W.
prayaataaH = having departed
prayaati = goes
prayaanti = they go
prayaaNa* = n. (Kâs'. on Pân. 8-4, 29) setting out, starting, advancing, motion
onwards, progress, journey, march, invasion RV. &c. &c. (with {gardabhena}, `"
riding on an ass "' Pañcat.); departure, death (cf. {prA7Na-pray-}); onset,
beginning, commencement Kâthh. S'Br.; {-kAla} m. time of departure, death Bhag.;
{-paTaha} m. a drum beaten while marching Hcar.; {-purI} f. N. of a town
({-rI-mAhAtmya} n. N. of wk.); {-bhaGga} m. the breaking or suspending of a
journey, a halt Pañcat.; {-vicAra} m. N. of wk.; {-NA7rha} mfn. deserving death
W.
prayaantu = may go to
prayojana * = n. (ifc. f. %{A}) occasion, object, cause, motive, opportunity,
purpose, design, aim, end Pra1t. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; %{prayojanena}, with a
particular intention, on purpose MBh.; %{-na-vazAt} id. Pan5cat.; %{kena@-nena},
from what cause or motive ? Prab.; %{kasmai@-nAya}, %{kasmAt@-nAt},
%{kasya@-nasya} and %{kasmin@-ne} id. Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 2-3, 27;
%{-nam@ati-kram}, to neglect an opportunity MBh.; profit, use or need of,
necessity for Ka1v. Pan5cat. &c. (with instr., %{taruNA@kim@prayojanam}, what is
the use of the tree? Kuval.; %{bhavatv@etaiH@kusumaiH@prayojanam}, let these
flowers be used S3ak.; with gen. or dat. Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 2-3, 27; ii, 3, 72);
means of attaining Mn. vii, 100; (in phil.) a motive for discussing the point in
question IW. 64; %{-vat} mfn. having or connected with or serving any purpose or
interest, interested R.; serviceable, useful Sus3r. (%{-ttva} n. Sarvad.);
having a cause, caused, produced W.
prayoga = practice
prayogaH = (m) experiment
prayogashaalaa = (f) laboratory
prayojana = (n) reason
prayojaniiyaM = should use
prayu.njaano = combined
prayuktaH = impelled
prayukta *= mfn. yoked , harnessed MBh. R. &c. ; stirred (by wind) Ragh. ;
directed , thrown , hurled MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; drawn (as a sword) BhP. ; vented (as
anger) MBh. ; uttered , pronounced , recited Up. S3iksh. &c. ; urged , ordered ,
bidden Gobh. Bhag. &c. ; used , employed , practised , performed , done Br.
Kaus3. MBh. &c. ; undertaken , begun , contrived R. Ma1lav. Prab. ; made ,
prepared Kum. ; (n. impers.) behaved or acted towards (loc. or acc. with
%{prati}) S3ak. ; lent (on interest) Ya1jn5. ; suitable , appropriate Pan5cat.
(see %{a-pray-}) ; resulting from (comp.) ib. ; n. a cause W. ; %{-tama} mfn.
most used AitBr. ; %{-saMskAra} mfn. to which polish has been applied , polished
(as a gem) Ragh.
prayuktavyaM = should be used
prayujyate = is used
prayujyet.h = is used
prauchchaarita = (adj) loud, prominent
prayAsa * = exertion, effort, pains, trouble (ibc., with loc. or gen.,
{-arthAya} or {-nimittena}) VS. TS. Kâv. &c. (cf. {a-prayAsena}) [688, 1]; high
degree Jâtakam.; {-bhAj} mfn. capable of exertion, active, energetic W.
prekshaa * = f. seeing, viewing, beholding, regarding, looking on (at a
performance) MBh. R. BhP. (often ifc. cf. %{dharma-pre7kSa}, %{mukha-pr-}) ; a
sight or view (esp. a beautiful sñsight or vñview) BhP. ; a public show or
entertainment Mn. Hariv. Katha1s. ; (ifc.) the being understood or meant as Nir.
i, 17 ; circumspection, consideration, reflection MBh. Hariv. Ra1jat. ; the
branch of a tree L.
prema = Divine Love
preraNa* = n. driving out; see {pazu-pr-}; (also {A} f.) setting in motion,
urging, inciting, direction, command, impelling to ({prati} or comp.) Naish.
Kathâs. Râjat. Hit.; activity, action Yâjñ. Megh.; the sense of the causal verb
Vop.
prepsuH = desiring
preshh.h = to send
preshhaNaM = posting
preshhaNaani = postings
preshhayanti = post or send
preshhayaami = present, post
preshhayet.h = present
preshhthha = (past part.) sent (thing)
pre4shthha * mfn. (superl. fr. {priya}) dearest, most beloved or desired RV.;
(in address) KathhUp. BhP.; very fond of (loc.) RV. vi, 63, 1; m. a lover,
husband BhP.; ({A}) f. a mistress, wife L.; a leg L.
preshthhatama * mfn. dearest, most beloved BhP.
preshita mfn. set in motion, urged on, impelled RV. ; hurled, flung, thrown
S3Br. ; sent, dispatched on an errand MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{-vat} mfn. Hit) ; sent
into exile, banished R. ; turned, directed (as the eyes) S3ak. i, 23 (v.l.
%{pre7rita}) ; ordered, commanded Vop.
preshitavya mfn. to be invited (to commence a ceremony) AitBr.
pretaan.h = spirits of the dead
pretya = after death * = ind. having died, after death, in the next world, in
the life to come, hereafter (opp. to {iha}) S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.
prekshaa * = f. seeing, viewing, beholding, regarding, looking on (at a
performance) MBh. R. BhP. (often ifc. cf. {dharma-pre7kSa}, {mukha-pr-}); a
sight or view (esp. a beautiful sñsight or vñview) BhP.; a public show or
entertainment Mn. Hariv. Kathâs.; (ifc.) the being understood or meant as Nir.
i, 17; circumspection, consideration, reflection MBh. Hariv. Râjat.; the branch
of a tree L.
preyas * = mfn. (compar. fr. %{priya}) dearer, more agreeable, mñmore desired
RV. AV. S3Br. &c.; m. a lover Amar. Katha1s.; a dear friend Ma1lati1m.; (%{asI})
f. a mistress Bhartr2. Dhu1rtas. [711,3]; n. (in rhet.) flattery Prata1p. Kuval.
Sa1h.
preyaskara * = m. the hand of a lover BhP.
preyastaa * = f. (Ra1jat.) or (BhP.) the being dearer or very dear.
preyastva * = n. (BhP.) the being dearer or very dear.
pricchaa* = f. asking, questioning (acc.), question about (comp.) Ka1v.; an
inquiry into the future VarBr2S.
prishtha (pRSTa) *= mfn. ( %{prach}) asked, inquired, questioned, interrogated,
demanded, wished for, desired, welcome RV. &c. &c. ; n. a question, inquiry
A1pGr2. Pa1n2.
prithak * = ind. ( %{pRth} or %{prath} + %{aJc}) widely apart, separately,
differently, singly, severally, one by one (often repeated) RV. &c. &c.; (as a
prep. with gen. or instr.; cf. Pa1n2. 2-3, 32) apart or separately or
differently from L.; (with abl.) without Prab.; except, save Bhat2t2.
prithu * = mf({vI4} or {u})n. broad, wide, expansive, extensive, spacious,
large; great, important; ample, abundant; copious, numerous, manifold RV. &c.
&c. ({u} ind.); prolix, detailed Var.; smart, clever, dexterous L.; m. a partic.
measure of length (= {pRtha}) L.; fire L.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of one of the
Vis've Devâs VP.; of a Dânava Hariv.; of a son of An-enas MBh. Hariv.; of a
Vriishni and son of Citraka ib.; of a son of Citra-ratha BhP.; of a descendant
of Ikshvâku (son of An-aranya and father of Tri-s'anku) R.; of a son of Para
Hariv.; of a son of Prastâra VP.; of a son of Rucaka BhP.; of a son of one of
the Manus Hariv.; of one of the Saptarshis ib.; of a son of Vathe7s'vara (father
of Vis'âkha-datta) Cat.; of a son of Vena MWB. 423; of a monkey R.; ({u}) f.
Nigella Indica L.; = {hiGgu-pattrI} L.; opium L.; ({vI}) f. see below. [Cf. Gk.
$; Germ. {platt}; Eng. {plate}.]
priya = dear
priyaM = the pleasant
priyaMvada * = mf({A})n. speaking kindly, agreeable, affable to (gen. or comp.)
MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a kind of bird R.; N. of a Gandharva Ragh.; of a poet Cat.;
({A}) f. a kind of metre Col.; N. of a woman S'ak. Das'.; {-da-ka} m. N. of a
man Mudr.
priyakRt * mfn. doing a kindness MBh. R.; m. a friend, benefactor W.; {-tama}
mfn. doing that which pleases most MW.
priyaH = dear
priyakrittamaH = more dear
priyakarman * mfn. doing kind actions, kind Kâm.; n. the action of a lover BhP.
priyatva * n. the being dear, bñbeing beloved MBh. R.; the being fond of (comp.)
Kum. Sus'r. [710, 2
priyadhA * ind. lovingly, kindly TS.
priyadhAma * ({priya4-}) mfn. fond of home, loving the sacrificial enclosure
(said of Agni) RV. i, 140, 1.
priyaMdada * mfn. giving what is pleasant, Kârand.; ({A}) f. N. of a Gandharvî
ib.
priyataraH = dearer
priyamvada = (f) one who speaks agreeable things
priyavaadii = one who speaks nice things
priyaaH = palatable
priyaayaaH = with the dearmost
priitamanaaH = pleased in mind
priiti = and satisfaction * = f. any pleasurable sensation, pleasure, joy,
gladness, satisfaction (with loc. or ifc.; with ind. p., `" joy at having done
anything "') Gr2S3rS. &c. &c.; friendly disposition, kindness, favour, grace,
amity (with %{samam} or ifc.), affection, love (with gen. loc., or ifc.) MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; joy or gratification personified (esp. as a daughter of Daksha or as
one of the two wives of Ka1ma-deva) Hariv. Pur. Katha1s.; N. of a S3ruti
Sam2gi1t.; the 2nd of the 27 astrological Yogas. L.; N. of the 13th Kala1 of the
moon Cat.; a symbolical expression for the sound %{dh} Ra1matUp.; (%{yA}) ind.
in a state of joyful excitement, gladly, with joy MBh. R. Ragh. Katha1s.; in a
friendly way, amicably Mn. Ragh. &c.
priitiH = pleasure
priitipuurvakaM = in loving ecstasy
priiyamaaNaaya = thinking you dear to Me
proksha* = m. the act of sprinkling upon ÂpS'r.
prokshaNa*= n. id., consecration by sprinkling (of a sacrificial animal or of a
dead body before burial) TS. &c. &c.; a vessel for holy water Hariv. (v.l.
{-NI}); immolation of victims L. ({-vidhi} m. N. of wk.); ({I}) f. see below.
prokta = said
proktaM = is called
proktaH = spoken
proktavaan.h = instructed
proktaa = were said
proktaaH = spoken
proktaani = said
proktaanyenaiva = proktAn.h + ena + eva:said + this + alone
prochyate = are said
prochyamaanaM = as described by Me
prota *= mfn. (fr. %{pra} + %{uta}, or %{Uta} ; %{ve}) sewed (esp. with the
threads lengthwise, and opp. to %{o7ta} cf. under %{A-ve}, p. 156) ; strung on,
fixed on or in, put or sticking in (loc. or comp.) ChUp. MBh. &c. ; set, inlaid
MBh. ; contained in (loc.), pervaded by (instr.) S3Br. Up. ; fixed, pierced, put
on (a spit) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; m. n. woven cloth, clothes L.
protaM = is strung
plavate = to swim
plihaa = the spleen
prichchhati = inquires/asks/minds
prichchhaami = ask
prichhati = (6 pp) to ask, to question
prithak * = ind. ( {pRth} or {prath} + {aJc}) widely apart, separately,
differently, singly, severally, one by one (often repeated) RV. &c. &c.; (as a
prep. with gen. or instr.; cf. Pân. 2-3, 32) apart or separately or differently
from L.; (with abl.) without Prab.; except, save Bhathth.
prithak-krita * = mfn. separated, sundered, cut off MârkP.
prithak-cara * = mf({I})n. going separately or alone MW.
prithak-tA * = f. separateness, severalty, singleness, individuality Nyâyam.
Sch.
prithak-tva * = n. id. S'ânkhS'r. Nir. MBh. &c. (cf. IW.68); ({ena}) ind.
singly, one by one MBh.; {-tas} (S'ânkhS'r.) and {-zas} (Nyâyam. Sch.),
separately, singly.
prithak-pada * = mfn. consisting of single i.e. uncompounded words ({-tva} n.)
Vâm.
prithak-zabda * = m. a separate or distinct or independent word Vop.
prithak-zruti * = mfn. uttering a distinct sound, distinctly heard RPrât.
prithak-sthiti * = f. separate existence, separation Vikr.
prithakat * = ind.= {pRthak} Pân. 5-3, 72 Sch.
prithak.h = each separately
prithakkaraNam.h = (n) analysis
prithaktvena = in duality
prithag.hvidhaM = of different kinds
prithag.hvidhaaH = variously arranged
prithag.hvidhaan.h = different
prithagbhaavaM = separated identities
prithiviiM = Earth
prithiviipate = O King
prithivyaaM = in the earth
prithvii = earth
prishthha * = n. (prob. fr. %{pra-stha}, `" standing forth prominently "'; ifc.
f. %{A}) the back (as the prominent part of an animal), the hinder part or rear
of anything RV. &c. &c. (%{pRSThena-yA}, with gen., to ride on; %{-Thena-vah},
to carry on the back; %{-ThaM-dA}, to give the back, make a low obeisance;
%{-The} ind. behind or from behind); the upper side, surface, top, height ib.
(with %{diva4H}, or %{nA4kasya}, the surface of the sky, vault of heaven; cf.
%{ghRta-p-}); the flat roof of a house (cf. %{gRha-p-}, %{harmya-p-}); a page of
a book MW.; N. of partic. arrangement of Sa1mans (employed at the midday
libation and formed from the Ratham2tara, Br2ihat, Vairu1pa, Vaira1ja,
S3a1kvara, and Raivata SñS3alkvara) TS. Br. S3rS.; N. of various Sa1mans
A1rshBr.
prishhThataH = (adv) above
prishhThabhumikaa = (f) background
prishhThebhaanuH = pRishhThe+bhaanuH, behind+sun
pu *= mfn. cleaning , purifying (see %{su-pu4}).
puu *= 1 cl. 9. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxxj , 12) %{punA4ti} , %{punIte4} (3. pl. A1.
%{puna4te} AV. , %{punate4} RV. ; 2. sg. Impv. P. %{punIhi} RV. &c. , %{punAhi4}
SV.) ; ci. 1. A1. (xxii 70) %{pa4vate} (of P. only Impv. %{-pava} RV. ix , 19 ,
3 , and p. gen. pl. %{pavatAm} Bhag.x , 31 ; p. A1. %{punAna4} below ,
%{pa4vamAna} see p. 610 , col. 3 ; 1. sg. A1. %{punISe} RV. vii , 85 , 1 ; pf.
%{pupuvuh}. %{-ve} Br. ; %{apupot} RV. iii , 26 , 8 ; aor. %{apAviSuH} Subj.
%{apaviSTa} RV. ; fut. %{paviSyati} , %{pavitA} Gr. ; ind. , p. %{pUtvA4} AV. ;
%{pUtvI4} RV. ; %{pavitvA} Gr. ; %{-pU4ya} and %{-pAvam} Br. &c. ; inf.
%{pavitum} Br.) , to make clean or clear or pure or bright , cleanse , purify ,
purge , clarify , illustrate , illume (with %{sa4ktum} , to cleanse from chaff ,
winnow "' ; with %{kra4tum} or %{manISA4m} , to enlighten the understanding "' ;
with %{hiraNyam} , `" to wash gold "') RV. &c. &c. ; (met.) to sift ,
discriminate , discern ; to think of or out , invent , compose (as a hymn) RV.
AV. ; (A1. %{pa4vate}) to purify one's self. be or become clear or bright ;
(esp.) to flow off clearly (said of the Soma) RV. ; to expiate , atone for ib.
vii , 28 , 4 ; to pass so as to purify ; to purify in passing or pervading ,
ventilate RV. &c. (cf. %{pav}): Pass. %{pUya4te} , to be cleaned or washed or
purified ; to be freed or delivered from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. %{pava4yati}
or %{pAvayati} (ep. also %{-te} ; aor. %{apIpavat} Gr. ; Pass. %{pAvyate} Ka1v.)
, to cleanse , purify TS. Br. &c.: Desid , %{pupUSati} , %{pipaviSate} Gr.:
Desid. of Caus. %{pipAvayiSati} Gr. [Cf. Gk. $ ; Umbr. {pir} ; Germ. {Feuer} ;
Eng. &196164[640 ,3] {fire}.]\\2 mfn. cleansing , purifying (ifc. ; cf.
%{annauda-} , %{ghRta-} &c.)\\3 mfn. (1. %{pA}) drinking (see %{agre-pU4}).
puchchha = tail
puchchham.h = (n) tail
pujayati = (10 pp) to worship
pujaarii = priest
pulakita = shivering with joy
pumaan.h = a person
pumanujA* = f. `" born after a male child "', having an elder brother Pân. 3-2,
100 Kâs'. (cf. {puMsA7nuja}).
pumapatya* = n. male offspring L.
pum-artha* = m. the aim of man ({-tA} f.) TBr. Sch.; ({am}) ind. for the sake of
the soul KapS.
pum-Akhya* = mfn. designated as male or masculine Pân. 8-3, 6 Sch.; ({A}) f. a
name or designation for male beings L. Pân. 4-1, 48 Sch.
pumAcAra* = m. the custom or usage of men Pân. 8-3, 6 Sch
pumbhaava * = m. the being a man, manhood, masculine gender Das3.
pumbhUman * = m. a word of the mascñmasculine gender in the pl. number L.
puMguNajantu jIva* = m. the living or animal soul combined with the qualities of
man Tattvas.
puMs * = 1 cl. 10. %{puMsayati}, to crush, grind Dha1tup. xxxii, 94 (Nom. fr.
next?).
2 puMs 2 m. (the strong cases from %{pumAns} [cf. Pa1n2. 7-1, 89]; sg. nom.
%{pu4mAn}; voc. %{pu4mas} or %{pu4man}; acc. %{pu4mAMsam}; du. nom.
%{pu4mAMsau}; pl. nom. %{pu4mAMsas} [irreg. %{puMsas} MBh. iii, 13825]; the weak
from %{puMs} [e.g. sg. instr. %{puMsA4}; loc. %{puMsi4} acc. pl. %{puMsa4s}],
which loses its %{s} before consonants [e.g. instr. pl. %{pum-bhi4s}; loc. pl.
%{puMsu4}]; for %{puMs}, ibc see Pa1n2. 8-3, 6) a man, a male being RV. &c. &c.;
(in gram.) a masculine (word) S3Br. Pa1n2. Vop.; a human being MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a
servant, attendant BhP.; the soul, spirit, spirit of man (= %{puruSa}; with
%{para} or %{parama}, the Supreme Spirit, Soul of the Universe, Vishn2u) KapS.
Tattvas. Sa1m2khyak. MBh. Pur. Katha1s.
puMs'calI * = f. `" running after men "', a harlot, courtezan AV. &c. &c.
(%{-cala} m. a fornicator VarBr2S. xxiii, 5) ; %{-lI-putra} m. a harlot's son
Mr2icch. ; %{-li4ya} m. id. Ra1jat.
puMs'caluu * = f. a harlot VS. ; m. a whoremonger Ka1tyS3r.
puMsa * = in comp. for 2. %{puMs}. -1.
puM-s'abda * m. a masculine word L.
puMsI * = f. a cow which has a bull-calf. Kaus3.
puM-sU * f. bringing forth only mñmale children ÂpGri.
puMvat * = ind. like a man, like or in or with a man &c. MBh. Kâv.; like or in
or with the masculine gender S'rS. Pân. Vop. ({-vad-vidhAna} n. ceremonies as on
the birth of a male MW.)
puM-veSa * mf({A})n. wearing male attire, dressed like a man Kathâs.
puNDarIka* = n. ( {puN} [?]; cf. Un. iv, 20 Sch.) a lotus-flower (esp. a white
lotus; ifc. expressive of beauty cf. g. {vyAghrA7di}) RV. &c.&c. (it is sacred
to S'ikhin, one of the Buddhas MWB. 515); a white umbrella L.; a kind of drug
L.; (m. or n. ?) a mark on the forehead S'atr.; N. of a Tîrtha MBh.; m. a kind
of sacrifice MBh.; a species of rice Sus'r.; a kind of fragrant mango L.;
Artemisia Indica L.; a variety of the sugar-cane L.; a tiger L.; a kind of bird
L.; a kind of serpent L.; a kind of leprosy L.; fever in an elephant L.; white
(the colour) L.; N. of a Nâga MBh.; of the elephant of the south-east quarter
Ragh.; of an ancient king MBh.; of a son of Nabha or Nabhas Hariv.; of a Brâhman
renowned for filial piety, and afterwards worshipped as the god Vithhobl RTL.
263; (with Jainas) of a Gana-dhara S'atr.; of a hermit (son of Sveta-ketu and
Lakshmi) Kâd.; of a poet Cat.; of a mountain S'atr.; ({A}) f. N. of an Apsaras
MBh.; of a daughter of Vasishthha (wife of Pra7na or Pându) VP.; of a river in
Krau9ñca-dvipa ib.
pu.nDariika = lotus
pungava (puMgava0)m. (ifc. f. {A}) a bull Lâthy. Hariv.; a hero, eminent person,
chief of ifc. cf. {kuru-p-}, {gaja-p-} &c.); a kind of drug L.; {-ketu} m. `"
marked by a bull "'N. of S'iva Kum.
pu.nlingaM = masculine
pu.nsaH = of a person
pu.nsaaM = to the males (to all people)
pu.nstriilinge = masculine
punaH = again (on the other hand) *= in comp. for %{punar}.
punar * = ind. back, home, in an opposite direction RV. &c. &c. (with 1. %{gam},
%{yA}, to go back or away; with %{dA}, to give back, restore; with %{bhU}, to
turn round; with %{as} and dat., to fall back upon); again, once more (also with
%{bhUyas}) ib. (with %{bhU}, to exist again, be renewed, become a wife again,
re= marry); again and again, repeatedly ib. (mostly %{pu4naH@p-} which with
%{na} = nevermore); further, moreover, besides ib. (also %{punar@aparam};
%{Adau-punar-pazcAt}, at first-then-later); however, still, nevertheless MBh.
Ka1v. &c. (at the end of a verse it lays stress on a preceding %{atha@vA},
%{api@vA}, or %{vA} alone; %{punar@api}, even again, on the other hand, also;
%{kadA@p-}, at any time, ever; %{kim@p-}, how much more or less? however;
%{pñpreceding-p-}, now-now; at one time - at another time).
punarapi = punaH+api, again \& again
punaravasuu = Seventh nakshatra
punarjanma = rebirth
punashcha = and again
punaami = shall purify
puniita *= mfn. cleaned , purified MBh.
puñja* = m. (mostly ifc.; f. {A}) a heap, mass, quantity, multitude MBh. Kâv.
&c.
punkhitashara = feathered arrow
puNya = purification acquired by virtuous deeds; auspicious, propitious, fair,
pleasant, good, right, virtuous, meritorious, pure, holy, sacred; ni. N. of a
poet Cat.; of another man Buddh.; m. or n. N. of a lake MBh.; ({A}) f. holy
basil L.; Physalis Flexuosa L.; N. of a daughter of Kratu and Sannati VP.; n.
(ifc. f. {A}) the good or right, virtue, purity, good work, meritorious act,
moral or religious merit MBh. Kâv. &c.; a religious ceremony (esp. one performed
by a wife in order to retain her husband's affections and to obtain a son; also
{-ka}) MBh. Hariv.; a brick trough for watering cattle W.
puNyaM = pious, meritorious
puNyaH = original
puNyakarmaNaaM = of the pious
puNyakritaM = of those who performed pious activities
puNyaphalaM = result of pious work
puNyaaH = righteous
puNyaapuNya = virtues \ + sins
puNyaaya = (Dative S) for virtu
puNye = the results of their pious activities
pura * = 1 (for 2. see p. 635), in comp. for {puras}.
puraa4 * = ind. (cf. {pra}, {puras}, {pUrva}) before, formerly, of old (with
{na}, never "') RV. &c. &c.; in a previous existence VarYogay.; (with pres. =
pf.) from of old, hitherto, up to the present time (also with {sma} cf. Pân.
3-2, 122; with {na}, never yet) RV. &c. &c.; at first, in the beginning Bhartri.
(opp. to {pazcA}, {pazcAt} Pân. 5-3, 33 Kâs'.); soon, shortly (with pres.= fut.)
Kâlid. Naish.; (as prep., mostly in earlier language, with abl., rarely with
dat. or gen.) before; securely from; except, beside; (with pres.= fut. [cf. Pân.
3-3, 4], once with Pot.) ere, before (sometimes with {na} or {na} and {yAvat}
[followed by {tAvat}], with {mA} or {yadi} MBh. Kâv. &c.)
pura * = (for 1. see p. 634, col. 2) n. (ifc. f. {A}) a fortress, castle, city,
town (a place containing large buildings surrounded by a ditch and extending not
less than one Kos in length [635, 3]; if it extends for half that distance it is
called a {kheTa}, if less than that, a {karvaTa} or small market town; any
smaller cluster of houses is called a {grAma} or village W.) Mn. MBh. &c.; the
female apartments, gynaeceum MBh. (cf. {antaH-p-}, {nArI-p-} &c.); a house,
abode, residence, receptacle BhP. Tattvas.; an upper story L.; a brothel L.; `"
the city "' Gk. $ i.e. Pâthali-putra or Patnâ L.; = {tri-pura}, the 3 strong
holds of the Asuras Kathâs.; the body (cf. 3. {pur}) BhP.; the skin L.; a
species of Cyperus L.; N. of a constellation Var.; a leaf rolled into the shape
of a funnel L. (prob. w.r. for {puTa}); N. of the subdivisions of the Vedanta
wk. {tripurI} or {tripuTI} (perhaps also w.r. for {puTa}) Cat.; mf({A})n. a kind
of resin, bdellium, Susr. L.; m. N. of an Asura= {tri-pura} (cf. {pura-jit}), of
another man, g. {kurv-Adi}; ({A}) f. a stronghold, fortress (cf. {agni-purA} and
{azma-p-}); a kind of perfume L.; ({I}) f. a fortress, castle, town TÂr. MBh.
&c.; N. of a town (the capital of Kalinga, noted for the worship of Jagan-nâtha
or Kriishna IW. 244 n. 1); the sanctuary or adytum of a temple Inscr.; the body
BhP.; N. of one of the 10 orders of mendicants (said to be founded by disciples
of S'ankara, the members of which add the word {purI} to their names) W.
puura * = mfn. ( {pRR}, Caus.) filling, making full (cf. {pANi-}); fulfilling,
satisfying (cf. {kAma-}); m. the act of filling, fulfilling &c. Kâv. Pur.; the
swelling or rising of a river or of the sea, a large quantity of water, flood,
stream (also met. = abundance, high degree, esp. ifc.) Kâv. Sus'r. &c. [642, 1];
a cake R. (cf. {ghRta-}); a kind of breath-exercise = {pUraka} below BhP.; the
cleansing of a wound L. (cf. {pUraNa}); the citron tree (= {bIja-pUra}) L.;
({I}) f. N. of a woman Cat.; n. a kind of incense L.; bdellium L.; mf({A})n. a
sort of unleavened cake fried with ghee or oil W. (cf. {pUrikA} below).
pura* = 1 (for 2. see p. 635), in comp. for {puras}.\\ (for 1. see p. 634, col.
2) n. (ifc. f. {A}) a fortress, castle, city, town (a place containing large
buildings surrounded by a ditch and extending not less than one Kos in length
[635,3]; if it extends for half that distance it is called a {kheTa}, if less
than that, a {karvaTa} or small market town; any smaller cluster of houses is
called a {grAma} or village W.) Mn. MBh. &c.; the female apartments, gynaeceum
MBh. (cf. {antaH-p-}, {nArI-p-} &c.); a house, abode, residence, receptacle BhP.
Tattvas.; an upper story L.; a brothel L.; `" the city "' Gk. $ i.e.
Pâthali-putra or Patnâ L.; = {tri-pura}, the 3 strong holds of the Asuras
Kathâs.; the body (cf. 3. {pur}) BhP.; the skin L.; a species of Cyperus L.; N.
of a constellation Var.; a leaf rolled into the shape of a funnel L. (prob. w.r.
for {puTa}); N. of the subdivisions of the Vedanta wk. {tripurI} or {tripuTI}
(perhaps also w.r. for {puTa}) Cat.; mf({A})n. a kind of resin, bdellium, Susr.
L.; m. N. of an Asura= {tri-pura} (cf. {pura-jit}), of another man, g.
{kurv-Adi}; ({A}) f. a stronghold, fortress (cf. {agni-purA} and {azma-p-}); a
kind of perfume L.; ({I}) f. a fortress, castle, town TÂr. MBh. &c.; N. of a
town (the capital of Kalinga, noted for the worship of Jagan-nâtha or Kriishna
IW. 244 n. 1); the sanctuary or adytum of a temple Inscr.; the body BhP.; N. of
one of the 10 orders of mendicants (said to be founded by disciples of S'ankara,
the members of which add the word {purI} to their names) W.
puraa = formerly* = ind. (cf. {pra}, {puras}, {pUrva}) before, formerly, of old
(with {na}, never "') RV. &c. &c.; in a previous existence VarYogay.; (with
pres. = pf.) from of old, hitherto, up to the present time (also with {sma} cf.
Pân. 3-2, 122; with {na}, never yet) RV. &c. &c.; at first, in the beginning
Bhartri. (opp. to {pazcA}, {pazcAt} Pân. 5-3, 33 Kâs'.); soon, shortly (with
pres.= fut.) Kâlid. Naish.; (as prep., mostly in earlier language, with abl.,
rarely with dat. or gen.) before; securely from; except, beside; (with pres.=
fut. [cf. Pân. 3-3, 4], once with Pot.) ere, before (sometimes with {na} or {na}
and {yAvat} [followed by {tAvat}], with {mA} or {yadi} MBh. Kâv. &c.)
puraaNa* = mf({I} or {A})n. belonging to ancient or olden times, ancient, old
(also= withered, worn out, opp. to {nUtana}, {nava}) RV. &c. &c.; m. a Karsha or
measure of silver (= 16 Panas of cowries) Mn. viii, 136 (also n. L.); N. of a
Riishi Kâthh.; pl. the ancients MW.; n. a thing or event of the past, an ancient
tale or legend, old traditional history. AV. &c. &c.; N. of a class of sacred
works (supposed to have been compiled by the poet Vyâsa and to treat of 5 topics
[cf. {paJca-lakSaNa}]; the chief Purânas are 18, grouped in 3 divisions: viz. 1.
Râjasa exalting Brahmâ [e.g. the Brahma, Brahma7nda, Brahmavaivarta, Mârkandeya,
Bhavishya, Vâmana]; 2. Sâttvika exalting Vishnu [e.g. the Vishnu, Bhâgavata,
Nâradiya, Garuda, Padma, Varâha]; 3. Tâmasa exalting Siva [e.g. the S'iva,
Linga, Skanda, Agni or in place of it the Vâyu, Matsya, Kûrma]; by some the
PñPadma are divided into 4, and by others into 6 groups; cf. IW. 509 &c.); N. of
wk. (containing an index of the contents of a number of PñPadma and some other
wks.)
puraaNa* = {purAtana} see p. 635.
puraaNaM = the oldest
puraaNaH = the oldest
puraaNapurushhottamaH = the ancient \&the best of men
puraaNaaH = Purana
puraaNii = very old
puraatanaH = very old
puraH = before or in front, East is considered front for auspicious occasion
puraka = inhalation
purataH = in front
purato = in the front
puramathana = O Destroyer of Tripura
purandhrii = wife
puraNa* = m. ( {pRR}) the sea, ocean Un. ii, 81 Sch.
puraNDa* = m. pl. N. of a dynasty VP. (cf. {puruNDa}).
puras *= ind. in front , in advance , forward ; (as prep.) before (of place and
time) , in the presence or before the eyes of (gen. abl. acc. or comp.) RV. &c.
&c. ; in comparison with (gen.) Vcar. ; in or from or towards the east ,
eastward VS. Br. &c. (%{dakSimataHpuraH} , towards the south-east MBh.) ;
previously , first , first of all Ratna7v. iii , 7. [Cf. %{pra@purA} , %{pUrva}
; Gk. , $ "' , before. "']
puraskaaraH = (m) prize
purastaat.h = from the front
purata *V= see puras
purii = stronghold, city
pure = in the city
purNatva = perfection
puroDaas'a m. id. AV. &c. &c. (RTL. 367); any oblation Mn. v, 23; the leavings
of an offering L.; Soma juice L.; a prayer recited while offering oblations in
fire Pa1n2. Sch.; %{-tA} f. state or condition of an oblation; acc. with %{nI},
to offer in fire, burn Pa1rvat.; %{-bRgala4} n. a piece of the sacrificial cake
S3Br.; %{-bhuj}. m. eater of the sñsacrificial cñcake, a god S3is3.; %{-vatsA}
(%{DAza4-}) f. having a sacrificial cñcake for a calf. AV.; %{-sviSTakRt} m. the
SvñSvisht2akr2it connected with the sñsacrificial cñcake AitBr.; %{-hara} m. `"
receiver of the sñsacrificial cñcake "'N. of Vishn2u Vishn2.; %{-zika}
mf(%{I})n. Pa1n2. 4-3, 70; %{si4n} mfn. connected with the sñsacrificial cñcake
TS.; %{-zIya} mfn. relating to or destined for the sñsacrificial cñcake A1pS3r.;
%{-zA7DA4} f. the Id2a1 portion of the sacrificial cñcake S3Br.; %{-zya4} mfn. =
%{-zIya} MaitrS.
purodhasaaM = of all priests
purohita = priest
puroga * = mf({A})n. going before, leading, a leader, chief principal (ifc.
preceded or accompanied by) MBh. Kâv. &c.
purogaa * = purogA m. a leader
purohita* = ({puro-}.) mfn. placed foremost or in front, charged, commissioned,
appointed; m. one holding a charge or commission, an agent; (esp.) a family
priest, a domestic chaplain RV. &c. &c. (RTL. 352 &c.); {-karman} n. N. of 3rd
Paris'. of AV.; {-tva} n. the rank of a Purohita MBh.
purujit.h = Purujit
purusha = man* = m. (m. c. also {pU4r-}; prob. fr. {pRR} and connected with
{puru}, {pUru} ifc. f. {A}, rarely {I}; cf. Pân. 4-i, 24) a man, male, human
being (pl. people, mankind) RV. &c. &c.; a person, ({pumAn puruSaH}, a male
person S'ânkhGri. Mn.; {daNDaHp-}, punishment personified Mn.; esp. grammatical
pers.; with {prathama}, {madhyama}, {uttama} = the 3rd, 2nd, 1st pers. Nir.
Pân.), an officer, functionary, attendant, servant Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. {tat-p-});
a friend L.; a follower of the Sânkhya Philosophy (?) L.; a member or
representative of a race or generation TS. Br. Mn. &c.; the height or measure of
a man (= 5 Aratnis = 120 Angulas) S'Br. S'ulbas. Var.; the pupil of the eye
S'Br.; (also with {nArAyaNa}) the primaeval man as the soul and original source
of the universe (described in the Purusba-su7kta q.v.) RV. S'Br. &c.; the
personal and animating principle in men and other beings, the soul or spirit AV.
&c. &c.; the Supreme Being or Soul of the universe (sometimes with {para},
{parama}, or {uttama}; also identified with Brahmâ, Vishnu, S'iva and Durgâ) VS.
S'Br. &c. &c.; (in Sânkbya) the Spirit as passive and a spectator of the
Prakriiti or creative force IW. 82 &c.; the, `" spirit "' or fragrant exhalation
of plants RV. x, 51, 8; (with {sapta}) N. of the divine or active principles
from the minute portions of which the universe was formed Mn. i, 19; N. of a
Pâda in the Mahsnâmnî verses Lâthy.; of the Ist, 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th and 11th
signs of the zodiac Jyot.; of a son of Manu Câkshusha BhP.; of one of the 18
attendants of the sun L.; pl. men, people (cf. above); N. of the Brâhmans of
Krauñca-dvipa BhP.; (with {paJca}) N. of 5 princely personages or miraculous
persons born under partic. constellations, Var; Rottleria Tinctoria L.;
Clerodendrum Phlomoides L.; ({I}) f. a woman, female RV. &c. &c.; m. or n. =
{puruSaka} m. n. S'is'. v, 56 Sch.; n. (!) N. of mount Meru L.
purushhaM = to a person
purushhaH = person
purushharshhabha = O best among men
purushhavyaaghra = O tiger among human beings
purushhasya = of a man
purushhaaH = such persons
purushhaat.h = from the person
purushhottama = O Supreme Person
purushhottamaM = the Supreme Personality of Godhead
purushhottamaH = as the Supreme Personality
purushhau = living entities
purushakAma * = mfn. desirous of men TândBr.
purushakSetra * =n. a male or uneven zodiacal sign or astrological house, Var,
purushagati * =f. N. of a Sâman Gaut.
purushatA * =({-Sa4-}) f. manhood, manliness; ind. (as instr.) after the manner
of men, among men RV. [637, 2]
purusha-tejas
purushatejas * =({pu4-}) mfn. having a mañs energy or manly vigour AV.
purushatva * =n. manhood, manliness MBh. Pur.; {-tva4-tA} ind. after the manner
of men RV.
purushadharma * =m. personal rule or precept KâtyS'r.
purushaniyama * =m. (in gram.) a restriction as to person.
purushapati * = m. `" lord of men "'N. of Râma MW.
purushapazu * =m. a beast of man, a brutal man Pañc. VP.; a man as a sacrificial
victim BhP.; the soul compared with animal IW. 85; a human animal, man W.
purushapura * =n. N. of the capital of Gândhâra, the modern Peshâwar ($ L.
purushaprabhu * =m. N. of a prince VP.
puru * = much, many, abundant (only {purU8}, {-rU4Ni}, {-rUNAm} and sev. cases
of f. {pUrvI}; in later language only ibc.) RV. &c. &c. ({-ru84}. much, often,
very [also with a compar. or superl.]; with {simA}, everywhere; with {tira4s},
far off, from afar; {purA7ru4}, far and wide; {puru4 vi4zva}, one and all, every
RV.); m. the pollen of a flower L.; heaven, paradise L.; (cf. {pUru}) N. of a
prince (the son of Yayâti and S'armishthhâ and sixth monarch of the lunar race)
MBh. S'ak.; of a son of Vasu-deva and Saha-devâ BhP.; of a son of Madhu VP.; of
a son of Manu Câkshusha and Nadvalâ Pur. [Cf. Old Pers. {paru}; Gk. $; Goth.
{filu}; Angl. Sax. {ftolu}; Germ. {viel}.] &194957[636, 2]
purvi = (f) sunrise, east, sun
purvottana = the front of the body
purvottanaasana = the front-stretching posture
pushkala = a lot1 * = mf(%{A})n. (cf. %{puSka}) much, many, numerous, copious,
abundant MBh. Ka1v. &c.; rich, magnificent, full, complete, strong, powerful,
excellent, best AV. &c. &c.; loud, resonant, resounding MBh. Hariv. Pur.;
purified L.; m. (v.l. %{-kara}) a kind of drum MBh.; (in music) a Partic.
stringed instrument; N. of S3iva S3ivag.; of a son of Varun2a L.; of an Asura
Hariv.; of a R2ishi Cat.; of a son of Bharata R.; of a Buddha Lalit.; of a
Tirtha (rather n.) L.; pl. N. of, people Ma1rkP.; of the military caste in
Kus3advipa VP.; (%{I}) f. g. %{gaurA7di}; n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the bowl of a spoon
Gr2ihya1s. (v.l. %{-kara}); a partic. measure of capacity (= 8 Kun5cis = 64
handfuls) A1pS3r. Sch.; a partic. weight of gold Ka1tyS3r. Sch.; alms to the
exient of 4 mouthfuls of food W (rather m.) N. of mount Meru L.
pushya = Eighth nakshatra
pushhkalaabhiH = Vedic hymns
pushhTiH = nourishment
pushthi * = (or {puSTi}, esp. RV.) f. well-nourished condition, fatness,
plumpness, growth, increase, thriving, prosperity, wealth, opulence, comfort RV.
&c. &c.; breeding, rearing (esp. of cattle; also with {pazoH}) RV. TS. S'Br.;
development, fulness, completeness Sâh.; N. of a partic. ceremony performed for
the attainment of welfare or prosperity Cat.; N. of a daughter of Daksha and
wife of Dharma MBh. Hariv. Pur. [639, 2]; of the mother of Lobha MârkP.; of a
dñdaughter of Dhruva VP.; of a dñdaughter of Paurnamâsa ib.; of a S'akti Hcat.;
one of the 16 Mâtriikâs or divine mothers L.; of a Kalâ of the moon BrahmaP.; of
a Kalâ of Prakriiti and wñwife of Gane7s'a BrahmaP.; of a form of Dakshâyanî
MatsyaP.; of a form of Sarasvatî W.; Physalis Flexuosa L.
pushhNaami = am nourishing
pushpamitra* = m. (v.l. {puSya-m-}) N. of a king (according to the Brâhmanical
account, a general of the last Maurya dynasty and father of prince Agni-mitra,
or according to Buddhists, a king, the successor of Pushyadharman) Mâlav. Pur.
Buddh. (cf IW. 167 n. 2); of another king VP.; {-sabhA} f. the court of king
PñPushyadharman Pân. 1-1, 68 Vârtt. 7 Pat.
pushhpa = flower
pushhpaM = a flower
pushhpadhaanii = (f) vase, flower-pot
pushhpita = one that has flowered
pushhpitaaM = flowery
pushhpitaagraM = flowertipped (also the metre with that name)
pushhya = Eighth nakshatra
pushhyati = (4 pp) to nourish
pushkala *= mf(%{A})n. (cf. %{puSka}) much, many, numerous, copious, abundant
MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; rich, magnificent, full, complete, strong, powerful, excellent,
best AV. &c. &c. ; loud, resonant, resounding MBh. Hariv. Pur. ; purified L. ;
m. (v.l. %{-kara}) a kind of drum MBh. ; (in music) a Partic. stringed
instrument ; N. of S3iva S3ivag. ; of a son of Varun2a L. ; of an Asura Hariv. ;
of a R2ishi Cat. ; of a son of Bharata R. ; of a Buddha Lalit. ; of a Tirtha
(rather n.) L. ; pl. N. of, people Ma1rkP. ; of the military caste in Kus3advipa
VP. ; (%{I}) f. g. %{gaurA7di} ; n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the bowl of a spoon
Gr2ihya1s. (v.l. %{-kara}) ; a partic. measure of capacity (= 8 Kun5cis = 64
handfuls) A1pS3r. Sch. ; a partic. weight of gold Ka1tyS3r. Sch. ; alms to the
exient of 4 mouthfuls of food W (rather m.) N. of mount Meru L.
pushya* = n. nourishment (pl.) Car.; the blossom or flower i.e. the uppermost or
best of anything (cf. Gk. &196071[640,2] $; Lat. {flos}) RV.; ({puSyA}) m. N. of
the 6th (or 8th, but see {nakSatra}) lunar asterism (also called Sidhya and
Tishya) AV. &c. &c.; (= {-yoga}), the conjunction of the moon with Pushya Mn.
MBh. &c.; N. of the month Pausha VP.; of the Kali-yuga or fourth age W.; of one
of the 24 mythical Buddhas MWB. 136 n. 1; of various princes VP.; n. N. of a
Sâman ÂrshBr.; ({puSyA4}) f. a species of plant AV.; the asterism Pushya L.
pushyamitra* = m. N. of a prince VP.; pl. his dynasty ib. (cf. {puSpa-m-})
pustaka = book
puT * = cl. 6. P. (Dhâtup. xxviii, 74) {puTati}, to clasp, fold, envelop in
(instr.) Bhpr.; to rub together with (instr. ib.); cl. 1. P. {poTati}, to grind,
pound Dhâtup. ix, 38 (v.l. for {muT}); cl. 10. P. {puTayati}, to be in contact
with, xxxv, 58 {poTayati}, to speak or to shine ({bhASA7rthe} or {bhAsA7rthe}),
xxxiii, 80; to grind or pound, xxxii, 72 Vop.; to be small, xxxii, 24 (v.l. for
{puTT}).
put * = or {pud} (a word invented to explain {putra} or {put-tra} see Mn. ix,
138, and cf. Nir. ii, 11), hell or a partic. hell (to which the childless are
condemned) MBh.: Kâv. and C. [632, 3]
pUt * = ind. an onomat. expressive of blowing or hard breathing (prob. w.r. for
{phUt}, {phut} q.v.
puTiikaroti = to fold, to roll (a carpet)
putrau = 2 sons of
putra = son * = m. (etym. doubtful, perhaps fr. 2. {puS}; traditionally said to
be a comp. {put-tra}, `" preserving from the hell called Put "' Mn. ix, 138) a
son, child RV. &c. &c. (also the young of an animal; cf. Pân. 8-1, 15 Sch.; ifc.
it forms diminutives cf. {dRSat-p-} and {zilA-p-}; voc. sg. du. pl. often used
to address young persons, my son, my children &c. "'; du. `" two sons "' or, a
son and a daughter "'; cf. Pân. 1-2, 68); a species of small venomous animal (=
{putraka}) Cat.; (in astrol.) N. of the fifth house Var.; N. of a son of
Brahmishthha Ragh.; of a son of Priya-vrata VP. &c. &c.; ({I}) f. a daughter
MBh. Hariv. &c.; a doll or puppet (see {dAru-putrI}); ifc. used to form
diminutives (see {asi-putrI}); a species of plant L.; N. of Pârvati L. [Cf. Zd.
{puthra}; Gk. $ and Lat. {puer} (?).] &193862[632, 3]
putra-bhaava = House of children or the 5th
putraH = son
putrakaaraka = Significator of Offspring
putrakritakaan.h = as a son
putrasya = with a son
putraaH = sons
putraadapi = even from the the son
putraan.h = sons
putrii = with daughter(s)(here it may mean, a man with issues)
putre = in(towards) the son
puuj.h = to worship
puujana = worship
puujayati = to worship
puujaa = Hindu ritual sometimes done to propitiate a planet
puujaaM = Worship
puujaagriham.h = (n) the puja room
puujaanaM = worship
puujaarhau = those who are worshipable
puujaavidhiM = methods of worship
puujaasthaanaM = (Nr.nom. + acc.S) the place of worship; altar
puujita = worshiped
puujya.nte = are worshipped (verb passive Pr.IIIP, pl.)
puujyaH = worshipable
puujyate = is worshipped
puurNa * = mfn. filled with tears.
puurNa4 * = mfn. filled, full, filled with or full of (instr. or gen. or comp.)
RV. &c. &c.; abundant, rich Kâv.; fulfilled, finished, accomplished, ended, past
S'ânkhGri. MBh. R. &c.; concluded (as a treaty), Rajat.; complete, all, entire
SânkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c.; satisfied, contented R.; (ifc.) perfectly familiar with
Hcat.; drawn, bent to the full (as a bow) MBh. Hariv.; (in augury) fullsounding,
sonorous and auspicious (said of the cry of birds and beasts, opp. to {dIpta}
q.v.); uttering this cry VarBriS.; strong, capable, able L.; selfish,
self-indulgent W.; m. a partic. form of the sun Cat.; a kind of tree R.; (in
music) a partic. measure; N. of a Nâga MBh.; of a Deva-gandharva ib.; of a
Buddhist ascetic Lalit.; ({A}) f. N. of the 15th Kalâ of the month BrahmaP.; of
the 5th, 10th and: 15th Tithis Var.; N. of a woman Vet.; (with S'iktas) of an
authoress of Mantras Cat.; of 2 rivers VP.; ii. fulness, plenty, abundance AV.
TS.; water Naigh. i, 12; the cipher or figure o Ganit.
puurta * = mfn. filled, full, complete, completed, perfected Pur.; ({iSTaz ca
pUrtaz ca dharmau} = {iSTApUrta} q.v. MârkP.); covered, concealed L.; n.
fulfilling, fulfilment; granting, rewarding, a reward, merit, a meritorious
work, an act of pious liberality (such as feeding a Brâhman, digging a well &c.)
RV. &c. &c.; keeping, guarding L.; N. of wk. (also {-kamabA7kara}); {-dharma}
(w.r. {pUrNa-dh-}) m. a meritorious work (cf. {pUrta}) MârkP.; {-prakAza} m.
{mAlA} f. {-to4ddyota} m. N. of wks.
puuta = purified
puutaaH = being purified
puuti = bad-smelling
puur.h = to fill
puura = flood* = mfn. ( {pRR}, Caus.) filling, making full (cf. {pANi-});
fulfilling, satisfying (cf. {kAma-}); m. the act of filling, fulfilling &c. Kâv.
Pur.; the swelling or rising of a river or of the sea, a large quantity of
water, flood, stream (also met. = abundance, high degree, esp. ifc.) Kâv. Sus'r.
&c. [642,1]; a cake R. (cf. {ghRta-}); a kind of breath-exercise = {pUraka}
below BhP.; the cleansing of a wound L. (cf. {pUraNa}); the citron tree (=
{bIja-pUra}) L.; ({I}) f. N. of a woman Cat.; n. a kind of incense L.; bdellium
L.; mf({A})n. a sort of unleavened cake fried with ghee or oil W. (cf. {pUrikA}
below).
puuraka* = inhaling breath*= mfn. filling, completing, fulfilling, satisfying
(ifc. or with gen.; cf. Pân. 2-3, 70 Kâs'.) Mn. MBh. &c.; m. flood, stream,
effusion BhP.; (in arithm.) the multiplier; a ball of meal offered at the
conclusion of the oblations to the Pitriis L. (also pinda m. Kull. on Mn. v,
85); closing the right nostril with the forefinger and then drawing up air
through the left and then closing the left nostril and drawing up air through
the right (as a religious exercise) RTL. 402; the citron tree L.; ({ikA}) f. a
sort of cake MBh. Yâjñ. ({-kA7pUpa}) Bhpr. &c.
puuraNa* = mf({I})n. filling, completing, satisfying causing, effecting KâtyS'r.
S'ank. Hariv.; drawing (a bow) MW.; m. `" completer "'N. of the masculine
ordinal numbers from {dvitIya} upwards Pân. 2-2, 11 &c.; a dam, bridge L.; the
sea L.; a medicinal oil or embrocation L.; N. of a man Âs'vS'r.; (with the patr.
{vaizvAmitra})N. of the author of RV. x, 160; ({I}) f. an ordinal number in the
feminine gender Pân. v, 4, 116 &c.; Bonibax Heptaphyllum L.; (du.) the cross
threads in weaving cloth, warp Râjat.; N. of Durgâ MW.; of one of the two wives
of the popular deity Ayenâr RTL. 219 ({pU4r-}) n. the act or filling or filling
up, puffing or swelling up AV. &c. &c.; fulfilling, satisfying Mâlav.;
furnishing, equipping Var.; (with {dhanuSaH}) drawing or bending a bow to the
full MBh. R.; (in medic.) injection of fluids or supplying with food; (in
astron.) the revolution of a heavenly body through its orbit Sûryas.; (in
arithm.) multiplication; rain L.; a sort of cake Bhpr.; Cyperus Rotundus L.; the
cross threads in weiving cloth, warp L.
puuraya = (verbal stem) to fill
puurayati = to pour
puurushhaH = a man
puurNa4 * = mfn. filled, full, filled with or full of (instr. or gen. or comp.)
RV. &c. &c.; abundant, rich Kâv.; fulfilled, finished, accomplished, ended, past
S'ânkhGri. MBh. R. &c.; concluded (as a treaty), Rajat.; complete, all, entire
SânkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c.; satisfied, contented R.; (ifc.) perfectly familiar with
Hcat.; drawn, bent to the full (as a bow) MBh. Hariv.; (in augury) fullsounding,
sonorous and auspicious (said of the cry of birds and beasts, opp. to {dIpta}
q.v.); uttering this cry VarBriS.; strong, capable, able L.; selfish,
self-indulgent W.; m. a partic. form of the sun Cat.; a kind of tree R.; (in
music) a partic. measure; N. of a Nâga MBh.; of a Deva-gandharva ib.; of a
Buddhist ascetic Lalit.; ({A}) f. N. of the 15th Kalâ of the month BrahmaP.; of
the 5th, 10th and: 15th Tithis Var.; N. of a woman Vet.; (with S'iktas) of an
authoress of Mantras Cat.; of 2 rivers VP.; ii. fulness, plenty, abundance AV.
TS.; water Naigh. i, 12; the cipher or figure o Ganit.
puurNa * = mfn. filled with tears
puurNaH = the complete, perfect one
puurNamadaH = complete; whole; is that (the other worlds?)
puurNamidaM = complete and wwhole is this world
puurNamudachyate = complete whole is produced
puurNaat.h = From he Complete whole
puurnaayu = Full lifespan taken as 75-120 years
puuru4 * = m. (orig.= {puru}, and connected with {puruSa}, {pUrvSa}) a man,
people. RV.; N. of a tribe (associated with the Yadus, Turvas'as, Druhyus) ib.;
of a class of demons S'Br.; of an ancient prince (the son of Yayâti and
S'armishthhâ) MBh. S'ak. Pur. (cf. Pân. 4-1, 165 Vârtt. 3 Pat.) [643, 1]; of a
descendant of Atri and author of RV. v, 16; 17 RAnukr.; of a son of Manu and
Nadvalâ Hariv.; of a son of Jahnu BhP.
puurva = previous; pUrva mf({A})n. (connected with {purA}, {puras}, {pra}, and
declined like a pron. when implying relative position whether in place or time,
but not necessarily in abl. loc. sg. m. n. and nom. pl. m.; see Pân. 1-1, 27;
34; vii, 1, 16) being before or in front fore, first RV. &c. &c.; eastern, to
the east of (abl.) ib.; former, prior, preceding, previous to, earlier than
(abl. or comp.) ib. ({gaja-pUrva}, preceding the number `" eight "' i.e. seven,
the seventh S'rutab.; {mAsena p-}, or {mAsa-p-}, earlier by a month Pân. 2-1,
31; ifc. often = formerly or before e.g. {strI-p-}, fñformerly a wife;
{ADhya-p-}, fñformerly wealthy; esp. after a pp. e.g. {kRta-p-}, done before,
{dRSTa-p-}, seen bñbefore; ifc. also preceded or accompanied by, attended with
e.g. {smita-pUrvA-vAk}, speech accompanied by smiles; sometimes not translatable
e.g. {mRdu-pUrvA vAk}, kind speech); ancient, old, customary, traditional RV.
&c. &c.; first (in a series), initial, lowest (opp. to {uttara}; with {dama} or
{sAhasa} `" the lowest fine "') Mn. viii, 120 &c.; (with {vayas}) `" first age
"', youth MBh.; foregoing, aforesaid, mentioned before (abl.) Mn. MBh. Pân.; m.
an ancestor, forefather (pl. the ancients, ancestors) RV. &c. &c.; an elder
brother R.; N. of a prince BhP.; ({A}) f. (with or sc. {diz}) the east MBh. R.;
N. of a country to the east of Madhya-des'a L.; of the Nakshatras
Pûrva-phalgunt, Pûrva7shâdhâ and Pûrvabhadrapadâ collectively Var.; n. the fore
part S'ak. ii, 4 (cf. Pân. 2-2, 1); a partic. high number (applied to a period
of years) Buddh.; N. of the most ancient of Jaina writings (of which 14 are
enumerated) L.; N. of a Tantra Cat.; an ancient tradition W.; ({am}) ind. before
(also as a prep. with abl.), formerly, hitherto, previously (sometimes with
pres.) RV. &c. &c. (often ibc. e.g. {pUrva-kArin}, active before, {pUrvo7kta},
said bñbefore; also ifc. in the sense of `" with "' e.g. {prIti-pUrvam}, with
love; {mati-pUrvam} with intention, intentionally; {mRdu-pUrva-bhAS}, to speak
kindly; cf. above; also with an ind. p. e.g. {pUrva-bhojam}, or {-bhuktvA},
having eaten bñbefore Pân. 3-4, 24; {adya-p-}, until now, hitherto; pñpreviously
{-tataH}, first-then; {pUrva-pazcAt}, previously-afterwards; {pUrva-upari},
previously-subsequently; {pUrva-adhUnA} or {adya}, formerly-now); ({eNa}) ind.
in front, before; eastward, to the east of (opp. to {apareNa}, with gen. or
acc.; cf. Pân. 5-3, 35 Sch.) S'Br. &c. &c.; (with {tataH}) `" to the east of
that "' MBh.
puurvaabhadrapada = Twenty-fifth nakshatra
puurvaaNi = before
puurvaaphalguni = Eleventh nakshatra, (also just puurvaa)
puurvaashhaDhaa = Twentieth nakshatra
puurvaka = (m) ancestors
puurvameva = by previous arrangement
puurvaM = before, ago
puurvataraM = in ancient times * = ({pU4rva-}) mfn. earlier, previous, prior,
anterior RV. &c.; ({am}) ind. before, first, previously Bhag. R.
puurvaruupaM = having this form in the beginning
puurve = before
puurvaiH = by the predecessors
puushhaa = a god?
puushhNa = a name of Sun
puurva: before, being before or in front fore, first
puuya* = m. n. purulent matter, pus, suppuration, discharge from an ulcer or
wound S'Br. &c. &c.
R
raadhaka* = mfn. liberal, bountiful MW.
raadhana * = n. (only L.), propitiating, conciliating; pleasure, satisfaction
[876, 3]; obtaining, acquisition; the means or instrument of accomplishing
anything ({-dravya} n. = {pAcala}); ({A}) f. speech L.; ({I}) f. worship A.
raa4dhas * = n. favour, kindness, bounty, a gift of affection, any gift RV. AV.;
munificence, liberality ib.; accomplishment of one's wishes, success BhP.;
striving to accomplish or gain ib.; wealth, power ib.
raadhAaavat * = mfn. wealthy, rich Nalo7d.
raadhya *= mfn. to be accomplished or performed RV. ; to be obtained or won ib.
; to be appeased or propitiated ib. ; to be worshipped AitBr.
raaga = Anger * = m. (fr. {raJj}; ifc. {A}, or {I}) the act of colouring or
dyeing (cf. {mUrdhaja-r-}); colour, hue, tint, dye, (esp.) red colour, redness
MBh. Kâv. &c.; inflammation Car.; any feeling or passion, (esp.) love, affection
or sympathy for, vehement desire of, interest or joy or delight in (loc. or
comp.) Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; loveliness, beauty (esp. of voice or song) S'ak.
Pañcat.; a musical note, harmony, melody (in the later system a partic. musical
mode or order of sound or formula; Bharata enumerates 6, viz. {bhairava},
{kauzika}, {hindola}, {dIpaka}, {zrI-rAga}, and {megha}, each mode exciting some
affection; other writers give other names; sometimes 7 or 26 Râgas are
mentioned; they are personified, and each of the 6 chief Râgas is wedded to 5 or
6 consorts called Râginîs; their union gives rise to many other musical modes)
Bhar. Sangît. Râjat. Pañcat. &c.; nasalization, Rprât.; a partic. process in the
preparation of quicksilver Sarvad.; seasoning, condiment Car.; a prince, king
L.; the sun L.; the moon L.; ({A}) f. Eleusine Coracana (a sort of grain,
commonly called Râggy, and much cultivated in the south of India) L.; N. of the
second daughter of Angiras MBh.; ({I}) f. Eleusine Coracana L.
raagavati = red-coloured, passionate
rAghavendra* = m. `" RñRâghavas-chief. N. of various authors and others (also
with {AcArya}, {muni}, {yati}, {zatA7vadhAna}, and {sarasvatI}) Cat.;
{-stotra-vyAkhyA}, f.; {-drIya} n. N. of wks.
raagaatmakaM = born of desire or lust
raagii = very much attached
raaghavaM = thew descendant of Raghu
rAghava* = m. (fr. {raghu}) a descendant of Raghu patr. of Aja, of Das'a-ratha,
and (esp.) of Râma-candra (du. {rAghavau} = Râma and Lakshmana) R. Ragh. &c.; N.
of various authors and others (also with {AcArya}, {bhaTTa},
{paJcA7nana-bhaTTA7cArya}, {cakravartin}, {rAya} &c.) Cat.; of a serpent-demon
L.; the ses, ocean L.; a species of large fish L.
raaghavaH = RAghava (RAma)
raaGYii = (f) queen
raahuu = North Lunar Node. Caput Draconis or Dragoñs head
raaja * = m. (ifc.) = 1. {rAjan}, a king, sovereign, chief or best of its kind
MBh. Kâv. &c.
raajaguhyaM = the king of confidential knowledge
raajaduutaH = (m) ambassador, diplomat
raajadvaara = doors of apalace
raajan.h = king
raajaniti = (f) politics
raajamaNiH = the jewel of the kings or the king of jewels
raajayoga = Combinations for Status and Power
raajarshhayaH = the saintly kings
raajavidyaa = the king of education
raajasaM = in the mode of passion
raajasaH = in the mode of passion
raajasabhaa = assembly of king, advisors, and subjects
raajasasya = to one in the mode of passion
raajasaaH = those situated in the mode of passion
raajasika = Regal planets - Sun, Mars and Venus
raajasii = in the mode of passion
raajaha.nsa = swan
raajaha.nsaH = the royal swan
raajaa = a ruler, king
raajaadhiraaja = Overking of kings
raajiiv = lotus
raajiiva = lotus
raajiivanetraM = the lotus-eyed
raaje.ndraM = the lord of kings
raajya = Kingdom;* = mfn. kingly, princely, royal TBr.; n. (also {rA4jya} or
{rAjyA}) royalty, kingship, sovereignty, empire (`" over "' loc. or comp.; `" of
"' gen. or comp.; acc. with {kR} or Caus. of {kR} or with {upa-As} or {vi-dhA},
to exercise government, rule, govern) AV. &c. &c.; kingdom, country, realm (=
{rASTra}) ib. 1.
raajyaM = kingdom
raajyasukhalobhena = driven by greed for royal happiness
raajyasya = for the kingdom
raajyena = is the kingdom
raakaa * = f. (Un. iii, 40) the goddess presiding over the actual day of full
moon (or regarded as the Full Mooñs consort; Anumati is supposed to preside over
the previous day) Jyot. (cf. IW. 158); the day of full moon, full moon RV. &c.
&c.; N. of a daughter of Angiras and Smriiti Pur.; of a daughter of Angiras and
S'raddhâ ib.; of the wife of Dhâtrii and mother of Prâtrii ib.; of a Râkshasî
(the mother of Khara and S'ûrpa-nakhâ) MBh.; of a daughter of Su-mâlin R.; of a
river BhP.; itch, scab L.; a girl in whom menstruation has begun L. [871, 3]
raakiNii = the goddess in svadhishthana
raati * = mfn. ready or willing to give, generous, favourable, gracious RV. AV.
VS. Br.; f. a favour, grace, gift, oblation RV. &c. &c. (in RV. also `" the
Giver "' conceived of as a deity and associated with Bhaga; {indrasya rAtI} v.l.
{-tiH}N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.)
raaTi * = f. ( {raT}) war, battle L.
raatra = night
raatri = night *= or (older) %{rA4trI} f. (prob. `" bestower "' , fr. %{rA} ; or
`" season of rest "' , fr. %{ram}) night , the darkness or stillness of night
(often personified) RV. &c. &c. (%{rAtrau} or %{-tryAm} ind. at nÒnight , by
nÒnight ; %{rAtrau@zayanam} , a festival on the 11th day of the first half of
the month A1sha1d2ha , regarded as the night of the gods , beginning with the
summer solstice , when Vishn2u reposes for four months on the serpent S3esha) ;
= %{ati-rAtra} S3Br. ; = %{rAtri-paryAya} ib. ; = %{rAtri-sAman} La1t2y. ; (only
%{rAtri}) one of the 4 bodies of Brahma1 VP. ; = %{haridrA} , turmeric MBh.
Sus3r. ; (with the patr. %{bhAradvAjI}) N. of the authoress of RV. x , 127
Anukr.
raatriM = night
raatriH = night
raatrikritaM = night-done
raatrichandrau = the pair of night and moon
raatrau = in the night
raatryaagame = at the fall of night
raadhaa = Radha, Krishna's beloved
raakshasa = demon
raakshasiiM = demonic
raama = Rama, deity Shrii Rama
raama * = mf({A4})n. (prob. `" causing rest "', and in most meanings fr. {ram})
dark, dark-coloured, black (cf. {rAtri}) AV. TÂr. ({rAmaH zakuniH}. a black
bird, crow KâthhGri. Vishn.); white (?) L.; pleasing, pleasant, charming,
lovely, beautiful MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a kind of deer Car.; a horse L.; a lover
VarBriS.; pleasure, joy, delight BhP.; N. of Varuna. L.; N. of various mythical
personages (in Veda two Râmas are mentioned with the patr. Mârgaveya and
Aupatasvini; another RñRâmas with the patr. Jâmadagnya [cf. below] is the
supposed author of RV. x, 110; in later times three RñRâmas are celebrated, viz.
1. Paras'u-râma [q.v.], who forms the 6th Avatâra of Vishnu and is sometimes
called Jâmadagnya, as son of the sage Jamad-agni by Renukâ, and sometimes
Bhârgava, as descended from Bhriigu; 2. Râma-candra [see below]; 3. Bala-râma
[q.v.], `" the strong Râma "', also called Hala7yudha and regarded as elder
brother of Kriishna [RTL. 112] accord. to Jainas a Râma is enumerated among the
9 white Balas; and in VP. a RñRâmas is mentioned among the 7 Riishis of the 8th
Manv-antara) RV. &c &c. N. of a king of Malla-pura Cat.; of a king of
S'riinga-vera and patron of Nâge7s'a ib.; of various authors and teachers (also
with {AcArya}, {upA7dhyAya}, {kavi}, {cakra-vartin}, {jyotir-vid}, {jyau-}
{tiSaka}, {tarka-vAg-Iza}, {dIkSita}, {daiva-jJa}, {paNDita}, {bhaTTa},
{bhaTTA7cArya}, {vAjapeyin}, {zarman}, {zAstrin}, {saMyamin}, {sUri} &c.) Cat.;
N. of the number `" three "' (on account of the 3 Râmas) Hcat. ({rAmasya iSuH},
a kind of cane = {rAmakaNDa} L.); pl. N. of a people VP.; ({A4}) f. a beautiful
woman, any young and charming woman, mistress, wife, any woman KathhUp. MBh. &c.
(for comp. see p. 878); a dark woman i.e. a woman of low origin TS. TÂr.; N. of
various plants (Jonesia Asoka; Aloe Perfoliata; Asa Foetida &c.) L. vermilion
L.; red earth L.; a kind of pigment (= {gorocanA}) L.; a river L.; a kind of
metre L.; (in music) a kind of measure Sangît.; N. of an Apsaras L. Sch.; of a
daughter of Kumbha7nda Hariv.; of the mother of the ninth Arhat of the present
Ava-sarpinî L.; ({I4}) f. darkness, night RV.; n. id. ib.; the leaf of Laurus
Cassia L.; Chenopodium Album L.; = {kuSTha} L.
raamaa * = f. (of {rAma}) a lovely or charming wom
raamaanuja * = m. `" younger brother of Râma "' (this title would be applicable
to Kriishna as born after Bala-râma of the same father); N. of a celebrated
Vaishnava reformer (founder of a particular Vedantic school which taught the
doctrine of {viziSTA7dvaita} or qualified non-duality i.e. that the human spirit
is separate and different from the one Supreme Spirit though dependent on it and
ultimately to be united with it; he lived at Kâñcîpuram and S'rî-rangam in the
South of India, in the 12th century, and is believed by his followers to have
been an incarnation of S'esha; he is also called Râma7nujâcârya and Yati-râja;
n. or {jam matam}, Râma4nuja's doctrine) RTL. 119, 448 &c.; (with {dIkskita}) N.
of another author Cat.; {-guru paramparA} f. {-grantha} m. {-campU} f. {-carita}
n. {-caritra} n. {-daNDaka} m. or n. {-darzana} n. N. of wks.; m. N. of an
author Cat.; {-divyacaritra} n. {-bhASya-gAmbhIrya} n. {-matakhaNDana} n.
{mata-dhvaMsana} n. {-mauktika} n. {-vaMzA7vali} f. {-vijaya},m., {-zataka-TIkA}
f. {-siddhA7nta-padavI} f. {-siddhA7nta-vijaya} m. {-siddhA7nta-saMgraha} m.
{su-prabhAta} n. {-stotra} n. N. of wks. [878,2]; {-svAmin} m. N. of an author
Cat.; {-jA7rAdhana-vidhi} m. {-jA7STo7ttara} n. {-jIya} n. {-jIya-siddhA7nta} m.
N. of wks.
raamaM = rAma
raamaH = Rama
raamakavachaM = rAma-armour
raamakrishhNa = Commonly known Ramakrishna, a saint from Bengal
raamakrishhNasya = of Ramakrishna
raamacha.ndra = rAmachandra
raamacha.ndraH = rAma
raamacha.ndram.h = rAmachandra
raamacha.ndraaya = to rAmachandra
raamacha.ndreti = saying `rAmachandra'
raamacha.ndro = Lord RAmachandra
raamanaama = the name of rAma (uttering of the word `rAma' only once is
raamanaamnaa = by the name of rAma
raamabalopetaaM = that which has been attained through rAma'a strength, power
raamabhadra = raama who gives the well-being
raamabhadraaya = to the good-giving, protecting RAma
raamabhadreti = rAmabhadra+iti, saying `rAmabhadra"(raama who gives the
raamarakshaa = rAma armour or rama- protection
raamarakshaaM = raamarakshA (hymn)
raamarakshaastotrajape = in the chanting of rAmaraksha hymn
raamalakshmaNau = raama \& lakshmaNa
raamasya = rAmaa's
raamah = Lord Rama
raamaannaasti = no one is except from rAma
raamaabhoga = sexual pleasures?
raamaaya = to rAma
raamaayaNaH = epic Ramayana, part of itihas (history)
raame = in RAma
raameNaabhihataa = the one struck by rAma
raameti = rAma+iti saying thus rAma
raamo = rAma
raaNa* = m. n. (2. {raN}) murmuring L.; n. a leaf. L.; a peacock's tail L. (cf.
{rAja-rANaka}); ({A}) f. (prob.) N. of a goddess.
raaNaa* = m. (corruption of {rAjan} q.v.) a king.
raasa * = m. uproar, noise, din L.; N. of a partic. rustic dance practised by
cowherds, (esp.) the dance practised by Kriishna and the Gopîs Hariv. Pur. Gît.
&c. (cf. {rAsaka}) [879, 3]; any sport or play L.; a legend (?), in
{narmadA-sundarI-r-} (q.v.); = {bhASA-zRGkhalaka}
raasalaasya = raasa dance
raashi = Sign of the Zodiac
raashTra = nation
raasabha * = (1. {rAs}), the brayer "', an ass, jackass, donkey RV. &c. &c.;
({I}) f. a she-ass MBh. Pañcat.
raata * = mfn. given, presented, bestowed RV. &c. &c. (often ifc.; cf. {asmad-},
{deva-}, {brahma-r-}. &c.); m. N. of a teacher Ping. Sch.
raati * = mfn. ready or willing to give, generous, favourable, gracious RV. AV.
VS. Br.; f. a favour, grace, gift, oblation RV. &c. &c. (in RV. also `" the
Giver "' conceived of as a deity and associated with Bhaga; {indrasya rAtI} v.l.
{-tiH}N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.)
raathi * = f. ( {raT}) war, battle L.
raatraa V*= nights
raatri * = or (older) %{rA4trI} f. (prob. `" bestower "', fr. %{rA} ; or `"
season of rest "', fr. %{ram}) night, the darkness or stillness of night (often
personified) RV. &c. &c. (%{rAtrau} or %{-tryAm} ind. at nñnight, by nñnight ;
%{rAtrau@zayanam}, a festival on the 11th day of the first half of the month
A1sha1d2ha, regarded as the night of the gods, beginning with the summer
solstice, when Vishn2u reposes for four months on the serpent S3esha) ; =
%{ati-rAtra} S3Br. ; = %{rAtri-paryAya} ib. ; = %{rAtri-sAman} La1t2y. ; (only
%{rAtri}) one of the 4 bodies of Brahma1 VP. ; = %{haridrA}, turmeric MBh.
Sus3r. ; (with the patr. %{bhAradvAjI}) N. of the authoress of RV. x, 127 Anukr.
raavaNa = a demon king from Lanka who abducted the wife of Rama
raavaNaarim.h = rAvaNasya ariM, the enemy of rAvaNa
raaya* = m. (at the beginning or end of a proper N. used as a title of honour =
{rAjan}, of which it is a corruption) a king, prince; N. of a son of Purû-ravas
W. (prob. w.r. for {raya}).
rabhate = (1 ap) to begin, start
rabhasa * = mf({A})n. (fr. prec.) impetuous, violent, rapid, fierce, wild RV.
&c. &c.; (ifc.) eager for, desirous of Kâlid.; strong, powerful (said of the
Soma) RV.; shining, glaring ib.; m. impetuosity, vehemence, hurry, haste, speed,
zeal, passion, eager desire for (comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c. (also {A} f. L.; {rabhasa}
ibc.; {at} and {ena} ind. violently, impetuously, eagerly, quickly); joy,
pleasure Gît.; regret, sorrow W.; poison L.; N. of a magical incantation recited
over weapons R.; of a Dânava (v.l. {razmisa}); of a king (son of Rambha) BhP.;
of a Râkshasa L.; of a lexicographer (also called {rabhasa-pAla}) Cat.; of a
monkey R.
rach.h = to form
rachayati = (10 up) to arrange
racita * = mfn. produced, fashioned, constructed, performed, arranged, prepared,
made of (instr. or comp.). Ka1v. Var. BhP. ; made or chosen for (nom.) Bhat2t2.
; placed, inserted, inlaid, fixed on or in (loc.) Ka1v. Katha1s. BhP. ; set out,
displayed in (loc. or comp.) Ka1lid. ; directed towards (loc.) BhP. ; furnished,
provided, set or studded with (instr. or comp.) Hariv. Ka1lid. Sus3r. ; (ifc.)
occupied with, engaged in Ba1lar. ; (with %{mRSA}) invented Katha1s. ; m. N. of
a man g. %{bidA7di}.
radaM = ?
raghukulatilakaM = the mark (e.g. one on the forehead) of the Raghu family
raghuttamaH = best of the Raghu race
raghuna.ndana = the delighter of the Raghus
raghuna.ndanam.h = thedelighter of Raghus
raghunandana = Rama
raghunaathasya = lord of the Raghu's(rAma descended from the famous
raghunaathaaya = to the lord of Raghus
raghuva.nshanaatham.h = the lord of the Raghu family
raghuvaraM = the chosen Raghu
raghuuttamaH = the best of the raghus (raghu-descendants)
raghuuttamau = the best two of the Raghu race
rahas * n. 1 n. (for 2. see p. 871, col, 1) swiftness, speed, velocity BhP.\\
(for 1. see p. 859, col. 3) a lonely or deserted place, loneliness, solitude,
privacy, secrecy, retirement (%{rahas}, %{-si} and %{-ssu} ind. privately, in
secret) Mn. MBh. &c.; a secret, mystery, mystical truth Ka1v. Pur.; sexual
intercourse, copulation L.
rahasi = in a secluded place
rahasyaM = mystery
rajaH = (m) king
raja * = m. (g. {pacA7di}) = {rajas}, dust (cf. {nI-}, {vi-r-}); the pollen of
flowers, Prasanga7bh.; the menstrual excretion (also n.) L.; emotion, affection
L.: the quality of passion Un. iv, 216 Sch.; N. of one of Skanda's attendants
MBh.; of a king (son of Viraja) VP.
rajakaH = (m) washerman, dhobi
rajani = night
rajanii = night
rajaniichara = moon, demon
rajasa = mobility
rajasaH = from the mode of passion
rajasi = of the mode of passion
rajoguNa = the mode of passion
rajju = (fem) rope, straight line
rajjuH = (m) rope
raJNjana = entertainment, delight
raJNjanaa = (f) a giver of delight
raksh.h = to protcet
rakshaH = the Râkshasaas
rakshakaH = (m) guard, protector
rakshaNa = protection
rakshaNaaya = for protection
rakshati = (1 pp) to protect
Râkshasa = adj. devil
rakshaa = protection
rakshaaM = protecting armour
rakshaa.nsi = the demons
rakshitaM = the person who has ben protected(by)
rakshitaH = (past part.masc.nom.S) the protected one
rakshya = protection
rakta * = mf({A})n. coloured, dyed, painted Br. GriS'rS. Mn. &c. (cf. Pân. 4-2,
1); reddened, red, crimson S'ânkhGri. MBh. Kâv. &c. (said of 5 or 7 parts of the
body which ought to be red MBh. iv, 253 VarBriS. lxviii, 84); `" coloured or
modified by nasalization "', nasalized (said of a vowel) RPrât. (cf. {raGga});
excited, affected with passion or love, impassioned, enamoured, charmed with
(instr.), attached or devoted to, fond of (loc. gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.;
beloved, dear, lovely, pleasant, sweet Kâv.; fond of play, engaging in pastime,
sporting L.; m. red colour L.; safflower L.; Barringtonia Acutangula L.; N. of
S'iva MBh.; of the planet Mars VarBriS. Sch.; ({A}) f. lac (= {lAkSA}) Sus'r.;
Abrus Precatorius (or its seeds as a measure or weight, = {raktikA}) Car.; Rubia
Munjista L.; Echinops Echinatus L.; N. of one of the 7 tongues of fire L.; (in
music) N. of a S'ruti Sangît.; n. blood Mn. Hariv. &c.; a partic. disease of the
eyes, Hcat; the menstrual fluid L.; copper L.; vermilion L.; cinnabar L.;
saffron L.; the fruit of Flacourtia Cataphracta L.; = {padmaka} L.
raka * =m. the sun gem; crystal; a hard shower
raksha * = 1 mf(%{I})n. (%{A} f. see p. 860) guarding, watching, protecting,
serving; a watcher, keeper Suparn2. MBh. &c. (mostly ifc.; cf. %{kSetra-},
%{go-}, %{cakra-r-} &c.) \\ akSa 2 in comp. for %{rakSas}.
rakshA f. the act of protecting or guarding, protection, care, preservation,
security Mn. MBh. &c.; a guard, watch, sentinel Mr2icch. Ka1m.; any
preservative, (esp.) a sort of bracelet or amulet, any mysterious token used as
a charm BhP. Sus3r.; a tutelary divinity (cf. %{mahA-r-}); ashes (used as a
preservative) L.; (%{A} or %{I}) f. a piece of thread or silk bound round the
wrist on partic. occasions (esp. on the full moon of S3ra1van2a, either as an
amulet and preservative against misfortune, or as a symbol of mutual dependence,
or as a mark of respect) MW.
rakta = red
raktaM = the red one (raktaM may mean blood also)
raktaH = attached
raktaga.ndha = red scent
raktapusshhpaiH = with red flowers
raktavaasasam.h = haaving red dress
rambhaaphala = plantain
ramaa * = f. of {rama} q.v.; a wife, mistress W.; N. of Lakshmî, the Goddess of
Fortune Bhartri. BhP.; good luck, fortune, splendour, opulence Cân.; splendour,
pomp Bhâm. [868, 2]; N. of the 11th day in the dark half of the month Kârttika
Cat.; of the syllable {zRRm} (also {rama}) Sarvad.; of a daughter of
S'as'i-dhvaja and wife of Kalki KalkiP.
ramaavaasa = the abode of rama (lakshmi)
rama * = mfn. pleasing, delighting, rejoicing (only ifc.; cf. {mano-r-}); dear,
beloved W.; m. (only L.) joy; a lover, husband, spouse; Kâma-deva, the god of
love; the red-flowering As'oka; ({A}) f. see s.v.
rama.nte = revel; enjoy (Vr.Pr.III P Pl.AP)
ramanti = enjoy transcendental bliss
ramate = delights
rame = Oh! ramA (Shiva tells this shloka to his consort PArvati
rameshaM = the lord of ramA(sItA)
raMhas * = n. speed, quickness, velocity MBh. Ka1v. &c.; eagerness, impetuosity
BhP.; m. N. of S3iva (Vehemence personified) MBh.; of Vishn2u Hariv.
raMhasa* = (ifc.) = %{raMhas} (e.g. %{mano-mArutar-}, having the swiftness of
thought or of the wind Hariv.)
ra.ngaavalii = colored design
ra.nj..h = to entertain
rangavalli = (f) rangoli
raNa* = 1 m. delight, pleasure, gladness, joy RV. VS. AV.; (also n.) battle (as
an object of delight), war, combat, fight, conflict RV. &c. &c.\\ =2 m. (for 1.
see p. 863, col. 3) sound, noise L.; the quill or bow of a lute (= {koNa}) L. -
2.\\ =3 m. going, motion L.
raNakarkasha = the vanquishing one in the war
raNara.ngadhiiram.h = the brave in the stage of war
raNaat.h = from the battlefield
randha * = m. (prob.) subjection, destruction Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 7-1, 61.
randhaka * = mfn. subduing, destroying id. ; m. n. and (%{ikA}) f. the sheath of
a knife L.
randhana * = mfn. destroying (in %{abhadra-r-}) BhP. ; n. destruction ib.
cooking TS. Sch.
randhanaaya * = Nom. P. %{-yati}, to make subject, deliver into the power of
(dat.) RV.
randhi *= f. (for %{ra4nddhi}) subjection, subjugation RV. ; the being prepared
or cooked BhP.
randhrikaa = (f) punching machine
raNe = on the battlefield
rañjana * = mf(%{I})n. colouring, dyeing (%{-tva} n.) Sarvad.; (ifc.) pleasing,
charming, rejoicing, delighting Gi1t. (cf. %{jana-raJjanI}); conciliating,
befriending MW.; m. Saccharum Munja L.; (%{I}) f. prob. friendly salutation
Buddh.; the indigo plant L.; Nyctanthes Arbor Tristis L.; turmeric L.; saffron
L.; a kind of fragrant perfume L.; red arsenic L.; (in music) a partic. S3ruti
Sam2gi1t.; n. the act of colouring or dyeing Va1gbh.; colour, dye, paint R.; (in
gram.) nasalization VPra1t. Sch.; the act of pleasing, delighting, conciliating,
giving pleasure MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a partic. game L.; red sandalwood L.; cinnabar
L.
rañjaka * = mf(%{ikA})n. colouring, dyeing S3a1rn3gS.; exciting passion or love,
charming, pleasing Cat.; m. a colourist, dyer, painter Mn. iv, 216 [863,3]; an
inciter of affection &c., stimulus W.; the red powder on the capsules of the
Rottleria Tinctoria L.; biliary humour on which vision depends W.; (%{akI}) f. a
female colourer or dyer Cat.; n. cinnabar L.; vermilion L.
rarijana = Entourage
rasa = enjoyment, interest * rasa = m. (ifc. f. {A}) the sap or juice of plants,
Juice of fruit, any liquid or fluid, the best or finest or prime part of
anything, essence, marrow RV. &c. &c.; water, liquor, drink MBh. Kâv. &c.; juice
of the sugar-cane, syrup Sus'r.; any mixture, draught, elixir, potion R. BhP.;
melted butter L.; (with or scil. {gavAm}) milk MBh.; (with or scil. {viSasya})
poison Das'. Râjat. [869, 3]; nectar L.; soup, broth L.; a constituent fluid or
essential juice of the body, serum, (esp.) the primary juice called chyle
(formed from the food and changed by the bile into blood) ib.; mercury,
quicksilver (sometimes regarded as a kind of quintessence of the human body,
else where as the seminal fluid of S'iva) Sarvad.; semen virile RV. i, 105, 2;
myrrh L.; any mineral or metallic salt Cat.; a metal or mineral in a state of
fusion (cf. {upa-}, {mahA-r-}); gold L.; Vanguieria Spinosa L.; a species of
amaranth L.; green onion L.; resin L.; = {amRta} L.; taste, flavour (as the
principal quality of fluids, of which there are 6 original kinds, viz.
{madhura}, sweet; {amla}, sour; {lavaNa}, salt; {kaTuka}, pungent; {tikta},
bitter; and {kaSAya}, astringent; sometimes 63 varieties are distinguished, viz.
beside the 6 original ones, 15 mixtures of 2, 20 of 3, 15 of 4, 6 of 5, and 1 of
6 flavours) S'Br. &c. &c.; N. of the number `" six "' VarBriS. S'rutab.; any
object of taste, condiment, sauce, spice, seasoning MBh. Kâv. &c.; the tongue
(as the organ of taste) BhP.; taste or inclination or fondness for (loc. with or
scil. {upari}, or comp.), love, affection, desire MBh. Kâv. &c.; charm pleasure,
delight ib.; (in rhet.) the taste or character of a work, the feeling or
sentiment prevailing in it (from 8 to 10 Rasas are generally enumerated, viz.
{zRGgAra}, love; {vIra}, heroism; {bIbhatsa}, disgust; {raudra}, anger or fury;
{hAsya}, mirth; {bhayAnaka}, terror; {karuNa}, pity; {adbhuta}, wonder; {zAnta},
tranquillity or contentment; {vAtsalya}, paternal fondness; the last or last two
are sometimes omitted; cf. under {bhAva}) Bhar. Das'ar. Kâvya7d. &c.; the
prevailing sentiment in human character Uttarar. Râjat.; (with Vaishnavas)
disposition of the heart or mind, religious sentiment (there are 5 Rasas or
Ratis forming the 5 degrees of {bhakti} q.v., viz. {zAnti}, {dAsya}, {sAkhya},
{vAtsalya}, and {mAdhurya}) W.; a kind of metre Ping.; N. of the sacred
syllable, `" Om, `" S'ânkhGri.; the son of a Nishâda and a S'anakî L.; ({A}) f.
see s.v.
rasaa * = f. moisture, humidity RV.; N. of a river ib.; a mythical stream
supposed to flow round the earth and the atmosphere ib. (Nir. xi, 23); the lower
world, hell MBh. Pur. (cf. {-tala}); the earth, ground, soil Kâv.; the tongue
L.; N. of various plants (Clypea Hernandifolia; Boswellia Thurifera; Panicum
Italicum; a vine or grape; = {kAkolI}) L.
rasaH = sense of enjoyment
ras'anaa *= f. (prob. connected with %{razmi} and %{rAzi} and derived from a
lost %{raz}) a rope, cord, strap [869,2]; rein, bridle; girth, girdle, zone
(esp. of woman) RV. &c. &c. (also fig. applied to the fingers; cf. Naigh. ii,
5); a ray of light, beam S3a1n3khBr.; the tongue (w.r. for %{rasanA}) L.; (ifc.)
girt by, dependent on Hariv. BhP.
rasanaM = tongue
rasavarjaM = giving up the taste
rasaatmakaH = supplying the juice
rasaayanashaastram.h = chemistry
rasaala = mango
rasika * = mf(%{A})n. tasteful, elegant Bhartr2.; having a discriminating taste,
aesthetic Ka1v. Katha1s.; having a taste for or a sense of, fond of, devoted to,
delighting in (loc. or comp.) ib. Ra1jat. Sa1h.; sentimental W.; fanciful MW.;
lustful ib.; m. a man full of taste or feeling (cf. %{a-r-}); a libertine W.;
Ardea Sibirica L.; a horse L.; an elephant L.; unboiled juice of sugar-cane L.;
(%{A}) f. see below.\\
rasikA *= f. an emotional wife (cf. comp.); the juice of sugar-cane, molasses
L.; curds with sugar and spice L.; chyle L.; the tongue L.; a woman's girdle L.
(cf. %{razanA}).
rasyaaH = juicy
rata = engaged in* mfn. pleased, amused, gratified BhP.; delighting in, intent
upon, fond or enamoured of, devoted or attached or addicted or disposed to (loc.
instr. or comp.) S'Br. &c. &c.; (ifc.) having sexual intercourse with BhP.;
loved, beloved MW.; ({A}) f. N. of the mother of Day MBh.; n. pleasure,
enjoyment, (esp.) enjoyment of love, sexual union, copulation Kâv. Var. &c.; the
private parts L.
rataaH = engaged
rathh* = (cf. {raT}) cl. 1. P. {raThati}, to speak Dhâtup. ix, 50.
ratha = chariot* = 1 m. (4. {R}) `" goer "', a chariot, car, esp. a two-wheeled
war-chariot (lighter and swifter than the {anas} q.v.), any vehicle or equipage
or carriage (applied also to the vehicles of the gods), waggon, cart RV. &c. &c.
(ifc. f. {A}); a warrior, hero, champion MBh. Kathâs. BhP.; the body L.; a limb,
member, part L.; Calamus Rotang L.; Dalbergia Ougeinensis L.; = {pauruSa} L.;
({I}) f. a small carriage or waggon, cart S'is'. \\ 2 m. ( {ram}) pleasure, joy,
delight (cf. {mano-ratha}); affection, love (cf. ne
rati * = f. rest, repose VS. S'ânkhGri.; pleasure, enjoyment, delight in,
fondness for (loc. or comp.; {ratim} with {Ap}, {labh}, {upa-labh}, {adhi-gam},
{vidkR} or {bandh} and loc., `" to find pleasure in "') Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; the
pleasure of love, sexual passion or union, amorous enjoyment (often personified
as one of the two wives of Kâma-deva, together with Prîti q.v.) Mn. MBh. &c.;
the pudenda L.; = {rati-gRha}, pleasure-house VarBriS.; N. of the sixth Kala of
the Moon Cat.; of an Apsaras MBh.; of the wife of Vibhu (mother of
Prithhu-shena) BhP.; of a magical incantation recited over weapons R.; of the
letter {n} Up.; of a metre Col.
ratii * =f. m. c. for {rati}, the goddess of love MBh. Hariv
ratna = precious stones
rathaM = the chariot
rathottamaM = the finest chariot
rathyaa = ?
raudra = the sentiment of violence, wrath, rage * = or %{raudra4} mf(%{A} or
%{I})n. (fr. %{rudra}) relating or belonging to or coming from Rudra or the
Rudras, Rudra-like, violent, impetuous, fierce, wild (%{am} ind.) RV. &c. &c.;
bringing or betokening misfortune, inauspicious R. Var.; m. a descendant of
Rudra MBh.; a worshipper of Rudra W.; (pl., or sg. with %{gaNa}) a class of evil
spirits Hariv.; (scil. %{rasa}) the sentiment of wrath or fury Sa1h. Prata1p.;
N. of Yama L.; the cold season of the year, winter L.; a partic. Ketu VarBr2S.;
N. of the 54th year of the Jupiter cycle of 60 years ib.; (pl.) N. of a people
MBh.; (also n.) heat, warmth, sunshine L.; (also n. and %{I} f.) N. of the
Nakshatra A1rdra1 when under Rudra VarBr2S.; (%{I}) f. N. of Gauri1 L.; one of
the 9 Samidhs Gr2ihya1s.; a partic. S3akti Hcat.; (in music.) a partic. S3ruti
Sam2gi1t.; a partic. Mu1rchana1 ib.; a species of creeper L.; N. of the Comms.
on the Tattva-cinta1man2i-di1dhiti and the Nya1ya-siddha7nta-mukta7vali1 by
Rudra Bhat2t2a7ca1rya; (with %{megha-mAlA} and %{zAnti}) of two older wks.; n.
savageness, fierceness, formidableness Katha1s. Sus3r.; N. of a Lin3ga Cat.; of
various Sa1mans A1rshBr.
raura (see rora)
raurava * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{ruru}) coming from or made of the skin of the deer
called Ruru Gr2S3rS. MBh. &c. ; fearful L. ; unsteady, dishonest L. ; m. N. of
one of the hells Mn. MBh. &c. (personified as husband of Vedana1 and father of
Duh2kha Ma1rkP. ; with Buddhists, one of the 8 hot hells Dharmas. 121) ; N. of
the fifth Kalpa (q.v.) ; a savage, monster W. ; n. the fruit of the Ruru tree g.
%{plakSA7di} ; N. of various Sa1mans A1rshBr.
rava* = roar, yell, cry, howl
ravi = a name of Sun; ravi m. (accord. to Un. iv, 138 Sch. fr. 1. {ru}) a
partic. form of the sun (sometimes regarded as one of the 12 Âdityas; hence
{ravi} is also a N. of the number `" twelve "') Var. Hariv. &c.; the sun (in
general) or the sun-god, Mn. MBh. &c.; = {ravidina}, Sunday Inscr.; Calotropis
Gigantea L.; a mountain L.; N. of a Sauvîraka MBh.; of a son of Dhriita-râshthra
ib.; of the author of a Comm. on the Kâvya-prakâs'a Cat.; of the author of the
Horâprakâs'a ib.; the right canal for the passage of the vital air (?) W.
raviH = the sun
ravivaara = Sunday
raya* = m. ( {rI}) the stream of a river, current MBh. Kâv. &c. [868, 3]; quick
motion, speed, swiftness ({eNa} and {At} ind. quickly, immediately, straightway)
Kâv. Pur.; course (cf. {saMvatsarar-}); impetuosity, vehemence, ardour, zeal,
S'is. BhP.; N. of a son of Purû-ravas BhP.; of another king Cat.
recaka= outbreathing* = exhaling btrbh}), clever, skilful, inventive, prudent
(said of Indra, Agni, and the Âdityas RV.; also of property or wealth RV. iv,
37, 5; viii, 93, 34; of an arrow AV. i, 2, 3); ({us}) m. an artist, one who
works in iron, a smith, builder (of carriages &c.)N. of three semi-divine beings
(Riibhu, Vâja, and Vibhvan, the name of the first being applied to all of them;
thought by some to represent the three seasons of the year [Ludwig RV. vol. iii,
p. 187], and celebrated for their skill as artists; they are supposed to dwell
in the solar sphere, and are the artists who formed the horses of Indra, the
carriage of the As'vins, and the miraculous cow of Briihaspati; they made their
parents young, and performed other wonderful works [Sv-apas]; they are supposed
to take their ease and remain idle for twelve days [the twelve intercalary days
of the winter solstice] every year in the house of the Sun [Agohya]; after which
they recommence working; when the gods heard of their skill, they sent Agni to
them with the one cup of their rival Tvashthrii, the artificer of the gods,
bidding the Riibhus construct four cups from it; when they had successfully
executed this task, the gods received the Riibhus amongst themselves and allowed
them to partake of their sacrifices &c.; cf. Kaegi RV. p. 53 f.) RV. AV. &c.;
they appear generally as accompanying Indra, especially at the evening
sacrifice; in later mythology Riibhu is a son of Brahman VP.; a deity L.;
({avas}) m. a class of deities; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {labor}; Goth. &70848[226, 2]
{arb-aiths}; Angl. Sax. $; Slav. {rab-u8}.]
rekhaa = line
reta = semen
reta* = {retas}, semen virile L
retas * = n. ( %{ri}, %{rI}) a flow, stream, current, flow of rain or water,
libation RV. AV. ; flow of semen, seminal fluid, sperm, seed RV. &c. &c.
(%{retaH-sic} or %{ni-sic} or %{A-dhA} with loc., `" to discharge semen into "',
intpregnate ; %{reto-dhA} A., to conceive ; %{retaso@'nte}, after the discharge
of sñsemen) ; offspring, progeny, descendants TS. S3Br. ; quicksilver (regirded
as S3iva's semen) L. ; water L. ; sin (?) Sa1y. on RV. iv, 3, 7.
retasa* (ifc.) = {retas} (cf. {agni-} and {kapota-r-}).
revati = Twenty-seventh nakshatra
ri * = 3 (for %{RSabha}), the second note of the Hindu1 gamut.
rii * = 1 or %{ri} (cf. %{li}) cl. 9. P. (Dha1tup. xxxi, 30) %{riNA4ti} cl. 4.
P. (Dha1tup. xxvi, 29) %{rI4yate} (%{riNIte} RV. Br. Gr2S3rS.; %{riyati}
Dha1tup. xxviii, 111; impf. %{ariNvan} MaitrS.; Gr.pf. %{rirAya}, %{rirye}; aor.
%{araiSIt}, %{areSTa}; fut. %{retA}; %{reSyati}, %{-te}; inf. %{retum}), to
release, set free, let go RV.; to sever, detach from (abl.) ib.; to yield,
bestow AV.; (A1.) to be shattered or dissolved, melt, become fluid, drop, flow
RV.: Caus. %{repayati} (aor. %{arIripat}) Gr.: Desid. %{rirISati}, %{-te} ib.:
Intens, %{rerIyate}, %{rerayIti} ib.
richaH = the Rig Veda
rica* = ifc. = 2. {R4c}, verse, sacred verse (cf. {tryRca}, &c.); m. N. of a
king VP.
richchhati = one attains
riddhi* f. increase, growth, prosperity, success, good fortune, wealth,
abundance VS. TS. S'Br. Âs'vGri. &c. (personified as Kuvera's wife MBh. Hariv.);
accomplishment, perfection, supernatural power BhP. Lalit. &c.; magic; a kind of
medicinal plant Bhpr. Car.; N. of Pârvatî L.; of Lakshmî L.
riitaM = truth
riitiH = procedure/practice/custom
rijuH = (adj) straight
Rjubuddhi * = or mfn. of honest mind, sincere R. Dhu1rtas.
riNa = debt
rishthi *= f. a spear, lance, sword RV. AV. iv, 37, 8 ; 9 ; viii, 3, 7 ; [cf. O.
Pers. {arstis} ; Zd. {arsti}.]
rit *= mfn. ( %{ri}, %{rI}) running, flowing RV. vi, 37, 4 (Sa1y. = %{gantR}).
ritaM = truth
rita * =mf(%{A})n. met with, afflicted by (with instr.) TS. v; proper, right,
fit, apt, suitable, able, brave, honest RV. VS. xvii, 82; true MBh. BhP. Mn.
viii, 82; 87 Bhag. &c.; worshipped, respected L.; enlightened, luminous L.; m.
N. of a Rudra MBh.; of a son of Manu Ca1kshusha BhP. iv, 13, 16; of a son of
Vijaya VP.; (%{am}) n. fixed or settled order, law, rule (esp. in religion);
sacred or pious action or custom, divine law, faith, divine truth (these
meanings are given by BRD. and are generally more to be accepted than those of
native authorities and marked L. below) RV. AV. VS. S3Br. &c. [223,3]; truth in
general, righteousness, right RV. AV. MBh. Mn. viii, 61; 104 Pan5cat. &c.;
figuratively said of gleaning (as the right means of a Bra1hman's obtaining a
livelihood as opposed to agriculture, which is %{anRta}) Mn. iv, 4 ff.; promise,
oath, vow Ta1n2d2yaBr. La1t2y.; truth personified (as an object of worship, and
hence enumerated among the sacred objects in the Nir.); water L.; sacrifice L.;
a particular sacrifice L.; the sun L.; wealth L.; (%{a4m}) ind. right, duly,
properly, expressly, very RV. BhP.; (%{Rtam} %{i}, to go the right way, be pious
or virtuous RV.); (%{e4na}) ind. right, duly, properly, regularly, lawfully,
according to usage or right RV. AV.; truly, sincerely, indeed RV. MBh. i.
rita * = %{Rti}, %{Rtu} see p. 223, col. 2 - p. 224, col. 1.
ritu = season
rituunaaM = of all seasons
rite = without, except for
riddha * = mfn. increased, thriving, prosperous, abundant, wealthy Kum. Ragh.
Katha1s. &c. ; filled with (voices), made to resound ; (%{am}) n. stored grain
L. ; a demonstrated conclusion, distinct result L. [226,2]
riddhaM = prosperous
riddham.h = enriched
riddhi * = f. increase, growth, prosperity, success, good fortune, wealth,
abundance VS. TS. S3Br. A1s3vGr2. &c. (personified as Kuvera's wife MBh. Hariv.)
; accomplishment, perfection, supernatural power BhP. Lalit. &c. ; magic ; a
kind of medicinal plant Bhpr. Car. ; N. of Pa1rvati1 L. ; of Lakshmi1 L.
Rigveda *= m. Hymn-Veda "' or `" Veda of praise "' , the R2ig-veda , or most
ancient sacred book of the Hindu1s (that is , the collective body of sacred
verses called R2icas [see below] , consisting of 1017 hymns [or with the
Va1lakhilyas 1028] arranged in eight Asht2akas or in ten Man2d2alas ; Man2d2alas
2-8 contain groups of hymns , each group ascribed to one author or to the
members of one family ; the ninth book contains the hymns sung at the Soma
ceremonies ; the first and tenth contain hymns of a different character , some
comparatively modern , composed by a greater variety of individual authors ; in
its wider sense the term R2ig-veda comprehends the Bra1hman2as and the Su1tra
works on the ritual connected with the hymns) AitBr. S3Br. Mn. &c. ;
%{-prAtizAkhya} n. the Pra1tis3a1khya of the R2ig-veda ; %{-bhASya} n. N. of
treatises and commentaries on the R2ig-veda ; %{-vid} mfn. knowing the R2ig-veda
; %{-saMhitA} f. the continuous text of the R2ig-veda arranged according to the
Sam2hita1-pa1t2ha q.v. ; %{-dA7nukramaNikA} f. the Anukraman2ika1 or index of
the R2ig-veda.
rik.h = the Rg Veda
rikshaa * = f. a nit (= {likSA}) L.; a mote in a sunbeam W. \\ V: the excact
time
riksha (RkSa)* =1 mfn. (etym. doubtful) bald, bare TS. MaitrS.\\= 2 mfn. (2.
%{RS} Un2. iii, 66; 67; probably fr. %{Rz}), hurting, pernicious RV. viii, 24,
27; m. a bear (as a ravenous beast) RV. v, 56, 3 VS. xxiv, 36 Mn. Sus3r. &c.; a
species of ape Katha1s.; Bignonia Indica L.; N. of several men RV. viii, 68, 15
MBh. &c.; of a mountain VP. MBh.; (ifc.) the best or most excellent L.; (%{As})
m. pl. the seven stars, the Pleiades, the seven R2ishis RV. i, 24, 10 S3Br. ii
TA1r.; (%{A}) f. N. of a wife of Ajami1d2ha MBh. i; of a woman in the retinue of
Skanda MBh. ix; (%{I}) f. a female bear MBh. R. Katha1s.; m. and (%{am}) n. a
star, constellation, lunar mansion Mn. MBh. R. &c.; (%{am}) n. the twelfth part
of the ecliptic; the particular star under which a person happens to be born
VarBr2S. Su1ryas. &c.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {ursus}; Lith. {loky-s} for
&70306[224,3] {olkys}.]\\ = 3 mfn. cut, pierced L.
ringati = to crawl
rip * = 1 (cf. %{lip} ; only pf. %{riripu4H}), to smear, adhere to (loc.) RV.
(cf. %{ripta4}) ; to deceive, cheat ib.\\ 2 f. injury, fraud, deceit RV. ; an
injurer, deceiver, enemy ib. ; the earth (?) RV. iii, 5, 5 ; x, 79, 3 (Sa1y. ;
cf. Naigh. i, 1).
riph * = cl. 6. P. (Dha1tup. xxviii , 23) %{riphati} (p. %{-rephat} S3a1n3khBr.
; pf. %{rirepha} &c. Gr. ; ind. p. %{rephitvA} Pa1n2. 1-2 , 23 Sch.) , to snarl
AV. ; (only L.) to speak or boast (%{kathane} or %{katthane}) ; to blame ; to
fight ; to give ; to hurt , kill (cf. %{rimph}): Pass. %{riphyate} , to be
murmured or spoken in a guttural or burring manner (like the letter %{r}) ; to
have or take the pronunciation of the letter %{r} A1s3vS3r. (cf. %{repha}).
ripavaH = enemies
ripu = Enemy
ripuH = enemy
rishi* = m. (2. {RS} Comm. on Un. iv, 119; {RSati jJAnena saMsAra-pAram} T.;
perhaps fr. an obsolete {RS} for {dRz}, `" to see ? "' cf. {RSi-kRt}), a singer
of sacred hymns, an inspired poet or sage, any person who alone or with others
invokes the deities in rhythmical speech or song of a sacred character (e.g. the
ancient hymn-singers Kutsa, Atri, Rebha, Agastya, Kus'ika, Vasishthha, Vy-as'va)
RV. AV. VS. &c.; the Riishis were regarded by later generations as patriarchal
sages or saints, occupying the same position in India history as the heroes and
patriarchs of other countries, and constitute a peculiar class of beings in the
early mythical system, as distinct from gods, men, Asuras, &c. AV. x, 10, 26
S'Br. AitBr. KâtySr. Mn. &c.; they are the authors or rather seers of the Vedic
hymns i.e. according to orthodox Hindû ideas they are the inspired personages to
whom these hymns were revealed, and such an expression as `" the Riishi says "'
is equivalent to `" so it stands in the sacred text "' [227,1]; seven Riishis,
{sapta RSayaH}, or {saptaRSayaH} or {saptarSayaH}, are often mentioned in the
Brâhmanas and later works as typical representatives of the character and spirit
of the pre-historic or mythical period; in S'Br. xiv, 5, 2, 6 their names are
given as follows, Gotama, Bharadvâja, Vis'vâ-mitra, Jamadagni, Vasishthha,
Kas'yapa, and Atri; in MBh. xii, Marîci, Atri, Angiras, Pulaha, Kratu, Pulastya,
Vasishthha are given as the names of the Riishis of the first Manvantara, and
they are also called Prajâpatis or patriarchs; the names of the Riishis of the
subsequent Manv-antaras are enumerated in Hariv. 417 ff.; afterwards three other
names are added, viz. Pracetas or Daksha, Bhriigu, and Nârada, these ten being
created by Manu Svâyambhuva for the production of all other beings including
gods and men Âs'vS'r. MBh. VP. &c.; in astron. the seven Riishis form the
constellation of `" the Great Bear RV. x, 82, 2 AV. vi, 40, 1 S'Br. Âs'vGri.
MBh. &c.; (metaphorically the seven Riishis may stand for the seven senses or
the seven vital airs of the body VS. xxxiv S'Br. xiv KâtyS'r.); a saint or
sanctified sage in general, an ascetic, anchorite (this is a later sense;
sometimes three orders of these are enumerated, viz. Devarshis, Brahmarshis, and
Râjarshis; sometimes seven, four others being added, viz. Maharshis,
Paramarshis, S'rutarshis, and Kândarshis) Mn. iv, 94; xi, 236 S'ak. Ragh. &c.;
the seventh of the eight degrees of Brâhmans Hcat.; a hymn or Mantra composed by
a Riishi; the Veda Comm. on MBh. and Pat.; a symbolical expression for the
number seven; the moon; an imaginary circle; a ray of light L.; the fish
Cyprinus Rishi L.; [cf. Hib. {arsan}, `" a sage, a man old in wisdom "';
{arrach}, `" old, ancient, aged. "'],
rishhayaH = those who are active within
rishhiH = the sage
rishhin.h = great sages
rishhibhiH = by the wise sages
rishtha *= 1 mfn. (for 2. see below) torn off, broken, injured RV. AV.// 2 riSTa
2 mfn. hurt, injured wounded (cf. %{a4riSTa} and 1. %{riSTa}); failed,
miscarried S3Br.; m. a sword L. (cf. %{riSTi}); Sapindus Detergens L. (cf.
%{a-riSTa}); N. of a Daitya Hariv.; of a king MBh.; of a son of Manu Ma1rkP.
[881,2]; (%{A}) f. N. of the mother of the Apsarases ib. (prob. w.r. for
%{a-riSTA}); n. misfortune, calamity VarBr2S. Sch.; a bad omen Sus3r.; good
luck, fortune L.
rishu *= m. . (2. %{RS} ?) , glow , flame (?) BRD. ; (according to Sa1y. ,
moving constantly ; approaching ; great ; mighty ; knowing ; a R2ishi) RV.
rita: real, true, not false,
rita *= {A})n. met with, afflicted by (with instr.) TS. v; proper, right, fit,
apt, suitable, able, brave, honest RV. VS. xvii, 82; true MBh. BhP. Mn. viii,
82; 87 Bhag. &c.; worshipped, respected L.; enlightened, luminous L.; m. N. of a
Rudra MBh.; of a son of Manu Câkshusha BhP. iv, 13, 16; of a son of Vijaya VP.;
({am}) n. fixed or settled order, law, rule (esp. in religion); sacred or pious
action or custom, divine law, faith, divine truth (these meanings are given by
BRD. and are generally more to be accepted than those of native authorities and
marked L. below) RV. AV. VS. S'Br. &c. [223, 3]; truth in general,
righteousness, right RV. AV. MBh. Mn. viii, 61; 104 Pañcat. &c.; figuratively
said of gleaning (as the right means of a Brâhmañs obtaining a livelihood as
opposed to agriculture, which is {anRta}) Mn. iv, 4 ff.; promise, oath, vow
TândyaBr. Lâthy.; truth personified (as an object of worship, and hence
enumerated among the sacred objects in the Nir.); water L.; sacrifice L.; a
particular sacrifice L.; the sun L.; wealth L.; ({a4m}) ind. right, duly,
properly, expressly, very RV. BhP.; ({Rtam} {i}, to go the right way, be pious
or virtuous RV.); ({e4na}) ind. right, duly, properly, regularly, lawfully,
according to usage or right RV. AV.; truly, sincerely, indeed RV. MBh. i.
ritasatya* = {e} n. du. right and truth S'Br. xi.
ritasad* = mfn. seated or dwelling in truth [BRD.] RV. iv, 40, 5 TS. iii;
(seated at sacrifice Sây.)
ritasap* = (in strong forms {-sA4p}) mfn. connected with or performing worship
or pious works (as men), connected with or accepting worship or religious acts
(as gods) RV.
ritasaata* = mfn. filled with truth or righteousness AV. xviii, 2, 15.
ritasaaman* = n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
ritasadanii* = f. the right or proper seat VS. iv, 36.
ritasap* = (in strong forms {-sA4p}) mfn. connected with or performing worship
or pious works (as men), connected with or accepting worship or religious acts
(as gods) RV.
ritaashah* = {SAT} mfn. maintaining the sacred law VS. xviii, 38 TS. iii, 4, 7
mfn. seated or dwelling in truth [BRD.] RV. iv, 40, 5 TS. iii; (seated at
sacrifice Sây.)
ritasena* = m. N. of a Gandharva BhP.
ritastubh* = m. `" praising properly or duly "'N. of a Riishi RV. i, 112, 20.
ritasthA* = mfn. standing right AV. iv, 1, 4.
ritaspati* = (voc. {Rtaspate}) m. lord of pious works (as sacrifice &c. [224,
1]; N. of Vâyu) RV. viii, 26, 21.
ritaspris'* = mfn. connected with pious works or worship RV. v, 67, 4 (N. of the
Âdityas); i, 2, 80; iv, 50, 3 (N. of Mitra-varuna); (touching water Sây.)
ritASah* = {SAT} mfn. maintaining the sacred law VS. xviii, 38 TS. iii, 4, 7
ritu * = m. (Un2. i, 72) any settled point of time, fixed time, time appointed
for any action (esp. for sacrifices and other regular worship), right or fit
time RV. AV. VS.; an epoch, period (esp. a division or part of the year), season
(the number of the divisions of the year is in ancient times, three, five, six,
seven, twelve, thirteen, and twenty-four; in later time six seasons are
enumerated, viz. Vasanta, `" spring "'; Gri1shma, `" the hot season "'; Varsha1s
(f. nom. pl.), `" the rainy season "' S3arad, `" autumn "'; Hemanta, `" winter
"'; and S3is3ira, `" the cool season "'; the seasons are not unfrequently
personified, addressed in Mantras, and worshipped by libations) RV. AV. VS. &c.
MBh. Mn. &c.; symbolical expression for the number six VarBr2S. Su1ryas. &c.;
the menstrual discharge (in women), the time after the courses (favourable for
procreation; according to Bhpr. sixteen days after their appearance) Sus3r. MBh.
Mn. &c.; sexual union at the above time Mn. ix, 93 MBh.; fixed order, order,
rule [BRD.] RV. i, 162, 19; light, splendour L.; a particular mineral L.; N. of
a R2ishi; of the twelfth Manu.
rohiNii * = f. (f. of {rohita}, `" red "', below; also f. of {rohin} above) a
red cow or [later] any cow (represented as a daughter of Surabhi and mother of
cattle, esp. of Kâma-dhenu, `" cow of plenty "'; in the Veda, Rohinî may perhaps
also mean `" a red mare "') RV. &c. &c.; N. of the ninth Nakshatra or lunar
asterism and of the lunar day belonging to it (in this sense it may optionally
have the accent on the last syllable; it is personified as a daughter of Daksha,
and as the favourite wife of the Moon, called `" the Red one "' from the colour
of the star Aldebaran or principal star in the constellation which contains 5
stars, prob. $, $, $, $, $, Tauri, and is figured by a wheeled vehicle or
sometimes by a temple or fish; it is exceptionally pl., and in TS. and TBr.
there are 2 Nakshatras of this name; it may also be used as an adj. and mean `"
born under the Nakshatra Rohinî "' Pân. 4-3, 34 Vârtt. 1); lightning L.; a young
girl (in whom menstruation has just commenced; others `" a girl nine years of
age "') Griihyâs. Pañcat.; N. of various plants Sus'r. Bhpr. (= Helleborus
Niger; Acacia Arabica; Gmelina Arborea &c. L.); inflammation of the throat (of
various kinds) Sus'r.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; a partic. Mûrchanâ
ib.; a kind of steel L.; N. of two wives of Vasudeva and the mother of Bala-râma
MBh. Pur.; of a wife of Kriishna Hariv.; of the wife of Mahâ-deva Pur.; of a
daughter of Hiranya-kas'ipu MBh.; of one of the 16 Vidyâ-devîs L.; of a river
VP.
roga = disease
rogii = patient, ill or sick person
rocate = (1 ap) to like
rocanam V*= pleasing. inducement, enticement
rocana* = mf({I} or {A})n. bright, shining, radiant AV. Br. GriS. MBh. Hariv.;
giving pleasure or satisfaction, pleasant, charming, lovely Bhathth. BhP.;
sharpening or stimulating the appetite, stomachic Sus'r. [889,1]; m. N. of
various plants (Andersonia Rohitika; Alangium Hexapetalum; the pomegranate tree
&c.) L.; apartic. yellow pigment (v.l. for {rocanA}) MBh. (C.); a stomachic W.;
N. of a demon presiding over a partic. disease Hariv.; of one of the 5 arrows of
the god of love (`" exciter "') Cat.; of a son of Vishnu by Dakshinâ BhP.; of
Indra under Manu Svârocisha ib.; of one of the Vis've Devâh VP.; of a mountain
MârkP.; ({A4}) and ({I}) f. see below; n. light, brightness, (esp.) the bright
sky, firmament, luminous sphere (of which there are said to be three; cf. under
{rajas}) RV. AV. Br. (in this sense sometimes {A}, f.); pl. lights, stars AV.;
(ifc.) the causing a desire for BhP.; ({ruci-ruce r-}) N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
rocanaa* =1 f. the bright sky or luminous sphere (= {rocana}, m.) AV. TBr.; a
partic. yellow pigment (commonly called {go-rocanA}) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. Sus'r.; a
handsome woman L.; a red lotusflower L.; bamboo manna or Tabâshîr L.; dark
S'âlmali L.; N. of a wife of Vasu-deva BhP.; of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.
roci m* = f. light, a beam, ray Hariv. Ma1rkP.
rocis* =n. light, lustre, brightness RV. &c. &c.; grace, loveliness BhP.
rociSa* =m. (fr. %{rocis}) N. of a son of Vibha1vasu by Ushas BhP.
rociSmat* =mfn. (fr. %{rocis} + %{mat}) possessing or giving light Hariv.; m. N.
of a son of Manu Sva1rocisha BhP.
rociSNu* =mfn. shining, bright, brilliant, splendid, gay VS. &c. &c.; giving an
appetite, stomachic Sus3r.
rociSNumukha* =mfn. having a bright countenance MW.
rocanaa* =2 ind. (in {rocanA-kR} ind. p. {-kRtvA} or {-kRtya}) g. {sAkSAd-Adi
roditi = to cry
rodhaka* = mfn. stopping, holding back, restraining, shutting up, besieging,
blockading Kâv.
rodhas* = n. a bank, embankment, dam, mound, wall, shore RV. &c. &c.; a mountain
slope R. Hariv.; the steep wall or bank (of a cloud) Kathâs.; the brink (of a
well) BhP.; the flank, side, a womañs hips BhP. (cf. {taTa}).
rodhasvat* = ({ro4dhas-}) mfn. having high banks RV.; ({atI}) f. N. of a river
BhP.
rodhana* = 1 see 2. {ava-} {ud-}, {-pra-r-}.
rodhana* = 2 mf({I})n. (for 1. see above, col. 1) obstructing, impeding, being
an obstacle or hindrance W.; m. the planet Mercury L.; ({A}) f. a dam, bank,
wall (= {rodhas}) RV. ii, 13, 10; ({ro4-}) n. shutting up, confinement RV. BhP.;
stopping, restraining, checking, preventing, impeding Kâv. Pur.
rodha* = (ifc.) sprouting, growing &c. (cf. 2. {ava-rodha} and {nyag-r-}); m.
growing, ascending, moving upwards (cf. next).
rodha* = 2 m. (for 1. see above, col. 1) the act of stopping, checking,
obstructing, impeding; suppressing, preventing, confining, surrounding,
investing, besieging, blockading MBh. Kâv. &c.; obstruction of the bowels,
costiveness Car.; attacking, making war upon (gen.) R.; a dam, bank, shore
Râjat. Sus'r. (cf. {rodhas}); an arrow L.; a partic. hell VP.; N. of a man g.
{zivA7di}.
rodha* = 1 {rodhana}. see p. 884, col. 1.
rodha* = 2 {rodhaka} &c. see p. 884, col. 2.
romaharshhaH = standing of hair on end
romaharshhaNaM = making the hair stand on end
rohaNa * = m. N. of a mountain (Adam's Peak in Ceylon) Ra1jat. [890,2] ; (%{I})
f. a medicine for healing or cicatrizing AV. ; n. a means of ascending RV. ; the
act of mounting or ascending or riding or sitting or standing on (comp.) Ya1jn5.
; the putting or fastening on (of a bowstring) Cat. ; the growing over, healing
(of a wound ; cf. %{kSata-r-}) MBh. ; the proceeding from, consisting of Va1s.
Sa1h. ; semen virile L.
rohanta * = m. a partic. tree (others `" any tree "') L. ; (%{I}) f. a partic.
creeper (others `" any creeper "') L.
rohati = (1 pp) to grow
rohiNii = Fourth nakshatra
rora (raura) *= 1 m. a partic. part of the body MaitrS. (du.) VS. (=
%{aMsa-granthi}, Mahidh.)\\2 or %{raura} m. a worker, labourer (?) HParis3.
roravaNa *= &c. see s.v.\\ n. (fr. Intens. of 1. %{ru}) a loud roaring or
bellowing Nir.
ru = light
ruchiH = taste; flavour
rud.h = to cry
rudatha* = m. (only L.) a child, pupil, scholar; a dog; a cock.
rudana* = n. the act of crying, weeping, lamentation Hariv.
rudantikA* = and f. `" weeper "'N. of a species of small succulent plant (=
{amRta-sravA}) L.
rudantI* = f. `" weeper "'N. of a species of small succulent plant (=
{amRta-sravA}) L.
rudita* = mfn. wept, lamented MBh. Kâv. &c. weeping, crying, lamenting ib.; wet
with tears MBh.; n. weeping, crying, lamentation Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs. &c.
ruddha * = mfn. obstructed, checked, stopped, suppressed, kept back, withheld
RV. &c. &c.; shut, closed, covered MBh. Ka1v. &c.; invested, besieged, blockaded
R. Pan5cat.; secured, held, taken possession of Ka1v. BhP.; obstructed in its
effect, ineffectual (as a spell) Sarvad.; (%{A}) f. a siege W.; (prob.) n. N. of
a town Cat.
rud.hdhvaa = checking
rudra = a form of Shiva\\* = mfn. (prob.) crying, howling, roaring, dreadful,
terrific, terrible, horrible (applied to the As'vins, Agni, Indra, Mitra,
Varuna, and the {spa4zaH}) RV. AV. (accord. to others `" red, shining,
glittering "', fr. a {rud} or {rudh} connected with {rudhira}; others `" strong,
having or bestowing strength or power "', fr. a {rud} = {vRd}, {vRdh}; native
authorities give also the following meanings, `" driving away evil "'; `"
running about and roaring "', fr. {ru} + {dra} = 2. {dru}; `" praiseworthy, to
be praised "'; `" a praiser, worshipper "' = {stotR} Naigh. iii, 16); m. `"
Roarer or Howler "'N. of the god of tempests and father and ruler of the Rudras
and Maruts (in the Veda he is closely connected with Indra and still more with
Agni, the god of fire, which, as a destroying agent, rages and crackles like the
roaring storm, and also with Kâla or Time the all-consumer, with whom he is
afterwards identified; though generally represented as a destroying deity, whose
terrible shafts bring death or disease on men and cattle, he has also the
epithet {ziva}, `" benevolent "' or `" auspicious "', and is even supposed to
possess healing powers from his chasing away vapours and purifying the
atmosphere; in the later mythology the word {ziva}, which does not occur as a
{name} in the Veda, was employed, first as an euphemistic epithet and then as a
real name for Rudra, who lost his special connection with storms and developed
into a form of the disintegrating and reintegrating principle; while a new class
of beings, described as eleven [or thirty-three] in number, though still called
Rudras, took the place of the original Rudras or Maruts: in VP. i, 7, Rudra is
said to have sprung from Brahmâ's forehead, and to have afterwards separated
himself into a figure half male and half female, the former portion separating
again into the 11 Rudras, hence these later Rudras are sometimes regarded as
inferior manifestations of S'iva, and most of their names, which are variously
given in the different Purânas, are also names of S'iva [883, 2]; those of the
VâyuP. are Ajai9kapad, Ahir-budhnya, Hara, Nirriita, Îs'vara, Bhuvana, Angâraka,
Ardha-ketu, Mriityu, Sarpa, Kapâlin; accord. to others the Rudras are
represented as children of Kas'yapa and Surabhi or of Brahmâ and Surabhi or of
Bhûta and Su-rûpâ; accord. to VP. i, 8, Rudra is one of the 8 forms of S'iva;
elsewhere he is reckoned among the Dik-pâlas as regent of the north-east
quarter) RV. &c. &c. (cf. RTL. 75 &c.); N. of the number `" eleven "' (from the
11 Rudras) VarBriS.; the eleventh Cat.; (in astrol.) N. of the first Muhûrta;
(in music) of a kind of stringed instrument (cf. {rudrI} and {rudra-vINA}); of
the letter {e} Up.; of various men Kathâs. Râjat.; of various teachers and
authors (also with {AcArya}, {kavi}, {bhaTTa}, {zarman}, {sUri} &c.) Cat.; of a
king Buddh.; du. (incorrect acc. to Vâm. v, 2, 1) Rudra and Rudrâni (cf. also
{bhavA-r-} and {somA-rudra}); pl. the Rudras or sons of Rudra (sometimes
identified with or distinguished from the Maruts who are 11 or 33 in number) RV.
&c. &c.; an abbreviated N. for the texts or hymns addressed to Rudra GriS'rS.
Gaut. Vas. (cf. {rudra-japa}); of a people (v.l. {puNDra}) VP.; ({A}) f. a
species of creeping plant L.; N. of a wife of Vasu-deva VâyuP.; of a daughter of
Raudrâs'va (v.l. {bhadrA}) VP.; pl. a hundred heatmaking suns "' rays L.; ({I})
f. a kind of lute or guitar L. (cf. m. and {rudra-vINA}).
rudraaksha* = m. `" RñRudra-eyed "', Elaeocarpus Ganitrus or its berry (used for
rosaries) W. (cf. RTL. 67, 82); a rosary (gender doubtful) Râjat.; N. of an
Upanishad (gender dñdoubtful); {-kalpa} m. {-dhAraNa} n. {-parI7kSA} f. N. of
wks.; {-mAlA} (Hcar.) or {-mAlikA} (Kâd.) f. a rosary; {-mAhAtmya} n.
{-ya-varNana} n. N. of wks.; {-valaya} m. or n. (?) a rosary Kâd.; {-So7paniSad}
(f. N. of an Upanishad.
rudraH = the Destroying God
rudraaNaaM = of all the Rudras
rudraan.h = the eleven forms of Rudra
rudh *= 1 (cf. 1. %{ruh}, of which this seems to be only another form) cl. 1. P.
%{ro4dhati}, to sprout, shoot, grow (only %{ro4dhati} RV. viii, 43, 6 ; and
%{viro4dhat}, i, 67, 9 ; accord. to some also p. %{rudhat}, i, 179, 4, in
%{nada4sya@rudhata4H@kA4maH}, `" the desire of the growing reed "' i.e. of the
\\2 cl. 7. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxix, 1) %{ruNa4ddhi}, %{runddhe4} (1. pl.
%{-rudhmas} AV. ; %{rundhati}, %{-te} Br. &c. ; %{rodhati} MBh. pf. %{rurodha},
%{rurudhe} RV. &c. &c. ; %{rurundhatuH} MBh. ; aor. %{araut} AV. ; %{arautsIt}
Br. &c. ; %{rotsIs} Up. ; %{arutsi}, %{aruddha} Br. Up. ; %{arautsi} AitBr. ;
%{arodham} RV. ; %{arudhma} MaitrS. ; p. %{rudha4t} cf. 1. %{rudh} ; %{arudhat}
RV. &c. &c. ; Prec. %{rudhyAt} Ka1v. ; fut. %{roddhA} Gr. ; %{rotsyati}, %{-te}
Br. &c. inf. %{roddhum} or %{rodhitum} MBh. ; %{roddhos} Br. ; ind. p.
%{ruddhvA} MBh.&c. ; %{-ru4dhya} RV. &c. &c. ; %{-rundhya} MBh. ; %{-ru4dham}
AV. Br. ; %{-ru4ndham} Br. ; %{-ro7dham} ib.), to obstruct, check, arrest, stop,
restrain, prevent, keep back, withhold RV. (always with %{na}), &c. &c. ; to
avert, keep off, repel Bhat2t2. (cf. %{rudhat} under 1. %{rudh}) ; to shut, lock
up, confine in (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c. (accord. to Vop. also with double acc.) ; to
besiege, blockade, invest Pat. MBh. &c. ; to close, block up (a path) R. ; to
cover, conceal, veil, obscure MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to stop up, fill ib. ; to lay
(dust) Ragh. ; to touch, move (the heart) Ba1lar. ; to torment, harass R. ; to
lose, be deprived of (acc.) TS. S3Br. ; to tear, rend asunder (?) AV. xix, 29,
3: Caus. %{rodhayati} (ep. also %{-te} and %{rundhayati} [884,2] ; aor.
%{arUrudhat} ; Pass. %{rodhyate}), to stop, arrest MBh. ; to cause to be
confined by (acc.) Pan5car. ; to cause to be besieged by (instr.) Ragh. ; to
close (with a cover or lid) Bhpr. ; to fetter, enchain, influence BhP. ; to
oppress, torment, harass MBh. R.: Desid. %{rorutsate} (Br.), %{-ti} (MBh.), to
wish to obstruct &c.: Intens. %{rorudhyate}, %{roroddhi}, to obstruct intensely
or repeatedly &c. Gr. (only %{rorudhaH} MBh.) \\ 3 (ifc.) impeding, holding (see
%{kara-r-}). \\ prob. a root of this form once existed with a meaning `" to be
red. "'
rudh.h = to stop, control
rudhira = blood
ruja * = mf(%{A4})n. breaking , crushing , destroying RV. VS. (cf. %{valaM-r-})
; m. of doubtful meaning AV. xvi , 3 , 2 ; (%{A}) f. see below.
rujaa * = f. breaking , fracture Megh. ; pain , sickness , disease MBh. Ka1v.
&c. ; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L. ; an ewe L.
rupaM = beauty
rundh * = see rudh
rupita* = see {A4-ropita}.
rush* = 1 (cf. %{ruz}) cl. 1. 4. P. (Dha1tup., xvii, 42; xxvi, 120) %{roSati} or
%{ruSyati} (rarely %{-te}, and %{ruSati}, cf. %{ruSat}; Gr. also pf. %{ruroSa};
aor. %{aruSat} or %{aroSIt}; fut. %{roSitA}, %{roSTA}; %{roSiSyati}; inf.
%{roSitum} or %{roSTum}; ind. p. %{ruSya} MBh.), to hurt, injure, kill
(%{hiMsAyAm}) Dha1tup.; (cl. 1.) to be hurt or offended by, take offence (acc.)
RV. viii, 99, 4; to displease, be disagreeable to (gen.) ib. viii, 4, 8 AitBr.
iv, 10 (cf. %{ruSat} and 1. %{ruzat}); (cl. 4.) to be vexed or cross, be angry
with (gen.) MBh. R. &c.: Caus. (or cl. 10. Dha1tup. xxxii, 131) %{roSayati},
%{-te} (aor. %{arUruSat}; Pass. %{roSyate}), to vex, annoy, displease, irritate,
exasperate MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to be furious or angry DivyA7v.: Desid.
%{ruruSiSati}, %{ruroSiSati} Gr.: Intens. %{roruSyate}, %{roroSTi} ib. [Cf. Gk.
$ &c.] &268111[885,1]
rush* = 2 f. (nom. %{ruT} Siddh.) anger, westh, rage, fury, passion MBh. Ka1v.
&c.
rushaa* = f. = 2. %{ruS} (mostly ifc.)
rus'at * = 1 mf(%{a4ntI} or %{atI})n. cropping, browsing on AV. iv, 21, 7 (RV.
%{riza4ntI}); hurting, injuring, mortifying, detestable, disagreeable AV. Kaus3.
MBh. (v.l. %{ruSat}) BhP.
10\\2 mf(%{atI})n. (cf. 1. %{ruc}) brilliant, shining, bright, white RV.
rukma * m. `" what is bright or radiant "', an ornament of gold, golden chain or
disc RV. AV. (here n.) VS. Br. S'rS.; Mesua Roxburghii L.; the thorn-apple L.;
N. of a son of Rucaka BhP.; n. gold L.; iron L.; a kind of collyrium L.
ruksha = dry
ruksha * =1 m. (prob.) a tree (cf. {vRkSa}) RV. vi, 3, 7.
ruksha * = 2 w.r. for {rUkSa} q.v.
ruuDha *= mfn. mounted, risen, ascended AV. &c. &c. ; lifted up, imposed on,
laden (see %{-paricchada}) ; grown together, healed R. Sus3r. ; sprung up,
grown, increased, developed, produced from (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; budded,
blown W. ; large, great MW. ; high, noble (see %{-vaMza}) ; diffused, spread
about, widely known, current, notorious, famous Ka1v. Sa1h. ; traditional,
conventional, popular (opp. to %{yaugika} and said of words which have a meaning
not directly connected with their etymology ; esp. in pl. applied to names of
warrior tribes, which also denote the country inhabited by them) S3is3. Pa1n2.
Sch. &c. ; acquainted or conversant with (loc.) Gan2it. ; certain, ascertained
W. ; obscure MW. ; m. a scar (also n. and %{A} f.) ; barley L.
ruuksha4 * = 1 mf({A})n. (prob. fr. {rUS}; cf. 2. {rukSa}) rough, dry, arid,
dreary S'Br. &c. &c.; emaciated, thin Sus'r.; rough to the taste, astringent
MBh. Sus'r.; not greasy or oily (as food or medicine) Kathâs. Sus'r.; hard,
harsh, unkind, cruel (as a person or speech) MBh. Kâv. &c.; unpleasant,
disagreeable, not soft (to the sight, smell &c.) ib.; dismal (as a house)
Pañcat.; soiled, smeared, dirtied R. Mudr.; having the smell of an elephant in
rut L.; m. hardness, harshness L.; the smell of the rut of an elephant L.; a
kind of grass (= {varaka}) L.; ({A}) f. Croton Polyandrum or Tiglium L.; n. a
good kind of iron L.; the thick part of curds L.
ruuksha * = 2 m. (prob. for Prâkriit {rukkha} = {vRkSa}) a tree L.
ruusha * rUSa m. bitter and sour taste L.; mf({A})n. bitter and sour L. (cf.
{rUkSa}).
rusaa * =f. = 2. {ruS} (mostly ifc.)
ruupa = beautiful form *= n. (perhaps connected with %{varpa}, %{varpas} ; ifc.
f. %{A}, rarely %{I}) any outward appearance or phenomenon or colour (often
pl.), form, shape, figure RV. &c. &c. (%{rUpeNa} ifc. in the form of [886,1] ;
%{rUpam-kR} or %{bhU}, to assume a form ; often ifc. = `" having the form or
appearance or colour of "', `" formed or composed of "', `" consisting of "', `"
like to "' ; sometimes used after an adj. or p.p. to emphasize its meaning or
almost redundantly cf. %{ghora-r-} ; or connected with a verb e.g.
%{pacati-rUpam}, he cooks very well cf. Pa1n2. 8-1, 57) ; dreamy or phantom
shapes (pl.) VS. S3Br. ; handsome form, loveliness, grace, beauty, splendour RV.
&c. &c. ; nature, character, peculiarity, feature, mark, sign, symptom VS. &c.
&c. ; likeness, image, reflection Mn. Katha1s. ; circumstances (opp. to `" time
"' and `" place "') Mn. viii, 45 ; sort, kind R. Sus3r. ; mode, manner, way Kap.
; (ifc.) trace of. R. ; a single specimen or exemplar (and therefore a term for
the number `" one "') VarBr2S. Gan2it. ; a partic. coin (prob. a rupee) VarBr2S.
; a show, play, drama Das3ar. ; (in alg.) the arithmetical unit ; (pl.) integer
number ; known or absolute number, a known quantity as having specific form (and
expressed by %{rU} i.e. first syllable of %{rUpa}) IW. 182 ; (in gram.) any form
of a noun or verb (as inflected by declension or conjugation) Pa1n2. 1-1, 68 &c.
; (in phil.) the quality of colour (one of the 17 or 24 Gun2as of the
Vais3eshikas) IW. 68 ; (with Buddhists) material form i.e. the organized body
(as one of the 5 constituent elements or Skandhas) Dharmas. 22 MWB. 109 ; (in
dram.) a reflection or remark made under partic. circumstances when the action
is at its height (%{garbhe}) Bhar. Das3ar. &c. ; (only L.) cattle ; a beast ; a
sound, word ; rereading a book (= %{granthA7vRtti}) ; m. a word of unknown
meaning AV. xviii, 3, 40 ; (pl.) N. of a people MBh. ; m. or n. N. of a place
(v.l. %{rUma}) Cat. ; (%{A}) f. N. of a river VP.
ruupaM = beaut
ruupamaishvaraM = universal form
ruupasa.npannau = (two)persons endowed with beautiful appearance
ruupasya = form
ruupaaNi = forms
ruupeNa = form
ruupin * = mf(%{iNI})n. having or assuming a partic. form or figure, embodied,
corporeal MBh. Ka1v. &c.; having a beautiful form or figure, well-shaped,
handsome, beautiful S3Br. &c. &c.; (ifc.) having the form or nature or character
of, characterised by, appearing as MBh. Ka1v. &c.
ruupita* = mfn. formed, represented, exhibited, imagined Kâv. Sarvad
rus'at ('us'atii') 1 mf(%{a4ntI} or %{atI})n. cropping, browsing on AV. iv, 21,
7 (RV. %{riza4ntI}); hurting, injuring, mortifying, detestable, disagreeable AV.
Kaus3. MBh. (v.l. %{ruSat}) BhP.\\ 2 mf(%{atI})n. (cf. 1. %{ruc}) brilliant,
shining, bright, white RV.
S
sa = he * = 1 the last of the three sibilants (it belongs to the dental class
and in sound corresponds to %{s} in %{sin}). -1.
5 sa 2 (in prosody) an anapest ($-). -2.
6 sa 3 (in music) an abbreviated term for %{SaD-ja} (see p. 1109, col. 2).
7 sa 4 (only L.) m. a snake; air, wind; a bird; N. of Vishn2u or S3iva; (%{A})
f. N. of Lakshmi or Gauri1; n. knowledge; meditation; a carriage road; a fence.
8 sa 5 mfn. (fr. %{san}) procuring, bestowing (only ifc.; cf. %{palu-Sa4} and
%{priya-sa4}).
9 sa 6 the actual base for the nom. case of the 3rd pers. pron. %{ta4d} q.v.
(occurring only in the nom. sg. mf. [%{sa4} or %{sa4s}, %{sA}], and in the Ved.
loc. [%{sa4smin} RV. i, 152, 6; i, 174, 4; x, 95, 11]; the final %{s} of the
nom. m. is dropped before all consonants [except before %{p} in RV. v, 2, 4, and
before %{t} in RV. viii, 33, 16] and appears only at the end of a sentence in
the form of Visarga; %{sa} occasionally blends with another vowel [as in
%{saI7SaH}]; and it is often for emphasis connected with another pron. as with
%{aham}, %{tvam}, %{eSa}, %{ayam} &c. [e.g. %{so@'ham} %{sa@tvam}, `" I (or
thou) that very person "'; cf. under %{ta4d}, p. 434], the verb then following
in the 1st and 2nd pers. even if %{aham} or %{tvam} be omitted [e.g. %{sa}
%{tvA@pRcchAmi} `" I that very person ask you "' Br2A1rUp.; %{sa}
%{vai@no@brUhi} `" do thou tell us "' S3Br.]; similarly, to denote emphasis,
with %{bhavAn} [e.g. %{sa@bhavAn@vijayAya@pratiSThatAm}, `" let your Highness
set out for victory "' S3ak.]; it sometimes [and frequently in the Bra1hman2as]
stands as the first word of a sentence preceding a rel. pronoun or adv. such as
%{ya}, %{yad}, %{yadi}, %{yathA}, %{ce7d}; in this position %{sa} may be used
pleonastically or as a kind of ind., even where another gender or number is
required [e.g. %{sa@yadi} %{sthAvarA@Apo@bhananti}, `" if those waters are
stagnant "' S3Br.]; in the Sa1m2khya %{sa}, like %{eSa}, %{ka}, and %{ya}, is
used to denote Purusha, `" the Universal Soul "') RV. &c. &c. [Cf. Zd. {ha1},
{hA}; Gk. $, $.] &336305[1111,2]
10 sa 7 ind. (connected with %{saha}, %{sam}, %{sama}, and occasionally in BhP.
standing for %{saha} with instr.) an inseparable prefix expressing `" junction
"', `" conjunction "', `" possession "' (as opp. to %{a} priv.), `" similarity
"', `" equality "'; and when compounded with nouns to form adjectives and
adverbs it may be translated by `" with "', `" together or along with "', `"
accompanied by "', `" added to "', `" having "', `" possessing "', `" containing
"', `" having the same "' [cf. %{sa-kopa}, %{sA7gni}, %{sa-bhAya}, %{sa-droNa},
%{sa-dharman}, %{sa-varNa}]; or it may = `" ly "', as in %{sa-kopam}, `" angrily
"', %{so7padhi}, `" fraudulently "') RV. &c. &c. [Cf. Gk. {a4} in $; Lat. {sim}
in {simplex}; &336323[1111,2] {sem} in {semel}, {semper} Eng. {same}.]
Sa 1 the second of the three sibilants (it belongs to the cerebral class, and is
sometimes substituted for %{s}, and more rarely for %{z}, and occasionally
interchangeable with %{kh}; in sound it corresponds to %{S} on the English word
{Sun}; many roots which begin with %{s} are written in the Dha1tu-pa1t2ha with
%{S}, prob. to show that their initial %{s} is liable to be cerebralized after
certain prepositions).
2 Sa 2 mfn. (only L.; for 3. %{Sa} see below) best, excellent; wise, learned; m.
loss, destruction; loss of knowledge; end, term; rest, remainder; eternal
happiness, final emancipation; heaven, paradise; sleep; a learned man, teacher;
a nipple; = %{kaca}; = %{mAnava}; = %{sarva}; = %{garbhavimocana}; n. the
embryo; (accord.to some) patience, endurance.
3 Sa 3 mfn. = %{SaS} ifc. (in %{paJca-Sa} q.v.)
sa: V: that is, that with this, both along with
saa = that is
saadhaara* =having a support or basis or foundation
saaDesaati = Saturñs transit of the lunar 12, 1, 2 houses. It lasts about 7 1\/2
years and is regarded as problematic for the Native by some Jyotishi. If the
sarvaashhTakavarga of the signs in 12th, 1st and 2nd from the Moon have more
than 30 points this relieves a lot of the above malefic side-effects. One should
also judge the whole chart and see whether there is real malevolence to this
transit
saadhaka = an aspirant, seeker
saadhakaM = means
saadhana = instrument * = mf(%{I} or %{A}) jn. leading straight to a goal,
guiding well, furthering RV.; effective, efficient, productive of (comp.) MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; procuring Ka1v.; conjuring up (a spirit) Katha1s.; denoting,
designating, expressive of (comp.) Pa1n2. Sch.; m. N. of the author of RV. x,
157 (having the patr. %{bhauvana}) Anukr.; (%{A}) f. accomplishment, performance
(see %{mantra-s-}); propitiation, worship, adoration L.; (%{am}) n. (ifc. f.
%{A}), the act of mastering, overpowering, subduing Kir. Pan5cat.; subdueing by
charms, conjuring up, summoning (spirits &c.) MBh. Katha1s.; subduing a disease,
healing, cure Sus3r. MBh. &c.; enforcing payment or recovery (of a debt) Das3.;
bringing about, carrying out, accomplishment, fullilment, completion, perfection
Nir. MBh. &c.; establishment of a truth, proof. argument, demonstration Ya1jn5.
Sa1h. Sarvad.; reason or premiss (in a syllogism, leading to a conclusion) Mudr.
v, 10; any means of effecting or accomplishing, any agent or instrument or
implement or utensil or apparatus, an expedient, requisite for (gen. or comp.)
Mn. R. &c.; a means of summoning or conjuring up a spirit (or deity) Ka1lac.;
means or materials of warfare, military forces, army or portion of an army (sg.
and pl.) Hariv. Uttar. Ra1jat.; conflict, battle S3is3.; means of correcting or
punishing (as `" a stick "', `" rod "' &c.) TBr. Sch.; means of enjoyment,
goods, commodities &c. R.; efficient cause or source (in general) L.; organ of
generation (male or female), Sah.; (in gram.) the sense of the instrumental or
agent (as expressed by the case of a noun, opp. to the action itself) Pat.;
preparing, making ready, preparation (of food, poison &c.) Katha1s. Ma1rkP.;
obtaining, procuring, gain, acquisition Ka1v. BhP.; finding out by calculation,
computation Gan2it.; fruit, result Pan5cat.; the conjugational affix or suffix
which is placed between the root and terminations (= %{vIharaNa} q.v.) Pa1n2.
8-4, 30 Va1rtt. 1; (only L. `" matter, material, substance, ingredient, drug,
medicine; good works, penance, self-mortification, attainment of beatitude;
conciliation, propitiation, worship; killing, destroying; killing metals,
depriving them by oxydation &c. of their metallic properties [esp. said of
mercury]; burning on a funeral pile, obsequies; setting out, proceeding, going;
going quickly; going after, following.).
saadhaana* = mfn. together with the receptacle S3Br.
saadhaaraNa *= mf(%{I} or %{A})n. `" having or resting on the same support or
basis "', belonging or applicable to many or all, general, common to all,
universal, common to (gen. dat. instr. with and without %{saha}, or comp.) RV.
&c. &c.; like, equal or similar to (instr. or comp.) Hariv. Ka1lid.; behaving
alike Dhu1rtas.; having something of two opposite properties, occupying a middle
position, mean (between two extremes e.g. `" neither too dry nor too wet "', `"
neither too cool nor too hot "') Sus3r. Ka1m. VarBr2S.; (in logic) belonging to
more than the one instance alleged (one of the three divisions of the fallacy
called %{anaikAntika} q.v.); generic W.; m. N. of the 44th (or 18th) year of
Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBr2S.; (%{I}) f. a key L.; a twig of bamboo
(perhaps used as a bolt) MW.; m. or n. (?) N. of a Nya1ya wk. by Ga1da-dhara;
(%{am}) n. something in common, a league or alliance with (comp.) Subh.; a
common rule or one generally applicable W.; a generic property, a character
common to all the individuals of a species or to all the species of a genus &c.
ib.; (%{am}) ind. commonly, generally L.
saadhanaa = practice, a quest
saadhayitavya *= mfn. (fr. Caus. of %{sAdh}) to be accomplished or performed
Hit.
saadhayitR *= mfn. (fr. id.) one who brings about, an accomplisher, performer
Nir.
saadhvasa * = n. (ifc. f. %{A}; fr. %{sa} + %{dhvasa} = %{dhvaMsa})
consternation, perturbation, alarm, terror, fear of (gen. or comp.; %{-saM-gam},
to become terrified "') MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (in dram.) false alarm, sudden fright,
panic (one of the 7 divisions of the Bhan2ika q.v.) Sa1h
saadhayet.h = achieves
saadharmyaM = same nature
saadhibhuuta = and the governing principle of the material manifestation
saadhiyaGYaM = and governing all sacrifices
saadhu = good man * f. {sAdhvI3} straight, right, good, excellent, virtuous. --
m. a good or honest man; f. {sAdhvI} a. faithful or excellent wife; n. the good
or right, as adv. well, right; bravo! *= 2\ mf(%{vI4})n. straight, right RV. AV.
BhP. ; leading straight to a goal, hitting the mark, unerring (as an arrow or
thunderbolt) RV. S3Br. ; straightened, not entangled (as threads) Kaus3. ;
well-disposed, kind, willing, obedient RV. R. ; successful, effective, efficient
(as a hymn or prayer) RV. Ka1m. ; ready, prepared (as Soma) RV. AitBr. ;
peaceful, secure RV. ; powerful, excellent, good for (loc.) or towards (loc.
gen., dat. acc., with %{prati}, %{anu}, %{abhi}, %{pari}, or comp.) S3Br. &c.
&c. ; fit, proper, right VarBr2S. ; good, virtuous, honourable, righteous S3Br.
Mn. MBh. &c. ; well-born, noble, of honourable or respectable descent W. ;
correct, pure ; classical (as language) ib. ; m. a good or virtuous or honest
man S3Br. Mn. MBh. &c. ; a holyman, saint, sage, seer Ka1lid. ; (with Jainas) a
Jina or deified saint W. ; a jeweller Hit. ; a merchant, money-lender, usurer L.
; (in gram. accord. to some) a derivative or inflected noun ; (%{vI}) f. a
chaste or virtuous woman, faithful wife Mn. MBh. &c. ; a saintly woman W. ; a
kind of root (= %{medA}) L. ; n. the good or right or honest, a good &c. thing
or act (%{sAdhv@asti} with dat., `" it is well with- "' ; %{sAdhu-man} with
acc., to consider a thing good, approve "') RV. &c. &c. ; gentleness, kindness,
benevolence S3Br. MBh. &c. ; (%{u4}) ind. straight, aright, regularly RV. AV. ;
well, rightly, skilfully, properly, agreeably (with %{vRt} and loc., `" to
behave well towards "' [once %{sA4dhu} "', in RV. viii, 32, 10] ; with %{kR}, `"
to set eight "' ; with %{As}, `" to be well or at ease "') RV. &c. &c. ; good!
well done! bravo! S3Br. MBh. &c. ; well, greatly, in a high degree R. Ka1m. BhP.
; well, enough of. away with (instr.)! MBh. Pan5cat. ; well come on! (with Impv.
or 1. pr.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; assuredly, indeed R. Ka1m. [1201,3]
saadhuH = a saint
saadhubhaave = in the sense of the nature of the devotee
saadhuvRtta * = a. beautifully round (arm) or well-conducted; n. good conduct.
saadhus'abda * = Meaning m. cry of good or bravo.
saadhus'Ila * = a. having a good character; abstr. {-tva} n
saadhushhu = unto the pious
saadhuunaaM = of the devotees
saadhvasa * = n. (ifc. f. %{A}; fr. %{sa} + %{dhvasa} = %{dhvaMsa})
consternation, perturbation, alarm, terror, fear of (gen. or comp.; %{-saM-gam},
to become terrified "') MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (in dram.) false alarm, sudden fright,
panic (one of the 7 divisions of the Bhan2ika q.v.) Sa1h.
saadhyaaH = the Sadhyas
saadhya * =mfn. to be subdued or mastered or won or managed, conquerable,
amenable MBh. R. &c.; to be summoned or conjured up L.; to be set to rights, to
be treated or healed or cured Sus'r. MBh. Kathâs.; to be formed (grammatically)
Vop.; to be cultivated or perfected Kâv.; to be accomplished or fulfilled or
brought about or effected or attained, practicable, feasible, attainable Mn.
MBh. &c.; being effected or brought about, taking place Kâs'.; to be prepared or
cooked Car.; to be inferred or concluded Sarvad. Bhâshâp. Kpr.; to be proved or
demonstrated Ragh. Sâh.; to be found out by calculation VarBriS. Ganit.; to be
killed or destroyed MW.; relating to the Sâdhyas (see below) MBh. BhP.; m. (pl.)
`" they that are to be propitiated "'N. of a class of celestial beings
(belonging to the {gaNa-devatA} q.v., sometimes mentioned in the Veda [see RV.
x, 90, 16]; in the S'Br. their world is said to be above the sphere of the gods;
according to Yâska [Nir. xii, 41] their locality is the Bhuvarloka or middle
region between the earth and sun; in Mn. i, 22, the Sâdhyas are described as
created after the gods with natures exquisitely refined, and in iii, 195, as
children of the Soma-sads, sons of Virâj; in the Purânas they are sons of
Sâdhyâ, and their number is variously twelve or seventeen; in the later
mythology they seem to be superseded by the Siddhas see {siddha}; and their
names are Manas, Mantrii, Pra7na, Nara, Pâna, Vinirbhaya, Naya, Dansa, Nârâyana,
Vriisha, Prabhu) RV. &c. &c.; the god of love L.; N. of a Vedic Riishi, IndSt.;
of the 21st astronomical Yoga L.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife
of Dharma or Manu (regarded as the mother of the Sâdhyas) Hariv. Pur.; ({am}) n.
accomplishment, perfection W.; an object to be accomplished, thing to be proved
or established, matter in debate ib.; (in logic) the major term in a syllogism
ib.; silver L.; N. of a Sâman ArshBr.
saadhvii = (feminine form of saadhu ie, a virtuos person )
saadris'ya * = n. likeness, resemblance, similarity to (comp.) Âpast. R. Hariv.
&c.
saadriza * = mfn. = {sa-dRza}, like, similar S'ânkhS'r.; proper DivyA7v.; ({I})
f.
saadya * mfn. (fr. {sAdin}) fit for riding; m. a ridinghorse Âs'vS'r.
saadhayitavya * = mfn. (fr. Caus. of {sAdh}) to be accomplished or performed
Hit.
saadhayitR * = mfn. (fr. id.) one who brings about, an accomplisher, performer
Nir.
saadhana * =mf({I} or {A}) jn. leading straight to a goal, guiding well,
furthering RV.; effective, efficient, productive of (comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
procuring Kâv.; conjuring up (a spirit) Kathâs.; denoting, designating,
expressive of (comp.) Pân. Sch.; m. N. of the author of RV. x, 157 (having the
patr. {bhauvana}) Anukr.; ({A}) f. accomplishment, performance (see
{mantra-s-}); propitiation, worship, adoration L.; ({am}) n. (ifc. f. {A}), the
act of mastering, overpowering, subduing Kir. Pañcat.; subdueing by charms,
conjuring up, summoning (spirits &c.) MBh. Kathâs.; subduing a disease, healing,
cure Sus'r. MBh. &c.; enforcing payment or recovery (of a debt) Das'.; bringing
about, carrying out, accomplishment, fullilment, completion, perfection Nir.
MBh. &c.; establishment of a truth, proof. argument, demonstration Yâjñ. Sâh.
Sarvad.; reason or premiss (in a syllogism, leading to a conclusion) Mudr. v,
10; any means of effecting or accomplishing, any agent or instrument or
implement or utensil or apparatus, an expedient, requisite for (gen. or comp.)
Mn. R. &c.; a means of summoning or conjuring up a spirit (or deity) Kâlac.;
means or materials of warfare, military forces, army or portion of an army (sg.
and pl.) Hariv. Uttar. Râjat.; conflict, battle S'is'.; means of correcting or
punishing (as `" a stick "', `" rod "' &c.) TBr. Sch.; means of enjoyment,
goods, commodities &c. R.; efficient cause or source (in general) L.; organ of
generation (male or female), Sah.; (in gram.) the sense of the instrumental or
agent (as expressed by the case of a noun, opp. to the action itself) Pat.;
preparing, making ready, preparation (of food, poison &c.) Kathâs. MârkP.;
obtaining, procuring, gain, acquisition Kâv. BhP.; finding out by calculation,
computation Ganit.; fruit, result Pañcat.; the conjugational affix or suffix
which is placed between the root and terminations (= {vIharaNa} q.v.) Pân. 8-4,
30 Vârtt. 1; (only L. `" matter, material, substance, ingredient, drug,
medicine; good works, penance, self-mortification, attainment of beatitude;
conciliation, propitiation, worship; killing, destroying; killing metals,
depriving them by oxydation &c. of their metallic properties [esp. said of
mercury]; burning on a funeral pile, obsequies; setting out, proceeding, going;
going quickly; going after, following.).
saadhaana * =mfn. together with the receptacle S'Br. sadhana
sadhana * = n. (i.e.7. %{sa} + %{dh-}) common property S3Br.; mfn. possessing
riches, wealthy, opulent R. VarBr2S.; together with riches Katha1s.; %{-tA} f.
wealthiness Prasan3g.
saadhana * = mf(%{I} or %{A}) jn. leading straight to a goal, guiding well,
furthering RV.; effective, efficient, productive of (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
procuring Ka1v.; conjuring up (a spirit) Katha1s.; denoting, designating,
expressive of (comp.) Pa1n2. Sch.; m. N. of the author of RV. x, 157 (having the
patr. %{bhauvana}) Anukr.; (%{A}) f. accomplishment, performance (see
%{mantra-s-}); propitiation, worship, adoration L.; (%{am}) n. (ifc. f. %{A}),
the act of mastering, overpowering, subduing Kir. Pan5cat.; subdueing by charms,
conjuring up, summoning (spirits &c.) MBh. Katha1s.; subduing a disease,
healing, cure Sus3r. MBh. &c.; enforcing payment or recovery (of a debt) Das3.;
bringing about, carrying out, accomplishment, fullilment, completion, perfection
Nir. MBh. &c.; establishment of a truth, proof. argument, demonstration Ya1jn5.
Sa1h. Sarvad.; reason or premiss (in a syllogism, leading to a conclusion) Mudr.
v, 10; any means of effecting or accomplishing, any agent or instrument or
implement or utensil or apparatus, an expedient, requisite for (gen. or comp.)
Mn. R. &c.; a means of summoning or conjuring up a spirit (or deity) Ka1lac.;
means or materials of warfare, military forces, army or portion of an army (sg.
and pl.) Hariv. Uttar. Ra1jat.; conflict, battle S3is3.; means of correcting or
punishing (as `" a stick "', `" rod "' &c.) TBr. Sch.; means of enjoyment,
goods, commodities &c. R.; efficient cause or source (in general) L.; organ of
generation (male or female), Sah.; (in gram.) the sense of the instrumental or
agent (as expressed by the case of a noun, opp. to the action itself) Pat.;
preparing, making ready, preparation (of food, poison &c.) Katha1s. Ma1rkP.;
obtaining, procuring, gain, acquisition Ka1v. BhP.; finding out by calculation,
computation Gan2it.; fruit, result Pan5cat.; the conjugational affix or suffix
which is placed between the root and terminations (= %{vIharaNa} q.v.) Pa1n2.
8-4, 30 Va1rtt. 1; (only L. `" matter, material, substance, ingredient, drug,
medicine; good works, penance, self-mortification, attainment of beatitude;
conciliation, propitiation, worship; killing, destroying; killing metals,
depriving them by oxydation &c. of their metallic properties [esp. said of
mercury]; burning on a funeral pile, obsequies; setting out, proceeding, going;
going quickly; going after, following.).
saadhAna * = mfn. together with the receptacle S3Br.
saadhava *= n. (fr. %{sAdhu}) g. %{pRthv-Adi}.
saadhvasa * = n. (ifc. f. %{A} ; fr. %{sa} + %{dhvasa} = %{dhvaMsa})
consternation, perturbation, alarm, terror, fear of (gen. or comp. ;
%{-saM-gam}, to become terrified "') MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; (in dram.) false alarm,
sudden fright, panic (one of the 7 divisions of the Bhan2ika q.v.) Sa1h.
saadhvasaadhu * = mfn. good and bad (%{-tva} n.) VarBr2S. ; m. pl. the good and
the wicked MBh. ; n. du. good and bad things S3Br. R.
saadhvasavipluta * = mfn. overwhelmed with consternation MW.
saadhya * = mfn. to be subdued or mastered or won or managed, conquerable,
amenable MBh. R. &c.; to be summoned or conjured up L.; to be set to rights, to
be treated or healed or cured Sus3r. MBh. Katha1s.; to be formed (grammatically)
Vop.; to be cultivated or perfected Ka1v.; to be accomplished or fulfilled or
brought about or effected or attained, practicable, feasible, attainable Mn.
MBh. &c.; being effected or brought about, taking place Ka1s3.; to be prepared
or cooked Car.; to be inferred or concluded Sarvad. Bha1sha1p. Kpr.; to be
proved or demonstrated Ragh. Sa1h.; to be found out by calculation VarBr2S.
Gan2it.; to be killed or destroyed MW.; relating to the Sa1dhyas (see below)
MBh. BhP.; m. (pl.) `" they that are to be propitiated "'N. of a class of
celestial beings (belonging to the %{gaNa-devatA} q.v., sometimes mentioned in
the Veda [see RV. x, 90, 16]; in the S3Br. their world is said to be above the
sphere of the gods; according to Ya1ska [Nir. xii, 41] their locality is the
Bhuvarloka or middle region between the earth and sun; in Mn. i, 22, the
Sa1dhyas are described as created after the gods with natures exquisitely
refined, and in iii, 195, as children of the Soma-sads, sons of Vira1j; in the
Pura1n2as they are sons of Sa1dhya1, and their number is variously twelve or
seventeen; in the later mythology they seem to be superseded by the Siddhas see
%{siddha}; and their names are Manas, Mantr2i, Pra7n2a, Nara, Pa1na, Vinirbhaya,
Naya, Dan6sa, Na1ra1yan2a, Vr2isha, Prabhu) RV. &c. &c.; the god of love L.; N.
of a Vedic R2ishi, IndSt.; of the 21st astronomical Yoga L.; (%{A}) f. N. of a
daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma or Manu (regarded as the mother of the
Sa1dhyas) Hariv. Pur.; (%{am}) n. accomplishment, perfection W.; an object to be
accomplished, thing to be proved or established, matter in debate ib.; (in
logic) the major term in a syllogism ib.; silver L.; N. of a Sa1man ArshBr.
saagaraM = (masc.Acc.S) ocean
saagaraH = the ocean
saagaraat.h = from the ocean
saahankaareNa = with ego
saahasa = adventure
saahase = (loc.sing.) in bravery or adventure
saahaayyaka = (m) assitant, helper
saahaayyam.h = (n) help, assistance
saahitya = literature
saajyasamidbhiH = with ghee(clarified butter) and `samidhaa' sticks
s'aakra *= mf({I})n. (fr. {zakra}) relating or belonging or sacred to or
addressed to Indra MBh. VarBriS. Kathâs.; ({I}) f. Indra's wife (also applied to
Durgâ) Pur.; n. the Nakshatra Jyeshthhâ (presided over by Indra) VarBriS.
saakaM = with
saakhya * = n. association, party RV. KâtyS'r.; friendship (prob. w.r. for
{sakhya}) L.; mfn. {-sAkheya} KâtyS'r. [1198, 2]
saakshaat * = ind. (abl. of {sA7kSa} above) with the eyes, with one's own eyes
Kâv. Kathâs. Sarvad.; before one's eyes, evidently, clearly, openly, manifestly
AV. &c. &c. [1198, 1]; in person, in bodily form, personally, visibly, really,
actually MBh. Kâv. &c.; immediately, directly Sarvad. Kull.
saakshin* = mfn. seeing with the eyes, observing, witnessing; an eye-witness,
witness (in law) of or to (gen. loc., or comp.) Gaut. Mn. MBh. &c.; m. (in
phil.) the Ego or subject (as opp. to the object or to that which is external to
the mind, AshthâvS.; cf. {sA7kSi-mAtra}); N. of a man (also pl.) Sanskârak.
saaksha* = mfn. (fr. 7. {sa} + {akSa}) furnished with a yoke (of oxen) Kaus'.
\\sAkSa* = 2 mfn. (fr. 7. {sa} + {akSa}) having the seeds (of which rosaries are
made), having rosary MW. \\sAkSa* = 3 (fr. 7. {sa} + {akSa}), having eyes (only
in abl.; see next).
saakshatkaara = the spirit
saakshaat = directly * = ind. (abl. of %{sA7kSa} above) with the eyes, with
one's own eyes Ka1v. Katha1s. Sarvad.; before one's eyes, evidently, clearly,
openly, manifestly AV. &c. &c. [1198,1]; in person, in bodily form, personally,
visibly, really, actually MBh. Ka1v. &c.; immediately, directly Sarvad.
Kull.\\in comp. with forms of %{kR}.
saakshin * = mfn. seeing with the eyes, observing, witnessing ; an eye-witness,
witness (in law) of or to (gen. loc., or comp.) Gaut. Mn. MBh. &c. ; m. (in
phil.) the Ego or subject (as opp. to the object or to that which is external to
the mind, Asht2a1vS. ; cf. %{sA7kSi-mAtra}) ; N. of a man (also pl.)
Sam2ska1rak.
saala *= 1 m. (often incorrectly written for 1. {zAla}) the S'âl tree; a wall,
fence &c.; for these and other meanings and compounds such as {salagrAma} &c.,
see 1. {zAla}; ({A}) f. see next.
saalaa * f. (generally written {zAlA}) a house (see {niHsAla4}).
saalaavritika *= m. (in later language mostly %{zAlA-vRka}) `" house-wolf (?)
"', a kind of wolf or hyena or jackal or similar animal RV. &c. &c.
saalamba = supported
saalamba\-sarvaangaasana = the supported shoulderstand posture
saam* = see 1. {sAmaya}, p. 1205, col. 1.
saama = the Sama Veda
saaman * =1 n. (fr. 1. {sA} = 1. {san}) acquisition, possession, property,
wealth, abundance RV. VS. \\
saaman * = 2 n. (m. only in TBr.; prob. connected with {sAntv}; accord. to some
fr. 1. {sA}; cf. 3. {sAman}) calming, tranquillizing, (esp.) kind or gentle
words for winning an adversary, conciliation, negotiation (one of the 4 Upa7yas
or means of success against an enemy, the other 3 being {dAna}, {bheda}, and
{daNDa}, qq. vv.; ibc. or instr. sg. and pl., `" by friendly means or in a
friendly way, willingly, voluntarily "') TBr. &c. &c.
saaman * =3 n. (of doubtful derivation; accord. to Un. iv, 152 fr. {so} = 2.
{sA}, as `" destroying sin "'; in Nir. vii, 12 apparently connected with
{sammita}; by others derived fr. 1. {san}, {sA}, {sAntv}, and perhaps not to be
separated fr. 1. and 2. {sAman}) a metrical hymn or song of praise, (esp.) a
partic. kind of sacred text or verse called a Sâman (intended to be chanted, and
forming, with {Rc}, {yajus}, {chandas}, one of the 4 kinds of Vedic composition
mentioned first in RV. x, 90, 9) RV. &c. &c.; any song or tune (sacred or
profane, also the hum of bees) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the faculty of uttering sounds (?)
TBr. (Sch.)
saamana * = 1 mf(%{A})n. (for 2. see under 2. %{sAman}) rich, affluent, abundant
(others `" common, universal "') RV. iii, 30, 9.\\ 2 mfn. (for 1. see under 1.
%{sAman}) quiet, calm RV. x, 85, 9.\\ sAmAna Vr2iddhi form of 2. %{samAna} in
comp.
saamarthyaM = ability
saamarsha* = mfn. having impatience or anger, impatient, indignant, wrathful,
enraged at (prati) Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; ({am}) ind. angrily Mriicch.
saamavedaH = the Sama Veda
saamaajika = social
saamaani = Nr.nom.pl.)the Sama Veda
saamaanya = common * = mf(%{A})n. equal, alike, similar MBh. S3ak. ; shared by
others, joint, common to (instr with and without %{saha}, or comp.) Ya1jn5. MBh.
Sus3r. &c. ; whole, entire, universal, general, generic, not specific (opp. to
%{vaizeSika}) Sus3r. VarBr2S. ; common, common-place, vulgar, ordinary,
insignificant, low MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; (%{am}) n. equality, similarity, identity
MBh. Sus3r. &c. ; equilibrium, normal state or condition Ni1lak. ; universality,
totality, generality, general or fundamental notion, common or generic property
(ibc. instr., or abl., `" in general "', as opp. to %{vizeSa-tas}, `" in
particular "') Kan2. Jaim. Sarvad. ; public affairs or business W. ; (in rhet.)
the connection of different objects by common properties Kpr. Kuval. ; (%{A}) f.
a common female, prostitute L. ; (%{am}) ind. after the same manner as, like
(comp.) Ka1lid. ; jointly, in general, in common Mn. vii, 56.
saamaasikasya = of compounds
saamatva* = n. state or condition of (being) a SñShadvBr. S'Br.
saamaveda m. `" Veda of chants "'N. of one of the three principal Vedas (see
%{veda} ; it contains a number of verses or stanzas nearly all of which [except
about 78] occur in the R2ig-veda and which , modified in various ways , are
chanted , mostly , by the Udga1tr2i priests at Soma sacrifices ; the Sam2hita1
of the Sa1ma-veda consists of two parts ; the first , called Arcika [or
Purviccika or Chando-grantha] , contains 585 verses disjoined from their proper
sequence in the R2ig-veda and arranged in 59 Das3atis or decades , which again
are subdivided into Prapa1t2hakas and Ardha-prapa1t2hakas ; the second , called
Uttara7rcika or Uttara1-grantha , contains 1225 verses , also chiefly from the
R2ik-sam2hita1 , but less disjointed than in the first part , and arranged in
nine Prapa1hakas with Ardha-prapa1t2hakas , mostly , however , grouped in
triplets ; the directions for the formation of Sa1mans or chants out of these
verses are carefully laid down in the Ga1nas or manuals for chanting , two of
which , viz. the Geya-ga1na and A1ran2ya-g , are a directory for the A1rcika
portion , and two , viz. U1ha-gÒga1na and U1hya-ga1na , for the Uttara7rcika1 ;
in Mn. i , 23 the Sa1ma-veda is described as drawn forth from the sun ; in iv ,
124 it is described as having a special reference to the Pitr2is or deceased
ancestors , and its sound is therefore said to possess a kind of impurity ,
whereas the R2ig-veda has the gods for his objects and the Yajurveda men ; the
Sa1ma-veda is said to possess 8 Bra1hman2as [see %{brAhmaNa}] Br. S3a1n3khS3r.
&c. [IW. 25] ; %{-cchala} n. %{-paritiSTa} n. %{-rahasya} n. %{-rahasyo7paniSad}
f. N. of wks. ; %{-rAj} m. N. of Vishn2u Pan5car. ; %{-vid} mfn. familiar with
the SÒShad2vBr-vÒveda ; %{-zikSA} f. N. of a S3iksha1 ; %{-sAra} m. N. of
Vishn2u Pan5car. ; %{-dA7ntaga} mfn. one who has gone through the
SÒShad2vBr-vÒveda MBh. ; %{-dA7rtha} m. %{-dA7rtha-prakAza} m. N. of wks. ;
%{-dIya-rudrI} f. %{-dIya-raudra-vidhi} m. %{-do7paniSad} f. N. of wks.
saamaya * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see col. 2) friendly, favourable (in %{a-s-} q.v.)\\
2 mfn. (for 1. see col. 1) skilful in chanting or singing RV. Bhat2t2.
saamaya* = 1 (Nom. fr. {sAman} or fr. artificial {sAm}; for 2. {sA7maya} see
col. 3) cl. 10. P. {sAmayati} (aor. {asasAmat} or {asISamat}), to conciliate,
appease, pacify. tranquillize Dhâtup. xxxv, 27.
saamaya* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see col. 1) connected with or suffering from disease
S'ank.
saamba* = 1 m. (also written {zAmba}) N. of a son of Kriishna and Jâmbavatî (in
consequence of the curse of some holy sages who had been deceived by a female
disguise which he had assumed, he was condemned to produce offspring in the
shape of a terrific iron club for the destruction of the race of Vriishni and
Andhaka; he is said to have been instructed by Nârada in the worship of the sun,
and by Vyâsa in the ritual of the Magi) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; (also with {zAstrin})
N. of various authors and teachers Cat.; n. = {-purANa} ib.\\2 mfn. attended by
Ambâ (q.v.), Kâsikh.
saaMgamana*= m. (fr. {sam-g-}) patr. of Agni Anas'nat S'Br
saaMhita* = mf({I})n. relating to the Sanhitâ, found in the SñSanhitâ text or
based upon it &c. Prât. Pân. Sch.
saaMkhya (saan'khya)* = mfn. (fr. {saM-khyA}) numeral, relating to number W.;
relating to number (in gram as expressed by the case-terminations &c.) Pat.;
rational, or discriminative W.; m.one who calculates or discriminates well,
(esp.) an adherent of the Sânkhya doctrine CûlUp. MBh. &c.; N. of a man Car.;
patr. of the Vedic Riishi Atri Anukr.; N. of S'iva MBh.; n. (accord. to some
also m.) N. of one of the three great divisions of Hindû philosophy (ascribed to
the sage Kapila [q.v.], and so called either from, discriminating "', in
general, or, more probably, from `" reckoning up "' or `" enumerating "'
twenty-five Tattvas [see {tattva}] or true entities [twenty-three of which are
evolved out of Prakriiti `" the primordial Essence "' or `" first-Producer "',
viz. Buddhi, Ahankâra, the five Tan-mâtras, the five Mahâ-bhûtas and Manas; the
twenty-fifth being Purusha or Spirit [sometimes called Soul] which is neither a
Producer nor Production [see {vikAra}], but wholly distinct from the twenty-four
other Tattvas. and is multitudinous, each separate Purusha by its union with
Prakriiti causing a separate creation out of Prakriiti, the object of the
philosophy being to effect the final liberation of the Purusha or Spirit from
the fetters caused by that creation; the Yoga [q.v.] branch of the Saqikhya
recognizes a Supreme Spirit dominating each separate Purusha; the Tantras
identify Prakriiti with the wives of the gods, esp. with the wife of S'iva; the
oldest systematic exposition of the SñSânkhya seems to have been by an author
called Pañca-s'ikha [the germ, however, being found in the Shashthi-tantra, of
which only scanty fragments are extant]; the original Sûtras were superseded by
the SñSânkhya-kârikâ of Îs'vara-kriishna, the oldest manual on the SñSânkhya
system that has come down to us and probably written in the 5th century A.D.,
while the SñSânkhya-sûtras or SñS'iva-pravacana and Tattva-samâsa, ascribed to
the sage Kapila, are now thought to belong to as late a date as the 14th or 15th
century or perhaps a little later) S'vetUp. MBh. &c. IW. 73 &c. RTL.
saamnaM = of the Sama Veda songs
saaMyamana* = mfn. (fr. %{saMyamana}) relating to restraint or self-control
KaushUp. (v.l.)
saamparaaya * = mfn. (fr. %{sam-parA7ya}) required by necessity or calamity
VarYogay.; relating to war or battle, warlike MW.; relating to the other world
or to the future ib.; m. the passage from this world into another Up. MBh. &c.;
need, distress, calamity MBh.; a helper or friend in need ib. i, 723 (Ni1lak.);
contention, conflict S3is3.; the future, a future life L.; inquiry into the
future MW.; investigation (in general) ib.; uncertainty ib.
saaMprataM = (indeclinable) now
saamya *= n. (fr. 2. %{sama}) equality, evenness, equilibrium, equipoise, equal
or normal state (acc. with %{nI}, `" to bring to that stñstate "', `" calm "')
MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; likeness, sameness, identity with (instr. with and without
%{saha}, or gen., or loc., or comp.) Mun2d2Up. MBh. &c. ; equality of rank or
position Mn. Ya1jn5. VarBr2S. ; homogeneousness (of sounds) Vop. ; measure, time
MBh. ; equability towards (loc. or %{prati}), impartiality, indifference Bhag.
Kum. BhP. ; justice (%{sAmyam-kR}, `" to act justly towards [loc.] "') MBh. ;
v.l. for %{zalyA} Ka1vya7d. i, 39.
saamye = in equanimity
saamyena = generally
saaMyuga * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{saM-yuga}) relating to battle (with %{ku} f. `" a
battle-field "') S3is3.
saamraajya = universal soverignty
saaMvartaka * = mfn. (fr. {saM-vartaka} = {saMvarta}) relating to or appearing
at the dissolution of the universe (as fire, the sun &c.) R. BhP.
saaMvatsara* = mf({I})n. (fr. {saM-vatsara}) yearly, annual, perennial, lasting
or occupying year (with {bhRti}, f. `" annual wages "') S'rS. MBh. BhP.; m. an
astrologer, almanac-maker MBh. Kâv. &c.; a lunar month L.; black rice L.; (with
{dIkSita}) N. of an author Cat.; ({I}) f. a funeral ceremony performed a year
after a persoñs death L.
saantvayati = (10 up) to console
saankhya = one of the schools(systems) of Indian philosophy
saankhyaM = analytical study
saankhya\-yoga = the yoga of science
saankhyaanaaM = of the empiric philosophers
saankhye = in the fight
saankhyena = of philosophical discussion
saankhyaiH = by means of Sankhya philosophy
saanna* = mf({A})n. together with, food, having food Vishn.
saanu * = m. n. (accord. to Un. i, 3 fr. {san}; collateral form 3. {snu}) a
summit, ridge, surface, top of a mountain, (in later language generally)
mountain-ridge, table-land RV. &c. &c. (L. also, a sprout; a forest; road; gale
of wind; sage, learned man; the sun "').
s'aanti * = f. tranquillity, peace, quiet, peace or calmness of mind, absence of
passion, averting of pain ({zAnti}! {zAnti}! {zAnti}! may the three kinds of
pain be averted!), indifference to objects of pleasure or pain KathhUp. MBh.
&c.; alleviation (of evil or pain), cessation, abatement, extinction (of fire
&c.) AV. &c. &c.; a pause, breach, interruption Hcat.; any expiatory or
propitiatory rite for averting evil or calamity Br. &c. (cf. RTL. 346); peace,
welfare, prosperity, good fortune, ease, comfort, happiness, bliss MBh. R. &c.;
destruction, end, eternal rest, death Kâv. Kathâs. BhP.; = {zAnti-kalpa} BhP.;
Tranquillity &c. personified (as a daughter of S'raddhâ, as the wife of
Atharvan, as the daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma) Hariv. Prab. Pur.; m. N.
of a son of Indra MBh.; of Indra in the tenth Manv-antara Pur.; of a Tushita
(son of Vishnu and Dakshinâ) ib.; of a son of Kriishna and Kâlindî ib.; of a
Riishi MBh.; of a son of Angiras ib.; of a disciple of Bhûti MârkP.; of a son of
Nîla and father of Su-s'ânti VP.; (with Jainas) of an Arhat and Cakra-vartin L.;
of a teacher (also called {ratnA7kara-z-}) Buddh.
s'aapa * = 1 m. (ifc. f. {A}; fr. {zap}) a curse, malediction, abuse, oath,
imprecation, ban, interdiction (acc. with {vac}, {dA}, {pra-yam}, {ny-as},
{vi-sRj}, {A-diz}, `" to pronounce or utter a curse on any one "', with dat.
gen. loc., or acc. with {prati}) MBh. Kâv. &c.
s'aa4pa * = 2 m. (of doubtful derivation) floating wood or other substances RV.
AV.
saapatna * = mfn. (fr, {sa-patna}, or {sapatnI}) coming or derived from a rival
AV.; based on rivalry (as enmity) MBh.; born of a rival or cowife; m. (with or
without {bhrAtR}, `" a half-brother on the mother's side "') R.; (pl.) the
children of different wives of the same husband MBh.
saapatnya* mf({A})n. based on rivalry (as enmity) Kâm.; born from a rival or
fellow-wife R.; m. a half-brother ib.; a rival, enemy L.; n. enmity or rivalry
among wives of the same husband S'is'.; relationship of children born from
different wives of the same husband R.
saapatnyaka * = n. rivalry, enmity
saapatnaka * = n. rivalry among the wives of the same husband MBh.; rivalry in
general, enmity ib. Bâlar.
saapatneya * = mf({I})n. born from a rival wife
saara = essence; * = m. or n. (?) salts of iron L
saara * = 1 (fr. {sR}) m. course, motion (see {pUrva-s-}); stretching out,
extension Kâlac.; mfn. driving away, destroying Bâlar. ii, 60/61
saara * = 2 m. n. (ifc. f. {A}; perhaps to be connected with 1. {sAra} above;
prob. fr. a lost root meaning. `" to be strong "') the core or pith or solid
interior of anything RV. &c. &c.; firmness, strength power, energy AV. &c. &c.;
the substance or essence or marrow or cream or heart or essential part of
anything, best part, quintessence (ifc. = `" chiefly consisting of or depending
on &c. "' [cf. {para}] e.g. {dharma-sAraM jagat}, `" the world chiefly depends
on justice "'; {tUSNIM-sAra} mfn. `" chiefly silent "'; {sArat sAram}, `" the
very best "') AitBr. &c. &c.; the real meaning, main point MW.; a compendium,
summary, epitome (often ifc. in titles of books); a chiefingredient or
constituent part of the body (causing the peculiarities of temperament; reckoned
to be 7, viz. {sattva}, {zukra}, {majjan}, {asthi}, {medas}, {mAMsa}, {rakta})
Sus'r. VarBriS.; any ingredient Sus'r.; nectar R. BhP.; cream, curds L.; worth,
value ({eNa}, `" in consideration of. "', according to "') Mn. Yâjñ. &c.;
wealth, property, goods, riches Kâv. Pur. Râjat.; (in rhet.) a kind of climax
({uttaro7ttaram utkarSaH}) Sâh. Kpr.; resin used as a perfume Sus'r. SârngS.;
water Vâs.; dung Kriishis.; the matter formed in a boil or ulcer, pus MW.;
impure carbonate of soda ib.; a confederate prince, ally VarBriS.; (= 1. {zAra})
a piece at chess or backgammon &c.; ({A}) f. a kind of plant( =
{kriSNa-trivRtA}) L.; Kus'a grass L.; ({I}) f. see under {sAri} and {sArI} (next
p.); mf({A})n. hard, firm solid strong MBh. Râv. &c.; precious, valuable Das'.;
good, sound, best, excellent BhP. Pañcar.; sound (as an argument, thoroughly
proved) W.; full of (instr.) VarBriS.; motley, speckled (= {zAra}) Sus'r. Kâd.
saara * = 3 mfn. having spokes S'ulba
saaraH = (m) essence, summary
saaroha 8 = mf(%{A})n. having elevation, elevated to (loc.) R.; together with a
horseman ib.
saarikaa = a bird (nightingale / cuckoo ? )
saartha * = mf(%{A})n. having an object or business, Sa1n3khBr. ; anything that
has attained its object, successful (as a request) S3ak. Sch. ; having property,
opulent, wealthy Ra1jat. ; having meaning or purport, significant, important,
Kusum. ; of like meaning or Purport W. ; serving a purpose, useful, serviceable
MW. ; m. a travelling company of traders or pilgrims, caravan MBh. R. &c. ; a
troop, collection of men MBh. ; a multitude of similar animals, herd, flock &c.
Pan5cat. ; any company (%{ena}, with gen. = `" in the company of. "' Campak.),
collection, multitude MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a member of any company W. ; a wealthy
man W.
saarthakyaM = (n) fulfillment
saarthavaaha = (m) a merchant
saaruupya * = n. (fr. {sa-rUpa}) sameness or similarity of form, identity of
appearance, resemblance, likeness, conformity with (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.;
assimilation to or conformity with the deity (one of the grades of Mukti or
beatitude = {sarUpa-tA}, {sAlokya}) BhP.; (in dram.) a mistake caused by the
mutual resemblance of two persons (as in Venis. vs Yudhi-shthhira takes Bhîma
for Duryodhana and injures him) Bhar. Sâh.; mf({A})n. seasonable, fit, proper,
suitable Lalit.
saarvabhauma = of the whole earth
saarvaayushha = of full life-span
saasahaana * = mfn. (for %{sa-s-}) overcoming, conquering RV.
saasana* = mf(%{I})n. punishing, a punisher, chastiser (see %{pAka-}, %{pura-},
%{rukmi-}, %{smara-z-}) [1069,1]; teaching, instructing, an instructor BhP.;
(%{I}) f. an instructress RV. i, 31, 11; (%{am}) n. (ifc. f. %{A}) punishment,
chastisement, correction (%{zAsanaM-kR}, to inflict punishment) Baudh. Mn. MBh.
&c.; government, dominion, rule over (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; an order, command,
edict, enactment, decree, direction (%{zAsanaM-kR} [%{kAGkS} Baudh.] or
%{zAsane-vRt} or %{sthA}, `" to obey orders "'; %{zAsanAt} with gen., `" by
command of "'; %{zAsanA} f. Sch. on S3is3. xiv, 36) RV. &c. &c.; a royal edict,
grant, charter (usually a grant of land or of partic. privileges, and often
inscribed on stone or copper) Ya1jn5. Ka1v. Ra1jat. &c.; a writing, deed,
written contract or agreement W.; any written book or work of authority,
scripture (= %{zAstra}) ib.; teaching, instruction, discipline, doctrine (also=
`" faith "', `" religion "') MBh. Ka1m. Katha1s.; a message (see comp.);
self-control W.
s'aalva * =m. pl. (also written {sAlva}; cf. {zalva}) N. of a people GopBr. MBh.
&c. (mfn. `" relating to the S'alvas "' g. {kacchA7di}); sg. a king of the
S'âlvas (mentioned among the enemies of Vishnu; cf. {zAlvA7ri} below) MBh.
Hariv. BhP.; ({A}) f. (prob.) N. of a river g. {nady-Adi}; n. the fruit of the
S'âlva plant Pân. 4-3, 166 Vârtt. 2 Pat. (v.l.)
s'aastra= see shaastra
saa7svaadana* = n. (scil. {sthAna}; with Jainas) N. of the second of the 14
stages towards supreme bliss Cat.
s'aatha*= m. (fr. {zaT}?) a strip of cloth, a kind of skirt or petticoat, a
partic. sort of garment or gown Vas. Cân.; ({I}) f. see below.
s'aata4* = 1 mfn. (fr. {zo}; cf. {zita}) sharpened, whetted, sharp Kathâs.
Râjat.; thin, feeble, slender, emaciated Hariv. Kâv. VarBriS.; n. the
thorn-apple MW.
s'aata* = 2 m. (fr. 2. {zad}) falling out or decaying (of nails, hair &c.)
Sus'r.
s'aata* = 3 n. joy, pleasure, happiness L.; mfn. handsome, bright, happy W.
s'aatana 1 n. the act of sharpening or wetting MW. ; sharpness, thinness ib.\\ 2
mf(%{I})n. causing to fall or decay, felling, destroying, hewing or cutting off
Nir. Ka1v. Katha1s. ; n. the act of causing to fall &c. ; cutting or plucking
off L. ; destroying, ruining Ma1rkP. ; polishing, planing Ma1rkP. ; a means of
removing or destroying Sus3r. S3a1rn3gS. (cf. %{garbha-z-}). [1064,1]
saat * = 1 a Taddhita affix which when put after a word denotes a total change
of anything into the thing expressed by that word (see {agni-}, {bhasma-sAt}
&c.) \\ * = 2 a Sautra root meaning `" to give pleasure "' Pân. Vop. \\ 3 n. N.
of Brahman L.
saati * = 1 f. gaining, obtaining, acquisition, winning of spoil or property
RV.; a gift, oblation L.; N. of a teacher (having the patr. {auSTrAkSi}) Cat. \\
2 f. end, destruction L.; violent pain ib. \\3 (for 1. and 2. see p. 1196, col.
3)N. of a metre Ping. \\ 3 (for 1. and 2. see p. 1196, col. 3)N. of a metre Ping
saath * = cl. 10. P. {sATayati}, to make visible or manifest Dhâtup. xxxv, 84.
saatmataa* = (%{sA7tma4-}) f. community of essence or nature with (gen. instr.,
or comp.) S3Br. MBh.; absorption into the essence (of Brahma1) MW.
saaTopa = (adj) proud
saatmya * = mfn. agreeable to nature or natural constitution, wholesome Sus3r.
Car. ; m. suitableness, wholesomeness ib. ; habit, habituation, diet (%{-tas}
ind., from habit "' ; ifc. = `" used to "') ib. ; community of essence or nature
with (instr. or gen.) BhP.
saatvat * m. pl. (cf. {satvat}) N. of a people Hariv. S'is'. (= {yadu} Sch.)
saatvata *sAtvata f({I})n. relating to the Satvats or the Satvatas, belonging or
sacred to Satvata or Kriishna &c. MBh. Pur.; containing the word {satvat} g.
{vimuktA7di}; m. a king of the Satvats (N. of Kriishna, Bala-deva &c.) MBh.
BhP.; (pl.) N. of a people S'is'. (= {yAdava} Sch.); an adherent or worshipper
of Kriishna L.; a partic. mixed caste (the offspring of an outcaste Vais'ya;
accord. to L., `" the son of an outcaste VñVais'ya and a VñVais'ya woman who was
formerly the witt of a Kshatriya "') Mn. x, 43; N. of a son of Âyu or Ans'u
Pur.; ({I}) f. see below.
saattvika = to one in goodness
saattvikaM = in the mode of goodness
saattvikaH = in the mode of goodness
saattvikaaH = in goodness
saattvikii = in the mode of goodness
saatya* = mfn. (fr. {satya}, of which it is also the vriiddhi form in comp.) one
whose nature is truth S'Br.; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshB
saatyakiH = Satyaki (the same as Yuyudhana, the charioteer of Lord KRishhNa)
saatvata * = mf({I})n. relating to the Satvats or the Satvatas, belonging or
sacred to Satvata or Kriishna &c. MBh. Pur.; containing the word {satvat} g.
{vimuktA7di}; m. a king of the Satvats (N. of Kriishna, Bala-deva &c.) MBh.
BhP.; (pl.) N. of a people S'is'. (= {yAdava} Sch.); an adherent or worshipper
of Kriishna L.; a partic. mixed caste (the offspring of an outcaste Vais'ya;
accord. to L., `" the son of an outcaste VñVais'ya and a VñVais'ya woman who was
formerly the witt of a Kshatriya "') Mn. x, 43; N. of a son of Âyu or Ans'u
Pur.; ({I}) f. see below.
saatvika = Pure Planets i.e. Waxing Moon, Jupiter and Mercury
saatya* = mfn. (fr. {satya}, of which it is also the vriiddhi form in comp.) one
whose nature is truth S'Br.; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
saava m. (fr. 3. %{su}) a Soma libation (cf. %{prAtaH-} and %{sahasra-s-}) RV.
saavadhaana = attentions * =mf(%{A})n. having attention, attentive, heedful,
careful Bhartr2. HParis3.; intent upon doing anything (inf.) Uttamac.; (%{am})
ind. attentively, cautiously S3ak.
saavana * = mfn. (fr. 1. %{savana}, p. : 190) relating to or determining the
three daily Soma libations i.e. corresponding to the solar time (day, month,
year) VarBr2S. Sch.; m. an institutor of a sacrifice or employer of priests at a
sacrifice (= %{yajamAna}) L.; the conclusion of a sacrifice or the ceremonies by
which it is terminated L.; N. of Varun2a L.; n. scil. (%{mAna}) the correct
solar time Nida1nas.
saayaM = evening
saayaMpraataH = both evening \& morning
saayana = The Tropical Zodiac with precession
saayamadhiiyaano = evening studied man
sabala * =({sa4-}) mfn. powerful, strong RV. &c. &c.; together with strength or
power L.; accompanied by a force or army. MBh. R.; together with Bala
(Kriishna's eldest brother) BhP.; m. N. of a son of Manu Bhautya Hariv.; of a
son of Vasishthha (and one of the 7 Riishis) MârkP.; of one of the 7 Riishis
under Manu S'âvarna ib.; {-tA} f. (S'ânkhBr.), {-tva} n. (S'is'.) power,
strength; {-vAhana} mfn. with an army and followers Yâjñ. Sch.; {-siMha} m. N.
of a king Inscr.; {-lAt-kAram} ind. with force, forcibly S'ak.; {-lA7nuga} mfn.
followed by an army MBh. R.; = {sa-balavAhana} MW.
sabaandhavaan.h = along with friends
sabhaa = (f) assembly, meeting
sabhaajita * = mfn. served, honoured, gratified, pleased MBh. R. &c.; praised,
celebrated BhP.
sabhaasada = literally one who sits in the assembly
sabhya * = mfn. being in an assembly-hall or meeting-room, belonging to or fit
for an assembly or court, suitable to good society, courteous, polite, refined,
civilized, not vulgar, decorous (as speech) AV. &c. &c.; being at the court of
(gen.) Va1s., Introd.; m. an assistant at an assembly or council, (esp.) an
assessor, judge Mn. MBh. &c.; the keeper of a gambling. house W.; a person of
honourable parentage ib.; N. of one of the five sacred fires (see %{paJcA7gni})
Ka1tyS3r. Mn. iii, 100, 185 Kull.
sachanta = to accompany, procure
sachiva = (m) minister
sachetaaH = in my consciousness
sachchhabdaH = the sound sat
sadaa = always
sadas *= n. (accord. to some also f.) a seat, residence, abode, dwelling, place
of meeting, assembly (esp. at a sacrifice ; %{sa4dasas-pa4ti} m. =
%{sa4das-pa4ti} ; %{sadasi}, `" in public "') RV. &c. &c. ; a shed erected in
the sacrificial enclosure to the east of the Pra1ci1navan6s3a AV. VS.: Br. MBh.
Hariv. ; du. heaven and earth (= %{dyAvA-pRthivI}) Naigh. iii, 30. [Cf. Gk. $.]
sadasad *= for %{-asat} in comp. ; %{-Atmaka} mf(%{ikA})n. having the nature
both of entity and non-entity Mn. Hariv. BhP. ; n. original germ L. ; %{-AtmatA}
f. the having the nature both of entity and non-entity BhP. ; %{-bhAva} m.
reality and unreality, truth and falsehood Sa1ntis3. ; %{-rUpa} mf(%{A})n.
having the appearance of being and non-being BhP. ; %{-viveka} m. discrimination
between true and false or betÒbetween good and bad W. [1137,2] ; %{-vyakti-hetu}
m. the cause of the discrimÒdiscrimination between true and false or betÒbetween
good and bad MW.
sadasat *= mfn. being and not being, real and unreal BhP. ; true and false (see
n.) ; good and bad VarBr2S. ; m. pl. the gÒgood and the bÒbad Ra1jat. ; n. what
is existent and non-exÒexistence (also du.) BhP. ; the true and the false Ka1v.
; good and evil Ragh. ; du. existence and nonexÒexistence, truth and falsehood
MW. ; %{-khyAti-vicAra} m. N. of wk. ; %{-tva} n. existence and non-exÒexistence
BhP. ; %{-pati} m. a lord of what is existent and non-exÒexistence Pan5car. ;
%{-phala}, (ibc.) good and evil consequences, %{-la-maya}, mf[%{I}]n. consisting
of gÒgood and eÒevil cÒconsequences MaitrUp. VarBr2S.
9 sAdasata mfn. containing the words %{sat} and %{asa4} g. %{vimuktA7di}.
sadhana * =n. (i.e.7. {sa} + {dh-}) common property S'Br.; mfn. possessing
riches, wealthy, opulent R. VarBriS.; together with riches Kathâs.; {-tA} f.
wealthiness Prasang.
sadaachaar = good conduct / behaviour
sadaananda = ever joyous
sadaasaa * mfn. (nom.pl. {-sAH}) alwñalways gaining (superl. {-tama}) RV.;
alwñalways subsisting abundantly ib.
sadaashiva = a form of Shiva
sadaiva = always
sadasat.h = to cause and effect
sadasya * = m. `" present in the sacrificial enclosure, an assessor, spectator,
member of an assembly (at a sacrifice), a superintending priest, the seventeenth
priest (whose duties accord. to the Kushîtakins, are merely to look on and
correct mistakes) TS. Br. GriS'rS. MBh. BhP.; a person belonging to a learned
court-circle Jâtakam.
sadaya = compassionate
sadbuddhiM = sat.h+buddhiM, good+awareness(loosely speaking:mind)
sadgamay a = sat.h and gamaya: Truth and lead(causal of 'go')
sadhana * = n. (i.e.7. %{sa} + %{dh-}) common property S3Br.; mfn. possessing
riches, wealthy, opulent R. VarBr2S.; together with riches Katha1s.; %{-tA} f.
wealthiness Prasan3g.
sadhavaa``*= f. id. (cf. %{vi-dhavA}).
sad.hbhav e = in the sense of the nature of the Supreme
sadhUma * + a. veiled in smoke.
sadoshhaM = with fault
sadodita = always, constant
sadrisha = (adj) similar, looking like
sadrishaM = accordingly
sadrishaH = like
sadrishii = like that
sadris' * = mfn. (nom. {sadR4G} or {sadRk}; n. pl. {sadRMzi}) = {sadRkSa} (with
instr. or ifc.) RV. &c. &c.; fit, proper, just, right MW.
sadris'a* = mf({I}, once in R. {A})n. like, resembling, similar to (gen. instr.,
loc "', or comp.) or in (instr. loc., or comp.) RV. &c. &c. (accord. to Pat. on
Pân. 6-2, 11 Vârtt. 2 also compounded with a gen. e.g. {dAsyAH-s-},
{vRSalyAH-s-}); conformable, suitable, fit, proper, right, worthy MBh. Kâv. &c.;
({am}) ind. suitably, well Uttarar.
sadupayoga = correct or right use derived from sat.h + upayoga
sadyaH = instantly
sadyah = immediately
sadyas * = ind. (fr. 7. {sa+dyu}; cf. {sadi4vas}) on the same day, in the very
moment (either `" at once "', `" immediately "' or `" just "', `" recently "')
RV. &c. &c.; daily, every day RV. AV. AitBr. MBh.
sah* =1 cl. 1. A1. (Dha1tup. xx, 22) %{sa4hate} (Ved. and ep. also %{-ti} and
exceptionally %{sAhati}, once in MBh. 1. sg. %{sahyAmi}; p. %{sa4hat}
%{sa4hamAna} [q.v.]; pf. %{sche}, %{sasAha}; Ved. also %{sasA8he4} and
%{sAsAhat}; %{sAsa4hat}; %{sAsahISTA4H}, {sAsahyAma}3{sAsahyA4ma}; p.
%{sehAna4}, %{sAsahAna4}, %{sA8sahva4s} and %{sAhva4s} [q.v.]; aor. %{asAkSi},
%{sAkSi}, %{sAkSate} RV.; %{sAkSIt} GopBr.; %{sakSati} AV.; %{sakSat},
%{sA4kSAma} RV.; Impv. %{sakSi}, %{sA8kSva} ib.; p. %{sa4kSat} ib.; %{a4sahisTa}
RV.; Prec. %{sahyAs}, %{sAhyA4ma} ib.; %{sAkSIya}. AV.; %{sA4hiSIma4hi} RV.;
fut. %{soDhA} MBh. &c.; %{sahitA} Gr.; %{sakSyati} MBh., %{-te} Br.; %{sAkSye}
[?] AV.; %{-sahiSyati}, %{-te} MBh.; Cond. %{asahisyat} ib.; inf %{sa4hadhyai}
RV. Ka1t2h.; %{sA4Dhyai} MaitrS.; %{soDhum}, %{sahitum} MBh.; ind. p. %{soDhvA}
A1pS3r. Sch.; %{sAdhvA}, %{sahitvA} Gr.; %{sa4hya} RV. &c.; %{sa4ham} Br.), to
prevail, be victorious; to overcome, vanquish, conquer, defeat (enemies), gain,
win (battles) RV. AV. Br. R. Bhat2t2.; to offer violence to (acc.) AitBr. S3Br.
[1193,1]; to master, suppress, restrain MBh. R. &c.; to be able to or capable of
(inf. or loc.) ib.; to bear up against, resist, with. stand AV. &c. &c.; to
bear, put up with, endure, suffer, tolerate (with %{na}, `" to grudge "') MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; to be lenient towards, have patience with any one (gen.) Bhag.; to
spare any one Ma1rkP. Pan5cat.; to let pass, approve anything Sarvad.; (with
%{kalam}, %{kala-kSepam} &c.) to bide or wait patiently for the right time Ka1v.
Katha1s.: Caus. or cl. 10. %{sAhayati} (aor. %{asISahat}), to forbear Dha1tup.
xxxiv, 4: Desid. of Caus. %{sisAhayiSati} Pa1n2. 8-3, 62?: Desid. %{sI4kSate}
(p. %{sI4kSat}; accord. to Pa1n2. 8-3, 61, also %{sisahiSa}), to wish to
overcome RV. TS.: Intens. %{sAsaSyate}, %{sAsoDhi} (cf %{sA8sahi4} Gr. [Cf.
%{sahas} and $ for $; $, $.]
sah* = 2 (strong form %{sAh}) mfn. bearing, enduring, overcoming (ifc.; see
%{abhimAti-SA4h} &c.)
sah* = 3 cl. 4. P. %{sahyati}, to satisfy, delight Dha1tup. xxvi, 20; to be
pleased ib.; to bear, endure (cf. 1. %{sah}) ib.
saha = With * = mf(%{A})n. powerful, mighty RV.; (ifc.) overcoming, vanquishing
MBh.; bearing, enduring, withstanding, defying, equal to, a match for (gen. or
comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; causing, effecting, stimulating, exerting S3is3.; able
to, capable of (inf. cr comp.) Ka1lid. S3is3. Katha1s.; m. the month
Ma1rgas3i1rsha (see %{sahas}) VS. S3Br. Car.; a partic. Agni MBh.; a species of
plant AV.; N. of a son of Manu Hariv.; of a son of Pra7n2a and U1sjasvati1 BhP.;
of a son of Dhr2itara1shi7ra MBh.; of a son of Kr2ishn2a and Ma1dri1 BhP.;
(%{A}) f. the earth L.; (with Buddhists) N. of a division of the world (with
%{loka-dhAtu}, `" the world inhabited by men "') Ka1ran2d2.; N. of various
plants (accord. to L. = Aloe Perfoliata, %{daNDo7patA}, %{rAsnA} &c.) VarBr2S.
Sus3r.; Unguis Odoratus L.; n. = %{bala} L.; kind of salt L. 1.\\2 ind. (prob.
fr. 7. %{sa+dhA}, which in Veda may become %{dha}; cf. 1. %{sadha}) together
with, along with, with (with %{grah} and %{A-dA}, `" to take with one "'; with
%{dA}, to give to take away with one "'; with %{kRtvA} and acc., `" taking with
one, `" in the company of "'; often as a prep. governing instr. case, but
generally placed after the governed word e.g. %{tena@saha}, `" along with him "'
[1193,3]; exceptionally with abl. e.g. %{aizvaryAt@saha}, `" with sovereignty "'
Ca1n2. 104); in common, in company, jointly, conjointly, in concert (often used
as a prefix in comp., expressing `" community of action "', e.g.
%{sahA7dhyayana} q.v.; or forming adjectives expressing `" the companion of an
action "', e.g. %{saha-cara} q.v.); at the same time or simultaneously with
(prefixed to adverbs of time e.g. %{saha-pUrvA7hNam} q.v.; rarely ifc. e.g.
%{vainateya-s-}, `" with Vainateya "' Hariv.) RV. &c. &c.; m. a companion L.;
(%{A}) f. a female companion BhP.
saha.nsha = Special positions or points signifying important events in life.
They are somewhat similar to Arabic parts
sahaH = force, strangth (neut)
sahaja = the karma to which one is born
sahaja-bhaava = House of Siblings or 3rd
sahajaM = born simultaneously
sahate = (1 ap) to bear
sahadevaH = Sahadeva
sahanavavatu = saha + nau + avatu: together + us + (You)protect
sahanau = together us
sahasaa = (adv) hastily, perforce * (instr. of {sahas}), forcibly, vehemently,
suddenly, quickly, precipitately, immediately, at once, unexpectedly, at random,
fortuitously, in an unpremeditated manner, inconsiderately (with instr. `"
together with
sahastraavartanaat.h = according to the prescribed shAstrA cycle
sahasra = one thousand
sahasraM = 1000 times
sahasrakritvaH = a thousand times
sahasrapaat.h = thousand-footed
sahasrabaaho = O thousand-handed one
sahasrashaH = thousands
sahasrashiirshhaa = thousand-headed
sahasrasya = of many thousands
sahasraantaaM = similarly, ending after one thousand
sahasraara = the thousand-petalled lotus within the cerebral cavity
sahasraakshaH = thousand-eyed
sahasreNa = by thousand
sahasreshhu = out of many thousands
sahaaya = helper, friend, ally
sahaasaM = with smile
sahitaM = with
saH = He
sainika *= mfn. relating or belonging to an army , military , martial , drawn up
in martial array MBh. R. &c. ; m. an army-man , soldier , guard , sentinel , a
body of forces in array ib. ; N. of a son of S3ambara Hariv.
s'aila * mf({I})n. (fr. {zilA}) made of stone, stony, rocky MBh. Hariv. &c.;
stone-like, rigid (with {Asana} n. a partic. manner of sitting) Cat.; m. (ifc.
f. {A}) a rock, crag, hill, mountain (there are seven [or, accord, to some,
eight] mythical mountain ranges separating the divisions of the earth, viz.
{niSadha}, {hema-kUTa}, {nIla}, {zveta}, {zRngin}, {mAlyavat}, {gandha-mAdana}
VP.) Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of the number `" seven "' Ganit.; a dike MW.; ({A}) f. N.
of a nun DivyA7v.; ({I}) f. see below; n. (only L.) benzoin or storax; bitumen;
a sort of collyrium.
sainikaH = (m) soldier * = mfn. relating or belonging to an army, military,
martial, drawn up in martial array MBh. R. &c.; m. an army-man, soldier, guard,
sentinel, a body of forces in array ib.; N. of a son of S3ambara Hariv.
sainya * = mfn. belonging to or proceeding from an army MBh. Hariv.; m. (ifc. f.
{A}) a soldier (pl. `" troops "') R.; an army MBh. Râjat.; a sentinel, guard L.;
n. a body of troops, army MBh. R. &c.; a camp VarBriS.
sainyasya = of the soldiers
saishhaa = saa+eshhA, that feminine formsagadgadaM = with a faltering voice
sajala = With water
sajja = adorned, equipped *= mf(%{A})n. fixed, prepared, equipped, ready for
(dat. loc. inf., or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; fit for everything (said of hands
and feet) Pan5cad. ; dressed in armour, armed, fortified L. ; having a
bowstring, strung, placed on a bow-string (in these senses often a mere v.l. for
%{sa-jya} q.v.) MBh. R. ; (%{A}) f. equipment, armour, mail L. ; dress,
decoration L.
sajjate = becomes attached
sajjana = good man
sajjante = they become engaged
sakalaapadaam.h = all dangers'
sakaaraNam.h = with reason
sakaasha = company
sakala = the entire
sakalaani = all
sakaruNa * = mfn. lamentable, pitiable, piteous, full of pity (%{am} ind. `"
piteously "') Mr2icch. Ratna7v. Hit.; tender, compassionate (%{am} ind. `"
compassionately "') S3ak. BhP.
s'akra * = mf({A4})n. strong, powerful, mighty (applied to various gods, but
esp. to Indra) RV. AV. TBr. Lâthy.; m. N. of Indra MBh. Kâv. &c.; of an Âditya
MBh. Hariv.; of the number, fourteen "' Ganit.; Wrightia Antidysenterica L.;
Terminalia Arjuna L.
s'aakra * = mf({I})n. (fr. {zakra}) relating or belonging or sacred to or
addressed to Indra MBh. VarBriS. Kathâs.; ({I}) f. Indra's wife (also applied to
Durgâ) Pur.; n. the Nakshatra Jyeshthhâ (presided over by Indra) VarBriS.
sakrit.h = (ind) once
sakrit *= 1 mfn. (fr. 7. %{sa} + 1. %{kRt}) acting at once or simultaneously AV.
xi, 1, 10 ; ind. at once, suddenly, forthwith, immediately RV. Br. S3rS. Mn.
MBh. ; once (= semel, with %{a4hnaH}, `" once a day "' ; repeated = `" in each
case only once "') RV. &c. &c. ; once, formerly, ever (with %{mA} = `" never "'
Ka1v. VarYogay. ; once for all, for ever ChUp. Ka1v. Ma1rkP. ; at once, together
W. [For cognate words see under 7. %{sa}.]
sakridapi = once even
sakta = attached
saktaM = attached
saktaH = attached/engrossed/absorbed
saktah = capable of
saktaaH = being attached
sakti * f. adherence, attachment, devotion or addiction to, indulgence or
perseverance in, occupation with (loc. or comp.) Mn. Kir. Kathâs. (cf. {a-pras-}
and {ati-pras-}); occurrence, practicability ({-timpra} {yA}, `" to be
practicable "') Râjat.; (in gram.)bearing upon, applicability (of a rule) RPrât.
Sch.; connection, association W.; inference, conclusion ib.; a topic of
conversation ib.; acquisition ib.
sakti * f. connexion, entwinement (of creepers) Kir.; clinging or adhering to
(loc. or comp.), attachment, addiction (esp. to worldly objects) S'is'. Râjat.
Sarvad.
s'a4kti * =or f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability
({zaktyA} or {Atma-z-} or {sva-z-}, `" according to ability "'
s'akti4 * =f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability
({zaktyA} or {Atma-z-} or {sva-z-}, `" according to ability "'; {paraM zaktyA},
with all one's might "'; {vitta-zaktyA}, `" according to the capability of one's
property "'; {zaktim a-hApayitvA}, `" not relaxing one's efforts, exerting all
one's strength "'), faculty, skill, capacity for, power over (gen. loc. dat., or
inf.) RV. &c. &c.; effectiveness or efficacy (of a remedy) S'ârngS.; regal power
(consisting of three parts, {prabhutva}, personal pre-eminence; {mantra}, good
counsel, and {utsAha}, energy) Kâm. (cf. Ragh. iii, 13); the energy or active
power of a deity personified as his wife and worshipped by the S'âkta (q.v.)
sect of Hindûs under various names (sometimes only three, sometimes eight S'akti
goddesses are enumerated, as follow, Indrâni, Vaishnavî, S'ântâ, Brahmânî,
Kaumâri, Nârasinhî, Vârâhî, and Mâhes'varî, but some substitute Câmundâ and
Cândikâ for the third and sixth of these: according to another reckoning there
are nine, viz. Vaishnavî, Brahmâni, Raudri, Mâhes'varî, Nârasinhî, Vârâhî,
Indranî, Kârttikî, and Pradhânâ: others reckon fifty different forms of the
S'akti of Vishnu besides Lakshmî, some of these are Kîrtti, Kânti, Tushthi,
Pushthâ, Dhriiti. S'ânti, Kriyâ, Dayâ, Medhâ &c.; and fifty forms of the S'akti
of S'iva or Rudra besides Durgâ "' or Gaurî, some of whom are Guno7darî, Virajâ,
Sâlmali, Lola7kshi, Vartula7kshî, Dîrgha-ghonâ, Sudirgha-mukhî, Go-mukhî,
Dirgha-jihvâ, Kundo7darî, Ardha-kes'î, Vikriita-mukhî, Jvâlâ-mukhi, Ulkâmukhi
&c.; Sarasvati is also named as a S'akti, both of Vishnu and Rudra: according to
the Vâyu-Purâna the female nature of Rudra became twofold, one half {asita} or
white, and the other {sita} or black, each of these again becoming manifold,
those of the white or mild nature included Lakshmî, Sarasvati, Gaurî, Umâ &c.;
those of the dark and fierce nature, Durgâ, Kâli &c.) Kâv. Kathâs. Pur. (cf.
RTL. 181 &c. MWB. 216); the female organ (as worshipped by the S'âkta sect
either actually or symbolically) RTL. 140; the power or signification of a word
(defined in the Nyâya as {padasya padA7rthe} {sambandhaH} i.e. `" the relation
of a word to the thing designated "') Bhâshâp. Sâh.; (in Gram.) case-power, the
idea conveyed by a case (= {kAraka}) Pân. 2-3, 7 Sch.; the power or force or
most effective word of a sacred text or magic formula Up. Pañcar.; the creative
power or imagination (of a poet) Kâvya7d.; help, aid, assistance, gift, bestowal
RV.; a spear, lance, pike, dart RV. &c. (also {zaktI} g. {bahv-Adi}); a sword
MW.; (prob.) a flag-staff (see {ratha-z-}) [1044, 3]; a partic. configuration of
stars and planets (when the latter are situated in the 7th, 8th, 9th, and 10th
astrological house), VirBriS.; m. N. of a Muni or sage (the eldest of
Vasishthha's hundred sons; accord. to VP. he was father of Parâs'ara, and was
devoured by king Kalmâsha-pâda, when changed to a man-eating Râkshasa, in
consequence of a curse pronounced upon him by the sage; he is represented as
having overcome Vis'vâmitra at the sacrifice of king Saudâsa; he is regarded as
the author of RV. vii, 32, 26; ix, 97, 19-21; 108, 3; 14-16; S'akti is also
identified with one of the Vylâsas, and with Avalokite7s'vara, and has elsewhere
the patr. Jâtukarna and Sânkriiti) Pravar. MBh. &c.
s'am *= 1 cl. 4. P. (Dha1tup. xxvi , 92) , %{zA4myati} (rarely %{-te} , and ep.
also %{zanati} , %{-te} ; Ved. %{zamyati} , %{zimyati} , and cl. 9. %{zamnAti}
[Naigh. ii , 9] , %{zamnISe} , %{zamnIthAs} Impv. %{zamnISva} , %{zamISva} ,
%{zamiSva} , %{zamIdhvam} ; pf. %{zazAma} , %{zemuH} Br. &c. ; %{zazame4} Subj.
%{zaza4mate} RV. ; p. %{zazamAna4} [q.v.] ; aor. %{a4zamiSThAs} RV. ; %{azamat}
Br. [cf. pres.] ; Prec. %{zamyAt} Gr. ; fut. %{zamizA} , %{zamiSyati} ib. ; ind.
p. %{zamitvA} , %{zAntvA} , %{zA8mam} ib.) , to toil at , fatigue or exert one's
self (esp. in performing ritual acts) RV. TBr. ; to prepare , arrange VS. ; to
become tired , finish , stop , come to an end , rest , be quiet or calm or
satisfied or contented TS. S3Br. &c. ; to cease , be allayed or extinguished
MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; cl. 9. (cf. above) to put an end to , hurt , injure , destroy
Ka1t2h.: Pass. %{zamyate} (aor. %{azami}) Pa1n2. 7-3 , 34: Caus. %{zama4yati}
(m. c. also %{zAmayati} ; aor. %{azIzamat} ; Pass. %{zAmyate}) , to appease ,
allay , alleviate , pacify , calm , soothe , settle RV. &c. &c. ; to put to an
end or to death , kill , slay , destroy , remove , extinguish. sup. press TS.
&c. &c. ; to leave off , desist MBh. ; to conquer , subdue Ka1lid. Bhat2t2.:
Desid. %{zizamiSati} Gr.: Intens. %{zaMzamIti} (Ba1lar.) , %{zaMzamyate} ,
%{zaMzanti} (Gr.) , to be entirely appeased or extinguished (pf.
%{zaMzamAM@cakruH} Bhat2t2.). [Cf. Gk. $] , &318859[1053 ,3]\\ 2 ind. (g.
%{cA7di} and %{svar-Adi}) auspiciously , fortunately , happily , well
(frequently used in the Veda , rarely in later language ; often to be translated
by a subst. , esp. in the frequent phrase %{za4M@yo4H} or %{za4M@ca@yo4z@ca} ,
`" happiness and welfare "' , sometimes joined with the verbs %{bhU} , as ,
%{kR} , %{dAvah} , %{yA} , sometimes occurring without any verb ; with dat. or
gen. [cf. Pa1n2. 2-3 , 73 Sch.] ; in some cases corresponding to an adj. e.g.
%{zaM@tad@asmai} , that is pleasant to him) RV. &c. &c.
s'amala * = n. (Un2. i, iii) impurity, sin, blemish, fault, harm AV. TS. Ka1t2h.
Kaus3. BhP.; feces, ordure L
s'auca * = m. (fr. %{zuci}) N. of a man (also called A1hneya) TA1r.; n.
cleanness, purity, purification (esp. from defilement caused by the death of a
relation) A1s3vS3r. Mn. MBh. &c.; purity of mind, integrity, honesty (esp. in
money-matters) MBh. R. &c.; (with Buddhists) self-purification (both external
and internal) MWB. 240; evacuation of excrement MW.
sakthinii = pivotal region?
sakhaa = friend
sakhi = friend
sakhiin.h = friends
sakhaiva = like a friend
sakhya * = n. friendship, intimacy with, relation to (loc. or instr. with and
without {samam}, {saha} &c.), fellowship, community RV. &c. &c.
sakhyuH = with a friendsa.MmuuDhabhaavin.h = adj. deluded
saksha* = mfn. (fr. {sah}) overpowering TS. TBr.
saMroha * = m. growing over TS.; curing, healing Sus3r.; growing up, bursting
forth or into view, appearance BhP.
sala* =. (cf. {sara}) a dog L.; water L.
salakshmaNaH = with LakshmaNa
salila = water
sha *= (only L.; for 3. {Sa} see below) best, excellent; wise, learned; m. loss,
destruction; loss of knowledge; end, term; rest, remainder; eternal happiness,
final emancipation; heaven, paradise; sleep; a learned man, teacher; a nipple; =
{kaca}; = {mAnava}; = {sarva}; = {garbhavimocana}; n. the embryo; (accord.to
some) patience, endurance.
saM* = (in comp.) = 2. {sam} q.v.
sam* = 1 or {stam} cl. 1. P. {samati} or {stamati}, to be disturbed (accord. to
some `" to be undisturbed "'; cf. {zam}) Dhâtup. xix, 82; cl. 10. P. {samayati}
or {stamayati}, to be agitated or disturbed Vop.
sam* = 2 ind. (connected with 7. {sa} and 2. {sama}, and opp. to 3. {vi} q.v.)
with, together with, along with, together, altogether (used as a preposition or
prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives, like Gk. $, &348389[1152, 1] Lat. {con},
and expressing `" conjunction "', `" union "', `" thoroughness "', `" intensity
"', `" completeness "' e.g. {saMyuj}, `" to join together "'; {saM-dhA}, `" to
place together "'; {saM-dhi}, `" placing together "'; {saM-tap}, `" to consume
utterly by burning "'; {sam-uccheda}, `" destroying altogether, complete
destruction "'; in Ved. the verb connected with it has sometimes to be supplied,
e.g. {A4po agni4m yaza4saH sa4M hi4 pUrvI4ih}, `" for many glorious waters
surrounded Agni "'; it is sometimes prefixed to nouns in the sense of 2. {sama},
`" same "'; cf. {samartha}) RV. &c. &c.
samaapa *= m. sacrificing , offering oblations to the gods (= %{deva-yajana})
Vop.
samaarabdha * = mfn. taken in hand, undertaken, begun (also, begun to be built
"') MBh. Ka1v. &c.; one who has begun or commenced MBh.; happened, occurred R.;
%{-tara} mfn. more frequent Nida1nas.
samaarabh* =A1. %{-rabhate} (rarely P. %{-ti}), to take in hand, undertake,
begin, commence (with acc. or inf.; ind. p. %{-rabhya} with acc.= `" begining
from "') TS. &c. &c.; to try to get near to or propitiate MBh.
samaanita * =mfn. brought together or near, brought, conducted, convoked,
assembled
samaahva * = m. calling out, mutual calling, challenge, defiance W.; ({I}) f.
id. ib.; ({A}) f. a partic. plant (= {go-jihvA}). L.; mfn. (fr. {sam} + {AhvA})
bearing the same name S'is'.
samaaH = like
samaakula = (adj) confused, bewildered
samaagataaH = assembled
samaachara = do perfectly
samaacharan.h = practicing
samaachiina = appropriate, apt, proper
samaaja = Society
samaajasevaa = social service benefiting society
samaadhaatuM = to fix
samaadhaaya = fixing
samaadhinaa = by complete absorption
samaadhividhaana = in the state of trance
samaadhisthasya = of one situated in trance
samaadhii = state where the aspirant is one with the object of his meditation
samaadhau = in the controlled mind
samaadis *= P. %{-dizati}, to assign, allot Mn. MBh. R. ; to point out,
indicate, announce, communicate, declare Ka1v. VarBr2S. BhP. ; to appoint, name,
designate MBh. R. &c. ; to foretell, foreshow Ka1v. Katha1s. ; to direct,
advise, order, command to (dat. inf., or %{-artham}) S3rS. MBh. &c.: Caus.
%{-dezayati}, to order, command Pan5cat.
samaadishtha *= mfn. assigned, indicated, directed, commanded, enjoined MBh.
Ka1v. &c.
samaahara* = mfn. crushing together, destroying R. {-AharaNa} n. bringing
together, collection, accumulation, combination, composition W.
samaahaara* = m. seizing, taking hold of. Griihyâs.; aggregation, summing up,
sum, totality, collection, assemblage, multitude MBh. Kâv. &c.; (in gram.)
conjunction or connecting of words or sentences (as by the particle {ca}) Sank.
Prât. Sch. Pân. Sch.; compounding of words, a compound (esp. applied to a
Dvamdva whose last member is in the neuter gender [e.g. {ahi-nakulam}, `" a
snake and an ichneumon "'], or to a Dvigu, when it expresses an aggregate; see
{trilokI}). Pân.; = {pratyAhAra} Vop (cf. IW. 169 n. 1); withdrawal (of the
senses from the world) Kâm.; contraction, abridgment L.; -varma m. N. of the
diphthongs {ai} and {au} Pat,
samaahartuM = in destroying
samaahita = (adj) content, satisfied
samaahitaH = approached completely
samaahrita * = mfn. brought together, collected, fetched MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
gathered, assembled, met Hariv. Ragh. BhP.; taken together, contracted,
combined, all Ka1s3. Katha1s.; drawn (as a bowstring) Kathals.; related, told
BhP.; accepted, received, taken W.
samaahriti * = f. taking together, collecting (= %{saMgraha}) L.; withdrawal (of
the senses) from (abl.) L.
samaahritya * = ind. (taking) together, all at once TBr. Kaus3.
samaakhyaakhyAya* = mfn. to be addressed or exhorted Âpast. (v.l.)
samaakhyaakhyAyam* = ind. while mentioning by name (in {aGga-s-}) AitBr.
samaakhyaa* = P. {-khyAti}, to reckon up, count up, calculate, enumerate Mn.
MBh. R.; to relate fully, report, communicate, tell, declare MBh. Kâv. &c.
samaakhyaa* = f. name, appellation Nir. Kan. BhP.; explanation, interpretation
Sarvad.; report, fame, celebrity L.; {-bhakSa} m. drinking the Soma while
mentioning by name (the partic. receptacles for holding it) Âs'vS'r. Sch.
samaana = identical, likeness, comparable *= m. (for %{samAna} and %{sa-mAna}
see p. 1160) one of the five vital airs (that which circulates about the navel
and is essential to digestion; it is personified as a son of Sa1dhya) AV. &c.
&c.\\ samAna mf(%{I4}, or %{A})n. (connected with 1. and 2. %{sama}; in RV. v,
87, 4 abl. sg. %{samAna4smAs} for %{samAnA4t} see 1. %{sama}; for %{sam-ana} see
%{sam-an}, for %{sa-mAna} see col. 3) same, identical uniform, one (= %{eka} L.)
RV. &c. &c.; alike, similar, equal (in size, age, rank, sense or meaning &c.),
equal or like to (with instr. gen., or comp.) VS. &c. &c.; having the same place
or organ of utterance, honogeneous (as a sound or letter) Vop.; holding the
middle between two extremes, middling moderate BhP.; common, general, universal
all RV. Br. S3rS. BhP.; whole (as a number opp to `" a fraction "') Pa1n2. 5-2,
47 Va1rtt. 4; being (= %{sat}, after an adj.) Divya1v.; virtuous, good L.;
%{-varNa-bhid} L.; (%{am}) ind. like, equally with (instr.) Kir.; m.an equal.
friend TBr. Ca1n2. BhP.; (%{I}) f. a kind of metre Pin3g.; (prob.) n. N. of wk.
(cf. %{zAkhA-s-}).\\1 mfn. (for %{samAna} see col. 1; for %{sam-Ana} see p.
1154, col. 2)possessing honour or esteem, honoured by (gen.) Vet.; with anger
BhP. \\ 2 mfn. (for 1. see above) having the same measure L.
samaanaaH = (Masc.nom.pl) are equal
samaanyaa *= ind. equally, jointly, together RV. MaitrS.
samaaptam.h = is complete or over
samaapnoshhi = You cover
samaasad *= P. %{-sIdati}, to be take one's self to, come near to, approach or
advance to, reach, arrive at (acc.) MBh. R. &c. ; to meet, encounter (either in
a friendly or hostile manner), attack, assail MBh. ; to attain, obtain, meet
with, find, recover Ra1jat. Katha1s.: Caus. %{-sAdayati} (ind. p. %{-sAdya}
q.v.), to come to, to approach, advance to, arrive at, fall or get into, reach,
attain, incur MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; meet, encounter (a friend or enemy), attack,
assail ib. ; to hit (as an arrow) MBh. ; to accrue to (acc.) Ra1jat.
samaas'ritya V= resorting to
samaasa = compound word
samaasataH = in summary
samaasena = in summary
samaarambhaaH = attempts
samaaroha = programme
samaavishhTaH = absorbed
samaavritaH = covered
samaayaa* = P. {-yAti}, to come together, meet MBh. Kâv. &c.; to come near,
approach, come from (abl.) or to (acc. or loc.), go to or towards (acc.) ib.; to
elapse, pass away MBh.; to fall upon, get into any state or condition (acc.)
Pañcat. Râjat.
samaaya* = m. a visit, arrival W.
samaayuktaH = keeping in balance
sama = Equal
samabhAva* = m. equability, homogeneousness Bhâm. HParis'.; mfn. of like nature
or property W
samabuddhayaH = equally disposed
samabuddhiH = having equal intelligence
samachittaH = equal-minded/equanimity
samachittatvaM = equilibrium
samada = furious
samaadatta *= mfn. taken away, taken hold of, seized, received BhP.
samadarshanaH = seeing equally
samadarshinaH = who see with equal vision
samadhigachchhati = attains
samagra mf(%{A4})n. (see 2. %{sam}) all, entire, whole, complete, each, every
(ibc. = `" fully "', `" entirely "'; n. `" all, everything "') AV.&c. &c.; fully
provided with (instr. or comp.) Ma1lav. Ka1vya7d.; one who has everything or
wants nothing MBh. R.
samagraM = in total
samagraan.h = all
samaH = equipoised
samakaala * = m. the same time or moment W. ; (ibc. or %{am}, once also %{e}
[v.l.]) ind. simultaneously Ya1jn5. Ka1v. &c. ; %{-bhava} m. a contemporary of
(comp.) Ra1jat.
samakhaata* = n. a cavity having the figure of a regular solid with equal sides,
a parallel epipedon, cylinder &c. Col.
samakonaasana = the sideways leg-splits posture
samam * = 1 &c. see 2. {sama}, p. 1152. \\2 Â. {-amate}, to ask eagerly,
solicit, win over RV.; to fix or settle firmly ib.; to ally or connect one's
self with AV.
samaM = in equanimity
samana * = n. (prob. connected with 2. %{sam}, or 2. %{sama}) meeting (cf.
%{a-samana4}), assembly, concourse, festival RV. AV.; intercourse, commerce,
pursuit RV. i, 48, 6; amorous union, embrace RV. vi, 75, 4 &c.; conflict, strife
ib. vi, 73, 3; 5 &c. (Naigh. ii, 17).
samanantara mf(%{A})n. immediately contiguous to or following (abl. or gen.;
%{yaccA7tra@sam-anantaram}, and what is immediately connected with it "') R.
BhP. Sarvad.; (%{am}) ind. immediately behind or after (gen. or abl. or comp.)
MBh. R. &c.
samanta * = mf(%{A})n. `" having the ends together "', contiguous, neighbouring,
adjacent RV. AV. Pan5cavBr.; `" being on every side "', universal, whole,
entire, all (%{sa4mantam} ind., in contiguity or conjunction with "', `"
together with "'; %{samanta4m}, or %{-tAt} or %{-ta-tas} ind. on all sides,
around "', or, wholly, completely "'; %{-tena} ind. `" all round "'; with %{na}
= `" nowhere "') AV. &c. &c.; (%{A}) f. (pl.) neighbour. hood S3Br.; N. of a
grammar Col.; n. (also with %{agneH}, %{varuNasya}, or %{vasiSThasya}) N. of
various Samans Br.; n. or m. (?) N. of a country Buddh.
samantataH = from all sides
sama.ntaat.h = from all around
samantaat.h = everywhere
saman * = P. {-aniti}, to breathe, live RV.
samanuvarNita * = m. fn. ( %{varN}) well described or narrated, explained MBh.
BhP.
samanuvartin * = mfn. obedient, willing, devoted to (gen.) R.
samanvaya *= &c. see %{sam-anv-i}.\\ m. regular succession or order, connected
sequence or consequence, conjunction, mutual or immediate connection (%{At}
ind., in consequence of "') Kap. Ba1dar. MBh. &c. ; %{-pradIpa} m.
%{-pradipa-saMketa} m. %{sUtra-vivRti} f. N. of wks.
samanvi *= P. %{-eti}, to go together after, follow MW. ; to infer or ensue as a
consequence ib.
samapada * = m. `" holding the feet even "', a partic. posture in sexual union
L.; an attitude in shooting ib.
samapaada * = n. `" holding the feet even "', a partic. posture in dancing
Sam2gi1t.; a posture in shooting L.
samanvi * = P. %{-eti}, to go together after, follow MW.; to infer or ensue as a
consequence ib.
samanvaya * = m. regular succession or order, connected sequence or consequence,
conjunction, mutual or immediate connection (%{At} ind., in consequence of "')
Kap. Ba1dar. MBh. &c.; %{-pradIpa} m. %{-pradipa-saMketa} m. %{sUtra-vivRti} f.
N. of wks.
samanya *= mfn. fit for an assembly or for a festival (as a garment) RV.
samau = in suspension
samanvitaH = qualified* = mfn. connected or associated with, completely
possessed of, fully endowed with, possessing, full of (instr. or comp.) S'vetUp.
Mn. MBh. &c.; corresponding or answering to (comp.) R.
samara = war
samarchaa = well worshipped
samarthanam.h = (n) support
samarpaNa * = n. the act of placing or throwing upon S'Br.; delivering or
handing completely over, consigning, presenting, imparting, bestowing (cf.
{Atma-s-}) R. Kathâs. BhP.; making known, communicating S'ank. Sarvad.; (in
dram.) angry invective between personages in a play (one of the 7 scenes which
constitute a Bhânikâ q.v.) Sâh.
sam-arpaNóarpaNIya * =mfn. to be delivered or handed over or entrusted Kâd.
samarpaNarpayitR * =mfn. one who hands over or bestows or imparts (gen. or
comp.) MBh. Hariv.
sam-arpaNóarpita * =mfn. thrown or hurled at &c. &c. (see Caus.); placed or
fixed in or on, made over or consigned to (loc. or comp.) S'Br. &c. &c.;
restored Hit.; filled with Lalit.; {-vat} mfn. one who has consigned or
delivered over MW.
sam-arpaNóarpya * =mfn. to be handed over or consigned Pañcar.
sam-arpaka * ={-paNa} &c. see {samR}, p. 1170, col. 3.
sam-arpaka * =mfn. (fr. Caus.) furnishing, yielding ({-tA} f.) S'ank. Sarvad.
samasta = all
samastaM = entire
samastaaH = all; the entire
samasthitii = standing still
samatala = Level surface
samataa = equilibrium
samatitya = transcending
samatiitaani = completely past
samatvaM = equanimity
samatva* = n. equality with (instr. or gen.) KâtyS'r. VS. Prât. VarBri. &c.;
equanimity HYog.; uniform conduct towards (loc. or comp.) Bhag. BhP.;
equableness, normal condition Sus'r.
samavadhaa * = P. A1. %{-dadhAti}, %{-dhatte}, to lay or put together A1pS3r.
samavadhaana* = n. the being brought together, meeting, Kusum. Sarvad. Buddh.;
great attention MW.; preparation ib.
samavartataagre = was there before
samavasthitaM = equally situated
samavrittii = prANayAma with equally long inhalation, exhalation, suspension
samavetaaH = assembled
samavetaan.h = assembled
samaya * = time, pact, agreement, bet* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) coming together,
meeting or a place of meeting AV. S'Br.; intercourse with (instr.) Mn. x, 53;
coming to a mutual understanding, agreement, compact, covenant, treaty,
contract, arrangement, engagement, stipulation, conditions of agreement, terms
({ena} or {At} or {-tas}, according to agreement, conditionally "'; {tena
samayena}, `" in consequence of this agreement "'; {samayaM} acc. with {kR}, `"
to make an agreement or engagement "', `" agree with any one [instr. with or
without {saha}] "', `" settle "', stipulate "'; with {samvad} id.; with {dA}, to
propose an agreement, offer terms "'; with {brU} or {vac} or {abhi-dhA}, to
state the terms of an agrñagreement, `" make a promise; with {grah} or
{prati-pad}, `" to enter into an agrñagreement "', `" make or accept conditions
of an agrñagreement "'; with {pAl}, or {rakS} or {pari-rahS} &c., `" to keep an
agrñagreement "', `" keep one's word "'; with {tyaj} or {bhid} or {vy-abhi-car}
&c., `" to break an agrñagreement "'; abl. with {bhraMz} id.; loc. with {sthA},
`" to keep an engagement, `" keep one's word "'; acc. with Caus. of {sthA} or of
{ni-viz} `" to fix or settle terms "', `" impose conditions "') TS. &c. &c.;
convention, conventional rule or usage, established custom, law, rule, practice,
observance MBh. R. BhP.; order, direction, precept, doctrine Nir. MBh. S'ank.
Sarvad.; (in rhet.) the conventional meaning or scope of a word, Kusum.;
appointed or proper time, right moment for doing anything (gen. or Pot. Pân.
3-3, 68), opportunity, occasion, time, season (ifc. or ibe. or {e} ind., `" at
the appointed time or at the right moment or in good time for "', or `" at the
time of "', `" when there is "'; {tena samayena}, `" at that time "') MBh. Kâv.
&c.; juncture, circumstances, case ({iha samaye}, under these circumstances "',
`" in this case "') Pañcat. Hit.; an ordeal Vishn.; sign, hint, indication W.;
demonstrated conclusion ib.; limit, boundary ib.; solemn address, harangue,
speech, declaration Vishn.; (in gram.) a Vedic passage which is the repetition
of another one RPrât.; (in dram.) end of trouble or distress Bhar. Das'ar. Sâh.;
N. of a son of Dharma VP.; (with S'âktas) N. of the author of a Mantra Cat.
samayocita * = mfn. suited to the occasion or time or to an emergency,
seasonable, opportune BhP. ; (%{am}) ind. suitably to the occñoccasion MW. ;
%{-zloka}, m.N. of wk.
sambhrama * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) whirling round, haste, hurry, flurry, confusion,
agitation, bustling; activity, eagerness, zeal ({At} and {ena}, `" excitedly,
hurriedly "'; acc. with {kR} or {gam}, and dat., to get into a flurry about,
show great eagerness or zeal "'; with {tyaj} or {vi-muc}, `" to compose one's
self "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; awe, deference, respect Kâv. Kathâs.; error, mistake,
delusion (ifc. =, feigning or seeming to be "') Râjat. Kathâs.; grace, beauty
(v.l. for {vi-bhrama}) Bhartri.; N. of a class of beings attending on S'iva
Cat.; mfn. agitated, excited, rolling about (as the eyes) BhP.; {-jvalita} mfn.
excited by flurry MW.; {-bhRt} mfn. possessing bewilderment, embarrassed,
agitited ib.
saMcita * mfn. piled together, heaped up, gathered, collected, accumulated S'Br.
&c. &c.; dense, thick (as a wood) R.; fitted or provided with, full of (comp.)
MBh.; impeded, obstructed VarBriS.; frequently practised or exhibited MBh.;
{-karman} n. the rites to be performed after arranging the sacrificial fire
S'rS.
saM+tri = to cross
saMbhaavanaamaatreNa = by honouring (with gifts) alone
sambandha = Full relationship between planets
sambandhinaH = relatives
sambhava = birth* = (or {sa4m-bhava}) m. (ifc. f. {A}) being or coming together,
meeting, union, intercourse (esp. sexual intñintercourse, cohabitation) Gobh.;
finding room in, being contained in (ifc.= `" contained in "') MBh. Sus'r.;
birth, production, origin, source, the being produced from (abl.; ifc. = `"
arisen or produced from, made of, grown in "') Mn. MBh. &c.; cause, reason,
occasion (ifc.= `" caused or occasioned by "') ib.; being brought about,
occurrence, appearance (ifc. = `" occurring "' or `" appearing in "') ib.;
being, existence S'vetUp. MBh. &c.; capacity, ability, possibility (ifc. `" made
possible by "'; {ena}, `" according to possibility "', `" as possible "') MBh.
MârkP. Sâh.; (in rhet.) a possible case Kuval.; (in phil.) equivalence (regarded
as one of the Pramânas q.v.; illustrated by the equivalence between one shilling
and pence) MW.; agreement, conformity (esp. of the receptacle with the thing
received) W.; compatibility, adequacy ib.; acquaintance, intimacy ib.; loss,
destruction ib.; (with Buddhists) N. of a world SaddhP.; N. of a prince, VF.; of
the third Arhat of the present Avasarpinî. L.; mf({A})n. existing, being
Pañcar.; {-kANDa} m. n. N. of a Pauranic wk.; {-parirnan} n. `" the section
about the origin (of the gods) "', N. of ch. of the first book of the MBh.
sambhavaM = born of
sambhavaH = production
sambhavati = occur, arise
sambhavanti = they appear
sambhavaaH = produced of
sambhavaan.h = produced of
sambhavaami = I do incarnate
sambhaavitasya = for a respectable man
sambhaashhaNa = conversation, talk, chat
sambhRta* = mfn. brought together, collected, assembled, accumulated,
concentrated RV. &c. &c.; provided, stored, laden, filled, covered, furnished or
endowed with, possessed of (instr. or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; carried, borne (in the
womb) MBh.; well maintained or nourished RV. R.; honoured, respected BhP.;
produced, effected, caused, made, prepared S'Br. Kâlid. Sus'r.; loud, shrill (as
a sound) MBh. vii, 3911; {-kratu} mfn. one in whom all knowledge is
concentrated, intelligent, wise (said of Indra) RV.; {-tama} mfn. fully
concentrated S'ânkhS'r.; {-bala} mfn. one who has assembled an army Râjat.;
{-zrI} ({sa4m-}) mfn. one in whom all beauty is concentrated, lovely, charming
AV. Megh.; {-zruta} mfn. possessed of knowledge, learned, wise Râjat.;
{-sambhAra} ({sa4m-}) mfn. one who has brought together all requisite materials,
quite ready or prepared for anything TS. MBh. BhP.; {-sneha} mfn. full of love
for (loc.) Megh.; {-tA7Gga} ({sa4m-}) mfn. one whose body is well nourished or
fed TBr.; (ifc.) one whose limbs are covered with MBh. (B. {sam-vRt-});
{-ta4rtha} mfn. one who has accumulated wealth Ragh.; {-tA7zva} ({sa4m-}) mfn.
one who has well-fed horses RV.; {-tau9Sadha} mfn. one who has collected many
drugs MBh.
sambhuutaM = arisen kim
saMcAra* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) walking about, wandering, roaming, driving or
riding, any motion MBh. Kâv. &c.; transit, passage ib.; the passage or entrance
of the sun into a new sign MW.; passing over, transition, transference to
(comp.) Yâjñ.; transmission (of disease), contagion W.; course, path, way (also
fig. = `" mode, manner "') MBh. Hariv.; track (of wild animals) S'ak. Sch.;
course of life, career Sâh.; a partic. class of spies L.; difficult progress,
difficulty, distress W.; leading, guiding ib.; inciting, impelling ib.; a gem
supposed to be in the head of a serpent ib.; = {huM-kAra} ChUp.; [w.r. for
{saM-cara}, {saM-sAra}, and {sac-cAra}]; {-jIvin} m. (prob.) a tramp, vagabond
L.; {-patha} m. a walk, walking-place Hariv.; (in dram.) a female attendant on a
king (= {yavanI}) Bhar.; {-pUta} mfn. purified by the course or passage (of
anything) MW.; {-vyAdhi} m. a partic. (prob. infectious) disease L.
saMdagdha * = mfn. burned up, consumed TS. &c. &c.
saMdaMs'a * = m. compression (of the lips) MBh. ; too great compression of the
teeth in the pronunciation of vowels RPra1t. ; junction, connection Subh. ; a
pair of tongs or pincers or nippers AV. Br. Pur. Sus3r. ; N. of those parts of
the body which are used for grasping or seizing (as the thumb and forefinger
together, the opposite eye-teeth, the nippers of a crab &c.) Ya1jn5. VarBr2S.
Sus3r. Pan5cat. Katha1s. ; a partic. Naraka or hell (where the flesh of the
wicked is tortured with pincers) Pur. ; a chapter or section of a book Da1yabh.
; a partic. Eka7ha Vait. ; the site of a village &c. (fixed according to the
compass) L.
saMdes'ita* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to point out, asked to declare MBh.
saMdes'ya* = mfn. to be directed or instructed Kathâs.; founded on direction or
impulse, done on purpose AV.; belonging to this place, domestic (as opp. to
{vi-dezya}, `" foreign "') AV.
saMdes'a* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) communication of intelligence, message,
information, errand, direction, command, order to (gen. or loc.; {-tas} with
gen., `" by order of "') Kaus'. MBh. &c.; a present, gift L.; a partic. kind of
sweetmeat L.; {-gir} f. news, tidings L.; {-pada} n. pl. the words of a message
Ragh.; {-vAc} f. (= {-gir}) L.; {-hara} m. a newsbringer, messenger, envoy,
ambassador Kâv.; ({A}) f. a female messenger Gal.; {-hAra} mfn. bringing news or
tidings Sâh.; {-hAraka} (Sâh.), {-hArin} (S'ak.) m. (= {-hara}); {-zA7rtha} m.
the contents of a message Megh.; {-zo7kti} f. (= {-gir}) L.
same = in equanimity
sametaM = come together with * = come together, assembled, joined, united Mn.
MBh. &c.; connected or united or furnished with, possessed of (instr. or comp.)
MBh. Kâv. &c.; encountered, come into collision with (instr.) MBh.; come near or
to, got into any state or condition (acc.) Pañcat.; {-mAya} mfn. affected by or
possessing illusions MW.
saMgara = (m) a vow
saMgAh* = Â. {-gAhate} (only aor. {sam-agAhiSTa}), to plunge into, enter, go
into (acc.) Bhathth.
saMgai* = P. {-gAyati}, to sing together, celebrate by singing together, sing in
chorus, chant S'Br. &e. &c.: Pass. {-gIyate}, to be sung or praised in chorus
BhP.
saMga* = and {saGga} see below and {saJj}.
saMga* = m. (for {saGga} see {saJj}) `" coming together "', conflict, war RV.
(cf. Naigh. ii, 17).
saMgA* = P. {-jigAti}, to come together AV.; to go to, approach (acc.) BhP.
saMgaNanA*= f. counting together, enumeration MBh.
saMgaNikA*= f. society, the world DivyA7v.
saMgarj* = P. {-garjati}, to roar together, shout at or against (acc.) MBh.
saMgara* = 1 m. agreeing together, agreement, assent AV. &c. &c.; conflict,
combat, fight, battle with (instr.) or for (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.; a bargain,
transaction of sale L.; knowledge L.; {-kskama} mfn. fit for combat or war Kâm.;
{-stha} mfn. engaged in combat or war R.
saMgara* = 2 m. swallowing up, devouring MW.; n. poison L.; misfortune, calamity
L.; n. the S'amî fruit L.
saMgava* = m. (fr. {sam} and {go}) the time when grazing cows are collected for
milking or when they are together with their calves (the second of the five
divisions of the day, three Muhûrtas after Prâtastana q.v.) RV. AV. Br. S'rS.
saMgataka*= m. contact (see {bhrU-s-}); N. of a story-teller Kathâs.
saMgatin*= mfn. come together, met, assembled MârkP.
saMgam* = Â. {-gacchate} (rarely P. {-ti}, and accord. to Pân. 1-3, 29 only with
an object; pf. {-jagme}; Vedic forms &c. {-gamemahi}, {-gamAmahai},
{-ajagmiran}, {-agata} [3. sg.], {-aganmahi}, {-agasmahi}, or {-agaMsmahi},
{-gmiSIya}, {-gasISTa} or {-gaMsISTa}, {-gaMsyate} &c.; cf. 1. {gam} and Pân.
1-2, 13; vii, 2, 38), to go or come together, come into contact or collision,
meet (either in a friendly or hostile manner), join or unite with (instr. with
and without {saha} or {sA7rdham}) RV. &c. &c.; to unite sexually with (acc.)
Bhathth.; to harmonize, agree, fit, correspond, suit R. Kathâs. Veda7ntas.; to
go to or towards, meet (acc.) BhP.; to come together or assemble in (loc.) AV.;
to undergo or get into any state or condition, become (e.g. with {vizrambham},
`" to become trustful, confide "') BhP.; (P.) to partake of (instr.) RV.; to go
away, depart (this life), decease, die Lâthy.; (P.) to visit (acc.) Pân. 1-3, 29
Sch.: Caus. {-gamayati} (ind. p. {-gamayya}), to cause to go together, bring
together, connect or unite or endow or present with (instr. of pers. and acc. of
thing) AV. &c. &c.; to lead any one to (two acc.) Hit., Introd.; to deliver or
hand over to (loc.), transfer, bestow, give MBh. Ragh.; to connect, construe
(words) Sâh.; to cause to go away or depart (this life), kill MBh. (Nîlak.):
Desid. {-jigaMsate}, to wish to meet with (instr.). Pat.; {-jigAMsati}, to wish
to attain to (acc.) ib.
saMgamaka*= mfn. leading to, showing the way Nîlak. on Hariv. 8992.
saMgamanIya*= mfn. leading to union, effecting union Vikr.
saMgamita*= mfn. (fr. Caus.) brought together, united ib.; {-vat} mfn. one who
has brought together or united Das'.
saMgavavelA*= f. (ChUp.) the time when cows are collected for milking.
saMgavinI*= f. the place where cows come together for milking AitBr. (Sây.)
saMgaraNa*= n. transaction together, agreement Nir. iii, 9.
sAMgamiSNu*= mfn. (fr. {saM-g-}) a kind of sand (or expressive of some quality
belonging to it) TBr.
saMgama*= m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A}) coming together, meeting (in
a friendly or hostile manner), union, intercourse or association with (instr.
with and without {saha} gen., or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; connection or contact with
(instr. or comp.; with {anarthena}, `" coming to harm "', `" injury "') R. Kâm.;
sexual union L.; confluence (of two rivers as of the Ganges and the Jumnâ, or of
a river, at its mouth, with the ocean; such confluences are always held sacred
RTL. 347) Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; conjunction (of planets) VarBriS.; harmony, adaptation
W.; point of intersection Gol.; an uninterrupted series of (comp.) RPrât.;
acquirement of (gen.) Pañcat.; {-jJAna} m. N. of a scholar (cf. {-zrI-jJ-})
Buddh.; {-tantra-rAja}N. of wk.; {-datta} m. N. of a man Kathâs.; {-maNi} m. a
jewel effecting union (of lovers) Vikr.; {-zrI-jJAna} m. N. of a scholar (cf.
{saMgama-jJ-}) Buddh.; {-sAdhvasa} n. perturbation in regard to sexual union
Mâlav.; {-svAmin} m. N. of a man Kathâs.; {-mA7ditya} m. N. of a man Cat.;
{-me7za} n. N. of a Linga Kâs'îKh.; {-me7zvara} m. a surname of Vis'va-nâtha
(the author of the Vrata-râja) Cat.; N. of a Linga Kâs'îKh.; ({-ra-mAhAtmya} n.
{-stotra} n. N. of wks.; {-svAmin} m. N. of a man ib.)
saMgamana*= mf({I})n. gathering together, a gatherer RV. AV.; m. N. of Yama
(q.v.) MW.; n. coming together, coming into contact with, meeting with (comp.)
AV. TBr.; partaking of (instr) MBh.
saMgAyana*= n. singing or praising together KâtyS'r.
saMgata* = mfn. come together, met, encountered, joined, united AV. &c. &c.;
allied with, friendly to (instr. or comp.) Gaut. Râjat.; fitted together,
apposite, proper, suitable, according with or fit for (comp.) Kâv. Kathâs.;
contracted, shrunk up MBh. (cf. comp.), in conjunction (as planets) W.; m.
(scil. {saMdhi}) an alliance or peace based on mutual friendship Kâm. Hit.; N.
of a king (belonging to the Maurya dynasty) Pur.; ({am}) n. coming together,
meeting with (instr. loc. gen., or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; frequent meeting,
intercourse, alliance, association, friendship or intimacy with (instr. gen., or
comp.) KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; addiction or devotion to (gen.) Kâvya7d.;
agreement MBh.; {-gAtra} mfn. having contracted or shrivelled limbs MBh.;
{-saMdhi} m. a friendly alliance (see above) MW.; {-tA7rtha} mfn. containing a
fit or proper meaning KâtyS'r.
saMgati* = f. coming together, meeting with (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; going
or resorting to (loc.) Cân. Hit.; association, intercourse, society, company
(with instr. with and without {saha} or {samam}; loc. gen., or comp.) MBh. Kâv.
&c.; a league, alliance Cân.; sexual union L.; meeting or coming to pass
accidentally, chance, accident ({-tyA}, ind. `" by chance, haply "') MBh. R.
&c.; adaptation, fitness, appropriateness, applicability Kathâs. Sarvad.;
connection with, relation to (instr. or comp.) Kâvya7d.; becoming acquainted,
knowledge L.; questioning for further information W.; (in the Pûrva-mîmânsâ) one
of the 5 members (Avayavas) of an Adhikarana Sarvad.; {-prakAza} m. {-mAlA} f.
{-lakSaNa} n. {-vAda} m. {-vicAra}, m.; ({-ty}) {-anumiti} f. {-anumiti-vAda} m.
N. of wks. [1128, 3]
sAMgatika*= mfn. (fr. {saM-gati}) relating to society, social, associating W.;
m. a new comer, visitor, guest, acquaintance Vishn. Mn.; one who comes to
transact business MW.
saMgatha* = m. meeting-place, centre RV. TBr.; conflict, war Naigh.; ({A}) f.
confluence MW.
sAMgatya* = n. (fr. {saM-gata}) meeting, intercourse with ({saha}) Hit. Subh.
samgati = company
samgatiraikaa = sa.ngatiH+ekA, company+(only) one (way)
samgavarjitaH = freed from the contamination of fruitive activities and mental
speculation
samGYake = which is called
samGYaarthaM = for information
samGYitaM = in the matter of
samGYitaH = is called
samGYaiH = named
samghe = (loc.sing.) in Union or togetherness or group
samgiita = (m) divine music, the space between the breaths
samgiita = music
samgraha = collection* = m. holding together, seizing, grasping, taking,
reception, obtainment MBh. Kâv. &c.; taking (in the sense of eating or drinking
food, medicine &c.) Ragh. Bhartri.; the fetching back of discharged weapons by
magical means MBh. Hariv.; bringing together, assembling (of men) R. Ragh.
Sinha7s.; collecting, gathering, conglomeration, accumulation (as of stores) Mn.
MBh. &c.; (in phil.) agglomeration (= {saMyoga} q.v.) MW.; a place where
anything is kept, a store-room, receptacle BhP.; complete enumeration or
collection, sum, amount, totality ({eNa}, `" completely "', `" entirely "')
Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; drawing together, making narrower, narrowing, tightening, making
thin or slender, the thin part of anything Car. Vâgbh. KâtyS'r. Sch.; a
compendium, summary, catalogue, list, epitome, abridgment, short statement
({eNa} or {At}, `" shortly "', `" summarily "', `" in few words "') KathhUp.
MBh. &c.; inclusion, comprehension, Kusum. Kull.; check, restraint, control ib.
Vet.; keeping, guarding, protection Mn. MBh. &c.; a guardian, ruler, manager,
arranger R. BhP.; obstruction, constipation (see {-grahanI}); attracting,
winning, favouring, kind treatment, propitiation, entertaining, entertainment
Mn. MBh. &c.; taking to wife, marriage (see {dAra-s-}); perception, notion Kap.
BhP.; mention, mentioning L.; elevation, loftiness L.; velocity L.; N. of S'iva
MBh.; of various wks. (esp. of a gram. wk. in 100,000 S'lokas by Vyâdi; also
often in comp.); {-kAra} m. the composer or author of the Sangraha; {-grantha}
m. N. of wk.; {-grahaNI} f. a partic. form of diarrhoea (alternating with
constipation) Bhpr.; {-cUDAmaNi} m. {-parvan} n. (IW. 370 n. 1), {-prakAzikA},
f. {-ratnamAlA} f. {-rAmA7yaNa} n. N. of wks.; {-vat} mfn. provided with a short
summary of a subject Cat.; {-vastu} n. an element of popularity DivyA7v.;
{-vivaraNa} n. {-vaidyanAthIya} n. N. of wks.; {-zloka} m. a verse
recapitulating what has been explained before (in prose intermixed with Sûtras).
saM-graaha* = m. grasping, laying hold of. forcible seizure W.; the fist or
clenching the fist L. (cf. Pân. 3-3, 36 Sch.); the handle of a shield L.
samgrahaH = the accumulation
samgraheNa = in summary
samgraama-bhuumi = (fem) battleground
samgraamaM = fighting
saMhata* = mfn. struck together, closely joined or united with (instr.), keeping
together, contiguous, coherent, combined, compacted, forming one mass or body
Âs'vS'r. Mn. MBh. &c. [1122, 3]; accompanied or attended by (instr.) Mn. vii,
165; become solid, compact, firm, hard MBh. Kâv. &c.; strong-limbed, athletic
MBh.; strong, intensive VarBriS.; (prob.) complex, composite, compound (said of
a partic. tone and odour) MBh.; struck, hurt, wounded, killed W.; n. a partic.
position in dancing, Sanigît.; {-kulIna} mfn. belonging to a family closely
allied or related ÂpS'r. Sch.; {-jAnu} or {-jAnuka} mfn. knock-kneed L.; {-tala}
m. the two hands joined with the open palms brought together W.; {-tA} f. close
contact or union S'is'.; {-tva} n. id. Pañcat. (v.l.); complexity. compactness,
close combination W.; {-pucchi} ind. with contracted tail g. {dvidaNDy-Adi};
{-bhrU} mfn. knitting the brows MBh.; {-bhrUkuTi-mukha} mfn. one on whose face
the brows are contracted ib.; {-mUrti} mfn. of compact form or shape, strong,
intensive VarBriS.; {vAk-kala} mfn. (du.) `" joining the tones of the voice "',
singing a duet MârkP.; {-vRtto7ru} mfn. one who has round and firm thighs R.;
{-starnI} f. a woman whose breasts are very close to each other MW.; {-hasta}
mfn. seizing or holding each other by the hand ({-tva}, n.) Gobh. Sch.;
{-tA7Gga} mfn. strong-limbed, well-knit Sus'r.; in close contiguity (as hills)
MBh.; {-tA7Jjoli} mfn.; joining the hollowed han ds (as a mark of supplication)
Hariv.; {-tA7zva} m. N. of a king (son of Nikumbha) Hariv.; {-to7ru} mfn.
firm-thighed MBh.
saMhaata* = m. (for {saM-ghAta}, which is often v.l.) conciseness (in,
{akSara-s-}) Sâh.; N. of a partic. hell Mn. iv, 89; of one of S'iva's attendants
L.
samh = being so
samhaara = destroy (take away)
samharate = winds up
saMhata* = mfn. struck together, closely joined or united with (instr.), keeping
together, contiguous, coherent, combined, compacted, forming one mass or body
A1s3vS3r. Mn. MBh. &c. [1122,3]; accompanied or attended by (instr.) Mn. vii,
165; become solid, compact, firm, hard MBh. Ka1v. &c.; strong-limbed, athletic
MBh.; strong, intensive VarBr2S.; (prob.) complex, composite, compound (said of
a partic. tone and odour) MBh.; struck, hurt, wounded, killed W.; n. a partic.
position in dancing, Sam2igi1t.; %{-kulIna} mfn. belonging to a family closely
allied or related A1pS3r. Sch.; %{-jAnu} or %{-jAnuka} mfn. knock-kneed L.;
%{-tala} m. the two hands joined with the open palms brought together W.; %{-tA}
f. close contact or union S3is3.; %{-tva} n. id. Pan5cat. (v.l.); complexity.
compactness, close combination W.; %{-pucchi} ind. with contracted tail g.
%{dvidaNDy-Adi}; %{-bhrU} mfn. knitting the brows MBh.; %{-bhrUkuTi-mukha} mfn.
one on whose face the brows are contracted ib.; %{-mUrti} mfn. of compact form
or shape, strong, intensive VarBr2S.; %{vAk-kala} mfn. (du.) `" joining the
tones of the voice "', singing a duet Ma1rkP.; %{-vRtto7ru} mfn. one who has
round and firm thighs R.; %{-starnI} f. a woman whose breasts are very close to
each other MW.; %{-hasta} mfn. seizing or holding each other by the hand
(%{-tva}, n.) Gobh. Sch.; %{-tA7Gga} mfn. strong-limbed, well-knit Sus3r.; in
close contiguity (as hills) MBh.; %{-tA7Jjoli} mfn.; joining the hollowed han ds
(as a mark of supplication) Hariv.; %{-tA7zva} m. N. of a king (son of Nikumbha)
Hariv.; %{-to7ru} mfn. firm-thighed MBh.
saMhaata* = m. (for %{saM-ghAta}, which is often v.l.) conciseness (in,
%{akSara-s-}) Sa1h.; N. of a partic. hell Mn. iv, 89; of one of S3iva's
attendants L.
samhita = sandhi: the phonetic combination of words in sanskrit
saMhita* = mfn. (1. {dhA}) put together, joined, attached RV. &c. &c.; fixed,
settled AitBr.; composed of (comp.) ib.; placed together ({pArzva-s-}, `" placed
side by side "') Lâthy.; uninterrupted (as a series of words) RPrât.; joined or
connected or endowed or furnished with, abounding in, possessed of, accompanied
by (comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; agreeing with, conformable to ({dharma-s-}, `" in
accordance with justice "') R.; relating to, concerning (comp.) ib.; connected
with, proceeding from (comp.) MBh.; being on friendly terms with (instr.) ib.;
({-ta4}) mfn. mixed in colour, variegated VS. TS.; ({A}) f. see next; n. N. of a
Sâman ÂrshBr.
saMhitaa* = f. conjunction, connection, union TUp.; (in gram.) the junction or
combination of letters according to euphonic rules (= {saMdhi}, but sometimes
considered rather as the state preparatory to the actual junction than the
junction itself Prât.; a text treated according to euphonic rules (esp. the real
continuous text of the Vedas as formed out of the Padas or separate words by
proper phonetic changes [according to various schools; cf. IW. 152]: beside the
Sanhitâs of the Riig-, Sâma-, and Atharvaveda there is the Vâjasaneyi-SñSanhitâs
belonging to the White Yajur-veda, and five other Sanhitâs belonging to the
black Yajur-veda, viz. the Taittirîya-SñSanhitâ, the Sanhita of the Âtreyas
[known only by its Anukramanî], the SñSanhitâ of the Kathhas, the
Kapishthhala-Kathha-SñSanhitâ, and the SñSanhitâ of the Maitrâyaniyas or
Maitrâyanî-SñSanhitâ) Nir. Prât. &c.; any methodically arranged collection of
texts or verses (e.g. the Râma7yana, the various law-books, the medical works of
Caraka and S'ârngadhara, the complete system of natural astrology &c. [cf.
{bRhat-s-}]; there is also a Sanhitâ of the Purânas said to have been compiled
by Vyâsa, the substance of which is supposed to be represented by the
Vishnu-purâna) MBh. VarBriS. Pur. &c.; science L.; the force which holds
together and supports the universe (a term applied to the Supreme Being accord.
to some) MW.; N. of various wks.
samhitaasa.ndhiH = sa.nhitaa+sandhiH joined together?
samhri = to completely destroy1
saMhrita * = mfn. drawn or brought together &c.; interrupted (in %{a-s-})
Uttarar.; %{-busam} ind. after the chaff has been got in g.
%{tiSThadgu-prabhRti}; %{-yavam} ind. after the barley has been got in ib.
samhrishhTa = (adj) happy
samidh *= mfn. igniting , flaming , burning RV. ; f. firewood , fuel , a log of
wood , faggot , grass &c. employed as fuel (7 Samidhs , or sometimes 3 X 7 are
mentioned , as well as 7 Yonis , 7 flames &c.) RV. &c. &c. ; kindling , flaming
RV. VS. S3Br. ; %{-samid-AdhAna} S3rS.
samiddhaH = blazing
samiihaa* = f. striving after, longing for, wish, desire MBh. Ka1v. &c.
samIh * = A1. %{-Ihate} (pr. p. %{-Ihat}), to strive after, wish for, desire,
endeavour to gain (acc.) VS. &c. &c.
samIhaa * = f. striving after, longing for, wish, desire MBh. Ka1v. &c.
samIhana * = mfn. zealous, eager (said of Vishn2u) MBh.
samIhita * = mfn. longed or wished for, desired, striven after, undertaken R.
Bhartr2. Pan5cat. ; n. great effort to obtain anything, desire, longing, wish
Ka1v. Katha1s. Hit.
samiikaraH = (m) electric iron
samiikaraNa = equation
samiipa-stha = (standing) nearby
samiipe = (adv) near
samiira = breeze
samiiksh.h = to examine
samiikshya = after seeing
samiiksha* n. complete investigation "'N. of the Sâmkhya system of philosophy
L.; ({A}) f. thorough or close inspection, perceiving, beholding (dat., within
the range of any one's [gen.] sight "') Âpast.; desire or wish to see MBh.; a
glance BhP.; view, opinion in regard to (with {prati}) MBh.; deep insight,
understanding, intellect BhP.; investigation, search W.; the Mîmânsâ philosophy
or any work examining or explaining Vedic ritual ib.; essential nature or truth
or principle (= {tattva} q.v.) ib. [1165,1]; effort ib.
samitiJNjayaH = always victorious in battle
samitii = (f) comittee
sam'jña *= 1 mfn. (fr. %{saM} + 1. %{jJa} = %{jJu} ; cf. 1. %{pra-jJa})
knock-kneed L.
sam'jña *= 2 mfn. (ifc. for %{saM-jJA} e.g. %{labdha-saMjJa}, `" one who has
recovered consciousness "' MBh. ; %{-tA} f. `" recovery of cñconsciousness "'
Ven2is.) ; (%{A}) f. see below ; n. a yellow fragrant wood, yellow sanders L.
sam'jñaa *= P. A1. %{-jAnAti}, %{-jAnIte}, (A1.) to agree together, be of the
same opinion, be in harmony with (loc. ; accord. to Pa1n2. 2-3, 22, also instr.
or acc.) RV. AV. VS. S3Br. ; (A.) to obey (dat.) AitBr. ; (A1.) to appoint,
assign, intend (for any purpose), destine ib. ; (only ind. p. %{-jJAya}) to
direct, order, command Hariv. ; to acknowledge, recognize, own Pa1n2. 1-3, 46
Sch. ; (P.) to acknowledge or claim as one's own, take possession of SaddhP. ;
(P.) to think of. recollect sorrowfully (with acc. or gen.) Pa1n2. Vop. ; A1. to
know well, understand R. ; to watch for Bhat2t2.: Caus. %{-jJA8payati}, %{-te},
to cause to be of the same opinion or agree together AV. AitBr. ; to cause to
acquiesce or agree in (euphemistically said of a sacrificial victim, which ought
not to be led forcibly to its death but made to resign itself) S3Br. Gr2S3rS.
MBh. BhP. ; to appease, satisfy MBh. Ka1lid. ; to make to be understood or
known, cause to understand S3Br. ; to make signs to (acc.), communicate or make
anything known by signs Mr2icch. Hcar. ; to command, enjoin, instruct Hariv.
[1133,3]\\ f. (ifc. f. %{A}) agreement, mutual understanding, harmony TBr. S3Br.
Katha1s. ; consciousness, clear knowledge or understanding or notion or
conception S3Br. &c. &c. ; a sign, token, signal, gesture (with the hand, eyes
&c. ; %{saMjJAm-kR} or %{dA}, `" to give a signal "') MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; direction
(in %{a-kRtas-}, `" one who has received no dñdirection "') MBh. ; a track,
footstep BhP. ; a name, appellation, title, technical term (ifc. = `" called,
named "') Nir. Mn. MBh. &c. ; (in gram.) the name of anything thought of as
standing by itself, any noun having a special meaning (%{saMjJAyAm} therefore
denotes `" [used] in some peculiar sense rather than in its strictly
etymological meaning "' e.g. as a proper name) Pa1n2. 1-1, 34 ; 2, 53 &c. ; a
technical expression in grammar (see %{-sUtra}) ; (with Buddhists) perception
(one of the 5 Skandhas q.v.) Dharmas. 22 MWB. 109 ; N. of the Ga1yatri1 (q.v.)
L. ; of a partic. high number Buddh. ; N. of a daughter of Tvasht2r2i or
Vis3va-karman (the wife of the Sun and mother of Manu, Yama and Yami1) Hariv.
Pur.
saMjnâna * = mf(%{I})n. producing harmony AitBr. ; (%{I}) f. a ceremony for
producing unanimity TS. A1s3vS3r. ; n. unanimity, harmony with (loc. or instr.)
RV. AV. VS. TS. ; consciousness S3Br. AitUp. BhP. ; right conception
Pratijn5a1s. ; perception (= %{saM-jJA}) Buddh.
saMkaara* = m. dust, sweepings ({-kUTa} n. a heap of rubbish) DivyA7v.; the
crackling of flame L.; ({I}) f. a girl recently deflowered, new bride L.
saMkath* = P. {-kathayati}, to relate or narrate fully, tell, speak about
(acc.), converse MBh. BhP.
saMkan* = (only p. {-cakAna4}), to be pleased or satisfied RV. v, 30, 17.
saMkalpa* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) conception or idea or notion formed in the mind or
heart, (esp.) will, volition, desire, purpose, definite intention or
determination or decision or wish for (with loc. dat., or ifc.), sentiment,
conviction, persuasion; (ibc. often = `" intentionally "', `" purposely "', `"
on purpose "', `" according to will "', &c.; acc. with {kR}, `" to form a
resolution, make up one's mind "') AV. &c. &c.; idea or expectation of any
advantage W.; a solemn vow or determination to perform any ritual observance,
declaration of purpose (e.g. a declaration by a widow of her intention to burn
herself with her deceased husband) W.; the Will personified (as a son of
San-kalpâ and Brahmâ) Hariv. MârkP.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Daksha (the
wife of Dharma and mother of Sankalpa) Hariv.; of Manu's wife Hariv.
saMkA* = f. (prob. connected with {saJj}) contest, strife, fight RV. TBr.
saMkaara* = m. dust, sweepings ({-kUTa} n. a heap of rubbish) DivyA7v.; the
crackling of flame L.; ({I}) f. a girl recently deflowered, new bride L.
saMkara* = m. mixing together, commingling, intermixture confusion (esp. of
castes or races, proceeding from the intermarriage of a man with a woman of a
higher caste or from the promiscuous intercourse of the four tribes, and again
from the indiscriminate cohabitation of their descendants; cf. {yoni-s-}) Mn.
MBh. &c.; the offspring of a mixed marriage R.; any action similar to the
intermixture of castes (sometimes n.) MBh.; (in rhet.) the confusion or blending
together of metaphors which ought to be kept distinct (opp. to {saM-sRSTi} q.v.)
Sâh. Kpr.; anything that may be defiled by the touch of any unclean thing MBh.;
dung Car.; dust, sweepings L.; the crackling of flame L.; N. of a man Buddh.;
{-ja} mfn. born from a mixed caste Cat.; {-jAta} mfn. id. Mn. v, 89; {-jAti}
mfn. id. BhP.; {-jAtIya} mfn. id. MW.; {-tA} f. (see {varNa-s-}); {-mImAMsA} f.
N. of wk.; {-saMkara} m. the mixed offspring of mixed offspring Vishn.; {-sveda}
m. a partic. sudorific treatment; {-rA7pAtra-kRtyA} f. an action which degrades
a man to a mixed caste or makes him unworthy to receive gifts Mn. xi, 126;
{-rAzva} m. `" mongrel horse "', a mule L.
saMkarshana * = n. drawing out, extraction Hariv. BhP.; a means of joining or
uniting BhP.; drawing together, contracting W.; making rows, ploughing ib.
[1126,2]; m. N. of Bala-deva or Bala-ra1ma (also called Hala7yudha [q.v.], the
elder brother of Kr2ishn2a; he was drawn from the womb of Devaki1 and
transferred to that of Rohin2i1; among Vaishn2avas he is considered as the
second of the four forms of Purusho7ttama) MBh. Hariv. Pur. Sarvad.; N. of the
father of Ni1la7sura Cat.; (also with %{sUri}) of various authors ib.; %{-kANDa}
(or %{saM-karSa-k-}) m. N. of an appendix to the Mi1ma1n6sa1-su1tra; %{-maya}
mf(%{I})n. representing Bala-deva AgP.; %{-vidyA} f. the art of drawing a child
from the womb of one woman and transferring it to that of another (applied to
Baladeva cf. above) Prab.; %{-zaraNa} m. N. of an author, Cat; %{-sUtra-vicAra}
m. N. of wk.; %{-Ne7zvara-tIrtha} n. N. of a Ti1rtha Cat.
see also zamkara under s'amkara
samkatha = calamity / danger
saMkhyaa* = P. {-khyAti}, to reckon or count, up, sum up, enumerate, calculate
S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; to estimate by (instr.) MBh.; Â. (only aor. {saM-akhyata})
to appear along with, be connected with, belong to (instr.) RV. VS.: Caus.
{-khyApayati}, to cause to be looked at or observed by (instr.) TS. S'Br.
saMkhya* = mfn. counting up or over, reckoning or summing up Pân. 3-2, 7 Sch.
(ifc.; cf. {go-s-}); m. N. of a man Cat.; ({A}) f. see below; n. conflict,
battle, war (only in loc.; cf. Naigh. ii, 17) MBh. Kâv. Râjat.; {-tA} f. {-tva}
n. numerableness, numeration MW.
saMkhyaa* = f. reckoning or summing up, numeration, calculation (ifc. = `"
numbered or reckoned among "') R. Ragh. Râjat.; a number, sum, total (ifc. `"
amounting to "') S'Br. &c. &c.; a numeral Prât. Pân. &c.; (in gram.) number (as
expressed by case terminations or personal tñterminations) Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 1;
deliberation, reasoning, reflection, reason, intellect MBh. Kâv.; name,
appellation (= {AkhyA}) R.; a partic. high number Buddh.; manner MW.; (in geom.)
a gnomon (for ascertaining the points of the compass), RâmRâs.
saMkhyAta * = mfn. reckoned up, enumerated, numbered, counted, measured AV. &c.
&c. [1128,2] ; estimated by R. ; considered (see comp.) ; m. pl. N. of a people
VarBr2S. ; (%{A}) f. (scil. %{prahelikA}) a kind of riddle based on counting
Ka1v. iii, 101 ; n. number, multitude BhP. ; %{-saMkhyeya} mfn. one who has
considered what is to be considered Car. ; %{-tA7nudeza} m. a subsequent
enumeration the members of which correspond successively to those of a previous
one Ka1s3. on
saMkiirtana *= n. the act of mentioning fully &c. ; praise , celebration ,
glorification MBh. Ka1v. &c.
saMkrama* = m. going or coming together VS.; progress, course, (esp.)
transition, passage or transference to (loc.), Kusum.; the passage of the sun or
a planet through the zodiacal signs Yâjñ. VarBriS. &c.; the falling or shooting
of stars Mriicch.; the meeting of two words in the Krama text (caused by
omitting those between) VPrât.; a bridge or steps leading down to water Mn. MBh.
&c.; N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; of a king of the Vidyâ-dharas (the
son of Vasu) Kathâs.; m. or n. (?) a particular high number Buddh.; m. n.
difficult passage or progress (as over rocks or torrents or inaccessible passes)
L.; a means or vehicle for effecting a difficult passage or of obtaining any
object Das'.; n. du. (with {indrasya} or {vasiSThasya}) N. of two Sâmans
ÂrshBr.; {-dvAdazA7ha} m. a partic. form of the Dvâdas'a7ha (q.v.) KâtyS'r.;
{-yajJa} m. a kind of sacrifice Vait.
saMkraama* = m. passing away ÂpS'r.; m. n. difficult passage or progress L.
sammantrya V: consulting, deliberating, discussing
sammarjanii = (f) broom\
sammata * mfn. thinking together, being of the same opinion, agreed, consented
or assented to, concurred in, approved by (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc.)
agreeing with BhP.; thought, supposed, considered or regarded as (nom.) R.;
thought highly of, esteemed, renowned, celebrated, highly honoured by (gen.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; allowed, authorized (see {a-sammata}); m. N. of a son of Manu Sâvarna
Hariv.; (pl.) of a school Buddh.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Marutta Hariv.;
of a treatise on the Dhâtu-pâthha; ({am}) n. opinion, impression ({e} or {ena}
with gen., `" in the opinion of. "' `" under the idea of "') MBh.; consent,
assent, approval, acquiescence, concurrence ({e}, `" with the consent or
approval of "') MW.
saMmaarjayati = to clean, to wash, to wipe
saMmishraNaM = mixed
sammis'ra* = mf(%{A})n. commingled, mixed together, joined, connected, furnished
or endowed with (instr. or comp.) MBh. R. &c.
sammita* = mfn. measured out, measured, meted BhP.; measuring. so much, just so
much (no more nor less) MBh. BhP.; of the same measure or extent, equal, like,
same (in length, height, number, value &c.), corresponding to, resembling,
passing for (instr., rarely gen.; or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; reaching up to (comp.)
S3Br. A1s3vS3r.; symmetrical (?) Pan5car.; consisting of. furnished or provided
with (instr. or comp.) MBh. Pan5car.; destined for (comp.) MBh.; v, 2462 (B.
%{saMdhita}); (%{am}) ind. perpetually, incessantly Ka1ran2d2. (prob. w.r. for
%{samitam}); m. N. of a mythical being Ya1jn5.; of a son of Vasisht2ha VP.;
(%{am}) n. distance (%{e} ifc. = `" at a distance from "') VarBr2S.; %{-tva} n.
(in rhet.) universal analogy Prata1p.; %{-varNA} f. N. of a Commentary.
&c. see above.
sammohaH = perfect illusion
sammohana *= mf(%{I})n. (fr. Caus.) id. MBh. Hariv. &c. ; m. N. of one of the
five arrows of Ka1madeva Kum. Gi1t. Sch. (cf. RTL. 200) ; (%{I}) f. a kind of
fascination or illusion (%{mAyA}) Hariv. ; n. deluding , infatuating , leading
astray Ma1rkP. ; a kind of mythical weapon MBh. Ragh. Katha1s. ; %{-tantra} n.
N. of a Tantra.
sammohaat.h = from illusion
sammuuDha = bewildered * = sammUDha mfn. completely stupefied, astounded,
perplexed, bewildered, unconscious, senseless MBh. Ka1v. &c.; foolish, ignorant
Ya1jn5. Ra1jat.; heaped, accumulated (as clouds; accord. to others, `" torn
asunder "') Hariv.; produced rapidly W.; broken ib.; (%{A}) f. a kind of riddle
or enigma Cat.; (%{-Dhacetas} mfn. troubled or infatuated in mind, S3a1ntis3.;
%{-tA} f. (Katha1s.), %{-tva} n. (MaitrUp.) stupefaction, infatuation,
bewilderment, unconsciousness; %{-piDakA} f. N. of partic. eruptions on the
membrum virile Sus3r.; %{-hRdaya} mfn. troubled in heart MW.
sammugdha * = mfn. gone astray (see %{a-s-}); perplexed, bewildered, stupefied
Uttarar.; not clearly understood Ni1lak.; (%{am}) ind. furtively Gi1t. [1181,1]
sammuh * = P. %{-muhyati} (pf. %{-mumoha}, or %{-mumuhs}), to become quite
stupefied or bewildered or unconscious MBh. R. BhP.; to become confused or
unrecognizable (as the quarters of the sky) MBh. : Caus. %{-mohayati}, to
stupefy, make unconscious, perplex, bewilder, lead astray MBh. Ka1v. &c.
sammukha * = mf(%{I} rarely %{A}) n. facing, fronting, confronting, being face
to face or in front of or opposite to (gen. or ifc. or ibc.), present, before
the eyes S3Br. &c. &c.; being about to begin or at the beginning of (comp.)
Hariv.; directed or turned towards S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.; inclined or favourable to
(gen. or comp.), propitious Ka1v. Katha1s. Pan5cat.; intent upon (loc. or comp.)
S3atr. Katha1s.; adapted to circumstances, fit, suitable Lalit.; with the mouth
or face A1pS3r.; (%{am}) ind. towards, near to (%{atmanaH}, `" one's self "');
opposite, in front or in presence of (gen.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (%{e}) ind.
opposite, before, face to face, in front or in presence or in the beginning of
(gen. or comp.; with %{bhU}, `" to oppose, resist "'; with %{sthA}, to look any
one in the face "') ib.
sammuuDhaaH = befooled by material identification
sammohaM = into delusion
samnidhau = in the presence of, close
saMnives'ayitavya* = mfn. (fr. id.) to be placed or made to enter or inserted
S3am2k
samnyasi = one who has renounced the world
samnyasta = one who has renounced
samnyasya = giving up completely
samnyaasa = of renunciation
samnyaasaM = renunciation
samnyaasaH = renunciation of work
samnyaasanaat.h = by renunciation
samnyaasasya = of renunciation
samnyaasii = renouncer
saMnyAsin * = mfn. laying aside, giving up, abandoning, renouncing, Asht2a1vS.;
abstaining from food Bhat2t2.; m. one who abandons or resigns worldly affairs,
an ascetic, devotee (who has renounced all earthly concerns and devotes himself,
to meditation and the study of the A1ran2yakas or Upanishadas, a Bra1hman in the
fourth A1s3rama [q.v.] or stage of his life, a religious mendicant; cf. RTL. 53,
55 &c.) Up. MBh. Pur.; (%{-si})%{-tA} f. %{-tva} n. abandonment of worldly
concerns, retirement from the world MW.; %{-darzana} n. N. of a ch. of the
PadmaP.; %{saMdhyA} f. %{-samArAdhana} n. N. of wks.
samnyaasiinaaM = for the renounced order
samnyaasena = by the renounced order of life
saMnyas* = P. {-asyati} (rarely {-asati}), to, throw down together, place or put
or lay together S'Br.; to impose, put or lay upon, intrust or commit to (gen. or
loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to put or lay down, deposit MBh. Kâv. &c.; to lay aside,
give up, abandon, resign (esp. the world i.e. become an ascetic or Sannyâsin)
Mn. MBh. &c.
saMnyasana* = n. throwing down, laying aside, giving up, resignation,
renunciation of worldly concerns Bhag.
saMnyasta* = mfn. thrown down, laid aside, relinquished, abandoned, deserted
MBh. Kâv. &c.; encamped R.; deposited, intrusted, consigned ib.; {-deha} mfn.
one who has given up his body MW.; {-zastra} mfn. one who has laid aside his
weapons Ragh.
saMnyaasa* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) putting or throwing down, laying aside,
resignation, abandonment of (gen. or comp.) MBh. R. Sarvad.; renunciation of the
world, profession of asceticism Mn. MBh. &c.; abstinence from food L.; giving up
the body, sudden death W.; complete exhaustion Sus'r.; deposit, trust R.
Mriicch.; compact, agreement Kathâs.; stake, wager MBh.; Indian spikenard L.;
{-karma-kArikA} f. N. of wk.; {-grahaNa} n. assuming or practising asceticism
Pañcar.; {-grahaNa-paddhati} f. {-grahaNa-ratnamAlA} f. {-grAhyapaddhati} f.
{-dIpikA} f. {-dharma-saMgraha} m. {-nirNaya} m. {-pada-maJjarI} f. {-paddhati}
f. N. of wks.; {-pallI}, F. (for {-si-p-}?) an ascetic's hut L.;
{-bheda-nirNaya} m. {-rIti} f. N. of wks.; {-vat} mfn. connected with asceticism
L.; {-vidhi}, m.; {-sA7zrama-vicAra} m. {-sA7hnika} n. {-so7paniSad} f. N. of
wks.
saMnyaasin* = mfn. laying aside, giving up, abandoning, renouncing, AshthâvS.;
abstaining from food Bhathth.; m. one who abandons or resigns worldly affairs,
an ascetic, devotee (who has renounced all earthly concerns and devotes himself,
to meditation and the study of the Âranyakas or Upanishadas, a Brâhman in the
fourth Âs'rama [q.v.] or stage of his life, a religious mendicant; cf. RTL. 53,
55 &c.) Up. MBh. Pur.; ({-si}){-tA} f. {-tva} n. abandonment of worldly
concerns, retirement from the world MW.; {-darzana} n. N. of a ch. of the
PadmaP.; {saMdhyA} f. {-samArAdhana} n. N. of wks.
saMnyaasika* = in {veda-s-} (q.v.)
saaMnyaasika* = mfn. (fr. {sam-nyAsa}) forming the original or correct text Pat.
on iii, 2, 107, Vartt. 2; m. a Brâhman in the fourth stage of his life,
religious mendicant L.
sampaadaka = (m) editor
saMpaadakaH = (m) editor
sampaadakaH = (m) editor
sampaadana = editting
sampaadikaa = (f) editor
samparaaya *= m. (fr. %{sam-parA}. 5. %{i}) decease , death Vas. BhP. ;
existence from eternity , Sa1n2d2. ; conflict , war , battle Suparn2. Das3. ;
calamity , adversity L. ; futurity , future time L. ; a son W.
sampat.h = assets
sampatti = prosperity
sampat *= to fly or rush together (in a friendly or hostile manner), encounter,
meet any one (acc.), meet with (instr.) RV. &c. &c.; to fly along, fly to,
hasten towards, arrive at, reach (acc. or loc.) AitBr. MBh. &c.; to fly or fall
down, alight on (loc.) MBh.; to go or roam about R. VarBriS.; to come to pass,
take place, happen, occur MBh. Hariv.: Caus. {-pAtayati}, to cause to fly or
fall, throw or hurl down R. BhP.
sampat * =in comp. for {samp ad]
sampad *: to fall or happen well, turn out well, succeed, prosper, accrue to
(dat. or gen.) AV. &c. &c.; to become full or complete (as a number), amount to
Br. ChUp. Hariv.; to fall together, meet or unite with, obtain, get into,
partake of (instr. or acc.) Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; to enter into, be absorbed in
(acc. or loc.) ChUp. BhP.; to be produced, be brought forth, be born, arise MBh.
R.; to become, prove, turn into (nom.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to be conducive to,
sampa4d *: success, accomplishment, completion, fulfilment, perfection Yâjñ.
MBh. &c.; a condition or requisite of success &c. BhP.; concord, agreement,
stipulation, bargain TS. Âs'vS'r.; equalization of similar things S'ank.;
attainment, acquisition, possession, enjoyment, advantage, benefit, blessing
VarBriS. Sarvad. Pur.; turning into, growing, becoming S'ank.; being, existence
sampad* = Â. {-padyate} (in some forms also P.; ind. p. {-pAdam} q.v.), to fall
or happen well, turn out well, succeed, prosper, accrue to (dat. or gen.) AV.
&c. &c.; to become full or complete (as a number), amount to Br. ChUp. Hariv.;
to fall together, meet or unite with, obtain, get into, partake of (instr. or
acc.) Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; to enter into, be absorbed in (acc. or loc.) ChUp. BhP.;
to be produced, be brought forth, be born, arise MBh. R.; to become, prove, turn
into (nom.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to be conducive to, produce (dat.) Pañcat. Vârtt. on
Pân. 2-3, 13; (with adv. in {sAt}) to become thoroughly Pân. 5-4, 53; to fall
into a Persoñs, power ib. 54; (with adv. in {tra}) to fall to a persoñs share
ib. 55; to produce a partic. sound (as that expressed by an onomatopoetic word
in {A}) Vop. vii, 88: Caus. {-pAdayati} (rarely {-te}), to cause to succeed,
cause to arise, bring about, produce, effect, accomplish (with {zuzrUSAm} and
gen., `" to obey "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; to make full, complete S'Br. BhP.; to
transform, make or turn into (acc.) Kathâs.; to provide or furnish with (instr.;
with {kriyayA}, to charge or entrust a person with a business "') S'Br. MBh.
[1172, 1] SaddhP.; to afford to, procure for (dat. or gen.) AitBr. MBh. &c.; to
attain, obtain, acquire AV. R. &c.; to ponder on, deliberate MBh.; to consent,
agree Br. ChUp.: Desid. of Caus. {-pipAdayiSati} (see {sam-pipAdayiSA} &c., col,
2): Intens. {-panIpadyate}, to fit well Sarvad.
sampadaM = assets
sampadyate = he attains
sampanna = endowed with * = mfn. fallen or turned out well, accomplished,
effected, perfect, excellent (ifc. or with loc. = `" perfectly acquainted or
conversant with "') AV. &c. &c.; of perfect or correct flavour, palatable,
dainty Âs'vGri. MBh. R.; endowed or furnished with, possessed of (instr. adv. in
{-tas}, or comp. also with transposition of the members; cf. below) S'Br. MBh.
&c.; (ifc.) become, turned into R.; m. N. of S'iva MBh.; ({am}) n. dainty food,
a delicacy MBh. xiii, 4567; {-krama} m. a partic. Samâdhi Buddh.; {-kskIrA} f.
giving good milk (superl. {-ra-tamA}) Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 41; {-M-kAram} ind.
making dainty, seasoning ib. iii 4, 26; {-tama} mfn. most complete or perfect,
AitAr.; {-tara} mfn. more or most dainty or delicate R.; {-tA} f. the being
endowed with or possessed of (comp.) Das'.; {-danta} mfn. possessing teeth
Âs'vGri.; {-pAnIya} mfn. rich in water Pat. on Pân. 1-2, 52; {-rUpa} mfn. of
perfect form, complete MW.; dainty, delicate ib.
sampanne = fully equipped
samparaaya * = m. (fr. %{sam-parA}. 5. %{i}) decease, death Vas. BhP.; existence
from eternity, Sa1n2d2.; conflict, war, battle Suparn2. Das3.; calamity,
adversity L.; futurity, future time L.; a son W.
samparikhyaa* =P. %{-khyAti}, to communicate completely, relate in full MBh.
samparka = contact
sampashyan.h = considering
saMpashyan.h = (pr.participle) looking at
sampiiDa * = m. pressing or squeezing together, pressure Kir. ; (%{A}) f. pain,
torture Gobh. Mn. Hariv.
sampiiDana * = n. compression, pressing, squeezing (also as a partic. fault in
pronunciation) MBh. Ka1v. &c.
samplava* = m. flowing together, meeting or swelling (of waters), flood, deluge
R. Hariv. BhP. a dense mass, heap, multitude Mn. MBh. &c.; conglomeration,
taking a form or shape, rise, origin BhP.; noise, tumult (esp. of battle) Hariv.
R.; submersion by water, destruction, ruin Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; end, close of
(comp.) BhP.
samplutodake = in a great reservoir of water
sampradaaya * = m. a bestower, presenter S3a1rn3gP.; tradition, established
doctrine transmitted from one teacher to another, traditional belief or usage
Gr2S3rS. &c. &c.; any peculiar or sectarian system of religious teaching, sect
RTL. 61; 62; %{-candrikA} f. N. of wk.; %{-tas} ind. according to tradition MW.;
%{-nirUpaNa} n. %{-paddhati} f. %{-parizuddhi} f. %{-prakAzinI}, f. %{-pradIpa}
m. %{-pradIpa-paddhati} f. N. of wks.; %{-pradyotaka} m. a revealer of the
tradition of the Veda, Kusum.; %{-prA7pta} mfn. obtained through tradition MW.;
%{-vigama} m. want or loss of tradition S3is3.; %{-vid} m. one versed in
traditional doctrines or usages Sa1y.
sampradis' *= P. %{-dizati}, to point out or indicate fully, appoint, designate
MBh. BhP.
samprakiirtitaH = is declared
sampramatta * = mfn. ( {mad}) very excited (said of an elephant in rut) Hariv.;
very careless, thoughtless, neglectful MBh. [1175, 3]; very fond of (inf.) ib.
viii, 3509 (B. {sam-pra-vRtta}).
sampratishhThaa = the foundation
samprapad * = A1. %{-padyate} (in some forms also P.), to go towards or enter
together, approach, enter (acc.) AitBr. BhP.; to set out (on a journey acc.)
Hariv.; to betake one's self or have recourse to (acc.) MBh. Hariv. BhP.; to
succeed, be accomplished Pan5cat.; to become, be turned into (%{-sAt}) Bhat2t2.;
to set about, begin MW.
samprapad.h = to become
sampradaaya* = m. a bestower, presenter S3a1rn3gP.; tradition, established
doctrine transmitted from one teacher to another, traditional belief or usage
Gr2S3rS. &c. &c.; any peculiar or sectarian system of religious teaching, sect
RTL. 61; 62; %{-candrikA} f. N. of wk.; %{-tas} ind. according to tradition MW.;
%{-nirUpaNa} n. %{-paddhati} f. %{-parizuddhi} f. %{-prakAzinI}, f. %{-pradIpa}
m. %{-pradIpa-paddhati} f. N. of wks.; %{-pradyotaka} m. a revealer of the
tradition of the Veda, Kusum.; %{-prA7pta} mfn. obtained through tradition MW.;
%{-vigama} m. want or loss of tradition S3is3.; %{-vid} m. one versed in
traditional doctrines or usages Sa1y.
sampraaz *= (%{-pra-} 2. %{az}) P. %{-prA7znAti} , to eat , enjoy Hcat.
sampras'aanta *= mfn. ( %{zam}) ceased , disappeared MBh.
sampras'aas *= P. %{-zAsti} , (with %{rajyam}) to exercise government , bear
sway , rule , reign MBh.
sampras'na *= m. asking, inquiring about (comp.), inquiry, question (%{-prazno}
"' %{tra@na@vidyate}, `" there is here no question, it is a matter of course "')
RV. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; courteous inquiry MW.; a refuge, asylum (Ved.) ib.
sampras'na *= %{sam-praSTavya} see %{sam-prach} , p. 1174 , col. L.
saampras'nika *= mfn. (fr. %{samprazna}) g. %{chedaa7di}.
sampras'raya *= m. respectful demeanour , modesty , humbleness BhP.
sampras'rita *= mfn. modest , humble , well-behaved MW.
sampravaaha * = m. continuous stream, uninterrupted continuity Kâd. BhP.
sampraapta * = mfn. well reached or attained, obtained, gained &c.; one who has
reached or attained, arrived at, met with, fallen into (acc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
(ifc.) extending to Sus'r.; come, become, appeared, arrived (as a period of
time) Mn. MBh. &c.; sprung or descended from ({-tas}) Mn. ix, 141; {-yauvana}
mfn. one who has fully attained youth or manhood, come of age MBh.; {-vidya}
mfn. one who has acquired all knowledge ib.
sampravrittaani = although developed
samprekshya = looking
sampuurNa = full
saMpuurNam.h = complete, finis, over
saMpraapte = ( when you have) reached/obtained
samprApta * = mfn. well reached or attained, obtained, gained &c. ; one who has
reached or attained, arrived at, met with, fallen into (acc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
(ifc.) extending to Sus3r. ; come, become, appeared, arrived (as a period of
time) Mn. MBh. &c. ; sprung or descended from (%{-tas}) Mn. ix, 141 ;
%{-yauvana} mfn. one who has fully attained youth or manhood, come of age MBh. ;
%{-vidya} mfn. one who has acquired all knowledge ib.
saMpraapnoti = attains
saMrambha * = m. (ifc. f. {A}) the act of grasping or taking hold of. MBh. iv,
1056 (C.); vehemence, impetuosity, agitation, flurry MBh. Kâv. &c.; excitement,
zeal, eagerness, enthusiasm, ardent desire for or to (inf, or comp.) Kâv.
Râjat.; anger, fury, wrath against (loc. or {upari} with gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.;
angriness (i.e.) inflammation or irritation of a sore or wound Sus'r.; pride,
arrogance W.; intensity, high degree (ibc.= `" intensely "') Kâv. Kathâs.; the
brunt (of battle) Râjat.; beginning (= {A-rambha}) MW.; {-tAmra} mf. red with
fury ib.; {-dRz} mfn. having inflamed or angry eyes, Bhp.; {-paruSa} mfn. harsh
from rage, intensely or exceedingly harsh or rough W.; {-rasa} mfn. having angry
or impetuous feelings ib.; {-rUkSa} mfn. exceedingly harsh or cruel Vikr. iii,
20; {-vat} mfn. wrathful, angry Harav.; {-vega} m. the vilence or impetuosity.
of wrath MW.
samriddha = with full * = mfn. accomplished, succeeded, fulfilled, perfect, very
successful or prosperous or flourishing, fortunate AV. Br. ChUp. MBh. R.;
full-grown (as trees) MBh.; complete, whole, entire ib.; fully furnished or
abundantly endowed with (instr. abl., or comp.) S'Br. Mn. MBh. &c.; rich,
wealthy ib. Kathâs.; plenteous, abundant, much Ratna7v.; m. N. of a
serpent-demon MBh.; {-tejas} mfn. endowed with splendour or strength R.;
{-yazas} mfn. rich in fame, renowned, celebrated MW.; {-vega} mfn. increasing in
speed, excessively swift Bhag.; {-ddhA7rtha} mfn. having increased substance or
wealth, increasing in resources R. [1171,2]
samriddhaM = flourishing
samriddhavegaH = with full speed
saMruddha * = mfn. stopped completely, detained, obstructed, hindered &c.;
surrounded by (comp.) Mn. BhP.; held, closed Katha1s.; invested, besieged R.;
covered, concealed, obscured MBh. R.; stopped up, filled with R. Katha1s. BhP.;
withheld, refused Nir.; %{-ceSTa} mfn. one whose motion is impeded Ragh.;
%{-prajanana} mfn. one who is hindered from having offspring Nir. v, 2.
saMsaaraanta* = m. the end of mñmundane exñexistence or of human life Bhartr
saMsaara* = m. going or wandering through, undergoing transmigration MaitrUp.;
course, passage, passing through a succession of states, circuit of mundane
existence, transmigration, metempsychosis, the world, secular life, worldly
illusion ({A saMsArAt}, `" from the beginning of the world "') Up. Mn. MBh. &c.
[1119,3]; w.r. for {saM-cAra} Bhartri.
saMsaarakupa * =m. the world comp. compared to a well or pit BhP.
saMsaara-cakra * =n. the world compared to a wheel MaitrUp.
saMsaarataru* =m. the wñworld compñcompared to a tree BhP.
saMsaarabIja * =n. the seed or origin of the world Sarvad.
saMsaaravat * =mfn. possessing or liable to mundane exñexistence, AshthtvS.
saMsaarasAra * =m. the quintessence of (the joys of) the world Dhûrtas.
saMsaarasukha. the joys of the world Caurap.
samsarga = company
saMsaara *= m. going or wandering through , undergoing transmigration MaitrUp. ;
course , passage , passing through a succession of states , circuit of mundane
existence , transmigration , metempsychosis , the world , secular life , worldly
illusion (%{A@saMsArAt} , `" from the beginning of the world "') Up. Mn. MBh.
&c. [1119,3] ; w.r. for %{saM-cAra} Bhartr2.
saMsaara *= world 2 // *= saMsaara: m. going or wandering through, undergoing
transmigration MaitrUp.; course, passage, passing through a succession of
states, circuit of mundane existence, transmigration, metempsychosis, the world,
secular life, worldly illusion (%{A@saMsArAt}, `" from the beginning of the
world "') Up. Mn. MBh. &c. [1119,3]; w.r. for %{saM-cAra} Bhartr2.
samsaaraH = world/family
samsaaraat.h = fromthe world
samsaariNo = ordinary family man
samsaare = world
samsaareshhu = into the ocean of material existence
saMsevaa* = f. visiting, frequenting BhP.; use, employment ib.; attendance,
reverence, worship ib.; (ifc.) inclination to, predilection for Râjat.
saMsiddhi * = f. complete accomplishment or fulfilment, perfection, success
Gobh. MBh. &c.; perfect state, beatitude, final emancipation Mn. MBh. Pur.; the
Iast consequence or result BhP.; fixed or settled opinion, the last or decisive
word R. (L. also= `" nature "'; `" natural state or quality "'; `" a passionate
or intoxicated woman "').
saMsaraNa n. going about , walking or wandering through MBh. ; passing through a
succession of states , birth and rebirth of living beings , the world BhP.
Sarvad. ; the unobstructed march of an army L. ; the commencement of war or
battle L. ; a highway , principal road L. ; a resting-place for passengers near
the gates of a city W.
sams'aya = doubt* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) lying down to rest or sleep L.;
uncertainty, irresolution, hesitation, doubt in or of (loc., acc. with {prati},
or comp; {saMzayaH}, with Pot., `" there is doubt whether "'; {na} {s-}, {nA7sti
s-}, {nA7tra s-}, {na hi s-}, {nA7sty atra-s-} &c., `" there is no doubt "', `"
without doubt "') Âs'vS'r. Mn. MBh. &c.; a doubtful matter Car.; (in Nyâya)
doubt about the point to be discussed (one of the 16 categories) IW. 64;
difficulty, danger, risk of or in or to (gen. loc., or comp.) Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.;
{-kara} mf({I})n. causing doubt or risk, dangerous to (comp.) S'is'.;
{-kAraNA7rthA7patti-pUrva-pakSa-rahasya} n. {-kAraNA7rthA7patti-rahasya} n. N.
of Nyâya wks.; {-gata} mfn. fallen into danger S'ak.; {-ccheda} m. the solution
of doubt ({-dya} mfn. relating to it) Ragh.; {-cchedin} mfn. clearing all doubt,
decisive S'ak.; {-tattva-nirUpaNa} n. {-pakSatA-rahasya} n. {-pakSatA-vAda}, m.
{-parI7kSA} f. {-vAda} m. {-vAdA7rtha} m. N. of wks.; {-sama} m. (in Nyâya) one
of the 24 Jâtis or self-confuting replies Nyâyas. Sarvad. (cf. IW. 64);
{-sama-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk.; {-stha} mfn. being in uncertainty, doubtful W.;
{-yA7kSepa} m. `" removal of doubt "', a partic. figure of speech Kâvya7d. ii,
163; 164; {-yA7tmaka} mfn. consisting of doubt, dubious, uncertain Pañcat.;
{-yA7tman} mfn. having a doubtful mind, a sceptic Bhag. Sarvad.; {-yA7numiti} f.
{-yA7numiti-rahasya} n. N. of wks.; {-yA7panna} mfn. beset with doubt, dubious
({-mAnasa} mfn. irresolute in mind) W.; {-yA7vaha} mfn. causing danger,
dangerous to (gen. or comp.) MBh.; {-yo7cchedin} mfn. resolving doubts Hit.,
Introd.; {-yo7pamA} f. a comparison expressed in the form of a doubt Kâvya7d.
ii, 26; {yo7pe7ta} mfn. possessed of uncertainty, doubtful, uncertain MW.
sams'ayaM = doubts
sams'ayaH = doubt
sams'ayasya = of the doubt
samshitavrataaH = taken to strict vows
saMshodhanam.h = (n) research, discovery
samshuddha = washed off
samshuddhiH = purification
samshritaaH = having taken shelter of
samsiddhaH = he who is mature
samsiddhiM = in perfection
saMsiddhi * = f. complete accomplishment or fulfilment, perfection, success
Gobh. MBh. &c.; perfect state, beatitude, final emancipation Mn. MBh. Pur.; the
Iast consequence or result BhP.; fixed or settled opinion, the last or decisive
word R. (L. also= `" nature "'; `" natural state or quality "'; `" a passionate
or intoxicated woman "').
samsiddhau = for perfection
saMskaaraaH = (Masc.Nom.Pl.) prescribed ritual duties(16?)
saMskaara* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) putting together, forming well, making perfect,
accomplishment, embellishment adornment, purification, cleansing, making ready,
preparation, dressing (of food), refining (of metals), polishing (of gems),
rearing (of animals or plants) GriS'rS. MBh. Kâv., &c.; cleansing the body,
toilet, attire Hariv.; forming the mind, training, education R. Ragh.;
correction (also in an astronomical sense Sûryas.), correct formation or use of
a word Nir. Sarvad.; correctness, purity (esp. of pronunciation or expression)
MBh. R. &c.; making sacred, hallowing, consecration Mn. MBh. &c.; a sacred or
sanctifying ceremony, one which purifies from the taint of sin contracted in
the, womb and leading to regeneration (12 such ceremonies are enjoined on the
first three or twice-born classes in Mn. ii, 27, viz. 1. {garbhA7dhAna}, 2.
{puM-savana}, 3. {sImanto7nnayana}, 4. {jAta-karman}, 5. {nAmakarman}, 6.
{niSkramaNa}, 7. {anna-prA7zana}, 8. {cUDA-karman}, 9. {upanayana}, 10.
{kezA7nta}, 11. {samAvartana}, 12. {vivAha}, qq. vv.; accord. to Gaut. viii, 8
&c. there are 40 Sanskâras) GriS. Mn. MBh. &c. (IW.188; 192 &c. RTL. 353) [1120,
3]; the ceremony performed on a dead body (i.e. cremation) R.; any purificatory
ceremony W.; the faculty of memory, mental impression or recollection,
impression on the mind of acts done in a former state of existence (one of the
24 qualities of the Vais'eshikas, including {bhAvanA}, the faculty of
reproductive imagination "') Kan. Sarvad. (IW. 69); (pl., with Buddhists) a
mental conformation or creation of the mind (such as that of the external world,
regarded by it as real, though actually non-existent, and forming the second
link in the twelvefold chain of causation or the fourth of the 5 Skandhas)
Dharmas. 22; 42; a polishing stone MW.
saMskrita * = (or {sa4M-skRta}) mfn. put together, constructed, well or
completely formed, perfected Lalit.; made ready, prepared, completed, finished
RV. &c. &c.: dressed, cooked (as food) MBh. R. BhP.; purified, consecrated,
sanctified, hallowed, initiated S'Br. &c. &c.; refined, adorned, ornamented,
polished, highly elaborated (esp. applied to highly wrought speech, such as the
Sanskriit language as opp, to the vernaculars) Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a man of one of
the three classes who has been sanctified by the purificatory rites W.; a
Iearned man MW.; a word formed according to accurate rules, a regular derivation
ib.; ({a4m}) n. making ready, preparation or a prepared place, sacrifice RV. TS.
S'Br. GriS'rS.; a sacred usage or custom MW.; the Sanskriit language (cf. above)
S'iksh. Bhar. Das'ar. &c.; {-tva} n. the being prepared or made ready &c. Jaim.;
{-maJjarI} f. N. of wk.; {-maya} mf({I}) u. consisting of Sanskriit, Kâs'ikh.;
{-mAlA} f. {-ratna-mAlA} f. {-vAkya-ratnA7valI} f. N. of wks.; {-vat} mfn. one
who has perfected or elaborated or finished MW.; {-tA7tman} m. one who has
received the purificatory rites Mn. x, 110; a sage W.; {-to7kti} f. refined or
polished language, a Sanskriit word or expression Hit. [1121, 1]
saMskriti * f. making ready, preparation, perfection VS. &c. &c.; formation
AitBr.; hallowing, consecration BhP.; determination, effort L.; m. N. of Krishna
MBh. (B. {saM-skRta}); of a king VP. (v.l. {saM-kRti}).
saMskritatra * = n. a bench used in sacrificing or slaughtering animals RV. vi,
28, 4.
saMskritrima * mfn. highly polished, artificially adorned (in {a-saMskR-})
Bhathth.
saMsriti * = f. course, revolution, (esp.) passage through successive states of
existence, course of mundane existence, transmigration, the world (%{-cakra} n.
and %{-cakra-vAla} n. "' the wheel or circle of mundane existence), Asht2ivS.
BhP.
saMstu* = 1. P. {-stauti}, to praise together with (instr.) Nir. vii, 6; to
praise all at once, ÂivS'r.; to praise properly or well, laud, celebrate MBh.;
kâv. &c.
saMstR* = (or - {stRR}) P.Â. {-striNoti}, {-stRNute}; {-stRNAti}, {-stRNIte}
(ep. also {-starati}), to spread out (side by side), extend TS. S'Br.; to strew
over, cover KaushUp. MBh. Sus'r.; to spread, make even, level Kaus'.
saMsthAna* = mfn. standing together MW.; like, resembling W.; applied to Vishnu
MBh.; m. (pl.) N. of a people ib.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) staying or abiding in
(comp.) Hit. (cf. {dUra-s-}); standing still or firm (in a battle) Gaut.; being,
existence, life MBh. S'ank. BhP.; abiding by, strict adherence or obedience to
(comp.) Kâm.; abode, dwelling-place, habitation Nir. KaushUp. MBh. &c.; a public
place (in a town) Mn. MBh. &c.; shape, form, appearance (often with {rUpa}) MBh.
R. &c.; beauty, splendour MBh.; the symptom of a disease Sus'r.; nature, state,
condition BhP.; an aggregate, whole, totality BhP.; termination, conclusion
MaitrS.; end, death L.; formation L.; vicinty, neighbourhood L.; {-cArin} w.r.
for {sa-sthAsnu-c-}; {-bhukti} f. (with {kAlasya}) the passage through various
periods of time BhP.; {-vat} mfn. being, existing R.; having various forms Kâm.
saMsthAsnu* = see {sa-sthAsnu-cArin}.
saMsthita* = mfn. standing (as opp. to `" lying "' or `" sitting "') Yâjñ.; one
who has stood or held out (in fight) MârkP.; placed, resting, lying, sitting,
being in or on ({upari} loc., or comp.) Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; abiding, remaining, left
standing (for a long time, as food; with {tathai9va}, remaining in the same
condition "') Yâjñ. VarBriS. Ragh.; lasting, enduring MBh.; imminent, future
Hariv.; shaped, formed (cf. {duH-} and {su-s-}), appearing in a partic. shape or
form, formed like, resembling (often ifc.; with {navadhA}, `" ninefold "'; with
{masI-rUpeNa}, `" appearing in the form of black ink "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; being in
a partic. state or condition, addicted or given to, intent upon (loc. or comp.)
Hariv. Kâv. VarBriS.; founded or based upon (loc.) MBh.; directed to wards,
fixed upon (comp.) BhP.; relating to, concerning (loc. or comp.) Kâm. MârkP.;
skilled in, acquainted or familiar with (loc.) MBh. R.; started, set out for
(dat. or {abhimukham}) R.; frequented (as a place) Mn. viii, 371; finished,
concluded, completed, ready Br. S'rS.; perished, died (n. impers.) Mn. MBh.
BhP.; near or contiguous to W.; heaped, collected ib.; n. conduct Cat.; form,
shape MBh.; {-yaju4s} n. the final sacrificial formula and the oblation
connected with it Br.; {-vat} mfn. (pl, = 3. pl. pf.; pl. [with {sukhena}] `"
they lived happily together "') Pañcat.; {-homa} m. a final sacrifice, S'rS
saMsthiti* = f. staying together, living in or with or near, union with (loc.)
Mn. MBh. &c. [1122,1]; standing or sitting on (loc.) Yâjñ. i, 139; duration,
continuance in the same state or condition Hariv. Kâm.; constancy, perseverance
Hariv. BhP.; being bent upon, attaching importance to (loc.) Mn. ix, 14;
existence, possibility of (gen. or comp.) MârkP.; form, shape ib.; established
order Kâm. VâyuP.; nature, condition, quality, property Yâjñ. MBh. Pur.;
conclusion, completion (of a sacrifice) TS. TBr. Vait.; end, death Pur.;
obstruction of the bowels, constipation Sus'r.; heap, accumulation W.; restraint
ib.
saMSThula* = see {vi-s-}, p. 953, col. 1.
saMsthaa = (f) organisation, company
saMsthaa*= saMsthA 1. {-tiSThate} (Pân. 1-3, 22; ep. and m. c. also P.
{-tiSThati}; Ved. inf. {-sthAtos} ÂpS'r.), to stand together, hold together (pf.
p. du. {-tasthAne4}, said of heaven and earth) RV.; to come or stay near (loc.)
ib. VS. S'Br.; to meet (as enemies), come into conflict RV.; to stand still,
remain, stay, abide (lit. and fig.; with {vAkye}, to obey "') MBh. R. &c.; to be
accomplished or completed (esp. applied to rites) Br. S'rS. Mn. MBh. BhP.; to
prosper, succeed, get on well MBh.; to come to an end, perish, be lost, die MBh.
Kâv. BhP.; to become, be turned into or assume the form of (acc.) Lalit.: Caus
{-sthApayati} (subj. aor. {tiSTipaH} S'Br.), to cause to stand up or firm, raise
on their legs again (fallen horses) MBh.; to raise up, restore (dethroned kings)
ib.; to confirm, encourage, comfort ({AtmAnam}, or {hRdayam}, one's self "' i.e.
`" take heart again "') Kâv. Pañcat.; to fix or place upon or in (loc.) Kaus'.
MBh. &c.; to put or add to ({uparI}) Yâjñ.; to build (a town) Hariv.; to heap,
store up (goods) VarBriS.; to found, establish, fix, settle, introduce, set a
foot MBh. R. Râjat.; to cause to stand still, stop, restrain, suppress (breath,
semen &c.) AitBr.; to accomplish, conclude, complete (esp. a rite) Br. Kaus'.
MBh.; to put to death, kill S'Br. MBh.; to perform the last office for i.e. to
burn, cremate (a dead body) S'ânkhBr.; to put to subjection, subject MW.: Desid.
of Caus. {-sthApayiSati}, to wish to finish or conclude S'ânkhBr.
saMstha* = mf({A})n. standing together, standing or staying or resting or being
in or on, contained in (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; being in or with,
belonging to (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; based or resting or dependent on
(loc.) MBh.; partaking or possessed of (comp.) MBh. Pañcat.; existing, lasting
for a time (comp.) Vet.; ended, perished, dead L.; ({saM-stha4}) m. presence
(only loc. `" in the presence or midst of. "' with {cid}, `" by one's mere
presence "') RV.; a spy, secret emissary (cf. {saMsthA} below) L.; a dweller,
resident, inhabitant W.; a fellow-countryman, neighbour ib.; ({A4}) f. see next.
saMsthaa4 * = f. (ifc. f. {A}) staying or abiding with (comp.) MBh.; shape,
form, manifestation, appearance (ifc. `" appearing as "') Up. MBh. &c.;
established order, standard, rule, direction (acc. with {kR} or Caus. of {sthA},
to establish or fix a rule or obligation for one's self "'; with {vyati-kram} or
{paribhid}, `" to transgress or break an established rule or obligation "') MBh.
R. &c.; quality, property, nature Kâv. Pur.; conclusion, termination, completion
TS. S'Br. &c. [1121, 3]; end, death Pur.; destruction of the world (= {pralaya},
said to be of four kinds, viz. {naimittika}, {prAkRtika}, {nitya}, {Atyantika})
ib.; a complete liturgical course, the basis or essential form of a sacrifice
(the Jyotih-shthoma, Havir-yajña, and Pâka-yaiña consist of seven such forms)
S'rS.; killing ({pazu-s-}, `" killing of the sacrificial animal "') BhP.;
cremation (of a body; also {pre7ta-s-}) ib.; (prob.) = {zrAddha} MârkP.; a spy
or secret emissary in a king's own country (= {cara} m. prob. a group of five
spies consisting of a {vaNij} "', merchant "', {bhikSu}, `" mendicant "',
{chAttra} "', pupil "', {lingin} "', one who falsely wears the mark of a
twice-born "', and {kRSIvala}, `" husbandman "' cf. {paJca-varga}, and Mn. vii,
154 Kull.) Kâm.; continuation in the right way L.; occupation, business,
profession W.; an assembly ib.; a royal ordinance ib.; {-kRta} mfn. settled,
determined Hariv.; {--gAra} ({-thA7g-}) m. n. a meeting-house Lalit.; {-japa} m.
a closing prayer Âs'vS'r.; {-tva} n. the being a form or shape BhP.; {-paddhati}
f. N. of wk.; {--vayava-vat} ({-thA7v-}) mfn. having a shape and limbs BhP.
saMstuta * = mfn. praised or hymned together TS. TBr. Nir.; praised, celebrated,
extolled Hariv. R. Pur.; counted together (as one Stotra), reckoned together TS.
Br. KâtyS'r.; equal to, passing for (instr. or comp.) Âpast. Kathâs. BhP.;
acquainted familiar, intimate Kâv. VarBriS. Râjat.; {-tva} n. the being praised
together ChUp.; {-prA7ya} mfn. for the most part lauded or hymned together,
associated in hymns MW.
samsthaapanaarthaaya = to reestablish
samsparshajaaH = by contact with the material senses
samsparshana = (neut) contact
samsmritya = remembering
samskaara = impression, conditioning
samskrit.h = Sanskrit
samskrita = refined
samskritashikshaNaM = learning of Sanskrit
samskriti = culture
saMsri* = P. {-sarati} (in. c. also {-te}), to flow together with. (instr.) RV.
ix, 97, 45; to go about, wander or walk or roam through MBh. Kâv. &c.; to walk
or pass through (a succession of states), undergo transmigration, enter or pass
into (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to be diffused or spread into (acc.) MBh.; to come
forth BhP.: Caus. {-sArayati}, to cause to pass through a succession of states
or to undergo transmigration Mn. BhP.; to introduce, push into (loc.) MBh. xii,
7878; to put off, defer ib. v, 1004; to use, employ ib. xii, 11,932.
saMsriti* = f. course, revolution, (esp.) passage through successive states of
existence, course of mundane existence, transmigration, the world ({-cakra} n.
and {-cakra-vAla} n. "' the wheel or circle of mundane existence), AshthivS.
BhP.
saMsrishtha* = mfn. gathered together, collected RV. x, 84, 7; brought forth or
born together (as a litter of animals) VS.; associated or connected together (as
partners or brothers who combine their property after division), Ma. Yâjñ.;
united, combined, mingled or mixed with, involved in (instr.) VS. S'Br. R. &c.;
nearly related or acquainted friendly, familiar MBh. R. Hariv.; affected with
(comp.) Sus'r.; connected with, belonging to (comp.) Hariv.; mixed, of various
kinds, both good and bad in quality &c. S'Br. Car.; accomplished, performed (cf.
{-maithuna}); cleared through vomiting &c. L.; cleanly dressed W.; created MW.;
m. N. of a fabulous mountain Kârand.; ({am}) n. near relationship, friendship,
intimacy ({-taM} {car}, with loc., `" to enter on intimate relations with "')
AitBr. MBh.; {-karman} mfn. denoting mixed or various actions Nir.; {-ji4t} mfn.
victorious in contest RV.; {tva} n. commixture, union, association Sank.; (in
law) voluntary reunion or co-residence of kinsmen (as of father and son or of
brothers with each other, after partition of the family property) Dâyabh.;
{-dhaya4} mfn. sucking (as a calf) and left with (the cow) TBr.; {-bhAva} m.
near relationship, friendship R.; {-maithuna} mf({A})n. one who has performed
sexual intercourse Yâjñ.; {-rUpa} mfn. mixed in form or kind, adulterated W.;
{-homa} m. a common oblation (to Agni and Sûrya) TBr.
saMsrishthi* = ({sa4M-}) f. union, combination, association, intercourse
MaitrS.; living together in one family W.; collection, collecting, assembling
ib.; (in rhet.) the association of two distinct metaphors in close proximity in
one sentence (cf. {saMkara}) Vâm. Sâh.
saMsrishthin* = m. a re-united kinsman (said of relatives who, after partition
of the family inheritance, again live together, annulling the previous
partition) Gaut. Yâjñ. &c.; a co-partner, co-parcener W.
samstabhya = by steadying
saMstuta *= mfn. praised or hymned together TS. TBr. Nir.; praised, celebrated,
extolled Hariv. R. Pur.; counted together (as one Stotra), reckoned together TS.
Br. Ka1tyS3r.; equal to, passing for (instr. or comp.) A1past. Katha1s. BhP.;
acquainted familiar, intimate Ka1v. VarBr2S. Ra1jat.; %{-tva} n. the being
praised together ChUp.; %{-prA7ya} mfn. for the most part lauded or hymned
together, associated in hymns MW.
saMstutaka*=mfn. affable, condescending, civil Buddh.
saMstuti*=f. praise, eulogy MBh. BhP.; figuritive mode of expression A1past.
[1121,2]
saMsUcita* = mfn. indicated, displayed, manifested, shown BhP. Pan5cat.;
informed, told, apprised MW.; reproved ib.
samudbhava * = (ifc. f. {A}) existence, production, origin (ifc. either `"
arisen or produced from "' or `" being the source of "') Mn. MBh. &c.; coming to
life again, revival MBh.; N. of Agni at the Vrata7des'a Griihyâs.
samuha = (m) group
samuhe = in group
samudaya * = m. (rarely n.) coming together, union, junction, combination,
collection, assemblage, multitude, aggregation, aggregate (acc. with %{kR}, `"
to collect or assemble "') MaitrUp. MBh. &c.; (with Buddhists) the aggregate of
the constituent elements or factors of any being or existence (in later times
equivalent to `" existence "' itself) Buddh. Sarvad.; a producing cause (e.g.
%{duHkhas-} `" the cause of suffering "') Dharmas. 22; income, revenue Mn. MBh.;
success, prosperity Mr2icch.; war, battle L.; a day L.; = %{udgama} or
%{samudgama} L. [1167,3]; rising (of the sun &c.) W.; n. an auspicious moment (=
%{lagna}) L.
samudita = (adj) flourishing
samuddhartaa = the deliverer
samudbhavaM = directly manifested
samudbhavaH = born of
samudbhavaan.h = produced of
samUDha * = (or %{-Ulha}) mfn. swept or pressed together, brought together,
collected, united RV. TS.; regularly arranged, restored to order (as opp. to
%{vy-UDha}, `" disarranged "', `" transposed "') Br. S3rS.; purified L.; tamed
L.; %{-cchandas} mfn. having metres restored to their order S3Br.;
%{-dvAdazA7hapaddhati} f. %{-puNDarIka-paddhati} f. N. of wks.
samudIraNa *= n. setting in motion or getting into motion Ma1rkP.; raising the
voice, uttering pronouncing, reciting W.
samudyame = in the attempt
samudra = sea
samudra-paryantaa = bounded by ocean
samudraM = the ocean
samudreshhuu = among the oceans
samudyata *= mfn. raised up, lifted up MBh. Ka1v. &c.; offered, presented R.
Ma1rkP.; intended, prepared, begun ib.; ready or eager for action, prepared to
or about to (inf. or dat.), engaged in (loc.) R. BhP. Katha1s.; ready to march
against (%{prati}) MBh. vi, 5166.
samudya *= ind. having spoken together &c.; having concluded or agreed upon
BhP.\\see %{saM-vad} and %{sam-ud}, pp. 1114, 1166.
samudyaa *= P. %{-yAti}, to rise up against (acc.), assail MBh.
samudyam *= P. %{-yacchati}, to raise up, lift up MBh. R. &c.; to rein in, curb,
restrain, drive (horses &c.) MBh.
samudyama *= m. lifting up MBh.; great effort or exertion, setting about,
readiness to or for (loc. dat., or comp.) Ka1v. Katha1s.
samudyamin *= mfn. exerting one's self. strenuous, eager, zealous Ka1m.
samudyata *= mfn. raised up, lifted up MBh. Ka1v. &c.; offered, presented R.
Ma1rkP.; intended, prepared, begun ib.; ready or eager for action, prepared to
or about to (inf. or dat.), engaged in (loc.) R. BhP. Katha1s.; ready to march
against (%{prati}) MBh. vi, 5166.
samudyaata *= mfn. risen up against (acc.)
samutthena = arisen from
samutpanna = arisen
samunnati = prosperity
samupaashritaH = having taken shelter of
samupacAra * = m. attention, homage Pañcar.
samupaci * = P. {-cinoti}, to heap up, gather Nâg.: Pass. {-cIyate}, to grow up,
increase Sus'r.
samupacita * = mfn. collected, heaped W.; abundant Ratna7v.; thick Car.; {-jala}
mfn. having accumulated waters (as the ocean) MW.
samupacchAda * = m. (1. {chad}) Pân. 6-4, 96 Sch.
samupagama * = m. going near, approach, contact W.
samupaguh * = P.Â. {-gUhati}, {-te}, to embrace, surround Caurap.
samupajan * = Â. {-jAyate}, to arise, spring up, take place Kâv.; to be born
again MBh.: Caus. {-janayati}, to generate, cause, produce Riitus.
samupajJA * = P. Â. {-jAnAti}, {-janite}, to ascertain fully, find out MBh.; to
perceive, learn W.
samupasthita = present
samupasthitaM = present
samupatap * = Pass. {-tapyate}, to feel pain MBh.
samupadhA * = P. Â. {-dadhAti}, {-dhatte}, to put together, construct, create,
produce MW. [1169, 2]
samupapad * = Â. {-padyate}, to come to pass, be brought about or accomplished
MBh.; to meet with (acc.), experience ib.: Caus. {-pAdayati}, to bring about,
make ready, prepare. R.
samupapAdita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made ready, prepared ib.
samupavrit.h = Thus
saMs'raavayitR m. (fr. Caus.) an announcer, crier, proclaimer KaushUp.; %{-mat}
mfn. having an announcer ib. %{-zrAvita} mfn. (fr. id.) read out or aloud
Katha1s
samucita * = mfn. delighted in, liked, well suited, fit, right, proper R. Megh.
Inscr.; accustomed or used to (gen.) Megh.
samuuha = (m) a multitude, crowd
saMvaada = (m) conversation, dialouge *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}) speaking together ,
conversation , colloquy with (instr. with and without %{saha} loc. , or comp.)
RV. &c. &c. ; appointment , stipulation Ka1tyS3r. Ka1v. VarBr2S. ; a cause ,
lawsuit A1pGr2. Katha1s. ; assent , concurrence , agreement , conformity ,
similarity W. ; information , news ib.
saMvatsara* = m. (rarely n.; cf. {pari-v-}) a full year, a year (having 12 [TS.]
or 13 [VS.] months or 360 days [S'Br. AitBr. Sus'r.]; {am}, `" for a year; {eNa}
`" after or in course of a yñyear "'; {e} or {asya}, after or within a yñyear
"') RV. &c. &c.; a year of the Vikrama era (see above; {varSa} is used for the
{zaka}) the first in a cycle of five or six years TS. PârGri. VarBriS. BhP.; the
Year personified (having the new and full moon for eyes and presiding over the
seasons) TS. Pur.; N. of S'iva MBh.
saMvartaka * mfn. (cf. {sAM-v-}) rolling up, destroying (all things at the end
of the world) NriisUp. MBh. &c.; m. the world-destroying fire (pl. `" the fires
of hell "'), Grihyâs. BhP.; submarine fire (= {bADava}) L.; (scil. {gaNa}) a
group or class of world-destroying clouds VP.; the end or dissolution of the
universe R. Hariv.; Terminalia Bellerica L.; N. of Baladeva (q.v.) L.; of a
serpent-demon MBh.; of an ancient sage (= {saM-varta}) VarBriS.; of a mountain
Col.; ({ikA}) f. a young lotus-leaf (still rolled up) Bhpr. Kâd.; n. Bala-deva's
ploughshare Hariv.; {-kA7gni} m. the world-destroying fire MW.; {-kA7bhra} n.
pl. the clouds at the destruction of the world, Nâga7n.; {-kin} m. N. of
Bala-deva (cf. above) L.
saMves'a * = m. approaching near to, entrance TS. Br.; lying down, sleeping
Ragh.; dreaming, a dream W.; a kind of sexual union L.; a bedchamber BhP.; a
chair, seat, stool L.; %{-pati} (%{-za4-}) m. the lord of rest or sleep or
sexual union (Agni) VS. A1s3vS3r.
saMvida:* =mfn. having consciousness, conscious (in {a-s-}) S'Br.; n. (?)
stipulation, agreement MBh. viii, 4512.
saMvidhA * = P.A1. %{-dadhAti}, %{-dhatte}, to dispose, arrange, settle, fix,
determine, prescribe MBh. R. Sus3r.; to direct, order Hariv.; to carry on,
conduct, manage, attend to, mind Mn. MBh. &c.; to use, employ R.; to make use
of. act or proceed with (instr.) Pan5cat.; (with %{mAnasam}) to keep the mind
fixed or composed, be in good spirits Bhartr2.; to make, render (two acc.)
Naish.; to set, put, lay, place MBh.: Pass. %{-dhIyate}, to be disposed or
arranged &c. MBh.: Caus. %{-dhApayati}, to cause to dispose or manage Ka1d.
saMvigna * = mfn. agitated, flurried, terrified, shy MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; moving to
and fro BhP. ; (ifc.) fallen into ib. ; %{-mAnasa} mfn. agitated or distracted
in mind MBh.
saMviz * = P. %{vizati}, (ep. also A1. %{-te}), to approach near to, associate
or attach one's self to (acc. or instr.) RV. VS.; to enter together, enter into
(acc., rarely loc.) Kaus3. MBh. &c.; to merge one's self into (acc.) MBh.; to
lie down, rest, repose in or upon (loc. or %{upari} ifc.), sleep with (instr.
with and without %{saha}, or dat.) S3Br. &c. &c.; to cohabit, have sexual
intercourse with (acc.) Mn. Ya1jn5. Ma1rkP.; to sit down with (acc.) Hariv.; to
engage in, have to do with (acc.) BhP.: Caus. %{-vczayati}, to cause to lie
together or down or on Ya1jn5. Sch.; to place or lay together or on, bring to
(loc.) Kaus3. MBh. &c.
saMyojayati = to thread (i.e. pass a thread through the eye of a needle)
saMvrit 1 mfn. covering TS.
saMvrit *= A1. %{-vartate} (pf. p. %{-vavRtva4s} q.v. ; Ved. inf. %{-vR4tas} ;
ind. %{-vartam}) , to turn or go towards , approach near to , arrive at RV. AV.
R. ; to go against , attack (acc.) MBh. ; to meet , encounter (as foes) RV. iv ,
24 , 4 ; to come together , be rolled together , be conglomerated Pan5cavBr.
Kaus3. ; (also with %{mithas}) to have sexual intercourse together S3Br. A1past.
; to take shape , come into being , be produced , arise from (abl.) RV. &c. &c.
; to come round or about , come to pass , happen , occur , take place , be
fulfilled (as time) MBh. Ka1v. ; &c. ; to begin , commence R. ; to be , exist
ChUp. MBh. &c. ; to become , grow , get (with nom.) R. Ragh. ; to be conducive
to , serve for (dat.) Lalit.: Caus. %{vartayati} , to cause to turn or revolve ,
roll (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c. ; to turn towards or hither RV. ; to clench
(the fist) Hariv. ; to wrap up , envelop MBh. ; to crumple up , crush , destroy
MBh. R. ; to bring about , accomplish , perform , execute Hariv. R. BhP. ; to
fulfil , satisfy (a wish) R. ; to think of. find out (a remedy) Car.: Desid.
%{-vi4vRtsati} , to wish to have sexual intercourse with (acc.) AV.
saMvrita *= mfn. covered , shut up , enclosed or enveloped in (loc.) ,
surrounded or accompanied or protected by (instr. with or without %{saha} , or
comp.) , well furnished or provided or occupied or filled with , full of (instr.
or comp.) AV. &c. &c. ; concealed , laid aside , kept , secured MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
restrained , suppressed , retired , withdrawn Hariv. S3ak. ii , 12 (v.l. for
%{saM-hRta}) ; well covered or guarded (see %{su-s-}) ; contracted , compressed
, closed (as the throat) , articulated with the vocal chords contracted Pra1t. ;
subdued (as a tone) ib. Pat. ; (in rhet.) hidden , ambiguous (but not offensive
see Va1m. ii , 1 , 14) ; m. N. of Varun2a L. ; n. a secret place KaushUp. ;
close articulation (cf. above) Pra1t. ; %{-tA} f. (Tpra1t. Sch.) , %{-tva} n.
(Ven2is.) closed condition ; %{-mantra} mfn. one who keeps his counsels or plans
secret (%{-tA} , f.) Ka1m. ; %{-saMvArya} mfn. one who conceals what ought to be
concealed Mn. vii , 102 ; %{-tA7kAra} mfn. one who conceals all signs of feeling
MW.
saMvriti *= f. closure Sus3r. S3a1rn3gP. ; covering , concealing , keeping
secret S3is3. Sarvad. ; dissimulation , hypocrisy Amar. ; obstruction HYog. ;
%{-mat} mfn. able to dissimulate S3is3. Subh.
saMvritta *= mfn. approached near to , arrived Gaut. ; happened , occurred ,
passed Ka1v. Pan5cat. ; fulfilled (as a wish) R. ; become , grown (with nom.)
MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; often w.r. for %{saM-vRta} ; m. N. of Varun2a L. ; of a
serpent-demon MBh.
saMvritti *= f. common occupation A1past. ; the right effect Car. ; Fulfilment
(personified) MBh. ; being , existing , becoming , happening MW. ; often w.r.
for %{saM-vRti}.
sAMvritti *= %{-ttika} w.r. for %{saM-vRtti} and %{sAMvittika}.
samyañc * = mfn. (fr. %{sami} = 2. %{sam} + 2. %{aJc} cf. Pa1n2. 6-3, 93; nom.
%{samya4n}, %{samIcI4}, or %{samI4cI}, %{samya4k}) going i, long with or
together, turned together or in one direction, combined, united (acc. with
%{dhA}, to unite or provide with "' [acc. or dat. of pers. and instr. or acc. of
thing]), entire, whole, complete, all (%{samyaJcaH} %{sarve}, `" all together
"') RV. Br. S3a1n3khS3r.; turned towards each other, facing one another RV. VS.
Br.; lying in one direction, forming one line (as foot steps) S3Br.; correct,
accurate, proper, true, right BhP.; uniform, same, identical W.; pleasant,
agreeable ib.; (%{I4cI}) f. praise, eulogy L.; a doe Un2. iv, 92 Sch.; N. of a
divine female TBr.; of an Apsaras MBh. Hariv.; (%{a4k}) ind. in one or the same
direction, in the same way, at the same time, together (with %{sthA}, `" to
associate with "') RV. MBh.; in one line, straight (opp. to %{akSNayA}, `"
obliquely "') S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.; completely, wholly, thoroughly, by all means
(with %{na}, by no means, not at all "') Mn. MBh. &c.; correctly, truly,
properly, fitly, in the right way or manner, well, duly (with %{kR}, `" to make
good [a promise] "') Up. Mn. MBh. &c.; distinctly, clearly MW.
samyak.h = proper
saMyam* = P. {-yacchati} (rarely Â.), to hold together, hold in, hold fast,
restrain, curb, suppress, control, govern, guide (horses, the senses, passions)
RV. &c. &c.; to tie up, bind together (hair or a garment) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to put
together, heap up (Â. `" for one's self "') Pân. 1-3, 75 Sch.; to shut up, close
(a door) Bhag.; to press close to or against Sus'r.; to present with, give to
(Â. with instr. of person, when the action is permitted P. with dat., when the
action is not permitted) Pân. 1-3, 35: Caus. {-yamayati} (cf. {-yamita}), to
cause to restrain &c.; to bind up (the hair) Venis.
samyaggraahayitvaa = well+captured
saMyaava: m. a sort of cake (of wheaten flour fried with ghee and milk and made
up into an oblong form with sugar and spices) Mn. MBh. &c. [1112, 2]
saMyama * = m. holding together, restraint, control, (esp.) control of the
senses, self-control Mn. MBh. &c.; tying up (the hair) Sâh.; binding, fettering
VarBriS.; closing (of the eyes) MârkP.; concentration of mind (comprising the
performance of Dhâranâ, Dhyâna, and Samâdhi, or the last three stages in Yoga)
Yogas. Sarvad.; effort, exertion ({A4}, with great difficulty "') MBh.;
suppression i.e. destruction (of the world) Pur.; N. of a son of Dhûmra7ksha
(and father of Kriis'a7s'va) BhP.; {-dhana} mfn. rich in self-restraint MBh.;
{-puNya-tIrtha} mfn. having restraint for a holy place of pilgrimage MBh.;
{-vat} mfn. self-controlled, parsimonious, economical Kathâs.; {-mAgni} m. the
fire of abstinence Bhag.; {-mA7mbhas} n. the flood of water at the end of the
world BhP.
saMyAma * = m. = {saM-yama} Pân. 3-3, 63; {-vat} mfn. self-controlled Bhathth.
saMyamana * = mf(%{I})n. id. MBh. Pur.; bringing to rest RV.; (%{I}) f. N. of
the city or residence of Yama (fabled to be situated on Mount Meru) MBh. BhP.;
n. the act of curbing or checking or restraining VP.; self-control KaushUp.;
binding together, tying up Vikr. Sa1h.; drawing tight, tightening (reins &c.)
S3ak.; confinement, fetter Mr2icch.; Yama's residence (cf. above) Ba1dar.
saMyoga * = m. conjunction, combination, connection (%{-ge} or %{-geSu} ifc. `"
in connection with, with regard to, concerning "'), union or absorption with or
in (gen., or instr. with and without %{saha}, or loc., or ifc.) A1past. MBh. &c.
; contact (esp. in phil. `" direct material contact "', as of sesamum seed with
rice-grains [in contradistinction to contact by the fusion of particles, as of
water with milk], enumerated among the 24 Gun2as of the Nya1ya cf. under
%{sam-bandha}) Yogas. Kan2. Bha1sha1p. ; carnal contact, sexual union MBh. &c. ;
matrimonial connection or relationship by marriage with or between (gen.,
%{saha} with instr., or comp.) Gaut. Mn. MBh. &c. ; a kind of alliance or peace
made between two kings with a common object Ka1m. Hit. ; agreement of opinion,
consensus (opposed to %{bheda}) R. ; applying one's self closely to, being
engaged in, undertaking (%{-gaM} %{kR}, `" to undertake, set about, begin "' ;
%{agnihotra-saMyogam} %{kR}, `" to undertake the maintenance of a sacred fire
"') A1past. Mn. R. ; (in gram.) a conjunct consonant, combination of two or more
consonants Pra1t. Pa1n2. &c. ; dependence of one case upon another, syntax Vop.
; (in astron.) conjunction of two or more heavenly bodies MW. ; total amount,
sum VarBr2S. ; N. of S3iva MBh. ; %{-pRthak-tva} n. (in phil.) separateness with
conjunction (a term applied to express the separateness of what is optional from
what is a necessary constituent of anything) MW. [1112,3] ; %{-mantra} m. a
nuptial text or formula Gaut. ; %{-viruddha} n. food which causes disease
through being mixed MW.
saMyuga* = n. (in BhP. also m.) union, conjunction MBh.; conflict, battle, war
MBh. Ka1v. &c. (cf. Naigh. ii, 17); %{-goSpada} n. a contest in a cow's footstep
(met. `" an insignificant struggIe "') MBh.; %{-mUrdhan} m. the van or front of
battle Ragh.//2 = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{saM-yuga}) relating to battle (with %{ku} f.
`" a battle-field "') S3is3.
saMyuta* = mfn. joined or bound together, tied, fettered R. Ragh.; put together,
joined or connected with (instr. with and without {saha}, or comp.) AV. &c. &c.;
increased hy, added to (instr. or comp.) VarBriS. Râjat.; (ifc.) being in
conjunction with VarBriS.; consisting of. containing (instr. or comp.) R.;
(ifc.) relating to, implying ({praI7Sya-s-}, `" implying service "') Mn. ii, 32;
accumulated (v.l. for {sam-bhRta}) S'ak. iv, 120/121
san * = cl. 1. P., 8. P. Â. (Dhâtup. xiii, 21; xxx, 2) {sa4nati}, {-te} or
{sano4ti}, {sanute} (Â. rare and only in non-conjugational tenses; pf. {sasA4na}
RV.; p. {sasava4s} ib. f. {sasanu4SI} Br.; {sasanivas} or {senivas} Gr.; {sene}
ib.; aor. {asAniSam} [Subj. {saniSat} Â. {saniSAsmahe}, {sa4niSanta}] RV.; Impv.
{sa4niSantu} SV.; {seSam}, {set} MaitrS. Br.; {asAta} Gr.; Prec. {sanyAt},
{sAyAt} ib.; fut. {sanitA} ib.; {saniSya4ti} RV. Br.; inf. {sanitum} Gr.), to
gain, acquire, obtain as a gift, possess, enjoy RV. AV. Br. S'rS.; to gain for
another, procure, bestow, give, distribute RV.; (Â.) to be successful, be
granted or fulfilled ib.: Pass. {sanyate} or {sAyate} Pân. 6-4, 43: Caus.
{sAnayati} (aor. {asISaNat}) Gr.: Desid. of Caus. {sisAnayiSati}. ib.: Desid.
{sisaniSati} (Gr.) or {si4SAsati} (? {sISatI} AV. iv, 38, 2), to wish to acquire
or obtain RV. TS. AV.; to wish to procure or bestow RV. AV.: Intens.
{saMsanyate}, {sAsAyate}, {saMsanti} (Gr.), to gain or acquire repeatedly (only
3. pl. {saniSNata} RV. i, 131, 5). \\2 in %{go-Sa4n} q.v.\\3 (in gram.) a
technical term for the syllable %{sa} or sign of the desiderative.\\4 N. of an
era (current in Bengal and reckoned from 593 A.D.), RTL; 433.
sana * = 2 mf({A})n. (derivation doubtful; for 1. see p. 1140, col. 3) old,
ancient ({am} ind. "' of old, formerly "') RV. AV.; lasting long BhP.; m. N. of
a Riishi (one of the four or seven spiritual sons of Brahmâ; cf. {sanaka}) MBh.
Hariv. [Cf. Lat. {senex}, {senior}; Lith. {se4nas}; Goth. {sinista}.]
sana * 1 m. (for 2. see p. 1141, col. 1) gain, acquisition (in {ahaM-sana} and
{su-SaNa}, qq. vv.); presenting, offering BhP.
sanaa * = ind. (g. {svar-Adi}) from of old RV. S'Br.
sana * =3 m. the flapping of an elephant's ears L.; Bignonia Suaveolens or
Terminalia Tomentosa (cf. 2. {asana}) L.
sanaatana = ancient
sanaatanaM = eternal atmosphere
sanaatanaH = eternally the same
sanaatanaaH = eternal
sanaatana * mf({I}, m.c.also {A})n. eternal, perpetual, permanent, everlasting,
primeval, ancient S'Br. &c. &c.; m. N. of Brahmâ L.; of Vishnu Bhathth.; of
S'iva L.; a guest of deceased ancestors, one who must always be fed whenever he
attends S'râddhas L.; N. of a Riishi (in MBh. and later `" a mind-born son of
Brahmâ "') TS. &c. &c.; of a king Buddh.; (with {zarman} and {go-svAmin}) of two
authors Cat.; pl. N. of partic. worlds Hariv.; ({I}) f. N. of Durgâ Cat. [1141,
2]; of Lakshmî or Sarasvatî L.
sañchaya = collection
sañchayaan.h = accumulation
sañchikaa = (f) file
sañchhinna = cut
sañja *= see %{saM-ja} below. [ saañja *= m. N. of a lexicographer L.]
sañjanayan.h = increasing
sañjaya = O Sanjaya
sañjayati = binds
sañjaayate = develops
sañjiivanii = a life-restoring elixir or herbsa-yata = attempting
sa.nchaya = collection
sandarbha = reference
sa.ndarshaya = (verbal stem) to show
sa.ndhaanaM = combination? or san-dhânâm; acquiring as a gift grain, rice or
barley
sandrishyante = are seen
sandes'a = message (see samdes'a)
sandehaH = (m) doubt
sandoha * V= diversity, different types, or S: the amount, the volume
sandhi = The junctional point of two consecutive bhaavas
sandhiikaala = twilight (both morning and evening time)
sangama = to meet
sanga = togetherness, closeness
sanga (saGga) * = m. (ifc. f. %{A} or %{I}) sticking, clinging to, touch,
contact with (loc. or comp.) TS. &c. &c.; relation to, association or
intercourse with (gen. instr. with and without %{saha} loc., or comp.) MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; addiction or devotion to, propensity for, (esp.) worldly or selfish
attachment or affection, desire, wish, cupidity Mn. MBh. &c.; (with %{atreH}) N.
of a Sa1man Br.\\or %{saGga} mfn. having limbs or a body Katha1s.; together with
the limbs AV. S3Br.; with all its An3gas or supplements Ka1tyS3r.; complete,
entire MBh.; concluded, finished Uttarar.
sangaM, see saMgam = attachment, associating, meeting
sangaH = attachment
sangaNaka = computer
sangarataH = indulging in good company
sangarahitaM = without attachment
sangavivarjitaH = free from all association
sangaviihinaH = bereft of company
sangaat.h = from attachment
sangiita = music
sangiitakam.h = (n) a music concert
sange = in the company
sangena = by association
sangraha = collection, see saMgraha
sangraama = battle, battlefield
sangha =(see saMga) group, organization, gathering
sanghaTita = united
sanghaaH = the assemblies
sanghaataH = the aggregate
sanghaiH = the groups
saNghaTana = organization, unity
sañjushtha *= mfn. liked by the good R.
sankalpamastu = saMkalpaM + astu:resolution + let there be
s'an'kaamaya (zaGkAmaya) mf(%{I})n. full of doubt or uncertainty, fearful,
afraid R.
sankatha *= mf(%{A})n. (prob. Pra1kr2it for %{saM-kRta} ; cf. 2. %{vi-kaTa} &c.)
`" brought together "', contracted, closed, narrow, strait MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
crowded together, dense, impervious, impassable MBh. Ma1rkP. ; dangerous,
critical MBh. ; (ifc.) crowded with, full of Ka1d. ; m. N. of a partic.
personification (a son of Kakubh) BhP. ; of a man Ra1jat. ; of a gander or
flamingo Katha1s. Pan5cat. Hit. ; (%{A}) f. see below ; (%{am}) n. a narrow
passage, strait, defile, pass MBh. Ka1v. &c., a strait, difficulty, critical
condition, danger to or from (comp. ; cf. %{prA7Na-s-}) ib.\\ f. N. of a Yogini1
(seven others are named, viz. Man3gala1, Pin3gala1, Dhanya1, Bhra1mari1,
Bhadrika1, Ulka1, Siddhi) Jyot. ; of a goddess worshipped in Benares L.
sankaTaasana = the dangerous posture
sankara: see samkara
sankaraH = such unwanted children
sankarasya = of unwanted population
sankalanam.h = (n) addition
sankalpa = determination
sankalpaH = (m) decision, resolution, plan
san'karsha &c. see %{saM-} %{lRS}. [1125,3]
san'karsha *= mfn. drawing near, vicinity, neighbourhood Gobh. ; %{-kANDa} m. N.
of wk. (= %{saMkarSaNa-k-} ; see col. 2) ; %{-bhATTa-dIpikA} f. N. of wk.
san'karshaNa *= n. drawing out, extraction Hariv. BhP. ; a means of joining or
uniting BhP. ; drawing together, contracting W. ; making rows, ploughing ib.
[1126,2] ; m. N. of Bala-deva or Bala-ra1ma (also called Hala7yudha [q.v.], the
elder brother of Kr2ishn2a ; he was drawn from the womb of Devaki1 and
transferred to that of Rohin2i1 ; among Vaishn2avas he is considered as the
second of the four forms of Purusho7ttama) MBh. Hariv. Pur. Sarvad. ; N. of the
father of Ni1la7sura Cat. ; (also with %{sUri}) of various authors ib. ;
%{-kANDa} (or %{saM-karSa-k-}) m. N. of an appendix to the Mi1ma1n6sa1-su1tra ;
%{-maya} mf(%{I})n. representing Bala-deva AgP. ; %{-vidyA} f. the art of
drawing a child from the womb of one woman and transferring it to that of
another (applied to Baladeva cf. above) Prab. ; %{-zaraNa} m. N. of an author,
Cat ; %{-sUtra-vicAra} m. N. of wk. ; %{-Ne7zvara-tIrtha} n. N. of a Ti1rtha
Cat.
san'karshin mfn. drawing together, contracting, shortening (see %{kAla-s-}).
sankuchit.h = (adj) limitted, narrow
sanketa = indication
sanketaH = (m) address, information
san'kiirtana *= n. the act of mentioning fully &c. ; praise, celebration,
glorification MBh. Ka1v. &c.
sankramaNa = concurrence, coming together
sankraanti = the festival of makara sankraant
sankhyaa = (f) number, count
sankhye = in the battlefield
sanna* = mfn. set down VS. S'Br. S'rS.; sitting at i.e. occupied with (comp.)
Hariv.; sunk down in (loc.) BhP.; depressed, low (in spirits), languid,
exhausted, decayed, perished, lost, dead AV. &c. &c.; shrunk, contracted (see
comp.); resting, motionless (see ib.); weak, low (see ib.); (= {prasanna}),
appeased, satisfied (see {sannI-kRta}); m. Buchanania Latifolia L.; (prob.) n.
destruction, loss (see {sanna-da}).
sanna* = {sannaka} see p. 1139, col. 1. [1146,1]
sannaddhaH = fully armed, prepared
sannatara * = mfn. more depressed, very weak or feeble ; (in gram.) lower (in
tone or accent), more depressed than the ordinary accentless tone (=
%{anudAtta-tara}) Pa1n2. 1-2, 40
sannibhaani = as if
sanniyamya = controlling
sannihite = (in the) presence/nearness of
sanni* = f. depression of the mind, despondency, despair BhP.
sanniikrita* = mfn. appeased, satisfied Kathâs.
sannimat* = mfn. desponding, despairing ib.
sannimitta* = n. a good omen R.; a gñgood cause; the cause of the gñgood MW.;
({am}) ind. for a gñgood cñcause Hit.; ({e}) ind. for the sake of the gñgood MW.
sannipaata: *(Sastr.G.) product, combined effect, V*=combination.
sannisarga* = m. gñgood nature, kindness ib.
sannivaasa* = mfn. (for {saM-n-} see {saM-ni-} 5. {vas}) staying with the good
(Vishnu) MBh.
sannivishhTaH = situated
sannyasin: see samnyasin
santah V* = the holy, the devoted *= see s'anta
santaH = the devotees
santata = repeated
santatagamana = unbroken togetherness
santapta = burning
santarishhyasi = you will cross completely
santaaH = are respected
santya* mfn. bestowing gifts, bountiful (only voc. in addressing Agni; accord.
to others fr. {sat} = `" benevolent, kind "') RV
santaapa = harrasment
santi = there are
santushhTa = satisfied
santushhTaH = perfectly satiated
santosha = satisfaction
santoshha = satisfaction
sa.nyata = controlled
sa.nyama = dharana, dhyana and samadhi taken together
sa.nyamataaM = of all regulators
sa.nyaminaH = tamed or self-denying like that of a hermit
sa.nyamii = the self-controlled
sa.nyamya = keeping under control
sa.nyaati = verily accepts
sa.nyuktaaH = engaged
sa.nyogaM = connection
sa.nyogaat.h = by the union between
sa.nvatsara = Designated year, 60 in number and change cyclically
sa.nvaadaM = conversation
sa.nvigna = distressed
sa.nvrittaH = settled
santi: * see sati and saati
s'apa * = m. a curse, imprecation, oath (= {zapatha}) L.; a corpse (w.r. for
{zava} q.v.) W.; N. of a man g. {azvA7di}.
sapaala * = mfn. attended by a herdsman Mn. viii, 240; together with a king or
kings BhP.; m. N. of a king Buddh.
sapatnaan.h = enemies
sapatna * = m. (fr. 1. {sa-pa4tnI} below) a rival, adversary, enemy RV. &c. &c.
sapatnI * = 1 f. (once in R. {-tni}) a woman who has the same husband with
another woman (Pân. 4-1, 35) or whose husband has other wives, a fellow-wife or
mistress, female rival RV. &c. &c.
sapatnya * = w.r. for %{sAp} (q.v.) - see saapatnya
sapta = (adj) seven
saptavarga = Seven Vargas a sequence of varga or harmonic charts. Consists of
Rashi, Hora, Drekkana, navaa.nsha, dvaadasha.nsha, tri.nshaa.nsha and
Saptaa.nsha
saptaa.nsha = A varga. The harmonic Seventh Division. Used for delineations of
Children and Grandchildren and one's creative projections
saphala = fruitful
sara* = mf({A})n. (fr. {sR}) fluid, liquid VS.; cathartic, purgative, laxative
Sus'r. Vâgbh.; (ifc. f. {I} Pân. 3-2, 18) going, moving &c. (cf. {anu-},
{abhi-}, {puraH-s-}); m. going, motion L.; a cord, string (cf. {prati-},
{maNi-}, {muktA-maNi-}, and {mauktika-s-}); a short vowel (in prosody) Col.;
salt L.; N. of Vâyu or the wind L.; a waterfall L.; often v.l. or w.r. for
{zara} (also in comp. {sara-ja} &c. for {zara ja} &c.); ({A4}) f. moving or
wandering about Gal.; a brook AV. TS.; a cascade, waterfall L.; Paederia Foetida
L.; ({I}) f. a cascade (cf. {sari}) L.; n. a lake, pool (also irregularly in
comp. for {saras}) Un. iv, 188 Sch.; milk L.
saraH = (neut) lake
saraNa * = mfn. (for %{sa-raNa} see p. 1183) going, moving, running GopBr. ; m.
a kind of tree Col. (perhaps w.r. for %{sorala}) ; N. of a king Buddh. ; (%{A}
or %{I}) f. Paederia Foetida L. ; (%{A}) f. a sort of convolvulus L. ; n.
running, quick motion (with %{AjeH}, `" a foot-race, `" running-match "')
Gr2S3rS. ChUp. MBh. ; moving from one place to another, locomotion VarBr2S. ;
running after, following R. ; iron rust or filings L.
saraNa * = mfn. (for %{saraNa} see p. 1182, col. 1) connected with war or
conflict Lalit.
saraNa * = %{-Ni} &c. see p. 1182, col. 1, [1183,3]
sAraNa * = mf(%{I})n. id. L. ; cracked, split L. ; having five hair-tufts on the
head L. ; m. dysentery, diarrhoea L. ; wind during the autumn L. ; Paederia
Foetida L. ; Spondias Mangifera. L. ; N. of a brother of Kr2ishn2a MBh. Hariv.
Ma1rkP. ; of one of Ra1van2a's ministers (sent as ambissad or to Ra1ma) R. ;
(%{A}) f. stretching out, extension (only ifc.) Katha1s. ; (ifc. f. %{A})
producing a sound, striking a note on (loc.) ib. ; a partic. process to which
mineral substances (esp. quicksilver) are subjected (two others being given
called %{Rtu-s-} and %{prati-sAraNA} ; %{-NA-traya} n. `" the three Sa1ran2a1
processes "') Sarvad. ; (%{I}) f. see below ; (%{am}) n. leading home Das3. ;
buttermilk (one fourth part of which is water) L. ; a kind of perfume L.
sarani = (f) stream, path
sarala = straight, candid
saras.h = lake
sarasa = Excellent
sarasaaM = of all reservoirs of water
sarasaangayashhthii = she whose body is like a (lean)stick
sarasvati = goddess of speech and learning
sarira *= n. (cf. {salila}) the heaving sea, flood, tide VS. TBr.; = {bahu}
Naigh. iii, 1; the universe (= {loka} or {tri-loka}) VS. Sch.
saritaa = (f) river
sarati = (1 pp) to go
saroja = lotus ( one that is born in a lake)
sarovaram.h = (n) lake
sargaH = birth and death
sargaaNaaM = of all creations
sarge = while taking birth
sarge.api = even in the creation
sarpa = snake
sarpaaNaaM = of serpents
sarva = all *= mf(%{A})n. (perhaps connected with %{sAra} q.v. ; inflected as a
pronoun except nom. acc. sg. n. %{sarvam} , and serving as a model for a series
of pronominals cf. %{sarva-nAman}) whole , entire , all , every (m.sg. `" every
one "' ; pl. `" all "' ; n. sg. `" everything "' ; sometimes strengthened by
%{vizva} [which if alone in RV. appears in the meaning `" all "' , every "' , `"
every one "'] and %{nikhila} ; %{sarve} "' %{pi} , `" all together "' ;
%{sarvaH@ko} "' %{pi} "' , every one so ever "' ; %{gavAM@sarvam} , `" all that
comes from cows "' ; %{sarva} with a negation = `" not any "' , `" no "' , `"
none "' or `" not every one "' , `" not everything "') RV. &c. &c. ; of all
sorts , manifold , various , different MBh. &c. ; (with another adjective or in
comp. ; cf. below) altogether , wholly , completely , in all parts , everywhere
RV. ChUp. &c. ; (%{am}) ind. (with %{sarveNa}) completely DivyA7v. ; m.
(declined like a subst.) N. of S3iva MBh. ; of Kr2ishn2a Bhag. ; of a Muni Cat.
; pl. N. of a people Ma1rkP. ; n. water Naigh. i , 12. [Cf. Gk. $ &358256[1184
,3] for $ Lat. {salvus}.] [1185,1]
sarvaM = all
sarvaH = all
sarvakarma = of all activities
sarvakarmaaNi = all reactions to material activities
sarvakaaraH = (m) coalition
sarvagataM = all-pervading
sarvagataH = all-pervading
sarvaguhyatamaM = the most confidential of all
sarvajagat.h = the eentire world
sarvataH = on/from all sides (indecl)
sarvato = from all (sides)
sarvatra = everywhere
sarvatragaM = all-pervading
sarvatragaH = blowing everywhere
sarvathaa = in all respects
sarvadehinaaM = of all embodied beings
sarvadvaaraaNi = all the doors of the body
sarvadvaareshhu = in all the gates
sarvadhanushhmataam.h = of all shooters (bow, arrow carriers)
sarvadharmaan.h = all varieties of religion
sarvapaapaiH = from all sinful reactions
sarvabhaavena = in all respects
sarvabhuuta = to all living entities
sarvabhuutasthaM = situated in all beings
sarvabhuutasthitaM = situated in everyone's heart
sarvabhuutahite = for the welfare of all living entities
sarvabhuutaanaaM = of all living entities
sarvabhuutaani = all created entities
sarvabhuutaanii = all living entities
sarvabhuuteshhu = among all living beings
sarvabhrit.h = the maintainer of everyone
sarvamatena = according to all schools of thought/unanimously
sarvayonishhu = in all species of life
sarvaloka = of all planets and the demigods thereof
sarvavit.h = the knower of everything
sarvavid.h = one who knows everything
sarvavrikshaaNaaM = of all trees
sarvashaH = all
sarvasaMpadaam.h = all wealth
sarvasankalpa = of all material desires
sarvasminnapi = in all beings
sarvasya = of everyone
sarvasvaM = all of one's belongings, holding
sarvaharaH = all-devouring
sarvaGYaana = in all sorts of knowledge
sarvaaH = all
sarvaanga = the whole body
sarvaangaasana = the shoulderstand posture
sarvaaNi = all
sarvaan.h = all kinds of
sarvaarambha = of all endeavors
sarvaarambhaH = all ventures
sarvaartha = for all worthy or meaningful or riches
sarvaarthaan.h = all things
sarve = all
sarvebhyaH = of all
sarveshhaaM = all
sarveshhu = in all the
sarvekshaNam.h = (n) survey, poll
sarvaiH = all
sasaara: possessing strength end anergy, steewgth and sound
sasarja V: created, generated, produced, evolved, released
sasharaM = along with arrows
sasvadha* = m. pl. `" having the Svadha (q.v.), a partic. class of deceased
ancestors MW.
sa-svana* = mf({A})n. sounding, loud ({am} ind.) MBh.
sa-svara* = mfn. sounding, having the same sound with (instr. or comp.) Prât.;
having accent, accentuated IndSt.; ({am}) ind. loudly VP.
sa-svaahaa-kAra* = mfn. accompanied with the exclamation Svâhâ AitBr. ÂpS'r.
sasva4r* = ind. (of unknown derivation), secretly RV. (cf. Nalgh. iii, 25).
sasya = grain
sas'raddha* n= mf({A})n. trustful, frank, confident Kathâs.
sat* = mf({satI4})n. (pr. p. of 1. {as}) being, existing, occurring, happening,
being present ({sato me}, `" when I was present "'; often connected with other
participles or with an adverb e.g. {nAmni kRte sati}, `" when the name has been
given "'; {tathA sati}, `" if it be so "'; also ibc., where sometimes = `"
possessed of "' cf. {sat-kalpavRkSa}) RV. &c. &c.; abiding in (loc.) MBh.;
belonging to (gen.) S'Br.; living MundUp.; lasting, enduring Kâv. RV. &c. &c.;
real, actual, as any one or anything ought to be, true, good, right ({tan na
sat}, `" that is not right "'), beautiful, wise, venerable, honest (often in
comp. see below) RV. &c. &c.; m. a being, (pl.) beings, creatures RV. &c.; a
good or wise man, a sage MBh. R.; good or honest or wise or respectable people
Mn. MBh. &c.; ({I4}) f. see {sati4} below; ({sat}) n. that which really is,
entity or existence, essence, the true being or really existent (in the
Veda7nta, `" the self-existent or Universal Spirit, Brahma "') RV. &c. &c.; that
which is good or real or true, good, advantage, reality, truth ib.; water Naigh.
i, 12; (in gram.) the terminations of the present participle Pân. 3-2, 127 &c.;
({sat}) ind. (cf. {sat-kR} &c.) well, right, fitly. [Cf. Gk. $ for $; Lat.
{sens} in &343162[1134, 2] {absens}, {pra-sens}; {sons}, `" guilty "', orig. `"
the real doer "'; Lith. {sâs}, {e4sas}; Slav. {sy}, {sas8ta}.]
saT * =cl. 1. P. %{saTati}, to be a part of Dha1tup. ix, 26: Caus. or cl. 10.
%{sATayati} (see %{sAT}).
saTaa * = f. (cf. %{zaTA}, %{chaTA} and %{jaTA}) an ascetic's matted or clotted
hair, a braid of hair (in general) MBh.; the mane (of a lion or horse) or the
bristles (of a boar) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a crest (= %{zikhA}) L.; a multitude,
number VarBr2S.; light, lustre BhP.
sataabja * =mfn. having a hñhundred lotus-flowers DhyânabUp.
saTaa--Gka * =({-TA7Gka}) mfn. `" mane-marked "', a lion L.
sataahvayA * =f. Anethum Sowa Sus'r.; Asparagus Racemosus L.
sataakaaraa * =f. N. of a female Gandharva ib.
sataakSara * =mf({A})n. of a hñhundred syllables, ÂpS'.
saTaalu * = {zalATu}, an unripe fruit, PârGiri.
sataaM = of saintly peoplesataanaka* =n. a burning-ground, cemetery L.
sataanana * =m. Aegle Marinelos L.; ({A}) f. `" hundredfaced "'N. of a goddess
Cat.
sataasat * =({-tA7satI4}) n. du. (= {sad-asatI}, formed in analogy to
{sutA7sute4}) the true and the false TBr.
sataashTaka * =n. one hñhundred and eight Pañcar.
sataas'va * =mfn. numbering a hñhundred horses ({saha4sraM zatA7zvam}, a
thousand cattle with a hñhundred horses) RV. S'rS. Vait.; {-ratha} n. sg. a
hñhundred cattle and a car with horses KâtyS'r.; {-vijaya} m. N. of part of wk.
sataH = of the eternal
satata = always
satataM = always
satatayuktaanaaM = always engaged
saTaMkaara * =mfn. (fr., 7. {sa} + {T-}) having notoriety or fame, famous
MW.sat.h = a good man
sat.h\-chit.h-aananda = bliss consciousness
sati = being
satI4 * = 1 f. (fem. of {sat}; for 2. see P. 1138, col. 2) her ladyship, your
ladyship (= {bhavatI}, sometimes = `" you "') MBh.; a good and virtuous or
faithful wife (esp. applied in later use to the faithful wñwife [popularly
called Suttee who burns herself with her husband's corpse W.; compar.
{satI-tarA}, {sati-t-} or {sat-t-}) Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs. &c.; a wife, female
(of an animal) BhP.; a female ascetic MW.; a fragrant earth L.; two kinds of
metre Col.; N. of the wife of Vis'vâmitra RV.; of the goddess Durgâ or Umâ
(sometimes described as Truth personified or as a daughter of Daksha and wife of
Bhava [S'iva], and sometimes represented as putting an end to herself by Yoga,
or at a later period burning herself on the funeral pyre of her husband) Pur.
Kum.; of one of the wives of Angiras BhP.; of various women of modern times
(also {-devI}) Cat.
sati * = f. = {sAti}, {santi} Pân. Vop.; = {dAna}, {avasAna} L.
satI * = 2 f. (for 1. see p. 1135, col. 1) = {sAti} L.
sati * = see p. 1138, col. 2.
satii = Sati * = 1 f. (fem. of {sat}; for 2. see P. 1138, col. 2) her ladyship,
your ladyship (= {bhavatI}, sometimes = `" you "') MBh.; a good and virtuous or
faithful wife (esp. applied in later use to the faithful wñwife [popularly
called Suttee who burns herself with her husband's corpse W.; compar.
{satI-tarA}, {sati-t-} or {sat-t-}) Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs. &c.; a wife, female
(of an animal) BhP.; a female ascetic MW.; a fragrant earth L.; two kinds of
metre Col.; N. of the wife of Vis'vâmitra RV.; of the goddess Durgâ or Umâ
(sometimes described as Truth personified or as a daughter of Daksha and wife of
Bhava [S'iva], and sometimes represented as putting an end to herself by Yoga,
or at a later period burning herself on the funeral pyre of her husband) Pur.
Kum.; of one of the wives of Angiras BhP.; of various women of modern times
(also {-devI}) Cat.
satkaara = respect
satraa * = ind. (fr. 7. %{sa} + %{trA4}) together, together with (instr.),
altogether, throughout; always, by all means RV. AV. Br.
satkaarya = good or useful work particularly helpful to many
sattama * = (%{sa4t-}) mfn. very good or right, the best, first, chief of (gen.
or comp.) Br. S3a1n3khS3r. ChUp. &c.; most virtuous W.; very venerable or
respectable ib.; %{-tA} f. the first rank of all BhP.
satra incorrect for %{sattra}.
satraa * = ind. (fr. 7. %{sa} + %{trA4}) together , together with (instr.) ,
altogether , throughout ; always , by all means RV. AV. Br.
sattra * = n. `" session "' , a great Soma sacrifice (lasting accord. to some ,
from 13 to 100 days and performed by many officiating Bra1hmans ; also applied
to any oblation or meritorious work equivalent to the performance of a Sattra ;
%{sattra4sya4rddhiH}N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr.) RV. &c. &c. ; a house , asylum ,
hospital Ra1jat. Katha1s. ; an assumed form or disguise , illusive semblance
MBh. Das3. [1138,3] ; fraud , deception L. ; a wood , forest Kir. ; a tank ,
pond L. ; liberality , munificence L. ; wealth L. ; clothes L.
sattva * = inner strengthn. being, existence, entity, reality, `" the existence
of a Supreme Being "'; true essence, nature, disposition of mind, character;
spiritual essence, spirit, mind; vital breath, life, consciousness, strength of
character, strength, firmness, energy, resolution, courage, selfcommand, good
sense, wisdom, magnanimity MBh. R. &c.; the quality of purity or goodness
(regarded in the Sânkhya phil. as the highest of the three Gunas r constituents
of Prakriiti because it renders a person true, honest, wise &c., and a thing
pure, clean; material or elementary substance, entity, matter, a thing
sattvaM = the strength
sattvastha * = mf(%{A})n. being in the nature (of anything) W.; adherent in
firmness of character, resolute, energetic MaitrUp. Cu1lUp. &c.; clinging to or
adherent in the quality of goodness Bhag. BhP. Yogava1s.; inherent in animals
W.; animate ib.
sattvavataM = of the strong
sattvasa.nshuddhiH = purification of one's existence
sattvasthaaH = those situated in the mode of goodness
sattvaat.h = from the mode of goodness
sattvaanaaM = good beings'
sattvaanuruupaa = according to the existence
sattve = the mode of goodness
satpurushha = good man
satvara* mf({A})n. having or making haste, speedy, expeditious, quick ({am} and
compar. {-taram} ind.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. quickness, hastiness,
speed ib.; {-racanam} ind. quickly, immediately, at once Gît.
satya = Truth * = mf({A})n. true, real, actual, genuine, sincere, honest,
truthful, faithful, pure, virtuous, good. successful, effectual, valid
({satyaM-kR}, `" to make true, ratify, realise, fulfil "') RV. &c. &c.; m. the
uppermost of the seven Lokas or worlds (the abode of Brahmâ and heaven of truth;
see {loka}) L.; N. of the ninth Kalpa (q.v.) Pur.; the As'vattha tree L.; N. of
Vishnu L.; of Râma-candra L.; of a supernatural being Gaut. VarBriS. Hcat.; of a
deity presiding over the Nândî-mukha S'râddha L.; of one of the Vis've Devâh
Cat.; of a Vyâsa Cat.; of a son of Havir-dhâna BhP.; of a son of Vitatya MBh.;
of one of the 7 Riishis in various Manvantaras Hariv. Pur.; (with {AcArya}) N.
of an astronomer (author of the Horâ-s'âstra) VarBriS.; pl. N. of a class of
gods in various Manvantaras Hariv. Pur.; ({A}) f. speaking the truth, sincerity,
veracity W.; a partic. S'akti Pañcar.; N. of Durgâ Cat.; of S'itâ L.; of
Satyavatî (mother of Vyâsa) L.; = {satya-bhAmA} MBh. Hariv. S'is'.; of the
family deity of the Kutsas and Atharvans Cat.; of a daughter of Dharma (and wife
of S'an-yu) MBh.; of the mother of Satya (= {tuSita}) VP.; of the wife of Manthu
(and mother of Bhauvana) BhP.; of a daughter of Nagna-jit (and wife of Kriishna)
ib.; ({am}) n. truth, reality ({satyena}, `" truly "', `" certainly "', `"
really "'; {ka4smAt sa4tyAt}, `" for what reason, how is it that? "' {te4na
satye4na}, `" for that reason, so truly "'; {yathA-tena} [or {evaM}] {satyena},
`" as-so truly "'; with Buddhists truth is of two kinds, viz. {saMvRti-} and
{paramA7rtha-satyam}, `" truth by general consent "' and `" self-evident truth
"' Dharmas. 95; for the four fundamental truths of Buddhists see MWB. 43; 56)
RV. &c. &c.; speaking the truth, sincerity, veracity KenUp. Mn. R. &c.; a solemn
asseveration, vow, promise, oath ({satyaM cikIrSamANa}, `" wishing to fulfil
one's promise or keep one's word "') AV. &c. &c.; demonstrated conclusion, dogma
W.; the quality of goodness or purity or knowledge MW.; the first of the four
Yugas or ages (= 1. {-kRta4} q.v.) L.; a partic. mythical weapon R.; the
uppermost of the 7 Lokas (see under m.) Veda7ntas. BhP.; one of the 7 Vyâhriitis
L.; partic. Satya-formula Âs'vS'r.; = {udaka}, water Naigh. i, 12; (also with
{prajApateH}) N. of Sâmans ÂrshBr. S'rS.; ({a4m}) ind. (g. {cA7di} and
{svar-Adi}) truly, indeed, certainly, verily, necessarily, yes, very well
({satyam-tu}, {kiM tu}, {tathA7pi}, `" it is true - but, yet, however "'; {yat
sasyam}, `" indeed, certainly "') RV. &c. &c. [Cf. accord. to some, Gk. $.]
satyaanrita *= mfn. true and false, containing truth and falsehood Hit. ;
apparently true (but really false) A. ; n. du. truth and falsehood RV. VS. Br.
A1past. ; sg. or du. practice of truth and fñfalsehood, commerce, trade Mn. iv,
6 BhP. [1137,1]
satyaM = Truth
satyameva = Truth alone
satyasa.ndhaM = the one bound by Truth
satyasya = of truth
satsangatve = in good company
sakshii = witness
satvat * satvat m. pl.N. of a people inhabiting the south of India (cf.
{sAtvata}) Br. KaushUp. MBh. Hariv.; of a son of Madhu Hariv.
satvata * = m. N. of a son of Mâdhava (Mâgadha) and Ans'a Hariv. V
sau.ndaryamaalikaa = Garland of beauty
saubha * = m. (also written {zaubha}) N. of the aerial city of Hari-s'candra
(q.v.) MBh. BhP.; of a town of the S'alvas MBh.; a king of the Saubhas ib.; pl.
N. of a people ib.
saubhaga * = mfn. (fr. %{subhaga}) `" auspicious "', coming from or made of the
tree Su-bhaga Car. ; m. N. of a son of Br2ihac-chloka BhP. ; n. (ifc. f. %{A})
welfare, happiness, wealth, riches, enjoyment RV. ; loveliness, grace, beauty
BhP.
2 saubhagatva n. welfare, happiness RV.
sauchikaH = (m) tailor
saucakya* = n. (fr. {sUcaka}) g. {purohitA7di}.
sauci* = m. = next L.
saucikya* = n. (fr. {sUcika}) g. {purohitA7di}.
saucitti* = m. (prob. fr. {su-citta}) patr. of Satya-dhriiti MBh.
saucuka* = m. N. of the father of Bhûti-râja (and grandfather of Indu-râja) Cat.
saucika* = m. (fr. {sUci}) one who lives by his needle, a tailor (in the caste
system he is the son of a S'aundika and a Kaivartî) Kull. on Mn. iv, 214.
saucIka* = m. N. of a partic. Agni Sây. in RV., Introd.
saudaaminii = (f) lightning *= f. (fr. %{su-dAman}, `" Indra "' or `" a cloud
"') lightning or a partic. kind of lÒlightning ; perhaps forked lÒlightning
(%{vidyut@saudAmanI@yathA}, `" after the manner of fÒforked lÒlightning "') MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; N. of a daughter of Kas3yapa and Vinata1 VP. ; of a Yakshin2i1
Katha1s. ; of a daughter of the Gandharva Ha1ha1 ib. ; of an Apsaras Ba1lar. ;
of a sorceress Ma1lati1m. ; of part of the Su-da1man mountain (accord. to some).
saubhadraH = the son of Subhadra
saubhaagyavatii = Mrs
saubhaga * - mfn. (fr. {subhaga}) `" auspicious "', coming from or made of the
tree Su-bhaga Car.; m. N. of a son of Briihac-chloka BhP.; n. (ifc. f. {A})
welfare, happiness, wealth, riches, enjoyment RV.; loveliness, grace, beauty
BhP.
sauHrida // sauhrida= friendship * = mfn. relating to or coming from a friend
R.; m. a friend Pan5cat.; pl. N. of a people MBh.; n. (ifc. f. %{A}) affection,
friendship for or with (loc. or %{saha} or comp.) MBh. R. &c.; liking for,
fondness of (comp.) Ja1takam.
saukshmyaat.h = due to being subtle
saumadattiH = the son of Somadatta
saumana* = n. (fr. {su-mana}, or {-nas}); m. or ({A}) f. a flower, blossom
Sus'r.; a partic. mythical weapon
sauman'galya = n. welfare , prosperity BhP. ; an auspicious object (as an amulet
&c.)
saumitrivatsalaH = he who is affectionate to LakshmaNa
saumya* = (once in AV. {sau4mya}) mf({I4} later {A}; once in RV. {sau4myA})n.
relating or belonging to Soma (the juice or the sacrifice or the moon-god),
connected or dealing with Soma, having his nature or qualities &c. RV. &c. &c.;
cool and moist (opp. to {agneya}, `" hot and dry "') Br. Hariv. Sus'r.; northern
({ena}, `" to the north "') Hariv. VarBriS.; `" resembling the moon "', placid,
gentle, mild ({saumya} voc. = `" O gentle Sir! "' `" O good Sir! "' `" O
excellent man! "' as the proper mode of addressing a Brâhman Mn. ii, 125) S'Br.
&c.&c.; auspicious (said of birds, planets &c.; esp. of the Nakshatras
Mriiga-s'iras, Citrâ, Anurâdhâ, and Revatî) R. VarBriS. Hariv. S'ârngS.; happy,
pleasant, cheerful MW.; m. a Soma sacrifice L.; an adherent, worshipper BhP.; a
Brâhman L.; patr. of Budha or the planet Mercury VarBriS.; of the Vedic Riishi
Budha (author of RV. x, 1) RAnukr.; the left hand Hcat.; Ficus Glomerata L.; the
fifteenth cubit ({aratni}) from the bottom or the third from the top of the
sacrificial post L.; (in anat.) the blood before it becomes red, serum W.; the
gastric juice MW.; the month Mârgas'îrsha Hcat.; N. of the 43rd (or 17th) year
in the 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter VarBriS.; (pl.) the people of Soma
S'ânkhGri.; a partic. class of deceased ancestors Mn. iii, 199; m. n. a partic.
penance (see {-kRcchra}) Yâjñ. GârudaP.; N. of a Dvîpa of the earth or of
Bharatavarsha Pur.; of the 7th astrol. Yuga Jyot.; ({yA}) f. N. of various
plants (Abrus Precatorius; Glycine Debilis; Ruta Graveolens &c.) L.; a pearl L.;
the Nakshatra Mriiga-s'iras Hariv.; N. of the five stars in Orioñs head (also
called {ilvala} q.v.) W.; a species of the Âryâ metre Col.; N. of Durgâ Cat.;
({I}) f. moonshine MBh.; ({am}) n. the nature or condition of Soma AV.;
gentleness MBh. Pañcat. the Nakshatra Mriiga-s'iras (presided over by the Moon)
MaitrUp. Hariv. (accord. to Nîlak. `" Wednesday "'); the left eye L.; the middle
of the hand L.; N. of the fifth Muhûrta Cat.; (scil. {adbhuta}) a partic. kind
of omen or prodigy (occurring in the Diva or sky) MW.
saumyaM = very beautiful
saumyatvaM = being without duplicity towards others
saumyavapuH = the beautiful form
saurata: mfn. (fr. {su-rata}) relating to sexual enjoyment BhP.; n. sexual
enjoyment ib.; m. mild wind L.
saurabha = fragrance
sautraamaNI * =f. a partic. sacrifice in honour of Indra ({su-trAman}; described
as the 6th or 7th; of the 7 Havir-yajña-sansthâs q.v.; in the S'Br. it is said
that every one consecrated by the Sautrâmani enters among the gods and is born
{sarva-tanUH} i.e. with his entire body; {-tva4} n. S'Br.) AV. VS. Br. S'rS.
BhP.; N. of wk. by Deva-bhadra.
sauravyuuhaH = (m) the solar system
s'auri m. patr. of Vasu-deva MBh. BhP.; of Vishnu-Kriishna (also among the names
of the sun) ib.; of Prajâti MârkP.; of Bala-deva MW.; Terminalia Tomentosa L.
(v.l. {sauri}); the planet Saturn (w.r. for {sauri}).
sauvarNa = golden
sava * = 1 m. (fr. 3. %{su}) pressing out the juice of the Soma plant RV. S3Br.
S3a1n3khS3r.; pouring it out L.; the moon L.; n. the juice or honey of flowers
L.\\ 2 m. (fr. 1. %{sU}) one who sets in motion or impels, an instigator,
stimulator, commander VS. S3Br.; m. the sun (cf. %{savitR}) L.; setting in
motion, vivification, instigation, impulse, command, order (esp. applied to the
activity of Savitr2i; dat. %{savA4ya}, for setting in motion "') RV. AV. VS.
TBr.; N. of partic. initiatory rites, inauguration, consecration Br.; a kind of
sacrifice Kaus3.; any sacrifice MBh.; a year (?) BhP. (see %{bahu-s-}).\\ 3 m.
(fr. 2. %{sU}) offspring, progeny L.
savana 1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of pressing out the Soma-juice
(performed at the three periods of the day; cf. %{tri-SavaNa}; %{prAtaH-}.,
%{mAdhyaMdina-} and %{tRtIya-s-}) RV. &c. &c.; the pressed out Soma-juice and
its libation, a Soma festival, any oblation or sacrificial rite ib.; (with
%{puMsaH}) = %{puMsavana} Ya1jn5. i, 11 (pl.) the three periods of day (morning,
noon, and evening) Gaut. Mn. BhP. [1190,2]; time (in general) BhP.; bathing,
ablution, religious bathing (performed at mñmorning, nñnoon, and evñevening) Kir
\\ n. (for 1. see col. 1; for see p. 1191, col. 2; for %{sa-vana} see col. 3)
instigation, order, command (cf. %{satya4-s-}) RV. MaitrUp.\\ mf(%{A})n. (fur
%{savana} see col. 1 &c.) together with woods MBh. \\ 3 n. (fr. %{su} or %{sU};
for 1. 2 see 1190, cols. 1. 2 for %{sa-vana}, p. 1190, col. 3) fire BhP.; a kind
of hell VP.; N. of a son of Bhr2igu MBh.; of a son of Vasisht2ha (one of the
seven Rishsis under Manu Rohita) VP.; of a son of Manu Svayambhuva Hariv.; of a
son of Priya-vrata (v.l. %{savala}) Pur.
savana* = mf({A})n. (fur {savana} see col. 1 &c.) together with woods MBh.
savikaaraM = with interactions
savichaara = investigational meditation
savitarka = inspectional meditation
savitri = a name of Sun
savyasaachin.h = O Savyasaci
sayanthini = (f) that belongs to the evening
s'ayitavya * =mfn. to be lain or slept Pañcar. Kathâs. (n. impers.;
{mayA-hutavahe-zayitavyam}, `" it must be lain down by me in the fire "' Vâs.)
s'ayitR * = * =m. one who sleeps or rests Pân. 4-2, 15.
s'ayita * = mfn. reposed, lying, sleeping, asleep MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. the plant
Cordia Myxa W.; n. the place where any one has lain or slept Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3,
68.
sayujya * = mfn. (fr. prec.) closely united with MW.; %{tA} f. intimate union or
junction ib.
saayujya * = n. (fr. %{sa-yuj}) intimate union, communion with (gen. loc.
instr., or comp.); identification, absorption (into the divine Essence; this is
one of the four grades or states of Mukti cf. %{sAlokya} RTL.41) Ka1t2h. Br.
MBh. &c.; likeness, similarity W.
s'aayi-taa * f. (fr. next) the state of lying or reposing or abiding in (ifc.)
MBh. Kathâs.
sechananaalaH = (m) a water-gun used during Holi, pichkaari
sehe - deriv of sehana = * saasahaaNa mfn. (for %{sa-s-}) overcoming, conquering
RV.
senayoH = of the armies
senaaniinaaM = of all commanders
sena *= 1 mfn. (7. %{sa} + %{ina}) having a master or lord , dependent on
another Va1s.\\ 2 (?) n. the body L.\\ 3 (for 1. 2. see col. 2) , in comp. for
%{senA}.
senaa *= f. (fr. 2. %{si}) a missile , dart , spear RV. AV. ; N. of Indra's wife
(or his thunderbolt so personified) TS. AitBr. Vait. ; an army , armament ,
battle-array , armed force (also personified as wife of Ka1rttikeya ; ifc. also
%{sena} n.) RV. &c. &c. ; a small army (consisting of 3 elephants , 3 chariots ,
9 horse , and 15 foot) L. ; any drilled troop or band or body of men Ba1lar. ; a
kind of title or addition to the names of persons (also names of courtezans)
Sa1h. (cf. Pa1n2. 4-1 , 152 &c.) ; N. of a courtezan (abridged fr.
%{kubera-senA}) HParis3. ; of the mother of S3ambhava (the third Arhat of the
present Avasarpin2i1 L.
sendriyamaanasa = sa+indriya+mAnasa, wwith senses and mind
setavya * = mfn. to be bound or fastened together Nir. xi, 31 v.l.
setu = a bridge* mfn. (fr. 1. {si}) binding, who or what binds or fetters RV.;
m. a bond, fetter ib.; a ridge of earth, mound, bank, causeway, dike, dam,
bridge, any raised piece of ground separating fields (serving as a boundary or
as a passage during inundations) RV. &c. &c.; Râma's bridge (see {setubandha})
BhP.; a landmark, boundary, limit (also fig. = `" barrier, bounds "') Mn. MBh.
&c.; a help to the understanding of a text, an explanatory commentary (also N.
of various commentaries) Cat.; an established institution, fixed rule MW.; the
Pranava or sacred syllable Om (which is said to be {mantrANAM setuH}) KâlP.;
Crataeva Roxburghii or Tapia Crataeva (= {varaNa}, {varuNa}) L.; N. of a son of
Druhyu and brother of Babhru Hariv.; of a son of Babhru Pur.; of a place MW.
setukritpaatu = may the builder of bridge (over the sea) protect
setu\-bandhaasana = the bridge posture
setuba.ndhanaM = bridging
sev.h = to serve
sevaka = (m) servant
sevanIya 1 mfn. (for 2. see col. 2) to be followed or practised Bhartr2.; to be
served or waited upon or honoured Hariv. BhP.// 1 mfn. (for 1. see col. 1) to be
sewn or stitched together MW.
sevate = (1 ap) to serve
savala *= see %{zabala} and 3. %{savana}.
savalataa *= f. the plant yielding Soma-juice (cf. %{soma-l-}) Sa1y. on RV.
viii, 29, 1.
savaalakhilya *= mfn. together with the Va1lakhilya hymns MW. = 1.
sevama = (n) apple
sevayaa = by the rendering of service
sevaa = service
sevitaa * = f. service, attendance Ma1rkP.
sevita * = mfn. dwelt in, visited, frequented, followed, served &c. (see
%{sev}); furnished or endowed with, abounding in (comp.) R.; n. = 1. %{sevi} L.
sevitaa * = f. service, attendance Ma1rkP.
sevitavya * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see below) to be frequented or inhabited Hariv.; to
be followed or practised TUp. Mn. &c.; to be tended or taken care of Ca1n2.
Mr2icch.\\ 2 mfn. (for 1. see above) to be sewn Nir.
sevya * = to be resorted to or frequented or inhabited by (gen.) Hariv. Pañcat.
Kathâs.; to be followed (as a path) Râjat.; to be approached Cân.; to be waited
upon or served or obeyed, a master (as opp. to `" a servant "') R. Kâlid. &c.;
to be honoured, honourable Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to be enjoyed carnally Subh.; to be
practised or used or employed MBh. R. &c.; to be studied Cat.; to be kept or
hoarded Hit.; to be taken care of or guarded W.; m. the As'vattha tree, Ficus
Religiosa L.; Barringtonia Acutangula L.; a sparrow L.; an intoxicating drink
made from the blossoms of the Bassia Latifolia L.; ({A}) f. the parasitical
plant Vandâ L.; Emblic Myrobolam L.; a kind of wild grain or rice L.; ({am}) n.
the root of Andropogon Muricatus Sus'r.; red sandal-wood L.; sea-salt L.; the
thick middle part of curds L.; water L.
sevaamahe = (verb.Pr.I Per.Pl.Atma.Pada)
sevitvaM = aspiring
s'ekhara: the highest part, chief or head or best or most beautiful of
s'abala *= mf(%{A}, or %{I})n. (also written %{zavala} ; cf. %{zabara} above)
variegated, brindled, dappled, spotted (in RV. x, 14, 10 applied to the two
four-eyed watch-dogs of Yama) RV. &c. &c. ; variegated by i.e. mixed or provided
or filled with (instr. or comp.) Ka1v. Sarvad. ; disfigured, disturbed BhP. (see
comp.) ; m. a variegated colour W. ; N. of a serpent-demon MBh. ; of a man (v.l.
for %{zabara}) Cat. ; (%{A}) or (%{I}) f. see below ; n. water (cf. %{zabara})
W. ; a partic. religious observance of the Buddhists ib.
s'aabda * = mf({I})n. (fr. {zabda}) sonorous, sounding W.; relating to sound (as
opp. to {Artha} q.v.) Sâh.; based on sounds, expressed in words oral, verbal,
(esp.) resting on or enjoined by sacred sound (i.e. on the Veda; with {brahman}.
n. = `" the Veda "') S'Br. &c.; nominal (as inflection) W.; m. a philologist,
grammarian RPrât.; pl. a partic. sect Hcar.; ({I}) f. Sarasvatî (as goddess of
speech and eloquence) W.
s'aaD* = cl. 1. Â. {zADate}, to praise Dhâtup. viii, 37.
shaadhi = just instruct
shaakiNii = the goddess in vishuddha chakra
shaakha = branch
shaakhaM = branches
shaakhaa = (fem) branch
shaakhaaH = branches
s'aakuni *= m. `" a bird-catcher "' or `" an augur "' VP.
s'aala* = 1 mfn. (fr. {zR} for {zri}) being in a house &c. S'Br. ({a4m} ind. `"
at home "' ib.); m. (also written {sAla}), an enclosure, court, fence, rampart,
wall Inscr. Kâv.; the S'âl tree, Vatica Robusta (a valuable timber tree) MBh.
Kâv. &c.; Artocarpus Locucha L.; any tree L.; a kind of fish, Ophiocephalus
Wrahl Vâs.; N. of a son of Vriika BhP.; of king S'âli-vâhana L.; of a river W.;
({A}) f. see below; n. (ifc.) = {zAlA} (col. 2).
s'aalaa* = f. (ifc. also {zAla} n.) a house, mansion, building, hall, large
room, apartment, shed, workshop, stable AV. &c. &c. [cf. Germ. {saal}; Eng.
{hall}]; a large branch (cf. {zAkhA}) L.; a kind of metre (cf. {zAlinI}).
s'aala* = 2 m. (for 1. see col. 1) = {zala} g. {jval-Adi}; m. n. (also written
{sAla}) g. {ardharcA7di}.
s'aalva * m. pl. (also written {sAlva}; cf. {zalva}) N. of a people GopBr. MBh.
&c. (mfn. `" relating to the S'alvas "' g. {kacchA7di}); sg. a king of the
S'âlvas (mentioned among the enemies of Vishnu; cf. {zAlvA7ri} below) MBh.
Hariv. BhP.; ({A}) f. (prob.) N. of a river g. {nady-Adi}; n. the fruit of the
S'âlva plant Pân. 4-3, 166 Vârtt. 2 Pat. (v.l.)
s'aambalAmbAvarmaratna* = n. N. of a ch. of the Saubhâgya-lakshmî-tantra.
s'aamitra * =mfn. (fr. %{zamitR}) relating to the official who cuts up the
sacrificial victim (see %{-karman}) BhP.; m. (scil. %{agni}) the fire for
cooking the sacrificial flesh Gr2S3rS. [1065,3]; n. the place for the above fire
S3rS.; any place of immolation, shambles Vait. Mr2icch.; = next MBh.
s'aaMtanu* = m. N. of the father of Bhîshma (in older language {za4Mtanu} q.v.)
MBh. Hariv. &c.; a partic. inferior kind of grain Sus'r
s'aaMkara* = mf({I})n. (fr. {zaM-kara}) relating or belonging to S'iva Kathâs.;
relating to or derived from or composed by S'ankara7cârya Sarvad. Cat.; m. a
bull W.; a follower of S'ankaracârya MW.; ({I}) f. see below; n. the Nakshatra
Ârdrâ (presided over by S'iva) VarYogay.
shaambhavii = related to S'iva who is known as shambhu
s'aama* = mfn. (1. {zam}) appeasing, curing, having curative properties MW.
s'aamaa* = f. (prob.) a kind of plant (used for curing leprosy) AV. i, 24, 4
(Paipp. {zyAmA})
s'aambara * mf({I4})n. relating or belonging or peculiar to S'ambara RV. Hariv.
&c.; coming from the deer called S'ñS'ambara Bhpr.; ({I}) f. jugglery, sorcery,
illusion (as practised by the Daitya S'ñS'ambara) Naish.; a sorceress W.; n. the
fight with S'ñS'ambara RV.; a kind of sandal L. (cf. {zAbara}).
s'aaMkara * = mf({I})n. (fr. {zaM-kara}) relating or belonging to S'iva Kathâs.;
relating to or derived from or composed by S'ankara7cârya Sarvad. Cat.; m. a
bull W.; a follower of S'ankaracârya MW.; ({I}) f. see below; n. the Nakshatra
Ârdrâ (presided over by S'iva) VarYogay.
shaambhavii\-mudraa = gazing between ones eyes
shaamyati = (4 pp) to stop
shaaNDhya* n. (fr. {SaNDha}) the state of being a eunuch, impotence Car.
(printed {zAThya}).
s'aanta* = 1 mfn. (perhaps always w.r. for 1. {zAta} q.v.) = {zAnita} L.; thin,
slender Hariv. R. (Sch.)\\2 mfn. (fr. 1. {zam}) appeased, pacified, tranquil,
calm, free from passions, undisturbed Up. MBh. &c.; soft, pliant Hariv.; gentle,
mild, friendly, kind, auspicious (in augury; opp. to {dIpta}) AV. &c. &c.;
abated, subsided, ceased, stopped, extinguished, averted ({zAntam} or {dhik
zAntam} or {zAntam pApam}, may evil or sin be averted! may God forfend! Heaven
forbid! not so!) S'Br. MBh. Kâv. &c.; rendered ineffective, innoxious, harmless
(said of weapons) MBh. R.; come to an end, gone to rest, deceased, departed,
dead, died out ib. Ragh. Râjat.; purified, cleansed W.; m. an ascetic whose
passions are subdued W.; tranquillity, contentment (as one of the Rasas q.v.);
N. of a son of Day MBh.; of a son of Manu Tâmasa MârkP.; of a son of S'ambara
Hariv.; of a son of Idhma-jihva BhP.; of a son of Âpa VP.; of a Devaputra
Lalit.; ({A}) f. (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; Emblica Officinalis L.;
Prosopis Spicigera and another species L.; a kind of Dûrvâ grass L.; a partic.
drug (= {reNukA}) L.; N. of a daughter of Das'a-ratha (adopted daughter of
Loma-pâda or Roma-pâda and wife of Riishya-s'riinga) MBh. Hariv. R.; (with
Jainas) of a goddess who executes the orders of the 7th Arhat L.; of a S'akti
MW.; n. tranquillity, peace of mind BhP.; N. of a Varsha in Jambu-dvîpa ib.; N.
of a Tîrtha W.
shaa.ntamuurtim.h = the personification of peace or unruffled benign-looking
shaa.ntiH = peace
shaanta = the sentiment of happiness, peace, pleasure
shaantaH = peaceful
shaantarajasaM = his passion pacified
shaanti = calmness
shaantiM = peace
shaantiH = peaceshaaradaa = Wife of Sri Ramakrishna (also Goddess Sarasvati)
s'aapa * = 1 m. (ifc. f. {A}; fr. {zap}) a curse, malediction, abuse, oath,
imprecation, ban, interdiction (acc. with {vac}, {dA}, {pra-yam}, {ny-as},
{vi-sRj}, {A-diz}, `" to pronounce or utter a curse on any one "', with dat.
gen. loc., or acc. with {prati}) MBh. Kâv. &c.
s'aapa * = 2 m. (of doubtful derivation) floating wood or other substances
shaariiraM = (n) body
shaardulaH = (m) tiger
s'aarva * = mf({I})n. (fr. {zarva}) relating or belonging or sacred to or
derived from S'iva Kâv. Kathâs. (with {diz} f. the east VarBriS.)
shaashvataH = permanent
shaashvatasya = of the eternal
shaashvataaH = eternal
shaashvatiiH = many
shaashvate = of the Vedas
shaasakiiya = (adj) of the government
shaasana = government, discipline
shaastra = science
s'aastra* = n. an order, command, precept, rule RV. Kâv. Pur.; teaching,
instruction, direction, advice, good counsel MBh. Kâv. &c.; any instrument of
teaching, any manual or compendium of rules, any bock or treatise, (esp.) any
religious or scientific treatise, any sacred book or composition of divine
authority (applicable even to the Veda, and said to be of fourteen or even
eighteen kinds [see under {vidyA}]; the word {zAstra} is often found ifc. after
the word denoting the subject of the book, or is applied collectively to whole
departments of knowledge e.g. {vedA7nta-z-}, a work on the Veda7nta philosophy
or the whole body of teaching on that subject; {dharma-z-}, a law-book or whole
body of written laws; {kAvya-z-}, a poetical work or poetry in general;
{zilpi-z-}, works on the mechanical arts; {kAma-z-}, erotic compositions;
{alaMkAra z-}, rhetoric, &c.) Nir. Prât. Mn. MBh. &c.; a body of teaching (in
general), scripture, science Kâv. Pur.shaastraM = revealed scripture
shaastravidhiM = the regulations of the scriptures
shaastraaNi = sciences (scriptures)
s'aastritva * = n. the state of being a ruler, ruling, governing BhP.
shaathikaa = (f) saree
s'aaya * mfn. (fr. {zI}) lying, sleeping, abiding
s'aayana* = n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
shabda = Word
shabdaM = sound
s'abda * = m. (in DhyânabUp. also n. ifc. f. {A} perhaps connected with 3. {zap}
cf. also 2. {zap}) sound, noise, voice, tone, note ({zabdaM} {kR}, to utter a
sound, raise the voice, cry aloud; sound is supposed to be sevenfold [MBh. xii,
6858] or eight. fold [Dharmas. 35] or tenfold [MBh. xiv, 1418] [1052, 3]; in the
Mîmânsâ it is taught to be eternal); a word ({zabdena}, by word, explicitly,
expressly) ib. Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 19; speech, language BhP.; the right word,
correct expression (opp. to {apa-zabda}) Pat.; the sacred syllable Om,
AmriitUp.; (in gram.) a declinable word or a word-termination, affix Pân. Sch.;
a name, appellation, title Mn. MBh. &c. ({tacchabdAt} "', because it is
so-called "' KâtyS'r.); a technical term TPrât.; verbal communication or
testimony, oral tradition, verbal authority or evidence (as one of the Pramânas
q.v. ) Nyâyas. Sarvad.
shabdaH = combined sound
shabdabrahma = ritualistic principles of scriptures
shabdaadin.h = sound vibration, etc
shabdhaartha = word by word meaning
shaD.hbala = Six Strengths. A method of determining planetary powers
shaD.hvarga = The Six Harmonic Charts: Rashi, Hora, dreshhkaaNa, navaa.nsha,
dvadasha.nsha and tri.nsha.nsha
s'ad* = 1 (only occurring in the forms {zAzadu4H}, {zAzadmahe}, {zAzadre4}, and
{zA4zadAna}), to distinguish one's self. be eminent or superior, prevail,
triumph RV. AV. [Cf. Gk. $, $, &318197[1051,2] $, $], \\2 cl. 1. 6. Â. (Dhâtup.
xx, 25; xxviii, 134) {zIyate} (cf. Pân. 7-3, 78; P. in non-conjugational tenses,
i, 3. 60; pf. {zazada}, {zeduH} Br.; fut. {zatsyati} AV.; aor. {azadat} Gr.;
fut. {zattA} ib. [1051,3]; inf. {zattum} ib.), to fall, fall off or out AV. Br.
Bhathth.: Caus. {zAdayati}, to impel, drive on (cattle) Pân. 7-3, 42;
{zAta4yati}, {-te} (cf. ib), to cause to fall off or out or asunder, hew or cut
off, knock out AV. &c. &c.; to fell, throw down, slay, kill MBh. Hariv. R.; to
disperse, dispel, remove, destroy Gobh. S'is'. Sus'r.: Desid. {zizatsati} Gr.:
Intens. {zAzadyate}, {zAzatti} ib. [Cf., accord. to some, Lat. {cedo}.]
shaibyaH = Saibya
shaila = shell
shailaadhiraaja = the king of mountains (Himaalayaas)
shailii = (f) style
shath =* (adj) six
shakunta = crane
shakta = strong
shaktaaH = capable
s'akti: or f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability
({zaktyA} or {Atma-z-} or {sva-z-}, `" according to ability "'
s'akti: f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability ({zaktyA}
or {Atma-z-} or {sva-z-}, `" according to ability "'; {paraM zaktyA}, with all
one's might "'; {vitta-zaktyA}, `" according to the capability of one's property
"'; {zaktim a-hApayitvA}, `" not relaxing one's efforts, exerting all one's
strength "'), faculty, skill, capacity for, power over (gen. loc. dat., or inf.)
RV. &c. &c.; effectiveness or efficacy (of a remedy) S'ârngS.; regal power
(consisting of three parts, {prabhutva}, personal pre-eminence; {mantra}, good
counsel, and {utsAha}, energy) Kâm. (cf. Ragh. iii, 13); the energy or active
power of a deity personified as his wife and worshipped by the S'âkta (q.v.)
sect of Hindûs under various names (sometimes only three, sometimes eight S'akti
goddesses are enumerated, as follow, Indrâni, Vaishnavî, S'ântâ, Brahmânî,
Kaumâri, Nârasinhî, Vârâhî, and Mâhes'varî, but some substitute Câmundâ and
Cândikâ for the third and sixth of these: according to another reckoning there
are nine, viz. Vaishnavî, Brahmâni, Raudri, Mâhes'varî, Nârasinhî, Vârâhî,
Indranî, Kârttikî, and Pradhânâ: others reckon fifty different forms of the
S'akti of Vishnu besides Lakshmî, some of these are Kîrtti, Kânti, Tushthi,
Pushthâ, Dhriiti. S'ânti, Kriyâ, Dayâ, Medhâ &c.; and fifty forms of the S'akti
of S'iva or Rudra besides Durgâ "' or Gaurî, some of whom are Guno7darî, Virajâ,
Sâlmali, Lola7kshi, Vartula7kshî, Dîrgha-ghonâ, Sudirgha-mukhî, Go-mukhî,
Dirgha-jihvâ, Kundo7darî, Ardha-kes'î, Vikriita-mukhî, Jvâlâ-mukhi, Ulkâmukhi
&c.; Sarasvati is also named as a S'akti, both of Vishnu and Rudra: according to
the Vâyu-Purâna the female nature of Rudra became twofold, one half {asita} or
white, and the other {sita} or black, each of these again becoming manifold,
those of the white or mild nature included Lakshmî, Sarasvati, Gaurî, Umâ &c.;
those of the dark and fierce nature, Durgâ, Kâli &c.) Kâv. Kathâs. Pur. (cf.
RTL. 181 &c. MWB. 216); the female organ (as worshipped by the S'âkta sect
either actually or symbolically) RTL. 140; the power or signification of a word
(defined in the Nyâya as {padasya padA7rthe} {sambandhaH} i.e. `" the relation
of a word to the thing designated "') Bhâshâp. Sâh.; (in Gram.) case-power, the
idea conveyed by a case (= {kAraka}) Pân. 2-3, 7 Sch.; the power or force or
most effective word of a sacred text or magic formula Up. Pañcar.; the creative
power or imagination (of a poet) Kâvya7d.; help, aid, assistance, gift, bestowal
RV.; a spear, lance, pike, dart RV. &c. (also {zaktI} g. {bahv-Adi}); a sword
MW.; (prob.) a flag-staff (see {ratha-z-}) [1044, 3]; a partic. configuration of
stars and planets (when the latter are situated in the 7th, 8th, 9th, and 10th
astrological house), VirBriS.; m. N. of a Muni or sage (the eldest of
Vasishthha's hundred sons; accord. to VP. he was father of Parâs'ara, and was
devoured by king Kalmâsha-pâda, when changed to a man-eating Râkshasa, in
consequence of a curse pronounced upon him by the sage; he is represented as
having overcome Vis'vâmitra at the sacrifice of king Saudâsa; he is regarded as
the author of RV. vii, 32, 26; ix, 97, 19-21; 108, 3; 14-16; S'akti is also
identified with one of the Vylâsas, and with Avalokite7s'vara, and has elsewhere
the patr. Jâtukarna and Sânkriiti) Pravar. MBh. &c.
s'akti = strength
s'aktiH = power; might
s'aktichaalanii = one of the mudras, involves contracting the rectum
s'akti\-chaalinii = the nerve-power posture
s'aktimat * = mfn. possessed of ability, powerful, mighty, able to (inf. or
loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; possessing a competence, one who has gained a fortune MW.;
possessed of or united with his Sakti or energy (as a god) Katha1s.; armed with
a spear or lance Hariv.; m. N. of a mountain (prob. w.r. for %{zukti-mat}) MBh.;
(%{atI}) f. N. of a woman, Kathis.; (%{-mat}) %{-tva} n. power, might Ragh.
s'aktitrayaH = three powers of `ichcha', `kriya' and `gyana'
s'akra * = mf({A4})n. strong, powerful, mighty (applied to various gods, but
esp. to Indra) RV. AV. TBr. Lâthy.; m. N. of Indra MBh. Kâv. &c.; of an Âditya
MBh. Hariv.; of the number, fourteen "' Ganit.; Wrightia Antidysenterica L.;
Terminalia Arjuna L.
shaknavaama = I pl `imperative' paras. of shak, be able
shaknoti = (5 pp) to be able
shaknomi = am I able
shaknoshhi = you are able
shakya = possible
shakyaM = is able
shakyaH = practical
shakyattvaat.h = from capability
shakyase = are able
shakrasya = (masc.poss.S)of God Indra
s'akuni *= m. a bird (esp. a large bird L. = %{gridhra} or %{cilla} accord. to
some `" a cock "') RV. &c. &c. ; (in astronomy) N. of the first fixed %{karaNa}
(q.v.) VarBr2S. ; N. of a Naga MBh. ; of an evil demon (son of Duh2-saha)
Ma1rkP. ; of an Asura (son of Hiran2ya7ksha and father of Vr2ika) Hariv. Pur. ;
of the brother of queen Gandha1ri1 (and therefore the brother-in-law of
Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra and the Ma1tula or maternal uncle of the Kuru princes ; as son
of Subala, king of Ga1ndha1ra, he is called Saubala ; he often acted as
counsellor of Duryodhana, and hence his name is sometimes applied to an old
officious relative whose counsels ten to misfortune) MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. IW.
380) ; of a son of Vikukshi and grandson of Ikshva1ku) Hariv. ; of a son of
Das3a-ratha ib. BhP. ; of the great-grandfather of As3oka Ra1jat. ; du. N. of
the A1s3vins MW. ; (%{i} or %{I}) f. see below.
s'akunii *= f. (of %{zakuna} or %{-ni}, col, 2) a female bird MBh. Hariv. ; a
hen-sparrow L. ; Turdus Macrourus L. ; N. of a female demon (sometimes
identified with Durga1) causing a partic. child's disease (sometimes =
%{pUtanA}, and in this sense also %{zakuni}) MBh. Hariv.
s'akunta *= m. a bird MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a partic. bird of prey BhP. ; a blue jay
L. ; a sort of insect L. ; N. of a son of Vis3va1mitra MBh.
s'ala = a building or a house, normally with a specific purpose
shalabha = a locust
shalabhaH = (m) grasshopper
shalabhaasana = the locust posture
shalaakaa = a small twig (in this case, like an eye-pencil)
s'ala* = mfn. (connection with above very doubtful) = {dravaNa-samartha} Nir.
Sch.; m. a staff TBr.; a dart, spear L.; a kind of animal Pañcar. (accord. to L.
`" a camel "' or `" an ass "'); = {kSetrabhid} L.; = {vidhi} L.; N. of Bhriingi
(one of S'iva's attendants) L.; of Brahmâ W.; of a serpent-demon MBh.; of a son
of Dhriita-râshthra ib.; of a son of Soma-datta ib.; of a son of Parîkshit ib.;
of a son of S'una-hotra Hariv.; m. or n. the quill of a porcupine L.; a partic.
measure of length (cf. $-, {paJcaz-}. &c.); ({I}) f. see below.
s'alva * = m. pl. N. of a people L. (cf. {sa4lva}); a kind of plant L.
shalyaH = (m) porcupine
s'am * = 1 cl. 4. P. (Dhâtup. xxvi, 92), {zA4myati} (rarely {-te}, and ep. also
{zanati}, {-te}; Ved. {zamyati}, {zimyati}, and cl. 9. {zamnAti} [Naigh. ii, 9],
{zamnISe}, {zamnIthAs} Impv. {zamnISva}, {zamISva}, {zamiSva}, {zamIdhvam}; pf.
{zazAma}, {zemuH} Br. &c.; {zazame4} Subj. {zaza4mate} RV.; p. {zazamAna4}
[q.v.]; aor. {a4zamiSThAs} RV.; {azamat} Br. [cf. pres.]; Prec. {zamyAt} Gr.;
fut. {zamizA}, {zamiSyati} ib.; ind. p. {zamitvA}, {zAntvA}, {zA8mam} ib.), to
toil at, fatigue or exert one's self (esp. in performing ritual acts) RV. TBr.;
to prepare, arrange VS.; to become tired, finish, stop, come to an end, rest, be
quiet or calm or satisfied or contented TS. S'Br. &c.; to cease, be allayed or
extinguished MBh. Kâv. &c.; cl. 9. (cf. above) to put an end to, hurt, injure,
destroy Kâthh.: Pass. {zamyate} (aor. {azami}) Pân. 7-3, 34: Caus. {zama4yati}
(m. c. also {zAmayati}; aor. {azIzamat}; Pass. {zAmyate}), to appease, allay,
alleviate, pacify, calm, soothe, settle RV. &c. &c.; to put to an end or to
death, kill, slay, destroy, remove, extinguish. sup. press TS. &c. &c.; to leave
off, desist MBh.; to conquer, subdue Kâlid. Bhathth.: Desid. {zizamiSati} Gr.:
Intens. {zaMzamIti} (Bâlar.), {zaMzamyate}, {zaMzanti} (Gr.), to be entirely
appeased or extinguished (pf. {zaMzamAM cakruH} Bhathth.). [Cf. Gk. $],
&318859[1053, 3] \\ = 2 ind. (g. {cA7di} and {svar-Adi}) auspiciously,
fortunately, happily, well (frequently used in the Veda, rarely in later
language; often to be translated by a subst., esp. in the frequent phrase {za4M
yo4H} or {za4M ca yo4z ca}, `" happiness and welfare "', sometimes joined with
the verbs {bhU}, as, {kR}, {dAvah}, {yA}, sometimes occurring without any verb;
with dat. or gen. [cf. Pân. 2-3, 73 Sch.]; in some cases corresponding to an
adj. e.g. {zaM tad asmai}, that is pleasant to him) RV. &c. &c.
s'ama = Tranqulity * = zama m. tranquillity, calmness, rest, equanimity,
quietude or quietism, absence of passion, abstraction from eternal objects
through intense meditation ({zamaM} {kR}, `" to calm one's self "', be tranquil
"') Mn. MBh. &c.; peace, peace with ({sA7rdham}) MBh.; Quietism or Tranquillity
(personified as a son of Dharma and husband of Pra7pti) MBh.; tranquillization,
pacification, allayment, alleviation, cessation, extinction MBh. Kâv. &c.;
absence of sexual passion or excitement, impotence TândBr.; alleviation or cure
of disease, convalescence W.; final happiness, emancipation from all the
illusions of existence L.; indifference, apathy Râjat.; the hand (cf. {zaya})
L.; imprecation, malediction (w.r. for {zapa}) L.; N. of a king of the
Nandi-vegas MBh.; of a son of Andhaka Hariv.; of a son of Dharma-sûtra BhP.;
({A}) f. N. of a divine female, PârGth.; ({za4ma}) mfn. tame, domestic RV. i,
32, 15; 33, 15.
shamaM = mental tranquillity
shamaH = cessation of all material activities
shamanaM = subsiding
s'ambhala* m. (also written {sambhala}) N. of a town (situated between the
Rathaprâ and Ganges, and indentified by some with sambhal in Moradâbâd; the town
or district of S'ambhala is fabled to be the place where Kalki, the last
incarnation of Vishnu, is to appear in the family of a Brâhman named
Vishnu-yas'as) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({I}) f. a procuress L. (cf. {zamphalI} and
{zambhalI}).
s'ambhalagrAma* = m. the town S'ambhala MBh. Hariv. Pur. (also {-grAmaka});
{-mAhAtmya} (or {zambhala-m-}) n. `" glory of S'ambhala "'N. of part of the
SkandaP.
shambuukaH = (m) snail
shambhu = a name of Shiva
s'ambara * m. N. of a demon (in RV. often mentioned with Sushna, Arbuda, Pipru
&c.; he is the chief enemy of Divo-dâsa Atithigva, for whose deliverance he was
thrown down a mountain and slain by Indra; in epic and later poetry he is also a
foe of the god of love) RV. &c. &c.; a cloud Naigh. i, 10; a weapon Sây. on RV.
i, 112, 14; war, fight L.; a kind of deer Vâs. Bhpr.; a fish or a kind of fish
L.; Terminalia Arunja L.; Symplocos Racemosa L.; a mountain in general or a
partic. mountain L.; best, excellent L.; = {citraka} L.; N. of of a Jina L.; of
a king Vâs. (v.l. for {zambaraNa} and {saM-varaNa}); of a juggler (also called
{zambarasiddhi}) Ratna7v.; ({I}) f. Salvinia Cucullata L. Croton Polyandrum L.;
= {mAyA}, sorcery, magic (prob. w.r. for {zAmbarI}) L.; n. water Naigh. i, 12
(but Sâh. censures the use of {zambara} in this sense); power, might Naigh.ii,
9; sorcery, magic Kathâs. (printed {saM-vara}); any vow or a partic. vow (with
Buddhists) L.; wealth L.; = {citra} L.; (pl.) the fastnesses of S'ambara RV.
s'ambala* = m. n. (also -written {sambala}, or {saM-vala} q.v.) provender or
provisions for a journey, stock for travelling Kâv. Kârand.; `" a bank, shore "'
or "' a race, family "' ({kUla} or {kula}) L.; envy, jealousy L.; ({I}) f. a
procuress L. (cf. {zambhalI} and {zamphalI}).
s'ambhu * = mfn. being or existing for happiness or welfare, granting or causing
happiness, beneficent, benevolent, helpful, kind RV. AV. Br. S'rS.; m. N. of
S'iva MBh. Kâv. &c.; of Brahmâ MBh. Hariv.; of a partic. Agni MBh.; of Vishnu
L.; of a son of Vishnu MBh.; of Indra in the 10th Manvantara BhP.; of one of the
11 Rudras MBh. Hariv. VP.; of a king of the Daityas R.; of an Arhat L.; of a
Siddha L.; of a king MBh. (v.l. {zanku}); of a son of S'uka Hariv.; of a son of
Ambarîsha BhP.; (also with {bhaTTa}) of various authors and other men Cat.; a
kind of Asclepias L.; a kind of metre Col.; f. N. of the wife of Dhruva Hariv.
VP.
s'ambhU4 * =mfn. (= {zambhu4} above) beneficent, kind RV.; m. N. of an author of
Tântric prayers Cat.
s'aMkara* = mf({I})n. causing prosperity, auspicious, beneficent Nir. MBh. BhP.;
m. N. of Rudra or S'iva VS. Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.; of a son of Kas'yapa and Danu
VP.; of Skanda AV.Paris'.; of a serpentdemon L.; of a Cakra-vartin L.; N. of
various authors and commentators, (esp.) of S'ankara7cârya (see next page, col.
1; also with {bhaTTa}, {paNDita}, {zarman}, {rAjA7naka}, &c.); ({A}) f. (cf.
{zaM-garA} under {zaM} above) = {zakunikA}, PIn. iii, 2, 14 Vârtt.i Pat.; N. of
a female ib.; a partic. Râga or musical mode MW.; ({I}) f. see p. 1055.
s'amitR* = mfn. one who keeps his mind calm, Raj.; (%{-tR4}) m. a killer,
slaughterer, cutter up (of a slaughtered victim), preparer, dresser RV. Br. MBh.
s'auNDi * = mfn. fond of, devoted to BhP. (B.)
s'aMsa *= m. recitation , invocation , praise RV. ; wishing well or ill to , a
blessing or a curse ib. ; a promise , vow ib. (%{narA4M@za4Msa} RV. ii , 34 , 6
, prob. = %{narA-z-} q.v. ; %{Rju4r} %{i4c} %{cha4Msa} , ii , 26 , 1 either , by
tmesis , `" the right praiser "' , or %{Rju-zaMsa} as adj. `" righteous ,
faithful "' ; a spell MW. ; calumny ib. ; (%{A}) f. praise , flattery , eulogium
Ka1v. ; wish , desire W. ; speech , utterance , anouncement R. ; mfn. reciting ,
proclaiming , praising , wishing (see %{agha-} , %{duH-z} &c.)
s'aMtanu* = ({za4M-}) mfn. wholesome for the body or the person ({-tva4} n.)
TS.; m. (also written {zAMtanu}) N. of an ancient king with the patr. Kauravya
(he was fourteenth descendant of Kuru, son of Pratîpa and younger brother of
Devâpi, and usurped the sovereignty whilst the latter became a hermit; he
married Gangâ and S'atya-vati; by the former he had a son named Bhîshma, and by
the latter Citra7ngada and Vicitravirya cf. IW. 375) RV. MBh. Hariv. &c.; (with
{cakra-vartin}) N. of an author (son of Uddharana, of the Tomara race) Cat.;
{-tanUja} m. `" son of S'antanu "'N. of Bhîshma, S'is. xv, 20.
samplava* m. flowing together, meeting or swelling (of waters), flood, deluge R.
Hariv. BhP. a dense mass, heap, multitude Mn. MBh. &c.; conglomeration, taking a
form or shape, rise, origin BhP.; noise, tumult (esp. of battle) Hariv. R.;
submersion by water, destruction, ruin Yâjñ. MBh. Kâv. &c.; end, close of
(comp.) BhP.
s'ama* = m. tranquillity, calmness, rest, equanimity, quietude or quietism,
absence of passion, abstraction from eternal objects through intense meditation
({zamaM} {kR}, `" to calm one's self "', be tranquil "') Mn. MBh. &c.; peace,
peace with ({sA7rdham}) MBh.; Quietism or Tranquillity (personified as a son of
Dharma and husband of Pra7pti) MBh.; tranquillization, pacification, allayment,
alleviation, cessation, extinction MBh. Kâv. &c.; absence of sexual passion or
excitement, impotence TândBr.; alleviation or cure of disease, convalescence W.;
final happiness, emancipation from all the illusions of existence L.;
indifference, apathy Râjat.; the hand (cf. {zaya}) L.; imprecation, malediction
(w.r. for {zapa}) L.; N. of a king of the Nandi-vegas MBh.; of a son of Andhaka
Hariv.; of a son of Dharma-sûtra BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of a divine female, PârGth.;
({za4ma}) mfn. tame, domestic RV. i, 32, 15; 33, 15.
s'ami* = n. labour, toil, work, effort RV. AV.; f. a legume, pod (v.l. {zimi})
L.; the S'amî tree (see below); m. N. of a son of Andhaka Hariv.; of a son of
Us'inara BhP.
s'amii* = f. (cf. {za4mi}) effort, labour, toil RV. VS.; ({zamI4}) the S'amî
tree, Prosopis Spicigera or (accord. to others) Mimosa Suma (possessing a very
tough hard wood supposed to contain fire cf. Mn. viii, 247 Ragh. iii, 9; it was
employed to kindle the sacred fire, and a legend relates that Purû-ravas
generated primeval fire by the friction of two branches of the Samî and
As'vattha trees) AV. &c. [1054,2]; a legume, pod (cf. {-jAti}); a partic.
measure (see {catuh-z-}) = {valgulI} or {vAgnji} L.
s'aMkara * = mf({I})n. causing prosperity, auspicious, beneficent Nir. MBh.
BhP.; m. N. of Rudra or S'iva VS. Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.; of a son of Kas'yapa and
Danu VP.; of Skanda AV.Paris'.; of a serpentdemon L.; of a Cakra-vartin L.; N.
of various authors and commentators, (esp.) of S'ankara7cârya (see next page,
col. 1; also with {bhaTTa}, {paNDita}, {zarman}, {rAjA7naka}, &c.); ({A}) f.
(cf. {zaM-garA} under {zaM} above) = {zakunikA}, PIn. iii, 2, 14 Vârtt.i Pat.;
N. of a female ib.; a partic. Râga or musical mode MW.; ({I}) f. see p. 1055.
sankarshana: see saMkarshana or san'karshana
s'an'kin *= mfn. afraid of. fearing (comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; timid, suspicious,
distrustful as (comp. e.g. %{kAka-s-}, `" distrustful as a crow "') MBh.
Katha1s. ; assuming, supposing, suspecting, imagining Ragh. Hit. ; full of
apprehension or danger Pan5cat.
s'an'kinta *= mfn. alarmed, apprehensive, distrustful, suspicious, afraid of
(abl. gen., or comp.), anxious about (loc. or acc. with %{prati}) MBh. Ka1v. &c.
; assuming, supposing Ra1jat. ; feared, apprehended R. S3a1ntis3. ; doubted,
doubtful, uncertain Mn. Mr2icch. &c. ; weak, unsteady W.
sanni * = f. depression of the mind, despondency, despair BhP.
SaNNidhana * = n. N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr.
sannIkRta * = mfn. appeased, satisfied Katha1s.
sannimat * = mfn. desponding, despairing ib.
sannimitta * = n. a good omen R.; a gñgood cause; the cause of the gñgood MW.;
(%{am}) ind. for a gñgood cñcause Hit.; (%{e}) ind. for the sake of the gñgood
MW.
sannisarga * = m. gñgood nature, kindness ib.
SaNNivartanI * = f. a partic. mode of subsistence Baudh. (v.l. %{-niv-}).
sannivAsa * = mfn. (for %{saM-n-} see %{saM-ni-} 5. %{vas}) staying with the
gñgood (Vishn2u) MBh.
s'aarva mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{zarva}) relating or belonging or sacred to or derived
from S3iva Ka1v. Katha1s. (with %{diz} f. the east VarBr2S.)
shani = Saturn
shanivaara = Saturday
shanaiH = slowly
shantiM = perfect peace
shankaraH = Lord S'iva
shankaa = doubt// saMkA * = f. (prob. connected with {saJj}) contest, strife,
fight
shankha = conch shell
shankhaM = conchshell
shankhaH = (m) a conch
shankhaaH = conchshells
shankhaan.h = conchshells
shankhau = conchshells
sha.Nsati = (1 pp) to praise
asaah s'aMkara (with preceding {mahA-rAja}) m. N. of a king and author Cat.
s'ana *= (prob. connected with %{zam}) , quiet , calm , soft (only in instr. pl.
%{zanais} q.v.)
s'anaih V* = gradually, step by step, slowly.
s'anakais* = ind. (dimin. of {zanais}) quietly, softly, gently, by degrees, in
every case that arises, with alternations, alternately RV. &c. &c.
s'anna* = mfn. fallen, decayed, withered &c. ({-mala} mfn. Nir. xi, 8); n. offal
(see {haviSya-z-}).
s'anna* = see zad
s'anaistarAm* = ind. more (or very) quietly, softly &c. AitBr. Âs'vS'r.
sha.nkara = Shankara
sha.nkaa = fear
s'añk * = zaGk = cl. 1. Â. (Dhâtup. iv, 12) {sa4G kate} (ep. also P.; aor. 2.
sg. {azaGkIs}, {azaGkiSTa}, {zaGkiSThAs}, {zaGkithAs} MBh. &c. inf. {zaGkitum}
ib.; ind. p.; {-zaGkya} ib.; Gr. also pf. {zazaGke} fut. {zaGkitA},
{zaGkiSyate}), to be anxious or apprehensive, be afraid of (abl.), fear, dread,
suspect, distrust (acc.) Br. MBh.; to be in doubt or un certain about (acc.),
hesitate MBh. Kâv. &c.; to think probable, assume, believe, regard is (with two
acc.), suppose to be ({zaGke}, `" l think "', I suppose "', `" it seems to me
"') ib.; (in argumentative works) to ponder over or propound a doubt or
objection: Pass. {zaGkyate} (aor. {azaGki}), to be feared or doubted &c.: Caus.
{zaGkayati}, to cause to fear or doubt, render anxious about (loc.) Mâlav.
s'añkita* = mfn. alarmed, apprehensive, distrustful, suspicious, afraid of (abl.
gen., or comp.), anxious about (loc. or acc. with {prati}) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
assuming, supposing Râjat.; feared, apprehended R. S'ântis'.; doubted, doubtful,
uncertain Mn. Mriicch. &c.; weak, unsteady W.
s'añkin * =mfn. afraid of. fearing (comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; timid, suspicious,
distrustful as (comp. e.g. {kAka-s-}, `" distrustful as a crow "') MBh. Kathâs.;
assuming, supposing, suspecting, imagining Ragh. Hit.; full of apprehension or
danger Pañcat.
s'añkya* = mfn. to be distrusted or suspected or feared (n. impers.; superl.
{-tama}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to be assumed or expected or anticipated Das'. Râjat.
s'añkila * = m. (prob. w.r. for {zankhila}; cf. {zaGkha}) a conch-shell
suspended on the ear of an elephant L.
s'añkitadrishthi * = mfn. looking afraid or shy Pañcat.
s'añkitamanas * mfn. fainthearted, timid, apprehensive
shaNNidhana* = n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
shaNNivartanii* = f. a partic. mode of subsistence Baudh. (v.l. {-niv-}).
sha.nsa = praise
sha.nsasi = You are praising
shapati = (1 pp) to curse
s'ap* = 1 (in gram.) a technical term used for the Vikaran2a a (inserted between
the root and terminations of the conjugational tenses in verbs of the Ist class
; see %{vi-karaNa}, p. 954).\\ 2 ind. a prefix implying assent or acceptance (as
in %{zap-karoti}, he admits or accepts) W. \\ 3 cl. 1. 4. P. A1. (Dha1tup.
xxiii, 31 ; xxvi, 59) %{zapati}, %{-te} or %{zapyati}, %{-te} (the latter only
in Bhat2t2. ; pf. %{zazA4pa}, %{zepe4} aor. %{azApsIt}, %{azapta} Gr. [2. pl.
%{zApta} in TS. prob. w.r. ] ; fut. %{zaptA} ib. ; %{zapsyati}, %{-te} ib. ;
%{zapiSye} MBh. ; inf. %{zaptum} or %{zapitum} ib. ; ind. p. %{zapitvA} ib. ;
%{zaptvA} Gr.), to curse (mostly P. with acc. ; in AV. v, 30, 3 A1. with dat.)
RV. &c. &c. ; (P. A1.) to swear an oath, utter an execration (sometimes with
%{zapatham} or %{-thAn} ; also with %{anRtam}, to swear a false oath) RV. &c.
&c. ; (P. A1.) to revile, scold, blame (acc., rarely dat.) Ya1jn5. Ka1v. Pur. ;
(A1. ; m. c. also P.) to curse one's self (followed by %{yadi}, `" if "', i. e.
to promise with an oath, vow or swear, `" that one will not "' &c. ; or followed
by dat. and rarely acc. of the person to whom and instr. of the object by which
one swears ; or followed by %{iti} e.g. %{varuNe7ti}, `" to swear by the name of
Varun2a VS.) RV. &c. &c. ; (A1) to adjure, supplicate, conjure any one (acc.) by
(instr.) R. Hariv.: Caus. %{zApayati} (aor. %{azIzapat}), to adjure, conjure,
exorcise (demons) AV. AitBr. ; to cause any one (acc.) to swear by (instr.) Mn.
viii, 113 (cf. %{zApita}): Desid. %{zizapsati}, %{-te} Gr.: Intens.
%{zAzapyate}, %{zAzapti}, or %{zaMzpyate}, %{zaMzapti} ib.
s'apa * =m. a curse, imprecation, oath (= {zapatha}) L.; a corpse (w.r. for
{zava} q.v.) W.; N. of a man g. {azvA7di}.
s'ataghnI * = f. (cf. {-han}, p. 1050) a partic. deadly weapon (used as a
missile, supposed by some to be a sort of fire-arms or rocket, but described by
the Comm. on the Mahâbhârata as a stone or cylindrical piece of wood studded
with iron spikes) MBh. Hariv. Kâv. &c.; a deadly disease of the throat Sus'r.
S'ârngS.; Tragia Involucrata L.; Pongamia Glabra L.; a female scorpion W.; N. of
S'iva (m.) MW.; {-pAza-zakti-mat} mfn. having a S'ata-ghnî and a noose and a
spear MBh. xiii, 17, 134 (but {zata-ghnI} may also be, separate).
saMyuga * = n. (in BhP. also m.) union, conjunction MBh.; conflict, battle, war
MBh. Ka1v. &c. (cf. Naigh. ii, 17); %{-goSpada} n. a contest in a cow's footstep
(met. `" an insignificant struggIe "') MBh.; %{-mUrdhan} m. the van or front of
battle Ragh.
shara = Arrow
s'ara * = m. (fr. %{zrI} `" to rend "' or `" destroy "') a sort of reed or
grass, Saccharum Sara (used for arrows) RV. &c. &c. ; an arrow, shaft Mun2d2Up.
Mn. MBh. &c. ; N. of the number `" five "' (from the 5 arrows of the god of
love) VarBr2S. ; (in astron.) the versed sine of an arc (accord. to A1ryabh.
also `" the whole diameter with subtraction of the versed sine "') ; a partic.
configuration of stars (when all the planets are in the 4tb, 5th, 6th, and 7th
houses) VarBr2S. ; the upper part of cream or slightly curdled milk (v.l.
%{sara}), ApSr. Car. ; mischief, injury, hurt, a wound W. ; N. of a son of
Ricatka RV. ; of an Asura Hariv. (v.l. %{zuka}) ; (%{I}) f. Typha Angustifolia
L. ; n. water (see %{zara-varSa} and %{-Sin})
sharaNa = Refuge
sharaNaM = resort/surrender
sharaNaarthii = Refugee
sharaNyau = the refuge, people who are worthy of giving asylum, protection to
sharad.h = autumn
sharadaH = (autumnal seasons) years
s'ariira = body (neut) * = n. (once in R. m.; ifc. f. {A}; either fr. {zri} and
orig. = `" suport or supporter "' cf. 2. {zaraNa} and Mn. i, 7; or accord. to
others, fr. {zRR}, and orig. = `" that which is easily destroyed or dissolved
"') the body, bodily frame, solid parts of the body (pl. the bones) RV. &c. &c.;
any solid body (opp. to {udaka} &c.) MBh. VarBriS. Pañcat.; one's body i.e.
one's own person Mn. xi, 229; bodily strength MW.; a dead body ib.
s'aariira * =mf({I})n. (fr. {zarIra}) bodily, corporeal, relating or belonging
to or being in or produced from or connected with the body (with {daNDa} m.
corporal punishment) S'Br. &c. &c.; made of bone Sus'r.; n. bodily constitution
MBh. VarBriS.; (in med.) the science of the body and its parts, anatomy Sus'r.
Car.; the feces, excrement Mn. xi, 202; the embodied soul or spirit W.; = {vRSa}
(?) L.
shariiraM = body
shariiramaadyaM = body + the beginning
shariirasthaM = situated within the body
shariirasthaH = dwelling in the body
shariiraaNi = bodies
shariiriNaH = of the embodied soul
shariire = in the body
s'aradhi: * = arrow-case, quiver
s'araja * = mfn. born in a clump of reeds Pân. 6-3, 16; m. = {-janman} L.; n.
produced from sour cream "', butter L
s'araNa * = 1 m. (for 2. see p. 1057, col. 1) one of the arrows of Kâma-dev
Cat.; n. falling asunder, bursting, falling in Vop.; killing, slaying L.; what
slays or injures MW. \\2 mfn. (fr. {zR} for {zri}; for 1. see p. 1056)
protecting, guarding, defending RV. AV.; m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh.; of a
poet Gît. (cf. {-deva}); of a king Buddh.; ({A} and {I}) f. N. of various plants
&c. (prob. w.r. for {saraNA}, {-NI} q.v.); n. (Ifc f. {A}), shelter, place of
shelter or refuge or rest, hut, house, habitation, abode, lair (of an animal),
home, asylum RV. &c. &c.; refuge, protection, refuge with ({zaraNaM} {gam} or
{yA} or {i} &c., `" to go to any one for protection, seek refuge with "' [acc.
or gen.]; often ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; water L.; (with {indrasya}) N. of a Sâman
ÂrshBr.2.
s'araNya * = 1 n. (for 2. see ib.) injury, hurt W.
s'araNi * = 1 f. (for 2. see under 2. {zaraNa}) refractoriness, obstinacy RV.
AV. (others `" hurt, injury, offence "').
sharma = grace
s'arma1 n. = %{zarman} L.
zarman *= n. (prob. fr. %{zri} and connected with 1. %{zaraNa}, %{zarIra})
shelter, protection, refuge, safety RV. &c. ; &c. ; a house Naigh. iii, 4 ; Joy,
bliss, comfort, delight, happiness (often at the end of names of Bra1hmans, just
as %{varman} is added to the names of Kshatriyas, and %{gupta} to those of
Vais3yas) Ya1jn5. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; N. of partic. formulas VarYogay. [1058,3] ;
identified with %{zarva} (Kaus3.) and with %{vAc} (AitBr.) ; mfn. happy,
prosperous W.
sharkaraa = (f) sugar
s'arva m. (fr. %{zu4ru}) N. of a god who kills people with arrows (mentioned
together with Bhava and other names of Rudra-S3iva) ; N. of the god S3iva (often
in the later language ; esp. in the form Kshitimu1rti ; du. S3arva and
S3arva1n2i cf. Va1m. v, 2, 21) AV. &c. &c. ; of one of the 11 Rudras VP. ; of
Vishn2u MW. ; of a son of Dhanusha VP. ; of a poet Sadukt. ; pl. N. of a people
Ma1rkP. (w.r. %{sarva}) ; (%{A}) f. N. of Uma1 BhP.\\ %{zarvaka} &c. see p.
1057, col. 1
s'asta * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see under %{zas}) recited repeated RV.; praised,
commended, approved MBh. Ka1v. &c.; auspicious (cf. %{a4-z-}) AV. Ra1jat.;
beautiful R.; happy, fortunate Katha1s.; n. praise, eulogy RV.; happiness,
excellence W.\\ 2 zasta 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 1044, col. 1) cut down,
slaughtered, killed MBh. iii, 1638.
s'a4stra * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 1044, col. 1) a sword L.; ({I}) f. see below;
n. an instrument for cutting or wounding, knife, sword, dagger, any weapon (even
applied to an arrow Bhathth.; weapons are said to be of four kinds,
{pANi-mukta}, {yantra-mukta}, {muktA7mukta}, and {amukta}) S'Br. &c. &c.; any
instrument or tool (see comp.); iron, steel L.; a razor L.
s'astra * = (see also saastra) 1 n. (for 2. see under {zas}) invocation, praise
(applied to any hymn recited either audibly or inaudibly, as opp. to {stoma},
which is sung, but esp. the verses recited by the Hotrii and his assistant as an
accompaniment to the Grahas at the Soma libation) VS. Br. S'rS. ChUp.; reciting,
recitation S'ânkhBr
s'ata* = n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {I}) a hundred (used with other numerals thus,
{ekA7dhikaM zatam}, or {eka-z-}, a hñhundred + one, 101 {viMzaty-adhikaM zatam}
or {viMzaM z-}, a hñhundred + twenty, 120; {zate} or {dve zate} or {dvi-zatam}
or {zata-dvayam}, 200; {trINi} {zatAni} or {tri-zatAni} or {zata-trayam}, 300;
{SaT-zatam}, 600; or the comp. becomes an ordinal e.g. {dvi-zata}, the 200th;
{dvikaM}, {trikaM zatam} = 2, 3 per cent; {zatAtpara}, `" beyonda hñhundred,
exceeding 100 "'; the counted object is added either in the gen., or in the same
case as {zata}, or ibc. e.g. {zatam pitaraH} or, {zatam pitRRNAm} or
{pitR-zatam} a hñhundred ancestors "'; sometimes also ifc. see comp. below;
rarely {zatam} is used as an indecl. with an instr. e.g. {zata4M ra4thebhiH}, `"
with a hñhundred chariots "' RV. i, 48, 7; rarely occurs a masc. form in pl.
e.g. {paJca-zatA}, {rathAn} MBh. iv, 1057; and {zata} n. rarely in comp. of the
following kind, {catur-varSa-zatam} or {-tAni}, `" 400 years "') RV. &c. &c.;
any very large number (in comp. as {zata-pattra} &c. below). [Cf. Gk. $ `" one
"' hundred; &317439[1048, 3] Lat. {centum}; Lith. {szmtas}; Got. (twa) {hunda};
Germ. {hund-ert}; Eng. {hund-ed}.]
s'atha* mfn. sour, astringent, acid L.; m. N. of a man g. {gargA7di}; of a son
of Vasu-deva Hariv. (prob. w.r. for {zaTha}); of a country g. {zaNDikA7di}.
s'athâ* = f. (= {saTA}, {jaTA}) an ascetic's clotted hair W.
shasha = rabbit
shashaH = (m) rabbit
shashaanka = moon
shashaankaH = the moon
shashi = moon
shashisuuryayoH = of the moon and the sun
shashii = the moon
shashvachchhaantiM = lasting peace
s'as'vat *: mf({za4zvatI}, or {-tI4})n. (accord. to some for {sasvat} and
corresponding to Gk. $) &320906[1060, 3] perpetual, continual, endless,
incessant, frequent, numerous, many (esp. applied to the ever-recurring dawns)
RV.; all, every RV. AV. TBr.; ({at}) ind. perpetually, continually, repeatedly,
always, ever ({za4zvat purA4}, from immemorial time; {zazvac-chazvat}, again and
again, constantly) RV. &c. &c.; at once, forthwith, directly (generally preceded
or followed by {ha}; {za4zvat-za4zvat}, no sooner-than forthwith) S'Br. BhP.; it
is true, certainly, indeed Br.
s'as'vata4*: mf({I})n. (fr. {zazvat}) eternal, constant, perpetual, all
({zA4zvatIbhyaH sa4mAbhyaH}, {zAzvatIH samAH}, or {zAzvatam}, for evermore,
incessantly, eternally) VS. &c. &c.; about to happen, future MW.; m. N. of S'iva
L.; of Vyâsa L.; of a son of S'ruta (and father of Su-dhanvan) VP.; of a poet
and various other writers (esp. of a lexicographer, author of the
Aneka7rtha-samuccaya); ({I}) f. the earth L.; n. continuity, eternity MBh.;
heaven, ether W.
s'as'vatika*: mfn. = {zAzvaTa}, eternal, constant, permanent Nir. Âpast. Kâd.
shashhTashhTaka = 6th and 8th from each other
shashhTyaa.nsha = A varga. The 60th Harmonic Chart. Used in cases of delineation
of twins
s'astra * = 1 n. (for 2. see under {zas}) invocation, praise (applied to any
hymn recited either audibly or inaudibly, as opp. to {stoma}, which is sung, but
esp. the verses recited by the Hotrii and his assistant as an accompaniment to
the Grahas at the Soma libation) VS. Br. S'rS. ChUp.; reciting, recitation
S'ânkhBr\\2 m. (for 1. see p. 1044, col. 1) a sword L.; ({I}) f. see below; n.
an instrument for cutting or wounding, knife, sword, dagger, any weapon (even
applied to an arrow Bhathth.; weapons are said to be of four kinds,
{pANi-mukta}, {yantra-mukta}, {muktA7mukta}, and {amukta}) S'Br. &c. &c.; any
instrument or tool (see comp.); iron, steel L.; a razor L.
s'aastra * = n. an order, command, precept, rule RV. Kâv. Pur.; teaching,
instruction, direction, advice, good counsel MBh. Kâv. &c.; any instrument of
teaching, any manual or compendium of rules, any bock or treatise, (esp.) any
religious or scientific treatise, any sacred book or composition of divine
authority (applicable even to the Veda, and said to be of fourteen or even
eighteen kinds [see under {vidyA}]; the word {zAstra} is often found ifc. after
the word denoting the subject of the book, or is applied collectively to whole
departments of knowledge e.g. {vedA7nta-z-}, a work on the Veda7nta philosophy
or the whole body of teaching on that subject; {dharma-z-}, a law-book or whole
body of written laws; {kAvya-z-}, a poetical work or poetry in general;
{zilpi-z-}, works on the mechanical arts; {kAma-z-}, erotic compositions;
{alaMkAra z-}, rhetoric, &c.) Nir. Prât. Mn. MBh. &c.; a body of teaching (in
general), scripture, science Kâv. Pur.
shastra = weapon
shastraM = weapon
shastrapaaNayaH = those with weapons in hand
shastrapuutaaH = having become holy by (strike of) weapon
shastrabhritaaM = of the carriers of weapons
shastrasampaate = in releasing his arrows
shastraaNi = weapons
s'astra* = 1 n. (for 2. see under {zas}) invocation, praise (applied to any hymn
recited either audibly or inaudibly, as opp. to {stoma}, which is sung, but esp.
the verses recited by the Hotrii and his assistant as an accompaniment to the
Grahas at the Soma libation) VS. Br. S'rS. ChUp.; reciting, recitation S'ânkhBr
s'astra* = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 1044, col. 1) a sword L.; ({I}) f. see below; n.
an instrument for cutting or wounding, knife, sword, dagger, any weapon (even
applied to an arrow Bhathth.; weapons are said to be of four kinds,
{pANi-mukta}, {yantra-mukta}, {muktA7mukta}, and {amukta}) S'Br. &c. &c.; any
instrument or tool (see comp.); iron, steel L.; a razor L.
s'as'amaana * = mfn. (fr. 1. %{zam}) exerting one's self, zealous, toiling,
working, active (esp. in worship) RV. VS. AV. [1060,3]
s'as'amAtra * = mf(%{I})n. `" having the measure of a hare "', as large as a
hare W.
s'as'amuNDarasa m. a kind of fluid medicine made from a hare's head S3a1rn3gS.
-1.
s'as'vat * = mf({za4zvatI}, or {-tI4})n. (accord. to some for {sasvat} and
corresponding to Gk. $) &320906[1060, 3] perpetual, continual, endless,
incessant, frequent, numerous, many (esp. applied to the ever-recurring dawns)
RV.; all, every RV. AV. TBr.; ({at}) ind. perpetually, continually, repeatedly,
always, ever ({za4zvat purA4}, from immemorial time; {zazvac-chazvat}, again and
again, constantly) RV. &c. &c.; at once, forthwith, directly (generally preceded
or followed by {ha}; {za4zvat-za4zvat}, no sooner-than forthwith) S'Br. BhP.; it
is true, certainly, indeed Br.
s'atha *= mfn. sour, astringent, acid L.; m. N. of a man g. {gargA7di}; of a son
of Vasu-deva Hariv. (prob. w.r. for {zaTha}); of a country g. {zaNDikA7di}.
s'athA *=f. (= {saTA}, {jaTA}) an ascetic's clotted hair W.
s'ata *=n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {I}) a hundred (used with other numerals thus,
{ekA7dhikaM zatam}, or {eka-z-}, a hñhundred + one, 101 {viMzaty-adhikaM zatam}
or {viMzaM z-}, a hñhundred + twenty, 120; {zate} or {dve zate} or {dvi-zatam}
or {zata-dvayam}, 200; {trINi} {zatAni} or {tri-zatAni} or {zata-trayam}, 300;
{SaT-zatam}, 600; or the comp. becomes an ordinal e.g. {dvi-zata}, the 200th;
{dvikaM}, {trikaM zatam} = 2, 3 per cent; {zatAtpara}, `" beyonda hñhundred,
exceeding 100 "'; the counted object is added either in the gen., or in the same
case as {zata}, or ibc. e.g. {zatam pitaraH} or, {zatam pitRRNAm} or
{pitR-zatam} a hñhundred ancestors "'; sometimes also ifc. see comp. below;
rarely {zatam} is used as an indecl. with an instr. e.g. {zata4M ra4thebhiH}, `"
with a hñhundred chariots "' RV. i, 48, 7; rarely occurs a masc. form in pl.
e.g. {paJca-zatA}, {rathAn} MBh. iv, 1057; and {zata} n. rarely in comp. of the
following kind, {catur-varSa-zatam} or {-tAni}, `" 400 years "') RV. &c. &c.;
any very large number (in comp. as {zata-pattra} &c. below). [Cf. Gk. $ `" one
"' hundred; &317439[1048, 3] Lat. {centum}; Lith. {szmtas}; Got. (twa) {hunda};
Germ. {hund-ert}; Eng. {hund-ed}.]
s'ataavaya *= mfn. comprising or numbering a h. sheep RV.
s'atana *= n. (for %{zAtana}, 2, %{zad}) cutting down, belling DivyA7v.
s'aatha *= m. (fr. {zaT}?) a strip of cloth, a kind of skirt or petticoat, a
partic. sort of garment or gown Vas. Cân.; ({I}) f. see below.
s'aata * = mfn. (fr. {zo}; cf. {zita}) sharpened, whetted, sharp Kathâs. Râjat.;
thin, feeble, slender, emaciated Hariv. Kâv. VarBriS.; n. the thorn-apple MW.
\\2 m. (fr. 2. {zad}) falling out or decaying (of nails, hair &c.) Sus'r. \\3 n.
joy, pleasure, happiness L.; mfn. handsome, bright, happy W. \\4 Vriiddhi form
of {zata}, in comp. \\mfn. see 1. {zAta}, p. 1063, col. 3.
s'athha* = * = mf({A})n. false, deceitful, frauduIent, malignant, wicked Âpast.
Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a cheat, rogue (esp. a false husband or lover, who pretends
affection for one female while his heart is fixed on another; one of the four
classes into which husbands are divided) W.; a, fool, blockhead ib.; an idler
ib.; a mediator, umpire L.; the thorn-apple L.; white mustard seed L.; N. of an
Asura MBh.; of a son of Vasu-deva Hariv. (v.l. {gada} and {suta}); ({I}) f. w.r.
for {zaTI} Car.; n. saffron L.; Tabernaemontana Coronaria L.; steel L.; tin L.
s'athhamati * =(VP.) mfn. wicked -minded, malicious.
s'athhatva * =n. (Sâh.) roguery, depravity, malice, wickedness ({-tA7caraNa} n.
wicked or roguish conduct MW.)
shaTha = Rogue
shaThaH = deceitful
shata = Hundred
shataM = a hundred
shatakoTi = 100 koti or 1000 millions
shatataarakaa = Twenty-fourth nakshatra, hundred minor stars
shatapadii = (f) centipede
shatashaH = hundreds
shataabhishaka = Twenty-fourth nakshatra (also shatataarakaa)
shatena = hundred
shataiH = by hundreds
shatru = enemy
shatru-bhaava = House of Enemies or 6th
shatruM = the enemy
shatruH = enemy
shatrutve = because of enmity
shatrun.h = enemies
shatruvat.h = as an enemy
shatrau = in (towards)the enemy
shaucha = mental and bodily cleanliness
shauchaM = cleanliness
s'auNDa* = mf({A}, or {I})n. (fr. {zuNDA}) fond of spirituous liquor, addicted
to drinking MBh. MârkP.; drunk, intoxicated L.; (ifc.) passionately fond of or
devoted to ({-tA} f.) MBh. R. &c.; skilled in, familiar with BhP.; being the
pride of Bâlar. x, 0/1; m. a cock L.; ({A}) f. spirituous liquor (ifc. perhaps
w.r. for {zuNDa}) R.; ({I}) f. long pepper or Piper Chaba Bhpr.; = {kaTabhI} (a
tree) L.; a line of clouds L.
shauryaM = heroism
s'auri * =m. patr. of Vasu-deva MBh. BhP.; of Vishnu-Kriishna (also among the
names of the sun) ib.; of Prajâti MârkP.; of Bala-deva MW.; Terminalia Tomentosa
L. (v.l. {sauri}); the planet Saturn (w.r. for {sauri}).
shava = cadaver
shavapetikaa = (f) coffin
shavaasana = the corpse posture
shaya = Sleep *=
s'aya * = mf(%{A})n. (fr. 1. %{zI}) lying, sleeping, resting, abiding (ifc.
after adv. or subst. in loc. case or sense ; see %{adhaH-z-}, %{kuze-z},
%{giri-z-} &c.) ; m. sleep, sleeping Dha1tup. xxiv, 60 (cf. %{divA-z-}) ; a bed,
couch (see %{vIra-z-}) ; a snake (accord. to some, the boa constrictor) L. ; a
lizard, chameleon L. ; the hand (= %{hasta}, also as a measure of length)
VarBr2S. Naish. Ka1tyS3r. Sch. ; = %{paNa} L. ; abuse, imprecation L. (prob.
w.r. for %{zapa}) ; pl. N. of a people MBh. ; (%{A4}) f. a place of rest or
repose (cf. %{zayyA}) RV. [Cf. Gk. $-$.] &319454[1055,3]
shayana = a bed
shayanaM = sleep
s'ayana* = mfn. lying down, resting, sleeping Pañcar.; n. the act of lying down
or sleeping, rest, repose, sleep MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc. f. {A}) a bed, couch,
sleeping-place (acc. with {bhaj}, {A-} {ruh}, {saM-viz} &c., to go to bed or to
rest "'; with Caus. of {A-ruh}, `" to take to bed, have sexual intercourse with
"' [acc.]; {zayanaM} {zRta} or {-ne sthita} mfn. gone to bed, being in bed)
S'Br. &c. &c [1056, 1]; copulation, sexual intercourse L.; N. of a Sâman L.
s'ayaana* = mfn. lying down, resting, sleeping Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a lizard,
chameleon L.
s'aya * = mf({A})n. (fr. 1. {zI}) lying, sleeping, resting, abiding (ifc. after
adv. or subst. in loc. case or sense; see {adhaH-z-}, {kuze-z}, {giri-z-} &c.);
m. sleep, sleeping Dhâtup. xxiv, 60 (cf. {divA-z-}); a bed, couch (see
{vIra-z-}); a snake (accord. to some, the boa constrictor) L.; a lizard,
chameleon L.; the hand (= {hasta}, also as a measure of length) VarBriS. Naish.
KâtyS'r. Sch.; = {paNa} L.; abuse, imprecation L. (prob. w.r. for {zapa}); pl.
N. of a people MBh.; ({A4}) f. a place of rest or repose (cf. {zayyA}) RV. [Cf.
Gk. $-$.] &319454[1055, 3]
shayanaprakoshhThaH = (m) bedroom
shayanaasana = the repose posture
shayyaa = (f) bedshafarii = a very small fish
shekishpira = (m) a play with too many words
sheNishheveta = does not marry
shenota = (n) the great void
sheshha = remaining
s'esha * m. n. (fr. 2. {ziS}) remainder, that which remains or is left,
leavings, residue (pl. `" all the others "'), surplus, balance, the rest ({zeSe}
loc. `" for the rest "', `" in all other cases "'; {zeSe rAtrau}, `" during the
rest of the night "'; {mama zeSam asti}, `" there remains something to happen to
me "'); that which has to be supplied (e.g. any word or words which have been
omitted in a sentence; {iti zeSaH}, `" so it was left to be supplied "', a
phrase commonly used by Comm. in supplying any words necessary to elucidate the
text); that which is saved or spared or allowed to escape (nom. with {as}, or
{bhU}, `" to be spared "'; {zeSaM-kR} "', to spare "', `" allow to escape "';
{zeSam avA7p} `" to escape "') Mn. MBh. R. &c.; remaining (used as an adj. at
the end of adj. comp. [f. {A}], cf. {kathA-z-}, {kRtya-z-}) AitBr. &c. &c.;
remaining out of or from, left from (with abl. or loc. e.g. {prayAtebhyo ye
zeSAH}, `" the persons left out of those who had departed "'; but mostly ifc.
after a pp. in comp. e.g. {bhukta-zeSa}, `" remaining from a meal "', `" remnant
of food "'; {hata-zeSAH}, `" those left out of the slain "', `" the survivors "'
&c.) Mn. MBh. &c.; end, issue, conclusion, finish, result RV. 77, 15; last,
last-mentioned Râjat.; a supplement, appendix Nir. iii, 13; a keepsake, token of
remembrance Das'.; secondary matter, accident KâtyS'r. Sch.; death, destruction
W.; m. N. of a celebrated mythological thousand-headed serpent regarded as the
emblem of eternity (whence he is also called An-anta "', the infinite "'; in the
Vishnu-Purâna he and the serpents Vâsuki and Takshaka are described as sons of
Kadru, but in one place S'esha alone is called king of the Nâgas or snakes
inhabiting Pâtâla, while elsewhere Vâsuki also is described as king of the Nagas
and Takshaka of the serpents; the thousand headed S'esha is sometimes
represented as forming the couch and canopy of Vishnu whilst sleeping during the
intervals of creation, sometimes as supporting the seven Pâtâlas with the seven
regions above them and therefore the entire world [1089, 1]; he is said to have
taught astronomy to Garga; according to some legends he became incarnate in
Bala-râma q.v.) MBh. Hariv. Pur. &c. (RTL. 105; 112; 232 n. r); N. of one of the
Prajâ-patis R. VP.; of a Muni MW.; (also with {AcArya}, {dIkSita}, {zAstrin}
&c.) of various authors (cf. below); of one of the mythical elephants that
support the earth L.; a kind of metre L.; ({A}) f. pl. the remains of flowers or
other offerings made to an idol and afterwards distributed amongst the
worshippers and attendants (sg. `" a garden made of the remains of flowers "')
MBh. R. &c.; ({I}) f. N. of a woman Cat.; n. see above.
s'eshavat* = mfn. left alive, spared MBh.; characterized by an effect or result
(sometimes applied in logic to {a posteriori} reasoning) Nyâyas.
setu mfn. (fr. 1. %{si}) binding, who or what binds or fetters RV.; m. a bond,
fetter ib.; a ridge of earth, mound, bank, causeway, dike, dam, bridge, any
raised piece of ground separating fields (serving as a boundary or as a passage
during inundations) RV. &c. &c.; Ra1ma's bridge (see %{setubandha}) BhP.; a
landmark, boundary, limit (also fig. = `" barrier, bounds "') Mn. MBh. &c.; a
help to the understanding of a text, an explanatory commentary (also N. of
various commentaries) Cat.; an established institution, fixed rule MW.; the
Pran2ava or sacred syllable Om (which is said to be %{mantrANAM@setuH}) Ka1lP.;
Crataeva Roxburghii or Tapia Crataeva (= %{varaNa}, %{varuNa}) L.; N. of a son
of Druhyu and brother of Babhru Hariv.; of a son of Babhru Pur.; of a place MW.
seva*=(either fr. %{sev} or %{siv}) g. %{pacA7di}; n. = 1. %{sevi}, an apple L.
sevA *= f. going or resorting to, visiting, frequenting Ca1n2. Subh.; service,
attendance on (loc. gen., or comp.; %{sevAM-kR}, with gen., `" to be in the
service of "') Mn. MBh. &c.; worship, homage, reverence, devotion to (gen. or
comp.) ib.; sexual intercourse with (comp.) Hit. Subh.; addiction to, indulgence
in, practice or employment or frequent enjoyment of (comp.) Nir. Mn. MBh. &c.
sevana 1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of frequenting or visiting or dwelling
in or resorting to (comp.) Ka1v. Pan5cat. BhP.; waiting upon, attendance,
service Mn. MBh. &c.; honouring, reverence, worship, adoration (also %{A} f.)
Ka1v. VarBr2S. &c.; sexual enjoyment, intercourse with (comp.) Mn. xi, 178;
devotion or addiction to, fondness for, indulgence in, practise or employment of
(gen. or comp.) Mn. R. &c\\ 2 n. (for 1. see col. 1) the act of sewing, darning,
stitching Sus3r. Vop. A1pS3r. Sch.; a sack L.; (%{I}) f. a needle L.; a seam L.;
a suture or peculiar, seam-like union of parts of the body (seven in number,
viz. five of the cranium, one of the tongue, and one of the glans penis) Br.
Sus3r.; (%{I}) f. a kind of small jasmine L.
shevadhi* = m. (L. also n.) `" treasure-receptacle "', wealth, treasure, jewel
RV. &c. &c.; treasury, an inexhaustible quantity (of good or evil) Sinha7s.; one
of the nine treasures of Kubera MW.; {-pA4} mfn. guarding treasure RV.
shii = to sleep
siva* = or m. one who sews or stitches, a sewer, stitcher L
s'ii4la * = n. (and m. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A}) habit, custom, usage,
natural or acquired way of living or acting, practice, conduct, disposition,
tendency, character, nature (often ifc. = `" habituated "' or `" accustomed "'
or `" disposed "' or `" addicted to "', `" practising "'; cf. {guNa-}, {dAna-},
{puNya-z-} &c.) VS. &c. &c. good disposition or character, moral conduct,
integrity, morality, piety, virtue Mn. MBh. &c.; cf. IW. 208; (with Buddhists
{zIla} "', moral conduct "', is one of the 6 or 10 perfections or Pâramitâs
[q.v.] and is threefold, viz. {sambhAra}, {kuzala-saMgrAha}, {sattvA7rtha-kriyA}
Dharmas. 106); a moral precept (with Buddh. there are 5 fundamental precepts or
rules of moral conduct cf. {paJca-zIla}) MWB. 126; form, shape, beauty W.; m. a
large snake in this sense prob. fr. 1. {zI}) L.; N. of a man Buddh.; of a king
Râjat.; ({A}) f. see below.
s'iilaa * = f. N. of the wife of Kaundinya Vâs., Introd.; (also {-bhaTTArikA})
N. of a poetess S'ârngP. Cat.
shiigraM = hurry; quickness
shiighraM = immediately
shiita = cold
s'ilpa * = n. (of doubtful derivation) the art of variegating, variegated or
diversified appearance, decoration, ornament, artistic work VS. Br. Hariv.
Katha1s. BhP.; any manual art or craft, any handicraft or mechanical or fine art
(64 such arts or crafts, sometimes called %{bAhya-kalA}, `" external or
practical arts "', are enumerated e.g. carpentering, architecture, jewellery,
farriery, acting, dancing, music, medicine, poetry &c. [cf. IW. 185]; and 64
%{abhyantara-kalA}, `" secret arts "' e.g. kissing, embracing, and various other
arts of coquetry) S3a1n3khBr. Mn. MBh. &c.; skill in any art or craft or work of
art, ingenuity, contrivance MBh. Ka1v. &c.; any act or work (also m.) BhP.;
ceremonial act, ceremony, rite (also m.) MW.; form, shape Naigh. iii, 7 (cf.
%{su-zilpa}); a partic. kind of S3astra or hymn (of a highly artificial
character, recited on the 6th day of the Pr2isht2hya Shad2-aha, at the Vis3vajit
&c.) Br. S3rS.; a kind of sacrificial ladle (?) L.; (du. with %{jamad-agneH}) N.
of two Sa1mans A1rshBr.; m. N. of a teacher S3Br.; (%{A}) f. a barber's shop L.;
(%{I}) f. a female artisan or mechanic Cat.; (%{zilpa4}) mfn. variegated VS. TS.
s'ita* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 1071, col. 2) satisfied, regaled RV. viii, 23,
13.
s'ita* = 2 mfn. (for 1. and 4. see under %{zi} and %{zo}) w.r. for %{sita}, `"
bright-coloured, white. "'\\3 m. N. of a son of Vis3va1mitra MBh.\\mf(%{A4})n.
(fr. %{zyai}; cf. %{zIna}) cold, cool, chilly, frigid (with ind. p. of %{kR}
either %{zItaM@kRtya}, or %{kRtvA} g. %{sA7kSA7di}) RV. &c. &c.; dull,
apathetic, sluggish, indolent L.; boiled (= %{kvathita}; %{zIta} prob. w.r. for
%{zRta}) L.; m. Calamus Rotang L.; Cordia Myxa and Latifolia L.; Azadirachta
Indica L.; = %{asana-parNI} and %{parpaTA} L.; camphor L.; (%{A}) f. spirituous
liquor L.; a kind of Du1rva1 grass L.; another kind of grass (= %{zilpikA}) L.;
often w.r. for %{sItA} (q.v.); n. cold, coldness, cold weather L.; cold water
L.; Cassia bark L.\\4 mfn. (for 1. &c. see p. 1069, col. 3) whetted, sharp RV.
&c. &c.; thin, slender, weak, feeble L.\\see p. 1077, col. 3.
s'ithaa* = f. a rope (?) DivyA7v.
shiitaka = (m) refrigerator
shiitala = cool
shiirsha = head
shiirshha = head
s'iila = charactern. (and m. g. %{ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. %{A}) habit, custom,
usage, natural or acquired way of living or acting, practice, conduct,
disposition, tendency, character, nature (often ifc. = `" habituated "' or `"
accustomed "' or `" disposed "' or `" addicted to "', `" practising "'; cf.
%{guNa-}, %{dAna-}, %{puNya-z-} &c.) VS. &c. &c. good disposition or character,
moral conduct, integrity, morality, piety, virtue Mn. MBh. &c.; cf. IW. 208;
(with Buddhists %{zIla} "', moral conduct "', is one of the 6 or 10 perfections
or Pa1ramita1s [q.v.] and is threefold, viz. %{sambhAra}, %{kuzala-saMgrAha},
%{sattvA7rtha-kriyA} Dharmas. 106); a moral precept (with Buddh. there are 5
fundamental precepts or rules of moral conduct cf. %{paJca-zIla}) MWB. 126;
form, shape, beauty W.; m. a large snake in this sense prob. fr. 1. %{zI}) L.;
N. of a man Buddh.; of a king Ra1jat.; (%{A}) f. see below.
s'iilaa f. N. of the wife of Kaun2d2inya Va1s., Introd.; (also %{-bhaTTArikA})
N. of a poetess S3a1rn3gP. Cat.
shiilaM = chastity
shiishkaaraH = (m) a whistleshikharam.h = (n) summit, mountain top
s'ilpa* = n. (of doubtful derivation) the art of variegating, variegated or
diversified appearance, decoration, ornament, artistic work VS. Br. Hariv.
Kathâs. BhP.; any manual art or craft, any handicraft or mechanical or fine art
(64 such arts or crafts, sometimes called {bAhya-kalA}, `" external or practical
arts "', are enumerated e.g. carpentering, architecture, jewellery, farriery,
acting, dancing, music, medicine, poetry &c. [cf. IW. 185]; and 64
{abhyantara-kalA}, `" secret arts "' e.g. kissing, embracing, and various other
arts of coquetry) S'ânkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c.; skill in any art or craft or work of
art, ingenuity, contrivance MBh. Kâv. &c.; any act or work (also m.) BhP.;
ceremonial act, ceremony, rite (also m.) MW.; form, shape Naigh. iii, 7 (cf.
{su-zilpa}); a partic. kind of S'astra or hymn (of a highly artificial
character, recited on the 6th day of the Priishthhya Shad-aha, at the Vis'vajit
&c.) Br. S'rS.; a kind of sacrificial ladle (?) L.; (du. with {jamad-agneH}) N.
of two Sâmans ÂrshBr.; m. N. of a teacher S'Br.; ({A}) f. a barber's shop L.;
({I}) f. a female artisan or mechanic Cat.; ({zilpa4}) mfn. variegated VS. TS.
s'ilaandhas* = n. ears of corn left on a field BhP.
s'ilaahaarin* = mfn. one who gathers stalks or ears of corn MBh.
s'ila * = 1 m. (L. also n.; for 2. see col. 2) gleaning, gathering stalks or
ears of corn (accord. to Kull. on Mn. x, 112 {zila} = {aneka-dhAnyo7nnayana}
i.e. `" gleaning more than one ear of corn at a time "', opp. to {uJcha} =
{ekai9ka-dhAnyA7di-guDako7ccayana}) Mn. MBh. &c.; m. N. of a son of Pâryâtra
Ragh. \\2 (for 1. see col. 1), in comp. for {zilA}.
s'ilaa4 * = f. (perhaps connected with 1. {zi}) a stone, rock, crag AV. &c. &c.;
red arsenic Sus'r.; camphor L.; the lower mill-stone L.; the lower timber of a
door L.; the top of the pillar supporting a house L.; a vein, tendon (for {zira}
q.v.) L. [1073, 2]; N. of a river R.; of a woman Cat.
shila = rock
shilaa = (fem) stone
shilpam.h = (n) sculpture, carving
shilpin.h = sculptor
shilpii = (m) sculptor
s'ikha* = m. N. of a serpent-demon (mentioned together with {anu-zikha} q.v.)
PañcavBr.; ({A}) f. see below; ({I}) f. a kind of magic DivyA7v.; N. of a river
VP.
s'ikhaa* = f. (of doubtful derivation; prob. connected with 1. {zi}, `" to
sharpen "') a tuft or lock of hair on the crown of the head, a crest, topknot,
plume S'Br. &c. &c.; a peacock's crest or comb MBh. Hariv. &c.; a pointed flame,
any flame ib.; a ray of light Kum. Kathâs.; a sharp end, point, spike, peak,
summit, pinnacle, projection, end or point (in general) MaitrUp. Kâv. VarBriS.;
the end or point or border of a garment S'ak.; the point or tip of the foot L.;
the nipple L.; a branch which takes root, any branch L.; a fibrous root, any
root L.; the plant Jussiaea Repens L.; the head or chief or best of a class L.;
the fever or excitement of love L.; a partic. part of a verse or formula (the
crest of the verse compared to a king) RâmatUp. [1070, 3]; = {zikha-vRddhi}
Gaut.; N. of various metres Col.; of a river (prob. w.r. for {zikhI}) VP.
shikhi.n = peacock
shikshaNaM = of teaching
shikshate = (1 ap) to learn
shiraH = head
shiras.h = head
shirasaa = with the head
shirastraaNa = (m) helmet
shiriishha = name of a flower
shirovedanaa = (f) headache
shirshha = the head
shirshhaasana = the head-stand posture
shirsangushhThaasana = the deep lunge posture
shishira = frosty season
shishhTatva = wisdom
shishhya = student
shishhyaH = disciple
shishhyam.h = the disciple. the student
shishhyaan.h = desciples
shishhyeNa = disciple
shishhyaiH = disciples
s'is'upaala * = m. `" child-protector "'N. of the king of the Cedis inhabiting a
country in central India, probably the same as Bundelkhand (see {cedi}; he was
son of Dama-ghosha, and is also called Sunîtha; his impiety in opposing the
worship of Kriishna is described in the Sabhâ-parvan of the Mahâ-bhârata; when
Yudhi-shthira was about to perform a Râjasûya sacrifice, numerous princes
attended, and Bhishma proposed that especial honour should be paid to Kriishna,
who was also present, but S'is'u-pâla objected, and after denouncing Kriishna as
a contemptible person challenged him to fight, whereupon Kriishna struck off his
head with his discus; the Vishnu-Purâna identifies this impious monarch with the
demons Hiranya-kas'ipu and Râvana; his death forms the subject of Mâgha's
celebrated poem called S'is'upâla-vadha); {-kathA} f. N. of a tale; {-niSU}
S'is'pâla-vadha); {-kathA} f. N. of a tale; {-niSUdana} m. destroyer of
S'isu-pâlaN. of Kriishna L.; {-vadha} m. `" slaying of S'ñS'isu "'N. of a poem
by Mâgha (q.v.) on the above subject; {-vadha-parvan} n. N. of a ch. of the
Mahâ-bhârata (ii, 1418-1627) on the same subject; {-ziraz-chettR} (Pañcar.) and
{-han} (W.) m. N. of Kriishna.
shivasutaaya = to the son of `shiva'
s'is'u * = m. (fr. 1. {zU} = {zvi}) a child, infant, the young of any animal (as
a calf, puppy &c.; also applied to young plants, and to the recently risen sun;
often ifc.) RV. &c. &c.; a boy under eight years of age W.; a lad under sixteen
ib.; a pupil, scholar ib.; N. of Skanda MBh. R. (cf. {kumAra}); of a descendant
of Angiras (author of RV. ix, 112). Anukr.; of a son of Sârana VP.; of a king
Buddh.; mfn. young, infantine L.
s'is'unaaga* = m. a young snake R.; a young elephant MW.; a kind of Râkshasa or
demon ib.; N. of a king of Magadha (pl. his descendants) BhP. VP. (v.l.
{-nAka}).
s'iva = the destroyer * mf({A4})n. (according to Un. i, 153, fr. 1. {zI}, `" in
whom all things lie "'; perhaps connected with {zvi} cf. {zavas}, {zizvi})
auspicious, propitious, gracious, favourable, benign, kind, benevolent,
friendly, dear ({a4m} ind. kindly, tenderly) RV. &c. &c.; happy, fortunate BhP.;
m. happiness, welfare (cf. n.) R. v, 56, 36; liberation, final emancipation L.;
`" The Auspicious one "'N. of the disintegrating or destroying and reproducing
deity (who constitutes the third god of the Hindû Trimûrti or Triad, the other
two being Brahmâ `" the creator "' and Vishnu `" the preserver "'; in the Veda
the only N. of the destroying deity wss Rudra `" the terrible god "', but in
later times it became usual to give that god the euphemistic N. S'iva `" the
auspicious "' [just as the Furies were called $ `" the gracious ones "'], and to
assign him the office of creation and reproduction as well as dissolution; in
fact the preferential worship of S'iva as developed in the Purânas and Epic
poems led to his being identified with the Supreme Being by his exclusive
worshippers [called S'aivas]; in his character of destroyer he is sometimes
called Kâla `" black "', and is then also identified with Time "', although his
active destroying function is then oftener assigned to his wife under her name
Kâlî, whose formidable character makes her a general object of propitiation by
sacrifices; as presiding over reproduction consequent on destruction S'iva's
symbol is the Linga [q.v.] or Phallus, under which form he is worshipped all
over India at the present day; again one of his representations is as
Ardha-nârî, `" half-female "', the other half being male to symbolize the unity
of the generative principle [RTL. 85]; he has three eyes, one of which is in his
forehead, and which are thought to denote his view of the three divisions of
time, past, present, and future, while a mooñs crescent, above the central eye,
marks the measure of time by months, a serpent round his neck the measure by
years, and a second necklace of skulls with other serpents about his person, the
perpetual revolution of ages, and the successive extinction and generation of
the races of mankind: his hair is thickly matted together, and gathered above
his forehead into a coil; on the top of it he bears the Ganges, the rush of
which in its descent from heaven he intercepted by his head that the earth might
not be crushed by the weight of the falling stream; his throat is dark-blue from
the stain of the deadly poison which would have destroyed the world had it not
been swallowed by him on its production at the churning of the ocean by the gods
for the nectar of immortality; he holds a {tri-zUla}, or three-pronged trident
[also called Pinâka] in his hand to denote, as some think, his combination of
the three attributes of Creator, Destroyer, and Regenerator; he also carries a
kind of drum, shaped like an hour-glass, called Damaru: his attendants or
servants are called Pramatha [qq.vv.]; they are regarded as demons or
supernatural beings of different kinds, and form various hosts or troops called
Ganas; his wife Durgâ [otherwise called Kâlî, Pârvatî, Umâ, Gaurî, Bhavânî &c.]
is the chief object of worship with the S'âktas and Tântrikas, and in this
connection he is fond of dancing [see {tANDava}] and wine-drinking [1074, 2]; he
is also worshipped as a great ascetic and is said to have scorched the god of
love (Kâma-deva) to ashes by a glance from his central eye, that deity having
attempted to inflame him with passion for Pârvatî whilst he was engaged in
severe penance; in the exercise of his function of Universal Destroyer he is
fabled to have burnt up the Universe and all the gods, including Brahmâ and
Vishnu, by a similar scorching glance, and to have rubbed the resulting ashes
upon his body, whence the use of ashes in his worship, while the use of the
Rudra7ksha berries originated, it is said, from the legend that S'iva, on his
way to destroy the three cities, called Tri-pura, let fall some tears of rage
which became converted into these beads: his residence or heaven is Kailâsa, one
of the loftiest northern peaks of the Hima7laya; he has strictly no incarnations
like those of Vishnu, though Vîra-bhadra and the eight Bhairavas and Khando-bâ
&c. [RTL. 266] are sometimes regarded as forms of him; he is especially
worshipped at Benares and has even more names than Vishnu, one thousand and
eight being specified in the 69th chapter of the S'iva-Purâna and in the 17th
chapter of the Anus'âsana-parvan of the Maha-bhârata, some of the most common
being Mahâ-deva, S'ambhu, S'ankara, Îs'a, Îs'vara, Mahe7s'vara, Hara; his sons
are Gane7s'a and Kârttikeya) Âs'vS'r. MBh. Kâv. &c. RTL. 73; a kind of second
Siva (with S'aivas), a person who has attained a partic. stage of perfection or
emancipation MBh. Sarvad.; {ziva-liGga} L.; any god L.; a euphemistic N. of a
jackal (generally {zivA} f. q.v.); sacred writings L.; (in astron.) N. of the
sixth month; a post for cows (to which they are tied or for them to rub against)
L.; bdellium L.; the fragrant bark of Feronia Elephantum L.; Marsilia Dentata
L.; a kind of thorn-apple or = {puNDarIka} (the tree) L.; quicksilver L. (cf.
{ziva-bIja}); a partic. auspicious constellation L.; a demon who inflicts
diseases Hariv.; = {zukra} m. {kAla} m. {vasu} m. L.; the swift antelope L.;
rum, spirit distilled from molasses L.; buttermilk L.; a ruby L.; a peg L.; time
L.; N. of a son of Medha7tithi MârkP.; of a son of Idhma-jihva BhP.; of a prince
and various authors (also with {dIkSita}, {bhaTTa}, {paNDita}, {yajvan}, {sUri}
&c.) Cat.; of a fraudulent person Kathâs.; (du.) the god S'iva and his wife Kir.
v, 40 Pracand. i, 20 (cf. Vâm. v, 2, 1); pl. N. of a class of gods in the third
Manvantara Pur.; of a class of Brâhmans who have attained a partic. degree of
perfection like that of S'iva MBh.; ({A}) f. S'iva's wife (also {zivI}) see
{zivA} below; ({am}) n. welfare, prosperity, bliss ({Aya}, {e4na} or {e4bhis},
`" auspiciously, fortunately, happily, luckily "'; {zivAya gamyatAm}, `" a
prosperous journey to you! "') RV. &c. &c.; final emancipation L.; water L.;
rock-salt L.; sea-salt L.; a kind of borax L.; iron L.; myrobolan L.;
Tabernaemontana Coronaria L.; sandal L.; N. of a Purâna (= {ziva-purANa} or
{zaiva}) Cat.; of the house in which the Pândavas were to be burnt MârkP.; of a
Varsha in Plaksha-dvîpa and in Jambu-dvîpa Pur.
s'ivaa * =. the energy of S'iva personified as his wife (known as Durgâ, Pârvatî
&c.) Inscr. Kâv. Kathâs. Pur.; final emancipation (= {mukti}) Pur.; a
euphemistic N. of a jackal (generally regarded as an animal of bad omen) GriS.
Baudh. MBh. &c. [1076, 1]; N. of various plants (accord. to L. `" Prosopis
Spicigera or Mimosa Suma; Terminalia Chebula or Citrina, Emblica Offcinalis;
Jasminum Auriculatum; turmeric; Dûrvâ grass &c. "'); the root of Piper longum
L.; a kind of yellow pigment (= {-go-rocanA}) L.; a kind of metre L.; (in music)
a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; N. of the wife of Anila MBh.; of the wife of Angiras
ib.; of a Brâhman woman ib.; of the mother of Nemi (the 22nd Arhat of the
present Avasarpini) L.; of the mother of Rudra-bhaththa Cat.; of a river MBh.
Hariv. (In the following comp. not always, distinguishable from {ziva} m. or n.)
shmashru = moustache, beard
s'obha * mfn. (fr. {zubh}) bright, brilliant, handsome W.; m. N. of a man
Râjat.; (pl.) of a class of gods L.; of a class of heretics L.; lustre (in comp.
for {zobhA} q.v.)
s'obhA * = f. (ifc. f. {A}) splendour, brilliance, lustre, beauty, grace,
loveliness ({kA zobhA} with loc., `" what beauty is there [in that] "' i.e. `"
it has no beauty "'; {zobhAM na-kR}, `" to look bad or ugly "'; ifc. often = `"
splendid "', `" excellent "' e.g. {zaurya-zobhA}, `" splendid heroism "';
{karma-zobhA}, `" a masterpiece "') TS. &c. &c.; distinguished merit W.; colour,
hue VarBriS. Mudr.; wish, desire L.; a kind of metre Col.; turmeric L.; the
yellow pigment Go-rocanâ L.
s'obhana * = mf({A} or {I})n. brilliant, splendid, beautiful (at end of comp. =
`" beautiful by reason of "') S'Br. Kaus'. MBh. &c.; excellent, glorious,
magnificent, distinguished in or by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc.)
superior to, better than BhP. propitious, auspicious VarBriS. Râjat.; virtuous,
moral (see comp.); correct, right Sarvad.; m. N. of Agni at the S'ungâ-karman
Griihyâs.; of S'iva MBh.; a burnt offering for auspicious results W.; the fifth
of the astron. Yogas. L.; a planet L.; the eleventh year of Jupiter's cycle MW.;
({A}) f. a beautiful woman (often in voc.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; turmeric L.; the
yellow pigment Go-rocanâ L.; N. of one of the Mâtriis attending on Skanda MBh.;
({am}) n. the act of adorning, causing to look beautiful MW.; an ornament (see
{karNa-z-}); anything propitious or auspicious, welfare, prosperity R. Pur.;
moral good, virtue ib. brilliance MW.; a lotus L.; tin L.; (with {kazyapasya})
N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
shobh.h = to shine, look good
shobhini = person glowing with
shobheta = shine
s'ochati = (1 pp) to grieve
s'ochaniiya = adj. lamentable
s'ochituM = to lament
s'ochya = (participle, fem.)fit to be worried about; worth-concern
s' ocana* =mfn. Pa1n2. 3-2, 150; n. (L.) and (%{A}) f. (Ha1sy.) grief, sorrow.
s' ocaniiya* = mfn. lamentable, deplorable (n. impers. `" it should be lamented
"') Ka1lid. Ra1jat.
s' ocaniiyataa* =f. deplorableness Kum.
s' ocayat* =mf(%{antI})n. (fr. Caus.) causing to burn or causing to grieve;
(%{zoca4yantI}) f. pl. `" inflaming "', `" afflicting "'N. of the Apsarases of
the Gandharva Ka1ma TBr.
s' ocayitri * = m. a causer of grief or pain ib.
shodashaa.nsha = A Varga. The 16th Harmonic Chart. Used for deeper delineation
of Fourth House matters
shodhana = purification
shoDaza *= 1 mf(%{I4})n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the sixteenth, (with %{aMza} or %{bhAga}
m. a 16th part Mn. Ma1rkP. ; %{RSabha-SoDazAH} [Gaut.] or %{vRSabha-S-} [Mn. ix,
124] "', 15 cows and one bull "') Br. Gr2S3rS. &c. ; + 16 ChUp. ; consisting of
16 VS. TS. Pan5cavBr. &c. ; Pl. incorrectly for %{So-Dazan}, 16 Ra1matUp. ;
(%{I}) f. having the length of the 16th of a man (said of a brick) S3ulbas. ; N.
of one of the ten Maha1-vidya1s (also pl.) Pan5car. Cat. ; one of the 12 forms
of Durga1 called Maha1-vidya1 MW. ; n. 1/16 AV. VarBr2S.
3 SoDaza 2 in comp. for %{So4-Dazan} below.
s'oka: sorrow mfn. ( {zuc}) burning, hot AV.; ({zo4ka}) m. (ifc. f. {A}) flame,
glow, heat RV. AV. S'Br.; sorrow, affliction, anguish, pain, trouble, grief for
(gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; Sorrow personified (as a son of Death or of Drona
and Abhimati) Pur.; ({I}) f. see below.
shokaM = lamentation
shokahataM = attacked(hata) by grief(shoka)
shoNita = red (adj); blood (neut)
s'osha* = 1 mfn. (fr. 1. {zuS}) drying up, desiccating (also fig. = `" removing,
destroying "') BhP.; m. the act of drying up, desiccation, dryness MBh. Sus'r.;
pulmonary consumption (also personified as an evil demon) Sus'r. VarBriS. Hcat.;
(also w.r. for {zotha} or {zopha}.)
s'oshasambhava* = m. the root of long pepper L.
s'oshaapahaa* = f. `" removing consumption "', a kind of plant (= {klItanaka})
L.
s'oshaka* = mfn. drying up, absorbing, removing, destroying BhP.
s'oshaNa* = mf({I})n. drying up, draining, parching, withering Nir. MBh. Sus'r.;
(ifc.) removing, destroying BhP.; m. N. of an Agni, Hiriv.; of one of the arrows
of Kâma-deva (god of love) Vet. Gît. Sch.; Bignonia Indica L.; n. drying up
(intr.), desiccation MaitrUp. VarBriS.; making dry, draining, suction MBh.
Pañcat. Sus'r.; dry ginger L.
s'oshaNIya* = mfn. to be dried or sucked up or drained or absorbed VarBriS.
s'oshayitavya* = mfn. to be dried up &c. MW.
shoshhayati = driesshri.ngaara = the sentiment of love
shothaH = (m) swelling
shouchagriham.h = (n) toilet
s'raama * = m. a temporary shed (= {maNDapa}) L.; a month L.; time L.; w.r. for
{zrama} R.
s'rama* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) fatigue, weariness, exhaustion RV. &c. &c.; exertion,
labour, toil, exercise, effort either bodily or mental, hard work of any kind
(as in performing acts of bodily mortification, religious exercises and
austerity; {zramaM-kR}, `" to work hard at one's studies "'), pains or trouble
bestowed on (loc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; military exercise, drill W. [1096, 2];
N. of a son of Âpa Hariv.; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP.
s'alva * = m. pl. N. of a people L. (cf. {sa4lva}); a kind of plant L.
s'ataghnii *= f. (cf. %{-han}, p. 1050) a partic. deadly weapon (used as a
missile, supposed by some to be a sort of fire-arms or rocket, but described by
the Comm. on the Maha1bha1rata as a stone or cylindrical piece of wood studded
with iron spikes) MBh. Hariv. Ka1v. &c. ; a deadly disease of the throat Sus3r.
S3a1rn3gS. ; Tragia Involucrata L. ; Pongamia Glabra L. ; a female scorpion W. ;
N. of S3iva (m.) MW. ; %{-pAza-zakti-mat} mfn. having a S3ata-ghni1 and a noose
and a spear MBh. xiii, 17, 134 (but %{zata-ghnI} may also be, separate).
s'aya =* mf(%{A})n. (fr. 1. %{zI}) lying, sleeping, resting, abiding (ifc. after
adv. or subst. in loc. case or sense; see %{adhaH-z-}, %{kuze-z}, %{giri-z-}
&c.); m. sleep, sleeping Dha1tup. xxiv, 60 (cf. %{divA-z-}); a bed, couch (see
%{vIra-z-}); a snake (accord. to some, the boa constrictor) L.; a lizard,
chameleon L.; the hand (= %{hasta}, also as a measure of length) VarBr2S. Naish.
Ka1tyS3r. Sch.; = %{paNa} L.; abuse, imprecation L. (prob. w.r. for %{zapa});
pl. N. of a people MBh.; (%{A4}) f. a place of rest or repose (cf. %{zayyA}) RV.
[Cf. Gk. $-$.] &319454[1055,3] //2 mfn. (fr. %{zI}) lying, sleeping, abiding
(see %{kaGka-z-}).
shlathayati = (v) to unweave
shlaaghate = (1 ap) to praise
s'lakshNa *= mf(%{A})n. (in Un2. iii, 19 said to be fr. %{zliS}) slippery,
smooth, polished, even, soft, tender, gentle, bland AV. &c. &c. ; small, minute,
thin, slim, fine (cf. comp.) L. ; honest, sincere W. ; (%{am}) ind. softly,
gently MBh. R. ; m. N. of a mountain, Di1vya7v. ; (%{A}) f. N. of a river ib.
s'loka* = m. (prob. connected with 1. {zru} R. i, 2, 33 gives a fanciful
derivation fr. {zoka}, `" sorrow "', the first {zloka} having been composed by
Vâlmîki grieved at seeing a bird killed) sound, noise (as of the wheels of a
carriage or the grinding of stones &c.) RV.; a call or voice (of the gods) ib.;
fame renown, glory, praise, hymn of praise ib. AV. TS. Br. BhP.; a proverb,
maxim MW.; a stanza, (esp.) a partic. kind of common epic metre (also called
Anu-shthubh q.v.; consisting of 4 Pâdas or quarter verses of 8 syllables each,
or 2 lines of 16 syllables each, each line allowing great liberty except in the
5th, 13th, 14th and 15th syllables which should be unchangeable as in the
following scheme, 8. 1. 8-8., the dots denoting either long or short; but the
6th and 7th syllables should be long; or if the 6th is short the 7th should be
short also) S'Br. KaushUp. MBh. &c.; N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
s'mas'aa*= f. (prob. connected with {azman}) the elevated ridge or edge of a
trench or ditch or channel for water or of a vessel RV. x, 105, 1 (but in S'Br.
the m. pl. {zmazA4H} is said to mean those deceased ancestors who consume or eat
the oblations [?], and a comp. {zmazA7nna4} is formed to explain {zmazAna})
s'mas'aana* = n. (accord. to Kir. iii, 5 for {zmazayana} above; but prob. for
{azma-zayana}) an elevated place for burning dead bodies, crematorium, cemetery
or burial-place for the bones of cremated corpses AV. &c. &c.; an oblation to
deceased ancestors (= {pitR-medha} see above) PârGri. KâtyS'r. Sch.; =
{brahma-randhra}.
s'oka* = mfn. ( %{zuc}) burning, hot AV.; (%{zo4ka}) m. (ifc. f. %{A}) flame,
glow, heat RV. AV. S3Br.; sorrow, affliction, anguish, pain, trouble, grief for
(gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; Sorrow personified (as a son of Death or of Dron2a
and Abhimati) Pur.; (%{I}) f. see below
s'rama* = m. (ifc. f. %{A}) fatigue, weariness, exhaustion RV. &c. &c.;
exertion, labour, toil, exercise, effort either bodily or mental, hard work of
any kind (as in performing acts of bodily mortification, religious exercises and
austerity; %{zramaM-kR}, `" to work hard at one's studies "'), pains or trouble
bestowed on (loc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; military exercise, drill W. [1096,2];
N. of a son of A1pa Hariv.; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP.
s'raamyati = (4 pp) to be tired
s'raava* m. hearing, listening MW.; N. of a son of Yuvanâs'va (and father of
S'râvastaka) MBh.
s'raddhayat * = (?) mfn. = {zrad-dadhAna} MundUp.
s'rad-dhayita * = mfn. trustful, believing in (gen.) DivyA7v.
s'raavayitavya * = mfn. (fr. id.) to be caused to be heard, to be communicated
VarBr2S.; to be caused to hear, to be apprized or informed S3ak.
s'raddhA4-vat * = mfn. = {-yukta} Bhag. MârkP.; consenting, assenting Kathâs.;
({vatI}) f. N. of a mythical town on mount Meru BhP. Sch.
s'raddhAtR * = mfn. one who has belief or is faithful MW. [1096, 1]
s'raddhApana * = n. (fr. Caus. of {zrad-dhA}) a means of inspiring faith or
belief Jâtakam.
s'raddhAlu * = mfn. disposed to believe or trust, faithful, trustful S'ank.
BhP.; (ifc.) vehemently longing for Râjat.; f. a pregnant woman who longs for
anything L.
s'raaddha-kara * = and m. one who performs a S'râddha or offers an oblation to
the Pitriis W.
s'raaddha-kRt shrama = (masc) excertion
s'raama m. a temporary shed (= %{maNDapa}) L.; a month L.; time L.; w.r. for
%{zrama} R./ %{zrAmaNaka} &c. see p. 1096, col. 2.
shraDhaavaan.h = believer; man of faith
shraddadhaanaaH = with faith
shraddhaH = faith
shraddhayaa = with faith
shraddhayaanvitaH = accompanied with faith
shraddhayaanvitaaH = with faith
shraddhaa = faith
shraddhaaM = faith
shraddhaavantaH = with faith and devotion
shraddhaavaan.h = a faithful man
s'rama m. (ifc. f. %{A}) fatigue, weariness, exhaustion RV. &c. &c.; exertion,
labour, toil, exercise, effort either bodily or mental, hard work of any kind
(as in performing acts of bodily mortification, religious exercises and
austerity; %{zramaM-kR}, `" to work hard at one's studies "'), pains or trouble
bestowed on (loc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c.; military exercise, drill W. [1096,2];
N. of a son of A1pa Hariv.; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP.
s'ramaNa*= mf({A} or {I})n. making effort or exertion, toiling, labouring,
(esp.) following a toilsome or menial business W.; base, vile, bad ib.; naked
L.; m. one who performs acts of mortification or austerity, an ascetic, monk,
devotee, religious mendicant S'Br. &c. &c.; a Buddhist monk or mendicant (also
applied to Buddha himself cf. MWB. 23 &c.; also applied to a Jain ascetic now
commonly called Yati) MBh. R. &c.; N. of a serpent-demon Buddh.; ({A} or {I}), a
female mendicant or nun L.; a hard-working woman L.; ({A}) f. a handsome woman
L.; = {zabarI-bhid}, {mAMsI}, {muNDIrI} L.; n. toil, labour, exertion S'ânkhS'r.
s'rava4 * = 1 mfn. (1. {zru}) sounding VS.; m. hearing ({At}, `" from hearsay
"', {e}, with gen., `" within hearing of "') MBh. Hariv.; the ear VarBriS.
Kathâs.; the hypotenuse of a triangle Sûryas.
shravaH = having heard(old learned man?)
shravaNa = Twenty-second nashaktra
shravana = hear, to hear
shravishhTaa = Twenty-third nakshatra also known as dhanishhThaa
shrayati = (1 pp) to reach
s'reyas* = mfn. (either compar. of {zrI}, or rather accord. to native
authorities of {zrI-mat} or {prazasya}; cf. Gk. $) more splendid or beautiful,
&333597[1102, 2] more excellent or distinguished, superior, preferable, better,
better than (with abl. or with {na} see below) RV. &c. &c.; most excellent, best
MBh. iii, 1256; propitious, well disposed to (gen.) ib. i, 3020; auspicious,
fortunate, conducive to welfare or prosperity Kâv. Hit. MârkP.; m. (in astron.)
N. of the second Muhûrta; of the third month (accord. to a partic. reckoning);
(with Jainas) N. of the 11th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L.; ({zreyasI}) f.
N. of various plants (accord. to L. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina; Clypea
Hernandifolia; Scindapsus Officinalis; = {rAsnA}, {ambaSThA} and {priyaGgu})
Car. Bhpr. &c.; N. of a deity of the Bodhi tree Lalit.; ({as}) n. the better
state, the better fortune or condition (sometimes used when the subject of a
sentence would seem to require the masc. form) AV. TS. Br. Kaus'.; good (as opp.
to `" evil "'), welfare, bliss, fortune, happiness KathhUp. MBh. &c.; the bliss
of final emancipation, felicity (see {zreyaH-parizrAma}, col. 3); ind. better,
rather, rather than (used like {varam} [q.v.] with {na}; e.g. {zreyo mRtaM na
jIvitam}, `" better is death and not life "' or `" rather than life "', or `"
death is better than life "') MBh. R. &c.; = {dharma} L.; N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
s'reyasa * n. welfare, happiness, bliss (mostly ifc.; cf. {ahaM-}, {niH-},
{zvaH-zr-}).
s'reyAMsa * = m. N. of the 11th Arhat of the present Avasarpinî L. V* process of
spiritual well-being
s'reyasi-tarA * = r f. a more excellent woman Pân. 6-2, 45.
s'reyaskara * =({zre4yas-}) mf({I})n. making better or superior VS.; causing or
securing fortune, conducive to happiness or prosperity, salutary, wholesome Mn.
MBh. &c. [1102, 3]; {-tara} mfn. more efficacious for securing happiness Mn.
xii, 84; 86; {-bhASya} n. N. of wk.
s're4yas-kAma * =mf({A})n. desirous of welfare or prosperity MBh. BhP.; {-tA} f.
desirous of causing happiness or rendering happy MBh.
s'reyastara* =mfn. very much better MW.
s're4yas-tva* =n. betterness, superiority Mn. x, 66.
s'reyasa * =n. welfare, happiness, bliss (mostly ifc.; cf. {ahaM-}, {niH-},
{zvaH-zr-}).
s'reyasi-tarA * =or f. a more excellent woman Pân. 6-2, 45.
s'reyasItarA * =f. a more excellent woman Pân. 6-2, 45.
shreyaH = good
shreyaan.h = far better
shreshhTha = best
shreshhThaH = a respectable leader
shreshhThau = the best (2 persons)
shrii = Added before a name to show respect
shriiH = wealth
s'ridhyaa * = f. boldness, defiance RV.
shrigaalaH = fox
shrinkhalaa = (f) a chain
shringam.h = (n) horn
shriNu = just hear
shriNuyaat.h = does hear
shriNuyaama = May we hear
s'riNoti = (5 pp) to listen
s'riNvataH = hearing
s'riNvan.h = hearing
s'rita* = mfn. clinging or attached to, standing or lying or being or fixed or
situated in or on, contained in, connected with (loc. acc., or comp.) RV. &c.
&c.; one who has gone or resorted to (acc.) Râjat. Kathâs. BhP.; having attained
or fallen or got into any condition (acc. or comp.; cf. {kaSTa-zr-}) ib.; having
assumed (a form) Kathâs.; gone to, approached, had recourse to, sought, occupied
(as a place) Kâv. Kathâs.; taken, chosen Râjat.; served, honoured, worshipped
W.; subservient, subordinate, auxiliary MW.
shritaaH = taking shelter of
shrivatsa = the curl on Vishnu's breast
s'ru* = 1 cl. 5. P. (Dha1tup. xxii, 44) %{zRNo4ti} (Ved. and ep. also A1.
%{zRNute}, and in RV. 3. sg. %{zRNve4}, 2. sg. %{-viSe4}, 3. pl. %{-vire4} [cf.
below]; Impv. %{zRNu}, %{-NudhI84} and %{-NuhI84} pl. %{zRNutA84}, %{-Nota} and
%{-Notana} RV.; pf. %{zuzrA4va} [once in R. with pass. sense], %{zuzruve} [2.
sg. %{zuzrotha}, 1. pl. %{zuzruma}, in Up. also %{-mas}; %{zuzravat},
%{zuzrUyA4s} RV., p. %{zuzruva4s} q.v.]; aor. Ved. %{a4zravam}, %{a4zrot}, 2.
sg. %{zro4Si}; Subj. %{zra4vat}, %{-vathaH}; [?] %{zruvam} TA1r.; Impv.
%{zrudhI84}, %{zro4tu} RV.; %{azrauSIt} Br. &c.; Subj. %{zroSan} Impv.
%{zroSantu} RV. [cf. %{zro4SamANa}]; Prec. %{zrUyA4sam} AV. &c.; fut. %{zrotA}
MBh.; %{zroSyati}, %{-te} Br. &c.; inf. %{zrotum} MBh. &c.; ind. p. %{zrutvA4}
RV. &c.; %{-zru4tya} AV. &c.; %{zrAvam} Gr2S3rS. &c.), to hear, listen or attend
to anything (acc.), give ear to any one (acc. or gen.), hear or learn anything
about (acc.) or from (abl. gen. instr., %{mukhAt} or %{zakAzAt}), or that
anything is (two acc.) RV. &c. &c.; to hear (from a teacher), study, learn S3rS.
MBh. &c.; to be attentive, be obedient, obey MBh. R. &c.: Pass. %{zrUya4te} (ep.
also %{-ti}; and in RV. %{zRNve} &c. [cf. above] with pass. meaning; aor.
%{azrAvi}, %{zrAvi}), to be heard or perceived or learnt about (acc.) or from
(gen. abl. or %{mukhAt}; in later language often 3. sg. %{zrUyate} impers. `" it
is heard "', `" one hears or learns or reads in a book "', = `" it is said "',
`" it is written in (with loc.) "'; Impv. %{zrUyatAm}, `" let it be heard "' =
`" listen! "') RV. &c. &c.; to be celebrated or renowned, be known as, pass for,
be called (nom.) RV. [1101,1]; to be heard or learnt (from a teacher) Pan5cat.;
to be taught or stated (in a book) Sarvad.; to be heard i.e. pronounced or
employed (as a sound or word) TPra1t. Sch.: Caus. %{zrAva4yati} (ep. also
%{-te}, in RV. also %{zrava4yati}; aor. %{azuzravi}, %{-vuH} RV.; %{azuzruvat}
Br.; %{azizravat} Gr.; Pass. %{zrAvyate} see below), to cause to be heard or
learnt, announce, proclaim, declare RV. &c. &c.; to cause to hear, inform,
instruct, communicate, relate, tell (with acc. of thing, and acc. gen., or dat.
of pers., or with instr. in sense of `" through "') Mn. MBh. &c.: Pass. of Caus.
%{zrAvyate}, to be informed of (acc.) MBh. &c.: Desid. %{zu4zrUSate} (Pa1n2.
1-3, 57; ep. or m. c. also %{-ti}; Pass. %{zuzrUSyate}), to wish or like to hear
(acc.), desire to attend or listen to (dat.) RV. &c. &c.; to attend upon, serve,
obey (acc., rarely gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. of Desid. %{zuzrUSayati}, to wait
upon, be at the service of (acc.) Kull. on Mn. ii, 243: Desid. of Caus.
%{zizrAvayiSati} or %{zuzrAvayiSati} Gr.: Intens. %{zozrUyate}, %{zozravIti},
%{zozroti} Gr. [Cf. Gk. $, $ = %{zrudhi4}, $ = %{zruta4} &c.; Lat.
&333159[1101,1] {cluo}, {in-clutus}; Slav. {sluti}; Germ. {laut}; Eng. {loud}.]
s'runa*: see suzruNa
s'riita* = mfn. mixed, mixed with (instr.), cooked RV.
shriigaNeshaaya = to Lord Ganesh
shriidaruupa = resembling lakshmii
shriibudhakaushika = sHrI budhakaushika (the author of this hymn)
shriibhagavaanuvaacha = the Supreme Personality of Godhead said
shriimachchhankarabhagavat.h+charaNaiH = by the Shankaracharya who is known
shriimat.h = honourable prefix
shriimataM = of the prosperous
shriimad.h = respectful prefix
shriimaan.h = the man with `shrI' i.e. the endowed man
shriiraama = Lord Rama
shriiraamaM = shri rAma
shriiraamacha.ndracharaNau = the two feet of rAmachandra
shriiraamacha.ndrapriityarthe = For pleasing the Lord sItArAma
shriiraamacha.ndram.h = rAma
shriiraamaduutaM = the messenger of rAma
shriiraamarakshaa = the protection of Lord Rama
srishTa * = mfn. let go, discharged, thrown &c.; given up, abandoned (in
%{a-sR-}) Das3.; brought forth produced, created AV. &c. &c.; provided or filled
or covered with (instr. or comp.) MBh. R.; engrossed by, intent upon (instr.)
MBh.; firmly reasolved upon (loc. or dat.) Gaut.; ornamented, adorned L.;
abundant, much, many L.; ascertained W.; (%{A}) f. a kind of medicinal plant L.;
a musical instrument like a stick which produces a soft sound L.
s'riyaa * = f. (collateral form of 3. {zrI}) prosperity, happiness (personified
as the wife of S'rî-dhara i.e. Vishnu) Kâv. BhP
srîjaami: VB (do I) create, manifest, discover
shriipati = Lakshmi's consort MahAvishhNu's
s'rin'gi * = 1 f. (= %{zRGgI}) a species of fish L.; gold used for ornaments
(also %{-kanaka}) W.\\2 in comp. for %{zRGgin}.
s'rin'gi * = f. (g. %{gaurA7di}) a sort of Silurus or sheat fish Bhpr.; N. of
various plants (Trapa Bispinosa, Ficus Infectoria or Indica &c.) ib. Sus3r.; a
kind of vessel (?) Hcat.; = %{-kanaka} L.
s'roNi * =f. (L. also m.; mostly du.; ifc. f. {I} for {zroNI-} see below) the
hip and loins, buttocks RV. &c. &c. [1103, 1]; the thighs or sides of the Vedi
or of any square Baudh. S'ulbas.; a road, way L. [Cf. Lat. {clunis}; Lith.
{szlauni4s}.]
shrotavyasya = toward all that is to be heard
shrotaaram.h = one who hears
shrotraM = ears
shrotraadiini = such as the hearing process
s'ruNoti = (5 pp) to hear
s'runa: hearing * = see susruNa
shruta = knowledge
shrutaM = heard
shrutavaan.h = knowledgeable
shrutasya = all that is already heard
shruti = ear or veda
shthhiv * =or {SThIv} cl. 1. 4. P. (Dhâtup. xv, 52; xxvi, 4) {SThIvati} or
{SThIvyati} (pf. {tiSTheva} Br.; {tiSTheva} Gr.; aor. {aSThevIt} ib.; fut.
{SthevitA}, {SThevtSyati} ib.; inf. {SThevitum} ib.; ind. p. {SThevitvA} or
{SThUtvA} ib.; {-SThIvya} Mn.), to spit, spit out, expectorate, spit upon (loc.)
Sus'r. VarBriS. Kathâs.: Pass. {SThIvyate} (aor. {aSThevi}) Gr.: Caus.
{SThevayati} (aor. {aTiSThivat} or {atiSThivat}) ib.; Desid. {TiSTheviSati} or
{tiSTheviSati}; {TuSThyUSati} or {tuSThyUSati}) ib.: Intens. {teSThIvyate} or
{teSThIvyate} ib. [Cf. Gk., $; &336206[1111, 1] Lat. {spuo}: Lith. {spia4uju};
Goth. {speiwan}; Germ. {spi7wan}, {speien}; Angl. Sax. {spîwan}; Eng. {spew}.]
shthhIva * =see {hiraNya-SThIva}.
shthhIvana * =mfn. spitting frequently, sputtering Car.; n. spitting, ejecting
saliva, expectoration, spitting upon (loc.) PârGri. MBh. Sus'r. &c.; n. saliva,
spittle Mn. MBh. &c.
shthhIvin* =mfn. (only ifc.; cf. {suvarNa-}, {hiraNya-STh-}) spitting, ejecting.
s'ruti * = f. an answer Hariv. S'atr.; a promise, assent Vait.; = next S'is'.
s'ru4ti * = 1 f. hearing, listening ({zrutim abhinIya}, `" feigning to hear "';
{zrutiM vaco 'nugAM-kR}, `" to listen to a speech "') S'Br. &c. &c.; the ear,
organ or power of hearing Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs.; the diagonal of a tetragon or
hypothenuse of a triangle Gol. [1101, 3]; that which is heard or perceived with
the ear, sound, noise &c. RV. AV. Prât. Kathâs. BhP.; an aggregate of sounds
(whether forming a word or any part of a word) TPrât.; rumour, report, news,
intelligence, hearsay ({zrutau-sthA}, `" to be known by hearsay "') MBh. Kâv.
&c.; a saying, saw, word MBh. R. BhP.; that which has been heard or communicated
from the beginning, sacred knowledge orally transmitted by the Brâhmans from
generation to generation, the Veda (i.e. sacred eternal sounds or words as
eternally heard by certain holy sages called Riishis, and so differing from
{smR4ti} or what is only remembered and handed down in writing by human authors
see Mn. ii, 10; it is properly only applied to the Mantra and Brâhmana portion
of the Vedas, although afterwards extended to the Upanishads and other Vedic
works including the nas; {iti zruteH}, `" because it is so taught in the Veda,
according to a {zruti} or Vedic text "'; pl. `" sacred texts, the Vedas "', also
`" rites prescribed by the Vedas "') AitBr. S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c. IW. 144; (in
music) a particular division of the octave, a quarter tone or interval
(twenty-two of these are enumerated, four constituting a major tone, three a
minor, and two a semitone; they are said to be personified as nymphs) Yâjñ.
S'is'. Pañcar.; a name, title Kâvya7d. ii, 331; learning, scholarship S'ak.
VarBriS. (prob. w.r. for {zruta}); = {buddhi} L.; N. of a daughter of Atri and
wife of Kardama VP.
s'ru4ti * = 2 f. (cf. {sruti}) course, path (?) RV. ii, 2, 7; x, 111, 3; the
constellation, S'ravanâ L.
s'rutiparaayaNaaH = inclined to the process of hearing
s'rutimat.h = having ears
s'rutii = that which hears i.e.ears
s'rutena = (instr.S)thro' hearing, or thro' Veda
s'rutau = have been heard
s'rutvaa = having heard
s'ubha * = mf({A})n. splendid, bright, beautiful, handsome (often f. voc,
{zubhe} "', fair one! "' in addressing a beautiful woman) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.;
pleasant, agreeable, suitable, fit, capable, useful, good (applied to persons
and things) ib.; auspicious, fortunate, prosperous ib.; good (in moral sense),
righteous, virtuous, honest S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; pure (as an action) Yâjñ. Sch.;
eminent, distinguished W.; learned, versed in the Vedas ib.; m. water L.; the
Phenila tree (Sapindus Detergens) L.; a hegoat L. (prob. w.r. for {stubha}); the
23rd of the astrol Yogas. L.; N. of a man (cf. g. {tikA7di}) Kathâs.; of a son
of Dharma BhP.; of an author Cat.; (also {A} f.) a city floating in the sky (cf.
{zaubha} = {vyomacAri-pura}) MW.; ({A}) f. (only L.) light, lustre, splendour,
beauty; desire; Prosopis Spicigera or Mimosa Suma; white Dûrvâ grass; =
{priyaGgu}; bamboo manna; a cow; the yellow pigment Gorocanâ; an assembly of the
gods; a kind of metre; N. of a female friend and companion of the goddess Umâ;
({am}) n. anything bright or beautiful &c.; beauty, charm, good fortune,
auspiciousness, happiness, bliss, welfare, prosperity Kaus'. Kâv. Kathâs.;
benefit, service, good or virtuous action Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs.; the wood of
Cerasus Puddum L
s'uddha* = mfn. cleansed, cleared, clean, pure, clear, free from (with instr.),
bright, white RV. &c. &c.; cleared, acquitted, free from error, faultless,
blameless, right, correct, accurate, exact, according to rule Ka1v. VarBr2S.
Sus3r.; upright (see comp.); pure i.e. simple, mere, genuine, true, unmixed
(opp. to %{mizra}) Mn. MBh. &c.; pure i.e. unmodified (as a vowel not nasalized)
S3a1n3khBr. Pra1t.; complete, entire Ra1jat.; unqualified, unmitigated (as
capital punishment) Mn. ix, 279; (in phil.) veritable, unequalled (=
%{dvitIya-rahita}) MW.; tried, examined Ka1m.; authorised, admitted W.; whetted,
sharp (as an arrow) ib.; m. the bright fortnight (in which the moon increases)
Inscr.; N. of S3iva MBh.; of one of the seven sages under the 14th Manu BhP.; of
a son of Anenas ib.; (with %{bhikSu}) of an author Cat.; of a bird Hariv.; (pl.)
of a partic. class of gods MBh.; (%{A}) f. N. of a daughter of Sin6hahanu
Buddh.; (%{am}) n. anything pure &c.; pure spirit W.; rock-salt L.; black pepper
L.
shushka = * dried out (WvW)
shvaH = tomorrow
shvan.h = (m) dog
s'vapada n. a dog's foot (or its mark branded on the body) Mn. ix, 237.
s'vaapada * = (%{zvA4-}) m. n. a beast of prey, wild bñbeast RV. &c. &c. ; a
tiger L. ; pl. N. of a people Ma1rkP. (w.r. %{svAp-}) ; mfn. relating or
belonging to a wild beast (= %{zauvApada}) Pa1n2. 7-3, 9 ; %{-rAjan} m. a king
of the beasts Ml. ; %{-sevita} mfn. frequented or infested by wild bñbeast MW. ;
%{-dA7carita} mfn. overrun or infested by wñwild bñbeast MBh. ; %{-dA7nusaraNa}
n. the chase after wild bñbeast MW.
shvapaake = in the dog-eater (the outcaste)
shvashura = father-in-law
shvashuraan.h = fathers-in-law
shvashuuraaH = fathers-in-law
shvasan.h = breathing
shvasiti = breathe
shvastika = (f) a symbol of hatred
shvaana = Dog
shvaasa = Breath
shvaasaprashvaasa = heaving and sighing
s'vavritti *= f. `" dog-subsistence "', gaining a livelihood by menial service
(forbidden to Bra1hmans) Mn. iv, 4, 6 Ra1jat. BhP. &c. ; mfn. living on dñdog,
Pra7yas3c. ; a `" lick-spittle "' or most contemptible toady Ya1jn5. Sch.
shveta = (adj) white
shvetaketaH = Shvetaketu(maan with white flag?)
shvetaayasaH = (m) steel
shvetaiH = with white
shhaT-pada = one with six legs (insect); here, a bumble bee
shhaD.h = six
shhaN.h = six
shhaNDa = (masc/neut) collection.
shhaNmaasaaH = the six months
shhaNmukha = with six mouths, a name of Kartikeya
shhad.h = to sit
shhashhThaaNi = the six
shhoDasha = 16
shhoDashaH = number sixteen
s'ubha = good, auspicious * =zubha mf({A})n. splendid, bright, beautiful,
handsome (often f. voc, {zubhe} "', fair one! "' in addressing a beautiful
woman) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; pleasant, agreeable, suitable, fit, capable, useful,
good (applied to persons and things) ib.; auspicious, fortunate, prosperous ib.;
good (in moral sense), righteous, virtuous, honest S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; pure (as an
action) Yâjñ. Sch.; eminent, distinguished W.; learned, versed in the Vedas ib.;
m. water L.; the Phenila tree (Sapindus Detergens) L.; a hegoat L. (prob. w.r.
for {stubha}); the 23rd of the astrol Yogas. L.; N. of a man (cf. g. {tikA7di})
Kathâs.; of a son of Dharma BhP.; of an author Cat.; (also {A} f.) a city
floating in the sky (cf. {zaubha} = {vyomacAri-pura}) MW.; ({A}) f. (only L.)
light, lustre, splendour, beauty; desire; Prosopis Spicigera or Mimosa Suma;
white Dûrvâ grass; = {priyaGgu}; bamboo manna; a cow; the yellow pigment
Gorocanâ; an assembly of the gods; a kind of metre; N. of a female friend and
companion of the goddess Umâ; ({am}) n. anything bright or beautiful &c.;
beauty, charm, good fortune, auspiciousness, happiness, bliss, welfare,
prosperity Kaus'. Kâv. Kathâs.; benefit, service, good or virtuous action Kâv.
VarBriS. Kathâs.; the wood of Cerasus Puddum L.
shubrataa = whiteness
shubhaM = good, auspicious
shubhagraha = Benefic planet
shubhadi = giver of auspicious
shubhasya = of good things
shubhaan.h = the auspicious
shubhra = clean
s'uca = worry, * = mf({A4})n. = {zuci}, pure RV. x, 26, 6; ({A}) f. grief.
sorrow BhP.
shuchi = clean
shuchiH = pure
shuchiinaaM = of the pious
shuchau = in a sanctified
shuNThii = (f) ginger
shuNDaa = (f) elephant's trunk
s'uddha = pure * = mfn. cleansed, cleared, clean, pure, clear, free from (with
instr.), bright, white RV. &c. &c.; cleared, acquitted, free from error,
faultless, blameless, right, correct, accurate, exact, according to rule Ka1v.
VarBr2S. Sus3r.; upright (see comp.); pure i.e. simple, mere, genuine, true,
unmixed (opp. to %{mizra}) Mn. MBh. &c.; pure i.e. unmodified (as a vowel not
nasalized) S3a1n3khBr. Pra1t.; complete, entire Ra1jat.; unqualified,
unmitigated (as capital punishment) Mn. ix, 279; (in phil.) veritable,
unequalled (= %{dvitIya-rahita}) MW.; tried, examined Ka1m.; authorised,
admitted W.; whetted, sharp (as an arrow) ib.; m. the bright fortnight (in which
the moon increases) Inscr.; N. of S3iva MBh.; of one of the seven sages under
the 14th Manu BhP.; of a son of Anenas ib.; (with %{bhikSu}) of an author Cat.;
of a bird Hariv.; (pl.) of a partic. class of gods MBh.; (%{A}) f. N. of a
daughter of Sin6hahanu Buddh.; (%{am}) n. anything pure &c.; pure spirit W.;
rock-salt L.; black pepper L.
shuddhapaksha = Bright side of the lunar month, also shuklapaksha
shuddhaye = for the purpose of purification
shudra = the caste of servants and labourers
shukaH = (m) parrot
shukaharitaH = dark green colour (literally, parrot green)
shuka = parrot
shuktiH = oyster
s'ukra = The planet Venus. The word means Semen or Sexual Secretions* =
mf(%{A4})n. (fr. 1. %{zuc} cf. %{zukla}) bright, resplendent RV. AV. VS. Br.
MBh. ; clear, pure RV. AV. VS. S3Br. ; light-coloured, white RV. AV. S3a1n3khBr.
; pure, spotless RV. Br. ; m. N. of Agni or fire R. ; of a month (Jyesht2ha =
May-June, personified as the guardian of Kubera's treasure) MBh. Sus3r. ; the
planet Venus or its regent (regarded as the son of Bhr2igu and preceptor of the
Daityas) MBh. R. &c. ; clear or pure Soma RV. ; (with or scil, %{graha}) a
partic. Graha or receptacle for Soma VS. S3Br. ; a partic. astrol. Yoga L. ; a
N. of the Vya1hr2itis (%{bhUr}, %{bhuvaH}, %{svar}) MW. ; a kind of plant (=
%{citraka}) ib. ; N. of a Marutvat Hariv. ; of a son of Vasisht2ha VP. ; of the
third Manu Hariv. ; of one of the seven sages under Manu Bhautya Ma1rkP. ; of a
son of Bhava VP. ; of a son of Havir-dha1na (cf. %{zukla}) VP. ; (with Jainas)
of a partic. Kalpa (q.v.) ; n. brightness, clearness, light RV. Up. MBh. R. ;
(also pl.)any clear liquid (as water, Soma &c.) RV. VS. ; juice, the essence of
anything Br. S3rS. (also pl.) ; semen virile, seed of animals (male and female),
sperm RV. &c. &c. ; a morbid affection of the iris (change of colour &c.
accompanied by imperfect vision ; cf. %{zukla}) Sus3r. S3a1rn3gS. ; a good
action L. ; gold, wealth L. ; N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr. ; of a Vedic metre RPra1t.
s'ukravaara = Friday
shukla = light
shuklaH = the white fortnight
s'ulka* = m. n. (ifc. f. {A}) price, value, purchase-money RV.; the prize of a
contest MBh.; toil, tax, duty, customs (esp. money levied at ferries, passes,
and roads) Gaut. Âpast. Mn. &c.; nuptial gift (orig. a price given to parents
for the purchase of a bride, but in later times bestowed on the wife as her own
property together with the profits of household labour, domestic utensils,
ornaments &c.), dower, dowry, marriage settlement Gaut. Vishn. Mn. &c. (cf. IW.
267); wages of prostitution Kathâs. MârkP.; w.r. for {zukra} and {zukla} MBh.
shu.nThaH = roasted?
shunaka = (m) dog
sisRkSA* = f. (fr. Desid. of %{sRj}) wish or purpose to create (with gen. or
ifc.) Mn. Hariv. BhP.
s'uNTa* = n. the hair under the arm-pit Gal.
s'uNTh* = cl. 1. P. {zuNThati}, to limp, be lame Dhâtup. ix, 56 (cf. {zuTh}); to
dry, become dry ({zoSaNe}) ib. 60; cl. 10. P. {zuNThayati}, to dry, become dry
({zoSaNe}) ib. xxxii, 103.
s'uNTha* = mf({A})n. (applied to a bull or cow) TS. MaitrS. Kâthh. S'rS.
(accord. to Sch. either `" white coloured "' or `" of small stature or =
{AveSTita-karNa}); a kind of grass Gobh. (v.l.); a piece of flesh or meat L.;
({I}) f. see next.
s'uND* = cl.1. P. {zuNDati}, to break, crush, disturb, vex, torment Dhâtup. ix,
40.
s'uNDaka* = m. a military flute or fife L.; a distiller or seller of spirituous
liquors L.; ({ikA}) f. the uvula (in the throat) L.; swelling of the uvula
({gala-z-}) Vâgbh.
s'uNDAra* = m. the trunk of a young elephant Mcar.; an elephant 60 years old
Gal.; a distiller or seller of spirituous liquor L.
s'uNDAla* = m. `" possessing a proboscis or trunk "', an elephant L.
s'uNDika* = m. or n. (prob.) a tavern, dram-shop Pân. 4-3, 76; m. pl. N. of a
people MBh. (C. {maNDika}); ({ikA}) f. see under {zuNDaka}.
s'uNDin* = m. `" possessing spirituous liquor "', a distiller, preparer or
seller of spirituous liquors (constituting a partic. mixed caste) Cat.; `"
having a proboscis "', an elephant W.
s'uNDI* = f. the swelling or enlargement of any gland (cf. {kaNTha}, and
{gala-z-}; the plant Heliotropium Indicum L.
s'un* = cl. 6. P. {zunati}, to go Dhâtup. xxviii, 46.
s'unaH* = in comp. for {zunas}.
s'unaka* = m. a young or small dog, any dog MBh.: xiii, 6070 (cf. Un. ii, 32
Sch.); N. of a Riishi MBh.; of an Ângirasa and disciple of Pathya BhP.; of a
king MBh.; of a son of Ruru ib.; of a son of Riicîka R.; of a son of Riita BhP.;
of a son of Griitsa-mada Hariv.; of the slayer of Puram-jaya and father of
Pradyota BhP.; = {zaunaka} Cat.; pl. the family or race of S'unaka S'rS. (cf.
{zaunaka}); ({I}) f. a bitch L.
s'unya* = 1 mfn. (fr. {zvan}) g. {gav-Adi}; n. and ({A}) f. a number of dogs or
female dogs L. \\2 mfn. = {zUnya}, empty, void L.; n. a cypher L.
s'uunya* = mf({A}) n. empty, void (with {vAjin} = `" a riderless horse "'; with
{rAjya} = `" a kingless kingdom "'), hollow, barren, desolate, deserted Br. &c.
&c. [1085,2]; empty i.e. vacant (as a look or stare), absent, absentminded,
having no certain object or aim, distracted MBh. Kâv. &c.; empty i.e. possessing
nothing, wholly destitute MBh. Kathâs.; wholly alone or solitary, having no
friends or companions R. BhP.; void of, free from, destitute of (instr. or
comp.), wanting, lacking Kâv. Kathâs. Pur. Sarvad. non-existent, absent, missing
Kâv. Pañcat.; vain, idle, unreal, nonsensical R. Râjat. Sarvad.; void of
results, ineffectual ({a-zUnyaM-kR}, `" to effect "', accomplish "') S'ak.
Ratna7v.; free from sensitiveness or sensation (said of the skin), insensible
Bhpr.; bare, naked MW.; guileless, innocent ib.; indifferent ib.; ({A}) f. a
hollow reed L.; a barren woman L.; Cactus Indicus = {malI} (for {nalI}?) L.; n.
a void, vacuum, empty or deserted place, desert ({zUnye}, in a lonely place)
MBh. R. &c.; (in phil.)vacuity, nonentity, absolute non-existence (esp. with
Buddhists) IW. 83 n. 3; 105, n.4 MWB.7 n. 1; 142; N. of Brahma MW.; (in arithm.)
nought, a cypher VarBriS. Ganit. (cf. IW. 183); space, heaven, atmosphere L.; a
partic. phenomenon in the sky. L.; an earring (see next). [Cf. Gk. $, $; $.
&328360[1085,2] $.]
s'us'hmi* = m. wind or the god of wind L.
s'us'ruu* = f. (fr. Desid. of 1. %{zru}) `" one who waits on a child "', a
mother MBh. xii, 9513 (B.)
s'us'ruushaa * = f. desire or wish to hear Ka1m.; obsequiousness, reverence,
obedience, service (said to be of five kinds (see %{zuzrUSaka}) Mn. MBh. &c.;
saying, speaking, telling L.; %{-para} mfn. diligent or attentive in service
Katha1s.
s'us'ruushaka * = mfn. desirous of hearing, attentive, obedient, attending or
waiting on (gen. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; m. an attendant, servant
(comprehending five descriptions of persons, viz. a pupil, a religious pupil, a
hired servant, an officer, and a slave) W.
s'ushka* = 1 mf({A})n. dried, dried up, dry, arid, parched, shrivelled,
emaciated, shrunk, withered, sere RV. &c. &c.; useless, fruitless, groundless,
vain, unprofitable, empty Mn. MBh. &c.; mere, simple (see {-gAna}); m. N. of a
man (a relative of Sukha-varman; cf. {zuSkaTa-varman}) Râjat.; n. (and m. g.
{ardharcA7di}) anything dry (e.g. dry wood, dry cow-dung &c.) RV. Vishn.
s'ushka* = 2 Nom. (only mf. {zuSkitum}) to become dry DivyA7v
s'us'ruushaNa* = n. desire of hearing BhP.; obedience, service, dutiful homage
to (gen. dat. loc., or comp.) MBh. R. &c.; (ifc.) attention to, maintenance of
(fire) MBh.
s'us'ruushaa* = f. desire or wish to hear Kâm.; obsequiousness, reverence,
obedience, service (said to be of five kinds (see {zuzrUSaka}) Mn. MBh. &c.;
saying, speaking, telling L.; {-para} mfn. diligent or attentive in service
Kathâs.
s'us'ruushaka* = mfn. desirous of hearing, attentive, obedient, attending or
waiting on (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. an attendant, servant
(comprehending five descriptions of persons, viz. a pupil, a religious pupil, a
hired servant, an officer, and a slave) W.
s'us'ukvani * = mfn. shining, resplendent, brilliant RV.
s'us'ucAna4 * = see {A-zuz-} under {A-zuc}.
s'us'umAra-giri * = m. (perhaps for {ziz-}) N. of a place DivyA7v.
s'us'umAra-girIya * = or mfn. living at S'us'umâra-giri ib.
s'us'umAra-girIóyaka * = mfn. living at S'us'umâra-giri ib.
s'us'ulUka-yAtu * = ({-lU4ka-}) m. a demon in the shape of an owlet RV. vii,
104, 22.
s'us'ukvana4 * = or mfn. shining, resplendent, brilliant RV.
s'us'ulUka * = m. a small owl, owlet Sây. on RV. vii, 104, 22.
s'us'ulU4kA * = f. a partic. bird MaitrS. (Padap. {suSilI4kA}). [1084, 3]
s'ura * = m. a lion L.; w.r. for {zUra}, a hero MBh. i, 3708.
shuura = valiant * = mfn. (prob. fr. 1. {zU} = {zvi} and connected with {zavas},
{zuna}, {zUna}) strong, powerful, valiant, heroic, brave (cf. {-tama} and
{-tara}) RV. MBh.; m. a strong or mighty or valiant man, warrior, champion,
hero, one who acts heroically towards, any one (loc.) or with regard to anything
(loc. instr., or comp.; ifc. f. {A}) RV. &c. &c.; heroism (?, = or w.r. for
{zaurya}) Kâv.; a lion L.; a tiger or panther L.; a boar L.; a dog L.; a cock
L.; white rice L.; lentil L.; Arthocarpus Locucha L.; Vatica Robusta L.; N. of a
Yâdava, the father of Vasu-deva and grandfather of Kriishna MBh.; of a Sauviraka
ib.; of a son of Ilina ib.; of a son of Kârtavîrya Hariv. Pur.; of a son of
Vidûratha ib.; of a son of Deva-midhusha ib.; of a son of Bhajamâna Hariv.; of a
son of Vasu-deva BhP.; of a son of Vatsa-prî MârkP.; of a poet Cat.; of various
other men Buddh. Râjat.; w.r. for {sUra} L.; (pl.) N. of a people MBh. Hariv.
[Cf. Gk. $ in $.] &328609[1086, 1]
s'uuraNa * mfn. high-spirited, fiery (said of horses) RV. i, 163, 10 (=
{vikrama-zIla} Sây.); m. (also written {sUraNa}) Amorphophallus Campanulatus
(the Telinga potato) Hcar. Sus'r.; Bignonia Indica L.
shuuraaH = heroes
shuuro = warrior or skilled one
shuurpakarNakaM = having long ears
shushruushaa = service * zuzrUSaNa * n. desire of hearing BhP.; obedience,
service, dutiful homage to (gen. dat. loc., or comp.) MBh. R. &c.; (ifc.)
attention to, maintenance of (fire) MBh.
shushruuSaa * f. desire or wish to hear Kâm.; obsequiousness, reverence,
obedience, service (said to be of five kinds (see {zuzrUSaka}) Mn. MBh. &c.;
saying, speaking, telling L.; {-para} mfn. diligent or attentive in service
Kathâs.
shushruu * mfn. desirous of hearing or learning NriisUp. Bhag. &c.; eager to
obey, obedient, attentive, serving, attending on (gen. or comp.) TBr. &c. &c.
shushhke = in the drying up of
siushka *= 1 mf({A})n. dried, dried up, dry, arid, parched, shrivelled,
emaciated, shrunk, withered, sere RV. &c. &c.; useless, fruitless, groundless,
vain, unprofitable, empty Mn. MBh. &c.; mere, simple (see {-gAna}); m. N. of a
man (a relative of Sukha-varman; cf. {zuSkaTa-varman}) Râjat.; n. (and m. g.
{ardharcA7di}) anything dry (e.g. dry wood, dry cow-dung &c.) RV. Vishn.\\2 Nom.
(only mf. {zuSkitum}) to become dry DivyA7v.
shushhyati = (4 pp) to dry
shuudraH = lower-class men
shuudrasya = of the shudra
shuudraaNaaM = of the shudras
shuunya = zero
shuunyaM = zero
shuula = triant, trishuula *= m. n. (ifc. f. %{A}) a sharp iron pin or stake,
spike, spit (on which meat is roasted) RV. &c. &c. ; any sharp instrument or
pointed dart, lance, pike, spear (esp. the trident of S3iva) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a
stake for impaling criminals (%{zUlam@A-ruh}, `" to be fixed on a stake, suffer
impalement "' ; with Caus. of %{A-ruh}, `" to fix on a stake, have any one
[acc.] impaled "' cf. %{zUlA7dhiropita} &c.) Mn. MBh. &c. ; any sharp or acute
pain (esp. that of colic or gout) Ka1v. VarBr2S. Sus3r. ; pain, grief, sorrow
MBh. Hariv. ; death L. ; a flag, banner L. ; = %{-yoga} (q.v.) VarBr2S. ; (%{A})
f. a stake (= %{zUla}) L. ; a harlot, prostitute Va1s. ; Krit2t2anim. ; (%{I})
f. a kind of grass L.
s'vasana *= mfn. blowing, hissing, panting, breathing RV. S3a1n3khBr. VarBr2S. ;
breathing heavily Sus3r. ; m. air, wind (also of the body) or the god of wind
MBh. R. Sus3r. ; N. of a Vasu (son of S3va1sa1) MBh. i, 2583 ; (%{zva4s-}) N. of
a serpent-demon Suparn2. ; Vanguieria Spinosa Car. ; (%{am}) n. breathing,
respiration, breath Ka1v. Pur. Sus3r. ; heavy breathing Sus3r. ; clearing the
throat ib. ; hissing (of a serpent) S3is3. ; sighing, a sigh Ratna7v. ; feeling
or an object of feeling BhP. (Sch.)
s'vasaana *= mfn. breathing, living, alive BhP.
shyati = to sharpen
shyaamala = dark
shyaamalaM = the dark-complexioned one
shyaalaaH = brothers-in-law
sid.hdhyasid.hdhyoH = in success and failure
siddha = a prophet or adept, ever-ready, having psychic power
siddhaH = perfect
siddhayaH = great achievements including mystic powers
siddhaye = for perfection
siddhaloka* = m. the world of the Blest BhP
siddhasanghaaH = perfect beings
siddhaa.nsha = A Varga. The 24th Harmonic Chart. Also known as
Chaturvi.nsha.nsha. Used in delineating Spiritual Gifts
siddhaanaaM = of those who have achieved perfection
siddhaanta = thesis
siddhaasana = the adept's posture
siddhaloka* = m. the world of the Blest BhP.
siddhi= success, achievement * = 1 f. driving off, putting aside Yâjñ. \\2 f.
(for 1. see p. 1215, col. 1) accomplishment, performance, fulfilment, complete
attainment (of any object), success MBh. Kâv. &c.; the hitting of a mark (loc.)
Kâm.; healing (of a disease), cure by (comp.) Yâjñ.; coming into force, validity
ib.; settlement, payment, liquidation (of a debt) Mn. viii, 47; establishment,
substantiation, settlement, demonstration, proof. indisputable conclusion,
result, issue RPrât. Up. Sarvad.; decision, adjudication, determination (of a
lawsuit) W.; solution of a problem ib.; preparation, cooking, maturing, maturity
ib.; readiness W.; prosperity, personal success, fortune, good luck, advantage
Mn. MBh. &c.; supreme felicity, bliss, beatitude, complete sanctification (by
penance &c.), final emancipation, perfection L.; vanishing, making one's self
invisible W.; a magical shoe (supposed to convey the wearer wherever he likes)
ib.; the acquisition of supernatural powers by magical means or the supñsupposed
faculty so acquired (the eight usually enumerated are given in the following
S'loka, {aNimA} {laghimA prA7ptiH prAkAmyam mahimA tathA IzitvaM ca vazitvaM ca
tathA kAmA7vasAyitA} [1216, 3]; sometimes 26 are added e.g. {dUra-zravaNa},
{sarvajJa-tva}, {agni-stambha} &c.) Sânkhyak. Tattvas. Sarvad.; any unusual
skill or faculty or capability (often in comp.) Pañcat. Kathâs.; skill in
general, dexterity, art Car.; efficacy, efficiency Kâv. Pañcat.; understanding,
intellect W.; becoming clear or intelligible (as sounds or words) BhP.; (in
rhet.) the pointing out in the same person of various good qualities (not
usually united) Sâh.; (prob.) a work of art Râjat. iii, 381; a kind of medicinal
root (= {Rddhi} or {vRddhi}) L.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; a partic.
Yoga (either the 16th or 19th) Col.; Success or Perfection personified MBh.
VarBriS.; N. of Durgâ Kathâs.; of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma Pur.;
of the wife of Bhaga and mother of Mahiman BhP.; of a friend of Danu Kathâs.; of
one of the wives of Gane7s'a RTL. 215, 2; N. of S'iva (in this sense m.) MBh.
siddhiM = powers
siddhiH = success
siddhii = a psychic (or occult) power
siddhau = in success
sidh.h = to be accomplished
sidhama.ntro = having got the effect of the mantra
sidhda = accomplished
sidhdaa.rth = (m) pr.n
sidhya.nti = (Vr.Pr.III P.pl.PP)materialise
sidhyati = (4 pp) to reach
s'iilana * = n. repeated practice, constant study (of the S3a1stras &c.) MBh.;
frequent mentioning Pat.; wearing, putting on, possessing MW.; serving,
honouring ib.
siikataa = (f) sand
siisa* = n. (of doubtful derivation) lead (also used as money) VS. &c. &c.; the
leaden weight used by weavers VS.; mf({A})n. leaden, of lead VS. LâthyS'r.
siitaa = the wife of Rama
sita* = 1 mfn. (for 2. see below; for 3. p. 1214, col. 2) bound, tied, fettered
RV. &c. &c.; joined with, accompanied by (instr.) Prab. Râjat. BhP.
sita* = 2 see 2. {pra4-sita} p. 697, col. 3.
sita* = 3 mf({A})n. (prob. formed fr. {a-sita} as {sura} fr. {asura}; for 1. and
2. {sita} see p. 1213, col. 1; for 4. see 1. {so}) white, pale, bright, light
(said of a day in the light half of a month and of the waxing moon) MBh. Kâv.
&c.; candid, pure (see {-karman}); m. white (the colour) L.; the light half of
the month from new to full moon VarBriS.; the planet Venus or its regent (=
{zukra}) ib.; sugar ib.; Bauhinia Candida L.; N. of one of Skanda's attendants
MBh.; ({A}) f. white sugar, refined sugar Sus'r.: Hcat.; moonlight L.; a
handsome woman.; spirituous liquor L.; N. of various plants (a species of
Aparâjitâ; white Kanthakârî; white Dûrvâ grass; Arabian jasmine &c.) Sus'r.;
bamboo juice L.; N. of the Ganges (in {sitA7sitA}, under {sitA}); one of the 8
Devis (Buddh.) Kâlac.; ({am}) n. silver L.; sandal L.; a radish L.
siitaa* = f. (less correctly written {zItA}; cf. {sIma4n}, {sIra}) a furrow, the
track or line of a ploughshare (also personified, and apparently once worshipped
as a kind of goddess resembling Pomona; in RV. iv, 57, 6, Sitâ is invoked as
presiding over agriculture or the fruits of the earth; in VS. xii, 69-72, Sitâ,
the Furrow "' is again personified and addressed, four furrows being required to
be drawn at the ceremony when the above stanzas are recited; in TBr. she is
called {sAvitrI}, and in PârGri. {indra-patnI}, `" the wife of Indra "'; in epic
poetry SñSitâ is the wife of Râmacandra and daughter of Janaka, king of Mithilâ,
capital of Videha, who was otherwise called Sîradhvaja; she was named Sitâ
because fabled to have sprung from a furrow made by Janaka while ploughing the
ground to prepare it for a sacrifice instituted by him to obtain progeny, whence
her epithet Ayoni-jâ, `" not womb-born "'; her other common names, Maithilî and
Vaidehî, are from the place of her birth; according to one legend she was
Vedavatî q.v., in the Kriita age; accord. to others she was an incarnation of
Lakshmi and of Umâ; the story of Râma's bending the bow, which was to be the
condition of the gift of Sitâ, is told in R. i, 67; Sîtâ's younger sister Urmilâ
was at the same time given to Lakshmana, and two nieces of Janaka, daughters of
his brother king Kusa-dhvaja, to Bharata and S'atrughna) RV. &c. &c. IW. 335 n.
1; 337 &c.; N. of a form of Dâkshâyanî Cat.; of a poetess Cat.; of a river MBh.
R. &c.; of the eastern branch of the four mythical branches of the heavenly
Ganges (into which it is supposed to divide after falling on mount Meru; this
branch is fabled to flow into the Varsha or Dvîpa called Bhadra7va) L.; of an
Upanishad Cat.; spirituous liquor W.
siitaapatiM = siotA's husband
siitaapatiH = the husband or lord of sItA
siitaayaaH = sItA's
siitha = one that belongs to earth
siidati = (1 pp) to sit
siidanti = are quivering
siimaa = limit, boundary
siivyati = to sew
siJNchati = (6 pp) to sprinkle
sikataa = salt
sikta = sprayed
sikthaM = (n) wax
sikthavartikaa = (f) candle
sik* = to scatter about, sprinkle
siida* = see {ku4sIda}, p. 298, col. 1.
siidantIya* = n. (fr. {sIdantas}, the first word of RV. viii, 21, 5) N. of
various Sâmans ÂrshBr
siik (zik)* = to rain in fine drops, drizzle, sprinkle, wet, moisten; to go,
move, to besprinkle;t o speak, to shine
siMhaH = (m) lion
si.nha = lion
si.nhanaadaM = roaring sound, like that of a lion
si.nhaasana = the lion posture
siMhaasanam.h = (n) throne
sita = Blank
sindhuH = ocean
sisrikshaa * = f. (fr. Desid. of %{sRj}) wish or purpose to create (with gen. or
ifc.) Mn. Hariv. BhP.
sisrikshu * = mfn. wishing to let flow or emit MBh.; wishing or purposing to
create Mn. MBh. &c. [1218,2]
sHrid.h = friend
skaanda* = mfn. relating to Skanda &c. Sarvad.; composed by Skanda-svâmin
({-bhASya} n. N. of a Commentary); n. (with or scil. {purANa}) N. of the
Skanda-purâna.
ska.ndhau = shoulders
skanda = a name of Kartikeya, god of war
skanda* = m. anything which jumps or hops (in {tRNa-skanda4}, `" grasshopper
"'N. of a man) RV.; spurting, effusing, effusion, spilling, shedding (cf. {a4}
and {ghraNa-sk-}); perishing, destruction Gît.; quick-silver L.; `" Attacker
"'N. of Kârttikeya (q.v., son of S'iva or of Agni; he is called god of war as
leader of S'iva's hosts against the enemies of the gods [1256,2]; he is also
leader of the demons of illness that attack children [cf. {-graha}], also god of
burglars and thieves; cf. {-putra} and IW. 427 n. 1) MaitrS. MBh. &c.; N. of
S'iva MBh.; a king prince L.; a clever or learned man (cf. {skandha}) L.; the
body L.; the {jA7di} (pl. Sanskârak.)
skandaH = Kartikeya
skandhaH = (m) shoulder
skhalanashiila = adj. liable to lapse
sma = an indeclinable that changes the sentence to past tense from present tense
* = {smA}, (or {Sma}, {SmA}) ind. a particle perhaps originally equivalent to `"
ever "', `" always "'; and later to `" indeed "', `" certainly "', `" verily "',
`" surely "' (it is often used pleonastically, and in earlier language generally
follows a similar particle [esp. {ha}, {na}], or relative, or prep. or verb,
while in later language it frequently follows {iti}, {na} and {nA4} [cf. 1.
{mA4}]; it is also joined with a pres. tense or pres. participle to give them a
past sense [e.g. {pravizanti sma}, `" they entered "']; this use of {sma} is
also found in the Brâhmanas and is extended to {veda} and {Aha} cf. Vâm. v, 2,
46) RV. &c. &c.
smaara * = m. remembrance, recollection of (comp.) TÂr.; (fr. {smara}) relating
or belonging to the god of love Naish.
smaashana *= graveyard
smara * mf({A}) n. remembering, recollecting (see {jAti-smara}); m. (ifc. f.
{A}) memory, remembrance, recollection ChUp. Uttarar.; loving recollection love,
(esp.) sexual love AV. &c. &c.; Kâma-deva (god of love) Kâlid. Kathâs. &c.; an
interpreter or explainer of the Veda (and `" the god of love "') Naish.; the 7th
astrol. mansion VarBriS.
smaradas'aa *= f. state of the body produced by love (ten states are named: joy
of the eyes, pensive reflection, desire, sleeplessness, emaciation, indifference
to external objects, abandonment of shame, infatuation, fainting away, death)
Megh.
smarati = (1 pp) to remember, recollect
smaran.h = thinking of
smaraami = remember
smaret.h = remembers, recalls
smaya* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) smiling at anything, wonder, surprise, astonishment
MBh. Bhartri. (v.l.); arrogance, conceit, pride in or at (comp.) Ragh. Das'.
BhP.; Pride (personified as the son of Dharma and Pushthi), Bhp.
smayate = (1 ap) to smile
smera * = mild smiles
smita * = mfn. smiled, smiling MBh. R. &c.; expanded, blown, blossomed S'is'.
Pañcat.; n. a smile, gentle laugh ({-taM-kR}, `" to smile "') MBh. Kâv. &c.
smrita = remembered
smritaM = is considered
smritaH = is considered
smritaa = when remembered
smriti = of memory
smritiH = memory
smritibhra.nshaat.h = after bewilderment of memory
smritii = memory
snaatakottara = post graduate
snaati = to bathe
snaana = bath, ablution
snaana-shiila = (metaphorically) pure
snaanagriham.h = (n) bathroom
snaayu = sinew
snaayuvitananaM = sprain
snigdha = affectionate; also oily, greasy * = mfn. sticky, viscous or viscid,
glutinous, unctuous, slippery, smooth MBh. Ka1v. Sus3r. &c.; glossy, resplendent
Ka1lid.; oily, greasy, fat Sus3r. Subh.; treated or cured with oily substances
Car.; adhesive, attached, affectionate, tender, friendly, attached to or fond of
(loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; soft, mild, bland, gentle (%{am} ind.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
lovely, agreeable, charming Ka1lid. Uttarar.; thick, dense (as shade) Megh.; m.
a friend L.; Pinus Longifolia L.; the red castor-oil plant L.; (scil.
%{gaNDUSa}) a partic. mode of rinsing the mouth MW.; (%{A}) f. marrow (=
%{medA}) L.; a partic. root similar to ginger L.; (%{am}) n. viscidity,
thickness, coarseness W.; bees'-wax L.; civet L.; light, lustre W.
snigdhaaH = fatty
snushhaa = (f) daughter-in-law
sneha = love * = m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di}; ifc. f. {A}) oiliness,
unctuousness, fattiness, greasiness, lubricity, viscidity (also as one of the 24
Gunas of the Vais'eshika branch of the Nyâya phil.) Sus'r. Yâjñ. Tarkas. Sarvad.
(IW. 69); oil, grease, fat, any oleaginous substance, an unguent S'ânkhBr. &c.
&c.; smoothness, glossiness VarBriS.; blandness, tenderness, love, attachment
to, fondness or affection for (loc. gen., or comp.), friendship with ({saha})
MaitrUp. MBh. Kâv. &c.; moisture MW.; a fluid of the body ib.; (pl.) N. of the
Vais'yas in Kus'a-dvîpa VP.
snehaH = friendship (oil)
s'oshasambhava* = m. the root of long pepper L.
s'oshaapahaa* = f. `" removing consumption "', a kind of plant (= {klItanaka})
L.
s'oshaka* = mfn. drying up, absorbing, removing, destroying BhP.
s'oshaNa* = mf({I})n. drying up, draining, parching, withering Nir. MBh. Sus'r.;
(ifc.) removing, destroying BhP.; m. N. of an Agni, Hiriv.; of one of the arrows
of Kâma-deva (god of love) Vet. Gît. Sch.; Bignonia Indica L.; n. drying up
(intr.), desiccation MaitrUp. VarBriS.; making dry, draining, suction MBh.
Pañcat. Sus'r.; dry ginger L.
s'oshaNiiya* = mfn. to be dried or sucked up or drained or absorbed VarBriS.
s'oshayitavya* = mfn. to be dried up &c. MW.
s'oshayitR* = m. one who dries up or parches Sây.
s'osha* = &c. see 1. {zoSa}, p. 1092, col. 2.
s'osha* = see 2. {zoSa}, p. 1092, col. 2.
s'osha* =1 mfn. (fr. 1. {zuS}) drying up, desiccating (also fig. = `" removing,
destroying "') BhP.; m. the act of drying up, desiccation, dryness MBh. Sus'r.;
pulmonary consumption (also personified as an evil demon) Sus'r. VarBriS. Hcat.;
(also w.r. for {zotha} or {zopha}.)
s'osh4a* =2 m. (fr. {zU} = {zvi}; cf. {zUSa}) breath, vital energy VS. (Mahîdh
soDhuM = to tolerate
sopaanam.h = (n) staircase, steps
soma = The Moon *= 1 m. (fr. 3. %{su}) juice, extract, (esp.) the juice of the
Soma plant, (also) the Soma plant itself (said to be the climbing plant
Sarcostema Viminalis or Asclepias Acida, the stalks [%{aMzu}] of which were
pressed between stones [%{adri}] by the priests, then sprinkled with water, and
purified in a strainer [%{pavitra}] ; whence the acid juice trinkled into jars
[%{kalaza}] or larger vessels [%{droNa}] ; after which it was mixed with
clarified butter, flour &c., made to ferment, and then offered in libations to
the gods [in this respect corresponding with the ritual of the Iranian Avesta]
or was drunk by the Bra1hmans, by both of whom its exhilarating effect was
supposed to be prized ; it was collected by moonlight on certain mountains [in
RV. x, 34, 1, the mountain Mu1ja-vat is mentioned] ; it is sometimes described
as having been brought from the sky by a falcon [%{zyena}] and guarded by the
Gandharvas ; it is personified as one of the most important of Vedic gods, to
whose praise all the 114 hymns of the 9th book of the RV. besides 6 in other
books and the whole SV. are dedicated ; in post-Vedic mythology and even in a
few of the latest hymns of the RV. [although not in the whole of the 9th book]
as well as sometimes in the AV. and in the Br., Soma is identified with the moon
[as the receptacle of the other beverage of the gods called Amr2ita, or as the
lord of plants cf. %{indu}, %{oSadi-pati}] and with the god of the moon, as well
as with Vishn2u, S3iva, Yama, and Kubera ; he is called %{rAjan}, and appears
among the 8 Vasus and the 8 Loka-pa1las [Mn. v, 96], and is the reputed author
of RV. x, 124, 1, 5-9, of a lawbook &c. ; cf. below) RV. &c. &c. ; the moon or
moon-god (see above) ; a Soma sacrifice AitA1r. ; a day destined for extracting
the Soma-juice A1s3vS3r. ; Monday (= %{soma-vAra}) Inscr. ; nectar L. ; camphor
L. ; air, wind L. ; water L. ; a drug of supposed magical properties W. ; a
partic. mountain or mountainous range (accord. to some the mountains of the
moon) ib. ; a partic. class of Pitr2is (prob. for %{soma-pA}) ib. ; N. of
various authors (also with %{paNDita}, %{bhaTTa}, %{zarman} &c. ; cf. above)
Cat. ; = %{somacandra}, or %{some7ndu} HParis3. ; N. of a monkey-chief L. ;
(%{A}) f. the Soma plant L. ; N. of an Apsaras MBh. ; of a river Ma1rkP. ; of a
queen Inscr. ; (%{I}) f. g. %{gaurA7di} ; (%{am}) n. rice-water, rice-gruel L. ;
heaven, sky, ether L. ; mfn. relating to Soma (prob. w.r. for %{sauma}) Ka1t2h.
\\ 2 mfn. (prob.) together with Uma1, IndSt.
somaH = the moon
somapaaH = drinkers of soma juice
somavaara = Monday
spandate = (1 ap) to throb
spardha* = mfn. emulous, envious ({-tA} f.) W.; ({A}) f. see below.
spardhaa* = f. emulation, rivalry, envy, competition for or with (instr. with
and without {saha} gen. loc., or comp.; {-dhayA}, `" in rivalry or emulation "')
MBh. R. &c.; desire for (comp.) Bhartri. (v.l.)
sparshanaM = touch
sparshaan.h = sense objects, such as sound
spashtha = Longitude of planet or house (bhaava)
sphathika * = m. crystal, quartz S'vetUp. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; ({A}) f. alum (accord.
to some also {-kI}) L.; camphor L.
sphaathika * =mf({A} or {I})n. made of crystal, crystal-line MBh. Kâv. &c.; n.
crystal MBh. R..; a kind of sandal Âs'vGri. Paris'.
sphaathIka * =m. = {sphaTika}, crystal, quartz L.
spridh* = f. contest, competition, battle, fight RV.; a rival, adversary ib.; m.
a rival, enemy BhP.; mfn. emulous, vying with (comp.) ib.; desirous of ib.
sprihaa = aspiration
sprihaNiyaruupaM = desirable form (personal appearance)
sphiita = (adj) prosperous
sprihaa *= f. (ifc. f. %{A}) eager desire, desire, covetousness, envy, longing
for, pleasure or delight in (dat., gen. loc., or comp. ; acc. with %{kR} or
%{bandh}, `" to long for, be desirous of [loc. or comp.] "' ; with %{kR}, `" to
envy any one [loc.] "') MBh. R. &c. ; a kind of plant (v.l. %{spRzA}) L.
spris' = to touch
spris'a * = mfn. touching, reaching to (in {sarvadvAra-sp-}) MBh.; m. touch,
contact (in {duH-sp-} q.v.); ({A}) f. a kind of plant ( = {bhujaMga-ghAtinI})
L.; ({I}) f. the prickly nightshade, Solanum Jacquini L.
spris'ati = (6 pp) to touch
spris'an.h = touching
spris'tha= * mfn. touched, felt with the hand handled AV. &c. &c.; affected or
afflicted or possessed by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; defiled (cf. comp.);
(in gram.) formed by complete contact of the organs of utterance (applied to all
consonants except semivowels [called {ISat-spRSTa}, `" formed by slight contact
"'] and except sibilants and {h}, which are called {ardha-spRSTa}, `" formed by
half-contact "') Prât. Siksh.
spris'thi * = f. touch, touching, contact S'Br.
sphuTatara = (adj) crystal clear
sphura* = mfn. id. Pañcat.; m. quiver, throb &c. (in {sa-sphura}, `" throbbing
"' i.e. `" living "') Bhathth.; = (and v.l. for) {sphara}, a shield L.
sphuraNa* = mfn. glittering, sparkling VarBriS.; n. the act of trembling,
throbbing, vibration, pulsation (also {A} f.) Dhâtup. L.; quivering or throbbing
of parts of the body (as indicating good or bad luck) MW.; springing or breaking
forth, starting into view, expansion, manifestation Sâh. BhP. Sarvad.; flashing,
coruscation, twinkling, glittering Megh. Mâlatîm.
sphurat* = mfn. (pr. p. P.) trembling, shaking &c. (see root and cf. comp.)
sphurati = (6 pp) to throb
sphurad* = in comp. for {sphurat}.
sphuran* = in comp. for {sphurat}.
sphurita = shining* = mfn. quivering, throbbing, trembling, palpitating,
flashing &c. Kâv. VarBriS. Pañcat.; struggling Vâs.; glittered, flashed (n.
impers. `" it has been flashed by "') Hariv. Kâlid. BhP.; broken forth, burst
into view, suddenly arisen or appeared Kathâs. Sarvad.; plainly displayed or
exhibited S'is'.; swelled, swollen W.; ({am}) n. a tremulous or convulsive
motion, quiver, throb, twitch, tremor, convulsion Kâlid. Bhartri.; agitation or
emotion of mind MW.; flash, gleam, glittering, radiance, shren MBh. Kathâs.;
sudden appearance, coming into being Râjat.
sphuurta* = mfn. (accord. to some) throbbed, throbbing MW.; suddenly risen into
remembrance ib.
sphuurti* = f. quivering, throbbing, throb, palpitation, tremor, vibration
Bhpr.; breaking forth visibly, sudden appearance or display, manifestation Kâv.
Râjat.; bragging, boasting Pañcad.
sphuurj* = cl. 1. P. (Dhâtup. vii, 61) {sphUrjati} (only in pres.; Gr. also pf.
{pusphUrja} fut. {sphUrjitA} &c.), to rumble, roar, thunder, crash Kâv. Kathâs.;
to burst forth, be displayed, appear ib. Râjat. Sâh.: Caus. {sphUrja4yati} (aor.
{apusphUrjat}), to crash, crackle AV. AitBr.: Desid. {pusphUrjiSati} Gr.:
Intens. {posphUrjyate}, {posphUrkti} ib. [Cf. Gk. $.] &383822[1271,2]
sphuurja* = m. the crashing sound of thunder, thunder-clap W.; Indra's
thunderbolt ib.; sudden outbreak (cf. {narma-sph-}); N. of a Râkshasa, BhâgP.; a
kind of plant (= {sphUrjaka}) L.
sphur* = 1 (cf. {sphar}) cl. 6. P. (Dhâtup. xxviii, 95) {sphura4ti} (m. c. also
{-te}; p. {sphurat} and {sphuramANa} [qq.vv.]; only in pres. base, but see
{apa-sphur}; Gr. also pf. {pusphora}, {pusphure}; fut. {sphuritA},
{sphuriSyati}; aor. {asphorIt}; Prec. {sphUryAt}; inf. {sphuritum}), to spurn
RV. AV.; to dart, bound, rebound, spring RV. MBh. Kâv.; to tremble, throb,
quiver, palpitate, twitch (as the nerves of the arm S'ak.), struggle Kaus'. MBh.
&c.; to flash, glitter, gleam, glisten, twinkle, sparkle MaitrUp. R. &c.; to
shine, be brilliant or distinguished Râjat. Kathâs. MârkP.; to break forth,
burst out plainly or visibly, start into view, be evident or manifest, become
displayed or expanded NriisUp. MBh. &c.; to hurt, destroy Naigh. ii, 19: Caus.
{sphorayati} (aor. {apusphurat} or {apuspharat}), to stretch, draw or bend (a
bow) Bhathth. [1271,1]; to adduce an argument S'ank. Sch.; to cause to shine,
eulogize, praise excessively Pañcad.; {sphurayati}, to fill with (inser.)
Lalit.: Desid. {pusphuriSati} Gr.: Intens. {posphuryate}, {posphorti}. [Cf. Gk.
$; Lat. {sperno}; Lith. &383704[1271,1] {spi4rti}; Germ. {sporo}, {spor},
{Sporn}; Eng. {spur}, {spurn}.]
sphur* = 2 (ifc.) quivering, trembling, throbbing S'is'. ii, 14.
sraak *=quickly, speedily, instantly
sraja *: a garland MBh. Hariv.; m. N. of one of the Vis've Devâh MBh
sraavaNa* = mfn. causing to flow, shedding ({rudhira-srAvaNaM-kR}, `" to shed
any one's blood "') KâtyS'r. Sus'r. Kull.
s'ramaNa *= mf(%{A} or %{I})n. making effort or exertion, toiling, labouring,
(esp.) following a toilsome or menial business W.; base, vile, bad ib.; naked
L.; m. one who performs acts of mortification or austerity, an ascetic, monk,
devotee, religious mendicant S3Br. &c. &c.; a Buddhist monk or mendicant (also
applied to Buddha himself cf. MWB. 23 &c.; also applied to a Jain ascetic now
commonly called Yati) MBh. R. &c.; N. of a serpent-demon Buddh.; (%{A} or %{I}),
a female mendicant or nun L.; a hard-working woman L.; (%{A}) f. a handsome
woman L.; = %{zabarI-bhid}, %{mAMsI}, %{muNDIrI} L.; n. toil, labour, exertion
S3a1n3khS3r.
sravanta: *mfn. flowing, dropping
sravaNa* = n. streaming, flowing, flowing off (also pl.; cf. {azva-sr-}) R.;
premature abortion VarBriS.; sweat, perspiration L.; urine L.
sravantI* = f. (of {sravat} q.v.) flowing water, a river RV. &c. &c. (cf. Naigh.
i, 13); a kind of herb L.
sravana * = hearing
sravat * = mfn. (pr. p.) streaming, flowing &c.; (%{a4t}) f. a river RV. AV.;
(%{antI}) f. see below.
sravatha * = m. or n. flowing, streaming, running RV.
s'reNi f. (L. also m.; according to Un2. iv, 51, fr. %{zri}; connected with
%{zreTI} above) a line, row, range, series, succession, troop, flock, multitude,
number RV. &c. &c.; a swarm (of bees) S3is3.; a company of artisans following
the same business, a guild or association of traders dealing in the same
articles Mn. MBh. &c.; a bucket, wateringpot L.; the fore or upper part of
anything L.; Sanseviera Roxburghiana L.\\ f. a line, row &c. (= %{zreNi}) Mn.
MBh. &c.
sringara = amourous
srijati = (6 pp) to create
srijs* = mfn. to be let go or emitted or created BhP. Sarvad.
srij* =1 (cf. 1. 2. {sarj}) cl. 6. P. (Dhâtup. xxviii, 121) {sRja4ti} (Ved. and
ep. also {-te}, and once in AV. {sa4rjati}; pf. {sasarja}, {sasRje4} [2. sg.
accord. to Pân. 7-2, 65, {sasarjitha} and {sasraSTha}, in BhP. once
{sasarktha}]; Vedic forms are {sasRjma4he}, {-jrire}, {sasRjyAt}, {asasRgram};
p. {sasRjAna4} q.v.; {sasRgma4he}; aor. {asrAkSIt}; {a4sRkSi}, {a4sRSTa} [Ved.
also {a4sRgram} or {-ran}; {a4sarji}; {asrAk}, {asrAT}; {srAs}; {srakSat}; p.
{sRjAna4} q.v.] ib. [1245,2]; fut. {sraSTA} PañcavBr.; {srakSyati}, {-te} Br.
&c.; inf. {sraSTum} MBh. &c.; ind. p. {sRSTvA} Br.; {-sR4jya} ib. &c.;
{-sa4rgam} or {-sa4rjam} Br.), to let go or fly, discharge, throw, cast, hurl at
(acc. or dat.) RV. &c. &c.; to cast or let go (a measuring line) RV.; to emit,
pour forth, shed, cause to flow (rain, streams &c.) ib. &c. &c.; to utter (a
sound) Kathâs.; to turn or direct (glances) Kum.; to let loose, cause (horses)
to go quickly; Â. `" to speed, run, hasten "' RV.; to release, set free ib. AV.
Kaus'.; to open (a door) Kaus'.; to publish, proclaim AitBr.; to draw out and
twist (a thread), twist, wind, spin (lit. and fig.; Â. {sRjyate}, `" for one's
self "'; cf. Pat. on Pân. 3-1, 87 Vârtt. 15, and Dhâtup. xxvi, 69) TS. AV. S'Br.
S'rS.; (in older language only Â.) to emit from one's self i.e. create,
procreate, produce, beget RV. &c. &c.; to procure, grant, bestow MBh. R. &c.; to
use, employ Râjat.; to get, acquire, obtain, take (interest on money lent) Mn.
viii, 140; to hang on, fasten to (loc.) MBh. iii, 2218 (perhaps {asRjat}, w.r.
for {asajat}; see {saJj}): Pass. {sRjyate} (aor. {a4sarji}), to be let loose or
emitted or created RV. &c. &c.: Caus. {sarjayati}, {-te} (aor. {asasarjat} or
{asIsRjat}), to cause to let loose, let go, create &c. Br. &c.: Desid.
{sisRkSati}, {-te}, to wish to send forth or hurl or throw Hariv.; (Â.) to wish
to produce or create Kâthh. BhP.: Intens. {sarIsRjyate}, {sarIsRSTi} &c. Gr.
srij* =2 (ifc.) letting loose, emitting, discharging MBh. Kâv. &c.; producing,
creating, begetting (also with gen.) Inscr. MBh. Râjat.
srijaami* = manifest
srijaana* mfn. let go, poured out, shed, emitted, sent forth, hurled, thrown RV.
srijati* = m. (used as, a substantive to denote the root {sRj}, `" to create "')
S'is'.
srijatvakarman* = n. begetting children Sanskârak.
srijaya* = m. a kind of bird VS. (Mahîdh.); ({A4}) f. = {nIla-makSikA},
{zukla-sarpa}, or {nIla-mahiSa} TS. (Sch.)
srijavaana* = m. N. of a son of Dyuti-mat (v.l. {sRjAvaNa}) VP. [1245,3]
srijana* = w.r. for {sarjana} (q.v.) Cat.
srijAna* = mfn. let go, poured out, shed, emitted, sent forth, hurled, thrown RV
srijati
srijya * = mfn. to be let go or emitted or created BhP. Sarvad.
sritii = different paths
srip (sRp)* = cl. 1 P. (Dha1tup. xxiii, 14) %{sa4rpati} (ep. and m. c. also
%{-te}; p. %{sa4rpat} [see s.v.] and %{sarpamANa}; pf. %{sasarpa} [1. du.
%{sasRpiva}] Br.; aor. %{asRpat} AV. Br.; %{asRpta} Br. &c.; %{asArpsIt}, or
%{asrApsIt} Gr.; fut. %{sarptA} or %{sraptA} ib.; %{sarpsyati} Br.; %{srapsyati}
ib. &c.; inf. %{sarpitum} MBh. &c.; %{sarptum} or %{sraptum} Gr.; %{-sR4pas}
Br.; ind. p. %{sRptvA} ib.; %{-sR4pya} AV. &c.; %{-sarpam} Br. &c.), to creep,
crawl, glide, slink, move gently or cautiously (%{sarpata}, `" depart! "'
Ra1jat.) RV. &c. &c.; to slip into (acc.) AitBr.; (in ritual) to glide
noiselessly and with bended body and hand in hand (esp. from the Sadas to the
Bahish-pavama1na) Br. S3rS. ChUp.: Pass. %{sRpyate} (aor. %{asarpi}), to be
crept &c. MBh. &c.: Caus. %{sarpayati} (aor. %{asIsRpat} or %{asasarpat}, to
cause to creep &c. (see %{ava-}, %{anu-pra-}, %{vi-sRp}): Desid. %{si4sRpsati}
(see %{ut-sRp}): Intens. %{sarIsRpyate} (AitA1r.), %{sarIsarpti}, p.
%{sarIsRpat} (BhP.), to creep along or hither and thither, glide about &c. [Cf.
Gk. $; Lat. &375922[1245,3] %{serpere}; see also %{sarpa}.]
srishhTiH = creation
srishtha* = mfn. let go, discharged, thrown &c.; given up, abandoned (in
{a-sR-}) Das'.; brought forth produced, created AV. &c. &c.; provided or filled
or covered with (instr. or comp.) MBh. R.; engrossed by, intent upon (instr.)
MBh.; firmly reasolved upon (loc. or dat.) Gaut.; ornamented, adorned L.;
abundant, much, many L.; ascertained W.; ({A}) f. a kind of medicinal plant L.;
a musical instrument like a stick which produces a soft sound L.
srishhTii = World
srishhTvaa = creating
s'ruta* = mfn. heard, listened to, heard about or of, taught, mentioned, orally
transmitted or communicated from age to age S'Br. ChUp. MBh. &c.; known, famous,
celebrated RV. AV. Br. MBh.; known as, called (nom. with {iti}) MBh. R. &c.; m.
N. of a son of Bhagîratha Hariv.; of a son of Kriishna BhP.; of a son of
Su-bhâshana ib.; of a son of Upagu VP.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of
Dîrghadanshthra Kathâs.; ({am}) n. anything heard, that which has been heard
(esp. from the beginning), knowledge as heard by holy men and transmitted from
generation to generation, oral tradition or revelation, sacred knowledge (in the
Pur. personified as a child of Dharma and Medhâ), the Veda AV. &c. &c.; the act
of hearing MundUp. Kâv. Kathâs.; learning or teaching, instruction ({zrutaM-kR},
`" to learn "') Âpast.; memory, remembrance AV. i, 1, 2.
srotasaaM = of flowing rivers
staH = is
stanabhara = breasts that are(full-with milk)
stabdhaH = impudent * = mfn. firmly fixed, supported, propped &c.; reaching up
to (loe.) S'vetUp. MBh.; stiff, rigid, immovable, paralyzed, senseless, dull
({am} ind.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; solidified (as water) Hariv.; puffed up, proud,
arrogant ChUp. Bhag. &c.; tardy, slack, slow (?) VarBriS.; obstinate, stubborn,
hard-hearted MW.; coarse ib.
stabh = (root) to make immobile, to stun
stambhaH = (m) pillar * =stambha m. (ifc. f. {A}) a post, pillar, column, stem
(as of a tree; also improperly applied to an arm) Kâthh. GriS'rS. MBh. &c.;
support, propping, strengthening Bhartri.; inflation, pretentiousness, arrogance
MBh. R. &c.; fixedness, stiffness, rigidity, torpor, paralysis, stupefaction
MBh. Kâv. &c.; becoming hard or solid Râjat.; stoppage, obstruction, suppression
(also the magical arresting of any feeling or force, as of hunger, thirst, or of
the forces of water, fire &c. as taught in the Tantras) Kâv. Sus'r. Pañcar.;
filling up, stuffing R.; N. of a partic. Adhyâya Pat. on Pân. 5-2, 60 Vârtt. 1;
of a Riishi &c. VP. (cf. g. {kuJjA7di} and {zaunakA7di}).
stamba: a clump or tuft of grass, any clump or bunch or cluster AV. &c. &c.; a
sheaf of corn L. a bush, thicket L. [1258, 1]; a shrub or plant having no
decided stem (such as the Jhinthî or Barleria) L.; the post to which an elephant
is tied (wrongly inferred from {stambe-rama} q.v.) L.; a mountain L.; N. of
various men Hariv. Pur.; n. (in these senses prob. w.r. for {stambha}, m.) a
post, pillar in general W.; stupidity, insensibility W.
stambhana = Stationary planet
staram.h = (n) level
stana * = m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di} ifc. {A} or {I}; derivation doubtful, but
prob. connected with {stan}, from the hollow resonance of the human breast), the
female breast (either human or animal), teat, dug, udder RV. &c. &e.; the nipple
(of the female or the male breast) Sus'r.; a kind of pin or peg on a vessel
shaped like a teat S'Br.
stanayitnu * = m. (sg. or pl.) thunder (pl. personified as children of
Vidyota,`" Lightning "') RV. AV. VS. &c. ; a thñthunder-cloud Ka1v. BhP. ;
lightning L. ; sickness ib. ; death ib. ; a kind of grass (= %{mustaka}) MW.
sthaa* = 1 cl. 1. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxii, 30) %{ti4SThati}, %{-te} (pf.
%{tasthau4}, %{tasthe} RV. &c. &c.; aor. %{a4sthAt}, %{a4sthita} ib.; 3. pl.
%{asthiran} RV. AV. Br.; %{Asthat} [?] AV.; %{asthiSi}, %{-Sata} Br. &c.; Subj.
%{sthAti}, %{sthA4thaH} RV.; Prec. %{stheyAt} ib.; %{stheSam}, %{-SuH} [?] AV.;
%{sthAsISTa} Gr.; fut. %{sthAtA} MBh. &c.; %{sthAsyati}, %{-te} Br.&c.; inf.
%{sthA4tum} ib.; %{-tos} Br. Gr2S3rS.; %{-sthitum} R.; ind. p. %{sthitvA} MBh.
&c.; %{-sthA4ya} RV. &c. &c.; %{-sthAyam} Bhat2t2.), to stand, stand firmly,
station one's self stand upon, get upon, take up a position on (with
%{pAdAbhyAm}, `" to stand on the feet "'; with %{jAnubhyAm}, `" to kneel "';
with %{agre} or %{agratas} and gen., `" to stand or present one's self before
"'; with %{puras} and with or without gen., `" to stand up against an enemy &c.
"') RV. &c. &c.; to stay, remain, continue in any condition or action (e.g. with
%{kanyA}, `" to remain a girl or unmarried "'; with %{tUSNIm} or with %{maunena}
instr. `" to remain silent "'; with %{sukham}, `" to continue or feel well "')
AV. &c. &c.; to remain occupied or engaged in, be intent upon, make a practice
of, keep on, persevere in any act (with loc.; e.g. with %{rAjye}, `" to continue
governing "'; with %{zAsane}, `" to practise obedience "'; with %{bale}, `" to
exercise power "'; with %{sva-dharme}, `" to do one's duty "'; with
%{sva-karmaNi}, `" to keep to one's own business "'; with %{saMzaye}, `" to
persist in doubting "'; also with ind. p. e.g. %{dharmam@Azritya}, `" to
practise virtue "') AV. Mn. MBh. &c.; to continue to be or exist (as opp. to `"
perish "'), endure, last TS. Mn. MBh. &c.; to be, exist, be present, be
obtainable or at hand AV. &c. &c.; to be with or at the disposal of, belong to
(dat. gen., or loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.; (A1. m. c. also P. cf. Pa1n2. 1-3, 23; iv,
34) to stand by, abide by, be near to, be on the side of, adhere or submit to,
acquiesce in, serve, obey (loc. or dat.) RV. &c. &c.; to stand still, stay
quiet, remain stationary, stop, halt, wait, tarry, linger, hesitate (see under
%{sthitvA} below) RV. &c. &c.; to behave or conduct one's self (with %{samam},
`" to behave equally towards any one "' loc.); to be directed to or fixed on
(loc.) Hariv. Katha1s.; to be founded or rest or depend on, be contained in
(loc.) RV. AV. MBh.; to rely on, confide in (loc. e.g. %{mayi@sthitvA}, `"
confiding in me "') Bhat2t2.; to stay at, resort to (acc.) R.; to arise from
(abl. or gen.) RV. ChUp.; to desist or cease from (abl.) Katha1s.; to remain
unnoticed (as of no importance), be left alone (only Impv. and Pot.) Ka1v.
Pan5cat.: Pass. %{sthIyate} (aor. %{asthAyi}), to be stood &c. (frequently used
impers. e.g. %{mayA@sthIyatAm}, `" let it be abided by me "' i.e. `" I must
abide "') Br. &c. &c.: Caus. %{sthApayati}, %{-te} (aor. %{a4tiSThipat}; ind. p.
%{sthApayitvA} [q.v.] and %{-sthA4pam}: Pass. %{sthApyate}), to cause to stand,
place, locate, set, lay, fix, station, establish, found, institute AV. &c. &c.;
to set up, erect, raise, build MBh. R.; to cause to continue, make durable,
strengthen, confirm MBh. R. Sus3r. &c.; to prop up, support, maintain MBh.
Hcat.; to affirm, assent Sa1h. Nya1yas. Sch.; to appoint (to any office loc.)
Mn. MBh. &c.; to cause to be, constitute, make, appoint or employ as (two acc.;
with %{dhAtrIm}, `" to employ any one as a nurse "'; with %{rakSA7rtham}, `" to
appoint any one as guardian "'; with %{sajjam}, `" to make anything ready "'
[1262,3]; with %{su-rakSitam}, `" to keep anything well guarded "'; with
%{svIkRtya}, `" to make anything one's own "'; with %{parizeSam}, `" to leave
anythñanything over or remaining "') S3vetUp. MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to fix, settle,
determine, resolve Mn. MBh. &c.; to fix in or on, lead or being into, direct or
turn towards (loc., rarely acc.; with %{hRdi}, `" to impress on the heart "';
with %{manas}, `" to fix the mind on "') AV. &c. &c.; to introduce or initiate
into, instruct in (loc. e.g. with %{naye}, `" to instruct in a plan or system
"') MBh. Katha1s.; to make over or deliver up to (loc. or %{haste} with gen., `"
into the hands of "') Ya1jn5. Ratna7v. Katha1s.; to give in marriage MBh.; to
cause to stand still, stop, arrest, check, hold, keep in, restrain (with
%{baddhvA}, `" to keep bound or imprisoned "') S3Br. &c. &c.; to place aside,
keep, save, preserve MBh. Hariv.: Desid. of Caus. %{-sthApayiSati} (see
%{saM-sthA}): Desid. %{ti4SThAsati}, to wish to stand &c. S3Br.: Intens.
%{teSThIyate}; %{tAstheti}, %{tAsthAti} Gr. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {stare}; Lith.
{sto4ti}; Slav. {stati}; &381116[1262,3] Germ. {sta7n}, {stehen}; Eng.
{stand}.]//(or %{STha}) mf(%{A})n. (only ifc.) standing, staying, abiding, being
situated in, existing or being in or on or among (see %{agni-}, %{garbha-},
%{jala-}, %{naraka-}, %{rAjya-stha} &c.); occupied with, engaged in, devoted to
performing, practising (see %{dhyAna-}, %{yajJa-}, %{yoga-}, %{savana-stha}
&c.); a place, ground (ibc. = %{sthala}) L.//sthA* = (or %{SThA4}) mfn. (nom. m.
n. %{sthA4s}) standing, stationary (often ifc. = `" standing, being, existing in
or on or among "' cf. %{agni-SThA}, %{RtasthA} &c.) RV. Pan5cavBr. S3a1n3khS3r.
sthaH = situated
sthagayati = to stop someone
sthalaa = (f) tiles (on the floor)
sthaa = to stand
sthaa(tishhThati) = to stand
sthaaNuH = unchangeable
sthaana = place, house, position * = n. (also said to be m. Siddh.) the act of
standing, standing firmly, being fixed or stationary AV. &c. &c.; position or
posture of the body (in shooting &c.) R.; staying, abiding, being in or on (loc.
or comp.) Das3. Ka1m. Hariv. Sa1h.; storingplace or storage (of goods) Mn. viii,
401; firm bearing (of troops), sustaining a charge (as opp. to %{yuddha}, `"
charging "') ib. vii, 190; state, condition (ifc. = `" being in the state of "')
Up. BhP.; continued existence, continuance in the same state (i.e. in a kind of
neutral state unmarked by loss or gain), continuing as or as long as (with
instr.) MBh. R. BhP.; a state of perfect tranquillity Sarvad.; station, rank,
office, appointment, dignity, degree MaitrUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; place of standing or
staying, any place, spot, locality, abode, dwelling, house, site
(%{sthAne@sthAne} or %{sthAne@sthAneSu}, `" in different places "', `" here and
there "') RV. &c. &c.; place or room, stead (%{sthAne} with gen. or ifc. `" in
place of "', `" instead of "', `" in lieu of "'; %{ripu-sthAne-vRt}, `" to act
in the place of an enemy "'; %{vilocana-sthAna-gata}, `" acting the part of eyes
"'; also %{sthAna} ifc. = `" taking the place of "', `" acting as "', `"
representing "' or `" represented by "' e.g. %{pitR-sth-}, `" acting as a father
"' or `" represented by a fñfather "'; %{iyaG-uvaG-sthAna}, `" reprñrepresented
by %{iy} or %{uv} "' [as %{I} and %{U} Pa1n2. 1-4, 4]; in Pa1n2ini's grammar the
gen. case is often used alone, when the word %{sthAne} has to be supplied e.g.
%{hanter@jaH}, `" %{ja} is to be substituted in place of %{han} "', i, 1, 49)
AitBr. Gr2S3rS. &c.; place for, receptacle of (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.; proper or
right place (%{sthAne}, `" in the right place or at the right time, seasonably,
justly "') Pan5cavBr. &c. &c. (cf. g. %{svar-Adi}); province, region, domain,
sphere (of gods or virtuous men; said to be in one of three places, viz. `"
earth "' or `" atmosphere "' or `" heaven "'; accord. to some that of virtuous
Bra1hmans is called Pra1ja1patya; of Kshatriyas, Aindra; of Vais3yas, Ma1ruta;
of S3u1dras, Ga1ndharva) Nir. VarBr2S.; the main support or strength or chief
constituent of a kingdom (said to be four, viz. `" army "', `" treasury "', `"
city "', `" territory "') Mn. vii, 56; a stronghold, fortress Pan5cat.; the
place or organ of utterance of any sound (said to be 8 in number, viz.
%{kaNTha}, `" throat "'; %{tAlu}, `" palate "'; %{mUrdhan}, `" top of palate "';
%{danta}, `" teeth "'; %{oSTha}, `" lips "'; %{kaNTha-tAlu}, `" throat and
palate "'; %{kaNTh'-oSTha}, `" throat and lips "'; %{dant'-oSTha}, `" teeth and
lips "'; to which are added %{nAsikA}, `" nose "', said to be the place of
utterance of true Anusva1ra, and %{uras}, `" chest "', of Visarga) Pa1n2. 1-9
Sch. Pra1t. Sarvad.; any organ of sense (e.g. the eye) BhP.; the pitch or key of
the voice, note, tone (of which accord. to RPra1t., there are three [see
%{mandra}], or accord. to TPra1t., seven; %{vInA@cyutA@sthAnAt}, `" a lute out
of tune "') S3rS. Pra1t. MBh. &c.; shape, form, appearance (as of the moon)
VarBr2S.; the part or character of an actor MW.; case, occurrence
(%{ne7daM@sthAnaM@vidyate}, `" this case does not occur "') Ya1jn5. Pan5cat.
Vajracch.; occasion, opportunity (or (gen. or comp.; %{sthAne} ind. `"
occasionally "') S3rS. MBh. &c.; cause or object of (gen. or comp. e.g.
%{zulka-sthAna}, `" an object of toll "'; %{pUjA-} or %{mAnya-sth-}, `" an
object of honour "'; also applied to persons; %{sthAne} ind. `" because of "',
`" on account of "') MBh. Pan5cat. Katha1s.; a section or division (e.g. of
medicine) Car. Sus3r. &c.; an astrol. mansion or its subdivision VarBr2S.; =
%{kAryo7tsarga}, S3i1l.; an open place in a town, plain, square W.; a holy place
MW.; an altar ib.; N. of a Gandharva king R.
sthaanaM = place
sthaanaka = (m) station, base
sthaanabhrashTa = adj. skidrow bum
sthaani = situated
sthaane = rightly
sthaapaya = please keep
sthaapayati = to put, to keep
sthaapayitvaa = placing
sthaalikaa = (f) plate, dish
sthaavara = not moving
sthaavaraaNaaM = of immovable things
sthaavira * = n. (fr. %{sthavira}) old age (described as commencing at seventy
in men and fifty in women, and ending at ninety, after which period a man is
called %{varSIyas}) La1t2y. MBh. &c.; mfn. (v.l. for %{sthavira}) old, senile
MBh. Hit.
sthaasyati = remains
sthairyam: *V steadiness, gravity, immovability, permanence *= sthairya.
firmness, hardness, solidity Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; fixedness, stability, immobility
Prab. BhP. Sarvad.; calmness, tranquillity Pañcad.; continuance, permanence Kâv.
Kathâs.; steadfastness, constancy, perseverance, patience MBh. R. &c.; firm
attachment to, constant delight in (loc.) Kâv. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.
sthairyaM = steadfastness
sthavira * = mf(%{A} or %{I})n. (cf. %{sthAvara}, p. 1264) broad, thick,
compact, solid, strong, powerful RV. AV. Br. MBh. Hariv.; old, ancient,
venerable (%{-re@kAle} or %{bhAve}, `" in old age "') Br. &c. &c. [1265,3]; m.
an old man W.; (with Buddhists) an `" Elder "' (N. of the oldest and most
venerable Bhikshus) MWB. 184; 255 &c.; N. of Brahma1 L.; (pl.) N. of a school
(also %{Arya-sth-}) Buddh.; (%{A}) f. an old woman MW.; a kind of plant L.;
(%{am}) n. benzoin L.
sthira* = mf({A4}) n. firm, hard, solid, compact, strong RV. &c. &c.; fixed,
immovable, motionless, still, calm S'Br. MBh. &c.; firm, not wavering or
tottering, steady R. VarBriS.; unfluctuating, durable, lasting, permanent,
changeless RV. &c. &c.; stern, relentless, hard-hearted Kum.; constant,
steadfast, resolute, persevering ({manas} or {hRdayaM sthiraM-kR}, `" to steel
one's heart, take courage "' R. Kathâs.); kept secret Vet.; faithful,
trustworthy Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; firmly resolved to (inf.) MBh.; settled,
ascertained, undoubted, sure, certain Mn. MBh. &c.; m. a partic. spell recited
over weapons R.; a kind of metre VarBriS.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of one of Skanda's
attendants ib.; N. of a partic. astrol. Yoga MW.; of certain zodiacal signs
(viz. Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, Aquarius; so called because any work done under
these signs is supposed to be lasting) ib. (L. also `" a tree; Grislea
Tomentosa; a mountain; a bull; a god; the planet Saturn; final emancipation "');
({A}) f. a strong-minded woman MW.; the earth L.; Desmodium Gangeticiim L.;
Salmalia Malabarica L.; = {-kAkolI} L.; N. of the sound {j} Up.; ({am}) n.
steadfastness, stubbornness, resistance (acc. with {ava-tan} P. `" to loosen the
resistance of [gen.] "'; Â. `" to relax one's own resistance, yield "'; with
{A-tan} Â. `" to offer resistance "') RV.
sthavishthha * = mfn. (superl. of %{sthUra}) very broad or thick or solid or
strong TS. &c. &c.
sthitaM = situated
sthitaH = situated
sthitadhiiH = one fixed in KRishhNa consciousness
sthitapraGYaH = transcendentally situated
sthitapraGYasya = of one who is situated in fixed KRishhNa consciousness
sthita * = mfn. standing (as opp. to `" going "', `" sitting "', or `" lying "';
{parasparaM sthitam}, `" standing opposed to each other "'; {sthitaM tena}, `"
it was stood by him "' = `" he waited "') Mn. MBh. &c.; standing firm ({yuddhe},
`" in battle "') Hariv.; standing, staying, situated, resting or abiding or
remaining in (loc. or comp.; with {uccA7vaceSu}, `" abiding in things high and
low "'; with {anityam}, `" not remaining permanently "', `" staying only a short
time "' KâtyS'r. Mn. MBh. &c.; being or remaining or keeping in any state or
condition (loc., instr. abl. comp., or a noun in the same case, also ind. p. or
adv.; {vyApya sthitaH}, `" he keeps continually pervading "' S'ak. Vikr.;
{upavizya sthitaH}, `" he remains sitting "' Vikr.; {kathaM sthitA7si}, `" how
did you fare? "' Vikr. [1264, 2]; {evaM sthite}, `" it being so "' Pañc.; {puraH
sthite}, `" it being imminent "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; engaged in, occupied with,
intent upon, engrossed by, devoted or addicted to (loc. or comp.), performing,
protecting Mn. MBh. &c.; abiding by, conforming to, following (loc.) ib.; being
in office or charge Pañcat. Râjat.; adhering to or keeping with (loc.) Hariv.;
lasting RPrât.; firm, constant, invariable Kathâs.; settled, ascertained,
decreed, established, generally accepted S'Br. &c. &c.; fixed upon, determined
S'ak.; firmly convinced or persuaded MBh. Subh.; firmly resolved to (inf. or
loc.) MBh. R. &c.; faithful to a promise or agreement L.: upright, virtuous L.;
prepared for or to (dat.) Yâjñ. Kum.; being there, existing, present, close at
hand, ready ({sthito hy eSaH}, `" I myself am ready "'; {agraje sthite}, `" when
the elder brother is there "') Mn. MBh. &c.; belonging to (gen.) R.; turned or
directed to, fixed upon (loc. or comp.) VarBriS. Sarvad.; resting or depending
on (loc.) MBh. R. &c.; leading or conducive to (dat.) Pañcat.; one who has
desisted or ceased Pañcad.; left over L.; (in Vedic gram.) not accompanied by
{iti} (in the Pada-pâthha), standing alone ({pade sthite}, `" in the Pada text
"') Prât.; ({am}) n. standing still, stopping Bhartri.; staying, remaining,
abiding R.; manner of standing ib.; perseverance on the right path ib.
sthitaaH = are situated
sthitaan.h = standing
sthiti = position* = f. standing upright or firmly, not falling Kâvya7d.;
standing, staying, remaining, abiding, stay, residence, sojourn in or on or at
(loc. or comp.; {sthitiM-kR} or {vi-} 1. {dhA} or {grah} or {bhaj}, `" to make a
stay "', `" take up one's abode "') Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; staying or remaining or
being in any state or condition (see {rAjya-sth-}); continuance in being,
maintenance of life, continued existence (the 2nd of the three states of all
created things, the 1st being {utpatti}, `" coming into existence "', and the
3rd {laya}, `" dissolution "'), permanence, duration S'vetUp. R. Kâlid. BhP.
Sarvad.; duration of life MârkP.; (in astron.) duration of an eclipse Sûryas.;
continued existence in any place MBh. Sâh.; that which continually exists, the
world, earth BhP.; any situation or state or position or abode Kâv. Pañcat.
Kathâs.; station, high position, rank Mn. Yâjñ. Bhag. &c.; maintenance,
sustenance Mâlatîm.; settled rule, fixed decision, ordinance, decree, axiom,
maxim S'Br. &c. &c.; maintenance of discipline, establishment of good order (in
a state &c.) Ragh.; continuance or steadfastness in the path of duty, virtuous
conduct, steadiness, rectitude, propriety MBh. R. Ragh.; constancy, perseverance
Bhag. Sarvad.; devotion or addiction to, intentness on (loc.) MBh. R.; firm
persuasion or opinion, conviction Yâjñ. Kâm.; settled practice, institution,
custom, usage Kathâs. Râjat.; settled bountary or bounds (esp. of morality e.g.
{sthitim-bhid}, `" to transgress the bounds of mñmorality "'), term, limit R.
Kâlid. Bhathth.; standing still, stopping, halting ({sthitim A-car}, `" to
remain standing "') Ragh. Râjat. Sus'r.; standing-place, halting-place, stand or
place or fixed abode S'Br. Mn. Râjat.; resistance to motion, inertia (in phil.);
fixedness, immobility, stability Ragh. BhP.; depositing, laying down Râjat.
Kathâs.; form, shape MârkP.; manner of acting, procedure, behaviour, conduct Mn.
S'is'. Hit.; occurrence MBh.; regard or consideration for (loc.) Pañcat. v.l.;
(in Vedic gram.) the standing of a word by itself (i.e. without the particle
{iti}; see {sthita}).
sthitiM = situation
sthitiH = situation
sthitii = existing
sthitau = situated
sthitvaa = being situated
sthi4ti * =f. standing upright or firmly, not falling Kâvya7d.; standing,
staying, remaining, abiding, stay, residence, sojourn in or on or at (loc. or
comp.; {sthitiM-kR} or {vi-} 1. {dhA} or {grah} or {bhaj}, `" to make a stay "',
`" take up one's abode "') Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; staying or remaining or being in
any state or condition (see {rAjya-sth-}); continuance in being, maintenance of
life, continued existence (the 2nd of the three states of all created things,
the 1st being {utpatti}, `" coming into existence "', and the 3rd {laya}, `"
dissolution "'), permanence, duration S'vetUp. R. Kâlid. BhP. Sarvad.; duration
of life MârkP.; (in astron.) duration of an eclipse Sûryas.; continued existence
in any place MBh. Sâh.; that which continually exists, the world, earth BhP.;
any situation or state or position or abode Kâv. Pañcat. Kathâs.; station, high
position, rank Mn. Yâjñ. Bhag. &c.; maintenance, sustenance Mâlatîm.; settled
rule, fixed decision, ordinance, decree, axiom, maxim S'Br. &c. &c.; maintenance
of discipline, establishment of good order (in a state &c.) Ragh.; continuance
or steadfastness in the path of duty, virtuous conduct, steadiness, rectitude,
propriety MBh. R. Ragh.; constancy, perseverance Bhag. Sarvad.; devotion or
addiction to, intentness on (loc.) MBh. R.; firm persuasion or opinion,
conviction Yâjñ. Kâm.; settled practice, institution, custom, usage Kathâs.
Râjat.; settled bountary or bounds (esp. of morality e.g. {sthitim-bhid}, `" to
transgress the bounds of mñmorality "'), term, limit R. Kâlid. Bhathth.;
standing still, stopping, halting ({sthitim A-car}, `" to remain standing "')
Ragh. Râjat. Sus'r.; standing-place, halting-place, stand or place or fixed
abode S'Br. Mn. Râjat.; resistance to motion, inertia (in phil.); fixedness,
immobility, stability Ragh. BhP.; depositing, laying down Râjat. Kathâs.; form,
shape MârkP.; manner of acting, procedure, behaviour, conduct Mn. S'is'. Hit.;
occurrence MBh.; regard or consideration for (loc.) Pañcat. v.l.; (in Vedic
gram.) the standing of a word by itself (i.e. without the particle {iti}; see
{sthita}).
sthity * =in comp. for {sthiti}.
sthitvA * =ind. having stood or stayed or stopped or waited &c. (sometimes used
alone to express, after some time "'; {mAsaM sth-}, `" after a month "'; {ciram
api sth-}, `" after a long period "' = `" sooner or later "') RV. &c. &c.
sthin * =see {tri-SThi4n} and {parame-SThi4n}.
sthira = fixed
sthira-raashi = Fixed Signs
sthiraM = firm
sthiraH = still
sthirataa = steadiness
sthirabuddhiH = self-intelligent
sthiraaM = stable
sthiraaH = enduring
sthiraiH = with firm or strong (limbs)
sthuula = (adj) strong, big
sthuulaH = (adj) fat
sthula* = 1 n. (perhaps for {sthuDa} see prec.) a sort of long tent S'is'. \\2
see {apa-SThula} p. 53, col. 1.
sthuula* = mf({A4})n. (fr. {sthU} = {sthA} and originally identical with
{sthUra}) large, thick, stout, massive, bulky, big, huge AV. &c. &c.; coarse,
gross, rough (also fig. = `" not detailed or precisely defined "'; cf.
{yathA-sth-}) Mn. MBh. &c.; dense, dull, stolid, doltish, stupid, ignorant (cf.
comp.) MBh. Pañcat.; (in phil.) gross, tangible, material (opp. to {sUkSma}, `"
subtle "'; cf. {sthUla-zarIra}); m. Artocarpus Integrifolia L.; N. of one of
S'iva's attendants L.; m. n. g. {ardharcA7di}; ({A}) f. Scindapsus Officinalis
L.; Cucumis Utilissimus L.; large cardamoms L.; n. `" the gross body "' (=
{sthUla-z-}) Up. MBh. &c.; sour milk, curds L.; = {kUTa} L.; a heap, quantity
W.; a tent (prob. for 1. {sthula}) ib.
sthuulashariira = (bahuvriihi) big-bodied
stu *= 1 cl. 2. P. A1. (Dha1tup. xxiv , 34 ; cf. Pa1n2. 7-3 , 95) %{stau4ti} or
%{stavIti} , %{stute} or %{stuvIte} (in RV. also %{sta4vate} , 3. sg. %{stave}
[with pass. sense] , 1. 3. sg. %{stuSe4} Impv. %{stoSi} , p. [mostly with pass.
sense] %{stuvAna4} , %{sta4vAna} or %{stavAna4} , %{sta4vamAna} ; in BhP.
%{stunvanti} , in Up. p. %{stunvAna} ; pf. %{tuSTAva} , %{tuSTuvu4s} ,
%{tuSTuve4} RV. &c. &c. ; aor. %{astAvIt} or %{astauSIt} Br. &c. ; %{stoSat} ,
%{stoSANi} RV. ; %{a4stoSTa} ib. &c. ; Prec. %{stUyAt} Gr. ; fut. %{stavitA} or
%{stotA} Vop. ; fut. %{staviSya4ti} , %{-te} RV. ; %{stoSyati} , %{-te} Br. &c.
; Cond. %{astoSyat} Bhat2t2. ; inf. %{stotum} ib. &c. ; %{stavitum} Vop. ;
%{sto4tave} , %{stava4dhyai} RV. ; ind. p. %{stutvA4} AV. &c. ; %{-stu4tya} Br.
&c. ; %{-stUya} MBh. &c.) , to praise , laud , eulogize , extol , celebrate in
song or hymns (in ritual , `" to chant "' , with loc. of the text from which the
Sa1man comes) RV. &c. &c.: Pass. %{stUya4te} (aor. %{astAvi}) , to be praised or
celebrated ; %{stA8yamAna} mfn. being praised ib.: Caus. %{stA8vayati} (aor.
%{atuSTavat} RV. ; %{-Tuvat} JaimBr.) , to praise , celebrate ; (%{stAvayate}) ,
to cause to praise or celebrate BhP.: Desid. %{tuSTUSati} , %{-te} (p.p.
%{tuSTUSita}) , to wish to celebrate S3am2k.: Intens. %{toSTUyate} , %{toSToti}
Gr.
stuyamaana V* = sought
stuta *= praised 1 mfn. (for 2. see col. 3) praised, eulogized, hymned,
glorified, celebrated RV. &c. &c. ; recited with praise (as a hymn) S3a1n3khS3r.
; m. N. of S3iva MBh. ; n. praise, eulogy RV. Br. ChUp. ; (in ritual) =
%{stotra} TS.\\ 2 mfn. (for 1. see col. 1) dripping, oozing (v.l. %{sruta}) L.
stuti = praise
stutiH = praise
stutibhiH = with prayers
stuva.nti = praise, flatter
stuvAna* mfn. praising (Sây. `" being praised "'). see root, col. 1
stuvanti = are singing hymns
stenaH = thief
steya = robbery
stoka = (adj) little bit, small amount
stotra = hymn
stotraM = hymn
stotre = in composing a hymn
styana = sloth
straiNa* = mf({I})n. female, feminine RV. &c. &c.; relating or belonging to
women, subject to or ruled by women, being among wñwomen Kâv. BhP.; worthy of a
woman L.; n. womankind, the female sex AV. &c. &c.; the nature of wñwomen
Uttarar. BhP.
stra.nsate = is slipping
stravati = (1 pp) to flow
striyaH = women
stri* = (?) = 2. {stR}, a star (q.v.)
strI* = f. (perhaps for {sUtrI}, or {sotrI}, `" bearer of children "', fr. 2.
{sU}; accord. to some connected with Lat. {sator}; nom. {strI4}; acc. in later
language also {strIm} and {strIs} pl.) a woman, female, wife RV. &c. &c.; the
female of any animal (e.g. {zAkhA-mRga-strI}, `" a female monkey "') S'Br. MBh.;
a white ant L.; the Priyangu plant L.; (in gram.) the feminine gender Nir. S'Br.
&c.; a kind of metre Col.
striyashcharitraM = the characater of a woman
strii = (f) woman
striikaaraka = Significator of wife or partner Venus
strItva * = n. womanhood, wifehood MBh. R. &c. ; (in gram.) feminineness Cat.
striishhu = by the womanhood.
su = good, used as a prefix *= (= 2. %{sU}), (only in 3. sg. %{sauti} see
%{pra-sU}) to beget, bring forth.
6 su 5 ind. (opp. to %{dus} and corresponding in sense to Gk. $ ; perhaps
connected with 1. %{va4su}, and, &368595[1219,3] accord. to some, with pron.
base %{sa}, as %{ku} with %{ka} ; in Veda also %{sU4} and liable to become %{Su}
or %{SU} and to lengthen a preceding vowel, while a following %{na} may become
%{Na} ; it may be used as an adj. or adv.), good, excellent, right, virtuous,
beautiful, easy, well, rightly, much, greatly, very, any, easily, willingly,
quickly (in older language often with other particles ; esp. with %{u}, = `"
forthwith, immediately "' ; with %{mo7} i.e. %{mA@u}, = `" never, by no means "'
[1220,1] ; %{su4@kam} often emphatically with an Impv. e.g.
%{ti4SThA@su4@kam@maghavan@mA4@parA@gAH}, `" do tarry O Maghavan, go not past "'
RV. iii, 53, 2 ; %{su} always qualifies the meaning of a verb and is never used
independently at the beginning of a verse ; in later language it is rarely a
separate word, but is mostly prefixed to substantives, adjectives, adverbs and
participles, exceptionally also to an ind. p. e.g. %{su-baddhvA}, `" having well
bound "' Mr2icch. x, 50 ; or even to a finite verb e.g. %{su-nirvavau} S3is3.
vi, 58) RV. &c. &c.
subhaaga *= mf(%{A4}) n. fortunate, wealthy, rich RV. ; (%{A}) f. N. of a
daughter of Raudra1s3va VP.
subhaga *= mf(%{A}) n. possessing good fortune, very fortunate or prosperous,
lucky, happy, blessed, highly favoured RV. &c. &c. ; beautiful, lovely,
charming, pleasing, pretty (voc. %{subhaga} and %{subhage}, often in friendly
address) ib. ; nice (ironical) Va1s. (= %{zobhana-pazu} Sch.) ; liked, beloved,
dear (as a wife) AV. MBh. R. ; delicate, slender, thin Car. ; (ifc.) suitable
for S3ak. (v.l.) ; (%{am}) ind. beautifully, charmingly Megh. ; greatly, in a
high degree (v.l. for %{sutarAm}) S3ak. ; m. N. of S3iva S3ivag. ; borax L. ;
Michelia Champaka L. ; Jonesia Asoka L. ; red Amaranth L. ; N. of a son of
Subala MBh. ; (%{A}) f. good fortune (in this sense the loc. %{Asu} seems to be
used) Pan5cavBr. ; a beloved or favourite wife R. (cf. comp.) ; a five-year-old
girl representing Durga1 at festivals L. ; musk L. ; N. of various plants (a
species of Musa ; Glycine Debilis ; Cyperus Rotundus &c.) L. ; (in music) a
partic. Ra1gin2i1 Sam2gi1t. ; N. of a daughter of Pra1dha1 MBh. ; of one of the
Ma1tr2is attending on Skanda ib. ; of a kind of fairy Buddh. ; (%{am}) n. good
fortune ; bitumen L. MW. ; %{-M-karaNa} (%{-ga4M-}) mf(%{I})n. making happy AV.
; charming, enchanting Ra1jat. ; n. fascinating, winning (a woman) Cat. ; %{-tA}
f. love, conjugal felicity VarBr2S. ; %{-tva4} n. welfare, prosperity RV.
Pa1rGr2. ; favour, dearness (esp. of a wife) VarBr2S. Va1s. [1229,3] ; %{-mAnin}
mfn. thinking one's self fortunate or pleasing R. Das3. ; %{m-bhavinSNu} mfn.
becoming fortunate or pleasing Pa1n2. 3-2, 57 ; %{-m-bhAvuka} mfn. id. ib.
Dhu1rtas. ; %{-m-manya} mfn. (= %{-mAnin}) Das3. (%{-bhAva} m. `" self-conceit,
vanity "' Megh.) ; %{-saMdeza} m. N. of a poem by Na1ra1yan2a ;
%{-gA7kheTa-bhUmi} mfn. having fine hunting-grounds (%{-tva} n.) Katha1s. ;
%{-gA-tanaya} m. the son of a beloved wife or of an honoured mother R. ;
%{-gA7nanda} m. N. of a Prahasana (%{-nAtha} m. N. of an author Cat.) ;
%{-gA7rcana-candrikA} f. %{-gA7rcA-ratna} n. N. of wks. ; %{-gA-suta} m. (=
%{-gA-tanaya}) L. ; %{-go7daya} m. `" rise of prosperity "'N. of wk. (also
%{-ya-darpaNa}, m.).\\ %{-bhaGga} &c. see p. 1229, cols. 2, 3.
subhagaya *= Nom. P. %{-yati}, to make beautiful, adorn BhP.
sucira mfn. very long (ibc., %{am}, %{Aya}, and %{ena}, `" for a very long time,
a good while "'; %{at}, `" after a very long time "') MBh. R. &c.; %{-zrama} m.
fatigue or exertion for a very long time BhP.; %{-rA7yus} mfn. `" having a very
long life "', a god, divinity L.; %{-rA7rpita} mfn. fixed or directed for a long
time Amar.; %{-ro7tsuka} mfn. anxious or desirous for a long tñtime Katha1s.;
%{-ro7Sita} mfn. one who has dwelt or stayed for a long tñtime R.
2 sucIrA see %{-cArA}.
sudhiti * mfn. = {svadhiti}, an axe, hatchet, knife L. [1226, 2]
su-dhita: * =({su4-}) mfn. (for {sudhita} see p. 1226, col. 1) well placed or
fixed RV.; well ordered or arranged or contrived ib. TBr.; well prepared or
served, ready (as food) RV.; fixed upon, meant, intended ib.; well-disposed,
kind, benevolent ib. VS.
sudhita * = mfn. (for {su-dhita} see p. 1225, col. 3) nectar-like
suna * = mf(%{A})n. easily seen by (instr.) Vop.; good-looking, beautiful,
handsome, lovely MBh. R. &c.; m. `" keen-sighted "', a vulture L.; a fish Bhpr.;
(in music) a kind of composition Sam2gi1t.; N. of S3iva MBh.; of a son of Agni
and Sudars3ana1 ib.; of a Vidya1-dhara BhP.; of a Muni ib.; of a Buddha Lalit.;
of a patriarch Buddh.; of a serpent-demon ib.; of a Cakravartin ib.; of one of
the 9 Jaina S3ukla-balas or Bala-devas L.; of the father of the 18th Arhat of
the present Avasarpin2i1 L.; of a king of Ma1lava MBh.; of a king of Ujjayini1
Cat.; of a king of Pa1t2ali-putra Hit.; of a son of S3an3khana R.; of a son of
Artha-siddhi Hariv.; of a son of Dhruva-sam2dhi Ragh.; of a son of Dadhici Cat.;
of a son of Aja-mid2ha Hariv.; of a son of Bharata BhP.; of a son-in-law of
Pratika ib.; of a gambler Katha1s.; of various authors &c. (also with %{AcArya},
%{kavi}, %{bhaTTa}, %{sUri} &c.) Cat.; of a Jambu1 tree MBh.; of a mountain
TA1r. MBh. Ka1ran2d2.; of a Dvipa MBh.; m. n. N. of the %{cakra} or circular
weapon of Vishn2u-Kr2ishn2a (or `" the disc of the sun "') MBh. Ka1v. &c.; of a
mystical staff (carried by Sam2nya1sins as a defence against evil spirits, and
consisting of a bamboo with six knots) RTL. xxi; (%{A4}) f. a handsome woman, a
woman W.; a night in the light half of a month TBr.; an order, command L.;
Coculus Tomentosus L.; a sort of spirituous liquor L.; N. of a daughter of
Duryodhana and Narmada1 MBh.; of a princess Pan5cat.; of a Gandharva maiden
Ka1ran2d2.; of a lotus pond R.; of a Jambu1 tree MBh.; of Indra's city
Amara1vati1 Cat.; of a Comm. on the Tantra-ra1ja; (%{I}) f. N. of Indra's city
(also %{-nI-nagara}) DivyA7v.; (%{am}) n. (cf. m.) a partic. powder composed of
various substances Bhpr.; N. of Indra's city; of a Tirtha BhP.; %{-kavaca} n.
%{-kAla-prabhA} f. N. of wks.; %{-cakra} n. Vishnu's discus Cat.; %{-cUrNa} n.
`" beautiful powder "', a medicinal compound used in fevers S3a1rn3gS.;
%{-jvAla-mantra} m. N. of a Mantra; %{-dvIpa} n. Jambu-dvi1pa MW.;
%{-nRsiMhA7rAdhana} n. %{-paJjaro7paniSad} f. %{-pAJcajanya-pratiSThA} f. N. of
wks.; %{prIti-kara} m. N. of a Kim2-nara prince Buddh.; %{-bhASya} n. %{-mantra}
m. %{-mahA-mantra} m. %{-mAhAtmya} n. %{-mImAMsA} f. %{-vijaya} m. %{-zataka} n.
%{-SaD-akSara} n. %{-saMhitA} f. %{-sampAta} m. %{-sahasra-nAman} n.
%{-sukarNaka-carita} f. %{-stava} m. %{-stotra} n.; %{-nA7di-yantra-vidhi} m.
%{-nA7rAdhana} n. %{-nA7rAdhana-krama}, m. %{-nA7STaka} m. N. of wks.;
%{-no7paniSad} f. N. of an Upani. shad. [1224,3]
sudati = woman
sudhi * = see %{-dhI}.
sudhii * = f. good sense or understanding, intelligence Subh. ; (%{-dhI4}) mfn.
(nom. %{Is}, %{i}) having a good understanding, wise, clever, sensible R.
Katha1s. &c. ; religious, pious RV. ; m. a wise or learned man, Pandit, teacher
L. ; %{-candrikA} f. N. of wk. ; %{--ndra-yati} (%{-dhI7ndr-}) m. N. of an
author ; %{-mayUkha} m. %{-vAda} m. %{-vilocana} n. %{-vilocana-sAra} m.
%{-zRGgAra} m. N. of wks. ; %{-dhy-upA7sya} see %{suddhyup-} (s.v.) -1.\\ &c.
see p. 1225, col. 3.
sudhiikR * = P. %{-karoti}, to change into nectar Naish.
sudhiira* = mfn. very considerate or wise MW. -2.
sudhiira * = mfn. very firm or resolute Pan5cat. (v.l.)
sudhita * = (%{su4-}) mfn. (for %{sudhita} see p. 1226, col. 1) well placed or
fixed RV. ; well ordered or arranged or contrived ib. TBr. ; well prepared or
served, ready (as food) RV. ; fixed upon, meant, intended ib. ; well-disposed,
kind, benevolent ib. VS.
sudhita * = mfn. (for %{su-dhita} see p. 1225, col. 3) nectar-like BhP.
sudhiti * = mfn. = %{svadhiti}, an axe, hatchet, knife L. [1226,2]
suduraachaaraH = one committing the most abominable actions
sudurdarshaM = very difficult to see
sudurlabhaH = very rare to see
sudushhkaraM = difficult
sudhaa = Nectar *= f. (1. %{dhA} ; for 2. %{su-dhA} &c. see s.v.) welfare, ease,
comfort AV. AitBr. \\ 2 f. (fr. 5. %{su+dhe} ; for 1. %{su-dhA}, `" welfare "'
see col. 2) `" good drink "', the beverage of the gods, nectar (cf. 2. %{dhAtu},
p. 514) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; the nectar or honey of flowers L. ; juice, water L. ;
milk (also pl.) VarBr2S. Pan5car. ; white wash, plaster, mortar, cement MBh. R.
&c. ; a brick L. ; lightning L. ; the earth Gal. ; Euphorbia Antiquorum or
another species Car. ; Sanseviera Roxburghiana L. ; Glycine Debilis L. ; Emblica
or yellow Myrobalan L. ; a kind of metre Ked. ; N. of the, wife of a Rudra BhP.
; of the Ganges L. ; of various wks.
sudhaaM = (fem.Acc. Sing.)nectar
sudhaakar = Moon
sudhaakhaNDaH = (m) chalk
sudina *= mf(%{A})n. clear, bright (as a day or morning) RV. ; n. a clear or
fine or auspicious day RV. &c. &c. ; happy time, happiness (= %{sukha}) Naigh.
iii, 6 ; N. of a Tirtha MBh. ; %{-tA} f. clear weather Bhartr2. ; %{-tva4} n.
state of fine weather, an auspicious time RV. ; %{-nA7ha} n. a bright fine day
Pat. on Pa1n2. 2-4, 30.
sudiina - see diina
sugandhiM = one that has a nice fragrance
sugriiv
sudaama * = m. `" giving well "'N. of a cowherd attendant on Kriishna Pañcar.;
pl. N. of a people (v.l. for {su-dAsa}) R.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the Mâtriis
attendant on Skanda MBh.; of a river (in the north of India) R.
eshaH = master-sugrIva, the monkey king (literally meaning the one
sughoshhamaNipushhpakau = the conches named Sughosa and Manipuspaka
suHrid.h = affectionate
suhrit.h = to well-wishers by nature
suhrd *uhRd * `" good-hearted "', kindhearted "', `" well-disposed "', a friend,
ally (also said of planets; {suhRdo janAH}, `" friends "') S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.;
N. of the fourth astrol. mansion VarBriS.; f. a female friend Gobh. Kaus'.; mfn.
(only ifc.) fond of, liking or devoted to Bâlar.; very similar to, closely
resembling ib.
suhrid.h = (bahuvriihi) friend
suhridaM = the benefactor
suhridaH = well-wishers
sujana = good man
sukanya = good virgin
sukara = easy
sukumaarau = (two) handsome young lads
sukha = happiness
sukhaM = easily
sukhaH = and happiness
sukhataH = for happiness
sukhada = the one giving comfort
sukhaduHkha = happiness and distress
sukhamedhate = happiness, obtains
sukhaleshaH = (even a little) happiness
sukhasampadaam.h = of the happiness and wealth
sukhasya = of happiness
sukhaani = happiness thereof
sukhaarthinaH = (of) a man seeking happiness
sukhaasana = the easy posture
sukhaasanam.h = (n) a reclining chair, rocking chair
sukhinaH = happy
sukhii = happy
sukhe = in happiness
sukhena = in transcendental happiness
sukheshhu = in happiness
s'ukla *= mf(%{A})n. (later form of %{zukra}, for which it is sometimes w.r.)
bright, light (with %{pakSa} = %{zukla-p-} q.v.) Ka1tyS3r. Mn. MBh. &c.; white,
whitish AitBr. &c. &c.; pure, spotless, unsullied MBh. Ka1v. &c.; m. the bright
half of a lunar month or any day in it Gr2S3rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; the month
Vais3a1kha BhP. (Sch.); white (the colour) L.; mucus, saliva (%{zukla4M-kR}, to
spit at) AV.; ricinus or white rñ L.; Mimusops Hexandra L.; the 37th (or 3rd)
year of Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBr2S.; the 24th of the astronomical
Yogas. L.; N. of S3iva MBh.; of Vishn2u BhP.; of a son of Havir-dha1na (cf.
%{zukra}) Hariv.; of a Muni Cat.; of a king Buddh.; of a mountain BhP.; (%{A})
f. a white cow Ka1tyS3r.; white or candied sugar L.; Euphorbia Antiquorum L.; =
%{kAkOlI} and %{vidArI} L.; N. of Sarasvati1 L.; of a daughter of Sin6ha-hanu
Buddh.; of a river BhP.; n. brightness, light MaitrUp.; a white spot, white
substance, anything white AV. S3Br. ChUp.; the white of the eye S3Br. R. Sus3r.;
a disease of the cornea or white part of the eye (opacity, albugo; cf. %{zukra})
L.; silver L.; fresh butter L.
sukritaM = pious activities
sukritadushhkrite = good and bad results
sukritasya = pious
sukritiM = good deed
sukritinaH = those who are pious
sukritinaaM = of the good-doer
sukritii = the man with good deeds
sukshma * = mf({A4})n. consisting of good earth VS. (Sch.)
sulabha = Easy
sulabhaH = very easy to achieve
sumano* = (for {-manas}) in comp.; {--kasa} n. (fr {su-manas} + {okas}) the
abode or world of gods (v.l. {-nau9kasa}) Hariv.; {-jJaghoSa} m. N. of a Buddha
Lalit.; {--ttarA} f. (fr. {su-manas} + {utt-}) N. of a woman and the story about
her Pân. 4-3, 87 Vârtt. 1 Pat.; {-dAman} n. a garland of flowers Mriicch.;
{-bhara} mfn. possessing or ornamented with flowers W.; {-bhirAma} mf({A})n.
very captivating or agreeable, lovely, charming R.; {-mattaka}, m.N. of a man
Râjat.; f. {-maya} mf({I})n. `" consisting of flowers "' and `" being of pious
disposition "', Srikanthh.; {-mukha} m. N. of a serpentdemon MBh.; {-rajas} n.
the pollen of a flower L.; {-raJjinI} f. N. of wk.; {-latA} f. a flowering
creeper Sâh.
sumanorama* = mfn. very charming or lovely R.; ({A}) f. N. of two wks.
sumanohara* = mf({A})n. very captivating or charming, beautiful MBh. Pur.
[1231,1]; ({A}) f. N. of a Comm. on the Kâvya-prakâs'a.
sumanasya = benevolence
sumanda * = mfn. very slow or dull; (%{A}) f. N. of a partic. S3akti Pan5car.;
(%{-da})%{-buddhi} mfn. very dull-witted or much disheartened MBh.; %{-bhAj}
mfn. very unfortunate ib.
sumitraa = dasharath's wife, laxmañs mother
sunaabha * = mfn. having a good nave or centre MBh.; (also %{-bhaka}) having a
good handle R.; m. a partic. spell recited over weapons ib.; N. of a counsellor
of Varun2a MBh.; of a son of Dhr2it2a-ra1sht2ra ib.; of a son of Garud2a ib.; of
a brother of Vajra-na1bha Hariv.; of a mountain MBh. R.; (prob.) n. a wheel,
discus BhP.
su.ndaram.h = the handsome one
sundara = beautiful
sundariiM = (sundari in objective case)
suniyamanaya = with good niyama or GYaana, also with na, ya, ma, na, ya gaNaas
sunishchitaM = definitely
supakva *= mf(%{A})n. (i.e. 5. %{su+p-}; 2. %{pac}) well-cooked or matured,
thoroughly ripe (lit. and fig.) AV. Sus3r. Pan5car.; a sort of fragrant Mango L.
suputra = good son
supuujitam.h = well worshipped
supta = asleep
supta\-jaanu\-shirshhaasana = the supine head-knee posture
supta\-paschimottanaasana = the supine back-stretching posture
supta\-paadaangushhThaasana = the supine big toe posture
supta\-baddha\-padmaasana = the supine bound lotus posture
supta\-vajraasana = the supine thunderbolt posture
supra = whitesura = god
sura *= m. (prob. fr. %{asura} as if fr. %{a-sura} and as %{sita} fr. %{a-sita}
; thought by some to be connected with 2. %{svar}) a god, divinity, deity
(%{surANAM@hantR} m. `" slayer of the gods "'N. of a partic. form of fire, son
of Tapas) MaitrUp. MBh. &c. ; the image of a god, an idol Vishn2. ; a symbolical
N. for the number `" thirty-three "' (from the 33 gods ; see %{deva}) Gan2it. ;
a sage, learned man L. ; the sun L. ; (said to be) = %{kSura} MBh. ; w.r. for
%{svara} ib. ; (%{A}) f. see s.v. ; (%{I}) f. a goddess Naish. HParis3. ;
(%{am}) n. see %{surA}.
suragaNaaH = the demigods
suraguroH = of Brihaspati (the teacher of Gods)
surangikaa = (f) a small tunnel
surasanghaaH = groups of demigods
suraaNaaM = of the demigods
suraapaana = drinking, alcoholism
suratataa* f. godhead MBh.; the rice of gods Cat
surata * =; mfn. sporting, playful Un. v, 14 Sch.; compassionate, tender L.; m.
N. of a mendicant Buddh.; ({A}) f. a wife Hariv. (Sch.); N. of an Apsaras MBh.;
({am}) n. great joy or delight ib.; (ifc. f. {A}) amorous or sexual pleasure or
intercourse, coition Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; {-keli} f. amorous sport or dalliance
Cat.; {-krIDA} f. id. Kathâs.; {-gahvarA} f. N. of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.;
{-glAni} f. exhaustion from sexual intercourse Megh.; {-janita} mfn. produced by
sexual intñintercourse ib.; {-tAlI} f. a female messenger, go-between L.; a
chaplet, garland for the head L.; {-nivRtti} f. cessation of sexñsexual
intñintercourse Cat.; {-pradIpa} m. a lamp burning during sexñsexual
intñintercourse Kum.; {-prabhA} f. N. of a woman Kathâs.; {-prasaGga} m.
addiction to sexñsexual intñintercourse MW.; {-prasaGgin} mfn. addicted to
sexñsexual intñintercourse Riitus.; {-priya} mfn. id. VarBriS.; N. of a woman
Dhûrtas.; {-bandha} m. a kind of coition L.; {-bheda} m. a kind of cñcoition
Cat.; {-maJjarI} f. N. of a daughter of the Vidyâ-dhara Matanga-deva and of the
16th Lambaka of the Kathâ-sarit-sâgara (called after her); {-mRdita} mfn. worn
out by sexual intñintercourse Bhartri.; {-raGgin} mfn. (for {sura-t-} see p.
1234, col. 2), delighting in or addicted to sexual intercourse Subh.; {-varNana}
n. description of sexñsexual intercourse Cat.; {-vArarAtri} f. a night fit for
sexñsexual intñintercourse Ragh.; {-vidhi} m. performance or rule or mode of sex
intñintercourse VarBriS.; {-vizeSa} m. a partic. kind of sexñsexual
intñintercourse Kir.; {-vyApArajAta-zrama} mfn. wearied by addiction to
sexñsexual intñintercourse Subh.; {-sambhoga} m. enjoyment of sexñsexual
intñintercourse Vet.; {-saukhya} n. the pleasure of sexñsexual intñintercourse
ib.; {-stha} mfn. engaged in sexñsexual intñintercourse Kathâs.; {-to7tsava} m.
the joy of sexual intñintercourse Subh.; {-to7tsuka} mfn. desirous of sexñsexual
intñintercourse VarBriS.; {-to7pacAra-kuzala} mfn. skilled in sexñsexual
intñintercourse ib.
sures'a * = m. a lord of the gods BhP. ; N. of a partic. god MBh. ; of a partic.
Agni (son of Tapas) ib. ; of Indra VarBr2S. Katha1s. BhP. ; of Vishn2u-Kr2ishn2a
Cat. ; of S3iva S3ivag. ; of a place Pan5car. ; (%{I}) f. N. of Durga1 Ca1n2. ;
%{-loka} m. Indra's world BhP.
surendra = king of gods
surkiMsijan.h = (m) what happens to some babies' weewees
surya = A name for the Sun
suryodaya = sun-rise
sushiila = of good character
sushiilatva = good character
sus'ruNa * = mfn. obtaining good hearing (Sây. `" very famous "') RV.
sushumnaa = the spinal cord
sushhuptiH = deep sleeping
sushhuptii\-avasthaa = the state of the mind in dreamless sleep
susukhaM = very happy
sus'loka* = (%{su4-}) mf(%{A})n. well sounding or speaking VS. TBr. &c.; of good
renown, famous, celebrated BhP.
susmita = endowed with good smiles
suta = son
suta * = 1 mfn. impelled, urged S'Br.; allowed, authorized ib. \\2 mfn. pressed
out, extracted; m. (sg. and pl., once n. in ChUp. 12, 1) the expressed Soma.
Juice, a Soma libation RV. AV. S'Br. ChUp. BhP. \\3 mfn. begotten, brought
forth; m. (ifc. f. {A}) a son, child, offspring ({sutau} du. = `" son and
daughter "') Mn. MBh. &c.; a king L.; N. of the 5th astrological house VarBriS.;
N. of a son of the 10th Manu Hariv.; ({A}) f. see below.
sutaa = daughter* = f. (ifc. f. {A}) a daughter Mn. MBh. &c.; the plant Alhagi
Maurorum L.
suurata * = mfn. (for {su-r-}) well disposed towards, compassionate, tender Un.
v, 14; tranquil, calm ib.; ({A}) f. a tractable cow
suu = to produce * = 1 (not separable in all forms fr. 2. %{sU} ; cf. 1.
%{su-SU4}, %{asu-sU}, and 4. %{su}) cl. 6. P. (Dha1tup. xxviii, 115) %{suva4ti}
(in Br. also %{-te}, and accord. to Dha1tup. xxii, 43 and xxiv, 32 also
%{savati} and %{-sauti} ; pf. %{suSuve4} AV. ; p. %{suSuvANa4} q.v. ; aor.
%{asAvIt}, %{sAviSat} RV.: Pass. %{sUya4te} Br. &c.), to set in motion, urge,
impel, vivify, create, produce RV. &c. &c. ; to hurl upon Bhat2t2. ; to grant,
bestow (esp. said of Savitr2i) RV. ; to appoint or consecrate to (A1. `" to let
one's self be consecrated "') AV. TS. ; to allow, authorize S3Br.: Intens.
%{soSavIti}, to urge or impel violently (said of Savitr2i) RV.\\2 (cf. 1. %{sU}
and 5. %{su}) cl. 2. A1. (Dha1tup. xxiv, 21) %{sUte} (1. sg. pr. %{suve}, 3. sg.
impf. %{asUta} ; in later language also %{sUyate} [xxvi, 31] and in comp. with
%{pra} also %{-savati} and %{-sauti} [cf. xxiv, 31] ; pf. %{sasUva} RV. ;
%{suSuve4} AV. &c. ; %{susAva} MBh. &c. ; aor. %{asuSot} MaitrS. ; %{-SavuH}
TBr. ; %{asoSTa} ChUp. ; %{asauSIt} and %{asaviSTa} Gr. ; fut. %{sotA},
%{savitA} ib. ; %{soSya4ti}, %{-te} Br. &c. ; %{saviSyati}, %{-te} MBh. &c. ; p.
f. %{sU4SyantI} RV. ; %{soSya4ntI} [s. v.] S3Br. [1240,1] ; inf. %{sU4tave} RV.
; %{sUtavai4} AV. ; %{sa4vitave} ib. ; %{sotum}, or %{savitum} Gr. ; ind. p.
%{sUtvA4} Br. ; %{-sUya} MBh. &c. ; %{-su4tya} S3Br.), to beget, procreate,
bring forth, bear, produce, yield RV. &c. &c.: Pass. %{sUyate} (aor. %{asAvi}),
to be begotten or brought forth MBh. Ka1v. &c.: Caus. %{sAvayati} Gr.: Desid.
%{-susUSati} ib.\\ 3 mfn. begetting, procreating, bringing forth, producing
(mostly ifc. ; see %{a-}, %{ambhaH-}, %{karNa-sU} &c.) ; m. one who begets, a
father RV. VS. ; a mother RV. i, 32, 9 ; child-bearing, parturition W. [Cf. Gk.
$, $ ; Lat. {sus} ; Angl. Sax. &374185[1240,1] {su7} ; Eng. {sow} ; Germ.
{Sau}.]\\ 4 ind., Ved. and in some comp. = 5. %{su}, well, good &c. (cf.
%{sU-nara}, %{sU-nRta} &c.)
suuchanaa = suggestion
suuchi = (fem) needle, pointer
suuchikaa = (f) safety pin
suuchii = (f) (sewing) needle
suukta = good words
suurya * = m. the sun or its deity (in the Veda the name Su1rya is generally
distinguished from Savitr2i [q.v.], and denotes the most concrete of the solar
gods, whose connection with the luminary is always present to the poet's mind
[1243,2] ; in Nir. vii, 5 he is regarded as one of the original Vedic triad, his
place being in the sky, while that of Agni is on the earth, and that of Indra is
in the atmosphere ; ten hymns in the RV. are entirely in praise of Su1rya, e. g.
i, 50, i, 115 &c., also AV. xiii, 2 ; he moves through the sky in a chariot
drawn by seven ruddy horses or mares [see %{saptA7zva}, %{harit}, %{harid-azva}]
; in the later mythology Su1rya is identified with Savitr2i as one of the 12
A1dityas or emblems of the Sun in the 12 months of the year, and his
seven-horsed chariot is said to be driven by Arun2a or the Dawn as its
charioteer, who is represented without legs ; the Sun, whether named Su1rya or
Vivasvat, has several wives see %{sUryA} below) RV. &c. &c. (cf. IW. 11 ; 16 &c.
RTL. 341) ; a symbolical expression for the number `" twelve "' (in allusion to
the sun in the 12 signs of the zodiac) Jyot. Hcat. ; the swallow-wort (either
Calotropis or Asclepias Gigantea, = %{arka}) L. ; N. of the son of Bali L. ; of
a Da1nava VahniP. ; of an astronomer (= %{sUrya-dAsa}) Cat. ; epithet of S3iva
MBh. ; (%{A4}) f. the wife of Su1rya or the Sun (also called Sam2jn5a1, q.v.) ;
the daughter of Su1rya or the Sun (see RV. i, 116, 17 ; also described as
daughter of Praja1pati or of Savitr2i and wife of the As3vins, and in other
places as married to Soma ; in RV. i, 119, 2 she is called U1rja1ni1, and in vi,
55, 4, vi, 58, 4 the sister of Pu1shan [q.v.], who is described as loving her,
and receiving her as a gift from the gods ; accord. to some she represents a
weak manifestation of the Sun ; Su1rya1 Sa1vitri1 is regarded as the authoress
of the Su1rya1-su7kta RV. x, 85) RV. AV. AitBr. Kaus3. ; = %{vAc} Naigh. i, 11 ;
= %{sUryA-sU7ktA} (q.v.) S3a1n3khGr2. ; a new bride ; a drug L. ; the colocynth
or bitter gourd L. ; mfn. solar (perhaps w.r. for %{saurya}) Jyot. [For cognate
words see under 2. %{sva4r}.]
suuta = the chariot driver
suutaputraH = Karna
suutra = a thread
suutrachakram.h = (n) spinning wheel, charkha
suutrikaa = (f) noodles
suutre = on a thread
suuyate = manifests
suurya = sun
suuryaH = the sun
suuryakaanta = Effulgent like Sun
suuryagrihe = in the home of sun(during the solar eclipse)
suurya\-namaskaara = the homage to the sun posture
suuryanaaraayaNa = used for addressing Sun
suuryavarchasvii = with the prowess and brilliance of sun
suuryashcha = sun + and
suuryaastaH = (m) sunset
suuryodayaH = (m) sunrise
suukshma = minute, extremely small, keen *= mf(%{A})n. (prob. connected with
%{sUci}, p. 1241, col. 1) minute, small, fine, thin, narrow, short, feeble,
trifling, insignificant, unimportant (with %{artha} m. `" a trifling matter "' )
Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. ; acute, subtle, keen (understanding or mental operation ;
%{am} ind.) Kat2hUp. R. &c. ; nice, exact, precise Col. ; subtle, atomic,
intangible Up. Sa1m2khyak. MBh. &c. ; m. a partic. figure of rhetoric (`" the
subtle expression of an intended act "') Cat. ; (with S3aivas) one who has
attained a certain grade of emancipation Hcat. ; a mystical N. of the sound %{I}
Up. ; N. of S3iva MBh. ; of a Da1nava ib. Hariv. ; m. or n. an atom, intangible
matter Sa1m2khyak. Sarvad. MBh. &c. ; the subtle all-pervading spirit, Supreme
Soul L. ; the Kataka or clearing-nut plant L. ; = %{kRtaka}, or %{kaitava} L. ;
(%{A}) f. sand L. ; small cardamoms L. ; N. of two plants (= %{yUthikA} or
%{karuNI}) L. ; of one of the 9 S3aktis of Vishn2u L. ; (%{am}) n. the cavity or
socket of a tooth Vishn2. ; woven silk L. ; marrow L. ; the Veda7nta philosophy
L.
suukshmatvaat.h = on account of being subtle
suukshmadarshakam.h = (n) microscope
suukshmashariira = the astral body
suuya * = n. extraction of the Soma-juice, libation, sacrifice (cf. {rAja-s-})
MBh.
suvaasas * = mfn. having beautñbeautiful garments, well dressed RV. &c. &c.;
well feathered (as an arrow) MBh.
suyama * = mf({A})n. easy to be guided, tractable (as a horse &c.) RV. TBr.;
easy to be restrained or controlled or kept in order, well regulated RV. AV.
VS.; m. pl. a partic. class of gods BhP.; ({A}) f. the Priyangu plant L.
su-yaama4 * = mfn. binding or restraining well (as reins) RV.; m. N. of a
Deva-putra Lalit.; pl. a partic. class of gods MB
suvarNakaaraH = (m) goldsmith
suvipulaM = great, in bulk
suviruuDha = strongly
su-vrit-tattva = the principle of goodness
suvyavasthitaa = well organised
suGYaanaaya = (instr.S) thro'good knowledge
suta * = 1 mfn. impelled, urged S'Br.; allowed, authorized ib. \\ 2 mfn. pressed
out, extracted; m. (sg. and pl., once n. in ChUp. 12, 1) the expressed Soma.
Juice, a Soma libation RV. AV. S'Br. ChUp. BhP. \\3 mfn. begotten, brought
forth; m. (ifc. f. {A}) a son, child, offspring ({sutau} du. = `" son and
daughter "') Mn. MBh. &c.; a king L.; N. of the 5th astrological house VarBriS.;
N. of a son of the 10th Manu Hariv.; ({A}) f. see below.
sutaa * = f. (ifc. f. {A}) a daughter Mn. MBh. &c.; the plant Alhagi Maurorum L.
suucaka * =mf(%{ikA})n. pointing out, indicating, showing, designating MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; pointing to (acc.) Hariv.; informing, betraying, treacherous Car.; m.
a denouncer, informer Mn. MBh. &c.; (the following only in L.) the manager or
chief actor of a company; a narrator, teacher; the son of an A1yogava and a
Kshatriya1; a Buddha; a Siddha; demon, imp; villain, dog; jackal; cat; crow;
needle; balustrade, parapet; kind of rice.
suukshma * = mf({A})n. (prob. connected with {sUci}, p. 1241, col. 1) minute,
small, fine, thin, narrow, short, feeble, trifling, insignificant, unimportant
(with {artha} m. `" a trifling matter "' ) Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; acute, subtle, keen
(understanding or mental operation; {am} ind.) KathhUp. R. &c.; nice, exact,
precise Col.; subtle, atomic, intangible Up. Sânkhyak. MBh. &c.; m. a partic.
figure of rhetoric (`" the subtle expression of an intended act "') Cat.; (with
S'aivas) one who has attained a certain grade of emancipation Hcat.; a mystical
N. of the sound {I} Up.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of a Dânava ib. Hariv.; m. or n. an
atom, intangible matter Sânkhyak. Sarvad. MBh. &c.; the subtle all-pervading
spirit, Supreme Soul L.; the Kataka or clearing-nut plant L.; = {kRtaka}, or
{kaitava} L.; ({A}) f. sand L.; small cardamoms L.; N. of two plants (=
{yUthikA} or {karuNI}) L.; of one of the 9 S'aktis of Vishnu L.; ({am}) n. the
cavity or socket of a tooth Vishn.; woven silk L.; marrow L.; the Veda7nta
philosophy L.
suunrita* = mf(%{A}) n. joyful, glad RV.; friendly, kind Mn. (iii, 150) MBh.
&c.; pleasant and true (in this sense supposed to be fr. 5. %{su} + %{Rta})
Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; (%{A}), E see below; (%{am}) n. joy, gladness, delight RV.
AV.; (with Jainas) pleasant and true speech (one of the five qualities belonging
to right conduct) Sarvad.
suunritaa* = f. gladness, joy, exultation, song of joy, glee (instr. pl. `"
joyfully "') RV. TS. Pa1rGr2.; kindness, friendliness, kind and true speech
Kat2hUp. MBh. &c. [1242,3]; truth (opp. to %{an-Rta}) personified as a goddess
RV. AV. &c.; the wife of Dharma BhP.; a daughter of Dharma and wife of
Utta1na-pa1da Hariv. VP.; of an Apsaras L.
suuta * = 1 mfn. urged, impelled &c. (cf. 3. {sUta}, p. 1241, col. 2, 1. {suta},
and {nR-SUta}). \\2 mfn. (for 3. see p. 1241, col. 2) born, engendered (see
{su-SUta}); one that has, brought forth (young) Mn. VarBriS.; m. quicksilver
S'ârngS. Sarvad.; the sun W.; ({A}) f. a woman who has given birth to a child
MW.; a young quadruped L.; w.r. for {sutA} Pañcat. iii, 192/193. \\ 3 m. (of
doubtful derivation, prob. to be connected with 1. {sU}; for 1. 2. {sUta} see
pp. 1239 and 1240) a charioteer, driver, groom, equerry, master of the horse
(esp. an attendant on a king who in earlier literature is often mentioned
together with the {grAma-NI4}; in the epics also a royal herald or bard, whose
business was to proclaim the heroic actions of the king and his ancestors, while
he drove his chariot to battle, or on state occasions, and who had therefore to
know by heart portions of the epic poems and ancient ballads; he is the son of a
Kshatriya by a Brâhmanî or of a Brâhman [accord. to S'âs'vata also of a S'ûdra]
and a Kshatriyâ; the most celebrated S'ûta was Loma-harshana who was a pupil of
Vyâsa) AV. &c. &c. (IW. 510 n.); a carpenter or wheelwright L.; N. of a son of
Vis'vâmitra MBh.; ({yA}) f. g. {krauDy-Adi}; ({I}) f. the wife of a Sûta MW.; a
female bard ib.
suutra* = n. (accord. to g. {ardhacA7di} also m.; fr. {siv}, `" to sew "', and
connected with {sUci} and {sUnA}) a thread, yarn, string, line, cord, wire AV.
&c. &c.; a measuring line (cf. {-pAta}) Hariv. VarBriS. &c.; the sacred thread
or cord worn by the first three classes (cf. {yajJo7pavIta}) BhP.; a girdle ib.;
a fibre Kâlid.; a line, stroke MBh. VarBriS. Gol.; a sketch, plan Râjat.; that
which like a thread runs through or holds together everything, rule, direction
BhP.; a short sentence or aphoristic rule, and any work or manual consisting of
strings of such rules hanging together like threads (these Sûtra works form
manuals of teaching in ritual, philosophy, grammar &c.: e.g. in ritual there are
first the S'rauta-su7tras, and among them the Kalpa-su7tras, founded directly on
S'ruti q.v.; they form a kind of rubric to Vedic ceremonial, giving concise
rules for the performance of every kind of sacrifice [IW. 146 &c.]; other kinds
of SñS'ruti works are the Griihya-sûtras and Sâmayâcârika or Dharma-sûtras i.e.
`" rules for domestic ceremonies and conventional customs "', sometimes called
collectively Smârta-sûtras [as founded on {smRti} or `" tradition "' see
{smArta}]; these led to the later DharmaS'âstras or `" law-books "' [IW. 145];
in philosophy each system has its regular text-book of aphorisms written in
Sûtras by its supposed founder [IW. 60 &c.]; in Vyâkarana or grammar there are
the celebrated Sûtras of Pânini in eight books, which are the groundwork of a
vast grammatical literature; with Buddhists, Pâs'upatas &c. the term Sûtra is
applied to original text books as opp. to explanatory works; with Jainas they
form part of the Driishthivâda) IW. 162 &c.; a kind of tree DivyA7v.
suunrita* = mf({A}) n. joyful, glad RV.; friendly, kind Mn. (iii, 150) MBh. &c.;
pleasant and true (in this sense supposed to be fr. 5. {su} + {Rta}) Yâjñ. MBh.
&c.; ({A}), E see below; ({am}) n. joy, gladness, delight RV. AV.; (with Jainas)
pleasant and true speech (one of the five qualities belonging to right conduct)
Sarvad.
suunritaa* = f. gladness, joy, exultation, song of joy, glee (instr. pl. `"
joyfully "') RV. TS. PârGri.; kindness, friendliness, kind and true speech
KathhUp. MBh. &c. [1242, 3]; truth (opp. to {an-Rta}) personified as a goddess
RV. AV. &c.; the wife of Dharma BhP.; a daughter of Dharma and wife of
Uttâna-pâda Hariv. VP.; of an Apsaras L.
sva* = 1 mf({A4})n. own, one's own, my own, thy own, his own, her own, our own,
their own &c. (referring to all three persons accord. to context, often ibc.,
but generally declinable like the pronominal {sarva} e.g. {svasmai} dat.
{svasmAt} abl. [optionally in abl. loc. sing. nom. pl. e.g. {taM svAd AsyAd
asRjat}, `" he created him from his own mouth "' Mn. i, 94]; and always like
s'iva when used substantively [see below]; sometimes used loosely for `" my "',
`" thy "', `" his "', `" our "' [e.g. {rAjA bhrAtaraM sva-grIham pre7SayAm-Asa},
`" the king sent his brother to his (i.e. the brother's) house "']; in the
oblique cases it is used as a reflexive pronoun = {Atman}, e.g. {svaM dUSayati},
`" he defiles himself "'; {svaM nindanti}, `" they blame themselves "') RV. &c.
&c.; m. one's self, the Ego, the human soul W.; N. of Vishnu MBh.; a man of
one's own people or tribe, a kinsman, relative, relation, friend ({svAH}, `"
one's own relations "', `" one's own people "') AV. &c. &c.; ({A}) f. a woman of
one's own caste MBh.; ({am}) n. (ifc. f. {A}), one's self, the Ego (e.g. {svaM
ca brahma ca}, `" the Ego and Brahman "'); one's own goods, property, wealth,
riches (in this sense said to be also m.) RV. &c. &c.; the second astrological
mansion VarBriS.; (in alg.) plus or the affirmative quantity W. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat.
{se}, {sovos}, {suus}; &385055[1275,1] Goth. {sik}; Germ. {sich} &c.] (N. B. in
the following comp. {oñ} own stands for one's own).
sva* = 2 Nom. P. {svati} (pf. {svAm-Asa}) = {sva ivA7carati}, he acts like
himself or his kindred Vop. xxi, 7.
svaa* = in comp. for {svar}. -2.
svaabhaava * = m. own non-existence Nîlak.
svaabhaavika mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{svabhAva}) belonging to or arising from one's own
nature, natural, native, spontaneous, original, peculiar, inherent (%{-tva} n.)
Up. MBh. &c. ; m. pl. N. of a Buddhistic school (cf. Buddhac. ix, 48 ; 51).
svaabhaaviketara mf(%{A})n. not natural or inherent Sa1h.
svaagatakaxaH = (m) drawing room
svaada = (m) taste
svaadate = (1 ap) to taste
svaadishhTaH = (m) delicious, tasty
svaadu = sweet
svaadhiina = dependent on the self
svaadhyaaya = self-study
svaadhyaayaH = study of Vedic literature
svaadhyaaya* = m. reciting or repeating or rehearsing to oñone's self,
repetition or recitation of the Veda in a low voice to oñone's self S'Br. &c.
&c.; repeating the VñVeda aloud (acc. with caus. of 1. {zru}, `" to cause the
VñVeda to be repeated aloud "') Mn. iii, 232; recitation or perusal of any
sacred texts W.; the Veda L.; a day on which sacred recitation is resumed after
its suspension MW.; N. of wk.; mfn. studying the VñVeda ({-tama}, perhaps w.r.
for {svA7dhyAyi-t-}) DivyA7v.; {-dhRk} mfn. one who repeats or recites the
VñVeda Âpast.; {-brAhmaNa} n. N. of ch. in the Taittiriya7ranyaka; {-vat} mfn.
(= {-dhRk}) Yâjñ. MBh. Hariv.; m. a repeater or student of the VñVeda W.;
{-yAyA7rthin} m. one who seeks a maintenance for himself during his studentship
Mn.xi, 1. 2.
svaadhyaaya* = Nom. P. {-yAyati}, to study, recite, read to (acc.) DivyA7v.
SaddhP.
svaadhyaayaanmaa = sva + adhyAyAt.h + mA:fromone's learning + doñt
svaaM = of Myself
svaami = master* = in comp. for {svAmin}.
svaamii = the master
svaamin* = (Hit.) m. lion or lord among bñbird "'N. of Garuda. [574,2]\\ see p.
1284, col. 1. \\ m. (fr. 1. {sva} + {min}) an owner, proprietor, master, lord or
owner of (gen. loc., or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; a chief, commander (of an army)
Vikr. Subh.; a husband, lover (du. `" husband and wife "') Âpast. Mn. MBh. &c.;
a king, prince (in dram. used as a form of address = {deva}); a spiritual
preceptor, learned Brâhman or Pandit (used as a title at the end of names, esp.
of natives of the Carnatic); the image or temple of a god (often ifc.; see
{zrIdhara-}, {viSNu-sv-} &c.); N. of Skanda Yâjñ. i, 293; of Vishnu L.; of S'iva
L.; of Garuda L.; of the Muni Vâtsyâyana L.; of the 11th Arhat of the past
Utsarpinî L.; of various authors (also with {mizra} and {zAstrin}; sometimes
abridged from names ending in {svAmin} e.g. for {kSIra-} and {zabara-svAmin})
Cat.; ({inI}) f. see next.
svaana m. (cf. 3. %{su}, p. 1219) sounding, making a noise, rattling (as a
chariot), Panting (as a horse) RV.; m. sound, noise, rattle ib.; twang (of a
bowstring) S3is3.; N. of one of the seven guardians of Soma VS.
svaapa = (m) sleep
svaaraajya = `self-rule', i.e., not being subordinate someone else
svaartha = one's own ends* = m. oñone's own affair or cause, personal matter or
advantage, self-interest, oñone's own aim or object (also pl.) MaitrUp. MBh. R.
&c.; oñone's own property or substance MW.; own or original meaning Sâh.
Veda7ntas. TPrât. Sch.; similar meaning (prob. for {sA7rtha}), a pleonasm MW.; =
{liGgA7rtha-vizeSa} L.; mf({A})n. directed to oñone's self egoistical ({-tA} f.)
Kum. Tarkas. &c.; adapted to (its) purpose Car.; having one's object, expressing
(its) own inherent or true meaning, havñhaving a natural or literal meaning,
havñhaving a similar mñmerits (= {sA7rtha}), pleonastic MW.; ({am} or {e}) ind.
on oñone's own account, for oñone's self Kâv. Kathâs. KapS. &c.; {-paNDita} mfn.
clever in oñone's own affairs MBh.; {-para} mfn. intent on oñone's own
advantage, self-interested S'is'. ({-tA} f. `" selfishness "' MW.); {-parA7yaNa}
mfn. id. MW.; {-prayatna} m. a self-interested project Ratna7v.; {-bhAj} mfn.
managing one's own affairs HParis'.; {-bhraMzin} mfn. ruinous to oñone's own
interests Pañcat.; {-lipsu} mfn. wishing to gain oñone's own object,
self-seeking MW.; {-vighAta} m. frustration of one's object ib.; {-sAdhaka} mfn.
effective of or promoting one's own object Cân. BhP. Nir.; {-sAdhana} n.
accomplishment of one's own object or desire Mn. Râjat.; ({-na}) {-tatpara} mfn.
intent upon it Mn. iv, 196; {-siddhi} f. (= {sAdhana}) Râjat.; {-thA7numAna} n.
`" inference for oñone's self "', (in log.) a partic. process of induction MW.;
{-the74t} mfn. attending to one's own affairs TS.; {-tho7papatti} f. the gaining
oñone's own object Ragh.
svaarthii = adj. self-centered
s'vaasa * = m. hissing, snorting, panting R. Katha1s. BhP.; respiration, breath
(also as a measure of time = %{prA7Na}, %{asu}) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; breathing or
aspiration (in the pronunciation of consonants) RPra1t., Introd.; inspiration
Sarvad.; sighing, a sigh S3ak. Sa1h.; affection of the breath, hard breathing,
asthma (of which there are five kinds, viz. %{kSudra}, %{tamaka}, %{chinna},
%{mahat}, and %{Urdhva}) Sus3r.; (%{A}) f. N. of the mother of S3vasana (the god
of wind) MBh.; Convolvulus Turpethum L.; %{-karma-prakAza} m. N. of wk.
svaas'ishaatman * = mfn. (%{AziSA} instr. of %{Azis}) thinking only of oñone's
own wishes BhP
svaati = The fifteenth nakshatra. Can be spelt Svati
svaayatta = dependent only one onself
sva = Self
svabhaava = nature, personal mental attributes, habit, existence* = m. (ifc. f.
{A}) native place Vishn.; own condition or state of being, natural state or
constitution, innate or inherent disposition, nature, impulse, spontaneity;
({-vAt} or {-vena} or {-va-tas} or ibc.), from natural disposition, by nature,
naturally, by oñone's self, spontaneously) S'vetUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; {-kRta} mfn.
done by nature, natural VarBriS.; {-kRpaNa} m. `" naturally mean "'N. of a
Brâhman Pañcat.; {-ja} mfn. produced by natural disposition, innate, natural R.
Sâh. &c.; {-janita} mfn. id. Kâv.; {-tas} ind. see above; {-tA} f. (Jâtakam.) or
{-tva} n. (TPrât. Sch.) the state of innate disposition or nature; {-daurjanya}
n. natural or innate wickedness W.; {-dveSa} m. natural hatred L.; {-prabhava}
mfn. (= {-ja} above) VarBriS.; {-bhAva} m. natural disposition Pañcat.; {-vAda}
m. the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by the natural
and necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties MW.
[1276, 2]; {-vAdin} m. one who maintains the above doctrine ib.; {-zUra} mfn.
possessing natural heroes (others, `" valiant by nature "') Hit.; {-siddha} mfn.
established by nature, natural, imiate Âs'vS'r. Bhartri.; self-evident, obvious
Kâs'.; {-vA7rtha-dIpikA} f. N. of Comm.; {-vo7kta} mfn. said or declared
spontaneously Yâjñ. Sch.; {-vo7kti} f. statement of the exact nature (of
anything), accurate description of the properties (of things) Kâvya7d. Pratâp.
&c.; spontaneous declaration A.; {-vo7nnata-bhAva} mfn. high-minded by nature
({-tva} n.) Hariv.
svabhaavaH = characteristics
svabhaavajaM = born of his own nature
svabhaavajaa = according to his mode of material nature
svabhaavajena = born of your own nature
svabhaavaniyataM = prescribed according to one's nature
svabhAvikI (prob.) w.r. for %{svAbhAvikaM} Cat.
svachakshushhaa = your own eyes
svachchha = pure
svacchanda *= m. one's own or free will,one's own choice of fancy (ibc.,
%{-dAt}, %{-dena}, or %{-da-tas}, `" at one's own will or pleasure "', `"
spontaneously "', `" independently "', `" freely "') Up. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; N. of
wk. ; mf(%{A})n. following one's own will, acting at pleasure, independent,
uncontrolled, spontaneous (%{am} ind.) Ya1jn5. Ka1v. VarBr2S. &c. ;
uncultivated, wild W. ; m. N. of Skanda AV. Paris3. ; %{-cara} mf(%{A})n. moving
about at will, independent R. ; %{-cArin} mfn. id. Kuval. S3a1rn3gP. &c. ;
(%{iNI}) f. an independent woman Ka1d. a harlot MW. ; %{-tantra} n.
%{-tantra-rAja} m. N. of wks. ; %{-tas} ind. at will or pleasure, spontaneously
MBh. ; %{-tA} f. independent action, uncontrolled behaviour Ka1d. ; %{-naya} m.
N. of wk. ; %{-nAyaka} m. a partic. Rasa Rase7ndrac. ; %{-paddhati} f.
%{-bhaTTA-raka-bRhat-pUjA-pattrikA-vidhi} m. %{-bhairava} m. N. of wks. ;
%{-bhairava-rasa} m. a partic. Rasa Rase7ndrac. ; %{-maraNa} n. dying at one's
own will (a faculty bestowed on Bhishma) MBh. R. ; %{-mRtyuka} mfn. having death
in one's own power MBh. ; %{-vana-jAta} mfn. growing spontaneously or wild in a
forest Hit. ; %{-zAktA7gama} m. %{-saMgraha} m. %{-sAra-saMgraha} m.
%{-cchando7ddyota} m. N. of wks.
svachchha.ndii = adj. self-absorbed
svadesha = one's own country
svadhaa* = f. (for {svadhA4} see p. 1280) self-position, self-power, inherent
power (accord. to someN. of Nature or the material Universe; {sva-dha4yA} `" by
self-power "') RV.; own state or condition or nature, habitual state, custom,
rule, law RV.; ease, comfort, pleasure ({a4nu svadhA4m}, {svadhA4m a4nu} or
{svadhA4 a4nu}, {svadha4yA}, or {svadhA4bhiH}, `" according to one's habit or
pleasure, spontaneously, willingly, easily, freely, undisturbedly, wantonly,
sportively "') RV. AV. VS. TBr.; own place, home ({svadhe4} du. `" the two
places or homes "', heaven and earth Naigh. iii, 30) ib.; `" own portion or
share "', the sacrificial offering due to each god, (esp.) the food or libation,
or refreshing drink (cf. 2. {su-dhA}) offered to the Pitriis or spirits of
deceased ancestors (consisting of clarified butter &c. and often only a
remainder of the Havis; also applied to other oblations or libations, and
personified as a daughter of Daksha and wife of the Pitriis or of Angiras or of
a Rudra or of Agni) RV. &c. &c.; ({-dha4}) ind. (with dat. or gen.) the
exclamation or benediction used on presenting (or as a substitute for) the above
oblation or libation to the gods or departed ancestors (accord. to Mn. iii, 252
the highest form of benediction at a S'râddha; with {kR}, `" to pronounce the
exclamation or benediction {sva-dhA} "'; {svadhA7stu}, `" let there be a
blessing on it "' [cf. RTL. 104, n. 1]) RV. &c. &c.
svadhaa* = f. (for {sva-dhA} see p. 1278, col. 1) an axe, knife TS.
svaahaa* = ind. (prob. fr. 5. {su} and {ah}; cf. {dur-AhA}) hail! hail to! may a
blessing rest on! (with dat.; an exclamation used in making oblations to the
gods; with {kR} [ind. p. {-kA4ram}, or {-kRtya}] and acc. `" to pronounce the
exclamation Svâhâ over "') RV. &c. &c.; f. an oblation (offered to Agni, Indra
&c.) or Oblation personified (as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Agni; she is
thought to preside over burnt-offerings; her body is said to consist of the four
Vedas, and her limbs are the six Angas or members of the Veda; she is
represented also as a wife of the Rudra Pas'u-pati) RV. &c. &c.
svadharmaM = your religious duty
svadharmaH = one's prescribed duties
svadharme = in one's prescribed duties
svadhaa = oblation
svah= svar *=1 (= %{sur}) cl. 10. P. %{svarayati}, to find fault, blame, censure
Dha1tup. xxxv, 11.// 2 (prob. = a lost %{sur}; cf. %{svR}) cl. 1. P. %{svarati},
Caus. %{svarayati}, to shine.// svar // 4 (in Yajur-veda also %{su4var}) ind.
(used in Veda as nom acc. loc., or gen., in Naish. vi, 99 also as abl.; from the
weak base %{sU4r} the RV. forms the gen. %{sU4ras} and the dat. %{sUre4} [iv, 3,
8]), the sun, sunshine, light, lustre RV. AV. VS. [1281,2]; bright space or sky,
heaven (as distinguished from %{div}, which is regarded as the vault above it;
often `" heaven "' as a paradise and as the abode of the gods and the Blest, in
AV. also of the Asuras; %{svaH@prayAtaH}, `" gone to heaven "' i.e. `" departed
this life "') RV. &c. &c.; the space above the sun or between the sun and the
polar star, the region of the planets and constellations (regarded as the 3rd of
the 7 worlds [see %{loka}] and the 3rd of the three Vya1hr2itis [i.e.
%{bhu4r@bhu4vaH@sva4H}]; %{svar} is pronounced after %{om} and before the
Ga1yatri1 by every Bra1hman on beginning his daily prayers) Mn. MBh. &c.; water
Naigh. i, 12; N. of S3iva MBh. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {sol}; &386838[1281,2] Lith.
{sa4ule}; Goth. {sauil}; Angl. Sax. {so7l}.]
svaira *= mf(%{A})n. (prob. fr. %{sva} + %{Ira}, `" going, moving "') going
where one likes, doing what one likes, self-willed, wilful, independent,
unrestrained L.; walking slowly or cautiously Ka1v.; voluntary, optional MW.;
(%{am}) n. wilfulness ib.; (%{am}) ind. according to one's own inclination or
will or pleasure, of one's own accord, freely, unconstrainedly, easily,
spontaneously, at random Vas. MBh. Ka1v. &c., slowly, softly, gently, cautiously
Ka1v. Katha1s. &c.; unreservedly, confidingly ib.; (%{eNa}) ind. at will, at
random R. BhP.; (%{eSu}) ind. in optional or indifferent matters MBh. R.
svairin *= mfn. going where one likes, free, independent, unrestrained (esp.
said of unchaste women) ChUp. MBh. &c. ; (%{iNI}) f. a bat L.
svajanaM = kinsmen
svakaM = His own
svakarma = in his own duty
svakarmaNaa = by his own duties
svakshetra = Planet in its own sign
svaliilayaa = sva+lIlaya, through one's play-like action
svalpa = little
svalpaM = a little
svaM = own
svamatipariNaamaavadhi = according to one's intellectual capacity
svana *= m. (ifc. f. %{U}) sound, noise (in the older language applied to the
roar of wind, thunder, water &c.; in later lñlanguage to the song of birds,
speech, and sound of any kind cf. Naigh. i, 11) RV. &c. &c.; a partic. Agni
MBh.; (%{sva4na}), roaring water VS. TBr.; mfn. ill-sounding L.
svanushhThitaat.h = perfectly done
svapaksha *= m. one's own wings Katha1s. ; one's own party MBh. Ma1lav. Pan5cat.
&c. ; a man of one's own party , friend (also pl.) MBh. Sus3r. BhP. ; one's own
opinion or assertion Katha1s. Madhus.
svapan.h = dreaming
svapati = (2pp) to sleep
svapna = dream *= m. (once in R. n. ifc. f. %{A} ; for %{sv-apna} see p. 1281,
col. 1) sleep, sleeping RV. &c. &c. ; sleepiness, drowsiness Caurap. ; sleeping
too much, sloth, indolence Mn. ix, 13 ; xii, 33 ; dreaming, a dream (acc. with
%{dRz}, `" to see a vision, dream "' RV. &c. &c.
svapnaM = dreaming
svapnaH = dreaming
svapnashiilasya = of one who sleeps
svapnaavabodhasya = sleep and wakefulness
svapnaavasthaa = the state of the mind in a dream
svapne = in dream
svar (svaha)* = 1 (= {sur}) cl. 10. P. {svarayati}, to find fault, blame,
censure Dhâtup. xxxv, 11. \\* =2 (prob. = a lost {sur}; cf. {svR}) cl. 1. P.
{svarati}, Caus. {svarayati}, to shine.\\ * =4 (in Yajur-veda also {su4var})
ind. (used in Veda as nom acc. loc., or gen., in Naish. vi, 99 also as abl.;
from the weak base {sU4r} the RV. forms the gen. {sU4ras} and the dat. {sUre4}
[iv, 3, 8]), the sun, sunshine, light, lustre RV. AV. VS. [1281,2]; bright space
or sky, heaven (as distinguished from {div}, which is regarded as the vault
above it; often `" heaven "' as a paradise and as the abode of the gods and the
Blest, in AV. also of the Asuras; {svaH prayAtaH}, `" gone to heaven "' i.e. `"
departed this life "') RV. &c. &c.; the space above the sun or between the sun
and the polar star, the region of the planets and constellations (regarded as
the 3rd of the 7 worlds [see {loka}] and the 3rd of the three Vyâhriitis [i.e.
{bhu4r bhu4vaH sva4H}]; {svar} is pronounced after {om} and before the Gâyatrî
by every Brâhman on beginning his daily prayers) Mn. MBh. &c.; water Naigh. i,
12; N. of S'iva MBh. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {sol}; &386838[1281,2] Lith. {sa4ule};
Goth. {sauil}; Angl. Sax. {so7l}.]
svara = sound
svara* = or m. (ifc. f. {A}) sound, noise RV. &c. &c.
svara* = m. (ifc. f. {A}) sound, noise RV. &c. &c.; voice Mn. MBh. &c.; tone in
recitation &c. (either high or low), accent (of which there are three kinds,
{udAtta}, {anudAtta} qq. vv., and {svarita}, col. 3), a note of the musical
scale (of which seven [rarely six or eight] are enumerated, 1. {niSAda}; 2.
{RSabha}; 3. {gAndhAra}; 4. {SaDja}; 5. {madhyama}; 6. {dhaivata}; 7. {paJcama}
[described as resembling respectively the notes of an elephant, bull, goat,
peacock, curlew or heron, horse, and Koil [1285, 2]; and designated by their
initial letters or syllables thus, {ni}; {R}; {ga}; {Sa}; {ma}; {dha}; {pa}],
but the order is sometimes changed, {Sadja} being placed first, and {niSAda}
last) Prât. S'rS. Sangît. MBh. &c.; a symbolical expression for the number `"
seven "' VarBriS.; a vowel (either {dIrgha}, `" long "'; or {hrasva}, `" short
"'; or {pluta}, `" prolated "') Prât. S'rS. MBh. &c.; air breathed through the
nostrils ChUp.; N. of Vishnu Vishn.; ({A}) f. N. of the chief wife of Brahmâ L.;
({am}) n. a musical note Sây. on RV. x, 146, 2; N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr.
svarbhaaNu *= m. = %{-bhAnu} i.e. Ra1hu HParis3.\\ (%{svA7r-}) m. N. of a demon
supposed to eclipse the sun and the moon (in later language applied to Ra1hu or
the personified ascending node) RV. &c. &c. ; of a Kas3yapa VP. ; of a son of
Kr2ishn2a BhP. ; %{-sUdana} m. `" destroyer of Ra1hu "'N. of the Sun MBh.
svarloka* = m. the world of hñheaven, a partic. hñheaven, the region called Svar
(cf. {bhuvar-}, {bhUr-l-}) R. Pur.; N. of mount Meru (also {-zikhara}) Das'.; m.
an occupant of hñheaven, a god, one of the Blest ({-tA} f.) BhP.
svaahaa* = ind. (prob. fr. 5. {su} and {ah}; cf. {dur-AhA}) hail! hail to! may a
blessing rest on! (with dat.; an exclamation used in making oblations to the
gods; with {kR} [ind. p. {-kA4ram}, or {-kRtya}] and acc. `" to pronounce the
exclamation Svâhâ over "') RV. &c. &c.; f. an oblation (offered to Agni, Indra
&c.) or Oblation personified (as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Agni; she is
thought to preside over burnt-offerings; her body is said to consist of the four
Vedas, and her limbs are the six Angas or members of the Veda; she is
represented also as a wife of the Rudra Pas'u-pati) RV. &c. &c.
svaara* = m. sound, noise (of a snorting horse) RV.; tone, accent RPrât.; the
Svarita accent TPrât.; mfn. relating to sound or accent MW.; having the Svarita
accent; n. a Sâman ending with the Svarita accent VS. PañcavBr. Lâthy.
s'van* = 1 m. (nom. sg. du. pl. {zvA}, {zvAnau}, {zvAnas}; weakest base {zun}
cf. 2. {zuna} &c., p. 1082; in some comp. {zvA} for {zva} cf. below), a dog,
hound, cur RV. &c. &c.; ({zunI4}) f. a female dog. [Cf. Zd. {spâ}; Gk. $; Lat.
{canis}; Lit. {szu4}; Goth. {hunds}; Eng. {hound}; Germ. {Hund}.]\\ 2 (prob. fr.
{zvi}) in {Rji4-}, {durgR4bhi-}, and {mAtari4-zvan}, qq. vv
svaruupa = one's true nature
svaruupaM = form
svarga = heaven
svargaM = to heaven
svargatiM = passage to heaven
svargaparaaH = aiming to achieve heavenly planets
svargalokaM = heaven
svargaat.h = (Masc.abl.S)heaven
svarge = in heaven
svargepsu * = mfn. desirous of obtaining hñheaven MW.
svarna= gold
svartha* = mf({A})n. pursuing or serving worthy ends RV.
svaruupa* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) oñone's own form or shape, the fñfrom or shñshape
of (gen. or comp.; with or without {zabdasya} or {zabda-sva-r-}, `" a word
itself or in its own form "' [opp. to its synonyms or varieties]; with {nAmnAm}
= `" names themselves "') MBh. Pañcat. BhP. &c. [1276, 3]; own condition,
peculiarity, character, nature ({eNa} or ibc., `" by nature "', `" in reality "'
`" by itself "') RPrât. NriisUp. Mn. &c.; peculiar aim W.; kind, sort ib.; a
partic. relation (in phil. see under {sambandha}) MW.; occurrence, event Campak.
Uttamac. Sinha7s.; mfn. having oñone's own peculiar form or character MW.;
having a like nature or charñcharacter, similar, like, S'ânkhyak. (w.r. for
{sa-r-}); pleasing, handsome (for {sa-r-}) L.; wise, learned L.; m. N. of a
Daitya MBh.; of a son of Su-nandâ MârkP.; of a pupil of Caitanya W.; m. or n. N.
of a place Cat.; ({A}) f. N. of a place MW.; {-gata} mfn. endowed with oñone's
own form or nature, having a like character W.; {-tas} ind. in oñone's own form
BhP.; according to oñone's own fñform, analogously, similarly, identically MW.;
by nature, in reality, by itself MârkP.; ({-to}, {godAna-prayogaH}N. of wk.);
{-tA} f. (or {-tva} n.) the state of oñone's own form or nature ({-tayA}, `"
literally "', `" in reality "') MBh. BhP. S'ak. Sch. Sâh.; the having a natural
form, identity of form or nature W.; w.r. for {su-rUpa-tA} Râjat.; {-dhArin}
mfn. having one's own form MBh.; {-nirUpaNa} n. {-nirNaya} m. {-prakAza} m. N.
of wks.; {-bhAva} m. (a short word) whose essence is of the same efficacy (as
that of the full form) Mn. ii, 124; {-vat} mfn. having the form of (comp.) MBh.;
{-sambandha-rUpa} n. {-sambodhana} n. {-sambodhana-paJca-viMzati-vRtti} f.
{--rUpA7khya-stotra} n. N. of wks.; {--rUpA7cArya} m. N. of a teacher Cat.;
{--rUpA7nusaMdhAna} n. {--rUpA7nusaMdhAna-stotra} n. N. of wks.; {--rUpA7siddhi}
f. a form of non-proof (where the quality alleged to belong to a subject is not
really proved) Tarkas.; {--rUpo7tpre7kSA} f. a kind of simile Sâh. Kuval.;
{--rUpo7paniSad} f. N. of an Upanishad.
svasa.nvedana = the understanding of oneself
svasaH = (f) sister
svastha* = mf(%{A})n. self-abiding, being in oñone's self (or `" in the self "'
Sarvad.), being in one's natural state, being oñone's self uninjured,
unmolested, contented, doing well, sound well, healthy (in body and mind; often
v.l. for %{su-stha}), comfortable, at ease (compar. %{-tara}) MaitrUp. &c. &c.;
relying upon one's self, confident, resolute, composed W.; self-sufficient,
independent ib.; (%{am}) ind. composedly MW.; %{-citta} mfn. sound in mind
Ja1takam.; %{-tA} f. well-being, health, ease Pan5cat. HYog.; %{-vRtta} n.
medical treatment of a healthy person Car.; %{-thA7riSTa} n. a death-token in a
healthy person, As3vav.
svasti = all peace * i n. f. (nom. {svasti4}, {-ti4s}; acc. {svasti4}, {-ti4m};
instr. {svasti4}, {-tyA4}; dat. {svasta4ye}; loc. {svastau4}; instr.
{svasti4bhis}; also personified as a goddess, and sometimes as Kalâ cf.
{svasti-devI}), well-being, fortune, luck, success, prosperity RV. VS. S'Br.
MBh. R. BhP.; ({i4}) ind. well, happily, successfully (also = `" may it be well
with thee! hail! health! adieu! be it! "' a term of salutation [esp. in the
beginning of letters] or of sanction or approbation) RV. &c. &c
svastikaasana = the prosperous posture
svastinastaarkshyo = let tArkshya or Garuda do good to us
svastirno = good to us
svasthaH = being situated in himself
svasthaiH = by healthy persons (ie, healthy in minds, their minds being well
svasyaH = by his own
svata.ntra = Free
svataa *= f. the state of belonging to one's self, ownership (%{-tAm@pazyati},
`" he thinks it belongs to him "' ; %{rAja-svatAm@upapadyate}, `" it accrues to
the king's ownership "') S3ak. ; = %{-tva} MW.
svatas *= ind. = %{svasmAt} (e.g. %{svato@'MzAt}, `" from oñone's own share "' ;
%{rakSer@apacAraM@tvaM@svato@vA@parato@'pi@vA}, `" ward off injury from thyself
and from others "') Mn. Katha1s. ; of oñone's own self, of oñone's own accord
(applicable to all three persons) MBh. Ragh. Katha1s. &c. ; by nature Katha1s. ;
out of (their) own estate Mn. viii, 166 ; (%{ca@svataH} w.r. for %{zAzvataH}
Pan5cat. iii, 96) ; %{-tahpramANa} mfn. self-proved, self-evident Sarvad. ;
%{-taH-siddha} mfn. sñself-accomplished MW. ; sñself-proved, sñself-demonstrated
ib. ; %{-tas-tva} n. the being sñself-proved Sarvad.
svatantra *= n. self-dependence, independence, self-will, freedom Pan5cat. Hit.
; oñone's own system or school Sus3r. ; oñone's own army ib. ; (with Buddh.) a
partic. doctrine of free-will or independence Buddh. ; N. of wk. (also called
%{-tra-tantra}) ; mf(%{A}) n. self-dependent, self-willed, independent, free,
uncontrolled (with %{pada} n. `" an indñindependent word "') La1t2y. Up. Mn. &c.
; of age, full grown W. ; m. N. of a Cakra-va1ka Hariv. ; %{-tantra} n. see
above ; %{-tA} f. self-dependence, independence, freedom Mn. MBh. Katha1s.
Ma1rkP. ; originality Cat. ; wilfulness W. ; %{-mukha@mardana} n. %{-lekhana} n.
N. of wks. ; %{-vRtti} f. acting self-reliantly, independent action L. ;
%{-sAra}N. of wk.
svatejasaa = by Your radiance
svayaM = herself
svayaMprakaashita = self-illumined like stars(Sun)
svayaa = by their ownsvahastaH = Signature
svin * = see {zata-svin} and {zrotra-svin}. [1279,1]
sviiya * = s mf({A})n. relating or belonging to one's self, own, proper,
peculiar, characteristic Kâv. Pur. &c.; m. (pl.) one's own people or kindred
ib.; ({A}) f. `" one's own wife "', a wife solely attached to her husband Sâh.
svita * = s n. = {suvita}, welfare, luck VS.
svishthi * = s f. a successful sacrifice AV. TS. Kaus'.; mfn. sacrificing well
or with success MBh.
svI * = s in comp. for 1. {sva}.
svikaa * = s see under {svaka}, p. 1278.
svI * = s {svI-karaNa} &c. see p. 1219. col. 1.
svid * = s1 ind. (prob. fr. 5. {su} + {id}; cf. {kuvid}) a particle of
interrogation or inquiry or doubt, often translatable by `" do you think? "' `"
perhaps "', `" pray "', `" indeed "', `" any "' (esp. used after the
interrogative {ka} and its derivatives e.g. {kaH svid eSAm brAhmaNAnAm
anucAna-tamaH}, `" pray who [or `" who do you think "'] is the most learned of
these Brahmans? "' S'Br.; but also without another interrogative e.g. {tvaM svin
no yAjJavalkya brakmiSTho 'si}, `" do you think Yâjñavalkya, you are the
greatest Brâhman among us? "' ib.; also used after {uta}, {api}, {Aho}, and
{utA7ho}, and disjunctively in the first or second or both parts of a double
interrogation, thus: {kiMnu-svid}; {kiMsvid-svid}; {svid-svid}; {svid-utA7ho};
{nu-svid}; {svid-nu}; {svid-uta}; {svid-vA}; {svid-kimu}; {svid-kim-nukim};
sometimes making a preceding interrogative indefinite e.g. {kva4 svid}, `"
anywhere "'; {ka4H svid}, `" whoever "', `" any one "'; similarly with {yad}
e.g. {yad svid dIyate}, `" whatever is given "' MaitrS.; sometimes apparently a
mere expletive) RV. &c. &c.
svid * = 2 cl. 1. Â. 4. P. (Dhâtup. xviii, 4; xxvi, 79) {svedate} or {svidyati}
(Â. {svidyate} Yâjñ.; p. {svidyamAna} Sus'r.; pf. {siSveda} Gr.; {siSvide} MBh.;
p. {siSvidAna4} RV.; aor. {asvidat} S'is'.; fut. {svettA}, {svetsyati} Gr.; ind.
p. {-svedam} Br.), to sweat, perspire AitÂr. ChUp. KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.;
({svedate}), to be anointed Dhâtup.; to be disturbed (?) ib.: Caus. {svedayati}
(aor. {asiSvidat}), to cause to sweat, treat with sudorifics Sus'r.; to foment,
soften SâmavBr.: Desid. of Caus. {sisvedayiSati}, Gr.: Desid. {sisvitSati} ib.:
Intens. {seSvidyate}, {seSvetti} ib. [Cf. Gk. $; Lat. {sûdor}, {sUdare};
&387913[1284,3] Angl. Sax. {swa7t}; Eng. {sweat}; Germ. {Schweiss},
{schwitzen}.]
svid * = s' (ifc.) sweating, perspiring S'is'.
sviikaroti = to accept
sviikaara* = m. making one's own, appropriation, claiming, claim BhP. Siddh.;
reception Kathâs.; assent, agreement, consent, promise Sarvad.; {-graha} m.
robbery, forcible seizure Mcar.; {-pattra} n. a written document or will
disposing of one's property RTL. 531; {-rahita} mfn. devoid of assent, not
agreed to W.; {-rA7nta} mfn. ended or concluded by assent, agreed to ib.
svena = by your own
svyaM = of one's own
svraa.njalii = Musical notes
s'yaams'aaMkara*= mf({I})n. (fr. {zaM-kara}) relating or belonging to S'iva
Kathâs.; relating to or derived from or composed by S'ankara7cârya Sarvad. Cat.;
m. a bull W.; a follower of S'ankaracârya MW.; ({I}) f. see below; n. the
Nakshatra Ârdrâ (presided over by S'iva) VarYogay.
syandane = chariot
syandin.h = oozing
syaaM = would be
syaat *= ind. (3. sg. Pot. of 1. %{as}) it may be, perhaps, perchance (esp. used
in Jaina wks. and occurring in 7 formulas, viz. 1. %{syAd@asti}, `" perhaps it
is [under certain circumstances] "'; 2. %{syAn@nA7sti}, `" perhñperhaps it is
not, &c. "'; 3. %{syAd@asti@ca@nA7sti@ca}, `" perhñperhaps it is and is not
[under certain circumstances] "'; 4. %{syAd@avaktavyaH}, `" perhñperhaps it is
not expressible in words "'; 5. %{syAd@asti@cA7vaktavyaH}, `" perhaps it is and
is not expressible in words "'; 6. %{syAn@nA7sti@cA7vaktavyaH}, `" perhaps it is
not and is and is not expressible in words "'; 7.
%{syAd@asti@ca@nA7sti@cA7vaktavyaH}) Sarvad.
syaama = will we become
s'yaamasaah s'aMkara* = (with preceding {mahA-rAja}) m. N. of a king and author
Ca
syamantaka* = m. N. of a celebrated jewel (worn by Kriishna on his wrist [cf.
{kaustubha}], described as yielding daily eight loads of gold and preserving
from all dangers; it is said to have been given to Satrâ-jit [q.v.] by the Sun
and transferred by him to his brother Prasena, from whom it was taken by
Jâmbavat, and after much contention appropriated by Kriishna see VishnuP. iv,
13) Hariv. Pur. Pañcar.
syU * f. (fr. {siv}) a string, thread
syuH * = form from ``as.h'' meaning ``those who may be''
syutam.h = (n) a bag
syutna * =n. happiness, delight (cf. below) L.
syUta* =mfn. sewn, stitched, woven RV. &c. &c.; sewn on HParis'.; sewn or woven
together, joined, fabricated MW.; pierced, penetrated ib.; m. a sack, coarse
canvas bag L.
syUti * =f. (only L.), sewing, stitching, weaving; a bag, sack; lineage,
offspring.
syUna * =m. (only L.) a sack; a ray of light; the sun; ({A}) f. a ray of light
L.; a girdle L.
syUman * =n. a band, thong, bridle RV.; a suture (of the skull) AitBr.
syUma * =1 m. n. (only L.) a, ray of light; water.
T
taadita = beaten
taaDa = a mountain
taaDayati = (10 up) to beat, slap
taadris'a * = mf({I})n. (Pân. 3-2, 60; vi, 3, 91) = {-dR4z} S'Br. xi, 7, 3 Mn.
&c.; {yAdRza t-} [Pañcat.) or {za-t-} [MBh. xiii, 5847], anybody whosoever
taakshaka* = mfn. relating or belonging to Takshakîyâ g. {bilvakA7di}.
taalaH = (m) lock
taalikaa = clap
taaM = to that
taama* = m. ( {tam}) = {bhISaNa} L.; = {doSa} L.; anxiety, distress W.; ({I}) f.
= {tamI}, night L. Sch.; see also {-mi}.
taamasa = to one in the mode of darkness
taamasaM = in the mode of ignorance
taamasaH = in the mode of ignorance
taamasaaH = in the mode of ignorance
taamasika = Planets that are slothful - Waning Moon, Saturn, Rahu, Ketu and
Mercury
taamasii = in the mode of ignorance
taamisra * = (fr. %{tam-} and %{ta4misrA} g. %{jyotsnA7di}) mfn. (with %{pakSa})
or m. the dark half of the month La1t2y.ix Gobh. iii f. MBh. iii, 11813; m. `"
nightwalker "', a Ra1kshasa Ragh. xv, 2; (in Sa1m2khya phil.) indignation, anger
(one of the 5 forms of A-vidya1) MBh. xiv, 1019 Sa1m2khyak. Tattvas. BhP. iii
(also n.) Ma1rkP. iii l; N. of a hell Mn. iv, xii Ya1jn5. iii, 222 BhP.iii, v
Ma1rkP.; cf. %{andha-}.
taandava: dancing
taan.h = them
taani = his
taantrik.h = pertaining to Tantra
taantrika* = mf({A} Sus'r. i, 3; {I})n. taught in a scientific manual Tattvas.
({-kI saMjJA}, `" a technical N.); taught in the Tantras. mystical Hâr. (Mn. ii,
1/2) Sus'r. &c.; m. one completely versed in any science or system Bhâshâp.; a
follower of the Tantra doctrine BhP. xii, 11, 2 SS'ankar.
taaNa = to stretch
taaNDula = (rice) grains
taantra* = mf({I})n. having wires ({ta4ntra}), stringed (a musical instrument)
W.; regulated by a general rule ÂpS'r. xiv, 12, 5 f.; relating to the Tantras
W.; n. the music of a stringed instrument R. i, 3.
taapa = trouble * (2. {tap}; g. {uJchA7di}) heat, glow Mn. xii, 76 S'ak. &c.
(ifc. f. {A} Kum. vii, 84); heating Nyâyam. x, 1, 22; testing (gold) by heat
MBh. xii, 12357 Subh. ({-pana}, GarP.); pain (mental or physical), sorrow,
affliction MBh. &c.; fever W.; ({I}) f. the Taptî river (`" also the Yamunâ
river "' L.) Hariv. ii, 109, 30 BhP. v, 19, 18; x, 79, 20; cf. {pazcAt-}.
taapasa = austerity, purification
taapasau = (2)penance-doers
taapa* = m. (2. {tap}; g. {uJchA7di}) heat, glow Mn. xii, 76 S'ak. &c. (ifc. f.
{A} Kum. vii, 84); heating Nyâyam. x, 1, 22; testing (gold) by heat MBh. xii,
12357 Subh. ({-pana}, GarP.); pain (mental or physical), sorrow, affliction MBh.
&c.; fever W.; ({I}) f. the Taptî river (`" also the Yamunâ river "' L.) Hariv.
ii, 109, 30 BhP. v, 19, 18; x, 79, 20; cf. {pazcAt-}
taapana mf(%{I})n. ifc. illuminating BhP. ii, 9, 8; burning, causing pain,
distressing MBh. Hariv. 9427 R. (cf. %{indra-}, %{candra-}); m. the sun MBh. v,
1739; the hot season Npr.; the sun-stone L.; one of Ka1ma's arrows L.; n.
burning Sus3r. i, 41, 3; pain, torment MBh. xiii, 1098; (in dram.) helplessness,
perplexity Sa1h. v, 91; N. of a hell Ya1jn5. iii, 224; gold Npr.; (%{A}) f.
austerity HParis3. i, 68; (%{I}) f. N. of several Upanishads; of a river L.
42 tApana mfn. making hot, paining, tormenting MBh. R. Sus3r.; m. N. of S3iva
S3ivag.; a partic. hell BhP.; n. warming, heating, turning, paining, distressing
MBh. Sus3r.
taapya* = (fr. {tap}) regret DivyA7v. xviii; m. n. (fr. {-pI}) =
{-pI-samudbhava} Car.vi, 18 and 24 Bhpr. v, 26, 160
taara4 * =mfn. ( {tRR}) carrying across, a saviour, protector (Rudra) VS. xvi,
40 S'iraUp.; (Vishnu) MBh. xiii, 6986; high (a note), loud, shrill, (m. n.) a
high tone, loud or shrill note TândyaBr. vii, 1, 7 (compar. {-tara} and superl.
{-tama}) TPrât.; S'ikshâ MBh. vii Mriicch. &c.; mfn. (ft. {stR4}?) shining,
radiant Megh. Amar. Kathâs. lxxiii Sâh.; clean, clear L.; good, excellent, well
flavoured L. Sch.; m. `" crossing "' see {dus-}, {su-}; `" saving "', a mystical
monosyllable (as {om}) RâmatUp. S'ikhUp. Sarvad. Tantr.; Andropogon bicolor L.;
N. of Mani-râma (author of a Comm. on Bhâm.); of a Daitya (slain by Vishnu)
Hariv.; of one of Râma's monkey generals (son of Briihas-pati, husband of Târâ)
MBh. iii, 16372 R. i, iv, vi; pl. a class of gods in the 12th Manv-antara VP.
iii, 2, 33; m. [n. and ({A}) f. L.] the clearness or transparency of a pearl,
clear pearl Sus'r. v, 3, 19 Gît. xi, 25; (m. n. L.) = {-rA7bhra} L.; m. n. a
star L.; the pupil of the eye L.; n. descent to a river, bank (cf. {tIra},
{tIrtha4}) AV. iv, 37, 3 Pân. 6-3, 109 Vârtt. 1; silver BhP. iv, 6, 27 Bhpr. v,
26, 43; ({A}) f. (g. {bhidA7di}) a fixed star, asterism (cf. {stR4}) Yâjñ. iii,
172 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Mriicch. iii, 10); the pupil of the eye (chiefly ifc.)
VarBriS. lviii, 11 &c.; a kind of meteor, vli, 86 and 94; (in Sânkhya phil.) one
of the 8 Siddhis Tattvas.; (in music) N. of a Râga of six notes; a kind of
perfume L.; a form of Dâkshâyani (worshipped on the mountain Kishkindha MatsyaP.
xiii, 46; protectress of the Griitsa-madas BrahmaP. ii, 18, 8; cf. RTL. p. 187);
N. of a Buddh. goddess, Vâsav, 433; of Briihaspati's wife (carried off by Soma)
MBh. v, 3972 Hariv. 1340 ff. BhP. &c.; of the wife of Buddha Amoghasiddha
Buddh.; of a S'akti Jain.; of a Yoginî Hcat. ii, 1, 710; of a female monkey
(daughter of Sushena, wife of Bâlin and mother of Angada) MBh. iii, 16110 ff. R.
i, iv, vi.
taariNi = the one who crosses
taareNa = thro' the star
taarkshya* = m. N. of a mythical being (originally described as a horse with the
epithet {a4riSTa-nemi} [RV. i, 89, 6; x, 178, 1 Naigh. i, 14 Kaus'. 73], later
on taken to be a bird [RV. v, 51, interpol. Âs'vS'r. x, 7] and identified with
Garuda [MBh. Hariv. &c.] or called his elder brother [L.] or father [BhP. vi, 6,
2 and 21; see also {-putra}]; mentioned with Arishtha-nemi VS. xv, 18; with
Arishtha-nemi, Garuda, Aruna and Âruni as offspring of Kas'yapa by Vinatâ MBh.
i, 2548 and 4830 Hariv. 12468 and 14175; called a Yaksha VP. ii, 10, 13; a Muni
with the N. Arishtha-nemi MBh. iii, 12660 and 12665; xii, 10615; pl. a class of
demi-gods grouped with the Gandharvas, Yakshas, and Câranas R. i, 16, 9); N. of
the hymn RV. x, 178 (ascribed to Târkshya Arishthanemi) Âs'vS'r. ix SânkhS'r. xi
f. Lâthy. i; a horse Naigh. i, 14; a cart L.; a bird MBh. vi, 71 Sus'r. iv, 28,
5; a snake L.; = {-prasava}, vi, 51, 19 ({-kSa} ed.); a sort of antidote, v, 5,
66; gold L.; = {netrA7Jca keza} Npr.; S'iva; N. of a man Pravar. ii, 3, 6 (Âp.
and Âs'v.); pl. N. of a people MBh. ii, 1871; n. = {-ja} Sus'r. iv, 9, 45.
taasaaM = of all of them
taat.h = that location i, e.protect me from behind
taata = My friend
taataH = father
taaraka = star, eye
taarkika* = mfn. (fr. {tarka}) related or belonging to logic W.; m. a
dialectician, logician, philosopher Gâthâsangr. Veda7ntas. &c.
taaratama * = mfn. very loud Ta1n2d2yaBr. VPra1t. i.
taartiiya * = mfn. belonging to the 3rd (%{tRt-}) A1s3vS3r. x, 2 BhP. iii, 6,
29; the 3rd, viii, 19, 34; n. a 3rd part Ka1tyS3r. iv, 7, Paddh.
taata * = m. (cf. 1. {tata4}) a father MBh. i R. Vikr. S'ak. iv, 4/5 (in comp.)
&c.; ({tA4ta}) voc. a term of affection addressed to a junior [S'Br. xiv AitBr.
vii ChUp. MBh. &c.] or senior [i, 6796 Ragh. &c.], addressed to several persons
MBh. i, 6825; v, 5435 (C) [442, 1]; in the latter use also ({As}) voc. pl. ib.
(B); i, 6820 f.; iv, 133; [cf. $; Lat. {tata} &c.]
taavat *= by that time(when it was over), meanwhile * taavat* = mf({atI})n. (fr.
2. {ta} Pân. 5-2, 39; vi, 3, 91) so great, so large, so much, so far, so long,
so many (correlative of {yA4vat}; rarely of {ya} or {yatho7kta} Nal.&c.) RV. &c.
({yAvatA kSaNena tAvatA}, `" after so long time, in that time "', as soon as
Râjat. v, 110); just a little Kir. ii, 48; (in alg.) an unknown quantity (also
with {yAvat}); ind. (correlative of {yA4vat}) so much, so greatly, to such an
extent, in such a number, so far RV. AV. &c. ({tA4vat-tAvat} S'Br. i, 8, 1, 6);
so long, in that time RV. x, 88, 19 S'Br. i Mn. &c.; meanwhile, in the mean time
(the correlative {yAvat} being often connected with a neg. e.g. {tAvac chobhate
mUrkho yAvat kiM-cin na bhASate}, `" so long a fool shines as long as he says
nothing "' Hit.; {zocayiSyAmy AtmAnaM tAvad yAvan me prA7ptam brAhmaNyam}, `" so
long I will emaciate myself, as long as [i.e. until] I have obtained the state
of a Brâhman "' R. i, 64, 19) S'Br. xiv, 4, 2, 30 ChUp. vi, 14, 2 Mn. MBh. &c.
(also correlative of {purA} [R. i, 28, 21], of {yAvatA na}, of {yAvat} preceded
by {purA} [MBh. xiii, 4556], or without any correlative [2727 Kathâs. Hit.]); at
once, now, just, first (followed by {anantaram} [Hit.], {aparam} [Pañcat.],
{api} [ib.], {idAnIm} [Hit.], {uta} [S'ak.], {ca} [Das'. Prab.], {tatas} [Mn.
iv, 174 Ragh. vii, 4f.], {tad-anu} [Megh.], {tu} [Das'. vii Veda7ntas.],
{pazcAt} [R. ii], {punar} [Pañcat.], {vA}; very often connected with an Impv.,
rarely [MBh. iv, 888 R. ii, 56, 13] with a Pot., often with the 1st person of
pr. or fut. MBh. &c.; the Impv. is sometimes to be supplied [{itas tAvat}, `"
just come hither "'; {mA tAvat}, `" by no means, God forbid! "'] S'ak. Mâlav.
Vikr. Prab.; sometimes {arhasi} with the inf. is used instead R. i f.); (with
{na} or {a-}) not yet MBh. &c. (followed by {yAvat}, `" while "' Kathâs. xxvi,
23; {tAvan na-api na}, `" not only not-but also not "' Kâd.); very well, all
right Hcar.; indeed, truly (e.g. {dRDhas tAvad bandhaH}, `" the knot is tight I
must admit "' Hit.; {gatA tAvat}, `" she is indeed gone "' Kathâs. xviii, 241)
R. &c.; already (opposed to `" how much more "' or `" how much less "') R. iv f.
S'ak.; really (= {eva}, sometimes connected with this particle e.g. {vikrayas
tAvad eva saH}, `" it is really a sale "') Mn. iii, 53 Hariv. 7110 R. &c.;
({tA}) instr. ind. to that extent RPrât. xiii, 13 BhP. v, viii; in that time, in
the mean time, meanwhile Das'. Kathâs. x, 24 Bharath.; ({ti}), loc ind. so far
S'Br. viii, 6, 2, 8; so long, in that time TS. ii, 4; [cf. Lat. {tantus}.]
taavannija = tAvat.h+nija, till then+one's
taavaan.h = similarly
taavaka *= mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{ta4va} [gen. of 1. %{tva4}] Pa1n2. 4-3, 3) thy,
thine RV. i, 94, 11 MBh. iii, 14621 R. iii, 13, 15 Kum.v, 4 BhP. Katha1s. &c.
taavanta: so much
taM = him
tam * = cl. 4. %{tA4myati} (Pa1n2. 7-3, 74; rarely A1. R. ii, 63, 46 Gi1t. v,
16; pf. %{tatAma} S3Br. iv; aor. Pass. %{atami} Pa1n2. 7-3, 34 Ka1s3.; Ved. inf.
%{ta4mitos}, with %{A4} preceding, `" till exhaustion "' TBr. i, 4, 4, 2
Ta1n2d2yaBr. xii La1t2y. A1p.; pf. Pass. p. %{-tAnta4} q.v.) to gasp for breath
(as one suffocating), choke, be suffocated, faint away, be exhausted, perish, be
distressed or disturbed or perplexed RV. ii, 30, 7 (%{na4@mA@tamat} [aor. subj.]
`" may I not be exhausted "') Ka1t2h. TBr. &c.; to stop (as breath), become
immovable or stiff Sus3r. Ma1lati1m. Amar. Ra1jat. v, 344; to desire (cf. 2.
%{-ma}, %{-mata}) Dha1tup. xxvi, 93: Caus. %{tama4yati} (aor. Pass. %{atAmi}
Pa1n2. 6-4, 93 Ka1s3.) to suffocate, deprive of breath S3Br. iii, 3, 2, 19 and
8, 1, 15 Ka1tyS3r. vi, 5, 18; cf. %{a4-tameru}.
takraM = (Nr.nom. + acc.S)curd or buttermilk
tajaka = A system of Solar Return Charts also known as Varshaphal
taD * = cl, 10. {tADayati} (perf. {-DayAmAsa} Kathâs., twice {tatADa} BhP. vi
f.; Pass. {tADyate}) to beat, strike, knock, strike (with arrows), wound, punish
Nir. iii, 10 Mn. iv, xi Yâjñ. i MBh. &c.; to strike a musical instrument MBh.
Hariv. 15092 Mriicch. v Kum. &c.; (in astron.) to obscure or eclipse partially
VarBriS. xxiv, 34; `" to speak "' or `" to shine "' Dhâtup. xxxiii, 126.
ta4d * = (nom. and acc. sg. n. of and base in comp. for 2. {ta4} from which
latter all the cases of this pron. are formed except nom. sg. m. {sa4s} or {sa4}
& f. {sA4}; instr. pl. {tai4s} AV. &c.; Ved. {te4bhis} RV. AV. &c.) m. he f. she
n. it, that, this (often correlative of {ya4} generally standing in the
preceding clause e.g. {yasya buddhiH sa balavAn}, `" of whom there is intellect
he is strong "'; sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, connected with the 1st and
2nd personal pronouns, with other demonstratives and with relatives e.g. {so
'ham}, `" I that very person, I myself "' [{tasya} = {mama} Nal. xv, 10]; {tAv
imau}, `" those very two "'; {tad etad AkhyAnam}, `" that very tale "' AitBr.
vii, 18; {yat tat kAraNam}, `" that very reason which "' Mn. i, 11; {yA sA zrI},
`" that very fortune which "' MBh. vii, 427) RV. &c.; ({tad}) n. this world (cf.
{idam}) R. vi, 102, 25; = Brahma see {tat-tva}; ({ta4d}) ind. there, in that
place, thither, to that spot (correlative of {ya4tra} or {ya4tas}) AV. AitBr.
ii, 11 S'Br. i, x, xiv ChUp.; then, at that time, in that case (correlative of
{yadA4}, {ya4d} AV.; of {ya4tra} S'Br. xiv; of {yadi} Nal. Bhag. &c.; of {ce7d}
S'ak. &c.) RV. iv, 28, 1 AV. &c.; thus, in this manner, with regard to that, ix,
xiii S'Br. AitBr.; ({tad etau zlokau bhavataH}, `" with reference to that there
are these two verses "') Pras'nUp.; on that account, for that reason, therefore,
consequently (sometimes correlative of {yatas}, {yad}, {yena}, `" because "'
Das'. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.) Mn. ix, 41 MBh. &c.; now (clause-connecting particle)
AV. xv S'Br. AitBr.; so also, equally, and AV. xi, xv
tad tad * = this and that, various, different (e.g. {taM taM dezaM jagAma}, `"
he went to this and that place "'; {tAsu tAsu yoniSu}, `" in different or
various birth-places "' Mn. xii, 74); respective BriNârP. xiii, 88; {tenaiva
tenaiva pathA}, on quite the same path R. iii, 50, 28
tad-anu = after that
tadana.ntaraM = later to that
tadanantaraM = thereafter
tadapi = tat.h+api, then even
tadaa = then
tadaatmaanaH = those whose minds are always in the Supreme
taD.h = to hit
tad.h = he/she/it
tad.hdhaama = that abode
tadiha = tat.h+iha, that+here
taDaagaH = lake, pond
taDit * = ind. = %{-Di4tas} RV. i, 94, 7 (%{talit}); f. stroke (%{vadha-karman}
Naigh. ii, 19) "', lightning Nir. iii, 10f. Sus3r. &c. (ifc. %{-Dita} Vet.
Introd. 20).
tadvat.h = like that
tadviddhi = you must know it
taijana* = mfn. coming from the plant {tejanI} Kâthh. xxi, 10 (ÂpS'r. xvii, 14).
taijanitvac* = a kind of lute Lâthy. iv.
taijasa * = mf({I})n. originating from or consisting of light ({te4jas}),
bright, brilliant S'Br. xiv MândUp. MBh. &c.; consisting of any shining
substance (as metal), metallic Âs'vGri. Gaut. Mn. KâtyS'r. Sch.; said of the
gastric juice as coloured by digested food Sus'r. i, 14; passionate Sânkhyak.
Tattvas. Veda7ntas. Sus'r. BhP.; n. metal L.; vigour W.; N. of a Tîrtha MBh.
iii, 7035; ix, 2723; ({I}) f. Scindapsus officinalis Npr.; long pepper Gal.;
{-sA7vartanI}, {-tinI} f. a crucible L.
taiH = by them
taila = oil
tailapaH = (m) cockroach
taistaiH = various
takshakaH = (m) carpenter
takshati = to sculpt, to carve
takshaka* = m. (Pân. 8-2, 29 Kâs'.) `" a cutter "' see {kASTha-}, {vRkSa-}; a
carpenter L.; Vis'vakarman L.; the Sûtra-dhâra or speaker in the prelude of a
drama L. Sch.; N. of a tree L.; of a Nâga prince (cf. {-kSa}) AV. viii, 10, 29
TândyaBr. xxv, 15 S'ânkhGri. iv, 18, 1 Kaus'. MBh. &c.; of a son of Prasena-jit
BhP. ix, 12, 8; see also {-kSa}.
tala = Bottom
talpaH = (m) mattress
tam.h = him
tama = Anger * = 1 m. (Pân. 7-3, 34 Kâs'.) = {tamas} (`" the ascending node "'
VarBri. [?] Jyot.) L. Sch.; (= {-mAla}) Xanthochymus pictorius L.; = {-makA} L.;
n. (= {-mas}) darkness L.; the point of the foot L.; ({A}) f. night L.;
Xanthochymus pictorius L.; ({I}) f. (g. {gaurA7di} Ganar. 47) night S'is'. ix,
23 BhP. x, 13, 45 Gol. vii, 10 Naish. vii, 45.
tama* = 2 an affix forming the superl. degree of adjectives and rarely of
substantives ({ka4Nva-}, &c.) Sus'r. i, 20, 11; mfn. most desired Kir., ii, 14;
({Am}), added (in older language) to adverbs and (in later language) to verbs,
intensifying their meaning; ind. in a high degree, much Naish. viii.
tamaH = (m) darkness, ignorance
tamanena = that+thro' this
tamana* = n. the becoming breathless S'ânkhS'r. ii, 7, 7; iv KâtyS'r. iv, 1, 13;
cf. {nAga-tamanI}.
tamasvan* = ({ta4m-}) mf({arI})n. = {-vat} TS. ii, 4, 7, 2; cf. {a4m-}.
tamam* = ind. so as to faint away Pân. 6-4, 93.
tamas* = n. darkness, gloom (also pl.) RV. ({-maH}, {pra4NIta}, `" led into
darkness, `" deprived of the eye's light or sight, i, 117, 17) &c.; the darkness
of hell, hell or a particular division of hell Mn. iv, viii f. VP. ii, 6, 4
MârkP. xii, 10; the obscuration of the sun or moon in eclipses, attributed to
Râhu (also m. L.) R. VarBriS. v, 44 VarBri. ii VarYogay. Sûryas.; mental
darkness, ignorance, illusion, error (in Sânkhya phil. one of the 5 forms of
{a-vidjA} MBh. xiv, 1019 Sânkhyak. &c.; one of the 3 qualities or constituents
of everything in creation [the cause of heaviness, ignorance, illusion, lust,
anger, pride, sorrow, dulness, and stolidity; sin L.; sorrow Kir. iii; see
{guNa} and cf. RTL; p. 45] Mn. xii, 24 f. and 38 Sânkhyak. &c.) RV. v. 31, 9 R.
ii S'ak. Râjat. v, 144; N. of a son (of S'ravas MBh. xiii, 2002; of Daksha, i
Sch.; of Priithu-s'ravas VP. iv, 12, 2); [cf. {timira}; Lat. {temere} &c.]
tamasa* = mfn. dark-coloured AV. xi, 9, 22; m. darkness Un. Sch. a well Un.
vri.; n. ifc. for {-mas}, `" darkness "' see {andha-}, {-dhA-}, {ava-}, {vi-},
{saM-}; a city Un. vri.; ({A}) f. N. of a river (falling into the Ganges below
Pratishthhâna) MBh. iii, 14231; vi, 338 Hariv.12828 R. if.; iv, 40, 24 Ragh.ix,
16.
tamas.h = darkness
tamas * = n. darkness, gloom (also pl.) RV. ({-maH}, {pra4NIta}, `" led into
darkness, `" deprived of the eye's light or sight, i, 117, 17) &c.; the darkness
of hell, hell or a particular division of hell Mn. iv, viii f. VP. ii, 6, 4
MârkP. xii, 10; the obscuration of the sun or moon in eclipses, attributed to
Râhu (also m. L.) R. VarBriS. v, 44 VarBri. ii VarYogay. Sûryas.; mental
darkness, ignorance, illusion, error (in Sânkhya phil. one of the 5 forms of
{a-vidjA} MBh. xiv, 1019 Sânkhyak. &c.; one of the 3 qualities or constituents
of everything in creation [the cause of heaviness, ignorance, illusion, lust,
anger, pride, sorrow, dulness, and stolidity; sin L.; sorrow Kir. iii; see
{guNa} and cf. RTL; p. 45] Mn. xii, 24 f. and 38 Sânkhyak. &c.) RV. v. 31, 9 R.
ii S'ak. Râjat. v, 144; N. of a son (of S'ravas MBh. xiii, 2002; of Daksha, i
Sch.; of Priithu-s'ravas VP. iv, 12, 2); [cf. {timira}; Lat. {temere} &c.]
tamasa = darkness, inertia, ignorance
tamasaH = to darkness
tamasi = the mode of ignorance
tamisra * = m. = %{-pakSa} W.; n. darkness, dark night (also pl.) MBh. iv, 710
BhP. v, 13, 9 Gi1t. xi, 12; a dark hell, hell (in general) BhP. iv, 6, 45; anger
L.; (%{A}) f. (Pa1n2. 5-2, 114) a dark night RV. ii, 27, 14 TBr. ii, 2, 9, 6
MBh. iii Ra1gh. &c.; cf. %{su-}; %{tAmisra}
tamodvaaraiH = from the gates of ignorance
tana = Body
tanaya = (m) son
tanayaa = daughter
tannishhThaaH = those whose faith is only meant for the Supreme
tanno = he to us
tanmaatra = the five potentials or senses* = mfn. = {-traka} MBh. ix, 1806
Pañcat.; = {-trika} BhP. iii, 10, 15; n. merely that, only a trifle Kathâs. v,
15; lxiii, 60 Râjat. vi, 1; a rudimentary or subtle element (5 in number, viz.
{zabda-}, {sparza-}, {rUpa-}, {rasa-}, {gandha-}, from which the 5 Mahâ-bhûtas
or grosser elements are produced cf. RTL. p. 31 and 33) Yâjñ. iii, 179 MBh. i,
xiii Sânkhyak. KapS. &c.; {-tA} f. the state of a Tan-mâtra MârkP. vl, 46;
{-tva} n. id. BhP. iii, 26, 33 ff.; {-sarga} m. (in Sânkhya phil.) creation of
the subtle elements, rudimentary creation.
tanmukhyaM = tat.h + mukhyaM:that + important
tanmemanaH = tat.h + me + manaH: that + my + mind
tantu = thread / stalk
tantuvaayaH = (m) spinner (one who spins cloth, not the bowler :)
tantra = treatises on ritual, meditation, discipline, etc* = n. (Pân. 7-2, 9
Kâs'.) a loom, v, 2, 70; the warp RV. x, 71, 9 AV. x, 7, 42 TBr. ii TândyaBr. x,
5 S'Br. xiv Kaus'. MBh. i, 806 and 809; the leading or principal or essential
part, main point, characteristic feature, model, type, system, framework S'Br.
xii TândyaBr. xxiii, 19, 1 Lâthy. KâtyS'r. &c. (e.g. {kulasya t-}, `" the
principal action in keeping up a family i.e. propagation "' MBh. xiii, 48, 6;
ifc. `" depending on "' cf. {Atma-}, {sva-}, {para-}, &c.); doctrine, rule,
theory, scientific work, chapter of such a work (esp. the 1st section of a
treatise on astron. VarBriS. i, 9; Parâs'ara's work on astron., ii, 3; vii, 8)
MBh. &c. (cf. {SaSTi-} &c.); a class of works teaching magical and mystical
formularies (mostly in the form of dialogues between S'iva and Durgâ and said to
treat of 5 subjects, 1. the creation, 2. the destruction of the world, 3. the
worship of the gods, 4. the attainment of all objects, esp. of 6 superhuman
faculties, 5. the 4 modes of union with the supreme spirit by meditation
[436,2]; cf. RTL. pp. 63, 85, 184, 189, 205ff.) VarBriS. xvi, 19 Pañcat. Das'.
Kathâs. xxiii, 63 Sarvad.; a spell HYog. i, 5 Vcar.; oath or ordeal L.; N. of a
Sâman (also called `" that of Virûpa "') ÂrshBr.; an army (cf. {-trin}) BhP. x,
54, 15; ifc. a row, number, series, troop Bâlar. ii f. vi; = {rAjya-t-},
government Das'. xiii S'is'. ii, 88; ({para t-}, `" the highest authority "')
Subh.; a means which leads to two or more results, contrivance Hariv. ii, 1, 31;
a drug (esp. one of specific faculties), chief remedy cf. {-trA7vApa}; =
{paricchada} L.; = {anta} L.; wealth L.; a house L.; happiness W.; ({eNa})
instr. ind. so as to be typical or hold good KâtyS'r. xvi, xx; ({A}) f. for
{-ndrA} Sus'r.; ({Is} cf. Pân. 5-4, 159 Kâs'.; {I} L.) f. = {-ntI} Gobh. iii, 6,
7 and BhP. iii, 15, 8 (v.l. for {-ntI}; see also {vatsatantrI}); the wire or
string of a lute S'ânkhS'r. xvii Lâthy. iv, 1, 2 Kaus'. &c. ({-tri} R. vi, 28,
26); (fig.) the strings of the heart Hariv. 3210 (v.l.); any tubular vessel of
the body, sinew, vein Pân. 5-4, 159; the plant {-trikA} L.; a girl with peculiar
qualities L.; N. of a river L.; cf. {ku-tantrI}.
tantraya * = Nom. (fr. {-tra}) {-yati}, to follow, as one's rule, xii, 215, 21;
to provide for (acc.) S'ak. v, 5 (ind. p. {-yitvA} v.l.; Â. `" to support a
family "' Dhâtup. xxxiii, 5); Â. to regulate Car.iv, 1; vi, 26.
tantrataa* = f. the state of anything that serves as a {tantra} Âs'vS'r. xi, 1;
comprehending several rites in one, ceremony in lieu of a number W.
tantratva* = n. dependance on (in comp.) Sarvad. i, 41.
tantraratna* = n. N. of wk. by Pârtha-sârathi.
tantraraaja* = m. N. of wk. Tantras. i Ânand. 99 Sch.
tantravaaya* = m. (= {-ntu-v-}) a weaver R. (G) ii, 90, 15; a spider L.; m. n.
weaving L.
tantrasaara* = m. `" Tantra-essence "'N. of a compilation.
tantraya* = Nom. (fr. {-tra}) {-yati}, to follow, as one's rule, xii, 215, 21;
to provide for (acc.) S'ak. v, 5 (ind. p. {-yitvA} v.l.; Â. `" to support a
family "' Dhâtup. xxxiii, 5); Â. to regulate Car.iv, 1; vi, 26.
tantraayin* = mfn. (said of the sun) drawing out threads or rays (of light) VS.
xxxviii, 12.
tantraka* = mfn. recently from the loom, new and unbleached Pân. 5-2, 70; ifc.
for {-tra}, doctrine see {paJca-}; ({ikA}) f. Cocculus cordifolius Bhpr. v, 3,
7; noise in the ears S'ârngS. vii, 142; cf. {apa-}.
tantraNa* = n. the supporting of a family MBh. v, 3751.
tantrakaara* = m. the author of any scientific treatise Mâlav. i, 8/9 Das'.
xiii, 87.
tantrakaumudi* = * = f. N. of wk. Tantras. ii.
tantragarbha* = m. N. of wk., vii.
tantracUDaamaNi* = m. N. of wk. Tantras. ii.
tantrathiikaa* = f. N. of {-vArttika} i-iv W.
tantraprakaaza* = m. N. of wk., Vratapr.
tantrapradiipa* = m. N. of a Comm. on Dhâtup.
tantrabheda* = m. N. of a Tantra Ânand. 31 Sch.
tantramantraprakAza* = m. N. of wk., Sâkta7n. iv.
tantraraajaka* = m. N. of a medical work by Jâbâla BrahmaP.i, 16, 18.
tantravaarttika* = n. = {mImAnsA-t-}.
tantrazaastra* = n. N. of wk., Pratâpar. Sch.
tantrasaara* = m. `" Tantra-essence "'N. of a compilation.
tantrahridaya* = n. N. of wk. Tantras. ii.
tantraantarIya* = m. pl. the Sânkhya philosophers Bâdar. ii, 4, 9 Sch.
tantraavaapa* = n. sg. `" attention to the affairs of both one's own and an
enemy's country "' [Das'. xiii, 92], and `" drugs and their preparation "'
S'is'. ii, 88.
tantu * = m. a thread, cord, string, line, wire, warp (of a web), filament,
fibre RV. &c.; a cobweb W.; a succession of sacrificial performances BhP.; any
one propagating his family in regular succession Ka1tyS3r. iii A1p. TUp. MBh.
(cf. %{kula-}) &c.; a line of descendants AitBr. vii, 17; any continuity (as of
thirst or hope) MBh. xii, 7877 Ma1lati1m.; N. of a Sa1man A1rshBr.; = %{-nAga}
L.; (g. %{gargA7di}) N. of a man Pravar. iv, 1; cf. %{kASTha-}, %{vara-},
%{sapta4-}.
tanu = body
tanu-bhaava = First house or house of body
tanuM = form of a demigod
tanuuM = body
tanuuja = son
tanuubhiH = through the bodies (sharIra)
tanutaa* = f. thinness, tenuity, littleness Hariv. R. v Megh. Ragh. &c.
tanutara* = mfn. = {ta4nIyas} Amar.
tanutyAga* = mfn. spending little Hit.; m. risking one's life R. ii, 40, 6.
tanutra* = n. `" body-guard "', armour MBh. iv, 1009 Sus'r. BhP. Tantr.; {-vat}
mfn. having armour R. vi.
tanutrin* = mfn. = {-tra-vat} S'is'. xix; 99.
tanutva* = n. = {-tA} MBh. xiii, 541 VarBriS. iii, 16 Sarvad.
tanutvac* = m. id., (ifc.) Nal. xii, 78; the cinnamon tree Bhpr. v, 2, 66;
Cassiâ Senna Npr.
tanUtala* = m. a measure of length equal to the arms extended, fathom L.
tanutyaj* = mfn. giving up one's body, dying, i, 8; = {-nU-t-} Âp. MBh. iv, 2354
Ragh. vii Mâlav. v, 11/12 BhP.
tanUtyaj* = mfn. risking one's life RV. x, 4, 6 and 154, 3 (Nir. iii, 14).
tanvi = woman
taNDava = violent dance of Shiva
taNDula * = m. (g. {ardharcA7di}) grain (after threshing and winnowing), esp.
rice AV. x ff. S'Br. AitBr. &c.; rice used as a weight Car. vii, 12 VarBriS.; =
{-lIka} L.; m. = {-lu} L.; ({A}), f.id. L.; ({I}) f. a kind of gourd L.; =
{-lIka} L.; the plant {yava-tiktA} L.
tanmaatra* = mfn. = {-traka} MBh. ix, 1806 Pañcat.; = {-trika} BhP. iii, 10, 15;
n. merely that, only a trifle Kathâs. v, 15; lxiii, 60 Râjat. vi, 1; a
rudimentary or subtle element (5 in number, viz. {zabda-}, {sparza-}, {rUpa-},
{rasa-}, {gandha-}, from which the 5 Mahâ-bhûtas or grosser elements are
produced cf. RTL. p. 31 and 33) Yâjñ. iii, 179 MBh. i, xiii Sânkhyak. KapS. &c.;
{-tA} f. the state of a Tan-mâtra MârkP. vl, 46; {-tva} n. id. BhP. iii, 26, 33
ff.; {-sarga} m. (in Sânkhya phil.) creation of the subtle elements, rudimentary
creation.
tanmaya * = mfn. made up of, that, absorbed in or identical with that Mun2d2Up.
S3vetUp. Pa1rGr2. MBh. &c. ; %{-tA} f. the being absorbed in or identical with
that Ka1d. BhP. Ra1jat. iii, 498 ; %{-tva} n. id. MBh. v, 1622 &c. ;
%{-yI-bhAva}, m.id. Sa1h.
tap*= (cf. 1. %{pat}) cl. 4. A1. %{-pyate}, to rule Dha1tup. xxvi, 50.\\2 cl. 1.
%{ta4pati} (rarely A1.; Subj. %{-pAti} RV. v, 79, 9; p. %{ta4pat} RV. &c.; cl.
4. p. %{ta4pyat} VS. xxxix, 12; pf. 1. sg. %{tata4pa} RV. vii, 104, 15; 3. sg.
%{-tA4pa}, x, 34, 11 AV. vii, 18, 2 &c.; p. %{tepAna4} RV.; fut. %{tapsya4ti}
Br. &c.: %{-te} & %{tapiSyati} MBh.) to give out heat, be hot, shine (as the
sun) RV. &c.; to make hot or warm, heat, shine upon ib.; to consume or destroy
by heat ib.; to suffer pain MBh. viii, 1794 Gi1t. vii, 31; (with %{pazcAt}) to
repent of MBh. viii, 39, 15; to torment one's self, undergo self-mortification,
practise austerity (%{tapas}) TUp. ii, 6 Mn. i f. MBh. &c.; to cause pain to,
injure, damage, spoil RV. AitBr. vii, 17 S3Br. xiv &c.: Pass. or cl. 4. A1.
%{tapya4te} (xiv; or %{ta4py-} TBr. ii; p. %{-pya4mAna} AV.; %{ta4py-}, xix, 56,
5; cf. %{a4-}; aor. %{atApi} RV. vii, 70, 2; %{atapta} Pa1n2. 3-1, 65 Ka1s3.;
pf. %{tepe} MBh. &c.; p. %{-pAna4} S3Br.; also P. %{tapyati}, %{-pyet},
%{atapyat}, &c. MBh. R. Katha1s. x, 4) to be heated or burnt, become hot RV.
&c.; to be purified by austerities (as the soul) Sarvad.; to suffer or feel pain
RV. x, 34, 10 and 95, 17 AV. xix, 56, 5 S3Br. xiv MBh. &c.; to suffer pain
voluntarily, undergo austerity (%{tapas}) AV. S3Br. TBr. Shad2vBr. S3a1n3khS3r.
&c.: Caus. %{tApayati}, %{-te} (p. %{-pa4yat} AV.; Pass. %{-pyate} MBh. &c.;
aor. %{atItape} & [Subj.] %{tata4pate} RV.) to make warm or hot, iv, 2, 6; viii,
72, 4 Kaus3. MBh. &c.; to consume by heat R. &c.; to cause pain, trouble,
distress AV. xix, 28, 2 MBh. &c.; to torment one's self, undergo penance, iii,
8199: Intens. (p. %{tAtapyamAna}) to feel violent pain, be in great anxiety R.
i, 11, 8 BhP. ii, 7, 24; [cf. Lat. {tepeo} &c.]\\3 mfn. `" warming one's self.
"' see %{agni-ta4p}.
tapa = to burn, shine, suffer * `" consuming by heat "' see {lalATam-}; `"
causing pain or trouble, distressing "' see {janaM-} and {paraM-}; tormented by
Hariv. i, 45, 37; m. heat, warmth (cf. {A-}) Pañcat. ii, 3, 5/6; the hot season
S'is'. i, 66; the sun W.; = {-pas}, religious austerity Car. Cân. (cf. {mahA-}
and {su-}); a peculiar form of fire (which generated the seven mothers of
Skanda) MBh. iii, 14392; Indra Gal.; N. of an attendant of S'iva L. Sch.; ({A})
f. N. of one of the 8 deities of the Bodhi-vriiksha Lalit. xxi, 404; cf. {a-}.
tapaH = penance
tapaHsu = in undergoing different types of austerities
tapati = (1 pp) to heat up
tapantaM = heating
taapana * = mfn. warming, burning, shining (the sun) MBh. i, v R. vi, 79, 57;
causing pain or distress RV. ii, 23, 4; x, 34, 6 AV. iv, xix; m. (g.
%{nandy-Adi}) the sun MBh. i, vi, xiii R. i, 16, 11 Ragh. &c.; heat L.; the hot
season L.; N. of a hell (cf. %{mahA-}) Mn. iv, 89 Buddh.; N. of an Agni Hariv.
10465; Agastya (cf. %{Agneya}) L.; Semecarpus Anacardium Npr.; = %{-cchada} (or
`" a white kind of it "' Npr.) L.; Premna spinosa L.; Cassia Senna Npr.; the
civet cat Gal.; = %{-maNi} L.; N. of a Yaksha MBh. i, 32, 18; of a Rakshas R.
vi; n. (%{-na4}) the being hot, burning, heat TBr. ii, 2, 9, 1 f.; pining,
grieving, mental distress Ka1t2h. xxviii, 4 Sa1h. iii; (%{I4}) f. heat RV. ii,
23, 14; the root of Bignonia suaveolens Npr.; = %{-panti} DivyA7v. xxx, 317 and
409; a cooking vessel Baudh. (TS. Sch.); cf. %{gopAla-}, %{tripu4ra}, %{rAma-}.
tapas.h = sustained effort
tapas * = warmth, heat ({paJca tapAMsi}, the 5 fires to which a devotee exposes
himself in the hot season, viz. 4 fires lighted in the four quarters and the sun
burning from above Mn. vi, 23 R. BhP. iv BrahmaP.; cf. Ragh. xiii, 41) RV. AV.
VS. SânkhS'r.; pain, suffering RV. vii, 82, 7; religious austerity, bodily
mortification, penance, severe meditation, special observance (e.g. `" sacred
learning "' with Brâhmans, `" protection of subjects "' with Kshatriyas, `"
giving alms to Brâhmans "' with Vais'yas, `" service "' with S'ûdras, and `"
feeding upon herbs and roots "' with Riishis Mn. xi, 236) RV. ix, 113, 2; x
(personified, 83, 2 f. & 101, 1, `" father of Manyu "' RAnukr.) AV. &c.; (m. L.)
N. of a month intervening between winter and spring VS. TS. i S'Br.iv Sus'r.
Pân. 4-4, 128 Vârtt. 2 Pat. S'is'. vi, 63; the hot season L. Sch.; = {-po-loka}
Veda7ntas. 120; the 9th lunar mansion ({dharma}) VarBri. i, 19; ix, 1 and 4; N.
of a Kalpa period, VâvuP. i, 21, 27.
tapasaa = by the penance
tapasaaM = and penances and austerities
tapasi = in penance
tapasyasi = austerities you perform
tapasyaa = (f) penance, meditation
tapasvibhyaH = than the ascetics
tapasvin * = mfn. (Pa1n2. 5-2, 102) distressed, wretched, poor, miserable TS. v,
3, 3, 4 (compar. %{-vi4-tara}) R. ii f. S3ak. Ma1lav. BhP. Sa1h. ; practising
austerities, (m.) an ascetic AV. xiii, 2, 25 Ka1t2h. xx (compar.), xxiii
(superl. %{-vi-tama}) S3Br. (compar. ii) &c. ; m. a pauper W. ; = %{-paHkara} L.
; a kind of Karan5ja tree L. ; Na1rada L. ; N. of a son of Manu Ca1kshusha
Hariv. 71 ; of a R2ishi of the 12th Manv-antara, 482 BhP. viii, 13, 29 VP. ;
(%{inI}) f. a female devotee, poor wretched woman Nal. R. iii, 2, 7 S3ak. Das3.
; Nardostachys Jat2a1-ma1n6si1 L. ; Helleborus niger L. ; = %{mahAzrAvaNikA}
Bhpr. ; %{-svi-kanyakA} or %{-nyA} f. the daughter of an ascetic S3ak. i, 15/16
and 24 ; %{-tA} f. devout austerity MBh. xiii, 2896 S3atr. ; %{-pattra} m.
Artemisia L. ; %{-svI7STA} f. Prosopis spicigera Gal.
tapasvishhu = in those who practice penance
tapaami = give heat
tapobhiH = by serious penances
tapoloka* = m. one of the 7 worlds (also called {tapar-l-}, situated above the
{jana-l-}) ÂrunUp. BhP. ii, 5, 39 Kâs'îKh. xxii; pl. N. of a family Pravar. vi,
2.
tapoyaGYaaH = sacrifice in austerities
tapta = troubled, frustrated
taptaM = executed
tapyante = undergotapyati* = f. heat TS. i, 4, 35, 1 (v.l. {-tu4}).
tapyatu* = mfn. hot RV. ii, 24, 9; f. see {-ti4}.
tapya* = mfn. to be refined Sarvad. Bâdar. ii, 2, 10 Sch. ({-tva} n. abstr.);
performing austerity (= {sattva-maya} Sch.; said of S'iva) MBh. xii, 10381.
tara * =1 an affix forming the compar. degree of adjectives and rarely (cf.
{vRtra-ta4ra}) of substantives Sus'r. i, 20, 11; ({Am}), added (in older
language) to adverbs (see {ati-tarA4m} &c.) and (in later language) to verbs
(Pañcat. i, 14, 7 Ratna7v. iii, 9 Kathâs.), intensifying their meaning; ind.
with {na}, not at all BhP. x, 46, 43.
tara = crossing over ta4ra * =2 mfn. ( {tRR}; g. {pacA7di}) carrying across or
beyond, saving (?, said of S'iva) MBh. xii, 10380; ifc. passing over or beyond
W.; `" surpassing, conquering "' see {zoka-tara4} cf. {rathaMtara4}; excelling,
w.; m. crossing, passage RV. ii, 13, 12; viii, 96, 1 Mn. viii, 404 and 407 Yâjñ.
(ifc.) MBh. xii; ({a-} mfn. `" impassable "') Bhathth. vii, 55 (cf. {dus-}); `"
excelling, conquering "' see {duS-Ta4ra}, {su-ta4ra}, {dus-}; = {-paNya} Mn.
viii, 406; a raft W.; a road L.; N. of a magical spell (against evil spirits
supposed to possess certain weapons) R. i, 30, 4; fire W.; N. of a man Râjat.
vii, 809; ({I}; also {Is} L.) f. (g. {gaurA7di} Ganar. 48), a boat, ship (cf.
{-ri}) MBh. i, 4228 f. BhP. iv S'is'. iii, 76 (cf. {nis-tarIka}); a
clothes-basket (also {-ri}) L.; the hem of a garment (also {-ri}) L.; =
{-raNi-peTaka} L.; a club L.; for {starI} (smoke) W.
tara.ntu = (Vr.Imp.IIIP.Pl.PP) let them cross
taraka = a demon slain by Kartikeya
taram * = see tara
taranga = (m) wave
tarangaH = (m) wave
taraNe = in crossing
taras *= n. rapid progress, velocity, strength, energy, efficacy RV. MBh. xii,
5172 R. v, 77, 18 Ragh. xi, 77 ; a ferry RV.i, 190, 7 ; (fig.) v, 54, 15 AV. x,
10, 24 ; a symbolical N. of the %{stoma} of the gods Ta1n2d2yaBr. viii, xi, xv ;
a bank L. ; = %{plava-ga} L. ; (%{sA}) instr. ind. (g. %{svar-Adi}, not in
Ka1s3.) speedily, directly MBh. R. Ragh. BhP. S3is3. ix Katha1s. Prab. iv, 24 ;
(%{-ra4s}) mfn. quick, energetic SV. i, 4, 2, 4, 1
taraTa * = N. of a medicinal plant Npr.; (%{I}) f. N. of a thorny plant (cf.
%{tAr-}) L.
taratamatas * = ind. more or less, 87, 19; cf. %{tAratamya}.
tarati = (1 pp) to cross
taran.h = swimming or crossing
tarangeshhu = among the waves
taranti = overcome
tarhi * = ind. (fr. {ta4d-hi4}; see {tarvan} Pân. 5-3, 20 f.) at that time,
then, at that moment, in that case (correlative of {ya4d} [TBr. ii, 1, 10, 1],
{yadA4} [AV. iii, 13, 6 BhP.], {ya4rhi} [TS. i AitBr. i, 27], {ya4tra} [S'Br. ii
BhP. v], {yadi} [S'ak. v.l. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.], {ced} [Prab. Sâh.]; often
connected with an Impv. [S'ak. Pañcat. &c.] or interrogative pron. [Pat. Kâs'.
Siddh. Sâh.]) RV. x, 129, 2 AV. &c. (not in MBh. &R.); cf. {eta4r-}, {ka4r-}.
tarishhyasi *= you will overcome
tarjaka * = mfn. one who threatens Pañcar. iv, 3.
tarjana * = n. threatening, scolding R. iii, v Ragh. xix, 17 Kum. vi, 45 &c.;
(ifc.) frightening MBh. iii, 12569; derision W.; putting to shame, surpassing
W.; anger W.; ({A}) f. scolding Sâh.; ({I}) f. `" threatening finger "', the
fore-finger Kathâs. xvii, 88 KâtyS'r. Sch.; = {-nikA} Hcat. ii, 1.
tarjanikaa * = f. a kind of weapon (?), ii, 1, 953.
tarjanIya * = mfn. to be threatened or scolded.
tarka* = m. conjecture MBh. &c.; reasoning, speculation, inquiry KathhUp. ii, 9
PârGri. ii, 6, 5 Gaut. Mn. xii, 106 MBh. &c.; doubt W.; system or doctrine
founded on speculation or reasoning, philosophical system (esp. the Nyâya
system, but applicable also to any of the six na q.v.) BhP. ii, vii f. Prab.
Vop. Caran. Madhus.; the number 6 Sûryas. xii, 87; logic, confutation (esp. that
kind of argument which consists in reduction to absurdity) Tarkas. Sarvad.
Madhus.; wish, desire L.; supplying an ellipsis L.; cause, motive L.; n. a
philosophical system Hcat. i, 7; ({A}) f. reasoning, inquiry (`" = {kAGkSA} "'
Sch.) MBh. iv, 892; cf. {a-}, {ku-}, {dus-}, {rUpa-}.
tarkshya* = m. saltpetre L. (see also taarkshya)
tarpaka * = mfn. ifc. satiating, satisfying BhP. vii, 15, 10 Sch.
ta4rpaNa * =mf({I})n. id. Sus'r. (cf. {ghrANa-}); (m. or n.) N. of a plant, iv,
5, 13 and 18; 16, 3; n. satiety MBh. xiv, 673; satiating, refreshing (esp. of
gods and deceased persons [cf. {RSi-}, {pitR-}] by presenting to them libations
of water; a particular ceremony performed with a magical Mantra Sarvad.; cf.
RTL. p. 394 and 409) PârGri. iii, 3, 11 Mn. iii, 70 Yâjñ. i, 46 MBh. xiii &c.;
gladdening (ifc.) BhP. iii, 1, 27; refreshment, food AV. ix, 6, 6 MBh. xviii,
269 and 275 Car. Pân. 2-3, 14 Kâs'. Hcat. (ifc. f. {A}); fuel L.; (satiating
i.e.) filling the eyes (with oil &c.) Sus'r.; ({I}) f. N. of a plant L.
ta4rpaNa-vidhi * =m. a ch. of Smriity-artha-sâra.
tarpaNecchu * =m. `" desirous of a Tarpana libation "', Bhîshma L.
tarpaNIya * =mfn. to be satisfied, Kathhup. i, 27.
tarpara * =m. a bell hanging down from the throat of cattle, g. {kapilakA7di}
(Ganar. 446).
taru = Tree
taruNaH = young man
taruNii = young woman
taruNau = (two)youngsters
tarutalavaasaM = living under the trees
taruu = Tree
tarkeNa = (masc.instr.Sing.)logic
tarjanaM = the fear
tarjanii = Finger
tas * =1 cl. 4. {-syati}, to fade away, perish Dhâtup. xxvi, 103; (cf. {taMs})
to cast upwards (or `" to throw down "') ib. (Vop.); to throw Pân. 3-4, 61 Kâs'.
2.
tas * =mfn. `" throwing "'; see {sukha-}.
tashtha * =mfn. ( {takS}) pared, hewn, made thin L.; fashioned, formed in mind,
produced RV. AV.xi, 1, 23; cf. {su4-}, {sto4ma-}; {vibhva-taSTa4}.
tashthi * =f. v.l. for {tvaSTi} q.v.
tasara * =(m. L.) n. ( {taMs}?) a shuttle RV. x, 130, 2 VS. xix, 83 (`" the
cloth in the loom "' TBr. Sch.)
taskara * =m. (for {tat-k-} Nir. iii, 14 VPrât. iii, 51) a thief, robber RV. AV.
VS. &c. (ifc. f. {A} Hariv. 5180 Kâm. iv, 53; cf. {a-taskara4}; ifc. used as a
term of contempt [Kathâs. ci, 140] Ganar. 114); Trigonella corniculata Sus'r.
iv, 37, 15; Vanguiera spinosa L.; Ardisia humilis (?) L.; the ear (derived fr.
Ragh. i, 27) W.; pl. N. of particular Ketus VarBriS. xi, 20; ({I}) f. a
passionate woman L.; a kind of Mimosa Npr.
tasthu * =mfn. stationary BhP. vii, 7, 23.
tasdI * =in astron.= $, hexagon.
tasthau = stood
tashtha * mfn. ( {takS}) pared, hewn, made thin L.; fashioned, formed in mind,
produced RV. AV.xi, 1, 23; cf. {su4-}, {sto4ma-}; {vibhva-taSTa4}.
tasmaat.h = hence* = ind. (abl. of 2. {ta4}) from that, on that account,
therefore (correlative of {ya4d}, {yasmAt}) AV. S'Br. AitBr. Mn. Nal. &c.
tasmin.h = in that
tasminkaaye = tasmin.h+kaye, in that body
tasmai = (masc.dat.S)to him, *V= therfore, unto him, to hi, at him, for him,
thereupon, therefore
tasmAt *= ind. (abl. of 2. %{ta4}) from that , on that account , therefore
(correlative of %{ya4d} , %{yasmAt}) AV. S3Br. AitBr. Mn. Nal. &c.
tasya = its
tasyasu..ndaraM = beautiful to him
tasyaaM = in that
tasyaisha = tasya + esha(H):His + this
tat: V* that, therefore, the same *= see tad
tat* =1 for {ta4d}. see col. 3. \\2 I. {tata4}. see {tan} \\ mfn. ifc. see
{parI-}; cf. {purI-ta4t}.
taat* = ind. (obs. abl. of 2. {ta4}) thus, in this way RV. vi, 21, 6; x, 95, 16;
obs. acc. pl. [!] of 2. {ta4} Pân.; vii, 1, 39 Kâs'.; cf. {adha4s-tAt} &c.
tata * = 2 m. (cf. {tAta}) chiefly Ved. a father (familiar expression
corresponding to {nanA4}, mother) RV. viii, 91, 5 f.; ix, 112, 3 AV. TS. iii
TBr. &c. (voc. [like {tAta}] also term of affection addressed to a son AitBr.v,
14, 3; vii, 14, 8). \\ 2 mfn. (vi, 4, 37) extended, stretched, spread, diffused,
expanded RV. &c.; spreading over, extending to W.; covered over by (instr. or in
comp.) Laghuj. ii, 16 Kir. v, 11 S'is'. ix, 23; protracted W.; bent (a bow) MBh.
i, 49, 25; iv, 5, 1; spreading, wide L.; composed (a tale), i, 2455; performed
(a ceremony) RV. &c.; m. wind L.; n. any stringed instrument L.; a metre of 4 x
1 2 syllables.
taa4t * ind. (obs. abl. of 2. {ta4}) thus, in this way RV. vi, 21, 6; x, 95, 16;
obs. acc. pl. [!] of 2. {ta4} Pân.; vii, 1, 39 Kâs'.; cf. {adha4s-tAt} &c.
tataM = pervaded
tataH = Then
tatastataH = from there
tat.h = that
tatbuddhayaH = those whose intelligence is always in the Supreme
tath * = cl. 1. P. {-Tati}, to rumble ShadvBr. v, 7; (derived fr. {taTa}) to be
raised Dhâtup.ix, 21: Caus. {tATayati} v.l. for {tADay-}, to strike, xxxii, 43.
tathaa V*: also, so, thus as well, similarly6, then, as also, as far as, in that
way, true to that, at that time, too
tathaa api V*= yet; yet, in spite of, nonetheless
tathaa eva V*= likewise
tatha * = m. (exceptionally n. Das'ar. ii. 18/19) a slope, declivity, any part
of the body which has (as it were) sloping, sides (cf. {zroNi-}, {stana-}, &c.),
a shore MBh. (said of Siva, xii, 10381) Hariv. &c. (ifc. f. î Bhartri.); ({I})
f. (g. {gaurA7di} Ganar. 49) id. Gît. Prab. Sâh.; cf. {a-}, {ut-}; {pura-taTI}.
tathasthaH = (m) neutral, disinterested, not taking any side
tato = then, afterwards
tatohaMsaH = tataH: then or from there + haMsaH:swan or Brahman
tattva = an element, the twenty-four categories of thatness * = n. true or real
state, truth, reality S'vetUp. Mn. Bhag. &c.; (in phil.) a true principle (in
Sânkhya phil. 25 in number, viz. {a-vyakta}, {buddhi}, {ahaM-kAra}, the 5
Tan-mâtras, the 5 Mahâ-bhûtas, the 11 organs including {manas}, and, lastly,
{puruSa}, qq.vv.) MBh. xii, 11840; xiv, 984 R. iii, 53, 42 Tattvas.; 24 in
number MBh. xii, 11242 Hariv. 14840 (m.); 23 in number BhP. iii, 6, 2 ff.; for
other numbers cf. xi, 22, 1 ff. RâmatUp.; with Mâhes'varas and Loka7yatikas only
5 [viz. the 5 elements] are admitted Prab. ii, 18/19; with Buddh. 4, with Jainas
2 or 5 or 7 or 9 Sarvad. ii f.; in Veda7nta phil. {tattva} is regarded as made
up of {tad} and {tvam}, `" that [art] thou "', and called {mahA-vAkya}, the
great word by which the identity of the whole world with the one eternal Brahma
[{tad}] is expressed); the, number 25 Sûryas. ii; the number 24 DevibhP. S'Br.
vii, 3, 1, 43 Sây.; an element or elementary property W.; the essence or
substance of anything W. [433, 1]; the being that Jaim. i, 3, 24 Sch.; =
{tata-tva} L.; N. of a musical instrument L.; ({ena}) instr. ind. according to
the true state or nature of anything, in truth, truly, really, accurately Mn.
vii, 68 MBh. R.; {-kaumudI} f. `" Tattva-moonlight "'N. of a Comm. on Sânkhyak.
Sarvad. xiv, 20; {-candra} m. `" truthmoon "'N. of a Comm. on Prakriyâ-kaumudî;
`" Tattva-moon "'N. of a Comm. on {-kaumudI}; {-cintAmaNi} m. N. of a philos.
work by Gange7s'a; of another work Nirnayas. iii; {-jJa} mfn. ifc. knowing the
truth, knowing the true nature of, knowing thoroughly Mn.xii, 102 MBh. ({a-}
neg., xii, 6623) R. &c.; m. a Brâhman Npr.; {-jJAna} n. knowledge of truth,
thorough knowledge, insight into the true principles of phil. Sarvad.; {-jJAnin}
mfn. = {-jJa} W.; {-taraMgiNI} f. `" truth-river "'N. of wk. by Dharmasâgara;
{-tas} ind.= {-ttvena} MundUp. i, 2, 13 Mn. MBh. &c.; {-tA} f. truth, reality
W.; {-tyaj} mfn. mistaking the true state Viddh. iii, 19; {-trayamaya} mfn.
consisting of the 3 realities Hcat. i, 11, 893; {-darza} m. (= {-dRz}) N. of a
Riishi under Manu Deva-sâvarni BhP. viii, 13, 32; {-darzin} mfn. = {-dRz} MBh.
iii, 1149 Râmag.; m. N. of one of Manu Raivata's sons Hariv. 433; of a Brâhman,
1265; {-dIpana} n. `" Tattva-light "'N. of wk.; {-dRz} mfn. perceiving truth
Veda7ntas.; {-nikaSa-grAvan} m. the touchstone of truth Hit. i, 9, 12;
{-nizcaya} m. `" ascertainment of truth "', right knowledge Sarvad. vi, 91 and
94; {-niSThatA} f. veracity Hemac.; {-nyAsa} m. `" application of true
principles "'N. of a ceremony in honour of Vishnu (application of mystical
letters &c. to parts of the body while prayers are recited), Tantr.; {-prakAza}
m. `" light of true principles "'N. of a Comm. Sarvad. vii;
{-prabodha-prakaraNa} n. N. of wk. by Haribhadra II (A.D. 1.200); {-bindu} m. `"
truthdrop "'N. of a philos. treatise; {-bodha} m. knowledge or understanding of
truth, xii, 46; N. of wk. Tantras. ii; {-bodhinI} f. `" teaching true principles
"'N. of a Comm. on Sankshepa-s'ârîraka; of a Comm. on Siddh. by
Jñâne7ndra-sarasvatî; truth-teaching cf. RTL. p. 492 and 509; {-bhava} m. true
being or nature KathhUp. vi S'vetUp. i; {-bhUta} mfn. true MBh. xii, 5290;
{-muktA7vali} f. `" necklace of truth "'N. of wk. Sarvad. iv, 110; cf. RTL. p.
123; {-vat} mfn. possessing the truth or reality of things MBh. xii, 11480;
{-vAda-rahasya} n. N. of wk. Sarvad. v, 110; {-vid} mfn. knowing the true nature
of(gen.) Bhag. iii, 28; {-vivitsA} f. desire of knowing the truth W.; {-viveka}
m. the sifting of established truth; N. of wk. on astron. (also
{siddhA7nta-t-}); of another work Sarvad. v, 6; {-ka-dIpana} n. `" light of
truth-investigation "'N. of a philos. work; {-zambara} n. N. of a Tantra Ânand.
31 Sch.; ({-raka}, Âryav.); {-zuddhi} f. ascertainment or right knowledge of
truth Kathâs. lxxv, 194; {-saMgraha} m. N. of wk. Sarvad. vii, 88;
{-satya-zAstra} n. N. of a Buddh. work by Gunaprabha; {-samAsa} m. `"
Tattva-compendium "'N. of Kapila's Sânkhya-sûtras Tattvas.; {-sAgara} m. `"
truth-ocean "'N. of wk. Smriitit. xi Nirnayas. i, 318; {-sAra} m. `"
truth-essence "'N. of wk. S'âkta7n. ii; {-vA7khyAno7pamA} f. a simile expressing
or stating any truth Kâvya7d. ii, 36; {-vA7dhigata} mfn. learnt thoroughly
Sus'r.; {-vA7pahnava-rUpaka} n. a metaphor denying a truth (as that two eyes are
not eyes but bees) Kâvya7d. ii, 95; {-vA7bhiyoga} m. a positive charge or
declaration Yâjñ. ii, 5/6, 4 ff.; {-vA7rtha} m. the truth Sarvad. iii;
{-tha-kaumudI} f. `" truth-light "'N. of a Comm. on Prâyas'c. by (Govinda7nanda;
{-tha-vid} mfn. knowing the exact truth or meaning of (in comp.) Mn.i, 3; (see
{veda-}); {-tha-sUtra} n. N. of a Jaina work by Umâ-svâti Sarvad. iii, 103;
{-vA7vabodha} m. perception of truth W.
tattvaM = truth/nature
tattvataH = in reality
tattvavit.h = the knower of the Absolute Truth
tattvaGYaana = of knowledge of the truth
tattve = truth
tattvena = in reality
tatparaM = afterwards
tatparaH = very much attached to it
tatparaayaNaH = who have completely taken shelter of Him
tatprasaadaat.h = by His grace
tatsamanantaram ind. immediately upon that Katha1s. iv, 24; cf. %{tadanant-}.
tatra = there* = (also {-trA} RV.) ind. ({ta4-tra}, correlative of {ya4-tra}; g.
{cA7di}, not in Kâs'.) used for the loc. (sg. du. and pl.) of {ta4d} (q.v. Pân.
5-3, 10; vi, 3, 35) RV. AV. Mn. &c.; in that place, there (in comp. Pân. 2-1,
46) RV. &c.; thither, to that place ib.; in that, therein, in that case, on that
occasion, under those circumstances, then, therefore, (also correlative of
{ya4d} [vi, 57, 4 AV. xii, 1, 34 Nal. &c.], {yadA} [Pañcat. i, 19, 8], {yadi}
[Mn. viii f. Cân. Hit.], or {ced} [Mn. viii, 295; ix, 205]; {tatra mAsa}, `"
that month "' i.e. the month that has been spoken of Kathâs. xviii, 208)
tatra tatra* = used for double loc. of {ta4d} Nal. v, 8; in that and that place,
here and there, everywhere Mn. vii, 87 MBh. BhP.; to every place MBh.
tatvidaH = by those who know this
tatsamakshaM = among companions
tatsiddhiH = that materialisation
tathaa = and, also, like that
tathaapi = yet, even then
tathaiva = similarly
tau = they
tausthau = stood (motionless) (past perfect tense of sthaa tishhTha to stand)
tava = Yours
tavaM = you
tavas *= mfn. ( %{tu}) strong, energetic, courageous RV. (compar. %{-va4s-tara}
[cf. %{ta4vIyas}], i, 30, 7 superl. %{-va4s-tama}, 190, 5 ; ii, 33, 3) ; m.
power, strength, courage RV. iii, 1, 1 and 30, 8 AV. xi, 1, 14 ; cf. %{pra4-},
%{sva4-}.
tayaa = by her
tayoH = of them
thaara * = m. a horse L.; a catamite L.
thaat* = ind, (onomat.) with {kR}, to cause to jingle or rattle Prasannar. i,
32.
thasat * = ind. (onomat.) an interjection imitating the sound of bursting
Kathâs. vc, 78; ({-sad-iti}) cvi, 181.
thasiti * =ind. id. Bâlar. ii, 31.
tigma * = mfn. sharp, pointed (a weapon, flame, ray of light) RV. AV. iv, 27, 7,
xiii S'ânkhGri. &c.; pungent, acrid, hot, scorching RV. &c.; violent, intense,
fiery, passionate, hasty ib.; m. Indra's thunderbolt W.; = {-gmA7tman} VP. iv,
21, 3; pl. N. of the S'ûdras in Krauñca-dvîpa, ii, 4, 53 (v.l. {tiSya}); n.
pungency L.
tiira = (neut) edge, bank \\ * = 1 m. tin (cf. %{tIvra}) L.; n. a kind of arrow
(cf. Pers. $) Pan5cad. ii, 76; (%{I}) f. id. L.\\2 n. ( %{tRR} Siddh.pum2l. 56)
a shore, bank AitBr. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} MBh. R. Ragh.; ifc., for d\\mfn.
furthering, granting success or victory AitA1r. 2.\\mfn. (?) carrying across,
furthering, helping TS. (Sch.)
tiirtha * = n. (rarely m. MBh.) a passage, way, road, ford, stairs for landing
or for descent into a river, bathing-place, place of pilgrimage on the banks of
sacred streams, piece of water RV. &c.; the path to the altar between the,
Câtvâla and Utkara ShadvBr. iii, 1 Âs'vS'r. iv, ix S'ânkhS'r. Lâthy. KâtyS'r.; a
channel, iv, 8, Paddh.; the usual or right way or manner TS. S'Br. xiv, ({a4-},
xi) KâtyS'r. MBh. iv, 1411; the right place or moment ChUp. viii Anup. &c.;
advice, instruction, counsel, adviser, preceptor MBh. v Mâlav. i, 12/13 Kir. ii,
3; certain lines or parts of the hand sacred to the deities Mn. ii Yâjñ. &c.; an
object of veneration, sacred object BhP.; a worthy person Âp. Mn. iii, 130 MBh.
&c.; a person worthy of receiving anything (gen.) MânGri. i, 7; N. of certain
counsellors of a king (enumerated in Pañcat. iii, 67/68) MBh. ii, 171 Ragh. xvii
S'is'. xiv [449, 2]; one of the ten orders of ascetics founded by S'ankara7cârya
(its members add the word {tIrtha} to their names); a brâhman Un. vri.; =
{darzana} L.; = {yoga} L.; the vulva L.; a womañs courses L.; fire Un. vri.; =
{nidAna} ib
tiivra * = mf({A})n. (fr. {tiv-ra}, {tu}) strong, severe, violent, intense, hot,
pervading, excessive, ardent, sharp, acute, pungent, horrible RV. &c.; m.
sharpness, pungency Pân. 2-2, 8 Vârtt. 3. Pat.; for {-vara} (?) g. {rAjanyA7di};
S'iva; n. pungency W.; a shore (for 2. {tIra} ?) Un. k.; tin (cf. 1. {tIra})
ib.; steel L.; iron L.; ({am}) ind. violently, impetuously, sharply, excessively
W.; ({A}) f. Helleborus niger L.; black mustard L.; basil L.; {gaNDa-dUrvA} L.;
{taradI} L.; {mahA-jyotiSmatI} L.; (in music) N. of a S'ruti; of a Mûrchanâ; of
the river Padmavatî (in the east of Bengal) L.
tiikshNa = pungent *= mf(%{A4})n. ( %{tij}) sharp, hot, pungent, fiery, acid RV.
x, 87, 9 AV. &c. ; harsh, rough, rude Mn. vii, 140 MBh. R. VarBr2S. ; sharp,
keen S3is3. ii, 109 Pa1n2. 5-2, 76 Ka1s3. ; zealous, vehement L. ;
self-abandoning L. ; (with %{gati}, `" a planet's course "', or %{nakSatra} `"
asterism "') inauspicious VarBr2S. vii, 8 and 10 ; iic, 7 (asterisms Mu1la,
A1rdra1, Jyesht2ha1, A1-s3lesha1) ; m. nitre L. ; = %{-taNDulA} Npr. ; black
pepper ib. ; black mustard ib. ; = %{-gandhaka} ib. ; = %{-sArA} ib. ; majoram
ib. ; white Kus3a or Darbha grass ib. ; the resin of Boswellia thurifera ib. ;
an ascetic L. ; (g. %{azvA7di}) N. of a man Ra1jat. viii, 1742 f. ; of a Na1ga
Buddh. L. ; n. pl. sharp language R. ii, 35, 33 Ma1rkP. xxxiv, 46 ; sg. steel
(cf. %{-varman}) Npr. ; iron L. ; any weapon L. Sch. ; sea-salt L. ; nitre L. ;
Galmei Npr. ; poison L. ; Bignonia suaveolens L. ; Piper Chaba L. ; Asa foetida
Npr. ; battle L. ; pestilence L. ; death L. Sch. ; heat, pungency W. ; haste W.
; (%{A}) f. N. of several plants (Mucuna pruritus, Cardiospermum Halicacabum,
black mustard, %{atyamla-parNI}, %{mahA-jyotiSmatI}, %{vacA}, %{sarpakaGkAlikA})
Npr. ; a mystical N. of the letter %{p}, Ra1mat. i, 77 ; cf. %{a-}, %{su-}.
tikta = (adj) bitter
tila = sesame seeds
tilakam.h = (n) bindi (the "dot on the forehead")
tilaka * = m. (g. %{sthUlA7di}) Clerodendrum phlomoides (Symplocos racemosa L.)
MBh. &c.; a freckle (compared to a sesamum-seed) VarBr2S. l, 9; lii, 10
Katha1s.; a kind of skin-eruption L.; (in music) N. of a Dhruvaka; a kind of
horse L.; N. of a prince of Kampana1 Ra1jat. viii, 577 ff; m. (n. Pan5cad. ii,
57) a mark on the forehead (made with coloured earths, sandal-wood, or unguents,
either as an ornament or a sectarial distinction) Ya1jn5. i, 293 MBh. iii, 11591
R. (ifc. f. %{A}, iii) &c.; the ornament of anything (in comp.) Pan5cat. i, 1,
92 Katha1s. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} Ra1jat. iii, 375); n. id. L.; the right lung L.;
black sochal salt L.; alliteration Ra1jat.; a metre of 4 x 6 syllables; =
%{tri-zlokI} L.; a kind of observance Ka1lanirn2. Introd. 12; (%{A}) f. a kind
of necklace L.; cf. %{eNa-}, %{kha-}, %{vasanta-}; %{Urdhva-tilakin}.
titikshasva = just try to tolerate
tittibha = a firefly
tittibhaasana = the firefly posture
tintriNii = (f) tamarind
timira = darkness
tira * = mfn. furthering, granting success or victory AitA1r. 2.\\mfn. (?)
carrying across, furthering, helping TS. (Sch.)
tiraskara* = mf({I})n. excelling (with gen.) BhP. i, 10, 27.
tiraskaara* = m. placing aside, concealment W.; abuse, censure Hit. i, 2, 25/26;
iv; disdain Pân. 2-3, 17 Kâs'. Kathâs.xxxii, 55 SârngP.; a cuirass Kir. xvii,
49.
tiryakkAram* = ind. having laid aside (after the completion of any work), the
work being done Pân. 3-4, 60; cf. {tIraya}.
tiryakkSipta* = mfn. placed obliquely L.; said of a form of dislocation (when a
part of the joint is forced outwards) Sus'r. ii, 15, 2 f.
tiryaktA* = f. animal nature Râjat. iii, 448.
tiryakpAtana* = n. a kind of process applied esp. to mercury.
tiryakpAtin* = mfn. falling obliquely on (loc.) S'is'. x, 40.
tiryakpramANa* = n. measurement across, breadth KâtyS'r. i f. Sch. ({purastat-},
`" breadth in front "'; {pazcAt-}, `" breadth behind. "')
tiryakphalA* = f. Oldenlandia herbacea L.
tiryaksrotas* = mfn. (an animal) in which the current of nutriment tends
transversely R. ii, 35, 19 Sch.; m. n. animals collectively VP. i, 5, 8 MârkP.
vlii NarasP. iii, 25.
tishhThati = (1 pp) to stand
tishhThani = stand (from sthaa)
tishhThantaM = residing
tishhThanti = dwell
tishhThasi = remain
tishya* = m. N. of a heavenly archer (like Kriis'ânu) and of the 6th Nakshatra
of the old or 8th of the new order RV. v, 54, 13; x, 64, 8 TS. ({-Sya4}) &c.;
the month Pausha L.; Terminalia tomentosa L.; = {-SyA} L.; (Pân. 4-3, 34; i, 2,
63 Kâs'.) `" born under the asterism TñTerminalia "', a common N. of men Buddh.
(cf. {upa-}); n. (m. L.) the 4th or present age MBh. vi Hariv. 3019; mfn.
auspicious, fortunate W.; ({A}) f. Emblic Myrobalan L.
tiras * = through (acc.) RV. AV. xiii, 1, 36; across, beyond, over (acc.) RV.
AV. vii, 38, 5; so as to pass by, apart from, without, against (acc.) RV.
({-ra4s citta4ni}, `" without the knowledge "', vii, 59, 8; {-ro4 va4zam}, `"
against the will "', x, 171, 4); apart or secretly from (abl.) AV. xii, 3, 39
S'Br. i, iii; obliquely, transversely MârkP. xvii, 3; apart, secretly TS. ii, 5,
10, 6 AitBr. ii S'Br.; [cf. Zd. {taro1}; Lat. {trans}; Goth. {thairh}; Germ.
{durch}; Hib. {tar}, {tair}.]
titiksha * = m. (fr. Desid.) N. of a man g. {kaNvA7di}; ({A}) f. endurance,
forbearance, patience MBh. Pân. 1-2, 20 Sus'r. &c.; Patience (daughter of
Daksha; wife of Dharma; mother of Kshema) BhP. iv, 1, 19ff.
tiivra * = mf(%{A})n. (fr. %{tiv-ra}, %{tu}) strong, severe, violent, intense,
hot, pervading, excessive, ardent, sharp, acute, pungent, horrible RV. &c. ; m.
sharpness, pungency Pa1n2. 2-2, 8 Va1rtt. 3. Pat. ; for %{-vara} (?) g.
%{rAjanyA7di} ; S3iva ; n. pungency W. ; a shore (for 2. %{tIra} ?) Un2. k. ;
tin (cf. 1. %{tIra}) ib. ; steel L. ; iron L. ; (%{am}) ind. violently,
impetuously, sharply, excessively W. ; (%{A}) f. Helleborus niger L. ; black
mustard L. ; basil L. ; %{gaNDa-dUrvA} L. ; %{taradI} L. ; %{mahA-jyotiSmatI} L.
; (in music) N. of a S3ruti ; of a Mu1rchana1 ; of the river Padmavati1 (in the
east of Bengal) L.
tiivraya %{-yati}, to strengthen Ta1n2d2yaBr. xviii.
te = they
te.api = even they
tejaH = prowess
tejas.h = brilliance
tejas * = n. (often pl.) the sharp edge (of a knife &c.), point or top of a
flame or ray, glow, glare, splendour, brilliance, light, fire RV. &c.; clearness
of the eyes VS. xxi AitBr. &c.; the bright appearance of the human body (in
health), beauty Nal. Sus'r. i, 15 [454, 3]; the heating and strengthening
faculty of the human frame seated in the bile, 14 and 26; the bile L.; fiery
energy, ardour, vital power, spirit, efficacy, essence AV. &c.; semen virile
MBh. R. Ragh. S'ak.; marrow L.; the brain W.; gold L.; (opposed to {kSamA})
impatience, fierceness, energetic opposition MBh. iii VarBri. Sâh. iii, 50 and
54 Das'ar. ii, 3; (in Sânkhya phil.) = {rajas} (passion); spiritual or moral or
magical power or influence, majesty, dignity, glory, authority AV. VS. &c.; a
venerable or dignified person, person of consequence MBh. v, xiii S'ak. vii, 15;
fresh butter L.; a mystical N. of the letter $ RâmatUp. i, 23; ({ase}) dat. inf.
{tij} q.v.; cf. {a-}, {agni-}, {ugra-} &c.
tejasa = radiant energy, majesty
tejasvin.h = one who has tej (brilliance)
tejasvinaaM = of the powerful
tejasvinaavadhiitamastu = with glory \& strength, our study, be
tejobhiH = by effulgence
tejomayaM = full of effulgence
tejoraashiM = effulgence
tena = by that; with that
tenaiva = in that
teshaaM = their
teshhaaM = their
teshhu = on them
thaat* = ind, (onomat.) with {kR}, to cause to jingle or rattle Prasannar. i,
32.
thathaa api V*: still, nevertheless, yet, even so, nonetheless
thu* = Meaning m. gold L.; one who changes his shape at will W.; love, god of
love W.
tilaka* m. (g. {sthUlA7di}) Clerodendrum phlomoides (Symplocos racemosa L.) MBh.
&c.; a freckle (compared to a sesamum-seed) VarBriS. l, 9; lii, 10 Kathâs.; a
kind of skin-eruption L.; (in music) N. of a Dhruvaka; a kind of horse L.; N. of
a prince of Kampanâ Râjat. viii, 577 ff; m. (n. Pañcad. ii, 57) a mark on the
forehead (made with coloured earths, sandal-wood, or unguents, either as an
ornament or a sectarial distinction) Yâjñ. i, 293 MBh. iii, 11591 R. (ifc. f.
{A}, iii) &c.; the ornament of anything (in comp.) Pañcat. i, 1, 92 Kathâs. &c.
(ifc. f. {A} Râjat. iii, 375); n. id. L.; the right lung L.; black sochal salt
L.; alliteration Râjat.; a metre of 4 x 6 syllables; = {tri-zlokI} L.; a kind of
observance Kâlanirn. Introd. 12; ({A}) f. a kind of necklace L.; cf. {eNa-},
{kha-}, {vasanta-}; {Urdhva-tilakin}.
tilakaka* = n. N. of a man Râjat. viii, 469.
tilakaya* = Nom. P. to mark with spots HParis'. viii, 210; to mark Bâlar. i, 1;
vi, 37; to adorn, i, 1 Viddh. ii, 13.
tilakita* = mfn. (g. {tArakA7di}) marked Bâlar. vi, 55 and 58; adorned Kathâs.
xciii, 17 Râjat. ii, 40.
tilakin* = mfn. marked with the Tilaka.
tiraskrita * = mfn. concealed R. ii Amar. Bhat2t2. ; eclipsed W. ; excelled
Pan5cat. ; censured, reviled, despised ib. (%{a-} neg.) ; %{-prAtivezya} m. =
%{tiraH-pr-} q.v. ; %{-sambhASa} mfn. %{a-} neg. speaking together without
abusing each other MBh. iii, 233, 27.
tiryaJc [tiryak or tiryac] * = mfn. (fr. %{tira4s} + %{aJ} Pa1n2. 6-3, 94 ; nom.
m. %{-rya4G} n. %{-rya4k} f. %{-ra4izcI}, also %{-ryaJcI} Vop. iv, 12) going or
lying crosswise or transversely or obliquely, oblique, transverse (opposed to
%{anv-a4Jc}), horizontal (opposed to %{Urdhva4}) AV. VS. TS. &c. ; going across
S3Br. xiv, 9, 3, 2 f. ; moving tortuously W. ; curved, crooked W. ; meandering
W. ; lying in the middle or between (a tone), xi, 4, 2, 5 ff. VPra1t. i, 149 ;
m. n. `" going horizontally "', an animal (amphibious animal, bird, &c.) Mn.v,
40 ; xii, 57 Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. [448,1] ; the organic world (including plants)
Jain. ; n. = %{-ryak-pramANa} S3ulbas. ; f. the female of any animal W. ;
(%{rya4k}) ind. across, obliquely "', transversely, horizontally, sideways S3Br.
Ka1tyS3r. S3a1n3khS3r. VPra1t. Mn. &c. ; (%{-razcA4}) instr. ind. id. RV. i, 61,
12 ; ii, 10, 4 ; x, 70, 4 ; (%{-razci4}) loc. ind. id. S3Br. ii, 3, 2, 12
Ka1tyS3r. xvii, 8, 14 and 12, 1.
tiryagja * = mfn. born or begotten by an animal Mn. x, 72.
tiryagjana * = m. an animal BhP. ii, 7, 46.
tiryagjAti * = mfn. belonging to the race of animals W. ; m. an animal Ka1d. ;
f. the brute kind W.
tishthhati V*= stands, reamains, resides, exists
tishthhad * = %{-SThat}, pr. p. %{sthA} q.v. [448,3]
tishthhaddhoma * = mfn. (a sacrifice) at which the oblation (%{homa}) is offered
standing Ka1tyS3r. i, 2, 6.
tishthhadgu * = ind. (Pa1n2. 2-1, 17), when the cows (%{go}) stand to be milked
"', after sunset Bhat2t2. iv, 14.
toyaM = water
toyadaH = (m) cloud
toka* = n. (fr. 1. {tuc}) offspring, children, race, child (often joined with
{ta4naya}; rarely pl. AV. i, v BhP. vi) RV. AV. Kâthh. S'Br. AitBr. Pân. 3-3, 1
Kâr. BhP.; a new-born child; ii, x; m. ifc. the offspring of an animal (e.g.
{aja-}, a young goat), iii, x; cf. {ava-}, {jIvat-} and {sa-tokA}; {tvakS}.
tola = a balance
tolayati = (10 up) to weigh
tolaangulaasana = the balance posture
tolaasana = the scales posture
tokataa: childhood
trai * = cl. 1. Â. {trA4yate} (Impv. {-yatAm}, 2. sg. {-yasva} and {trA4sva} pl.
{-yadhvam} and {trA4dhvam} RV.; ep. {trAti}, {trAtu}, {trAhi}; aor. Subj.
{trAsate}, 2. du. {trA4sAthe} Prec. {trA4sIthAm} RV.; inf. {trAtum} MBh. &c.;
ind. p. {trAtvA} BhP. ii, 7, 9) to protect, preserve, cherish, defend, rescue
from (gen. or abl.); cf. {pari-}, {saM-}.
trasa *= mfn. moving n. the collective body of moving or living beings (opposed
to %{sthAvara}) MBh. xii f. Jain. ; m. `" quivering "' , the heart L. ; n. a
wood L
trasura * = mfn. timid, fearful Un2. vr2.
trayaM = three
trayaH = (adj) three
trayaaNaaM = three
trayii = triplet
trayImaya * = mf(%{I})n. consisting of or containing or resting on the 3 Vedas
BhP. (the sun, v, 20, 4 ; the sun's chariot, 21, 12) Ma1rkP. xxix Ku1rmaP. i,
20, 66 (Rudra) Sin6ha7s. xviii.
traye = in the three
trayovi.nshati = number 23
traa = to save
traaTaka = an exercise to clear the vision
traaNa = protection* = mfn. protected Pân. 8-2, 56; n. protecting, preserving,
protection, defence, shelter, help (often ifc.) ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; protection
for the body, armour, helmet &c., iii, 12092; = {trAyamANA4} L.; ({A}) f. id.
L.; cf. {aGguli-}, {udara-}, {uras-} &c.
traasa *= m. fear , terror , anxiety MBh. &c. ; a flaw in a jewel L.
traatuM = for protecting
traayate = releases
traayetaaM = (may the two) protect, save (us).(for one persons the verb is
traahi = (Vr.Imp.II P.S PP)Protect
traiguNya = pertaining to the three modes of material nature
trailokya = of the three worlds
traividyaH = the knowers of the three Vedas
tretaa* = f. (fr. {traya4}) and triad, triplet MBh. xiv, 2759; the 3 sacred
fires (= {agni-}), v, 1559 Hariv. 1410; trey (throw at dice or the side of a die
marked with 3 spots) VS. xxx, 18 TS. iv Mriicch. ii, 9; `" age of triads "', the
2nd Yuga (or silver age) AitBr. MundUp. S'ânkhS'r. Mn. &c.
tri: three, *= m. {tra4yas} f. nom. acc. {tisra4s} n. {trI4Ni} [{trI4} RV. S'Br.
xi], 3 RV. &c. ({tribhi4s} & {tisR4bhis}, &c. RV.; only once {tri4bhis} [viii,
59, 5] with the later accentuation, cf. Pân. 6-1, 177 and 180 f.; gen. {trINA4m}
[RV. x, 185, 1; cf. Pân. 7-1, 53 Kâs'.] and {tisRRNA4m} [RV. viii, 19, 37 and
101, 6], later on [fr. {-ya4}] {trayANAm} [AitBr. Mn.] and {tisRNA4m} [RV. v,
69, 2 against metre; cf. Pân. 6-4, 4 f.]; ifc., vii, 2, 99 f. Kâs'.) [458, 1];
[cf. $, Lat. {tres}; Goth. {threis}; &c.]
tribhiH = three
tribhujam.h = (n) triangle
tridas'a* = mf({A})n. 3 X 10 (= 30) MBh. i, 4445; m. pl. (cf. Pân. 2-2, 25; v,
4, 73; vi, 3, 48 Kâs'. and {dvi-d-}) the 3 X 10 (in round number for 3 X 11)
deities (12 Âdityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras, and 2 As'vins; cf. RV. ix, 92, 24) MBh.
&c.; du. the As'vins, iii, 10345; mfn. divine R. iii, 41, 21; n. heaven MBh.
xiii, 3327 ({tri-diva}, B); {-guru} m. `" thirty-god-preceptor "', Briihaspati
(regent of Jupiter) VarBriS. VarBri.; {-gopa} m. = {indra-g-}, a fire-fly Ragh.
xi, 42; {-gopaka} m. id. Npr.; {-tA} f. divine nature Bâlar.; {-tva} n. id.
Ragh. xviii, 30; {-dIrghikA} f. `" heavenly lake "', Gangâ L.; {-nadI} f. `"
heavenly river "', Gangâ W.; {-pati} m. `" lord of the gods "', Indra Mriicch.
Ratna7v. iv, 11 VP. v, 18; {-puMgava} m. `" god-chief "', Vishnu R. i, 14, 42;
{-pratipakSa} m. = {-zA7ri}; {-maJjarI} f. `" heavenly plant "', the Tulasî L.;
{-vadhU} f. `" wife of the gods "', an Apsaras W.; {-vanitA} f. id. Megh.;
{-zaila} m. `" heavenly mountain "', the Kailâsa Kathâs. cxiv; {-zreSTha} mfn.
best of gods (Brahmâ, Agni) R. vi, 102 f.; {-sarSapa} m. = {deva-s-} Npr.;
{-zA7Gkuza} m. `" divine goad "', a thunderbolt L.; {-zA7GganA} f. = {-za-vadhU}
Bhakta7m. 15; {-zA7cArya} m. = {-za-guru} L.; {-zA7dhipa} m. a lord of the gods,
28; {-zA7dhipati} m. S'iva; {-zA7yana} mfn. `" resort of the gods "', Nârâyana
Hariv.; {-zA7yudha} n. `" divine weapon "', the rainbow Ragh. ix, 54; the
thunderbolt L.; {-zA7ri} m. an enemy of the gods, Asura R. vi, 36, 78;
{-zA7laya} m. `" abode of the gods "', heaven MBh. iii R. i Vet.; the mountain
Su-meru L.; a heaven-dweller, god MBh. iii, 1725; {-zA7vAsa} m. = {-zA7laya},
heaven L.; {-zA7hAra} m. `" divine food "', nectar L.; {-zI-bhUta} mfn. become
divine Ragh. xv, 102; {-ze7dra} m. `" god-chief "', Indra Pañcat. i;
{-ze7ndra-zatru} m. `" Indra's foe "', Râvana R. vi, 36, 6; {-ze7za} m. =
{-ze7ndra} MBh. iii; {-ze7zadviS} m. = {-zA7ri} MBh.; {-ze7zvara} m. =
{-ze7ndra} MBh. R. ii; S'iva MBh.; pl. Indra, Agni, Varuna, and Yama Nal. iv,
31; ({I}) f. Durgâ DevîP.; N. of a female attendant of Durgâ W.;
{-ze7zvara-dviS} m. = {-ze7ndra-zatru} R. i, 14, 47.
tridhaa = of three kinds
tridiva *= n. (m. L.) the 3rd or most sacred heaven , heaven (in general) RV. ix
, 113 , 9 & AV. (with gen. %{diva4s}) GopBr. Pras3nUp. Mn. &c. ; (%{A}) f.
cardamoms Npr. ; N. of a river in India MBh. vi , 324 ; xiii , 7654 ; of a river
in the Plaksha-dvi1pa VP. ii , 4 , 11 ; (%{-vI}) Brahma7n2d2aP. [Hcat. i , 5 ,
1070] ; %{-gata} mfn. `" heaven-departed "' , dead Vcar. vi , 62 ; %{-vA7dhI7za}
, %{-ve7za} m. `" lord of heaven "' , a god L. ; %{-ve7zAna} m. id. Gal. ;
%{-ve7zvara} m. `" lord of heaven "' , Indra R. i ; %{-vo7dbhavA} f. large
cardamoms L. ; %{-vau9kas} m. `" heaven-residing "' , a god Vcar. xv , 72.
triguNa = three qualities (i.e. satva, rajas and tamas)
trigunadoshaiH = having all three qualities as well as faults
trijagati = in the three worlds
trikoNa = a triangle
trikoNamiti = trigonometry
trikoNaasana = the triangle posture
trikona = Trinal houses or 1, 5, 9
trimsat.h = (adj) thirty
triiNi = three
triin.h = three
triNa = grass
triNaa = grass
trina * = grass
triNemi mfn. with 3 fellies BhP. iii, 8, 20. (v.l. {-nemi}).
triph *= cl. 6. %{-phati}, to satisfy (cf. %{tRp}) Dha1tup.; to kill (cf.
%{tarphitR}) W.
tripishthapa *= n. (m. Un2. Sch.) = %{-diva4}, Indra's heaven MBh. i, 7580 and
7657 R. i, vi Ma1rkP. xviii, 27 ; the sky L. ; cf. %{-viST-} ; %{-sad} m. `"
heavendweller "', a god L
tripta = satisfied
triptaH = being satisfied
triptiH = satisfaction
trishhu = in the three
trishNaa = desire* = f. thirst, i, vii, ix AV. S'Br. &c.; desire, avidity
(chiefly ifc.) R. Ragh. BhP. &c.; Avidity as mother of Dambha (Prab. ii, 11/12),
daughter of Death (Mriityu VP. i, 7, 31; or Mâra Lalit. xxiv, 20), generated by
Vedanâ and generating Upa7dâna (Buddh.); cf. {ati-}.
trishhNaaM = thirst/desiretri = three
trivikrama = fifth incarnation of Vishnu commonly known as vaamana
trividhaM = of three kinds
trividhaH = of three kinds
trividhaa = of three kinds
truTayaH = shortcomings, mistakes
truTi = shortcomings, mistakes
tuuNa = quiver(arrow receptacle)
tuula = air
tuulaa = Zodiacal Sign of Libra
tu = but * = Meaning 1 cl. 2. ({tauti} Dhâtup.; fut. 2nd {totA} or {tavitA}
Vop.) to have authority, be strong RV. i, 94, 2 (pf. {tUtAva} cf. Naigh. iv, 1
Pân. 6-1, 7 Kâs'.); to go Dhâtup.; to injure ib.: Caus. (aor. {tUtot}, 2. sg.
{-tos}) to make strong or efficient RV. ii, 20, 5; vi, 26, 4; cf. {ut-}, {saM-};
{tava4s}, &c., {tIvra4}; [Zd. {tav}, `" to be able "'; Lat. {tumor}, {tueri},
{totus}.]
tu4 * = Meaning 2 (never found at the beginning of a sentence or verse;
metrically also {tU4} RV.; cf. Pân. 6-3, 133) pray! I beg, do, now, then, Lat.
{dum} used (esp. with the Imper.) RV.; but (also with {eva4} or {vai4}
following) AV. iv, 18, 6 TS. S'Br. &c.; and Mn. ii, 22; or, i, 68; xi, 202;
often incorrectly written for {nu} MBh. (i, 6151 B and C); sometimes used as a
mere expletive
tu (in conjuction) * = cana tu * =Meaning though-still not\\kiM tu * =g or
though - still\\paraMtu * = though - still\\varam-natu * = it is true - but not,
ere - than\\kiM u * = still, nevertheless\\na-paraMtu * = not-however\\ na caapi
tu* = not-but This page was generated by SFgate 4.0.30. vai
tuccha * = mfn. empty, vain, small, little, trifling BhP. Nr2isUp. Prab.; n.
anything trifling S3a1rn3gP. xxxi, 15; chaff Un2. k.; (%{A}) f. the 14th lunar
day Su1ryapr.
tucchiikrita * = mfn. despised BhP.
tuchchha = adj. trifling
tuda* = mfn. ifc. `" striking "' see {aruM-}, {tilaM-}, {vidhuM-}; m. N. of a
man g. {zubhrA7di}; cf. {ut-}.
tulanaa = comparison
tula * = m. (for {-lA}) the sign Libra, Utp. (on VarBri. xi, xvi, xxiii and
VarYogay. iv, 55).
tulaa = (f) balance, weighing scales * f. a balance, weight VS. xxx S'Br. xi Mn.
&c. ({-layA dhR} or {-lAM} with Caus. of {adhiruh}, `" to hold in or put on a
balance, weigh, compare "'; {-lAM} with Caus. of {adhi-ruh}, `" to risk "'
Pañcat. i, 16, 9; {-lAm adhi-} or {A-} or {sam-A-ruh}, `" to be in a balance "',
be equal with [instr.]; the balance as an ordeal Yâjñ. ii Mriicch. ix, 43);
equal measure, equality, resemblance Ragh. &c. ({-lAm i} or {gam} or {A-yA} or
{A-lamb} or {dhA}, `" to resemble any one or anything "' [instr. or in comp.];
{-lAM na bhR}, `" to have no equal "' Prasannar. i, 37; {-lAM} with Pass. of
{nI}, `" to become equal to "' [gen.]); = {-la} Pañcat. i, 14, 14 VarBri. &c.;
N. of a measure (= 100 Palas) MBh. iii, xiv VarBriS. Sus'r. Ashtha7ng. S'ârngS.
i, 31; a kind of beam in the roof of a house VarBriS. liii, 30.
tulasî * = f. holy basil (small shrub venerated by Vaishnavas; commonly Tulsî)
BhP. VâyuP. and PadmaP. (produced from the ocean when churned) BrahmaP.
(produced from the hair of the goddess Tulasî, ii, 19.)
tulya = comparable *= mf(%{A})n. (in comp. accent Pa1n2. 6-2, 2) equal to, of
the same kind or class or number or value, similar, comparable, like (with
instr. or gen. [cf. ii., 3, 72] or ifc. ; e.g. %{tena} [Mn. iv, 86] or %{etasya}
[Kat2hUp. i, 22] or %{etat-} [24], `" equal to him "') Ka1tyS3r. La1t2y. Pa1n2.
&c. ; fit for (instr.) Su1ryas. xiv, 6 ; even VarBr2. iv, 21 ; n. N. of a dance
; (%{am}) ind. equally, in like manner Pa1n2. MBh. R. Hariv. ; contemporaneously
Dharmas3arm. xvii, 14.
tulyaM = equivalent, comparable
tulyaH = equal
tumburu m. N. of a pupil of Kala1pin Pa1n2. 4-3, 104 Ka1s3. (Ka1r.) ; of a
Gandharva MBh. &c. (`" attendant of the 5th Arhat of the present Avasarpin2i1 "'
Jain.) ; n. coriander or the fruit of Diospyros embryopteris (also %{-rI} and
%{tubarI} L.) Sus3r. iv ; vi, 42, 67 and (metrically %{-rU}) 118 Pa1n2. 6-1, 143
Ka1s3.
tumulaH = uproarious
tuNDaM = jaws/mouth?
turaashaah *= nom. %{SAT} , (Pa1n2. 3-2 , 63) overpowering the mighty or
overpowering quickly RV. and VS. xx (Indra) Hariv. 14114 (Vishn2u ; voc.
%{-SAT}) ; m. (acc. %{-sAham} ; cf. Pa1n2. 8-3 , 56) Indra Ragh. xv , 40 Kum. ii
, 1 BhP. viii , 11 , 26.
turya* = mfn. (Pân. 5-2, 51 Vârtt. 1) 4th BhP. Vet. Srut.; forming a 4th part
BhP.; n. the 4th state of soul (see {-rIya}), vii, 9, 32 Hathhapr. iv, 45
RâmatUp. ii, 4, 15 Sch.; mfn. being in that state of soul BhP. vi f.
turyaa* = f. superior power TS.ii, 2, 12.
tush.h = to be satisfied
tushhaara = (m) ice/snow
tushhTaH = satisfied
tushhTiH = satisfaction
tushhTishchaastu = tushhTiH + cha + astu:happiness + and + let there be
tushhTuvaa.nsaH = May we satisfy or make them happy?
tushhNiM = silent
tushhyati = (4 pp) to be pleased
tushhyanti = become pleased
tushita* = m. pl. a class of celestial beings MBh. xiii, 1371 Buddh. &c. (12 in
number Hariv. VP. BhP. iv, 1, 8 VâyuP. ii, 6; 36 in number L.); sg. Vishnu in
the 3rd Manv-antara Vishn. iic, 47 VP. iii, 1, 38; ({A}) f. N. of the wife of
Veda-s'iras and mother of the Tushitas, 37 BhP. viii, 1, 21.
tushthi * = f. satisfaction, contentment Mn. MBh. &c. (9 kinds are reckoned in
Sânkhyaphil. Kap. iii, 39 Sânkhyak. 47 and 50 Tattvas.; `" Satisfaction "'
personified [Hariv. 9498] as daughter of Daksha and mother of Santosha or Muda
VP. i, 7 BhP. iv, 1, 49 f. MârkP. l; or as daughter of Paurnamâsa VâyuP. i, 28,
8 LingaP.; as a deity sprung from the Kalâs of Prakriiti "' BrahmaP. ii, 1; as a
Mâtriikâ, Bhavadev.; as a S'akti Hcat. i, 5, 197); N. of a Kalâ of the moon
BrahmaP. ii, 15; the plant {vRddhi} L.
tushthi-kara * = mfn. causing satisfaction Mn. xi, 234.
tushthimat * = mfn. satisfied Hariv. iii, 86, 16, Nîl.; m. N. of a prince VP.
iv, 14, 5 BhP. ix, 24, 23.
tushtha * = mfn. satisfied, pleased MBh. &c.; m. N. of a prince VâyuP. ii, 34,
122.
tushtha * = {-STi}, {-Sya} see {tuS}.
tusta * = m. n. dust (= {tUs-}) L. Sch.
tuuda* = m. the cotton tree L.; = {tUta} ($) Npr.; Thespesia populneoides L.;
({I}) f. N. of a district Pân. 4-3, 94.
tuula * =n. a tuft of grass or reeds, panicle of a flower or plant AV. xix, 32,
3 Kâthh. TândyaBr. ChUp. ({ISIkA-}) Kaus'. Âp. Pân. 6-2, 121 (ifc. ind.); a
pencil DivyA7v. v. xxxvi; = {tUta} L.; air L.; m. the thorn-apple Npr.; n. (m.
L.) cotton MBh. R. &c.; ({A}) f. id. L.; a lamp wick L.; ({I}) f. id. L.; cotton
Sânkhyak. 17, Gaudap.; = {-li} Un. Sch.; = {-paTI} Subh. RâmatUp. i, 86 Sch.;
the Indigo plant L.; cf. {a4pa-}, {indra-}, {udak-}, {prAk-}, {bhasma-},
{zaNa-}, {sa-}, {haMsa-},
tuurya * = see {ap-}, {mitra-} &c. \\ 2 n. (m. L.) a musical instrument Pân. Mn.
vii MBh. &c. (ifc. f. {A} KathhUp. Hariv.); cf. {sa-}.\\ 3 mfn. = {tur-}, 4th
Râjat. ii, 91; m. N. of a family W.
tuusta * = n. (Pân. 3-1, 21; ifc. g. {cUrNA7di}) dust, iii, 1, 21 Kâs'.
Purusho7tt. (Un. iii, 86 Sch.); sin L.; an atom L.; a braid of hair L.
tuvigra * = mfn. swallowing much (Agni) RV. i, 140, 9.
tvadanyena = besides you
tvak.h = skin
tvameva = you only
tvaM = you
tvat.h = than you
tvattaH = from You
tvatto = from you
tvatprasaadaat.h = by Your mercy
tvatsamaH = equal to You
tvayaa = by you
tvayata* - ({tva4-}) mfn. given by thee, vii, 20, 10.
tvAya4t* = mfn. = {tvA4M-kAma} RV.
tvAyA* = ind. out of love towards thee, for thee, i-v
tvayi V* = in yourself, of you, unto you
tvarate = (1 ap) to hurry, to hasten
tvaramaaNaaH = rushing
tvaraa = hurry
tvarita = quick, without delay
tvahaM = tu + aham: emphasis + I
tvaa = unto you
tvaaM = to you
tvaca * =. skin (ifc. see {mukta-}, {mRdu-}) Un. ii, 63 Sch.; cinnamon, cinnamon
tree R. iii, 39, 22 Sus'r.; Cassia bark L.; ({A}) f. skin L.; cf. {guDa-};
{tanu-} and {pRthak-tvacA}.
tvåca: relating to the skin
tvai = with regard to thee
tyaaga = sacrificing/abandonment* = m. (Pân. 6-1, 216) leaving, abandoning,
forsaking Mn. &c.; quitting (a place, {deza-}) Pañcat.; discharging, secretion
MBh. xiv, 630 VarBriS. giving up, resigning, gift, donation, distribution
KâtyS'r. Mn. &c.; sacrificing one's life RV. iv, 24, 3; liberality Mn. ii, 97 R.
&c.; a sage L.; cf. {Atma-}, {tanu-}, {deha-}, {prA7Na-}, {zarIra-}.
tyaagaM = renunciation
tyaagaH = renunciation
tyaagasya = of renunciation
tyaagaat.h = by such renunciation
tyaagii = the renouncer
tyaage = in the matter of renunciation
tyaajana n. abandoning (worldly attachments, %{saGgAnAm}) BhP. xi, 20, 26.
tyaajita * = mfn. made to abandon (with acc.) Kathâs. lxxxvi, 13; made to give
up MârkP. lxxxix, 19; deprived of (acc.) MBh. xiii Kum. vii, 14 Megh. &c.;
expelled Pañcad. iii, 60; caused to be disregarded Ragh. vi, 56.
tyaajya * = mfn. (Pân. 7-3, 66 Vârtt.) to be left or abandoned or quitted or
shunned or expelled or removed Mn. ix, 83 MBh. &c.; to be given up Bhag. &c.; to
be sacrificed Das'. vii, 211; to be excepted W.; n. part of an asterism or its
duration considered as unlucky W.
tyajana * = n. leaving, abandoning W. ; giving W. ; excepting, exclusion W. ;
expelling AV. Paipp. xix, 12, 4.
tyajanIya * = mfn. to be left or abandoned W. ; to be avoided or excepted W.
tyaajyaM = to be given up
tyak.h = to sacrifice
tyakta = giving up
tyaktajiivitaaH = prepared to risk life
tyaktuM = to be renounced
tyaktvaa = having abandoned/sacrificed
tyaktvaa.atmaanaM = having abandoned see as one's own self
tyaj.h = to leave
tyajati = (1 pp) to abandon, to relinquish
tyaja* = n. abandonment, difficulty, danger RV.; alienation, aversion, envy (=
{krodha} Naigh. ii, 13) RV.; {-ja4s} m. `" offshoot "', a descendant, x, 10, 3.
tyaj* = 1 cl. 1. {-jati} (metrically also {-te}; pf. Ved. {tityA4ja}, Class.
{tat-} Pân. 6-1, 36; {tatyaja} BhP. iii, 4; fut. {tyakSyati} Pân. 7-2, 10 Kâr.;
{tyajiSy-} R. ii, vii MârkP.; aor. {atyAhSIt}; inf. {tyaktum}) to leave,
abandon, quit RV. x, 71, 6 Mn. MBh. &c.; to leave a place, go away from Mn. vi,
77 MBh. &c.; to let go, dismiss, discharge VarBriS. xvii, 22 Bhathth.; to give
up, surrender, resign, part from, renounce Îs'Up. 1 Mn. MBh. &c. ({tanum} or
{deham} or {kalevaram}, `" to abandon the body, die "' Mn. vi MBh. &c.; {prANAn}
or {zvAsam} or {jIvitam}, `" to give up breath or life, risk or lose one's life
"' MBh. R. &c.); P. Â. to shun, avoid, get rid of, free one's self from (any
passion &c.) MBh. &c.; to give away, distribute, offer (as a sacrifice or
oblation to a deity; {tyajate} etymologically = $) Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to set
aside, leave unnoticed, disregard S'ânkhS'r. Mn. iii MBh. i, 3098 Hit. ii, 3,
30; (ind. p. {tyaktvA}) to except VarBriS. Caurap. Sch.; Pass. {tyajyate}, to be
abandoned by, get rid of (instr.) Pañcat. i, 10, 0/1: Caus. {tyAjayati} (aor.
{atityajat} Bhathth.) to cause anyone to quit MBh. xiii, 288; to cause anyone to
give up Kathâs. lxxxiii, 34; to expel, turn out, xx, 126; to cause any one to
lose, deprive of (instr.) Bhathth. xv, 120; to empty the body by evacuations
Bhpr.: Desid. {tityakSati}, to be about to lose (one's life, {prANAn}) Car. v,
10 and 12.
tyaj* = 2 mfn. ifc. leaving, abandoning W.; giving up, offering BhP. viii Râjat.
iv; cf. {tanu-}, {tanU-}, {su-}.
tyajana* = n. leaving, abandoning W.; giving W.; excepting, exclusion W.;
expelling AV. Paipp. xix, 12, 4.
tyajita* = mfn. = {tyakta} Hariv. ii, 2, 22.
tyajan.h = quitting
tyajet.h = one must give up
U
uh * =cl. 1. P. %{ohati}, %{uvoha}, %{auhIt}, &c., to give pain, hurt, kill L.
(cf. 1. %{Uh}.) [221,1]
uuh * =1 cl. 1. P. A1. %{Uhati}, %{-te}, %{UhAMcakAra} and %{-cakre}, %{UhitA},
%{auhIt}, %{auhiSTa} (connected with %{vah}, q.v., and in some forms not to be
distinguished from it), to push, thrust, move, remove (only when compounded with
prepositions); to change, alter, modify S3a1n3khS3r. Comm. on Nya1yam.
uuh * = 2 cl. 1. P. A1. %{Uhati}, %{-te} (Ved. %{ohate}), %{UhAM-cakAra}, &c.
(by native authorities not distinguished from 1. %{Uh} above), to observe, mark,
note, attend to, heed, regard RV. AV. xx, 131, 10; to expect, hope for, wait
for, listen for RV.; to comprehend, conceive, conjecture, guess, suppose, infer,
reason, deliberate upon MBh. BhP. Nya1yam. Bhat2t2. &c.: Caus. %{Uhayati} (aor.
%{aujihat}), to consider, heed MBh.; to cause to suppose or infer Bhat2t2.
uuru * = m. [the f. may be {U} at the end of compounds in comparison Pân. 4-1,
69], (fr. {UrNu} Un. i, 31) the thigh, shank RV. AV. VS. TS. S'Br. MBh. Mn. &c.;
N. of an Ângirasa and author of a Vedic hymn; N. of a son of Manu Câkshusha.
ubhaya = both* mf(%{I})n. (only sg. and pl.; according to Hara-datta also du.
see Siddh. vol. i, p. 98) both, of both kinds, in both ways, in both manners RV.
AV. TS. S3Br. AitA1r. Mn. &c.; (%{I}) f. a kind of bricks S3ulbas.
ubhayaa* = 1 ind. in both ways RV. x, 108, 6.\\2 (in comp. for %{ubhaya} above).
ubhayatra = at both places
ubhayoH = both
ubhe = both
ubhau = both
ucca* = mfn. (said to be fr. {ca} fr. {aJc} with 1. {ud}), high, lofty,
elevated; tall MBh. Kum. S'is'. Kathâs. &c.; deep Caurap.; high-sounding, loud
Bhartri. VarBriS.; pronounced with the Udâtta accent RPrât. VPrât. &c.; intense,
violent R.; m. height MBh.; the apex of the orbit of a planet, Kâlas. R. &c.;
compar. {ucca-tara}, superl. {ucca-tama}; [cf. Hib. {uchdan}, `" a hillock "';
Cambro-Brit. {uched}, `" cleve. "'
uccaa* = ind. above (in heaven), from above, upwards RV. AV. xiii, 2, 36.
uchchaara = pronunciation
uccaarita mfn. pronounced, uttered, articulated L. ; having excretion, one who
has had evacuation of the bowels Gaut. Sus3r. ; (%{am}) n. evacuation of the
bowels Sus3r.
uccarita* = mfn. gone up or out, risen ; uttered, articulated ; (%{am}) n.
excrement, dung BhP. Sus3r. Mn. Hit.
uchchaarya = having uttered or pronounced
uchchaiH = up
uchchaiHshravasaM = Uccaihsrava
uchchha = Exalted Planet
uchchhabda = loud sound (masc)
uchchhishhTaM = remnants of food eaten by others
uchchhoshhaNaM = drying up
uchchhritaM = high
uchyate = is said
uDDaayayati = to fly
uDDiyaana = a fetter or binding involving the raising of the diaphragm
ud * = 1 a particle and prefix to verbs and nouns. (As implying superiority in
place, rank, station, or power) up, upwards; upon, on; over, above. (As implying
separation and disjunction) out, out of, from, off, away from, apart. (According
to native authorities {ud} may also imply publicity, pride, indisposition,
weakness, helplessness, binding, loosing, existence, acquisition.) {ud} is not
used as a separable adverb or preposition; in those rare cases, in which it
appears in the Veda uncompounded with a verb, the latter has to be supplied from
the context (e.g. {u4d u4tsam zata4dhAram} AV. iii, 24, 4, out (pour) a fountain
of a hundred streams). {ud} is sometimes repeated in the Veda to fill out the
verse Pân. 8-1, 6 ({kiM na ud ud u harSase dAtavA u} Kâs'. on Pân.) [Cf. Zd.
{uz}; Hib. {uas} and in composition {os}, {ois} e.g. {os-car}, `" a leap, bound
"', &c. see also {uttama4}, 1. {u4ttara}, &c.] \\2 or {und} cl. 7. P. {una4tti}
(RV. v, 85, 4): cl. 6. P. {undati} (p. {unda4t} RV. ii, 3, 2: Impv. 3. pl.
{undantu} AV. vi, 68, 1; 2) Â. {unda4te} (AV. v, 19, 4; {undAM cakAra},
{undiSyati} &c. Dhâtup. xxix, 20) to flow or issue out, spring (as water); to
wet, bathe RV. AV. S'Br. KâtyS'r. Âs'vGri. PârGri. &c.: Caus. (aor. {aundidat}
Vop. xviii, 1): Desid. {undidiSati} Kâs'. on Pân. 6-1, 3; [cf. Gk. $; Lat.
{unda}; Goth. {vat-o}; Old High Germ. &57290[183, 1] {waz-ar}; Mod. Eng.
{wat-er}; Lith. {wand-û4}.]
ud.hghaaTayati = to open
udaagaa * = 1. P. (aor. 1. sg. {-A74gAm}) to come up or out towards
udaana = the vital air controlling the intake of food and air
udaara = generous *= mf(%{A} and %{I} [gan2a %{bahv-Adi} Pa1n2. 4-1 , 45])n. (
%{R}) , high , lofty , exalted ; great , best ; noble , illustrious , generous ;
upright , honest MBh. S3ak. S3is3. &c. ; liberal , gentle , munificent ; sincere
, proper , right ; eloquent ; unperplexed L. ; exciting , effecting RV. x , 45 ,
5 ; active , energetic Sarvad. ; m. rising fog or vapour (in some cases
personified as spirits or deities) AV. AitBr. ; a sort of grain with long stalks
L. ; a figure in rhetoric (attributing nobleness to an inanimate object).
udaaraaH = magnanimous
udahaara * = mf(%{I})n. fetching or carrying water AV. x, 8, 14 VS. Kaus3. ;
intending to bring water Das3. ; m. `" water-carrier "', a cloud W.
udaahaara * = m. an example or illustration L. ; the beginning of a speech L.
udaara4* = mf({A} and {I} [gana {bahv-Adi} Pân. 4-1, 45])n. ( {R}), high, lofty,
exalted; great, best; noble, illustrious, generous; upright, honest MBh. S'ak.
S'is'. &c.; liberal, gentle, munificent; sincere, proper, right; eloquent;
unperplexed L.; exciting, effecting RV. x, 45, 5; active, energetic Sarvad.; m.
rising fog or vapour (in some cases personified as spirits or deities) AV.
AitBr.; a sort of grain with long stalks L.; a figure in rhetoric (attributing
nobleness to an inanimate object).udaasiina = neutrals between belligerents * =
mfn. (pres. p.) sitting apart, indifferent, free from affection; inert,
inactive; (in law) not involved in a lawsuit MBh. Yâjñ. Bhag. &c.; m. a
stranger, neutral; one who is neither friend nor foe; a stoic, philosopher,
ascetic.
udaasiinaH = free from care
udaasiinavat.h = as neutral
udaaharaNa = example
udaaharaNaaya = for example
udaahritaM = exemplified
udaahrita * = mfn. said, declared, illustrated ; called, named, entitled MBh.
BhP. VarBr2S. &c.
udaahritaH = is said
udaahritya = indicating
udaara* = mf(%{A} and %{I} [gan2a %{bahv-Adi} Pa1n2. 4-1, 45])n. ( %{R}), high,
lofty, exalted; great, best; noble, illustrious, generous; upright, honest MBh.
S3ak. S3is3. &c.; liberal, gentle, munificent; sincere, proper, right; eloquent;
unperplexed L.; exciting, effecting RV. x, 45, 5; active, energetic Sarvad.; m.
rising fog or vapour (in some cases personified as spirits or deities) AV.
AitBr.; a sort of grain with long stalks L.; a figure in rhetoric (attributing
nobleness to an inanimate object).
udaayam * = P. (Impv. %{-A4yacchatu}) to bring out, fetch out, get fetch out,
get off AV. v, 30, 15: A1. (aor. 3. sg. %{-A7yata} du. %{-A7yasAtAm} pl.
%{-A7yasata}) to show, exhibit, make known Pa1n2. 1-2, 15; (but also aor.
%{-A7yaMsta}, in the sense to bring out, get off Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 1-2, 15.)
udaaya * = emerging, coming forward; see {try-ud-}
udadhi = sea
udagayana n. the sun's progress north of the equator ; the half year from the
winter to the summer solstice S3Br. Kaus3. A1s3vGr2. &c. ; (mfn.) being on the
path of the sun at its progress north of the equator BhP.
udagaayata *= mfn. extending towards the north A1s3vGr2.
udañcana *= n. a bucket , pail (for drawing water out of a well) RV. v , 44 , 13
AitBr. Ka1tyS3r. &c. ; a cover or lid L. ; directing or throwing upwards ;
rising , ascending W.
udaka = (n) water
udapaane = in a well of water
udara = bellies * = n. ( %{dRR} Un2. v, 19; %{R} BRD. and T.), the belly,
abdomen, stomach, bowels RV. AV. S3Br. Sus3r. MBh. Katha1s. &c.; the womb MBh.
VP. Car.; a cavity, hollow; the interior or inside of anything (%{udare},
inside, in the interior) Pan5cat. S3ak. Ragh. Mr2icch. &c.; enlargement of the
abdomen (from dropsy or flatulence), any morbid abdominal affection (as of the
liver, spleen &c.; eight kinds are enumerated) Sus3r.; the thick part of
anything (e.g. of the thumb) Sus3r. Comm. on Ya1jn5.; slaughter Naish.
udaranimittaM = for the sake of the belly/living
udaram.h = (n) stomach
udarka * = m. arising (as a sound) , resounding RV. i , 113 , 18 ; the furture
result of actions , consequence , futurity , furture time MBh. R. Das3. Katha1s.
Mn. &c. ; a remote consequence , reward ; happy future MBh. ; conclusion , end
S3Br. TS. AitBr. ; repetition , refrain Pa1n2. Ka1t2h. S3a1n3khS3r. ; elevation
of a building , a tower , look-out place MBh. ; the plant Vanguiera Spinosa.
udasta *= mfn. thrown or cast up; raised, thrown &c.
udavasaaya * = ending, concluding
udayana * = n. rise, rising (of the sun &c.) RV. i, 48, 7 S3Br. R. &c.; way out,
outlet AV. v, 30, 7; exit; outcome, result, conclusion, end TS. S3Br.
Ta1n2d2yaBr.; means of redemption Car.; m. N. of several kings and authors.
udayat.h = rising
udaya * m. going up, rising; swelling up R.; rising, rise (of the sun &c.),
coming up (of a cloud) S'Br. KâtyS'r. Mn. S'ak. &c.; the eastern mountain
(behind which the sun is supposed to rise) MBh. Hariv. Kathâs. &c.; going out
R.; coming forth, becoming visible, appearance, development; production,
creation RV. viii, 41, 2 R. Ragh. Yâjñ. S'ak. Kum. &c.; conclusion, result,
consequence MBh. Ragh. Mn.; that which follows; a following word, subsequent
sound Pân. 8-4, 67 RPrât. APrât. &c.; rising, reaching one's aim, elevation;
success, prosperity, good fortune Kathâs. Ragh. &c.; profit, advantage, income;
revenue, interest R. Yâjñ. Mn. &c.; the first lunar mansion; the orient sine
(i.e. the sine of the point of the ecliptic on the eastern horizon) Sûryas.; N.
of several men. //
udbhR *= P. A1. %{-bharati}, %{-te} (pf. %{-jabhAra} pres. p. %{-bha4rat} ; but
%{-bibhrat} Gi1t. 1, 16) to take or carry away or out RV. AV. S3Br. ; to take
for one's self, choose, select RV. AV. VS. ; to raise up, elevate RV. viii, 19,
23 ; to carry above, raise up Gi1t.
udbriMhaNa *= mfn. (%{bRh}), increasing, strengthening BhP.
uddaama * = mfn. (fr. %{dAman} with 1. %{ud}), unrestrained, unbound, set free;
self-willed; unlimited, extraordinary; violent, impetuous, fiery; wanton; proud,
haughty; large, great MBh. Megh. Ra1jat. &c.; m. a particular metre; `" one
whose noose is raised "'N. of Yama L.; of Varun2a L.; (%{am}) ind. in an
unrestrained manner, without any limits Sa1h. Ka1d.
uddama m. the act of subduing, taming L.
udiichii = (f) north
uduudashaa = Vinshottari Dasha
udgachchhati = to overflow
udgaara = expression
uddishya = desiring * having shown or explained; stipulating for, demanding;
(used as a preposition) aiming at, in the direction of; with reference to;
towards; with regard to, for, for the sake of, in the name of &c. (with acc.)
MBh. BhP. S'ak. &c.
uddiSTa* = mfn. mentioned, particularized; described; promised; ({am}) n. a kind
of time (in music).
uddes'aH = (m) aim, goal
uddes'a* = m. the act of pointing to or at, direction; ascertainment; brief
statement; exemplification, illustration, explanation; mentioning a thing by
name MBh. Bhag. Sus'r. Pañcat. &c.; assignment, prescription; stipulation,
bargain MBh. R.; quarter, spot, region, place; an object, a motive; upper
region, high situation MBh. Pañcat. S'ak. &c.; (in Nyâya phil.) enunciation of a
topic (that is to be further discussed and elucidated) Nyâyak.; ({ena} and {At})
ind. (ifc.) relative to, aiming at, Kathâs. Sus'r. &c. [188, 2]
uddeshataH = as examples
uddhara = uplift* = m. (in some senses perhaps from 1. {ud-dhR}), the act of
raising, elevating, lifting up; drawing out, pulling out Gaut. MBh. Comm. on
BriÂrUp.; removing, extinction, payment (of a debt); taking away, deduction;
omission Mn. Comm. on Yâjñ.; selection, a part to be set aside, selected part;
exception TS. S'Br. AitBr. Mn. &c.; selecting (a passage), selection, extract
(of a book) Comm. on Kir. x, 10; extraction, deliverance, redemption,
extrication MBh. Prab. &c.; a portion, share; a surplus (given by the Hindû law
to the eldest son beyond the shares of the younger ones) W.; the first part of a
patrimony W.; the sixth part of booty taken in war (which belongs to the prince)
W.; a debt (esp. one not bearing interest), KâtyDh.; obligation Das'.;
recovering property; refutation Car. Comm. on Nyâyad.; ({A}) f. the plant
Cocculus Cordifolius L.; ({am}) n. a fire-place L.
uddharshaNa* = 1 (for 2. see p. 189, col. 3) mfn. animating, encouraging R.;
({am}) n. the act of animating or encouraging MBh.
uddharaNa* = n. (in some meanings perhaps from 1. {ud-dhR} q.v.), the act of
taking up, raising, lifting up MBh. S'ârng.; the act of drawing out, taking out,
tearing out Mn. MBh. Sus'r. &c.; means of drawing out Vet.; taking off (clothes)
Sus'r.; taking away, removing Vâm.; putting or placing before, presenting,
treatment KâtyS'r. iv, 1, 10; extricating, delivering, rescuing Hit. Ragh. &c.;
taking away (a brand from the Gârhapatya-fire to supply other sacred fires)
KâtyS'r.; eradication; extermination; the act of destroying; vomiting, bringing
up; vomited food; final emancipation L.; m. N. of the father of king S'antanu
(the author of a commentary on a portion of the Mârkandeya-purâna).
uddhAraNa* = n. the act of raising, elevating; drawing out BhP.; the act of
giving out or paying Pañcat. 138, 14 (ed. Kosegarten).
uddharsha* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see s.v.) glad, pleased, happy BhP.; m. the flaring
upwards (of the fire) Sây. on AitBr. iii, 4, 5; great joy; a festival
(especially a religious one) L.
uddharshaNa* =2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 188, col. 3) causing joy, gladdening; ({I})
f. a kind of metre; ({am}) n. erection of the hair (through rapture) L.
uddharati = to draw up (water from a well)
uddharet.h = one must deliver
uddhaaraNa = lifting up
uddhritaM = that which had been lifted
uddhvahantii = she who is bearing or carrying the load
udbhavaM = produced
udbhava * = m. existence, generation, origin, production, birth; springing from,
growing; becoming visible Yâjñ. Mn. Kathâs. Pañcat. &c.; birth-place S'vetUp.
Kâvya7d.; N. of a son of Nahusha VP.; a sort of salt L., (ifc.) mfn. produced or
coming from MBh. Mn. &c.
ud-bhaava * = m. production, generation g. {balA7di} Pân. 5-2, 136; rising (of
sounds) Pushpas. ix, 4, 22.
udbhavaH = generation.
udgrihiita* = mfn. lifted up, taken up, turned up, upraised Megh. &c.
udgrihya* = ind. p. having lifted up; having taken out S'B n. the act of
throwing, casting, discharging (a missile) MBh.; throwing out; exciting,
stirring up Car.; saying, speaking, communicating Kum. Katha1s. Sa1h.
udiiraNa *= n. the act of throwing, casting, discharging (a missile) MBh.;
throwing out; exciting, stirring up Car.; saying, speaking, communicating Kum.
Katha1s. Sa1h.
udvaha * = mfn. carrying or leading up AV. xix, 25, 1 ; carrying away, taking up
or away S3Br. Pa1n2. ; continuing, propagating MBh. R. Katha1s. ; eminent,
superior, best L. ; m. the act of leading home (a bride), marriage BhP. ; son,
offspring MBh. R. Ragh. ; chief offspring Ragh. ix, 9 ; the fourth of the seven
winds or courses of air (viz. that which supports the Nakshatras or lunar
constellations and causes their revolution) Hariv. ; the vital air that conveys
nourishment upwards ; one of the seven tongues of fire ; N. of a king MBh. ;
(%{A}) f. daughter L.
udvaaha * = m. the act of leading home (a bride), marriage, wedding MBh.
Katha1s. VarBr2S. &c.
udvaapa* = m. the act of throwing out, removing Comm. on Nyâyam.; ejection
KâtyS'r. Kaus'.; (in logic) non-existence of a consequent resulting from the
absence of an antecedent W.
udvejaka *= mfn. agitating , distressing , annoying , causing pain or sorrow
S3a1rn3g
udvigNa * = mfn. shuddering, starting, frightened, terrified MBh. R. Sus3r.
Ragh. &c. ; sorrowful, anxious, grieving for (an absent lover) MBh. Das3. Bhag.
&c.
udyata = uplifted
udyataaH = trying
udyaama =* m. the act of erecting or stretching out S'Br. viii, 5, 1, 13; a
rope, cord TS. S'Br. KâtyS'r.
udyamena = (msc.instr.S) effort; exercise
udyamya = taking up
udyaana = garden
udyaanapaalakaH = (m) gardener, mali
udyaanam.h = (n) garden
udyogin.h = industrious
udvarta = plentiful
udvaaha = (m) marriage
udvA * = to be blown out, go out
udvijate = are agitated
udvijet.h = become agitated
udvegaiH = and anxiety
udyamana * = n. raising, elevation Pa1n2. Sarvad. ; effort, exertion Das3.
ugra = powerful, noble 1 ugra mfn. (said to be fr. %{uc} [Un2. ii, 29], but
probably fr. a %{uj}, or %{vaj}, fr. which also %{ojas}, %{vAja}, %{vajra} may
be derived ; compar. %{ugratara} and %{o4jIyas} ; superl. %{ugratama} and
%{o4jiSTha}), powerful, violent, mighty, impetuous, strong, huge, formidable,
terrible ; high, noble ; cruel, fierce, ferocious, savage ; angry, passionate,
wrathful ; hot, sharp, pungent, acrid RV. AV. TS. R. S3ak. Ragh. &c. ; m. N. of
Rudra or S3iva MBh. VP. ; of a particular Rudra BhP. ; N. of a mixed tribe (from
a Kshatriya father and S3u1dra mother ; the Ugra, according to Manu x, 9, is of
cruel or rude [%{krUra}] conduct [%{AcAra}] and employment [%{vihAra}], as
killing or catching snakes &c. ; but according to the Tantras he is an encomiast
or bard) Mn. Ya1jn5. &c. ; a twice-born man who perpetrates dreadful deeds Comm.
on A1p. i, 7, 20 A1p. Gaut. ; the tree Hyperanthera Moringa L. ; N. of a Da1nava
Hariv. ; a son of Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra MBh. ; the Guru of Narendra1ditya (who built
a temple called Ugres3a) ; a group of asterisms (viz. %{pUrva-phAlgunI},
%{pUrvA7SADhA}, %{pUrva-bhAdrapadA}, %{maghA}, %{bharaNI}) ; N. of the Malabar
country ; (%{A}) f. N. of different plants, Artemisia Sternutatoria, Coriandrum
Sativum, &c. ; (%{I4}) f. a being belonging to the class of demons AV. iv, 24, 2
; (%{am}) n. a particular poison, the root of Aconitum Ferox ; wrath, anger ;
[cf. Zd. {ughra}: Gk. $, $, Lat. &53966[172,2] {augeo} &c.: Goth. {auka}, `" I
increase "' ; Lith. {ug-is}, `" growth, increase "' ; {aug-u}, `" I grow "',
&c.]
ugraM = terrible
ugraH = terrible
ugrakarmaaNaH = engaged in painful activities
ugraruupaH = fierce form
ugraasana = the posterior stretch posture
ugraiH = by terrible
ujjrimbhita * = mfn. opened, stretched; expanded, blown; (%{am}) n. effort,
exertion L.
ujjvala = radiant
uktaM = said;
ukta mfn. (p.p. of {vac} q.v.), uttered, said, spoken; m. N. of a divine being
(v.l. for {uktha} q.v.) Hariv.; ({am}) n. word, sentence S'is'. &c.; ({am}, {A})
n. f. a stanza of four lines (with one syllabic instant or one long or two short
syllables in each); [cf. Zd. {ukhta}.]
uktaH = addressed
uktaaH = are said
uktvaa = saying
uluukaH = (m) owl
ulbena = by the womb
ulkA * = f. (%{uS} Un2. iii, 42), a fiery phenomenon in the sky, a meteor, fire
falling from heaven RV. iv, 4, 2; x, 68, 4 AV. xix, 9, 9 MBh. Ya1jn5. Sus3r.
&c.; a firebrand, dry grass &c. set on fire, a torch S3Br. v R. Katha1s. &c.;
(in astrol.) one of the eight principal Das3a1s or aspect of planets indicating
the fate of men, Jyotisha (T.); N. of a grammar.
ullaH = to shine
ullaasa * = m. light, splendour L. ; the coming forth, becoming visible,
appearing Katha1s. xiv, 13 Sa1h. Kap. &c. ; joy, happiness, merriness Katha1s.
Amar. &c. ; increase, growth BhP. vii, 1, 7 ; (in rhet.) giving prominence to
any object by comparison or opposition Kuval. ; chapter, section, division of a
book (e.g. of the Ka1vya-praka1s3a).
ullaasana * = n. the act of shining forth, radiating Ra1jat. v, 343 ; (%{A}) f.
causing to come forth or appear Ba1lar.
ullasitaM = shining
ullola = a large wave
ulmuka *= n. (Un2. iii, 84) a firebrand, a piece of burning charcoal used for
kindling a fire S3Br. AitBr. Ka1tyS3r. A1s3vGr2. &c. ; m. N. of a son of a
Bala-ra1ma MBh. Hariv. ; of a son of Manu Ca1kshusha VP.
uma* = m. a city, town L.; a wharf, landing-place L.
umaa= pArvatI* = f. (perhaps fr. {ve} BRD.) flax (Linum Usitatissimum) S'Br. vi
Kaus'. Pân.; turmeric (Curcuma Longa) Car.; N. of the daughter of Himavat (wife
of the god S'iva; also called Pârvatî and Durgâ; the name is said to be derived
from {u mA}, `" O [child], do not [practise austerities] "' the exclamation
addressed to Pârvatî by her mother) Hariv. 946 S'ivaP. Kum. i, 26 R. Ragh. &c.;
N. of several women; splendour, light L.; fame, reputation L.; quiet,
tranquillity L.; night L.
uuma* = m. (Un. i, 143) a helper, friend, companion RV. AV. v, 2, 1; 3 AitBr.
S'ânkhS'r.; ({am}) n. N. of a town or place Comm. on Un. Siddh.
uu4ma* = Uma
unmad* = ({ud-mad}) P. {-mAdyati}, to become disordered in intellect or
distracted, be or become mad or furious TS. TBr. TândyaBr. S'Br. MBh. Kathâs.:
Caus. {-madayati}, or {-mAdayati}, to excite, agitate AV. vi, 130, 4 (see also
{u4n-madita}); to make furious or drunk, inebriate, madden TS.: MBh. R. Das'.
(cf. {un-mand}, next page.)
unmakara * = (%{ud-ma-}) m. `" a rising Makara "', a kind of ornament for the
ears (so shaped) BhP. v, 21, 13.
unmanii = samadhi
unmaatha * = m. the act of shaking Prab.; killing, slaughter L.; a snare, trap
MBh.; murderer L.; N. of an attendant of Skanda MBh. ix, 2532.
unmatta* = &c. see {un-mad}.
unmatta* = mfn. disordered in intellect, distracted, insane, frantic, mad AV.
vi, 111, 3 AitBr. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; drunk, intoxicated, furious MaitrUp. MBh.
S'ak. &c.; m. the thorn-apple, Datura Metel and Fastuosa Sus'r.; Pterospermum
Acerifolium L.; N. of a Rakshas R.; of one of the eight forms of Bhairava.
unmishhan.h = opening
unmiilita = opened
unmuulayati = to pull out, uproot
unna mfn. wetted, wet, moistened, moist Ka1tyS3r. &c. ; kind, humane L.
[184,1]\\ unna see 2. %{ud}.
unnaaha m. excess, abundance BhP. xi, 19, 43 ; impudence, haughtiness BhP. ;
sour gruel (made from the fermentation of rice) L.
unnata *= mfn. bent or turned upwards, elevated, lifted up, raised, high, tall,
prominent, projecting, lofty MBh. S3ak. Hit. &c.; (figuratively) high, eminent,
sublime, great, noble Katha1s. Bhartr2. Sa1h. &c.; having a large hump,
humpbacked (as a bull) VS. TS. La1t2y.; m. a boa (%{aja-gara}) L.N. of a Buddha
Lalit.; of one of the seven R2ishis under Manu Ca1kshusha VP.; of a mountain
VP.; (%{am}) n. elevation, ascension; elevated part TS.; means of measuring the
day, SiddhS3ir. Su1ryas.
unnatiiH = (m) progress, developments
unnayati = to lift
unnAha* = m. excess, abundance BhP. xi, 19, 43; impudence, haughtiness BhP.;
sour gruel (made from the fermentation of rice) L.
unnAda* = m. crying out, clamour MBh.; N. of a son of Kriishna Bh
unnidra* = mfn. (fr. %{nidrA} with %{ud}), sleepless, awake S3ak. 137 b Megh.;
expanded (as a flower), budded, blown Katha1s. S3is3. Ka1vya7d. &c.; shining (as
the moon, supposed to be awake when others are asleep; or as the rising sun)
Prab. Prasannar.; bristling (as hair) Naish.
upa = near * = ind. (a preposition or prefix to verbs and nouns, expressing)
towards, near to (opposed to {apa}, away), by the side of, with, together with,
under, down (e.g. {upa-gam}, to go near, undergo; {upa-gamana}, approaching; in
the Veda the verb has sometimes to be supplied from the context, and sometimes
{upa} is placed after the verb to which it belongs, e.g. {Ayayur upa} =
{upA7yayuH}, they approached). (As unconnected with verbs and prefixed to nouns
{upa} expresses) direction towards, nearness, contiguity in space, time, number,
degree, resemblance, and relationship, but with the idea of subordination and
inferiority (e.g. {upa-kaniSThikA}, the finger next to the little finger;
{upa-purANam}, a secondary or subordinate Purâna; {upa-daza}, nearly ten);
sometimes forming with the nouns to which it is prefixed compound adverbs (e.g.
{upa-mUlam}, at the root; {upa-pUrva-rAtram}, towards the beginning of night;
{upa-kUpe}, near a well) which lose their adverbial terminations if they are
again compounded with nouns (e.g. {upakUpa-jalA7zaya}, a reservoir in the
neighbourhood of a well); prefixed to proper names {upa} may express in
classical literature `" a younger brother "' (e.g. {upe7ndra}, `" the younger
brother of Indra "'), and in Buddhist literature `" a son. "' (As a separable
adverb {upa} rarely expresses) thereto, further, moreover (e.g. {tatro7pa brahma
yo veda}, who further knows the Brahman) RV. AV. S'Br. PârGri. (As a separable
preposition) near to, towards, in the direction of, under, below (with acc. e.g.
{upa AzAH}, towards the regions); near to, at, on, upon; at the time of, upon,
up to, in, above (with loc. e.g. {upa sAnuSu}, on the tops of the mountains)
[195, 1]; with, together with, at the same time with, according to (with inst.
e.g. {upa dharmabhiH}, according to the rules of duty) RV. AV. S'Br. {upa},
besides the meanings given above, is said by native authorities to imply
disease, extinction; ornament; command; reproof; undertaking; giving; killing;
diffusing; wish; power; effort; resemblance, &c.; [cf. Zd. {upa}; Gk. $; Lat.
{sub}; Goth. {uf}; Old &60988[195, 1] Germ. {oba}; Mod. Germ. {ob} in {Obdach},
{obliegen}, &c.]
upaa * = ind. a particular Nidhana or concluding chorus at the end of a Sâman
Lâthy. vii, 10, 1 ff. Sây. on TândyaBr.
upaacaara * = m. proceeding, procedure S3a1n3khS3r. ; established use (of a
word) Nir. i, 4 ; a particular Sandhi (see above), APra1t. iv, 74 RPra1t.
upaadhAv *= P. %{-dhAvati} , to run towards BhP.: Caus. %{-dhAvayati} , to carry
or convey towards S3Br. x.
upaadaa * = 1. Â. {-datte}, (once P. pf. 3. pl. {-dadus} BhP. i, 8, 12) to
receive, accept, gain, acquire, appropriate to one's self. take away, carry off,
steal MBh. BhP. Mâlav. &c. [213, 2]; to take with; to take in addition, include,
comprise; to take as help, use, employ, apply BhP. Pat. (cf. {upA7-dAya}); to
seize, lay hold of, gather, take up, draw up MBh. Ragh. Kum. &c.; to assume (a
form or meaning) BhP. MârkP. Pat. &c.; to cling to; to feel, perceive,
experience MBh. vii S'is'. vi, 23 Riitus. &c.; to consider, regard MBh. xii; to
mention, enumerate; to set about, undertake, begin Hariv. Kum. &c.: Caus. P.
{-dApayati}, to cause to use or employ Comm. on KâtyS'r.: Desid. P. {-ditsati},
to strive to acquire BhP. v, 14, 7.
upaadaaya * = ind. p. having received or acquired &c.; receiving, acquiring &c.;
taking with, together with MBh. Hariv. Kathâs. &c.; including, inclusive of BhP.
Comm. on RPrât. &c.; by help of, by means of (acc.) MBh.
upaadhi * = 1 (for 2. see s.v.), %{is} m. that which is put in the place of
another thing, a substitute, substitution R.; anything which may be taken for or
has the mere name or appearance of another thing, appearance, phantom, disguise
(said to be applied to certain forms or properties considered as disguises of
the spirit W.) Prab. Bha1sha1p. Sa1h. &c.; anything defining more closely, a
peculiarity; an attribute (%{asty-upA7dhi}, having, `" is "' as an attribute);
title, discriminative appellation, nickname; limitation, qualification (e.g.
%{an-upA7dhi-rAmaNIya}, beautiful without limitation i.e. altogether beautiful);
(in log.) a qualifying term added to a too general middle term to prevent
ativya1pti; that which is placed under, supposition, condition, postulate
Sarvad. Veda1ntas. Tarkas. BhP. &c.; deception, deceit MBh. iii, 13017;
species.\\= 2 (for 1. see col. 2) m. ( %{dhyai}), point of view, aim Car.;
reflection on duty, virtuous reflection L.; a man who is careful to support his
family L.
upaadhyaaya * = m. (%{i}), a teacher, preceptor (who subsists by teaching a part
of the Veda or Veda1n3gas, grammar &c. ; he is distinguished from the A1ca1rya
q.v.) Mn. iv, 141, &c. Ya1jn5. i, 35 MBh. S3ak. &c. ; (%{A}, or %{I}) f. a
female teacher Ka1ty. on Pa1n2. 3-13, 21 ; (%{I}) f. the wife of a teacher
Ka1ty. on Pa1n2. 4-1, 49.
upaahaaragriham.h = (n) restaurant
upaakrita *= mfn. brought or driven near, fetched AV. ii, 34, 2; prepared,
undertaken, begun; attended with evil omens, disastrous, calamitous L.; m. a
sacrificial animal (killed during the recitation of particular prayers) L.;
disaster, calamity L.
upaalambha *= m. reproach, censure, abuse, finding fault with MBh. Hit. Katha1s.
&c. ; prohibition, interdict Nya1yad.
upaarata *= mfn. resting , lying upon , fixed upon BhP. ; ceasing , turning back
, returning Kir. iv , 10 ; leaving off , giving up , free from BhP. Ragh. &c.
upaaraama* = m. rest, repose GopBr.
upaaraama * = m. rest, repose GopBr.
upaaraama* = m. rest, repose GopBr.upaarjana = earning/acquiring
upaarama* = m. the act of ceasing BhP.
upaarama* = m. the act of ceasing BhP.\\ m. ceasing, stopping, desisting.
upaaram* = P. Â. {-ramati}, {-te}, to rest, cease MBh. BhP. &c.; to cease, leave
off, give up MBh. R. BhP. Kum.
upaarata mfn. resting , lying upon , fixed upon BhP. ; ceasing , turning back ,
returning Kir. iv , 10 ; leaving off , giving up , free from BhP. Ragh. &c.
upaasaadita mfn. met with, approached g. %{iSTA7di} Pa1n2. 5-2, 88.
upaasad * = P. (Ved. inf. {-sa4dam}) to sit down upon (acc.) RV. viii, 1, 8; to
approach, walk along Kir. iv, 1.
upaasaka* = mfn. serving, a servant Kaus3. Katha1s.; worshipping, a worshipper,
follower Mr2icch.; intent on, engaged or occupied with Kap.; a Buddhist lay
worshipper (as distinguished from the Bhikshu q.v.) Sarvad. Lalit. Prab. &c.; a
S3u1dra L.; (%{ikA}) f. a lay female votary of Buddha (as distinguished from a
Bhikshun2i1 q.v.)
upaasana* =1 n. the act of throwing off (arrows), exercise in archery MBh. \\*
=2 {am}, {A} n. f. the act of sitting or being near or at hand; serving, waiting
upon, service, attendance, respect Âp. Gaut. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; homage, adoration,
worship (with Râmânujas, consisting of five parts, viz. Abhigamana or approach,
Upâdâna or preparation of offering, Ijyâ or oblation, Svâdhyâya or recitation,
and Yoga or devotion) Sarvad. Vedântas. &c.; ({am}) n. a seat Vait.; the being
intent on or engaged in Mriicch. R.; domestic fire Yâjñ. iii, 45.
upaas' * = 1 (%{upa-} 1. %{az}) P. A1. %{-aznoti}, %{-aznute}, to reach, obtain,
meet with MBh. Mn.\\ 2 (%{upa-} 2. %{az}) P. %{-aznAti}, to eat, taste, enjoy
MBh.upaasana* = 1 n. the act of throwing off (arrows), exercise in archery MBh.
\\2 {am}, {A} n. f. the act of sitting or being near or at hand; serving,
waiting upon, service, attendance, respect Âp. Gaut. Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; homage,
adoration, worship (with Râmânujas, consisting of five parts, viz. Abhigamana or
approach, Upâdâna or preparation of offering, Ijyâ or oblation, Svâdhyâya or
recitation, and Yoga or devotion) Sarvad. Vedântas. &c.; ({am}) n. a seat Vait.;
the being intent on or engaged in Mriicch. R.; domestic fire Yâjñ. iii, 45.
upaashritaaH = being fully situated
upaashritya = taking shelter of
upaas'raya* = m. leaning against, resting upon Kathâs. Kâvya7d.; any support for
leaning against, a pillow, cushion Car.; shelter, refuge, recourse MBh. Bhartri.
upaas'rita* = mfn. lying or resting upon, leaning against, clinging to
S3a1n3khGr2. Kat2hUp. R.; having recourse to, relying upon, taking refuge with
MBh. Bhag. Katha1s. &c.; taking one's self to; approached, arrived at, abiding
in MBh. BhP. VarBr2S. &c.; anything against which one leans or upon which one
rests Uttarar.
upaasthaa * = Â. {-tiSThate}, to betake one's self to, approach, set about,
devote one's self to S'ânkhS'r. R.; to approach (sexually) MBh.
upaasate = worship
upaashri = to take shelter in
upaasita*= mfn. served, honoured, worshipped &c.; one who serves or pays
worship. upaas'ri* = P. %{-zrayati}, to lean against, rest on Mn.; to go or
betake one's self towards R.; to take refuge or have recourse to, seek shelter
from, give one's self up to, abandon one's self to Hariv. R. Bhag. &c.
upaatta = obtained
upaastamanavelaa* = f. the time about sunset MBh. x, 1.
upaastamayam * = ind. about the time of sunset S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. [215,2]
upaaya = (masc) means *= m. coming near, approach, arrival Bhartr2. ; that by
which one reaches one's aim, a means or expedient (of any kind), way, stratagem,
craft, artifice MBh. Mn. Ya1jn5. Pan5cat. &c. ; (esp.) a means of success
against an enemy (four are usually enumerated, sowing dissension, negotiation,
bribery, and open assault) ; joining in or accompanying (in singing)
S3a1n3khS3r.
upaayataH = by appropriate means
upaayuj* = P. (1. sg. {-yunajmi}) to put to, harness RV. iii, 35, 2.
upabarhaNa * =a cushion, pillow RV. x, 85, 7 AV. AitBr. S'Br. TBr. &c.; ({I}) f.
id. RV. i, 174, 7; m. N. of the Gandharva Narada BhP. VP. Pañcar. &c.
({upabarhaNa}) mf({A})n. having a cushion, furnished with a pillow Vait. 36, 7.
upabrim: see upavrim
upabrimhitam V: by combination and permutation; SB 2.9.27 \\accompanied by the
glories of the Supreme Lord; SB 5.4.11-12\\ in which is described; SB 7.10.46\\
being charged; SB 10.3.20\\ expanded; SB 10.20.30-31\\ overflowing; SB
10.45.42-44\\replete; SB 10.48.2\\fully endowed; SB 11.7.21\\ strengthened; SB
11.19.25\\ established; SB 11.21.37\\enriched; SB 11.30.11\\filled; SB 12.10.26
upacaara m. approach, service, attendance Hcat. i, 111, 2 seqq. ; act of
civility, obliging or polite behaviour, reverence S3Br. MBh. S3ak. &c. (64
Upaca1ras are enumerated in the Tantra-sa1ra, quoted by T.) ; proceeding,
practice ; behaviour, conduct ; mode of proceeding towards (gen.), treatment
S3Br. MBh. A1p. Mn. &c. ; attendance on a patient, medical practice, physicking
Sus3r. Pan5cat. Vikr. ; a ceremony Kum. vii, 86 ; present, offering, bribe ;
solicitation, request L. ; ornament, decoration Kum. Ragh. vii, 4 ; a favourable
circumstance Sa1h. 300 ; usage, custom or manner of speech Nya1yad. ; a
figurative or metaphorical expression (%{upacArAt} ind. metaphorically),
metaphor, figurative application Sa1h. Sarvad. Comm. on S3is3. &c. ; pretence,
pretext L. ; a kind of Sandhi (substitution of %{s} and %{S} in place of
Visarga) Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 8-3, 48 ; N. of a Paris3isht2a of the Sa1ma-veda.
upacara *= mfn. accessory, supplementary S3a1n3khBr. ; m. access, approach S3Br.
ii, 3, 4, 30 ; attendance, cure Sus3r. (cf. %{sU7pacara}.)
upacaya * m. accumulation, quantity, heap; elevation, excess; increase, growth,
prosperity MBh. Sus'r. Hit. &c.; ({upacayaM} 1. {kR}, to promote or advance the
prosperity of, help, assist Kâm.); addition KâtyS'r.; the third, sixth, tenth,
and eleventh of the zodiacal signs VarBriS. &c.
upachaya = Houses of earning (3, 6, 10, 11)
upacita * = mfn. heaped up, increased; thriving, increasing, prospering,
succeeding MBh. BhP. Megh. Ragh. &c.; big, fat, thick Sus3r. Car.; covered over,
furnished abundantly, possessing plentifully MBh. Hariv. Pan5cat. &c.;
plastered, smeared; burnt L.
upaciti f. accumulation, increase; augmentation, S3a1ntis3.; gain, advantage; a
heap, pile MBh. iii, 15144; (in arithm.) progression A1ryabh. ii, 21.
upagrahaH = (m) satellite, spacecraft
upadhaanam.h = (n) pillow
upadaa * = 1 1. P. {-dadAti}, to give in addition, add; to give, grant, offer
RV. vi, 28, 2 AV. iv, 21, 2; xix, 34, 8 R.; to take upon one's self: Pass. (irr.
p. {-dadya4mAna}) to be offered or granted (as protection) RV. vi, 49, 13.
upadaa4 * = 2 mfn. giving a present VS. xxx, 9; ({A}) f. a present, offering
(esp. a respectful present to a king or person of rank); a bribe Pân. Ragh.
S'atr. &c.
upadhaav A1. (p. %{-dhA4vamAna}) to run ; to soar RV. viii , 3 , 21: P.
%{-dhAvati} , to run near , approach hastily ; to have recourse to for
assistance TS. S3Br. Ta1n2d2yaBr. MBh. R. BhP. &c.
upadhaavana *= m. a follower W.
upadrashthri* = %{TA} m. a looker-on, spectator; a witness AV. xi, 3, 59 TS.
S3Br. A1s3vS3r. Ka1t2h. BhP. &c.; (%{upa-dra4STRkA}) f. a female witness MaitrS.
iii, 2, 4.
upadrashthrimat* = mfn. having witnesses; (%{ma4ti} loc. ind. before witnesses
TBr. ii, 2, 1, 3; 5.)
upadrava* = m. that which attacks or occurs suddenly, any grievous accident,
misfortune, calamity, mischief, national distress (such as famine, plague,
oppression, eclipse, &c.); national commotion, rebellion; violence, outrage MBh.
R. S3ak. VarBr2S. &c. [199,3]; a supervenient disease or one brought on whilst a
person labours under another Sus3r.; the fourth of the five parts of a Sa1man
stanza Shad2vBr. Comm. on TA1r. &c.
upadravin * = mfn. attacking suddenly, falling on; tyrannical, violent;
factious; (%{I}) m. a tyrant, oppressor; a rebel L.
upadhyaata * = mfn. remembered, thought of MBh.
upadhaaraya = know
upadhaatu* = m. a secondary mineral, semi-metal (seven are specified:
{svarNa-mAkSika}, pyrites; {tAra-mAkSika}, a particular white mineral; {tuttha},
sulphate of copper; {kAMsya}, brass; {rIti}, calx of brass; {sindUra}, red lead;
{zilAjatu}, red chalk) Bhpr.; secondary secretions and constituents of the body
(viz. the milk, menses, adeps, sweat, teeth, hair, and lymph) S'ârngS. &c.
upadah * = P. {-dahati} (aor. {-adhA-} {kSIt} MBh. iii, 546) to burn, set fire
to S'Br. Gobh. MBh. [199, 1]
upadadya * = ind. p. having taken or taking upon one's self AV. x, 8, 18 (=
xiii, 3, 14).
upadesha = advice
upadeshaH = advice
upadeshayati = giving advice
upadekshyanti = they will initiate
upadeva m. an inferior or secondary deity (as a Yaksha, Gandharva, Apsaras, &c.)
BhP. ; N. of several men Hariv. VP. ; (%{A}, %{I}) f. N. of a wife of Vasu-deva
Hariv. VP.
upadharma* = m. a minor or subordinate duty; a by-law Mn. ii, 237; iv, 147; a
false faith, heresy Bh
upadhi* = m. the act of putting to, adding, addition La1t2y.; the part of the
wheel between the nave and the circumference RV. ii, 39, 4 AV. vi, 70, 3
Ka1t2h.; fraud, circumvention MBh. R. Ya1jn5. Kir. &c.; condition; peculiarity,
attribute (Buddh.; see %{upA7-dhi}); support MW.
upadrashhTaa = overseer
upadruta * = mfn. run after, persecuted, attacked, oppressed, visited (by
calamities), tyrannized over Hariv. R. Katha1s. Hit. Sus3r. &c.; (in astrol.)
eclipsed = boding evil, inauspicious VarBr2S.; (%{am}) n. a kind of Sandhi
S3a1n3khS3r.
upagaayana * = n. singing BhP.
upahata = overpowered
upahanyaaM = would destroy
upahaara * = m. offering, oblation (to a deity); complimentary gift, present (to
a king or superior) MBh. Megh. Kathâs. &c.; ({upahAraM vi-dhA}, to offer an
oblation to a god [acc.], sacrifice to any one Kathâs.); a particular kind of
alliance (purchased through a gift) Kâm. Hit. &c.; food (dis- tributed to guests
&c.) [212, 2]; (with the Pâs'upatas) a kind of religious service (consisting of
laughter, song, dance, muttering {huDuk}, adoration and pious ejaculation)
Sarvad. 77, 22.
upahartri *= mfn. one who offers or presents , one who serves out (food) , a
host Mn. v , 51.
upahaarya *= mfn. to be offered as an oblation ; to be presented BhP. ; (%{am})
n. an offering , oblation MBh. BhP.
upahaarin *= mfn. offering , presenting ; sacrificing.
upai = to go to
upaiti = gets
upaishhyasi = you will attain
upajaayate = takes place
upajaayante = are born
upajigamishu * = mfn. (fr. Desid.), wishing or desiring to go near Megh. 43.
upajiiva * = mfn. probably not very different in meaning from %{jIva4} q.v. AV.
xix, 69, 2; (%{A4}) f. subsistence TBr. i, 5, 6, 4.
upajivana * = upajIvana n. livelihood, subsistence S'Br. Mn. ix, 207 Yâjñ. iii,
236 MBh. Pañcat. &c.; dependance, submissiveness Prasannar.
upajuhvati = offer
upakalpa * = m. an appurtenance BhP.
upakalpana * = n. the act of preparing, preparation KâtyS'r.; ({A}) f. preparing
(articles of food or medicine), fabricating, making Sus'r.; substituting L.
upakalpaniiya * = mfn. to be prepared or procured or fetched Car.; treating of
preparation &c. (as & chapter) ib.
upa-kalpayitavya * = mfn. to be prepared or made Sus'r.
upakalpita* = mfn. prepared, procured, fetched; arranged &c.
upakaraNa = means
upakaara = benefit
upakaaraka = beneficial
upakrama * = m. the act of going or coming near, approach MBh. R. ; setting
about, undertaking, commencement, beginning La1t2y. Ka1tyS3r. BhP. Sa1h. Sarvad.
&c. ; enterprise, planning, original conception, plan Ragh. Ra1jat. Pan5cat. &c.
; anything leading to a result ; a means, expedient, stratagem, exploit MBh.
Ya1jn5. Ma1lav. &c. ; remedy, medicine Sus3r. ; attendance (on a patient),
treatment, practice or application of medicine, physicking Sus3r. &c. ; the rim
of a wheel Hcat. ; a particular ceremony preparatory to reading the Vedas W. ;
trying the fidelity &c. of a counsellor or friend ib. ; heroism, courage L.
upakramaH = (m) project, undertaking
upakri = to do a favor
upakrita*= mfn. helped, assisted, benefited; rendered as assistance, done kindly
or beneficently &c.; ifc. g. %{kRtA7di} Pa1n2. 2-1, 59; (%{am}) n. help, favour,
benefit S3ak. 165 a Sa1h.
upalipyate = mixes
upala* = m. a rock, stone MBh. Sus'r. S'ak. &c.; a precious stone, jewel Yâjñ.
iii, 36 S'is'. iii, 48 Kir.; a cloud L.; ({A}) f. ({u4palA}) the upper and
smaller mill-stone (which rests on the {dRSad}) S'Br. KâtyS'r. Âs'vGri.; =
{zarkarA} L.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. {apalus}?] &64342[205, 3]
upalabh.h = to obtain
upalabhyate = can be perceived
upalI * = A1. %{-lIyate}, to lie close to, cling to MBh. viii.
upalabh * = A1. %{-labhate}, to seize, get possession of, acquire, receive,
obtain, find MBh. R. Mn. Mr2icch. &c.; (with %{garbham}) to conceive, become
pregnant R.; to perceive, behold, hear [cf. Gk. $], to &64395[205,3] understand,
learn, know, ascertain MBh. BhP. Pan5cat. VarBr2S. &c.: Caus. P. %{-lambhayati},
to cause to obtain or take possession BhP. viii, 15, 36; to cause to hear or
learn or know Pat. on Va1rtt. 2 on Pa1n2. 1-4, 52; to cause to be known or
distinguished BhP. iv, 1, 25: Desid. (p. %{-li4psamAna} AV. vi, 118, 11) to wish
to catch or grasp.
upalaksh * = P. A1. %{-lakSayati}, %{-te}, to look at, observe, behold, perceive
A1s3vS3r. S3a1n3khS3r. MBh. Sus3r. &c. ; to pay attention to, regard MBh. Ka1m.
; to regard or value as MBh. R. ; to distinguish, mark ; to distinguish by a
secondary or unessential mark ; to imply in addition, designate implicitly
Sa1y.: Pass. %{-lakSyate}, to be observed &c. ; to be implied BhP. Comm. on Mn.
Sarvad. &c.
upalakSa * = m. distinction, distinguishing (see %{dur-upa-}).
upalakshaka * = mfn. observing closely or with attention ; implying ;
designating by implication Comm. on Pa1n2. and TPra1t.
upalakshaNa n. the act of observing S3ak. 142, 4 ; designation Ka1tyS3r. Comm.
on Pa1n2. ; the act of implying something that has not been expressed, implying
any analogous object where only one is specified ; using a term metaphorically
or elliptically or in a generic sense ; synecdoche (of a part for the whole, of
an individual for the species, or of a quality for that in which it resides)
VPra1t. Comm. on Pa1n2. Sa1h. Nya1yak. &c. ; a mark Vikr. Katha1s.
upalal *= Caus. %{lAlayati}, to treat with tenderness, caress, fondle BhP. S3ak.
292, 8 Ma1lav.
upalAlita *= mfn. caressed, fondled BhP.
upalambha *= m. obtainment R. S3is3. ; perceiving, ascertaining, recognition
Ragh. S3ak. Sarvad. Nya1yak. &c.
upalaalana*=%{am}, %{A} n. f. the act of caressing, fondling BhP. Comm. on R.
upalaalita*=mfn. caressed, fondled
upama* = 1 mf({A})n. uppermost, highest; most excellent, eminent, best RV. AV.;
nearest, next, first RV. Nigh.
upamaa = comparative* 1 (for 2. see below, and for 3. see col. 3) ind. (Ved.
instr. of the above) in the closest proximity or neighbourhood RV. i, 31, 15;
viii, 69, 13. \\2 P. Â. (Impv. 2. sg. {-mimIhi}, {-mAhi}, and {-mAsva}; Subj. 2.
sg. {-mAsi}) to measure out to, apportion to, assign, allot, grant, give RV.: Â.
{-mimIte}, to measure one thing by another, compare MBh. Hariv. Caurap. &c.
[203, 3] \\3 f. comparison, resemblance, equality, similarity; a resemblance (as
a picture, portrait &c.) S'Br. MBh. Kum. &c.; a particular figure in rhetoric,
simile, comparison (a full simile must include four things; see {pUrNo7pama},
{lupto7pamA}, &c.) Sâh. Kâvya7d. Vâm. &c.; a particle of comparison Nir.; a
particular metre RPrât.; (mfn. ifc.) equal, similar, resembling, like (e.g.
{amaro7pama} mfn. resembling an immortal) MBh. Ragh. Das'. Hit. &c.
upamaam *= ind. in the highest degree RV. v , 34 , 9 AV. viii , 3 , 65 SV.
upanagaram.h = (n) suburb
upanadam * = ind. (fr. {nadi} Pân. 5-4, 110), near the river, on the river.
upananda * = m. N. of a Nâga; of several men VP. BhP. &c.
upanah * = P. %{-nahyati}, to tie or bind to or up, bind together ; to make up
into a bundle TS. AitBr. S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. A1s3vS3r.: Caus. %{-nAhayati}, to tie
up, wrap, dress (a wound) Sus3r. Car.
upanam * = P. {-namati}, to bend towards or inwards; to tend towards, approach,
come to, arrive at; to fall to one's share or lot, become one's property, share
in (with acc. dat., or gen.) VS. S'Br. TBr. ChUp. Râjat. &c.; to come to one's
mind, occur TS. TBr. i, 1, 2, 8; to attend upon any one (acc.) with (instr.); to
gain the favour of any one (acc.) BhP. vi, 19, 16: Caus. {-nAmayati}, to put or
place before (gen.) Gobh. ii, 1, 7; to lead towards or into the presence of,
present any one (gen.) Lalit.; to reach, hand to ib.; to offer, present ib.
Kârand.
upanata * = mfn. bent towards or inwards S'Br. KâtyS'r. Kâthh.; subdued,
subjected, surrendered; dependent on (for protection &c.) Âp. MBh. Ragh. &c.;
brought near to, approached, near (either in form or space); fallen to one's
share; brought about, produced, existing, being BhP. Megh. &c.
upanAth * = P. {-nAthati}, to ask, entreat Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 55.
upanAman * = {a} n. a surname, nickname W.
upanishhat.h = says the `upanishat.h'
upanishhad.h = the philosophical parts of the Vedas.
upanishadtkR * =({upaniSat-kR}), to treat anything as a mystery (?) Pân. 1-4,
79.
upanishada * =n. = 2. {upa-niSa4d} above (esp. occurring ifc.)
upanishAdin * =mf({inI}) n. staying or sitting near at hand S'Br. ix, 4, 3, 3.
upanishkara vm. ( {kRR}), a main road, highway L.
upanishkram * =({upa-nis-kram}) P. {-krAmati}, to go out towards S'Br.
upa-ni-shad * =1 ({upa-ni-sad}) P. (pf. {-ni4-Sedus}) to sit down near to; to
approach, set about AV. xix, 41, 1 S'Br. Kaus'.
upanishad 1 (%{upa-ni-sad}) P. (pf. %{-ni4-Sedus}) to sit down near to ; to
approach, set about AV. xix, 41, 1 S3Br. Kaus3. \\ 2 %{t} f. (according to some)
the sitting down at the feet of another to listen to his words (and hence,
secret knowledge given in this manner ; but according to native authorities
%{upaniSad} means `" setting at rest ignorance by revealing the knowledge of the
supreme spirit "') ; the mystery which underlies or rests underneath the
external system of things (cf. IW. p. 35 seqq.) ; esoteric doctrine, secret
doctrine, mysterious or mystical meaning, words of mystery &c. S3Br. ChUp. &c. ;
a class of philosophical writings (more than a hundred in number, attached to
the Bra1hman2as [but see I1s3opanishad] ; their aim is the exposition of the
secret meaning of the Veda, and they are regarded as the source of the Veda1nta
and Sa1m2khya philosophies ; for the most important of the Upanishads see IW. p.
37 seq.)
upanetram.h = (n) spectacles, glasses
upapaada *= m. happening ; effecting, accomplishing ; see %{dur-upapAda} and
%{yatho7papAdam}.
upapada = The sign which is as apart from the 12th lord as the latter is from
the 12th house *= n. a word standing near or accompanying another to which it is
subordinate (either a subordinate word in a compound [but not in a Bahu-vri1hi
compound] generally forming the first member, or a discriminative appellation at
the end of proper names, as %{varman}, %{zarman} &c. ; or a preposition,
particle &c. prefixed to a verb or noun ; or a secondary word of any kind which
is governed by or limits the general idea contained in the principal word)
Pa1n2. VPra1t. Sarvad. ; (%{vRkSAH@kalpo7-papadAH}, `" those trees which have
the word "' %{kalpa} as accompanying word "' = %{kalpa-vRkSAH} S3is3. iii 59 ;
cf. Ragh. xvi, 40) ; a bit, little L.
upapaadita * = mfn. effected, accomplished, performed, done; given, delivered,
presented; proved, demonstrated; treated medically, cured. [202,1]
[samupapAdita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made ready, prepared ib.]
upapadyate = is befitting
upapattishhu = having obtained
upapatti * = f. happening, occurring, becoming visible, appearing, taking place,
production, effecting, accomplishing MBh. BhP. Bhag. Ragh. &c.; proving right,
resulting; cause, reason; ascertained or demonstrated conclusion, proof,
evidence, argument Sarvad. Sa1h. Veda1ntas. Naish. Ra1jat. &c.; fitness,
propriety, possibility Ka1tyS3r. MBh. &c. (instr. %{upa-pattyA}, suitably, in a
fit manner); association, connection, possession; religious abstraction L.
upapannaM = arrived at
uparamatva* = n. the state of ceasing from (all worldly desires and actions)
Vedântas.
uparamaNa* = n. the abstaining from worldly actions or desires Vedântas.;
ceasing, discontinuance. [205,1]
uparambh* = P. {-rambhati}, to cause to resound BhP. x, 35, 12.
uparaamam* = ind. near Râma T.
uparam* = P. Â. (Pân. 1-3, 85) {-ramati}, {-te}, to cease from motion, stop TS.
TBr. S'Br. S'ânkhS'r.; to cease from action, be inactive or quiet (as a
quietist) BhP. Bhag.; to pause, stop (speaking or doing anything) S'Br.
S'ânkhS'r. Âs'vGri. Pañcat. &c.; to leave off, desist, give up, renounce (with
abl.) MBh. R. BhP. Comm. on BriÂrUp. Das'.; to await, wait for S'Br. ii, 2, 1,
2; iii, 8, 2, 29; to cause to cease or stop; to render quiet Pân. 1-3, 84: Caus.
{-ramayati}, to cause to cease or stop; to render quiet Nir. Kâs'.
uparama* = m. cessation, stopping, expiration MBh. R.; leaving off, desisting,
giving up Sus'r. Sânkhyak.; death Kâd.
uparacita * = mfn. constructed, formed, made, prepared BhP. Bhartri. Kâd.
uparata * = mfn. ceased , stopped , quiet , indifferent , patient S3Br. MBh.
BhP. &c. ; dead S3a1n3khGr2. R. Pan5cat. &c. ; ceasing to exist , disappeared ,
nonexisting , Pa1rGr. Mn. BhP. &c. ; withdrawn or retired from , left off ,
given up R.
uparataM = ceased
uparanjitaiH = splendid, resplendant
uparamate = cease (because one feels transcendental happiness)
uparamet.h = one should hold back
upari = (adv) above
uparaamam* = ind. near Râma T.
uparaama* = m. ceasing, stopping, desisting.
uparajya* = ind. p. having dyed or coloured; darkening, obscuring BhP. iv, 29,
69.
upasad *= 1 P. %{-sIdati} (Ved. Pot. 1. pl. %{-sadema} ; impf. %{-asadat}) to
sit upon (acc.) RV. vi, 75, 8 ; to sit near to, approach (esp. respectfully),
revere, worship RV. AV. TS. S3Br. &c. MBh. Ragh. &c. ; to approach (a teacher in
order to become his pupil) Katha1s. [209,2] ; to approach asking, request, crave
for RV. i, 89, 2 ; vii, 33, 9 TS. ii S3Br. ii ; to approach in a hostile manner
BhP. vi, 3, 27 ; to possess RV. viii, 47, 16 AV. iii, 14, 6 ; to perform the
Upasad ceremony (see below) TS. vi, 2, 3, 4: Caus. %{-sAdayati}, to place or put
upon or by the side of TS. TBr. S3Br. &c. ; to cause to approach, lead near (see
%{upa-sAdita}).\\ 2 mfn. approaching (respectfully), worshipping, serving AV.
VS. xxx, 9 ; (%{t}) m. N. of a particular fire (different from the Ga1rhapatya,
Dakshin2a1gni, and A1havani1ya) VahniP. ; (%{t}) f. attendance, worship, service
RV. ii, 6, 1 ; settlement (?) AV. vi, 142, 3 ; siege, assault S3Br. iii AitBr.
Ka1t2h. ; N. of a ceremony or sacrificial festival preceding the Sutya1 or
pressing of the Soma (it lasts several days, and forms part of the Jyotisht2oma)
VS. xix, 14 TS. S3Br. Ka1tyS3r. &c.
upasada * = mfn. one who goes near W.; m. the Upasad ceremony (see above) ChUp.;
approach W.; gift, donation W.; (%{I}) f. (%{u4pa-}) continuous propagation
S3Br. xiv. 9, 4, 23 (= %{saMtati} Comm.)
uparama* = m. cessation, stopping, expiration MBh. R.; leaving off, desisting,
giving up Sus3r. Sa1m2khyak.; death Ka1d.
uparamaNa* = n. the abstaining from worldly actions or desires Veda1ntas.;
ceasing, discontinuance. [205,1]
uparamatva* n. the state of ceasing from (all worldly desires and actions)
Veda1ntas.
upasaadanavn. the act of placing or putting upon Sa1y. on TBr. ii, 1, 3, 6;
approaching respectfully, reverence, respect BhP.
upasaadana* = &c. see %{upa-sad}.
upasadana* = n. the act of approaching (respectfully), respectful salutation
MBh. i; approaching (a work), setting about, undertaking Gaut.; approaching or
going to (a teacher [gen.] to learn any science or art [loc.]) MBh. iii, 17169;
performing (a ceremony or sacrifice) R.; neighbouring abode, neighbourhood R.
upas'ama* = m. the becoming quiet, assuagement, alleviation, stopping,
cessation, relaxation, intermission Ma1n2d2Up. Prab. Pan5cat. &c.; tranquillity
of mind, calmness, patience MBh. iii Bhartr2. S3a1ntis3.; (in astron.) N. of the
twentieth Muhu1rta.
upasarpa * = m. approaching, approach, sexual approach MBh. iii, 2513 (=
%{upa-sasarpa} Ni1lak.; erroneous for %{upa-sRpya} BRD.)
upas'ri* = P. %{-zrayati}, to lean (anything) against TBr. i, 6, 6, 2 S3Br. xiv
Ka1tyS3r.: A1. %{-zrayate} (p. of the pf. %{-zizriyANa4}) to lean against,
support, prop RV. x, 18, 12; to cling to, fit closely (as an ornament) RV. vii,
56, 13; to place one's self near to, go towards MBh. BhP.; to accommodate one's
self to ChUp. vi, 8, 2.
upasrishTa* = mfn. let loose towards; sent or thrown off BhP. i, 12, 1; admitted
(as the calf to its mother; also applied to the milk at the time of the calf's
sucking) TBr. ii, 1, 7, 1 Ka1tyS3r.; increased; furnished with S3a1n3khS3r.;
furnished with an Upasarga or preposition (e.g. %{dA} with %{A} is said to be
%{upasRSTa}) Pa1n2. 1-4, 38 Nir. APra1t. &c.; visited, afflicted, burdened with,
plagued R. Sus3r. BhP. &c.; obscured (by Ra1hu, as the sun), eclipsed MBh. Mn.
iv, 37; possessed (by a god or demon) Ya1jn5. i, 271 R.; (%{am}) n. coition,
sexual intercourse L.
upas'rI* = f. an over-garment (fitting closely) KaushUp.
upas'rita* = mfn. placed near, brought to the attention of RV. vii, 86, 8;
leaning towards or upon TS. VS. Ka1tyS3r.
upaas'rita* = mfn. lying or resting upon, leaning against, clinging to
S3a1n3khGr2. Kat2hUp. R.; having recourse to, relying upon, taking refuge with
MBh. Bhag. Katha1s. &c.; taking one's self to; approached, arrived at, abiding
in MBh. BhP. VarBr2S. &c.; anything against which one leans or upon which one
rests Uttarar.
upasrishtha * = mfn. let loose towards; sent or thrown off BhP. i, 12, 1;
admitted (as the calf to its mother; also applied to the milk at the time of the
calf's sucking) TBr. ii, 1, 7, 1 Ka1tyS3r.; increased; furnished with
S3a1n3khS3r.; furnished with an Upasarga or preposition (e.g. %{dA} with %{A} is
said to be %{upasRSTa}) Pa1n2. 1-4, 38 Nir. APra1t. &c.; visited, afflicted,
burdened with, plagued R. Sus3r. BhP. &c.; obscured (by Ra1hu, as the sun),
eclipsed MBh. Mn. iv, 37; possessed (by a god or demon) Ya1jn5. i, 271 R.;
(%{am}) n. coition, sexual intercourse L.
upasthaana * =n. proximity, imminence S'ank.
upa-sthaa * =P. Â. {-tiSThati}, {-te} (irr. aor. Pot. 3. pl. {-stheSus} AV. xvi,
4, 7) to stand or place one's self near, be present (Â. if no object follows
Pân. 1-3, 26); to stand by the side of, place one's self near, expose one's self
to (with loc. or acc.) RV. AV. KâtyS'r. Gobh. MBh. Mn. &c.; to place one's self
before (in order to ask), approach, apply to RV. AV. S'Br. Âs'vGri. Ragh. &c.;
to come together or meet with, become friendly with, conciliate (only Â. Vârtt.
on Pân. 1-3, 25); to lead towards (as a way, only Â. ib.); to go or betake one's
self to Pañcat. R.; to stand near in order to serve, attend, serve MBh. Kathâs.
&c.; to attend on, worship (only Â. Kâty. on Pân. 1-3, 25, e.g. {arkam
upatiSThate}, he worships the sun; but {arkam upatiSThati}, he exposes himself
to the sun Pat.) MBh. BhP. Ragh. &c.; to serve with, be of service or
serviceable by, attend on with prayers (e.g. {aindryA gArhapatyam upatiSThate},
he attends on the Gârhapatya with a Riic addressed to Indra; but {bhartAraM
upatiSThati yauvanena}, (she) attends on her husband with youthfulness Kâs'.)
MBh. Ragh. Das'. &c.; to stand under (in order to support), approach for
assistance, be near at hand or at the disposal of RV. AV. TS. MBh. S'ak. &c.; to
fall to one's share, come to the possession of MBh. R. &c.; to rise against RV.
vii, 83; to start, set out Hariv. Das'.: Caus. {-sthApayati}, to cause to stand
by the side of, place before, cause to lie down by the side of (e.g. a woman)
AitBr. Âs'vS'r. KâtyS'r. &c.; to cause to come near, bring near, procure, fetch
MBh. R. S'ak. &c.; (in Gr.) to add {iti} after a word (in the Pada-pâthha)
RPrât. 842 (cf. {upasthita}).
upa4-stha * =1 m. `" the part which is under "', lap, middle or inner part of
anything, a well-surrounded or sheltered place, secure place RV. AV. VS. AitBr.
S'Br. &c.; ({upasthaM-kR}, to make a lap, sit down with the legs bent AitBr.
viii, 9, 5 Âs'vGri. S'ânkhS'r.; {upasthe-kR}, to take on one's lap S'Br. iii);
({as}, {am}) m. n. the generative organs (esp. of a woman) VS. ix, 22 S'Br. MBh.
Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; the haunch or hip; the anus L.
upa-stha4 * =2 mfn. standing upon AV. xii, 1, 62; standing by the side of, being
near at hand, near L.
upas'ada * = m. (perhaps fr. 2. %{zad}, `" to excel "') a particular Eka1ha or
sacrifice during one day A1s3vS3r. Vait.; removal of an impediment to get
children Sa1y. on Ta1n2d2yaBr. xix, 3, 1.
upasad * = 2 mfn. approaching (respectfully), worshipping, serving AV. VS. xxx,
9; ({t}) m. N. of a particular fire (different from the Gârhapatya, Dakshinâgni,
and Âhavanîya) VahniP.; ({t}) f. attendance, worship, service RV. ii, 6, 1;
settlement (?) AV. vi, 142, 3; siege, assault S'Br. iii AitBr. Kâthh.; N. of a
ceremony or sacrificial festival preceding the Sutyâ or pressing of the Soma (it
lasts several days, and forms part of the Jyotishthoma) VS. xix, 14 TS. S'Br.
KâtyS'r. &c.
upasatpatha * = m. the path or way of the Upasad ceremony (see below) S'Br. v,
4, 5, 17.
upa-satti * = f. connection with, union L.; service, worship L.; gift, donation
W.
upa-sattR * = {tA} m. one who has seated himself near or at (esp. at the
domestic fire), any person who is domiciled, the inhabitant of a house (with and
without {gRha}) AV. ii, 6, 2; iii, 12, 16; vii, 82, 3 VS. xxvii, 2; 4 ChUp.
upa+shaM = to extinguish
upas'am * = P. A1. %{-zAmyati}, %{-te}, to become calm or quiet; to cease,
become extinct AitBr. Kaus3. A1s3vGr2. ChUp. MBh. &c.: Caus. %{-zamayati} and
ep. %{-zAmayati}, to make quiet, calm, extinguish; to tranquillize, appease,
pacify, mitigate MBh. VarBr2S. Das3. &c.
upas'ama *= m. the becoming quiet, assuagement, alleviation, stopping,
cessation, relaxation, intermission MândUp. Prab. Pañcat. &c.; tranquillity of
mind, calmness, patience MBh. iii Bhartri. S'ântis'.; (in astron.) N. of the
twentieth Muhûrta.
upas'Amaka * = mfn. calming, quieting, affording repose, making patient Lalit.
upas'amakSaya * = m. (with Jainas) the destruction (of activity &c.) through
quietism Sarvad.
upas'amana * = mf(%{I})n. calming, appeasing BhP.; (%{am}) n. the becoming
extinct, ceasing Nir.; calming, appeasing, mitigation MBh. BhP. Sus3r. Pan5cat.;
an anodyne.
upasangamya = approaching
upasarga = Prefix
upasat*= (in comp. for 2. {upa-sa4d} below).
upasattva*= n. the being an Upasad ceremony (see below) MaitrS. iii, 8, 1.
upasatpatha*= m. the path or way of the Upasad ceremony (see below) S'Br. v, 4,
5, 17.
upasatti*= f. connection with, union L.; service, worship L.; gift, donation W.
upasattR*= {tA} m. one who has seated himself near or at (esp. at the domestic
fire), any person who is domiciled, the inhabitant of a house (with and without
{gRha}) AV. ii, 6, 2; iii, 12, 16; vii, 82, 3 VS. xxvii, 2; 4 ChUp.
upas'ama m. the becoming quiet, assuagement, alleviation, stopping, cessation,
relaxation, intermission Ma1n2d2Up. Prab. Pan5cat. &c. ; tranquillity of mind,
calmness, patience MBh. iii Bhartr2. S3a1ntis3. ; (in astron.) N. of the
twentieth Muhu1rta.
upastabdha * = mfn. supported, stayed Car.
upastambh* = P. %{-stabhnAti} (1. sg. %{-stabhnomi} TBr. iii, 7, 10, 1) to set
up, erect, prop, stay, support S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.: Caus. P. (Subj. %{-stabhAyat})
to raise, erect, set up, stay, support RV. ; %{-stambhayati} id.
upashthambha * = &c. see %{upa-stambha}.
upastambha * = m. (less correctly written %{upa-STambha}) stay, support,
strengthening Hit. Comm. on ChUp. ; encouragement, incitement ; excitement Comm.
on Sa1m2khyak. ; base, basis, ground, occasion ; support of life (as food,
sleep, and government of passions) Car.
upastambhaka * = mfn. (less correctly written %{upa-STa-}) supporting,
promoting, encouraging Sa1m2khyak. Comm. on Br2A1rUp.
upastambhana * = n. a support, stay TS. S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.
upastara * = m. anything laid under, a substratum AV. xiv, 2, 21.
upastaara * = m. anything poured under Nya1yam. x, 2, 2.
upastaraNa * = n. the act of spreading over, a cover RV. ix, 69, 5 AV. v, 19, 12
; the act of spreading out under, anything laid under, an undermattress, pillow
A1s3vGr2. A1p. BhP. &c. ; the act of pouring under S3a1n3khGr2. i, 13, 16 ;
pouring out so as to form a substratum, a substratum (said of the water which is
sipped before taking food ; cf. %{amRto7pa-}) A1s3vGr2. i, 24, 12 HirGr2. &c. ;
scattering grass (round the A1havani1ya and Ga1rhapatya fire, accompanied with
the Mantra %{ubhAv@agnI@upa-stRNate}) Comm. on TS. i, 6, 7, 2, &c.
12 upastava m. praise Sam2hUp.
upasr = (root) go near *= P. %{-sarati} , to go towards , step near , approach ,
visit TBr. & Up. AitBr. MBh. Ragh. Vikr. &c. ; to approach (sexually) MBh. iii ;
to set about , undertake S3a1n3khBr. ChUp.
upasravaNa *= n. the flowing out ; termination of the periodical flow of a woman
Ka1tyS3r. xxv , 11 , 13.
upasrij *= P. A1. %{-sRjati} , %{-sRjate} (aor. A1. 1. sg. %{-sRkSi} RV. ii , 35
, 1: Pass. 3. sg. %{-sarji} RV. ix , 69 , 1) to let loose upon or towards ; to
let stream upon , pour on , shed forth RV. vi , 36 , 4 ; x , 98 , 12 VS. xi , 38
TS. v TBr. i S3Br. iii ; to emit towards , cause to go near , bring or lead near
RV. BhP. ; to admit (a calf to its mother) RV. viii , 72 , 7 ; ix , 69 , 1 VS.
S3Br. S3a1n3khS3r. &c. ; to add , subjoin , increase AitBr. A1s3vS3r. APra1t.
&c. ; to visit , afflict , plague , trouble S3Br. xiv ; to come together or into
contact with Car. ; to cause , effect BhP. iv , 19 , 19: Caus. see
%{upa-sarjita}.
uupasrishtha *= mfn. let loose towards ; sent or thrown off BhP. i , 12 , 1 ;
admitted (as the calf to its mother ; also applied to the milk at the time of
the calf's sucking) TBr. ii , 1 , 7 , 1 Ka1tyS3r. ; increased ; furnished with
S3a1n3khS3r. ; furnished with an Upasarga or preposition (e.g. %{dA} with %{A}
is said to be %{upasRSTa}) Pa1n2. 1-4 , 38 Nir. APra1t. &c. ; visited ,
afflicted , burdened with , plagued R. Sus3r. BhP. &c. ; obscured (by Ra1hu , as
the sun) , eclipsed MBh. Mn. iv , 37 ; possessed (by a god or demon) Ya1jn5. i ,
271 R. ; (%{am}) n. coition , sexual intercourse L.
11 upasRta mfn. one who has approached , come near (esp. for protection) TBr. i
, 4 , 6 , 1 BhP. ; approached , applied to TS. ii , 1 , 4 , 6 ; asked for
S3a1n3khBr. ; furnished with , having BhP. iv.
upasrita *=m mfn. one who has approached , come near (esp. for protection) TBr.
i , 4 , 6 , 1 BhP. ; approached , applied to TS. ii , 1 , 4 , 6 ; asked for
S3a1n3khBr. ; furnished with , having BhP. iv.
upas'rita* = mfn. placed near, brought to the attention of RV. vii, 86, 8;
leaning towards or upon TS. VS. Ka1tyS3r.
upasrishtha * = mfn. let loose towards; sent or thrown off BhP. i, 12, 1;
admitted (as the calf to its mother; also applied to the milk at the time of the
calf's sucking) TBr. ii, 1, 7, 1 Ka1tyS3r.; increased; furnished with
S3a1n3khS3r.; furnished with an Upasarga or preposition (e.g. %{dA} with %{A} is
said to be %{upasRSTa}) Pa1n2. 1-4, 38 Nir. APra1t. &c.; visited, afflicted,
burdened with, plagued R. Sus3r. BhP. &c.; obscured (by Ra1hu, as the sun),
eclipsed MBh. Mn. iv, 37; possessed (by a god or demon) Ya1jn5. i, 271 R.;
(%{am}) n. coition, sexual intercourse L.
upasruta* A= finding out, coming to hear, gathering, figuring out
upasevate = enjoys
upasthaa = to stand near, to stand by
upasthaa * 2 mfn. standing upon AV. xii, 1, 62; standing by the side of, being
near at hand, near L.
upastha* = P. Â. {-tiSThati}, {-te} (irr. aor. Pot. 3. pl. {-stheSus} AV. xvi,
4, 7) to stand or place one's self near, be present (Â. if no object follows
Pân. 1-3, 26); to stand by the side of, place one's self near, expose one's self
to (with loc. or acc.) RV. AV. KâtyS'r. Gobh. MBh. Mn. &c.; to place one's self
before (in order to ask), approach, apply to RV. AV. S'Br. Âs'vGri. Ragh. &c.;
to come together or meet with, become friendly with, conciliate (only Â. Vârtt.
on Pân. 1-3, 25); to lead towards (as a way, only Â. ib.); to go or betake one's
self to Pañcat. R.; to stand near in order to serve, attend, serve MBh. Kathâs.
&c.; to attend on, worship (only Â. Kâty. on Pân. 1-3, 25, e.g. {arkam
upatiSThate}, he worships the sun; but {arkam upatiSThati}, he exposes himself
to the sun Pat.) MBh. BhP. Ragh. &c.; to serve with, be of service or
serviceable by, attend on with prayers (e.g. {aindryA gArhapatyam upatiSThate},
he attends on the Gârhapatya with a Riic addressed to Indra; but {bhartAraM
upatiSThati yauvanena}, (she) attends on her husband with youthfulness Kâs'.)
MBh. Ragh. Das'. &c.; to stand under (in order to support), approach for
assistance, be near at hand or at the disposal of RV. AV. TS. MBh. S'ak. &c.; to
fall to one's share, come to the possession of MBh. R. &c.; to rise against RV.
vii, 83; to start, set out Hariv. Das'.: Caus. {-sthApayati}, to cause to stand
by the side of, place before, cause to lie down by the side of (e.g. a woman)
AitBr. Âs'vS'r. KâtyS'r. &c.; to cause to come near, bring near, procure, fetch
MBh. R. S'ak. &c.; (in Gr.) to add {iti} after a word (in the Pada-pâthha)
RPrât. 842 (cf. {upasthita}).
upades'a * = m. pointing out to, reference to Pa1n2. 1-4, 70 Kap. Ba1dar. Jaim.
&c.; specification, instruction, teaching, information, advice, prescription
TUp. MBh. Mn. Sus3r. S3ak. Hit. &c.; plea, pretext (= %{apa-deza}) Mn. ix, 268
Ragh. Katha1s.; initiation, communication of the initiatory Mantra or formula
Ka1tyS3r.; (in Gr.) original enunciation (i.e. the original form [often having
an Anubandha] in which a root, base, affix, augment, or any word or part of a
word is enunciated in grammatical treatises) Pa1n2. Ka1s3. Siddh. &c.; N. of a
class of writings (Buddh.); a name, title MW.
upakalpita * = mfn. prepared, procured, fetched; arranged &c.
upakship P. %{-kSipati}, to throw at, hurl against BhP. Sa1h. ; to beat, strike
S3Br. ; to strike with words, insult, accuse, insinuate R. ; to allude, hint at
Sa1h. Mr2icch. Das3. ; to speak of, describe, define Sa1h. Sarvad. ; to
commence, set about (a work) Mall.
uparama * = m. cessation, stopping, expiration MBh. R.; leaving off, desisting,
giving up Sus3r. Sa1m2khyak.; death Ka1d.
uparata *= mfn. ceased , stopped , quiet , indifferent , patient S3Br. MBh. BhP.
&c. ; dead S3a1n3khGr2. R. Pan5cat. &c. ; ceasing to exist , disappeared ,
nonexisting , Pa1rGr. Mn. BhP. &c. ; withdrawn or retired from , left off ,
given up R.
uparaama * = m. ceasing, stopping, desisting.
upasaadita *= mfn. caused to come near, led near, conveyed to BhP.
upas'aanta *= mfn. calmed, appeased, pacified ; calm, tranquil BhP. Katha1s. ;
ceased, extinct, intermitted R. Pras3nUp.
upasrishtha* = mfn. let loose towards; sent or thrown off BhP. i, 12, 1;
admitted (as the calf to its mother; also applied to the milk at the time of the
calf's sucking) TBr. ii, 1, 7, 1 Ka1tyS3r.; increased; furnished with
S3a1n3khS3r.; furnished with an Upasarga or preposition (e.g. %{dA} with %{A} is
said to be %{upasRSTa}) Pa1n2. 1-4, 38 Nir. APra1t. &c.; visited, afflicted,
burdened with, plagued R. Sus3r. BhP. &c.; obscured (by Ra1hu, as the sun),
eclipsed MBh. Mn. iv, 37; possessed (by a god or demon) Ya1jn5. i, 271 R.;
(%{am}) n. coition, sexual intercourse L.
upasrita* = mfn. one who has approached, come near (esp. for protection) TBr. i,
4, 6, 1 BhP.; approached, applied to TS. ii, 1, 4, 6; asked for S3a1n3khBr.;
furnished with, having BhP. iv.
upasthe = on the seat
upastha * = 1 m. `" the part which is under "', lap, middle or inner part of
anything, a well-surrounded or sheltered place, secure place RV. AV. VS. AitBr.
S'Br. &c.; ({upasthaM-kR}, to make a lap, sit down with the legs bent AitBr.
viii, 9, 5 Âs'vGri. S'ânkhS'r.; {upasthe-kR}, to take on one's lap S'Br. iii);
({as}, {am}) m. n. the generative organs (esp. of a woman) VS. ix, 22 S'Br. MBh.
Mn. Yâjñ. &c.; the haunch or hip; the anus L.
upataapa * = m. heat, warmth ; heating Sus3r. L. ; pain, trouble ; paining S3ak.
122, 2 (v.l. for %{anu-tApa}) Sus3r. ; sickness, disease, hurt A1s3vGr2. MBh.
Sus3r. &c. ; haste, hurry L.
upataapaka * = mfn. causing pain, paining.
upatishya* = m. N. of a son of Tishya.
upatishthhaasu* = see {upa-sthA}., mfn. (fr. Desid.), wishing or being about to
betake one's self to Das'.
upavana * = n. a small forest or wood, grove, garden MBh. Mn. Megh. &c.; a
planted forest L.
upavastu = (n) by-product
upavishat.h = sat down again
upavishati = to sit
upavishya = sitting
upaviz * = P. %{-vizati}, to go or come near, approach RV. viii, 96, 6; to sit
down, take a seat (as men), lie down (as animals) AitBr. S3Br. MBh. S3ak. Hit.
&c.; to enter; to stop, settle one's self MBh. iii; to sit near to MBh. i, 573
R. ii; to set (as the sun) Katha1s.; to apply or devote one's self to, cultivate
BhP.: Caus. P. %{-vezayati}, to cause to sit down, summon or invite to sit down
AitBr. A1s3vGr2. Gobh. MBh. Sus3r. &c.; to cause to settle BhP. R.
upAviz * = P. %{-vizati}, to enter, enter into any state MBh. R. BhP.; (the
augmented forms might also be referred to %{upa-viz}.)
upavishhTha = seated
upavrajya * = ind. p. having gone towards, coming near, approaching TBr. iii,
10, 11, 3 BhP.; going behind, following
upavriMh * = Caus. {-vRMhayati}, to make strong or powerful, promote BhP. MârkP.
&c. [207, 2]; (see also {upa-bRh}.)
upavRMhaNa [upabRMhaNa]* =. the act of making strong, invigorating, promoting R.
BhP.
upavRMhita * = mfn. made strong or powerful, invigorated, supported, promoted;
(ifc.) increased or supported or aided by, accompanied by MBh. BhP. Kathâs.
Das'. &c.
upavRMhin * = mfn. invigorating, supporting Kathâs.
upayaa * = P. %{-yAti} (inf. %{-yai4}, opposed to %{ava-yai4} see %{ava-yA}) to
come up RV. viii, 47, 12; to come near, go near or towards, approach (for
protection), visit, frequent RV. AV. A1s3vGr2. MBh. BhP. Katha1s. &c.; to
approach (a woman for sexual intercourse) MBh. R. &c.; to arrive at, reach,
obtain, to get into any state or condition MBh. VarBr2S. Ragh. &c.; to occur,
befall Hit.; to give one's self up to VP.
2 upaaya &c. see p. 215, col. 2.
3 upaayaa P. %{-yAti}, to come near or towards, approach RV. MBh. BhP. Katha1s.
&c.; to come into any state or condition, undergo Ma1rkP. Kir.
4 upaaya m. coming near, approach, arrival Bhartr2.; that by which one reaches
one's aim, a means or expedient (of any kind), way, stratagem, craft, artifice
MBh. Mn. Ya1jn5. Pan5cat. &c.; (esp.) a means of success aga
upayaanti = come
upayuj.h = use
upayuj* = only Â. (Pân. 1-3, 64) {-yuGkte} (but also rarely P. e.g. impf.
{-ayunak} RV. x, 102, 7) to harness to RV. AV. iv, 23, 3 S'Br. v; to take for
one's self, appropriate RV. i, 165, 5 MBh. Mn. viii, 40; to follow, attach one's
self to, be devoted; to undertake MBh.; to use, employ, apply S'Br. AitBr. MBh.
BhP.; to have the use of, enjoy (e.g. food or a woman or dominion &c.) Âs'vGri.
Lâthy. MBh. &c.: Pass. {-yujyate}, to be employed or applicable, be useful or
fit or proper MBh. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.: Caus. {-yojayati}, to use, employ
Sus'r.; to cause to eat MânGri.; to come into contact BhP.
upayoga = use
upayogitaa = Utility
upetaH = haaving reached or attained
upeta * = mfn. one who has come near or approached, one who has betaken himself
to, approached (for protection), arrived at, abiding in MBh. VarBriS. &c.; one
who has obtained or entered into any state or condition, one who has undertaken
(e.g. a vow) MBh. Ratnâv. Sâh. &c.; come to, fallen to the share of Prab.; (a
pupil) who has approached (a teacher), initiated Yâjñ. iii, 2 Âs'vGri. i, 22,
21; 22 PârGri. iii, 10, 10; accompanied by, endowed with, furnished with,
having, possessing MBh. R. Bhag. Hit. &c.; one who has approached (a woman
sexually) T.
upetya = achieving; 1 mfn. to be set about or commenced Ta1n2d2yaBr. iv, 10, 3;
4.//2 ind. p. having approached, approaching &c.
upekshaa = disregard *= m. N. of a son of S'va-phalka Hariv.; ({A}) f.
overlooking, disregard, negligence, indifference, contempt, abandonment MBh.
Ragh. Hit. &c.; endurance, patience; dissent; trick, deceit (as one of the minor
expedients in war) L.; regard L.
upekshita *= mfn. looked at ; overlooked, disregarded &c.
upekshitavya *= mfn. to be looked at ; to be regarded or paid attention to Nir.
R. ; to be overlooked or disregarded, S3a1rn3g.
upendra* = m. `" younger brother of Indra "'N. of Vishnu or Kriishna (born
subsequently to Indra, especially as son of Aditi, either as Âditya or in the
dwarf Avatâra) MBh. Hariv. R. VP. &c.; N. of a Nâga L.; ({A}) f. N. of a river
MBh. VP.
upeya * = mfn. to be set about or undertaken, a thing undertaken Mn. vii, 215
Ma1lav.; to be approached sexually Mn. xi, 172; to be striven after or aimed at,
that which is aimed at, aim Naish. Comm. on VarBr2S.
uposhya* = 1 mfn. to be celebrated or passed by fasting (as time).
upo7shya* = 2 ind. p. having fasted, fasting MBh. Yâjñ. &c.
uragaan.h = serpents
urasthala = place on the chest
uru = thighs\\*= mf({vI4})n. (1. {vR}; {UrNu} Un. i, 32), wide, broad, spacious,
extended, great, large, much, excessive, excellent RV. AV. MBh. Ragh.; ({us}) m.
N. of an Ângirasa ÂrshBr.; of a son of the fourteenth Manu BhP. VP.; ({vI}) f.
the earth; see {urvI4}, p. 218, col. 1; ({u}) n. wide space, space, room RV.
(with {kR}, to grant space or scope, give opportunity RV.); ({u}) ind. widely,
far, far off RV.; ({uruyA4} MaitrS.; 1. {urvyA4} and {urviyA4} instr. of the
fem.) ind. far, far off, to a distance RV. VS. TS.; compar. {varIyas}, superl.
{variSTha}; [cf. Gk. $, $, &c.: Hib. {ur}, `" very "'; &68196[217, 3] {uras}, `"
power, ability. "']
urukrama: 'wide-stride', giant atep, name for vamana.
urvii *= f. (cf. %{uru4}) , `" the wide one "' , the wide earth , earth , soil
RV. i , 46 , 2 ; ii , 4 , 7 S3ak. Mn. &c. ; (%{vI4}) f. du. `" the two wide ones
"' , heaven and earth RV. vi , 10 , 4 ; x , 12 , 3 ; 88 , 14 ; (%{vya4s}) f. pl.
(with and without %{SaS}) the six spaces (viz. the four quarters of the sky with
the upper and lower spaces) RV. AV. ; (also applied to heaven , earth , day ,
night , water , and vegetation) S3a1n3khS3r. ; (also to fire , earth , water ,
wind , day and night) S3Br. i , 5 , 1 , 22 ; rivers Nir.
usha * = 1 m. (for 2. see s.v.) early morning, dawn, daybreak L.; bdellium;
saline earth L.; ({A}) f. see below; ({am}) n. fossile salt L. (cf. {USa}.)
ushaa4 * = f. morning light, dawn, morning RV. AV. xii, 2, 45 VS. &c.; night VP.
Car.; a cow L.; N. of a daughter of Bâna and wife of A-niruddha AgP.; burning,
scorching Sus'r.; ({A}) ind. at daybreak L.; at night L.
usha * = 2 (for 1. see col. 1) m. (probably for {uza}, fr. {vaz}; cf.
{uza-dah}), a lover L.
us'atii* = f. incorrect for %{ruzatI} q.v.
us'at * = 1 %{an}, or %{uzata} m. N. of a king Hariv.\\2 mfn. (pres. p. of
%{vaz} q.v.) wishing, desiring.
uru * = mf({vI4})n. (1. {vR}; {UrNu} Un. i, 32), wide, broad, spacious,
extended, great, large, much, excessive, excellent RV. AV. MBh. Ragh.; ({us}) m.
N. of an Ângirasa ÂrshBr.; of a son of the fourteenth Manu BhP. VP.; ({vI}) f.
the earth; see {urvI4}, p. 218, col. 1; ({u}) n. wide space, space, room RV.
(with {kR}, to grant space or scope, give opportunity RV.); ({u}) ind. widely,
far, far off RV.; ({uruyA4} MaitrS.; 1. {urvyA4} and {urviyA4} instr. of the
fem.) ind. far, far off, to a distance RV. VS. TS.; compar. {varIyas}, superl.
{variSTha}; [cf. Gk. $, $, &c.: Hib. {ur}, `" very "'; &68196[217, 3] {uras}, `"
power, ability. "']
urugAya * = mfn. making large strides, wide-striding [fr. %{gA} Nir. ii, 7 ;
also according to Sa1y., `" hymned by many, much-praised "', fr. %{gai}] RV. AV.
VS. TBr. &c. (said of Indra, Vishn2u, the Soma, and the As3vins) ; spacious for
walking upon, wide, broad (as a way) AitBr. vii, 13, 13 ; (%{am}) n. wide space,
scope for movement RV. S3Br. Kat2hUp. ; %{-vat} mfn. offering ample space for
motion, unconfined ChUp.
uruka = (n) pant
urukrama * = mfn. far-stepping, making wide strides (said of Vishn2u) RV. TUp. ;
m. (Vishn2u's) wide stride MaitrS. i, 3, 9 ; N. of Vishn2u BhP. ; of S3iva.
urjitaM = glorious
urvaarukaM = (Masc.Acc.S)water melon; melon
ushanaa = Usana
ushhitvaa = after dwelling
ushhTra = a camel
ushhTraH = (m) camel
ushhTrapakshii = (m) ostrich
ushhTraasana = the camel posture
ushhNa = (summer) hot, warm; ardent, passionate, impetuous; pungent, acrid;
sharp, activ
ushhNamaapakam.h = (n) thermometer
ushhNarakshakam.h = (n) thermos flask
ushhNiishham.h = (n) turban
ushhmapaaH = the forefathers
usaH = (f) dawn
uSat * = m. N. of a son of Su-yajña Hariv.; a harsh speech; erroneous for
uttishthhaasaa * = f. the intention to leave off ; the wish to leave (a
sacrifice &c.) unfinished Nya1yam.
uvaacha = said
uta = it is said, * 2 ind. and, also, even, or RV. AV. S'Br. ChUp. &c.; often
used for the sake of emphasis, especially at the end of a line after {iti} or a
verb (e.g. {sarva-bhUtAni tam pArtha sadA paribhavanty uta}, all creatures, O
king, certainly always despise him MBh. iii, 1026) MBh. Bhag. &c. (As an
interrogative particle, generally at the beginning of the second or following
part of a double interrogation) or, utrum - an (e.g. {katham nirNIyate kiM syAn
niSkAraNo bandhur uta vizvAsa-ghAtakaH}, how can it be decided whether he be a
friend without a motive or a violator of confidence? Hit.) Kum. Kathâs. Bhartri.
Sâh. &c.; in this sense it may be strengthened by {Aho} (e.g. {kaccit tvam asi
mAnuSI utA7ho surA7GganA}, art thou a mortal woman or divine? Nala), or by
{Aho-svit} (e.g. {zAlihotraH kiM nu syAd utA7hosvid rAjA nalaH}, can it be
S'âlihotra or king Nala?) Rarely {kim} is repeated before {uta} used in this
sense (e.g. {kim nu svargAt prAptA tasyA rUpeNa kimutA7nyA7gatA}, has she
arrived from heaven or has another come in her form? Mriicch.) Amar. MBh. &c.
(As a particle of wishing, especially at the beginning of a sentence followed by
a potential) would that! utinam! (e.g. {utA7dhIyIta}, would that he would read!)
({uta} preceded by {kim}) on the contrary, how much more, how much less (e.g.
{samartho 'si sahasram api jetuM kimutai9kam}, thou art able to conquer even a
thousand, how much more one R.) S'ak. Vikr. Ragh. &c. ({uta} preceded by
{prati}) on the contrary, rather (e.g. {eSa pRSTo 'smAbhir na jalpati hanti
praty-uta pASANaih}, this one questioned by us does not speak, but rather throws
stones at us) Kathâs. Pañcat. &c.; {uta vA}, or else, and (e.g. {samudrAd uta vA
purISAt}, from the sea or from the moisture in the air); {vA} - {uta vA} or
{utA7ho vA7pi} - {vA}, either - or; {uta} - {uta}, both - and (e.g. {uta balavAn
utA7balaH}, both the strong and the weak); {kim} - {uta vA}, whether - or else.
uu4sha * = m. ({uS} BRD.; {US} T.), salt ground, soil impregnated with saline
particles TS. AitBr. iv, 27, 9 S'Br. Mn. v, 120 Sus'r. &c. (according to the
Brâhmanas also `" cattle "'); a cleft, hole L.; the cavity of the ear L.; the
Malaya mountain L.; dawn, daybreak L. (in the latter sense also n. W.); ({A} and
{I}) f. soil impregnated with saline particles, sterile soil KâtyS'r. BhP.;
({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Bâna and wife of Aniruddha (v.l. {uSA} q.v.)
utaaho * = and %{utA7ho-svid} see 2. %{uta4} above.
utha * =m. leaves, grass &c. (used in making huts, thatches &c.) L.
utkatha = fierce
utkaTaasana = the the hunkering posture
utkarshhaH = (m) prosperity, growth
utkrityamaana = one who is cut up
utkrishhTa = excellent
utkrishtha* = mfn. (opposed to {apa-kRSTa} and {ava-kRSTa}), drawn up or out;
attracted; extracted; taking a high position; excellent, eminent; superior,
best; (ifc. e.g. {jJAno7tkRSTa} mfn. eminent in knowledge); much, most,
excessive Mn. MBh. Pañcat. &c.
utkrishthatA* = f. or excellence, superiority, eminence.
utkrishthatva* = n. excellence, superiority, eminence.
ut-krishtha-bhUma
utkrishthabhUma* = m. a good soil.
utkrishthavedana* = n. marrying a man of a higher caste Mn. iii, 44.
utkrishthopAdhitA* = f. state of having something superior as an indispensable
condition Vedântas. 42.
utkraamati = gives up
utkraamantaM = quitting the body
utsaha *= see %{dur-utsaha= difficult to bear or resist MBh. &c.}.
utsaaha *= m. power , strength ; strength of will , resolution ; effort ,
perseverance , strenuous and continuous exertion , energy ; fimness , fortitude
R. Mn. Sus3r. S3ak. Hit. &c. ; joy , happiness Vet. ; a thread L.
utsedha * = m. height, elevation, altitude S3Br. Car. ; thickness, bigness MBh.
Sus3r. Kum. S3is3. &c. ; excelling ; sublimity R. ; the body R. vii, 116, 19
[Comm.] Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 5-2, 21 ; (%{am}) n. killing, slaughter L. ; N. of
several Sa1mans.
utsisrikshu *= mfn. (fr. Desid.) , being about or intending to leave off or give
up BhP.
uttaara* = 1 (fr. {tArA} with 1. {ud} in the sense of `" apart "') mfn. (an eye)
from which the pupil is taken out BhP. vi, 14, 46; (for 2. {ut-tAra} &c. see
{ut-tRR}.) \\2 (for 1. see s.v. above), {as}?2 m. transporting over Prab.;
landing; delivering, rescuing MBh. [179,3]; ejecting, getting rid of; vomiting;
passing away, instability; (mfn.) surpassing others, excellent, pre-eminent L.
uttangataa = greatness
uttama = exceptional* = mfn. (superlative fr. 1. {ud}; opposed to {avama},
{adhama}, &c.; cf. {an-uttama}), uppermost, highest, chief; most elevated,
principal; best, excellent RV. AV. AitBr. Mn. Pañcat. &c. (often ifc., e.g.
{dvijo7ttama}, best of the twice-born i.e. a Brâhman Mn.); first, greatest; the
highest (tone) Âs'vS'r. KâtyS'r.; the most removed or last in place or order or
time RV. S'Br. MBh. &c.; ({a4m}) ind. most, in the highest degree R.; at last,
lastly S'Br. iii, 2, 1, 21; m. the last person (= in European grammars the first
person) Pân. Kâty. Kâs'. &c.; N. of a brother of Dhruva (son of Uttâna-pâda and
nephew of Priya-vrata) VP.; of a son of Priya-vrata and third Manu; of the
twenty-first Vyâsa VP.; ({As}) m. pl.N. of people VP. MBh.; ({A}) f. a kind of
Pidakâ or pustule Sus'r.; the plant Oxystelma Esculentum (Asclepias Rosea Roxb.)
Sus'r.; an excellent woman (one who is handsome, healthy, and affectionate) L.
uttamaM = transcendental
uttamaH = the best
uttamavidaaM = of the great sages
uttamaangaiH = heads
uttamaujaaH = Uttamauja
uttara* = 1 mfn. (compar. fr. 1. {ud}; opposed to {adhara}; declined Gram. 238.
{a}), upper, higher, superior (e.g. {uttare dantAs}, the upper teeth) RV. AV.
TS. ChUp. Ragh. &c.; northern (because the northern part of India is high) AV.
Mn. Sus'r. Pañcat. &c.; left (opposed to {dakSiNa} or right, because in praying
the face being turned to the east the north would be on the left hand) AV.
KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.; later, following, subsequent, latter, concluding, posterior,
future RV. AV. KâtyS'r. MBh. Ragh. Hit. &c. (opposed to {pUrva}, &c. e.g.
{uttaraH kAlaH}, future time; {uttaraM vAkyam}, a following speech, answer,
reply; {phalam uttaram}, subsequent result, future consequence; {varSo7ttareSu},
in future years); followed by (e.g. {smo7ttara} mfn. followed by `" {sma} "'
Pân. 3-3, 176); superior, chief, excellent, dominant, predominant, more powerful
RV. AV.; gaining a cause (in law); better, more excellent RV.; m. N. of a son of
Virâtha MBh.; of a king of the Nâgas L.; N. of a mountain Kathâs.; of several
men; ({As}) m. pl.N. of a school; ({A}), of. (scil. {diz}) the northern quarter,
the north Kathâs. &c.; N. of each of the Nakshatras that contain the word `"
{uttara} "' (cf. {uttara-phalgunI}, &c.); N. of a daughter of Virâtha and
daughter-in-law of Arjuna MBh.; of a female servant Lalit.; ({e}) f. du. the
second and third verse of a Triica (or a stanza consisting of three verses);
({As}) f. pl. the second part of the Sâma-sanhitâ; ({am}) n. upper surface or
cover MBh. Ragh. Das'. &c.; the north R. Dhûrtas.; the following member, the
last part of a compound; answer, reply Ragh. R. Prab. &c.; (in law) a defence,
rejoinder, a defensive measure; contradiction Car.; (in the Mimânsâ philosophy)
the answer (the fourth member of an adhikarana or case); superiority,
excellence, competency R. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.; result, the chief or prevalent
result or characteristic, what remains or is left, conclusion, remainder,
excess, over and above, (often ifc. e.g. {bhayo7ttara}, attended with danger,
having danger as the result; {dharmo7ttara}, chiefly characterized by virtue;
{SaSTy-uttaraM sahasram}, one thousand with an excess of sixty, i.e. 1060;
{sapto7ttaraM zatam}, 107); remainder, difference (in arithmetic); N. of a song
Yâjñ.; N. of each of the Nakshatras that contain the word `" {uttara} "'; a
particular figure in rhetoric; N. of the last book of the Râmâyana; ({am}) ind.
at the conclusion, at the end e.g. {bhavad-uttaram}, having the word `" {bhavat}
"' at the end; {asro7ttaram IkSitA}, looked at with tears at the close i.e. with
a glance ending in tears; afterwards, thereafter; behind MBh. &c.; in the
following part (of a book); [cf. Gk. $.]
u4ttara* = 1 &c. see p. 178, col. 1; for 2. see {ut-tRR}, col. 2. \\2 mfn. (for
1. see p. 178, col. 1), crossing over; to be crossed (cf. {dur-uttara}).
uttaraa* = ind. north, northerly; northward (with gen. or abl.) Pân. Vop.;
({uttarA-patha}, &c. see p. 178, col. 3.)
uttaraM = covering
uttaraNa * = mfn. coming out of, crossing over VS. &c.; ({am}) n. coming forth
or out of (especially out of water) VarBriS.; landing, disembarking; crossing
rivers &c. Pañcat.
ut-taaraNa * = mfn. transporting over MBh.; bringing over, rescuing; ({am}) n.
the act of landing, delivering; rescuing, helping to cross over or escape;
transportation R. &c.
uttararuupaM = having it in the northern direction
uttaraaphaalguni = Twelfth nakshatra
uttaraabhaadrapada = Twenty-sixth nakshatra
uttaraayaNaM = when the sun passes on the northern side
uttaraashhaDhaa = Twenty-first nakshatra
uttaana = an intense stretch
uttishthha = get up
uttishThaasaa * = f. the intention to leave off; the wish to leave (a sacrifice
&c.) unfinished Nya1yam
uttishthhata = (Verb Imp.II P.pl.PP)get up; stand up; rise; arise
uttunga = tall
utthaa * = ({ud-sthA} Pân. 8-4, 61; cf. {ut-tambh}, col. 1) P. Â. (but not Â. in
the sense of, `" rising, standing up "' Pân. 1-3, 24) {-tiSThati}, {-te} (pf.
{-tasthau} aor. {-asthAt} &c.) to stand up, spring up, rise, raise one's self,
set out RV. AV. S'Br. Ragh. S'ak. Bhag. &c.; to rise (from the dead) BhP.; to
rise (from any occupation), leave off; to finish AitBr. S'Br. TândyaBr. &c.; to
come forth, arise, appear, become visible, result; to spring, originate from RV.
AV. S'Br. TS. MBh. Kathâs. &c.; to come in (as revenues) S'ak.; to rise (for the
performance of any action); to be active or brave; to make efforts, take pains
with, strive for; to excel MBh. R. &c.: Caus. {-thApayati} (aor. 1. sg.
{u4d-atiSThipam} AV. vii, 95, 2) to cause, to stand up, raise, rouse, start AV.
AitBr. TBr. S'Br. MBh. Das'. BhP. &c.; to set up, lift up, erect Gobh. MBh. R.
Hit. &c.; to get out Hit.; to drive out, send out, push out AitBr.: Kathâs.
BhP.; to excite; to produce Ragh. Sâh.; to arouse, awaken, raise to life, make
alive, animate; to stir up, agitate S'Br. KaushUp. Hariv. R. Kathâs. &c.: Desid.
{-tiSThAsati}, to wish or intend to stand up S'Br. xi, 1, 6, 5; to intend to
leave off (a sacrifice) Nyâyam.
ut-tha * = mfn. (generally ifc.) standing up, rising, arising MBh. Ragh. Caurap.
&c.; coming forth, originating, derived from Bhag. Kathâs. Râjat. Pañcat. &c.;
m. arising, coming forth L.; [cf. Zd. {usta}.]
utthaM = produced of
utthita = strechted *= mfn. risen or rising (from a seat &c.) MBh. Hariv. BhP.
Katha1s. &c. ; risen (from a sickness) Hariv. ; elevated , high VarBr2S. Ragh.
&c. ; come forth , arisen ; born , produced , originated RV. Mn. MBh. BhP. &c. ;
come in (as revenue) Hit. ; endeavouring , striving , exerting one's self ,
active MBh. R. Ka1m. &c. ; happened , occuring ; advancing , increasing ;
extended ; high , lofty , eminent (said of a Praga1tha consisting of ten Pa1das)
RPra1t. ; (%{am}) n. (%{u4t-thitam}) rising , arising AV. iii , 15 , 4.
utthitaa = present
utpaaTin.h = (masc) puller-up
utpaataya = (causative of ut+pat) produce
utpaadanam.h = (n) production, creation
utpatti = production* = f. arising, birth, production, origin Sus'r. MBh. Yâjñ.
&c.; resurrection Mn.; production in general, profit, productiveness, Râjat;
producing as an effect or result, giving rise to, generating as a consequence;
occurrence, the being mentioned or quoted (as a Vedic passage) Jaim.
utpad.h = to obtain
utpiithhikaa = (f) table
utplavate = to jump
utsanna = spoiled
utsava = festival * m. enterprise, beginning RV. i, 100, 8; 102, 1; a festival,
jubilee; joy, gladness, merriment MBh. Ragh. Kathâs. Amar. &c.; opening,
blossoming BhP.; height, elevation; insolence L.; passion, wrath L.; wish,
rising of a wish L.
utsaadanaarthaM = for the sake of causing annihilation
utsaadyante = are devastated
utsaaha = enthusiasm *= m. power , strength ; strength of will , resolution ;
effort , perseverance , strenuous and continuous exertion , energy; fimness ,
fortitude R. Mn. Sus3r. S3ak. Hit. &c. ; joy , happiness Vet. ; a thread L.
utsikta *= mfn. overflowing, foaming over ; puffed up, superabundant Car. BhP.
Ra1jat. ; drawn too tight (as a bow) Hariv. 1876 ; elevated, raised ; haughty,
proud ; wanton ; rude ; crack-brained, disordered, disturbed in mind MBh. BhP.
Mn. Katha1s. &c.
utsiideyuH = would be put into ruin
utsrija = give up
utsrij* = ({ud-sRj}) P. Â. {-sRjati}, {-te}, to let loose, let off or go
[182,3]; to set free; to open RV. AitBr. Âs'vGri. and S'r. KâtyS'r. MBh. S'ak.
&c.; to pour out, emit, send forth Âs'vGri. MBh. &c.; to sling, throw, cast
forth or away; to lay aside MBh. R. Mriicch. &c.; to quit, leave, abandon,
avoid, eschew Mn. Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; to discontinue, suspend, cease, leave off TS.
TBr. TândyaBr. KâtyS'r. &c.; to send away, dismiss, discharge AitBr. S'ânkhS'r.
MBh.; to drive out or away S'Br.; to hand out, deliver, grant, give AV. xii, 3,
46 BhP. R. Mâlatîm.; to bring forth, produce, create AV. vi, 36, 2 R.: Desid.
{-sisRkSati}, to intend to let loose PârGri.; to intend to leave BhP.
utsrijya* = ind. p. having let loose, having abandoned &c
utsrijaami = send forth
utsrijya = giving up
utkaNTha * = 1 mfn. having the neck uplifted (on the point of doing anything)
Ragh.; having the throat open (as in crying) BhP.; longing for; m. longing for;
a kind of sexual union L.; ({A}) f. longing for (a beloved person or thing);
regretting or missing anything or a person MBh. Bhartri. Pañcat. Amar. &c. \\ 2
Nom. Â. {utkaNThate}, to raise the neck; to long for, regret, sorrow for R.
S'is'. Bhathth. &c.: Caus. {utkaNThayati}, to cause any one to lift up the neck;
to excite longing, inspire with tender emotions Bhartri. Kâvya7d. &c.
uusa * = salt ground, soil impregnated with saline particles TS. AitBr. iv, 27,
9 S'Br. Mn. v, 120 Sus'r. &c. (according to the Brâhmanas also `" cattle "'); a
cleft, hole L.; the cavity of the ear L.; the Malaya mountain L.; dawn, daybreak
L. (in the latter sense also n. W.); ({A} and {I}) f. soil impregnated with
saline particles, sterile soil KâtyS'r. BhP.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of Bâna
and wife of Aniruddha (v.l. {uSA} q.v.)
uuchchhabala = Exaltation strength part of Shad Bala
uupasad * = 1 P. {-sIdati} (Ved. Pot. 1. pl. {-sadema}; impf. {-asadat}) to sit
upon (acc.) RV. vi, 75, 8; to sit near to, approach (esp. respectfully), revere,
worship RV. AV. TS. S'Br. &c. MBh. Ragh. &c.; to approach (a teacher in order to
become his pupil) Kathâs. [209, 2]; to approach asking, request, crave for RV.
i, 89, 2; vii, 33, 9 TS. ii S'Br. ii; to approach in a hostile manner BhP. vi,
3, 27; to possess RV. viii, 47, 16 AV. iii, 14, 6; to perform the Upasad
ceremony (see below) TS. vi, 2, 3, 4: Caus. {-sAdayati}, to place or put upon or
by the side of TS. TBr. S'Br. &c.; to cause to approach, lead near (see
{upa-sAdita}).
uurdhva = raised * = mf({A})n. ({vRdh} BRD.; perhaps fr. {R}), rising or tending
upwards, raised, elevated, erected, erect, upright, high, above RV. AV. VS.
S'Br. AitBr. &c. (in class. Sanskriit occurring generally in compounds); ({am})
n. height, elevation L.; anything placed above or higher (with abl.) L.; ({am})
ind. upwards, towards the upper part, aloft, above, in the upper regions, higher
(with abl.) AV. xi, 1, 9 S'Br. xii KâtyS'r. MBh. Mn. &c.; ({UrdhvaM-gam}, to go
upwards or into heaven, die); in the sequel, in the later part (e.g. of a book
or MS.; because in Sanskriit MSS. the later leaves stand above), subsequent,
after (with abl.) S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Sus'r. Mn. &c.; ({ata Urdhvam}, or {ita
Urdhvam}, hence forward, from that time forward, after that passage, hereafter
S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Yâjñ. &c.; {UrdhvaM saMvatsarAt}, after a year Mn. ix, 77;
{UrdhvaM dehAt}, after life, after death MBh. i, 3606); after, after the death
of (with abl. e.g. {UrdhvaM pituH}, after the father's death Mn. ix, 104); in a
high tone, aloud BhP.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. &69531[222, 1] {arduus}; Gae0l. {ard}.]
uurdhvaM = upwards* = mf({A})n. ({vRdh} BRD.; perhaps fr. {R}), rising or
tending upwards, raised, elevated, erected, erect, upright, high, above RV. AV.
VS. S'Br. AitBr. &c. (in class. Sanskriit occurring generally in compounds);
({am}) n. height, elevation L.; anything placed above or higher (with abl.) L.;
({am}) ind. upwards, towards the upper part, aloft, above, in the upper regions,
higher (with abl.) AV. xi, 1, 9 S'Br. xii KâtyS'r. MBh. Mn. &c.; ({UrdhvaM-gam},
to go upwards or into heaven, die); in the sequel, in the later part (e.g. of a
book or MS.; because in Sanskriit MSS. the later leaves stand above),
subsequent, after (with abl.) S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Sus'r. Mn. &c.; ({ata Urdhvam},
or {ita Urdhvam}, hence forward, from that time forward, after that passage,
hereafter S'Br. S'ânkhS'r. Yâjñ. &c.; {UrdhvaM saMvatsarAt}, after a year Mn.
ix, 77; {UrdhvaM dehAt}, after life, after death MBh. i, 3606); after, after the
death of (with abl. e.g. {UrdhvaM pituH}, after the father's death Mn. ix, 104);
in a high tone, aloud BhP.; [cf. Gk. $; Lat. &69531[222, 1] {arduus}; Gae0l.
{ard}.]
uurdhva\-prasaarita-ekapaadaasana = balancing forward posture
uurdhva\-mukha = face upwards
uurdhva\-retaH = a celibate intending to control(upward) the semen
uurdhva\-hastattanaasana = the up-stretched arms posture
uurdhvamuulaM = with roots above
uurdhvaat.h = from above
uurja * = mfn. strong, powerful, eminent BhP. S'is'.; invigorating,
strengthening; m. N. of a month (= {kArttika}) TS. i VS. S'Br. Sus'r. i, 19, 9
BhP. &c.; power, strength, vigour, sap MBh. Mn. ii, 55 BhP. &c.; life, breath
L.; effort, exertion L.; N. of several men; ({A}) f. strength, vigour, sap RV.
x, 76, 1 AV. SV. Sus'r. &c.; N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Vasishthha
VP. BhP.; ({am}) n. water L.
uurjaad * =(3) mfn. consuming food RV. x, 53, 4.
uurjaavat * =mfn. powerful, strong PârGri. i, 15, 6 MBh.
uurjayat * =mfn. pres. p. of {Urj} q.v.; ({an}) m. N. of a teacher VBr.
uurjavya4 * =mfn. abounding in strength, sappy, strengthening RV. v, 41, 20.
uurjas * ={as} n. vigour, strength, power Sâ
uurjita *= mfn. endowed with strength or power , strong , mighty , powerful ,
excellent , great , important , gallant , exceeding MBh. Bhag. Ragh. Hit. &c. ;
proud , bragging ; (%{am}) n. strength , power , valour ; (%{am}) ind.
excellently.
uurmi = wave *= %{is} mf. (%{R} Un2. iv, 44), a wave, billow RV. AV. VS.
Ka1tyS3r. MBh. Ragh. &c. ; (figuratively) wave of pain or passion or grief &c.
R. Prab. &c. ; `" the waves of existence "' (six are enumerated, viz. cold and
heat [of the body], greediness and illusion [of the mind], and hunger and thirst
[of life] Subh. ; or according to others, hunger, thirst, decay, death, grief,
illusion Comm. on VP. W.) ; speed, velocity TBr. ii, 5, 7, r S3is3. v, 4 ;
symbolical expression for the number six Ra1matUp. ; a fold or plait in a
garment L. ; line, row L. ; missing, regretting, desire L. ; appearance,
becoming manifest L. ; [cf. Lith. {vil-ni-s} ; Old High Germ. {wella} ; Mod.
Germ. {Welle} ; Eng. {well}.]
uurNanaabhaH = (m) spider
uurNaa = (f) wool
uuruu = thighs
uuruuH = (m) thigh
uuta * = mfn. (p.p. of {av} q.v.) favoured; loved; promoted, helped; protected.
uuta *= 2 mfn. (p.p. of {ve} q.v.) woven, sewed.
uuti *= 1 f. help, protection, promoting, refreshing favour ; kindness,
refreshment RV. AV. ; means of helping or promoting or refreshing, goods, riches
(also plur.) RV. AV. S3Br. xii ; enjoyment, play, dalliance BhP. viii, 5, 44 ; =
%{kSaraNa} T. \\2 f. the act of weaving, sewing L. ; red texture ; tissue BhP.
ii, 10, 1 ; a mole's hole TBr. i, 1, 3, 3. \\3 m. (for 1. and 2. see 3. and 4.
%{U} above)N. of a Daitya SkandaP.\\see 1. %{Uta} &c., p. 221, col. 1.
uuyate = to weave
V
va*= 1 ind. or (excluded, like the Lat. {ve}, from the first place in a
sentence, and generally immediately following, rarely and only m.c. preceding,
the word to which it refers) RV. &c. &c. (often used in disjunctive sentences;
{vA-vA}, `" either'- `" or "', `" on the one side `" - `" on the other "'; {na
vA} - {vA} or {na} - {vA}, `" neither'- `" nor "'; {vA na-vA}, `" either not'-`"
or "'; {yadi vA-vA}, `" whether'-`" or "'; in a sentence containing more than
two members {vA} is nearly always repeated, although if a negative is in the
first clause it need not be so repeated; {vA} is sometimes interchangeable with
{ca} and {api}, and is frequently combined with other particles, esp. with
{atha}, {atho7}, {uta}, {kim}, {yad}, {yadi} q.v. [e.g. {atha vA}, `" or else
"']; it is also sometimes used as an expletive); either-or not, optionally
KâtyS'r. Mn. &c. (in gram. {vA} is used in a rule to denote its being optional
e.g. Pân. 1-2, 13; 35 &c.); as, like (= {iva}) PârGri. MBh. &c.; just, even,
indeed, very (= {eva}, laying stress on the preceding word) KâtyS'r. Kâv.; but
even if, even supposing (followed by a future) Pañc. v, 36/37; however,
nevertheless Bâdar. Bâlar.; (after a rel. or interr.) possibly, perhaps, I dare
say MBh. Kâv. &c. (e.g. {kiM vA zakuntale7ty asya mAtur AkhyA}, `" is his
mother's name perhaps S'akuntalâ? "' S'ak. vii, 20/21; {ko vA} or {ke vA}
followed by a negative may in such cases be translated by `" every one, all "'
e.g. {ke vA na syuH paribhava-padaM niSphalA7ram-bha-yatnAH}, `" everybody whose
efforts are fruitless is an object of contempt "' Megh. 55).
va *= 2 (only L.) m. air, wind; the arm; N. of Varuna; the ocean, water;
addressing; reverence; conciliation; auspiciousness; a dwelling; a tiger; cloth;
the esculent root of the water-lily; ({A}) f. going; hurting; an arrow; weaving;
a weaver (?). n. a sort of incantation or Mantra (of which the object is the
deity Varuna); = {pra-catas}; mfn. strong, powerful.
va*= 3 ind.= {iva}, like, as MBh. Kâv. &c. (in some more or less doubtful
cases).
vaa = or * = 1 the 3rd semivowel (corresponding to the vowels {u} and {U}, and
having the sound of the English {v}, except when forming the last member of a
conjunct consonant, in which case it is pronounced like {w}; it is often
confounded and interchanged with the labial consonant {b}).
vaa*= 2 cl. 2. P. (Dhâtup. xxiv, 42) {vA4ti} (pf. {vavau} Br. MBh. &c.; aor.
{avAsIt} Br.; fut. {vAsyati} Megh.; inf. {vAtum} Hariv.), to blow (as the wind)
RV. &c. &c.; to procure or bestow anything (acc.) by blowing RV. i, 89, 4; to
blow towards or upon (acc.) MBh. xii, 2798; to emit an odour, be diffused (as
perfume) S'Br.; to smell (trans.) Vikr. iv, 41 (v.l.); to hurt, injure Vop.:
Caus. {vApayati} see {nir-vA} and cf. {vAjaya}: Desid. {vivAsati} see 1. {van}.
[Cf. Gk. $ for $; Lat. &283227[934, 2] {ventus}; Slav. {vejati}; Goth. {waian},
{winds}; Germ. {wa7jan}, {woejen}, {wehen}, {Wind}; Angl. Sax. {wa7wan}; Eng.
{wind}
vaara *= 1 m. (earlier form of %{vAla} q.v.) the hair of any animal's tail (esp.
of a horse's tail, = $) RV.; m. n. sg. and pl. a hair-sieve ib.
4 vAra 2 (fr. 1. %{vR}) m. keeping back, restraining (also mfn. ifc. = difficult
to be restrained TBr.; cf. %{dur-v-}); anything which covers or surrounds or
restrains, a cover MW.; anything which causes an obstruction, a gate, door-way
W.; anything enclosed or circumscribed in space or time, esp. an appointed place
(e.g. %{sva-vAraM@samA-sthA}, to occupy one's proper place) R.; the time fixed
or appointed for anything (accord. to some fr. 2. %{vR}, to choose), a person's
turn MBh. Ka1v. &c. (often, esp. with numerals, = times e.g. %{varAMs@trIn} or
%{vara-trayam}, three times; %{bhUribhir@vAraiH} or %{bhUri-vArAn} or
%{bahu-vAram} or %{vAraM@vAram} or %{vAraM@vAreNa}, many times, often,
repeatedly); the turn of a day (under the regency of a planet), a day of the
week (they are A1ditya-, Soma-, Man3gala-, Budha-, Guru., S3ukra-, and
S3ani-vñva1ra; cf. IW. 178 n. 1) Gan2it. Ya1jn5. Sch. Ka1v. &c. (cf. %{dina} and
%{divasa-v-}); a moment, occasion, opportunity W.; a multitude, quantity (see
%{bANa-v-}); an arrow L.; Achyranthes Aspera L.; N. of S3iva L.; (%{A}) f. a
harlot, courtezan MBh. vi, 5766 (cf. %{-kanyakA} &c.); n. a vessel for holding
spirituous liquor L.; a partic. artificial poison L.
5 vAra 3 m. (fr. 2. %{vR}) choice (see %{vAre-vRta}); anything chosen or choice
or exquisite, goods, treasure RV. (often ifc.; cf. %{azasta-}, %{Rdhad-},
%{dAti-v-} &c.); N. of a poet Cat.
vaavritta * = mfn. chosen, selected, appointed L.
vaac f. (fr. %{vac}) speech, voice, talk, language (also of animals), sound
(also of inanimate objects as of the stones used for pressing, of a drum &c.)
RV. &c. &c. (%{vAcam-R}, %{Ir}, or %{iS}, to raise the voice, utter a sound,
cry, call) ; a word, saying, phrase, sentence, statement, asseveration Mn. MBh.
&c. (%{vAcaM-vad}, to speak words ; %{vAcaM@vyA-hR}, to utter words ;
%{vAcaM-dA} with dat., to address words to ; %{vAcA@satyaM-kR}, to promise
verbally in marriage, plight troth) ; Speech personified (in various manners or
forms e.g. as Va1c Ambhr2in2i1 in RV. x, 125 ; as the voice of the middle sphere
in Naigh. and Nir. ; in the Veda she is also represented as created by
Praja1-pati and married to him ; in other places she is called the mother of the
Vedas and wife of Indra ; in VP. she is the daughter of Daksha and wife of
Kas3yapa ; but most frequently she is identified with Bha1rati1 or Sarasvati1,
the goddess of speech ; %{vAcaH@sAma} and %{vAco@vratam}N. of Sa1mans A1rshBr. ;
%{vAcaH@stomaH}, a partic. Eka7ha S3rS.)
vaacaa* = 1 f. speech, a word Pañcat. KâtyS'r. Sch. &c.; the goddess of
spñspeech Un. ii, 57 Sch.; a holy word, sacred text MW.; an oath ib.; w.r. for
{vacA} MBh. xiii, 6149. [937, 3]\\vaacaa* = 2 instr. of {vAc}, in comp.
vaaca* = m. (only L.) a species of fish; a species of plant; = {madana
vaachaM = words
vaachaH = the Vedas
vaachaa = speech
vaachaala = capable of talking
vaachyaM = to be spoken
vaadya * = mfn. to be said or spoken or pronounced or uttered AitBr.; to be
sounded or played (as a musical instrument) Cat.; n. a speech S'Br.;
instrumental music Mâlav. Kathâs. &c.; m. or n. a musical instrument R. Kathâs.
Pañcat.
vaada = argument * = mfn. (fr. {vad}) speaking of or about (see {brahma-v-});
causing to sound, playing (see {vINA-v-}); m. speech, discourse, talk,
utterance, statement Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) speaking about, mentioning MBh. Hariv.
BhP.; advice, counsel MBh.; a thesis, proposition, argument, doctrine Sarvad.
Sus'r.; discussion, controversy, dispute, contest, quarrel Mn. MBh. &c.;
agreement Das'.; cry, song, note (of a bird) AitBr. [940, 1]; sound, sounding
(of a musical instrument) Pañcat.; demonstrated conclusion, result W.; a plaint,
accusation ib.; a reply ib.; explanation, exposition (of holy texts &c.) MW.;
report, rumour ib.
vaadaH = (m) argument, discussion
vaadayati = to play (a musical instrument)
vaadaan.h = fabricated words
vaadin *= mfn. saying, discoursing, speaking, talking, speaking or talking about
(often ifc. or sometimes with acc. of object), declaring, proclaiming, denoting,
designating (or sometimes = designated as, addressed by a title &c.) Mn. MBh.
&c. [940,2] ; producing sounds S3a1n3khS3r. ; m. a speaker, asserter, (ifc.) the
teacher or propounder, or adherent of any doctrine or theory MaitrUp. S3am2k.
Sarvad. ; a disputant MBh. Hariv. &c. ; a plaintiff, accuser, prosecutor (du.
plaintiff and defendant) Ya1jn5. Na1r. ; an alchemist Ka1lac. ; a player on any
musical instrument, musician (see f.), the leading or key-note W. ; N. of Buddha
(as `" the disputant "') L. ; (%{inI}) f. a female musician R. ; (prob.) N. of a
Comm. on the Amara-kos3a.
vaaditra *= n. a musical instrument A1past. ; music, musical performance ib.
Gobh. Gaut. &c. ; a musical choir Uttamac.
vaadIndra *= m. N. of a philosopher and a poet ib.
vaadinaH = the advocates
vaadinii = she who speaks
vaa4dya * = mfn. to be said or spoken or pronounced or uttered AitBr.; to be
sounded or played (as a musical instrument) Cat.; n. a speech S'Br.;
instrumental music Mâlav. Kathâs. &c.; m. or n. a musical instrument R. Kathâs.
Pañcat.
vaagmii = master of speech
vaagya * = (?) mfn. (perhaps fr. %{vAc} + %{ya} fr. %{yam} ; cf. %{vAg-yata})
speaking little, speaking cautiously or humbly L. ; spñspeaking truly L. ; m.
modesty, humility, self-disparagement L. ; doubt, alternative L.
vaaha *= m. carrying on , accomplishing , performing , completion Ka1v. ;
describing , narrating Sa1h. ; steadfastness , perseverance Mudr. ; sufficiency
, subsistence , livelihood Ra1jat. Kull.
vaahana = vehicle
vaahaNa * mfn. (fr. Caus.) carrying off, removing, destroying (ifc.) Var.; n. =
{-vahaNa} L.
vaahana * =1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of making effort, endeavouring,
exertion W.
vaahaNa * mfn. (fr. Caus.) carrying off, removing, destroying (ifc.) Var.; n. =
{-vahaNa} L
vaa4hana * =1 n. (for 2. see col. 2) the act of making effort, endeavouring,
exertion W. \\2 mfn. (for 1. see col. 1) drawing, bearing, carrying, conveying,
bringing &c. Kathâs. Râjat.; m. N. of a Muni Cat.; ({A}) f. an army S'is'. xix,
33; n. the act of drawing, bearing, carrying, conveying MBh. R. &c.; driving
Sus'r.; riding Kathâs.; guiding (horses) MBh.; any vehicle or conveyance or
draught-animal, carriage, chariot, waggon, horse, elephant (cf. Pân. 8-4, 8)
AitBr. &c. &c. (ifc. [f. {A}] riding or driving on or in); any animal Kathâs.
xxi, 30; `" oar "' or `" sail "' R. ii, 52, 5.
vaahanakaaraka = Significator of vehicles which is Venus
vaaJNchhasi = you desire
vaaJNchhita = desired
vaak.h = language/speech
vaakya = sentence* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) speech, saying, assertion, statement,
command, words ({mama vAkyAt}, in my words, in my name) MBh. &c. &c.; a
declaration (in law), legal evidence Mn.; an express declñdeclaration or
statement (opp. to {liGga}, `" a hint "' or indication) Sarvad.; betrothment
Nâr.; a sentence, period RâmatUp. Pân. Vârtt. &c.; a mode of expression Cat.; a
periphrastic mode of expression Pân. Sch. Siddh.; a rule, precept, aphorism MW.;
a disputation MBh.; (in logic) an argument, syllogism or member of a syllogism;
the singing of birds Hariv.; (in astron.) the solar process in computations MW
vaakyaM = words
vaakyaani = sentences
vaakyena = words
vaalmiiki* = m. (incorrectly {vAlmiki}) N. of the celebrated author of the
Râma7yana (so called, according to some, because when immersed in thought he
allowed himself to be overrun with ants like an anthill; he was no doubt a
Brâhman by birth and closely connected with the kings of Ayodhyâ; he collected
the different songs and legendary tales relating to Râma-candra and welded them
into one continuous poem, to which later additions may have been made; he is
said to have invented the S'loka metre, and probably the language and style of
Indian epic poetry owe their definite form to him; according to one tradition he
began life as a robber, but repenting be took himself to a hermitage on a hill
in the district of Banda in Bundelkund, where he eventually received Sîtâ, the
wife of Râma, when banished by her husband; cf. IW. 314; 315 &c.) MBh. R. &c.;
of a son of Garuda MBh.; of a grammarian TPrât.; of the authors of various wks.
(the Yoga-vâsishthha, the Adbhuta-râma7yana, and the Gangashthaka) Cat.; (with
{kavi}) of the son of Rudra-mani Tri-pâthhin and author of the
Ramale7ndu-prakâs'a ib.
vaalkala mfn. (fr. %{valkala}) made of bark L.; (%{I4}) f. intoxicating liquor
L.; n. a bark dress worn by ascetics W.
vaalmiikikokilam.h = the vaalmIki-cuckoo
vaama = left side
vaama *= 1 m. (for 2. and 3. see col. 2) the act of vomiting g. %{jvalA7di};
(%{I}) f. id. Gal.
3 vAma 2 mf(%{I4} or %{A})n. (fr. 1. %{van}; for 1. see col. 1) lovely, dear,
pleasant, agreeable, fair, beautiful, splendid, noble RV. &c. &c.; (ifc.)
striving after, eager for, intent upon, fond of Ka1v. Katha1s. Ra1jat.; m. the
female breast L.; the god of love L.; N. of S3iva BhP.; of a Rudra ib.; of
Varun2a L.; (with S3aivas) = %{vAma-deva-guhya} Sarvad.; of a son of R2ici1ka
MBh. (B. %{rAma}); of a son of Kr2ishn2a and Bhadra1 BhP.; of a prince (son of
Dharma) Cat.; of a son of Bhat2t2a-na1ra1yan2a Kshiti7s3. (cf. %{-deva}); of one
of the Moon's horses VP.; m. or n. a kind of pot-herb, Chenopodium Album L.;
(%{A}) f. a beautiful woman, any woman or wife Pan5car. Sa1h.; a partic. form of
Durga1 Pur.; a partic. S3akti Hcat.; N. of Lakshmi1 W.; of Sarasvati1 ib.; of
one of the Ma1tr2is attending on Skanda MBh.; of the mother of Pa1rs3va (the
23rd Arhat of the present Avasarpin2i1) L.; (%{a4yA}) ind. in a pleasant or
lovely manner RV. viii, 9, 7; (%{I}) f. a mare L. (%{vAmI-ratha} mfn. Pat. on
Pa1n2. 4-2, 104 Va1rtt. 20); a she-ass L.; a female camel (cf. %{uSTra-v-}); a
young female elephant L.; the female of the jackal L.; n. a lovely thing, any
dear or desirable good (as gold, horses &c.), wealth, fortune RV. AV. Br. ChUp.;
mfn. relating to a mare Pat. (cf. under %{I} f. above).
4 // 3 mf(%{A})n. (perhaps originally identical with 2. above) left, not right,
being or situated on the left side S3Br. &c. &c. (the quivering of the left eye
or arm is supposed to be a good omen in women and of the left arm a bad omen in
men); reverse, adverse, contrary, opposite, unfavourable Ka1v. Katha1s.;
crooked, oblique (%{am} ind. sideways) BhP.; refractory, coy (in love) Sa1h.;
acting in the opposite way or differently S3ak. iv, 18; hard, cruel Ka1v. Pur.
[941,3]; vile, wicked, base, low, bad Kir.; m. or n. the left side
(%{vAmAd@dakSiNam}, from the left to the right; %{vAmena}, on the left side)
Ka1v. Katha1s.; m. the left hand Ra1matUp.; a snake L.; an animal, sentient
being L.; n. adversity, misfortune Katha1s.; the left-hand practices of the
followers of the Tantras (= %{vAmA7cAra} q.v.) Cat.
vaamadevaasana = Vamadeva's posture
vaamana = Vishnu's fifth incarnation also known as trivikrama
vaamaprakaasha = lovely shiningness
vaamaa.nkaaruuDha = having the left side of the body climbed, occupied by
vaame = left side
vaaMs'a* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vaMza}) relating or belonging to sugar-cane Car.;
made of bamboo W.; ({I}) f. bamboo-manna Car. Bhpr.
vaana * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 940) blown &c. (cf. %{nir-vANa}) ; n. blowing L.
; a perfume, fragrance L. ; living ib. ; going, moving, rolling W. ; the rolling
of water or of the tide (esp. the high wave in Indian rivers, commonly called `"
the Bore "') ib.
vaaNa * = 1 m. (fr. %{vaN} ; often written %{bANa} q.v.) sounding, a sound Kir.
xv, 10 ; an arrow (see %{bANa}, p. 727 for comp.) RV. ix, 50, 1 ; music (esp. of
flutes, harps &c.) RV. i, 85, 10 &c. AV. x, 2, 17 (here written %{bANa4}) ; a
harp with 100 strings TS. Br. S3rS. ; (%{I}) f. see below ; n. the sound of a
partic. little hand-drum L.\\ 2 w.r. for %{vAna} in %{vAnadaNDa} and
%{vAnaprastha} (see 3. and 6. %{vAna}).
vaana * = 2 mfn. (fr. %{vai} ; for 1. see p. 935, col. 3) dried &c. ; n. dry or
dried fruit L. ; a kind of bamboo manna L.\\3 n. (fr. %{ve}) the act of weaving
or sewing Nya1yam. Sa1y. (reckoned among the 64 Kala1s) ; a mat of straw L.\\4
m. or n. (?) a hole in the wall of a house L. [940,3]\\ 5 m. an intelligent man
L. ; N. of Yama L.\\ 6 mf(%{I})n. (fr. 1. %{vana}, p. 917) relating to a wood or
to a dwelling in a wood &c. W. ; n. a dense wood Nalo7d. ; a multitude of woods
or groves or thickets W.\\ mfn. dried &c. (see 2. %{vAna}, p. 940, col. 2).
vaasana* =1 n. the act of perfuming or fumigating, infusing, steeping Gi1t.
Sch.; (%{A}) f. id. S3is3. Sch.
vaasana* = 2 n. covering, clothing, garment, dress Ka1v.; an envelope, box,
casket Ya1jn5.//3 mfn. belonging to an abode, fit for a dwelling W.; n. causing
to abide or dwell Ba1lar.; abiding, abode L.; a receptacle for water L.;
knowledge L.; a partic. posture (practised by ascetics during abstract
meditation, and by others; described as sitting on the ground with the knees
bent and the feet turned backwards) W.; (%{A}) f. see next.
vaasanaa*= f. the impression of anything remaining unconsciously in the mind,
the present consciousness of past perceptions, knowledge derived from memory
S3am2k. Ka1v. Katha1s.; fancy, imagination, idea, notion, false notion, mistake
(ifc., e.g. %{bheda-v-}, the mistake that there is a difference) ib. Ra1jat.
Sarvad. &c.; thinking of, longing for, expectation, desire, inclination
Katha1s.; liking, respectful regard Bha1m.; trust, confidence W.; (in math.)
proof, demonstration (= %{upapatti}) Gol.; a kind of metre Col.; N. of Durga1
BhP.; of the wife of Arka ib.; of a Comm. on the Siddha7nta-s3iroman2i.
vaanaprastha* = m. (fr. {vana-prastha}) a Brâhman in the third stage of life
(who has passed through the stages of student and householder and has abandoned
his house and family for an ascetic life in the woods; see {Azrama}), hermit,
anchorite (mentioned by Megasthenes under the name $) Âpast. Mn. MBh. &c. RTL.
362; a class of supernatural beings MW.; Bassia Latifolia or Butea Frondosa L.;
mfn. relating to a Vânaprastha; m. (scil. {Azrama}) the third stage of a
Brâhmañs life, forest-life MBh. R. Hariv.
vaanara * = m. (prob. fr. {vanar}, p. 918) `" forest-animal "', a monkey, ape
(ifc. f. {A}) Mn. MBh. &c.; a kind of incense, Olibanum L.; (with {AcArya}) N.
of a writer on medicine Cat.; ({I}) f. a female ape MBh. R. Kathâs.; Carpopogon
Pruriens L.; mf({I})n. belonging to an ape or monkey, mñmonkey-like &c. MBh. R.
vaaNii* = 1 f. sound, voice, music (pl. a choir of musicians or singers) RV.
(the {sapta vANIs} are referred by the Comms. to the seven metres or to the
seven notes of the gamut &c.); speech, language, words, diction, (esp.) eloquent
speech or fine diction MBh. Kâv. &c.; a literary production or composition
Uttarar. Bhâm.; praise, laudation MW.; the goddess of speech, Sarasvatî R.
BrahmaP.; N. of a metre consisting only of long syllables Kâvya7d. Sch.; of a
river (accord. to some the Sarasvatî) VP.\\ f. (only L.; cf. 1. 2. {vANI})
weaving; a weaver's loom; voice, speech; a species of metre; a cloud; price,
value.\\2 f. (cf. {vANi}) weaving L. \\3 f. reed RV. v, 86, 1; du. the two bars
of a car or carriage ib. i, 119, 5
vaanmayaM = of the voice
vaanmayaH = full of the `word' i.e. master of the word \& language
vaa.ngmaya = full of speech
vaa.nchh.h = to want
vaa.nchhaa = (fem) desire
vaañchita* = mfn. wished, desired, beloved, longed for MBh. Ka1v. &c.; n. wish,
desire ib.; m. (in music) a kind of measure.
vaanara = monkey
vaanarayuuthamukhyam.h = the chieftain of the monkey brigade
vaaNijyaM = trade
vaaNijyam.h = (n) trade, commerce
vaaNii = language
vaaNii * = 1 f. sound, voice, music (pl. a choir of musicians or singers) RV.
(the %{sapta@vANIs} are referred by the Comms. to the seven metres or to the
seven notes of the gamut &c.); speech, language, words, diction, (esp.) eloquent
speech or fine diction MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a literary production or composition
Uttarar. Bha1m.; praise, laudation MW.; the goddess of speech, Sarasvati1 R.
BrahmaP.; N. of a metre consisting only of long syllables Ka1vya7d. Sch.; of a
river (accord. to some the Sarasvati1) VP.\\* = 2 f. (cf. %{vANi}) weaving L.\\=
3 f. reed RV. v, 86, 1; du. the two bars of a car or carriage ib. i, 119, 5.
vaaNi * = f. (only L.; cf. 1. 2. %{vANI}) weaving; a weaver's loom; voice,
speech; a species of metre; a cloud; price, value.
vaaNiiM = speech
vaaraNa *= 1 mf(%{I})n. warding off, restraining, resisting, opposing MBh. Ka1v.
&c. ; all-resisting, invincible (said of the Soma and of Indra's elephant) RV.
ix, 1, 9 Hariv. 1700 ; relating to prevention Sus3r. ; shy, wild RV. AV. (with
%{mRga} accord. to some = elephant RV. viii, 33, 8 ; x, 40, 4) ; dangerous RV.
Shad2vBr. ; forbidden AitBr. ; m. (ifc. f. %{A}) an elephant (from its power of
resistance) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; an elÒelephant-hook Das3. ; armour, mail L. ; a
kind of ornament on an arch MBh. iv, 1326 ; (%{I}) f. a female elephant L. ;
w.r. for %{vAruNI} HYog. ; n. the act of restraining or keeping back or warding
off from (abl.) ; resistance, opposition, obstacle ; impediment, KatyS3r. MBh.
&c. ; a means of restraining Bhartr2. ; = %{hari-tAla} L. ; N. of a place MBh.
vaasu * = m. (said to be fr. 5. {vas}) N. of Vishnu (is dwelling in all beings)
Un. i, 1 Sch.; the spirit or soul considered as the Supreme Being or Soul of the
universe W. (also Vriiddhi form of {vasu} in comp.)
vaarNa mfn. (fr. {varNa}) relating to a sound or letter (in gram.)
vaarya * = 1 mfn. (for 2. and 3. see p. 944, col. 1) watery, aquatic L. y\\ 2
mfn. (for 1. see p. 943, col. \\ 3) to be warded off or prevented or checked or
impeded MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a wall R.
vaasa *= 1 m. perfuming, perfume Vikr. Ma1lati1m. Car. ; Gendarussa Vulgaris L.
(also %{A} f.) \\ 2 m. (fr. 4. %{vas}) a garment, dress, clothes (m. c. for
%{vAsas}) MBh. (cf. %{kRSNavAsa}). \\ 3 m. (fr. 5. %{vas}) staying, remaining
(esp. `" overnight "'), abiding, dwelling, residence, living in loc. or comp. ;
cf. Pa1n2. 6-3, 18 Sch.), abode, habitation RV. &c. &c. ; ifc. = having one's
abode in, dwelling or living in [947,3] ; %{vAsaM-vas}, to take up one's abode,
abide, dwell ; place or seat of (gen.) R. ; a day's journey ib. ; state,
situation, condition Hariv. ; = %{vAsa-gRha}, bed-chamber (see %{-sajjA}) ; =
%{vAsanA}, imagination, idea, semblance of MBh.
vaas'itaagrishthi * = f. a young female elephant MBh. xi, 642 (cf. Pân. 2-1,
65).
vaas'ita * =1 mfn. roared, cried, sung MBh. &c.; n. roaring, croaking, yelling,
howl, cry, scream MBh. R. VarBriS. Kathâs.
vaas'itaa* = f. (also written {vAsitA}, prob. fr. {vaz}) a cow desiring the bull
(also applied to other animals desiring the male, esp. to a female elephant) AV.
&c. &c. [947, 2]; a woman, wife MBh.
vaata = (masc) wind * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 939, col. 3) blown &c.; ({vA4ta})
m. wind or the wind-god (pl. also `" the Maruts "', cf. {vAyu}) RV. &c. &c.;
wind, air Hit.; wind emitted from the body MBh. iv, 117; wind or air as one of
the humours of the body (also called {vAyu}, {mAruta}, {pavana}, {anila},
{samIraNa}) Kathâs. Sus'r. &c.; morbid affection of the windy humour,
flatulence, gout, rheumatism &c. VarBriS. S'riingâr.; N. of a people (see
{vAta-pati} and {vAtA7dhipa}); of a Râkshasa VP.; of a son of S'ûra ib. \\\\vAta
* = 2 mfn. (fr. {van}) = {vanita}, solicited, wished for, desired (cf.
{vivasvad-v-}); attacked, assailed, injured, hurt (cf. 3. {a-v-} and {nivAta}).
\\3 mfn. (for 1. and 2. see pp. 934, 939) dried up (see 1. {a-vAta4})
vaatha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {vaTa}) made or consisting of the Banyan or Indian
fig-tree or its wood &c. Mn. ii, 45; m. an enclosure, (either) a fence, wall,
(or) a piece of enclosed ground, garden, park, plantation MBh. Kâv. &c.; a
district Das'.; a road Vâs.; the site of a house L.; Panicum Spicatum W.; the
groin W.; the son of a Vais'ya and a Maitrî L.; (also n. and [{I}] f.) an
enclosure of a (low-caste) village consisting of boundary trees L.; ({I}). f. a
piece of enclosed ground, garden Hariv. Sâh. BhP.; the site of a house L.; a hut
L.; a species of bird Car.; n. = {varaNDa}, {aGga}, and {anna-bheda}.
vaataya = blow (like a wind?)
vaataaTaH = (m) kite
vaataatmajaM = the son of the wind-god (`vAta' or `vAyu)
vaataayana = a horse
vaataayanaM = window
vaataayanaasana = the horseface posture
vaataavaraNam.h = (n) environment, also used to mean weather
vaapi = at all
vaara = Day
vaara * = 1 m. (earlier form of {vAla} q.v.) the hair of any animal's tail (esp.
of a horse's tail, = $) RV.; m. n. sg. and pl. a hair-sieve ib.
vaara * = 2 (fr. 1. {vR}) m. keeping back, restraining (also mfn. ifc. =
difficult to be restrained TBr.; cf. {dur-v-}); anything which covers or
surrounds or restrains, a cover MW.; anything which causes an obstruction, a
gate, door-way W.; anything enclosed or circumscribed in space or time, esp. an
appointed place (e.g. {sva-vAraM samA-sthA}, to occupy one's proper place) R.;
the time fixed or appointed for anything (accord. to some fr. 2. {vR}, to
choose), a persoñs turn MBh. Kâv. &c. (often, esp. with numerals, = times e.g.
{varAMs trIn} or {vara-trayam}, three times; {bhUribhir vAraiH} or {bhUri-vArAn}
or {bahu-vAram} or {vAraM vAram} or {vAraM vAreNa}, many times, often,
repeatedly); the turn of a day (under the regency of a planet), a day of the
week (they are Âditya-, Soma-, Mangala-, Budha-, Guru., S'ukra-, and
S'ani-vñvâra; cf. IW. 178 n. 1) Ganit. Yâjñ. Sch. Kâv. &c. (cf. {dina} and
{divasa-v-}); a moment, occasion, opportunity W.; a multitude, quantity (see
{bANa-v-}); an arrow L.; Achyranthes Aspera L.; N. of S'iva L.; ({A}) f. a
harlot, courtezan MBh. vi, 5766 (cf. {-kanyakA} &c.); n. a vessel for holding
spirituous liquor L.; a partic. artificial poison L.
vaara * =3 m. (fr. 2. {vR}) choice (see {vAre-vRta}); anything chosen or choice
or exquisite, goods, treasure RV. (often ifc.; cf. {azasta-}, {Rdhad-},
{dAti-v-} &c.); N. of a poet Cat.
vaaradhipati = Ruler of the Day
vaari = water
vaari-dhara = water-carrier(cloud )
vaaraM = and again
vaaramukhya * = m. (prob.) a singer, dancer Ma1rkP.; (%{A}) f. the chief of a
number of harlots, a royal courtezan MBh. R. &c
vaariNi = the one who prevents
vaarida = cloud (one who gives water)
vaaristha * = mfn. standing in water, reflected in the wñwater Mn. iv, 37.
vaarivaaha = (m) cloud
vaarshmaNa * = mfn. (fr. %{varSman}) being uppermost Kaus3. (accord. to others
`" a tree struck at the top by lightning "').
vaartaa = news
vaartaaM = word (here enquiry/inquiry)
vaartaaharaH = (m) reporter, journalist
vaarshhNeya = O descendant of VRishhNi
vaarsha* = 1 mf({I4})n. (fr. {varSa} or {varSA}) belonging to the rainy season
VS.; belonging to a year, yearly, annual W.; ({I}) f. = {varSA}, the rainy
season L. \\ 2 Vriiddhi form of {varSa} in comp.\\3 n. (fr. {vRSa} of which it
is also the Vriiddhi form in comp.) g. {pRthv-Adi}; N. of a Sâman L.
vaaruNi * = 1 m. `" son of Varuna "' patr. of various persons (esp. of Bhriigu,
Satya-dhriiti, Vasishthha, Agastya &c.) Br. RAnukr. MBh. \\ 2 f. (m. c.) =
{vAruNI}, spirituous liquor Hariv.
vaaruNI * = f. the western quarter or region (presided over by Varuna), the west
(with or without {diz}) VarBriS.; N. of partic. serpents GriS.; (pl.) of partic.
sacred texts Gaut.; Varuna's female Energy (personified either as his wife or as
his daughter, produced at the churning of the ocean and regarded as the goddess
of spirituous liquor) TÂr. MBh. R. Pur.; a partic. kind of spirit (prepared from
hogweed mixed with the juice of the date or palm and distilled), any spirituous
liquor MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of S'iva's wife L.; a partic. fast-day on the
thirteenth of the dark half of Caitra Col.; Dûrvâ grass or a similar species L.;
colocynth L.; the Nakshatra S'ata-bhishaj (ruled by Varuna) L.; N. of a river R.
vaarya * =1 mfn. (for 2. and 3. see p. 944, col. 1) watery, aquatic L.\\2 mfn.
(for 1. see p. 943, col. 3) to be warded off or prevented or checked or impeded
MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a wall R. \\3 mfn. to be chosen Pân. 3-1, 101 Sch.; precious,
valuable RV.; n. treasure, wealth, goods ib. \\4 m. (for 1. 2. 3. see pp. 943,
col. 3, and 944, col. 1) patr. (?) ÂrshBr..
vaasa * = 1 m. perfuming, perfume Vikr. Mâlatîm. Car.; Gendarussa Vulgaris L.
(also {A} f.) \\ 2 m. (fr. 4. {vas}) a garment, dress, clothes (m. c. for
{vAsas}) MBh. (cf. {kRSNavAsa}). \\ 3 m. (fr. 5. {vas}) staying, remaining (esp.
`" overnight "'), abiding, dwelling, residence, living in loc. or comp.; cf.
Pân. 6-3, 18 Sch.), abode, habitation RV. &c. &c.; ifc. = having one's abode in,
dwelling or living in [947, 3]; {vAsaM-vas}, to take up one's abode, abide,
dwell; place or seat of (gen.) R.; a day's journey ib.; state, situation,
condition Hariv.; = {vAsa-gRha}, bed-chamber (see {-sajjA}); = {vAsanA},
imagination, idea, semblance of MBh.
vaasaH = living
vaasana * = 1 n. the act of perfuming or fumigating, infusing, steeping Gît.
Sch.; ({A}) f. id. S'is'. Sch. \\2 n. covering, clothing, garment, dress Kâv.;
an envelope, box, casket Yâjñ \\3 mfn. belonging to an abode, fit for a dwelling
W.; n. causing to abide or dwell Bâlar.; abiding, abode L.; a receptacle for
water L.; knowledge L.; a partic. posture (practised by ascetics during abstract
meditation, and by others; described as sitting on the ground with the knees
bent and the feet turned backwards) W.; ({A}) f. see next.
vaasanaa = longings, craving* = f. the impression of anything remaining
unconsciously in the mind, the present consciousness of past perceptions,
knowledge derived from memory S'ank. Kâv. Kathâs.; fancy, imagination, idea,
notion, false notion, mistake (ifc., e.g. {bheda-v-}, the mistake that there is
a difference) ib. Râjat. Sarvad. &c.; thinking of, longing for, expectation,
desire, inclination Kathâs.; liking, respectful regard Bhâm.; trust, confidence
W.; (in math.) proof, demonstration (= {upapatti}) Gol.; a kind of metre Col.;
N. of Durgâ BhP.; of the wife of Arka ib.; of a Comm. on the
Siddha7nta-s'iromani.
vaasara = Day
vaasava = indra
vaasavaH = the heavenly king
vaasas.h = apparel / clothes
vaasaa.nsi = garments
vaas'a* = 1 mfn. roaring, sounding RV. viii, 19, 31; ({vA4za}) id. (only {A} and
{I} f. pl. applied to water) VS. TS.
vaas'a* = 2 m. patr. fr. {vaza} S'ânkhS'r.; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
vaasita = made fragrant
vaastu* = n. (m. only in BhP.) the site or foundation of a house, site, ground,
building or dwellingplace, habitation, homestead, house RV. &c. &c.; an
apartment, chamber VarBriS.; m. N. of one of the 8 Vasus BhP.; of a Râkshasa
Cat.; (prob.) f. N. of a river MBh.; n. the pot-herb Chenopodium Album L.; a
kind of grain ÂpS'r. Sch. (cf. {-maya}).
vaastunara* = m. the archetype or ideal pattern of a house personified as a
deity VarBriS.
vaasu* = m. (said to be fr. 5. {vas}) N. of Vishnu (is dwelling in all beings)
Un. i, 1 Sch.; the spirit or soul considered as the Supreme Being or Soul of the
universe W. (also Vriiddhi form of {vasu} in comp.)
vaasuu* = f. (of doubtful derivation) a young girl, maiden (voc. {vAsu}) Das'.
vaasukiH = Vasuki
vaasukii = a name of Shesha
vaasudeva * = (fr. {vasu-d-}) patr. of Kriishna TÂr. &c. (RTL. 111); of a king
of the Pundras Hariv.; N. of a class of beings peculiar to the Jainas L.; a
horse L.; N. of various kings and authors (also with {AcArya}, {dIkSita},
{zarman}, {zAstrin} &c.) Inscr. Cat.; ({I}) f. Asparagus Racemosus L.; n. N. of
an Upanishad; mf({I})n. relating to (the god) Kriishna NriisUp.; written or
composed by VñVâsudeva Cat.; {-jJAna} n. N. of wk.; {-jyotis} m. N. of a poet
Cat.; {-tIrtha} m. N. of a man ib.; {-dvAdazA7kSarI} f. {-puNyA7ha} n. {-pUjA}
f. N. of wks.; {-priya} m. `" friend of VñVâsudeva "'N. of Kârttikeya MBh.;
{-priyaM-karI} f. Asparagus Racemosus L.; {-manana} n. N. of a Veda7nta wk.;
{-maya} mf({I})n. consisting of Kriishna, representing him AgP.; {-mahA7rAdhana}
n. {-rahasya} n. N. of wks.; {-vargINa} or {-vargya} mfn. taking VñVâsudeva's
side, partial to him Pân. 4-2, 104 Vârtt. 11 Pat.; {-vijaya} m. {-sahasra-nAman}
n. N. of wks.; {-suta} m. {-sena} m. N. of authors Cat.; {-stotra} n. N. of a
Stotra; {-vA7nandI-campU} f. N. of a poem; {-vA7nubhava} m. N. of a medical wk.;
{-vA7zrama} m. {-ve7ndra} m. {-ve7ndra-ziSya} m. N. of authors Cat.;
{--vo7paniSad} f. N. of one of the more recent Upanishads of the Atharva-veda.
vaasudevaH = the Personality of Godhead, KRishhNa
vaasudevasya = of KRishhNa
vaasudevaaH = KRishhNa
vaaso = cloth, dress
vaastu
n. (m. only in BhP.) the site or foundation of a house, site, ground, building
or dwellingplace, habitation, homestead, house RV. &c. &c.; an apartment,
chamber VarBr2S.; m. N. of one of the 8 Vasus BhP.; of a Ra1kshasa Cat.; (prob.)
f. N. of a river MBh.; n. the pot-herb Chenopodium Album L.; a kind of grain
A1pS3r. Sch. (cf. %{-maya}).
vaastushaastra = study of architecture
vaath* = ind. (g. {cA7di}) an exclamation on performing a sacrifice (prob.= `"
bring "' or `" take "', fr. {vAh} = {vah}) VS. Br. S'rS.
vaat* = 1 ind. g. {cA7di}. [939, 3]
vaat* = 2 cl. 10. P. {vAtayati}, to fan (cf. {vAtaya}, p. 935, col. 2); to fan;
to serve, make happy; to go Dhâtup. xxxv, 30.
vaata*=1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 939, col. 3) blown &c.; ({vA4ta}) m. wind or the
wind-god (pl. also `" the Maruts "', cf. {vAyu}) RV. &c. &c.; wind, air Hit.;
wind emitted from the body MBh. iv, 117; wind or air as one of the humours of
the body (also called {vAyu}, {mAruta}, {pavana}, {anila}, {samIraNa}) Kathâs.
Sus'r. &c.; morbid affection of the windy humour, flatulence, gout, rheumatism
&c. VarBriS. S'riingâr.; N. of a people (see {vAta-pati} and {vAtA7dhipa}); of a
Râkshasa VP.; of a son of S'ûra ib.\\*=1 &c. see p. 934, col. 2 &c. *=2 mfn.
(fr. {van}) = {vanita}, solicited, wished for, desired (cf. {vivasvad-v-});
attacked, assailed, injured, hurt (cf. 3. {a-v-} and {nivAta}).
vaatha*= mf({I})n. (fr. {vaTa}) made or consisting of the Banyan or Indian
fig-tree or its wood &c. Mn. ii, 45; m. an enclosure, (either) a fence, wall,
(or) a piece of enclosed ground, garden, park, plantation MBh. Kâv. &c.; a
district Das'.; a road Vâs.; the site of a house L.; Panicum Spicatum W.; the
groin W.; the son of a Vais'ya and a Maitrî L.; (also n. and [{I}] f.) an
enclosure of a (low-caste) village consisting of boundary trees L.; ({I}). f. a
piece of enclosed ground, garden Hariv. Sâh. BhP.; the site of a house L.; a hut
L.; a species of bird Car.; n. = {varaNDa}, {aGga}, and {anna-bheda}
vaaTikaa = (f) garden
vaava* = ind. (a particle laying stress on the word preceding it, esp. in
relative clauses; also {ha vA4va4}, {ha} [{kha4lu}] {vA4va4}, {u ha vAva}, {ha
tvA4va4} [q.v.]) just, indeed, even TS. Br. (in S'Br. only from book vi) Up.
BhP. [947,1]
vaavrit * = cl. 4. A1. (Dha1tup. xxvi, 51, rather Intens. fr. a lost 3. %{vRt})
%{vAvRtyate} (only pr. p. %{vAvRtyamAna}), to choose, select Bhat2t2.
vaayu = wind
vaayuna* = m. a god, deity L.
vaayuH = the vital airs
vaayoH = of the wind
vaayau = air(life-breath)
vac *= cl. 2. P. (Dha1tup. xxiv, 55) %{vakti} (occurs only in sg. %{vacmi},
%{vakSi}, %{vakti}, and Impv. %{vaktu} ; Ved. also cl. 3. P. %{vi4vakti} ; pf.
%{uvA4ca}, %{Uj} RV. &c. &c. ; %{uva4ktha} AV. ; %{vavAca}, %{vavakSe4} RV. ;
aor. %{avocat}, %{-cata} RV. &c. &c. ; in Veda also Subj. %{vocati}, %{-te},
%{vecAti} ; Pot. %{voce4t}, %{-ceta} ; Impv. %{vocatu} ; Prec. %{ucyAsam} Br. ;
fut. %{vaktA4} ib. &c. ; %{vakSya4ti} RV. &c. &c. ; %{-te} MBh. ; Cond.
%{avakSyat} Br. Up. ; inf. %{vA7ktum} Br. &c. ; %{-tave} RV. ; %{-tos} Br. ;
ind. p. %{uktvA4} Br. &c. ; %{-u4cya} ib.), to speak, say, tell, utter,
announce, declare, mention, proclaim, recite, describe (with acc. with or
without %{prati} dat. or gen. of pers., and acc. of thing ; often with double
acc. e.g. %{tam@idaM@vAkyam@uvAca}, `" he spoke this speech to him "' ; with
double acc. also, to name, call "' A1. with nom ; `" one's self "' ; with
%{punar}, `" to speak again, repeat "' ; or `" to answer, reply "') RV. &c. &c.
; to reproach, revile (acc.) Hariv. R.: Pass. %{ucya4te} (aor. %{avAci}, or in
later language %{avoci}), to be spoken or said or told or uttered &c. RV. &c.
&c. (%{yad@ucyate}, `" what the saying is "') ; to resound RV. ; to be called or
accounted, be regarded as, pass for (nom. L. also loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus.
%{vAcayati}, %{-te} (Pot. %{vAcayIta} As3vGr2. ; aor. %{avIvacat} ; Pass.
%{vAcyate}), to cause to say or speak or recite or pronounce (with, double acc.
; often the object is to be supplied) Br. Gr2S. MBh. &c. ; to cause anything
written or printed to speak i.e. to read out loud Hariv. Ka1v. Katha1s. &c. ;
(Dha1tup. xxxiv, 35) to say, tell, declare Bhat2t2. ; to promise MBh.: Desid.
%{vivakSati}, %{-te} (Pass. %{vivakSyate}), to desire to say or speak or recite
or proclaim or declare MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; (Pass.) to be meant Sam2k. Sarvad.:
Intens. (only %{a4vAvacIt}) to call or cry aloud RV. x, 102, 6. [Cf. Gk. $ for $
in $, $, $ &c. ; Lat. {vocare}, {vox} ; &276413[912,1] Germ. {gi-waht},
{gi-wahinnen}, {er-w„hnen}.]
vaca * = mfn. speaking, talking (see %{ku-v-}) ; m. a parrot L. ; = %{sUrya},
the sun L.
vachaH = words
vachana = talk
vachanaM = word
vachane = (loc.sing) in words or speech
vachasaa = with words
vachii = with armor
vachmi = vachAmi or shall speak
vad.h = to talk
vaDaa * f. (cf. = {vaTa}) a small lump, globule, round mass or cake L.
vada = please tell* = mfn. speaking, a speaker (only ifc.; see {ku-v-},
{priyaM.v-}); speaking well or sensibly L.; m. N. of the first Veda (with the
Magians) Cat.
vada.nti = (Vr.Pr.IIIP.pl.PP) tell; speak
vadati = (1 pp) to speak
vadana = face
vadanam.h = (n) mouth
vadanaiH = by the mouths
vadanti = say
vadasi = You tell
vadha * = m. one who kills, a slayer, vanquisher, destroyer RV. VS. TS. S'Br.; a
deadly weapon (esp. Indra's thunderbolt) RV. AitBr. S'ânkhGri.; the act of
striking or killing, slaughter, murder, death, destruction RV. &c. &c.; (in law)
capital or (more commonly) corporal punishment Mn. Yâjñ. &c. = {vadha-bhUmi},
place of execution Caurap., Introd.; stroke, hurt, injury Nir.; paralysis
Sus'r.; annihilation, disappearance (of inanimate things) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
frustration, prevention Gaut.; a defect, imperfection (28 are enumerated) VP.;
multiplication Ganit.; a product Bijag.; N. of a Râkshasa VP.; ({A}) f. a kind
of pot-herb, Convolvulus Repens L.
vadishhyanti = will say
vadyapaksha = Dark half of the lunar month
vadya * = mfn. to be spoken &c. (see {a-v-} and {anav}); N. of the days of the
dark lunar fortnight; n. speech, speaking about, conversing (see {brahma-v-},
{satya-v-}).
vadhanaM = face
vadhuu = (f) bride
vadhya * = mfn. (frequently written {ba4dhya}) to be slain or killed, to be
capitally punished, to be corporally chastised (cf. under {vadha}), sentenced, a
criminal AV. &c. &c.; to be destroyed or annihilated MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. an enemy
MW.; ({A}) f. see below. [917,
vahati = (1 pp) to carry
vahamyahaM = vahAmi + ahaM:bear or carry + I
vahaa = Porter
vahaami = carry
vahaNa * = n. end, issue, completion Kâv. Râjat.; the catastrophe of a drama
Das'ar.
vahana * =mfn. bearing, carrying, conveying (see {rAja-v-}); n. the act of
bearing, carrying, conveying, bringing MBh. Kâv. VarBriS.; the flowing (of
water) Nir. vi, 2; a ship, vessel, boat Kathâs.; the undermost part of a column,
VârBriS.; a square chariot with a pole L.
vahantI *= - f. (of pr. p. of 1. {vah}) flowing water
vahanta *= m. air, wind L.; an infan
vahaNa *= n. end, issue, completion Kâv. Râjat.; the catastrophe of a drama
Das'ar.
vahatu *= m. the bridal procession (to the husband's house), nuptial ceremony
RV. AV. AitBr. (pl. the objects constituting a bride's dowry TBr.); means of
furthering RV. vii, 1, 17 (= %{stotra} and %{zastra} Sa1y.); an ox L.; a
traveller L.
vahni = fire * = m. any animal that draws or bears along, a draught animal,
horse, team RV. AV. VS. TBr.; any one who conveys or is borne along (applied to
a charioteer or rider, or to various gods, esp. to Agni, Indra, Savitr2i, the
Maruts &c.) RV. AV.; N. of Soma (as `" the flowing or streaming one "') RV. ix,
9, 6 &c.; the conveyer or bearer of oblations to the gods (esp. said of Agni, `"
fire "', or of the three sacrificial fires see %{agni}) RV.; partic. fire
Gr2ihya1s.; fire (in general or `" the god of fire "') Mn. MBh. &c.
(%{vahninA@saM-skR}, to hallow by fire, burn solemnly); the fire of digestion
VarBr2S.; N. of the number `" three "' (fr. the three sacred fires) L.; N. of
various plants (accord. to L. Plumbago Ceylanica; Semecarpus Anacardium; Poa
Cynosuroides; and the citron tree) Sus3r.; a mystical N. of the letter %{r} Up.
[934,1]; N. of the 8th Kalpa (q.v.) Cat.; of a Daitya MBh.; of a son of
Kr2ishn2a BhP.; of a son of Turvasu ib.; of a son of Kukura ib.
vahniH = fire ( for worship)
vahnikaNa = spark
vaH = your
vai = emphasis * = Meaning 1 (orig. identical with 2. {vA}) cl. 1. P. (Dhâtup.
xxii, 24) {vA4yati}, to become languid or weary or exhausted RV. ({zoSaNe}
Dhâtup.); to be deprived of (gen.) RV. viii. 47, 6; P. and (ep. also Â.), to
blow Âpast. MBh.\\Meaning 2 ind. a particle of emphasis and affirmation,
generally placed {after} a word and laying stress on it (it is usually
translatable by `" indeed "', `" truly "', `" certainly "', `" verily "', `"
just "' &c.; it is very rare in the RV.; more frequent in the AV., and very
common in the Brâhmanas and in works that imitate their style; in the Sûtras it
is less frequent and almost restricted to the combination {yady u vai}; in Manu
MBh. and the Kâvyas it mostly appears at the end of a line, and as a mere
expletive. In RV. it is frequently followed by {u} in the combination {vA4 u}
[both particles are separated, v, 18, 3] [1020, 1]; it is also preceded by {u}
and various other particles e.g. by {i4d}, {a4ha}, {uta4}; in the Brâhmanas it
often follows {ha}, {ha sma}, {eva}; in later language {api} and {tu}. Accord.
to some it is also a vocative particle).
vaibhava * =. (fr. {vi-bhava}) might, power (ifc. f. {A}); high position,
greatness Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; superhuman power or might MW.; grandeur, glory,
magnificance Kathâs.
vaicitra n. (fr. %{vi-citra}) = %{vaicitrya} below Ra1jat. ; (%{I}) f.
strangeness, wonderfulness, marvellous beauty Ba1lar. Katha1s.
vaicitravirya * = m. (fr. %{vicitra-v-}) patr. of Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra, of Pa1n2d2u
and of Vidura Ka1t2h. MBh. Hariv. BhP.
vaicitravIryaka * = mfn. belonging to Vicitra-vi1rya &c. Hariv.
vaicitravIryin * = (m. c.) m. = %{-vIrya} MBh.
vaicitrya* = n. variety, manifoldness, diversity Kap. Hit. VarBr2S. &c. ; =
%{vaicitrI} above Ka1v. Sa1h. &c. ; w.r. for %{vaicittya} Ma1lati1m. ; sorrow,
despair MW.
vaicitryavIrya w.r. for %{vaicitra-vI-} MBh.
vaidika *= mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{veda}) relating to the Veda, derived from or
conformable to the VñVeda, prescribed in the VñVeda, Vedic, knowing the VñVeda
Mn. MBh. Hariv. &c. ; m. a Bra1hman versed in the VñVeda W. ; n. a Vedic passage
Mn. xi, 96 ; a Vedic precept MBh. Kan2. ; (%{-keSu}) ind. = %{vede}, in the Veda
Pat.
vaiDuurya * = n. (rarely m.; cf. {vidUra-ja}) a cat's-eye gem (ifc. `" a jewel
"', = `" anything excellent of its kind "') AdbhBr. MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. N. of a
mountain (also {-parvata}) MBh. VarBriS. &c.; mf({A})n. made of cat's-eye gems
MBh. R. &c.
vaidurya * =w.r. for {vaidUrya} (or {vaiDUrya}) MârkP.
vaiduurya* =1 mf({I} or {rI})n. (fr. {vi-dUra}) brought from Vidûra Pân. 4-3,
84.
vaiduurya * =2 w.r. for {vaiDUrya}.
vaidyaH = doctor
vaiGYaanikaH = (m) scientist
vaihAyasa * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. 2. %{vi-hAyas}) being or moving in the air,
suspended in the air, aerial Gr2S. MBh. &c.; (%{am}) ind. in the open air
A1past.; m. pl. `" sky-dwellers "', the gods &c. BhP.; N. of partic. R2ishis
(personified luminous phenomena) VarBr2S.; m. N. of a lake MW.; (%{I}) f. N. of
a river BhP.; n. the air, atmosphere MBh.; flying in the air BhP. (%{-gata} n.
id. R.); a partic. attitude in shooting L
vaijayanta *= m. (fr. {vi-jayat}, or {-yanta}) the banner of Indra MBh.; a
banner, flag R.; the palace of Indra Buddh.; a house A.; N. of Skanda L.; of a
mountain MBh. Hariv.; pl. (with Jainas) N. of a class of deities L.; ({I}) f. a
flag, banner MBh. Kâv. &c.; an ensign W.; a kind of garland prognosticating
victory MBh. Pur.; the necklace of Vishnu MW.; N. of the 8th night of the civil
month Sûryapr.; Premna Spinosa Sus'r.; Sesbania Aegyptiaca L.; N. of a lexicon
by Yâdavaprakâs'a; of a Comm. to Vishnu's Dharmas'âstra (IW. 304, 305); of
various other wks.; of a town or a river AV. Paris'.; n. N. of a gate in Ayodhyâ
R.; of a town (= {vana-vAsI}) R. Inscr.
vaikaarika * = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-kAra}) based on or subject to modification,
modifying or modified MBh. Sus'r. Pur. &c.; m. a class of deities MW.; (with
{kAla}) the time necessary for the formation of the fetus Car.; n. emotion,
flurry R.
vaikalpika* = mf({I})n. admitting of difference of opinion, optional ÂrshBr.
Âs'vS'r. &c
vaiklava * = bewilderment, despondency
vaikrita* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-kRti}) modified, derivative, secondary ({-tva} n.
Lâthy.) RPrât. TPrât. Sch. &c.; undergoing change, subject to modification
Sânkhyak. KapS.; disfigured, deformed MBh.; not natural, perpetuated by adoption
(as a family) Cat.; m. N. of the Ahan-kâra or I-making faculty MBh.; of a demon
causing a partic. disease Hariv.; n. (ifc. f. {A}) change, modification,
alteration, disfigurement, abnormal condition, changed state MBh. R. Sus'r. &c.;
an unnatural phenomenon, portent Ragh. VarBriS. Râjat.; mental change, agitation
MBh. R. &c.; aversion, hatred, enmity, hostility MBh. Hariv. Kathâs. Râjat.
vaikuNthha = the abode of Vishnu
vaikuNthhaadhipatii = ruler of Vaikunthha which is Vishnu
vaimaanikaH = (m) pilot
vaimana* veman= n. (L. also m.) a loom VS.; a slay
vainateyaH = Garuda
vaira * = mfn. (fr. %{vIra}) hostile, inimical, revengeful AV.; n.
(exceptionally m. [?] ifc. f. %{A}) enmity, hostility, animosity, grudge,
quarrel or feud with (instr. with or without %{saha}, or %{sA7rdham}, or comp.;
often pl.) AV. Pan5cavBr. MBh. &c.; heroism, prowess W.; a hostile host S3is3.;
money paid as a fine for manslaughter Ta1n2d2yaBr.
vaitasa* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vetasa}) made of or peculiar to a reed ({-sI vRtti},
`" reed-like action "' i.e. yielding to superior force, adapting one's self to
circumstances) TS. Br. KâtyS'r. &c.; m. or n. a basket made of reed KâtyS'r.; m.
(met.) the penis AV.; Rumex Vesicarius L.; Calamus Fasciculatus W.
vaitasena* = m. (prob. derived fr. a misunderstanding of {vaitase4na} instr. RV.
x, 95, 4; cf. {vaitasa4})N. of Purû-ravas BhP.
vaira = enmity* = mfn. (fr. {vIra}) hostile, inimical, revengeful AV.; n.
(exceptionally m. [?] ifc. f. {A}) enmity, hostility, animosity, grudge, quarrel
or feud with (instr. with or without {saha}, or {sA7rdham}, or comp.; often pl.)
AV. PañcavBr. MBh. &c.; heroism, prowess W.; a hostile host S'is'.; money paid
as a fine for manslaughter TândyaBr.
vairaagya = uncolouredness, not desiring physical objects
vairaagyaM = renunciation
vairaagyeNa = by detachment
vairaajya = excelent rulership
vairiNaM = greatest enemy
vairishhu = on enemies
vais'aarada* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-zArada}) experienced, skilled, expert,
unerring BhP.; n. profound learning R.
vais'aaradya* = n. experience, skill in (loc.), expertness, wisdom MBh. Bâlar.
Sâh.; clearness of intellect, infallibility Yogas. BriÂrUp. Sch.; Buddha's
confidence in himself (of four kinds) DivyA7v. (cf. Dharmas. 77).
vaishama *= n. (fr. %{vi-Sama})inequality , change Amar. (v. l.)
vaishamya *= n. unevenness (of ground) MBh. ; inequality , oddness (opp. to `"
evenness "') , diversity , disproportion S3rS. MBh. &c. ; difficulty , trouble ,
distress , calamity MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; injustice , unkindness , harshness R.
Katha1s. Sarvad. ; impropriety , incorrectness , wrongness Sarvad. ; an error ,
mistake in or about (loc. or comp.) BhP. ; solitariness , singleness W.
vais'asa * = mfn. (fr. a form %{vi-zasa}, derived fr. %{vi-zas}; cf.
%{vi-zasana}) causing death or destruction MBh.; n. (ifc. f. %{A}) rending in
pieces MW.; slaughter, butchery, war, strife, injury, hurt, outrage, distress,
calamity, ruin (with %{premNaH}, ruin of affection) MBh. Hariv. Ka1v. &c.; the
hell BhP.; N. of a hell ib.
vais'eshika* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vi-zeSa}, p. 990) special, peculiar, specific,
characteristic Âpast. Sus'r. Bhâshâp. Hcat.; distinguished, excellent,
pre-eminent MBh.; relating or belonging to or based on or dealing with the
Vais'eshika doctrine Bhâshâp. Madhus.; m. a follower of the VñVais'eshika
doctrine Kap. Kusum. Buddh.; n. peculiarity, distinction Kan.; N. of the later
of the two great divisions of the Nyâya school of philosophy (it was founded by
Kana7da, and differs from the, `" Nyâya proper "' founded by Gautama, in
propounding only seven categories or topics instead of sixteen; and more
especially in its doctrine of {vizeSa}, or eternally distinct nature of the nine
substances, air, fire, water, earth, mind, ether, time, space, and soul, of
which the first five, including mind, are held to be atomic) IW. 65 &c. [1026,3]
vaishya = the caste of merchants and professionals
vaishyaH = mercantile people
vaishravaNa = son of Vishravas (typically applied only to Kubera)
vais'va* = mf({I})n. (fr. {vizva}, of which it is also the Vriiddhi form in
comp.), relating to or presided over by the Vis've Devâh; ({I}) f. N. of the
Nakshatra Uttara7shâdha L.; n. id. VarBriS.; (with {yuga}) the 8th cycle of 5
years in the 60 years "' cycle of Jupiter VarYogay.
vaishvaanaraH = My plenary portion as the digesting fire
vaishhNava = a large sect of the followers of Sri Vishnu
vaitaanika * mf({I})n. = {vaitAna} (with {dvi-ja} or {vipra}, a Brâhman who
observes the precepts relative to the three sacred fires) GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.;
sacrificial, sacred (as fire) W.; n. a burnt-offering (esp. of clarified butter,
as presented daily by the Brâhmans) W.
vaitanika * = mf({I})n. (fr. {vetana}) living on wages, serving for wages; m. a
hireling, labourer
vaitaana * = mf({I})n. (fr. 2. {vi-tAna}) relating to or performed with the
three sacred fires GriS'rS. Mn. MBh.; m. (m. c.) = {vitAna}, a canopy BhP.
(accord. to Comm. = {vitAna-samUha}); a patr. Caran. (v.l. {vaitAyana}); n. a
rite performed with the three sacred fires PârGri. Mn. &c.; an oblation with
fire W.
vaitaalika * =1 m. one who is possessed by a Vetâla, the servant of a Vetâla W.;
the worshipper of a Vetâla MW.; a magician, conjurer ib.
vaitaalika * = 2 m. (fr. {vi-tAla}) a bard, panegyrist of a king (whose duty
also is to proclaim the hour of day) MBh. Kâv. &c.; = {-kheDDatAla} L.; one who
sings out of tune (?) W. (prob. w.r. for 2. {vaitAnika} above); n. knowledge of
one of the 64 arts BhP. Sch.
vaitaanika * = 1 mf(%{I})n. = %{vaitAna} (with %{dvi-ja} or %{vipra}, a Bra1hman
who observes the precepts relative to the three sacred fires) Gr2S3rS. Mn. MBh.
&c. ; sacrificial, sacred (as fire) W. ; n. a burnt-offering (esp. of clarified
butter, as presented daily by the Bra1hmans) W.\\ 2 mfn. (fr. 1. %{vi-tAna}) see
under 2. %{vaitAlika} below.
vaivasvata * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. %{vivasvat}) coming from or belonging to the sun
R.; relating or belonging to Yama Vaivasvata Kaus3. MBh. Ka1v.; relating to Manu
Vaivasvata MBh. Hariv. Pur.; m. patr. of Yama RV. &c. &c.; of a Man3u AV. S3Br.
&c.; of the planet Saturn L.; N. of one of the Rudras VP.; (%{I}) f. a daughter
of Su1rya MBh.; patr. of Yami1 MW.; the south L.; N. of Yamuna1 A.; n. (scil.
%{antara}) N. of the 7th or present Manv-antara (as presided over by Manu
Vaivasvata) MW.
vaivasvatamanvantara* = n. N. of the 7th or present Manvantara (q.v.) MW.
vaivasvatIya * = mfn. relating to Manu Vaivasvata Ra1jat
vaiyaakaraNa = Grammar
vaiyaakaraNasyaishhaH = to the grammarian+this
vaiyaasika: derived from or composed by Vyâsa suka, the son of Ãyâsa
vajra = one of the channels in the spine, a thunderbolt, diamond
vajra-maNii = diamond
vajraM = the thunderbolt
vajram.h = (n) diamond
vajraasana = the thunderbolt posture
vajrolii = the thunderbolt contraction
vaksha = chest
vakshaHsthalam.h = (n) breasts, chest
vakshoja = breasts
vakshyaami = shall explain
vaktaaram.h = the man who speaks or utters
vaktuM = to say
vaktri = orator
vaktra = the mouth
vaktraM = face
vaktraaNi = the mouths
vakra = Retrogra * mf({A})n. crooked, curved, bent, tortuous, twisted, wry,
oblique AV. &c. &c.; curled, curly (as hair) AV. &c. &c.; having an apparently
backward motion, retrograde (said of planets) Sûryas. Var. &c. [911, 1]; (in
prosody) long (the form of the long mark being curved); crooked in disposition,
cunning, fraudulent, dishonest, evasive, ambiguous KathhUp. MBh. &c.; hostile,
cruel, malignant, inauspicious Kâv. Kathâs. Sâh.; m. a nose L.; the planet Mars
VarBriS.; the planet Saturn L.; a partic. drug (= {parpaTa}) L.; N. of Rudra L.;
of the Asura Bâna L.; of a prince of the Karûshas MBh. (v.l. {vaktra}); of a
Râkshasa R.; pl. N. of a people VP. (v.l. {cakra}); (â) f. a partic. musical
instrument Lâthy.; (scil. {gati}) a partic. variation in the course of Mercury
VarBriS.; n. the winding course of a river, the arm or bend of a stream
S'vetUp.; the apparent retrograde motion of a planet MBh. Hariv. VarBriS.; a
form of fracture (when a bone is bent or only partially broken) Sus'r.; w.r. for
{vaktra}.
vakragati = not straight
vakratuNDaaya = to one who has crooked limb or part(the twised broken tusk)
vakraa = (adj) curved, crooked
vakraasana = the curved posture
valabhi *= f. (perhaps abbreviated fr. %{vala-bhid} , `" cloud-splitting "') the
ridge of a roof. top or pinnacle of a house MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a turret or
temporary building on the roof of a house , upper room L. ; N. of a town in
Saura1sht2ra Das3. (also %{-bhi-pura}).
valakhilya = a class of tiny entities, about the size of a thumb
valaya = circle
valayam.h = (n) bangle
valgu * = mfn. (Un. i, 20) handsome, beautiful, lovely, attractive ({u4} ind.
beautifully) RV. &c. &c.; m. a goat L.; N. of one of the four tutelary deities
of the Bodhi tree Lalit.; (prob.) N. of a place g. {varaNA7di}; n. an eyelash L.
ja m. or
valli = (fem) creeper
valkala m. n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the bark of a tree, a garment made of bark (worn by
ascetics &c.) Ya1jn5. MBh. &c.; m. = %{valka-rodhra} L.; N. of a Daitya BhP.
(prob. w.r. for %{balvala}); pl. N. of a school of the Bahv-r2icas (cf.
%{bASkala}) DivyA7v. [928,2]; (%{A}) f. = %{zilAvalka}, a medicinal substance
said to be of cooling and lithonthryptic properties Sus3r.; n. the bark of
Cassia L.\\valkala &c. see col. 1.\\
vamati = (1 pp) to vomit
vama mf(%{I})n. vomiting, ejecting, giving out W.; m. = %{vAma} g. %{jvalA7di}.
vams'a*= m. (derivation doubtful) the bamboo cane or any cane (accord. to L.
also `" sugarcane "' and `" Shorea Robusta "') RV. &c. &c.; the upper timbers or
beams of a house, the rafters or laths fastened to the beams (of a roof; cf.
{prAcIna-v-}) AV. &c. &c.; a cross-beam, joist, joint VarBriS.; a reed-pipe,
flute, fife Kâv. Râjat.; the back-bone, spine VarBriS. BhP.; a hollow or tubular
bone BhP. (B.) Sch.; the upper nasal bone L.; the central projecting part of a
scimitar or sabre VarBriS.; the line of a pedigree or genealogy (from its
resemblance to the succession of joints in a bamboo), lineage race, family,
stock S'Br. &c. &c. (esp. a noble race, a dynasty of kings, a list of teachers
&c.; cf. Pân. 2-1, 19 Sch.); offspring, a son BhP.; (ifc.) a succession or
collection of similar things, assemblage multitude, host (as of chariots, stars
&c.) MBh. Kâv. &c; a partic. measure of length (= 10 Hastas) Lîl.; a partic.
musical note S'is'.; pride, arrogance Vâs.; bamboo-manna L.; N. of Vishnu L.
({A}) f. N. of an Apsaras (daughter of Prâdhâ) MBh.; ({I}) f. see s.v.
vaN* = (also written {baN}) cl. 1. P. {vaNati} (pf. {vavANa} &c.; Caus. aor.
{avIvaNat}, or {avavANat}), to sound Dhâtup. xiii, 3.
van* = 1 cl. 1. P. (Dhâtiip. xiii, 19; 20; xix, 42) {va4nati} (Ved. also {-te},
and {vana4ti}); cl. 8. P. Â. (xxx, 8) {vano4ti}, {vanute4} (pf. {vAvA4na},
{vAva4ntha}, {vavanma4}, {vavne4}; p. {vavanva4s} RV.; aor. {vanta}, {va4Msva}
ib.; {vaMsat}, {-sate} ib.; {vaniSat} AV.; {-Santa} TS.; {vanuSanta} "' RV.;
Pot. {vaMsImahi}, {vasImahi} ib.; Prec. {vaniSISta} RV. {vaMsiSIya} AV.; fut.
{vanizA} Gr.; {vaniSyate}, SânkhSr.; inf. {vanitum} Gr.; {-vantave} RV.), to
like, love, wish, desire RV. AV. S'Br. Kâthh. S'ânkhSr.; to gain, acquire,
procure (for one's self or others) RV. AV. S'Br.; to conquer, win, become master
of, possess RV. AV.; to prepare, make ready for, aim at, attack RV.; to hurt,
injure MW. (Dhâtup. also `" to sound "'; `" to serve, honour, worship. help, aid
"'): Caus. {vanayati} or {vAnayati} Dhâtup. xix, 68; xxxix, 33 v.l. (cf.
{saM-van}): Desid. {vi4vAsati}, {-te}, to attract, seek to win over RV.: Intens.
(only {vAva4naH} and {vAvandhi4}; but cf. {vanIvan}) to love, like RV. [Cf. Lat.
{venia}, {Venus}; Got. {gawinnan}; Germ. {gewinnen}; Eng. {win}.]
va4n* = 2 = {va4na} (only in gen. and loc. pl. {vanA4m} {va4Msu}), `" wood "'
or, a wooden vessel "' RV.; love, worship L.
vanaprastha* = m. or n. (?) a forest situated on elevated or table land MBh.; N.
of a place Râjat.; mfn. retiring into a forest, living the life of an anchorite
MW.
vanara * = m.= {vAnara}, an ape L.
vañcita* = mfn. deceived, tricked, imposed upon MBh. Kâv. &c.; (â) f. a kind of
riddle or enigma Cat.
vanga = Bengal
va.nda = Worship
va.nde = (Vr. Pr.I. P.Sing.AP)bow; salute
vandatha * = m. `" a praiser "' or `" one deserving praise "' L.
vandita4 * =mfn. praised, extolled, celebrated AV. &c. &c.
vandin * =mfn. to praise or honour (ifc.) Kum. (cf. 1. {bandin}).
va4ndya * =mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy RV. &c. &c.; to be saluted
reverentially, adorable, very venerable Kâv. Kathâs.; to be regarded or
respected L.; m. N. of a man Cat.; ({A}) f. a parasitical plant L.; {-go-rocanA}
L.; N. of a Yakshî Kathâs.
vandra * =mfn. praising, doing homage, worshipping Un. ii, 13 Sch.; m. a
worshipper, votary, follower W.; n. prosperity, plenty abundance L.
va.nsha = family
va.nshahiina = without family
vana = forest
vanaM = forest
vanachara = animal
vanaprastha* = m. or n. (?) a forest situated on elevated or table land MBh.; N.
of a place Ra1jat.; mfn. retiring into a forest, living the life of an anchorite
MW.
vaanaprastha* = m. (fr. %{vana-prastha}) a Bra1hman in the third stage of life
(who has passed through the stages of student and householder and has abandoned
his house and family for an ascetic life in the woods; see %{Azrama}), hermit,
anchorite (mentioned by Megasthenes under the name $) A1past. Mn. MBh. &c. RTL.
362; a class of supernatural beings MW.; Bassia Latifolia or Butea Frondosa L.;
mfn. relating to a Va1naprastha; m. (scil. %{Azrama}) the third stage of a
Bra1hman's life, forest-life MBh. R. Hariv.
vanaspatishaastram.h = botany
vañcaka * = mf(%{A})n. (fr. Caus.) deceiving, a deceiver, fraudulent, crafty Mn.
MBh. &c. ; m. a jackal Va1s. Hit. ; a tame or house-ichneumon L. ; a low or vile
man W.
vañcana * = n. (or %{-nA}, f. ; fr. Caus.) cheating, deception, fraud MBh. Ka1v.
&c. (%{-naM} or %{-nAM} %{kR}, to practise fraud, cheat, take in ; %{-nAM-labh}
or %{pra-Ap}, to be deceived) ; illusion, delusion, hallucination MW. ; (%{A})
f. lost labour or time Ka1lid. (cf. %{zIla-v-}).
vañcita * = mfn. deceived, tricked, imposed upon MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (a1) f. a kind
of riddle or enigma Cat.
vand.h = to bow down
vanda = Worship
vandate = (1 ap) to salute
vandita = praised, saluted
vande = worship
vandya* mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy RV. &c. &c.; to be saluted
reverentially, adorable, very venerable Kâv. Kathâs.; to be regarded or
respected L.; m. N. of a man Cat.; ({A}) f. a parasitical plant L.; {-go-rocanA}
L.; N. of a Yakshî Kathâs.
vandin * = mfn. to praise or honour (ifc.) Kum. (cf. 1. {bandin}
vanhiH = fire
vani* = f. wish, desire AV. m. fire L. ({va4ni} ifc.) procuring, bestowing (cf.
{rAyas-poSa-v-} and Pân. 3-2, 27).
vanii* = see under 1. {vana}.
vantaH = subject to
vapati = (1 pp) to sow
vapuH = body
vapuna* = m. a god L.; n. knowledge L. (w.r. for {vayuna}).
vara = Groom
vara * = 1 m. (fr. 1. %{vR}), `" environing "', `" enclosing "', circumference,
space, room RV. AV. TS. (%{va4ra@A4@pRthivyA4H}, on the wide earth); stopping,
checking RV. i, 143, 5.\\ 2 inf(%{A})n. (fr. 2. %{vR}) choosing (see
%{patiM-varA}, %{svayaM-varA}); m. `" chooser "', one who solicits a girl in
marriage, suitor, lover, bridegroom, husband (rarely `" son-in-law "') RV. &c.
&c.; a bridegroom's friend MW.; a dissolute man (= %{vita} or %{SiDga}) L.;
(%{va4ra}) mf(%{A})n. `" select "', choicest, valuable, precious, best, most
excellent or eminent among (gen. loc. abl., or comp.) or for (gen.) S3rS. MBh.
&c.; (ifc.) royal, princely Ja1takam.; better, preferable, better than (abl.,
rarely gen.) or among (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c.; eldest W.; (%{am}) ind. (g.
%{svar-Adi}) preferably, rather, better (also = preferable, sometimes with abl.
which in Veda is often followed by %{A} e.g. %{agni4bhyo@va4ram}, `" better than
fires "' RV.; %{sa4kkibhya@A4@va4ram}, `" better than companions "' ib.;
exceptionally with acc. e.g. %{ziSyaiH@zata-hutAn@homAn},
%{ekaH@putra-kut@varam}, `" better one sacrifice offered by a son than a hundred
offered by disciples "' Shad2vBr.) RV. &c. &c.; it is better that, it would be
best if (with pres. e.g. %{varaM@gacchAmi}, `" it is better that I go "'; or
with Impv. e.g. %{varaM@naye@sthApyatAm}, `" it would be better if he were
initiated into our plan "' Katha1s.; or without any verb e.g. %{varaM@siMhAt},
`" better [death caused] by a lion "' Pan5cat.; sometimes with Pot., e.
%{varaM@tat@kuryAt}, `" better that he should do that Ka1m.) Ka1v. Katha1s. &c.;
it is better than, rather than (in these senses %{varam} is followed by, %{na},
%{na@ca} %{na@tu}, %{na@punaH} %{tad@api@na} or %{tathA7pi@na}, with nom. e.g.
%{varaM@mRzyur@nacA7kIrtiH}, `" better death than [lit. `" and not "'] infamy
"'; exeptionally with instr. e.g.
%{varam@eko@guNI@putro@ta@ca@mUrkha-zatair@api}, `" better one virtuous son than
hundreds of fools "' Hit.; %{na@hi-varam}, `" by no mean - but rather "') Mn.
MBh. &c.; m. (rarely n.; ifc. f. %{A}) `" act or object of choosing, election,
wish, request; boon, gift, reward, benefit, blessing, favour (%{va4rAya},
%{va4ram@A4}, %{pra4ti@va4ram} or %{va4raM@varam}, `" according to wish, to
one's heart's content "'; %{mad-varAt}, in consequence of the boon granted by me
"'; %{va4raM-vR}, to choose a boon "'; %{varaM-yAc} or %{A-kAGkS} or %{brU} or
Caus. of %{pra-arth}, `" to prefer a request "'; %{va4raMdA}, `" to grant a boon
or blessing "'; %{varam@pra-dA} or %{pra-yam} id.; %{varaM-labh}, to receive a
boon or reward "') RV. &c. &c.; a benefit, advantage, privilege Das3.; charity,
alms VarBr2S.; a dowry Pan5cat.; m. a kind of grain (= %{varata}) Ka1tyS3r.
Sch.; bdellium L.; a sparrow L.; N. of a son of S3vaphalka VP.; (%{A}) f. N. of
various plants and vegetable products (accord. to L. `" the three kinds of
myrobolan "'; Clypea Hemandifolia; Asparagus Racemosus; Cocculus Cordifolius;
turmeric; Embelia Ribes; a root similar to ginger; = %{brAhrnI} and %{reNukA})
Sus3r.; N. of Pa1rvati1 L.; N. of a river BhP.; (%{I}) f. Asparagus Racemosus
L.; N. of Cha1ya (the wife of Su1rya) L.; n. saffron BhP. (In comp. not always
separable from 1. %{vara}.)
varaM = better
varaH = better
varada = the one granting boons * mf({A4})n. granting wishes, conferring a boon,
ready to fulfil requests or answer prayers (said of gods and men) AV. S'vetUp.
TÂr. &c.; m. a benefactor W.; N. of Agni in S'ântika Griihyâs.; fire for burnt
offerings of a propitiatory character W.; N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.;
of a partic. class of deceased ancestors MârkP.; of a partic. Samâdhi Kârand.;
of one of the 7 Rishis in the 4th Manv-antara VP.; of a Dhyâni-buddha W.;
(mostly with {AcArya}, {kavi}, {dezika}, {bhaTTAraka} or {dezñdezika Ac-}) N. of
various authors and other men Cat.; pl. N. of a people R.; ({A}) f. a young
woman, girl, maiden L.; N. of a guardian goddess in the family of Vara-tantu
Cat.; of a Yoginî Hcat. (cf. {vara-pradA}); of various plants, Physalis Flexuosa
Bhpr. Npr.; Polanisia Icosandra L.; Helianthus Npr.; Linum Usitatissimum Bhpr.;
the root of yam ib.; = {tri-parNI} Npr.; N. of a river MBh. Kâv.;
{gaNapati-stotra}, {-gaNe7?za-stotra} n. N. of Stotras; {-caturthI} f. N. of the
4th day in the light half of the month Mâgha Cat. (prob. w.r. for
{varadA-caturthI}); {-nAtha}, {-thA7cArya-sUnu}, {-nAyaka-sUri} (Cat.),
{-bhaTTa} (V. P, ), {-mUrti} (Cat.) m. N. of authors; {-rAja} m. (also with
{AcArya}, {colapaNDita}, {bhaTTa}, {bhaTTAraka}) N. of various authors and other
persons Cat. ({-ja-campU} f. {-daNDaka}, {-paJcAzat} f. {-maGgala},
{-mahiSI-stotra} n. {-mUla} n. {-zataka} n. {-su-prabhAta}, {-stava} m.
{-stotra} n.; {-jA7STaka} n. {-jA7STo7ttara-zata} n. N. of wks.; {-jIya} mfn.
coming from or relating to or composed by Varada-râja; n. N. of wk.);
{-viSNu-sUri} m. N. of a Commentator Cat.; {-hasta} m. the beneficent hand (of a
deity or benefactor of any kind) MW.; {-das-caturthI} see {varada-c-} above L.;
{-dA-tantra} n. N. of wk.; {odA7dhiza-yajvan} m. N. of an author Cat.; {-dA7rka}
m. {-do7paniSad-dIpikA} f. N. of wks.
varadaM = that which gives boons
varadamuurtaye = to the personified boongiver
varaan.h = (masc.Acc.Pl.) boons; bridegrooms
varaanane = Oh! lady having the best face!
varaaha = the boar
varaahaH = (m) pig, boar
varaaya * = Nom, (only {-yita} n. impers.) to be or represent a boon Kathâs.
varcas* = n. ( {ruc}) vital power, vigour, energy, activity, (esp.) the
illuminating power of fire or the sun i.e. brilliance, lustre, light RV. &c.
&c.; colour R. BhP. [924, 2]; splendour, glory Kâv. Pur.; form, figure, shape
L.; excrement, ordure, feces Râjat. Sus'r.; m. N. of a son of Soma MBh.; of a
son of Su-tejas or Su-ketas ib.; of Râkshava BhP. (Sch.)
varcasvin mfn. vigorous, active, energetic AV. VS. &c.; m. an energetic man
S3Br.; N. of a son of Varcas and grandson of Soma MBh. Hariv.
varishhTham.h = the foremost
vardhate = (1 ap) to grow, to increase
vardhana = Who prospers
vardhamaanakaH = (m) special containers used to store pickles
vardhita * = 1 mfn. cut off L.; carved or fashioned (as timber for a building);
fabricated, built Va1stuv.; filled, full L.\\ 2 mfn. increased, grown, expanded,
augmented, strengthened, promoted, gladdened MBh. Ka1v. &c.; n. a kind of dish
(?) Mn. iii, 224.
vareNya * = mfn. to be wished for, desirable, excellent, best among (gen.) RV.
&c. &c.; m. a partic. class of deceased ancestors MârkP.; N. of a son of Bhriigu
MBh.; ({A}) f. N. of S'iva's wife L.; n. supreme bliss VP.; saffron L.
vareNyakratu * = ({vA-}) mfn. having excellent understanding, intelligent, wise
RV. AV.
varga * = Divisional or Harmonic Charts;varga* (accented only in Nigh.) m. (fr.
{vRj}) one who excludes or removes or averts KaushUp.; (ifc. f. {A}) a separate
division, class, set, multitude of similar things (animate or inanimate), group,
company, family, party, side (mostly ifc. e.g. {catur-}, {tri-v-} q.v.; often
pl. for sg.) KâtyS'r. Prât. &c.; (esp.) any series or group of words classified
together (as {manuSya-vanas-pati-v-} &c.), or a class or series of consonants in
the alphabet (seven such classes being given, viz. {ka-varga}, `" the class of
Guttural letters {ca-kAra-v-}, or {ca-v-}, `" the Palatals "' [924, 1]; {Ta-v-}
`" the Cerebrals "'; {ta-v-} `" the Dentals "'; {pa-v-} `" the Labials "';
{ya-v-} `" the Semivowels "'; {za-v-} `" the Sibilants "', and the aspirate h
cf. {varga-dvitIya} and {-prathama}) Prât. VarBriS. Vop.; everything
comprehended under any department or head, everything included under a category,
province or sphere of. VarBriS.; = {tri-varga} (q.v.) BhP.; a section, chapter,
division of a book, (esp.) a subdivision of an Adhyâya in the Riig-veda (which
accord. to the mere mechanical division, contains 8 Ashtakas or 64 Adhyîyas or
2006 Vargas; cf. {maNDala}) and a similar subdivision in the Briihad-devatâ; (in
alg.) the square of a number Col. (e.g. {paJca-v-}, square of five cf.
{bhinna-v-}); = {bala}, strength Naigh. ii, 9; N. of a country Buddh.; ({A}) f.
N. of an Apsaras MBh.
vargamuula = square root
vargottama = Same sign in navaa.nsha as in Bhavi usually increasing power for
good or bad
varishthha * = 1 mfn. (superl. of %{uru4} q.v.) widest, broadest, largest, most
extensive RV. VS. TBr. R.\\ 2 mf(%{A})n. (superl. of 2. %{vara}) the most
excellent or best, most preferable among (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; better
than (abl.) Mn. vii, 84; chief (in a bad sense) = worst, most wicked MBh. xiv,
879; iii, 12590.
varjayet.h = (verb III P.sing.PP) should be avoided; given up
varjitaaH = are devoid of1
varjita * = mfn. excluded, abandoned, avoided MBh. Ka1v. &c.; (with instr. or
ifc.) deprived of. wanting, without, with the exception of. Mn. MBh. &c.
varman * = n. (or m. Siddh. ; fr. 1. %{vR}) `" envelope "', defensive armour, a
coat of mail RV. &c. &c. ; a bulwark, shelter, defence, protection ib. (often at
the end of the names of Kshatriyas) ; bark, rind VarBr2S. ; N. of partic.
preservative formulas and prayers (esp. of the mystic syllable %{hum}) BhP.
varN* = (rather Nom. fr. {varNa}) cl. 10. P. (Dhâtup. xxxv, 83) {varNayati}
(m.c. also {-te}; aor. {avavarNat}; inf. {varNayitum} or {varNitum}), to paint,
colour, dye. Yâjñ. Das'.; to depict, picture, write, describe, relate, tell,
explain MBh. Kâv. &c.; to regard, consider Kathâs.; to spread, extend MBh.; to
praise, extol, proclaim qualities W.: Pass. {varNyate} (aor. {avarNi}), to be
coloured or described &c. MBh. Kâv. &c.
va4rNa-ja* = mfn. produced from castes VarBriS.
varNanIya mfn. to be painted or coloured or delineated or described BhP. Sa1h.
Sarvad. (cf. %{zoNita-v-}).
varNatanu* = f. N. of a partic. Mantra addressed to Sarasvatî Cat.
varNatas* = ind. by or with or according to colour &c. RPrât. AgP.
varNada* = mfn. giving colour, colouring, dyeing W.; giving tribe &c. ib.; n. a
kind of fragrant yellow wood L.
varNadUta* = m. `" letter-messenger "', a letter, epistle L.
varNapAta* = m. the dropping or omission of a letter in pronunciation MW.
varNapuSpa* = n. the blossom of globe-amaranth L.; ({I}) f. Echinops Echinatus
L.
varNa = color * = m. (or n. g. {ardharcA7di}, prob. fr. 1. {vR}; ifc. f. {A}) a
covering, cloak, mantle L.; a cover, lid Yâjñ. iii, 99; outward appearance,
exterior, form, figure, shape, colour RV. &c. &c.; colour of the face, (esp.)
good colour or complexion, lustre, beauty Mn. MBh. &c.; colour, tint, dye,
pigment (for painting or writing) MBh. Kâv. &c.; colour = race, species, kind,
sort, character, nature, quality, property (applied to persons and things) RV.
&c. &c.; class of men, tribe, order, caste (prob. from contrast of colour
between the dark aboriginal tribes and their fair conquerors; in RV. esp.
applied to the Âryas and the Dâsas; but more properly applicable to the four
principal classes described in Manu's code, viz. Brâhmans, Kshatriyas, Vais'yas,
and s'ûdras; the more modern word for `" caste "' being jâti; cf. IW. 210 n. 1)
ib.; a letter, sound, vowel, syllable, word Br. Prât. &c.; a musical sound or
note (also applied to the voice of animals) MBh. R. Pañcat.; the order or
arrangement of a song or poem W.; praise, commendation, renown, glory Mriicch.
Kum. Râjat.; (in alg.) an unknown magnitude or quantity; (in arithm.) the
figure, `" one "'; (accord. to some) a co-efficient; a kind of measure L. (cf.
{-tAla}); gold L.; a religious observance L.; one who wards off, expeller Sây.
on RV. i, 104, 2; ({A}) f. Cajanus Indicus L.; n. saffron L. [Cf. accord. to
some, Slav. {vranu8}, `" black "', `" a crow "'; Lith. {vA7rnas}, `" a crow. "']
varNaas'rama *= n. caste and order, class and stage of life (see %{Azrama})
S3ak. ; %{-guru} m. `" chief of caste and order "'N. of S3iva L. ; %{-dharma} m.
the duties of caste and order W. ; N. of wk. (also %{-madIpa}, m.) ;
%{-zrama-vat} or %{-zramin} mfn. possessed of caste and order BhP.
varNaM = colors
varNayaaM = do we describe
varNasankara = of unwanted children
varNasankaraH = unwanted progeny
varNaadii.n = the letter groups or caste groups
varsha = Year
varsha * = mf({A})n. (fr. {vRS}) raining (ifc. e.g. {kAma-v-}, raining according
to one's wish) BhP.; m. and (older) n. (ifc. f. {A}) rain, raining, a shower
(either `" of rain "', or fig. `" of flowers, arrows, dust &c. "'; also applied
to seminal effusion) RV. &c. &c.; (pl.) the rains AV. (cf. {varSA} f.); a cloud
L.; a year (commonly applied to age) Br. &c. &c. ({A varSAt}, for a whole year;
{varSAt}, after a year; {varSeNa} within a year; {varSe} every year); a day (?)
R. vii, 73, 5 (Sch.); a division of the earth as separated off by certain
mountain ranges (9 such divisions are enumerated, viz. Kuru, Hiranmaya, Ramyaka,
Ila7vriita, Hari; Ketu-mâlâ, Bhadra7s'iva. Kimnara, and Bhârata "'; sometimes
the number given is 7) MBh. Pur. (cf. IW. 420); India (= {bhAratavarSa} and
{jambu-dvIpa}) L.; m. N. of a grammarian Kathâs.; ({A4}) f. see p. 92 7, col. 2.
varshaa4* = f. rain S'ânkhGri. VarBriS.; pl. (exceptionally sg.) the rains,
rainy season, monsoon (lastyear into six seasons [see {Rtu}], the rains falling
in some places during S'râvana and Bhâdra, and in others during Bhâdra and
Âs'vina; and in others for a longer period) TS. &c. &c.; Medicago Esculenta L.
[Cf. Gk. $, `" rain-drops. "']
varshaphala = Annual results. Method of Progression using Solar Returns
varshh.h = to pour
varshha = year
varshhaM = rain
varshhatu = (Vr.Imp.IIIP S)let it rain
varshhaa = monsoon
varshman *= m. height, top RV. AV.; the vertex RV.; n. (%{va4rihman}) height,
top, surface, uttermost part RV. VS. TS. &c.; height, greatness, extent MBh.
Hariv. &c.; measure W.; body MBh. Hariv. Ya1jn5. &c.; a handsome form or
auspicious appearance L.; mfn. holding rain W.\\ vaarshmaNa mfn. (fr.
%{varSman}) being uppermost Kaus3. (accord. to others `" a tree struck at the
top by lightning "').
varshma *= 1 m. Pa1rGr2. i, 3, 8 (%{varSmo'smi} prob. w.r. for %{varSmA7smi}) ;
n. body, form = %{va4rSman} MW.
varshma *= 2 in comp. for %{varSman}.
varshmaabha *= mfn. resembling the body or form (of anything) MW.
varshmala *= mfn. fr. %{varSman} g. %{sidhmA7di}.
varshman *= m. height, top RV. AV. ; the vertex RV. ; n. (%{va4rihman}) height,
top, surface, uttermost part RV. VS. TS. &c. ; height, greatness, extent MBh.
Hariv. &c. ; measure W. ; body MBh. Hariv. Ya1jn5. &c. ; a handsome form or
auspicious appearance L. ; mfn. holding rain W.
varshmavat *= mfn. having a body MBh.
varshmavIrya *= n. vigour of body MW.
varta *= m. (fr. %{vRt}) subsistence, livelihood L. (mostly ifc. ; see
%{andhaka-}, %{kalya-}, %{bahu-}, %{brahma-v-}) ; the -urethra, Ksus3. Sch.
(v.l. for 1. %{varti}).
vartani* = f. the circumference or felloe of a wheel RV. Br.; the track of a
wheel, rut, path, way, course ib. AV. ChUp.; the course of rivers RV. TS.; the
eyelashes S'Br. (cf. {vartman}); the eastern country L.; = {stotra} g.
{uJchA7di}.
vartanin* = see {eka-}, {ubhaya-} and {sahasra-v-}.
vartanIya* = mfn. to be stayed or dwelt in; n. (impers.) it should be applied or
attended to (loc.) Vcar.
varti-tva* = n. (ifc.) treatment as of Kâm.
vartin* = mfn. abiding, staying, resting, living or situated in (mostly comp.)
Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; (ifc.) being in any position or condition, engaged in,
practising, performing MBh. R. &c.; obeying, executing (an order; cf.
{nideza-v-}); conducting one's self, behaving, acting Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.)
behaving properly towards ib. (cf. {guru-v-}; {guru-vat} = {gurAv iva});
turning, moving, going MW.; m. the meaning of an affix (= {pratyayA7rtha}) Pat.
varti4s* = n. circuit, orbit RV.; lodging, abode ib. (= {mArga} Mahîdh.; =
{gRha} Sây.)
vartIkR* = P. {-karoti}, to make into a paste or pill, &c. SârngS.
vartula* = mf({A})n. round, circular, globular BhP. Vet. Hcat.; m. a kind of pea
Madanav.; a ball L.; N. of one of S'iva's attendants L.; ({A}) f. a ball at the
end of a spindle to assist its rotation, L,; ({I}) f. Scindapsus Officinalis L.;
n. a circle Cat.; the bulb of a kind of onion L.
vartuli* = (gender doubtful), a kind of bean Buddh.
vartma* = in comp. for {vartman}.
vartate = (1 ap) to exist, to be
vartana = Behavior *= mfn. (also fr. Caus.) abiding, staying &c. (= %{vartiSNu})
L. ; setting in motion, quickening, causing to live or be (also applied to
Vishn2u) Hariv. BhP. ; m. a dwarf. L. ; (%{A}) f. see under n. ; (%{I}) f.
staying, abiding, living, life L. ; a way, road, path (= %{vartani4}) HParis3. ;
`" grinding "' or `" despatching "' (= %{peSaNa} or %{pre4SaNa}) L. ; a spindle
or distaff, Lali. ; n. the act of turning or rolling or rolling on or moving
forward or about (trans. and intrans.) Nir. Ka1tyS3r. BhP. Car. &c. (also %{A}
f. Harav.) ; twisting (a rope) L. ; staying, abiding in (loc.) Uttarar. ; living
on (instr.), livelihood, subsistence, occupation, earnings, wages Ka1v. Ra1jat.
Katha1s. Hit. ; commerce, intercourse with (%{saha}) Ka1m. ; proceeding,
conduct, behaviour Sa1h. ; (ifc.) application of. Kir. ; a distaff or spindle L.
; a globe or ball L. ; an often told word L. ; a place where a horse rolls L. ;
decoction L.
vartani* = f. the circumference or felloe of a wheel RV. Br.; the track of a
wheel, rut, path, way, course ib. AV. ChUp.; the course of rivers RV. TS.; the
eyelashes S'Br. (cf. {vartman}); the eastern country L.; = {stotra} g.
{uJchA7di}.
vartante = are being engaged
vartman* = n. the track or rut of a wheel, path, road, way, course (lit. and
fig.) RV. &c. &c. (instr. or loc. ifc. = by way of. along, through, by); an
edge, border, rim Sus'r.; an eyelid (as encircling the eye) AV. ChUp. Sus'r.;
basis, foundation, RPrat. (cf. {dyUta-v-}).
vartamana = present
vartamaana = Present *= mfn. turning , moving , existing , living , abiding &c.
; present Ka1tyS3r. ; (%{A}) f. the terminations of the present tense Ka1t. ; n.
presence , the present time Ka1v. BhP. ; (in gram.) the present tense.
vartamaanaH = being situated* = vartamAna* mfn. turning, moving, existing,
living, abiding &c.; present KâtyS'r.; ({A}) f. the terminations of the present
tense Kât.; n. presence, the present time Kâv. BhP.; (in gram.) the present
tense.
vartamaanaani = present
vartana * = mfn. (also fr. Caus.) abiding, staying &c. (= %{vartiSNu}) L.;
setting in motion, quickening, causing to live or be (also applied to Vishn2u)
Hariv. BhP.; m. a dwarf. L.; (%{A}) f. see under n.; (%{I}) f. staying, abiding,
living, life L.; a way, road, path (= %{vartani4}) HParis3.; `" grinding "' or
`" despatching "' (= %{peSaNa} or %{pre4SaNa}) L.; a spindle or distaff, Lali.;
n. the act of turning or rolling or rolling on or moving forward or about
(trans. and intrans.) Nir. Ka1tyS3r. BhP. Car. &c. (also %{A} f. Harav.);
twisting (a rope) L.; staying, abiding in (loc.) Uttarar.; living on (instr.),
livelihood, subsistence, occupation, earnings, wages Ka1v. Ra1jat. Katha1s.
Hit.; commerce, intercourse with (%{saha}) Ka1m.; proceeding, conduct, behaviour
Sa1h.; (ifc.) application of. Kir.; a distaff or spindle L.; a globe or ball L.;
an often told word L.; a place where a horse rolls L.; decoction L.
vartani f. the circumference or felloe of a wheel RV. Br.; the track of a wheel,
rut, path, way, course ib. AV. ChUp.; the course of rivers RV. TS.; the
eyelashes S3Br. (cf. %{vartman}); the eastern country L.; = %{stotra} g.
%{uJchA7di}.
vartaya = to operate (causal from vart.h)
varti 1 (or 33 vartI ) * = f. anything rolled or wrapped round, a pad, a kind of
bandage bound round a wound Sus3r.; any cosmetic prepared from various
substances (used as a remedy in the form of a paste or pill) ib. [925,3];
ointment, unguent, collyrium Uttarar. Katha1s.; a suppository ib.; the wick of a
lamp MBh. VarBr2S. Katha1s.; a magical wick Pan5cat.; a limp L.; the projecting
threads or unwoven ends of woven cloth, a kind of fringe L.; a projecting rim or
protuberance round a vessel Ka1tyS3r.; a swelling or poly. pus in the throat
Sus3r.; a swelling or protuberance formed by internal rupture ib. (cf.
%{mUtra-v-}); a surgical instrument, bougie L.; a streak, line (see %{dhUma-v-}.
vartin.h = one who lives / behaves* = vartin mfn. abiding, staying, resting,
living or situated in (mostly comp.) Ka1v. Katha1s. &c.; (ifc.) being in any
position or condition, engaged in, practising, performing MBh. R. &c.; obeying,
executing (an order; cf. %{nideza-v-}); conducting one's self, behaving, acting
Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) behaving properly towards ib. (cf. %{guru-v-}; %{guru-vat}
= %{gurAv@iva}); turning, moving, going MW.; m. the meaning of an affix (=
%{pratyayA7rtha}) Pat.
vartita= *mfn. (fr. Caus.) turned, rounded (see %{su-v-}); turned about, rolled
(as a wheel) BhP.; caused to be or exist, brought about, accomplished, prepared
MBh. Pan5cat.; spent, passed (as time or life) MBh. BhP.
vartitaa= * f. (ifc.) conduct or behaviour towards R.
vartitavya= *mfn. to be dwelt or stayed in BhP.; to be carried out or practised
or observed R.; to be treated or dealt with MBh.; n. (impers.) it should be
abided or remained in (loc.; with %{asmad-vaze}, `" in obedience to us "' - `"
we ought to be obeyed "') BhP. Katha1s. Pan5cat.; it should be applied (by any
one) to (loc.) MBh. R.; it should be lived or existed Pan5cat.; (with an adv. or
instr.) it should be proceeded or behaved towards or dealt in any way with any
one (loc. gen., or instr. with %{saha}) MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{mAtR-vat} =
%{mAta4rva}, `" as with a mother "').
varte = I am engaged
varteta = remains
varteyaM = thus engage
vartin mfn. abiding, staying, resting, living or situated in (mostly comp.)
Ka1v. Katha1s. &c.; (ifc.) being in any position or condition, engaged in,
practising, performing MBh. R. &c.; obeying, executing (an order; cf.
%{nideza-v-}); conducting one's self, behaving, acting Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.)
behaving properly towards ib. (cf. %{guru-v-}; %{guru-vat} = %{gurAv@iva});
turning, moving, going MW.; m. the meaning of an affix (= %{pratyayA7rtha}) Pat.
vartma = path
vartmani = on the path
varuNaH = the demigod controlling the water
varuutha * = n. protection, defence, shelter, secure abode RV. AV. VS. TBr.; a
house or dwelling Naigh.; armour, a coat of mail L.; a shield L.; (also m.) a
sort of wooden ledge or guard fastened round a chariot as a defence against
collision Sa1n3khS3r. MBh. &c.; any multitude, host, swarm, quantity, assemblage
(also of sons &c.) BhP.; m. the Indian cuckoo L.; time L.; %{-nija-rASTraka} (?)
L.; N. of a Gra1ma R.; of a man Ma1rkP.
varya * =mf({A})n. (fr. 2. {vR}) to be chosen, eligible, to be asked or obtained
in marriage Pân. 3-i, 101 Sch.; excellent, eminent, chief, principal, best of
(gen. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. the god of love L.; ({A}) f. a girl who
chooses her husband L.
vasaa * = (sometimes written {vazA}) f. `" shining "', `" white "', the serum or
marrow of the flesh (considered by some as distinct from that of the bones by
others as the same), marrow, fat, grease, lard, suet, melted fat, any fatty or
oily substance VS. &c. &c.; brain Kathâs.; a partic. root similar to ginger L.;
N. of a river MBh.
vasa * = m. or n. dwelling, residence (see {dur-vasa}); ({A4}) f. (accord. to
some) id. (?) RV. v. 2, 6.
vasat.h = one who lives
vasana = dwelling * = 1 n. (for 2. see col. 3) cloth, clothes, dress, garment,
apparel, attire (du. an upper and lower garment) RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. %{A} =
clothed in, surrounded by, engrossed by i.e. wholly devoted or attached to e.g.
to a doctrine Ka1v. Pur.); investment, siege L.; a leaf of the cinnamon tree L.;
(also %{A} f.) an ornament woris by women round the loins L. //2 n. (for 1. see
col. 1) dwelling, abiding, sojourn, residence in (comp.) MBh.
vas'a *= 1 m. will, wish, desire RV. &c. &c. (also pl. %{va4zAn@a4nu} or
%{a4nu@va4za}, `" according to wish or will, at pleasure "') ; authority, power,
control, dominion (in AV. personified) ib. (acc. with verbs of going e.g. with
%{i}, %{anu-i}, %{gam}, %{A-gam}, %{ya}, %{A-pad}, %{A-sthA} &c., `" to fall
into a person's [gen.] power, become subject or give way to "' ; acc. with
%{nI}, %{A-nI} and %{pra-yuj}, or loc. with %{kR}, %{labh} or Caus. of %{sthA}
or %{saM-sthA}, `" to reduce to subjection, subdue "' ; loc. with %{bhU},
%{vRt}, %{sthA} and %{saM-sthA}, `" to be in a person's [gen.] power "' ;
%{vazena}, %{-zAt}, and %{-za-taH}, with gen. or ifc., `" by command of, by
force of, on account of, by means of, according to "') ; birth, origin L. ; a
brothel L. (cf. %{veza}) ; Carissa Carandas L. ; the son of a Vais3ya and a
Karan2i1 L. ; N. of a R2ishi preserved by the As3vins RV. ; (with %{azvya}) of
the supposed author of RV. viii, 46 (in S3Br. &c. also of this hymn itself) ; =
%{vAlmIki} Gal. ; pl. N. of a people AitBr. MBh. ; (%{A}) f. see below ;
mf(%{A})n. willing, submissive, obedient, subject to or dependent on (gen.)
Katha1s. BhP. Pan5cat. ; docile L. ; free, licentious L.\\2 n. (cf. %{vasA})
liquid fat, grease AV. AitBr. Ka1t2h.
vazaa *= f. (rather fr. %{vAz}, as `" the lowing animal "', than fr. %{vaz}) a
cow (esp. barren) RV. AV. Br. Gr2S3rS. ; (with %{a4vI}) a ewe TS. TBr. ; a
female elephant Vikr. Katha1s. ; a barren woman Mn. viii, 28 ; any woman or wife
L. ; a daughter L. ; Premna Spinosa and Longifolia L. [Cf. accord. to some, Lat.
{vacca}.]
vas'ana* = n. wishing, desiring, willing &c. Pa1n2. 3-3, 58 Va1rtt. 3 Sch.
vasanaM = pitambharam
vasanta = the deity of Spring, also Spring itself
vasantau = (and) Spring season
vasaanaM = having worn
vasana * = 1 n. (for 2. see col. 3) cloth, clothes, dress, garment, apparel,
attire (du. an upper and lower garment) RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. {A} = clothed in,
surrounded by, engrossed by i.e. wholly devoted or attached to e.g. to a
doctrine Kâv. Pur.); investment, siege L.; a leaf of the cinnamon tree L.; (also
{A} f.) an ornament woris by women round the loins L. \\ 2 n. (for 1. see col.
1) dwelling, abiding, sojourn, residence in (comp.) MBh.
vasantakaala * = m. spring-time, vernal season R.
vasati = (1 pp) to stay, dwell
vasaunaaM = of the Vasus
vasav = of clothes, wearing clothes
vasavaH = the Vasus
vasha = Agree
vas'a* = 1 m. will, wish, desire RV. &c. &c. (also pl. {va4zAn a4nu} or {a4nu
va4za}, `" according to wish or will, at pleasure "'); authority, power,
control, dominion (in AV. personified) ib. (acc. with verbs of going e.g. with
{i}, {anu-i}, {gam}, {A-gam}, {ya}, {A-pad}, {A-sthA} &c., `" to fall into a
persoñs [gen.] power, become subject or give way to "'; acc. with {nI}, {A-nI}
and {pra-yuj}, or loc. with {kR}, {labh} or Caus. of {sthA} or {saM-sthA}, `" to
reduce to subjection, subdue "'; loc. with {bhU}, {vRt}, {sthA} and {saM-sthA},
`" to be in a persoñs [gen.] power "'; {vazena}, {-zAt}, and {-za-taH}, with
gen. or ifc., `" by command of, by force of, on account of, by means of,
according to "'); birth, origin L.; a brothel L. (cf. {veza}); Carissa Carandas
L.; the son of a Vais'ya and a Karanî L.; N. of a Riishi preserved by the
As'vins RV.; (with {azvya}) of the supposed author of RV. viii, 46 (in S'Br. &c.
also of this hymn itself); = {vAlmIki} Gal.; pl. N. of a people AitBr. MBh.;
({A}) f. see below; mf({A})n. willing, submissive, obedient, subject to or
dependent on (gen.) Kathâs. BhP. Pañcat.; docile L.; free, licentious L.
vas'a* = 2 n. (cf. {vasA}) liquid fat, grease AV. AitBr. Kâthh.
vas'aa* = f. (rather fr. {vAz}, as `" the lowing animal "', than fr. {vaz}) a
cow (esp. barren) RV. AV. Br. GriS'rS.; (with {a4vI}) a ewe TS. TBr.; a female
elephant Vikr. Kathâs.; a barren woman Mn. viii, 28; any woman or wife L.; a
daughter L.; Premna Spinosa and Longifolia L. [Cf. accord. to some, Lat.
{vacca}.]
vashaM = control
vashaaH = (Nom.Pl.) (are under) control or influence
vas'a * = 1 m. will, wish, desire RV. &c. &c. (also pl. %{va4zAn@a4nu} or
%{a4nu@va4za}, `" according to wish or will, at pleasure "') ; authority, power,
control, dominion (in AV. personified) ib. (acc. with verbs of going e.g. with
%{i}, %{anu-i}, %{gam}, %{A-gam}, %{ya}, %{A-pad}, %{A-sthA} &c., `" to fall
into a person's [gen.] power, become subject or give way to "' ; acc. with
%{nI}, %{A-nI} and %{pra-yuj}, or loc. with %{kR}, %{labh} or Caus. of %{sthA}
or %{saM-sthA}, `" to reduce to subjection, subdue "' ; loc. with %{bhU},
%{vRt}, %{sthA} and %{saM-sthA}, `" to be in a person's [gen.] power "' ;
%{vazena}, %{-zAt}, and %{-za-taH}, with gen. or ifc., `" by command of, by
force of, on account of, by means of, according to "') ; birth, origin L. ; a
brothel L. (cf. %{veza}) ; Carissa Carandas L. ; the son of a Vais3ya and a
Karan2i1 L. ; N. of a R2ishi preserved by the As3vins RV. ; (with %{azvya}) of
the supposed author of RV. viii, 46 (in S3Br. &c. also of this hymn itself) ; =
%{vAlmIki} Gal. ; pl. N. of a people AitBr. MBh. ; (%{A}) f. see below ;
mf(%{A})n. willing, submissive, obedient, subject to or dependent on (gen.)
Katha1s. BhP. Pan5cat. ; docile L. ; free, licentious L.\\ 2 n. (cf. %{vasA})
liquid fat, grease AV. AitBr. Ka1t2h.
vas'aa * = f. (rather fr. %{vAz}, as `" the lowing animal "', than fr. %{vaz}) a
cow (esp. barren) RV. AV. Br. Gr2S3rS. ; (with %{a4vI}) a ewe TS. TBr. ; a
female elephant Vikr. Katha1s. ; a barren woman Mn. viii, 28 ; any woman or wife
L. ; a daughter L. ; Premna Spinosa and Longifolia L. [Cf. accord. to some, Lat.
{vacca}.]
vashath * = ind. (accord. to some fr. 1. {vah}; cf. 2. {vaT} and {vauSaT}) an
exclamation uttered by the Hotrii priest at the end of the sacrificial verse (on
hearing which the Adhvaryu priest casts the oblation offered to the deity into
the fire; it is joined with a dat. e.g. {pUSNe vaSaT}; with {kR}, to utter the
exclamation {vaSaT} "') RV. VS. Br. S'rS. Mn. MBh. Pur
vashaat.h = under obligation
vashii = one who is controlled
vashii+kri = to conquer, overcome
vashe = in full subjugation
vas'itva * = n. freedom of will, the being one's own master MBh. Hariv. [929,
3]; power or dominion over (loc.) Sarvad.; the supernatural power of subduing to
one's own will MârkP. Pañcar. &c.; mastery of one's self, self-command Kum.
MârkP.; subduing by magical means, fascinating, bewitching MW.
vas'itaa * = f. subjugation, dominion W.; the supernatural power of subduing all
to one's own will, unbounded power of (comp.; a Bodhi-sattva is said to have 10
Vas'itâs, viz. {Ayur-}, {citta-}, {pariSkAra-}, {dharma-}, {Rddhi-}, {janma-},
{adhimukti-}, {praNidhAna-}, {karma-}, and {jAna-v-} Dharmas. 74) BhP. Buddh.;
subduing by the use of magical means, fascinating, bewitching W.
vasishthha * = mfn. (superl. fr. 1. {va4su}; cf. {va4sIyas} and under 3. {vas})
most excellent, best, richest RV. AV. Br. ChUp. MBh.; m. (wrongly written
{vaziSTha}), `" the most wealthy "'N. of a celebrated Vedic Riishi or sage
(owner of the `" cow of plenty "', called Nandinî, offspring of Surabhi, which
by gransing all desires made him, as his name implies, master of every {vasu} or
desirable object; he was the typical representative of Brâhmanical rank, and the
legends of his conflict with Vis'vâ-mitra, who raised himself from the kingly or
Kshatriya to the Brâhmanical class, were probably founded on the actual
struggles which took place between the Brâhmans and Kshatriyas; a great many
hymns of the RV. are ascribed to these two great rivals; those of the seventh
Mandala, besides some others, being attributed to Vasishthha, while those of the
third Mandala are assigned to Vis'vâ-mitra; in one of Vasishtha's hymns he is
represented as king Su-dâs "' family priest, an office to which Vis'vâ-mitra
also aspired; in another hymn Vasishthha claims to have been inspired by Varuna,
and in another [RV. vii, 33, 11] he is called the son of the Apsaras Urvas'î by
Mitra and Varuna, whence his patronymic Maitrâvaruni [930,3]; in Manu i, 35, he
is enumerated among the ten Prajâ-patis or Patriarchs produced by Manu
Svâyambhuva for the peopling of the universe; in the MBh. he is mentioned as the
family priest of the solar race or family of Ikshvâku and Râma-candra, and in
the Purânas as one of the arrangers of the Vedas in the Dvâpara age; he is,
moreover, called the father of Aurva [Hariv.], of the Sukâlins [Mn.], of seven
sons [Hariv. Pur.], and the husband of Aksha-mâlâ or Arundhatî [MBh.] and of
Ûrjâ [Pur.]; other legends make him one of the 7 patriarchal sages regarded as
forming the Great Bear in which he represents the star (see {RSi}) RV. &c. &c.
(cf. IW. 361; 402 n. 1 &c.); N. of the author of a law-book and other wks.
(prob. intended to be ascribed to the Vedic Riishi above); pl. the family of
Vasishthha RV. S'Br. S'rS. ({vasiSThasyA7GkuzaH} &c.N. of Sâmans ÂrshBr.); N. of
an Anuvâka Pat. on Pân. 4-3, 131 Vârtt. 2; n. flesh Gal.
vashya = under control
vas.h = to livevasudhara = one that is wearing vasu, earth
vasti = internal cleansing
vastu = Article* = 1 f. (for 2. see p. 932, col. 3) becoming light, dawning,
morning RV. VS. (gen. {va4stoH}, in the mñmorning; {va4stor vastoH}, every
mñmorning; {va4stor asyA4H}, this mñmorning; {pra4ti va4stoH}, towards
mñmorning; dat. {va4stave} see under 2. {vas}).
vastu* = 2 n. (for 1. see p. 931, col. 3) the seat or place of (see {kapila-},
{vraNa-v-}); any really existing or abiding substance or essence, thing, object,
article Kâv. VarBriS. Kathâs. &c. (also applied to living beings e.g. S'ak. ii,
7/8); (in phil.) the real (opp. to {a-v-}, `" that which does not really exist,
the unreal "'; {a-dvitIya-v-}, `" the one real substance or essence which has no
second "') IW. 53 n. 1; 103 &c.; the right thing, a valuable or worthy object,
object of or for (comp.) Kâv.; goods, wealth, property (cf. {-vinimaya} and
{-hAni}); the thing in question matter, affair, circumstance MBh. Kâv. &c.;
subject, subject-matter, contents, theme (of a speech &c.), plot (of a drama or
poem) Kâv. Das'ar. Sâh. &c.; (in music) a kind of composition Sangît.; natural
disposition, essential property W.; the pith or substance of anything W.
vastutaa *= f. (ifc.) the state of being the object of Pan5cat. ; = next BhP.
vastutaH = actually, in reality
vastuuni = objects
vastunirdes'a* = m. table of contents, register Kâvya7d. Sâh.
vastra = Garment
vastrakos'a* = n. a clothes-bag L.
vastragriha* = n. '" cloth-house "', a tent L.
vastradazaa* = f. the border of a garment Gobh.
vastrapa* = m. pl. N. of a people MBh.
vastravat* = mfn. having fine clothes, welldressed MBh.
vastravidyaa* = w.r. for {vAstu-v-} q.v.
vastraveza* = m. or a tent L.
vastu* = 1 f. (for 2. see p. 932, col. 3) becoming light, dawning, morning RV.
VS. (gen. %{va4stoH}, in the mñmorning; %{va4stor@vastoH}, every mñmorning;
%{va4stor@asyA4H}, this mñmorning; %{pra4ti@va4stoH}, towards mñmorning; dat.
%{va4stave} see under 2. %{vas}).//2 n. (for 1. see p. 931, col. 3) the seat or
place of (see %{kapila-}, %{vraNa-v-}); any really existing or abiding substance
or essence, thing, object, article Ka1v. VarBr2S. Katha1s. &c. (also applied to
living beings e.g. S3ak. ii, 7/8); (in phil.) the real (opp. to %{a-v-}, `" that
which does not really exist, the unreal "'; %{a-dvitIya-v-}, `" the one real
substance or essence which has no second "') IW. 53 n. 1; 103 &c.; the right
thing, a valuable or worthy object, object of or for (comp.) Ka1v.; goods,
wealth, property (cf. %{-vinimaya} and %{-hAni}); the thing in question matter,
affair, circumstance MBh. Ka1v. &c.; subject, subject-matter, contents, theme
(of a speech &c.), plot (of a drama or poem) Ka1v. Das3ar. Sa1h. &c.; (in music)
a kind of composition Sam2gi1t.; natural disposition, essential property W.; the
pith or substance of anything W.//1. 2 see pp. 931 and 932.
vastutaa f. (ifc.) the state of being the object of Pan5cat. ; = next BhP.
vastutantra* = mfn. dependent on things, objective ({-tva} n.) S'ank.
vastutas* = ind. owing to the nature of things BhP.; in fact, in reality,
actually, verily, essentially ib. Râjat. Sarvad.
vasudhaa = earth
vasudhaiva = vasudhA(fem.nom.sing.)earth;world + eva:alone;itself
vasun.h = the eight Vasus
vasundharaa = (f) earth
vasu * = 1 mf({u} or {vI})n. (for 2. see p. 932, col. 3) excellent, good,
beneficent RV. GriS'rS.; sweet L.; dry L.; N. of the gods (as the `" good or
bright ones, esp. of the Âdityas, Maruts, As'vins, Indra, Ushas, Rudra, Vâyu,
Vishnu, S'iva, and Kubera) RV. AV. MBh. R.; of a partic. class of gods (whose
number is usually eight, and whose chief is Indra, later Agni and Vishnu; they
form one of the nine Ganas or classes enumerated under Gana-devatâ q.v.; the
eight Vasus were originally personifications, like other Vedic deities, of
natural phenomena, and are usually mentioned with the other Ganas common in the
Veda, viz. the eleven Rudras and the twelve Âdiyas, constituting with them and
with Dyaus, Heaven, and Priithivî, `" Earth "' [or, according to some, with
Indra and Prajâ-pati, or, according to others, with the two As'vins], the
thirty-three gods to which reference is frequently made; the names of the Vasus,
according to the Vishnu-Purâna, are, 1. Âpa [connected with {ap} "', `" water
"']; 2. Dhruva, `" the Pole-star; 3. Soma, `" the Moon "'; 4. Dhava or Dhara; 5.
Anila, `" Wind "'; 6. Anala or Pâvaka, `" Fire "'; 7. Pratyusha, `" the Dawn "';
8. Prabhâsa, `" Light "'; but their names are variously given; Ahan, `" Day "',
being sometimes substituted for 1; in their relationship to Fire and Light they
appear to belong to Vedic rather than Purânic mythology) RV. &c. &c.; a
symbolical N. of the number `" eight "' VarBriS.; a ray of light Naigh. i, 15; a
partic. ray of light VP.; = {jina} S'îl. (only L. the sun; the moon; fire; a
rope, thong; a tree; N. of two kinds of plant = {baka} and {pIta-madgu}; a lake,
pond; a kind of fish; the the of the yoke of a plough; the distance from the
elbow to the closed fist); N. of a Rishi (with the patr. Bharad-vâja, author of
RV. ix, 80-82, reckoned among the seven sages) Hariv.; of a son of Manu ib.; of
a son of Uttâna-pâda ib.; of a prince of the Cedis also called Upari-cara MBh.;
of a son of Îlina ib.; of a son of Kus'a and the country called after him RV.;
of a son of Vasu-deva BhP.; of a son of Kriishna ib.; of a son of Vatsara ib.;
of a son of Hiranya-retas and the Varsha ruled by him ib.; of a son of
Bhûtajyotis ib.; of a son of Naraka ib.; of a king of Kas'mîra Cat. [931, 1];
({u}) f. light, radiance L.; a partic. drug L.; N. of a daughter of Daksha and
mother of the Vasus (as a class of gods) Hariv. VP.: ({vI}) f. night Naigh. i,
7; n. (in Veda gen. {va4sos}, {va4svas} and {va4sunas}; also pl., exceptionally
m.) wealth, goods, riches, property RV. &c. &c. ({vasoS-pati} m. prob. `" the
god of wealth or property "' AV. i, 12 [Paipp. {asoS-p-}, `" the god of life
"']; {va4sor-dhA4rA} f. `" stream of wealth "'N. of a partic. libation of
Ghriita at the Agni-cayana AV. TS. Br. &c.; of the wife of Agni BhP.; of the
heavenly Gangâ MBh.; of sacred bathing-place ib.; of a kind of vessel ib.;
{-rA-prayoga} m. N. of wk.); gold (see {-varma-dhara}); a jewel, gem, pearl (see
{-mekhala}); any valuable or precious object L.; (also f.) a partic. drug L.; a
kind of salt (= {romaka}) L.; water L.; a horse (?) L.; = {zyAma} L
vasu * = 2 m. or n. (for 1. see p. 930, col. 3) dwelling or dweller (see
{sa4M-vasu}).
vasu 2 m. or n. (for 1. see p. 930, col. 3) dwelling or dweller (see
{sa4M-vasu}).
vasudeva * = m. N. of the father of Kriishna (he was the son of S'ûra, a
descendant of Yadu of the lunar line, and was also called Ânaka-dundubhi q.v.,
because at his birth the gods, foreseeing that Vishnu would take a human form in
his family, sounded the drums of heaven for joy; he was a brother of Kuntî or
Priithâ, the mother of the Pandu princes, who were thus cousins of Kriishna; see
1. {kRSNa}) MBh. Hariv. BhP. &c.; of a king of the Kanva dynasty Pur. Vâs.,
Introd.; of Kriishna Pañcar.; of the grandfather of the poet Mâgha Cat.; (also
with {brahma-prasAda}) of two authors Cat.; ({A}) f. N. of a daughter of
S'va-phalka VP.; n. the lunar mansion Dhanishthhâ VarBriS.; {-janman} m. N. of
Kriishna S'is'.; {-tA} f. a goddess granting wñwealth Hariv. (cf. {vasu-devatA}
below); {-putra} m. N. of Kriishna Kâv.; {-brahma-prasAda} m. N. of an author
Cat.; {-bhU} m. `" son of Vasu-deva "'N. of Kriishna L.; {-vA7tma-ja} m. id.
Pañcar
vasya* = to be put on
vath* = (prob. invented to serve as a root for the words below; cf. 1. {vRt})
cl. 1. P, {vaTati} (pf. {vavATa} &c.), to surround, encompass Dhâtup. ix, 13;
cl. 10. P. {vaTayati}, to tie, string, connect, xxxv, 5; to divide, partition,
xxxv, 65; to speak, xix, 1 7: Pass. {vaTyate} (only {vaTyante} Vishn. xliii,
34), to be crushed or pounded or ground down.
va4th* = 2 ind. an interjection or exclamation used in sacrificial ceremonies
TS.
vat* = 1 an affix (technically termed {vati}; see Pân. 5-1, 115 &c.) added to
words to imply likeness or resemblance, and generally translatable by `" as "',
`" like "' (e.g. {brAhmaNa-vat}, like a Brâhman; {pitR-vat} = {pite7va},
{pitaram iva}, {pitur iva} and {pitarI7va}).
vat* = 2 see {api-vat}.
vata * = mfn. uttered, sounded, spoken W.; asked, begged ib.; killed, hurt MW.;
(ind.) see {bata}.
vatha*= m. (perhaps Prâkriit for {vRta}, `" surrounded, covered "'; cf.
{nyag-rodha}) the Banyan or Indian fig. tree (Ficus Indica) MBh. Kâv. &c. RTL.
337 (also said to be n.); a sort of bird BhP.; a small shell, the Cypraea Moneta
or cowry L.; a pawn (in chess) L.; sulphur L.; = {sAmya} L.; N. of a Tîrtha
Vishn.; of one of Skanda's attendants MBh.; the son of a Vais'ya and a Venukî L.
(also n. and {I} f.); a string, rope, tie L. (only {vaTa} ibc., and {paJca-v-},
q.v.); a small lump, globule &c. = {vaTaka} S'ârngS.; ({I}) f. a kind of tree,
Rajan.; (with {gA-DhA}) a partic. position in the game of Catur-anga or chess
L.; a little round ball L.
vathavrikshaH = (m) a banyan tree
vathu (baTu) *= m. (also written %{vaTu}) a boy , lad , stripling , youth (esp.
a young Bra1hman , but also contemptuously applied to adult persons) MBh. Ka1v.
&c. ; N. of a class of priests Cat. ; a form of S3iva (so called from being
represented by boys in the rites of the S3a1ktas) ib. ; Calosanthes Indica L.
vatsa* = yearling, a calf, the young of any animal, offspring, child, often used
as a term of endearment = my dear child, my darling; a son, boy
vatsya = reside
vava * = see %{bava}, and vaava
vavra * = mfn. (fr. 1. %{vR}) hiding or concealing one's self. RV. ; m. `"
hiding-place "', a cavern, hole, cave ib.
vavraya * = Nom. A1. %{-yate}, to retire or shrink from, keep aloof RV. viii,
40, 2.
vavre *V = asked, proposed, acepted, said, requested, chose
vaya = age
vayaM = (pron) we
vayanam.h = weaving
vayas* =1 n. a web (?) RV. ii, 31, 5. \\ 2 n. (cf. 2. %{vi4}) a bird, any winged
animal, the winged tribe (esp. applied to smaller birds) RV. &c. &c.\\ 3 n. (
%{vI}) enjoyment, food, meal, oblation RV. AV. (cf. %{vIti}) [920,3]; energy
(both bodily and mental), strength, health, vigour, power, might RV. AV. VS.
(often with %{bRha4t}; with %{dhA} and dat. or loc. of pers. `" to bestow vigour
or might on "'); vigorous age, youth, prime of life, any period of life, age RV.
&c. &c. (%{sarvANi@vayAMsi}, animals of any age; %{vayasA7nvita} or
%{vayasA7tI7ta}, aged. old); degree, kind (in %{vayAMsi@pra-brUhi}) S3Br.
vayasi = of age
vayasigate = vayasi+gate, when age has advanced/gone
vayasya *= mfn. being of an age or of the same age, contemporary MBh. Kâv. &c.;
m. a contemporary, associate, companion, friend (often used in familiar address)
ib.; ({A4}) f. a female friend, a womañs confidante Mriicch. Kathâs.; (scil.
{iSTakA}) N. of 19 bricks used for building the sacrificial altar (so called
from the word {vayas} in the formula of consecration) TS. Kâthh. Br.
vayuna *= mfn. (rather fr. %{vI} than fr. %{ve}) moving, active, alive S3Br.;
waving, agitated, restless (applied to the sea) TS. MaitrS.; clear (as an eye)
BhP. (cf. %{a-vayuna}); a path, way (= %{mArga} also fig. either - `" means
expedient "', or `" rule, order, custom "') RV. AV. VS. (instr., according to
rule "' RV. i, 162, 18); distinctness, clearness, brightness RV. ii, 19, 3; iii,
29, 3 &c. (loc. pl. `" clearly, distinctly "', ii, 34, 4); a mark, aim(?) RV. i,
182, 1; ii, 19, 8 &c.; knowledge, wisdom BhP.; a temple Un2. iii, 61 Sch.;
(%{A}) f. a mark, aim, goal(?) RV. iv, 5, 13; x, 49, 5; knowledge, wisdom BhP.;
N. of a daughter of Svadha1 BhP.; m. N. of a son of Kr2is3a7s3va and Dhishan2a1
BhP.
(vAyuna *= m. a god, deity L.)
vayunaadha *= or (for %{vayuna-dhA8} mfn. establishing rule or order MaitrS.
vayunaadhaa *= (for %{vayuna-dhA8} mfn. establishing rule or order MaitrS.
veda = Ancient Indian Religious Texts
veDa * = n. a kind of coarse sandal (= {sAndra-vicchinna-candana}) L.; ({A}) f.
(also written {beDA}) a boat L. (cf. {veTI}).
veda * =1 m. (fr. 1. {vid} q.v.) knowledge, true or sacred knowledge or lore,
knowledge of ritual RV. AitBr.; N. of certain celebrated works which constitute
the basis of the first period of the Hindû religion (these works were primarily
three, viz. 1. the Riig-veda, 2. the Yajur-veda [of which there are, however,
two divisions see {taittirIya-saMhitA}, {vAjasaneyi-saMhitA}], 3. the Sâma-veda
[1015,2]; these three works are sometimes called collectively {trayI}, `" the
triple Vidyâ "' or `" threefold knowledge "', but the Riig-veda is really the
only original work of the three, and much the most ancient [the oldest of its
hymns being assigned by some who rely on certain astronomical calculations to a
period between 4000 and 2500 B.C., before the settlement of the âryans in India;
and by others who adopt a different reckoning to a period between 1400 and 1000
B.C., when the âryans had settled down in the Panjâb]; subsequently a fourth
Veda was added, called the Atharva-veda, which was probably not completely
accepted till after Manu, as his law-book often speaks of the three
Vedas-calling them {trayam brahma sanAtanam}, `" the triple eternal Veda "', but
only once [xi, 33] mentions the revelation made to Atharvan and Angiras,
without, however, calling it by the later name of Atharva-veda; each of the four
Vedas has two distinct parts, viz. 1. Mantra, i.e. words of prayer and adoration
often addressed either to fire or to some form of the sun or to some form of the
air, sky, wind &c., and praying for health, wealth, long life, cattle,
offspring, victory, and even forgiveness of sins, and 2. Brâhmana, consisting of
Vidhi and Artha-vâda, i. e. directions for the detail of the ceremonies at which
the Mantras were to be used and explanations of the legends &c. connected with
the Mantras [see {brAhmaNa}, {vidhi}], both these portions being termed {zruti},
revelation orally communicated by the Deity, and heard but not composed or
written down by men [cf. I. W. 24 &c.], although it is certain that both Mantras
and Brâhmanas were compositions spread over a considerable period, much of the
latter being comparatively modern; as the Vedas are properly three, so the
Mantras are properly of three forms, 1. Riic, which are verses of praise in
metre, and intended for loud recitation; 2. Yajus, which are in prose, and
intended for recitation in a lower tone at sacrifices; 3. Sâman, which are in
metre, and intended for chanting at the Soma or Moon-plant ceremonies, the
Mantras of the fourth or Atharva-veda having no special name; but it must be
borne in mind that the Yajur and Sâma-veda hymns, especially the latter, besides
their own Mantras, borrow largely from the Riig-veda; the Yajur-veda and
Sâma-veda being in fact not so much collections of prayers and hymns as special
prayer- and hymn-books intended as manuals for the Adhvaryu and Udgâtrii priests
respectively [see {yajur-veda}, {sAma-veda}]; the Atharva-veda, on the other
hand, is, like the Riig-veda, a real collection of original hymns mixed up with
incantations, borrowing little from the Riig and having no direct relation to
sacrifices, but supposed by mere recitation to produce long life, to cure
diseases, to effect the ruin of enemies &c.; each of the four Vedas seems to
have passed through numerous S'âkhâs or schools, giving rise to various
recensions of the text, though the Riig-veda is only preserved in the S'âkala
recension, while a second recension, that of the Bhâshkalas, is only known by
name; a tradition makes Vyâsa the compiler and arranger of the Vedas in their
present form: they each have an Index or Anukramanî [q.v.], the principal work
of this kind being the general Index or Sarva7nukramanî [q.v.]; out of the
Brâhmana portion of the Veda grew two other departments of Vedic literature,
sometimes included under the general name Veda, viz. the strings of aphoristic
rules, called Sûtras [q.v.], and the mystical treatises on the nature of God and
the relation of soul and matter, called Upanishad [q.v.], which were appended to
the Âranyakas [q.v.], and became the real Veda of thinking Hindûs, leading to
the nas or systems of philosophy; in the later literature the name of `" fifth
Veda "' is accorded to the Itihâsas or legendary epic poems and to the Purânas,
and certain secondary Vedas or Upa-vedas [q.v.] are enumerated; the Veda7ngas or
works serving as limbs [for preserving the integrity] of the Veda are explained
under {vedA7Gga} below: the only other works included under the head of Veda
being the Paris'ishthas, which supply rules for the ritual omitted in the
Sûtras; in the Briihad-âranyaka Upanishad the Vedas are represented as the
breathings of Brahmâ, while in some of the Purânas the four Vedas are said to
have issued out of the four mouths of the four-faced Brahmâ and in the
Vishnu-Purâna the Veda and Vishnu are identified) RTL. 7 &c. IW. 5; 24 &c.; N.
of the number `" four "' VarBriS. [1015,3] Srutabh.; feeling, perception S'Br.;
= {vRtta} (v.l. {vitta}) L. (cf. 2. {veda}).
veda * =2 m. (fr. 3. {vid}) finding, obtaining, acquisition (see {su-v-});
property, goods Âs'vGri.
veda * =3 m. (perhaps connected with 1. {ve}, to weave or bind together) a tuft
or bunch of strong grass (Kus'a or Muñja) made into a broom (and used for
sweeping, making up the sacrificial fire &c., in rites) AV. MS. Br. S'rS. Mn.
veda * =vedaH = (masc.nom.sing.)the Veda
vedaanga* = n. `" a limb (for preserving the body) of the Veda "'N. of certain
works or classes of works regarded as auxiliary to and even in some sense as
part of the Veda, (six are usually enumerated [and mostly written in the Sûtra
or aphoristic style]; 1. {zikSA}, `" the science of proper articulation and
pronunciation "', comprising the knowledge of letters, accents, quantity, the
use of the organs of pronunciation, and phonetics generally, but especially the
laws of euphony peculiar to the Veda [many short treatises and a chapter of the
Taittirîya-âranyaka are regarded as the representatives of this subject; but
other works on Vedic phonetics may be included under it see {prAtizAkhya}]: 2.
{chandas}, `" metre "' [represented by a treatise ascribed to Pingala-nâga,
which, however, treats of Prâkriit as well as Sanskriit metres, and includes
only a few of the leading Vedic metres]: 3. {vyAkaraNa}, `" linguistic analysis
or grammar [represented by Pânini's celebrated Sûtras]: 4. {nirukta}, `"
explanation of difficult Vedic words "' [cf. {yAska}]: 5. {jyotiSa}, `"
astronomy "', or rather the Vedic calendar [represented by a small tract, the
object of which is to fix the most auspicious days for sacrifices]: 6. {kalpa},
`" ceremonial "', represented by a large number of Sûtra works [cf. {sUtra}]:
the first and second of these Veda7ngas are said to be intended to secure the
correct reading or recitation of the Veda, the third and fourth the
understanding of it, and the fifth and sixth its proper employment at
sacrifices: the Veda7ngas are alluded to by Manu, who calls them, in iii, 184,
Pravacanas, `" expositions "', a term which is said to be also applied to the
Brâhmanas) IW. 145 &c.
vedakrama = vedaas
vedanaa = feelings of pain,
vedana* = pain, torture, agony, feeling sensation, but also: announcing,
proclaiming; n. perception, knowledge; making known, proclaiming
vedana * =1 mfn. (for 2. see p. 1017, col. 2) announcing, proclaiming (see
%{bhaga-v-}); n. perception, knowledge Nir. MBh. Ka1v. &c. (rarely %{A} f.);
making known, proclaiming Ra1jat.; (%{A}) f. pain, torture, agony (also
personified as a daughter of Anr2ita) MBh. R. &c. (exceptionally n.); feeling,
sensation Ya1jn5. S3is3. (with Buddhists one of the 5 Skandhas MWB. 109); (%{I})
f. the true skin or cutis L.\\ 2 mfn. finding, procuring (see %{naSTa} and
%{pati-v-}); n. the act of finding, falling in with (gen.) MBh.; the act of
marrying (said of both sexes, esp. the marriage of a S3u1dra woman with a man of
a higher caste; cf. Mn. iii, 44, and %{utkRSTa-v-}) Mn. Ya1jn5.; the ceremony of
holding the ends of a mantle (observed by a S3u1dra female on her marriage with
a man of a higher caste) W.; property, goods RV. AV. [1017,3]
ve4dana: finding, procuring
vedayaGYa = by sacrifice
vedavaadarataaH = supposed followers of the Vedas
vedavit.h = the knower of the Vedas
vedavidaH = persons conversant with the Vedas
vedaaH = Vedic literatures
vedaanaaM = of all the Vedas
vedaanta = Vedic method of Self-Realization* = m. end of the Veda (= `" complete
knowledge of the Veda "' cf. {vedA7nta-ga}) TÂr. MBh.; N. of the second and most
important part of the Mîmânsâ or third of the three great divisions of Hindû
philosophy (called Veda7nta either as teaching the ultimate scope of the Veda or
simply as explained in the Upanishads which come at the end of the Veda; this
system, although belonging to the Mîmânsâ [q.v.] and sometimes called
Uttara-mîmânsâ, `" examination of the later portion or {jJAna-kANDa} [q.v.] of
the Veda "', is really the one sole orthodox exponent of the pantheistic creed
of the Hindûs of the present day - a creed which underlies all the polytheism
and multiform mythology of the people; its chief doctrine [as expounded by
S'ankara] is that of Advaita i.e. that nothing really exists but the One Self or
Soul of the Universe called Brahman [neut.] or Parama7tman, and that the
Jîva7tman or individual human soul and indeed all the phenomena of nature are
really identical with the Parama7tman, and that their existence is only the
result of Ajñâna [otherwise called Avidyâ] or an assumed ignorance on the part
of that one universal Soul which is described as both Creator and Creation;
Actor and Act; Existence, Knowledge and Joy, and as devoid of the three
qualities [see {guNa}]; the liberation of the human soul, its deliverance from
transmigrations, and re-union with the Parama7tman, with which it is really
identified, is only to be effected by a removal of that ignorance through a
proper understanding of the Veda7nta; this system is also called Brahma-mîmânsâ
and S'ârîrakamîmânsâ, `" inquiring into Spirit or embodied Spirit "'; the
founder of the school is said to have been Vyâsa, also called Bâdarâyana, and
its most eminent teacher was S'ankara7cârya) Up. MBh. &c.; ({As}) m. pl. the
Upanishads or works on the Veda7nta philosophy Kull. on Mn. vi, 83
vedaantakrit.h = the compiler of the Vedanta
vedaantavedyo = one knowable thro' `upanishat.h'
vede = in the Vedic literature
vedeshhu = Vedic literatures
veditavyaM = to be understood
vedituM = to understand
vedaiH = by study of the Vedas
[sarva]vedasa *= mfn. accompanied by a gift of all one's goods (as a sacrifice;
also m. [scil. %{kratu}], a sacrifice of the above kind "') MaitrS. Br. S3rS.;
giving all one's property to priests after a sacñsacrifice Mn. xi, (v.l.);
(%{am}) n. all one's propñproperty TS. Br. Kait2hUp. S3rS.; %{-dakSiNa}
mf(%{A})n. attended with a gift of all one's propñproperty as a fee (at a
sacrifice) S3rS. Mn.\\[saarva]vedasa mfn. (and v.l. for %{sarva-s-}) one who
gives away all his wealth at a sacred rite Mn. xi, 1; (%{am}) n. a person's
entire property; %{-dakSiNa} mfn. (a sacrifice) at which one's whole property is
given away as a fee to Bra1hmans Ya1jn5.
vedas *= 1 n. (for 2. see p. 1017, col. 3) knowledge, science RV. (cf. %{keta-},
%{jAta-}, %{vizva-v-}).\\ 2 n. property, wealth RV. AV.
vedyaM = what is to be known
vedyaH = knowable
vedhashaalaa = (f) observatory (weather, solar)
vedhas.h = brahmaa
vedhase = to the Brahman (like rAma)
vegaM = urges
vega * = m. (fr. {vij}) violent agitation, shock, jerk AV. R.; a stream, flood,
current (of water, tears &c.) AV. S'vetUp. MBh. &c.; rush, dash, impetus,
momentum, onset MBh. BhP.; impetuosity, vehemence, haste, speed, rapidity,
quickness, velocity ({vegAd vegaM-gam}, to go from speed to speed, increase
one's speed) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the flight (of an arrow) Kir.; outbreak, outburst
(of passion), excitement, agitation, emotion ib.; attack, paroxysm (of a
disease) Sus'r.; circulation, working, effect (of poison; in Sus'r. seven stages
or symptoms are mentioned) Yâjñ. Kâv. &c.; expulsion of the feces Sus'r.; semen
virile L.; impetus Kan. Sarvad.; the fruit of Trichosanthes Palmata L.; N. of a
class of evil demons Hariv.
vegaaH = speed
vegavat* = mfn. agitated (as the ocean) R.; impetuous, rapid, hasty, swift,
violent MBh. Kâv. &c.; m. a leopard L.; N. of an Asura MBh.; of a Vidyâdhara
Kathâs.; of a son of Kriishna BhP.; of a king (son of Bandhu-mat) ib.; of a
monkey R.; ({vatI}) f. N. of a river R.; a partic. drug Sus'r.; a kind of metre
Ping.; N. of a Vidyâdharî Kathâs.; (pl.) N. of a class of Apsarases or celestial
nymphs VP.; {-tama} mfn. speediest, quickest, very quick or swift MW.; {-tara}
mfn. more speedy, quicker, very quick ib.; {-tA} f. swiftness, velocity ib.;
{-stotra} n. N. of a Stotra.
vegarodha* = m. obstruction of speed or activity, retardation, check W.;
obstruction of the movement or evacuation of the bowels ib.
vegatara* = m. greater swiftness ({vegAd vegataraM-gam}, to run faster and
faster; cf. {vega}) Pañcat. (B.)
vegatas* = ind. with a sudden impetus R.; with speed, quickly, hastily,
impetuously Kathâs.
velaa*= f. limit, boundary, end S'Br. Kâvya7d.; distance S'Br. KâtyS'r.;
boundary of sea and land (personified as the daughter of Meru and Dhârinî, and
the wife of Samudra), coast, shore ({velAyAm}, on the sea-shore, coast-wise)
MBh. Kâv. &c. [1018, 3]; limit of time, period, season, time of day, hour (with
{pazcimA}, the evening hour; {kA velA}, `" what time of the day is it? "' {kA
velA prA7ptAyAH}, `" how long has she been here? "' {-velam} ifc. after a
numeral = times) S'Br. &c. &c.; opportunity, occasion, interval, leisure ({velAm
pra-kR}, to watch for an opportunity; {velAyAm}, at the right moment or season;
{artha-velAyAm}, at the moment when the meaning is under consideration) MBh.
Kâv. &c.; meal-time, meal (as of a god = {Izvarasya bhojanam}, S'iva's meal) L.;
the last hour, hour of death BhP.; easy or painless death L.; tide, flow (opp.
to `" ebb "'), stream, current MaitrUp. MBh. &c.; `" sickness "' or `" passion
"' ({rAga} or {roga}) L.; the gums L.; speech L.; N. of the wife of Buddha L.;
of a princess found on the seashore (after whom the 11th Lambaka of the
Kathâsarit-sâgara is called).
vela * = n. a garden, grove L. (cf. {vipina} fr. 1. {vip}); a partic. high
number Buddh.; m. the mango tree L.
veNii = (f) pigtail, ponytail
veNu *= or %{ve4Nu} m. (prob. connected with 1. %{ve}) a bamboo, reed, cane RV.
&c. &c. ; a flute, fife, pipe MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; N. of a deity of the Bodhi tree
Lalit. ; of a king of the Ya1davas MBh. ; of a son of S3ata-jit VP. ; of a
mountain Ma1rkP. ; of a river L. ; (pl.) the descendants of Ven2u A1s3vS3r.
(%{veNor@vizAle}N. of two Sa1mans A1rshBr.)
veNuH = flute
vepathuH = trembling of the body
vepathumathii = she who is sweating
vepamaanaH = trembling
vepita *= n. trembling, agitation (in {sa-vepitam}), S'ântis'.
vesha = dress
veshhaH = make-ups/garbs/roles
veshhTiH = (m) dhoti
vetanam.h = (n) salary
vetaala * = m. (of doubtful derivation) a kind of demon, ghost, spirit, goblin,
vampire (esp. one occupying a dead body) Hariv. Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; N. of one of
S'iva's attendants, KâlikâP.; of a teacher BhP.; of a poet Cat.; a door-keeper
(?) L.; ({A}) f. a form of Durgâ Vâs.; ({I}) f. N. of Durgâ Hariv.
vetravat* = mfn. containing or consisting of reeds BhP.; m. N. of a mythical
being (a son of Pu1shan) Katha1s.; (%{atI}) f. a female door-keeper S3ak. Prab.;
a form of Durga1 Hariv. (v.l. %{citra-rathI}); N. of a river (now called the
Betwa1, which, rising among the Vindhya hills in the Bhopa1l State and following
a north-easterly direction for about 360 miles, falls into the Jumna1 below
Hami1rpur) MBh. R. &c.; of the mother of Vetra7sura VarP.
vetrika* = m. pl. N. of a people MBh. (v.l. %{veNika}).
vetrin* = mfn. (ifc.) having a cane, having anything for a cane MaitrUp.; m. a
staff-bearer, door-keeper Ra1jat.
vetrIya* = mfn. (fr. %{vetra}) g. %{utkarA7di}.
vetta = the knower
vetti = knows
vettha = knowvelaa = (fem) time
vettR * = 1 mfn. (fr. 1. %{vid}) ono who knows or feels or witnesses or
experiences, a knower, experiencer, witness S3vetUp. MBh. &c.; m. a sage, one
who knows the nature of the soul and God W.\\ = 2 m. (fr. 3. %{vid}) one who
obtains in marriage, an espouser, husband A1past.
vi * = 1 m. (nom. {vi4s} or {ve4s} acc. {vi4m} gen. abl. {ve4s}; pl. nom. acc.
{va4yas} [acc. {vIn} Bhathth.]; {vi4bhis}, {vi4bhyas}, {vInA4m}) a bird (also
applied to horses, arrows, and the Maruts) RV. VS. PañcavBr, (also occurring in
later language). [Cf. 1. {va4yas}; Gk. $ for $; Lat. {a-vis}; accord. to
&287958[949, 3] some Germ. {Ei}; Angl. Sax. {ae4g}; Eng. {egg.}] - 1.
vi * = 2 n. an artificial word said to be = {anna} S'Br. \\* = 3 ind. (prob. for
an original {dvi}, meaning `" in two parts "'; and opp. to {sam} q.v.) apart,
asunder, in different directions, to and fro, about, away, away from, off,
without RV. &c. &c. In RV. it appears also as a prep. with acc. denoting `"
through "' or `" between "' (with ellipse of the verb e.g. i, 181, 5; x, 86, 20
&c.) It is esp. used as a prefix to verbs or nouns and other parts of speech
derived from verbs, to express `" division "', `" distinction "', `"
distribution "', `" arrangement "', `" order "', `" opposition "', or `"
deliberation "' (cf. {vi-bhid}, {-ziS}, {-dhA}, {-rudh}, {-car}, with their
nominal derivatives); sometimes it gives a meaning opposite to the idea
contained in the simple root (e.g. {krI}, `" to buy "'; {vi-krI}, `" to sell
"'), or it intensifies that idea (e.g. {hiMs}, `" to injure "'; {vi-hiMs}, `" to
injure severely "'). The above 3. {vi4} may also be used in forming compounds
not immediately referable to verbs, in which cases it may express `" difference
"' (cf. 1. {vi-lakSaNa}), `" change "' or `" variety "' (cf. {vi-citra}), `"
intensity "' (cf. {vi-karAla}), `" manifoldness "' (cf. {vi-vidha}), `"
contrariety "' (cf. {vi-loma}), `" deviation from right "' (cf. {vi-zIla}), `"
negation "' or `" privatlon "' (cf. {vi-kaccha}, being often used like 3. {a},
{nir}, and {nis} [qq. vv.], and like the Lat. {dis}, {se}, and the English {a},
{dis}, {in}, {un} &c.); in some cases it does not seem to modify the meaning of
the simple word at all (cf. {vi-jAmi}, {vi-jAmAtR}); it is also used to form
proper names out of other proper names (e.g. {vi-koka}, {vi-pRthu}, {vi-viMza}).
To save space such words are here mostly collected under one article; but words
having several subordinate compounds will be found s.v.
vi+apa+gam.h = to go away
vi+bhaa = to adorn
vi+GYaa = to know
vibhaaga * = m. distribution, apportionment RV. AitBr.; partition of patrimony,
law of inheritance (one of the 18 titles or branches of law) Mn. Ya1jn5. &c.
(cf. IW. 261); a share, portion, section, constituent part of anything Ya1jn5.
MBh. &c.; division, separation, distinction, difference Nir. Gr2S3rS. &c.
(%{ena}, separately, singly, in detail; cf. also %{yoga-v-}); disjunction (opp.
to %{saM-yoga} and regarded in Nya1ya as one of the 24 Gun2as) IW. 68; (in
arithm.) the numerator of a fraction Col.; N. of S3iva R.; %{-kalpanA} f.
apportioning or allotment of shares or portions W.; %{-jJa} mfn. (ifc.) knowing
the difference between S3a1n3khGr2. MBh. %{-tas} ind. according to a part or
share, proportionately Sarvad. W.; %{-tattva-vicAra} m. N. of wk.; %{-tva} n.
state of separation or distinction Sarvad.; %{-dharma} m. the law of division,
rule of inheritance Mn. i, 115; %{-pattrikA} f. a deed of partition MW.;
%{-bhAj} mfn. one who shares in a portion of property already distributed
(applied esp. to a son by a father and mother of the same tribe, born
subsequently to a distribution of property amongst his parents and brethren, in
which case he inherits the portion allotted or reserved to the parents) Ya1jn5.
Pan5cat.; %{-bhinna} n. = %{takra}, buttermilk mixed with water L.; %{-rekhA} f.
partition-line, boundary between (gen.) Ba1lar.; %{-vat} mfn. divided,
separated, distinguished (%{-tA} f.) Sarvad.; %{-zas} ind. according to a part
or share, separately, proportionately Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) according to BhP.
[977,3]; %{-sAra} m. N. of wk.; %{-ge7cchu} mfn. wishing for a partition or
distribution MW.
vibhaagayoH = differences
vibhaagashaH = in terms of division
vibhaajana *= n. division, distinction L. ; the act of causing to share or
distribute, participation MW.
vibhaajya* = mfn. to be divided or apportioned, divisible Mn. ix, 219.
vibhaata* = mfn. shone forth, grown light &c. ({-tA vibhAvarI}, the morning has
dawned Kathâs.); become visible, appeared ChUp. BhP.; n. dawn, day-break,
morning Kâlid.vibhaashita* = mfn. admitting an alternative (esp. in gram. =
optional) Nir. Kaus'. Pân.
vibhaasita* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) made bright, illuminated MBh.
vibhaava *= 2 m. (for 1. see under %{vi-bhA}) any condition which excites or
develops a partic. state of mind or body , any cause of emotion (e.g. the
persons and circumstances represented in a drama , as opp. to the %{anu-bhAva}
or external signs or effects of emotion) Bhar. Das3ar. Sa1h. (%{-tva} n.) ; a
friend , acquaintance L. ; N. of S3iva Pan5car.
vibhaavasau = in the fire
vibhaavya *= mfn. to be clearly perceived or observed , distinguishable ,
comprehensible MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to be attended to or heeded (n. impers. `" it
should be heeded "') MBh. Ka1vya7d.
vibhaktaM = divided1 * = vibhakta mfn. divided, distributed among (instr.). AV.
&c. &c. (%{e} ind. after a partition, Ya1jn. ii, 126); one who has received his
share Mn. ix, 210; 215; one who has caused a partition to be made BhP. (Sch.);
parted, separated by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; separated from i.e.
without (instr.) Ya1jn5. iii, 103; isolated, secluded R.; distinct, different,
various, manifold MBh. Ka1v. &c.; divided into regular parts, harmonious,
symmetrical ib.; ornamented, decorated Hariv. Katha1s.; divided (arithmetically)
Su1ryas.; m. N. of Skanda MBh.; n. isolation, seclusion, solitude Pa1n2. 2-3,
42; %{-gAtra} mfn. one whose limbs are embellished with (comp.) Hariv.; %{-ja}
m. a son born after the partition of the family property between his parents and
brothers Gaut.; %{-tva} n. manifoldness, variety Va1m. iv, 1, 7 (quot.);
%{-tA7tman} mfn. divided (in his essence) Ragh. x, 66; %{-tA7vibhakta-nirNaya}
m. N. of wk.
vibhakteshhu = in the numberless divided
vibhava *= mfn. powerful , rich MBh. xiii , 802 ; m. being everywhere ,
omnipresence Kan2. ; development , evolution (with Vaishn2avas `" the evolution
of the Supreme Being into secondary forms "') Sarvad. ; power , might ,
greatness , exalted position , rank , dignity , majesty , dominion R. Ka1lid.
VarBr2S. &c. (ifc. with loc. , `" one whose power consists in "' Gi1t.) ;
influence upon (loc.) S3a1n3khS3r. ; (also pl.) wealth , money , property ,
fortune MBh. Ka1v. &c.: luxury , anything sumptuary or superfluous Hcar. ;
magnanimity , lofty-mindedness W. ; emancipation from existence Inscr. BhP. ; N.
of the 2nd year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBr2S. ; destruction (of the
world) Buddh. ; (in music) a kind of measure ; %{-kSaya} m. loss of fortune or
property Ca1n2. ; %{-tas} ind. according to rank or fortune or dignity Ka1lid.
Prab. ; %{-mati} f. N. of a princess Ra1jat. ; %{-mada} m. the pride of power
MW. ; %{-vat} mfn. possessed of power "' , wealthy Mr2icch. [978,3]
vibhid * =P. Â. {-bhinatti}, {-bhintte} to split or break in two, break in
pieces, cleave asunder, divide, separate, open RV. &c. &c.; to pierce, sting
S'Br. MârkP.; to loosen, untie Hariv. BhP.; to break, infringe, violate R.
Bâlar. BhP.; to scatter, disperse, dispel, destroy MBh. Kâv. &c.; to alter,
change (the mind) MBh. BhP.: Pass. to be split or broken, burst asunder &c.
(also P. Cond. {vyabhetsyat} ChUp.); to be changed or altered R. BhP.: Caus.
{-bhedayati}, to cause to split &c.; to divide, alienate, estrange MBh. R.
vi4-bhida * = m. N. of a demon Suparn.; ({A}) f. `" perforation "' and `"
falling away "', `" apostasy "' S'is'. xx, 23.
vibhI4daka * = vm. n. id. RV. GriS'rS. (cf. {vi-bhedaka} under {vi-bhid}).
vibhrama * = m. (ifc. f. %{A}) moving to and fro, rolling or whirling about,
restlessness, unsteadiness Ka1v. VarBr2S. Ra1jat.; violence, excess, intensity,
high degree (also pl.) Ka1v. Katha1s. &c.; hurry, rapture, agitation,
disturbance, perturbation, confusion, flurry MBh. Ka1v. &c.; doubt, error,
mistake, blunder (with %{daNDasya}, `" erroneous application of punishment "')
Mn. MBh. &c.; illusion, illusive appearance or mere semblance of anything Ka1v.
Katha1s. &c. (cf. %{-bhASita}); beauty, grace Ka1lid. Ma1lati1m.; feminine
coquetry, amorous gestures or action of any kind (esp. play of the eyes),
perturbation, flurry (as when a woman in her confusion puts her ornaments in the
wrong places) Bhar. Das3ar. Sa1h.; caprice, whim MW.; (%{A}) f. old age L.;
%{-tantra} n. (= %{-sUtra}); %{-bhASita} n. pl. language in appearance Subh.;
%{-vatI} f. a girl Harav.; N. of a female servant Prab.; %{-sUtra} n. N. of a
treatise on grammar (attributed to Hema-candra); %{-mA7rka} m. N. of a man
Ra1jat.
vibububhuushu* =mfn. wishing to develop or expand one's self. ib.
vi4-buddha* mfn. (for 2. see {vi-budh}) without consciousness W.
vi-buddha* = 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 951, col. 3) awakened, wide awake MBh. Kâv.
&c.; expanded, blown ib.; clever, experienced, skilful in (loc.) MBh. xiv, 1015;
{-kamala} mfn. having expanded lotuses MBh.; {-cUta} m. a mango-tree in blossom
Mâlav.
vibhu *= ; %{-dA4van} mfn. bestowing richly, liberal TS. ; %{-ma4t} mfn. joined
with the Vibhus or Ribhus MaitrS. ; %{-vasu} (%{vibhU4}.) mfn. possessing mighty
treasures or wealth RV.
vibhuM = greatest
vibhuH = the Supreme Lord
vibhum.h = the Lord who shines
vibhuu *= P. %{-bhavati}, to arise, be developed or manifested, expand, appear
RV. TS. Mun2d2Up. ; to suffice, be adequate or equal to or a match for (dat. or
acc.) S3Br. ; to pervade, fill Pan5cavBr. ; to be able to or capable of (inf.),
Bhp. ; to exist (in %{a-vibhavat}, `" not existing "') Ka1tyS3r.: Caus.
%{-bhAvayati}, to cause to arise or appear, develop, manifest, reveal, show
forth, display S3a1n3khBr. MBh. &c. ; to pretend, feign Kull. on Mn. viii, 362 ;
to divide, separate BhP. ; to perceive distinctly, find out, discover,
ascertain, know, acknowledge, recognise as (acc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to regard or
consider as, take for (two acc.) Kuval. ; to suppose, fancy, imagine BhP.
Pan5car. ; to think, reflect Katha1s. Pan5cat. ; to suppose anything of or about
(loc.) BhP. ; to make clear, establish, prove, decide Mn. Ya1jn5. ; to convict,
convince Ya1jn5. Das3.: Pass. of Caus. %{-bhAvyate}, to be considered or
regarded as, appear, seem (nom.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.: Desid. see %{-bubhUSA}: Intens.
see %{-bobhuvat}\\2 mf(%{U4} or %{vI4})n. being everywhere, far-extending,
all-pervading, omnipresent, eternal RV. VS. Up. MBh. &c. ; abundant, plentiful
RV. VS. Br. ; mighty, powerful, excellent, great, strong, effective, able to or
capable of (inf.) RV. &c. &c. ; firm, solid, hard L. ; m. a lord, ruler,
sovereign, king (also applied to Brahma1, Vishn2u, and S3iva) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
(ifc.) chief of or among VarBr2S. ; a servant L. ; the sun L. ; the moon L. ; N.
of Kubera L. (W. also `" ether ; space ; time ; the soul "') ; N. of a god (son
of Veda-s3iras and Tushita1) BhP. ; of a class of gods under Manu Sa1varn2i
Ma1rkP. ; of Indra under Manu Raivata and under the 7th Manu ib. BhP. ; of a son
of Vishn2u and Dakshin2a1 BhP. ; of a son of Bhaga and Siddhi ib. ; of Buddha L.
; of a brother of S3akuni MBh. ; of a son of S3ambara Hariv. ; of a son of
Satya-ketu and father of Su-vibhu VP. ; of a son of Dharma-ketu and father of
Su-kuma1ra ib. ; of a son of Varsha-ketu or Satya-ketu and father of A1narta
Hariv. ; of a son of Prasta1va and Niyutsa1 BhP. ; of a son of Bhr2igu MW. ; pl.
N. of the R2ibhus RV. ; %{-kra4tu} mfn. strong. heroic RV. ; %{-tA} f. power,
supremacy W. ; %{-tva} n. being everywhere, omnipresence S3vetUp. Sarvad. ;
omnipotence, sovereignty Pras3nUp. S3ak. Ba1lar. ; %{-tva-samarthana} n. N. of
wk. ; %{-pramita} n. the hall of Brahma1 KaushUp. ; %{-ma4t} mfn. extending
everywhere RV. ; joined with the Vibhus or R2ibhus VS. AitBr. S3rS. ; %{-varman}
m. N. of a man Inscr.
vibhuutayaH = opulences
vibhuuta * = mfn. arisen, produced &c. ; great, mighty (see comp.) ; m. = next
Buddh. ; %{-M-gamA} f. a partic. high number Buddh. ; %{-dyumna} (%{vi4-}) mfn.
abounding in splendour or glory RV. ; %{-manas} mfn. (used to explain
%{vi-manas}) Nir. x, 26 ; %{-rAti} (%{vi-}) mfn. bestowing rich gifts.
vibhuuti = divine power * = mfn. penetrating, pervading Nir.; abundant,
plentiful RV.; mighty, powerful ib.; presiding over (gen.) ib. viii, 50, 6; m.
N. of a Sâdhya Hariv.; of a son of Vis'vâmitra MBh.; of a king VP.; f.
development, multiplication, expansion, plenty, abundance Kâv. Kathâs. &c.;
manifestation of might, great power, superhuman power (consisting of eight
faculties, especially attributed to S'iva, but supposed also to be attainable by
human beings through worship of that deity, viz. {aNiman}, the power of becoming
as minute as an atom; {laghiman}, extreme lightness; {prA7pti}, attaining or
reaching anything [e.g. the moon with the tip of the finger] [979, 1];
{prAkAmya}, irresistible will; {mahiman}, illimitable bulk; {IzitA}, supreme
dominion; {vazitA}, subjugating by magic; and {kAmA7vasAyitA}, the suppressing
all desires) ib.; a partic. S'akti Hcat.; the might of a king or great lord,
sovereign power, greatness Kâlid. Pañcat. Kathâs. &c.; successful issue (of a
sacrifice) MBh. R.; splendour, glory, magnificence Hariv. Ragh. VarBriS.;
fortune, welfare, prosperity Pras'nUp. MBh. &c.; (also pl.) riches, wealth,
opulence Kâm. Kâv. Kathâs.; N. of Lakshmi (the Goddess of Fortune and welfare)
BhP.; the ashes of cow-dung &c. (with which S'iva is said to smear his body, and
hence used in imitation of him by devotees) Pañcar. Sâh.; (in music) a partic.
S'ruti Sangît.; {-grahaNa} n. taking up ashes (at the Vais'vadeva ceremony) RTL.
420; {-candra} m. N. of an author, Cat; {-dvAdazI} f. a Vrata or religious
observance on a partic. twelfth day (in honour of Vishnu) ib.; {-dhAraNa-vidhi}
m. N. of wk.; {-bala} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-mat} mfn. mighty, powerful,
superhuman Bhag. BhP.; smeared with ashes W.; {-mAdhava} m. N. of a poet Cat.;
{-mAhAtmya} n. N. of a ch. of the PadmaP.; {-yoga} m. N. of the 6th canto of the
S'iva-gîtâ.
vibhuutiM = opulence
vibhuutinaaM = opulences
vibhuutibhiH = opulences
vibhuuteH = of opulences
vibhuush.h = to decorate
vibhuushhaNa = ornament, asset
vibhram * = P. %{-bhramati}, %{-bhrAmyati}, to wander or roam or fly about,
roll, hover, whirl MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to reel, quiver, shake BhP.; to roam over,
wander through (acc.). MBh.; to fall into disorder or confusion, be disarranged
or bewildered MBh. Hariv. &c.; to drive asunder, disperse, scare away MBh.; to
move about (the tail) R.: Caus. %{-bhramayati}, or %{-bhrAmayati} (Pass.
%{-bhrAmyate}), to confise, perplex Ma1rkP. Hcat.
vibhrama m. (ifc. f. %{A}) moving to and fro, rolling or whirling about,
restlessness, unsteadiness Ka1v. VarBr2S. Ra1jat.; violence, excess, intensity,
high degree (also pl.) Ka1v. Katha1s. &c.; hurry, rapture, agitation,
disturbance, perturbation, confusion, flurry MBh. Ka1v. &c.; doubt, error,
mistake, blunder (with %{daNDasya}, `" erroneous application of punishment "')
Mn. MBh. &c.; illusion, illusive appearance or mere semblance of anything Ka1v.
Katha1s. &c. (cf. %{-bhASita}); beauty, grace Ka1lid. Ma1lati1m.; feminine
coquetry, amorous gestures or action of any kind (esp. play of the eyes),
perturbation, flurry (as when a woman in her confusion puts her ornaments in the
wrong places) Bhar. Das3ar. Sa1h.; caprice, whim MW.; (%{A}) f. old age L.;
%{-tantra} n. (= %{-sUtra}); %{-bhASita} n. pl. language in appearance Subh.;
%{-vatI} f. a girl Harav.; N. of a female servant Prab.; %{-sUtra} n. N. of a
treatise on grammar (attributed to Hema-candra); %{-mA7rka} m. N. of a man
Ra1jat.
vibhramaH = bewilderment
vibhramin * = mfn. moving hither and thither Chandom.
vibhraMs' * = (sometimes written %{bhraMs}) A1. %{-bhraMzate}, to fall off
(fig.), be unfortunate, fail or be unsuccessful in (loc.) Pan5cavBr.; to be
separated from, desert (abl.) Ka1tyS3r.: Caus. %{-bhraMzayati}, to cause to fall
MBh.; to strike or break off R.; to cause to disappear or vanish, destroy
annihilate BhP.; to divert from, deprive of (abl) MBh. BhP.
vibhraMs'a * = m. diarrhoea, laxity of the bowels (see %{manda-v-}); decline,
cessation, end MBh. Katha1s. Pur.; disturbance, perturbation (see %{citta-v-});
fall, decay, ruin MBh. VarBr2S. BhP.; (ifc.) being deprived of, loss Pur.
Ra1jat.; a precipice MW.; %{-yAjJa} m. a partic. Eka7tha Vait.
vibhraMzin * = mfn. crumbling to pieces (see %{a-v-}); falling down, dropping
from (ifc.) Megh. [979,2]
vibhraMs'ita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to fall &c.; %{-jJAna} mfn. deprived of
reason or consciousness BhP.; %{-puSpa-pattra} mfn. having the flowers and
leaves knocked off R.
vibhraMs'in * = mfn. crumbling to pieces (see {a-v-}); falling down, dropping
from (ifc.) Megh. [979,2]
vibhrashhTaH = deviated from
vibhraantaaH = perplexed
vibhram *= P. %{-bhramati} , %{-bhrAmyati} , to wander or roam or fly about ,
roll , hover , whirl MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to reel , quiver , shake BhP. ; to roam
over , wander through (acc.). MBh. ; to fall into disorder or confusion , be
disarranged or bewildered MBh. Hariv. &c. ; to drive asunder , disperse , scare
away MBh. ; to move about (the tail) R.: Caus. %{-bhramayati} , or
%{-bhrAmayati} (Pass. %{-bhrAmyate}) , to confise , perplex Ma1rkP. Hcat.
vibhrama *= m. (ifc. f. %{A}) moving to and fro , rolling or whirling about ,
restlessness , unsteadiness Ka1v. VarBr2S. Ra1jat. ; violence , excess ,
intensity , high degree (also pl.) Ka1v. Katha1s. &c. ; hurry , rapture ,
agitation , disturbance , perturbation , confusion , flurry MBh. Ka1v. &c. ;
doubt , error , mistake , blunder (with %{daNDasya} , `" erroneous application
of punishment "') Mn. MBh. &c. ; illusion , illusive appearance or mere
semblance of anything Ka1v. Katha1s. &c. (cf. %{-bhASita}) ; beauty , grace
Ka1lid. Ma1lati1m. ; feminine coquetry , amorous gestures or action of any kind
(esp. play of the eyes) , perturbation , flurry (as when a woman in her
confusion puts her ornaments in the wrong places) Bhar. Das3ar. Sa1h. ; caprice
, whim MW. ; (%{A}) f. old age L. ; %{-tantra} n. (= %{-sUtra}) ; %{-bhASita} n.
pl. language in appearance Subh. ; %{-vatI} f. a girl Harav. ; N. of a female
servant Prab. ; %{-sUtra} n. N. of a treatise on grammar (attributed to
Hema-candra) ; %{-mA7rka} m. N. of a man Ra1jat.
vibhramin *= mfn. moving hither and thither Chandom.
vibhraMs' *= (sometimes written %{bhraMs}) A1. %{-bhraMzate} , to fall off
(fig.) , be unfortunate , fail or be unsuccessful in (loc.) Pan5cavBr. ; to be
separated from , desert (abl.) Ka1tyS3r.: Caus. %{-bhraMzayati} , to cause to
fall MBh. ; to strike or break off R. ; to cause to disappear or vanish ,
destroy annihilate BhP. ; to divert from , deprive of (abl) MBh. BhP.
vibhraMs'a *= m. diarrhoea , laxity of the bowels (see %{manda-v-}) ; decline ,
cessation , end MBh. Katha1s. Pur. ; disturbance , perturbation (see
%{citta-v-}) ; fall , decay , ruin MBh. VarBr2S. BhP. ; (ifc.) being deprived of
, loss Pur. Ra1jat. ; a precipice MW. ; %{-yAjJa} m. a partic. Eka7tha Vait.
vibhraMs'in *= mfn. crumbling to pieces (see %{a-v-}) ; falling down , dropping
from (ifc.) Megh. [979,2]
vibhraMs'ita *= mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to fall &c. ; %{-jJAna} mfn. deprived of
reason or consciousness BhP. ; %{-puSpa-pattra} mfn. having the flowers and
leaves knocked off R.
vibudha* = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-budh}) destitute of learned men Kâvya7d. - 1.\\*
= 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 951, col. 3) very wise or learned Kâv. Kathâs. Pañcat.
&c.; m. a wise or learned man, teacher, Pandit ib.; a god MBh. Kâv. &c.; the
moon L.; N. of a prince (son of Deva-midha) R.; of Kriita VP.; of the author of
the Janma-pradipa; {-guru} m. `" teacher of the gods "', Briihas-pati or the
planet Jupiter VarBriS.; {-taTinI} f. `" river of the gods "', the Gangâ
Prasang.; {-tva} n. wisdom, learning Cat.; {-nadI} f. = {-taTinI} Viddh.;
{-pati} m. `" king of the gods "'N. of Indra Car.; {-priyA} f. `" favourite of
the gods "'N. of a metre Ping.; -mati mfn. of wise understanding Kâm.;
{-raJjanI} f. N. of wk.; {-rAja}, m.= {-pati} R.; {-ripu} m. an enemy of the
gods Prab.; {-rSabha} (for {-RS-}) m. chief of the gods BhP.; {-vijaya} m. a
victory won by the gods MW.; {-vidviS} (MBh.) or {-zatru} (Vikr.) m. `" foe of
the gods "', a demon; {-sakha} m. a friend of the gods Bhathth.; {-sadman} n. `"
abode of the gods "', heaven or the sky Kâd.; {-strI} f. `" divine female "', an
Apsaras S'ak.; {-dhA7cArya} m. `" teacher of the gods "'N. of Briihas-pati
Das'.; {-dhA7dhipa} (MBh.), {-dhA7dhipati} (VarBriS.) m. sovereign of the gods
({-tya} n. sovereignty of the gods BhP.); {-dhA7nucara} m. a god's attendant Mn.
xii, 47; {-dhA7vAsa} m. `" god's abode "', a temple Râjat.; {-dhe7tara} m. `"
other than a god "', an Asura BhP.; {-dhe7ndra} m. `" best of the wise "', (with
{AcArya} or {Azrama}) N. of a teacher Cat.; {-dhe7zvara} m. lord of the gods
MBh.; {-dho7padeza} m. N. of a vocabulary
vicaarin * = mfn. having wide paths (as the earth) RV. v, 84, 2; moving about,
wandering, traversing MBh. R. &c.; proceeding, acting MBh.; changing, mutable
A1s3vS3r.; wanton, dissolute, lascivious Ca1n2. (v.l.); (ifc.) deliberating,
judging, discussing MBh. Mr2icch.; m. N. of a son of Kavandha GopBr.
vicaarita * = mfn. deliberated , considered , discussed , judged Mn. MBh. &c. ;
anything which is under discussion , dubious , doubtful , uncertain ib. ;
anything which has been discussed or decided , ascertained , settled Mn. xi , 28
; n. (also pl.) deliberation , doubt , hesitation MBh. Mr2icch. Pan5cat.
vicakSaNa * = mfn. conspicuous, visible, bright, radiant, splendid RV. AV. Br.
Gr2S3rS.; distinct, perceptible Pa1rGr2.; clear-sighted (lit. and fig.),
sagacious, clever, wise, experienced or versed in, familiar with (loc. or comp.)
RV. &c. &c.; m. N. of a preceptor (with the patr. Ta1n2d2ya) VBr.; (%{A}) f.
Tiaridium Indicum L.; N. of Brahma1's throne KaushUp.; N. of a female servant
Viddh.; (%{am}) ind. g. %{gotrA7di}; %{-canasita-vat} mfn. accompanied by the
word %{vicakSaNa}, or %{canasita} Ka1tyS3r.; %{-tva} n. sagaciousness,
cleverness, discernment, judgment, wisdom MBh.; %{-m-manya} mfn. considering
one's self clever or wise Sarvad.; %{-vat} mfn. connected with the word
%{vicakSaNa} AitBr. (cf. %{-NA7nta} La1t2y., %{-No7ttara} Vait.)
vicarita * = mfn. moved in different directions &c.; n. wandering, roaming about
MBh.
vicar.h = to think
vicara * = mfn. wandered or swerved from (abl.) MBh. v, 812. 2.
vicaara* = m. (ifc. f. %{A}) mode of acting or proceeding, procedure (also = a
single or particular case) S3rS.; change of place Gobh.; pondering,
deliberation, consideration, reflection, examination, investigation RPra1t. MBh.
&c.; doubt, hesitation R. Katha1s. BhP.; a probable conjecture Sa1h.; dispute,
discussion W.; prudence MW.; %{-kartR} m. one who makes investigation, a judge,
investigator W.; %{-cintAmaNi} m. N. of wk.; %{-jJa} mfn. knowing how to
discriminate or judge, able to decide on the merits of a case, a judge MW.;
%{-driz} mfn. `" employing no spies for eyes "' (see %{cAra}), and `" looking at
a matter with consideration "' Naish.; %{-nirNaya} m. N. of wk.; %{-para} m. N.
of a king, S3in6ha7s.; %{-bhU} f. a tribunal L.; the judgment-seat of Yama
(judge of the dead) W.; %{-maJjarI} f. %{-mAlA} f. N. of wks.; %{-mUDha} mfn.
foolish or mistaken in judgment Ragh. Hit.; %{-vat} mfn. proceeding with
consideration, considerate, prudent S3atr. Ka1v.; %{-vid} m. (prob.) `" knowing
how to discriminate "'N. of S3iva MBh.; %{-zAstra} n. N. of wk.; %{-zIla},
disposed to deliberation or reflection, considerate, deliberative MW.;
%{-sudhA7kara} m. %{-dhA7rNava} m. N. of wks. [958,3]; %{-sthala} n. a place for
discussion or investigation, tribunal MW.; a logical disputation W.;
%{-rA7rka-saMgraha} m. N. of wk.; %{-rA7rthasamAgama} m. assembly for the sake
of trial or judgment, an assembly for investigation or discussion MW.;
%{-ro7kti} f. discriminating speech L.
vicakshaNa = clever, wise* = mfn. conspicuous, visible, bright, radiant,
splendid RV. AV. Br. GriS'rS.; distinct, perceptible PârGri.; clear-sighted
(lit. and fig.), sagacious, clever, wise, experienced or versed in, familiar
with (loc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; m. N. of a preceptor (with the patr. Tândya)
VBr.; ({A}) f. Tiaridium Indicum L.; N. of Brahmâ's throne KaushUp.; N. of a
female servant Viddh.; ({am}) ind. g. {gotrA7di}; {-canasita-vat} mfn.
accompanied by the word {vicakSaNa}, or {canasita} KâtyS'r.; {-tva} n.
sagaciousness, cleverness, discernment, judgment, wisdom MBh.; {-m-manya} mfn.
considering one's self clever or wise Sarvad.; {-vat} mfn. connected with the
word {vicakSaNa} AitBr. (cf. {-NA7nta} Lâthy., {-No7ttara} Vait.)
vicakshaNaH = the experienced
vicakshaNa* = mfn. conspicuous, visible, bright, radiant, splendid RV. AV. Br.
GriS'rS.; distinct, perceptible PârGri.; clear-sighted (lit. and fig.),
sagacious, clever, wise, experienced or versed in, familiar with (loc. or comp.)
RV. &c. &c.; m. N. of a preceptor (with the patr. Tândya) VBr.; ({A}) f.
Tiaridium Indicum L.; N. of Brahmâ's throne KaushUp.; N. of a female servant
Viddh.; ({am}) ind. g. {gotrA7di}; {-canasita-vat} mfn. accompanied by the word
{vicakSaNa}, or {canasita} KâtyS'r.; {-tva} n. sagaciousness, cleverness,
discernment, judgment, wisdom MBh.; {-m-manya} mfn. considering one's self
clever or wise Sarvad.; {-vat} mfn. connected with the word {vicakSaNa} AitBr.
(cf. {-NA7nta} Lâthy., {-No7ttara} Vait.)
vicashthe *V= acting, sees, perceive, sees this, can search for
vicetana *= mf(%{A})n. (for 2. see under %{vi-cit}) senseless, unconscious,
absent-minded MBh. R. &c. ; inanimate, dead Hit. ; foolish, stupid Kum. ; (f.
%{I}), rendering unconscious Pan5car. 1.
vichaara = thought
vichaaraM = thought
vichaalayet.h = should try to agitate
vichaalyate = becomes shaken
viceshTa * = mfn. motionless R.
viceshTA* = f. motion (see %{nir-viceSTa}); acting, proceeding, conduct,
behaviour MBh. Ka1m. BhP. (cf. %{dur-viceSTa}); effort, exertion MW.
viceshTana* = n. moving the limbs MBh.; kicking or rolling (said of horses)
Ragh.
vi+chint.h = think
vicintya * = mfn. to be considered or thought of or cared for VarBr2S. Prab.
BhP. ; to be found out or devised Das3. ; doubtful, questionable Va1m.
vic(h)itra = foolish, extraordinary, strange *= mf({A})n. variegated,
many-coloured, motley, brilliant MBh. R. &c.; manifold, various, diverse Mn.
MBh. &c.; strange, wonderful, surprising MBh. Kâv. &c.; charming, lovely,
beautiful R. Riitus.; amusing, entertaining (as a story) Kathâs.; painted,
coloured W.; ({am}) ind. manifoldly, variously BhP.; charmingly R.; m. the
As'oka tree L.; N. of a king MBh.; of a son of Manu Raucya or Deva-sâvarni
Hariv. Pur.; of a heron Hit.; ({A}) f. a white deer MW.; colocynth L.; (in
music) a partic. Mûrchanâ Sangît.; N. of a river VP.; n. variegated colour,
party-colour W.; wonder, surprise Gît.; a figure of speech (implying apparently
the reverse of the meaning intended) Kuval. Pratâp.; {-katha} m. `" one whose
stories are amusing "'N. of a man Kathâs.; {-caritra} mfn. behaving in a
wonderful manner MW.; {-cInA7Mzuka} n. variegated China cloth, shot or watered
China silk W.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. variegation, variety, wonderfulness Kâv. Sâh.;
{-deha} mfn. having a painted body W.; elegantly formed ib.; m. a cloud L.;
{-pazu} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-bhUSaNa} m. N. of a Kin-nara Buddh.;
{-mAlyA7bharaNa} mfn. having variegated garlands and ornaments Nal.;
{-maulizrI-cUDa} m. N. of a prince Buddh.; {-rUpa} mfn. having various forms,
various, diverse MBh.; {-varSin} mfn. raining here and there (not everywhere)
VarBriS.; {-vAkya-paTutA} f. great eloquence Prasang.; {-vAguro7cchrAya-maya}
mf({I})n. filled with various outspread nets Kathâs.; {-vIrya} m. `" of
marvellous heroism "'N. of a celebrated king of the lunar race (the son of
S'ântanu by his wife Satya-vatî, and so half-brother of Bhîshma; when he died
childless, his mother requested Vyâsa, whom she had borne before her marriage to
the sage Parâs'ara, to raise up issue to Vicitra-vîrya; so Vyâsa married the two
widows of his half-brother, Ambikâ and Ambâlikâ, and by them became the father
of Dhriita-râshthra and Pându; cf. IW. 375; 376) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({-sU} f. `"
mother of Vicitra-vîrya "'N. of Satya-vatî L.); {-siMha} m. N. of a man Râjat.;
{-trA7Gga} m. `" having variegated limbs or a spotted body "', a peacock L.; a
tiger L.; {-trA7pIDa} m. N. of a Vidyâ-dhara Kathâs.; {-trA7laMkAra-svara} m. N.
of a serpentdemon Buddh.
vichitraH = wonderful/mysterious
viccchitti * = (%{vi4-}) f. cutting asunder or off, breaking off, prevention,
interruption, cessation TBr. &c. &c.; wanting, lack of (instr.) S3is3.; (in
rhet.) a pointed or cutting or sharp style Sa1h. Kuval.; irregularity or
carelessness in dress and decoration Va1s. Das3ar.; colouring or marking the
body with unguents, painting S3ak. S3is3.; caesura, pause in a verse W.
vichintaya = think well
vichintya = having thought
viceSTita* = mfn. struggled, striven, exerted &c.; effected, produced Hit.;
investigated, inquired into W.; unconsidered, illjudged ib.; n. motion (of the
body), gesture Ka1v. Sus3r.; action, exertion, conduct, behaviour Ya1jn5. MBh.
&c.; evil or malicious act, machination W.
vichetasaH = bewilderedvi+smri = to forget
viceshthita * = mfn. struggled, striven, exerted &c.; effected, produced Hit.;
investigated, inquired into W.; unconsidered, illjudged ib.; n. motion (of the
body), gesture Kâv. Sus'r.; action, exertion, conduct, behaviour Yâjñ. MBh. &c.;
evil or malicious act, machination W.
vicitra *= mf({A})n. variegated, many-coloured, motley, brilliant MBh. R. &c.;
manifold, various, diverse Mn. MBh. &c.; strange, wonderful, surprising MBh.
Kâv. &c.; charming, lovely, beautiful R. Riitus.; amusing, entertaining (as a
story) Kathâs.; painted, coloured W.; ({am}) ind. manifoldly, variously BhP.;
charmingly R.; m. the As'oka tree L.; N. of a king MBh.; of a son of Manu Raucya
or Deva-sâvarni Hariv. Pur.; of a heron Hit.; ({A}) f. a white deer MW.;
colocynth L.; (in music) a partic. Mûrchanâ Sangît.; N. of a river VP.; n.
variegated colour, party-colour W.; wonder, surprise Gît.; a figure of speech
(implying apparently the reverse of the meaning intended) Kuval. Pratâp.;
{-katha} m. `" one whose stories are amusing "'N. of a man Kathâs.; {-caritra}
mfn. behaving in a wonderful manner MW.; {-cInA7Mzuka} n. variegated China
cloth, shot or watered China silk W.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. variegation, variety,
wonderfulness Kâv. Sâh.; {-deha} mfn. having a painted body W.; elegantly formed
ib.; m. a cloud L.; {-pazu} m. N. of a poet Cat.; {-bhUSaNa} m. N. of a Kin-nara
Buddh.; {-mAlyA7bharaNa} mfn. having variegated garlands and ornaments Nal.;
{-maulizrI-cUDa} m. N. of a prince Buddh.; {-rUpa} mfn. having various forms,
various, diverse MBh.; {-varSin} mfn. raining here and there (not everywhere)
VarBriS.; {-vAkya-paTutA} f. great eloquence Prasang.; {-vAguro7cchrAya-maya}
mf({I})n. filled with various outspread nets Kathâs.; {-vIrya} m. `" of
marvellous heroism "'N. of a celebrated king of the lunar race (the son of
S'ântanu by his wife Satya-vatî, and so half-brother of Bhîshma; when he died
childless, his mother requested Vyâsa, whom she had borne before her marriage to
the sage Parâs'ara, to raise up issue to Vicitra-vîrya; so Vyâsa married the two
widows of his half-brother, Ambikâ and Ambâlikâ, and by them became the father
of Dhriita-râshthra and Pându; cf. IW. 375; 376) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; ({-sU} f. `"
mother of Vicitra-vîrya "'N. of Satya-vatî L.); {-siMha} m. N. of a man Râjat.;
{-trA7Gga} m. `" having variegated limbs or a spotted body "', a peacock L.; a
tiger L.; {-trA7pIDa} m. N. of a Vidyâ-dhara Kathâs.; {-trA7laMkAra-svara} m. N.
of a serpentdemon Buddh.
vid.h = to obtain
vidaH = who understand
viDa * = m. n. a kind of salt (either factitious salt, procured by boiling earth
impregnated with saline particles, or a partic. kind of fetid salt used
medicinally as a tonic aperient, commonly called Vit-lavan or Bit-noben cf.
{viD-lavaNa}; it is black in colour and is prepared by fusing fossil silt with a
small portion of Emblic Myrobalan, the product being muriate of soda with small
quantities of muriate of lime, sulphur, and oxide of iron) Sus'r.; m. N. of a
country and its king Inscr.; a fragment, bit, portion (?) W.
vida * = mfn. = prec. (cf. {ko-}, {trayI-}, {dvi-v-}); m. knowledge, discovery
(cf. {dur-v-}); m. N. of a man (cf. {bida}).
vi-daa * = P. {-dadAti}, to give out, distribute, grant R.
vi-daa * = (or {do}, not separable fr. 4. {dA}) P. {-dAti}, or {-dyati} (ind. p.
{-ditya}), to cut up, cut to pieces, bruise, pound VS.; to untie, release,
deliver from (abl.) S'Br.; to destroy Hariv.
vidadhaami = give
vidadas'va * = m. `" granting horses "'N. of a man (cf. %{vaidadazvi}).
vidadvasu * = (%{vida4d-}) mfn. possessing or granting wealth RV. Br.
vidadhaati = VB: award, perform, arrange, execute
viDamba *= mfn. imitating, representing BhP.; m. mockery, derision Kâv. Sâh.;
degradation, desecration VarBriS.; afflicting, distressing, annoyance MW.
vidaarayati = to split apart
vidaahinaH = burning
viddha *= mfn. (p.p. of %{vyadh}) pierced, perforated, penetrated, stabbed,
struck, wounded, beaten, torn, hurt, injured AV. &c. &c.; cleft, split, burst
asunder MBh.; (with %{zUlAyAm}) impaled Katha1s.; opposed, impeded L.; thrown,
sent L.; stung, incited, set in motion BhP.; filled or affected or provided or
joined or mixed with (instr. or comp.) Hariv. VarBr2S. BhP.; like, resembling
S3rutab.; m. Echites Scholaris L.; n. a wound MW.
viddhi = know for sure
videsha = foreign land
videha*= *mfn. bodiless, incorporeal; deceased, dead (also {videha-prA7pta})
MBh. R. BhP. &c.; ({a4}) m. (cf. {vi-degha4}) N. of a country (= the modern
Tirhut) S'Br. &c. &c.; a king of VñVi-deha (esp. applied to Janaka) Up. BhP.
Râjat.; N. of a medical author (also called {-pati}, or {-hA7dhipa}) Cat.; ({A})
f. the capital city of VñVi-deha i.e. Mithilâ L.; ({As}) m. pl. the people of
VñVi-deha; {-kaivalya-prA7pti} f. the attainment of emancipation after death
Madhus.; {-jA} f. `" daughter of Janaka "'N. of S'îtâ R.; {-tva} n. bodilessness
(acc. with {gataH} = deceased, dead) R.; {-nagara} n. (Cat.), {-rI} f. (Ragh.)
the city of Mithilâ; {-pati}, lord of MñMithilâ; {-mukti} f. deliverance through
release from the body RâmatUp. ({-ti-kathana} and {-ty-Adi-kathana} n. N. of two
treatises); {-rAja} m. a king of VñVi-deha R.; {-hA7dhipa} see {viheha};
{-hA7dhipati} m. = {-ha-rAja} Hariv.
vidharaNa *= mf(%{I}) n. checking, restraining S3Br.; (%{I}) f. maintaining,
supporting ib.
vidhaaraNa *= mf(%{I})n. dividing, separating Vas. BhP.; n. stopping, detaining
(a carriage) Katha1s.; checking, restraining, retention, suppression, APra1t.
MBh. &c.; bearing, carrying MBh. Hariv. &c.; maintaining, supporting MBh.
[969,1]
vidhaatri = the creator
vidhaataa f. = %{madya} L.
vidhaatavya *= mfn. to be fixed or settled Hariv.; to be got or procured MBh.;
to be performed or accomplished or exhibited MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to be striven after
or cared for ib.; n. impers. with %{yathA}, `" care must be taken that "' R.; to
be used or employed or appointed Sa1h. Sarv.
vidhaatR *= mf(%{trI})n. distributing. arranging, disposing &c.; m. a
distributer, disposer, arranger, accomplisher, maker, author, creator RV. &c.
&c.; a granter, giver, bestower Kum.; N. of Brahma1 (as the creator of the world
and disposer of men's fate, sometimes in pl. = %{prajA-pati} e.g. S3ak. vii,
30/31; sometimes Vi-dha1tr2i is mentioned together with Dha1tr2i e.g. MBh. iii,
10419 &c.; both are supposed to be the sons of Brahma1 [MBh.] or of Bhr2igu
[Pur.]; in VarBr2S. Vidha1tr2i is the regent of the 2nd Tithi, while Brahma1
presides over the first) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; Fate or Destiny (personified) Ka1v.
Hit.; N. of Vishn2u BhP.; of S3iva S3ivag.; of Ka1ma (god of love) L.; of
Vis3va-karman MW.; (%{trI}) f. see below; %{-bhU} m. `" son of Brahma1 "'N. of
Na1rada L.; %{-vazAt} ind, from the will of BrñBrahma1, through the power of
destiny MW.; %{-tr-Ayus} m. the sunflower L.
vidhaatrI *= f. a female creator, mother of (comp.), Pan5cav.
vidhaatRkA *= f. (used to explain %{vidhavA}) Nir. iii, 15.
vidhaana = placing * = mf({I})n. disposing, arranging, regulating Vait.; acting,
performing, possessing, having MW.; m. N. of a Sâdhya Hariv.; n. order, measure,
disposition, arrangement, regulation, rule, precept, method, manner RV. &c. &c.
(instr. sg. and pl., and {-tas} ind. according to rule or precept;
{saMkhyA-vidhAnAt}, according to mathematical method, mathematically;
{deza-kAla-vidhAnena}, in the right place and at the right time); medical
prescription or regulation, diet Sus'r.; fate, destiny MBh. Kâv.; taking
measures, contriving, managing Mn. MBh. &c.; a means, expedient Pañcat.; setting
up (machines) Yâjñ.; creating, creation Kum. Ragh.; performance (esp. of
prescribed acts or rites), execution, making, doing, accomplishing Mn. MBh. &c.;
enumeration, statement of particulars Sus'r.; (in dram.) conflict of different
feelings, occasion for joy and sorrow Sâh. Pratâp.; (in gram.) affixing,
prefixing, taking as an affix &c. W.; an elephant's fodder &c. S'is'. v, 51
(only L. worship; wealth; wages; sending; act of hostility &c.); {-kalpa} m.
{-khaNDa} m. or n. (?) N. of wks.; {-ga} m. `" rulegoer "', a Pandit, teacher
L.; {-gumpha} m. N. of wk.; {-jJa} mfn. one who knows rules or precepts MBh.
Sus'r.; m. a teacher, Pandit W.; {-tilaka} n. {-pArijAta} m. {-mAlA} f. N. of
wks.; {-yukta} mfn. agreeable to rule or precept MBh.; {-ratna} n. {-ratnamAlA}
f. {-rahasya} n. N. of wks.; {-saptamI} f. N. of the 7th day in the light half
of Mâgha W.; {-sArasaMgraha} m. N. of wk.; {-no7kta} mfn. proclaimed or enjoined
according to rule or (sacred) precept Bhag.
vidhana* = mfn. devoid of wealth, poor VarBriS.; {-tA} f. poverty Mriicch. Hit.;
{-nI-kR} P. {-karoti}, to impoverish Kathâs.
vidhana* = {vi-dhanuSka} &c. see p. 951, col. 1.
vidhaanoktaH = according to scriptural regulation
vidhaatri * = mf(%{trI})n. distributing. arranging, disposing &c. ; m. a
distributer, disposer, arranger, accomplisher, maker, author, creator RV. &c.
&c. ; a granter, giver, bestower Kum. ; N. of Brahma1 (as the creator of the
world and disposer of men's fate, sometimes in pl. = %{prajA-pati} e.g. S3ak.
vii, 30/31 ; sometimes Vi-dha1tr2i is mentioned together with Dha1tr2i e.g. MBh.
iii, 10419 &c. ; both are supposed to be the sons of Brahma1 [MBh.] or of
Bhr2igu [Pur.] ; in VarBr2S. Vidha1tr2i is the regent of the 2nd Tithi, while
Brahma1 presides over the first) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; Fate or Destiny (personified)
Ka1v. Hit. ; N. of Vishn2u BhP. ; of S3iva S3ivag. ; of Ka1ma (god of love) L. ;
of Vis3va-karman MW. ; (%{trI}) f. see below ; %{-bhU} m. `" son of Brahma1 "'N.
of Na1rada L. ; %{-vazAt} ind, from the will of BrñBrahma1, through the power of
destiny MW. ; %{-tr-Ayus} m. the sunflower L.
vidhaatrii * = f. a female creator, mother of (comp.), Pan5cav.
vidhava *= in comp. for %{-vA} below.
vidhavaa * = f. (accord. to some fr. %{vi} + %{dhava} see 2. %{dhava4} , p. 513)
a husbandless woman , widow (also with %{nArI} , %{yoSit} , %{strI} &c.) RV. &c.
&c. ; bereft of a king (a country) R. [Cf. Gk. $ ; Lat. &293125[967 ,2] {vidua}
; Goth. {widuwo7} ; Germ. {wituwa} , {witewe} , {Witwe} ; Angl. Sax. {wuduwe} ,
{widewe} ; Eng. {widow}.]
vidhava * = Nom. (fr. 1. %{vidhu}) P. %{-vati} , to resemble the moon Ka1vya7d.
vidhi = ritual* = 1 m. (for 2. see p. 968, col. 1) a worshipper, one who does
homage AitBr. \\2 m. (for 1. see p. 967, col. 2) a rule, formula, injunction,
ordinance, statute, precept, law, direction (esp. for the performance of a rite
as given in the Brâhmana portion of the Veda, which accord. to Sây. consists of
two parts, 1. Vidhi, `" precepts or commandments "' e.g. {yajeta}, `" he ought
to sacrifice "', {kuryAt}, `" he ought to perform "'; 2. Artha-vâda, `"
explanatory statements "' as to the origin of rites and use of the Mantras,
mixed up with legends and illustrations) GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. IW. 24); a
grammatical rule or precept Pân. 1-1, 57; 72; any prescribed act or rite or
ceremony Mn. Kâlid. Pañcat.; use, employment, application Car.; method, manner
or way of acting, mode of life, conduct, behaviour Mn. MBh. &c.; a means,
expedient for (dat. loc., or comp.; {adhvavidhinA}, by means of i.e. along the
road) Hariv. Kâv. Pur. Hit.; any act or action, performance, accomplishment,
contrivance, work, business (ifc. often pleonastically e.g. {mathana-vidhi}, the
[act of] disturbing) Yâjñ. S'ak. &c.; creation (also pl.) Kum. Kir.; fate,
destiny MBh. Kâv. &c.; the creator Pañcar.; N. of Brahmâ S'ak. Naish.; of Vishnu
L.; of Agni at the Pra7yas'citta Griihyâs.; a physician L. time L.; fodder, food
for elephants or horses L.; f. N. of a goddess Cat.
vidhii* = (or {dIdhI}, only Subj. {-dIdhayaH} and {-dIdhyaH}), to be uncertain,
hesitate RV. AV
vidhidishhTaH = according to the direction of scripture
vidhihiinaM = without scriptural direction
vidhiiyate = does take place
vidhikara *= mf(%{I})n. executing commands ; m. a servant BhP.
vidhitsaa * = f. intention to do, intention, design, purpose, desire for (comp.)
MBh. Ka1v. &c.; the wish to make or turn into (comp.) Ra1jat.
vidhitsita* = mfn. intended; n. intention, purpose BhP.
vidhu* = 1 mfn. (prob. fr. 2. {vidh}; for 2. {vi-dhu4} see {vi-dhU}, col. 3)
lonely, solitary RV. x, 55, 5 (applied to the moon; accord. to Sây. =
{vi-dhAtR}, {vi-dhArayitR}); m. the moon Mn. Bhartri. Gît.; (L. also, camphor;
N. of Brahmâ and of Vishnu; a Râkshasa; wind; an expiatory oblation; time; =
{Ayudha} "'); N. of a prince VP. (v.l. {vipra}). \\
vidhu * = 2 m. (for 1. see col. 2) palpitation, throbbing (of the heart) AV. ix,
8, 22
vidhunana * = n. = %{-dhUnana} L.
vidhuu //vidhunoti * =P. Â. {-dhUnoti}, {-dhUnute} (later also {-dhunoti},
{-dhunute}; inf. {-dhavitum}, or {-dhotum}), to shake about, move to and fro,
agitate, toss about (Â. also `" one's self "') RV. &c. &c.; to fan, kindle
(fire) MBh.; to shake off, drive away, scatter, disperse, remove, destroy R.
Kathâs. BhP. &c.; (Â.) to shake off from one's self, relinquish, abandon, give
up AV. Mn. MBh. &c.: Pass. {-dhUyate} (ep. also {-ti}), to be shaken or agitated
MBh.: Caus. {-dhUnayati}, to cause to shake about &c.; to shake violently,
agitate, harass, annoy MBh. R. &c.
vidhuunana * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. Caus.) causing to move to and fro Naish. ; n.
shaking , agitation Sa1h. ; waving , undulating Cat. ; repugnance , repulsion
(as of love) Das3ar. Sch.
vidhuunita * = mfn. shaken , agitated , harassed , annoyed W.
vidhuuta = moving
vidhuunana * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. Caus.) causing to move to and fro Naish. ; n.
shaking, agitation Sa1h. ; waving, undulating Cat. ; repugnance, repulsion (as
of love) Das3ar. Sch.
vidhuunita * = mfn. shaken, agitated, harassed, annoyed W.
vidhvasta * = mfn. fallen asunder, fallen to pieces, dispersed, ruined,
destroyed MBh. Ka1v. &c.; whirled up (as dust) R.; (in astron.) darkened
obscured, eclipsed Su1ryas.; %{-kavaca} mfn. one whose armour is destroyed R.;
%{-tA} f. ruin, destruction Katha1s.; %{-nagarA7zrama} mfn. containing ruined
cities and hermitages MBh.; %{-para-guNa} mfn. one who detracts from the merits
of another Va1s.; %{-vipaNA7paNa} mfn. (a town) whose market and trade are
ruined R.
vidhema = make
vidhunana * = n. = %{-dhUnana} L.
vidhuunana * = mf(%{I})n. (fr. Caus.) causing to move to and fro Naish.; n.
shaking, agitation Sa1h.; waving, undulating Cat.; repugnance, repulsion (as of
love) Das3ar. Sch.
vidhuunita * = mfn. shaken, agitated, harassed, annoyed W.
viditam.h = known
viditaatmanaaM = of those who are self-realized
viditvaa = having known/realised
vidishaaM = non-direction
vidmaH = do we know
vidraavita* =mfn. caused to disperse, driven away, defeated, routed R BhP.;
liquefied, fused W.
vidmahe = ?
viduH = understood
viduushhakaH = (m) clown, joker
vidura * = mfn. knowing, wise, intelligent, skilled in (comp.) Uttamac.; m. a
learned or clever man W.; an intriguer ib.; N. of the younger brother of
Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra and Pa1n2d2u (they were all three sons of Vya1sa, but only the
latter two by the two widows of Vicitra-vi1rya; when Vya1sa wanted a third son,
the elder widow sent him one of her slave-girls, dressed in her own clothes, and
this girl became the mother of Vidura, who is sometimes called Kshattr2i, as if
he were the son of a Kshatriya man and S3u1dra woman Vidura is described as
%{sarva-buddhimatAM@varaH} and is one of the wisest characters in the
Maha1-bha1rata, always ready with good advice both for his nephews, the
Pa1n2d2avas, and for his brother Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra) MBh. Hariv. Pur. (cf. IW.
376; 385 &c.)
viduura * =mf(%{A})n. very remote or distant S3a1n3khS3r. Ka1v. &c. (acc. with
%{kR}, to remove; %{vi-dUram} ind. far distant, far away TBr.; %{vi-dUrAt}, or
%{-ra-tas}, from afar, far away; %{-re}, far distant; %{-ra} ibc. far, from
afar); far removed from, not attainable by (gen.) BhP.; (ifc.) not caring for
ib.; m. N. of a son of Kuru MBh. (B.); of a mountain or town or any locality
S3is3. Sch. (cf. Pa1n2. 4-3, 84); %{-kramaNa-kSama} mfn. able to run far away
Ka1m.; %{-ga} mfn. going far away Cat.; far-spreading (as scent) L.; %{-gamana}
n. the going far away Katha1s.; %{ja} n. cat's eye (a sort of jewel) Harav.;
%{-jAta} mfn. grown a long way off MBh.; %{-tA} f. = next Mr2icch.; %{-tva} n. a
great distance (abl. `" from afar "') Hariv.; %{-bhUmi} f. N. of a locality (=
%{vidUra}) Kum.; %{-ratna} n. = %{-ja} L.; %{-vigata} mfn. `" come from afar "',
of lowest origin BhP.; %{-saMzrava} mfn. audible a long way off R.; %{-rA7dri}
m. N. of a mountain W.; %{-rI-bhU} P. %{-bhavati}, to become far distant Ragh.;
%{-rodbhAvita} n. = %{-ra-ja} L.
vidvat.h = scholar
vidvattva = scholarliness
vidvaan.h = learned
vidvan* = 1 mfn. = {vidva4s} AV. ix, 9, 7. \\2 in comp. for {vidvat
vidvas * = mf({u4SI})n. one who knows, knowing, understanding, learned,
intelligent, wise, mindful of, familiar with, skilled in (acc. loc., or comp.)
RV. &c. &c. (cf. {vidvat-tara}, {vidvat-tama}, {viduSTara}, {viduSI8-tara}); m.
a wise man, sage, seer W.; N. of a Brâhman Hariv.
vidvesha * = m. hatred, dislike, contempt, aversion to (loc. or gen.) AV. &c.
&c. (%{-SaM-gam}, to make one's self odious ; %{-SaM-kR}, with loc., to show
hostility towards ; %{-SaM-grah}, with loc., to conceive hatred against) ; a
magical act or formula used for exciting hatred or enmity (also %{-karman} n.)
Cat. ; proud indifference (even for desired objects) Bhar. ; a class of evil
demons Hariv. ; %{-vIra} m. N. of a chief of the S3aivas Cat.
vidveshaka * = mfn. hating, adverse to (comp.) MBh.
vidveshaNa * = mfn. causing to hate, rendering hostile RV. ; m. one who hates, a
hater MW. ; (%{I}) f. a woman of resentful disposition ib. ; N. of a female
demon (daughter of Duh2-saha) Ma1rkP. (v.l. for %{-SiNI}) ; n. hating,
disliking, having an aversion to (gen. or comp.) MBh. Hariv. [967,2] ; the being
hated or disliked, a means for making one's self hateful MBh. VarBr2S. ;
exciting hatred or enmity Gaut. ; a magical act performed to excite hatred Cat.
vidveshas * = (%{vi4-}) mfn. opposing or resisting enmity RV.
vidveshin * = mf(%{iNI})n. hating, hostile, inimical to (gen. or comp.) MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; (ifc.) rivalling or vying with S3rutab. ; (%{iNI}) f. N. of a female
demon Ma1rkP. (cf. %{-SaNI}) ; %{Si-tA} f. hatred, enmity Ra1jat. ;
%{-Si-prabhava} mfn. proceeding from an enemy MW.
vidvish * = 1 P. A1. %{-dveSTi}, %{-dviSTe}, to dislike, hate, be hostile to
(acc.) Ka1tyS3r. MBh. Hariv.; (A1.) to hate each other mutually, dislike one
another AV. Kat2hUp. Gr2S3rS.: Caus. %{-dveSayati}, to cause to dislike, render
an enemy, make hostile towards one another Bhat2t2.\\] 2 mfn. hating, hostile,
an enemy to (mostly ifc.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.
vidvishhaavahai = may us not quarrel or hate
vidyaa* = f. knowledge (cf. {kAla-jAta-v-}), science, learning, scholarship,
philosophy RV. &c. &c. (according to some there are four Vidyâs or sciences, 1.
{trayI}, the triple Veda; 2. {AnvIkSikI}, logic and metaphysics; 3.
{daNDa-nIti}, the science of government; 4. {vArttA}, practical arts, such as
agriculture, commerce, medicine &c.; and Manu vii, 43 adds a fifth, viz.
{Atma-vidyA}, knowledge of soul or of spiritual truth; according to others,
Vidyâ has fourteen divisions, viz. the four Vedas, the six Vedângas, the
Purânas, the Mîmânsâ. Nyâya, and Dharma or law [964,1]; or with the four
Upa-vedas, eighteen divisions; others reckon 33 and even 64 sciences [= {kalAs}
or arts]; Knowledge is also personified and identified with Durgâ; she is even
said to have composed prayers and magical formulas); any knowledge whether true
or false (with Pâs'upatas) Sarvad.; a spell, incantation MBh. Ragh. Kathâs.;
magical skill MW.; a kind of magical pill (which placed in the mouth is supposed
to give the power of ascending to heaven) W.; Premna Spinosa L.; a mystical N.
of the letter {i} Up.; a small bell L. (cf. {vidyAmaNi}). 1.
vidya* = 1 (for 2. see p. 965, col. 1) = {vidyA} (ifc.; see {a-v-}
{-kRta-vidya}, {samAna-vidya-tA}). \\vidya* =2 n. finding, acquiring, gaining
(see {pativ-} and {putra-v-}). \\=1 {vidyA} &c. see p. 963, col. 3.
vidyate = there is
vidyamAna * = mfn. (Pass. pr. p.) `" being found "', existent, existing,
present, real Pat. Kâv. Pur. (cf. {a-vid-}).
vidyanipuNai = by the ace scholar Shankara (Plural is used for reverance)
vidyayaa = (fem.instr.sing.) by knowledge
vidyaa = knowledge
vidyaat.h = you must know
vidyaaturaanaaM = (poss.pl.) of people who are indulging in knowledge
vidyaanaaM = of all education
vidyaanidhiH = the stock-pile of knowledge (here rAma)
vidyaamahaM = shall I know
vidyaarthinii = (f) student
vidyaarthii = (m) student
vidyaalayaH = (m) school
vidyaavaan.h = a knowledgeable manor scholar
vidyota * = mfn. flashing, glittering BhP.; m. a flash of light, lightning
Hariv.; N. of a son of Dharma and Lamba1 (father of Stanayitnu, the Thunder "')
BhP.; (%{A}) f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.
vidyut.hkandaH = (m) incandescent bulb
vidya* =1 (for 2. see p. 965, col. 1) = {vidyA} (ifc.; see {a-v-} {-kRta-vidya},
{samAna-vidya-tA}).
vidyaa4* = f. knowledge (cf. {kAla-jAta-v-}), science, learning, scholarship,
philosophy RV. &c. &c. (according to some there are four Vidyâs or sciences, 1.
{trayI}, the triple Veda; 2. {AnvIkSikI}, logic and metaphysics; 3.
{daNDa-nIti}, the science of government; 4. {vArttA}, practical arts, such as
agriculture, commerce, medicine &c.; and Manu vii, 43 adds a fifth, viz.
{Atma-vidyA}, knowledge of soul or of spiritual truth; according to others,
Vidyâ has fourteen divisions, viz. the four Vedas, the six Vedângas, the
Purânas, the Mîmânsâ. Nyâya, and Dharma or law [964, 1]; or with the four
Upa-vedas, eighteen divisions; others reckon 33 and even 64 sciences [= {kalAs}
or arts]; Knowledge is also personified and identified with Durgâ; she is even
said to have composed prayers and magical formulas); any knowledge whether true
or false (with Pâs'upatas) Sarvad.; a spell, incantation MBh. Ragh. Kathâs.;
magical skill MW.; a kind of magical pill (which placed in the mouth is supposed
to give the power of ascending to heaven) W.; Premna Spinosa L.; a mystical N.
of the letter {i} Up.; a small bell L. (cf. {vidyAmaNi}). 1.
vidya* =2 n. finding, acquiring, gaining (see {pativ-} and {putra-v-}).
vidya* =1 {vidyA} &c. see p. 963, col. 3.
vidya* =2 {vidyamAna} &c. see p. 965. [966, 3]
vidyaadhara * = mfn. possessed of science or spells. L.; m. a kind of
supernatural being (dwelling in the Hima7laya, attending upon S'iva, and
possessed of magical power), fairy ({-tva} n.) Hariv. Kâv. &c.; (also {-kavi},
{-rA7cArya}) N. of various scholars Kir. Sch. Vâs., Introd. Cat.; a kind of
metre Col.; (in music) a kind of measure Sangît.; ({A} and {I}) f. N. of a
Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; ({I}) f. a female of the above class of supernatural
beings, fairy, sylph MBh. Kâv. &c.; N. of a daughter of S'ûra-sena Kathâs.;
{-cakravartin} m. a supreme lord of the Vidyâ-dharas Vâs.; {-tAla} m. (in music)
a kind of measure (= {vidyA-dhara}) Cat.; {-piTaka} (?)N. of wk.;
{-mahA-cakravartin} m. the paramount lord of all fairy-like beings ({-ti-tA} f.)
Kathâs.; {-yantra} n. an apparatus for sublimating quicksilver Bhpr.; {-rasa} m.
a partic. mixture Cat.; {-rA7dhI7za}, m.= {-ra-cakra-vartin} ({-tA} f.) Kathâs.;
{-rA7bhra} m. a partic. mixture L.; {-rI-parijana} mfn. attended by Vidyâ-dharîs
MW.; {-rI-bhU}, to become a Vidyâ-dhara Kathâs.; {-rI-vilAsa} m. N. of wk.;
{-re7ndra} m. a prince of the Vidyâ-dharas ({-tA} f. {-tva}, n.) Râjat. Kathâs.;
N. of Jâmbavat MBh.
vidyaa4dhaara * = ({-yA7dh-}) m. `" receptacle of knñknowledge "', a gre
vidyota * flashing, glittering BhP.; m. a flash of light, lightning Hariv.; N.
of a son of Dharma and Lambâ (father of Stanayitnu, the Thunder "') BhP.; ({A})
f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.
vidheyaatmaa = one who follows regulated freedom
vigalita * = mfn. flowed away, drained off, dried up MBh. Mr2icch. Prab. ;
melted away, dissolved Katha1s. Gi1t. ; fallen down or out, slipped out of
(abl.) MBh. Ka1v. Pan5cat. ; slackened "', untied (see %{-nIvi}) ; dishevelled
(see %{-keza}) ; passed away, disappeared, vanished Bhartr2. Katha1s. ; come
forth MBh. ; %{-keza} mfn. having dishevelled hair W. ; %{-nIvi} mfn. having the
knot untied MW. ; %{-bandha} mfn. having the band loosened Vikr. ; %{-lajja}
mfn. free from shame, bold Gi1t. ; %{-vasana} mfn. destitute of garments,
unclothed ib. ; %{-zuc} mfn. freed from sorrow Megh.
vigarhaa * = f. blame, censure ib
vigarhita* = mfn. blamed, reprehensible, prohibited, forbidden by (instr. gen.,
or comp.) or on account of (comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; {-tA7cAra} mfn. of
reprehensible conduct Mn. iii, 167.
vigata = having discarded
vigataH = is removed
vigatajvaraH = without being lethargic
vigatabhiiH = devoid of fear
vigatasprihaH = without being interested
viguNaH = even faulty
vigraha = attack
vigraha * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950. col. 2) keeping apart or asunder, isolation
Nir. BhP.; division, Bh.; distribution (esp. of fluids cf. {vi-grah}) KâtyS'r.;
(in gram.) independence (of a word, as opp. to composition) APrât.; separation,
resolution, analysis, resolution of a compound word into its constituent parts,
the separation or analysis of any word capable of separation (such words are
Kriidantas, Taddhitas, all Samâsas or compound words, Ekas'eshas, and all
derivative verbs like desideratives &c.; the only words incapable of resolution
being the simple verb, the singular of the noun, and a few indeclinables not
derived from roots; all compounds being called {nitya} or `" fixed "', when
their meaning cannot be ascertained through an analysis of their component
parts; cf. {jamad-agni}) Pân. Sch. S'ank. &c.; discord, quarrel, contest,
strife, war with (instr. with or without {saha}, {sA7rdham} or {sAkam} loc. gen.
with {upari}, or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; (one of the 6 Gunas or measures of policy
Mn. vii, 160 [cf. under {guNa}], also applied to the conflict of hostile
planets, in this sense also n. Sûryas. R.; acc. with {kR}, to make or wage war);
separate i.e. individual form or shape, form, figure, the body Up. MBh. &c.
(also applied to the shape of a rainbow; acc. with {grah}, {pari-grah}, {kR},
{upA7-dA}, to assume a form); an ornament, decoration MBh. R.; (in Sânkhya) an
element; N. of S'iva MBh. [957, 3]; of one of Skanda's attendants ib.;
{-grahaNa} n. the assumption of a form Sarvad.; {-dhyAna} n. N. of a Stotra;
{-para} mfn. intent on war, engaged in fighting MW.; {-parigraha} m. =
{-grahaNa} Sarvad.; {-pAla-deva} m. N. of a king Col.; {-rAja} m. N. of various
kings Râjat.; of a poet Cat.; {-vat} mfn. having form or figure, embodied,
incarnate MBh. R. &c.; having a handsome form or shape, fine, beautiful MW.;
{-vyAvartanI} f. N. of wk.; {-hA7vara} n. `" hinder part of the body "', the
back L.; {-he7cchu} mfn. eager for combat Mcar.
vigrAham * = ind. in portions, successively
vigrahasandhau = for war(dissension) or peace-making
vijigISa* = mfn. (fr. Desid.) desirous of victory, emulous W.; ({A}) f. desire
to conquer or overcome or subdue (acc. dat., or comp.) R. Kâm. Kathâs.
({-SA-vat} [Nîlak.] or {-Sin} [MBh.] mfn. desirous to conquer or overcome;
{-SA-vivarjita} mfn. devoid of ambition MW.; {-SIya} mfn. g. {utkarA7di}).
vighati = Equivalent to 24 seconds of clock time
vighna = calamity
vighnanaashine = to the destroyer of all obstacles
vighnaiH = difficulties, obstacles
viGYaataM = has been known
viGYaatuM = to know
viGYaana = comprehension, Science
viGYaanaM = numinous knowledge
viGYaanamaya = full of greater(scientific in a way) knowledge
viGYaanii = scientist
viGYaapana = advertisement, ad
viGYaaya = after understanding
vihaga = bird
vihaaya = giving up
vihanana* = n. (only L.) killing, slaying; hurting, injury; opposition,
obstruction; a bow-like instrument for carding cotton.
vihaana* = (?) m. n. morning, dawn L.
vihaara = in relaxation; * distribution, transposition (of words) AitBr. Lâthy.;
arrangement or disposition (of the 3 sacred fires; also applied to the fires
themselves or the space between them), S'rS.; too great expansion of the organs
of speech (consisting in too great lengthening or drawling in pronunciation,
opp. to {saM-hAra} q.v.) RPrât.; walking for pleasure or amusement, wandering,
roaming MBh. Kâv. &c.; sport, play, pastime, diversion, enjoyment, pleasure (`"
in "' or `" with "' comp.; ifc. also = taking delight in) Yâjñ. MBh. R. &c.; a
place of recreation, pleasure-ground MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with Buddhists or Jainas) a
monastery or temple (originally a hall where the monks met or walked about;
afterwards these halls were used as temples) Lalit. Mriicch. Kathâs. &c. (cf.
MWB. 68; 81 &c.); consecration for a sacrifice Âpast.; N. of the country of
Magadha (called Bihâr or Behâr from the number of Buddhist monasteries see MWB.
68) Cat.; the shoulder L.; a partic. bird (= {bindurekaka}) L.; = {vaijayanta}
L.; {-kArikA} f. pl. N. of wk.; {-krIDA-mRga} m. a toy-antelope to play with
BhP.; {-gRha} n. a pleasure-house, play-house, theatre MW.; {-dAsI} f. a female
attendant of a convent or temple Mâlatîm.; {-deza} m. a place of recreation,
pleasure-ground MBh. R. MârkP.; {-bhadra} m. N. of a man Das'.; {-bhUmi} f. =
{-deza} Hariv.; a grazing-ground, pasturage Kir.; {-yAtrA} f. a pleasure-walk
MBh.; {-vat} mfn. possessing a place of recreation Mn. MBh.; (ifc.) delighting
in Mn. x, 9; {-vana} n. a pleasure-grove Das'.; {-vApI} f. `" plñpleasure-pond
"'N. of wk.; {-vAri} n. water for sporting or playing about in Ragh.; {-zayana}
n. a plñpleasure-couch R.; {-zaila} m. a plñpleasure-mountain R.; {-sthalI} f.
(Vâs.), {-sthAna} n. (BhP.); {-rA7jira} n. (= {-radeza}); {-rA7vasatha} m. (=
{-ra-gRha}) MBh.
vihara * =vihara taking away, removing, shifting, changing Bhartri.; separation,
disunion, absence W.
vihaaraNa * = n. pleasure, delight (ifc. = delighting in)
viharaNa * =n. the act of taking away or removing or changing or transposing
Lâthy. MârkP.; opening, expanding Pân. 1-3, 20; stepping out ib. i, 3, 41; going
about for pleasure or exercise, roaming, strolling Kâv. Pur. Sus'r.; taking out
for a walk or for airing Gobh.; moving to and fro, brandishing MBh.
vihaarasya = recreation
vihaariNi = one who strolls
vihata*= torn up, furrowed TBr. S'Br.; struck or beaten away or dashed out (of a
persoñs hand) BhP.; struck or touched or visited by (instr. or comp.) Kâv. Pur.;
warded off, repelled MBh. R.; rejected, repulsed BhP.; disturbed, impeded Kâv.
Pur.
vihaayasa * = m. n. heaven, sky, atmosphere TÂr. MBh. Hariv.; m. a bird L.
vihara* = m. taking away, removing, shifting, changing Bhartri.; separation,
disunion, absence W.
vihaara* = m. (once in BhP. n.) distribution, transposition (of words) AitBr.
Lâthy.; arrangement or disposition (of the 3 sacred fires; also applied to the
fires themselves or the space between them), S'rS.; too great expansion of the
organs of speech (consisting in too great lengthening or drawling in
pronunciation, opp. to {saM-hAra} q.v.) RPrât.; walking for pleasure or
amusement, wandering, roaming MBh. Kâv. &c.; sport, play, pastime, diversion,
enjoyment, pleasure (`" in "' or `" with "' comp.; ifc. also = taking delight
in) Yâjñ. MBh. R. &c.; a place of recreation, pleasure-ground MBh. Kâv. &c.;
(with Buddhists or Jainas) a monastery or temple (originally a hall where the
monks met or walked about; afterwards these halls were used as temples) Lalit.
Mriicch. Kathâs. &c. (cf. MWB. 68; 81 &c.); consecration for a sacrifice Âpast.;
N. of the country of Magadha (called Bihâr or Behâr from the number of Buddhist
monasteries see MWB. 68) Cat.; the shoulder L.; a partic. bird (= {bindurekaka})
L.; = {vaijayanta} L.; {-kArikA} f. pl. N. of wk.; {-krIDA-mRga} m. a
toy-antelope to play with BhP.; {-gRha} n. a pleasure-house, play-house, theatre
MW.; {-dAsI} f. a female attendant of a convent or temple Mâlatîm.; {-deza} m. a
place of recreation, pleasure-ground MBh. R. MârkP.; {-bhadra} m. N. of a man
Das'.; {-bhUmi} f. = {-deza} Hariv.; a grazing-ground, pasturage Kir.; {-yAtrA}
f. a pleasure-walk MBh.; {-vat} mfn. possessing a place of recreation Mn. MBh.;
(ifc.) delighting in Mn. x, 9; {-vana} n. a pleasure-grove Das'.; {-vApI} f. `"
plñpleasure-pond "'N. of wk.; {-vAri} n. water for sporting or playing about in
Ragh.; {-zayana} n. a plñpleasure-couch R.; {-zaila} m. a plñpleasure-mountain
R.; {-sthalI} f. (Vâs.), {-sthAna} n. (BhP.); {-rA7jira} n. (= {-radeza});
{-rA7vasatha} m. (= {-ra-gRha}) MBh.
vihiaa = vihitA?, understood
vihiina* = mfn. entirely abandoned or left &c.; low, vulgar MBh.; (ibc.)
wanting, missing, absent R. VarBriS.; destitute or deprived of, free from
(instr. abl., or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-tA} f. abandonment MW.; (ifc.) absence
or want of Hariv. Pañcat.; {-tilaka} mf({A})n. having no coloured sectarian mark
(see {tilaka}) on the forehead R.; {-yoni} mfn. of low origin MBh.; {-varNa}
mfn. of low caste Gaut.
vihita * = prescribedvihita mfn. (for see under %{vi-dhA}) improper, unfit, not
good W.\\ 2 mfn. (fr., %{vi-} 1. %{dhA}, p. 967 ; for 1. %{vi-hita} see p. 953,
col. 2) distributed, divided, apportioned, bestowed, supplied &c. ; put in
order, arranged, determined, fixed, ordained, ordered RV. &c. &c. ; prescribed,
decreed, enjoined Gr2S3rS. Mn. MBh. &c. ; destined or meant for (nom.) MBh. ;
contrived, performed, made, accomplished, done Mn. MBh. &c. ; supplied, endowed,
furnished with or possessed of (instr.) MBh. R. (cf. %{su-vihita}) ; n. an
order, command, decree Pan5cat. ; %{-kSaNa} mfn. eager for the right moment,
intent upon (%{artham}) Vcar. (cf. %{kRta-kS-}) ; %{-tva} n. the being enjoined
or prescribed, prescription, direction Hcat. %{-durga-racana} mfn. one who has
enjoined the building of a fortress MW. ; %{-pratiSiddha} mfn. enjoined and
prohibited (%{-tva} n.) Ka1tyS3r. Sch. ; %{-yajJa} mfn. performing sacrifices
S3ak. (v.l. for %{vitata-y-}) ; %{-vat} mfn. one who has performed or undertaken
W. ; %{-vRtti} mfn. one who is maintained or nourished by (instr.) Ra1jat. ;
%{-sena} m. N. of a prince Katha1s. ; %{-tA7gas} mfn. one who has committed a
fault, faulty, wicked W. ; %{-tA7Jjali} mfn. making a respectful obeisance
S3is3. ; %{-te7ndriya} mfn. possessed of one's senses Bhat2t2.
vihitaM = directed
vihitaaH = used
vihitaan.h = arranged
vihiina = without
vihiinaa = bereft
vihiti * = f. procedure, way of acting AitBr.; action, performance,
accomplishment Kâvya7d. Bâlar.
vihri = to roam
vihvala * = mf(%{A})n. agitated , perturbed , distressed , afflicted , annoyed
(%{am} ind.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; m. myrrh L. ; %{-cetana} (MBh.) , %{-cetas}
(Katha1s.) mfn. distressed in mind , low-spirited ; %{-tanu} mfn. one whose body
is exhausted by (comp.) Pan5cat. ; %{-tA} f. %{-tva} n. agitation , perturbation
, consternation , anxiety MBh. [1004,1] ; %{-locana} mfn. one who has unsteady
or rolling eyes MBh. BhP. ; %{-sA7lasA7Gga} mf(%{I})n. one whose body is
exhausted and languid Caurap. ; %{-hRdaya} mfn. (= %{-cetana}) BhP. ; %{-lA7kSa}
mf(%{I})n. (= %{-la-locana}) ib. ; %{-lA7Gga} mfn. (= %{-la-tanu}) Ma1rkP.
Pan5cat. ; %{-lA7tman} mfn. (= %{-la-cetana}) BhP.
Viigana *: a fragrant grass
viihaara* = m. = {vi-h-}, a temple, sanctuary, (esp.) a Jaina or Buddhist
convent or temple W.
viijati = to fan
viiNaa* = f. (of doubtful derivation) the Vînâ or Indian lute (an instrument of
the guitar kind, supposed to have been invented by Nârada q.v., usually having
seven wires or strings raised upon nineteen frets or supports fixed on a long
rounded board, towards the ends of which are two large gourds; its compass is
said to be two octaves, but it has many varieties according to the number of
strings &c.) TS. S'Br. &c. &c.; (in astrol.) a partic. configuration of the
stars (when all planets are situated in 7 houses) VarBriS.; lightning L.; N. of
a Yoginî Cat.; of a river MBh.
vijñApita* = mfn. = %{-jJapta} Ragh. Hit.
vijñapta mfn. (fr. Caus.) made known, reported, informed Katha1s. Hit.
viita = free from
viitaraagaaH = in the renounced order of life
viithi = (f) road, way
viira = the sentiment of valor
viiraJNcha = name of Brahma
viirabhadraasana = the arrow posture
viiraasana = the hero posture
viirya = vitality, enthusiasm, semen * = n. (ifc. f. {A}) manliness, valour,
strength, power, energy RV. &c. &c.; heroism, heroic deed ib.; manly vigour,
virility, semen virile MBh. Kâv. &c.; efficacy (of medicine) Kum. Kir.; poison
BhP.; splendour, lustre W.; dignity, consequence ib.; ({A}) f. vigour, energy,
virility L.; N. of a serpent-maid Kârand.
viiryaM = valour
viiryavaan.h = very powerful
viiryaaM = glories
viiksh.h = to see
viikshante = are beholding
viikshya = having seen
vijaya4* =m. contest for victory, victory, conquest, triumph, superiority RV.
&c. &c. (fig. applied to `" the sword "' and to `" punishment "' MBh. xii, 6204;
4428); the prize of victory, booty KâtyS'r.; N. of a partic. hour of the day
(esp. the 17th, and the hour of Kriishna's birth accord. to some the 11th
Muhûrta) MBh. Hariv. &c.; the third month L.; the 27th (or first) year of
Jupiter's cycle VarBriS.; a kind of military array Kâm.; a province, district
HParis'.; (in music) a kind of flute Sangît.; a kind of measure ib.; a kind of
composition ib.; a divine car, chariot of the gods (?) L.; N. of Yama L.; of a
son of Jayanta (son of Indra) Hariv.; of a son of Vasu-deva ib.; of a son of
Kriishna BhP.; of an attendant of Vishnu ib.; of an attendant of Padmapâni W.;
of a son of Sva-rocis MârkP.; of a Muni Hariv.; of a prince MBh.; of a son of
Dhriitarâshthra (?) ib.; of a warrior on the side of the Pândavas ib.; of one of
the eight councillors of Das'aratha R.; of Arjuna MBh. BhP.; of a son of Jaya
Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Cañcu or Cuñcu ib.; of a son of Sanjaya VP.; of a son
of Su-deva BhP.; of a son of Purûravas ib.; of a son (or grandson) of
Briihan-manas Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Yajña-s'rî Pur.; of the founder of
Buddhist civilisation in Ceylon MW.; (with Jainas) N. of one of the 9 white
Balas and of one of the 5 Anuttaras; of the 20th Arhat of the future and of the
father of the 21st Arhat of the present Avasarpinî; of the attendant of the 8th
Arhat of the same; of a son of Kalki KalkiP.; of a son of Kalpa KâlP.; of a hare
Kathâs.; of the lance of Rudra (personified) MBh.; (pl.) of a people MBh.; ({A})
f. N. of various plants (accord to L. Terminalia Chebula; Sesbania Aegyptiaca;
Vitex Negundo; Rubia Munjista; Premna Spinosa; a kind of hemp; a kind of {zamI};
= {vacA}) VarBriS. Sus'r. &c.; of a partic. Tithi or lunar day (the 12th day in
the light half of S'râvana i.e. Kriishna's birthday, the 10th in that of
Âs'vina, being a festival in honour of Durgâ, and the 7th in that of Bhâdrapada,
if it falls on a Sunday; also the 7th night in the Karma-mâsa) VarBriS. BhP.
&c.; of a partic. magical formula Bhathth.; N. of Durgâ MBh. Hariv.; of a female
friend of Durgâ Mudr.; of the wife of Yama L.; of another goddess Cat.; of a
Yoginî Hcat.; of a Sura7nganâ Sinha7s.; of the mother of the 2nd Arhat of the
present Avasarpinî L.; of a daughter of Daksha R.; of the mother of various
Su-hotras MBh.; of Kriishna's garland MBh.; of a Kumârî (i.e. small flag-staff)
on Indra's banner VarBriS.; of a partic. spear R.; n. the poisonous root of the
plant Vijayâ Sus'r.; a royal tent Vâstuv.; a kind of pavilion ib.; N. of a
sacred district in Kas'mîra Kathâs. (cf. {-kSetra}); mfn. leading to victory,
proclaiming victory MBh.; victorious, triumphant L.
viivaaha *= m. = %{vi-vAha}, taking a wife, marriage (`" with "', %{saha})
HParis3. Pan5cad.
vijayaM = victory
vijayaH = victory
vijayate = is victorious
vijayii = victorious man
vijaanataH = who is in complete knowledge
vijaani * = ({vi4-}) mfn. `" strange, foreign "' or `" having no wife "
vijaaniitaaH = are in knowledge
vijaaniiyaM = shall I understand
vijaati * =mfn. belonging to another caste or tribe, dissimilar, heterogeneous
Kull.; m. N. of a prince VP.; f. different origin or caste or tribe W.; {-tIya}
mfn. = {-jAti} Sarvad. Kull.
vijala * =mfn. waterless, dry Hariv. VarBriS.; n. drought AdbhBr.; m. n. and
({A}) f. sauce &c. mixed with rice-water or gruel, W. [950, 3]
vijara * mfn. not growing old S'Br. &c. &c.; m. a stalk W.; ({A}) f. N. of a
river in Brahmâ's world KaushUp.
vijitaatmaa = self-controlled
vijitendriyaH = sensually controlled
vijjanaaman*=m. N. of a Viha1ra called after Vijja1 ib.
vijñaana (vijJAna) *= n. (ifc. f. %{A}) the act of distinguishing or discerning,
understanding, comprehending, recognizing, intelligence, knowledge AV. &c. &c.;
skill, proficiency, art Uttamac.; science, doctrine Sus3r.; worldly or profane
knowledge (opp. to %{jJAna}, `"knowledge of the true nature of God "') Mn. MBh.
&c.; the faculty of discernment or of right judgment MBh. R. &c.; the organ of
knñknowledge (= %{manas}) BhP.; (ifc.) the understanding of (a particular
meaning), regarding as Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 2-3, 17; 66 &c.; (with Buddhists)
consciousness or thought-faculty (one of the 5 constituent elements or Skandhas,
also considered as one of the 6 elements or Dha1tus, and as one of the 12 links
of the chain of causation) Dharmas. 22; 42; 58 (cf. MWB. 102; 109); %{-kanda} m.
N. of a man Cat.; %{-kAya} m. N. of a Buddhist wk.; %{-kRtsna} n. one of the 10
mystical exercises called Kr2itsnas Buddh.; %{-kevala} mfn. (with S3aivas) an
individual soul to which only %{mala} adheres Sarvad.; %{-kaumudI} f. N. of a
female Buddhist Cat.; %{-ghana4} m. pure knowledge, nothing but intelligence
S3Br. Sarvad.; %{-taraMgiNI} f. N. of wk.; %{-tA} f. knowledge of (loc.) Ca1n2.;
%{-tArA7valI} f. N. of wk.; %{-tailagarbha} m. Alangium Decapetalum L.;
%{-dezana} m. a Buddha L.; %{-naukA} f. N. of sev. wks.; %{-pati} m. a lord of
intelligence TUp.; N. of one who has attained to a partic. degree of
emancipation Ba1dar. Sch.; %{-pAda} m. N. of Vya1sa L.; %{-bhaTTAraka} m.
%{-bhArata} m. %{-bhikSu} m. N. of scholars Cat.; %{-bhairava},
%{-vo7ddyota-saMgraha} m. N. of wks.; %{-ma4ya} mf(%{I})n. consisting of
knowledge or intelligence, all knñknowledge, full of intellñintelligence S3Br.
Up. &c.; %{-ya-koSa} m. the sheath consñconsisting of intellñintelligence, the
intelligent sheath (of the soul accord. to the Veda7nta) or the sheath caused by
the understanding being associated with the organs of perception MW.; %{-mAtRka}
m. `" whose mother is knowledge "', a Buddha L.; %{-yati} m. = %{-bhikSu} Cat.;
%{-yogin} m. = %{vijJAne7zvara} Col.; %{-latikA} f. %{-lalita} or %{-ta-tantra}
n. N. of wks.; %{-vat} mfn. endowed with intelligence Up. ChUp. Sch. Katha1s.;
%{-vAda} m. the doctrine (of the Yoga7ca1ras) that only intelligence has reality
(not the objects exterior to us) Ba1dar. Sch.; %{-vAdin} mfn. one who affirms
that only intelligence has reality; m. a Yoga7ca1ra Sarvad. Buddh.;
%{-vinodinI-TIkA} f. %{-vilAsa} m. %{-zAstra} n. %{-zikSA} f.
%{saMjJA-prakaraNa} n. N. of wks.; %{-nA7kala} mfn. = %{-na-kevala} above
Sarvad.; %{-nA7cArya} m. N. of a teacher Cat.; %{-nA7tman} m. N. of an author
ib.; %{-nA7ntyA7yatana} n. (with Buddhists) N. of a world Buddh.; %{-nA7mRta} n.
N. of Comm.; %{-nA7zrama} m. = %{-nA7tman} Cat.; %{-nA7stitva-mAtra-vAdin} mfn.
= %{-na-vAdin} Ba1dar. Sch.; %{-nA7hAra} m. spiritual food as nourishment L.;
%{-ne7zvara} m. N. of an author Cat. (%{-tantra} n. %{-vArttika}, n. N. of
wks.); %{-ne7zvarIya} n. a wk. of Vijn5a1ne7s3vara Cat.; %{-nai9ka-skandha-vAda}
m. = %{-na-vAda} above Ba1dar. Sch.
vijñaananA*=f. (perhaps for %{-jAnanA} or %{-jAnatA}) perceiving, understanding
L.
vijñaanika*=mfn. = %{vi-jJa} or %{vaijJAnika} L.
vijñaanin*=mfn. having intelligence or knowledge or science, clever, skilful, a
specialist Hcar. Katha1s. Ma1rkP.; %{-ni-tA} f. (ifc.) science or knowledge of,
acquaintance with Ka1m.
vijñaaniiya*=mfn. (ifc.) treating of the science or doctrine of Sus3r.
vijrimbhin* = mfn. breaking forth, appearing Ka1v.
vijrimbhita* =mfn. yawned, gaped, opened, expanded, blown &c. (n. impers.);
drawn, bent (said of a bow) MBh. R.; sported, wantoned W.; n. yawning Gaut.;
coming out, appearance, manifestation, consequences Ka1v. Katha1s. Sarvad.;
exploit Ma1lav. [961,1]
vijvara * = mf({A})n. free from fever or pain Kathâs.; free from distress or
anxiety, cheerful MBh. R. &c.; exempt from decay W.
vikaara * = m. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) the syllable {vi} BhP.v\\ 2 m. (for 1.
see p. 950, col. 1) change of form or nature, alteration or deviation from any
natural state, transformation, modification, change (esp. for the worse) of
bodily or mental condition, disease, sickness, hurt, injury, (or) perturbation,
emotion, agitation, passion S'rS. MBh. &c. [954,3]; an apparition, spectre
Kathâs.; extravagance ib.; a product Gaut.; (in Sânkhya) a production or
derivative from Prakriiti (there are 7 Vikâras, viz. {buddhi}, `" intellect "',
{ahaM-kAra}, `" the sense of individuality "', and the 5 {tan-mAtras} q.v.;
these are also producers, inasmuch as from them come the 16 Vikâras which are
only productions, viz. the 5 {mahA-bhUtAni} q.v., and the 11 organs, viz. the 5
{buddhI7ndriyANi} or organs of sense, the 5 {karme7ndriyANi} or organs of
action, and {manas}, `" the mind "') IW. 82 &c.; the derivative of a word Nir.;
contortion of the face, grimace Kathâs.; change of sentiment, hostility,
defection MBh. Râjat.; {-tas} ind. from or through change MW.; {-tva} n. the
state of change, transformation Veda7ntas.; {-maya} mf({I})n. consisting of
derivatives (from Prakriiti) Up.; {-vat} mfn. undergoing changes Kâm.; {-hetu}
m. `" cause of perturbation "', temptation, seduction Kum.
vikaaraM = appearance (generally, grotesque/ugly)
vikaaraan.h = transformations
vikaari = changes
vikara * = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) deprived of hands (as a punishment)
Vishn. - 1.
vikara * = 1 {vi-karaNa}. see p. 950. \\ 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1; for 3.
see {vi-kRR}) disease, sickness L.; a partic. mode of fighting Hariv. (v.l.
{viSkara}). \\ 3 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1; for 2. p. 954, col. 2) an
earth-pit TS. Sch.; {-rya4} mf({A4})n. being in earth-pits ib.
vikaasaH = (m) progress, well-being, growth
vikalpa* = m. (for 2. see under %{vi-klRp}) an intermediate Kalpa, the interval
between two Kalpas (q.v.) BhP.\\ = &c. see under %{vi-klRp}.\\ 2 m. (for 1. see
p. 950, col. 1) alternation, alternative, option S3rS. Mn. VarBr2S. &c. (%{ena}
ind. `" optionally "'); variation, combination, variety, diversity, manifoldness
Ka1tyS3r. MBh. &c.; contrivance, art Ragh.; difference of perception,
distinction Nya1yas. BhP.; indecision, irresolution, doubt, hesitation MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; admission, statement BhP.; false notion, fancy, imagination Yogas.
Gi1t.; calculation VarBr2S.; mental occupation, thinking L.; = %{kalpa-sthAna}
Car.; a god BhP. (Sch.); (in rhet.) antithesis of opposites Prata1p.; (in gram.)
admission of an option or alternative, the allowing a rule to be observed or not
at pleasure (%{ve7ti@vikalpaH} Pa1n2. 1-1, 44 Sch.); a collateral form VarBr2S.;
pl. N. of a people MBh. (C. %{vikalya}); mfn. different BhP.; %{-jAla} "' n. a
number of possible cases, dilemma Sarvad. TPra1t. Sch.; %{-tva} n. manifoldness,
variety Sus3r.; %{-vat} mfn. undecided, doubtful Veda7ntas.; %{-sama} m. a
partic. sophistical objection Sarvad.; %{-pA7nupapatti} f. untenableness owing
to a dilemma Sarvad.; %{-pA7saha} mfn. not standing (the test of) a dilemma
(%{-tva} n.) ib.; %{-po7pahAra} m. an optional offering. MW.
vikampituM = to hesitate
vikarNaH = Vikarna
vikarmaNaH = of forbidden work
vikarSaNa * = drawing (a bow-string); taking away, removing, destroying; n. the
act of drawing or dragging asunder; the drawing (a bow-string); putting apart,
distributing; putting off eating, abstinence from food; searching,
investigation; a cross-throw (in wrestling); m. `" distractor "', one of the
five arrows of Kâma-deva ib.
vikala = disabled
vikalaM = not related or joined
vikalpa = imagination, fancy * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1) alternation,
alternative, option S'rS. Mn. VarBriS. &c. ({ena} ind. `" optionally "');
variation, combination, variety, diversity, manifoldness KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.;
contrivance, art Ragh.; difference of perception, distinction Nyâyas. BhP.;
indecision, irresolution, doubt, hesitation MBh. Kâv. &c.; admission, statement
BhP.; false notion, fancy, imagination Yogas. Gît.; calculation VarBriS.; mental
occupation, thinking L.; = {kalpa-sthAna} Car.; a god BhP. (Sch.); (in rhet.)
antithesis of opposites Pratâp.; (in gram.) admission of an option or
alternative, the allowing a rule to be observed or not at pleasure ({ve7ti
vikalpaH} Pân. 1-1, 44 Sch.); a collateral form VarBriS.; pl. N. of a people
MBh. (C. {vikalya}); mfn. different BhP.; {-jAla} "' n. a number of possible
cases, dilemma Sarvad. TPrât. Sch.; {-tva} n. manifoldness, variety Sus'r.;
{-vat} mfn. undecided, doubtful Veda7ntas.; {-sama} m. a partic. sophistical
objection Sarvad.; {-pA7nupapatti} f. untenableness owing to a dilemma Sarvad.;
{-pA7saha} mfn. not standing (the test of) a dilemma ({-tva} n.) ib.;
{-po7pahAra} m. an optional offering. MW.
vikalpana * = m. a contriver, composer Cat.; n. and ({A}) f. allowing an option
or alternative Pañcar. Kâr. on Pân.; the use of a collateral form VarBriS. Sch.;
distinction (pl. = different opinions) Sarvad.; false notion or assumption,
fancy, imagination BhP.; indecision MW.; inconsideration ib.
vikara * =mfn. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) deprived of hands (as a punishment)
Vishn. - 1. \\2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1; for 3. see {vi-kRR}) disease,
sickness L.; a partic. mode of fighting Hariv. (v.l. {viSkara}). \\ 3 m. (for 1.
see p. 950, col. 1; for 2. p. 954, col. 2) an earth-pit TS. Sch.; {-rya4}
mf({A4})n. being in earth-pits ib.
vi4-kaara * =m. (for 2. see {vi-} 1. {kR}) the syllable {vi} BhP.
vi-kaara * =2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1) change of form or nature,
alteration or deviation from any natural state, transformation, modification,
change (esp. for the worse) of bodily or mental condition, disease, sickness,
hurt, injury, (or) perturbation, emotion, agitation, passion S'rS. MBh. &c.
[954, 3]; an apparition, spectre Kathâs.; extravagance ib.; a product Gaut.; (in
Sânkhya) a production or derivative from Prakriiti (there are 7 Vikâras, viz.
{buddhi}, `" intellect "', {ahaM-kAra}, `" the sense of individuality "', and
the 5 {tan-mAtras} q.v.; these are also producers, inasmuch as from them come
the 16 Vikâras which are only productions, viz. the 5 {mahA-bhUtAni} q.v., and
the 11 organs, viz. the 5 {buddhI7ndriyANi} or organs of sense, the 5
{karme7ndriyANi} or organs of action, and {manas}, `" the mind "') IW. 82 &c.;
the derivative of a word Nir.; contortion of the face, grimace Kathâs.; change
of sentiment, hostility, defection MBh. Râjat.; {-tas} ind. from or through
change MW.; {-tva} n. the state of change, transformation Veda7ntas.; {-maya}
mf({I})n. consisting of derivatives (from Prakriiti) Up.; {-vat} mfn. undergoing
changes Kâm.; {-hetu} m. `" cause of perturbation "', temptation, seduction Kum.
vikatthana * = mfn. boasting, a boaster, braggart MBh. R. &c.; praising
ironically W.; n. and ({A}) f. the act of boasting or vaunting or praising MBh.
Das'. Kathâs. &c.; irony W.; {-tva} n. boastfulness Râjat.
vikhanana * = n. digging up Nir.
vikhaanasa * = m. (prob.) `" one who digs up (scil. roots) "'N. of a Muni S'ak.
Sch. (cf. {vaikhAnasa}).
vikarsha *= m. the drawing (a bow-string) R.; parting or dragging or drawing
asunder (as in the separation of semivowel-combinations &c.) RPra1t. Nid.;
distance Gobh. Nir.; an arrow L.
vikarshaNa * = mfn. drawing (a bow-string) MBh.; taking away, removing,
destroying BhP.; n. the act of drawing or dragging asunder MBh. Sus3r.; the
drawing (a bow-string) MBh. Hariv. S3is3.; putting apart, distributing MBh.
BhP.; putting off eating, abstinence from food MBh.; searching, investigation
Ka1m.; a cross-throw (in wrestling) MW.; m. `" distractor "', one of the five
arrows of Ka1ma-d2eva ib.
vikirati = to cast a net
vikiirNa = scattered
vikiriDa * = (Kâthh.), {-rida} (TS.), {-ridra} (VS.), mfn. applied to Rudra
(accord. to Sch. `" averting wounds "' or `" sending off arrows "'). [954, 2]
vi-kIrNa * = mfn. scattered, thrown about, dispersed &c.; dishevelled (as hair)
Kum. (cf. comp.); filled with, full of (comp.) MBh.; celebrated, famous W.; n. a
partic. fault in the pronunciation of vowels Pat.; {-keza} or {-mUrdhaja},
having dishevelled hair MW. (cf. above); {-roman} or {-saMjJa} n. a kind of
fragrant plant L.
vi-kira * = {vi-kiraNa}, {vi-kIrNa} &c. see under {vi-kRR}.
vi-kira * = m. scattering or anything scattered L.; a scattered portion of rice
(offered to conciliate beings hostile to sacrifice) Mn. iii, 245; `" scatterer
"', a kind of gallinaceous bird Âpast.; a partic. Agni ib.; water trickled
through Sus'r. ({cikira} Bhpr.)
vi-ókiraNa * = n. scattering, strewing Kull. on Mn. iii, 245; m. a partic.
Samâdhi Buddh. (v.l. {vikiriNa})
viklava *= mf({A})n. overcome with fear or agitation, confused, perplexed,
bewildered, alarmed, distressed MBh. Kâv. &c.; timid, shy Megh. Sis'.; (ifc.)
disgusted with, averse from S'ak.; faltering (as speech) R.; unsteady (as gait)
S'ak.; impaired (as senses) Kâs'îKh.; exhausted Kathâs.; n. agitation,
bewilderment R. BhP.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. agitation, confusion, alarm, fear,
timidity, irresolution MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-vA7nana} mfn. one whose face is troubled
or sorrowful R.
viklavaya *= Nom. P. %{-yati}, to render despondent, depress Ba1lar.
viklidha *= mfn. moist with perspiration (others `" having projecting teeth "'
or `" leprous "') Br. S3rS. (Sch.)
vikraantaH = mighty
vikraama* = m. a step's width TBr. [956,1]
vikrama * = m. (for see %{vi-kram}) the absence of the Krama-pa1t2ha (q.v.)
RPra1t. \\2 m. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 1) a step, stride, pace S3Br. &c. &c.;
going, proceeding, walking, motion, gait MBh. Ka1s3. &c.; course, way, manner
(%{anukrama-vikrameNa} = %{anukrameNa}, in regular order) MBh.; valour, courage,
heroism, power, strength ib. Ka1v. &c. (%{-maM-kR}, to display prowess, use
one's strength); force, forcible means ib. (%{-mAt} ind. by force;
%{nA7sti@vikrameNa}, it cannot be done by force); intensity, high degree
VarBr2S.; stability, duration (opp. to `" cessation "') BhP.; a kind of grave
accent TPra1t.; non-change of the Visarga into an U1shman RPra1t.; the 14th year
in the 60 years cycle of Jupiter VarBr2S.; the 3rd astrological house ib.; a
foot L.; N. of Vishn2u MBh.; of the son of Vasu Katha1s.; of a son of Vatsa-pri1
Ma1rkP.; of a son of Kanaka Cat.; of various authors (also with %{bhaTTa}) Cat.;
= %{candragupta} ib.; = %{vikramA7ditya} Pan5cad.; N. of a town Cat.; %{-karman}
n. an act of prowess, feat of valour MW.; %{-kesarin} m. N. of a king of
Pa1t2ali-putra Katha1s. [955,3]; of a minister of Mr2iga7n3ka-datta ib.;
%{-caNDa} m. N. of a king of Va1ra1n2asi1 ib.; %{-candrikA} f. N. of a drama;
%{-carita} or %{-caritra} n. N. of 32 stories describing the acts of
Vikrama7ditya (also called %{siMhA7sana-dvAtriMzat} q.v.); %{-tuGga} m. N. of a
prince of Pa1t2ali-putra Katha1s.; of a prince of Vikrama-pura ib.; %{-deva} m.
N. of Candra-gupta Inscr.; %{-nare7zvara} m. = %{vikramA7ditya} Sin6ha7s.;
%{-nava-ratna} n. `" the 9 jewels (on the court) of Vikrama7ditya "' N. of wk.;
%{-nidhi} m. N. of a warrior Katha1s.; %{-paTTana} n. `" VñVikrama7ditya's town
"'N. of Ujjayini1 Cat.; %{-pati} m. = %{vikramA7ditya} Ca1n2.; %{-pura} n.
(Katha1s.), %{-purI} f. (Buddh.) N. of a town (prob. = %{-paTTana});
%{-prabandha} m. N. of wk.; %{-bAhu} m. N. of various princes Ratna7v. Cat.;
%{-bhArata}, a modern collection of legends about Vikrama7ditya and of Pauranic
stories; %{-rAja} m. N. of a king Ra1jat.; %{-rAjan} m. = %{vikramA7ditya}
Vcar.; %{-rddhi} (for %{Rddhi}) m. (with %{kavi}) N. of a poet Cat.;
%{-lAJchana} m. id. ib.; %{-zakti} m. N. of various men of the warrior-caste
Katha1s.; %{-zIla} m. N. of a king Ma1rkP.; of a monastery Buddh.; %{-sabhA} f.
VñVikrama7ditya's court Sin6ha7s.; %{-siMha} m. N. of a king of Ujjayini1
Ma1rkP.; of a king of Ujjayini1 ib.; %{-sena} m. N. of a kñking of
pratisht2ha1na Katha1s. (%{-na-campU} f. N. of a poem); %{-sthAna} n. a
walking-place, promenade, Kr2ishn2aj.; %{-mA7Gka} (or %{-deva}) m. N. of a king
of Kalya1n2a (also called Tribhuvana-malla; of the 11th century A.D. and was
celebrated by Bilhan2a in the Vikrama7n3ka-deva-carita); %{-mA7ditya} m. see
below; %{-mA7rka} m. = %{vikramA7ditya} (%{-carita}, %{-caritra} n. =
%{vikrama-c}); %{-mA7rjita} mfn. acquired by valour W.; %{-me7za} m. N. of a
Buddhist saint W.; %{-mezvara} m. (with Buddh.) N. of one of the 8 Vi7ta-ra1gas
W.; of a temple built by Vikrama7ditya Ra1jat.; %{-mo7daya} n. N. of wk.;
%{-mo7pA7khyAna} n. = %{vikrama-carita}; %{-mo7rvazI} f. `" valour-(won)
Urvas3i1 "'N. of a celebrated drama by Ka1lida1sa.
vikramaNa n. striding, a step, pace, stride (esp. of Vishn2u) RV. &c. &c. ; bold
advance, courage, heroism, strength, power MBh. ; (with Pa1s3upatas)
supernatural power (%{-dharmi-tva} n. the being possessed of the above power)
Sarvad. ; the conforming to the rules of the Krama-pa1t2ha (q.v.) RPra1t.
vikrayaNa * = the act of selling
vikri = modify, alter
vikriita * = mfn. sold Mn. MBh. &c.; m. N. of a Praja1-pati R. (v.l. %{vi-kRta}
and %{vi-krAnta}); n. sale Mn. viii, 165.
vikriDa* = mfn. (applied to Rudra) MaitrS.
vikriiDa* = m. a play-ground Hariv.; a plaything, toy HParis'.; ({A}) f. play,
sport BhP.
vikrita = Ugly * = mfn. transformed, altered, changed &c.; (esp.) deformed,
disfigured, mutilated, maimed, unnatural, strange, extraordinary Mn. MBh. &c.;
unaccomplished, incomplete RV. ii, 33, 6; ugly (as a face) MBh.; estranged,
rebellious, disloyal, hostile ib.; decorated, embellished, set with (comp.) ib.;
(with %{vadha} m.) capital punishment with mutilation Mn. ix, 291; sick,
diseased. L.; m. the 24th year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBr2S.; N. of a
Praja1-pati R. (v.l. %{vi-krIta} and %{vi-krAnta}); of a demon (the son of
Pari-varta) Ma1rkP.; (%{A}) f. N. of a Yogini1 Hcat.; n. change, alteration
Vop.; disgust, aversion W.; misshaped offspring, abortion Mn. ix, 247; untimely
silence caused by embarrassment Sa1h. (v.l. %{vi-hRta});
%{-janana-zAnti-vidhAna} n. N. of a ch. of the Padma-pura1n2a; %{-tva} n. the
state of being changed, transformation S3am2k.; %{-daMSTra} m. N. of a
Vidya1-dhara Katha1s.; %{-darzana} mfn. changed in appearance MBh. R.;
%{-buddhi} mfn. changed in mind, estranged, made unfriendly or ill-disposed MW.;
%{-rakta} mfn. dyed red, red-stained (as a garment) Bhpr.; %{-locana} mfn.
having troubled eyes MW.; %{-vadana} mfn. having a distorted face, ugly-faced
W.; %{-veSin} mfn. having an unusual dress BhP.; %{-tA7kAra} mfn. changed in
form or appearance, misshaped, distorted in form MBh.; %{-tA7kRti} mfn. having a
deformed shape or aspect Mn. xi, 52; %{-tA7kSa} mfn. blind Pa1n2. 6-3, 3 Va1rtt.
2 Pat.; %{-tA7Gga} mfn. changed in form, having misshaped limbs, deformed W.;
%{-tA7nana} mfn. = %{-ta-vadana} above MBh.; %{-mUrdhaja} mfn. having a
disturbed face and dishevelled hair ib.; %{-to7dara} m. N. of a Ra1kshasa R
vikritavahaa = Ugly porter
vikriti f. change, alteration, modification, variation, changed condition (of
body or mind; acc. with %{gam}, %{yA}, %{vraj}, or %{pra-pad}, to undergo a
change, be changed) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; sickness, disease L.; perturbation,
agitation, emotion MBh. Katha1s. &c.; alienation, hostility, defection Ka1m.
Pan5cat.; a verse changed in a partic. manner S3Br. Ka1tyS3r.; an apparition,
phantom, spectre Katha1s.; any production (ifc. anything made of) MBh. Sus3r.;
(in Sa1m2khya) = 2. %{vi-kAra}; (in gram.) a derivative Nir.; formation, growth,
development AitBr.; abortion Sus3r. (v.l. %{vaikRta}); = %{Dimba} L.; =
%{pralApa} Harav. Sch.; N. of a class of metres Pin3g.; m. N. of a son of
Ji1mu1ta VP.; %{-kaumudI} f. %{-pradIpikA} f. N. of wks.; %{-mat} mfn. liable to
change S3ak.; indisposed, ill Nalo7d.; %{-hautra} n. N. of wk.
vikriiNiite = to sell
vikrtaacharaNii = adj. mentally disturbed behaviour
vikriyaa * =transformation, change, modification, altered or unnatural condition
Kâv. Pur. Sus'r.; change for the worse, deterioration, disfigurement, deformity
R.; ailment, indisposition, affection R. Das'. Sus'r. [955, 1]; perturbation,
agitation, perplexity MBh. Kâv. &c.; hostile feeling, rebellion, defection,
alienation Hariv. Kâv. Kathâs.; injury, harm, failure, misadventure (acc. with
{yA}, to suffer injury, undergo failure) ib.; extinction (of a lamp) Kathâs.; a
strange or unwonted phenomenon ib.; any product or preparation Mn. Yâjñ. MârkP.;
contraction, knitting (of the brows; see {bhrU-v-}); bristling (of the hair; see
{roma-v-}); {-yo7pamA} f. a kind of simile (in which the object of comparison is
represented as produced from that to which it is compared e.g. `" thy face, O
fair one, seems to be cut out from the disc of the moon "') Kâvya7d. ii, 41.
vikhyaata = famousviMsati = (adj) twenty
vikrodha * = mfn. free from anger or wrath ÂpGri.
vIksha * = m. sight, seeing W.; ({A}) f. id. R.; investigation Cat.; knowledge,
intelligence BhP.; unconsciousness, fainting L. [1004, 3]; n. surprise,
astonishment W.; any visible object ib.; {-kSA7panna} (or {-kSA7p-}) mfn.
astonished, surprised ib.; {-kSA7raNya-mAhAtmya} n. N. of wk.
vikshipta = mental aggitation
vikship * = P. Â. {-kSipati}, {-te}, to throw asunder or away or about, cast
hither and thither, scatter, disperse MBh. Kâv. &c.; to remove, destroy (pain)
Sus'r.; to extend, stretch out ib.; to bend (a bow), draw (a bow-string) MBh.
R.; to handle, manage Kâs'. on Pân. 2-3, 57; to separate Sûryas.; to cause to
deviate in latitude ib.
vikshipta * = mfn. thrown asunder or away or about, scattered &c.; distorted,
contracted (see comp.); agitated, bewildered, distraught Sarvad.; frustrated
(see {a-v-}); sent, dispatched W.; refuted, falsified ib.; projected MW. (see
{vi-kSepa}); n. the being dispersed in different places RPrât. Sch.; {-citta}
mfn. distraught in mind Madhus.; {-bhrU} mfn. having contracted eyebrows BhP.;
{-tendriya-dhI} mfn. bewildered in senses and mind BhP.
vikshiptaka * = n. a dead body which has been torn asunder or lacerated Buddh.
vikshepa = confusion; v* = m. the act of throwing asunder or away or about,
scattering, dispersion MârkP. Dhâtup.; casting, throwing, discharging Ragh. VP.;
moving about or to and fro, waving, shaking, tossing MBh. Kâv. &c.; drawing (a
bow-string) Hariv.; letting loose, indulging (opp. to {saMyama}) BhP.; letting
slip, neglecting (time) L.; inattention, distraction, confusion, perplexity
MaitrUp. Yogas. Mâlatîm.; extension, projection Veda7ntas. (see {-zakti});
abusing, reviling Bhar.; compassion, pity Das'ar.; celestial or polar latitude
Sûryas.; a kind of weapon MBh. (Nîlak.); a camp, cantonment (?) Buddh.; a kind
of disease Cat.; sending, dispatching W.; refuting an argument ib.; {-dhruva} m.
(in astron.) the greatest inclination of a planet's orbit W.; {-lipi} m. a kind
of writing Lalit.; {-vRtta} n. = {kSepa-v-} Gol.; {-zakti} f. (in phil.) the
projecting power (of Mâyâ or A-vidyâ i.e. that power of projection which raises
upon the soul enveloped by it the appearance of an external world) Veda7ntas.
({-ti-mat} mfn. endowed with the above power ib.); {-pA7dhipati} m. the chief of
a camp or cantonment (?) Buddh.
vikshubh * = A1. %{-kSobhate} &c. (Ved. inf. %{vi-kSobdhos} S3Br.), to be shaken
about or agitated or disturbed AV. BhP. ; to confuse, disturb S3Br.: Caus.
%{-kSobhayati}, to agitate, disturb, throw into disorder or confusion MBh. R.
Sus3r.
vikuNTha *= mfn. sharp, keen, penetrating, irresistible BhP.; very blunt
(%{a-v-}, sharp &c.) ib.; m. N. of Vishn2u MBh. BhP.; N. of Vishn2u's heaven
BhP.; %{-Thana} m. N. of a son of Hastin MBh.; (%{A}) f. inward glance, mental
concentration L.; %{-Thita} mfn. see %{vi-kuNTh}.
vikup * = only Caus. %{-kopayati}, to disturb DivyA7v.
vilimpita* mfn. (fr. Caus.) smeared, anointed
vilaapana * = mfn. (for 2. see under %{vi-lI}) causing moaning or lamentation
(as a weapon) R. Hariv. ; m. N. of one of S3iva's attendants Hariv. ; n. the act
of causing moaning or lñlamentation MBh. xii, 6113 (= %{nAza} Ni1lak.) ; m.c. =
%{-vi-lapana}, wail, lñlamentation BhP.\\ 2 mf(%{I})n. (fr. Caus. ; for 1 see
under %{vi-lap}) dissolving, destroying, removing Sus3r. ; melting, liquefying
(see %{Ajaya-vilA4panI}) ; n. destruction, death BhP. ; a means of destruction
VP. ; melting or a means of melting ib. ; a partic. product of milk VarYogay.
(cf. %{vi-layana}).
vilagnaaH = becoming attached
vilajja* = mfn. shameless BhP
vilajjita * = mfn. ashamed, abashed ib.
ilapana n. wailing, lamenting Uttarar. Hit. ; talking idly or wildly W. ; the
dirt or sediment of any oily substance (as of clarified butter, &c.) Ya1jn5.
Sch. ; %{-vinoda} m. removing grief by weeping Uttarar.
vilasita* = mfn. gleaming, glittering, shining forth, appearing BhP.; played,
sported (n. also impers.) Ka1v. Katha1s.; moving to and fro BhP.; n. flashing,
quivering (of lightning) Vikr. Prab.; appearing, manifestation (%{vidyA}, %{v-}
manifestation of knowledge) Cat.; sport play, pastime, dalliance Ka1v. Katha1s.;
any action or gesture Ragh.
vilayamaM = extinct
vilaya * = m. dissolution, liquefaction, disappearance, death, destruction (esp.
dñdestruction of the world) MBh. Kâv. &c. (acc. with {gam}, {yA}, {vraj} &c. to
be dissolved, end; with Caus. of {gam}, to dissolve, destroy)
vilepana = smearing
viliGga* = n. absence of marks; mfn. of a different gender Pat.; {-stha} mfn.
not to be understood MBh. ii, 845. - 1.
viliptikaa* = f. a second (= 1/3600 of a degree) Ganit. - 1.
vilikh* = P. {-likhati} (Ved. inf. {-likhas}; cf. Pân. 3-4, 13 Sch.), to
scratch, scrape, tear up, lacerate Lâthy. MBh. &c.; to rub against, reach to,
touch Hariv.; to wound (the heart) i.e. vex, offend S'Br.; to scratch in or on,
make a furrow or mark, write, delineate, paint Gol. MBh. &c.; (in medicine) to
tear up i.e. stir up (phlegm &c.) Car.: Caus. {-lekhayati}, or {-likhApayati},
to cause to scratch or write, Kriishnaj.
vilikhana* = n. the act of scraping, scratching &c. Bâlar.
vilikhita* = mfn. scratched, scraped, scarified Pañcat.
viligii* = f. a kind of serpent AV.
vilinaatha* = m. (with {kavi}) N. of a poet (author of the drama Madana-mañjarî)
Cat.
vilimpita* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) smeared, anointed L.
viliptaa* = or f. a second (= 1/3600 of a degree) Ganit. - 1.
vilip* = P. Â. {-limpati}, {-te}, to smear or spread over, anoint (also `" to
anoint one's self "' P.) S'Br. &c. &c.; to smear or spread with (instr.) Kum.:
Caus. {-lepayati}, to smear or anoint with (instr.) Hcat.; {-limpayati} see
{-limpita}.
vilis'* = Â. {-lizate}, to become out of joint, be disarranged or disordered,
break off, become rent or torn TS. S'Br.
vilisteGgaa* = f. N. of a Dânavi Kâthh.
vilishtha* = mfn. (cf. {vi-riSTa}) broken off, out of due order VS. KâtySr.;
{-bheSaja} n. a remedy for fractures or dislocation AV. Paipp.
vilih* = P. Â. {-leDhi}, {-lIDhe}, to lick, lick up, lap MBh. BhP. Sus'r.:
Intens. (only p. {-lelihat} and {-hAna}), to lick continually or repeatedly MBh.
vilii* = Â. {-lIyate} (pf. {-lilyuh} MBh.; fut. {-letA}, or {-lAtA}; ind. p.
{-lIya} or {-lAya} Pân. 6-1, 51 Sch.), to cling or cleave or adhere to MBh.
Ratna7v. Sis'.; to hide or conceal one's self, disappear MBh. Kâv. &c.; to be
dissolved, melt AV. &c. &c.: Caus. {-lApayati} or {-lAyayati} or {-lAlayati} or
{-lInayati} (Pân. 7-3, 39 Sch.), to cause to disappear, destroy Sank.; to cause
to be dissolved or absorbed in (loc.) BhP. Sch.; to make liquid, dissolve, melt
Sus'r.
viliina* = mfn. clinging or sticking or attached to, fixed on, immersed in (loc.
or comp.) Kâv. Pañcar.; (ifc.) alighted or perched on (said of birds) Kathâs.;
sticking (see comp.); hidden, disappeared, perished, absorbed in (loc.) MaitrUp.
MBh. &c.; dissolved, melted, liquefied ChUp. Kathâs. Sus'r.; contiguous to,
united or blended with W.; infused into the mind, imagined ib.; {-SaTpada} mfn.
having bees clinging or attached MW.; {-nA7kSaram} ind. so that the sound sticks
(in the throat) Bhartri.
viliiyana* = n. melting (intrans.) ÂpS'r. Sch.
viiLita* = mfn. made strong, strengthened, firm, hard RV. [1005,1]
vilipta* = mf({A})n. smeared over, anointed &c.; ({A}) f. see p. 952, col. 2;
({I4}) f. a cow in a partic. period after calving AV.
vilokayataaM = of those who are seeing
vilokya = on seeing
viloma = against the natural order of things
vilulita *= mfn. ( %{lul} ; cf. %{vi-luD}) moved hither and thither Vikr. ;
shaken down, falling down, shed Uttarar. BhP. ; shaken, agitated, disordered,
disarranged MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; %{-tA7laka} mfn. having dishevelled hair R2itus.
vimaana* = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-man}) devoid of honour, disgraced BhP. \\2 m.
(for 1. see p. 951, col. 3; for 3. under {vi-mA}) disrespect, dishonour (see
{a-vi mana})\\3 mf({I})n. (for 1. see p. 951, col. 3; for 2, under {vi-man})
measuring out, traversing RV. AV. MBh.; m. n. a car or chariot of the gods, any
mythical self-moving aerial car (sometimes serving as a seat or throne,
sometimes self-moving and carrying its occupant through the air; other
descriptions make the Vimâna more like a house or palace, and one kind is said
to be 7 stories high; that of Râvana was called {puSpaka} q.v.; the {nau-v-}
[Ragh. xvi, 68] is thought to resemble a ship) MBh. Kâv. &c.; any car or vehicle
(esp. a bier) Râjat. vii, 446; the palace of an emperor or supreme monarch (esp.
one with 7 stories) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a temple or shrine of a partic. form
VarBriS.; a kind of tower (?) R. v, 52, 8; a grove Jâtakam.; a ship, boat L.; a
horse L.; n. measure RV.; extension ib.; (in med.) the science of (right)
measure or proportion (e.g. of the right relation between the humours of the
body, of medicines and remedies &c.) Car.; {-gamana} n. `" going in a car "'N.
of a ch. of the GanP.; {cArin} mfn. travelling in a celestial car MW.; {-cyuta}
mfn. fallen from a celñcelestial car Râjat.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. the state or
condition of a celñcelestial car Kâv. Kathâs.; {-nirvyUha} m. a partic. Samidhi
Kârand.; {-pAla} m. the guardian of a celñcelestial car MBh.; {-pratima} mfn.
resembling a celñcelestial car MBh.; {-prabhu-tA} f. the ownership of a
celñcelestial car MW.; {-mAhAtmya} n. N. of a ch. of the VP.; {-yAna} mf({A})n.
going or driving in a celñcelestial car BhP.; {-rAja} m. the driver of a
celestial car MW.; {-lakSaNa} n. N. of wk. on architecture; {-vat} ind. like a
self-moving car Kir.; {-vidyA} f. {-suddhi-pUjA} f. N. of wks.; {-stha} mfn.
standing on a celñcelestial car MW.; {-sthAna} n. N. of awk. on medicine.
vimaanam.h = (n) an aircraft, plane
vimaanana * = n. (and {A} f.) disrespect, contempt, slight, humiliation MBh.
Kâv. &c.; refusal, denial Sus'r.
vimaanaka * = (ifc.) = {vi-mAna}, a celestial car Kathâs.; a seven-storied
palace or tower R
vimana* = mfn. (m. c.) = {vi-manas}, dejected, downcast R. -
vimanaaya * = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to be out of one's mind, be disconsolate or
downcast Naish. Sâh.
vimaanya * = mfn. to be dishonoured or offended S3ak.
vimanaska * = mfn. perplexed in mind, distressed, disconsolate MBh. R. &c.
vimanas * = ({vi4-}) mfn. having a keen or penetrating mind or understanding,
sagacious RV. x, 82, 2. - 2.
vi4-manas * = * =mfn. destitute of mind, foolish, silly RV. viii, 86, 2; out of
one's mind or senses, discomposed, perplexed, dejected, downcast, heart-broken
Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; changed in mind or feeling, averse, hostile R.; m. N. of the
author of a hymn (v.l. for {vizva-manas} q.v.)
vi-manas * =1. 2 {vi-manthara}, {vimanyu} &c. see p. 951, col. 3.
vi4-mana * =mfn. (m. c.) = {vi-manas}, dejected, downcast R. - 1.
vimarsha* = m. irritation, impatience, displeasure W
vimatsaraH = free from envy
vimath* = (or {manth}) P. Â. {-mathati}, {-te}, {-mathnAti}, {-nIte} &c. (in
Veda generally Â.; inf. {-mathitos} AitBr.; {-tum} BhP.), to tear off, snatch
away TS. S'Br.; to tear or break in pieces, rend asunder, bruise ib. AitBr.
Kâthh.; to cut in pieces, disperse, scatter MBh. R.; to confuse, perplex,
bewilder BhP.
vimathita *= mfn. crushed or dashed to pieces, scattered, dispersed, destroyed
S'ânkhS'r. MBh. &c. [979, 3]
vimatta * = mfn. discomposed, perplexed AitBr.; being in rut, ruttish ib. Kir.;
intoxicated MW.
vi4-maana * = mfn. (for 2. see {vi-man}) devoid of honour, disgraced BhP. \\ * =
2 m. (for 1. see p. 951, col. 3; for 3. under {vi-mA}) disrespect, dishonour
(see {a-vi mana}). \\ * = 3 mf({I})n. (for 1. see p. 951, col. 3; for 2, under
{vi-man}) measuring out, traversing RV. AV. MBh.; m. n. a car or chariot of the
gods, any mythical self-moving aerial car (sometimes serving as a seat or
throne, sometimes self-moving and carrying its occupant through the air; other
descriptions make the Vimâna more like a house or palace, and one kind is said
to be 7 stories high; that of Râvana was called {puSpaka} q.v.; the {nau-v-}
[Ragh. xvi, 68] is thought to resemble a ship) MBh. Kâv. &c.; any car or vehicle
(esp. a bier) Râjat. vii, 446; the palace of an emperor or supreme monarch (esp.
one with 7 stories) MBh. Kâv. &c.; a temple or shrine of a partic. form
VarBriS.; a kind of tower (?) R. v, 52, 8; a grove Jâtakam.; a ship, boat L.; a
horse L.; n. measure RV.; extension ib.; (in med.) the science of (right)
measure or proportion (e.g. of the right relation between the humours of the
body, of medicines and remedies &c.) Car.; {-gamana} n. `" going in a car "'N.
of a ch. of the GanP.; {cArin} mfn. travelling in a celestial car MW.; {-cyuta}
mfn. fallen from a celñcelestial car Râjat.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. the state or
condition of a celñcelestial car Kâv. Kathâs.; {-nirvyUha} m. a partic. Samidhi
Kârand.; {-pAla} m. the guardian of a celñcelestial car MBh.; {-pratima} mfn.
resembling a celñcelestial car MBh.; {-prabhu-tA} f. the ownership of a
celñcelestial car MW.; {-mAhAtmya} n. N. of a ch. of the VP.; {-yAna} mf({A})n.
going or driving in a celñcelestial car BhP.; {-rAja} m. the driver of a
celestial car MW.; {-lakSaNa} n. N. of wk. on architecture; {-vat} ind. like a
self-moving car Kir.; {-vidyA} f. {-suddhi-pUjA} f. N. of wks.; {-stha} mfn.
standing on a celñcelestial car MW.; {-sthAna} n. N. of awk. on medicine.
vimris'ya = deliberating
vimris'a * = m. reflection, consideration, deliberation ib.
vimochana = freedom
vimohayati = bewilders
vimohitaaH = deluded
vimohini * = bewilderer
vimokshaNaat.h = giving up
vimokshaaya = meant for liberation
vimokshyase = you will be liberated
vimriga* = mfn. containing no deer (as a forest) R
vimuchya = being delivered from
vimuc* = 1 P. Â. {-muJcati}, {-te} (Impv. {-mumoktu} RV. i, 24, 13), to unloose,
unharness (Â. `" one's own horses "'), unyoke (i.e. make to halt, cause to stop
or rest "') RV. &c. &c.; to take off (clothes, ornaments &c.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to
release, set free, liberate ib.; to leave, abandon, quit, desert, give up,
relinquish ib.; to shun, avoid MundUp. Bhag. &c.; to lose (consciousness)
Hariv.; to pardon, forgive Gît. BhP.; to emit, discharge, shed, pour or send
forth MBh. R. Pañcat. (with {grastam}, to set free a seized planet i.e. `" free
it from eclipse "' Sûryas.); to throw, hurl, cast (with {AtmAnam} and loc., `"
to cast one's self into "' Uttarar.) MBh. R. &c.; to utter (a sound) MBh.; to
assume (a shape) Mn. i, 56; to lay (eggs) Pañcat. i, 353/354/; Pass. {-mucyate},
to be unloosed or detached &c.; to be slackened (as reins) S'ak.; to drop or be
expelled (prematurely, as a fetus) Sus'r.; to be freed or delivered or released
(esp. from the bonds of existence), get rid of, escape from (abl. adv. in {-tas}
gen., or instr.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to be deprived of (instr.) Hit.: Caus.
{-mocayati}, to loosen, detach S'ak.; to unyoke Kaus'.; to set free, deliver
from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c.; to keep off, avoid R.: Desid. {-mumukSati}, {-te}, to
wish to liberate (Â. `" one's self "') BhP.
vimuc* =2 f. unyoking, alighting, stopping, putting up RV. ({vimuco napAt}, `"
son of unyoking "'N. of Pûshan as "' conductor on the way to the next world "'
ib.)
vimuJNchati = one gives up
vimuhyati = one is bewildered
vimuuDha = foolish
vimuuDhaH = bewildered
vimuuDhabhaavaH = bewilderment
vimuuDhaaH = foolish persons
vimuuDhaan.h = perfectly befooledvinaas'a* = m. utter loss, annihilation,
perdition, destruction, decay, death, removal TPrât. Up. MBh. &c.; {-kRt} mfn.
(ifc.) causing destruction of, destroying Yâjñ.; {-dharman} mfn. subject to the
law of decay Ragh. viii, 10 (v.l. {-min}; but cf. Pân. 5-4, 124); {-sambhava} m.
a source of destruction, cause of the subsequent non-existence of a composite
body ({avayavin}) MW.; {-hetu} mfn. being the cause of death Sus'r.; {-zA7nta}
m. `" end (caused by) destruction "', death MBh.; mfn. ending in death ib.;
{-zo7nmukha} mfn. ready to perish, fully ripe or mature L.
vimuktaH = liberated
vimuktaanaaM = of those who are liberated
vimuktaiH = by one who has become free from
vimuñja * = (%{vi4-}) mf(%{A})n. without a sheath S3Br.
vimuñca V*= give up, cast of
vina = without
vinaa *= or %{vinA4} ind. (prob. a kind of instr. of 3. %{vi}) without, except,
short or exclusive of (preceded or followed by an acc. instr., rarely abl.; cf.
Pa1n2. 2-3, 32; exceptionally ifc., e g. %{zuci-vinA}, without honesty,
%{satya-v-}, without faith Subh.) AV. xx, 136, 13 (not in manuscript) Mn. MBh.
&c. (sometimes %{vinA} is used pleonastically, e.g.
%{natad@asti@vinA@deva@yat@te@virahitaM@hare}, `" there is nothing, O god Hari,
that is without thee "' Hariv. 14966).
vinankshyasi = you will be lost
vinadya = vibrating
vinaya = humility\\* =vinaya 2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 969) leading away or asunder,
separating RV. ii, 24, 9; cast, thrown L.; secret L.; m. taking away, removal,
withdrawal S'is'. x, 42; leading, guidance, training (esp. moral trñtraining),
education, discipline, control MBh. Kâv. &c.; (with Buddhists) the rules of
discipline for monks MWB. 55 &c.; good breeding, propriety of conduct, decency,
modesty, mildness ib. (in the Purânas sometimes personified as son of Kriyâ or
of Lajjâ); an office, business S'is'. xi, 36; N. of a son of Sudyumna MârkP.; a
man of subdued senses L.; a merchant, trader L.; ({A}) f. Sida Cordifolia L.;
{-karman} n. instruction Ragh.; {-kSudraka} or {-ka-vastu} n. N. of a Buddhist
wk.; {-grAhin} mfn. conforming to rules of discipline, compliant, tractable L.;
m. an elephant which obeys orders L.; {-jyotis} (?) m. N. of a Muni Kathâs.;
{-tA} f. good behaviour; modesty Cân.; {-datta} m. N. of a man Mriicch.; {-deva}
m. N. of a teacher Buddh.; of a poet Sadukt.; {-nandin} m. N. of the leader of a
Jaina sect Inscr.; {-M-dhara} m. N. of a chamberlain Venis.; {-pattra} n. =
{-sUtra} (below) Buddh.; {-piTaka}, `" basket of discipline "', (with Buddhists)
the collection of treatises on discipline (cf: above); {-pradhAna} mfn. having
humility pre-eminent, of which modesty is chief. MW.; {-pramAthin} mfn.
violating propriety, behaving ill or improperly W.; {-bhAj} mfn. possessing
propriety or modesty ib.; {-maya} mf({I})n. consisting of propriety Kâd.;
{-yogin} mfn. possessing humility MW.; {-rAma} m. = {-sundara} Cat.; {-vat} mfn.
well-behaved (in {a-vin-}) Vet.; ({atI}) f. N. of a woman Kathâs. Das'. Pañcat.;
{-vallI} f. N. of wk.; {-vastu} n. (with Buddhists) N. of a section of the works
which treat of Vinaya (q.v.) [972, 1]; {-vAc} mfn. speaking modestly W.; f.
modest speech ib.; {-vijaya} m. N. of an author Cat.; {-vibhaGga} m. N. of wk.;
{-vibhASA-zAstra} n. N. of a Buddhist wk.; {-zrI} f. N. of a woman HParis'.;
{-sAgara}, {-sundara} m. N. of authors Cat.; {-sUtra} n. (with Buddhists) the
Sûtra treating of discipline (cf. above); {-stha} mfn. conforming to discipline,
compliant, tractable L.; {-svAminI} f. N. of a woman Kathâs.; {-yA7ditya} m. N.
of Jaya7pida, Rajat.; of a king of the race of the Câlukyas Inscr.; ({-pura} n.
N. of a town built by Jaya7pida Râjat.); {-yA7didhara} (i.e. {vinaya-dh-}) m. N.
of a man Kâv.; {-yA7nvita} mfn. endowed with modesty, humble L.; {-yA7vanata}
mfn. bending down modestly, bowing low with modesty MBh. Kathâs.; {-yo7kti} f.
pl. modest speech Bâ
vinaayaka * = mf({ikA})n. taking away, removing MW.; m. `" Remover (of
obstacles) "'N. of Gane7s'a Yâjñ. VarBriS. &c.; a leader, guide MBh. R.; a Guru
or spiritual preceptor L.; a Buddha L.; N. of Garuda L.; an obstacle, impediment
L.; = {anAtha} (?) L.; N. of various authors &c. Cat.; pl. a partic. class of
demons MânGri. MBh. &c.; N. of partic. formulas recited over weapons R.; ({ikA})
f. the wife of Gane7s'a or Garuda L.; {-caturthI} f. the fourth day of the
festival in honour of Ganea Cat.; ({-thI-vrata} n. N. of wk.); {-carita} n. N.
of the 73rd ch. of the Krîdâ-khanda or 2nd part of the Gane7s'a-Purâna.;
{-dvAdaza-nAma-stotra} n. N. of wk.; {-paNDita} m. N. of a poet S'ârngP.; =
{nanda-paND-} Cat.; {-purANa} n. {-pUjA-vidhi} m. N. of wks.; {-bhaTTa} m. N. of
various authors Cat.; {-bhojana-varNanA} f. {-mAhAtmya} n. {-vratakalpa} m.
{-vrata-pUjA} f. {-zAnti} f. {-zAnti-paddhati} f. {zAnti-prayoga} m.
{-zAnti-saMgraha} m. {-saMhitA} f. {-sahasra-nAman} n. {-stava-rAja} m. N. of
wks. or chs. from wks.; {-snapana-caturthI} f. the fourth day of the Gane7s'a
festival (when his image is bathed) Cat.; {-kA7vatAra-varNana} n.
{-kA7vir-bhAva} m. {-ko7tpatti} f. N. of parts of wks
vinayana * = mfn. taking away, removing MBh. Megh.; n. the act of taming or
training, education, instruction Das'.
vinayii = man with humility
vinas'ayasi = you destroy
vinaas'ya* = mfn. to be destroyed or annihilated (%{-tva} n.) MBh. Katha1s.
Sarvad.
vinas'yati = falls back
vinas'yatsu = in the destructible
vinaa = without* = or {vinA4} ind. (prob. a kind of instr. of 3. {vi}) without,
except, short or exclusive of (preceded or followed by an acc. instr., rarely
abl.; cf. Pân. 2-3, 32; exceptionally ifc., e g. {zuci-vinA}, without honesty,
{satya-v-}, without faith Subh.) AV. xx, 136, 13 (not in manuscript) Mn. MBh.
&c. (sometimes {vinA} is used pleonastically, e.g. {natad asti vinA deva yat te
virahitaM hare}, `" there is nothing, O god Hari, that is without thee "' Hariv.
14966).
vinaasha = total destruction
vinaashaM = destruction
vinaashaH = destruction
vinaashaaya = for the annihilation
vinan's'in *= mfn. disappearing , vanishing VS.
vinas' * = P. %{-nazati}, to reach, attain RV.\\ 2 P. %{-nazati}, or %{-nazyati}
(fut. %{-naziSyati} or %{-naGkSyati}; inf. %{-nazitum} or %{-naMSTum}), to be
utterly lost, perish, disappear, vanish RV. &c. &c.; to come to nothing, be
frustrated or foiled ib.; to be deprived of (abl.) RV. ix, 79, 1; to destroy,
annihilate Hariv.: Caus. %{-nAzayati} (aor. %{vy-anInazat}), to cause to be
utterly lost or ruined or to disappear or vanish RV. &c. &c. (once in Su1ryas.
with gen. for acc.); to frustrate, disappoint, render ineffective (a weapon)
AV.; to suffer to be lost or ruined Ragh. ii, 56; (aor.) to be lost, perish MBh.
R.
vinashtha *= mfn. utterly lost or ruined, destroyed, perished, disappeared MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; spoilt, corrupted Mn. Ya1jn5. ; (prob.) n. a dead carcass, carrion
(see below) ; %{-cakSus} mfn. one who has lost his eyes MBh. ; %{-tejas}
(%{vi4-n-}) mfn. one whose energy is lost, weak, feeble AV. ; %{-dRSTi} mfn. one
who has lost his sight, Bhp. %{-dharma} mfn. (a country) whose laws are
corrupted Ra1jat. ; %{-tA7pajIvin} mfn. living on dead carcasses or carrion
GopBr. [969,3]
vinidra *= mf(%{A})n. sleepless, awake MBh. Ka1v. &c. (also %{-ka} Katha1s.) ;
occurring in the waking condition Katha1s. ; passed sleeplessly Ka1v. ;
expanded, blown S3is3. ; opened (as the eyes) Vikr. ; m. a partic. formula
recited over weapons R. ; %{-tA} f. (Bhpr.), %{-tva} n. (L.) sleeplessness,
wakefulness, vigilince.
vinda *= mfn. finding, getting, gaining (ifc. ; see %{go-}, %{cAru-v-} &c.) ; m.
a partic. hour of the day R. ; N. of a son of Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra MBh. ; of a king
of Avanti ib.
vindati = (6 pp) to find
vindate = enjoys
vinda* = mfn. finding, getting, gaining (ifc.; see {go-}, {cAru-v-} &c.); m. a
partic. hour of the day R.; N. of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh.; of a king of
Avanti ib.
vindaka* = m. N. of a man Râjat.
vindatvat* = mfn. containing a form of 3. {vid}; ({atI}) f. a verse of this kind
Maitr
vindaami = I have
vineya *= mfn. to be taken away or removed Hariv. ; to be trained or educated or
instructed Sa1h. Sarvad. ; to be chastised L. ; m. a pupil , disciple L.
vinigrahaH = control
viniha.nsi = you kill
vinimayaH = (m) exchange
vinimaya *= m. ( %{me}) exchange, barter (%{ena}, alternately) A1past. MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; mutual engagement, reciprocity (see %{kArya-vin-}) ; a pledge,
deposit, security L. ; transmutation (of letters) MW.
vinirNaya *= m. complete settlement or decision, certainty, a settled rule Mn.
MBh. &c.
vinirNI *= ( %{nI} ; only ind. p. %{-NIya}), to decide or determine clearly BhP.
vinirNIta *= mfn. determined clearly, ascertained, certain W.
vinirmuktaaH = liberated
vinipaata *= m. falling down, falling L. ; a great fall, ruin, loss, calamity
Mn. MBh. &c. ; death Hcar. ; frustration Subh. ; failure (see %{a-vin-}) ;
%{-gata} mfn. fallen into misfortune R. ; %{-pratikriyA} f. (Katha1s.),
%{-pratIkAra} m. (Pan5cat.) a remedy against mñmisfortune ; %{-zaMsin} mfn.
announcing mñmisfortune or destruction, portentous W.
vinipaataka *= mfn. throwing down, causing to fall, destroying MBh.
vinipat *= P. %{-patati}, to fall down, fall in or into (loc.) Hariv. Sa1h. ; to
flow down, alight upon (loc.) Hariv. ; to fall upon, attack, assail Katha1s.:
Caus. %{-pAtayati} (Pass. %{-pAtyate}), to cause to fall down, strike off (a
man's head) MBh. ; to throw down, kill, destroy, annihilate Mn. MBh. &c.
vinirdah* = P. {-dahati}, to burn completely, consume by fire, destroy MBh. BhP.
vinirdagdha* = mfn. completely burned up or consumed, utterly destroyed MBh. R.
Hariv.
vinirdahana* = n. the act of burning or destroying utterly MW.; ({I}) f. a
partic. remedy Sus'r.
vinirdiz* = P. {-dizati}, to assign, destine for (loc.) BhP.; to point out,
indicate, state, declare, designate as (two acc.) MBh. BhP. Sus'r.; to announce,
proclaim Yâjñ. VarBriS.; to determine, resolve, fix upon MBh.
vinirdiSTa* = mfn. pointed out &c.; charged or entrusted with (loc.) R.
vinirdezya* = mfn. to be announced or reported VarBriS.
vinirdhU* = (only ind. p. {-dhUya}), to shake off, drive or blow away, scatter
R.; to shake about, agitate ib.; to reject, repudiate Vcar.
vinirdhuta* = mfn. shaken off or about, tossed, agitated ib.
vinirdhuuta* = mfn. shaken off BhP.; driven away MBh.
vinirdhuu* = (only ind. p. {-dhUya}), to shake off, drive or blow away, scatter
R.; to shake about, agitate ib.; to reject, repudiate Vcar.
vinirdhuta* = mfn. shaken off or about, tossed, agitated ib.
vinirdhuuta* = mfn. shaken off BhP.; driven away MBh.
vinirmita * = mfn. formed, created, constructed, built, prepared, made from or
fashioned out of (abl. or comp.) MBh. R. &c.; laid out (as a garden) Katha1s.;
fixed, appointed, destined to be (nom.) Hariv. Ka1v.; kept, celebrated, observed
(as a feast) R.
vinirmukta* = mfn. liberated, escaped, free or exempt from (instr. or comp.)
MBh. VarBriS. Sus'r. &c.; discharged, shot off, hurled R.
vinirmukti* = f. (ifc.) liberation W.
vinishchitaiH = certain
vinis'cita* = mfn. firmly resolved upon (comp.) MBh.; ascertained, determined,
settled, certain ib. R. &c.; (%{am}) ind. most certainly, decidedly Amar.;
%{-tA7rtha} mfn. having a decided meaning Bhartr2.
viniSkriya* = mfn. abstaining from ceremonial rites MW.
viniSad* = ( {sad}) P. {-SIdati}, to sit down separately.
viniSkR* = Caus. {-kArayati}, to cause to be mended or repaired Kaus'.
viniSTan* = (prob. for {vi-niH-STan}; {STan} = {stan}) P. {-STanati}, to groan
loudly Car.
vinivartaka *= mfn. reversing, annulling TPra1t.
vinivartante = are practiced to be refrained from
vinivartana *= n. turning back, return MBh. R. &c.; coming to an end, cessation
Das3ar. Sch.
vinivarti *= f. ceasing, cessation DivyA7v.
vinivartin *= see %{a-vinivartin}.
vinivartita *= mfn. caused to turn back or to desist from anything MBh.; turned
away, averted Ma1lav.vi.ndati = enjoys vinivritta = disassociated
viniyataM = particularly disciplined
viniyamya = regulating
viniyogaH = distribution (of various limbs, postures)
vinoda = humor
vinodaya = divert/recreate(be happy)
vi.nsha.nsha = A Varga. The harmonic twentieth division. Used for delineating
Religious fervour and accrued spiritual merit
vi.nshottari = The most popular Dasha method in use today
vi.nshopaka = A method of calculating planetary strength using the Vargas
vinyaasa* = m. putting or placing down &c.; a deposit W.; putting on (ornaments)
Kâvya7d.; movement, position (of limbs), attitude TPrât. Kâv.; arrangement,
disposition, order Pur.; scattering, spreading out MBh. Hariv.; establishment,
foundation MârkP.; putting together, connecting (words &c.), composition (of
literary works) Vâs. Sâh. &c.; exhibition, display (ifc. = showing, displaying)
MBh.; the utterance of words of despair Sâh.; assemblage, collection W.; any
site or receptacle on or in which anything is deposited ib.; {-rekhA} f. a line
drawn Bâlar.
vipaadya* = mfn. to be killed, destructible ib.
vipaaka = the distressing results of karmas: * = mf({A})n. ripe, mature RV.; m.
cooking, dressing (= {pacana}) L.; ripening, maturing (esp. of the fruit of
actions), effect, result, consequence (of actions in the present or former
births pursuing those who commit them through subsequent existences) Yâjñ. MBh.
&c.; maturing of food (in the stomach), digestion conversion of food into a
state for assimilation MBh. Hariv. Sus'r.; bad digestion Car.; any change of
form or state Uttarar.; calamity, distress "', misfortune Yâjñ. Uttarar.;
withering, fading S'is'.; `" sweat "' or `" flavour `" ({sveda} or {svAda}) L.;
(ibc.) subsequently, afterwards (see comp.); {-kaTuka} mfn. sharp or bitter in
its consequences Kathâs.; {-kAla} m. the time of ripening or maturing Râjat.;
{-tIvra} mfn. sharp or terrible in consequence of (comp.) BhP.; {-dAruNa} mfn.
terrible or dangerous in results Prab.; {-doSa} m. morbid affection of the
digestive powers Sus'r.; {-visphUrjathu} m. the consequences (of sins committed
in a former birth) compared to a thunder stroke Ragh.; {-zruta} n. N. of a
sacred book of the Jainas W. \\%{vi-pAkin} see under %{vi-pac}, p. 973.
vipaakin* = mfn. ripening, maturing bearing fruits or having consequences,
Ma1latim.; difficult to be digested (in %{a-vip-}) Car.
vipaana * = n. drinking up VS. Br.
vipac* = P. %{-pacati}, to cook thoroughly, dissolve by cooking or boiling
Ka1tyS3r. Sus3r. [973,2]; Pass. %{-pacyate}, to be cooked or baked or roasted
MBh.; to be digested ib.; to be completely matured or ripened or developed Ragh.
Sus3r.; to bear fruit, develop consequences VarBr2S.: Caus. %{-pAcayati}, to
cook thoroughly, dissolve by cooking, melt, liquefy Sus3r.
vipaksha = of the opposite side
vipaNa *= m. (for 2. see %{vi-paN}) low or petty traffic MW.\\ 2 m. (for 1. see
p. 951, col. 2) selling, sale Mn. MBh. &c.; a wager MBh.; a trading-place, shop,
market-place MBh. Ma1rkP.; `" market "' (fig. applied to speech, the organ of
speech, or the energy of activity) Ma1rkP.; N. of S3iva MBh. (= %{nirvyavahAra}
or %{daNDA7di-rahita}); %{-NA7paNa-vat} mfn. furnished with shops and markets
MBh.
vipanna mfn. gone wrong, failed, miscarried (opp. to %{sam-panna}) MBh.;
afflicted, distressed Hit.; ruined, destroyed, decayed, dead, gone MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; m. a snake L.; %{-kRtya} mfn. (a deity) whose rites have been disturbed or
neglected VarBr2S.; %{-tA} f. misfortune, ruin, destruction VarBr2S.
(%{-tAMgataH}, ruined R.); %{-dIdhiti} mfn. one whose splendour or glory is
gone. Bhartr2.; %{-deha} mfn. `" having a decomposed body "', dead, defunct
Mr2icch. i, 30; %{-nnA7patyA} f. a woman who has lost her child by abortion MW.;
%{-nnA7rtha} mfn. one whose property or fortune is ruined R. (v.l.
%{-nnA7tman}).
vipatti = calamity
viparivartate = is working
vipariita = inverted, contrary to rule, wrong *= mfn. turned round , reversed ,
inverted A1s3vS3r. Nir. &c. ; being the reverse of anything , acting in a
contrary manner , opposite , contrary to (abl.) Ka1v. Katha1s. &c. ; going
asunder or in different directions , various , different Kat2hUp. ; perverse ,
wrong , contrary to rule MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; adverse , inauspicious , unfavourable
ib. ; false , untrue Bha1m. ; (%{A}) f. a perverse or unchaste woman L. ; N. of
two metres RPra1t. ; %{-kara} or %{-kartR} mfn. acting in a contrary manner or
perversely MW. ; %{-kArin} mfn. id. Gi1t. ; %{-krIDA} f. N. of a ch. of
S3a1rn3gP. ; %{-gati} mfn. going backwards or in a reverse direction W. ; f.
inverse or reverse motion ib. ; %{-graha-prakaraNa} n. N. of. wk. ; %{-citta}
(MBh.) , %{-cetas} (R.) mfn. contrary-minded , having a perverted mind or
impaired mental faculties ; %{-tA} f. %{-tva} n. contrariety , inversion ,
counterpart Ka1v. Pan5cat. ; %{-pathyA} f. a kind of metre Col. ;
%{-pratyaGgirA} f. N. of a Tantric wk. ; %{-buddhi} (Pan5cat.) , %{-bodha} (MW.)
, %{-mati} (Ya1jn5.) , mfn. = %{-citta} ; %{-malla-taila} n. a kind of
preparation made of oil Bhpr. ; %{-rata} n. inverted sexual intercourse Caurap.
; %{-lakSaNA} f. ironical description of an object by mentioning its contrary
properties MW. ; %{-vat} ind. invertedly R. ; %{-vRtti} mfn. acting or behaving
in a contrary manner Ragh. ; %{-tA7khyAnakI} f. `" inverted A1khya1naki "' , a
kind of metre Col. ; %{-tA7di} n. (with %{vakra}) a kind of metre Ked. [974,2] ;
%{-tA7nta} m. (with %{pragAtha}) a kind of metre RPra1t. ; %{-tA7yana} n. a
contrary Ayana or progress of the sun from solstice to solstice (%{-gata} mfn.
situated in contrary Ayanas) MW. ; %{-to7ttara} n. (with %{pragAtha}) a kind of
metre RPra1t.
vipariitaM = the opposite
vipariitakaraNii = the upside-down posture
vipariitaan.h = in the wrong direction
vipariitaani = just the opposite
viparyaya = inversion // viparyaya *= mfn. reversed, inverted, perverse,
contrary to (gen.) BhP.; m. turning round, revolution Jyot.; running off, coming
to an end R.; transposition, change, alteration, inverted order or succession,
opposite of. A1s3vS3r. Nir. MBh. &c. (e.g. %{buddhi-v-}, the opposite opinion;
%{svapna-v-}, the opp of sleep, state of being awake; %{saMdhi-viparyayau},
peace and its opposite i.e. war; %{viparyaye}, %{-yena} and %{-yAt} ind. in the
oppñopposite case, other wise); exchange, barter (e.g. %{dravya-v-}, exchange of
goods, buying and selling, trade) MW.; change for the worse, reverse of fortune,
calamity, misfortune Mn. MBh. &c.; perverseness R. Katha1s. BhP.; overthrow,
min, loss, destruction (esp. of the world) Ka1v.; change of opinion Sa1h.;
change of purpose or conduct, enmity, hostility W.; misapprehension, error,
mistake Mn. BhP. Sarvad.; mistaking anything to be the reverse or opposite of
what it is MW.; shunning, avoiding R. vii, 63, 31 (Sch.); N. of partic. forms of
intermittent fever Sus3r. // viparyAya m. = %{vi-paryaya}, reverse, contrariety
L.
viparyak* = ind. (fr. {-paryaJc}) invertedly BhP.
viparyANa* = mfn. unsaddled Kathâs.; {-NI-kRta} mfn. id. ib.
viparya* = m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh.
viparyas* = Â. {-asyate}, to turn over, turn round, overturn, reverse, invert
S'Br. Gaut.; to change, interchange, exchange KâtyS'r.; to have a wrong notion,
be in error Bhartri.: Caus. {-Asayati}, to cause to turn round or to change
Bâlar.
viparyasta* = mfn. turned over, reversed, opposite, contrary AitBr. MBh. &c.;
(in gram.) interchanged, inverted Pân. 2-3, 56 Sch.; standing round Kathâs.;
erroneously conceived to be real W.; {-tA} f. perverseness Sinha7s.; {-putrA} f.
a woman bearing no male children MW.; {-manaz-ceSTa} mfn. having mind and
actions perverted or inverted Mriicch.
viparyAsa* = m. overturning, overthrow, upsetting (of a car) GriS.;
transposition, transportation MBh.; expiration, lapse (of time) MBh.; exchange,
inversion, change, interchange S'rS. MBh. &c.; reverse, contrariety, opposition,
opposite of (e.g. {stuti-v-}, the opposite of praise i.e. blame) MBh. Kâv. &c.;
change for the worse, deterioration MBh.; death R.; perverseness Râjat.; error,
mistake, delusion, imagining what is unreal or false to be real or true Kâv.
Bhâshâp. Pañcat.; {-so7pamA} f. an inverted comparison (in which the relation
between the Upamâna and Upameya is inverted) Kâvya7d.
viparyAsam* = ind. alternately AitBr. S'Br. S'ulbas.
viparyAvRt* = Â. {-vartate}, to be turned back Kaus'.: Caus. {-vartayati}, to
cause to turn away from, cause to be overturned TS.
viparyaya* = mfn. reversed, inverted, perverse, contrary to (gen.) BhP.; m.
turning round, revolution Jyot.; running off, coming to an end R.;
transposition, change, alteration, inverted order or succession, opposite of.
Âs'vS'r. Nir. MBh. &c. (e.g. {buddhi-v-}, the opposite opinion; {svapna-v-}, the
opp of sleep, state of being awake; {saMdhi-viparyayau}, peace and its opposite
i.e. war; {viparyaye}, {-yena} and {-yAt} ind. in the oppñopposite case, other
wise); exchange, barter (e.g. {dravya-v-}, exchange of goods, buying and
selling, trade) MW.; change for the worse, reverse of fortune, calamity,
misfortune Mn. MBh. &c.; perverseness R. Kathâs. BhP.; overthrow, min, loss,
destruction (esp. of the world) Kâv.; change of opinion Sâh.; change of purpose
or conduct, enmity, hostility W.; misapprehension, error, mistake Mn. BhP.
Sarvad.; mistaking anything to be the reverse or opposite of what it is MW.;
shunning, avoiding R. vii, 63, 31 (Sch.); N. of partic. forms of intermittent
fever Sus'r.
viparyAya* = m. = {vi-paryaya}, reverse, contrariety L.
viparyayeNaa.api = by changing also
viparyaaya = a mistaken view
vipashchit.h = (m) a learned man, scholar
vipashchitaH = full of discriminating knowledge
vipas'cit *= mfn. inspired, wise, learned, versed in or acquainted with (comp.)
RV. &c. &c. ; m. N. of Indra under Manu Sva1rocisha Pur. ; of the Supreme Spirit
Sarvad. ; of a Buddha (prob. w.r. for %{vipazyin}) Lalit.
vipaT =* P. %{-pATayati}, to split in two, tear open, tear out, destroy MBh.
Ka1v. &c.; to drive asunder, scare away Ka1d. Ra1jat.
vipat=*P. %{-patati}, to fly or dash or rush through RV. i, 168, 6; to fly
apart, fall off, burst asunder, be divided or separated S3Br. ChUp.; to fly
along RV. x, 96, 9: Caus. %{-patayati}, to fly in various directions RV. iii,
55, 3; to fall asunder, be opened ib., vi, 9, 6; %{-pAtayati}, to cause to fly
away, shoot off (arrows) AV.; to cause to fly asunder or off, split or strike
off (a head) ib.; to strike down, kill MBh.//in comp. for %{vi-pad}; %{-kara}
mf(%{I})n. causing misfortune Harav.; (%{I}) f. N. of a goddess ib.; %{-kAla} m.
season of mñmisfortune or calamity Hit.; %{-phala} mfn. resulting in
mñmisfortune, calamitous MW.; %{-sAgara} m. `" ocean of misfortune "', heavy
calamity W.
vipas'cit* = mfn. inspired, wise, learned, versed in or acquainted with (comp.)
RV. &c. &c.; m. N. of Indra under Manu Sva1rocisha Pur.; of the Supreme Spirit
Sarvad.; of a Buddha (prob. w.r. for %{vipazyin}) Lalit.
viphalaH = not good, fruitless; * = mf({A})u. bearing no fruit (as a tree) Kâv.
VarBriS.; fruitless, useless, ineffectual, futile, vain, idle Yâjñ. Hariv. &c.;
having no testicles R.; m. Pandanus Odoratissimus L.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n.
fruitlessness, uselessness, unprofitableness Kâv. Pañcat.; {-pre7raNa} mfn.
flung in vain Hit.; {-zrama} mfn. exerting one's self in vain ({-tva} n.),
Râjat; {-lA7rambha} mfn. one whose efforts are vain or idle Yâjñ.; {-lA7za} mfn.
one whose hopes are disappointed Hariv. (v.l. {niSphal-}).
vipina * =`" stirring or waving (scil. in the wind) "', a wood, forest, thicket,
grove MBh. Kâv. &c.; a multitude, quantity Bâlar.; {-tilaka} n. a kind of metre
Col.; {-nau9kas} m. wood-dweller "', an ape, monkey Mcar.
viplava * = 1 m. (for 2. see p. 951, col. 2) confusion, trouble, disaster, evil,
calamity, misery, distress Mn. MBh. &c. ; tumult, affray, revolt Ka1v. Ra1jat. ;
destruction, ruin MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; loss, damage Ya1jn5. ; violation (of a woman)
Katha1s. ; profanation of the Veda by unseasonable study Ya1jn5. Sch. ;
shipwreck Hariv. ; rust (on a mirror) Kir. ii, 26 ; portent, evil omen L. ;
terrifying an enemy by shouts and gestures W. ; spreading abroad, divulging
(%{-vaM-gam}, to become widely known) MW. ; mfn. confused (as words) BhP. ;
%{-tas} ind. in consequence of misfortune MW. [976,3] ; %{-vA7TTahAsa} m.
malicious laughter Dharmas3.
vipluta *= mfn. drifted apart or asunder , scattered , dispersed &c. ; confused
, disordered , gone astray , lost , perished Mn. MBh. &c. ; suffused , dimmed
(as the eyes) R. ; agitated , excited , troubled (as speech or reason) MBh. ;
broken , violated (as chastity , a vow &c.) Mn. Ya1jn5. BhP. ; vicious , immoral
Katha1s. ; committing adultery with (%{saha}) Mn. viii , 377 ; (with %{karmaNA})
wrongly treated , mismanaged (in med.) Car. ; (with %{plava}) drawn out of the
water , landed (?) Hariv. ; depraved , wicked W. ; contrary , adverse ib. ;
inundated , immersed ib. ; %{am} n. springing or bursting asunder Hariv. ;
%{-netra} or %{-locana} mfn. having the eyes suffused or bathed (with tears ,
joy &c.) R. Hariv. BhP. ; %{-bhASin} mf(%{iNI})n. speaking confusedly ,
stammering , stuttering R. ; %{-yoni} f. (in med.) a partic. painful condition
of the %{vagina} Sus3r.
vipra = Brahmin, sage
vipralambaka * = w.r. for %{-lambhaka} Prab.
vipralup P. %{-lumpati}, to tear or snatch away, rob, plunder Mn. MBh. ; to
visit, afflict, disturb MBh.
vipralambha * = m. (fr. Caus.) deception, deceit, disappointment MBh. Ka1v. &c.
; the being disappointed or deceived through (abl.) MBh. xiv, 133 ; separation
of lovers Ragh. Uttarar. &c. ; disunion, disjunction W. ; quarrel, disagreement
ib.
vipralambhaka * = mfn. deceiving, fallacious, a cheat or deceiver Katha1s. Prab.
; %{-tva} n. deceptiveness, fallaciousness Sam2k.
vipralambhana * = n. pl. deception, fraud, trick Das3.
vipralambhin * = mfn. deceiving, fallacious Pan5cat.
vipratipanna = adj. perplexed
vipratipannaa = without being influenced by the fruitive results
viprapriyaM = the loved of the Brahmins
vipraaH = (masc.nom.Pl.)Brahmins
vipula = ample * = mf(%{A})n. (prob. fr. %{pula} = %{pura}; cf. under %{pul})
large, extensive, wide, great, thick, long (also of time), abundant, numerous,
important, loud (as a noise), noble (as a race) Pa1rGr2. MBh. &c.; m. a
respectable man W.; N. of a prince of the Sauviras MBh.; of a pupil of
Deva-s3arman (who guarded the virtue of Ruci, his preceptor's wife, when tempted
by Indra during her husband's absence) MBh.; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP.; of a
mountain (either Meru or the Hima7laya) Pur.; (%{A}) f. the earth L.; a form of
the A1rya1 metre (in which the caesura is irregular; divided into 3 species,
A1di-, Anlya-, and Ubhaya-vipula1) Col.; (in music) a kind of measure Sam2gi1t.;
n. a sort of building Gal.; %{-grIva} mfn. long-necked R.; %{-cchAya} mfn.
having ample shade, shady, umbrageous MW.; %{-jaghanA} f. a woman with large
hips ib.; %{-tara} mfn. larger or very large S3is3.; %{-tA} f. (S3ak.), %{-tva}
n. (MBh.) largeness, greatness, extent, width, magnitude; %{dravya} mfn. having
great wealth, wealthy Car.; %{-pArzva} m. N. of a mountain Buddh.; %{-prajJa}
(MBh.), %{-buddhi} (Sus3r.) mfn. endowed with great understanding; %{-mati} mfn.
id. Bhartr2.; m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh.; %{-rasa} m. `" having abundant
juice "', the sugar-cane L.; %{-vrata} mfn. one who has undertaken great duties
MBh.; %{-zroni} mf(%{I})n. having swelling hips MW.; (%{-NI-bhara} mf[%{A}]n.
id. Amar.) [975,1]; %{-skandha} m. `" broad-shouldered "'N. of Arjuna L.;
%{-sravA} f. = %{-lA7sravA} L.; %{-hRdaya} mfn. large-hearted, lñlarge-minded
Bhartr2. (v.l.); %{-lA7yatA7kSa} mfn. having large and long eyes MW.;
%{-lA7rtha-bhoga-vat} mfn. having great wealth and many enjoyments VarBr2S.;
%{-lA7zravA} f. Aloe Perfoliata L.; %{-le7kSaNa} mfn. large-eyed MW.;
%{-lo7raska} mfn. broad-chested ib.; %{-lau9jas} mfn. having great strength,
very strong R.
vipulaM = more than enough, plenty
vira * = m. a man, (esp.) a brave or eminent man, hero, chief (sometimes applied
to gods, as to Indra, Vishnu &c.; pl. men, people, mankind, followers,
retainers) RV. &c. &c.; a hero (as opp. to a god) RTL. 272 n.; a husband MBh. R.
Pur.; a male child, son (collect. male progeny) RV. AV. Br. GriS'rS.; (collect.
male progeny) RV. AV. Br. GriS'rS.; the male of an animal AV. S'ânkhS'r.; (with,
Tântrikas) an adept (who is between the {divya} and the {pazu} RTL. 191)
Rudray.; (in dram.) heroism (as one of the 8 Rasas [q.v.]; the Vîra-carita
[q.v.] exhibits an example) Bhar. Das'ar. Sâh. &c.; an actor W.; a partic. Agni
(son of Tapas) MBh.; fire, (esp.) sacred or sacrificial fire L.; N. of various
plants (Terminalia Arunja; Nerium Odorum; Guilandina Bonduc, manioc-root) L.; N.
of an Asura MBh.; of a son of Dhriita-râshthra ib.; of a son of Bharad-vâja ib.;
of a son of Purusha Vairâja and father of Priya-vrata and Uttâna-pâda Hariv.; of
a son of Griiñjima ib.; of two sons of Kriishna BhP.; of a son of Kshupa and
father of Vivins'a MârkP.; of the father of Lîlâvatî ib.; of a teacher of Vinaya
Buddh.; of the last Arhat of the present Avasarpini L.; (also with {bhaTTa},
{AcArya} &c.) of various authors &c. Cat.; (pl.) of a class of gods under Manu
Tâmasa BhP.; ({A}) f. a wife, matron (whose husband and sons are still alive)
L.; an intoxicating beverage ib.; N. of various plants and drugs (Flacourtia
Cataphracta; Convolvulus Paniculatus; Gmelina Arborea; the drug Ela-vâluka &c.)
L.; (in music) a partic. S'ruti Sangît.; N. of the wife of Bharad-vâja L.; of
the wife of Karan-dhama MârkP.; of a river MBh. (B. {vANI}); n. (only L.) a reed
(Arundo Tibialis); the root of ginger(?); pepper; rice-gruel; the root of Costus
Speciosus, of Andropogon Muricatus &c. [1005, 3]; mf({A})n. heroic, powerful,
strong, excellent, eminent L. [Cf. Lat. {vir}; Lith. {vy4ras}; Goth. {wair};
Angl. Sax. {w‰r}, {w‰re-wulf}; Eng. {werewolf}; Germ. {Werwolf}, {Wergeld}.]
viraagaH = Non-attachment/desirelessness
viraath* = in comp. for 2. {vi-rAj}.
viraaj* = m. (for 2. see s.v.) king of birds BhP.\\* = P.Â. {-rAjati}, {-te}, to
reign, rule, govern, master (gen. or acc.), excel (abl.) RV. AV. Br.; to be
illustrious or eminent, shine forth, shine out (abl.), glitter ChUp. Mn. MBh.
&c.; to appear as (nom.) MBh.: Caus. {-rAjayati}, (rarely {-te}) cause to shine
forth, give radiance or lustre, brighten, illuminate MBh. R. &c.
vi-raa4j* =2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 949, col. 3) ruling far and wide, sovereign,
excellent, splendid RV.; mfn. a ruler, chief. king or queen (applied to Agni,
Sarasvatî, the Sun &c.) ib. AV. VS. Br. MBh.; f. excellence, pre-eminence, high
rank, dignity, majesty TS. Br. S'rS.; m. or f. the first progeny of Brahmâ
(according to Mn. i, 32 &c., Brahmâ having divided his own substance into male
and female, produced from the female the male power Virâj, who then produced the
first Manu or Manu Svâyambhuva, who then created the ten Prajâ-patis; the BhP.
states that the male half of Brahmâ was Manu, and the other half S'ata-rûpâ, and
does not allude to the intervention of VñVirâj; other Purânas describe the union
of S'ata-rûpâ with VñVirâj or Purusha in the first instance, and with Manu in
the second; Virâj as a sort of secondary creator, is sometimes identified with
Prajâ-pati, Brahmâ, Agni, Purusha, and later with Vishnu or Kriishna, while in
RV. x, 90, he is represented as born from Purusha, and Purusha from him; in the
AV. viii, 10, 24; xi, 8, 30, VñVirâj is spoken of as a female, and regarded as a
cow; being elsewhere, however, identified with Pra7na) IW. 22 &c.; (in Vedânta)
N. of the Supreme Intellect located in a supposed aggregate of gross bodies (=
{vaizvAnara}, q. v.), Vedantas.; m. a warrior (= {kSatriya}) MBh. BhP.; the body
MW.; a partic. Eka7ha PañcavBr. Vait.; N. of a son of Priya-vrata and Kâmyâ
Hariv.; of a son of Nara VP.; of Buddha L. [983,1]; of a son of Râdhâ MW.; of a
district ib.; f. a particular Vedic metre consisting of four Pâdas of ten
syllables each (and therefore also a symbolical N. of the number `" ten "'; in
RV. x, 130, 5 this metre is represented as attaching itself to Mitra and Varuna,
and in AitBr. i, 4 Virâj is mystically regarded as `" food "', and invocations
are directed to be made in this metre when food is the especial object of
prayer; in prosody VñVirâj is applied to any metre defective by two syllables
RPrât.); pl. N. of partic. bricks (40 in number) VS. S'Br.
viraaja *= mfn. shining , brilliant Pan5car. ; m. a partic. form of a temple
Hcat. ; a part. Eka7ha Vait. ; a species of plant L. ; N. of a Praja1-pati
Hariv. ; of a son of A-vikshit MBh
viraajana* = mfn. embellishing, beautifying (ifc.) Car.; n. ruling, being
eminent or illustrious, &c. Nir.
viraaTaH = Virata
viraam.h = to stop
viraama = stop * cessation, termination, end S'ânkhGri. Mn. &c. (acc. with {yA}
or {pra-yA}, to come to an end, rest); end of a word or sentence, stop, pause
(ifc. = ending with), APrât. Pân. &c.; end of or caesura with in a Pâda
S'rutab.; (in gram.), the stop "'N. of a small oblique stroke placed under a
consonant to denote that it is quiescent i.e. that it has no vowel inherent or
otherwise pronounced after it (this mark is sometimes used in the middle of
conjunctions of consonants; but its proper use, according to native grammarians,
is only as a stop at the end of a sentence ending in a consonant); desistence,
abstention Kâs'. Vop.; exhaustion, languor Car.; N. of Vishnu MBh.; of S'iva
S'ivag.; {-tA} f. cessation, abatement Pañcar.
viraamaH = respite, full stop
viraamaka * = mfn. ending in (ifc.) L.
viraamaNa * = n. a pause Hcat.
viracita* = mfn. constructed, arranged &c. [982,1]; performed BhP.; composed,
written, Kalid. Pan5cat.; put together, spoken, uttered (see comp.); put on,
worn Ragh.; furnished with (instr.) Megh.; put in, inlaid, set MW.; (%{A}) f. N.
of a woman Katha1s.; %{-pada} mfn. (a speech or song &c.) the words of which are
artificially composed or arranged, rhythmic, poetic Ka1lid.; %{-vapus} mfn. one
who has his body formed or arranged MW.; %{-vAc} mfn. one who has composed a
speech or who has spoken Ragh.; %{-to7kti} mfn. id. Katha1s.
viramamNa * = n. ceasing cessation KâtyS'r.; (ifc.) desistence from Subh.
viramArga* = m. the course or career of a hero MBh. Hariv
vira4matii * = f. N. of a woman HParis'.
vira4matsya * = m. pl. N. of a people R.
vira4maya * = mf({I})n. (with Tântrikas) relating or belonging to an initiated
person L.
vira4mANikya * = m. N. of a king Prasannar.
vira4maanin * = mfn. thinking one's self a hero Kathâs.; m. N. of a hero Vcar.
vi-ramita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to cease, stopped BhP.
viram * = P. {-ramati} (rarely Â.; cf. Pân. 1-3, 83), to stop (esp. speaking),
pause, cease, come to an end TS. &c. &c.; to give up, abandon, abstain or desist
from (abl.) KâtyS'r. MBh. &c.: Caus. {-rA8mayati}, to cause to stop or rest &c.,
bring to an end, finish R. BhP.: Desid. see {vi-riraMsA}.
vi-rama * = m. cessation, end MBh. BhP.; sunset S'is'. ix, 11; (ifc.) desistence
or abstention from MBh.
virachita = created
virachitaM = created, composed
viracita *=f mfn. constructed, arranged &c. [982,1] ; performed BhP. ; composed,
written, Kalid. Pan5cat. ; put together, spoken, uttered (see comp.) ; put on,
worn Ragh. ; furnished with (instr.) Megh. ; put in, inlaid, set MW. ; (%{A}) f.
N. of a woman Katha1s. ; %{-pada} mfn. (a speech or song &c.) the words of which
are artificially composed or arranged, rhythmic, poetic Ka1lid. ; %{-vapus} mfn.
one who has his body formed or arranged MW. ; %{-vAc} mfn. one who has composed
a speech or who has spoken Ragh. ; %{-to7kti} mfn. id. Katha1s.
viraha = separation * = m. abandonment, desertion, parting, separation (esp. of
lovers), absence from (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; lack, want (ifc. =
lacking, with the exception of) Kâv. Kathâs. &c.; {-guNita} mfn. increased by
separation Megh.; {-ja} mfn. arising from sñseparation S'ak.; {-janita} mfn. id.
MW.; {-jvara} m. the anguish of sñseparation ib.; {-virasa} mfn. painful through
(the idea of) separation, S'ântis'.; {-vyApad} mfn. decreased by sñseparation
Megh.; {-zayana} n. a solitary couch or bed Megh.; {-hA7dhigama} m. experiencing
sñseparation ib.; {-hA7nala} m. the fire of sñseparation ib.; {-hA7rta} mfn.
pained by sñseparation W.; {-hA7vasthA} f. state of sñseparation MW.;
{-ho7tkaNThikA} f. (in dram.) a woman who longs after her absent lover or
husband Sâh.; {-ho7tsuka} mfn. suffering from sñseparation A.
virahitaM = without
viraaja *= mfn. shining, brilliant Pan5car.; m. a partic. form of a temple
Hcat.; a part. Eka7ha Vait.; a species of plant L.; N. of a Praja1-pati Hariv.;
of a son of A-vikshit MBh.
viraja*= (3. %{vi+raja} for %{rajas}) mf(%{A})n. free from dust, clean, pure
(also fig. `" free from passion "') S3Br. MBh. &c.; free from the menstrual
excretion L.; m. N. of a Marut-vat Hariv.; of a son of Tvasht2r2i BhP.; of a son
of Pu1rn2iman ib.; of a pupil of Ja1tu1karn2ya ib.; of the world of Buddha
Padma-prabha SaddhP.; (pl.) of a class of gods under Manu Sa1varn2i BhP.; (%{A})
f. Panicum Dactylon (= %{dUrA}) MBh. (= %{kapitthAnI} L.); of the wife of
Nahusha (spiritual daughter of a class of Pitr2is called Su-svadhas or
Sva.svadhas) Hariv.; of a mistress of Kr2ishn2a (who was changed into a river)
Pan5car.; of a Ra1kshasi1 Cat.; n. N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh.; %{-prabha}
m. N. of a Buddha Buddh.; %{-loka} m. N. of a partic. world, VB.; %{-jA7kSa} m.
N. of a mountain (to the north of Meru) Ma1rkP.; %{-jAkSetra} n. N. of a sacred
district Cat.; %{-je7zvarI} f. N. of Ra1dha1 Pan5car.
virajAta * = (%{vIra4-}) mfn. (wealth) consisting in men or sons RV.
viriñca or virañca * = A* 'beyond passion' m. (perhaps fr. {ric}; but cf.
{viraJca}) N. of Brahmâ (but also applied to Vishnu and S'iva) MBh. Kathâs. Pur.
({-ta} f. BhP.)
virakta = uninerested
virala = rare
virama V = become detached, stop
viriñca* = m. (perhaps fr. {ric}; but cf. {viraJca}) N. of Brahmâ (but also
applied to Vishnu and S'iva) MBh. Kathâs. Pur. ({-ta} f. BhP.)
virochana = a demon prince
virodha = opposition *= m. opposition, hostility, quarrel, strife between (gen.,
rarely instr., or comp.) or with (instr. with or without %{saha}, or comp.) MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; hostile contact of inanimate objects (as of planets &c.) VarBr2S. ;
(logical) contradiction, contrariety, antithesis, inconsistency, incompatibility
Ka1tyS3r. Kan2. [984,1] Kap. &c. ; (ifc.) conflict with, injury of (instr. = at
the cost or to the detriment of) Ya1jn5. MBh. ; hindrance, prevention Gaut. ;
blockade, siege W. ; adversity, calamity, misfortune Sa1h. ; perversity Katha1s.
; (in rhet.) an apparent contradiction or incongruity (e.g. %{bharato}
%{'pi@zatru-ghnaH}) Kpr. ; (in dram.) impediment to the successful progress of a
plot W. ; (%{I}) f. fixed rule, ordinance(?) W. ; %{-kAraka} mfn. causing
opposition or disagreement, fomenting quarrels MW. ; %{-kRt} mfn. causing
dissension or revolt Ya1jn5. Sch. ; m. an enemy MW. ; the 45th year in Jupiter's
cycle of 60 years Cat. ; %{-kriyA} f. quarrel, strife Ragh. ; %{-parihAra} m.
removal of incompatibility, reconciliation Kull. on Mn. vii, 152 ; N. of wk. on
Bhakti (by Lakshman2a7ca1rya) ; of another wk. on the reconciliation of the
different Vaishn2ava systems (by Varada7ca1rya) ; %{-phala} n. the fruit or
result of perverseness Katha1s. ; %{-bhaJjanI} f. N. of a commentary on the
Ra1ma1yan2a ; %{-bhAj} mfn. contradictory, opposed to (instr.) Sa1h. ; %{-va4t}
mfn. containing a contradiction Ka1vya7d. ; %{-varUthinI} f.
%{-varUthinI-nirodha} m. %{-varUthinI-bhaJjinI}, f. %{-vAda} m. N. of wks. ;
%{-zamana}. n. making up a quarrel Das3ar. ; %{-dhA7carana} m. (in rhet.)
apparent conduct L. ; %{-dhA7bhA7sa} m. (in rhet.) aparent contradiction, the
semblance of opposite qualities Prata1p. ; %{-dhA7laMkAra} m. (in rhet) a figure
of speech implying incongruity (cf. under %{vi-rodha}) MW. ; %{-dho7kti} f.
dispute, mutual contradiction Pa1n2. 1-3, 50 Sch. ; %{-dho7ddhAra} m. N. of wk.
; %{-dho7pamA} f. (in rhet.) a comparison founded on opposition (e.g. `" the
lotus flower and thy face are opposed [as rivals] to each other "' i.e. resemble
each other), Ka1vyftd. ii, 33.
virodhaka *= mfn. disuniting, causing dissension or revolt Ya1jn5. Sch. ;
opposed to, incompatible with (gen. or comp.) MBh. ; (ifc.) preinventing, an
obstacle to ib.
virodhana *= mfn. opposing, fighting MBh. ; n. checking, restraining Nir. vi, 1
(Sch.) ; quarrel, contest, resistance, opposition to (gen.) Ka1m. Katha1s. &c. ;
harming, injuring R. ; (in dram.) either `" angry altercation "' (e.g. in S3ak.
the dialogue between the king and S3a1rn3garava) Bhar. ; or `" consciousness of
the risk of an enterprise "' (e.g. Ven2is, 6, 1) Sa1h. ; incongruity,
inconsistency W. ; investing, blockading ib.
viruda * = hot out, sprouted, budded, grown; come forth, formed, produced, born,
arisen; ascended, mounted, ridden, overgrown with young grass
virugna * =mfn. (less correctly {vi-rugna}) broken to pieces, torn asunder &c.
Bhathth.
visarga* = m. sending forth, letting go, liberation, emission, discharge
GriS'rS. MBh. &c.; voiding, evacuation (of excrement) S'Br. MBh. Sus'r.; opening
(of the closed hand) KâtyS'r.; getting rid of, sending away, dismissal,
rejection Mn. MBh. &c.; letting loose i.e. driving out (cows; see {go-vis-});
final emancipation, exemption from worldly existence BhP.; cessation, end RV.
GriS.; end of the annual course of the sun Car.; destruction of the world BhP.;
giving, granting, bestowal Mn. MBh. &c.; scattering, hurling, throwing,
shooting, casting (also of glances) MBh. Ragh. BhP.; producing, creating (esp.
secondary creation or creation in detail by Purusha; see under {sarga}) Bhag.
BhP.; creation (in the concrete sense), product, offspring Hariv. BhP.; `"
producer "', cause BhP.; membrum virile ib.; the suñs southern course L.;
separation, parting W. (cf. {-cumbana}); light, splendour ib.; N. of a symbol in
grammar (= {vi-sarjanIya}, which is the older term see below) Pân. Sch. S'rutab.
MBh. BhP.; N. of S'iva MBh. xiii, 1241; {-cumbana} n. a parting kiss Ragh.;
{-lupta} n. elision of the Visarga Pratâp.
vishaNNa * =mfn. dejected, sad, desponding, sorrowful, downcast, out of spirits
or temper Kâv. Kathâs. BhP.; {-cetas} mfn. dejected in mind, lowspirited,
downcast R.; {-tA} f. {-tva} n. dejection, sadness, languor, lassitude (esp. as
one of the effects of unsuccessful love) L.; {-bhAva} m. id. Das'.; {-manas}
mfn. = {-cetas} BhP.; {-mukha} mf({I})n. dejected in countenance, looking sad or
dejected R.; {-rUpa} mf({A})n. having a sorrowful aspect, being in a dejected
mood R.; {-vadana} mfn. = {-mukha} ib.; {-NNA7tman} mfn. low-spirited,
desponding, downcast BhP.
vishate = he enters
vishama *= mf(%{A})n. (fr. %{vi} + %{sama}) uneven, rugged, rough MBh. Hariv.
Ka1v. &c. ; unequal, irregular, dissimilar, different, inconstant Br.
S3a1n3khGr2. Mn. &c. ; odd, not even (in numbers &c.) Var. Ka1vya7d. ; that
which cannot be equally divided (as a living sheep among three or four persons)
Mn. ix, 119 ; hard to traverse, difficult, inconvenient, painful, dangerous,
adverse, vexatious, disagreeable, terrible, bad, wicked (ibc. `" terribly "'
S3is3.) Mn. MBh. &c. ; hard to be understood Gol. Ka1v. ; unsuitable, wrong
Sus3r. Sarvad. ; unfair, dishonest, partial Mn. MBh. ; rough, coarse, rude,
cross MW. ; odd, unusual, unequalled W. ; m. a kind of measure Sam2gi1t. ; N. of
Vishn2u MW. ; (%{I}) f. N. of various wks. ; n. unevenness, uneven or rough
ground or place (%{sama-viSameSu}, `" on even and uneven ground "' S3is3.), bad
road VS. TS. S3Br. &c. ; oddness (of numbers) W. ; a pit, precipice Mn. MBh. &c.
; difficulty, distress, misfortune MBh. R. &c. ; unevenness, inequality (%{eNa}
ind. `" unequally "') Ka1s3. ; (in rhet.) incongruity, incompatibility Ka1vya7d.
Prata1p. Kuval. ; pl. (with %{bharad-vAjasya})N. of Sa1mans SV. A1rshBr. ;
(%{am}) ind. unequally, unfairly MW. ; %{-karNa} mfn. having unequal diagonals
Col. ; m. or n. (?) any four-sided figure with unñunequal diñdiagonals MW. ; the
hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle (esp. as formed between the gnomon of a
dial and the extremities of the shadow) W. ; %{-karman} n. an odd or unequalled
act W. ; a dissimilar operation ; the finding of two quantities when the
difference of their squares is given and either the sum or the difference of the
quantities Col. ; %{-kAla} m. an unfavourable time, inauspicious season MW. ;
%{-kriya} mfn. undergoing unequal (medical) treatment (%{-tva} n.) Sus3r. ;
%{-khAta} n. an irregular cavity or a solid with unequal sides Col. ; %{-gata}
mfn. situated or placed on an uneven place (higher or lower) A1past. ; fallen
into distress ib. ; %{-cakra-vAla} n. (in math.) an ellipse Su1ryapr. ;
%{-catur-azra}, or %{-catur-bhuja} or %{-catuSkoNa} m. an unequal four-sided
figure, trapezium Su1ryapr. ; %{-cchada} m. = %{sapta-cch-}, Alstonia Scholaris
L. ; Echites Scholaris W. ; %{-cchAyA} f. `" uneven-shadow "', the shadow of the
gnomon at noon when the sun is on the equinoctial line W. ; %{-jvara} m.
irregular (chronic) fever Sus3r. ; (%{-rA7ntaka-lauha} m. a partic. ferruginous
preparation Rase7ndrac. ; %{-rA7ntaka-lauha} m. id. L.) ; %{-tri-bhuja} m. a
scalene triangle Col. ; %{-tva} n. inequality, difference MaitrUp. ;
dangerousness, terribleness Vishn2. ; %{-dRSTi} mfn. looking obliquely,
squint-eyed A1pGr2. Sch. ; %{-dhAtu} mfn. having the bodily humors unequally
proportioned, unhealthy MW. ; %{-nayana} or %{-netra} mfn. `" having an odd
number of eyes "', `" three-eyed "'N. of S3iva L. ; %{-pada} mf(%{A})n. having
unequal steps (as a path) Kir. ; having unñunequal Pa1das (a stanza) RPra1t.
RAnukr. VS. Anukr. ; %{-da-vRtti} f. N. of various commentaries ; %{-palAza} m.
Alstonia Scholaris (= %{sapta-pal-}) L. [997,1] ; %{-pAda} mf(%{A})n. consisting
of unequal Pa1das Nida1nas. ; %{-bANa} m. `" five-arrowed "'N. of the god of
love L. ; (%{-Na-lIlA} f. N. of a poem) %{-bhojana} n. eating at irregular hours
MW. ; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. = %{viSamAd@AgataH} L. ; %{-rAga} mfn. differently
nasalized (%{-tA} f.). RPra1t. ; %{-rUpya} mfn. unequal quantities or qualities
W. ; %{-rca} mfn. (fr. %{viSama} + %{Rc}) having an unequal number of verses
S3a1n3khS3r. ; %{-lakSmI} f. adverse fortune, bad luck VarBr2S. ; %{-vibhAga} m.
unequal division of property amongst co-heirs W. ; %{-vilocana} m. `" three-eyed
"'N. of S3iva (cf. %{-nayana} above) Siddh. ; %{-vizikha} m. `" five-arrowed
"'N. of the god of love Cat. ; %{-vRtta} n. a kind of metre with unequal Pa1das
Pin3g. ; %{-vyAkhyA} f. N. of Comm. ; %{-vyAptika} mfn. furnishing an example of
partial or one-sided invariable concomitance, Sa1m2khyas. Sch. ; %{-zara} m. `"
five-arrowed "'N. of the god of love Das3. ; %{-zAyin} mfn. sleeping irregularly
W. ; %{-ziSTa} mfn. inaccurately prescribed (%{-tva} n.) L. ; left-unfairly,
unjustly divided (as property &c. at death) W. ; %{-zIla} mfn. having an
unequable disposition, cross-tempered, rough, difficult W. ; m. N. of
Vikrama7ditya Katha1s. ; of the 18th Lambaka of the Katha1-sarit-sa1gara called
after him ; (w.r. for %{viSama-zilA}, `" an uneven rock "' Pan5cat. iii,
310/311) ; %{-zloka-TIkA} f. %{-zloka-vyAkhyA} f. N. of wks. ; %{-sAhasa} n.
irregular boldness, temerity, W ; %{-stha} mf(%{A})n. standing unevenly W. ;
being in an inaccessible position ib. ; standing on a precipice, stñstanding in
a dangerous place Pan5cat. ; being in difficulty or misfortune MBh. R. &c. ;
%{-spRhA} f. coveting wrongly another's property L. ; %{-mA7kSa} m. `"
three-eyed "'N. of S3iva S3ivag. ; %{-mA7ditya} m. N. of a poet Subh. ;
%{-mA7nna} n. irregular or unusual food MW. %{-mA7yudha} m. `" five-arrowed "'N.
of the god of love Sin6ha7s. ; %{-mA7rtha-dIpikA} f. N. of wk. ; %{-mA7vatAra}
m. descending on uneven ground MW. ; %{-mA7zana} n. eating irregularly (either
as to quantity or time) Va1gbh. Sin6ha7s. Bhpr. ; %{-mA7zaya} mfn. having an
unfair disposition, dishonest, crafty W. ; %{-me7kSaNa} m. `" three-eyed "'N. of
S3iva S3is3. ; %{-me7Su} m. `" five-arrowed "'N. of the god of love S3is3. Hit.
; %{-mo7nnata} mfn. raised unevenly L. ; %{-mo7pala} mfn. having rough stones or
rocks MW.\\
vishama\-vrittii = uneven or strained movement whilst breathing
vishanti = enter
vishaNNa * = mfn. dejected, sad, desponding, sorrowful, downcast, out of spirits
or temper Ka1v. Katha1s. BhP.; %{-cetas} mfn. dejected in mind, lowspirited,
downcast R.; %{-tA} f. %{-tva} n. dejection, sadness, languor, lassitude (esp.
as one of the effects of unsuccessful love) L.; %{-bhAva} m. id. Das3.;
%{-manas} mfn. = %{-cetas} BhP.; %{-mukha} mf(%{I})n. dejected in countenance,
looking sad or dejected R.; %{-rUpa} mf(%{A})n. having a sorrowful aspect, being
in a dejected mood R.; %{-vadana} mfn. = %{-mukha} ib.; %{-NNA7tman} mfn.
low-spirited, desponding, downcast BhP.
vishaaM = and the vaisyas
vishaakhaa = Sixteenth nakshatra
vishaala = very great
vishaalaM = vast
vishaalaakshau = (two)persons with (lotus-like)large eyes
vis'aala* = mf({A} accord. to g. {bahvAdi} also {I})n. (prob. fr. {viz}; accord.
to others, fr. {vi-zR}) spacious, extensive, broad, wide, large TS. &c. &c.
({am} ind. extensively PañcavBr.); great, important, powerful, mighty,
illustrious, eminent MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc.) abundant in, full of Kap.; m. a kind
of beast or bird or plant L.; a partic. Shad-aha S'rS.; N. of the father of
Takshaka, S'ankhGri.; of an Asura Kathâs.; of a son of Ikshvâku (founder of the
city Vis'âlâ) R.; of a son of Triinabindu Pur.; of a king of Vaidis'a MârkP.; of
a mountain ib.; ({A}) f. colocynth Sus'r.; Basella Cordifolia L.; Portulaca
Quadrifida L.; {--mahe7ndravAruNI} L.; (in music) a partic. Mûrchanâ Sangît.; N.
of the city Ujjayinî or Ougein R. Megh. Kathâs.; of another town (see {vaizAlI},
{vaizalI}); of a river and a hermitage situated on it MBh. R. BhP.; =
{sarasvatI} L.; N. of an Apsaras VP.; of the wife of Aja-midha MBh.; of the wife
of Arishtha-nemi (and daughter of Daksha) GârudaP.; ({I}) f. a kind of plant L.;
n. N. of a place of pilgrimage, Bh.; du. (with {viSNoH}) N. of two Sâmans
ÂrshBr.
vis'aarada * = mf({A})n. experienced, skilled or proficient in, conversant with
(loc. or comp.; {-tva} n. Pañcad.) Mn. MBh. &c.; learned, wise W.; clever (as a
speech) BhP.; of a clear or serene mind Lalit.; famous, celebrated W.;
beautifully autumnal Vâs.; lacking the gift of speech ib.; bold, impudent ib.; =
{zreSTha} L.: m. Mimusops Elengi Kir. Sch.; N. of an author and of another
person Cat.; ({A}) f. a kind of Alhagi L.; {-di-man} m. skill, proficiency,
conversancy Harav.
vishah * =( %{sah}) A1. %{-Sahate} (impf. %{vy-aSahata}, or %{vy-asahata} Pa1n2.
8-3, 71 ; inf. %{-Sahitum} or %{-soDhum}, not %{-SoDhum} ib., 115), to conquer,
subdue, overpower, be a match for (acc.) RV. AV. MBh. Hariv. ; to be able to or
capable of (inf.) MBh. R. ; to bear, withstand, resist MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to
endure, suffer, put up with (acc. also with inf.) R. Gi1t. BhP.: Caus. (only
aor. %{vy-asISa-hat}) Pa1n2. 8-3, 116: Intens. see %{vi-SAsahi4}.
vishaha * = mfn. removing pñpoison L. ; (%{A}) f. Kyllingia Monocephala L. ; a
kind of gourd L.
vishaaya * = Nom. Â. {-yate} (m. c. also P. {-yati}), to become poison, turn
into poison Bhartri. Subh.
vis'ada *= mf(%{A})n. (prob. fr. 1. %{zad}) `" conspicuous "', bright,
brilliant, shining, splendid, beautiful, white, spotless, pure (lit. and fig. ;
%{am} ind.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; calm, easy, cheerful (as the mind, the eye, a
smile) Ka1lid. S3is3. Ra1jat. ; clear, evident, manifest, intelligible (compar.
%{-tara}) Hariv. Mr2icch. Ra1jat. ; tender, soft (to the touch ; as food, wind,
odour) MBh. Sus3r. ; (ifc.) skilled or dexterous in, fit for Mr2icch. i, 9 ;
endowed with Sus3r. ; m. white (the colour) L. ; N. of a king (the son of
Jayad-ratha) BhP. ; n. yellowish sulphurate of iron L. ; %{-tA} f. clearness,
distinctness Pan5cat. (v.l.) ; %{-nara-karankAya} (A1. %{-yate}), to resemble a
white human skull Can2d2. ; %{-prajJa} mfn. of clear understanding, keen-witted,
sagacious Ra1jat. ; %{-prabha} mfn. of pure effulgence, shedding pure light MW.
; %{-dA7tman} mfn. pure-hearted Ka1m. ; %{-dA7nana} mfn. (ifc.) one whose face
is radiant with Ra1jat.
vishahya * = mfn. bearable, tolerable (see %{a-v-}), conquerable, resistible
MBh. R. ; (also with %{kartum}) possible, practicable MBh. ; ascertainable,
determinable (see %{a-v-}).
vishama * = mf(%{A})n. (fr. %{vi} + %{sama}) uneven, rugged, rough MBh. Hariv.
Ka1v. &c.; unequal, irregular, dissimilar, different, inconstant Br.
S3a1n3khGr2. Mn. &c.; odd, not even (in numbers &c.) Var. Ka1vya7d.; that which
cannot be equally divided (as a living sheep among three or four persons) Mn.
ix, 119; hard to traverse, difficult, inconvenient, painful, dangerous, adverse,
vexatious, disagreeable, terrible, bad, wicked (ibc. `" terribly "' S3is3.) Mn.
MBh. &c.; hard to be understood Gol. Ka1v.; unsuitable, wrong Sus3r. Sarvad.;
unfair, dishonest, partial Mn. MBh.; rough, coarse, rude, cross MW.; odd,
unusual, unequalled W.; m. a kind of measure Sam2gi1t.; N. of Vishn2u MW.;
(%{I}) f. N. of various wks.; n. unevenness, uneven or rough ground or place
(%{sama-viSameSu}, `" on even and uneven ground "' S3is3.), bad road VS. TS.
S3Br. &c.; oddness (of numbers) W.; a pit, precipice Mn. MBh. &c.; difficulty,
distress, misfortune MBh. R. &c.; unevenness, inequality (%{eNa} ind. `"
unequally "') Ka1s3.; (in rhet.) incongruity, incompatibility Ka1vya7d. Prata1p.
Kuval.; pl. (with %{bharad-vAjasya})N. of Sa1mans SV. A1rshBr.; (%{am}) ind.
unequally, unfairly MW.; %{-karNa} mfn. having unequal diagonals Col.; m. or n.
(?) any four-sided figure with unñunequal diñdiagonals MW.; the hypotenuse of a
right-angled triangle (esp. as formed between the gnomon of a dial and the
extremities of the shadow) W.; %{-karman} n. an odd or unequalled act W.; a
dissimilar operation; the finding of two quantities when the difference of their
squares is given and either the sum or the difference of the quantities Col.;
%{-kAla} m. an unfavourable time, inauspicious season MW.; %{-kriya} mfn.
undergoing unequal (medical) treatment (%{-tva} n.) Sus3r.; %{-khAta} n. an
irregular cavity or a solid with unequal sides Col.; %{-gata} mfn. situated or
placed on an uneven place (higher or lower) A1past.; fallen into distress ib.;
%{-cakra-vAla} n. (in math.) an ellipse Su1ryapr.; %{-catur-azra}, or
%{-catur-bhuja} or %{-catuSkoNa} m. an unequal four-sided figure, trapezium
Su1ryapr.; %{-cchada} m. = %{sapta-cch-}, Alstonia Scholaris L.; Echites
Scholaris W.; %{-cchAyA} f. `" uneven-shadow "', the shadow of the gnomon at
noon when the sun is on the equinoctial line W.; %{-jvara} m. irregular
(chronic) fever Sus3r.; (%{-rA7ntaka-lauha} m. a partic. ferruginous preparation
Rase7ndrac.; %{-rA7ntaka-lauha} m. id. L.); %{-tri-bhuja} m. a scalene triangle
Col.; %{-tva} n. inequality, difference MaitrUp.; dangerousness, terribleness
Vishn2.; %{-dRSTi} mfn. looking obliquely, squint-eyed A1pGr2. Sch.; %{-dhAtu}
mfn. having the bodily humors unequally proportioned, unhealthy MW.; %{-nayana}
or %{-netra} mfn. `" having an odd number of eyes "', `" three-eyed "'N. of
S3iva L.; %{-pada} mf(%{A})n. having unequal steps (as a path) Kir.; having
unñunequal Pa1das (a stanza) RPra1t. RAnukr. VS. Anukr.; %{-da-vRtti} f. N. of
various commentaries; %{-palAza} m. Alstonia Scholaris (= %{sapta-pal-}) L.
[997,1]; %{-pAda} mf(%{A})n. consisting of unequal Pa1das Nida1nas.; %{-bANa} m.
`" five-arrowed "'N. of the god of love L.; (%{-Na-lIlA} f. N. of a poem)
%{-bhojana} n. eating at irregular hours MW.; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. =
%{viSamAd@AgataH} L.; %{-rAga} mfn. differently nasalized (%{-tA} f.). RPra1t.;
%{-rUpya} mfn. unequal quantities or qualities W.; %{-rca} mfn. (fr. %{viSama} +
%{Rc}) having an unequal number of verses S3a1n3khS3r.; %{-lakSmI} f. adverse
fortune, bad luck VarBr2S.; %{-vibhAga} m. unequal division of property amongst
co-heirs W.; %{-vilocana} m. `" three-eyed "'N. of S3iva (cf. %{-nayana} above)
Siddh.; %{-vizikha} m. `" five-arrowed "'N. of the god of love Cat.; %{-vRtta}
n. a kind of metre with unequal Pa1das Pin3g.; %{-vyAkhyA} f. N. of Comm.;
%{-vyAptika} mfn. furnishing an example of partial or one-sided invariable
concomitance, Sa1m2khyas. Sch.; %{-zara} m. `" five-arrowed "'N. of the god of
love Das3.; %{-zAyin} mfn. sleeping irregularly W.; %{-ziSTa} mfn. inaccurately
prescribed (%{-tva} n.) L.; left-unfairly, unjustly divided (as property &c. at
death) W.; %{-zIla} mfn. having an unequable disposition, cross-tempered, rough,
difficult W.; m. N. of Vikrama7ditya Katha1s.; of the 18th Lambaka of the
Katha1-sarit-sa1gara called after him; (w.r. for %{viSama-zilA}, `" an uneven
rock "' Pan5cat. iii, 310/311); %{-zloka-TIkA} f. %{-zloka-vyAkhyA} f. N. of
wks.; %{-sAhasa} n. irregular boldness, temerity, W; %{-stha} mf(%{A})n.
standing unevenly W.; being in an inaccessible position ib.; standing on a
precipice, stñstanding in a dangerous place Pan5cat.; being in difficulty or
misfortune MBh. R. &c.; %{-spRhA} f. coveting wrongly another's property L.;
%{-mA7kSa} m. `" three-eyed "'N. of S3iva S3ivag.; %{-mA7ditya} m. N. of a poet
Subh.; %{-mA7nna} n. irregular or unusual food MW. %{-mA7yudha} m. `"
five-arrowed "'N. of the god of love Sin6ha7s.; %{-mA7rtha-dIpikA} f. N. of wk.;
%{-mA7vatAra} m. descending on uneven ground MW.; %{-mA7zana} n. eating
irregularly (either as to quantity or time) Va1gbh. Sin6ha7s. Bhpr.; %{-mA7zaya}
mfn. having an unfair disposition, dishonest, crafty W.; %{-me7kSaNa} m. `"
three-eyed "'N. of S3iva S3is3.; %{-me7Su} m. `" five-arrowed "'N. of the god of
love S3is3. Hit.; %{-mo7nnata} mfn. raised unevenly L.; %{-mo7pala} mfn. having
rough stones or rocks MW.
vishaya* = m. (ifc. f. {A}; prob. either fr 1. {viS}, `" to act "', or fr. {vi}
+ {si}, `" to extend "' cf. Pân. 8-3, 70 Sch.) sphere (of influence or
activity), dominion, kingdom, territory, region, district, country, abode (pl. =
lands, possessions) Mn. MBh. &c.; scope, compass, horizon, range, reach (of
eyes, ears, mind &c.) S'ânkhS'r. MBh. &c.; period or duration (of life) Pañcat.;
special sphere or department, peculiar province or tield of action, peculiar
element, concern (ifc. = `" concerned with, belonging to, intently engaged on
"'; {viSaye}, with gen. or ifc. = `" in the sphere of, with regard or reference
to "'; {atra viSaye}, `" with regard to this object "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; space or
room (sometimes = fitness) for (gen.) Kâv. Pañcat.; an object of sense (these
are five in number, the five {indriya}, or organs of sense having each their
proper {viSaya} or object, viz. 1. {zabda}, `" sound "', for the ear cf.
{zruti-viSaya}; 2. {sparza}, `" tangibility "', for the skin; 3. {rUpa}, `" form
"' or `" colour "', for the eye; 4. {rasa}, `" savour "', for the tongue; 5.
{gandha}, `" odour "' for the nose: and these five Vishayas are sometimes called
the Gunas or `" properties "' of the five elements, ether, air, fire, water,
earth, respectively; cf. {zruti-viSaya-guNa}) Yâjñ. S'ank. Sarvad. IW. 83; a
symbolical N. of the number `" five "' VarBriS.; anything perceptible by the
senses, any object of affection or concern or attention, any special worldly
object or aim or matter or business, (pl.) sensual enjoyments, sensuality
KathhUp. Mn. MBh. &c.; any subject or topic, subject-matter MBh. Kâv. &c.; an
object (as opp. to `" a subject "') Sarvad. [997, 2]; a fit or suitable object
(`" for "' dat. gen., or comp.) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (in phil.) the subject of an
argument, category, general head (one of the 5 members of an Adhikarana [q.v.],
the other 4 being {vizaya} or {saMzaya}, {pUrva-pakSa}, {uttara-pakSa} or
{siddhA7nta}, and {saMgati} or {nirNaya}) Sarvad.; un-organic matter IW. 73; (in
gram.) limited or restricted sphere (e.g. {chandasi viSaye}, `" only in the Veda
"') Kâs'. (ifc. = restricted or exclusively belonging to); (in rhet.) the
subject of a comparison (e.g. in the comp. `" lotus-eye "' the second member is
the {viSaya}, and the first the {viSayin}) Kuval. Pratâp.; a country with more
than 100 villages L.; a refuge, asylum W.; a religious obligation or observance
ib.; a lover, husband ib.; semen virile ib.
vis'aaya m. sleeping and watching alternately W. (cf. Pa1n2. 3-3, 39).
vis'aya &c. see under %{vi-zI}.\\m. the middle, centre S3ulbas.; doubt,
uncertainty Jaim. S3am2k.; = %{Azraya} L.; %{-vat} mfn. = next Nir.
vishayakarman * = n. worldly business or act W.
vishaya-kAma * = m. desire of worldly goods or pleasures ib.
vishaya-tA * = f. the character or condition of being an object or having
anything for an object, the relation between an object and the knowledge of it
Sâh. Veda7ntas. Sarvad.; {-rahasya} n. {-vAda} (or {-vicAra}) m. {-vAda-TippaNa}
n. {-vAdA7rtha} m. N. of wks.
vishaya-tva * = n. = {-tA} Sarvad. Yâjñ. Sch.; (ifc.) the being restricted to,
occurring only in Pat.
vishaya-nirati * =f. attachment to sensual objects A.
vishaya-pati * = m. the governor of a province Inscr.
vishaya-vat * = mfn. directed to objects of sense MBh.; objective Yogas.
vishayaa7nta * =m. the boundary of a country MBh. R. Kathâs
vis'iirNa * = mfn. broken, shattered &c.; scattered, dispersed (as an army) R.;
fallen out (as teeth) Ka1v.; squandered (as a treasure) MBh.; rubbed off (as
unguent) Ga1rud2aP.; frustrated (as an enterprise), S3a1ntis3.; destroyed (as a
town) R.; %{-jirNa-vasana} n. pl. worn and shattered garments Bhartr2.; %{-tA}
f. crumbling or falling to pieces Ka1m.; %{-dhAra} mfn. intermittent (as urine)
BhP.; %{-paGkti} mfn. having broken ranks or lines Ragh.; %{-parNa} m.
Azadirachta Indica L.; %{-mUrti} mfn. having the body destroyed (said of
Ka1ma-deva) Kum.
vishishhTaaH = especially powerful
vishishhyate = is by far the better
vis'rambha* = m. (ifc. f. %{A}) slackening, loosening, relaxation (of the organs
of utterance), cessation RPra1t. ; trust, confidence in (loc. gen., or comp.) ;
absence of restraint, familiarity, intimacy MBh. Ka1v. &c. (ibc. or %{At},
%{eNa} ind. `" confidingly, confidentially "' ; %{-bhaM} %{kR} with gen., `" to
win the confidence of "' ; %{kasmai} %{-bhaM@kathayAmi} in whom shall I trust?
"') ; a playful or amorous quarrel L. ; killing(?) L. ; %{-katha} f. (Va1s.),
%{-kathiza} n. pl. (S3ak.), %{-garbha-kathA} f. (Ma1latim.) confidential talk ;
affectionate conversation ; %{-tA} f. trust, confidence (acc. with %{gam}, to
win cñconfidence) R. ; %{-bhRtya} m. a confidential servant Ra1jat. ; %{-vat}
mfn. trustful certain, at ease Ja1takam. ; %{-saMsupta} mfn. quietly asleep
Ka1m. ; %{-saMkathA} f. = %{-kathA} Katha1s. ; %{-bhA7lApa} m. id. Hit.
visri *= P. %{-sarati} , %{-sisarti} (Ved. and ep. also A1. perf. %{vi-sasre}
RV.) , to run or flow through RV. ; to spread out in various directions , extend
(intr.) R. S3is3. ; (A1.) to open or unfold one's self (with %{tanvA7m}) RV. x ,
71 , 4 ; to be separated , part from (instr.) AV. ; to go forth in various
directions , disperse MBh. ; to come forth , issue from (abl. or %{-tas}) ib. ;
to rush upon (acc.) MBh.: Caus. %{-sArayati} , to send forth R. ; to stretch
forth , extend MW.
visrij *= P. %{-sRjati} (ep. also A1.) , to send or pour forth , let go or run
or flow , discharge , emit , shoot , cast , hurl (lit. and fig. ; `" at "' loc.
dat. , or acc. with %{prati}) RV. &c. &c. ; to turn (the eye) upon (loc.)
S3a1n3khS3r. ; to shed (tears) R. Ka1lid. Das3. ; (A1.) to evacuate the bowels
Pras3nUp. ; to utter (sounds or words) Br. MBh. &c. ; to set free , release (A1.
`" one's self "') from (abl.) ChUp. Hariv. &c. ; to send away , dismiss ,
repudiate , reject , throw or cast off Mn. MBh. &c. ; to despatch (a messenger)
R. ; to pass over , overlook Ma1rkP. ; (in older language A1.) to abandon ,
desert , give up , renounce MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; to open TS. ; (A1.) to stretch out
, extend S3Br. ; to spread about , diffuse RV. AV. ; to remove TS. ; to remit ,
exempt from (acc.) Ra1jat. ; to hand over , deliver , bestow , grant MaitrS. &c.
&c. ; to produce , create (esp. `" in detail "') Up. Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus.
%{-sarjayati} , to discharge , emit , cast , hurl , throw (lit. and fig.)
A1s3vGr2. MBh. &c. ; to utter (a sound) S3Br. ; to set free , release , let go ,
dismiss MBh. Hariv. Ka1lid. ; to banish , exile R. ; to send out , despatch Mn.
MBh. &c. ; to abandon , desert , relinquish , give up , renounce , avoid MBh. R.
&c. ; to spare , save MBh. ; to commit , entrust Ka1lid. ; to lay aside , remove
VarBr2S. ; to divulge , publish (news) Ra1jat. ; to give away MBh. ; to hand
over , deliver , grant , bestow MBh. Hariv. &c. ; to produce , create BhP. ; to
answer questions DivyA7v.
visrijya *= mfn. to be sent out or let go &c. ; to be (or being) produced or
effected (as subst. = `" effect "') BhP.
viruta * = mfn. roared, cried, &c.; invoked VarBr2S.; made to resound, filled
with the cries &c. of (instr. or comp.) R. BhP.; n. shrieking, howling, yelling,
humming, chirping, &c., any noise or sound Mn. R. screaming, howling Ka1d. Mudr.
vis'ruta * = mfn. flowed forth, dropped, flowing W.; spread, diffused, stretched
ib. \\ 2 mfn. (for 2. see col. 2) flowed away, flowing forth W.\\ 2 mfn. heard
of far and wide, heard, noted, notorious, famous, celebrated RV. &c. &c.; known
as, passing for, named (nom.) Hariv.; pleased, delighted, happy L.; m. N. of a
man Das3.; of a son of Vasu-deva BhP.; of Bhava-bhu1ti Gal.; n. fame, celebrity
BhP.; learning (see comp.); %{-deva} m. N. of a king Buddh.; %{-vat} mfn.
possessing much learning, very learned Hariv.; m. N. of Maru (the father of
Br2ihad-bala) VP.; %{-tA7bhijana} mfn. of a renowned family, of noted birth MW.
visthaana * = mfn. belonging to another place or organ (as a sound) RPrât. - 1.
vishthhaa * = 1 f. (for 2. 3. see p. 999, col. 1) = 3. {viS}, feces, excrement
(acc. with {kR} or {vi-dhA}, to void excrñexcrement) Mn. MBh. &c. (often w.r.
{viSTA}).
vishthhaa * = 2 ( {sthA}; for 1. {viSThA} see p. 996, col. 2) Â. {-tiSThate}
(cf. Pân. 1-3, 22; Ved. and ep. also P.), to stand or go apart, be spread or
diffused or scattered over or through (acc. or {adhi} with loc.) RV. VS. AV.; to
be removed or separated from (instr.) TS. AV.; to stand, be stationary stand
still, remain firm, abide, dwell, stop RV. &c. &c.; to keep ground, not to budge
R.; to be present or near MBh.; to be engaged in (loc.) Hariv.: Caus. (only aor.
{-tiSThipaH}) to spread, expand RV. i, 56, 5.
vishthhaa * = 3 f. place, position, station, form, kind RV. AV. TBr. S'rS.; a
rope (?) DivyA7v.; {-vrAji4n} mfn. remaining in one place, stationary S'Br.
vishthara * = m. ( %{stR}) anything spread out, a handful of rushes or grass for
sitting on (esp. the seat of the presiding Bra1hman at a sacrifice) Gr2S3rS.
MBh. ; a seat made of 25 shoots of Kus3a grass tied up in a sheaf W. ; a tree L.
; N. of a divine being reckoned among the Vis3ve Deva1h2 Hariv. ; m. n. any seat
or couch, chair, stool &c. MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; mfn. = %{vi-stara}, extensive, wide
(?) see comp. ; %{-bhAj} mfn. occupying a seat, seated Ragh. ; %{-zrava} m. =
next Hcat. ; %{-zravas} m. `" broad-eared "' or `" far-famed "'N. of
Vishn2u-Kr2ishn2a MBh. Hariv. S3is3. ; of S3iva S3ivag. ; %{-stha} mfn. sitting
on a seat, reclining on a bed (of leaves &c.) W. ; %{-rA7zva} m. N. of a son of
Pr2ithu Hariv. ; %{-ro7ttara} mfn. covered with Kus3a grass MW.
vishthaara * = m. a layer of grass (?) RV. v, 52, 10 (others `" the far spread
host, scil. of the Maruts "') ; a kind of metre (cf. next and Pa1n2. 3-3, 34 ;
viii, 3, 94) ; %{-paGkti} (%{-TAra4-}) f. a partic. form of Pan3kti metre
(consisting of 8 x 12 x 12 x 8 syllables) VS. RPra1t. ; %{-bRhatI} f. a species
of Br2ihati1 (8 x 10 x 10 x 8 syllables) RPra1t.
vistaara * =m. (ifc. f. %{A} ; cf. %{vi-stara}) spreading, expansion, extent,
width MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; becoming large or great (met. said of the heart) Sa1h. ;
the breadth of a circle i.e. its diameter Col. ; specification, detailed
enumeration or description Ya1jn5. Sus3r. (%{eNa}, diffusely, at length, prob.
w.r. for %{vistareNa} R. iii, 4, 4) ; the branch of a tree with its new shoots
L. ; a shrub L. ; the diameter of a circle L.
vistara * = mfn. extensive, long (as a story) Sa1h. ; m. (ifc. f. %{A} ; cf.
%{vi-stAra} and Pa1n2. 3-3, 31 Va1m. v, 2, 41) spreading, extension, expansion,
prolixity, diffuseness MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; a multitude, number, quantity,
assemblage, large company Mn. R. VarBr2S. &c. ; becoming large or great (met.
applied to the heart) Das3. ; high degree, intensity, MBIi. Hariv. BhP. ; (pl.)
great wealth or riches MBh. ; detail, particulars, full or detailed description,
amplification (also as direction to a narrator = %{vistareNa@kAryam}, `" give
full particulars "' ; %{eNa} or %{At} ind. diffusely, at length, fully, in
detail ; %{-rI-kR}, to spread, divulge, expand) MBh. R. &c. ; (ifc.) an
extensive treatise Cu1lUp. ; affectionate solicitation L. ; a layer, bed, couch
(= %{vi-STara}) L. ; (%{A}) f. a partic. S3akti Hcat. ; %{-tas} ind. diffusely,
at length Ka1v. Pur. &c. ; %{-tA} f. extension, spreading R2itus. ; %{-bhIru}
mfn. afraid of diffuseness Sarvad. ; %{-zaGkA} f. fear of diffñdiffuseness Sa1h.
; %{-zas} ind. = %{-tas} Mn. MBh. &c.
vishuddha = pure
vishuddhayaa = fully purified
vishuddhaye = for clarifying
vishuddhaatmaa = a purified soul
visheshha = particular
vis'esha * = m. (once in Pañcat. n.; ifc. f. {A}) distinction, difference
between (two gen., two loc., or gen. and instr.) GriS'rS. MBh. &c.;
characteristic difference, peculiar mark, special property, speciality,
peculiarity Mn. MBh. &c.; a kind, species, individual (e.g. {vRkSa-v-}, a
species of tree, in comp. often also = special, peculiar, particular, different,
e.g. {chando-v-}, a particular metre, {vñvizeSa-maNDana}, a peculiar ornament
"'; {argha-vizeSAH}, different prices "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; (pl.) various objects
Megh.; distinction, peculiar merit, excellence, superiority (in comp. often=
excellent, superior, choice, distinguished e.g. {AkRti-v-}, `" an excellent form
"' [990, 3]; cf. {vñvizeSa-pratipatti}) Mn. MBh. &c.; (in gram.) a word which
defines or limits the meaning of another word (cf. {vi-zeSaka} and {vi-zeSaNa});
(in phil.) particularity, individuality, essential difference or individual
essence (with the Vais'eshikas the 5th cate gory or Pada7rtha, belonging to the
9 eternal substances or Dravyas, viz. soul, time, place, ether, and the 5 atoms
of earth, water, light, air, and mind, which are said to be so essentially
different that one can never be the other) IW. 66 &c.; (in medicine) a
favourable turn or crisis of a sickness Sus'r.; (in rhet.) statement of
difference or distinction, individualization, variation Kuval. (cf.
{vizeSo7kti}); a sectarian mark, any mark on the forehead (= {tilaka}) L.; (in
geom.) the hypotenuse S'ulbas.; N. of the primary elements or Mahâ-bhûtas (q.v.)
MaitrUp.; the earth as an element BhP.; the mundane egg ib.; {-virAj} ib.;
(ibc., {ena} or {At} ind. exceedingly, especially, particularly, even more Mn.
MBh. &c.; {At} ifc., by reason or in consequence of. VarBriS.; {yena yena
vizeSeNa}, in any way whatever MBh.); mf({A})n. extraordinary, abundant Ragh.
ii, 14 (B. {vizeSAt} for {vizeSA}); {-karaNa} n. making better, improvement
Mâlav.; {-kRt} mfn. making a distinction, distinguishing RPrât.; {--garhaNIya}
mfn. especially reprehensible, even more blamable Kuval.; {-guNa} m. a special
or distinct quality Nîlak.; (in phil.) a substance of a distinct kind (as soul,
time, space, ether, and the five atoms enumerated above) W.; {-jJa} mfn. knowing
distinctions, judicious Kâv. Kathâs.; (ifc.) knowing various kinds of. R.;
{jJAna-vAdA7rtha} m. N. of wk.; {-tac} ind. according to the difference of. in
proportion to (comp.) Mn. xi, 2; especially, particularly, above all Mn. MBh.
&c.; individually, singly, Vedantas.; {-tva} n. distinction, notion of the
particular L.; {-drizya} mfn. of splendid aspect or appearance Ragh.; {-dharma}
m. a peculiar or different duty W.; a special law MW.; {niyama} m. a partic.
observance MBh.; {-nirukti} f. (ibc.) `" explanation of differences "'; N. of
wk. ({-kroDa} m. {-TIkA} f. {-prakAza}, m.; {-tyAloka} m. N. of wks.);
{-patanIya} n. a partic. crime or sin Yâjñ. iii, 298; {-padA7rtha} m. (in Nyâya)
the category of particularity (cf. above under {vizeSa}); {-pratipatti} f. a
special mark of honour or respect Ragh.; {-pratiSedha} m. a special exception
MW.; {-pramANa} n. spñspecial authority ib.; {-bhAga} m. a partic. part of an
elephant's fore-foot L.; {-bhAvanA} f. reflecting on or perceiving difference
W.; (in arithm.) a partic. operation in extracting roots, composition by the
difference of the products ib.; {-bhUta-pariziSTa} n. N. of wk.; {-maNDana} n. a
peculiar ornament S'ak.; {-mati} m. N. of a Bodhisattva and of another man
Buddh.; {-mitra} m. N. of a man Buddh.; {-ramaNIya} mfn. especially delightful,
particularly pleasant Vikr.; {-lakSaNa} n. any specific or characteristic mark
or sign W.; ({-NATIkA} f. N. of wk.); {liGga} n. a partic. mark, specific
property, attribute of a subordinate class Kap.; {-vacana} n. `" distinguishing
or defining word "', an adjective, apposition Pân. 8-1, 74; a special text,
special rule or precept W.; {-vat} mfn. pursuing something particular MBh. ii,
849; possessed of some distinguishing property or specific quality BhP.;
excellent, superior, better than (abl.) MBh. Hariv.; making a difference (see
{a-v-}); {-vAda} m. the above doctrine of the Vais'eshikas; ({-TIkA} f. N. of
wk.; {-din} m. an adherent of that doctrine Sânkhyak. Sch.); {-vikrama-ruci}
mfn. taking delight in splendid heroism Bhartri.; {-vid} mfn. = {jJa} MBh.;
{-vidvas} m. `" eminently learned "', a sage, philosopher W.; {-vidhi} m. a
special rule or observance W.; {-vyApti} f. (in logic) a form of Vyâpti or
pervasion L.; N. of wk. (also {-rahasya} n.); {-zArGgadhara} m. N. of wk.;
{-zAlin} mfn. possessing peculiar merit or excellence Kir.; {-zAstra} n. (in
gram.) a special rule(= {apavAda}) MW.; {-sthu} mfn. being (found only) in
excellent persons or things Kâvya7d. ii, 170; {-SA7tideza} m. a spñspecial
supplementary rule ib.; {-SA7mRta} n. N. of wk.; {-SA7rtha} m. the sense or
essence of distinction, difference ({am} ind. for the sake of dñdifference MW.);
{-prakAzikA} f. {-bodhikA} f. N. of wks.; {-SA7rthin} mfn. seeking for
excellence or distinction MBh.; particular in searching for anything MW.;
({-thi}) {-tA} f. the searching for something better Pañcat.;
{-SA7vasyakaniryukti} f. N. of wk.; {-So7kti} f. `" mention of difference "'N.
of a figure of speech (in which the excellence of a thing is implied by
comparing it to some highly prized object, yet mentioning the difference e.g.
{dyUtaMnAma puruSasyA7siMhA7sanaM rAjyam}, `" truly gambling is a mañs
throneless kingdom "' Mriicch. ii, 6/7) Vâm. iv, 3, 23 (cf. Kâvyad. ii, 323 &c.)
[991, 1]; enumeration of merits, panegyric W.; {-SA7cchvasita} n. the peculiar
breath or life, cherished object), a peculiar treasure (applied to an object
especially dear) MW.; {-So7ddeza} m. (in Nyâya) a partic. kind of enunciation
ib.
visheshhataH = especially
visheshhasanghaan.h = specifically assembled
visheshhaGYa = the knowledgeable or wise person
vishyati = (4 pp) to pierce
vishleshha = lonely (antonym of aashleshha which is embrace)
vishuucIna * = mfn. going apart or in different directions, spreading everywhere
RV. AV. VS. TS. BhP.; n. = %{manas} BhP.
vis'vaM = the universe
vis'va* = mf({A})n. (prob. fr. 1. {viz}, to pervade cf. Un. i, 151; declined as
a pron. like {sarva}, by which it is superseded in the Brâhmanas and later
language) all, every, every one; whole, entire, universal RV. &c. &c.;
all-pervading or all-containing, omnipresent (applied to Vishnu-Kriishna, the
soul, intellect &c.) Up. MBh. &c.; m. (in phil.) the intellectual faculty or
(accord. to some) the faculty which perceives individuality or the individual
underlying the gross body ({sthUla-zarIra-vyaSty-upahita}) Veda7ntas.; N. of a
class of gods cf. below; N. of the number `" thirteen "' Gol.; of a class of
deceased ancestors MârkP.; of a king MBh.; of a well-known dictionary =
{vizva-prakAza}; pl. ({vi4zve}, with or scil. {devA4s} cf. {vizve-deva}, p. 995)
`" all the gods collectively "' or the, All-gods "' (a partic. class of gods,
forming one of the 9 Ganas enumerated under {gaNadevatA} q.v.; accord. to the
Vishnu and other Purânas they were sons of Vis'vâ, daughter of Daksha, and their
names are as follow, 1. Vasu, 2. Satya, 3. Kratu, 4. Daksha, 5. Kâla, 6. Kâma,
7. Dhriiti, 8. Kuru, 9. Purû-ravas, 10. Mâdravas [?]; two others are added by
some, viz. 11. Rocaka or Locana, 12. Dhvani [or Dhûri; or this may make 13]:
they are particularly worshipped at S'râddhas and at the Vais'vadeva ceremony
[RTL. 416] [992,3]; moreover accord. to Manu [iii, 90, 121], offerings should be
made to them daily - these privileges having been bestowed on them by Brahmâ and
the Pitriis, as a reward for severe austerities they had performed on the
Hima7laya: sometimes it is difficult to decide whether the expression {vizve
devAH} refers to all the gods or to the particular troop of deities described
above) RV. &c.; &c.; ({A}) f. the earth L. (loc. pl. `" in all places,
everywhere "' RV. viii, 106, 2); dry ginger L.; Piper Longum L.; Asparagus
Racemosus L.; = {ati-viSA}, or {viSA} L.; N. of one of the tongues of Agni
MârkP.; a partic. weight L.; N. of a daughter of Daksha (the wife of Dharma and
mother of the Vis've Devâh) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a river BhP.; n. the whole
world, universe AV. &c.&c.; dry ginger Sus'r.; myrrh L.; a mystical N. of the
sound {o} Up.
vishva* = mfn. injurious, hurtful, mischievous (= {hiMsra}) L.
vishvataaH = from all around the world
vishvatomukhaM = and in the universal form
vishvatomukhaH = Brahma
vishvamaaryaM = vishvaM:Universe and AryaM: (acc.sing.):noble person
vishvamuurte = O universal form
vishvaruupa = in the form of the universe
vishvavidyaalayaH = (m) university
vishvavedaaH = one who has understood the world(vishva)
vis'vadeva* = ({vizva4-}) mfn. all-divine RV. Hariv.; m. N. of a god Hariv.; of
a teacher Cat.; Pl. a partic. class of deities, the Vis've Devâh (see {vizva}
above) RV. VS. Hariv. VarBriS.; ({A}) f. Uraria Lagopedioides Sus'r.; Hedysarum
LagopñLagopedioides W.; a species of red-flowering Dando7tpala L.; {-tA} f. pl.
the Vis've Devâh L.; {-dIkSitIya} n. N. of wk.; {-netra} ({vizva4-deva-}) mfn.
led by the VñVis've DñDevâh VS.; {-bhakta} mfn. (prob.) inhabited by worshippers
of the VñVis've DñDevâh (g. {aiSukAry-Adi}); {-vat} ({vizva4-deva-}) mfn. united
with all gods AV.
vizvAyana *= mfn. penetrating every where , all-knowing Hariv.
vis've-deva* = m. pl. the Vis've Devâh (see under {vizva}) Pur.; sg. N. of the
number `" thirteen "' (at the end of the Sandeha-vishau9shadhi); of Mahâpurusha
Hariv.; of an Asura ib.; or another divine being Kâthh.; ({A}) f. Uraria
Lagopodioides L.
vishvasya = universe
vishvaamitra = vishvAmitra's
vis'vaasa = faith * = m. confidence, trust, reliance, faith or belief in (loc.
gen. instr. with or without %{saha}, or comp.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; a confidential
communication, secret Das3. Hit.; %{-kAraka} mf(%{ikA})n. inspiring confidence,
causing trust MBh.; %{-kAraNa} n. reason for cñconfidence Hit.; %{-kArya} n. a
confidential matter of business Hit.; %{-kRt} mfn. = %{-kAraka} W.; %{-ghAta} m.
destruction of confidence, violation of trust, treachery Ra1matUp.; %{-ghAtaka}
or %{-ghAtin} mfn. one who destroys cñconfidence, a traitor MBh. R. &c.;
%{-janman} mfn. produced from cñconfidence MW.; %{-devI} f. N. of the patroness
of Vidya1-pati (to whom he dedicated his Gan3ga1-va1kya7vali1, a wk. on the
worship of the water of the Ganges) Cat.; %{-parama} mfn. wholly possessed of
cñconfidence, thoroughly trustful R.; %{-pAtra} n. `" receptacle of confidence
"', a trustworthy person Hit.; %{-pratipanna} mfn. possessed of cñconfidence,
trustful Hit.; %{-prada} mfn. inspiring cñconfidence W.; %{-bhaGga} m. violation
of cñconfidence, breach of faith Ma1lati1m.; %{-bhUmi} f. `" ground for
cñconfidence "', a trustworthy person Hit.; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. consisting in
cñconfidence Ja1takam.; %{-rAya} m. N. of a minister Cat.; %{-sthAna} n. `"
place for or object of cñconfidence "', a hostage, surety Pan5cat.; %{-hantR}
(Ma1rkP.) or %{-hartR} (MBh.) m. `" destroyer or stealer of cñconfidence "', a
traitor; %{-sai9ka-bhU} f. `" sole ground for cñconfidence "', sole trustworthy
person, Kusum.; %{-sai9ka-sAra} m. `" one whose sole essence is cñconfidence
"'N. of a man MW.; %{zo7jjhita-dhI} mfn. `" one whose mind has abandoned
cñconfidence "', distrustful, suspicious Ra1jat. [995,2]; %{-so7pagama} m.
access of cñconfidence S3ak.
vishvaasabhuumi = trustworthy
vishve = the Visvedevas
vishveshvara = O Lord of the universe
visha = poison
vishama = odd (as in odd or even)
vishamiva = like poison
vishame = in this hour of crisis
vishaya = kingdom (here)
vishayaaH = on the subject matter
vishayaan.h = sense objects
vishaye = in topics, in subjects
vishaaNa = horns
vis'aarada mf(%{A})n. experienced, skilled or proficient in, conversant with
(loc. or comp. ; %{-tva} n. Pan5cad.) Mn. MBh. &c. ; learned, wise W. ; clever
(as a speech) BhP. ; of a clear or serene mind Lalit. ; famous, celebrated W. ;
beautifully autumnal Va1s. ; lacking the gift of speech ib. ; bold, impudent ib.
; = %{zreSTha} L.: m. Mimusops Elengi Kir. Sch. ; N. of an author and of another
person Cat. ; (%{A}) f. a kind of Alhagi L. ; %{-di-man} m. skill, proficiency,
conversancy Harav.
vishaadaM = moroseness
vishaadi = morose
vishiidan.h = while lamenting
vishiidantaM = lamenting
vishheshhataa = difference
vishhopameyaM = poison-like
vis'lesha *= m. loosening, separation, dissolution, disjunction, falling asunder
Katha1s. Sus3r. (%{saMdhau@v-} or %{saMdhi-v-}, non-union of letters, hiatus
Sa1h.); separation (esp. of lovers) Ka1v. Katha1s.; a chasm MW.; (in arithm.)
the converse of addition Gan2it.; %{-jAti} f. (in arithm.) the assimilation of
difference, reduction of fractional dñdifference Li1l.; %{-sUtra} n. a rule for
(an operation which is) the converse of addition Col.
vishthabhya = pervading
vishthhitaM = situated
vishNu = the preserver of life
vishNuH = the Lord MahaavishhNu
vishNutvaM = the quality/state of Brahman/god-realisation
vishNo = O Lord Visnu
vis'iirNa* = mfn. broken, shattered &c.; scattered, dispersed (as an army) R.;
fallen out (as teeth) Ka1v.; squandered (as a treasure) MBh.; rubbed off (as
unguent) Ga1rud2aP.; frustrated (as an enterprise), S3a1ntis3.; destroyed (as a
town) R.; %{-jirNa-vasana} n. pl. worn and shattered garments Bhartr2.; %{-tA}
f. crumbling or falling to pieces Ka1m.; %{-dhAra} mfn. intermittent (as urine)
BhP.; %{-paGkti} mfn. having broken ranks or lines Ragh.; %{-parNa} m.
Azadirachta Indica L.; %{-mUrti} mfn. having the body destroyed (said of
Ka1ma-deva) Kum.
vishusprisha = touched, tinged with poison (poison-tipped arrow?)
vishvaksena* = m. (sometimes written {vizvak-s-}) `" whose hosts or powers go
everywhere "'N. of Vishnu-Kriishna (or of a partic. form of that deity to whom
the fragments of a sacrifice are offered) MBh. Kâv. &c.; of S'iva MBh. xiii,
1168; of an attendant of Vishnu Pur.; of a Sâdhya Hariv.; of the 14th (or 13th)
Manu VP.; of a Riishi MBh.; of a king R.; of a son of Brahma-datta Hariv. Pur.;
of a son of S'ambara Hariv.; ({A}) f. a kind of plant (= {priyaGgu} or
{phalinI}) L.; {-kAntA} f. a kind of plant (= {priyaGgu} or a Diascorea) Car.;
{-priyA} f. `" beloved of Vishnu "'N. of Lakshmî L.; a Diascorea L.; {-saMhitA}
f. N. of wk.
vismaarita *= (fr. Caus.) caused to forget anything (acc.) Râjat.; caused to be
forgotten, lost to memory BhP.
vismaya *=wonder, surprise, amazement, bewilderment, perplexity; pride,
arrogance; doubt, uncertainty, mfn. causing astonishment or admiration,
astonishing, wonderful mfn. manifesting pride or arrogance Hcat.; mfn. filled
with astonishment and perplexity Kathâs.; {-harSa-mUla} mfn. caused by
astonishment and Joy MW.; {-yA7kula}, {-yA7nvita} or mfn. filled with
astonishment or wonder; mfn. having eyes wide open or staring with astonishment.
\\mfn. amazed, surprised, perplexed MaitrUp. MBh. &c.; wondered at, surprising
R. BhP.; proud, arrogant BhP.; n. and ({A}) f. a kind of metre Col.; {-mAnasa}
mfn. surprised or perplexed in mind MW.; {-tA7nana} mfn. having a surprised face
ib.
vismayapadaM = object of wonder
vismayaavishhTaH = being overwhelmed with wonder
vismitaaH = in wonder
vismrita * = mfn. one who has forgotten anything, forgetful of (acc. or comp.)
Kâv.; forgetful of all R. ii, 58, 30; forgotten by (instr. or gen.) R. Kâlid.
Râjat. &c.; {-pUrva-saMskAra} mfn. forgetting a former promise or resolution
MW.; m. N. of Bhava-bhûti L.; {-vat} mfn. one who has forgotten S'ak.;
{-saMskAra} mfn. one who forgets an agreement MW.
visphotha * = m. cracking, crashing MBh. ; a blister, boil Ka1v. Katha1s. Sus3r.
; mfn. open DivyA7v.\\ &c. see above under %{vi-sphuT}. [1002,2]
visphuth * = P. %{-sphuTati}, %{-sphoTati} (fut. %{-sphuTiSyati}), to burst
open, be split or cleft or rent asunder R. Ma1rkP.
visphutha * = mfn. burst open, gaping (%{-TI-kRta} mfn. = next) Sus3r.
visphuthita * = mfn. opened, burst MBh.
visphur * = (cf. %{vi-sphar}) P. %{-sphurati}, or %{-Sphurati} (Pa1n2. 8-3, 76),
to dart asunder (intr.) RV. S3Br. ; to quiver, tremble, writhe, struggle MBh.
Ka1v. &c. ; to vibrate, flash, glitter ib. ; to break forth, appear Subh.
S3a1rn3gS.
visphura * = mfn. opening the eyes wide R.
visphuraNa * = n. quivering (of lightning) Harav. (cf. also
%{buddhi-visphuraNa}).
visphurita * = mfn. trembling, quivering, palpitating (%{-tA7dhara} mfn. having
quivering lips BhP. ; %{-tekSaNa} mfn. having trembling eyes R.) ; flashing,
glittering (%{-zastra} mfn. with glittering weapons Uttarar.) ; swollen,
enlarged W. ; n. = %{-sphuraNa} Ja1takam.
visphuurjita * = mfn. resounded, resounding &c. ; broken forth, appeared Ka1v. ;
outstretched Sus3r. ; shaken, agitated BhP. ; m. N. of a serpent-demon Buddh. ;
n. the act of rumbling, resounding, roaring, thundering MBh. R. BhP. ; breaking
forth, sudden manifestation of (comp.) Ragh. Prab. ; knitting, contraction (of
the brows) BhP.
visrijan.h = giving up
visrijaami = I create
visrijya = putting aside *= visRjya mfn. to be sent out or let go &c.; to be (or
being) produced or effected (as subst. = `" effect "') BhP
visrishTa * = mfn. sent or poured forth, let go, allowed to flow or run,
discharged, emitted, shed, cast, thrown, hurled RV. &c. &c.; spat out VP.;
removed TS.; turned, directed Mr2icch.; deprived or destitute of (instr.) BhP.;
spread, diffused AV.; opened Vait.; (ifc.) bestowed on Ma1rkP.; produced,
created, founded R. Ragh.; n. (in gram.) = %{vi-sarjanIya} Ka1t.; %{-dhena}
(%{vi4-}) mfn. streaming or yielding milk RV.; %{-bhUmi} mfn. one who has space
or room given (to sit down &c.) MW.; %{-rAti} (%{vi4-}) mfn. munificent in gifts
RV.; %{-vat} mfn. one who has sent out or despatched (messengers) Katha1s.;
%{-vAc} mfn. uttering words i.e. breaking silence A1s3vS3r.; %{-tA7tman} mfn.
one who has cast off (i.e. does not care for) his own self, unselfish R.
vistaraH = the expanse
vistarashaH = in detail
vistarasya = to the extent
vistareNa = in detail
vistaaraM = the expansion
vistyArayam *V: expanding
vistaarita = expanded
visphuraNai = by emanation
visrishtha *= mfn. sent or poured forth, let go, allowed to flow or run,
discharged, emitted, shed, cast, thrown, hurled RV. &c. &c. ; spat out VP. ;
removed TS. ; turned, directed Mr2icch. ; deprived or destitute of (instr.) BhP.
; spread, diffused AV. ; opened Vait. ; (ifc.) bestowed on Ma1rkP. ; produced,
created, founded R. Ragh. ; n. (in gram.) = %{vi-sarjanIya} Ka1t. ; %{-dhena}
(%{vi4-}) mfn. streaming or yielding milk RV. ; %{-bhUmi} mfn. one who has space
or room given (to sit down &c.) MW. ; %{-rAti} (%{vi4-}) mfn. munificent in
gifts RV. ; %{-vat} mfn. one who has sent out or despatched (messengers)
Katha1s. ; %{-vAc} mfn. uttering words i.e. breaking silence A1s3vS3r. ;
%{-tA7tman} mfn. one who has cast off (i.e. does not care for) his own self,
unselfish R.
vis'uddha* = mfn. completely cleansed or purified (also in a ritual sense),
clean, clear, pure (lit.and fig.) Mn. MBh. &c.; free from vice, virtuous, honest
MBh. Kâv. &c.; brilliantly white (as teeth) Riitus.; thoroughly settled or
established or fixed or determined or ascertained ib.; (ifc.) one who has gone
through or thoroughly completed ({upadeza-v-}) Mâlav.; cleared i.e. exhausted,
empty (as a treasury) Râjat.; (in alg.) subtracted Gol.; n. a kind of mystical
circle in the body (cf. {cakra} and {vi-zuddhi-c-}); {-karaNa} mfn. one whose
acts are pure or virtuous BhP.; {-gAtra-tA} f. the having bright or pure limbs
(a minor mark of a Buddha) Dharmas'. 84; {-cAritra} m. `" of virtuous conduct
"'N. of a Bodhi-sattva SaddhP.; {-tA}, f. (Kâv.), {-tva} n. (S'ank.) purity;
{-dhiSaNa} mfn. having the mind purified BhP.; {-dhI} mfn. id. Râjat.; {-dhIra}
mfn. pure and grave Kathâs.; {-netra-tA} f. having the eyes bright (one of the
minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas'. 84; {-pArSNi} mfn. having the rear or back
protected or covered Kâm.; {-prakRti} mfn. of pure or virtuous disposition
Râjat.; {-bhAva} (R.), {-manas} (Bhartri.) mfn. pure-minded; {-mugdha} mfn.
pñpure and innocent Mâlatîm.; {-rasa-dIpikA} f. N. of wk.; {-vaMzya} mfn. of a
pñpure or virtuous family Râjat.; {-sattva} mfn. of a pure character MundUp.;
{-sattva-pradhAna} mfn. chiefly characterized by pure goodness MW.;
{-sattva-vijJAna} mfn. of pure character and understanding R.; {-siMha} m. N. of
a man Buddh.; {svara-nirghoSA} f. a partic. Dhâranî Buddh.; {-ddhA7tman} mfn. of
a pñpure nature or character MBh. R. &c.; {-ddhe7zvara-tantra} n. N. of a
Tantra.
vitaana * = mfn. (for 2. see under %{vi-tan}) `" out of tune "', dejected, sad
Ragh. vi, 86; empty Harav. (also in %{av-} S3is3. iii, 50); dull, stupid W.;
wicked, abandoned ib.; %{-nI-bhUta} mfn. being sad or dejected Ja1takam. // 2 m.
n. (for 1. see p. 950, col. 3) extension, great extent or quantity, mass, heap,
plenty, abundance Ka1v. VarBr2S.; high degree Bhartr2.; manifoldness, variety
Gi1t.; performance, accomplishment, development, growth BhP.; an oblation,
sacrifice MBh. S3is3. BhP.; an awning, canopy, cover MBh. Ka1v. &c.; the
separate arrangement of the three sacred fires or the separate fires themselves
Gr2S3rS.; m. or n. (?) a partic. bandage for the head Sus3r.; (%{A}) f. N. of
the wife of Sattra1yan2a BhP.; n. N. of a partic. metre or of a class of metres
Pin3g. Sch. Col.; leisure, opportunity L.; %{-kalpa} m. N. of a Paris3isht2a
belonging to the Atharva-veda Caran2.; %{-mUlaka} n. the root of Andropogon
Muricatus L.; %{-vat} mfn. having a canopy or awning Kum.
vitan * = P. A1. %{-tanoti}, %{-tanute} (fut. %{-tAyitA} BhP.), to spread out or
through or over, cover, pervade, fill TUp. MBh. &c.; to spread, stretch, extend
(a net, snare, cord &c.) RV. &c. &c.; to draw or bend (a bow) MBh.; to spread
out i.e. lay on, impose (a yoke) RV.; to apply (ointment) Ka1v.; to extend, make
wide (with %{tanva4s}, the bodies, = to oppose or resist boldly RV.; with
%{padAni}, steps, = to stride Gi1t.); to unfold, display, exhibit, manifest RV.
&c. &c.; to carry out, perform, accomplish (esp. a rite or ceremony) ib.; to
sacrifice Hariv.; to cause, effect, produce Sa1h.; to make, render (two acc.)
Prasannar. vitataH = are spread
vitana * = see %{Ahara-vitanA}.
vitana * = 2 m. n. (for 1. see p. 950 , col. 3) extension , great extent or
quantity , mass , heap , plenty , abundance Ka1v. VarBr2S. ; high degree
Bhartr2. ; manifoldness , variety Gi1t. ; performance , accomplishment ,
development , growth BhP. ; an oblation , sacrifice MBh. S3is3. BhP. ; an awning
, canopy , cover MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; the separate arrangement of the three sacred
fires or the separate fires themselves Gr2S3rS. ; m. or n. (?) a partic. bandage
for the head Sus3r. ; (%{A}) f. N. of the wife of Sattra1yan2a BhP. ; n. N. of a
partic. metre or of a class of metres Pin3g. Sch. Col. ; leisure , opportunity
L. ; %{-kalpa} m. N. of a Paris3isht2a belonging to the Atharva-veda Caran2. ;
%{-mUlaka} n. the root of Andropogon Muricatus L. ; %{-vat} mfn. having a canopy
or awning Kum.
vitana * = see %{Ahara-vitanA}.
vitarati = to distribute
vitarka = discernment* = m. conjecture, supposition, guess, fancy, imagination,
opinion MBh. Kâv. &c.; doubt, uncertainty Yogas. Sarvad.; a dubious or
questionable matter Yogas.; reasoning, deliberation, consideration Kâv. Sâh.;
purpose, intention Jâtakam.; a teacher, instructor in divine knowledge W.; a
partic. class of Yogis Jâtakam.; N. of a son of Dhriita-râshthra MBh.; pl. N. of
the five principal sins Jâtakam.; {-padavI} f. the path of conjecture or
supposition Prab.; {-vat} mfn. (speech) containing a cñconjecture or
sñsupposition Das'ar.
vitasti * = f. (once in Hcat. m.; prob. fr. {tan}) a partic. measure of length
(defined either as a long span between the extended thumb and little finger, or
as the distance between the wrist and the tip of the fingers, and said to = 12
Angulas or about 9 inches) S'Br. GriS'rS. &c. [963, 1]; {-dezya} mfn. almost a
Vitasti long Râjat.
vitata * = mfn. spread out, extended &c.; diffused, drawn (as a bow-string) RV.;
bent (as a bow) R.; covered, filled Hariv.; prepared (as a road) AV.; extensive,
far-spreading, broad, wide ({am} ind.) VS. &c. &c.; n. any stringed instrument
(such as a lute &c.) L.; {-tva} n. extendedness, expansiveness, largeness Hariv.
Pur.; {-dhanvan} mfn. one who has drawn a bow to its full stretch MBh.; {-vapus}
mfn. having an elongated body MW.; {-tA7dhvara} ({vi4-}) mfn. one who has
prepared a sacrifice S'Br.; {-tA7yudha} mfn. = {vitata-dhanvan} MBh.;
{-to7tsava} mfn. one who has arranged a festival Kathâs.
vith* = stool, to ask beg
vitri = to distribute
vitrishhNaaM = desirelessness
vitta * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see under 3. {vid}) known, understood (see comp.);
celebrated, notorious, famous for (comp.) Das'. (cf. Pân. 8-2, 58).\\ = 2 mfn.
(for 1. see p. 963) found, acquired, gained, obtained, possessed AV. Br.; caught
or seized by (instr. or comp.) Br. Kaus'.; ({A}) f. taken, married (as a woman)
S'Br.; n. anything found, a find AitBr.; (in later language also pl.)
acquisition, wealth, property, goods, substance, money, power RV. &c. &c.; the
second astrological mansion VarYogay.
vitta = money * = see under 1. %{vid} &c. [963,2]\\1 mfn. (for 2. see under 3.
%{vid}) known, understood (see comp.) ; celebrated, notorious, famous for
(comp.) Das3. (cf. Pa1n2. 8-2, 58).\\2 mfn. (for 1. see p. 963) found, acquired,
gained, obtained, possessed AV. Br. ; caught or seized by (instr. or comp.) Br.
Kaus3. ; (%{A}) f. taken, married (as a woman) S3Br. ; n. anything found, a find
AitBr. ; (in later language also pl.) acquisition, wealth, property, goods,
substance, money, power RV. &c. &c. ; the second astrological mansion
VarYogay.\\ or mfn. = %{vicArita} L.\\vItta mfn. (for %{vi-datta}, 1. %{dA})
APra1t. Sch. (cf. %{parI-tta}).
vittArtha* = m. `" one who knows the matter "', an expert L.
vittakAma* = mfn. desirous of wealth, covetous, avaricious MBh.; {-myA4} ind.
(instr. f.) from avarice AV.
vittaja* = mfn. produced by wñwealth Pañcat.
vittada* = m. `" wealth-giver "', benefactor W.; ({A}) f. N. of one of the
Mâtriis attendant on Skanda MBh.
vittadha* = mfn. `" wñwealth-possessing "', rich VS.
vittapa* = mf({A})n. guarding wñwealth BhP.; m. N. of Kubera R. Hariv.
vittavat* = mfn. possessing wñwealth, opulent, rich Âs'vS'r. MBh. &c.
vItta* = mfn. (for {vi-datta}, 1. {dA}) APrât. Sch. (cf. {parI-tta}).
vittasaMcaya* = m. accumulation of wñwealth or riches R.
vittaM = wealth
vittakoshhaH = (m) bank
vitte = wealth
vitteshaH = the lord of the treasury of the demigods
vivaaha = Wedding *= m. leading away (of the bride from her father's house),
taking a wife, marriage with (instr. with or without %{saha}) AV. &c. &c. (eight
kinds of marriage are enumerated in Mn. iii, 21, viz. Bra1hma, Daiva, A1rsha,
Pra1ja1patya, A1sura, Ga1ndharva, Ra1kshasa, and Pais3a1ca; cf. Ya1jn5.)i. i,
58-61 and IW. 190 &c.); a partic. wind S3ak. Sch. (prob. w.r. for %{vi-vaha}); a
vehicle (and, marriage "' AitBr. vii, 13; n. a partic. high number Buddh.;
%{-karman} n. %{-ma-paddhati} f. N. of wks.; %{-kAma} mfn. desirous of marriage
MW.; %{-kArikA} f. pl. N. of wk.; %{-kAla} m. the (right) time for mñmarriage
VarBr2S.; %{-griha} n. `" mñmarriage-house "', the house in which a wedding is
celebrated Katha1s.; %{-caturthika} n. or %{-caturthI-karman} n. N. of wks.;
%{-catuSTaya} n. a quadruple mñmarriage, the marrying of four wives MW.;
%{-tattva} (or %{udvAha-t-}) n. %{-tattva-dIpikA} f. N. of wks.; %{-dIkSA} f.
the mñmarriage rite, mñmarriage ceremony Ragh.; (%{-kSA-tilaka} m. n. a Tilaka
mark made on the forehead during a mñmarriage cerñceremony MW.; %{-kSA-vidhi} m.
the preparatory rites of mñmarriage ib.); %{-dvir-Agamanapaddhati} f. N. of wk.
(containing rules to be observed on a bride's coming for the second time from
her father's to her husband's house); %{nepathya} n. a mñmarriage-dress Ma1lav.;
%{-paTala} m. n. N. of various wks. (or of that section in an astrological wk.
that treats of the times fit for mñmarriage); %{-paTaha} m. a mñmarriage-drum
Mr2icch.; %{-paddhati} f. %{-prakaraNa} n. (and %{-Na-TIkA} f.), %{-prayoga} m.
%{-bhUSaNa} n. %{-mela-vANI-vidhi} m. N. of wks.; %{-yajJa} m. a
mñmarriage-sacrifice MW.; %{-ratna} n. N. of wk.; %{-vidhi} m. the law of
mñmarriage Mn. ix, 65 (also N. of wk.); %{-vRndAvana} n. N. of an astrol. wk. by
Kes3ava7rka; %{-veSa} m. (ifc. f. %{A}) a mñmarriage-dress Ragh.; %{-samaya} m.
= %{-kAla} Pan5cat.; %{-sambandha} m. relation or connection by mñmarriage,
Pracan2d2.; %{-siddhA7nterahasya} n. %{-saukhya} n. N. of wks.; %{-sthAna} n.
the place for a mñmarriage-ceremony (before a house) A1pGr2. Sch.; %{-homa} m. =
mñmarriage-sacrifice; (%{-ma-vidhi} m. and %{-mo7payuktA@mantrAH} m. pl. N. of
wks.); %{-hA7gni} m. a mñmarriage-fire A1s3vGr2.; %{-hA7di-kArmaNAm@prayoga} m.
N. of wk.; %{-hA7rtha} m. purpose of mñmarriage, a m. suit MW.; %{-he7cchu} mfn.
desirous of mñmarriage ib.; %{-ho7tsava} m. `" marriage feast "'N. of wk.
[987,3]
vivaahaM = marriage
vivaha m. `" carrying away "'N. of one of the seven winds MBh. Hariv.; of one of
the seven tongues of fire Col.
vivaara* = m. dilation, expansion W.; (in gram.) open or expanded state of the
organs of speech, expansion of the throat in articulation (one of the
Âbhyantara-prayatnas or efforts of articulate utterance which take place within
the mouth, opp. to {saM-vAra} q.v.) Pân. 1-1, 9 Sch.
vivaarayishu* = mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus. of 1. {R}) wishing to keep back or
ward off (an army) MBh.
vivakshaNa* = mfn. ( {vakS}) swelling, exuberant (applied to the Soma) RV. (Sây.
`" gushing "', `" spurting "' or, bringing to heaveñ= {svarga-prA7paNa-zIla}).
vivakshaa = choice* = f. (fr. Desid. of {vac}) the wish or desire to speak or
declare or teach or express Sank. Sarvad. &c.; meaning, signification, sense,
sense of (loc. or comp.) BhP. Pân. Sch. [986, 3]; the (mere) wish or intention
to speak, uncertainty, doubt, hesitation (`" as to "' comp.) MBh. R.; wish,
desire W.; a question MW.; {--rtham} ({-kSA7r-}) ind. (ifc.) in order to point
out or lay stress upon Pân. Sch.; {-vazAt} ind. according to the meaning (of a
speaker or writer) MW.
vivakshaNa* = mfn. ( {vakS}) swelling, exuberant (applied to the Soma) RV. (Sây.
`" gushing "', `" spurting "' or, bringing to heaveñ= {svarga-prA7paNa-zIla}).
vivakshase* = (fr. {vakS}, or {vac} or {vah}, either 2. sg. A. or Ved. inf.),
occurring only as refrain and without connection with other words in the hymns
of Vi-mada RV. x, 24 &c. (accord. to Naigh. iii, 3= {mahat}).
vivakshita* = mfn. wished or intended to be spoken or said, meant, intended MBh.
R. S'ank.; expressly meant, to be urged, essential (in {a-viv-}) S'ank.; chief,
favourite Kâm.; literal (not figurative) W.; n. what is wished or intended to be
spoken &c.; any desired object or aim ib.; ({A}) f. meaning, purpose, wish (?)
ib.; {-tva} n. the being intended or meant to be said Nîlak.
vivakshitavya* = mfn. to be intended or meant to be said, necessarily meant
Nyâyam., Sch {-vakSu4} mfn. calling or crying aloud AV.; wishing to speak,
intending to say or announce or tell or ask anything (acc., rarely gen., or
comp.) MBh. Hariv. &c.; wishing to speak to (acc.) MBh.
vivardhayiSu * = mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to increase or augment MBh.
Hariv. BhP.
vivas'a* = mf({A})n. deprived or destitute of will, powerless, helpless (`"
through "' comp.), unwilling, involuntary, spontaneous (ibc. `" involuntarily
"') Mn. &c. &c.; (only W.) unrestrained; independent; subject; apprehensive of
death; desirous of death (as being free from worldly cares); m. a town, suburb
(?) Gal.; pl. v.l. for {viviMza} below VP.; {-tA} f. absence of will,
helplessness Râjat.; {-zI-kR}, to render helpless; {-zI-kRta}, checked (as a
carriage in motion) MBh. Râjat. Kathâs.
vivasvataH = of the sun-god
vivasvate = unto the sun-god
vivasvaan.h = Vivasvan (the sun-god's name)
vivarjita = without/ having abandoned
vivaraNa* = mfn. the act of uncovering, spreading out, opening, laying bare or
open TPrât. MBh. Sus'r.; explanation, exposition, interpretation, gloss,
comment, translation, interpretation, specification &c. Pur. S'ank. Sarvad.; a
sentence MW.; N. of wk. on Veda7nta; {-kArikA-bhASya} n. {-catuHsUtrI} f.
{-tattva-dIpana} n. {-darpaNa} m. {-prameya-saMgraha} m. {-prasthAna} n.
{-bhAva-prakAzikA} f. {-ratna} n. {-vraNa} (?) m. {-saMgraha}, m.
{-sAra-saMgraha}, m.; {-NA7panyAsa} m. N. of wks.
vivara* = {vi-varaNa} &c. see under {vi-} 1. {vR}, p. 988.
vivara* = m. n. a fissure, hole, chasm, slit, cleft, hollow, vacuity (also
applied to the apertures of the body and to gaping wounds) RV. &c. &c.;
intermediate space, interstice MBh. Kâv. &c.; difference VarBriS. Ganit.; a
breach, fault, flaw, vulnerable or weak point MBh. Kâv.; harm, injury MârkP.;
expansion, opening, widening BhP.; N. of the number, nine "' (cf. above and
under {randhra}) MW.; a partic. high number Buddh.; {-darzaka} mfn. showing
one's weak points MBh.; {-nAlika} f. a fife, flute L.; {-rA7nuga} mfn. seeking
after (another's) weak points MBh.; {-re-sad} mfn. abiding in intermediate
space, an inhabitant of the sky Kir.
vivarjitaM = devoid of
vivardhanaaH = increasing
vivastra *= mf(%{A})n. without clothes , unclothed , naked MBh. Pur. &c. ;
%{-tA} f. nakedness MBh. Ka1m.
viveka *= m. discrimination, distinction Mn. Sarvad. Sus3r. ; consideration,
discussion, investigation Gi1t. Ma1rkP. Sarvad. ; true knowledge, discretion,
right judgment, the faculty of distinguishing and classifying things according
to their real properties ChUp. Kap. &c. ; (in Veda7nta) the power of separating
the invisible Spirit from the visible world (or spirit from matter, truth from
untruth, reality from mere semblance or illusion) ; a water trough (=
%{jala-droNI}) L. [988,1] ; N. of wk. ; %{-kaumudI} f. N. of wk. ; %{-khyAti} f.
right knowledge Sarvad. ; %{-candro7daya} m. %{-cUDAmaNi} m. N. of wks. ; %{-ja}
mfn. produced or arising from discrimination Dharmas. 72 ; %{jJa} mfn. skilled
in discrñdiscrimination, intelligent, well acquainted with (comp.) R. &c. ;
%{-jJAna} n. knowledge arising from discrñdiscrimination, the faculty of
discrñdiscrimination Sarvad. ; %{-tA} w.r. for %{viveki-tA} (q.v.) ; %{-tilaka}
m. %{-dIpaka} m. (or %{ikA} f.) N. of wks. ; %{-dRzvan} mfn. one who sees or is
conversant with true knowledge (%{-zva-tva} n.) Bhat2t2. ; %{-dhairyA7zraya} m.
N. of wk. on Bhakti (by Vallabha7ca1rya) ; %{-padavI} f. path of
discrñdiscrimination "', reflection Katha1s. ; %{-paripanthin} mfn. obstructing
right judgment Katha1s. ; %{-phala} n. N. of wk. ; %{-bhAj} mfn. `" possessed of
discrñdiscrimination, discerning, wise Bha1m. ; %{-bhraSTa} mfn. one who has
lost the faculty of discrñdiscrimination, foolish, unwise Bhartr2. ;
%{-makaranda} m. %{-maJjarI} f. N. of wks. ; %{-mantharatA} f. feebleness of
judgment Ml. ; %{-mArtaNDa} m. N. of various wks. ; %{-rahita} mfn. `" not
separated "' (applied to breasts) and `" wanting discernment "', S3r2in3ga1r. ;
%{-vat} mfn. `" possessing discrñdiscrimination "', judicious, discerning
Katha1s. ; %{-viguNa} mfn. wanting discrñdiscrimination "', unwise, foolish
Ra1jat. ; %{-viraha} m. `" want of discrñdiscrimination "', ignorance, folly,
S3a1ntis3. ; %{-vilAsa} m. N. of wk. ; %{-vizada} mfn. distinct, clear,
intelligible Ra1jat. ; %{-vizrA7nta} mfn. void of discrñdiscrimination, foolish,
unwise Ma1lav. ; %{-zataka} n. %{-zloka} m. %{-saMgraha} m. %{-sAra} m.
%{-saravarNana} n. %{-sAra-siGdhu} m. %{-sindhu}, m. ; %{-kA7Jjana} n.
%{-kA7mRta} n. %{-kA7rNava} m. N. of wks. ; %{-kA7rtham} ind. in order to
distinguish Mn. i, 26 ; %{-kAzrama} m. N. of a man Cat. ; %{-ko7daya} m. the
rise of true knowledge or wisdom, Bhattr2.\\&c. see under %{vi-vic}.
vivekin.h = one who is thoughtful and just
vivic *= P. %{-vinakti}, to sift (esp. grain by tossing or blowing), divide
asunder, separate from (instr. or abl.) S3Br. S3rS. BhP. to shake through (acc.)
RV. i, 39, 5 ; to cause to lose, deprive of (abl.) Bhat2t2. ; to distinguish,
discern, discriminate Kat2hUp. BhP. to decide (a question) MBh. ; to
investigate, examine, ponder, deliberate Ka1v. Katha1s. BhP. ; to show,
manifest, declare MBh.: Pass. %{-vicyate}, to go asunder, separate (in. trans.)
AV.: Caus. %{-vecayati}, to separate, distinguish Mn. Sus3r. ; to ponder,
investigate, examine Pan5car. Sa1h.
vivici *= id. (applied to Agni or Indra) RV. Br. A1s3vS3r. ; %{-cI7STi} f. an
oblation made to Agni Vivici TS. Sch.
vividha = varied
vividhaH = various
vividhaaH = various
vividhaiH = various
vivikta = to solitary* = mfn. separated, kept apart, distinguished,
discriminated Kap. MBh. BhP.; isolated, alone, solitary Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.)
alone with i.e. intent upon (e.g. {cintA-v-}) MBh.; free from (instr. or comp.)
Hariv. Kum.; pure, clean, neat, trim Mn. MBh. &c.; clear, distinct Hariv. Kâm.;
discriminative, judicious ( = {vi-vekin}) L.; profound (as judgment or thought)
W.; m. = {vasu-nandana} or {vasu-nanda} L.; n. separation, solitude, a lonely
place (see comp.); clearness, purity MârkP.; {-ga} mfn. going to a lonely place,
seeking solitude Kathâs.; {-carita} mfn. faultless in conduct or behaviour BhP.;
{-cetas} mfn. pure-minded ib.; {-tarka} mfn. clear in reasoning MW.; {-tA} f.
separation, isolation, Râjat; clearness, purity Sus'r.; being well, good health
ib.; distinction, discrimination L.; an empty or free place, loneliness MW.;
{-tva} n. solitude Mriicch.; {-dRSTi} mfn. clear-sighted BhP.; {-nAman} m. N. of
one of the 7 sons of Hiranyaretas and of the Varsha ruled by him ib.; {-bhAva}
mfn. having a mind separated or abstracted (from other pursuits), intent on any
object W.; {-varNa} mfn. containing letters or syllables distinctly enunciated
MW.; {-zaraNa} (BhP.), {-sevin} (Bhag.) mfn. resorting to or seeking solitude;
{-ktA7sana} mfn. having a secluded seat, sitting at a sequestered place Mn. ii,
215; {-ktI-kRta} mfn. emptied, cleared Kathâs.; left, deserted Ragh.
viviktasevii = living in a secluded place
vivitsaa* = f. (fr. Desid.) desire of knowing MBh.\\ {vivitsu}, {vividiSu} see
p. 964, col. 3.
vivriNute = (Vr. Pr.III Per.S.AP)chooses
vivriddhaM = increased
vivriddhe = when developed
vivrit* = A1. %{-vartate} (rarely P.) , to turn round , revolve RV. ; to roll ,
wallow MBh. Hariv. ; to writhe in convulsions , struggle R. Uttarar. ; to turn
hither and thither , move about (as clouds) Hariv. 3822 (v. l. %{vi-vardhante})
; to turn back or away , depart , part , sever RV. &c. &c. ; to go astray MBh. v
, 2861 (v.l. %{ni-vartantam}) ; to be parted (as hair) TUp. ; to change one's
place Sus3r. ; to go down , set (as the sun) MBh. ; to come forth from (abl.)
S3Br. ; to expand , develop S3vetUp. ; (with %{antikam}) , to turn upon , set
upon , attack MBh. iii , 8438: Caus. %{-vartayati} , to turn round (trans.) ,
turn , roll RV. MBh. ; to turn , make or produce by turning (`" out of "'
instr.) VP. ; to cause to turn away , remove , withdraw RV. AV. ; to keep
asunder RV. ; to leave behind ib. ; to cast off (a garment) DivyA7v. ; to
accomplish , execute AitA1r.
vivrita * = mfn. uncovered , unconcealed , exposed , naked , bare MBh. Ka1v. &c.
; unhurt , woundless MBh. iv , 2027 ; unclosed , open A1s3vGr2. Up. Pra1t. MBh.
&c. (also applied to the organs in speaking and to the articulation of partic.
sounds , = %{vivRta-prayatno7pe7ta} S3am2k. on ChUp. ii , 22 , 5 ; superl.
%{-tama} , APra1t.) ; extensive , large , wide W. ; (also %{vI-vRta}) unfolded ,
exposed , revealed , explained , divulged , public , manifest , evident , known
MBh. VarBr2S. &c. ; opened i.e. presented , offered (as an opportunity) BhP. ;
(%{am}) ind. openly , publicly , in the sight of every one MBh. ; (%{A}) f. a
partic. disease , an ulcer attended with much pain and heat Sus3r. ; a species
of plant ib. ; n. the bare ground MBh. Hariv. ; publicity (loc. `" in public "'
or `" straight out "') MBh. iv , 34 , 4 ; (in gram.) open articulation ,
approach of the tongue towards the organ of speech but without contact ; %{-tA}
f. the being known , publicity (acc. with %{gam} , to become known or public) R.
; %{-dvAra} mfn. `" open-gated "' , unchecked , unbounded (sorrow) Kum. ;
%{-pauruSa} mfn. one whose prowess is displayed , displaying valour Mn. vii ,
102 ; %{-bhAva} mfn. open-hearted , candid , sincere , Ma1latim. ; %{-vat} mfn.
one who has opened Katha1s. ; %{-snAna} n. bathing publicly Pa1rGr2. ;
%{-smayana} n. an open smile (i.e. one in which the mouth is sufficiently open
to show the teeth) A1s3vS3r. ; %{-tA7kSa} m. openeyed "' , a cock L. (cf.
%{vi-vRttA7kSa}) ; %{-tA7nana} mfn. open-mouthed (%{-tva} n.) Ragh. ; %{-tA7sya}
mfn. id. MW. ; %{-to7kti} f. open or explicit expression (opp. to %{gUDho7kti})
Kuval.
vivRti * = f. making clear or manifest , explanation , exposition , gloss ,
comment , interpretation Sarvad. ; exposure , discovery W. ; %{-vimarzinI} f. N.
of wk.
vivyata: *A= shaken, disturbed, agitated, daunted
vivyadh * P. {-vidhyati}, to pierce through, transfix VS.
vivyaadhin * mfn. piercing, transfixing
vivyaduh*: beat attack.
vivyadh * P. {-vidhyati}, to pierce through, transfix
vivyathita * mfn. ( {vyath}) greatly troubled or alarmed
viyogaM *= extermination
viyuj *= P. A1. %{-yunakti}, %{-yuGkte}, to disjoin, detach, divide, separate
from or deprive of (instr., rarely abl.) AV. &c. &c.; to part from (instr.)
S3am2k.; (A1.) to forsake, abandon (acc.) Kir.; to relax, abate, yield BhP.:
Pass. %{-yujyate}, to be separated from or deprived of, lose (instr.) MBh. Ka1v.
&c.; to break (a vow instr.) Mn., v, 91; to be relaxed, yield, give way R.:
Caus. %{-yojayati}, %{-te}, to cause to be disjoined, separate or deliver from,
deprive of (instr. or abl.) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to rob MBh.; to subtract Li1l.
viyukta *= mfn. disjoined, detached, separated or delivered from, deprived or
destitute of. deserted by (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; disunited (as husband
and wife) Mn. ix, 102; failing, deficient MW.; %{-tA} f. (ifc.) the being free
from L.
viyuta *= mfn. separated from, deprived of (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; not
being in conjunction with (comp.) VarBr2S.; diminished, that from which
something has been subtracted Su1ryas.; (%{A}) f. du.'the two separated ones "',
heaven and earth RV. iii, 54, 7; %{-tA7rthaka} mfn. void of meaning, L-
vraaja *= 1 m. (for 2. see below) going, movement, motion MW.\\ 2 m. (for 1. see
above) = 2. %{vraja4}, a troop, host, band (%{am} ind. in troops) AV.; a
domestic cock L.
vraata = disciplined course* = m. (connected with 1. {vR}, or with {vrata4} and
2. {vR}) a multitude, flock, assemblage, troop, swarm, group, host ({vrA4taM}
{vrAtam}, in companies or troops; {pa4Jca vrA4tAs}, the five races of men),
association, guild RV. &c. &c.; the company or attendants at a marriage feast
W.; = {manuSya} Naigh. ii, 3; the descendant of an out-caste Brâhman &c. (=
{vrAtya}) L.; n. manual or bodily labour, day-labour ib.
vraatiina *= mfn. living by the profession of a Vra1ta Pa1n2. 5-21 ; having no
fixed employment , belonging to a vagrant gang La1t2y. Bhat2t2.
vraja = go* = 1 m. (for 2. see p. 1042, col. 1) a way, road L.; n. wandering,
roaming W. \\2 m. (n. only RV. v, 6, 7; ifc. f. {A}; fr. {vRj}) a fold, stall,
cow-pen, cattle-shed, enclosure or station of herdsmen RV. &c. &c.; m. N. of the
district around Agra and Mathurâ (the abode of Nanda, of Kriishna's
foster-father, and scene of Kriishna's juvenile adventures; commonly called
Braj; cf. {vRji}) Inscr.; a herd, flock, swarm, troop, host, multitude MBh. Kâv.
&c. ({saMgrAmaH savrajaH} `" a fight with many "' MârkP.; {vrajo girimayaH},
prob. = {giri-vraja}, q.v Hariv.); a cloud (= {megha}) Naigh. i, 10; N. of a son
of Havir-dhâna Hariv. VP.
vraj cl. i P. (Dha1tup. viii, 79) %{vra4jati} (m.c. also %{-te}; pf. %{vavrA4ja}
RV. &c. &c.; aor. %{avrAjIt} Br. Up.; fut. %{vrajitA} Gr.; %{vrajiSyati} Br.
&c.; inf. %{vrajitum} MBh.; ind. p. %{vrajitvA}, %{-vra4jya}, %{-vrAjam} Br.
&c.), to go, walk, proceed, travel, wander, move (also applied to inanimate
objects; with acc. or instr. of the road acc. of the distance, and acc., rarely
loc. or dat., of the place or object gone to; with or scil. %{padbhyAm}, `" to
go on foot "'; with %{upAnadbhyAm} id. lit. `" with shoes "'; with %{dhuryais},
`" to travel by means of beasts of burden "'; with %{paramAMgatim}, `" to attain
supreme bliss "'; with %{zaraNam} and acc., `" to take refuge with "'; with
%{mUrdhnA@pAdau} and gen., `" to prostrate one's self at anyone's feet "'; with
%{antam} and gen., `" to come to the end of "'; with %{anyena}, %{anyatra} or
%{anyatas}, `" to go another way or elsewhere "'; with %{adhas}, either `" to
sink down [to hell] "' or `" to be digested [as food] "'; with %{punar}, `" to
return to life "') RV. &c. &c.; to go in order to, be going to (dat. inf. or an
adj. ending in %{aka} [e.g. %{bhojako@vrajati}, he is going to eat "']) Pa1n2.
2-3, 15; iii, 3, 10 &c.; to go to (a woman), have sexual intercourse with (acc.)
Mn. Sus3r.; to go against, attack (an enemy; also with %{vidviSam},
%{dviSato'bhimukham}, %{abhy-ari} &c.) Mn. Ya1jn5. Ka1m.; to go away. depart
from (abl.), go abroad, retire, withdraw, pass away (as time) MBh. Ka1v. &c.; to
undergo, go to any state or condition, obtain, attain to, become (esp. with acc.
of an abstract noun e.g. with %{vinAzam}, `" to go to destruction, become
destroyed "'; with %{chattratAm}, `" to become a pupil "'; with %{nirvRtim}, `"
to grow happy "' [cf. %{gam}, %{yA} &c.]; with %{sukham}, `" to feel well "';
with %{jIvan}, `" to escape alive "') ib.: Caus. or cl. 10. P. (Dha1tup. xxxii,
74) %{vrAjayati}, to send, drive, AitAr.; to prepare, decorate Dha1tup.: Desid.
%{vivrajiSati} Gr.: Intens. %{vAvrajate}, %{vAvrakti}, to go crookedly Pa1n2.
3-1, 23 Sch.
vraja 1 m. (for 2. see p. 1042, col. 1) a way, road L.; n. wandering, roaming W.
\\ 2 m. (n. only RV. v, 6, 7; ifc. f. %{A}; fr. %{vRj}) a fold, stall, cow-pen,
cattle-shed, enclosure or station of herdsmen RV. &c. &c.; m. N. of the district
around Agra and Mathura1 (the abode of Nanda, of Kr2ishn2a's foster-father, and
scene of Kr2ishn2a's juvenile adventures; commonly called Braj; cf. %{vRji})
Inscr.; a herd, flock, swarm, troop, host, multitude MBh. Ka1v. &c.
(%{saMgrAmaH@savrajaH} `" a fight with many "' Ma1rkP.; %{vrajo@girimayaH},
prob. = %{giri-vraja}, q.v Hariv.); a cloud (= %{megha}) Naigh. i, 10; N. of a
son of Havir-dha1na Hariv. VP.
vrajana *= n. going, travelling (%{anyatra}, `" elsewhere "') Pan5cat. ii 62/63
going into exile ib. iii, 268 (v.l. %{pra-vrajana}); a road, way RV. vii, 3, 2;
m. N. of as one of Aja-mi1d2ha and brother of Jahnu (considered as one of the
ancestors of Kus3ika) MBh.
vrajeta = walks
vraNa = injury, wound (masc, neut)
vraNaH = (m) scar
vrata = austerities* = n. (ifc. f. {A}; fr. 2. {vR}) will, command, law,
ordinance, rule RV.; obedience, service ib. AV. Âs'vGri.; dominion, realm RV.;
sphere of action, function, mode or, manner of life (e.g. {zuci-vr-}, pure
manner of life "' S'ak.), conduct, manner, usage, custom RV. &c. &c.; a
religious vow or practice, any pious observance, meritorious act of devotion or
austerity, solemn vow, rule, holy practice (as fasting, continence &c.;
{vrata4M-car}, to observe a vow "', esp., `" to practise chastity "') ib.; any
vow or firm purpose, resolve to (dat. loc., or comp.; {vratAt}, or
{vrata-vazAt}, `" in consequence of a vow "'; cf. {asi-dhArA-vrata} and
{AsidhAraM vratam}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; the practice of always eating the same food
(cf. {madhu-vr-}) L.; the feeding only on milk (as a fast or observance
according to rule; also the milk itself) VS. Br. KâtyS'r.; any food (in
{a-yAcita-vr-} q.v.); = {mahA-vrata} (i.e. a partic. Stotra, and the day for it)
Br. S'rS "'; (with gen. or ifc.) N. of Sâmans ÂrshBr. (L. also `" month; season;
year; fire; `" = Vishnu; `" N. of one of the seven islands of Antara-dvîpa "');
({vra4ta}) m. (of unknown meaning) AV. v, 1, 7 ÂpS'r. xiii, 16, 8; N. of a son
of Manu and Nadvalâ BhP.; (pl.) N. of a country belonging to Prâcya L.; mfn. =
{veda-vrata}, one who has taken the vow of learning the Veda Griihyâs. ii, 3
(Sch.)
vrataaH = avowed
vriddha = old, aged *= vRddha 1 mfn. (fr. %{vardh}, p. 926, col. 1) cut, cut
off, destroyed MBh.; n. what is cut off, a piece S3ulbas. (v.l. %{vRdhra}).
\\ 2 mfn. grown, become larger or longer or stronger, increased, augmented,
great, large RV. &c. &c.; grown up, full-grown, advanced in years, aged, old,
senior (often in comp. with the names of authors, esp. of authors of law-books
[cf. IW. 300, 302], to denote either an older recension of their wks. or the wk.
of some older authors of the same name; cf. %{vRddha-kAtyAyana}, %{-garga} &c.)
TS. Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) older by Gaut. vi, 15; experienced, wise, learned MBh.
Ka1m.; eminent in, distinguished by (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. [1010,3];
important VPra1t.; exalted, joyful, glad (also applied to hymns) RV.; (in gram.,
a vowel) increased (by Vr2iddhi q.v.) to %{A} or %{ai} or %{au}, APra1t.
La1t2y.; containing (or treated as containing) %{A} or %{ai} or %{au} in the
first syllable Pa1n2. 1-73 &c.; m. an old man (ifc. `" eldest among "') Mn. MBh.
&c. (cf. comp.); a religious mendicant VarBr2S.; an elephant eighty years old
Gal.; Argyreia Speciosa or Argentea L.; (%{A}) f. an old woman MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
m. and (%{A}) f. an elder male or female descendant, a patronymic or metron.
designating an elder descendant (as opp. to %{yuvan} q.v.; e.g. %{gArgya} is
%{vRddha}, %{gArgyAyaNa} is %{yuvan}) Pa1n2. 1-2, 65 &c.; n. a nominal stem (and
some other stems) whose first syllable contains an %{A} or %{ai} or %{au} Pa1n2.
1-1, 73 &c.; the word %{vRddha} ib. v, 3, 62.
vridh* cl. 1. Â. (Dhâtup. xviii, 20) {va4rdhate} (Ved. and ep. also {-ti}; pf.
{vava4rdha}, {vavRdhe} RV. &c. &c. [Ved. also {vA7vR-}; {vavRdhAti}, {-dhItA4s},
{-dha4sva} RV.; {vAvRdhe4te} RV.; p. {vA8vRdha4t} RV. AV.; aor. Ved. {avRdhat},
{vRdhAtas}, {-dhAtu}; p. {vRdha4t}, {-dhAna4}]; {avardhiSTa} MBh. &c.; Prec.
{vardhiSIma4hi} VS.; fut. {vardhitA} Gr.; {vartsyati} Kâv.; {vardhiSyate} Gr.;
inf. Ved. {vRdhe} [`" for increase "', `" to make glad "'], {vRdha4se},
{vAvRdha4dhyai}; Class. {vardhitum}; ind. p. {vRddhvA}, or {vardhitvA} Gr.; in
MBh. {vRdh} is sometimes confounded with 1. {vRt}), trans. P., to increase,
augment, strengthen, cause to prosper or thrive RV. AV. S'Br. MBh.; to elevate,
exalt, gladden, cheer, exhilarate (esp. the gods, with praise or sacrifice) RV.;
(intrans. Â.; in Ved. P. in pf. and aor.; in Class. P. in aor. fut. and cond.;
also P. m. c. in other forms), to grow, grow up, increase, be filled or
extended, become longer or stronger, thrive, prosper, succeed RV. &c. &c.; to
rise, ascend (as the scale in ordeals) Yâjñ. Sch.; to be exalted or elevated,
feel animated or inspired or excited by (instr. loc. gen.) or in regard to
(dat.), become joyful, have cause for congratulation ({vRdhaH}, {-dhat} in
sacrificial formulas = `" mayest thou or may he prosper "'; in later language
often with {diStyA}) RV. &c. &c.: Caus. {vardha4yati}, {-te} (in later language
also {vardhApayati}; aor. Ved. {avIvRdhat}, {-dhata}), to cause to increase or
grow, augment, increase, make larger or longer, heighten, strengthen, further,
promote (Â. `" for one's self "') RV. &c. &c.; to rear, cherish, foster, bring
up ib.; to elevate, raise to power, cause to prosper or thrive AV. S'Br. MBh.
&c.; to exalt, magnify, glorify (esp. the gods), make joyful, gladden (Â. in
Ved. also= to rejoice, be joyful, take delight in [instr.], enjoy RV. &c. &c.;
(with. or scil. {diSTyA}) to congratulate Kâd.; (cl. 10. accord. to Dhâtup.
xxxiii, 109) `" to speak "' or `" to shine "' ({bhASA7rthe} or {bhAsA7rthe}):
Desid. of Caus. see {vivardhayiSu}: Desid. {vivardhiSate} or {vivRtsati} Gr.:
Intens. {varivRdhyate}, {varivRdhIti} ib.
vriddhatA * f. = {-tva} MBh.; (ifc.) pre-eminence in (e.g. {jJAna-v-}, `" in
knowledge "') Prab
vriddha = aged
vriddhaH = old man
vriddhashravaaH = having become old with years of hearing knowledge
vrii *= (cf. %{vri} and %{vlI}) cl. 9. P. and 4. A1. %{vrINAti}, %{vriNAti}, or
%{vrIyate}, to choose "' or `" to cover "' (%{varaNe}) Dha1tup. xxxi, 31 ; xxvi,
31 Caus. %{vrayayati}, or %{vrepayati} Gr.: Desid. %{vivrISati}, %{-te}: Intens.
%{vevrIyate}, %{vevrayIti}, %{vevreti} ib.
vriiDita *= mfn. ashamed , abashed , modest MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; n. shame ,
embarrassment Kir.
vrijanaM = the ocean of miseries
vrijina * = mf({A})n. bent, crooked (lit. and fig.), deceitful, false, wicked
RV. &c. &c.; disastrous, calamitous MBh. ii, 857; m. curled hair, hair L.;
({A4}) f. deceit, intrigue, guile AV.; n. id. RV. AV. TBr.; sin, vice,
wickedness MBh. Kâv. &c.; distress, misery, affliction BhP.; red leather L.
vvrika = wolf
vrikodaraH = the voracious eater (Bhima)
vriksha = tree* = m. (ifc. f. {A}; prob. connected with 2. {bRh}, `" to grow "',
or with 1. {bRh}, `" to root up "', or with {vrasc}, as `" that which is felled
"') a tree, (esp.) any tree bearing visible flowers and fruit (see Mn. i, 47;
but also applied to any tree and other plants, often = wood see comp.) RV. &c.
&c.; the trunk of a tree RV. i, 130, 4; a coffin AV. xviii, 2, 25; the staff of
a bow RV. AV.; a frame (see comp.); Wrightia Antidysenterica Sus'r.; a stimulant
L.
vrikshaasana = the tree posture
vrikshi = I sing. aatmane. `injunctive' of vRij, `to avoid
vrnda = bunches, clusters, groups, heap, multitude, host, flock, swarm, number,
quantity, aggregation
vrinda * = n. (fr. 1. %{vR} ?) a heap, multitude, host, flock, swarm, number,
quantity, aggregation (%{vRndaM@vRndam}, %{vRndais}, or %{vRndavRndais}, in
separate groups, in flocks or crowds) Naigh. MBh. &c.; a bunch, cluster (of
flowers or berries &c.) BhP.; achorus of singers and musicians Sam2gi1t.; a
partic. high number (100,000 millions) L.; m. a tumour in the throat Sus3r.; a
partic. high number (1,000 millions) A1ryabh.; (with Jainas) a partic. S3akti L.
(prob. %{vRndA}); N. of a medical author Bhpr.; (%{A}) f. sacred basil (=
%{tulasI}) Cat.; N. of Ra1dha1 (Kr2ishn2a's mistress) Pan5car. Vr2ishabha1n.; of
the wife of Jalam2-dhara (daughter of king Keda1ra) L.; mfn. numerous, many,
much, all W.
vrintam.h = (n) the stem of a flower
vrintaakam.h = (n) brinjal
vriNute = chooses
vrishalii * = f. a woman of low caste, S3u1dra woman S3Br. &c. &c. (L. also `"
an unmarried girl twelve years old in whom menstruation has commenced ; a woman
during menstruation ; a barren woman ; the mother of a still-born child "').
vrishaliipati * = m. the husband of a S3u1dra woman or a Bra1hman who owns such
a wñwoman as his mistress Mn. iii, 155.
vrishashaila = vRishaa hill
vrishchika = The Zodiacal Sign of Scorpio
vrishchikaasana = the scorpion posture
vrishhabha = The Zodiacal Sign of Taurus
vrishhabhaH = (m) bull, the Zodiacal Sign of Taurus
vrishhTi = rain
vrishhTiH = (m) rain, showers
vrishhNiinaaM = of the descendants of VRishhNi
vrishNi * = mfn. manly, strong, powerful, mighty RV.; angry, passionate L.;
heretical, heterodox L.; m. a ram VS. TS. S'Br.; a bull L.; a ray of light L.;
air, wind L.; N. of S'iva MBh.; of Vishnu-Kriishna L.; of Indra L.; of Agni L.;
of various kings Hariv. Pur.; pl. N. of a tribe or family (from which Kriishna
is descended, = {yAdava} or {mAdhava}; often mentioned together with the
Andhakas) MBh. Hariv. &c.; n. N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.
vrita * = 1 mfn. concealed, screened, hidden, enveloped, surrounded by, covered
with (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c.; stopped, checked, held back, pent up (as
rivers) RV.; filled or endowed or provided or affected with (instr. or comp.)
Mn. MBh. &c.\\ 2 mfn. chosen, selected, preferred, loved, liked, asked in
marriage &c. RV. &c. &c.; n. a treasure, wealth (= {dhana}) L.
vrit.h = to exist
vritta = desire
vritti * =f. rolling, rolling down (of tears) S'ak. iv, 5; 14; mode of life or
conduct, course of action, behaviour, (esp.) moral conduct, kind or respectful
behaviour or treatment (also v.l. for {vRtta}) GriS'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; general
usage, common practice, rule Prât.; mode of being, nature, kind, character,
disposition ib. Kâv.; state, condition Tattvas.; being, existing, occurring or
appearing in (loc. or comp.) Lâthy. Hariv. Kâv. &c.; practice, business,
devotion or addiction to, occupation with (often ifc. `" employed about "', `"
engaged in "', `" practising "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; profession, maintenance,
subsistence, livelihood (often ifc.; cf. {uJcha-v-}; {vRttiM-kR} or {klRp}
[Caus.] with instr., `" to live on or by "'; with gen., `" to get or procure a
maintenance for "'; only certain means of subsistence are allowed to a Brâhman
see Mn. iv, 4-6) S'rS. Mn. MBh. &c.; wages, hire, Pañcav.; working, activity,
function MaitrUp. Kap. Veda7ntas. &c.; mood (of the mind) Veda7ntas.; the use or
occurrence of a word in a partic. sense (loc.), its function or force Pân. Sâh.
Sch. on KâtyS'r. &c.; mode or measure of pronunciation and recitation (said to
be threefold, viz. {vilambitA}, {madhyamA}, and {drutA} q.v.) Prât.; (in gram.)
a complex formation which requires explanation or separation into its parts (as
distinguished from a simple or uncompounded form e.g. any word formed with Kriit
or Taddhita affixes, any compound and even duals and plurals which are regarded
as Dvandva compounds, of which only one member is left, and all derivative verbs
such as desideratives &c.); style of composition (esp. dram. style, said to be
of four kinds, viz. 1. Kais'ikî, 2. Bhâratî 3. Sâtvatî, 4. Ârabhathî, qq.vv.;
the first three are described as suited to the S'riingâra, Vîra, and Raudra
Rasas respectively, the last as common to all) Bhar. Das'ar. &c.; (in rhet.)
alliteration, frequent repetition of the same consonant (five kinds enumerated,
scil. {madhurA}, {prau9DhA}, {puruSA}, {lalitA}, and {bhadrA}) Das'ar., Introd.;
final rhythm of a verse (= or v.l. for {vRtta} q.v.); a commentary, comment,
gloss, explanation (esp. on a Sûtra); N. of the wife of a Rudra BhP.
vrittapatrikaa = (f) newspaper
vrittisthaaH = whose occupation
vrittii = tendancy
vrithaa = (indecl) wanton, uselessly, idly; * = ind. (prob. connected with 2.
{vR} at will, at pleasure, at random, easily, lightly, wantonly, frivolously RV.
Br. Gobh. Mn. Yâjñ. MBh.; in vain, vainly, uselessly, fruitlessly, idly TBr. &c.
&c. (with {kR}, `" to make useless "', disappoint, frustrate; with {bhU}, `" to
be useless "', be disappointed or frustrated); wrongly, falsely, incorrectly,
unduly MBh. Kâv. &c.
vriN * = cl. 8. P. Â. {vRNoti}, {vRNute}, to consume, eat Dhâtup. xxx, 6 (Vop.);
cl. 6. P. {vRNati}, to please, gratify, exhilarate ib. xxviii, 40.
vyaadhaH = (m) hunter
vyaadhi = disease
vyaadhii = illness
vyaaghraH = (m) tiger
vyaaharan.h = vibrating
vyaakship * = P. Â. {-kSipati}, {-te}, to stretch out (the hand &c.) MBh.; to
shoot off(an arrow) ib.,; to carry away, captivate (the mind) R. Pañcat.
vyaakshipati = (v) to postpone
vyaakshipta * = mfn. stretched out &c.; (ifc.) filled with, full of VarBriS.;
{-manas} (Pañcat.), {-hRdaya} (R.) mfn. having the mind or heart carried away or
captivated or distracted.
vyaakula = alarmed (adj)
vyaakulatva = (neut) sorrow, concern
vyaakulitaa = she who has been afflicted/affected
vyaala = elephant
vyaamishreNa = by equivocal
vyaana = one of the vital airs, circulates energy all over the body
vyaapaara = affair (masc)
vyaaptaM = pervaded
vyaapya = pervading
vyaahrita * = mfn. spoken, uttered, said, told, declared, stated VS. &c, &c.;
one who has uttered a sound R.; eaten, devoured Ja1takam.; n. speaking, talking,
conversation Ka1v. BhP.; information, instruction, direction Pa1n2. 5-4, 35;
inarticulate speech or song (of animals and birds) MBh. Hariv.; %{-saMdeza} mfn.
one who tells news or communicates information MW.
vyaapin *= mfn. reaching through , pervading , covering , diffusive ,
comprehensive , spreading everywhere , spread over (ifc.) , extending or
reaching or continuing to or filling up or containing (ifc.) Nir. S3vetUp. MBh.
&c. ; invariably inherent or concomitant (in logic) Bha1sha1p. ; m. pervader
"'N. of Vishn2u MW. ; an invariably pervading property as characteristic ib.
vyaasaH = Vyasa
vyaasa* = m. severing, separation, division Sarvad.; a kind of drawl (as a fault
in pronunciation), ÂPrât.; extension, diffusion, prolixity, detailed account
(instr.; abl. and {-tas} ind. in detail, at length, fully) MBh. Sus'r. BhP.;
width, breadth, the diameter of a circle S'ulbas. VarBriS.; `" distributing,
disjoining "'N. of the Pada-pâthha or, disjoined text "' Aprât.; `" arranger,
compiler "'N. of a celebrated mythical sage and author (often called Veda-vyâsa
and regarded as the original compiler and arranger of the Vedas, Veda7nta-sûtras
&c.; he was the son of the sage Parâs'ara and Satyavati, and half-brother of
Vicitra-vîrya and Bhîshma; he was also called Vâdarâyana or Baldarâyana, and
Kriishna from his dark complexion, and Dvaipâyana because he was brought forth
by Satyavatî on a Dvîpa or island in the Jumnâ; when grown up he retired to the
wilderness to lead the life of a hermit, but at his mother's request returned to
become the husband of Vicitra-vîrya's two childless widows, by whom he was the
father of the blind Dhriita-râshthra and of Pându; he was also the father of
Vidura [q.v.] by a slave girl, and of S'uka, the supposed narrator of the
Bhâgavata-Purâna, he was also the supposed compiler of the Mahâ-bhârata, the
Purânas, and other portions of Hindû sacred literature; but the name Vyâsa seems
to have been given to any great typical compiler or author) MBh. Hariv. Pur. cf.
IW. 371 n. 2; 373 &c.; a Brâhman who recites or expounds the Purânas &c. in
public (= {pAThaka-brAhmaNa}) MW.; n. a bow weighing 100 Palas L.
vyaasanga = varied interests, (involvement in) many hobbies
vyaasaprasaadaat.h = by the mercy of Vyasadeva
vyaasochchhishhThaM = vyAsa + uchchhishhThaM:by VyAsa + mouth-dropped
vyabhichaarin.h = adj. deviate
vyacas * = n. expanse, capacity, compass RV. AV. VS.; wide space, free scope,
room RV. AV. S'Br. ({vyacas-kR}, to dilate, expand, open Kaus'.)
vyaccha * = see {go-vyaccha4}.
vyadaarayat.h = shattered
vyagraya * = Nom. P. {-yati}, to divert or distract any one's thoughts Car.
vyajana* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) fanning Kâd.; a palmleaf or other article used for
fanning, fan, whisk (often du.) Mn. MBh. &c.
vyajanakriyA* = f. the act of fanning Kâd.
vyajanacaamara* = n. the tail of the Bos Grunniens used as a whisk or fan, a
chowry (cf. {vyajanacAmara}).
vyaadhi * = m. (less probably from %{vyadh}, p. 1031) disorder, disease,
ailment, sickness, plague (esp. leprosy) ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c. ; Disease
personified (as a Child of Mr2ityu or Death) VP. ; any tormenting or vexatious
person or thing (ifc., e .g. %{strI-v-}, a plague of a woman, very troublesome
woman) VarBr2S. ; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L.
vyaadhii * = f. (1. %{dhI} , or %{dhyai}) care , sorrow AV.
vyaahaara *= m. utterance, language, speech, discourse, conversation, talk about
(comp.) Ka1v. Pan5cat. Sa1h. ; song (of birds) Hariv. Ma1lav. ; (in dram.) a
jest, joke, humorous speech Bhar. Das3ar. &c. ; %{-maya} mf(%{I})n. consisting
of speech or talk about (comp.) Katha1s.
vyaahri * = P.Â. {-harati}, {-te}, to utter or pronounce a sound, speak, say to
(acc.), converse with ({saha}), name (with {nAmabhis}, to call by name; with
{praznAn}, to answer questions; with {udAharANi}, to state examples) TBr. &c.
&c.; to begin to talk (said of a child) MBh.; to confess, avow to (gen.) ib.; to
utter inarticulate sounds, cry, scream (said of animals) KâtyS'r.; to sport,
enjoy one's self (exceptionally for {vi-hR}) BhP.; to cut off, sever MBh. vi,
2757 (B. {vi-hR}): Desid. {-jihIrSati}, to wish to pronounce or utter S'Br.
vyaahrita * = mfn. spoken, uttered, said, told, declared, stated VS. &c, &c.;
one who has uttered a sound R.; eaten, devoured Jâtakam.; n. speaking, talking,
conversation Kâv. BhP.; information, instruction, direction Pân. 5-4, 35;
inarticulate speech or song (of animals and birds) MBh. Hariv.; {-saMdeza} mfn.
one who tells news or communicates information MW.
vyaahriti * = f. utterance, speech, declaration, statement MBh. Kâlid. VarBriS.;
(also {-tI}; ifc. {-tikA}), the mystical utterance of the names of the seven
worlds (viz. {bhUr}, {bhuvar} [or {bhuvaH}], {svar}, {mahar}, {janar}, {tapar},
{satya} [qq. vv.] the first three of which, called, the great Vyâhriitis "', are
pronounced after {om} by every Brâhman in commencing his daily prayers and are
personified as the daughters of Savitrii and Priis'ni) TS. Br. RTL. 403 Mn. ii,
76 MBh. &c.; N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.; {-traya} n. the first three of the above
mystical words MW.; {-pUrvaka} mfn. preceded by the above three mystical words
ib.
vyaahruti * = w.r. for {vy-AhRti}.
vyaakhyaa * = P. %{-khyAti}, to explain in detail, tell in full, discuss S3Br.
S3rS. ; to relate, communicate MBh. Bhat2t2. ; to name, call, S3rutab Desid.
%{-cikhyAsati}, to wish to explain S3am2k.\\ f. explanation, exposition, gloss,
comment, Paraphrase MaitrUp. Hariv. &c.
vyaapi * = in comp. for %{vy-Apin}.
vyaapin * = mfn. reaching through, pervading, covering, diffusive,
comprehensive, spreading everywhere, spread over (ifc.), extending or reaching
or continuing to or filling up or containing (ifc.) Nir. S3vetUp. MBh. &c. ;
invariably inherent or concomitant (in logic) Bha1sha1p. ; m. pervader "'N. of
Vishn2u MW. ; an invariably pervading property as characteristic ib.
vyaapita * = mfn. (fr. Caus.) filled up, filled Pan5cat.
vyaapIta * = mfn. quite yellow VarBr2S.
vyaapitva * = n. the state of pervading, pervasion, extensiveness, extent,
universality, extension to (ifc.), A1vS3r. MBh. Veda7ntas.
vyaasa * = m. severing, separation, division Sarvad.; a kind of drawl (as a
fault in pronunciation), A1Pra1t.; extension, diffusion, prolixity, detailed
account (instr.; abl. and %{-tas} ind. in detail, at length, fully) MBh. Sus3r.
BhP.; width, breadth, the diameter of a circle S3ulbas. VarBr2S.; `"
distributing, disjoining "'N. of the Pada-pa1t2ha or, disjoined text "' Apra1t.;
`" arranger, compiler "'N. of a celebrated mythical sage and author (often
called Veda-vya1sa and regarded as the original compiler and arranger of the
Vedas, Veda7nta-su1tras &c.; he was the son of the sage Para1s3ara and
Satyavati, and half-brother of Vicitra-vi1rya and Bhi1shma; he was also called
Va1dara1yan2a or Baldara1yan2a, and Kr2ishn2a from his dark complexion, and
Dvaipa1yana because he was brought forth by Satyavati1 on a Dvi1pa or island in
the Jumna1; when grown up he retired to the wilderness to lead the life of a
hermit, but at his mother's request returned to become the husband of
Vicitra-vi1rya's two childless widows, by whom he was the father of the blind
Dhr2ita-ra1sht2ra and of Pa1n2d2u; he was also the father of Vidura [q.v.] by a
slave girl, and of S3uka, the supposed narrator of the Bha1gavata-Pura1n2a, he
was also the supposed compiler of the Maha1-bha1rata, the Pura1n2as, and other
portions of Hindu1 sacred literature; but the name Vya1sa seems to have been
given to any great typical compiler or author) MBh. Hariv. Pur. cf. IW. 371 n.
2; 373 &c.; a Bra1hman who recites or expounds the Pura1n2as &c. in public (=
%{pAThaka-brAhmaNa}) MW.; n. a bow weighing 100 Palas L.
vyadha *= m. piercing, hitting, striking, a stroke, wound S3is3. ; cutting,
opening (of a vein) Sus3r. ; (%{A}) f. bleeding MW.\\ *V : did it, created,
applied, established, awarded, begot, made, constructed, bestowed, arranged.
vyajana* = n. (ifc. f. {A}) fanning Kâd.; a palmleaf or other article used for
fanning, fan, whisk (often du.) Mn. MBh. &c.
vyajanin* = m. the Yak (Bos Grunniens) L.
vyakta = made known* = mfn. adorned, embellished, beautiful RV.; caused to
appear, manifested, apparent, visible, evident ({am}, ind. apparently,
evidently, certainly) MBh. Kâv. &c.; developed, evolved (see below); distinct,
intelligible (see {-vAc}); perceptible by the senses (opp. to {a-vyakta},
transcendental) MBh. BhP.; specified, distinguished L.; specific, individual L.;
hot L.; wise, learned Lalit.; m. heat L.; a learned man L.; an initiated monk
S'îl.; `" the manifested One "'N. of Vishnu MW.; of one of the 11 Gana7dhipas
(with Jainas); n. (in Sânkhya) `" the developed or evolved "' (as the product of
{a-vyakta} q.v.), Sankhyak. (cf. IW. 82); {-kRtya} n. a public action or deed
Râjat.; {-gaNita} n. calculation with known numbers, arithmetic IW. 176, n. 3;
{-gandhA} f. (only L.) long pepper; jasmine; a species of Sanseviera; Clitoria
Ternatea; {-tA} f. or {-tva} n. distinctness, manifestation (instr. `" clearly,
distinctly "'; acc. with {gam}, `" to appear "') Up. Kathâs.; {-tAraka} mfn.
having clear stars MW.; {-darzana} mfn. one who has attained to right knowledge
R.; {-dRSTA7rtha} mfn. perceiving or witnessing a transaction with one's own
eyes, a witness L.; {-bhuj} mfn. consuming all manifested or visible things
(said of time) MW.; {-maya} mf({I})n. relating to what is perceptible by the
senses MBh.; {-mAricika} mfn. much peppered Car.; {-rasa} mfn. having a
perceptible taste ({tA} f.) Sus'r.; {-rAzi} m. (in arithm.) known or absolute
quantity; {-rUpa} m. `" having a manifested form "'N. of Vishnu MW.; {-rUpin}
mfn. having a discernible shape ib.; {-lakSman} mfn. having evident sings or
marks, clearly characterized W.; {-lavaNa} mfn. much salted Car.; {-vAc} f. a
clear or distinct speech Pân. 1-3, 48; {-vikrama} mfn. displaying valour MW.;
{-tA7vadhUta} mfn. one who has publicly shaken off worldly ties (opp. to
{guptA7v-} q.v.) W.; {-to7dita} mfn. spoken clearly or plainly MW. [1029,3]
vyaktayaH = living entities
vyaktiM = personality
vyaktitva = personality
vyalIka * = mfn. very false or untruthful, lying, hypocritical (%{am} ind.)
Amar. BhP.; disagreeable, painful, offensive, strange MW.; improper or unfit to
be done MW.; not false, S3ls3.; = %{vyaJgya} L.; m. = %{nAgara} L.; a catamite
MW.; n. anything displeasing ib.; any cause of pain or uneasiness ib.; pain,
grief. MBh. Ka1v. Pur. &c.; a falsehood, lie, fraud (also pl.) Ka1v. Pur. &c.;
transgression, offence, misdeed Ratna7v. Ja1takam.; = %{vailakSya} L.; reverse,
contrariety, inversion MW.; %{-tA} f. or %{-tva} n. disagreeableness,
painfulness MW.; impropriety, displeasure ib.; %{-niHzvAsa} m. a sigh of pain or
sorrow Kum.
vyalla * = mischievous, wicked, vicious; prodigal, extravagant, a vicious
elephant, Kav.; a beast of prey; a snake; a lion L.; a tiger L.; a hunting
leopard L.; a prince, king L.; Plumbago Ceylanica L.; the second {dRkANa} (q.v.)
in Cancer, the first in Scorpio, and the third in Pisces; a kind of metre Col.;
of the number `" eight; N. of a man a female snake
vyanakti (SB): expressed, he produces, shows.
vyaMs * = P. {-aMsayati}, to cheat, deceive DivyA7v.
vyañc* = see {uru-vya4Jc}.
vyañj* = P.Â. {-anakti}, {-aGkte}, (Â.) to anoint thoroughly RV.; to decorate,
adorn, beautify ib.; (P. Â.) to cause to appear, manifest, display RV. &c. &c.:
Pass. {-ajyate}, to be manifested or expressed RV. Ragh. Pañcat.: Caus.
{-aJjayati}, to cause to appear, make clearly visible or manifest Mn. MBh. &c.
vyañjana* = mfn. manifesting, indicating Hariv. (v.l. {vyaJcana}); m. (once for
n.; cf. below) a consonant VPrât.; Pandanus Odoratissimus L.; = {vAditra-karman}
L.; ({A}) f. (in rhet.) implied indication, allusion, suggestion Sâh. Pratâp.; a
figurative expression ({-nA-vRtti} f. figurative style) W.; n. decoration,
ornament RV. viii, 78, 2; manifestation, indication Sus'r. Râjat.; allusion,
suggestion (= {A} f.), Sah. Âs'vS'r. Sch.; figurative expression, irony, sarcasm
W.; specification Nir.; a mark, badge, spot, sign, token ÂpS'r. R. Kathâs. &c.;
insignia, paraphernalia Kâv.; symptom (of a disease) Cat.; mark of sex or gender
(as the beard, breasts &c.), the private organs (male or female) GriS'rS. MBh.
&c.; anything used in cooking or preparing food, seasoning, sauce, condiment
MBh. R. &c.; a consonant Prât. S'rS. &c.; a syllable VPrât. (cf. {hInavy-}); the
letter (as opp. to {arha}, `" meaning "') Mahâv.; a limb, member, part L.; a day
L.; purification of a sacrificial animal (also m. and {A} f.) L.; a fan L. (w.r.
for {vyajana}); {-kAra} m. the preparer of a sauce or condiment MBh.; {-guNa}
(?) m. N. of wk. on condiments in cookery; {-saMgama} m. a collection or group
of consonants MW.; {-saMdhi} m. (in gram.) the junction of consonants ib.,;
{-saMnipAta} m. a falling together or conjunction of consonants ib.; {-sthAne}
ind. in the place of sauce or seasoning ib.; {-hArI7kA} f. N. of a female demon
supposed to remove the hair of a womañs pudenda MârkP.; {-no7daya} mfn. followed
by a consonant MW.; {-no7padha} mfn. preceded by a cñconsonant ib.
vyañjita* = mfn. (fr. Caus.) clearly manifested or made visible; {-vRtti-bheda}
mfn. having various actions manifested MW.
vyajanam.h = (n) fan
vyas * = 2 %{as} P. %{-asyati} (ep. pf. %{vivyAsa} as if fr. a %{vyas}), to
throw or cast asunder or about or away, throw (effort) into, divide, separate,
dispose, arrange [1035,1]; scatter, disperse; expel, remove RV. &c.&c.
vyathA* = f. agitation, perturbation, alarm, uneasiness, pain, anguish, fear
MBh. Ka1v. &c. (%{vyathAM-kR}, either, `" to cause pain "' or `" to feel pain
"'); loss, damage, ill-luck S3Br. VarBr2S.; (with %{hRdi} or %{hRdaye}),
palpitation, throbbing of the heart Sus3r.
vyathaka* = mfn. agitating, frightening, afflicting Kir.
vyathana * = mfn. greatly disturbing or perplexing MBh.; n. tottering, wavering
Pa1n2. 5-4, 46; alteration, change (of a sound) RPra1t.; feeling pain. Sus3r.;
vexing, tormenting Dharmas3.; piercing, perforating (= %{vyadhana}) A1past.
vyathAkara* = mfn. causing pain (bodily or mental), painful, excruciating W.
vyathAkrAnta* = (%{vyathA7kr-}) mfn. id. Katha1s.
vyathAkula* = (%{vyathA7k-}) mfn. agitated by fear or anguish Pan5cat.
vyathana* = mfn. greatly disturbing or perplexing MBh.; n. tottering, wavering
Pa1n2. 5-4, 46; alteration, change (of a sound) RPra1t.; feeling pain. Sus3r.;
vexing, tormenting Dharmas3.; piercing, perforating (= %{vyadhana}) A1past.
vyathanIya* = mfn. to be pained or afflicted or disturbed W.
vyathita * = mfn. tottering, rocking, reeling R.; troubled, changed (as colour)
Das3.; disquieted, agitated, perturbed, distressed, afflicted MBh. Ka1v. &c.;
painful, causing pain BhP.
vyatitarishhyati = surpasses
vyatikara* = 1 mfn. acting reciprocally, reciprocal W.; m. reciprocity,
reciprocal action or relation ib.; contact, contiguity, union (ifc. = joined
with, spreading through or over, pervading) MBh. Kâv. &c.; (ifc.) taking to,
accomplishing, performing Amar. Das'. Râjat.; incident, opportunity Nalac.;
reverse, misfortune, calamity, accident, fatality Hcar. Pañcat. Kathâs.
[1030,1]; destruction, end BhP.\\* =2 m. mixing or blending together, mixture
MBh. BhP.; a confusing (or striking) resemblance Jâtakam.; {-vat} mfn. mixed, of
contrary kind or nature Mcar.
vyatiikaara* = m.= 1. {vy-atikara}, contact, hostile encounter Hariv.
vyatiSaGga * = m. mutual connection, reciprocal junction or relation Pan5cavBr.
Ka1tyS3r.; entanglement S3is3. v, 61; hostile encounter MBh.; exchange, barter
BhP.; absorption MW.; %{-vat} mfn. having mutual connection, connected, united,
mixed ib.
vyatiitaani = have passed
vyatta = open
vyathanti = are disturbed
vyathayanti = are distressing
vyathaa = trouble
vyathishhThaaH = be disturbed
vyapades'a = (m) mention, name* = m. representation, designation, information,
statement RPrât. S'rS. &c.: a name, title Uttarar.; a family, race S'ak.;
summons (of an army) R.; appeal to (gen.) Pañcat.; talk, speech MBh. iii, 8665
(Nîlak.); a partic. form of speech MW.; fame, renown (see comp.); fraud,
stratagem, pretext, excuse ({ena}, under pretext or excuse [also {-tas}] ifc. =
under the pretext of) MBh. Kâv. &c.; {-vat} mfn. having a partic. designation or
name (with {pitR-tas}, designated by the name of the father) Pat.; {-zA7rtham}
ind. for the purpose of (acquiring) renown Mn. vii, 168. {-apadezaka} mfn.
designating, indicating BhP.
vyapadishtha *= mfn. pointed out &c. ; informed W. ; tricked ib. ; pleaded as an
excuse ib.
vyapadiz *= P. %{-dizati} , to point out , indicate , intend , mean , designate
, name , mention MBh. Ka1v. &c. (often Pass. %{-dizyate} , `" so it is
represented or intended or signified "') ; to represent falsely , feign ,
pretend MBh. R. Prasannar.
vyapaashrayaH = taking shelter of
vyapaashritya = particularly taking shelter
vyapeta * = mfn. gone apart or asunder, separated MBh.; passed away,
disappeared, ceased Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) opposed to Yâjñ.; {-kalmaSa} mfn.
having taint or guilt removed, free from sin Mn. iv, 260; {-ghRNa} mfn. devoid
of compassion, pitiless Amar.; {-dhairya} mfn. one who has abandoned firmness
MBh.; {-bhaya} or {-bhI} mfn. free from fear ib.; {-mada-matsara} mfn. free from
infatuation and selfishness Yâjñ.; {-harSa} mfn. devoid of joy R.
vyapetabhiiH = free from all fear
vyasu * = mf({u})n. lifeless, dead MBh. BhP. S'is'. Râjat.; {-tva} n. loss of
life VarBriS.
vyara.nsiit.h = passed, elapsed
vyartha = u(adj)seless, purposelss
vyatireka *= m. distinction, difference, separateness, separation, exclusion
La1t2y. Ka1v. Pur. &c. (%{bhAvo@vyatireka-tas}, a separate or particular
existence ; %{vI7ta-vyatireka}, not separate or particular ; %{eNa} or %{At}
ind. [or %{vyatireka} ibc.], with exception of, without) ; negation Kap. ;
contrariety, contrast to (comp.) Ka1m. (%{e} ind., on the contrary supposition)
; logical discontinuance (opp. to %{anvaya} q.v.) Bha1sha1p. ; (in rhet.) a
partic. figure of speech (the contrasting of things compared in some respects
with each other) Ka1vya7d. ; . Sa1h &c. N. of wk. ; %{-tas} ind. see above ;
%{-vyApti} f. `" pervasion of difference or dissimilitude "', a comprehensive
argument derived from negation or non-existence of certain qualities MW. ;
%{-kA7laMkAra} m. the rhetorical figure called Vyatireka ib. ; %{-kA7valI} f. N.
of wk.
vyartha* = mf({A})n. (fr. 3. {vi+artha}) useless, unavailing, unprofitable, vain
MBh. &c. &c.; deprived or devoid of property or money Pañcat.; excluded from,
having no right (instr.) Âpast.; unmeaning, inconsistent Hariv. Kâvya7d.; =
{-tha-nAmaka} below MBh.; ({am}) ind. uselessly, in vain, without having
effected one's object Kâv. Pañcat. &c.; {-tA} f. uselessness ({-tAM-yA}, or
{gam}, to become useless) Pañcat. Kusum.; absence of meaning, nonsense R.;
falseness MBh.; inoffensiveness MW.; {-tva} n. absence of meaning,
contradictoriness Kâvya7d. Sch.; {-nAmaka} or {-nAman} mfn. having a name
inconsistent with one's character MBh.; {-yatna} mfn. useless in its efforts
Hit.; {-thIkR} P. {-karoti}, to make useless or superfluous Prab. Kâd. k;
{-thI-bhU} P. {-bhavati}, to become useless Naish. Kâd.
vyashema = ?
vyasana = addiction * = vyasana n. moving to and fro, wagging (of a tail) Pân.
3-1, 20, Vartt. 3; throwing (effort) into, assiduity, industry Bhartri. Subh.;
separation, individuality W.; attachment or devotion or addiction to (loc. or
comp.), passion, (esp.) evil passion, sin, crime, vice (said to arise either
from love of pleasure or from anger; eight are enumerated under the first head,
vix. {mRgayA}, {dyUta} or {akSa}, {divA-svapna}, {parivAda}, {striyaH}, {mada},
{taurya-trika}, {vRthA7tyA}; and eight under the second, viz. {paizunya},
{sAhasa}, {droha}, {irSyA}, {asUyA} {artha-dUSaNa} {vAkpAruSya},
{daNDa-pAruSya}, qq.vv.) Mn. vii, 47, 48 MBh. &c.; favourite pursuit or
occupation, hobby MBh. Pañcat. Râjat.; evil predicament or plight, disaster,
accident, evil result, calamity, misfortune ({vyasanAni} pl. misfortunes),
ill-luck, distress, destruction, defeat, fall, ruin Mn. MBh. &c.; setting (of
sun or moon) Mriicch. S'ak.; fruitless effort L.; punishment, execution (of
criminals) MW.; incompetence, inability W.; air, wind ib.; tale-bearing L.;
{-kAla} m. time of need Subh.; {prasArita-kara} mfn. having the hand stretched
forth for (inflicting) calamity Hit.; {-prahArin} mfn. inflicting calamity,
giving trouble or pain W.; {-prA7pti} f. occurrence of calamity Sâh.;
{-brahmacArin} m. a companion of adversity, fellow-sufferer Mudr.; {-mahA7rNava}
m. a sea of troubles Mriicch.; {-rakSin} mfn. preserving from calamity R.
Kathâs.; {-vat} mfn. one who has had ill-luck with (comp.) Kâm.; {-vAgurA} f.
the net or snare of adversity R.; {-saMstkita} mfn. one who indulges in any whim
or favourite fancy Pañcat.; {-nA7krAnta-tva} n. distressful condition, grievous
distress MW.; {-nA7gama} m. approach of calamity S'ukas.; {-nA7tibhAra} mfn.
weighed down or overburdened with misfortunes MW.; {-nA7tyaya} m. the passing
away of calamity or distress BhP.; {-nA7nantaram} ind. immediately after
misfortune Kâv.; {-nA7pAta} m. (= {-nA7gama}) Râjat.; {-nA7vApa} m. receptacle
or abode of calamity BhP.; {-nA7nvita} or {-nA7pluta} mfn. involved in or
overwhelmed with cñcalamity MW.; {-nA7rta} mfn. afflicted by calamity, suffering
pain L.; {-no7tsava} m. a feast for the (evil) passions, an orgy &c. VarBriS.;
{-no7daya} m. the rising or approaching of misfortune Pañcat.; mfn. followed by
or resulting in calamities MBh.
vyatirikta* = mfn. reaching beyond, excessive, immoderate (ifc. = abundantly
furnished with) MBh.; separate, different or distinct from, other than (abl. or
comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) free from Sarvad.; left remaining from Ragh. Sch.
(v.l.); with drawn, withheld W.; excepted ib.; (%{am}) ind. with the exception
of, except, without (e. g. %{svara-v-}, `" except the accent "') MW.; %{-tA}, f.
(BhP.), %{-tva} n. (Sarvad.) distinction, difference.
2 vyatiriktatiriktaka n. a partic. manner of flying MBh.
vyavahaara *= m. doing, performing, action, practice, conduct, behaviour MBh.
Ka1v. &c. (%{vyavahAraH@kAryaH}, with instr., `" it should be acted according to
) ; commerce or intercourse with (saha or comp.) Nir. Ka1m. &c. ; affair, matter
Ni1lak. ; usage, custom, wont, ordinary life, common practice Pat. BhP. Hit. ;
activity, action or practice of occupation or business with (loc. or comp.)
Inscr. Ka1v. Katha1s. ; mercantile transaction, traffic, trade with, dealing in
(comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. [1034,2] ; a contract Mn. viii, 163 ; legal procedure,
contest at law with (%{saha}), litigation, lawsuit, legal process (see
%{-matRkA} below) Mn. Ya1jn5. &c. ; practices of law and kingly government IW.
209 ; mathematical process Col. ; administration of justice Gaut. ; (fig.)
punishment L. ; competency to manage one's own affairs, majority (in law) ib. ;
propriety, adherence to law or custom ib. ; the use of an expression, with
regard to, speaking about (%{tair@eva@vyavahAraH}, `" just about these is the
question "', it is to these that the discussion has reference "') Kap. Sa1h.
Sarvad. ; designation Jaim. Sch. ; compulsory work L. ; a sword L. ; a sort of
tree L. ; N. of a ch. of the Agni-pura1n2a.
vyavakalanam.h = (n) subtraction
vyavachchhetsiiH = cut or dissect
vyavasaayaH = enterprise or adventure
vyavasaayaatmikaa = resolute in KRishhNa consciousness
vyavasitaH = situated in determination
vyavasitaa = engaged
vyavasthitaan.h = situated
vyavasthitiH = the situation
vyavasthitau = put under regulations
vyavaasitaaH = have decided
vyavaaya* = m. intervention, interposition, separation by insertion, being
separated by (instr. or comp.) S'rS. Prât. Pân.; entering, pervading,
penetration MBh. Sus'r.; change, transmutation BhP.; sexual intercourse,
copulation MBh. VarBriS. Sus'r.; wantonness, lasciviousness BhP.; covering,
disappearance W.; interval, space ib.; an obstacle, impediment MW.; n. light,
lustre L.
vyaya-bhaava = House of Expenditure/Loss or 12th
vyayam.h = (n) expenditure, spending
vyu * =to urge on, incite, animate
vyudasya = laying aside
vyuuDhaM = arranged in a military phalanx
vyuuDhaaM = arranged
vyUha* = 1 m. placing apart, distribution, arrangement R. VarBriS. &c.; orderly
arrangement of the parts of a whole (cf. {caraNa-vy-}), disposition Nyâyas.;
military array, an army, host, squadron (various arrays are {daNDa-}, `"
staff-like array "'; {zakaTa-}, `" cart array "'; {varAha-}, `" boar array "';
{maNDala-}, `" circular arñarray; {A-saMhata-}, `" loose arñarray "';
{AkheTa-vyUha}, `" hunting array "' &c.) Mn. vii, 187 MBh. &c.; shifting,
transposition, displacement S'Br. S'rS.; separation, resolution (of vowels,
syllables &c.) RPrât.; detailed explanation or description SaddhP.; a section,
division, chapter Sarvad.; form, manifestation (esp. the quadruple manifestation
of Purusho7ttama as Vâsudeva, Sankarshana, Pradyumna, and Aniruddha), appearance
(often ifc. after numerals cf. {catur-}, {trir-vy-}) MBh. BhP. Sarvad.;
formation, structure, manufacture L.; an aggregate, flock, multitude Vâs.
S'atr.; the body W.; breathing Nyâyas.; {pArSNi} m. or f. {-pRSTha} n. the rear
of an army L.; {-bhaGga} m. {-bheda} m. the breaking of an array, throwing into,
disorder W.; {-racanA} f. arrangement of troops ({-naM vi-dhA}, `" to assume a
warlike attitude "') Pañcat.; 1. {-rAja} m. the chief or best form of military
array MBh.; {-hA7ntara} m. a different arrangement or position MW. \\2 m.
reasoning, logic (= {tarka}) L.; {-mati} m. N. of a Deva-putra Lalit.; -2.
{-rAja} m. a partic. Samâdhi SaddhP.; N. of a Bodhi-sattva ib. ({-je7ndrA} f. N.
of a Kin-narî Kârand.)
vyoman *= 2 m. (for 1. see p. 1029, col. 1 ; accord. to Un2. iv, 150 fr. %{vye}
accord. to others fr. %{vi-av} or %{ve}) heaven, sky, atmosphere, air
(%{vyomnA}, %{vyoma-mArgeNa} or %{-vartmanA}, `" through the air "') RV. &c. &c.
; space Kap. ; ether (as an element) Ka1v. Pur. Sus3r. ; wind or air (of the
body) BhP. ; water L. ; talc, mica L. ; a temple sacred to the sun L. ; a
partic. high number L. ; the 10th astrol. mansion VarBr2S. ; preservation,
welfare TS. (= %{rakSaNa} Sch.) ; m. a partic. Eka7ha S3rS. ; N. of Praja1-pati
or the Year (personified) TS. VS. (Mahi1dh.) ; of Vishn2u Vishn2. ; of a son of
Dasa7rha Hariv. Pur. (v.l. %{vyoma}).
vyomagaamii = astronaut, cosmonaut
vyomachaariNaH = the people who wander over the sky (and `pAtAla'\&bhUtala')
vyoman.h = (n) the sky
vyoman * = mfn. (for 2. see s.v.) one who cannot be saved
vyoman * = 2 m. (for 1. see p. 1029, col. 1; accord. to Un. iv, 150 fr. {vye}
accord. to others fr. {vi-av} or {ve}) heaven, sky, atmosphere, air ({vyomnA},
{vyoma-mArgeNa} or {-vartmanA}, `" through the air "') RV. &c. &c.; space Kap.;
ether (as an element) Kâv. Pur. Sus'r.; wind or air (of the body) BhP.; water
L.; talc, mica L.; a temple sacred to the sun L.; a partic. high number L.; the
10th astrol. mansion VarBriS.; preservation, welfare TS. (= {rakSaNa} Sch.); m.
a partic. Eka7ha S'rS.; N. of Prajâ-pati or the Year (personified) TS. VS.
(Mahîdh.); of Vishnu Vishn.; of a son of Dasa7rha Hariv. Pur. (v.l. {vyoma}).
Y
ya * = the 1st semivowel (corresponding to the vowels %{i} and %{I}, and having
the sound of the English %{y}, in Bengal usually pronounced %{j}).\\2 m. (in
prosody) n. bacchic ($) Pin3g.\\ 3 the actual base of the relative pronoun in
declension [cf. %{ya4d} and Gk. $]. \\ 4 m. (in some senses fr. 1. %{yA}, only
L.) a goer or mover ; wind ; joining ; restraining ; fame ; a carriage (?) ;
barley ; light ; abandoning ; (%{A}) f. going, a car ; restraining, religious
meditation ; attaining ; pudendum muliebre ; N. of Lakshmi1.
yaa * = 1 (collateral form of 5. %{i}) cl. 2. P. (Dha1tup. xxiv, 41) %{yA4ti}
(1. pl. %{yAmahe} MBh. ; impf. 3. pl. %{ayuH} Br. ; %{ayAn} Pa1n2. 3-4, 111 Sch.
; pf. %{yayau4}, %{yayA4tha}, %{yaya4}, %{yayu4H} RV. &c. &c. ; %{yaye} Ka1v. ;
aor. %{ayAsam} or %{ayAsiSam} ; Subj. %{yA4sat}, %{yeSam}, %{yAsiSat} RV. Br. ;
Prec. %{yAsiSISThAs} Br. ; fut. %{yAtA} MBh. &c. ; %{yAsyati} AV. ; %{-te} MBh.
; inf. %{yAtum} MBh. &c. ; Ved. inf. %{yai4}, %{yA4tave} or %{-vai4} ; ind. p.
%{yAtvA4} Br. &c. ; %{-yA4ya},\\2 (ifc.) going, moving (see %{RNa-} %{eva-},
%{tura-}, %{deva-yA}).\\3 f. of 3. %{ya} q.v.
yaabhiH = by which
yaachaka = begger
yaacana * = begging, soliciting, asking (also in marriage) S'ârngP. Sâh. Vet.;
({A}) f. asking, soliciting, request, petition, entreaty for or solicitation of
(comp.) R. Kâlid. &c. ({-nAm-kri}, to fulfil a request).
yaac * = cl. 1. P. Â. (Dhâtup. xxi, 3) for {yA4cati}, {-te} (usually Â. in sense
of `" asking for one's self "'; pf. {yayAca} Gr., {yayAce} Br. &c.; aor.
{ayAcIt}, {-ciSTa} Subj. {yAciSat}, {-SAmahe} RV.; Prec. {yAcyAt} Gr.; fut.
{yAcitA} ib.; {yAciSyati}, {-te} Br. &c.; inf. {yAcitum} AV. &c.; ind. p.
{yAcitvA}, {-yA4cya} Br. &c.), to ask, beg, solicit, entreat, require, implore
(with double acc.; or with abl., rarely gen. of pers.; the thing asked may also
be in acc. with {prati}, or in dat., or ibc. with {arthe}, or {artham}) RV. &c.
&c.; (with {pu4nar}) to ask anything back TBr.; (with {kanyAm}) to be a suitor
for a girl, to ask a girl in marriage from (abl., rarely acc.) or for ({kRte} or
{arthe}; also with {vivAhA7rtham}) MBh. Kâv. &c.; to offer or tender anything
(acc.) to (dat.) AV.; to promise (?) ib.: Pass. {yAcyate}, to be asked (`" for
"', acc.; rarely of things) MBh. Kâv. &c.; Caus. {yAca4yati} ({-te} AV.; aor.
{ayayAcat} Pân. 7-4, 2), to cause to ask or woo MBh.; to request anything (acc.)
for ({arthe}) Pañcat.: Desid. {yiyAciSate} Pân. 6-1, 8 Vârtt. 3 Pat.: Intens.
{yAyAcyate}, {yAyAkti} Gr.
yaacaka * = m. a petitioner, asker, beggar Yâjñ. MBh. &c.; ({I}) f. a female
beggar MBh.
yaacaka * = m. a petitioner , asker , beggar Ya1jn5. MBh. &c. ; (%{I}) f. a
female beggar MBh.
yaacakavRtti * = f. the occupation or profession of a beggar MW.
yaacana * = n. begging , soliciting , asking (also in marriage) S3a1rn3gP. Sa1h.
Vet. ; (%{A}) f. asking , soliciting , request , petition , entreaty for or
solicitation of (comp.) R. Ka1lid. &c. (%{-nAm-kri} , to fulfil a request).
yaacanaka * = m. an asker , petitioner , beggar Mn. MBh. Hariv. ,
yaacaniiya * = mfn. to be asked , to be desired or requested (n. also impers.)
MBh. Pan5cat.
yaacana * = n. begging, soliciting, asking (also in marriage) S'ârngP. Sâh.
Vet.; ({A}) f. asking, soliciting, request, petition, entreaty for or
solicitation of (comp.) R. Kâlid. &c. ({-nAm-kri}, to fulfil a request).
yaachate = (1 ap) to beg, to plead
yaaci* = or f. a petition, request Kâs'. on Pân. 3-3, 110.
yaacita* = mfn. asked, begged (borrowed) Mn. MBh. &c.; solicited or asked for
(anything, aoc.), entreated, importuned ib.; asked in marriage Vet.; required,
requisite, necessary MW.; n. alms obtained by begging L.
yaacin* = mfn. (ifc.) asking, requesting Nir.
yaacñaa *= f. begging, asking for (comp.), asking alms, mendicancy, any petition
or request, prayer, entreaty TS. &c. &c. ({yAcJAM-kR}, to fulfil a request); the
being a suitor, making an offer of marriage Kathâs.
yaacya* = mfn. to be asked (esp. for alms) Mn. viii, 181 &c.; to be wooed ({-tA}
f.) MBh.; to be required ib. Hariv.; n. asking, making a request MBh.
yaadasaaM = of all aquatics
yaadrik.h = as it is
yaaji = worshiper
yaaksha * = mf({I})n. (fr. {yakska}) belonging or peculiar to the Yakshas
Sânkhyak. Sch
yaama = one-eighth part of day, three yaamaas constitute one night
yaa4ma * = 1 m. (for 2. see below, for 3. see p. 851, col. 3) motion, course,
going, progress RV. AV. Br.; a road, way, path ib.; a carriage, chariot RV.;
(ifc. f. {A}) a night-watch, period or watch of 3 hours, the 8th part of a day
Mn. MBh. &c.; pl. N. of a partic. class of gods MBh. Hariv. Pur.
({yama-syA7rkaH} w.r. for {yam-} q.v.); ({I}) f. N. of a daughter of Daksha
(wife of Dbarma or Manu; sometimes written {yAmi}) Hariv. Pur.; of an Apsaras
Hariv. \\yAma * = 2 in comp. for 2. {yA4man}. \\ * = 3 m. ( {yam}; for 1. 2.
{yAma} see p. 850, col. 1) cessation, end TS.; restraint, forbearance (= {yama},
{saMyama}) L.; ({yAma4}) mf({I4})n. (fr. {yama}, of which it is also the
Vriiddhi form in comp.) relating to or derived from or destined for Yama Br.
Kaus'. Mn.; n. N. of various Sâmans ÂrshBr.
yaamini = night
yaamimaaM = all these
yaamuna = of the yamunaa river
yaan.h = those who
yaanti = undergo
yaana* = mfn. leading, conducting (said of a road; `" to "' gen. or adv. in
{-trA4}) RV.; ({yA4nI}) f. a path, course TS. MaitrS. Kâthh. (cf. g.
{gaurA7di}); n. (ifc. f. {A}) a journey, travel; going, moving, riding, marching
&c. to (loc. or comp.) or upon (instr. or comp.) or against (acc. with {prati})
Mn. MBh. &c.; a vehicle of any kind, carriage, waggon, vessel, ship, litter,
palanquin RV. &c. &c.; (with Buddhists) the vehicle or method of arriving at
knowledge, the means of release from repeated births (there are either 3
systems, the {zrAvaka-yAna}, the {pratyeka-buddha-y-} or {pratyeka-y-}, and the
{mahA-y-}; or more generally only 2, the {mahA-yAna} or `" Great method "' and
the {hina-y-} or `" Lesser method "'; sometimes there is only `" One Vehicle "',
the {eka-yAna}, or `" one way to beatitude "') SaddhP. Dharmas. 2 (cf. MWB. 159
&c.)
yaanaka *= n. a vehicle , carriage BhP.
yaasyasi = you will go
yaat * = 1 mfn. (nom. {yAn}, {yAtI}, or {yAntI}, {yAt}; for 2. {yAt} see p. 851,
col. 1) going, moving &c. (in RV. i, 32, 15, `" travelling "', as opp. to
{a4va-sita}, `" resting "').
yaata *= mfn. gone, proceeded, marched (n. also impers.) RV. &c. &c. ; gone
away, fled, escaped MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; passed by, elapsed Hariv. Var. ; entered
upon, pursued (as a path) R. ; gone to, come or fallen into (acc. loc, or comp.)
Mn. MBh. &c. ; situated (as a heavenly body) VarBr2S. ; become, turned out
(%{kva@tad@yAtam}, what has become of this?) Hariv. ; known, understood Pat. ;
n. motion, progress, gait, course, drive RV. &c. &c. ; the place where a person
has gone Pa1n2. 2-3, 68 Sch. ; the past time (opp. to %{an-Agatam}, the future)
VarBr2S. ; the guiding or driving of an elephant with a goad L.
yaatana* = n. (2. %{yat}) requital, retaliation, return (with %{vairasya},
revenge, vengeance) MBh.; (%{A}) f. see next.
yaatanaa * = f. id. (%{-nAM-dA}, to make requital, revenge; %{vaira-y-},
vengeance; cf. above) MBh. Hariv. Pan5cat.; acute pain, torment, agony, (esp.)
punishment inflicted by Yama, the pains of hell (in BhP. personified as the
daughter of %{bhaya} and %{mRtyu}, Fear and Death) Mn. MBh. &c.
yaatayaamaM = food cooked three hours before being eaten
yaathaarthyameva = the original nature of things or the natural states + alone
yaati = goes
yaatraa = maintenance *= f. going, setting off, journey, march, expedition MBh.
Ka1v. &c. (with %{prANAntikI} or %{aurdhvadehikI} = death ; %{yAtrAM-yA} or
%{dA}, to undertake an expedition, take the field ; %{yAtrAm-pRch}, to wish luck
DivyA7v.) ; going on a pilgrimage (cf. %{gaGgA-} and %{tIrtha-y-}) ; a festive
train, procession Katha1s. Ra1jat. Hit. (cf. %{deva-y-}) ; a feast, festival (=
%{utsava}) Ba1lar. ; support of life, livelihood, maintenance Mn. MBh. &c. ;
intercourse (with %{laukikI}, worldly intercourse = %{jagad-y-}) Mn. xi, 184 ;
way, means, expedient L. ; passing away time W. ; practice, usage, custom W. ;
N. of a partic. kind of astronomical wk. (cf. %{yoga-y-}) ; of a sort of
dramatic entertainment (popular in Bengal) W.
yaatudhaana * = m. = {yAtu}, a kind of evil spirit or demon ({I} f.) RV. &c.
&c.; {-kSa4yaNa} mfn. destroying YñYâtus AV.; {-pre7Sita} ({-dhA4na-}) mfn.
hurled by YñYâtus S'Br.
yaatu * = m. one who goes, a traveller L.; `" going against, attack (?) "',
sorcery, witchcraft RV. AV. Kâthh. S'Br.; a kind of evil, spirit, fiend, demon
RV. AV. Kaus'.; wind L.; time L.; n. = {rakSas} L.
yaatudhaana *= m. = %{yAtu}, a kind of evil spirit or demon (%{I} f.) RV. &c.
&c. ; %{-kSa4yaNa} mfn. destroying YñYa1tus AV. ; %{-pre7Sita} (%{-dhA4na-})
mfn. hurled by YñYa1tus S3Br.
yaa4t * = 2 ind. (obs. abl. of 3. {ya} cf. {ta4t}; for 1. {yAt} see p. 849, col.
2) inasmuch as, so far as, as long as, since RV. AV. [Cf. Gk. $.] &257890[851,
1] \\ 3 (2. {yat}). see {riNa-yA4t
yaava* = 1 m. = 1. {yava} TS. \\2 mf({I})n. (fr. 3. {yava}, of which it is also
the Vriiddhi form in comp.) relating to or consisting of or prepared from barley
KâtyS'r.; m. a kind of food prepared from bñbarley L.; ({I}) f. Andro graphis
Paniculata L.\\3 m. lac or the red dye prepared from the cochineal insect Naish.
yaavat * = mf(%{atI})n. (fr. 3. %{ya} ; correlative of %{tAvat} q.v.) as great,
as large, as much, as many, as often, as frequent, as far, as long, as old &c.
(or how great &c. = quantus, quot or qualis) RV. &c. &c.
(%{yA4vantaH@ki4yantaH}, `" as many as "' TBr. ; %{yA4vad@vA@yAvad@vA}, `" as
much as possible "' S3Br. ; %{yAvat@tAvat}, `" so much as "', in alg. applied to
the first unknown quantity [= x] or so much of the unknown as its co-efficient
number ; in this sense also expressed by the first syllable %{yA} cf. IW. 182 ;
%{iti@yAvat} in Comms. `" just so much "', `" only so "', `" that is to say "',
`" such is the explanation "') ; ind. as greatly as, as far as, as much or as
many as ; as often as, whenever ; as long as, whilst ; as soon as, the moment
that, until that, till, until RV. &c. &c. (in these senses used with either
pres. Pot. fut. impf., or aor., or with the simple copula). %{yAvat} with the
1st sg. of pres., rarely of Pot., may denote an intended action and may be
translated by `" meanwhile "', `" just "' ; %{yA4vad@yAvad-tA4vat@tAvat}, `" as
gradually as-so "' S3Br. ; %{yAvan@na}, `" while not "', `" before "', `" till
"' ; `" if not "', `" whether not "' ; %{na@yAvattAvat}, `" scarcely-when "', `"
no sooner-than "' ; %{na@param}, or %{na@kevalam-yAvat}, `" not only-but even.
"' Sometimes %{yAvat} is also used as a preposition with a prec. or following
acc., or with a following abl., rarely dat. e.g. %{mAsam@ekaM@yAvat}, `" during
one month "' ; %{sUryo7dayaM@yAvat}, `" until sunrise "' ;
%{sarpa-vivaraM@yAvat}, `" up to the serpent's hole "' ; %{yAvad} or
%{yAvad-A@samApanAt}, `" until the completion "' ;
%{yAvad@garbhasya@paripAkAya}, `" until the maturity of the fetus. "' Sometimes
also with a nom. followed by %{iti} e.g. %{anta@iti@yAvat}, `" as far as the end
"' ; %{paJca@yAvad@iti}, `" up to five "' ; or with another ind. word e.g.
%{adya@yAvat}, `" up to this day. "' %{yAvatA} ind. as far as, as long as
A1past. R. BhP. ; till, until (with Pot.) La1t2y. (with %{na}, as long as not,
before BhP.) ; as soon as, the moment that Cat. ; in as much as Pat. ;
%{yA4vati} ind. as long as, as far as &c. S3Br. TBr. ; %{yAvati-tAvati} Das3.
yaavachcha..ndrashcha = yAvat.h + chandraH + cha:till the moon and (sun last)
yaaja* = m. a sacrificer (in {ati-yAja4}) RV.; m. a sacrifice (cf. {upA7Mzu-},
{Rtu-y-} &c.); boiled rice or any food L.; N. of a Brahmarshi MBh.
yaajana* = n. (fr. Caus.) sacrificing for others, the act of performing a
sacrifice for (gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.
yaana mfn. leading, conducting (said of a road; `" to "' gen. or adv. in
%{-trA4}) RV.; (%{yA4nI}) f. a path, course TS. MaitrS. Ka1t2h. (cf. g.
%{gaurA7di}); n. (ifc. f. %{A}) a journey, travel; going, moving, riding,
marching &c. to (loc. or comp.) or upon (instr. or comp.) or against (acc. with
%{prati}) Mn. MBh. &c.; a vehicle of any kind, carriage, waggon, vessel, ship,
litter, palanquin RV. &c. &c.; (with Buddhists) the vehicle or method of
arriving at knowledge, the means of release from repeated births (there are
either 3 systems, the %{zrAvaka-yAna}, the %{pratyeka-buddha-y-} or
%{pratyeka-y-}, and the %{mahA-y-}; or more generally only 2, the %{mahA-yAna}
or `" Great method "' and the %{hina-y-} or `" Lesser method "'; sometimes there
is only `" One Vehicle "', the %{eka-yAna}, or `" one way to beatitude "')
SaddhP. Dharmas. 2 (cf. MWB. 159 &c.)
yaavat.h = by the time when
yaavat *= mf(%{atI})n. (fr. 3. %{ya}; correlative of %{tAvat} q.v.) as great, as
large, as much, as many, as often, as frequent, as far, as long, as old &c. (or
how great &c. = quantus, quot or qualis) RV. &c. &c. (%{yA4vantaH@ki4yantaH}, `"
as many as "' TBr.; %{yA4vad@vA@yAvad@vA}, `" as much as possible "' S3Br.;
%{yAvat@tAvat}, `" so much as "', in alg. applied to the first unknown quantity
[= x] or so much of the unknown as its co-efficient number; in this sense also
expressed by the first syllable %{yA} cf. IW. 182; %{iti@yAvat} in Comms. `"
just so much "', `" only so "', `" that is to say "', `" such is the explanation
"'); ind. as greatly as, as far as, as much or as many as; as often as,
whenever; as long as, whilst; as soon as, the moment that, until that, till,
until RV. &c. &c. (in these senses used with either pres. Pot. fut. impf., or
aor., or with the simple copula). %{yAvat} with the 1st sg. of pres., rarely of
Pot., may denote an intended action and may be translated by `" meanwhile "', `"
just "'; %{yA4vad@yAvad-tA4vat@tAvat}, `" as gradually as-so "' S3Br.;
%{yAvan@na}, `" while not "', `" before "', `" till "'; `" if not "', `" whether
not "'; %{na@yAvattAvat}, `" scarcely-when "', `" no sooner-than "';
%{na@param}, or %{na@kevalam-yAvat}, `" not only-but even. "' Sometimes %{yAvat}
is also used as a preposition with a prec. or following acc., or with a
following abl., rarely dat. e.g. %{mAsam@ekaM@yAvat}, `" during one month "';
%{sUryo7dayaM@yAvat}, `" until sunrise "'; %{sarpa-vivaraM@yAvat}, `" up to the
serpent's hole "'; %{yAvad} or %{yAvad-A@samApanAt}, `" until the completion "';
%{yAvad@garbhasya@paripAkAya}, `" until the maturity of the fetus. "' Sometimes
also with a nom. followed by %{iti} e.g. %{anta@iti@yAvat}, `" as far as the end
"'; %{paJca@yAvad@iti}, `" up to five "'; or with another ind. word e.g.
%{adya@yAvat}, `" up to this day. "' %{yAvatA} ind. as far as, as long as
A1past. R. BhP.; till, until (with Pot.) La1t2y. (with %{na}, as long as not,
before BhP.); as soon as, the moment that Cat.; in as much as Pat.; %{yA4vati}
ind. as long as, as far as &c. S3Br. TBr.; %{yAvati-tAvati} Das3.
yaavantaH = as many as
yaavaan.h = all that
ya = who
yacchIla* = (for {-zIla}) mfn. having which disposition MBh.
yacchraddha* = (for {-zraddha}) mfn. having which faith or belief Bhag.
yac* = in comp. for {yad}
yad * = (nom. and acc. sg. n. and base in comp. of 3. %{ya}), who, which, what,
whichever, whatever, that RV. &c. &c. (with correlatives %{tad}, %{tyad},
%{etad}, %{idam}, %{adas}, %{tad@etad}, %{etad@tyad}, %{idaM@tad}, %{tad@idam},
%{tAdRza}, %{IdRza}, %{IdRz}, %{etAvad}, by which it is oftener followed than
preceded; or the correl. is dropped e.g.
%{yas@tu@nA7rabhate@karma@kSipram@bhavati@nirdravyaH}, `" [he] indeed who does
not begin work soon becomes poor "' R.; or the rel. is dropped e.g.
%{andhakam@bhartAraM@na@tyajet@sA@mahA-satI}, `" she who does not desert a blind
husband is a very faithful wife "' Vet. %{yad} is often repeated to express `"
whoever "', `" whatever "', `" whichever "', e.g. %{yo@yaH}, `" whatever man "';
%{yA@yA}, `" whatever woman; %{yo@yaj@jayati@tasya@tat}, `" whatever he wins [in
war] belongs to him "' Mn. vii, 96; %{yad@yad@vadati@tad@tad@bhavati}, `"
whatever he says is true "', or the two relatives may be separated by %{hi}, and
are followed by the doubled or single correl. %{tad} e.g.
%{upyate@yad@dhi@yad@bIjam@tat@tad@eva@prarohati}, `" whatever seed is sown,
that even comes forth "' Mn. ix, 40; similar indefinite meanings are expressed
by the relative joined with %{tad} e.g. %{yasmai@tasmai}, `" to any one whatever
"', esp. in %{yadvA@tadvA}, `" anything whatever "'; or by %{yaH} with %{kazca},
%{kazcana}, %{kazcit}, or [in later language, not in Manu] %{ko'pi} e.g.
%{yaH@kazcit}, `" whosoever "'; %{yAni@kAni@ca@mitrANi}, `" any friends
whatsoever "'; %{yena@kenA7py@upA7yena}, `" by any means whatsoever. "' %{yad}
is joined with %{tvad} to express generalization e.g. %{zUdrAMs@tvad@yAMs@tvad},
`" either the S3u1dras or anybody else "' S3Br.; or immediately followed by a
pers. pron. on which it lays emphasis e.g. %{yo@'ham}, `" I that very person who
"'; %{yas@tvaM@kathaM@vettha}, `" how do you know? "' S3Br.; it is also used in
the sense of `" si quis "' e.g. %{striyaM@spRzed@yaH}, `" should any one touch a
woman. "' %{yad} is also used without the copula e.g.
%{andho@jaDaH@pITha@sarpI@saptatyA@sthavirazca@yaH}, `" a blind man, an idiot, a
cripple, and a man seventy years old "' Mn. viii, 394; sometimes there is a
change of construction in such cases e.g. %{ye@ca@mAnuSAH} for %{mAnuSAMz-ca}
Mn. x, 86; the nom. sg. n. %{yad} is then often used without regard to gender or
number and may be translated by `" as regards "', `" as for "', e.g.
%{kSatraM@vA@etad@vanaspatInAM@yan@nyag-rodhaH}, `" as for the Nyag-rodha, it is
certainly the prince among trees "' AitBr.; or by `" that is to say "', `" to
wit "' e.g. %{tato@devA@etaM@vajraM@dadRzur@yad@apaH}, `" the gods then saw this
thunderbolt, to wit, the water "' S3Br. %{yad} as an adv. conjunction generally
= `" that "', esp. after verbs of saying, thinking &c., often introducing an
oratio directa with or without %{iti}; %{iti@yad}, at the end of a sentence = `"
thinking that "', `" under the impression that "' e.g. Ratna7v. ii, 2/8. %{yad}
also = `" so that "', `" in order that "', `" wherefore "', `" whence "', `" as
"', `" in as much as "', `" since "', `" because "' [the correlative being
%{tad}, `" therefore "'], `" when "', `" if "' RV. &c. &c.; %{a4dha@ya4d}, `"
even if "', `" although "' RV. %{yad@api} id. Megh. %{yad@u} - %{evam}, `" as -
so "' S3vetUp.; %{yad@uta}, `" that "' Ba1lar.; `" that is to say "', `"
scilicet "' Ka1ran2d2. DivyA7v.; %{yat@kila}, `" that "' Prasannar.; %{yac@ca},
`" if "', `" that is to say "' Car.; %{yac@ca-yac@ca}, `" both - and "'
DivyA7v.; `" that "' [accord. to Pa1n2. 3-3, 148 after expressions of `"
impossibility "', `" disbelief "', `" hope "', `" disregard "', `" reproach "'
and, wonder "']; %{yad@vA}, `" or else "', `" whether "' Ka1v. Ra1jat.;
[%{yad@vA}, `" or else "', is very often in commentators]; `" however "'
Ba1lar.; %{yad@vA} - %{yadi@vA}, `" if-or it "' Bhag.; %{yad@bhUyasA}, `" for
the most part "' DivyA7v.; %{yat@satyam}, `" certainly "', `" indeed "', `" of
course "' Mr2icch. Ratna7v.; %{yan@nu}, with 1st pers., `" what if I "', `" let
me DivyA7v.); m. = %{puruSa} Tattvas.
yadaa = when
yadaayuH = yat+AyuH
yadi = if
yadrichchhayaa = by its own accord
yadricchaa = out of its own accord * = mf({A})n. spontaneous, accidental ÂpGri.;
({A}) f. self-will, spontaneity, accident, chance (ibc. or {ayA} ind.
spontaneously, by accident, unexpectedly), S'vetUP. Mn. MBh. &c.; (in gram.) see
{-zabda}, below; {-tas} ind. by chance, accidentally BhP.; {--bhijJa}
({-cchA7bh-}) m. a voluntary or self-offered witness Nâr.; {-mAtra-tas} ind.
only quite by accident Kathâs.; {-lAbha-saMtuSTa} mfn. satisfied with obtaining
what comes spontaneously, easily satisfied Bhag.; {-zabada} m. `" chance-word
"', a word neither derived from authority nor possessing meaning S'is'.;
{-saMvAda} m. accidental or spontaneous conversation Uttarar.; {-cchika} m.
(scil. {putra}) a son who offers himself for adoption MW.
yadeva = yat.h + eva: whatever + itself or alone
yadyat.h = whatever
yadyapi = even though
yadvat.h = as
yadvaa = whether
yaGYa = a sacrifice
yaGYaM = sacrifice
yaGYaH = performance of yajna
yaGYabhaavitaaH = being satisfied by the performance of sacrifices
yaGYavidaH = conversant with the purpose of performing sacrifices
yaGYashishhTa = of the result of such performances of yajna
yaGYashishhTaa = of food taken after performance of yajna
yaGYakshapita = being cleansed as the result of such performances
yaGYaaH = sacrifices
yaGYaat.h = from the performance of sacrifice
yaGYaanaaM = sacrifices
yaGYaaya = for the sake of Yajña (KRishhNa)
yaGYaarthaat.h = done only for the sake of Yajña, or Visnu
yaGYe = in sacrifice
yaGYena = by sacrifice
yaGYeshaH = lord of all sacrifices, worshipping rites
yaGYeshhu = in the performances of yajna, sacrifice
yaGYaiH = with sacrifices
yaja *= m. a word formed to explain %{yajus} S3Br. ; (%{A}) f. N., of a female
tutelary being (mentioned with Si1ta1, S3ama1 and Bhu1ti) Pa1rGr2. \\ see also
yAja.
yajata* = mf({A4})n. worthy of worship, adorable, holy, sublime RV. [cf. Zd.
{yazata}]; m. a priest (= {Rtv-ij}) L.; the moon L.; N. of S'iva L.; (with
Âtreya) of a Riishi (author of RV. v, 67, 68) Anukr.
yajati* = m. N. of those sacrificial ceremonies to which the verb {yajati} is
applied (as opp. to {juhoti}) KâtyS'r. (cf. Kull. on Mn. ii, 84).
yajatisthAna* = n. the place or position of the Vedi or sacrificial altar
KâtyS'r. Sch.
yajatra* = mf({A})n. worthy of worship or sacrifice, deserving adoration RV. VS.
AV.; m. = {agnihotrin} L.; = {yAga} L.; n. = {agni-hotra} L.
yajatha* = (only in slat. = {-thAya}, construed like an inf.) worship, sacrifice
RV.
yajanta* = m. a sacrificer, worshipper (?) W.
yajas* = n. worship, sacrifice RV. viii, 40, 4 (= {yAga} Sây.)
yaja* = m. a word formed to explain {yajus} S'Br.; ({A}) f. N., of a female
tutelary being (mentioned with Sîtâ, S'amâ and Bhûti) PârGri.
yajanIya* = 1 mfn. (fr. prec.) relating to sacrifice or worship; n. (with or
scil. {ahan}) a day of sacrifice or consecration GriS'rS.
yajati = (1 pp) to sacrifice
yajatraaH = doing yAga or yagya or sacrifice?
yajantaH = sacrificing
yajanti = they worship
yajante = they worship by sacrifices
yajaama = I pl `imperative' parasmaipada of yaj
yajinaH = devotees
yajuH = the Yajur Veda
yajurveda = Yajur-veda *= m. `" the sacrificial Veda "' , the collective body of
sacred Mantras or texts which constitute the Yajur-veda (these Mantras , though
often consisting of the prose Yajus , are frequently identical with the Mantras
of the R2ig-veda , the Yajur-veda being only a sort of sacrificial prayer-book
for ihe Adhvaryu priests formed out of the R2ig-veda , which had to be dissected
and rearranged with additional texts for sacrificial purposes ; the most
characteristic feature of the Yajur-veda is its division into two distinct
collections of texts , the Taittiri1ya-sam2hita1 and the Va1jasaneyi-sam2hita1
q.v. ; the former of which is also called Kr2ishn2a i.e. `" Black "' , because
in it the Sam2hita1 and Bra1hmana portions are confused ; and the latter S3ukla
i.e. `" White "' , because in this , which is thought the more recent of the two
recensions , the Sam2hita1 is cleared from confusion with its Brahman2a and is
as it were white or orderly ; the order of sacrifices , however , of both
recensions is similar , two of the principal being the Dars3a-pu1rn2a-ma1sa or
sacrifice to be performed at new and full moon , and the As3va-medha or
horse-sacrifice ; cf. IW. 6 ; 245 n. 2) Br. Gr2S3rS. Mn. &c. ;
%{-kriyAsvara-lakSaNa} n. %{-jaTA7vali} f. %{-tri-kANDa-bhASya} , n. %{-pada} n.
%{-brAhmaNa} n. %{-bhASya} n. %{-maJjarI} f. %{-mantra-saMhitA-sukha-bodhana} n.
%{-lakSaNa} n. %{-zAkhA} f. %{-zrAddha} n. %{-zrauta} n. %{-saMhitA} f. (and
%{-tA7nukramaNikA} f. %{-tAbrAhmaNa} n.) , %{-smArta} n. ;%{-dA7raNyaka} n.
%{-dA7rNava} m. %{-dA7zIr-vAda} m. %{-do7paniSad} (?) f. N. of wks.
19 yAjurvedika or %{-vaidika} mfn. belonging or relating to the Yajur-veda
Ka1tyS3r. Sch.
yajus *= n. religious reverence, veneration, worship, sacrifice RV. ; a
sacrificial prayer or formula (technical term for partic. Mantras muttered in a
peculiar manner at a sacrifice ; they were properly in prose and distinguished
from the %{Rc} and %{sAman} q.v.) RV. &c. &c. ; N. of the Yajur-veda q.v. (also
pl.) ; of a partic. sacrificial text Nr2isUp. ; m. N. of a man Katha1s.
yallabhase = yat.h+labhase, whatever+(you)obtain
yakrit.h = liver
yaksha *= the Yakshas *= n. a living supernatural being, spiritual apparition,
ghost, spirit RV. AV. VS. Br. GriS'rS. (accord. to some native Comms. = {yajJa},
{pujA}, {pUjita} &c.); m. N. of a class of semi-divine beings (attendants of
Kubera, exceptionally also of Vishnu; described as sons of Pulastya, of Pulaha,
of Kas'yapa, of Khasâ or Krodhâ; also as produced from the feet of Brahmâ;
though generally regarded as beings of a benevolent and inoffensive disposition,
like the Yaksha in Kâlidâsa's Megha-dûta, they are occasionally classed with
Pis'âcas and other malignant spirits, and sometimes said to cause demoniacal
possession; as to their position in the Buddhist system see MWB. 206, 218) Up.
GriS. Mn. MBh. &c.; (with Jainas) a subdivision of the Vyantaras; N. of Kubera
VarYogay.; of a Muni R.; of a son of S'vaphalka VP.; of Indra's palace L.; a dog
L.; ({A}) f. N. of a woman HParis'.; ({I}) f. a female Yaksha MBh. R. &c.
({yakSINAm prathamA yakSI} = {durgA} Hariv.); N. of Kubera's wife L.
yaksh *= (perhaps Desid. of a {yah}, from which {yahu} and {yahva}) cl. 1. P. Â.
{ya4kSati}, {-te}, (prob.) to be quick, speed on (only in {pra-yakS} q.v.; and
once in {yakSAmas}, to explain {yakSa} R. vii, 4, 12), cl. 10. Â. {yakSayate},
to worship, honour Dhâtup. xxxiii, 19.
yaksha4-taa *= f. (Kathâs.) or (R.) the state or condition of a YñYaksha-tank.
yaksha4-tva *= n. (R.) the state or condition of a YñYaksha-tank.
yaksha4-raaja *= m. `" YñYaksha-tank-king "'N. of Kubera MBh.
yaksha4-raatri *= f. `" night of the YñYaksha-tank "'N. of a festival (=
{dIpA7lI} q.v.) L.
yaksha4-sena *= m. N. of a king Buddh. [838, 3]
yakshendra *= m. a king of the YñYaksha-tank R. MârkP.; N. of Kubera MBh. R.
yakshes' *= m. N. of the servants of the 11th and 18th Arhat of the present
Avasarpinî L.
yakshes'a *= m. = next W
yakshaRâkshasaaM = of the Yakshas and Raksasas
yaksharakshaa.nsi = demons
yakshye = I shall sacrifice
yam *= cl. 1. P. (Dha1tup. xxiii , 15) %{ya4cchati} (Ved. also %{-te} , and Ved.
ep. %{ya4mati} , %{-te} ; pf. %{yayAma} , %{yeme} ; 2. sg. %{yayantha} , 3. pl.
%{yemu4H} , %{yemire4} RV. &c. &c. ; 3. du. irreg. %{-yamatuH} RV. v , 67 , 1 ;
aor. %{a4yAn} , %{a4yamuh} ; Impv. %{yaMsi} , %{yandhi4} ; Pot. %{yamyAs} ,
%{yamImahi} RV. ; %{a4yAMsam} , %{ayAMsi} , %{a4yaMsta} Subj. %{yaMsat} ,
%{-satas} , %{-sate} ib. Br. ; 3. sg. %{-ya4miSTa} RV. v , 32 , 7 ; %{ayaMsiSam}
Gr. ; fut. %{yantA} ib. ; %{yaMsyati} , %{yamiSyati} Br. &c. inf. %{ya4ntum} ,
%{yamitum} ib. ; %{ya4ntave} , %{ya4mitavai4} RV. ; ind. p. %{yatvA} ,
%{yamitvA} MBh. Ka1v. &c. ; %{ya4tya} AV. Br. ; %{-yamya} Gr2S3rS. ; %{-ya4mam}
RV. Br.) , to sustain , hold , hold up , support (A1. `" one's self "' ; with
loc. `" to be founded on "') RV. Br. ChUp. ; to raise , wield (a weapon &c. ;
A1. with %{Ayudhaih} , `" to brandish weapons "') RV. ; to raise , extend or
hold (as a screen &c.) over (dat.) RV. ; (A1.) to extend one's self before
(dat.) AitBr. ; to raise (the other scale) , weigh more S3Br. ; to stretch out ,
expand , spread , display , show RV. ; to hold or keep in , hold back , restrain
, check , curb , govern , subdue , control ib. &c. &c. ; to offer ; confer ,
grant , bestow on (dat. or loc.) , present with (instr.) RV. &c. &c. ; (with
%{mArgam}) , to make way for (gen.) MBh. ; (with %{prati} and abl.) , to give
anything in exchange for anything Ka1s3. on Pa1n2. 2-3 , 11 ; (A1.) to give
one's self up to , be faithful to , obey (dat.) RV. ; to raise , utter (a sound
&c.) ib. ; to fix , establish ib. ; (A1.) to be firm , not budge RV. ; to catch
fire TBr. (Sch.): Pass. %{yamya4te} (aor. %{a4yA-mI}) , to be raised or lifted
up or held back or restrained RV. &c. &c.: Caus. %{yAmayati} (AV.) , %{yamayati}
(Br. &c. ; %{-te} MBh. ; aor %{ayIyamat}) , to restrain , hold in , control ,
keep or put in order: Desid. %{yiyaMsati} , to wish to restrain &c. Br.: Intens.
%{yaMyamIti} (see %{ud-yam}) or %{yaMyamyate} (Pa1n2. 7-4 , 85 , Vartt. 2 Pat.)
[Cf. Gk. $ , `" restraint , punishment. "'] &256215[845 ,2]
yama = the god of death, also the five moral commandments* = m. a rein, curb,
bridle RV. v, 61, 2; a driver, charioteer ib. viii, 103, to; the act of checking
or curbing, suppression, restraint (with {vAcAm}, restraint of words, silence)
BhP.; self-control forbearance, any great moral rule or duty (as opp. to
{niyama}, a minor observance; in Yâjñ. iii, 313 ten Yamas are mentioned,
sometimes only five) Mn. MBh. &c.; (in Yoga) self-restraint (as the first of the
eight Angas or means of attaining mental concentration) IW. 93; any rule or
observance PârGri.; ({yama4}) mf({A4} or {I4})n. twin-born, twin, forming a pair
RV. &c. &c.; m. a twin, one of a pair or couple, a fellow (du. `" the twins "'
N. of the As'vins and of their twin children by Mâdrî, called Nakula and
Saha-deva; {yamau mithunau}, twins of different sex) ib.; a symbolical N. for
the number `" two "' Hcat.; N. of the god who presides over the Pitriis (q.v.)
and rules the spirits of the dead RV. &c. &c. IW. 18; 197, 198 &c. RTL. 10; 16;
289 &c. (he is regarded as the first of men and born from Vivasvat, `" the Sun
"', and his wife Saranyû; while his brother, the seventh Manu, another form of
the first man, is the son of Vivasvat and Sanjñâ, the image of Saranyû; his
twin-sister is Yamî, with whom he resists sexual alliance, but by whom he is
mourned after his death, so that the gods, to make her forget her sorrow, create
night; in the Veda he is called a king or {saMgamano janAnAm}, `" the gatherer
of men "', and rules over the departed fathers in heaven, the road to which is
guarded by two broad-nosed, four-eyed, spotted dogs, the children of S'aramâ
q.v.; in Post-vedic mythology he is the appointed Judge and `" Restrainer "' or
`" Punisher "' of the dead, in which capacity he is also called {dharmarAja} or
{dharma} and corresponds to the Greek Pluto and to Minos; his abode is in some
region of the lower world called Yama-pura; thither a soul when it leaves the
body, is said to repair, and there, after the recorder, Citra-gupta, has read an
account of its actions kept in a book called Agra-sandhânâ, it receives a just
sentence; in MBh. Yama is described as dressed in blood-red garments, with a
glittering form, a crown on his head, glowing eyes and like Varuna, holding a
noose, with which he binds the spirit after drawing it from the body, in size
about the measure of a mañs thumb; he is otherwise represented as grim in
aspect, green in colour, clothed in red, riding on a buffalo, and holding a club
in one hind and noose in the other; in the later mythology he is always
represented as a terrible deity inflicting tortures, called {yAtanA}, on
departed spirits [846, 2]; he is also one of the 8 guardians of the world as
regent of the South quarter; he is the regent of the Nakshatra Apa-bharanî or
Bharanî, the supposed author of RV. x, 10; 14, of a hymn to Vishnu and of a
law-book; {yamasyA7rkaH}N. of a Sâman ÂrshBr.); N. of the planet Saturn
(regarded as the son of Vivasvat and Châyâ) Hariv. BhP.; of one of Skanda's
attendants (mentioned together with Ati-yama) MBh.; a crow L. (cf. {-dUtaka}); a
bad horse (whose limbs are either too small or too large) L.; ({I4}) f. N. of
Yama's twin-sister (who is identified in Postvedic mythology with the
river-goddess Yamunâ) RV. &c. &c.; n. a pair, brace, couple L.; (in gram.) a
twin-letter (the consonant interposed and generally understood, but not written
in practice, between a nasal immediately preceded by one of the four other
consonants in each class) Prât. Pat. on Pân. 1-1, 8; pitch of the voice, tone of
utterance, key Prât.
yamaH = the controller of death
yamaduutaanaaM = the messengers of the lord of death (yama)
yamana * mf({I})n. restraining, governing, managing VS.; m. the god Yama L.; n.
the act of restraining &c. Hariv. Râjat.; binding, tying L.; cessation, end L.
yamena = by Yama, the lord of Death
yamevaisha = yaM + eva + esha: him + itself or alone + this
yaM = one to whom
yana, see: yAna * =. leading, conducting (said of a road; `" to "' gen. or adv.
in {-trA4}) RV.; ({yA4nI}) f. a path, course TS. MaitrS. Kâthh. (cf. g.
{gaurA7di}); n. (ifc. f. {A}) a journey, travel; going, moving, riding, marching
&c. to (loc. or comp.) or upon (instr. or comp.) or against (acc. with {prati})
Mn. MBh. &c.; a vehicle of any kind, carriage, waggon, vessel, ship, litter,
palanquin RV. &c. &c.; (with Buddhists) the vehicle or method of arriving at
knowledge, the means of release from repeated births (there are either 3
systems, the {zrAvaka-yAna}, the {pratyeka-buddha-y-} or {pratyeka-y-}, and the
{mahA-y-}; or more generally only 2, the {mahA-yAna} or `" Great method "' and
the {hina-y-} or `" Lesser method "'; sometimes there is only `" One Vehicle "',
the {eka-yAna}, or `" one way to beatitude "') SaddhP. Dharmas. 2 (cf. MWB. 159
&c.)
yantavya * = mfn. to be restrained or checked or controlled MaitrS. MBh.
yantri (yantR) * = mfn. restraining, limiting, withholding from (loc.) A1past. ;
fixing, establishing RV. AV. VS. (f. %{ya4ntrI}) ; granting, bestowing RV. ; m.
(ifc. also %{-tRka}) a driver (of horses or elephants), charioteer ib. &c. &c. ;
a ruler, governor, manager, guide RV. Hariv. ; %{yantAraH} among the
%{yAcJA-karmANaH} Naigh. iii, 19.
yantra * = n. any instrument for holding or restraining or fastening, a prop,
support, barrier RV. &c. &c. ; a fetter, band, tie, thong, rein, trace Mn. MBh.
; a surgical instrument (esp. a blunt one, such as tweezers, a vice &c., opp. to
%{zastra}) Sus3r. Va1gbh. ; any instrument or apparatus, mechanical contrivance,
engine, machine, implement, appliance (as a bolt or lock on a door, oars or
sails in a boat, &c.) MBh. Ka1v. &c. (cf. %{kUpa-}, %{jala-}, %{taila-y-} ; ibc.
or ifc. often = mechanical, magical) ; restraint, force (%{eNa} ind. forcibly,
violently) MW. ; an amulet, mystical diagram supposed to possess occult powers
Katha1s. Pan5car. (cf. RTL. 203).
yantra = a design used in meditation
yantram.h = (n) machine
yantraagaaram.h = (n) factory
yantr * = (rather Nom. fr. %{yantra} see col. 3) cl. 10. P. (Dha1tup. xxxii, 3)
%{yantrayati} (or 1. P. %{yantrati}), to restrain, curb, bind (%{saMkocane})
Dha1tup. ; to bind up, bandage Sus3r.
ya.ntu = reach us
yarhi: V* when because, whenever, as if, *= ind. (fr. 3. {ya}; correlative of
{ta4rhi}, {eta4rhi}, but also followed by {tadA}, {tatra}, {atha} &c.) when, at
which time, whenever, while, whereas (with pres. or Pot., imp. aor. or pf.;
sometimes also with no verb) TS. AitBr. BhP.; since, as, because BhP.
yasha = Success
yashaH = fame
yashas.h = glory
yas'as *= n. beautiful appearance, beauty, splendour, worth RV. AV. VS. S'Br.
GriS'rS.; honour, glory, fame, renown AV. &c. &c. (also personified as a son of
Kâma and Rati Hariv.; or of Dharma and Kîrti Pur.); an object of honour, a
person of respectability S'Br.; favour, graciousness, partiality RV.; N. of
various Sâmans ÂrshBr.; = {udaka}, water, or {anna}, food, or {dhana}, wealth
Naigh.; ({yaza4s}) mfn. beautiful, splendid, worthy, excellent RV. AV.;
honoured, respected, venerated ib.; pleasant, agreeable, estimable ib.
yashaa.nsi = reputation
yas'oda*= mfn. conferring fame or renown L.; m. quicksilver L. (cf. {yazo-dhA});
({A}) f. see 1. {yazo-dA}.
yas'odaa*= f. (of {yazoda}) N. of the daughter of a class of deceased ancestors
Hariv.; of the wife of the cowherd Nanda (Kriishna's foster-mother who nursed
him immediately after his birth cf. IW. 332) Hariv. Pur. &c.; of the wife of
Mahâ-vîra (and daughter of Samaravîra) W.; {-garbha-sambhUtA} f. N. of Durgâ
MBh.; {-nanda} (Hariv.), {-nandana} (Pañcar.), {-suta} (Cân.), m. `" Yas'o-dâ's
son "', metron. of Kriishna. -2.\\*=mfn. bestowing fame or honour TS.; f. N. of
partic. bricks ib. ÂpS'r.
yashovaan.h = man with fame
yashhTavyaM = must be performed
yashhTikaasana = the stick posture
yashhTikriiDaa = (f) dandia (a dance using wooden sticks)
yasmaat.h = from whom *= ind. (abl. of 3. %{ya} , correlative of %{tasmAt} ,
%{tatas} , %{tad} &c.) from which , from which cause , since , as , because Mn.
MBh. &c. that , in order that R.
yasmai = that person to whom
yasmin.h = in which
yasya = whose, * to be endeavored, to be killed, to be one oines way, to be gone
yasyaaM = in which
yazas *= n. beautiful appearance , beauty , splendour , worth RV. AV. VS. S3Br.
Gr2S3rS. ; honour , glory , fame , renown AV. &c. &c. (also personified as a son
of Ka1ma and Rati Hariv. ; or of Dharma and Ki1rti Pur.) ; an object of honour ,
a person of respectability S3Br. ; favour , graciousness , partiality RV. ; N.
of various Sa1mans A1rshBr. ; = %{udaka} , water , or %{anna} , food , or
%{dhana} , wealth Naigh. ; (%{yaza4s}) mfn. beautiful , splendid , worthy ,
excellent RV. AV. ; honoured , respected , venerated ib. ; pleasant , agreeable
, estimable ib.
yazasya *= mfn. conferring fame or renown, famous, creditable, glorious TS. &c.
&c. ; honoured, celebrated R. ; stately, decent Car. ; (%{A}) f. N. of various
plants (= %{Rddhi}, %{jIvantI} &c.) L.
yat V*= that which, which, whatever, because, as* = 1 mfn. (pr. p. of 5. {i})
going, moving RV. &c. &c. ({abde yati}, in this year L.) \\ 2 cl. 1. Â. (prob.
connected with {yam} and orig. meaning, to stretch "' Dhâtup. ii, 29) {ya4tate}
(Ved. and ep. also P. {-ti}; p. {ya4tamAna}, {ya4tAna} and {yatAna4} RV.; pf.
{yete}, 3. pl. {yetire} ib. &c.; aor. {ayatiSTa} Br.; fut. {yatiSyate} Br.,
{-ti} MBh.; inf. {yatitum} MBh.; ind. p. {-ya4tya} MBh.), (P.) to place in
order, marshal, join, connect RV.; (P. or Â.) to keep pace, be in line, rival or
vie with (instr.) ib.; (Â.) to join (instr.), associate with (instr.), march or
fly together or in line ib.; to conform or comply with (instr.) ib.; to meet,
encounter (in battle) ib. Br.; to seek to join one's self with, make for, tend
towards (loc.) ib.; to endeavour to reach, strive after, be eager or anxious for
(with loc. dat. acc. with or without {prati}, once with gen.; also with {arthe},
{arthAya}, {artham} and {hetos} ifc.; or with inf.) Mn. MBh. Kâv. &c.; to exert
one's self, take pains, endeavour, make effort, persevere, be cautious or
watchful ib.; to be prepared for (acc.) R.: Caus. (or cl. 10 Dhâtup. xxxiii, 62)
{yAta4yati} (or {-te}; aor. {ayIyatat}; Pass. {yAtyate}), to join, unite (Â.
intrans.) RV.; to join or attach to (loc.), P PañcavBr.; to cause to fight
AitBr.; to strive to obtain anything (acc.) from (abl.) Mâlav.; (rarely Â.) to
requite, return, reward or punish, reprove (as a fault) RV. &c. &c. [841, 1];
(Â.) to surrender or yield up anything (acc) to (acc. or gen.) MBh.; (P. Â.) to
distress, torture, vex, annoy BhP.; accord. to Dhâtup. also {nikAre} (others
{nirAkAre} or {khede}) and {upaskAre}: Desid. {yiyatiSate} Gr.: Intens.
{yAyatyate} and {yAyatti} ib.
yata * = see under %{yam}, p. 845.\\mfn. restrained, held in, held forth, kept
down or limited, subdued, governed, controlled &c. RV. &c. &c. (cf. comp.
below); n. restraint (?) see %{yataM-kara4}; the spurring or guiding of an
elephant by means of the rider's feet L.
yaata * = mfn. gone, proceeded, marched (n. also impers.) RV. &c. &c.; gone
away, fled, escaped MBh. Ka1v. &c.; passed by, elapsed Hariv. Var.; entered
upon, pursued (as a path) R.; gone to, come or fallen into (acc. loc, or comp.)
Mn. MBh. &c.; situated (as a heavenly body) VarBr2S.; become, turned out
(%{kva@tad@yAtam}, what has become of this?) Hariv.; known, understood Pat.; n.
motion, progress, gait, course, drive RV. &c. &c.; the place where a person has
gone Pa1n2. 2-3, 68 Sch.; the past time (opp. to %{an-Agatam}, the future)
VarBr2S.; the guiding or driving of an elephant with a goad L.
yat.h = to strive
yata = controlled
yataH = because; VB: from whom, by which, wherein, wherever, whereupon, as it is
so
yatachitta = controlling the mind
yatachittasya = whose mind is controlled
yatachittaatmaa = always careful in mind
yatachetasaaM = who have full control over the mind
yatamaanaH = endeavoring
yatantaH = fully endeavoring
yatana* = n. making effort or exertion W.
yatanti = endeavor
yatataH = while endeavoring
yatataa = while endeavoring
yatataaM = of those so endeavoring
yatati = endeavors
yatate = (1 app) to attempt, to try
yatayaH = enlightened persons
yatasyataH = wherever
yataatma = self-controlled
yataatmanaaH = engaged in self-realization
yataatmavaan.h = self-situated
yathaa * = `" in such a manner as follows "', namely, viz. Buddh. (cf. Pâli
{seyyathA}; {sa4 ya4thA-} S'Br.) Jain. (in Prâkriit {taM jahA}; cf. {sejjahA})
Pat. S'ak.; [cf. $; Goth. {sa}, {so}, {that-a}; Lat. {(is-te}, {(is)-ta},
{(is-)tud}, {tam}, {tum}, {tunc}.]
yathaa * = * = ind. (in Veda also unaccented; fr. 3. {ya}, correlative of
{ta4thA}) in which manner or way, according as, as, like (also with {cid}, {ha},
{ha vai}, {iva}, {ivA7Gga}, {iva ha}, {eva}, and followed by correl. {tathA},
{tathA tathA}, {tadvat}, {cvam}, Ved. also {eva4}) RV. &c. &c. ({yathai9tat} or
{yathai9vai9tat}, `" as for that "' [841, 3]; {yathA-tathA} or {yathA} - {tena
satyena}, `" as surely as "' - `" so truly "'); as, for instance, namely (also
{tad yathA}, `" as here follows "') Up. GriS'rS. Nir.; as it is or was
(elliptically) BhP.; that, so that, in order that (with Pot. or Subj., later
also with fut. pres., imperf. and aor.; in earlier language {yathA} is often
placed after the first word of a sentence; sometimes with ellipsis of {syAt} and
{bhavet}) RV. &c. &c.; that (esp. after verbs of `" knowing "', `" believing "',
`" hearing "', `" doubting "' &c.; either with or without {iti} at the end of
the sentence) Up. MBh. Kâv. &c.; as soon as Megh.; as, because, since
({yathA-tathA}, `" as'-`" therefore "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; as if (with Pot.) Das'.
S'ak.; how (= {quam}, expressing `" admiration "') Pân. 8-1, 37 Sch.; according
to what is right, properly, correctly (= {yathAvat}) BhP. ({ya4thA yathA-ta4thA
tathA} or {evaI74va}, `" in whatever manner "', -`" in that manner "', `"
according as "' or `" in proportion as "', -`" so "', `" by how much the
more'-`" by so much "', `" the more'-`" the more; {yathA tathA}, `" in whatever
manner "', `" in every way "', `" anyhow "'; with {na}, `" in no way "', `"
really not "'; {yathA kathaMcit}, `" in any way "', `" somehow or other "';
{yathai9va}, `" just as "'; {tad yathA7pinAma}, `" just as if "').
yatha* = for {yathA} before {R} and {r} = {R}.
yathocita * = mfn. accordant with propriety or equity, fit, suitable, becoming
R. Hit. &c.; ibc. (Katha1s.) or %{am} ind. (R. BhP. &c.) suitably, fitly.
yati = Mendicant * = 1 m. (for 2. and 3. see col. 2 and p. 845) a disposer RV.
vii, 13, 1 (Sây. `" a giver "'); `" a striver "', an ascetic, devotee, one who
has restrained his passions and abandoned the world Up. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. IW.
131); N. of a mythical race of ascetics (connected with the Bhriigus and said to
have taken part in the creation of the world) RV. &c. &c.; N. of a son of Brahmâ
BhP.; of a son of Nahusha MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a son of Vis'vâmitra MBh.; N. of
S'iva MBh.; = {nikAra} or {kAra} L.\\ 2 (fr. 3. {ya} correlative of {ta4ti};
declined only in pl. nom. acc. {ya4ti}), as many as (= Lat. {quot}), as often,
how many or often RV. (for 1. and 3. {yati} see col. 1 and p. 845).\\3 f. (for
1. and 2. see p. 841, cols. 1 and 2) restraint, control, guidance TS. Br.;
stopping, ceasing, a pause (in music) Sangît.; a caesura (in prosody) Ping.;
(also {I}) f. a widow L.
yatiinaaM = of the saintly persons
yatna = effort *= m. activity of will, volition, aspiring after Kan2.
Bha1sha1p.; performance, work Bhar.; (also pl.) effort, exertion, energy, zeal,
trouble, pains, care, endeavour after (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. (%{yatnaM}
with %{kR}, %{A-sthA}, %{samA-sthA}, %{A-dhA} and loc. or inf., `" to make an
effort or attempt "', take trouble or pains for "'; %{yatnena} or %{-tnais}, `"
with effort "', `" carefully "', `" eagerly "', `" strenuously "' [also %{yatna}
ibc.]; %{yatnenA7pi}, `" in spite of every effort "'; %{yatnair@vinA}, `"
without effñeffort "'; %{yatnAt}, with or notwithstanding effñeffort;
%{mahato@yatnAt} "', with great effñeffort "', `" very carefully "'); a special
or express remark or statement A1pS3r. Sch.
yatnaM = effort
yatra = wherein
yathaa = just as (or how) * = `" in such a manner as follows "', namely, viz.
Buddh. (cf. Pâli {seyyathA}; {sa4 ya4thA-} S'Br.) Jain. (in Prâkriit {taM jahA};
cf. {sejjahA}) Pat. S'ak.; [cf. $; Goth. {sa}, {so}, {that-a}; Lat. {(is-te},
{(is)-ta}, {(is-)tud}, {tam}, {tum}, {tunc}.]\\ ind. (in Veda also unaccented;
fr. 3. {ya}, correlative of {ta4thA}) in which manner or way, according as, as,
like (also with {cid}, {ha}, {ha vai}, {iva}, {ivA7Gga}, {iva ha}, {eva}, and
followed by correl. {tathA}, {tathA tathA}, {tadvat}, {cvam}, Ved. also {eva4})
RV. &c. &c. ({yathai9tat} or {yathai9vai9tat}, `" as for that "' [841,3];
{yathA-tathA} or {yathA} - {tena satyena}, `" as surely as "' - `" so truly "');
as, for instance, namely (also {tad yathA}, `" as here follows "') Up. GriS'rS.
Nir.; as it is or was (elliptically) BhP.; that, so that, in order that (with
Pot. or Subj., later also with fut. pres., imperf. and aor.; in earlier language
{yathA} is often placed after the first word of a sentence; sometimes with
ellipsis of {syAt} and {bhavet}) RV. &c. &c.; that (esp. after verbs of `"
knowing "', `" believing "', `" hearing "', `" doubting "' &c.; either with or
without {iti} at the end of the sentence) Up. MBh. Kâv. &c.; as soon as Megh.;
as, because, since ({yathA-tathA}, `" as'-`" therefore "') MBh. Kâv. &c.; as if
(with Pot.) Das'. S'ak.; how (= {quam}, expressing `" admiration "') Pân. 8-1,
37 Sch.; according to what is right, properly, correctly (= {yathAvat}) BhP.
({ya4thA yathA-ta4thA tathA} or {evaI74va}, `" in whatever manner "', -`" in
that manner "', `" according as "' or `" in proportion as "', -`" so "', `" by
how much the more'-`" by so much "', `" the more'-`" the more; {yathA tathA}, `"
in whatever manner "', `" in every way "', `" anyhow "'; with {na}, `" in no way
"', `" really not "'; {yathA kathaMcit}, `" in any way "', `" somehow or other
"'; {yathai9va}, `" just as "'; {tad yathA7pinAma}, `" just as if "').
yathaabhaagaM = as differently arranged
yathaavat.h = as they areyauvana = youth
yatra tatra* = used for the loc. {yasmiMs tasmin}, in whatever Mn. iii, 50; vi,
66; xii, 102; in whatever place, anywhere MBh. xiii, 3686; to any place
whatever, v, 5997; at any rate, indiscriminately, xiii, 514; {yatra tatrA7pi},
to whatever place, v, 1084 Kathâs. xxxvi, 101; [cf. Goth. {thathro1}.]
yauvanaM = youth
yava* = 1 m. the first half of a month (generally in pl.; accord. to Comn. =
{pUrva-pakSAH}; also written {yAva}) VS. S'Br. Kâthh. \\2 mfn. (1. {yu}) warding
off, averting AV. Yâjñ. \\=3 m. barley (in the earliest times, prob. any grain
or corn yielding flour or meal; pl. barley-corns) RV. &c. &c.; a barley-corn
(either as a measure of length = 1/6 or 1/8 of an Angula VarBriS.; or as a
weight= 6 or 12 mustard seeds= 1/2 Guñjâ Mn. Yâjñ.); any grain of seed or seed
corn Bhpr.; (in palmistry) a figure or mark on the hand resembling a barley-corn
(supposed to indicate good fortune) VarBriS.; N. of a partic. astron. Yoga (when
the favourable planets are situated in the 4th and 10th mansions and the
unfavourable ones in the 1st and 7th) ib.; speed, velocity W. (prob. w.r. for
{java}); a double convex lens ib. [Cf. Zd. {yava}; Gk. $; Lith. &256791[847, 2]
{javai4}.]
yavana = Foreign
yavana* =1 mfn. (1. {yu}) keeping away, averting (see {dveSo-ya4vana}). //2 n.
(2. {yu}) mixing, mingling (esp. with water) Nyâyam. \\3 mfn. quick, swift; m. a
swift horse L. (prob. w.r. for {javana}). \\ = mfn. quick, swift L. (prob. w.r.
for {javAna}). \\4 w.r. for {paijavana} Mn. vii, 41. \\ =5 m. an Ionian, Greek
(or a king of the Greeks g. {kambojA7di}; in later times also a Muhammadan or
European, any foreigner or barbarian) Mn. MBh. &c.; N. of a caste Gaut. (accord.
to L. `" the legitimate son of a Kshatriya and a Vais'yâ or `" an Ugra who is an
elephant catcher "') of a country (= {yavana-deza}, sometimes applied to Ionia,
Greece, Bactria, and more recently to Arabia) W.; wheat L.; a carrot L.;
olibanum L.; pl. the Ionians, Greeks (esp. the Greek astrologers) MBh. VarBriS.
&c.; N. of a dynasty Pur.; ({I}) f. the wife of a Yavana, a Greek or Muhammadan
woman Kâlid. Sis'. (Yavana girls were formerly employed as attendants on kings,
esp. to take charge of their bows and quivers); = {javanI}, a curtain L.; n.
salt from saline soil L.
yaavana* =1 mf({I})n. (fr. {yavana}; for 2. and 3. see p. 853, col. 1) born or
produced in the land of the Yavanas, Pra7yas'c.; m. olibanum L. \\2 n. (fr.
Caus.; for 1. see p. 852, col. 3; for 3. below) keeping off, removing Nir. Sây.
\\3 n. (fr. Caus.) uniting, joining, mixing (see {a-y-}).
yavanikaa = (f) curtain
yayaa *V= by which
yayau = went (past perfect tense of yaa gachha meaning to go)yaa = to go
yayu* = mfn. (%{yayu4} in a corrupted passage AV. iv, 24, 2) going, moving,
swift (applied to a horse) VS.; m. a horse (esp. `" one fit for sacrifice "')
L.; N. of one of the horses of the Moon VP.; the way of final beatitude L.; f.
obtaining L.; mfn. having a long stick L.
ye = those who
yethechchayaa = (adverb) at will
yena = by whom * = ind. (instr. of 3. %{ya}) by whom or by which, by means of
which, by which way RV. &c. &c. ; in which direction, whither, where MBh. Ka1v.
&c. ; in which manner Pa1rGr2. Mn. ; on which account, in consequence of which,
wherefore MBh. R. Katha1s. ; because, since, as RV. &c. &c. ; that, so that, in
order that (with pres. or fut or Pot.)
yenakenachit.h = with anything
yeshhaaM = whose
yo = who
yo.adhiite = who studies
yo.ayaM = this system
yoddhavyaM = have to fight
yoddhukaamaan.h = desiring to fight
yodhamukhyaiH = chiefs among the warriors
yodhasaMrAva * = m. challenging to battle, mutual defiance of combatants L.
yodhaviiraan.h = great warriors
yodhaaH = the soldiers
yoga* = m. (1. {yuj}; ifc. f. {A}) the act of yoking, joining, attaching,
harnessing, putting to (of horses) RV. MBh.; a yoke, team, vehicle, conveyance
S'Br. Kaus'. MBh.; employment, use, application, performance RV. &c. &c.;
equipping or arraying (of an army) MBh.; fixing (of an arrow on the bow-string)
ib.; putting on (of armour) L.; a remedy, cure Sus'r.; a means, expedient,
device, way, manner, method MBh. Kâv. &c.; a supernatural means, charm,
incantation, magical art ib.; a trick, stratagem, fraud, deceit Mn. Kathâs. (cf.
{yoga-nanda}); undertaking, business, work RV. AV. TS.; acquisition, gain,
profit, wealth, property ib. Kaus'. MBh.; occasion, opportunity Kâm. MârkP.; any
junction, union, combination, contact with (instr. with or without {saha}, or
comp.). MBh. Kâv. &c. ({yogam} {i}, to agree, consent, acquiesce in anything
R.); mixing of various materials, mixture MBh. R. VarBriS.; partaking of,
possessing (instr. or comp.) Mn. R. Hariv.; connection, relation ({yogAt},
{yogena} and {yoga-tas} ifc. in consequence of, on account of, by reason of,
according to, through) KâtyS'r. S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; putting together, arrangement,
disposition, regular succession Kâthh. [856,3] S'rS.; fitting together, fitness,
propriety, suitability ({yogena} and {yoga-tas} ind. suitably, fitly, duly, in
the right manner) MBh. Kâv. &c.; exertion, endeavour, zeal, diligence, industry,
care, attention ({yoga-tas} ind. strenuously, assiduously; {pUrNena yogena},
with all one's powers, with overflowing zeal) Mn. MBh. &c.; application or
concentration of the thoughts, abstract contemplation, meditation, (esp.)
self-concentration, abstract meditation and mental abstraction practised as a
system (as taught by Patañjali and called the Yoga philosophy; it is the second
of the two Sânkhya systems, its chief aim being to teach the means by which the
human spirit may attain complete union with I7s'vara or the Supreme Spirit; in
the practice of self-concentration it is closely connected with Buddhism) Up.
MBh. Kâv. &c. (IW. 92); any simple act or rite conducive to Yoga or abstract
meditation Sarvad.; Yoga personified (as the son of Dharma and Kriyâ) BhP.; a
follower of the Yoga system MBh. S'ank.; (in Sânkhya) the union of soul with
matter (one of the 10 Mûlika7rthâs or radical facts) Tattvas.; (with Pâs'upatas)
the union of the individual soul with the universal soul Kula7rn.; (with
Pâñcarâtras) devotion, pious seeking after God Sarvad.; (with Jainas) contact or
mixing with the outer world ib.; (in astron.) conjunction, lucky conjuncture
Lâthy. VarBriS. MBh. &c.; a constellation, asterism (these, with the moon, are
called {cAndra-yogAH} and are 13 in number; without the moon they are called
{kha-yogAH}, or {nAbhasa-yogAH}) VarBriS.; the leading or principal star of a
lunar asterism W.; N. of a variable division of time (during which the joint
motion in longitude of the sun and moon amounts to 13 degrees 20 minutes; there
are 27 such Yogas beginning with Vishkambha and ending with Vaidhriiti) ib.; (in
arithm.) addition, sum, total Sûryas. MBh.; (in gram.) the connection of words
together, syntactical dependence of a word, construction Nir. Sus'r. (ifc. =
dependent on, ruled by Pân. 2-2, 8 Vârtt. 1); a combined or concentrated
grammatical rule or aphorism Pân. Sch. Siddh. (cf. {yoga-vibhAga}); the
connection of a word with its root, original or etymological meaning (as opp. to
{rUDhi} q.v.) Nir. Pratâp. KâtyS'r. Sch.; a violator of confidence, spy L.; N.
of a Sch. on the Parama7rthasâra; ({A}) f. N. of a S'akti Pañcar.; of Pîvarî
(daughter of the Pitriis called Barhishads) Hariv.
yogaaruuDhaH = elevated in yoga
yogaasana = the anchor posture
yogaat.h = from the mystic link
yogaaya = for the sake of devotional service
yogaaya * Nom. Â. {-yate}, to become Yoga, to be changed into religious
contemplation or devotion Cat.
yoga = effort
yogabalena = by the power of mystic yoga
yogabhrashhTaH = one who has fallen from the path of self-realization
yogadaNDaasana = the yogiñs staff posture
yogadhaaraNaaM = the yogic situation
yo4ga* =m. (1. {yuj}; ifc. f. {A}) the act of yoking, joining, attaching,
harnessing, putting to (of horses) RV. MBh.; a yoke, team, vehicle, conveyance
S'Br. Kaus'. MBh.; employment, use, application, performance RV. &c. &c.;
equipping or arraying (of an army) MBh.; fixing (of an arrow on the bow-string)
ib.; putting on (of armour) L.; a remedy, cure Sus'r.; a means, expedient,
device, way, manner, method MBh. Kâv. &c.; a supernatural means, charm,
incantation, magical art ib.; a trick, stratagem, fraud, deceit Mn. Kathâs. (cf.
{yoga-nanda}); undertaking, business, work RV. AV. TS.; acquisition, gain,
profit, wealth, property ib. Kaus'. MBh.; occasion, opportunity Kâm. MârkP.; any
junction, union, combination, contact with (instr. with or without {saha}, or
comp.). MBh. Kâv. &c. ({yogam} {i}, to agree, consent, acquiesce in anything
R.); mixing of various materials, mixture MBh. R. VarBriS.; partaking of,
possessing (instr. or comp.) Mn. R. Hariv.; connection, relation ({yogAt},
{yogena} and {yoga-tas} ifc. in consequence of, on account of, by reason of,
according to, through) KâtyS'r. S'vetUp. Mn. &c.; putting together, arrangement,
disposition, regular succession Kâthh. [856, 3] S'rS.; fitting together,
fitness, propriety, suitability ({yogena} and {yoga-tas} ind. suitably, fitly,
duly, in the right manner) MBh. Kâv. &c.; exertion, endeavour, zeal, diligence,
industry, care, attention ({yoga-tas} ind. strenuously, assiduously; {pUrNena
yogena}, with all one's powers, with overflowing zeal) Mn. MBh. &c.; application
or concentration of the thoughts, abstract contemplation, meditation, (esp.)
self-concentration, abstract meditation and mental abstraction practised as a
system (as taught by Patañjali and called the Yoga philosophy; it is the second
of the two Sânkhya systems, its chief aim being to teach the means by which the
human spirit may attain complete union with I7s'vara or the Supreme Spirit; in
the practice of self-concentration it is closely connected with Buddhism) Up.
MBh. Kâv. &c. (IW. 92); any simple act or rite conducive to Yoga or abstract
meditation Sarvad.; Yoga personified (as the son of Dharma and Kriyâ) BhP.; a
follower of the Yoga system MBh. S'ank.; (in Sânkhya) the union of soul with
matter (one of the 10 Mûlika7rthâs or radical facts) Tattvas.; (with Pâs'upatas)
the union of the individual soul with the universal soul Kula7rn.; (with
Pâñcarâtras) devotion, pious seeking after God Sarvad.; (with Jainas) contact or
mixing with the outer world ib.; (in astron.) conjunction, lucky conjuncture
Lâthy. VarBriS. MBh. &c.; a constellation, asterism (these, with the moon, are
called {cAndra-yogAH} and are 13 in number; without the moon they are called
{kha-yogAH}, or {nAbhasa-yogAH}) VarBriS.; the leading or principal star of a
lunar asterism W.; N. of a variable division of time (during which the joint
motion in longitude of the sun and moon amounts to 13 degrees 20 minutes; there
are 27 such Yogas beginning with Vishkambha and ending with Vaidhriiti) ib.; (in
arithm.) addition, sum, total Sûryas. MBh.; (in gram.) the connection of words
together, syntactical dependence of a word, construction Nir. Sus'r. (ifc. =
dependent on, ruled by Pân. 2-2, 8 Vârtt. 1); a combined or concentrated
grammatical rule or aphorism Pân. Sch. Siddh. (cf. {yoga-vibhAga}); the
connection of a word with its root, original or etymological meaning (as opp. to
{rUDhi} q.v.) Nir. Pratâp. KâtyS'r. Sch.; a violator of confidence, spy L.; N.
of a Sch. on the Parama7rthasâra; ({A}) f. N. of a S'akti Pañcar.; of Pîvarî
(daughter of the Pitriis called Barhishads) Hariv.
yogaH = KRishhNa consciousness
yogaiH = by devotional service
yogakaaraka = Planet in both its Rashi and navaa.nsha sign giving it
Swakshetra-like strength. Also a combination that produces a Yoga
yogakshemaM = family welfare
yogamaayaa = by internal potency
yogamaishvaraM = inconceivable mystic power
yogaM = self-realization
yoganidraa = the sleep of yoga, where the body is resting but the mind is awake
yoganiyojita = controlled by yoga
yogarataH = indulging in yoga
yogasa.nsiddhiM = the highest perfection in mysticism
yogasa.nGYitaM = called trance in yoga
yogasevayaa = by performance of yoga
yogasthaH = equipoised
yogasya = about yoga
yogavittamaaH = the most perfect in knowledge of yoga
yogayaGYaaH = sacrifice in eightfold mysticism
yogayuktaH = engaged in devotional service
yogayuktaatmaa = one who is dovetailed in KRishhNa consciousness
yogau = work in devotional service
yoge = in work without fruitive result
yogena = in devotional service
yogeshvara = O Lord of all mystic power
yogeshvaraH = the master of mysticism
yogeshvaraat.h = from the master of all mysticism
yogin.h = one who practices yoga (Male)
yogin* = mfn. joined or connected with, relating to, accompanied by, possessed
of (comp.) Ka1tyS3r. MBh. Hariv.; being in conjunction with (e.g. %{candra-y-})
Ma1rkP.; possessed of superhuman powers W.; m. a follower of the Yoga system, a
Yogin (usually called Yogi1) or contemplative saint, devotee, ascetic MaitrUp.
Bhag. &c. (cf. RTL. 87); a magician, conjurer W. [858,1]; a partic. mixed caste
Cat. (v.l. %{yuGgin}); an orange tree L.; natron, alkali L.; N. of Ya1jn5avalkya
Cat.; of Arjuna L.; of Vishn2u MBh.; of S3iva L.; of a Buddha L.; (%{inI}) f.
see next.
yogendra* = m. a master or adept in the Yoga W.
yogin* = mfn. joined or connected with, relating to, accompanied by, possessed
of (comp.) KâtyS'r. MBh. Hariv.; being in conjunction with (e.g. {candra-y-})
MârkP.; possessed of superhuman powers W.; m. a follower of the Yoga system, a
Yogin (usually called yogi) or contemplative saint, devotee, ascetic MaitrUp.
Bhag. &c. (cf. RTL. 87); a magician, conjurer W. [858, 1]; a partic. mixed caste
Cat. (v.l. {yuGgin}); an orange tree L.; natron, alkali L.; N. of Yâjñavalkya
Cat.; of Arjuna L.; of Vishnu MBh.; of S'iva L.; of a Buddha L.; ({inI}) f. see
next.
yoginii* = f. a female demon or any being endowed with magical power, a fairy,
witch, sorceress (represented as eight in number and as created by Durgâ and
attendant on her or on S'iva; sometimes 60, 64 or 65 are enumerated) Hariv.
Kathâs. &c. (cf. RTL. 188, 189); N. of Durgâ L.; (with Tântrikas) a partic.
S'akti; (with Buddhists) a woman representing any goddess who is the object of
adoration.
yoginiidas'aa* = f. state or condition of a Yoginî; {-krama} m. {-cintAmaNi} m.
{-jJAna} n. {--dhyAya} ({-zA7dh-}) m. {-prakaraNa} n. {-vicAra} m. N. of wks.
yoginaM = yogi
yoginaH = mystics
yoginaaM = of the devotees
yoginii = one who practices yoga (Female)
yoginiidazs'aa* - f. state or condition of a Yoginî; {-krama} m. {-cintAmaNi} m.
{-jJAna} n. {--dhyAya} ({-zA7dh-}) m. {-prakaraNa} n. {-vicAra} m. N. of wks.
yogi* = 1 (m. c.) = {yogin} (only in gen. pl. {yogInAm}). \\* = 2 in comp. for
{yogin}.
yogidaNDa* = m. a kind of reed or cane (= {vetra}) L.
yoginidraa* = f. `" a yogi's sleep "', light sleep, wakefulness W
yogitA* = f. the being connected with (ifc.), connection, relation Bhâshâp.; the
state or condition of a yogi (cf. {yogin}) MW.
yogita* = mfn. bewitched, enchanted, mad, crazy, wild L
yogii = one who practices yoga (Male)
yogiiya* = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to regard or treat as Yoga Cat.
yogiis'vara* = m. = prec. Kâv. Yâjñ.; a master in sorcery Kathâs.; ({I}) f. N.
of a goddess Ca
yogya = like
yogyataa = appropriateness
yojakastatra = yojakaH + tatra:the joiner and there
yojana * = n. joining, yoking, harnessing Pa1rGr2. Hariv. ; that which is yoked
or harnessed, a team, vehicle (also applied to the hymns and prayers addressed
to the gods) RV. ; course, path ib. ; (sometimes m. ; ifc. f. %{A}) a stage or
Yojana (i.e. a distance traversed in one harnessing or without unyoking ; esp. a
partic. measure of distance, sometimes regarded as equal to 4 or 5 English
miles, but more correctly = 4 Kros3as or about 9 miles ; according to other
calculations = 2 1/2 English miles, and according to some = 8 Kros3as) RV. &c.
&c. ; instigation, stimulation Sa1h. ; mental concentration, abstraction,
directing the thoughts to one point (= %{yoga}) Up. ; the Supreme Spirit of the
Universe (= %{paramA7tman}) L. ; a finger L. ; n. and (%{A}) f. use,
application, arrangement, preparation RV. Ka1tyS3r. MBh. Sa1h. ; erecting,
constructing, building Ra1jat. Katha1s. ; junction, union, combination Sa1h.
Veda7ntas. ; (%{A}) f. application of the sense of a passage, grammatical
construction S3am2k.
yojita * = mfn. yoked, harnessed BhP.; used, employed, applied, performed MBh.;
undertaken, begun Ya1jn5.; appointed to, charged with (loc.) BhP.; tied or
fastened to, put or placed in (loc.) ib.; joined, connected, put together,
arranged, composed MBh. R.; supplied or furnished with (instr. or comp.)
VarBr2S. Ra1jat.
yojinii = (f) stapler
yoktavyaH = must be practiced
yonayaH = sources of
yoni = species of life
yoniM = species
yoniH = source of birth
yonishhu = into the wombs
yonii = vagina, womb, or the source
yoniini = whose source of birth
yotsyamaanaan.h = those who will be fighting
yoshaNaa* = (once {yoSa4NA}) f. (prob. fr. 2. {yu}; cf. {yuvan}) a girl, maiden,
young woman, wife RV. (accord. to Sây. also = {stuti}, a hymn, praise).
yoshan* = f. id. ib. (also applied to the fingers).
yoshaa* = f. = {yoSaNA} RV. &c. &c. (esp. applied to Ushas; accord. to Sây. also
`" a mare "'); (with {dAru-mayI}) a wooden doll MBh.
yoshit* = f. = {yoSaNA} (also applied to the females of animals and to inanimate
things e.g. {yoSito mantrAH}, `" female magical texts "') RV. &c. &c.
yoshitaa* = f. a woman, wife MundUp. Sch.
yos * = ind. (only in {za4M yo4H} and {za4M ca yo4z ca}) welfare, health,
happiness R
yuddha = Planetary War
yuddhaM = war
yuddhavishaaradaaH = experienced in military science
yuddhaat.h = than fighting
yuddhaaya = for the sake of fighting
yuddhe = in the fight
yudhaamanyuH = Yudhamanyu
yudhi = in the fight
yudhishhThiraH = Yudhisthira
yudhiSThira * = m. (for %{-sthira}) `" firm or steady in battle "'N. of the
eldest of the 5 reputed sons of Pa1n2d2u (really the child of Pr2itha1 or
Kunti1, Pa1n2d2u's wife, by the god Dharma or Yama, whence he is often called
Dharma-putra or Dharma-ra1ja; he ultimately succeeded Pa1n2d2u as king, first
reigning over Indra-prastha, and afterwards, when the Kuru princes were
defeated, at Hastina1-pura; cf. IW. 379 &c.) MBh. Hariv. Pur.; of a son of
Kr2ishn2a Hariv.; of two kings of Kas3mi1ra Ra1jat.; of a potter Pan5cat.; (with
%{maho7pA7dhyAya}) of a preceptor Cat.; pl. the descendants of Yudhi-sht2hira
(son of Pa1n2d2u) Pa1n2. 2-4, 66 Sch.; %{-vijaya} (or %{-dig-v-}) m. N. of a
poem by Va1sudeva Parama-s3iva-yogin of Kerala. [855,2]
yudhya = fight
yudhyate = (4 ap) to fight
yudhyasva = fight
yuga = World Ages
yugapat.h = simultaneously
yugale = dual
yugala* = n. (rarely m.; ifc. f. {A}) a pair, couple, brace Kâv. Pur. Pañcat.
&c. ({-lo-bhU}, to be yoked or united with); `" double prayer "'N. of a prayer
to Lakshmî and Nârâyana L.
yugalaja* = m. du. twins HParis'.
yugalaka* = n. a pair, couple, brace Kathâs.; a double S'loka (= {yuga} q.v.)
Râjat.
yugalAya* = Nom. Â. {-yate}, to be like or represent a pair (of anything) Kâv.
yugaMdhara * = mf({A})n. holding or bearing the yoke (?) MBh.; m. n. the pole of
a carriage or wood to which the yoke is fixed MBh.; m. a partic. magical formula
spoken over weapons R.; N. of a king Hariv. Pur.; of a mountain MBh. (with
Buddhists one of the 8 mountains Dharmas. 125); of a forest Pañcar.; pl. N. of a
people MBh. VarBriS. VP.
yugapad * = ind. `" being in the same yoke or by the side of each other "',
together, at the same time, simultaneously (`" with "' instr. Pân. 2-1, 6 Sch.;
cf. {yuga-za4ram}) GriS'rS. &c. &c.; ({-pat}){-karman} n. a simultaneous action
Lâthy.; ({-pat}) {-kAla} mfn. taking place at the same time ÂpS'r.; ({-pat})
{-prA7pti} f. reaching simultaneously Âs'vGri.; ({-pad}) {-bhAva} m.
simultaneousness KâtyS'r.
yuga4-bhanga * = m. the breaking of a yoke Kathâ
yuge = millennium
yugma *= mf(%{A})n. even (as opp. to `" odd "') Gr2S3rS. Mn. &c. ; n. a pair,
couple, brace S3a1n3khGr2. Ya1jn5. R. &c. ; twins Sus3r. ; (in astron.) the sign
of the zodiac Gemini ; a double S3loka (cf. %{yuga}) Ra1jat. ; junction,
confluence (of two streams) R. ; often w.r. for %{yugya}.
yuj.h = to yoke, join, concentrate on
yujyate = is engaged
yujyasva = engage (fight)
yukta = used* = mfn. yoked or joined or fastened or attached or harnessed to
(loc. or instr.) RV. &c. &c.; set to work, made use of, employed, occupied with,
engaged in, intent upon (instr. loc. or comp.) ib.; ready to, prepared for
(dat.) MBh.; absorbed in abstract meditation, concentrated, attentive RV. &c.
&c.; skilful, clever, experienced in, familiar with (loc.) MBh. R.; joined,
united, connected, combined, following in regular succession RV. S'ânkhS'r. Var.
BhP. ({a4m} ind. in troops S'Br.); furnished or endowed or filled or supplied or
provided with, accompanied by, possessed of (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. [853,
3]; come in contact with (instr.) R.; (in astron.) being in conjunction with
(instr.) Âs'vGri.; (ifc.) added to, increased by (e.g. {catur-yuktA viMzatiH},
twenty increased by four i.e. 24) VarBriS.; (ifc.) connected with, concerning
KâtyS'r.; (ifc.) subject to, dependent on MBh.; fitted, adapted, conforming or
adapting one's self to, making use of (instr. e.g. {yuktaH kAlena yaH}, one who
makes use of the right opportunity) Kâm.; fit, suitable, appropriate, proper,
right, established, proved, just, due, becoming to or suitable for (gen. loc. or
comp., e.g. {Ayati-yukta}, suitable for the future; or ibc. see below; {yuktam}
with {yad} or an inf. = it is fit or suitable that or to; {na yuktam bhavatA},
it is not seemly for you) Mn. MBh. &c.; auspicious, favourable (as fate, time
&c.) Mn. R.; prosperous, thriving R.; (with {tathA}) faring or acting thus MBh.;
(in gram.) primitive (as opp. to `" derivative "') Pân. 1-2, 51; m. N. of a son
of Manu Raivata Hariv.; of a Riishi under Manu Bhautya ib.; ({A}) f. N. of a
plant L. (cf. {yukta-rasA}); n. a team, yoke S'Br.; junction, connection Pân.
2-3, 4; 8 &c.; fitness, suitableness, propriety ({am} ind. fitly, suitably,
justly, properly, rightly; {e4na}, properly, suitably RV. v, 27, 3;
{buddhi-yuktena}, conformably to reason Râjat.)
yuktasena* = mfn. one whose army is ready (for marching) Sus'r.; {-nIya} mfn.
relating to him ib.
yuktaH = dovetailed
yuktachetasaH = their minds engaged in Me
yuktatamaH = the greatest yogi
yuktatamaaH = most perfect in yoga
yuktasya = engaged
yuktaa = with
yuktaaH = engaged
yuktaatma = having the mind firmly set on
yuktaatmaa = self-connected
yuktakrit* = (BhP.) mfn. acting properly or suitably.
yuktatva* = n. application, employment KâtyS'r.; fitness, propriety ({a-y-})
Veda7ntas.
yuktavat* = ({yukta4-}) mfn. containing a form of 1. {yuj} S'Br.
yuktaayas* = n. `" bound with iron "', a sort of spade or shovel W
yuktasvapnAvabodha* = mfn. moderate in sleeping and waking Bhag
yuktaiH = engaged
yukte = being yoked
yuktena = being engaged in meditation
yukti = utility; proportion * = f. union, junction, connection, combination
AitBr. Ta1n2d2Br.; preparation, going to, making ready for (loc. or comp.) R.;
application, practice, usage Katha1s. Sus3r.; trick, contrivance, means,
expedient, artifice, cunning device, magic Ka1v. Katha1s. Pan5car.
(%{yuktiM-kR}, to find out or employ an expedient; %{yukti} ibc.; %{-tyA},
%{-tibhis}, and %{-ti-tas} ind. by device or stratagem, artfully, skilfully,
under pretext or pretence; %{yuktyA} &c. ifc. = by means of); reasoning,
argument, proof, influence, induction, deduction from circumstances Kap. Ka1v.
Var. &c. (%{-tas}, by means of an argument); reason, ground, motive BhP.
Ma1rkP.; suitableness, adaptedness, fitness, propriety, correctness MBh. Ka1v.
&c. (%{yuktyA} and %{-ti-tas}, properly, suitably, fitly, justly, duly);
meditation on the supreme being, contemplation, union with the universal spirit
S3am2k. (cf. IW. 111, 3); (in law) enumeration of circumstances, specification
of place and time &c. Ya1jn5. ii, 92; 212; (in rhet.) emblematic or mystical
expression of purpose W.; (in dram.) connection of the events in a plot,
concatenation of incidents, intelligent weighing of the circumstances Das3ar.
Sa1h. Prata1p.; (in astron.) conjunction Jyot.; (in gram.) connection of words,
a sentence Nir.; connection of letters Vishn2. [854,1]; supplying an ellipsis
W.; mixture or alloying of metals VarBr2S.; sum, total Su1ryas.
yuktvaa = being absorbed
yuñjataH = constantly engaged
yuñjan.h = practicing
yuñjiita = must concentrate in KRishhNa consciousness
yuñjyaat.h = should execute
yuñjaka* = mfn. applying, performing, practising (e.g. {dhyAna-y-}, practising
devotion) Cat.
yuñjaana* = mfn. uniting, joining, arranging, performing Kathâs. BhP.;
appointing to, charging or entrusting with (loc.) MBh.; suitable, proper MW.;
successful, prosperous ib.; m. a driver, coachman L.; a Yogin L.
yuñjaanaka* = mfn. containing the word {yuJjAna} g. {goSad-Adi}.
yuñjanda* = m. or n. (?) N. of a place Cat.
yuñjavat* = w.r. for {muJja-vat}. yuta= equipped with * = 1 mfn. (for 2. see
below) kept off, removed (see comp.); separate (= {pRthak}) L.* = 2 mfn. (for 1.
see above) attached, fastened (ifc.) Bhartri.; added Sûryas.; united, combined,
joined or connected or provided or filled or covered with, accompanied by,
possessed of (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c.; (ifc.) standing in conjunction with
VarBriS.; made or consisting of R.; (with instr.) occupied in, performing
(sacrifices) L.; (ifc.) connected with, concerning R. BhP.; n. a partic. measure
of length (= 4 Hastas) L. \\ {yutaka}, {yuti} see under 1. 2. {yu}
yutaka = (n) shirt
yuyaM = (pron) you (pl)
yuyutsavaH = desiring to fight
yuyutsuM = all in a fighting spirit
yuyudhaanaH = Yuyudhana
yuvan.h = young
yuvaa = the two youths
yuutha = (neut) collection, troop